Skip to main content
Abeng Radio·Live news
0 listening
Jamaica Stock Exchange

Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

Kingston
Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS is a solutions-oriented, customer-focused technology group that combines a wide range of services, top-tier professionals, and cutting-edge products to offer customized systems and tools for organizations in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. Under the concept of “Engineering & Technology,” PBS operates through a model in which they work together to transform ideas into functional, scalable, and strategic solutions. Engineering acts as the core capability for designing, integrating, and executing complex systems with a long-term vision, while technology serves as the enabler that accelerates results and turns innovation into real impact. This approach reinforces PBS as a reliable partner in solutions integration, focused on helping clients improve the efficiency of their business processes while delivering measurable and sustainable results. “No Limits” defines how PBS thinks and operates: without technical, geographical, or industry boundaries. It reflects a commitment to flexibility, continuous innovation, and the ability to anticipate and solve challenges through tailored solutions that drive efficiency and growth across diverse markets and industries. 03

We are committed to our customers. We work with exceptional people. PBS Costa Rica Building, Plaza Roble, Los Balcones, 3rd Floor 05

We represent world leaders in the technology industry to provide the best solutions and services in our market. 06

Table of Contents Notice of an Annual General Meeting 08 Director’s Report 09 Corporate Information 10 Our Values 11 Acquisitions and Incorporations 13 Our Coverage 14 PBS Business Lines 15 Shareholders Profile 17 Shareholding of Directors 23 Chairman Message 24 CEO Letter 26 Group Board of Directors 32 Board Committees 37 Senior Regional Leadership Team 44 Regional Leadership Team 45 Senior in Country Leadership 47 Consolidated Financial Statements 49 PROXY FORM 51 Corporate Governance Policy 141 07

Notice of an Annual General Meeting NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the NINTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of PRODUCTIVE BUSINESS SOLUTIONS LIMITED will be held at their offices at General Accident Insurance Company Jamaica Limited, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, St. Andrew, Jamaica as well as virtually, on September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am to consider and if thought fit pass the following ordinary resolutions: A member of the Company entitled to attend and vote, is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote in his or her stead. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. Proxy forms must be submitted to the Company's Registrar and Transfer Agent, Jamaica Central Securities Depository, 40 Harbour Street, Kingston, Jamaica not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting. Proxy forms must be stamped with a J$100.00 postage stamp. Shareholders will be able to attend the meeting in person; however they will also be able to attend and vote on resolutions raised at the AGM electronically once they are registered by contacting [email protected]. Non-Shareholders can also register using the same email address. Upon registration, a confirmation will be sent and the meeting link and password will be shared closer to the meeting. The deadline for registration is September 2, 2026. P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board a. “THAT Deloitte & Touche having indicated their willingness to continue in office be re-appointed as Auditors for the ensuing year.” b. “THAT the Directors are hereby authorized to agree on a remuneration for the Auditors.” 6. RATTIFICATION OF DIVIDEND PAYMENTS “THAT the following dividend payments made during the year be ratified and that no other dividend payments were approved for the period under review”: “THAT dividend payments made to the: 9.25% and 10.50% preference shareholders on April 15, 2025, June 30, 2025, and September 30, 2025 of US$0.23125 per share and J$25.890411 per share respectively Common shareholders on February 10, 2025 and December 31, 2025 of US$0.0349 and US$0.0161 per share respectively TO TRANSACT ANY OTHER BUSINESS THAT MAY BE PROPERLY TRANSACTED AT AN ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING Dated this 4th day of August, 2026 BY ORDER OF THE BOARD 1. AUDITED ACCOUNTS “THAT the audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025, and the reports of the Directors’ and Auditors’ be and are hereby adopted.” 2. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS Pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 the Directors retiring from office by rotation are Jose Misrahi, Ricardo Hutchinson and Thomas Agnew, who being eligible offered themselves for re-election. The proposed resolutions are as follows: a. “THAT Jose Misrahi be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” b. “THAT Ricardo Hutchinson be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” c. “THAT Thomas Agnew be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” 3. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTOR Pursuant to Section 4.3.2 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 Mr. Eduardo Rodriguez who was appointed by the Board of Directors on June 8, 2026 resigned and being eligible offered himself for re-election. “THAT Eduardo Rodriguez be re-elected as a Director of the Company” 4. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION “THAT the amount shown for the Directors’ remuneration in the Audited Accounts dated December 31, 2025 be and is hereby approved.” 5. APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS AND FIX THEIR REMUNERAION 08

Submitted on behalf of the Board of Directors, P. B. Scott Chai rman of the Board The Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited submit herewith their Annual Report and Audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025 The Board of Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited exercises its responsibilities for the Financial Statements included in this Report through its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee consists of non-executive Board members: Brian Wynter Chairperson, Melanie Subratie, Ricardo Hutchinson, Thomas Agnew, and Executive Board member: Jose Misrahi. The independent auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee. The Group ended the year with a profit after tax of US$4,439,000 and a net profit attributable to shareholders of US$4,287,000. Details of these results, along with a comparison with the previous year’s performance and the state of affairs of the Company, are set out in the Management Discussion and Analysis and the Financial Statements which are included as part of the Report. The Directors wish to express their appreciation to the employees for their loyal services throughout the year. The Directors will meet to consider the appointment of Auditors in accordance with applicable regulations. Finan ci al R e sults A u di t or s Legal Representatives Emp l oyee s Director’s Report 09

Full Corporate Name Productive Business Solutions Limited R egis t ered Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust r ial Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Incorpor at ed December 1 6, 2010 Fiscal Year End December 31 , 2023 Administr ati ve Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust ri al Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Law under which incorpor at ed Barbados Compan y Sec reta ry Liza Ha rr id y al & Associates Tel.: 246-417-5600 Fax.: 246-421-8001 Legal Representatives DUNNCOX 48 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLINTON & HART & CO 58 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLARKE, GITTENS, FARMER Parker House, Wildey Business Park Wildey Road, St. Michael, Barbados M. HAMEL-SMITH & CO. Eleven Albion, Cor. Dere & Albion Streets P.O. Box 219, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad & Tobago W.I. Corporate Information PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS SRL The Financial Services Centre Bishop's Court's Hill P.O. Box 111, St. Michael BB 14004, Barbados Auditors Deloitte & Touche 3rd Floor The Goddard Building Hoggatt Hall St. Michae BB11059 Barbados, W.I. 10

Corporate Governance Policy 11

Corporate Governance Policy OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHARTER WAS ESTABLISHED IN 2010 AND REVISED IN 2025. THE CHARTER CAN BE SEEN IN MORE DETAIL ON THE COMPANY'S WEBSITE WWW.PBS.GROUP 12

Our Values We collaborate in everything we do. We maintain excellent communication with our customers to always understand their needs. The primary factor that enables us to make things happen. We demonstrate these qualities daily to enhance our working environment. We guarantee justice and fairness to all stakeholders, both internal and external. We uphold our business integrity as an ethical framework that guides our professional conduct, acting with integrity to earn the trust of our customers and employees. INTEGRITY TEAMWORK COMMUNICATION DISCIPLINE HUMILITY & SPIRIT OF SERVICE RESPECT FOR INDIVIDUALS 13

Acquisitions and Incorporations 200320******2009 201020******2002 200420******2010 201720******2024 14

191151******2034 151412******2223 Our Coverage Our regional group is made up of: 1. PBS Antigua, 2. PBS Aruba, 3. PBS Barbados, 4. PBS Belize, 5. PBS Cayman Business Machines, 6. PBS Colombia, 7. PBS Costa Rica, 8. PBS Curaçao, 9. PBS Dominican Republic, 10. PBS El Salvador, 11. Global Product Alliance Inc., 12. PBS Guatemala, 13. PBS Guyana, 14. PBS Honduras, 15. PBS San Pedro Sula, 16. PBS Jamaica, 17. PBS Nicaragua, 18. PBS Panama, 19. PBS Suriname, 20. PBS Trinidad & Tobago, 21. PBS Bonaire, 22. PBS Ecuador, 23. PBS Peru, and 24. PBS Dominica. 15

5 6 7 4 3 2 1 PBS Cayman Business Machines PBS Colombia PBS Costa Rica PBS Belize PBS Barbados PBS Aruba Pbs Dorada Technologies Antigua The Cayman Center Suite 1&2 Dorcy Drive, George Town Tel: 1-345-949-8642 [email protected] Centro empresarial El Dorado Plaza Calle 26 No. 85D Local - Modulo 7 Bogotá, Colombia Tel: 57 601 743 3281 [email protected] Plaza Roble, Edificio Balcones, piso 3. San Rafael de Escazú, San José Costa Rica. Tel: 506 4404 8000 Tel: 506 4404 8132 [email protected] 13 Douglas Jones Street Belize City, Belize C.A. Tel: 501 227-0823 / 0824 Facey House 42 Warrens Industrial Park Warrens, St Michael, Barbados Tel: 246 417 5600 Fax: 246 4218001 [email protected] Caya G.F. Betico Croes 170 Oranjestad, Aruba Tel: 297 582 5492 [email protected] Mandolin Place, Friars Hill Road, St. John's, Antigua Tel: (268) 481 1101 Fax: (268) 481 1144 8 PBS Curaçao Schottegatweg Oost 2 Willemstad, Curaçao Tel: +599 97241300 [email protected] 9 PBS Dominican Republic Av. Winston Churchill, Edificio Empresarial Blue Mall, Piso 22 Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic Tel: +809 567 8231 Fax: +809 472 0915 [email protected] 13 14 12 11 10 PBS Guyana PBS Honduras PBS Guatemala Global Product Alliance Inc. GPA PBS El Salvador Lot 2 Goedverwagting, Rupert Craig Highway, East Coast Demerara Tel: (592) 226 1066 [email protected] Tegucigalpa, Boulevard Morazán, edificio Agalta, piso 21 Tel: +504 2244 9870 al 79 [email protected] 23 Avenida 31-13, Zona 5 Ciudad de Guatemala, Guatemala Tel: 502 2420 9500 Whatsapp +502 5456 6479 [email protected] GPA 11411 NW 107th Street, Suite 24, Miami FL 33178 USA. Tel. 1(305) 477 2426 [email protected] Oficinas administrativas: Av. De La Revolución, San Salvador, Torre Plaza Presidente, piso #16. Tel: +503 2239 3000 cel.: +503 7039-9308 [email protected] 15 16 PBS San Pedro Sula PBS Jamaica San Pedro Sula, Barrio Los Andes, 16 Ave. 6 y 7 calle N.O. Edificio Metropark, Piso # 8, Local 804 Tel: +504 2512 2500 al 09 [email protected] Unit 1, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, Jamaica Tel: 876 926 5630-2 Fax: 876 929 5372 SD: 876-968-6197-9 [email protected] 18 17 PBS Panama PBS Nicaragua Calle 50 y 58 Este Obarrio, P.H. Office One, Piso 16 Panamá City, Panamá Tel: + 507 204 9900 Fax: +507 204 9902 [email protected] Rotonda el Güegüense. 400 mts al Sur, 100 mts al Oeste. Managua, Nicaragua Tel: 505 2255 9020 Fax: 505 2255 9030 [email protected] 20 19 21 PBS Trinidad and Tobago PBS Suriname PBS Bonaire Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 / (868) 609 7278 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 [email protected] Van Roosmalenstraat 11 Tel: (597) 551262 [email protected] Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 22 PBS Ecuador Av. Amazonas N35-17 y Juan Pablo Sanz Edificio Xerox Piso 7 Tel: (593) 993337829 [email protected] 23 24 PBS Perú N2N Distributors - Dominica Av las Begonias 441 torre C piso 10, San Isidro - Lima) Tel: (51) 1 616 6666 [email protected] N2N Distributors 33Kennedy Avenue Roseau, Dominica. Tel: (767) 448-2679 25 26 PBS St. Kitts BVI (British Virgin Islands) Unit 9, The Sands, P.O. Box 397 Bay Road, Basseterre St. Kitts. Tel: (869) 466-2018 Jayla Place, Road Town Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Tel: (284) 494-5030 Corporate Information 16

PBS 7 Business Lines IMAGING NETWORKING COMMUNICATIONS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ADVANCED SERVICES INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY SYSTEMS PAYMENT METHODS 17

Vertical Markets GRAPHIC ARTS FINANCE GOVERNMENT & EDUCATION MANUFACTURING, RETAIL & DISTRIBUTION OIL, ENERGY & MINING TELCOS BPO TRANSPORTATION & HOSPITALITY 18

AVAILABLE AT PBS Xerox ® Proficio ® PX300 NEW! A winning formula from the ground up. 19 New generation of production print. Xerox® Proficio® PX300 Printer

Our Partners & Certifications We are transforming as a company to assist in enabling information technologies to empower our clients to gain a competitive edge and accomplish their business objectives. 20

Mimaki's latest integrated printer / cutter offers new levels of creativity and versatility with vibrant ink types, including the new Silver, Orange and Light Black. The CJV300 Series achieves the highest print speeds in its class, with innovative technologies ensuring unparalleled production quality for signboard artists, graphic professionals and printers. Integrated printing and cutting, high speed CJV300-160 21

Oracle Exadata The High-Performance Data Engine Delivering ultra-fast performance, scalability, and reliability for mission-critical enterprise workloads 22

10 Largest Shareholders by Number of Shares 100908******0302 01 612,721 General Accident Insurance Co 663,473 Courtney Sylvester 1,087,308 Jose Misrahi 1,632,140 Portland Fund II Co-invest Partnership 3,230,166 NCB Capital Markets (Cayman) Ltd 5,485,214 Pedro M. Paris 6,330,663 Portland Caribbean Fund II Barbados L.P. 34,264,960 Portland Caribbean Fund II L.P. 45,164,017 Musson (Jamaica) Limited 84,181,818 Facey Group Limited Shareholders Profile 23

Shareholding of Executives P. B. Scott - 129,958,556 Blondell Walker - 45,164,017 Douglas Hewson - 42,227,763 Edward Ince - - Jose Misrahi 1,087,308 - Melanie M. Subratie - 129,958,556 Patrick A.W. Scott - 45,164,017 Pedro M. París 5,485,214 - Ricardo Hutchinson - 42,227,763 Tomas Agnew - - Brian Wynter - - Nicholas Scott - 45,164,017 PERSONAL CONNECTED Marco Antonio Almendárez Cisneros 363,600 Leonardo Jesus Velasquez Foucault 163,171 Elvin Howard Nash 142,700 Sergio Roberto Molina Barrios 127,200 Mario Estuardo Pons Espana 90,900 Francisco Lupiac Rodríguez 87,639 Lucia Vielman Ruíz 49,972 Shareholding of Directors 24

P. B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board 25

Dear Fellow Shareholders, 2025 has been a year that has tested our resolve and, in doing so, has demonstrated the depth of the organization we have built. Against a backdrop of macroeconomic headwinds, tightening capital markets, and an accelerating pace of technological change, PBS has continued to advance. While our financial results reflect the complexity of the environment in which we operate, they also reflect a business that is maturing, adapting, and positioning itself with intention for the years ahead. Revenue for 2025 came in at US$374.9 million against a budget of US$425 million. We do not normally discuss publicly our budgets but in this case I believe it is important to contextualize our own expectation. This shortfall, while meaningful, must be understood in its proper context. Several large government technology projects across our region experienced procurement delays beyond our control, and currency volatility in certain markets impacted reported figures. Despite this, we achieved EBITDA of US$55.2 million an increase on the $50.9m of 2024 but below our budget of US$59m. Our gross margin improved to 34%, up from budget, demonstrating that the discipline we have applied to our cost of sales is taking hold. Our net profit for the year was US$4.3 million. This is not satisfactory and materially different from our own expectations of US$13.6m. The biggest driver of this differential being our tax charge of US$9.9m an effective tax rate of 69%! This is an area management is actively addressing through improved tax planning across our 24-country footprint and we hope to implement structural improvements in 2026. There are four elements that are the key ingredients to PBS’s success today: our people, our capital structure, our systems, our partners - the same foundational pillars I have returned to in prior years, because they remain the determinants of our long-term success. People PBS is, at its core, a people business. Every solution we deliver, every client relationship we maintain, every market we penetrate — all of it flows from the capability of our 3,000-plus professionals across the region. In 2024 we spoke of the urgent need to develop a methodology that makes us a magnet for talent. In 2025 we made meaningful progress. The PBS University platform is still a work in progress. We have to get this right. We have to focus on it to get it right. It has expanded its Chairman message 26

curriculum, and we have introduced structured certification pathways aligned to our key technology partnerships. This is not simply a human resources initiative. It is a strategic imperative. As we grow, the complexity of what we are asked to execute grows with it. We must ensure that our organization scales in quality, not merely in headcount. We expect the organization will revolve over time and we are actively taking steps to plan for the future. Retention remains a challenge in certain markets where the demand for skilled IT professionals continues to outpace supply. We are combating this through a combination of compensation benchmarking, career development investment, and a deliberate effort to build a culture of belonging. Our ability to attract people who share our values — integrity, execution, and client focus — will define the next chapter of PBS as surely as any product or partnership we could announce. Capital When we speak of capital at PBS, we are speaking about something far more nuanced than a balance sheet line. Ours is a business in which the cash cycle for a given solution can range from immediate payment to a five-year financing arrangement. The timing of projects often need to be aligned with availability of capital. In addition the funding of projects often leads to funded debt being incurred before cashflows are delivered thus covenants need to be managed. We operate across multiple currencies, with varying regulatory environments governing the movement of funds across borders. Managing this complexity is one of the most demanding aspects of what we do. Ensuring the ongoing funding of our business is like the provision of oxygen to the pilots of a plane in the air, it is an essential ingredient in getting to the destination. In 2024, I was pleased to report the refinancing of our capital market obligations with a new six-year facility. In 2025, the discipline instilled through that process has served us well. Our balance sheet remains fundamentally sound, and our committed growth capital provides the runway we need to pursue the opportunities that are emerging across the region. The integration of the Xerox operations in Peru and Ecuador, undertaken in 2024, has progressed as planned and is contributing to our expanded footprint. Our strategic investment in TSL continues to develop, and we are monitoring additional acquisition opportunities with the same rigour we apply to our organic growth. Systems 27

I would be remiss not to address again the importance of our internal systems and governance. In 2023, we experienced material misstatements in our Costa Rica subsidiary that delayed our audit. I reported then that we had implemented significant changes to personnel and governance. I am pleased to report that the integrity of our financial reporting across the group has been maintained in 2025 and that the controls we put in place are functioning as intended. We will strive to continue to improve our systems to ensure accuracy as well as expediency in reporting. However expediency must never compromise accuracy. We continue to invest in the technology infrastructure that supports our operations. Shared service functions in accounting and administration are becoming more sophisticated. The balance between local responsiveness and central efficiency is a tension that every multi-jurisdictional business must manage continuously, and we are no different. What I can say with confidence is that our systems today are materially stronger than they were three years ago, and our commitment to making them stronger still remains absolute. Partners Without people, capital and systems, PBS would not be able to do anything. However without partnerships with the leading IT companies in the world we would not be able to add the value we do to our customers. PBS works with almost every global leader in IT. We take this privilege very seriously. Every day we work with our partners to execute projects in our markets that are essential to the economic development of our countries. It is our job to facilitate the seamless execution of such projects in Imaging, Information technology, networking communications, professional services, security systems and payment methods servicing the backbone to our economies. Throughout this annual report you will see reference to our partners who over the last 24 years we have built up credibility and trust. We exist to provide seamless execution for them in order to deliver customer satisfaction through productive solutions to our customers. I would like to thank all of our partners for their support in 2025 and we look forward to working together in 2026. Looking Forward As we look to 2026 and beyond, the opportunity before PBS has never been greater. The markets we serve — across the Caribbean, Central America, and now into South America — are at an inflection point in their technology adoption curves. Governments are investing in digital public infrastructure. Enterprises are accelerating their 28

managed services requirements. Artificial Intelligence (AI) is going to transform everything. Every business will need to assess how AI will work for them in their business. The demand for the kind of deep, locally-grounded IT expertise that PBS has spent 24 years building is real, and it is growing. Our task is to ensure that we are the organization capable of capturing it. We will continue to scale responsibly, to deepen our client partnerships, and to invest with discipline in the capabilities that matter. We are not simply a distribution business that sells technology. We are a solutions organization that transforms how our clients operate. That distinction is the foundation of everything we have built, and it is the source of our confidence in what lies ahead. On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Doug Hewson who resigned from the board in 2025. He has been on the board since we went public and has been an important contributor to the board. We wish him the best and are grateful for his contributions to PBS. I extend our sincere appreciation to every member of the PBS team. The results of 2025 - both the achievements and the shortfalls - are yours. So too is the opportunity that 2026 represents. I thank our shareholders for their continued confidence in the strategy and the leadership of this organization. We are building something of genuine and lasting significance, and we remain committed to doing so with the integrity and intensity that has always defined PBS. Warm regards, P.B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board Productive Business Solutions Limited 29

The Xerox VersaLink B405 is a reliable monochrome multifunction printer designed for small and medium-sized workgroups. It delivers print, copy, scan, fax, and email capabilities in a compact and efficient device. With print speeds of up to 45 pages per minute, support for A4 paper size, and a recommended monthly volume of up to 15,000 pages, the VersaLink B405 helps businesses improve productivity while maintaining professional-quality output and secure document management. Multifunctional Xerox ® VersaLink ® B405 30

31 PEDRO M. PARÍS Group CEO

CEO Letter Dear Fellow Shareholders, Our Chairman has spoken to the financial results of 2025 with characteristic candor. What I want to address here is what those results represent strategically and what we are building toward. We are at a rare inflection point: artificial intelligence, cloud infrastructure, and the obsolescence of legacy systems are reshaping every market we serve. Disruption creates pressure, but it also creates demand and PBS is well positioned to capture it. We Do Not Sell Technology. We Engineer Outcomes. This moment also marks a meaningful evolution in how we define ourselves. We have embraced a new identity: Engineering & Technology No Limits. It is not a marketing exercise. It is a declaration of intent the standard we set for ourselves in the complexity of the problems we take on, the quality of the solutions we deliver, and the boundaries we refuse to accept. What differentiates PBS is not the products we represent it is how we think. We are a systems integrator that excels at building backwards from the client's desired outcome, assembling the precise combination of capabilities each engagement demands. Our active role in project finance further sets us apart, enabling us to structure and deliver solutions that go well beyond the scope of a traditional technology provider. We renew our most enduring client relationships not through inertia, but by consistently delighting them transforming contracts into long-term franchises. And we are now applying that same ingenuity inward: automation and AI agents are actively reducing our own operational costs, improving margins as we scale. Most Important Partners of the PBS Ecosystem Our partner ecosystem is one of our most powerful assets. PBS works alongside Oracle, Cisco, NCR Atleos, NCR Voyix, Xerox, Leidos, and others as their trusted regional execution partner relationships built over decades that are not easily replicated. In 2026 we are going deeper: a unified PBS Consulting under a dedicated regional director sharpens our Oracle go-to-market; Cisco anchors our networking and security practice; NCR Atleos and NCR Voyix lead our financial self-service presence; and Leidos strengthens our positioning in mission-critical solutions. Xerox remains one of our most enduring partnerships. Our CMPS penetration rate of 32

79.3% across PBS Group is a tangible proof point of that trust. As Xerox expands into digital services and IT solutions and as we work to incorporate the strategic developments following the Lexmark acquisition we see clear opportunity ahead. These are not simply vendor relationships. They are proof points of our standing in the global technology community. Artificial Intelligence: From Pilot to Practice PBS has entered the world of agentic AI not as a concept we are studying, but as a capability we are deploying. In late 2025, we led a proof of concept with a major regional bank that combined advanced data warehouse migration engineering from Microsoft SQL Server to Oracle with artificial intelligence. The engagement demonstrated PBS's unique ability to bridge deep infrastructure expertise with emerging AI capabilities: an outcome neither a pure vendor nor a traditional integrator could achieve alone. This is where PBS is building its next frontier. Governments modernizing public infrastructure, financial institutions transforming core systems, enterprises navigating digital change all face environments of growing complexity. AI-powered solutions that address mission-critical use cases, reduce operational risk, and close gaps left by legacy obsolescence represent a genuine and growing opportunity. We are building those competencies today. THE ORGANIZATION WE ARE BUILDING In 2026, PBS has strengthened its senior leadership with targeted additions designed to deepen expertise and expand regional capacity. Our culture of collaboration sharing talent, resources, and best practices across 24 markets compounds as a competitive advantage. Central to this model is a pool of high-caliber specialists: forward deployed engineers, solution architects, and domain experts deployed with precision across geographies. A solution proven in Honduras can be deployed in Jamaica. A capability built in Peru can serve Colombia. This is something our local competitors cannot match in scale, and our global competitors cannot match in regional depth. Turnaround and the Opportunity Ahead Our 24-market footprint is both a risk management discipline and a growth engine. We are entering new markets to consolidate our regional position and reduce concentration risk. Simultaneously, we are focused on unlocking value within our 33

current footprint: our operations in Panama, Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru markets where our presence was built on imaging and where we are now accelerating into higher-value technology services represent meaningful turnaround opportunities. The adjustments now underway will, we believe, generate contributions that meaningfully enhance shareholder value. We view them as investments in progress, and we are confident in the path forward. What Lies Ahead The demand for what PBS does deep, locally grounded, end-to-end technology execution has never been greater. We have been building toward this moment for more than two decades. Our partnerships, our people, and our culture have been assembled with exactly this horizon in mind. The work ahead is significant. The opportunity is larger still. To our shareholders: we remain committed to rewarding your confidence with discipline, integrity, and the intensity that has always defined this organization. Warm regards, PEDRO M. PARÍS C. Group CEO Productive Business Solutions Limited 34

P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board Pedro M. París Director, Group CEO P.B. Scott is the CEO, Chairman and Principal Shareholder of the Musson Group. Over the last two decades, P.B. Scott has conceptualised and led the expansion of the Musson Group from a Jamaican consumer wholesale distribution business to a diversified group operating in 30 countries. The Group is a leader across the Caribbean in food, pharmaceuticals, information technology, and insurance. The Musson Group includes leading businesses such as The PBS Group, Seprod Limited, General Accident Insurance, and A.S. Brydens & Sons. He has served as CEO of Musson since 2004. Today the Musson Group has a turnover in excess of US$1.6 billion annually and over 7,000 employees. In addition to his private sector contributions, P.B. Scott has committed a significant amount of time to public service. He is the chairman of the Development Bank of Jamaica and has led multiple enterprise teams to divest government assets. In 2023, he was awarded 'the Order of Jamaica for his exceptional contribution to the Business Industry, Investment, and Philanthropy in Jamaica and the Caribbean. Mr. Pedro M. París has been with PBS since 2003, He has held several management positions, in 2006 he was named COO for Central America. Mr. París was appointed Group CEO at the end of 2009. He is responsible for the vision, strategy and execution of the day-to-day operations. He is also a member of the Management Governance and Executive Committees. Mr. París worked 18 years for IBM-GBM (an IBM alliance), where he held several senior management positions across the business. Mr. París studied Business Administration at the Universidad Autónoma Centro America, Costa Rica. Group Board of Directors 37

Mr. Hutchinson currently works with Portland Private Equity (“PPE”) as Vice President – Investments, with responsibility for leading investment transactions throughout the region. He has more than 13 years of experience in the regional finance industry working with several top financial institutions. Prior to joining PPE, Ricardo held the role of Associate Director – Investment Banking with a leading regional commercial bank. He holds a Master of Science degree in Economics from the University of the West Indies and is a CFA Charter holder. *Ricardo Hutchinson Non-Executive Director Group Board of Directors *Independent Director Mr. Agnew is an entrepreneur specializing in building content marketing, marketing technology and information services businesses. He founded Brafton Inc. and a group of subsidiary companies that are North America and Australia’s leading content marketing entities. Brafton Inc. has been listed among the 5,000 fastest growing private companies four years in row. He co-founded DeHavilland Information Services and Axonn Ltd in the UK. Originally from the UK, he moved to the U.S.A. in 2008. Mr. Agnew holds a degree in Politics from the University of Newcastle, UK. *Thomas Agnew Non-Executive Director 38

Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Group Board of Directors José Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director *Independent Director Mrs. Blondell Walker has been part of the Musson Group of Companies for over 20 years and is currently the ICT Director, a position she has held since 2000. She is also on the Board for T. Geddes Grant (Distributors) Limited and Musson Jamaica Limited. She was instrumental in the implementation of the Enterprise Resource Program (ERP  application across the Musson Group of Companies. Mrs. Walker studied Accounting and Systems Analysis at the University of the West Indies, Institute of Management and the Heriot Watt University of Edinburgh, Scotland. She is the Chairman for the Western United Basic School. Blondell Walker Non-Executive Director 39

Mr Ince is a Senior Partner/Co-Founder of Frontlight Ventures, a regional investment and consulting firm. He was Co-Founder and Managing Director of Prism Services, a regional payments and operations outsourcing company. He is a Non-Executive Republic Bank Ltd, Cave Shepherd, Foster & Ince Cruise Services and the Barbados Sugar Industry Ltd. He is a graduate of York University, Canada and is a National Barbados Aubrey Collymore Scholarship recipient for sciences. Group Board of Directors *Edward Ince Non-Executive Director *Independent Director Mrs. Melanie Subratie is Chairman and CEO of Stanley Motta Ltd., Vice-Chairman of Musson (Ja) Ltd. and Director of all its subsidiaries, Vice-Chairman of General Accident Insurance Company Ltd., Eppley Ltd, and T Geddes Grant Ltd. Chairman of E-Pins Ltd. and sits on the executive of Seprod group of Companies and all its subsidiary boards. Chairman of Seprod Foundation, Musson Foundation, Chairperson of Jamaica Girls Coding and Chairman of Jamaica RISE Life Management and other CSR organizations. She is also Fourth Vice-President of the Jamaica Chamber of Commerce, and is the current Chair of the Legislation, Regulation and Improvement Committee. She is a honors graduate of London School of Economics. Melanie Subratie Non-Executive Director 40

Group Board of Directors Patrick A. W. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Patrick A. W. Scott is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Facey Commodity Company Limited and the Executive Deputy Chairman of the Facey Group. Prior to these appointments, he served 16 years as Managing Director. A seasoned executive, Mr. Scott has worked for a combined total of 40 years in various roles and was key figure in the global development of Facey’s Telecom business. He currently serves the board of directos of several companies including, P.A. Benjamin, Serge Island Diaries, International Biscuits and Serge Island Farms. Attended Seneca College and Ryerson University in Toronto, Canada. Mr Brian Wynter has been incorporated to the PBS Group Limited Board of Directors. Mr. Wynter has an extensive career in the financial sector, serving as Governor of the Bank of Jamaica until August 2019. The motion was presented to the Board of Directors, which was accepted, and in this way, Brian Wynter was duly appointed to the board of directors of PBS Group Limited. An honors graduate from the London School of Economics in 1981, and specialized in International Economy form Columbia University in 1985. *Brian Wynter Non-Executive Director 41

Group Board of Directors Nicholas A. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Nicholas Scott is the Vice Chairman of Eppley Limited and a director of Eppley Fund Managers Limited. Mr. Scott is also the Chief Investment Officer of the Musson Group and a Director of Musson and most of its major subsidiaries and affiliates. Mr. Scott is the Chairman of the Student Loan Bureau and a former Vice-President of the Private Sector Organization of Jamaica. He holds a B.Sc. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and an M.P.A. from the Harvard Kennedy School of Government. 42

4 Paul Scott 5 Melanie Subratie 5 Pedro M. Paris 5 Jose Misrahi 5 Patrick Scott 5 Blondell Walker 4 Nicholas Scott 5 Ricardo Hutchinson 5 Thomas Agnew 5 Edward Ince 5 Brian Wynter 7 Jose Misrahi 7 Ricardo Hutchinson 7 Thomas Agnew 6 Brian Wynter 4 Melanie Subratie Board Meetings Audit Meetings 43

Board of Committees Executive Committee Audit Committee Compensation Committee *Independent Director P.B. Scott Chairperson Nicholas A. Scott José Misrahi Pedro M. París P.B. Scott Chairperson Patrick Scott *Ricardo Hutchinson Melanie Subratie *Thomas Agnew José Misrahi *Ricardo Hutchinson *Brian Wynter Chairperson 44

Sergio Molina Planning Operations Director Sergio Molina started at PBS 20 years ago. He has hold several positions in the company. PBS Guatemala General Manager (7 Years), PBS Dominican Republic General Manager (1 Year), PBS Group Post-Sale Manager (1Year), PBS Group Sales Process Management, PBS Group Planning Manager (Current). Mr Molina obtained a Degree in Business Administration from Universidad de San Carlos de Guatemala. Mario Pons Professional Services Operations Mario Pons has been a key player for the Inkjet strategy the group has developed in Central America and has helped various PBS organizations in the development of high impact projects such as the printing of Electoral Ballots. He has also been key in the relationship with global partners, Entrust Datacard and Gemalto, for National ID projects in Guatemala, Jamaica and Costa Rica. He started working in Xerox Guatemala in 1994 and has developed his career within Xerox and PBS holding several positions in Sales, Service and Professional Services. He has a BSC in Computer Science from Louisiana State University, and a Diploma in Business Administration from Tayasal Business School. Leonardo Velásquez Infrastructure & Technology Networking Director Leonardo Velazquez has been working with PBS since 2015. He oversees the sales relationship with vendors and distributors, such as: Cisco, Fortinet, HP, Dell, Tripplite, TechData, Intcomex, IngramMicro. Before PBS, he worked as a Regional Partner Account Manager at Cisco Systems for 6 years and has amassed a total of 25 years in the IT sector. He graduated from Universidad de Simon Bolivar. He has an MBA in Enterprise Administration and is an Electronic Engineer. Alex Chiriboga Service Delivery & Logistics Director Alex recently joined PBS Group in May 2024 as Director of Delivery Service & Logistics. His main objective is to transform the service we provide to our customers, aiming to achieve the highest levels of satisfaction and experience. This transformation will focus on improving processes through a connectivity strategy, optimizing resources and technology, and maintaining inventory levels and quality aligned with the requirements of our broad portfolio of products and services. Mr. Chiriboga brings over 32 years of experience from Xerox, where he held leadership roles in Service Delivery, Technical Services, Logistics, Sales, and the Paper Business across Ecuador and the Latin America Region. He holds an MBA with specializations in Finance, Marketing, and Human Resources, a degree in Process Administration Engineering, a Bachelor’s in Electronics & Telecommunications, and is certified as a Lean Six Sigma Green Belt. Senior Regional Leadership Team 45

Jose Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Lucia Vielman Coporate Treasure Mrs. Vielman Ruiz was a Private Banking Manager at Mercom Bank and later appointedas General Manager. In 2009 Mrs. Vielman Ruiz Joined PBS as Compliant officer for the first sindicate loan and in 2010 she became the Corporate Treasurer, responsible for banking operations at country level and member of the Management Governance Committee. She Graduated in Business Administration from Universidad Francisco Marroquin, Guatemala in 1998. Sharon McDonald Chief Assurance Officer Dr. Sharon Smith-McDonald supports PBS Group Limited. She is responsible for overseeing the Group’s internal controls and risk management. She plays a critical role in ensuring compliance with regulations by the development of effective assurance strategies across all business operations. Dr. Smith-McDonald has accumulated over three decades of experience in fi nance, accounting, and business operations. Her distinguished career includes key leadership roles within multinational organizations, most recently serving as Group Financial Controller at Musson Jamaica Limited. Dr. Smith-McDonald holds a Doctor of Business Administration in Finance & Internal Controls from Walden University, a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Northern Caribbean University, and a Bachelor of Science in Management and Accounting from The University of the West Indies. Ryan Kirlew Corporate Global Controller Ryan oversees the fi nancial operations of the entire PBS Group. Ryan brings a wealth of experience in strategic fi nancial management and reporting. He has consistently demonstrated outstanding leadership, expertise, and a deep understanding of fi nancial operations. His commitment to excellence has been evident throughout his career, and we are con fi dent that he will excel in this new role. Since joining the Group in 2017, Ryan has made signi fi cant contributions while working with Musson International Dairies Limited, Seprod, T. Geddes Grant, and Musson Jamaica—gaining valuable experience and playing a key role in the success of these business units. As Global Controller, Ryan is responsible for the overall fi nancial reporting of the PBS Group. He leads the development and maintenance of the organization’s accounting policies, practices, procedures, initiatives, and systems. Senior Regional Leadership Team 46

Daniel Martínez Advanced Services Regional Manager Daniel brings over 20 years of experience in business development across the technology and consulting sectors, leading transformational initiatives for government and financial institutions throughout Central America and the Caribbean. In the past seven years alone, he has consistently achieved double-digit growth in revenue and margins in Honduras by designing and implementing tailored professional services that accelerate technology adoption. As an Oracle Champion for nearly a decade, Daniel seamlessly combines technical expertise with commercial strategy to drive client success. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing & International Business and a Master of Science in Finance from Universidad Tecnológica Centroamericana (UNITEC), Honduras. Additionally, he earned a Professional Certificate in Digital Transformation from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Cambridge, MA, USA. Vennis Williamson Regional Manager Jamaica & Cayman Vennis Williamson. Her career in the information and communications technology (ICT) sector spans over a decade. Vennis has played a crucial role in navigating PBS Jamaica through the digital era, achieving significant technological milestones along the way. Her strategic guidance has integrated major technology entities, propelling the organization to unprecedented levels of innovation and market leadership. Over the past three years, under Vennis's leadership, PBS Jamaica has exceeded financial and operational growth objectives while prioritizing staff engagement as a core part of its strategy. Estefania Menéndez Personnel Regional Director Estefanía Menéndez is the Regional Personnel Director at PBS Group Limited, where she leads the human capital strategy and drives organizational transformation across the group. With over 14 years of experience in the Technology, Electrical, Outsourcing, and Business Services sectors, Estefanía has held leadership positions at renowned companies such as Schneider Electric, Xerox, and Capgemini. She holds a Business degree and a Master’s in Finance from Franklin University, and is certified in both Project Management and Six Sigma. Estefanía is widely recognized for implementing transformative initiatives that enhance productivity, increase operational efficiency, and boost employee engagement. Javier Mogollón Chief Information Officer Javier Mogollón is a systems engineer with a postgraduate degree in telecommunications from the Santiago Mariño University in Venezuela, he arrived in Guatemala 20 years ago after completing a ten-year cycle at Xerox of Venezuela, throughout this time in which he has worked for the group, Javier has held several positions accepting both local and regional challenges and responsibilities. He served as service manager, and sales support manager was the creator and developer of the Docushare Project (accounting code) in Shared Service that is currently used by all PBS Groups and the following company incorporations, he was in charge of the System One infrastructure installed in the Guatemala data center for 2 years, 4 years has held the position of IT manager in PBS Guatemala. Javier is currently the CIO of PBS Group. Regional Leadership Team 47

Lesder Ramírez Chief Operating Officer Central America Mr. Lesder Ramirez studied Business Administration at the Universidad San Carlos De Guatemala, Guatemala and in 2009, joined PBS as the Financial Manager for the Guatemala operations. From 2009 to 2015, Lesder was entrusted to play different roles in finance such as Finance Manager for the operations of Costa Rica, Honduras Jamaica and Belize, Shared Service Center - Finance Manager and Xerox Relationship Management. During his tenure managing the Xerox relationship, Lesder oversaw planning operations, working closely with Mr. Pedro M. Paris C., CEO of PBS Group, where he developed additional business acumen. In 2019, based on his achievements, Lesder was promoted to oversee the operations of Dutch Caribbean as Senior General Manager. More recently in 2022, due to his knowledge of the PBS business as well as his solid financial and operations background Lesder, was named COO in charge of the operations of Trinidad & Tobago, Guyana, and Dutch Caribbean (Aruba, Curacao, Bonaire, Saint Maarten and Suriname). Stuart Franco Chief Operating Officer Eastern Caribbean Cluster Stuart Franco is the Chief Operating Officer of the Eastern Caribbean Cluster, bringing over two decades of leadership, commercial expertise, and deep regional knowledge to the role. A graduate of the University of Western Ontario with a B.A. in Statistics & Economics, Stuart joined TSL in 2003 and steadily rose through the ranks — from Sales Representative to Sales Manager, Executive Vice President of Sales, and Chief Executive Officer — before assuming his current role in 2026. Throughout his tenure, he has been a driving force behind the company's growth trajectory, building lasting client relationships and strengthening TSL's market position across the Caribbean. Stuart served as President of the American Chamber of Commerce in Trinidad and Tobago (AmCham T&T) from 2023 to 2025 and has been a board member since 2018. He is also an active board member of the TSL Foundation, where he has championed community initiatives that uplift the regions TSL serves. Outside the office, Stuart is a devoted husband and father of four, an avid football fan, and a firm believer in the importance of family — a value he actively fosters within his team. Ezequiel Bardas Chief Operating Officer Latin America Ezequiel Bardas serves as Chief Operating Officer for Latin America at PBS Group, bringing more than two decades of senior executive leadership to the role. Known for his ability to scale operations, drive digital transformation, and deliver sustainable profitability in complex environments, Ezequiel leads the strategic direction for PBS Group's affiliates across the Andean Region — overseeing operational synergy, key alliance development, and an ambitious expansion plan throughout Latin America. Before joining PBS Group, Ezequiel held distinguished leadership positions at Xerox, serving as President and General Manager across major markets including the United States and Latin America. His track record of navigating high-stakes business environments and building high-performing regional organizations speaks to a career defined by results and resilience. Ezequiel holds an Executive MBA from IAE Business School, complemented by multiple leadership certifications. His leadership philosophy blends sharp market insight with an unwavering commitment to innovation and excellence — qualities that position him as a driving force behind PBS Group's next chapter in the region. Regional Leadership Team 48

GENERAL MANAGER Melani Angeles DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Marco Almendárez NICARAGUA SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Francisco Lupiac GENERAL MANAGER HONDURAS COUNTRY MANAGER Nyron Thomas TRINIDAD & TOBAGO SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Elvin Nash BARBADOS & OECS Jason Alidikromo COUNTRY MANAGER SURINAME Senior in Country Leadership SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Mirian Alas EL SALVADOR Laura Johnston COUNTRY MANAGER CAYMAN 49

Nella Aguilar PERU COUNTRY MANAGER Candace Bartholomew COUNTRY MANAGER GUYANA Jose Maduro COUNTRY MANAGER BONAIRE & ARUBA Charlesson Ramdjas COUNTRY MANAGER CURAÇAO Vynnie Mila GENERAL MANAGER GPA GPA USA Luis Castillo GUATEMALA COUNTRY MANAGER COUNTRY MANAGER Ana Karina Vallejo ECUADOR Senior in Country Leadership Esteban Corrales PANAMA & COLOMBIA COUNTRY MANAGER 50

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 51

Deloitte & Touche 3 rd Floor The Goddard Building Haggatt Hall St. Michael, BB11059 Barbados, W.I. Tel: +246 620 6400 Fax: +246 430 6451 www.deloitte.com Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (“DTTL”), its global network of member firms, and their related entities (collectively, the “Deloitte organization”). DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) and each of its member firms and related entities are legally separate and independent entities, which cannot obligate or bind each other in respect of third parties. DTTL and each DTTL member firm and related entity is liable only for its own acts and omissions, and not those of each other. DTTL does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about to learn more. Deloitte & Touche is an affiliate of DCB Holding Ltd., a member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Opinion We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries (“the Group”), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2025, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including material accounting policy information. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at December 31, 2025, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS Accounting Standards”). Basis for Opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) (“IESBA Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Key Audit Matters Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill As at 31 December 2025, Goodwill accounted for US$86.2 million, which represents 20.5% of total assets of the Group. On an annual basis, management tests whether goodwill is subject to impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units (CGU) have been determined using value in use calculations based on the higher of the recoverable amount compared to fair value less costs to sell. Our approach to testing management’s impairment assessment, with the assistance of our valuation specialist involved the following procedures, amongst others: • Obtained management’s discounted cash flow model (DCF) including qualitative and quantitative analyses and updated our understanding of the process used by management to determine the value in use of each CGU and evaluated for any changes.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 2 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill (Cont’d) We focused on this area because the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill involves significant judgement and estimation, is sensitive to changes in key assumptions and determining economic recovery is challenging. The key assumptions were assessed by management as being: • Revenue growth rate; • Terminal growth rate; • Average Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) to revenue; and Pre-tax Discount rate. • Agreed the 31 December 2025 base year financial information to current year results and compared previous forecasts to actual results to assess the performance of the business and the accuracy of management’s forecasting. • Compared the revenue growth rates to historical revenue growth and externally derived data as well as our own assessments in relation to key inputs such as projected economic growth, inflation and pre-tax discount rates. • Developed a range of parameters using available market inputs and historical information and performed sensitivity analyses using these parameters, which was compared to management’s terminal growth and pre-tax discount rates. • Compared EBITDA margins to historical results, and verified reconciling variances to underlying supporting data and current period results. Tested management’s impairment model calculations for mathematical accuracy Operating and finance lease revenue (Forming part of sale of goods) Revenue arising from the inception of new finance leases is included within the sale of goods revenue stream and is not captured through a specific identifier. As a result, identifying transactions that contain lease arrangements requires manual assessment for every underlying subsidiary. Recognition of revenue in these arrangements requires judgment to identify the lease and non-lease components of the contract and to determine whether the lease should be classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. This classification can materially affect the timing and presentation of revenue recognition, the measurement of lease receivables, and the related financial statement disclosures. Our approach to testing lease revenue to mitigate the identified risks includes the following procedures: • Obtained the population of leases entered into by the entities and reviewed Management's assessment on their classification between operating and finance leases. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition of the finance lease within the Sale of Goods revenue stream, based on the lease amortisation schedule prepared by the management. • On a sample basis, obtained and inspected the related customer contracts / signed agreements to review Management's

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 3 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Lease classification is based on the terms set out in customer agreements and purchase orders. Accordingly, significant judgment is required to assess whether the contractual terms are consistent with the underlying transaction and whether the classification has been applied appropriately across the population of relevant sales arrangements. As it involves manual review and interpretation of contract documentation, there is an increased risk of error and inconsistent application. The key assumptions and judgments applied by management include: • assessment of whether the arrangement is an operating lease or a finance lease; • determination of the discount rate used in lease classification and measurement; and • identification of the standalone selling price of goods where contracts include both leasing and maintenance components. assessment on the classification between finance or operating lease. • For the selected samples, obtained and verified the inputs (interest rates, delivery dates, lease & non-lease component) as determined by Management to recalculate the finance lease revenue to be recognised in the accounts at lease inception. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition and subsequent interest income based on our independent recalculation to the amounts recorded by management. Management override of controls Management is in a unique position to perpetrate fraud because of its ability to directly or indirectly manipulate accounting records and prepare fraudulent financial statements by overriding established controls that otherwise appear to be operating effectively. The risk of management override of controls is pervasive. Because of its unpredictable nature, this risk could result in a material misstatement. This significant risk also represents a fraud risk for the audit. • Engaged in periodic fraud discussions with certain members of senior management and utilized our internal fraud specialist to guide and support our fraud-related testing procedures. • Considered the potential for bias in judgments and estimates, including performing retrospective analysis of significant accounting estimates. • Evaluated whether the Company has entered into any significant unusual transactions and, if so, the nature, terms, and business purpose (or lack thereof) of those transactions and whether such transactions involved related parties. • Evaluated the Company’s fraud risk assessment and consider indirect controls

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 4 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter and internal controls over the closing and reporting process. • Using our propriety software tool we extracted and tested journal entries that exhibit characteristics of possible management override of controls. • Tested controls over significant, unusual transactions, particularly those that result in late or unusual journal entries and controls over journal entries and adjustments made in the period-end financial reporting process. • No evidence of management override of controls was identified as a results of our audit procedures. Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process. Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also: • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 5 • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management. • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. • Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business units within the Group as a basis for forming an opinion on the group financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determined those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. Information other than the financial statements Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Annual Report but does not include the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon which is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s report. Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with the audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. When we read the Annual Report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 6 The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditors’ report is Steve Clarke. Other matter – responsibility for our audit work This report is made solely to the shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited as a body, in accordance with Section 147 of the Companies Act of Barbados. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the shareholders for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinion we have formed. Other matter – predecessor auditors The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2024 were audited by another auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those statements on 30 June 2025. 7 June 2026

Page 2 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Non-Current Assets Property, plant and equipment 13 36,106 35,865 Right-of-use assets 14 15,269 12,802 Intangible assets 15 104,757 107,595 Lease receivables 16 4,538 6,869 Pension plan assets 30 3,752 3,674 Long term receivables 17 608 551 Deferred tax assets 18 11,507 14,491 Investments 34 - 243 Contract Asset 33 28 - Investments in Associate 20 4,774 4,056 Total Non-Current Assets 181,339 186,146 Current Assets Due from related parties 19 8,066 7,467 Inventories 21 58,043 48,584 Contract assets 33 - 1,602 Trade and other receivables 22 127,296 105,760 Current portion of lease receivables 16 11,437 2,696 Current portion of long-term receivables 17 161 38 Taxation recoverable 14,476 17,462 Cash and bank 23 21,574 29,961 Total Current Assets 241,053 213,570 Current Liabilities Trade and other payables 24 91,049 85,855 Contract liabilities 33 15,101 15,602 Due to related parties 19 13,739 12,308 Taxation payable 5,219 11,255 Current portion of lease liabilities 25 6,998 6,441 Short term loans 26 19,245 5,941 Current portion of long-term loans 26 14,250 10,633 Total Current Liabilities 165,601 148,035 Net Current Assets 75,452 65,535 Total Non-current Assets and Net Current Assets 256,791 251,681

Page 3 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (Continued) 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Equity Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Share capital 27 123,016 123,016 Other reserves/ (deficit) 28 (17,025) (17,339) Accumulated deficit (30,198) (23,274) Total Shareholders´ Equity 75,793 82,403 Non-controlling Interests 1,337 1,185 Total Equity 77,130 83,588 Non-Current Liabilities Retirement benefit obligations 30 3,111 1,553 Deferred tax liabilities 18 6,570 6,153 Lease liabilities 25 17,988 15,465 Borrowings 26 151,992 144,515 Other long-term liabilities - 407 Total Non-Current Liabilities 179,661 168,093 Total Non-Current Liabilities and Equity 256,791 251,681 Approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 June, 2026 and signed on its behalf by: _____________________________________________ _________________________________ Paul Scott Director Pedro Paris Director The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 4 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Number of Shares ‘000 Share Capital $’000 Other Reserves / (Deficit) $’000 Accumulated Deficit $’000 Non- Controlling Interest $’000 Total $’000 Balance at 31 December 2023 188,213 123,016 (17,139) (29,359) 1,070 77,588 Currency translation differences - - (820) (87) - (907) Actuarial loss - - (96) - - (96) Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - 716 - - 716 Net income - - - 7,461 115 7,576 Total comprehensive income - - (200) 7,374 115 7,289 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (1,289) - (1,289) Balance at 31 December 2024 188,213 123,016 (17,339) (23,274) 1,185 83,588 Currency translation differences - - 260 - - 260 Actuarial gain - - 54 - - 54 Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - - - - - Net income - - - 4,287 152 4,439 Total comprehensive income - - 314 4,287 152 4,753 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (11,211) - (11,211) Balance at 31 December 2025 188,213 123,016 (17,025) (30,198) 1,337 77,130 The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 5 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash Flows from Operating Activities (Note 31) 2,726 32,531 Cash Flows from Financing Activities Interest paid (17,094) (18,801) Dividends paid (11,211) (1,289) Proceeds from borrowing 48,808 147,041 Repayments of borrowings (19,297) (141,672) Repayments of lease liabilities (8,370) (10,699) Net cash used in financing activities (7,164) (25,420) Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired 35 (592) (1,293) Interest received 1,769 1,999 Purchase of property, plant and equipment (5,102) (6,378) Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 42 238 Purchase of Investments in Associates 20 - (3,543) Net cash used in investing activities (3,883) (8,977) Net (Decrease) in Cash (8,321) (1,866) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 29,961 31,991 Effect of foreign exchange in cash (66) (164) Cash and Cash Equivalents at end of the year 23 21,574 29,961 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The principal non-cash transactions include: ● Transfer to property, plant and equipment from inventory during the financial year $9,380,000 (2024 - $9,017,000). ● Transfer from property, plant and equipment to inventory upon expiry of operating lease of $4,018,000 (2024 - $4,799,000). The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page 6 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 1. Identification and Principal Activities Productive Business Solutions Limited (“the Company”) is a company incorporated on 16 December 2010, and domiciled in Barbados, originally under the International Business Corporation (IBC) Act 77 (Barbados). Effective July 1st, 2021, the Company operates under the Companies Act Cap. 308 (Barbados) and holds a Foreign Currency Permit under the Foreign Currency Permits Act, 2018-44 (Barbados). The tax rate for the fiscal year commencing 1 January 2025 is 9.0% of taxable income. The registered office of the Company is at Facey House # 42 Warrens Industrial Park, Warrens, St. Michaels, Barbados. The Company is capitalised by ordinary shares. The Company is a subsidiary of Facey Group Limited, owned by Musson (Jamaica) Limited. Facey Group Limited is a company incorporated in Barbados under the Companies Act, Cap. 308 (Barbados) as an international business company. In combination, Musson (Jamaica) Limited and Facey Group Limited own 66.98% of the ordinary shares of the Company. The Company is listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange and the International Securities Market in Barbados. The Company’s ultimate parent company and controlling party is Elkon Limited (“Elkon”), which is incorporated and domiciled in Jamaica, and Paul B. Scott, respectively. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, (referred to as “Group”) are the distribution of printing equipment, business machines, handsets and related accessories, automated teller machines, security checkpoints, system integration, cloud services, data analytics, communication solutions, e-transactions, development of software and other technology solutions. In May 2025 the Group acquired 100% holding in Regional Business Systems Limited (RBS), incorporated and domiciled in Barbados (Note 35).

Page 7 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, hereinafter referred to as the financial statements, are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. (a) Basis of preparation These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. IFRS Accounting Standards comprise the following authoritative literature:  IFRS Accounting Standards  IAS Standards  Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC Interpretations) or its predecessor body, the Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC Interpretations). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain items of property, plant and equipment. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Although these estimates are based on managements’ best knowledge of current events and action, actual results could differ from those estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 4. Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year Certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards have been published that became effective during the current financial year. The Group has assessed the relevance of all such new standards, interpretations and amendments and has affected the following, which are immediately relevant to its operations: Amendments to IAS 21,‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ , Amendments to IAS 21 were made to add requirements to help entities to determine whether a currency is exchangeable into another currency, and the spot exchange rate to use when it is not. Prior to these amendments, IAS 21 set out the exchange rate to use when exchangeability is temporarily lacking, but not what to do when lack of exchangeability is not temporary. Management’s assessment is that the amendments of this standard have no impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Page 8 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year (continued) The amendments must be applied retrospectively in accordance with the requirements in IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. The amendment did not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. There are no other IFRS Accounting Standards or IFRIC interpretations effective in the current year which are expected to have a significant impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the company.

Page 9 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group The Group has concluded that the following standards which are published but not yet effective, are relevant to its operations and will impact the Group’s accounting policies and financial disclosures as discussed below. These standards and amendments to existing standards are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2026, but the Group has not early adopted them: Amendments to IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 7, ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026). Amendments to IFRS 9 and 7 (a) clarify the date of recognition and derecognition of some financial assets and liabilities, with a new exception for some financial liabilities settled through an electronic cash transfer system; (b) clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether a financial asset meets the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) criterion; (c) add new disclosures for certain instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows (such as some financial instruments with features linked to the achievement of environment, social and governance targets); and (d) update the disclosures for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). The amendments in (b) are most relevant to financial institutions, but the amendments in (a), (c) and (d) are relevant to all entities. It is not anticipated that the amendments will have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 18, ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This is the new standard on presentation and disclosure in financial statements, which replaces IAS 1, with a focus on updates to the statement of profit or loss. The key new concepts introduced in IFRS 18 relate to: • the structure of the statement of profit or loss with defined subtotals; • requirement to determine the most useful structure summary for presenting expenses in the statement of profit or loss • required disclosures in a single note within the financial statements for certain profit or loss performance measures that are reported outside an entity’s financial statements (that is, management-defined performance measures); and • enhanced principles on aggregation and disaggregation which apply to the primary financial statements and notes in general. Management is assessing the impact of this new standard on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 19, 'Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures' , (effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This standard permit eligible subsidiaries to apply reduced IFRS disclosure requirements. IFRS 19 is a voluntary standard for eligible subsidiaries. A subsidiary is eligible if it does not have public accountability and it has an ultimate or intermediate parent that produces consolidated financial statements available for public use that comply with IFRS Accounting Standards. An eligible entity may opt to revoke the application of this standard after implementation. The entity may also elect to apply the standard more than one. The group is currently assessing the impact of this standard.

Page 10 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) There are no other new or amended IFRS Accounting Standards and interpretations that are published but not yet effective that would be expected to have an impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the Group. (b) Consolidation (i) Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations involving third parties by the Group. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred, and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss, in the statement of comprehensive income.

Page 11 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) Subsidiaries Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. The Group’s subsidiaries, countries of incorporation, and the Group’s percentage interest are as follows: Country of incorporation Group’s Percentage Interest 2025 2024 Nicaragua Holdings and its subsidiary St., Lucia & Nicaragua 100 100 Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia & Dominican Republic 100 100 Mobay Holdings N.V. and its subsidiary Curacao & Aruba 100 100 PBS Caribbean Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia, Jamaica, Barbados, Colombia, Suriname 100 100 Cayman Business Machines Limited* Cayman 40 40 PBS Technology Group Limited St. Lucia, Antigua & Barbuda, Jamaica, Trinidad, Guyana, 100 100 Infotrans Group Holding B.V. Curacao, Bonaire, Colombia, Suriname & Aruba 100 100 High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V. El Salvador and Honduras 100 100 PBS Central America and its subsidiaries Panama, Guatemala, Costa Rica, El Salvador 100 100 PBS Honduras Honduras 75 75 PBS Peru Peru 100 100 PBS Ecuador Ecuador 100 100

Page 12 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) In accordance with Cayman laws, entities that are domiciled in the Cayman Islands and are not issued with Local Companies Control Law Licenses, are required to be at least 60% owned by a Caymanian. The operation of Cayman Business Machines Limited is however controlled by Productive Business Solutions Limited and is therefore, in substance, categorised as a subsidiary. (ii) Transactions with non-controlling interests The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For purchases of ownership interest in subsidiaries from non-controlling interests in which the Group retains control of the subsidiary, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests where control is retained by the Group are also recorded in equity. (iii) Disposal of subsidiaries When the Group ceases to have control or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value, with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss. If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate. (iv) Business combination under common control Acquisitions from entities under common control are determined by the substance and specific facts and circumstances surrounding any particular business combination under common control. Business combinations under common control are accounted for using the predecessor method of accounting. Under the predecessor method of accounting, the cost of an acquisition is measured in a manner similar to the purchase method of accounting. Identifiable assets and liabilities are measured at book value at the date of acquisition. Under the predecessor method of accounting, no goodwill is created, as any difference between the cost of acquisition and the book value of the net assets acquired is dealt with as an adjustment to retained earnings. (v) Investment in associates Associates are categorized as entities over which the Group has influence but not control, with shareholding and voting rights between 20% and 50%. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost. The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associate’s post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in profit and loss, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equal or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Page 13 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (c) Foreign currency translation (i) Functional and presentation currency Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States Dollars, which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency. (ii) Transactions and balances Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. At the statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the weighted average closing exchange rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates, of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in statement of comprehensive income. (iii) Group companies The results and financial position of all the group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper- inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated as follows: a) Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at year end rates, b) Items affecting the statement of comprehensive income are translated at average rates, and c) The resultant gains or losses are recognised in other comprehensive income as translation gains or losses. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Page 14 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (d) Revenue recognition Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of applicable value added taxes, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue is recognised as follows: Reprographic products Revenue earned from reprographic products is either through an outright sale or a lease of equipment and from related service contracts. Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from finance leases, are recognised at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require installation, revenue is recognised when the equipment has been delivered and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer-installable products are recognised upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer's shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the finance lease method and are recognised as earned over the lease term. A substantial portion of the Group's reprographic products is sold with full- service maintenance agreements. Service revenues are derived primarily from these maintenance contracts on equipment sold to customers and are recognised over the term of the contracts in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, by reference to completion of the specific transaction assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided. Revenue is recognised only after there are specific indicators of transfer of control to the customer. To evidence transfer of control on contracts where revenue is recognised at a point in time, management has defined that revenue can only be recognised after the equipment or part is installed or the supplies are delivered. Bill and hold agreements are scrutinised to ensure the transfer of control to the customer is effective. For contracts where revenue is recognised over time, management measures the fulfilment of the performance obligations based on the value that the delivered goods or services represent to the customer. Telecommunications products Revenue from telecommunications products comprises revenue from the sales of cellular phones. These products are sold under contractual agreements with the telecommunications providers. Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised on a gross basis as management has determined that the Group acts as a principal in relation to these transactions, due to the fact that the Group bears the majority of risk, principally credit and inventory risk, in relation to such transactions, and the Group also acts as primary obligor. Control is the key consideration when assessing the nature of the promise to the customer. When the entity does not control the good or service (or inventory) before it is transferred to the customer it is likely that the promise in the contract is to arrange for goods or services to be delivered (rather than these to be provided by the entity). In such cases, the Company recognises revenue for an amount equal to the net income (revenue minus cost). Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised when a Group entity has delivered products to the customer; the customer has accepted the products and collectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured. Interest income is recognised on the accrual basis on the effective interest basis, except when collectability is considered doubtful. In such cases, income is recorded when economic benefits are received.

Page 15 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (e) Property, plant and equipment Freehold land and buildings are shown at fair value, based on valuations by external independent valuers, less subsequent depreciation for buildings. Valuations are performed every three years to ensure that the fair value of a revalued asset does not differ materially from it’s carrying amount. Any accumulated depreciation at the date of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset, and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of freehold, land and buildings are credited to other comprehensive income and shown as other reserves in shareholder’s equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are recorded in other comprehensive income and debited against other reserves directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the profit or loss. All other property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Land is not depreciated as it is deemed to have an indefinite life. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation is calculated at annual rates on the straight-line basis to write-off the cost of the assets to their residual values over their estimated useful lives at annual rates as follows: Freehold buildings 2 - 2 ½% Leasehold buildings and improvements 10 - 20% Furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment 10 - 33⅓% Motor vehicles 20 - 25% Gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount and are included in operating profit. Repairs and maintenance expenditure is charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which it is incurred. The cost of major renovations is included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of the existing asset will flow to the Group. When revalued assets are sold, the amounts included in other reserves are transferred to retained earnings.

Page 16 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (f) Intangible assets (i) Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates and joint ventures is included in investment in associates and investment in joint venture, respectively. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or Groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. (ii) Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences. Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. All, excepting licenses are deemed to have finite useful lives and amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the intangible assets over their estimated useful lives between 5 and 20 years. Licenses have an indefinite useful life. (iii) Proprietary Software The Group is the owner of a software internally developed to address diverse customer needs. This asset is carried at cost and amortised according to its defined useful life. (g) Impairment of non-financial assets Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Page 17 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset in one entity and a financial liability or equity of another entity. Financial assets Classification The Group classifies its financial assets at amortised cost. The classification depends on the business model used for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. Impairment The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss (ECL) associated with its financial assets classified at amortised cost, lease receivables, long term receivables and related party balances. Application of the General Model The Group has applied the ‘general model’ as required under IFRS 9 for financial assets other than trade receivables. Under this model, the Group is required to assess on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its financial assets carried at amortised cost. The ECL will be recognised in profit or loss before a loss event has occurred. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. ECL is calculated by multiplying the Probability of default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD). The impairment model uses a three-stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination: Stage 1 – 12-month ECL applies to all financial assets that have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and are not credit impaired. The ECL will be computed using a 12-month PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months. Stage 2 – When a financial asset experiences a significant increase in credit risk subsequent to origination but is not credit impaired, it is considered to be in Stage 2. This requires the computation of ECL based on lifetime PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the remaining estimated life of the financial asset. Provisions are higher in this stage because of an increase in risk and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered compared to 12 months in Stage 1. Stage 3 – Financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment will be included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses will continue to capture the lifetime ECL. The Group uses judgement when considering the following factors that affect the determination of impairment: Assessment of Significant Increase in Credit Risk The assessment of a significant increase in credit risk is done on a relative basis. To assess whether the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since origination, the Group compares the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial asset at the reporting date to the corresponding risk of default at origination, using key risk indicators that are used in the Group’s existing risk management processes. At each reporting date, the assessment of a change in credit risk will be individually assessed for those considered individually significant and at the segment level. This assessment is symmetrical in nature, allowing credit risk of financial assets to move back to Stage 1 if the increase in credit risk since origination has reduced and is no longer deemed to be significant.

Page 18 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments (continued) Macroeconomic Factors, Forward Looking Information and Multiple Scenarios The Group applies an unbiased and probability weighted estimate of credit losses by evaluating a range of possible outcomes that incorporates forecasts of future economic conditions. Macroeconomic factors and forward-looking information are incorporated into the measurement of ECL as well as the determination of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination. Measurement of ECLs at each reporting period reflect reasonable and supportable information at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The Group uses three scenarios that are probability weighted to determine ECL. Expected Life When measuring ECL, the Group considers the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk. All contractual terms are considered when determining the expected life, including prepayment options and extension and rollover options. Application of the Simplified Approach For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. Financial liabilities The Group’s financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, this is the initial recognition minus the cumulative amortisation of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount. Financial liabilities at amortised costs are classified as current or non-current depending on whether these are due within 12 months after the statement of financial position date or beyond. Financial liabilities are derecognised when either of the following take place: The Group is discharged from its obligation, upon expiration or when they are cancelled or replaced by a new liability. (i) Inventories Inventories are carried at weighted average purchase cost. These items are stated at cost less provision for write down to net realisable value, where necessary and are stated at the lower weighted average cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the costs of completion and selling expenses. (j) Trade receivables Impairment over trade receivables is determined with the aid of a matrix based on the ageing of the account. Twice a year, management assesses whether there has been any indicator of a change in the credit risk. Additionally, periodically a comprehensive evaluation is performed with the objective of identifying individual accounts that may be subject to impairment which are either written off or fully provided for. (k) Cash and bank Cash and bank include cash on hand net of bank overdrafts. In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and bank include cash in hand and at bank and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown in current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

Page 19 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (l) Trade payables These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. (m) Contract assets and contract liabilities The Group recognises a contract asset whenever it has the right for consideration as a result of transferring goods or services to a customer. Contract assets are different from accounts receivables as the former would only require the passage of time for the consideration to be due. Contract assets are subject to impairment assessment. The Group recognises a contract liability when it has received a payment, or a payment is due for goods or services that have not yet been transferred to the customer. (n) Income taxes Taxation expense in the statement of comprehensive income comprises current and deferred tax charges. Current tax charges are based on taxable profits for the year, which differ from the profit before tax reported because it excludes items that are taxable or deductible in other years, and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability f or current tax is calculated at tax rates that have been enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Deferred tax is the tax expected to be paid or recovered on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding tax bases. Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Currently enacted tax rates are used in the determination of deferred income tax. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they arise from the same taxable entity, relate to the same tax authority and when the legal right of offset exists. Deferred tax is charged or credited to profit or loss, except where it relates to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income, in which case, deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income. (o) Provisions Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. (p) Share capital Ordinary shares, and redeemable cumulative preference shares where the declaration of dividends is discretionary, are classified as equity instruments. The preference shares are perpetual and are only redeemable at the sole discretion of the Company but not before the 16 th year after the issue of the shares. Dividends on these shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are declared.

Page 20 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (q) Earnings per share (i) Basic earnings per share Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: ● the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares. ● by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares. (ii) Diluted earnings per share Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account: ● the after-income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and ● the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. (r) Borrowings Borrowings are recognised initially at cost, being their issue proceeds, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequently, borrowings are stated at amortised cost and any difference between net proceeds and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Preference shares issued by the Group are treated as borrowings if they carry a contractual term of redemption either by cash or another financial asset and dividends payments are not discretionary. (s) Leases As Lessee Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments: - fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable - payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option. Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rates, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions. As Lessor Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessee are classified as finance leases. When assets are leased out under a finance leases, the asset is derecognized and treated as revenue in accordance with accounting policy (d) with the present value of the lease payments is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease in a manner which reflects a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.

Page 21 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (s) Leases (continued) Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessor are included in property, plant and equipment in the statement of financial position. They are depreciated over their expected useful lives on a basis consistent with similar owned property, plant and equipment. Rental income is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. In some instances, transfers are made from Inventory to property, plant and equipment to facilitate the leasing of assets. In instances where leased equipment is returned this is transferred from property, plant and equipment to Inventory. When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which termination takes place. (t) Post-employment benefits The Group participates in a defined contribution plan operated by a related party, Musson (Jamaica) Limited, whereby it pays contributions to a separate, trustee-administered fund for its Jamaican operation. Once the contributions have been paid, the Group has no further payment obligations. Contributions to the plan are charged to profit or loss in the period to which they relate. There is an unfunded retirement benefit plan in the Nicaragua and El Salvador operations which is reflected in the statement of financial position as a liability. Changes to benefits are calculated by third party actuaries and are reflected in the Change to statement of comprehensive income. The Parent Company also participates in a defined benefit pension plan relating to PBS Technologies (Barbados) Limited, the assets of which are held in a separate fund administered by a Trustee. The pension plan is funded by payments from the Parent Company, taking into account the recommendations of independent qualified actuaries. Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value. (u) Finance costs Finance costs includes interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest method, interest on finance leases, material bank charges and foreign exchange gains and losses recognised in profit or loss. (v) Offsetting financial instruments Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty. (w) Segment information Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer. (x) Dividend distribution Dividend distribution is recognised as equity in the financial statements in which the dividends are approved by the shareholders. Dividend distributions on preference shares classified as borrowings are included in finance costs when the dividends are approved.

Page 22 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (a) Financial risk factors The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyse these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and up-to-date information systems. Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies and evaluates financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and investment of excess liquidity. (i) Credit risk The Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that its customers, clients or counterparties will cause a financial loss for the Group by failing to discharge their contractual obligations. Credit exposures arise principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and are influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Group has established credit policies under which each customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness prior to the Group offering them a credit facility. Credit limits are assigned to each customer and are reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Group has procedures in place to restrict customer orders if the order will result in customers exceeding their credit limits. Customers who fail to meet the Group’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Group on a prepayment basis. Customer credit risk is monitored according to their credit characteristics such as whether it is an individual or company, geographic location, industry, aging profile, and previous financial difficulties. The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents an estimate of expected credit losses in respect of trade and other receivables. The Group addresses impairment assessment in two areas: individually and collectively assessed allowances. Cash transactions are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. The Group has policies in place to limit the amount of exposure to any one financial institution. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the amount reflected on the statement of financial position.

Page 23 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Credit risk (continued) At year end, the banks where the Group maintains most of its cash, were rated by Fitch Ratings as follows: 202 5 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. B BB+ CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA+ Citibank F1 A+ 202 4 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. F1+ AA- CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA- Citibank F1 A+ Maximum credit risk exposure The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk equals the carrying amounts on the statement of financial position, of the assets which expose the Group to credit risk. There has been no change over the prior year in the manner in which the Group manages and measures credit risk. Analysis of trade receivables The Group’s trade receivables, broken down by customer sector is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Government 42,058 41,804 Private entities 58,254 48,815 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Impairment of financial assets The Group has four types of financial assets that are subject to expected credit losses as follows: (i) Trade receivables (ii) Lease receivable and long-term receivables (iii) Accounts receivable from related parties (iv) Other debt instruments carried at amortised cost

Page 24 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Trade receivables The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measure expected credit losses (ECL) which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. On that basis, the loss allowance at 31 December 2025 and 2024 was determined as follows for trade receivables: 31 December 202 5 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1 - 180 days past due $’000 181 - 360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 2.83% 11.54% 30.39% Gross carrying amount 71,856 19,451 2,878 6,127 100,312 Loss allowance provision 11 550 332 1,862 2,755 31 December 202 4 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1-180 days past due $’000 181-360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 0.67% 7.50% 38.38% Gross carrying amount 45,859 33,441 6,404 4,915 90,619 Loss allowance provision 10 224 480 1,887 2,601 The closing loss allowances for trade receivables as at 31 December 2025 reconcile to the opening loss allowances as follows: 202 5 202 4 $’000 $’000 Opening loss allowance as at 1 January 2,601 2,872 On Acquisition of Subsidiary (Note 34) - 299 Impairment (gains)/losses on receivables during the year 917 (223) Amounts written off (461) (314) Unused amounts reversed (320) - Exchange difference 18 (33) At 31 December 2,755 2,601

Page 25 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables The Group applies the ‘three stage’ model of IFRS 9 in measuring the expected credit losses (ECL) for all lease and long-term receivable. The application makes estimation about likelihood of default occurring, of the associated loss ratios of default correlations between counter parties. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The following tables contains an analysis of the credit exposure for lease and long-term receivables as at 31 December 2025 and 2024 as follows: Long term receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 769 - - 769 Carrying amount 769 - - 769 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 589 - - 589 Carrying amount 589 - - 589 Lease receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 Carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 26 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 Carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 27 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) Loss Allowance – Lease Receivables: No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material. Lease and long-term receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include ceasing enforcement activity, and where the Group’s recovery method is foreclosing on collateral, and the value of the collateral is such that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full. ECL movements without a profit and loss impact relates to amounts transferred from trade receivables to lease/long term receivables which previously existed and for which the ECL would have also been transferred. Expected credit losses are presented net of subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off. Cash and bank and other receivables Other financial assets at amortised cost include cash and bank balances, due from related parties and other receivables . These debt instruments at amortised cost are considered to have low credit risk. The loss allowance recognised during the period on those deemed to have low credit risk was therefore limited to the 12 month expected losses. Management considers these instruments as having low credit risk when there is a low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term. The allowance is assessed by estimating the likelihood of default, associated loss ratio and default correlation between counterparties. No opening loss allowances were recognised on balances for cash and bank, due from related parties and other receivables, and there were no movements during the current year, as the amounts determined were deemed immaterial. (iii) Due from related parties ECL is determined on yearly basis by performing a review of the financial position of the related party debtors for those where the receivable balances are material. If the related party debtor has an ‘intent’ and strong financial capacity to meet its contractual obligation, the probability of default is low and the credit risk is deemed to be immaterial, otherwise it would be classified under stage 2 or 3 and ECL computed accordingly. (iii) Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and other liquid assets and maintaining the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. Liquidity risk management process The Group’s liquidity management process, as carried out within the Group and monitored by the Board of Directors, primarily includes: (i) Monitoring future cash flows and liquidity on an ongoing basis. This incorporates an assessment of expected cash flows and the availability of collateral which could be used to secure funding if required. (ii) Maintaining committed lines of credit; and (iii) Managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities.

Page 28 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3 . Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Liquidity risk (continued) Undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities The maturity profile of financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments is as follows: Within 12 Months 1 to 5 Years Over 5 years Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Trade payables 58,350 - - 58,348 Other payables 32,699 - - 32,701 Due to related parties 13,739 - - 13,739 Lease liabilities 7,975 18,549 1,952 28,476 Borrowings 37,108 184,943 - 222,051 149,871 203,492 1,952 355,315 202 4 Trade payables 48,628 - - 48,628 Other payables 37,220 7 - 37,227 Due to related parties 12,308 - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities - - 407 407 Lease liabilities 9,335 14,453 126 23,914 Borrowings 25,339 141,834 - 167,173 132,830 156,294 533 289,657 (iii) Market risk The Group takes on exposure to market risks, which is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risks mainly arise from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is monitored by the Facey Group Limited’s treasury department which carries out extensive research and monitors the price movement of financial assets on the local and international markets. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Currency risk Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Jamaican (JMD) dollar, Honduran Lempira (HNL), Nicaraguan Córdoba (NIO), Dominican Peso (DOP), Costa Rican Colón (CRC), Trinidadian dollar (TTD) and the Guatemala Quetzal (GTQ). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. The Group manages its foreign exchange risk by ensuring that the net exposure in foreign assets and liabilities is kept to an acceptable level by monitoring currency positions. The Group further manages this risk by invoicing where possible in US dollars and converting foreign currency balances into US dollar denominated accounts.

Page 29 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, the net assets of which are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies. The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December: USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2025 Financial Assets Long term receivables 391 369 - 1 - - - - 8 769 Lease receivables 2,937 - - - - 8,232 - 3,232 1,574 15,975 Due from related parties 4,837 - 69 - - - - - 3,160 8,066 Trade receivables 22,584 20,983 6,670 4,107 3,900 7,052 9,336 8,946 13,979 97,557 Other receivables 3,696 209 848 400 949 9,203 319 2,497 6,311 24,432 Cash and bank 9,085 496 260 568 73 382 183 4,506 6,021 21,574 Total financial assets 43,530 22,057 7,847 5,076 4,922 24,869 9,838 19,181 31,053 168,373 Financial liabilities Trade payables 48,232 920 234 629 47 618 968 557 6,145 58,348 Other payables 6,557 1,562 2,323 1,194 1,520 4,013 3,973 2,172 9,385 32,701 Lease liabilities 16,808 - 2,604 339 1,248 - - 2,045 1,942 24,986 Due to related parties 11,761 - 305 - - - - - 1,673 13,739 Borrowings 183,138 - 1,672 - - - - 489 188 185,487 Total financial liabilities 266,496 2,482 7,138 2,162 2,815 4,631 4,941 5,263 19,333 315,261 Net position (222,966) 19,575 709 2,914 2,107 20,238 4,897 13,918 11,720 (146,888) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation against the US Dollar

Page 30 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (v) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2024 Financial Assets Long term receivables 224 355 - 2 - - - - 8 589 Lease receivables 3,211 - - - - - - 4,337 2,017 9,565 Due from related parties 7,120 - 347 - - - - - - 7,467 Trade receivables 41,110 7,129 6,093 2,106 4,787 1,876 6,644 7,871 10,402 88,018 Other receivables 1,421 259 854 47 (196) 3,788 240 533 6,811 13,757 Cash and cash equivalents 11,560 1,364 240 881 1,181 300 483 3,860 10,092 29,961 Total financial assets 64,646 9,107 7,534 3,036 5,772 5,964 7,367 16,601 29,330 149,357 Financial liabilities Trade payables 42,928 159 749 178 326 1,944 595 204 1,545 48,628 Other payables 11,452 1,698 2,681 901 887 2,770 2,616 4,358 9,864 37,227 Lease liabilities 14,721 - 929 302 1,155 - - 2,339 2,460 21,906 Due to related parties 12,150 - 158 - - - - - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities 407 - - - - - - - - 407 Borrowings 158,321 - 1,772 - - - - 934 62 161,089 Total financial liabilities 239,979 1,857 6,289 1,381 2,368 4,714 3,211 7,835 13,931 281,565 Net position (175,333) 7,250 1,245 1,655 3,404 1,250 4,156 8,766 15,399 (132,208) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation.

Page 31 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) The following tables indicate the currencies to which the Group had significant exposure on their monetary assets and liabilities and forecast cash flows. The change in currency rate below represents management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis represents outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the year-end for a reasonably expected change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity of the profit or loss was primarily as a result of foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of trade receivables and payables, long term receivables and borrowings. % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 5 2025 $’000 2025 $’000 Currency: HNL -1.5 - 109 HNL 1 - (73) JMD -1.5 607 - JMD 1 (152) - NIO -1.5 - 446 NIO 1 - (111) DOP -1.5 - (154) DOP 1 - 38 CRC -1.5 - 270 CRC 1 - (180) TTD -1.5 - 368 TTD 1 - (245) GTQ -1.5 140 - GTQ 1 (93) - % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 4 2024 $’000 2024 $’000 Currency: HNL -4 - 174 HNL 1 - (44) JMD -4 665 - JMD 1 (166) - NIO -4 - 471 NIO 1 - (118) DOP -4 - (119) DOP 1 - 30 CRC -4 - 683 CRC 1 - (171) TTD -4 - 834 TTD 1 - (209) GTQ -4 281 - GTQ 1 (70) -

Page 32 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iv) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk As the Group has no significant variable rate interest-bearing assets, the Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate exposure arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates and revolving short-term borrowings expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The Group analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated for borrowings that represent the major interest-bearing positions, taking into consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions and alternative financing. The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily from borrowings, the sensitivity of the profit or loss is the effect of the assumed changes in interest rates based on floating rate long term and revolving short-term borrowings. There is no direct impact on other components of equity. The table below indicates the sensitivity to a reasonably expected change in interest rates 2025 2024 Change in basis points - 50/25 Change in basis points - 50/25 $’000 $’000 Floating rate borrowings 750/ (375) 619/ (310) (b) Capital management The capital management process is carried out by the parent company. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for the shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. The Board of Directors monitors the return on capital, which the Group defines as net operating income (excluding non-recurring items) divided by total equity (excluding non- redeemable preference shares and non-controlling interests). There was no change to the capital management process during the year. The Group has no specific capital management strategy and is not exposed to externally imposed capital requirements. There are contractual capital requirements as follows:  The syndicated credit agreement with Citibank, N.A. acting as administrative agent and collateral agent and Citibank, N.A., Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A, First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as joint lead arrangers and book runners - The financial covenants include: The Leverage Ratio, The Debt Service Coverage Ratio, The Central American Assets Test and The Specified Central American Assets Test. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at year end.  The revolving credit agreement and loan agreement with First Citizens Bank (FCB) - The financial covenants include: the Current ratio, the Funded Debt to EBITDA ratio and the Debt Service ratio. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at the year end.

Page 33 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated)  3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (c) Fair values of financial instruments Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of the Group’s financial instruments that, subsequent to initial recognition, are not measured at fair value is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each statement of financial position date. The fair values of these financial instruments are determined as follows: (i) The face value, less any estimated credit adjustments, for financial assets and liabilities with a maturity of less than one year are estimated to approximate their fair values. These financial assets and liabilities include cash and bank balances, trade receivables and payables and short-term borrowings. (ii) The carrying values of non-current borrowings to non-related parties approximate their fair values, as these loans are carried at amortised cost reflecting their contractual obligations and the interest rates are reflective of current market rates for similar transactions. The fair value of borrowings is disclosed in note 26. (iii) The fair values of the long-term receivables and loans to and from related parties could not be reliably determined as these instruments were granted under special terms and are not likely to be traded in a fair market exchange.

Page 34 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty Judgements and estimates are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. Estimated impairment of goodwill The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2(f). The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations, which require the use of estimates. In determining the value in use, management has made certain assumptions regarding revenue growth rate, EBITDA to revenue ratios, terminal growth rate and discount rates. See Note 15 for sensitivity of amounts to estimates. Intangible assets Intangible assets arising from the acquisition of subsidiaries have been deemed to be indefinite life intangibles. Other intangible assets have been deemed to be finite lives intangibles. Their estimated useful lives have been determined by management, based on their best estimate of the time period over which the Group will benefit from the assets acquired. Management has estimated that the useful lives of the intangibles will be between 5 and 20 years. Income taxes The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. The Group recognises liabilities for actual and anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. In determining these estimates, management considers the merit of any audit issues raised, based on their interpretation of the taxation laws, and their knowledge of any precedents established by the taxation authorities. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences could materially impact the current tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made (see Notes 11 and 18). Determining the lease term In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). For leases of administrative offices, retail stores, equipment and vehicles, the following factors are normally the most relevant: ● If there are significant penalties to terminate (or not extend), the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● If any leasehold improvements are expected to have a significant remaining value, the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● Otherwise, the Group considers other factors including historical lease durations and the costs and business disruption required to replace the leased asset. Most extension options in office equipment and vehicles leases have not been included in the lease liability, because the Group could replace the assets without significant cost or business disruption.

Page 35 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information The Group’s Chief Executive Officer examines the Group’s performance from a geographic perspective and has identified two reportable segments of business: ● Central America- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Central America Region such as Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Costa Rica, Nicaragua and Panama. ● Caribbean- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Caribbean region such as Dominican Republic, Jamaica, Barbados, Curacao and Aruba, Colombia, Trinidad and Tobago, Suriname, Peru and Ecuador. Management primarily uses a measure of adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) to assess the performance of the operating segments. However, information about the segments’ revenue, assets and liabilities are also submitted for review on a monthly basis.

Page 36 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2025 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 216,487 158,045 - 374,532 Revenue from another operating segment 21,602 342 (21,558) 386 Total Income 238,089 158,387 (21,558) 374,918 Adjusted EBITDA 39,468 22,189 (6,463) 55,194 Finance costs (17,703) Depreciation (20,684) Amortisation (3,174) Unallocated EBITDA - Share of Investee’s profit 718 Profit before taxation 14,351 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (11,766) (8,918) - (20,684) Amortisation (286) (2,888) - (3,174) Income tax (8,252) (1,660) - (9,912) Segment assets- Total segment assets 284,690 257,335 (458,838) 83,187 Unallocated items 339,205 Total assets per statement of financial position 422,392 Capital expenditure 2,986 2,116 - 5,102 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 204,830 244,064 (398,616) 50,278 Unallocated items 294,984 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 345,262

Page 37 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 233,913 158,166 - 392,079 Revenue from another operating segment 15,339 337 (20,366) (4,690) Total Income 249,252 158,503 (20,366) 387,389 Adjusted EBITDA 23,676 27,880 (2,569) 48,987 Finance costs (18,430) Depreciation (17,441) Amortisation (2,884) Unallocated EBITDA 2,386 Profit before taxation 12,618 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (10,386) (7,055) - (17,441) Amortisation (286) (2,598) (2,884) Income tax (3,565) (1,591) 114 (5,042) Segment assets- Total segment assets 239,813 237,830 (380,101) 97,542 Unallocated items 302,174 Total assets per statement of financial position 399,716 Capital expenditure 2,306 4,072 - 6,378 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 175,217 226,053 (323,383) 77,887 Unallocated items 238,241 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 316,128

Page 38 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) Segment assets are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset. Segment liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These liabilities are allocated based on the operations of the segment. The parent entity is domiciled in Barbados. The amount of its revenue from external customers broken down by location of the customers is shown in table below. 202 5 2024 $’000 $’000 Barbados 18,992 20,676 Costa Rica 52,701 37,423 Dominican Republic 15,958 17,836 El Salvador 56,750 99,808 Guatemala 35,148 38,892 Honduras 24,704 20,110 Nicaragua 19,273 15,450 Panama 12,122 11,411 USA 7,841 5,848 Antilles 10,512 11,597 Jamaica 27,960 30,229 Trinidad 23,554 30,125 Guyana 8,518 5,920 Cayman 2,822 2,715 Antigua 731 696 Colombia 4,345 5,071 Suriname 1,233 2,180 Other 51,754 31,402 Total 374,918 387,389 The total of capital expenditure, broken down by location of the assets is shown in the table below. 202 5 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 240 240 Trinidad - 244 244 Costa Rica 1,443 - 1,443 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 908 908 Other 261 724 985 Total 2,986 2,116 5,102

Page 39 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 2,037 2,037 Trinidad - 974 974 Costa Rica 791 - 791 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 311 311 Other 233 750 983 Total 2,306 4,072 6,378 6. Revenue 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Business Solutions Sale of goods 310,839 330,420 Services 41,461 32,302 352,300 362,722 Lease Income 22,618 24,667 374,918 387,389 Revenue from contracts with customers is $352,300,000 (2024: $362,722,000). 2025 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2025 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 207,119 122,957 (21,558) 308,518 Over time 17,257 26,525 - 43,782 224,376 149,482 (21,558) 352,300 2024 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2024 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 212,881 117,599 (20,366) 310,114 Over time 23,913 28,695 - 52,608 236,794 146,294 (20,366) 362,722

Page 40 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 7. Other Income 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest income 1,769 1,999 Gain/ (loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment (179) 103 Negative Goodwill (Note a) - 1,150 Customer Deposits Write-back - 700 Miscellaneous 812 193 2,402 4,145 (a) This relates to the acquisition of Xerox Ecuador. (Note 35)

Page 41 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 8. Expenses by Nature Total direct, selling, administration and other operating expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cost of inventories and cost related to services* 247,544 273,027 Impairment losses/(gains) on financial instruments 917 (223) Staff costs (Note 9) 48,573 43,811 Depreciation (Notes 13 and 14) * 10,630 9,470 Commission 6,905 6,895 Travel 5,180 5,433 Management fees 2,434 2,014 Telephone and communication 1,476 1,369 Transportation 801 803 Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 15) 3,174 2,884 Legal and professional fees 2,441 2,312 Occupancy costs 911 1,043 Bank charges 859 743 Auditor’s remuneration 1,940 1,251 Office supplies, printing and stationery 266 605 Repairs and maintenance 536 950 Advertising 324 450 Motor Vehicle Expenses 1,663 1,315 General Insurance 1,210 1,349 Other expenses 8,200 5,498 97,523 88,195 345,984 360,999 * Depreciation included in Cost of inventories and cost related to services amounts to $10,054,000 (2024: 7,971,000) for a total depreciation of $20,684,000 (2024: $17,441,000). Audit fees for the year ended 31 December 2025 totalled for the Group of $1,940,000 (2024: $1,251,000). Other fees paid to the auditor (and related network firms) for non-assurance services are not material.

Page 42 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 9. Staff Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Staff costs that have been included in Selling general and administrative expenses (Note 8) 48,573 43,811 Staff costs that have been included in Direct expenses 17,101 11,031 65,674 54,842 Staff costs that have been included in direct expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 14,379 8,488 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 2,057 1,165 Redundancy costs 184 501 Other 481 877 17,101 11,031 Staff costs that have been included in selling, general and administrative expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 39,571 34,938 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 4,474 3,840 Pension costs – defined contribution 425 410 Redundancy costs 1,809 2,290 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 1,832 2,072 48,573 43,811 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 53,950 43,426 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 6,453 5,005 Pension costs – defined contribution 503 410 Redundancy costs 1,993 2,791 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 2,313 2,949 65,674 54,842

Page 43 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 10. Finance Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net foreign exchange losses (gains) 609 (371) Interest expense - Loans and lease liabilities 17,094 18,801 17,703 18,430 11. Taxation Taxation is based on profit for the year or, in some jurisdictions, the greater of a percentage of profit before tax or revenue adjusted for taxation purposes, and comprises: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current tax charge 6,384 5,920 Deferred tax charge (credit) (Note 18) 3,528 (878) 9,912 5,042 The tax on the profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the statutory tax rate as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit before tax 14,351 12,618 Tax calculated at domestic tax rate of 9% (2024: 9%) 1,292 1,136 Adjusted for the effects of: Different tax rates in other countries 4,935 5,087 Tax on net assets at 1% 128 137 Income not subject to tax (3,048) (2,324) Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 1,101 550 Other charges and credits 5,504 456 Tax charge 9,912 5,042

Page 44 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 11. Taxation (Continued) 2025 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries 260 - 260 Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE - - - Actuarial gains – termination benefits 54 - 54 Other comprehensive income 314 - 314 Deferred tax (Note 18) - 2024 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries (907) - (907) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE 716 - 716 Actuarial gains – termination benefits (96) - (96) Other comprehensive income (287) - (287) Deferred tax (Note 18) - 12. Earnings per Share 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the company 4,287 7,461 Profit attributable to preference shareholders (1,713) (1,289) Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders 2,574 6,172 Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000) 186,213 186,213 Total basic and diluted earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations. 1.38 3.31

Page 45 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13 . Property, Plant and Equipment The furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment category for the Group includes equipment held for leases. Lease contracts for these items are entered into with third parties, with periodic lease payments being 36 to 60 months. Items which are leased are transferred from inventory on commencement of the lease arrangements and are transferred back to inventory on termination of the lease arrangements. Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Exchange differences - 3 (107) - (21) (4) (129) Additions - 1,103 3,663 - 67 269 5,102 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 502 - 24 - 526 Transfers from inventory - 9,380 - - - 9,380 Disposals - (553) (241) - (24) - (818) Transfers to inventory - - (4,018) - - - (4,018) On revaluation - - - - - - - Transfer from CWIP* - 23 186 - - (374) (165) At 31 December 111 6,974 108,155 776 1,711 1,035 118,762 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Exchange differences - (3) (193) - (18) - (214) Charge for the year** - 819 13,800 - 162 - 14,781 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 171 - 24 - 195 On transfer to inventory - - (4,528) - - - (4,528) Relieved on disposals - (365) (230) - (2) - (597) At 31 December 24 3,771 77,600 - 1,261 - 82,656 Net Book Value - 87 3,203 30,555 776 450 1,035 36,106 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $10,054,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 46 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,739 88,464 60 1,822 514 97,710 Exchange differences - (197) (898) - (294) - (1,389) Additions - 422 4,960 - 121 875 6,378 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 2,217 - 24 - 2,241 Transfers from inventory - - 9,017 - - - 9,017 Disposals - (657) (290) - (70) - (1,017) Transfers to inventory - - (4,789) - - - (4,789) On revaluation - - - 716 - - 716 Transfer from CWIP* - 91 109 - 62 (245) 17 At 31 December 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,292 62,728 - 1,067 - 67,111 Exchange differences - (87) (222) - (214) - (523) Charge for the year** - 678 11,282 - 271 - 12,231 On transfer to inventory - - (4,918) - - - (4,918) Relieved on disposals - (563) (290) - (29) - (882) At 31 December 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Net Book Value - 87 3,078 30,210 776 570 1,144 35,865 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $7,971,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 47 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The amounts of equipment leased to customers and included in property, plant and equipment are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Equipment held for lease at cost 80,979 86,403 Accumulated depreciation (61,596) (66,856) Net book value 19,383 19,547 Equipment is ordinarily moved from inventory to docu-centers, printshops and internal use. Equipment from inventory is also placed under lease contracts. When the equipment is no longer assigned to a specific function, it is moved back to inventory at net book value. The most significant of these movements is for equipment held for lease which is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening net book value 19,547 16,502 Acquisition of subsidiaries (Note 35) - 1,870 Transfers from inventory during lease period 9,380 9,017 Depreciation charges (10,054) (7,971) Disposals – transfers to inventory upon expiry of lease (4,018) (4,789) Depreciation released 4,528 4,918 Closing net book value 19,383 19,547

Page 48 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The pieces of freehold land of the Group were independently revalued as at various dates during 2023 on the basis of open market value or other market comparable approaches by independent qualified valuators. The directors are of the view that there were no material changes in the value over the prior year for Freehold land. Fair value movements on freehold are recognised in OCI under other revaluation reserves, see Note 28. The following table analyses the non-financial assets carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:  Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, or directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2), and  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

Page 49 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) There were no transfers between levels during the year. Level 3 fair values of land and buildings have been derived using the sales comparison approach. Sales prices of comparable land and buildings in close proximity are adjusted for differences in key attributes such as property size. The most significant input into this valuation approach is price per square foot. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair values of land and buildings are disclosed in the tables below. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87 Fair value measurements at 31 December 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87

Page 50 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases : Right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 12,599 10,376 Equipment 2,596 2,308 Motor vehicles 74 118 15,269 12,802 Movement analysis is as follows: 2025 2024 $’000 $’000 At Cost/Valuation - At 1 January 32,312 28,876 Exchange differences (40) 266 Acquisition on subsidiaries (Note 35) - 109 Additions 10,207 5,804 Lease Expiry (4,737) (2,743) At 31 December 37,742 32,312 Amortisation - At 1 January 19,510 16,203 Exchange differences (9) 348 Relieved on lease expiry (2,931) (2,251) Charge for the year 5,903 5,210 At 31 December 22,473 19,510 Net book value At 31 December 15,269 12,802

Page 51 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (Continued) (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: Amortisation charge of right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 4,709 4,488 Equipment 1,105 623 Motor vehicles 89 99 5,903 5,210 Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: - the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability - any lease payments made at the commencement date less any lease incentives received Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.

Page 52 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement, Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Year ended 31 December 2025 Opening net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 337 - - - 337 Exchange Difference - 1 - (2) (1) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (734) (184) (3,174) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 5 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Cost 86,952 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,684 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (12,827) (15,386) (6,993) (35,927) Closing net book value 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 Year ended 31 December 2024 Opening net book value 81,218 20,880 - 824 102,922 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 5,964 - 2,881 - 8,845 Adjustment (1,288) - - - (1,288) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (444) (184) (2,884) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 4 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Cost 86,615 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,347 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (10,572) (14,652) (6,807) (32,752) Closing net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595

Page 53 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15 . Intangible Assets (Continued) Amortisation charges have been included in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income. Impairment tests for goodwill The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis or when events or changes in the circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill is allocated. The recoverable amount is usually determined by reference to the value in use. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the CGU and also to choose an appropriate discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those future cash flows. The allocation of goodwill to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) as categorised by subsidiary is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 403 403 PBS Central America, S.A. 7,539 7,539 Mobay Holdings N. V. 4,256 4,256 Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 523 523 High Tech Corporation S.A. de C.V 2,957 2,957 PBS Technology Group Limited 62,655 62,655 Infotrans 1,438 1,438 PBS Peru 5,964 5,964 Regional Business Systems 337 - Other 159 159 86,231 85,894 The recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use pre- tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a 5-year period. Cash flows beyond the 5 th year are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2025 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2025 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 73.2% 2.0% 14.4% 20.56% PBS Central America S.A. 0.7% 3.4% 13.3% 20.96% Mobay Holdings N. V. 20.7% 1.7% 12.6% 20.70% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 24.6% 4.9% 16.7% 19.41% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.3% 15.2% 25.19% PBS Technology Group Limited 42.3% 3.1% 27.3% 22.25% Infotrans Group Holdings B.V. 39.1% 1.8% 14.9% 19.04% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.5% 12.1% 20.27% Regional Business Systems 174.7% 2.0% 16.6% 20.56%

Page 54 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2024 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2024 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 11.4% 22.0% PBS Central America S.A. -10.0% 3.0% 9.2% 22.4% Mobay Holdings N. V. 13.7% 1.7% 16.0% 17.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5% 11.5% 24.9% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 14.3% 26.6% PBS Technology Group Limited 25.0% 3.0% 25.7% 24.1% Infotrans 50.0% 1.9% 11.8% 24.5% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 11.5% 21.4% The table below shows the change in key assumptions for value in use calculations that would result in the recoverable amount being equal to the carrying amount. This represents only the cash generating units for which the excess of the recoverable amounts over the carrying amounts of the CGUs was low. 202 5 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Mobay Holdings N.V. 20.7% -1.4% 11.9% 23.6% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.5% 15.2% 25.0% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.9% 12.2% 20.0% Regional Business Systems 174.7% -19.2% 9.7% 35.7%

Page 55 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) 202 4 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 8.1% 22.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5.0% 10.4% 26.7% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 12.7% 27.0% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 12.7% 16.4%

Page 56 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 16. Lease Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Gross investment in finance leases Not later than one year 12,292 4,538 Later than one year and not later than five years 6,130 8,966 18,422 13,504 Less: Unearned income (2,447) (3,939) 15,975 9,565 Net investment in finance leases may be classified as follows: Not later than one year 11,437 2,696 Later than one year and not later than five years 4,538 6,869 15,975 9,565 No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . 17. Long Term Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Print Spot S de R.L. (Note a) 22 91 Guarantee deposits for building rents (Note b) 87 111 Other (Note c) 660 387 769 589 The current portion of long-term receivables is $161,000 (2024: $38,000) and is recorded in Current Assets. No loss allowance was recorded for long-term receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . a) Print Spot S de R.L. The balance earns interest of 14% and matures in August 2027. b) Guarantee deposits for building rents These balances do not earn interest and they are guarantee deposits for the rent of buildings in Guatemala, Cayman, Panama and Nicaragua. They mature between February 2027 (renewables) and July 2029. c) Other The balance relates to amounts that are individually insignificant. These balances relate to equipment sales with terms between 13 months and up to 37 months. These are secured with promissory notes and earn interest between 10% and 21% and are guaranteed with a pledge on the financed equipment.

Page 57 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 18. Deferred Income Taxes (a) Deferred income taxes are calculated in full on all temporary differences under the liability method and comprise: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Deferred Tax Asset 11,507 14,491 Deferred Tax Liability (6,570) (6,153) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (b) The movement on the deferred income tax assets balance for the year is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net asset at beginning of the year 8,338 7,971 Acquisition of subsidiaries - 89 (Charge) credit to profit and loss (Note 11) (3,528) 878 Exchange difference 127 (600) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment (843) (1,081) Provisions 2,117 7,034 Foreign exchange (losses)/gains (3) (29) Tax losses 3,621 2,600 Other 45 (186) 4,937 8,338 (d) The movement on the net deferred tax asset is attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment 125 (1,178) Provisions 66 (915) Tax losses (3,934) 1,144 Other 342 1,316 (3,401) 367 (e) Deferred income tax liabilities have not been established for withholding tax that would be payable on unremitted profits of subsidiaries as the amounts are permanently reinvested.

Page 58 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances The following transactions were carried out with related parties: (a) Sale of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Sale of goods Other related parties 26 428 Goods are sold based on the price lists in force and terms that would be available to third parties. (b) Purchase of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Purchases of goods Other related parties 10 204 Transactions with other related parties. (c) Key management compensation Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive). The compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services is shown below: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 4,837 4,905 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 373 372 Pension benefits 33 33 Other 106 9 5,349 5,319 Directors’ fees 118 104 (d) Other transactions 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Parent Management fee expense 1,429 970 Other related parties Management fee expense 1,005 1,044 Interest Income (6) (2) Interest paid 50 3 Rental Expense 634 - 3,112 2,015

Page 59 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances (Continued) (e) Year end balances with related parties Balances with the parent company and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand and earn no interest. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Receivable from related parties: Parent 5,346 5,247 Fellow subsidiaries and shareholder 2,720 2,220 8,066 7,467 Payable to related parties: Parent 9,487 9,421 Fellow subsidiaries 4,252 2,887 13,739 12,308 20. Investment in Associates In January 18, 2024, Trinidad Systems Group Limited (“TSGL”), a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), completed the acquisition of 100% of the operations of Trinidad Systems Limited (“TSL”) for a total purchase price of TT$107,208,000.00 (US$15,765,882.35). The acquisition was financed through a combination of 50% cash and 50% debt. PBS participated in the ownership consortium of TSGL, securing a 45% equity stake. As a result, PBS contributed 45% of the cash portion of the purchase price, amounting to TT$24,121,800 (US$3,543,000). The debt portion, representing the remaining 50% of the purchase price, is solely the responsibility of TSGL. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 As at January 4,056 3,543 Share of net profit 718 513 At 31 December 4,774 4,056

Page 60 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 20. Investment in Associates (Continued) The associate’s year-end is 31 December. The summarized unaudited consolidated information for the associate and its subsidiary is presented below. The information disclosed reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of Trinidad Systems Group Limited and not the Group’s share of those amounts. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Statement of financial position: Total Assets 26,790 24,316 Total Liabilities (13,592) (11,254) Net Assets 13,198 13,062 Statement of comprehensive income: Revenues 22,501 22,243 Expenses (21,177) (21,127) Net Profit for the Year 1,324 1,116 21. Inventories 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Finished goods 57,311 47,625 Goods in transit 13,198 12,801 70,509 60,426 Less: Provision for obsolete stock (12,466) (11,842) 58,043 48,584 Cost of inventory recognised as an expense aggregating to $203,222,000 (2024: $232,404,000), were recognised in profit and loss. 22. Trade and Other Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade receivables 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (Note 3) (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Prepaid expenses 5,307 3,985 Current portion of Long-Term Receivable 77 273 Other (Note a) 24,355 13,484 127,296 105,760 a) Includes advances to vendors of $3,359,442 (2024: $852,000) and Sundry Debtors of $3,808,003 (2024: $5,992,202)

Page 61 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 23. Cash and Bank 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The cash and bank balances disclosed for 2025 include restricted cash of $6,644,000 (2024: $6,131,000) The weighted average interest rate at the reporting date for short term bank deposits was 0.70% (2024: 0.70%) per annum. 24. Trade and Other Payables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade payables 58,348 48,628 Interest Payables 378 1,001 Accrued liabilities 15,792 20,860 Other 16,531 15,366 91,049 85,855 The carrying amounts of trade and other payables is a reasonable approximation to their fair values, due to their short-term nature. 25. Lease Liabilities The Group currently has long term lease agreements related to buildings, equipment, and motor vehicles. (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Lease liabilities Current 6,998 6,441 Non-current 17,988 15,465 24,986 21,906 (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest expense (included in finance cost) 1,353 1,580 Expenses relating to short term leases or low value underlying assets (included in selling, general and administrative expenses) 1,178 1,835 2,531 3,415 The total cash outflow for leases in 2025 was $ 9,723,000 (2024: $10,699,000).

Page 62 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 25. Lease Liabilities (Continued) (iii) Incremental borrowing rate For the incremental borrowing rate, the Group: - Where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by bankers as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received, and - Makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security. - The weighted average incremental borrowing rate for the Group in 2024 and 2025 was determined to be 7%. (iv) Lease payments Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. (v) Extension and termination options Extension and termination options are included in a number of leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. As at 31 December 2025, potential future cash outflows of $18,867,000 (2024: $14,702,000) (undiscounted) have not been included in the lease liability because it is not reasonably certain that the leases will be extended (or not terminated). The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee. During the current financial year, the financial effect of revising lease terms to reflect the effect of exercising extension and termination options was nil.

Page 63 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Short term loans – (a) Citibank 12,000 - (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. 2,860 2,274 (c) First Citizens 1,700 1,500 (d) Quedex 1,129 - (e) Davivienda 762 1,088 (f) Banco Popular Dominicano 540 400 (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú 254 - (h) Lafise - 679 19,245 5,941 Current portion of non-current borrowings 14,250 10,633 Total Current Borrowings 33,495 16,574 Non-Current Borrowings – (i) Citibank 135,469 120,926 (j) JCSD Preference Shares 16,701 16,582 (k) Xerox 6,875 9,375 (l) Davivienda 3,060 3,006 (m) National Commercial Bank 1,672 2,190 (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies 1,320 1,232 (o) First Citizens 489 934 (p) BICSA 324 341 (q) Banco de Bogotá 134 62 (r) Banistmo 99 428 (s) ASEPBS 99 - (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies - 72 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 Current portion of non-current borrowings (14,250) (10,633) Total Non-Current Borrowings 151,992 144,515 Total Borrowings 185,487 161,089

Page 64 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) The exposure of the group’s borrowings to interest rate changes and the contractual re-pricing dates at the end of the reporting period are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 0-12 months 33,495 16,574 1-5 years 151,992 144,515 185,487 161,089 The carrying amounts and fair value of the non-current borrowings are as follows: Carrying amount Fair value 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Loans 135,468 123,858 138,367 137,374 Redeemable preference shares 16,701 17,000 17,000 17,000 Other 14,073 14,290 14,073 17,674 166,242 155,148 169,440 172,048 The Group’s undrawn borrowing facilities as of December 2025 is $12,837,000 (2024: $15,000,000).

Page 65 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Short term loans (a) Citibank N.A. This represents three unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of SOFR plus a margin of 3.9% per annum with due dates between March 18 and June 18, 2026. (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. This represents four unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of between 10.20% and 10.99% per annum with due dates between January 20 and March 11, 2026. (c) First Citizens This represents loans which attracts interest of 8% per annum and mature in June 2026. (d) Quedex This represents a loan which attracts interest of 12% per annum and mature in March 2026. (e) Davivienda This represents an unsecured loan to finance working capital bearing interest of 9.30% per annum and maturing March 2026. (f) Banco Popular Dominicano This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on June 30, 2026. (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú This represents a short-term loan which attracts interest of 6.57% per annum and matures on June 19, 2026. (h) Lafise This represented three fiduciary loans to finance working capital, bearing interest between 9.5% and 10% per annum and which matured between January 25 and June 29, 2025. Non-Current Borrowings (i) Citibank This facility was granted in June 2024. The credit agreement was signed by Citibank as Administrative and Collateral Agent, and with Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A., First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners. The facility also grants the group access to incremental loans on which the same terms and conditions as the initial disbursement apply. The group accessed the first tranche of $12,500,000 on December 8, 2025 and the second of $8,000,000 on December 26, 2025. It matures in June 2030 and attracts an interest base rate of 3.4% plus a Term SOFR CME – 6 month rate, which results in an All-in rate of 7% at December 2025. Payments of principal and interests are to be paid in variable installments payments, in a semi-annual basis. Such semi annual amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth. The deferred financing charges offset against the loan amount is $2,588,432.

Page 66 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Guarantor companies are PBS Technology Group Limited, Productive Business Solutions (Central America), S.A., Productive Business Solutions Caribbean Limited, Dorada Management Inc., Productive Business Solutions (Guatemala), S.A., Productive Business Solutions El Salvador, S.A. de C.V., High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions Honduras, S.A. de C.V., Hight Tech Consulting, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions (Nicaragua), S.A., Productive Business Solutions (Costa Rica), S.A., and Productive Business Solutions (Panamá), S.A.. (j) JCSD Preference Shares This represents 17,000,000 Redeemable Cumulative Preference Shares in United States dollars (US$) entitled to a fixed preferential cumulative cash dividend of 8.25% US$ per annum. These preference shares issued in June 2024, mature in June 2028 and are mandatorily redeemable by the Company on this date. The deferred finance charges offset against the loan amounts to $298,790 The Preference Shares may not be redeemed by the Company until after the second anniversary of issue thereof. Thereafter the Voluntary Redemption Payment shall be the aggregate of (i) repayment in US$ of the Redemption Price; (ii) any arrears or accruals of the cumulative preferential dividend on the Preference Shares, whether declared or earned, or not, calculated down to the date of such repayment. (k) Xerox PBS Group acquired Xerox companies in Peru and Ecuador and signed a 4-year unsecured promissory note on July 1, 2024 issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 26, 2024. Principal and interest of 7% per annum are to be paid on a quarterly basis, total of 16 quarterly instalments that ends in June 2028. (l) Davivienda This represents two loans to finance working capital at 9.75% and 15.24% interest rate per annum and are due on May 24, 2027 and December 12, 2028, respectively. (m) NCB - National Commercial Bank This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 11.75% annual, due on October 19, 2028. All of this loan is disclosed as current portion of non-current borrowing given a breach in the corresponding financial covenants of the affiliate that holds the debt. (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies This represents the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of Infotrans subsidiaries in Aruba, Bonaire, Colombia and Curacao, maturing in May 2027. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non-current borrowings. The balance purchase price was set in four equal instalments of six hundred thousand united state dollars, each payable on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of completion of the sale which took place on June 12, 2023. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non- current borrowings. (o) FCIT - First Citizens This represents an unsecured loan facility granted in TT Dollars which attracts interest of 7.5% per annum, maturing on January 11, 2027. (p) BICSA – Banco Internacional de Costa Rica, S.A. This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 9% annual, due on September 15, 2028. (q) Banco de Bogotá This represents two loans which attracts interest of 12.72% and 12.03% per annum and maturing on January 17, 2027, and December 04, 2027.

Page 67 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) (r) Banistmo – Banco del Istmo This represents an unsecured loan which attracts interest of 7.9% per annum and due date is on March 28, 2027. (s) ASEPBS – Asociación Solidarista de Empleados de PBS This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on November 01, 2027. (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies This represented the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of High-Tech subsidiaries in El Salvador and Honduras which matured in July 2025. 27. Share Capital 202 5 202 4

000
000 Authorised - 186,213,000, (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000, (2024 –2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 Issued and fully paid - 186,213,000 (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000 (2024 – 2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 The preference shares are redeemable cumulative preference shares (1,500,000 9.25% perpetual cumulative redeemable USD and 500,000 10.50% perpetual cumulative redeemable Jamaican Dollars Preference Shares) where the declaration of dividends is discretionary. There is no contractual redemption date for these shares and may only be called for the first time at the sole discretion of the issuer, on the last Business Day of the financial year which falls immediately before the 15th anniversary of the issue date of the Preference Shares 28. Other Reserves (deficits) Other reserves primarily represent the currency translation differences resulting from the unrealized gains and losses on the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries that have a different functional currency from that of the Company. Other reserves also include revaluation reserve for the revaluation of assets and actuarial gains. Revaluation Surplus $’000 Actuarial Gains $’000 Currency Translation Differences $’000 Total $’000 Balance as at 1 January 2024 70 2,902 (20,111) (17,139) Actuarial gains - (96) - (96) Movement during 2024 716 - (820) (104) Balance as at 31 December 2024 786 2,806 (20,931) (17,339) Actuarial gains - 54 - 54 Movement during 2025 - - 260 260 Balance as at 31 December 2025 786 2,860 (20,671) (17,025)

Page 68 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 29. Litigation and Contingent Liabilities The Group is subject to various claims, disputes and legal proceedings in the normal course of business. Provision is made for such matters when, in the opinion of management and its professional advisors, it is probable that a payment will be made by the Group, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Claims asserted against the Group, according to the principles outlined above, have not been provided for. Management is of the opinion that the claims are either without merit, can be successfully defended or will result in exposure to the Group which is immaterial to both financial position and results of operations. 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset The movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligation during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 1,553 1,389 Reallocation of pension plan liability 1,045 - Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 Actuarial gains on termination benefits 124 (24) Benefits paid (73) (73) At end of year 3,111 1,553 The movement of the pension plan asset during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 3,674 3,596 Actuarial gains / (losses) 110 (96) Current service cost 122 122 Interest Cost 493 546 Benefits paid (653) (726) Other 6 232 At end of year 3,752 3,674 The amounts recognised in arriving at profit or loss were as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 At end of year 462 261 The distribution of the obligation by country was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Nicaragua 120 115 Panama 338 280 El Salvador 968 810 Honduras 393 348 Ecuador 1,292 - 3,111 1,553

Page 69 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset (Continued) The value of the plan asset was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Barbados 3,034 3,034 Panama 575 557 Honduras 143 83 3,752 3,674 The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is: 202 5 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (500) 485 Inflation rate 1% 52 (47) 202 4 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (432) 465 Inflation rate 1% 31 (27) The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position.

Page 70 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation (Continued) Termination benefits in El Salvador and Nicaragua are established by law and entitle the employee to receive a payment upon termination of employment, regardless of cause. In El Salvador the benefit is founded in the law 592, that is the regulatory law for the economic benefit for voluntary resignation. Employees with more than two years of uninterrupted service for the company shall receive a payment of, at least, the equivalent of 15 days of minimum wage for each year of service. In Nicaragua, the law 185, Labour Code, entitles the employee to the right to receive a payment equivalent to one monthly salary for each year of service, up to the third year, and 20 days of salary for each additional year. Neither of these plans require the employer to establish a fund. The principal actuarial assumptions used in valuing post-employment benefits are as follows: PBS Nicaragua 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 11% 11% Future salary increases 5% 5% Retirement age 60 years 60 years PBS El Salvador 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5% 5% Future salary increases 3.4% 3.4% Retirement age 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively PBS Panama 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5.5% 5.5% Future salary increases 6% 6% Retirement age 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively The principal assumptions used in valuing the pension plan asset for Barbados as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 7.75% 7.75% Future salary increases 3% 3% Retirement age 65 65

Page 71 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Operating Activities Reconciliation of the Group’s net profit to cash generated from operating activities: Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net profit 4,439 7,576 Items not affecting cash: Depreciation 13&14 20,684 17,441 Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 15 3,174 2,884 Share of profit of associate (718) (513) Taxation expense 11 9,912 5,042 Foreign exchange Losses/(Gains) 609 734 Loss / (Gains) on disposal of Property plant and equipment 179 (103) Interest income 7 (1,769) (1,999) Interest expense 10 17,094 18,801 53,604 49,863 Change in non-cash working capital, net of effects from acquisition of subsidiaries: Inventories (14,646) (6,961) Contract assets 1,574 429 Trade and other receivables (21,595) 29 Due from related parties (599) (499) Long term liabilities (407) (906) Long term receivable (180) 218 Lease receivable (6,410) (15) Accounts payable (7,288) 2,183 Contract liabilities (505) (4,243) Retirement benefit obligation 1,480 86 Due to related parties 1,431 1,249 6,459 41,433 Taxation paid (3,733) (8,902) Net cash provided by operating activities 2,726 32,531 Net Debt Reconciliation This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for the year ended 31 December. 2025

000 2024
000 Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Borrowings - repayable within one year (including overdraft) (33,495) (16,915) Borrowings - repayable after one year (151,992) (144,174) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034) Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Gross debt - fixed interest rates (185,487) (161,089) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034)

Page 72 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Financing Activities (Continued) Cash and Bank Lease liability Borrowing due within 1 year Borrowing due after 1 year Total 000 $’000 000 000 000 Net debt as at 31 December 2023 31,991 (19,197) (50,306) (96,936) (134,448) Addition 8,735 (13,552) (4,041) (143,000) (151,858) Repayments (10,760) 10,699 46,254 95,418 141,611 Foreign exchange adjustments (5) 144 9 830 978 Other non-cash movements - - (8,490) (827) (9,317) Net debt as at 31 December 2024, 29,961 (21,906) (16,574) (144,515) (153,034) Addition - (4,676) (17,271) (24,523) (46,470) Repayments (8,366) 7,630 12,646 473 12,383 Foreign exchange adjustments (21) 21 18 170 188 Other non-cash movements - (6,055) (12,314) 16,403 (1,966) Net debt as at 31 December 2025 21,574 (24,986) (33,495) (151,992) (188,899) .

Page 73 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 32. Pledged as Security The net assets of some subsidiaries of the group have been pledged as security for borrowings. The value of these pledged assets at the year end totalled $177,643,000 (2024: $159,054,000). 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities The Group classifies rights and obligations in its relationship with customers whenever either party performs any of its contractual obligations. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress for which the Group has provided the services. The contract assets become a receivable when the entity’s right to consideration is unconditional, and the revenue has been billed. The contract assets are classified as current assets as the associated contract is expected to be completed in less than 12 months. The contract assets relate to equipment contracts. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract assets 28 1,602 The contract liabilities refer to advances received from customers under the promise to deliver equipment. Total contract liabilities at the end of the year are reflected in the table below. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract liabilities on equipment contracts 10,717 8,139 on service contracts 4,384 7,463 Total contract liabilities 15,101 15,602

Page 74 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities (Continued) (i) Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to carried- forward contract liabilities and how much relates to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period on equipment contracts 3,391 4,781 on service contracts 2,534 1,252 5,925 6,033 (ii) Unsatisfied contracts at the end of the period The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations resulting from fixed-price contracts: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 84,215 63,651 84,215 63,651

Page 75 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 34 . Investments In October 2022 the Group acquired 17% of the shares of Arel Limited, which resulted in an investment of $242,000 (equivalent to $246,000 at prior year’s rate). Arel Limited is a private company established in 1967 and domiciled in 2 Piccadilly Road, Kingston 5, St. Andrew, Jamaica. The company is focused on providing engineering services and equipment such as air conditioning, medical and elevators. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair value of the unquoted equity investment are disclosed in the table below. The Group divested its entire holding in this investment during 2025. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 and 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Total 2025 $’000 Total 2024 $’000 Unquoted equity - 243

Page 76 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries Acquisition of Regional Business Systems Limited On 1 May 2025, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Regional Business Systems Limited. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. (i) Identifiable assets acquired – Regional Business Systems Limited 2025 $’000 Property and equipment 331 Tax Recoverable 12 Inventories 175 Trade and other payables (231) Other Current Liabilities (32) Bank Overdraft (197) Net identifiable assets acquired 58 Consideration 395 Less net identifiable assets acquired (58) Goodwill 337 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2025 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 395 Less: Cash balance (overdraft) acquired (197) Net outflow of cash 592

Page 77 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued)z Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Peru. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired - Peru 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 1,638 Trade and other receivables 1,722 Cash and cash equivalents 1,254 Deferred tax asset 594 Inventories 1,353 Intangible assets 2,200 Other Assets 277 Trade and other payables (2,214) Other Current Liabilities (59) Deferred Tax Liabilities (763) Net identifiable assets acquired 6,002 Consideration 11,966 Less net identifiable assets acquired (6,002) Goodwill 5,964 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 4,231 Less: Cash balance acquired 1,254 Net outflow of cash 2,977

Page 78 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador (iii) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 4,231 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 7,735 Total purchase consideration 11,966 (iv) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1. Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2. Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Ecuador. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired: 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 603 Right of Use Asset 109 Trade and other receivables 1,646 Cash and cash equivalents 2,909 Deferred tax asset 471 Inventories 527 Intangible assets 681 Taxation Recoverable 812 Trade and other payables (2,826) Tax Payable (5) Short term loans (112) Deferred Tax Liabilities (175) Net identifiable assets acquired 4,640 Consideration 3,490 Less net identifiable assets acquired (4,640) Negative Goodwill (1,150)

Page 79 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 1,225 Less: Cash balance acquired 2,909 Net inflow of cash (1,684) (iii) Acquisition-related costs In 2024 the Group incurred a combined (Peru and Ecuador) acquisition-related costs of $98,000 which were fully expensed. These costs have been included in professional fees expenses for the current period. (iv) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 1,225 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 2,265 Total purchase consideration 3,490 (v) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1.Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2.Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. 36. Distributions 2025 During 2025 the Group made the following distribution to ordinary shareholders On February 10, 2025, the group paid a cash dividend of $6,499,000 (3.49 cents per share) On December 31, 2025, the group paid a cash divided of $2,999,000 (1.61 cents per share) During 2025 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On January 22, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On April 15, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On June 30, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD428,000 (21.38 cents per share) On September 20, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD427,000 (21.38 cents per share)

Page 80 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 36. Distributions (Continued) 2024 During 2024 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On April 02, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On July 04, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On September 30, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) 37. Pillar II The Group is a part of a Multinational Entity (MNE) with revenues above €750 million. As such, it is within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules. Pillar Two legislation has not been enacted in Jamaica, the jurisdiction in which the MNE is incorporated. The Group has subsidiaries in the following countries with tax rate below 15%: Barbados, British Vergin Islands (BVI), Cayman Islands and St. Lucia. Under the legislation, the Group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) effective tax rate for each jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. The Group’s effective tax rates exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which it operates, with a few exceptions. For these exceptions, although the average effective tax rate may be below 15%, the Group’s exposure to paying Pillar Two income taxes might not be for the full difference in tax rates in relation to these entities. Additionally, not all entities jurisdictions have legislative frameworks to accommodate the Pillar Two top up tax. The Group is in the process of assessing its exposure to the Pillar Two legislation and will implement once adopted by the MNE in the jurisdiction of incorporation. 38. Subsequent Events 1. On January 14, 2026, the Boad of Directors declared a dividend payment of 1.88 cents per ordinary share. The record date is January 28, 2026, and payable February 25, 2026. 2. On February 27, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of March 16, 2026, and payable on April 1, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share. 3. On May 22, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of May 28, 2026, and payable on July 2, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share.

PROXY FORM

Productive Business Solutions Limited Company No. 34076 ("the Company") The undersigned shareholder of the Company hereby appoints of or failing him of Dated this day of , 2026 Name in Print: as the nominee of the undersigned to attend and act for the undersigned and on behalf of the undersigned at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on the September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am Jamaica time and at any adjournment or adjournments thereof in the same manner, to the same extent and with the same powers as if the undersigned was present at the said meeting or such adjournment or adjournments there of. Pursuant to Amended and Restated By-Law No. 2 of the Company

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Syndicated from Jamaica Stock Exchange · originally published .

Other coverage

Around Kingston

· powered by OFMOP
000
Skip to main content
Abeng Radio·Live news
0 listening
Jamaica Stock Exchange

Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

Kingston
Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS is a solutions-oriented, customer-focused technology group that combines a wide range of services, top-tier professionals, and cutting-edge products to offer customized systems and tools for organizations in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. Under the concept of “Engineering & Technology,” PBS operates through a model in which they work together to transform ideas into functional, scalable, and strategic solutions. Engineering acts as the core capability for designing, integrating, and executing complex systems with a long-term vision, while technology serves as the enabler that accelerates results and turns innovation into real impact. This approach reinforces PBS as a reliable partner in solutions integration, focused on helping clients improve the efficiency of their business processes while delivering measurable and sustainable results. “No Limits” defines how PBS thinks and operates: without technical, geographical, or industry boundaries. It reflects a commitment to flexibility, continuous innovation, and the ability to anticipate and solve challenges through tailored solutions that drive efficiency and growth across diverse markets and industries. 03

We are committed to our customers. We work with exceptional people. PBS Costa Rica Building, Plaza Roble, Los Balcones, 3rd Floor 05

We represent world leaders in the technology industry to provide the best solutions and services in our market. 06

Table of Contents Notice of an Annual General Meeting 08 Director’s Report 09 Corporate Information 10 Our Values 11 Acquisitions and Incorporations 13 Our Coverage 14 PBS Business Lines 15 Shareholders Profile 17 Shareholding of Directors 23 Chairman Message 24 CEO Letter 26 Group Board of Directors 32 Board Committees 37 Senior Regional Leadership Team 44 Regional Leadership Team 45 Senior in Country Leadership 47 Consolidated Financial Statements 49 PROXY FORM 51 Corporate Governance Policy 141 07

Notice of an Annual General Meeting NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the NINTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of PRODUCTIVE BUSINESS SOLUTIONS LIMITED will be held at their offices at General Accident Insurance Company Jamaica Limited, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, St. Andrew, Jamaica as well as virtually, on September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am to consider and if thought fit pass the following ordinary resolutions: A member of the Company entitled to attend and vote, is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote in his or her stead. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. Proxy forms must be submitted to the Company's Registrar and Transfer Agent, Jamaica Central Securities Depository, 40 Harbour Street, Kingston, Jamaica not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting. Proxy forms must be stamped with a J$100.00 postage stamp. Shareholders will be able to attend the meeting in person; however they will also be able to attend and vote on resolutions raised at the AGM electronically once they are registered by contacting [email protected]. Non-Shareholders can also register using the same email address. Upon registration, a confirmation will be sent and the meeting link and password will be shared closer to the meeting. The deadline for registration is September 2, 2026. P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board a. “THAT Deloitte & Touche having indicated their willingness to continue in office be re-appointed as Auditors for the ensuing year.” b. “THAT the Directors are hereby authorized to agree on a remuneration for the Auditors.” 6. RATTIFICATION OF DIVIDEND PAYMENTS “THAT the following dividend payments made during the year be ratified and that no other dividend payments were approved for the period under review”: “THAT dividend payments made to the: 9.25% and 10.50% preference shareholders on April 15, 2025, June 30, 2025, and September 30, 2025 of US$0.23125 per share and J$25.890411 per share respectively Common shareholders on February 10, 2025 and December 31, 2025 of US$0.0349 and US$0.0161 per share respectively TO TRANSACT ANY OTHER BUSINESS THAT MAY BE PROPERLY TRANSACTED AT AN ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING Dated this 4th day of August, 2026 BY ORDER OF THE BOARD 1. AUDITED ACCOUNTS “THAT the audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025, and the reports of the Directors’ and Auditors’ be and are hereby adopted.” 2. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS Pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 the Directors retiring from office by rotation are Jose Misrahi, Ricardo Hutchinson and Thomas Agnew, who being eligible offered themselves for re-election. The proposed resolutions are as follows: a. “THAT Jose Misrahi be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” b. “THAT Ricardo Hutchinson be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” c. “THAT Thomas Agnew be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” 3. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTOR Pursuant to Section 4.3.2 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 Mr. Eduardo Rodriguez who was appointed by the Board of Directors on June 8, 2026 resigned and being eligible offered himself for re-election. “THAT Eduardo Rodriguez be re-elected as a Director of the Company” 4. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION “THAT the amount shown for the Directors’ remuneration in the Audited Accounts dated December 31, 2025 be and is hereby approved.” 5. APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS AND FIX THEIR REMUNERAION 08

Submitted on behalf of the Board of Directors, P. B. Scott Chai rman of the Board The Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited submit herewith their Annual Report and Audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025 The Board of Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited exercises its responsibilities for the Financial Statements included in this Report through its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee consists of non-executive Board members: Brian Wynter Chairperson, Melanie Subratie, Ricardo Hutchinson, Thomas Agnew, and Executive Board member: Jose Misrahi. The independent auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee. The Group ended the year with a profit after tax of US$4,439,000 and a net profit attributable to shareholders of US$4,287,000. Details of these results, along with a comparison with the previous year’s performance and the state of affairs of the Company, are set out in the Management Discussion and Analysis and the Financial Statements which are included as part of the Report. The Directors wish to express their appreciation to the employees for their loyal services throughout the year. The Directors will meet to consider the appointment of Auditors in accordance with applicable regulations. Finan ci al R e sults A u di t or s Legal Representatives Emp l oyee s Director’s Report 09

Full Corporate Name Productive Business Solutions Limited R egis t ered Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust r ial Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Incorpor at ed December 1 6, 2010 Fiscal Year End December 31 , 2023 Administr ati ve Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust ri al Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Law under which incorpor at ed Barbados Compan y Sec reta ry Liza Ha rr id y al & Associates Tel.: 246-417-5600 Fax.: 246-421-8001 Legal Representatives DUNNCOX 48 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLINTON & HART & CO 58 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLARKE, GITTENS, FARMER Parker House, Wildey Business Park Wildey Road, St. Michael, Barbados M. HAMEL-SMITH & CO. Eleven Albion, Cor. Dere & Albion Streets P.O. Box 219, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad & Tobago W.I. Corporate Information PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS SRL The Financial Services Centre Bishop's Court's Hill P.O. Box 111, St. Michael BB 14004, Barbados Auditors Deloitte & Touche 3rd Floor The Goddard Building Hoggatt Hall St. Michae BB11059 Barbados, W.I. 10

Corporate Governance Policy 11

Corporate Governance Policy OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHARTER WAS ESTABLISHED IN 2010 AND REVISED IN 2025. THE CHARTER CAN BE SEEN IN MORE DETAIL ON THE COMPANY'S WEBSITE WWW.PBS.GROUP 12

Our Values We collaborate in everything we do. We maintain excellent communication with our customers to always understand their needs. The primary factor that enables us to make things happen. We demonstrate these qualities daily to enhance our working environment. We guarantee justice and fairness to all stakeholders, both internal and external. We uphold our business integrity as an ethical framework that guides our professional conduct, acting with integrity to earn the trust of our customers and employees. INTEGRITY TEAMWORK COMMUNICATION DISCIPLINE HUMILITY & SPIRIT OF SERVICE RESPECT FOR INDIVIDUALS 13

Acquisitions and Incorporations 200320******2009 201020******2002 200420******2010 201720******2024 14

191151******2034 151412******2223 Our Coverage Our regional group is made up of: 1. PBS Antigua, 2. PBS Aruba, 3. PBS Barbados, 4. PBS Belize, 5. PBS Cayman Business Machines, 6. PBS Colombia, 7. PBS Costa Rica, 8. PBS Curaçao, 9. PBS Dominican Republic, 10. PBS El Salvador, 11. Global Product Alliance Inc., 12. PBS Guatemala, 13. PBS Guyana, 14. PBS Honduras, 15. PBS San Pedro Sula, 16. PBS Jamaica, 17. PBS Nicaragua, 18. PBS Panama, 19. PBS Suriname, 20. PBS Trinidad & Tobago, 21. PBS Bonaire, 22. PBS Ecuador, 23. PBS Peru, and 24. PBS Dominica. 15

5 6 7 4 3 2 1 PBS Cayman Business Machines PBS Colombia PBS Costa Rica PBS Belize PBS Barbados PBS Aruba Pbs Dorada Technologies Antigua The Cayman Center Suite 1&2 Dorcy Drive, George Town Tel: 1-345-949-8642 [email protected] Centro empresarial El Dorado Plaza Calle 26 No. 85D Local - Modulo 7 Bogotá, Colombia Tel: 57 601 743 3281 [email protected] Plaza Roble, Edificio Balcones, piso 3. San Rafael de Escazú, San José Costa Rica. Tel: 506 4404 8000 Tel: 506 4404 8132 [email protected] 13 Douglas Jones Street Belize City, Belize C.A. Tel: 501 227-0823 / 0824 Facey House 42 Warrens Industrial Park Warrens, St Michael, Barbados Tel: 246 417 5600 Fax: 246 4218001 [email protected] Caya G.F. Betico Croes 170 Oranjestad, Aruba Tel: 297 582 5492 [email protected] Mandolin Place, Friars Hill Road, St. John's, Antigua Tel: (268) 481 1101 Fax: (268) 481 1144 8 PBS Curaçao Schottegatweg Oost 2 Willemstad, Curaçao Tel: +599 97241300 [email protected] 9 PBS Dominican Republic Av. Winston Churchill, Edificio Empresarial Blue Mall, Piso 22 Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic Tel: +809 567 8231 Fax: +809 472 0915 [email protected] 13 14 12 11 10 PBS Guyana PBS Honduras PBS Guatemala Global Product Alliance Inc. GPA PBS El Salvador Lot 2 Goedverwagting, Rupert Craig Highway, East Coast Demerara Tel: (592) 226 1066 [email protected] Tegucigalpa, Boulevard Morazán, edificio Agalta, piso 21 Tel: +504 2244 9870 al 79 [email protected] 23 Avenida 31-13, Zona 5 Ciudad de Guatemala, Guatemala Tel: 502 2420 9500 Whatsapp +502 5456 6479 [email protected] GPA 11411 NW 107th Street, Suite 24, Miami FL 33178 USA. Tel. 1(305) 477 2426 [email protected] Oficinas administrativas: Av. De La Revolución, San Salvador, Torre Plaza Presidente, piso #16. Tel: +503 2239 3000 cel.: +503 7039-9308 [email protected] 15 16 PBS San Pedro Sula PBS Jamaica San Pedro Sula, Barrio Los Andes, 16 Ave. 6 y 7 calle N.O. Edificio Metropark, Piso # 8, Local 804 Tel: +504 2512 2500 al 09 [email protected] Unit 1, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, Jamaica Tel: 876 926 5630-2 Fax: 876 929 5372 SD: 876-968-6197-9 [email protected] 18 17 PBS Panama PBS Nicaragua Calle 50 y 58 Este Obarrio, P.H. Office One, Piso 16 Panamá City, Panamá Tel: + 507 204 9900 Fax: +507 204 9902 [email protected] Rotonda el Güegüense. 400 mts al Sur, 100 mts al Oeste. Managua, Nicaragua Tel: 505 2255 9020 Fax: 505 2255 9030 [email protected] 20 19 21 PBS Trinidad and Tobago PBS Suriname PBS Bonaire Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 / (868) 609 7278 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 [email protected] Van Roosmalenstraat 11 Tel: (597) 551262 [email protected] Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 22 PBS Ecuador Av. Amazonas N35-17 y Juan Pablo Sanz Edificio Xerox Piso 7 Tel: (593) 993337829 [email protected] 23 24 PBS Perú N2N Distributors - Dominica Av las Begonias 441 torre C piso 10, San Isidro - Lima) Tel: (51) 1 616 6666 [email protected] N2N Distributors 33Kennedy Avenue Roseau, Dominica. Tel: (767) 448-2679 25 26 PBS St. Kitts BVI (British Virgin Islands) Unit 9, The Sands, P.O. Box 397 Bay Road, Basseterre St. Kitts. Tel: (869) 466-2018 Jayla Place, Road Town Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Tel: (284) 494-5030 Corporate Information 16

PBS 7 Business Lines IMAGING NETWORKING COMMUNICATIONS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ADVANCED SERVICES INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY SYSTEMS PAYMENT METHODS 17

Vertical Markets GRAPHIC ARTS FINANCE GOVERNMENT & EDUCATION MANUFACTURING, RETAIL & DISTRIBUTION OIL, ENERGY & MINING TELCOS BPO TRANSPORTATION & HOSPITALITY 18

AVAILABLE AT PBS Xerox ® Proficio ® PX300 NEW! A winning formula from the ground up. 19 New generation of production print. Xerox® Proficio® PX300 Printer

Our Partners & Certifications We are transforming as a company to assist in enabling information technologies to empower our clients to gain a competitive edge and accomplish their business objectives. 20

Mimaki's latest integrated printer / cutter offers new levels of creativity and versatility with vibrant ink types, including the new Silver, Orange and Light Black. The CJV300 Series achieves the highest print speeds in its class, with innovative technologies ensuring unparalleled production quality for signboard artists, graphic professionals and printers. Integrated printing and cutting, high speed CJV300-160 21

Oracle Exadata The High-Performance Data Engine Delivering ultra-fast performance, scalability, and reliability for mission-critical enterprise workloads 22

10 Largest Shareholders by Number of Shares 100908******0302 01 612,721 General Accident Insurance Co 663,473 Courtney Sylvester 1,087,308 Jose Misrahi 1,632,140 Portland Fund II Co-invest Partnership 3,230,166 NCB Capital Markets (Cayman) Ltd 5,485,214 Pedro M. Paris 6,330,663 Portland Caribbean Fund II Barbados L.P. 34,264,960 Portland Caribbean Fund II L.P. 45,164,017 Musson (Jamaica) Limited 84,181,818 Facey Group Limited Shareholders Profile 23

Shareholding of Executives P. B. Scott - 129,958,556 Blondell Walker - 45,164,017 Douglas Hewson - 42,227,763 Edward Ince - - Jose Misrahi 1,087,308 - Melanie M. Subratie - 129,958,556 Patrick A.W. Scott - 45,164,017 Pedro M. París 5,485,214 - Ricardo Hutchinson - 42,227,763 Tomas Agnew - - Brian Wynter - - Nicholas Scott - 45,164,017 PERSONAL CONNECTED Marco Antonio Almendárez Cisneros 363,600 Leonardo Jesus Velasquez Foucault 163,171 Elvin Howard Nash 142,700 Sergio Roberto Molina Barrios 127,200 Mario Estuardo Pons Espana 90,900 Francisco Lupiac Rodríguez 87,639 Lucia Vielman Ruíz 49,972 Shareholding of Directors 24

P. B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board 25

Dear Fellow Shareholders, 2025 has been a year that has tested our resolve and, in doing so, has demonstrated the depth of the organization we have built. Against a backdrop of macroeconomic headwinds, tightening capital markets, and an accelerating pace of technological change, PBS has continued to advance. While our financial results reflect the complexity of the environment in which we operate, they also reflect a business that is maturing, adapting, and positioning itself with intention for the years ahead. Revenue for 2025 came in at US$374.9 million against a budget of US$425 million. We do not normally discuss publicly our budgets but in this case I believe it is important to contextualize our own expectation. This shortfall, while meaningful, must be understood in its proper context. Several large government technology projects across our region experienced procurement delays beyond our control, and currency volatility in certain markets impacted reported figures. Despite this, we achieved EBITDA of US$55.2 million an increase on the $50.9m of 2024 but below our budget of US$59m. Our gross margin improved to 34%, up from budget, demonstrating that the discipline we have applied to our cost of sales is taking hold. Our net profit for the year was US$4.3 million. This is not satisfactory and materially different from our own expectations of US$13.6m. The biggest driver of this differential being our tax charge of US$9.9m an effective tax rate of 69%! This is an area management is actively addressing through improved tax planning across our 24-country footprint and we hope to implement structural improvements in 2026. There are four elements that are the key ingredients to PBS’s success today: our people, our capital structure, our systems, our partners - the same foundational pillars I have returned to in prior years, because they remain the determinants of our long-term success. People PBS is, at its core, a people business. Every solution we deliver, every client relationship we maintain, every market we penetrate — all of it flows from the capability of our 3,000-plus professionals across the region. In 2024 we spoke of the urgent need to develop a methodology that makes us a magnet for talent. In 2025 we made meaningful progress. The PBS University platform is still a work in progress. We have to get this right. We have to focus on it to get it right. It has expanded its Chairman message 26

curriculum, and we have introduced structured certification pathways aligned to our key technology partnerships. This is not simply a human resources initiative. It is a strategic imperative. As we grow, the complexity of what we are asked to execute grows with it. We must ensure that our organization scales in quality, not merely in headcount. We expect the organization will revolve over time and we are actively taking steps to plan for the future. Retention remains a challenge in certain markets where the demand for skilled IT professionals continues to outpace supply. We are combating this through a combination of compensation benchmarking, career development investment, and a deliberate effort to build a culture of belonging. Our ability to attract people who share our values — integrity, execution, and client focus — will define the next chapter of PBS as surely as any product or partnership we could announce. Capital When we speak of capital at PBS, we are speaking about something far more nuanced than a balance sheet line. Ours is a business in which the cash cycle for a given solution can range from immediate payment to a five-year financing arrangement. The timing of projects often need to be aligned with availability of capital. In addition the funding of projects often leads to funded debt being incurred before cashflows are delivered thus covenants need to be managed. We operate across multiple currencies, with varying regulatory environments governing the movement of funds across borders. Managing this complexity is one of the most demanding aspects of what we do. Ensuring the ongoing funding of our business is like the provision of oxygen to the pilots of a plane in the air, it is an essential ingredient in getting to the destination. In 2024, I was pleased to report the refinancing of our capital market obligations with a new six-year facility. In 2025, the discipline instilled through that process has served us well. Our balance sheet remains fundamentally sound, and our committed growth capital provides the runway we need to pursue the opportunities that are emerging across the region. The integration of the Xerox operations in Peru and Ecuador, undertaken in 2024, has progressed as planned and is contributing to our expanded footprint. Our strategic investment in TSL continues to develop, and we are monitoring additional acquisition opportunities with the same rigour we apply to our organic growth. Systems 27

I would be remiss not to address again the importance of our internal systems and governance. In 2023, we experienced material misstatements in our Costa Rica subsidiary that delayed our audit. I reported then that we had implemented significant changes to personnel and governance. I am pleased to report that the integrity of our financial reporting across the group has been maintained in 2025 and that the controls we put in place are functioning as intended. We will strive to continue to improve our systems to ensure accuracy as well as expediency in reporting. However expediency must never compromise accuracy. We continue to invest in the technology infrastructure that supports our operations. Shared service functions in accounting and administration are becoming more sophisticated. The balance between local responsiveness and central efficiency is a tension that every multi-jurisdictional business must manage continuously, and we are no different. What I can say with confidence is that our systems today are materially stronger than they were three years ago, and our commitment to making them stronger still remains absolute. Partners Without people, capital and systems, PBS would not be able to do anything. However without partnerships with the leading IT companies in the world we would not be able to add the value we do to our customers. PBS works with almost every global leader in IT. We take this privilege very seriously. Every day we work with our partners to execute projects in our markets that are essential to the economic development of our countries. It is our job to facilitate the seamless execution of such projects in Imaging, Information technology, networking communications, professional services, security systems and payment methods servicing the backbone to our economies. Throughout this annual report you will see reference to our partners who over the last 24 years we have built up credibility and trust. We exist to provide seamless execution for them in order to deliver customer satisfaction through productive solutions to our customers. I would like to thank all of our partners for their support in 2025 and we look forward to working together in 2026. Looking Forward As we look to 2026 and beyond, the opportunity before PBS has never been greater. The markets we serve — across the Caribbean, Central America, and now into South America — are at an inflection point in their technology adoption curves. Governments are investing in digital public infrastructure. Enterprises are accelerating their 28

managed services requirements. Artificial Intelligence (AI) is going to transform everything. Every business will need to assess how AI will work for them in their business. The demand for the kind of deep, locally-grounded IT expertise that PBS has spent 24 years building is real, and it is growing. Our task is to ensure that we are the organization capable of capturing it. We will continue to scale responsibly, to deepen our client partnerships, and to invest with discipline in the capabilities that matter. We are not simply a distribution business that sells technology. We are a solutions organization that transforms how our clients operate. That distinction is the foundation of everything we have built, and it is the source of our confidence in what lies ahead. On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Doug Hewson who resigned from the board in 2025. He has been on the board since we went public and has been an important contributor to the board. We wish him the best and are grateful for his contributions to PBS. I extend our sincere appreciation to every member of the PBS team. The results of 2025 - both the achievements and the shortfalls - are yours. So too is the opportunity that 2026 represents. I thank our shareholders for their continued confidence in the strategy and the leadership of this organization. We are building something of genuine and lasting significance, and we remain committed to doing so with the integrity and intensity that has always defined PBS. Warm regards, P.B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board Productive Business Solutions Limited 29

The Xerox VersaLink B405 is a reliable monochrome multifunction printer designed for small and medium-sized workgroups. It delivers print, copy, scan, fax, and email capabilities in a compact and efficient device. With print speeds of up to 45 pages per minute, support for A4 paper size, and a recommended monthly volume of up to 15,000 pages, the VersaLink B405 helps businesses improve productivity while maintaining professional-quality output and secure document management. Multifunctional Xerox ® VersaLink ® B405 30

31 PEDRO M. PARÍS Group CEO

CEO Letter Dear Fellow Shareholders, Our Chairman has spoken to the financial results of 2025 with characteristic candor. What I want to address here is what those results represent strategically and what we are building toward. We are at a rare inflection point: artificial intelligence, cloud infrastructure, and the obsolescence of legacy systems are reshaping every market we serve. Disruption creates pressure, but it also creates demand and PBS is well positioned to capture it. We Do Not Sell Technology. We Engineer Outcomes. This moment also marks a meaningful evolution in how we define ourselves. We have embraced a new identity: Engineering & Technology No Limits. It is not a marketing exercise. It is a declaration of intent the standard we set for ourselves in the complexity of the problems we take on, the quality of the solutions we deliver, and the boundaries we refuse to accept. What differentiates PBS is not the products we represent it is how we think. We are a systems integrator that excels at building backwards from the client's desired outcome, assembling the precise combination of capabilities each engagement demands. Our active role in project finance further sets us apart, enabling us to structure and deliver solutions that go well beyond the scope of a traditional technology provider. We renew our most enduring client relationships not through inertia, but by consistently delighting them transforming contracts into long-term franchises. And we are now applying that same ingenuity inward: automation and AI agents are actively reducing our own operational costs, improving margins as we scale. Most Important Partners of the PBS Ecosystem Our partner ecosystem is one of our most powerful assets. PBS works alongside Oracle, Cisco, NCR Atleos, NCR Voyix, Xerox, Leidos, and others as their trusted regional execution partner relationships built over decades that are not easily replicated. In 2026 we are going deeper: a unified PBS Consulting under a dedicated regional director sharpens our Oracle go-to-market; Cisco anchors our networking and security practice; NCR Atleos and NCR Voyix lead our financial self-service presence; and Leidos strengthens our positioning in mission-critical solutions. Xerox remains one of our most enduring partnerships. Our CMPS penetration rate of 32

79.3% across PBS Group is a tangible proof point of that trust. As Xerox expands into digital services and IT solutions and as we work to incorporate the strategic developments following the Lexmark acquisition we see clear opportunity ahead. These are not simply vendor relationships. They are proof points of our standing in the global technology community. Artificial Intelligence: From Pilot to Practice PBS has entered the world of agentic AI not as a concept we are studying, but as a capability we are deploying. In late 2025, we led a proof of concept with a major regional bank that combined advanced data warehouse migration engineering from Microsoft SQL Server to Oracle with artificial intelligence. The engagement demonstrated PBS's unique ability to bridge deep infrastructure expertise with emerging AI capabilities: an outcome neither a pure vendor nor a traditional integrator could achieve alone. This is where PBS is building its next frontier. Governments modernizing public infrastructure, financial institutions transforming core systems, enterprises navigating digital change all face environments of growing complexity. AI-powered solutions that address mission-critical use cases, reduce operational risk, and close gaps left by legacy obsolescence represent a genuine and growing opportunity. We are building those competencies today. THE ORGANIZATION WE ARE BUILDING In 2026, PBS has strengthened its senior leadership with targeted additions designed to deepen expertise and expand regional capacity. Our culture of collaboration sharing talent, resources, and best practices across 24 markets compounds as a competitive advantage. Central to this model is a pool of high-caliber specialists: forward deployed engineers, solution architects, and domain experts deployed with precision across geographies. A solution proven in Honduras can be deployed in Jamaica. A capability built in Peru can serve Colombia. This is something our local competitors cannot match in scale, and our global competitors cannot match in regional depth. Turnaround and the Opportunity Ahead Our 24-market footprint is both a risk management discipline and a growth engine. We are entering new markets to consolidate our regional position and reduce concentration risk. Simultaneously, we are focused on unlocking value within our 33

current footprint: our operations in Panama, Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru markets where our presence was built on imaging and where we are now accelerating into higher-value technology services represent meaningful turnaround opportunities. The adjustments now underway will, we believe, generate contributions that meaningfully enhance shareholder value. We view them as investments in progress, and we are confident in the path forward. What Lies Ahead The demand for what PBS does deep, locally grounded, end-to-end technology execution has never been greater. We have been building toward this moment for more than two decades. Our partnerships, our people, and our culture have been assembled with exactly this horizon in mind. The work ahead is significant. The opportunity is larger still. To our shareholders: we remain committed to rewarding your confidence with discipline, integrity, and the intensity that has always defined this organization. Warm regards, PEDRO M. PARÍS C. Group CEO Productive Business Solutions Limited 34

P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board Pedro M. París Director, Group CEO P.B. Scott is the CEO, Chairman and Principal Shareholder of the Musson Group. Over the last two decades, P.B. Scott has conceptualised and led the expansion of the Musson Group from a Jamaican consumer wholesale distribution business to a diversified group operating in 30 countries. The Group is a leader across the Caribbean in food, pharmaceuticals, information technology, and insurance. The Musson Group includes leading businesses such as The PBS Group, Seprod Limited, General Accident Insurance, and A.S. Brydens & Sons. He has served as CEO of Musson since 2004. Today the Musson Group has a turnover in excess of US$1.6 billion annually and over 7,000 employees. In addition to his private sector contributions, P.B. Scott has committed a significant amount of time to public service. He is the chairman of the Development Bank of Jamaica and has led multiple enterprise teams to divest government assets. In 2023, he was awarded 'the Order of Jamaica for his exceptional contribution to the Business Industry, Investment, and Philanthropy in Jamaica and the Caribbean. Mr. Pedro M. París has been with PBS since 2003, He has held several management positions, in 2006 he was named COO for Central America. Mr. París was appointed Group CEO at the end of 2009. He is responsible for the vision, strategy and execution of the day-to-day operations. He is also a member of the Management Governance and Executive Committees. Mr. París worked 18 years for IBM-GBM (an IBM alliance), where he held several senior management positions across the business. Mr. París studied Business Administration at the Universidad Autónoma Centro America, Costa Rica. Group Board of Directors 37

Mr. Hutchinson currently works with Portland Private Equity (“PPE”) as Vice President – Investments, with responsibility for leading investment transactions throughout the region. He has more than 13 years of experience in the regional finance industry working with several top financial institutions. Prior to joining PPE, Ricardo held the role of Associate Director – Investment Banking with a leading regional commercial bank. He holds a Master of Science degree in Economics from the University of the West Indies and is a CFA Charter holder. *Ricardo Hutchinson Non-Executive Director Group Board of Directors *Independent Director Mr. Agnew is an entrepreneur specializing in building content marketing, marketing technology and information services businesses. He founded Brafton Inc. and a group of subsidiary companies that are North America and Australia’s leading content marketing entities. Brafton Inc. has been listed among the 5,000 fastest growing private companies four years in row. He co-founded DeHavilland Information Services and Axonn Ltd in the UK. Originally from the UK, he moved to the U.S.A. in 2008. Mr. Agnew holds a degree in Politics from the University of Newcastle, UK. *Thomas Agnew Non-Executive Director 38

Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Group Board of Directors José Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director *Independent Director Mrs. Blondell Walker has been part of the Musson Group of Companies for over 20 years and is currently the ICT Director, a position she has held since 2000. She is also on the Board for T. Geddes Grant (Distributors) Limited and Musson Jamaica Limited. She was instrumental in the implementation of the Enterprise Resource Program (ERP  application across the Musson Group of Companies. Mrs. Walker studied Accounting and Systems Analysis at the University of the West Indies, Institute of Management and the Heriot Watt University of Edinburgh, Scotland. She is the Chairman for the Western United Basic School. Blondell Walker Non-Executive Director 39

Mr Ince is a Senior Partner/Co-Founder of Frontlight Ventures, a regional investment and consulting firm. He was Co-Founder and Managing Director of Prism Services, a regional payments and operations outsourcing company. He is a Non-Executive Republic Bank Ltd, Cave Shepherd, Foster & Ince Cruise Services and the Barbados Sugar Industry Ltd. He is a graduate of York University, Canada and is a National Barbados Aubrey Collymore Scholarship recipient for sciences. Group Board of Directors *Edward Ince Non-Executive Director *Independent Director Mrs. Melanie Subratie is Chairman and CEO of Stanley Motta Ltd., Vice-Chairman of Musson (Ja) Ltd. and Director of all its subsidiaries, Vice-Chairman of General Accident Insurance Company Ltd., Eppley Ltd, and T Geddes Grant Ltd. Chairman of E-Pins Ltd. and sits on the executive of Seprod group of Companies and all its subsidiary boards. Chairman of Seprod Foundation, Musson Foundation, Chairperson of Jamaica Girls Coding and Chairman of Jamaica RISE Life Management and other CSR organizations. She is also Fourth Vice-President of the Jamaica Chamber of Commerce, and is the current Chair of the Legislation, Regulation and Improvement Committee. She is a honors graduate of London School of Economics. Melanie Subratie Non-Executive Director 40

Group Board of Directors Patrick A. W. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Patrick A. W. Scott is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Facey Commodity Company Limited and the Executive Deputy Chairman of the Facey Group. Prior to these appointments, he served 16 years as Managing Director. A seasoned executive, Mr. Scott has worked for a combined total of 40 years in various roles and was key figure in the global development of Facey’s Telecom business. He currently serves the board of directos of several companies including, P.A. Benjamin, Serge Island Diaries, International Biscuits and Serge Island Farms. Attended Seneca College and Ryerson University in Toronto, Canada. Mr Brian Wynter has been incorporated to the PBS Group Limited Board of Directors. Mr. Wynter has an extensive career in the financial sector, serving as Governor of the Bank of Jamaica until August 2019. The motion was presented to the Board of Directors, which was accepted, and in this way, Brian Wynter was duly appointed to the board of directors of PBS Group Limited. An honors graduate from the London School of Economics in 1981, and specialized in International Economy form Columbia University in 1985. *Brian Wynter Non-Executive Director 41

Group Board of Directors Nicholas A. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Nicholas Scott is the Vice Chairman of Eppley Limited and a director of Eppley Fund Managers Limited. Mr. Scott is also the Chief Investment Officer of the Musson Group and a Director of Musson and most of its major subsidiaries and affiliates. Mr. Scott is the Chairman of the Student Loan Bureau and a former Vice-President of the Private Sector Organization of Jamaica. He holds a B.Sc. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and an M.P.A. from the Harvard Kennedy School of Government. 42

4 Paul Scott 5 Melanie Subratie 5 Pedro M. Paris 5 Jose Misrahi 5 Patrick Scott 5 Blondell Walker 4 Nicholas Scott 5 Ricardo Hutchinson 5 Thomas Agnew 5 Edward Ince 5 Brian Wynter 7 Jose Misrahi 7 Ricardo Hutchinson 7 Thomas Agnew 6 Brian Wynter 4 Melanie Subratie Board Meetings Audit Meetings 43

Board of Committees Executive Committee Audit Committee Compensation Committee *Independent Director P.B. Scott Chairperson Nicholas A. Scott José Misrahi Pedro M. París P.B. Scott Chairperson Patrick Scott *Ricardo Hutchinson Melanie Subratie *Thomas Agnew José Misrahi *Ricardo Hutchinson *Brian Wynter Chairperson 44

Sergio Molina Planning Operations Director Sergio Molina started at PBS 20 years ago. He has hold several positions in the company. PBS Guatemala General Manager (7 Years), PBS Dominican Republic General Manager (1 Year), PBS Group Post-Sale Manager (1Year), PBS Group Sales Process Management, PBS Group Planning Manager (Current). Mr Molina obtained a Degree in Business Administration from Universidad de San Carlos de Guatemala. Mario Pons Professional Services Operations Mario Pons has been a key player for the Inkjet strategy the group has developed in Central America and has helped various PBS organizations in the development of high impact projects such as the printing of Electoral Ballots. He has also been key in the relationship with global partners, Entrust Datacard and Gemalto, for National ID projects in Guatemala, Jamaica and Costa Rica. He started working in Xerox Guatemala in 1994 and has developed his career within Xerox and PBS holding several positions in Sales, Service and Professional Services. He has a BSC in Computer Science from Louisiana State University, and a Diploma in Business Administration from Tayasal Business School. Leonardo Velásquez Infrastructure & Technology Networking Director Leonardo Velazquez has been working with PBS since 2015. He oversees the sales relationship with vendors and distributors, such as: Cisco, Fortinet, HP, Dell, Tripplite, TechData, Intcomex, IngramMicro. Before PBS, he worked as a Regional Partner Account Manager at Cisco Systems for 6 years and has amassed a total of 25 years in the IT sector. He graduated from Universidad de Simon Bolivar. He has an MBA in Enterprise Administration and is an Electronic Engineer. Alex Chiriboga Service Delivery & Logistics Director Alex recently joined PBS Group in May 2024 as Director of Delivery Service & Logistics. His main objective is to transform the service we provide to our customers, aiming to achieve the highest levels of satisfaction and experience. This transformation will focus on improving processes through a connectivity strategy, optimizing resources and technology, and maintaining inventory levels and quality aligned with the requirements of our broad portfolio of products and services. Mr. Chiriboga brings over 32 years of experience from Xerox, where he held leadership roles in Service Delivery, Technical Services, Logistics, Sales, and the Paper Business across Ecuador and the Latin America Region. He holds an MBA with specializations in Finance, Marketing, and Human Resources, a degree in Process Administration Engineering, a Bachelor’s in Electronics & Telecommunications, and is certified as a Lean Six Sigma Green Belt. Senior Regional Leadership Team 45

Jose Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Lucia Vielman Coporate Treasure Mrs. Vielman Ruiz was a Private Banking Manager at Mercom Bank and later appointedas General Manager. In 2009 Mrs. Vielman Ruiz Joined PBS as Compliant officer for the first sindicate loan and in 2010 she became the Corporate Treasurer, responsible for banking operations at country level and member of the Management Governance Committee. She Graduated in Business Administration from Universidad Francisco Marroquin, Guatemala in 1998. Sharon McDonald Chief Assurance Officer Dr. Sharon Smith-McDonald supports PBS Group Limited. She is responsible for overseeing the Group’s internal controls and risk management. She plays a critical role in ensuring compliance with regulations by the development of effective assurance strategies across all business operations. Dr. Smith-McDonald has accumulated over three decades of experience in fi nance, accounting, and business operations. Her distinguished career includes key leadership roles within multinational organizations, most recently serving as Group Financial Controller at Musson Jamaica Limited. Dr. Smith-McDonald holds a Doctor of Business Administration in Finance & Internal Controls from Walden University, a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Northern Caribbean University, and a Bachelor of Science in Management and Accounting from The University of the West Indies. Ryan Kirlew Corporate Global Controller Ryan oversees the fi nancial operations of the entire PBS Group. Ryan brings a wealth of experience in strategic fi nancial management and reporting. He has consistently demonstrated outstanding leadership, expertise, and a deep understanding of fi nancial operations. His commitment to excellence has been evident throughout his career, and we are con fi dent that he will excel in this new role. Since joining the Group in 2017, Ryan has made signi fi cant contributions while working with Musson International Dairies Limited, Seprod, T. Geddes Grant, and Musson Jamaica—gaining valuable experience and playing a key role in the success of these business units. As Global Controller, Ryan is responsible for the overall fi nancial reporting of the PBS Group. He leads the development and maintenance of the organization’s accounting policies, practices, procedures, initiatives, and systems. Senior Regional Leadership Team 46

Daniel Martínez Advanced Services Regional Manager Daniel brings over 20 years of experience in business development across the technology and consulting sectors, leading transformational initiatives for government and financial institutions throughout Central America and the Caribbean. In the past seven years alone, he has consistently achieved double-digit growth in revenue and margins in Honduras by designing and implementing tailored professional services that accelerate technology adoption. As an Oracle Champion for nearly a decade, Daniel seamlessly combines technical expertise with commercial strategy to drive client success. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing & International Business and a Master of Science in Finance from Universidad Tecnológica Centroamericana (UNITEC), Honduras. Additionally, he earned a Professional Certificate in Digital Transformation from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Cambridge, MA, USA. Vennis Williamson Regional Manager Jamaica & Cayman Vennis Williamson. Her career in the information and communications technology (ICT) sector spans over a decade. Vennis has played a crucial role in navigating PBS Jamaica through the digital era, achieving significant technological milestones along the way. Her strategic guidance has integrated major technology entities, propelling the organization to unprecedented levels of innovation and market leadership. Over the past three years, under Vennis's leadership, PBS Jamaica has exceeded financial and operational growth objectives while prioritizing staff engagement as a core part of its strategy. Estefania Menéndez Personnel Regional Director Estefanía Menéndez is the Regional Personnel Director at PBS Group Limited, where she leads the human capital strategy and drives organizational transformation across the group. With over 14 years of experience in the Technology, Electrical, Outsourcing, and Business Services sectors, Estefanía has held leadership positions at renowned companies such as Schneider Electric, Xerox, and Capgemini. She holds a Business degree and a Master’s in Finance from Franklin University, and is certified in both Project Management and Six Sigma. Estefanía is widely recognized for implementing transformative initiatives that enhance productivity, increase operational efficiency, and boost employee engagement. Javier Mogollón Chief Information Officer Javier Mogollón is a systems engineer with a postgraduate degree in telecommunications from the Santiago Mariño University in Venezuela, he arrived in Guatemala 20 years ago after completing a ten-year cycle at Xerox of Venezuela, throughout this time in which he has worked for the group, Javier has held several positions accepting both local and regional challenges and responsibilities. He served as service manager, and sales support manager was the creator and developer of the Docushare Project (accounting code) in Shared Service that is currently used by all PBS Groups and the following company incorporations, he was in charge of the System One infrastructure installed in the Guatemala data center for 2 years, 4 years has held the position of IT manager in PBS Guatemala. Javier is currently the CIO of PBS Group. Regional Leadership Team 47

Lesder Ramírez Chief Operating Officer Central America Mr. Lesder Ramirez studied Business Administration at the Universidad San Carlos De Guatemala, Guatemala and in 2009, joined PBS as the Financial Manager for the Guatemala operations. From 2009 to 2015, Lesder was entrusted to play different roles in finance such as Finance Manager for the operations of Costa Rica, Honduras Jamaica and Belize, Shared Service Center - Finance Manager and Xerox Relationship Management. During his tenure managing the Xerox relationship, Lesder oversaw planning operations, working closely with Mr. Pedro M. Paris C., CEO of PBS Group, where he developed additional business acumen. In 2019, based on his achievements, Lesder was promoted to oversee the operations of Dutch Caribbean as Senior General Manager. More recently in 2022, due to his knowledge of the PBS business as well as his solid financial and operations background Lesder, was named COO in charge of the operations of Trinidad & Tobago, Guyana, and Dutch Caribbean (Aruba, Curacao, Bonaire, Saint Maarten and Suriname). Stuart Franco Chief Operating Officer Eastern Caribbean Cluster Stuart Franco is the Chief Operating Officer of the Eastern Caribbean Cluster, bringing over two decades of leadership, commercial expertise, and deep regional knowledge to the role. A graduate of the University of Western Ontario with a B.A. in Statistics & Economics, Stuart joined TSL in 2003 and steadily rose through the ranks — from Sales Representative to Sales Manager, Executive Vice President of Sales, and Chief Executive Officer — before assuming his current role in 2026. Throughout his tenure, he has been a driving force behind the company's growth trajectory, building lasting client relationships and strengthening TSL's market position across the Caribbean. Stuart served as President of the American Chamber of Commerce in Trinidad and Tobago (AmCham T&T) from 2023 to 2025 and has been a board member since 2018. He is also an active board member of the TSL Foundation, where he has championed community initiatives that uplift the regions TSL serves. Outside the office, Stuart is a devoted husband and father of four, an avid football fan, and a firm believer in the importance of family — a value he actively fosters within his team. Ezequiel Bardas Chief Operating Officer Latin America Ezequiel Bardas serves as Chief Operating Officer for Latin America at PBS Group, bringing more than two decades of senior executive leadership to the role. Known for his ability to scale operations, drive digital transformation, and deliver sustainable profitability in complex environments, Ezequiel leads the strategic direction for PBS Group's affiliates across the Andean Region — overseeing operational synergy, key alliance development, and an ambitious expansion plan throughout Latin America. Before joining PBS Group, Ezequiel held distinguished leadership positions at Xerox, serving as President and General Manager across major markets including the United States and Latin America. His track record of navigating high-stakes business environments and building high-performing regional organizations speaks to a career defined by results and resilience. Ezequiel holds an Executive MBA from IAE Business School, complemented by multiple leadership certifications. His leadership philosophy blends sharp market insight with an unwavering commitment to innovation and excellence — qualities that position him as a driving force behind PBS Group's next chapter in the region. Regional Leadership Team 48

GENERAL MANAGER Melani Angeles DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Marco Almendárez NICARAGUA SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Francisco Lupiac GENERAL MANAGER HONDURAS COUNTRY MANAGER Nyron Thomas TRINIDAD & TOBAGO SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Elvin Nash BARBADOS & OECS Jason Alidikromo COUNTRY MANAGER SURINAME Senior in Country Leadership SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Mirian Alas EL SALVADOR Laura Johnston COUNTRY MANAGER CAYMAN 49

Nella Aguilar PERU COUNTRY MANAGER Candace Bartholomew COUNTRY MANAGER GUYANA Jose Maduro COUNTRY MANAGER BONAIRE & ARUBA Charlesson Ramdjas COUNTRY MANAGER CURAÇAO Vynnie Mila GENERAL MANAGER GPA GPA USA Luis Castillo GUATEMALA COUNTRY MANAGER COUNTRY MANAGER Ana Karina Vallejo ECUADOR Senior in Country Leadership Esteban Corrales PANAMA & COLOMBIA COUNTRY MANAGER 50

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 51

Deloitte & Touche 3 rd Floor The Goddard Building Haggatt Hall St. Michael, BB11059 Barbados, W.I. Tel: +246 620 6400 Fax: +246 430 6451 www.deloitte.com Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (“DTTL”), its global network of member firms, and their related entities (collectively, the “Deloitte organization”). DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) and each of its member firms and related entities are legally separate and independent entities, which cannot obligate or bind each other in respect of third parties. DTTL and each DTTL member firm and related entity is liable only for its own acts and omissions, and not those of each other. DTTL does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about to learn more. Deloitte & Touche is an affiliate of DCB Holding Ltd., a member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Opinion We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries (“the Group”), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2025, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including material accounting policy information. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at December 31, 2025, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS Accounting Standards”). Basis for Opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) (“IESBA Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Key Audit Matters Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill As at 31 December 2025, Goodwill accounted for US$86.2 million, which represents 20.5% of total assets of the Group. On an annual basis, management tests whether goodwill is subject to impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units (CGU) have been determined using value in use calculations based on the higher of the recoverable amount compared to fair value less costs to sell. Our approach to testing management’s impairment assessment, with the assistance of our valuation specialist involved the following procedures, amongst others: • Obtained management’s discounted cash flow model (DCF) including qualitative and quantitative analyses and updated our understanding of the process used by management to determine the value in use of each CGU and evaluated for any changes.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 2 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill (Cont’d) We focused on this area because the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill involves significant judgement and estimation, is sensitive to changes in key assumptions and determining economic recovery is challenging. The key assumptions were assessed by management as being: • Revenue growth rate; • Terminal growth rate; • Average Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) to revenue; and Pre-tax Discount rate. • Agreed the 31 December 2025 base year financial information to current year results and compared previous forecasts to actual results to assess the performance of the business and the accuracy of management’s forecasting. • Compared the revenue growth rates to historical revenue growth and externally derived data as well as our own assessments in relation to key inputs such as projected economic growth, inflation and pre-tax discount rates. • Developed a range of parameters using available market inputs and historical information and performed sensitivity analyses using these parameters, which was compared to management’s terminal growth and pre-tax discount rates. • Compared EBITDA margins to historical results, and verified reconciling variances to underlying supporting data and current period results. Tested management’s impairment model calculations for mathematical accuracy Operating and finance lease revenue (Forming part of sale of goods) Revenue arising from the inception of new finance leases is included within the sale of goods revenue stream and is not captured through a specific identifier. As a result, identifying transactions that contain lease arrangements requires manual assessment for every underlying subsidiary. Recognition of revenue in these arrangements requires judgment to identify the lease and non-lease components of the contract and to determine whether the lease should be classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. This classification can materially affect the timing and presentation of revenue recognition, the measurement of lease receivables, and the related financial statement disclosures. Our approach to testing lease revenue to mitigate the identified risks includes the following procedures: • Obtained the population of leases entered into by the entities and reviewed Management's assessment on their classification between operating and finance leases. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition of the finance lease within the Sale of Goods revenue stream, based on the lease amortisation schedule prepared by the management. • On a sample basis, obtained and inspected the related customer contracts / signed agreements to review Management's

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 3 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Lease classification is based on the terms set out in customer agreements and purchase orders. Accordingly, significant judgment is required to assess whether the contractual terms are consistent with the underlying transaction and whether the classification has been applied appropriately across the population of relevant sales arrangements. As it involves manual review and interpretation of contract documentation, there is an increased risk of error and inconsistent application. The key assumptions and judgments applied by management include: • assessment of whether the arrangement is an operating lease or a finance lease; • determination of the discount rate used in lease classification and measurement; and • identification of the standalone selling price of goods where contracts include both leasing and maintenance components. assessment on the classification between finance or operating lease. • For the selected samples, obtained and verified the inputs (interest rates, delivery dates, lease & non-lease component) as determined by Management to recalculate the finance lease revenue to be recognised in the accounts at lease inception. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition and subsequent interest income based on our independent recalculation to the amounts recorded by management. Management override of controls Management is in a unique position to perpetrate fraud because of its ability to directly or indirectly manipulate accounting records and prepare fraudulent financial statements by overriding established controls that otherwise appear to be operating effectively. The risk of management override of controls is pervasive. Because of its unpredictable nature, this risk could result in a material misstatement. This significant risk also represents a fraud risk for the audit. • Engaged in periodic fraud discussions with certain members of senior management and utilized our internal fraud specialist to guide and support our fraud-related testing procedures. • Considered the potential for bias in judgments and estimates, including performing retrospective analysis of significant accounting estimates. • Evaluated whether the Company has entered into any significant unusual transactions and, if so, the nature, terms, and business purpose (or lack thereof) of those transactions and whether such transactions involved related parties. • Evaluated the Company’s fraud risk assessment and consider indirect controls

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 4 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter and internal controls over the closing and reporting process. • Using our propriety software tool we extracted and tested journal entries that exhibit characteristics of possible management override of controls. • Tested controls over significant, unusual transactions, particularly those that result in late or unusual journal entries and controls over journal entries and adjustments made in the period-end financial reporting process. • No evidence of management override of controls was identified as a results of our audit procedures. Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process. Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also: • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 5 • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management. • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. • Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business units within the Group as a basis for forming an opinion on the group financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determined those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. Information other than the financial statements Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Annual Report but does not include the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon which is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s report. Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with the audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. When we read the Annual Report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 6 The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditors’ report is Steve Clarke. Other matter – responsibility for our audit work This report is made solely to the shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited as a body, in accordance with Section 147 of the Companies Act of Barbados. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the shareholders for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinion we have formed. Other matter – predecessor auditors The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2024 were audited by another auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those statements on 30 June 2025. 7 June 2026

Page 2 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Non-Current Assets Property, plant and equipment 13 36,106 35,865 Right-of-use assets 14 15,269 12,802 Intangible assets 15 104,757 107,595 Lease receivables 16 4,538 6,869 Pension plan assets 30 3,752 3,674 Long term receivables 17 608 551 Deferred tax assets 18 11,507 14,491 Investments 34 - 243 Contract Asset 33 28 - Investments in Associate 20 4,774 4,056 Total Non-Current Assets 181,339 186,146 Current Assets Due from related parties 19 8,066 7,467 Inventories 21 58,043 48,584 Contract assets 33 - 1,602 Trade and other receivables 22 127,296 105,760 Current portion of lease receivables 16 11,437 2,696 Current portion of long-term receivables 17 161 38 Taxation recoverable 14,476 17,462 Cash and bank 23 21,574 29,961 Total Current Assets 241,053 213,570 Current Liabilities Trade and other payables 24 91,049 85,855 Contract liabilities 33 15,101 15,602 Due to related parties 19 13,739 12,308 Taxation payable 5,219 11,255 Current portion of lease liabilities 25 6,998 6,441 Short term loans 26 19,245 5,941 Current portion of long-term loans 26 14,250 10,633 Total Current Liabilities 165,601 148,035 Net Current Assets 75,452 65,535 Total Non-current Assets and Net Current Assets 256,791 251,681

Page 3 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (Continued) 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Equity Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Share capital 27 123,016 123,016 Other reserves/ (deficit) 28 (17,025) (17,339) Accumulated deficit (30,198) (23,274) Total Shareholders´ Equity 75,793 82,403 Non-controlling Interests 1,337 1,185 Total Equity 77,130 83,588 Non-Current Liabilities Retirement benefit obligations 30 3,111 1,553 Deferred tax liabilities 18 6,570 6,153 Lease liabilities 25 17,988 15,465 Borrowings 26 151,992 144,515 Other long-term liabilities - 407 Total Non-Current Liabilities 179,661 168,093 Total Non-Current Liabilities and Equity 256,791 251,681 Approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 June, 2026 and signed on its behalf by: _____________________________________________ _________________________________ Paul Scott Director Pedro Paris Director The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 4 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Number of Shares ‘000 Share Capital $’000 Other Reserves / (Deficit) $’000 Accumulated Deficit $’000 Non- Controlling Interest $’000 Total $’000 Balance at 31 December 2023 188,213 123,016 (17,139) (29,359) 1,070 77,588 Currency translation differences - - (820) (87) - (907) Actuarial loss - - (96) - - (96) Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - 716 - - 716 Net income - - - 7,461 115 7,576 Total comprehensive income - - (200) 7,374 115 7,289 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (1,289) - (1,289) Balance at 31 December 2024 188,213 123,016 (17,339) (23,274) 1,185 83,588 Currency translation differences - - 260 - - 260 Actuarial gain - - 54 - - 54 Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - - - - - Net income - - - 4,287 152 4,439 Total comprehensive income - - 314 4,287 152 4,753 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (11,211) - (11,211) Balance at 31 December 2025 188,213 123,016 (17,025) (30,198) 1,337 77,130 The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 5 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash Flows from Operating Activities (Note 31) 2,726 32,531 Cash Flows from Financing Activities Interest paid (17,094) (18,801) Dividends paid (11,211) (1,289) Proceeds from borrowing 48,808 147,041 Repayments of borrowings (19,297) (141,672) Repayments of lease liabilities (8,370) (10,699) Net cash used in financing activities (7,164) (25,420) Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired 35 (592) (1,293) Interest received 1,769 1,999 Purchase of property, plant and equipment (5,102) (6,378) Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 42 238 Purchase of Investments in Associates 20 - (3,543) Net cash used in investing activities (3,883) (8,977) Net (Decrease) in Cash (8,321) (1,866) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 29,961 31,991 Effect of foreign exchange in cash (66) (164) Cash and Cash Equivalents at end of the year 23 21,574 29,961 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The principal non-cash transactions include: ● Transfer to property, plant and equipment from inventory during the financial year $9,380,000 (2024 - $9,017,000). ● Transfer from property, plant and equipment to inventory upon expiry of operating lease of $4,018,000 (2024 - $4,799,000). The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page 6 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 1. Identification and Principal Activities Productive Business Solutions Limited (“the Company”) is a company incorporated on 16 December 2010, and domiciled in Barbados, originally under the International Business Corporation (IBC) Act 77 (Barbados). Effective July 1st, 2021, the Company operates under the Companies Act Cap. 308 (Barbados) and holds a Foreign Currency Permit under the Foreign Currency Permits Act, 2018-44 (Barbados). The tax rate for the fiscal year commencing 1 January 2025 is 9.0% of taxable income. The registered office of the Company is at Facey House # 42 Warrens Industrial Park, Warrens, St. Michaels, Barbados. The Company is capitalised by ordinary shares. The Company is a subsidiary of Facey Group Limited, owned by Musson (Jamaica) Limited. Facey Group Limited is a company incorporated in Barbados under the Companies Act, Cap. 308 (Barbados) as an international business company. In combination, Musson (Jamaica) Limited and Facey Group Limited own 66.98% of the ordinary shares of the Company. The Company is listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange and the International Securities Market in Barbados. The Company’s ultimate parent company and controlling party is Elkon Limited (“Elkon”), which is incorporated and domiciled in Jamaica, and Paul B. Scott, respectively. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, (referred to as “Group”) are the distribution of printing equipment, business machines, handsets and related accessories, automated teller machines, security checkpoints, system integration, cloud services, data analytics, communication solutions, e-transactions, development of software and other technology solutions. In May 2025 the Group acquired 100% holding in Regional Business Systems Limited (RBS), incorporated and domiciled in Barbados (Note 35).

Page 7 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, hereinafter referred to as the financial statements, are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. (a) Basis of preparation These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. IFRS Accounting Standards comprise the following authoritative literature:  IFRS Accounting Standards  IAS Standards  Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC Interpretations) or its predecessor body, the Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC Interpretations). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain items of property, plant and equipment. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Although these estimates are based on managements’ best knowledge of current events and action, actual results could differ from those estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 4. Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year Certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards have been published that became effective during the current financial year. The Group has assessed the relevance of all such new standards, interpretations and amendments and has affected the following, which are immediately relevant to its operations: Amendments to IAS 21,‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ , Amendments to IAS 21 were made to add requirements to help entities to determine whether a currency is exchangeable into another currency, and the spot exchange rate to use when it is not. Prior to these amendments, IAS 21 set out the exchange rate to use when exchangeability is temporarily lacking, but not what to do when lack of exchangeability is not temporary. Management’s assessment is that the amendments of this standard have no impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Page 8 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year (continued) The amendments must be applied retrospectively in accordance with the requirements in IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. The amendment did not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. There are no other IFRS Accounting Standards or IFRIC interpretations effective in the current year which are expected to have a significant impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the company.

Page 9 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group The Group has concluded that the following standards which are published but not yet effective, are relevant to its operations and will impact the Group’s accounting policies and financial disclosures as discussed below. These standards and amendments to existing standards are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2026, but the Group has not early adopted them: Amendments to IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 7, ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026). Amendments to IFRS 9 and 7 (a) clarify the date of recognition and derecognition of some financial assets and liabilities, with a new exception for some financial liabilities settled through an electronic cash transfer system; (b) clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether a financial asset meets the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) criterion; (c) add new disclosures for certain instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows (such as some financial instruments with features linked to the achievement of environment, social and governance targets); and (d) update the disclosures for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). The amendments in (b) are most relevant to financial institutions, but the amendments in (a), (c) and (d) are relevant to all entities. It is not anticipated that the amendments will have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 18, ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This is the new standard on presentation and disclosure in financial statements, which replaces IAS 1, with a focus on updates to the statement of profit or loss. The key new concepts introduced in IFRS 18 relate to: • the structure of the statement of profit or loss with defined subtotals; • requirement to determine the most useful structure summary for presenting expenses in the statement of profit or loss • required disclosures in a single note within the financial statements for certain profit or loss performance measures that are reported outside an entity’s financial statements (that is, management-defined performance measures); and • enhanced principles on aggregation and disaggregation which apply to the primary financial statements and notes in general. Management is assessing the impact of this new standard on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 19, 'Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures' , (effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This standard permit eligible subsidiaries to apply reduced IFRS disclosure requirements. IFRS 19 is a voluntary standard for eligible subsidiaries. A subsidiary is eligible if it does not have public accountability and it has an ultimate or intermediate parent that produces consolidated financial statements available for public use that comply with IFRS Accounting Standards. An eligible entity may opt to revoke the application of this standard after implementation. The entity may also elect to apply the standard more than one. The group is currently assessing the impact of this standard.

Page 10 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) There are no other new or amended IFRS Accounting Standards and interpretations that are published but not yet effective that would be expected to have an impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the Group. (b) Consolidation (i) Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations involving third parties by the Group. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred, and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss, in the statement of comprehensive income.

Page 11 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) Subsidiaries Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. The Group’s subsidiaries, countries of incorporation, and the Group’s percentage interest are as follows: Country of incorporation Group’s Percentage Interest 2025 2024 Nicaragua Holdings and its subsidiary St., Lucia & Nicaragua 100 100 Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia & Dominican Republic 100 100 Mobay Holdings N.V. and its subsidiary Curacao & Aruba 100 100 PBS Caribbean Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia, Jamaica, Barbados, Colombia, Suriname 100 100 Cayman Business Machines Limited* Cayman 40 40 PBS Technology Group Limited St. Lucia, Antigua & Barbuda, Jamaica, Trinidad, Guyana, 100 100 Infotrans Group Holding B.V. Curacao, Bonaire, Colombia, Suriname & Aruba 100 100 High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V. El Salvador and Honduras 100 100 PBS Central America and its subsidiaries Panama, Guatemala, Costa Rica, El Salvador 100 100 PBS Honduras Honduras 75 75 PBS Peru Peru 100 100 PBS Ecuador Ecuador 100 100

Page 12 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) In accordance with Cayman laws, entities that are domiciled in the Cayman Islands and are not issued with Local Companies Control Law Licenses, are required to be at least 60% owned by a Caymanian. The operation of Cayman Business Machines Limited is however controlled by Productive Business Solutions Limited and is therefore, in substance, categorised as a subsidiary. (ii) Transactions with non-controlling interests The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For purchases of ownership interest in subsidiaries from non-controlling interests in which the Group retains control of the subsidiary, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests where control is retained by the Group are also recorded in equity. (iii) Disposal of subsidiaries When the Group ceases to have control or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value, with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss. If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate. (iv) Business combination under common control Acquisitions from entities under common control are determined by the substance and specific facts and circumstances surrounding any particular business combination under common control. Business combinations under common control are accounted for using the predecessor method of accounting. Under the predecessor method of accounting, the cost of an acquisition is measured in a manner similar to the purchase method of accounting. Identifiable assets and liabilities are measured at book value at the date of acquisition. Under the predecessor method of accounting, no goodwill is created, as any difference between the cost of acquisition and the book value of the net assets acquired is dealt with as an adjustment to retained earnings. (v) Investment in associates Associates are categorized as entities over which the Group has influence but not control, with shareholding and voting rights between 20% and 50%. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost. The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associate’s post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in profit and loss, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equal or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Page 13 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (c) Foreign currency translation (i) Functional and presentation currency Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States Dollars, which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency. (ii) Transactions and balances Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. At the statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the weighted average closing exchange rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates, of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in statement of comprehensive income. (iii) Group companies The results and financial position of all the group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper- inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated as follows: a) Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at year end rates, b) Items affecting the statement of comprehensive income are translated at average rates, and c) The resultant gains or losses are recognised in other comprehensive income as translation gains or losses. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Page 14 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (d) Revenue recognition Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of applicable value added taxes, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue is recognised as follows: Reprographic products Revenue earned from reprographic products is either through an outright sale or a lease of equipment and from related service contracts. Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from finance leases, are recognised at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require installation, revenue is recognised when the equipment has been delivered and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer-installable products are recognised upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer's shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the finance lease method and are recognised as earned over the lease term. A substantial portion of the Group's reprographic products is sold with full- service maintenance agreements. Service revenues are derived primarily from these maintenance contracts on equipment sold to customers and are recognised over the term of the contracts in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, by reference to completion of the specific transaction assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided. Revenue is recognised only after there are specific indicators of transfer of control to the customer. To evidence transfer of control on contracts where revenue is recognised at a point in time, management has defined that revenue can only be recognised after the equipment or part is installed or the supplies are delivered. Bill and hold agreements are scrutinised to ensure the transfer of control to the customer is effective. For contracts where revenue is recognised over time, management measures the fulfilment of the performance obligations based on the value that the delivered goods or services represent to the customer. Telecommunications products Revenue from telecommunications products comprises revenue from the sales of cellular phones. These products are sold under contractual agreements with the telecommunications providers. Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised on a gross basis as management has determined that the Group acts as a principal in relation to these transactions, due to the fact that the Group bears the majority of risk, principally credit and inventory risk, in relation to such transactions, and the Group also acts as primary obligor. Control is the key consideration when assessing the nature of the promise to the customer. When the entity does not control the good or service (or inventory) before it is transferred to the customer it is likely that the promise in the contract is to arrange for goods or services to be delivered (rather than these to be provided by the entity). In such cases, the Company recognises revenue for an amount equal to the net income (revenue minus cost). Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised when a Group entity has delivered products to the customer; the customer has accepted the products and collectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured. Interest income is recognised on the accrual basis on the effective interest basis, except when collectability is considered doubtful. In such cases, income is recorded when economic benefits are received.

Page 15 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (e) Property, plant and equipment Freehold land and buildings are shown at fair value, based on valuations by external independent valuers, less subsequent depreciation for buildings. Valuations are performed every three years to ensure that the fair value of a revalued asset does not differ materially from it’s carrying amount. Any accumulated depreciation at the date of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset, and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of freehold, land and buildings are credited to other comprehensive income and shown as other reserves in shareholder’s equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are recorded in other comprehensive income and debited against other reserves directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the profit or loss. All other property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Land is not depreciated as it is deemed to have an indefinite life. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation is calculated at annual rates on the straight-line basis to write-off the cost of the assets to their residual values over their estimated useful lives at annual rates as follows: Freehold buildings 2 - 2 ½% Leasehold buildings and improvements 10 - 20% Furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment 10 - 33⅓% Motor vehicles 20 - 25% Gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount and are included in operating profit. Repairs and maintenance expenditure is charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which it is incurred. The cost of major renovations is included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of the existing asset will flow to the Group. When revalued assets are sold, the amounts included in other reserves are transferred to retained earnings.

Page 16 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (f) Intangible assets (i) Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates and joint ventures is included in investment in associates and investment in joint venture, respectively. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or Groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. (ii) Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences. Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. All, excepting licenses are deemed to have finite useful lives and amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the intangible assets over their estimated useful lives between 5 and 20 years. Licenses have an indefinite useful life. (iii) Proprietary Software The Group is the owner of a software internally developed to address diverse customer needs. This asset is carried at cost and amortised according to its defined useful life. (g) Impairment of non-financial assets Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Page 17 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset in one entity and a financial liability or equity of another entity. Financial assets Classification The Group classifies its financial assets at amortised cost. The classification depends on the business model used for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. Impairment The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss (ECL) associated with its financial assets classified at amortised cost, lease receivables, long term receivables and related party balances. Application of the General Model The Group has applied the ‘general model’ as required under IFRS 9 for financial assets other than trade receivables. Under this model, the Group is required to assess on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its financial assets carried at amortised cost. The ECL will be recognised in profit or loss before a loss event has occurred. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. ECL is calculated by multiplying the Probability of default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD). The impairment model uses a three-stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination: Stage 1 – 12-month ECL applies to all financial assets that have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and are not credit impaired. The ECL will be computed using a 12-month PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months. Stage 2 – When a financial asset experiences a significant increase in credit risk subsequent to origination but is not credit impaired, it is considered to be in Stage 2. This requires the computation of ECL based on lifetime PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the remaining estimated life of the financial asset. Provisions are higher in this stage because of an increase in risk and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered compared to 12 months in Stage 1. Stage 3 – Financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment will be included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses will continue to capture the lifetime ECL. The Group uses judgement when considering the following factors that affect the determination of impairment: Assessment of Significant Increase in Credit Risk The assessment of a significant increase in credit risk is done on a relative basis. To assess whether the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since origination, the Group compares the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial asset at the reporting date to the corresponding risk of default at origination, using key risk indicators that are used in the Group’s existing risk management processes. At each reporting date, the assessment of a change in credit risk will be individually assessed for those considered individually significant and at the segment level. This assessment is symmetrical in nature, allowing credit risk of financial assets to move back to Stage 1 if the increase in credit risk since origination has reduced and is no longer deemed to be significant.

Page 18 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments (continued) Macroeconomic Factors, Forward Looking Information and Multiple Scenarios The Group applies an unbiased and probability weighted estimate of credit losses by evaluating a range of possible outcomes that incorporates forecasts of future economic conditions. Macroeconomic factors and forward-looking information are incorporated into the measurement of ECL as well as the determination of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination. Measurement of ECLs at each reporting period reflect reasonable and supportable information at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The Group uses three scenarios that are probability weighted to determine ECL. Expected Life When measuring ECL, the Group considers the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk. All contractual terms are considered when determining the expected life, including prepayment options and extension and rollover options. Application of the Simplified Approach For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. Financial liabilities The Group’s financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, this is the initial recognition minus the cumulative amortisation of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount. Financial liabilities at amortised costs are classified as current or non-current depending on whether these are due within 12 months after the statement of financial position date or beyond. Financial liabilities are derecognised when either of the following take place: The Group is discharged from its obligation, upon expiration or when they are cancelled or replaced by a new liability. (i) Inventories Inventories are carried at weighted average purchase cost. These items are stated at cost less provision for write down to net realisable value, where necessary and are stated at the lower weighted average cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the costs of completion and selling expenses. (j) Trade receivables Impairment over trade receivables is determined with the aid of a matrix based on the ageing of the account. Twice a year, management assesses whether there has been any indicator of a change in the credit risk. Additionally, periodically a comprehensive evaluation is performed with the objective of identifying individual accounts that may be subject to impairment which are either written off or fully provided for. (k) Cash and bank Cash and bank include cash on hand net of bank overdrafts. In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and bank include cash in hand and at bank and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown in current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

Page 19 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (l) Trade payables These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. (m) Contract assets and contract liabilities The Group recognises a contract asset whenever it has the right for consideration as a result of transferring goods or services to a customer. Contract assets are different from accounts receivables as the former would only require the passage of time for the consideration to be due. Contract assets are subject to impairment assessment. The Group recognises a contract liability when it has received a payment, or a payment is due for goods or services that have not yet been transferred to the customer. (n) Income taxes Taxation expense in the statement of comprehensive income comprises current and deferred tax charges. Current tax charges are based on taxable profits for the year, which differ from the profit before tax reported because it excludes items that are taxable or deductible in other years, and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability f or current tax is calculated at tax rates that have been enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Deferred tax is the tax expected to be paid or recovered on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding tax bases. Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Currently enacted tax rates are used in the determination of deferred income tax. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they arise from the same taxable entity, relate to the same tax authority and when the legal right of offset exists. Deferred tax is charged or credited to profit or loss, except where it relates to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income, in which case, deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income. (o) Provisions Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. (p) Share capital Ordinary shares, and redeemable cumulative preference shares where the declaration of dividends is discretionary, are classified as equity instruments. The preference shares are perpetual and are only redeemable at the sole discretion of the Company but not before the 16 th year after the issue of the shares. Dividends on these shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are declared.

Page 20 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (q) Earnings per share (i) Basic earnings per share Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: ● the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares. ● by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares. (ii) Diluted earnings per share Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account: ● the after-income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and ● the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. (r) Borrowings Borrowings are recognised initially at cost, being their issue proceeds, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequently, borrowings are stated at amortised cost and any difference between net proceeds and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Preference shares issued by the Group are treated as borrowings if they carry a contractual term of redemption either by cash or another financial asset and dividends payments are not discretionary. (s) Leases As Lessee Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments: - fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable - payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option. Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rates, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions. As Lessor Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessee are classified as finance leases. When assets are leased out under a finance leases, the asset is derecognized and treated as revenue in accordance with accounting policy (d) with the present value of the lease payments is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease in a manner which reflects a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.

Page 21 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (s) Leases (continued) Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessor are included in property, plant and equipment in the statement of financial position. They are depreciated over their expected useful lives on a basis consistent with similar owned property, plant and equipment. Rental income is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. In some instances, transfers are made from Inventory to property, plant and equipment to facilitate the leasing of assets. In instances where leased equipment is returned this is transferred from property, plant and equipment to Inventory. When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which termination takes place. (t) Post-employment benefits The Group participates in a defined contribution plan operated by a related party, Musson (Jamaica) Limited, whereby it pays contributions to a separate, trustee-administered fund for its Jamaican operation. Once the contributions have been paid, the Group has no further payment obligations. Contributions to the plan are charged to profit or loss in the period to which they relate. There is an unfunded retirement benefit plan in the Nicaragua and El Salvador operations which is reflected in the statement of financial position as a liability. Changes to benefits are calculated by third party actuaries and are reflected in the Change to statement of comprehensive income. The Parent Company also participates in a defined benefit pension plan relating to PBS Technologies (Barbados) Limited, the assets of which are held in a separate fund administered by a Trustee. The pension plan is funded by payments from the Parent Company, taking into account the recommendations of independent qualified actuaries. Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value. (u) Finance costs Finance costs includes interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest method, interest on finance leases, material bank charges and foreign exchange gains and losses recognised in profit or loss. (v) Offsetting financial instruments Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty. (w) Segment information Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer. (x) Dividend distribution Dividend distribution is recognised as equity in the financial statements in which the dividends are approved by the shareholders. Dividend distributions on preference shares classified as borrowings are included in finance costs when the dividends are approved.

Page 22 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (a) Financial risk factors The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyse these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and up-to-date information systems. Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies and evaluates financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and investment of excess liquidity. (i) Credit risk The Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that its customers, clients or counterparties will cause a financial loss for the Group by failing to discharge their contractual obligations. Credit exposures arise principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and are influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Group has established credit policies under which each customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness prior to the Group offering them a credit facility. Credit limits are assigned to each customer and are reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Group has procedures in place to restrict customer orders if the order will result in customers exceeding their credit limits. Customers who fail to meet the Group’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Group on a prepayment basis. Customer credit risk is monitored according to their credit characteristics such as whether it is an individual or company, geographic location, industry, aging profile, and previous financial difficulties. The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents an estimate of expected credit losses in respect of trade and other receivables. The Group addresses impairment assessment in two areas: individually and collectively assessed allowances. Cash transactions are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. The Group has policies in place to limit the amount of exposure to any one financial institution. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the amount reflected on the statement of financial position.

Page 23 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Credit risk (continued) At year end, the banks where the Group maintains most of its cash, were rated by Fitch Ratings as follows: 202 5 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. B BB+ CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA+ Citibank F1 A+ 202 4 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. F1+ AA- CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA- Citibank F1 A+ Maximum credit risk exposure The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk equals the carrying amounts on the statement of financial position, of the assets which expose the Group to credit risk. There has been no change over the prior year in the manner in which the Group manages and measures credit risk. Analysis of trade receivables The Group’s trade receivables, broken down by customer sector is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Government 42,058 41,804 Private entities 58,254 48,815 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Impairment of financial assets The Group has four types of financial assets that are subject to expected credit losses as follows: (i) Trade receivables (ii) Lease receivable and long-term receivables (iii) Accounts receivable from related parties (iv) Other debt instruments carried at amortised cost

Page 24 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Trade receivables The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measure expected credit losses (ECL) which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. On that basis, the loss allowance at 31 December 2025 and 2024 was determined as follows for trade receivables: 31 December 202 5 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1 - 180 days past due $’000 181 - 360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 2.83% 11.54% 30.39% Gross carrying amount 71,856 19,451 2,878 6,127 100,312 Loss allowance provision 11 550 332 1,862 2,755 31 December 202 4 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1-180 days past due $’000 181-360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 0.67% 7.50% 38.38% Gross carrying amount 45,859 33,441 6,404 4,915 90,619 Loss allowance provision 10 224 480 1,887 2,601 The closing loss allowances for trade receivables as at 31 December 2025 reconcile to the opening loss allowances as follows: 202 5 202 4 $’000 $’000 Opening loss allowance as at 1 January 2,601 2,872 On Acquisition of Subsidiary (Note 34) - 299 Impairment (gains)/losses on receivables during the year 917 (223) Amounts written off (461) (314) Unused amounts reversed (320) - Exchange difference 18 (33) At 31 December 2,755 2,601

Page 25 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables The Group applies the ‘three stage’ model of IFRS 9 in measuring the expected credit losses (ECL) for all lease and long-term receivable. The application makes estimation about likelihood of default occurring, of the associated loss ratios of default correlations between counter parties. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The following tables contains an analysis of the credit exposure for lease and long-term receivables as at 31 December 2025 and 2024 as follows: Long term receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 769 - - 769 Carrying amount 769 - - 769 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 589 - - 589 Carrying amount 589 - - 589 Lease receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 Carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 26 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 Carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 27 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) Loss Allowance – Lease Receivables: No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material. Lease and long-term receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include ceasing enforcement activity, and where the Group’s recovery method is foreclosing on collateral, and the value of the collateral is such that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full. ECL movements without a profit and loss impact relates to amounts transferred from trade receivables to lease/long term receivables which previously existed and for which the ECL would have also been transferred. Expected credit losses are presented net of subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off. Cash and bank and other receivables Other financial assets at amortised cost include cash and bank balances, due from related parties and other receivables . These debt instruments at amortised cost are considered to have low credit risk. The loss allowance recognised during the period on those deemed to have low credit risk was therefore limited to the 12 month expected losses. Management considers these instruments as having low credit risk when there is a low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term. The allowance is assessed by estimating the likelihood of default, associated loss ratio and default correlation between counterparties. No opening loss allowances were recognised on balances for cash and bank, due from related parties and other receivables, and there were no movements during the current year, as the amounts determined were deemed immaterial. (iii) Due from related parties ECL is determined on yearly basis by performing a review of the financial position of the related party debtors for those where the receivable balances are material. If the related party debtor has an ‘intent’ and strong financial capacity to meet its contractual obligation, the probability of default is low and the credit risk is deemed to be immaterial, otherwise it would be classified under stage 2 or 3 and ECL computed accordingly. (iii) Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and other liquid assets and maintaining the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. Liquidity risk management process The Group’s liquidity management process, as carried out within the Group and monitored by the Board of Directors, primarily includes: (i) Monitoring future cash flows and liquidity on an ongoing basis. This incorporates an assessment of expected cash flows and the availability of collateral which could be used to secure funding if required. (ii) Maintaining committed lines of credit; and (iii) Managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities.

Page 28 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3 . Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Liquidity risk (continued) Undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities The maturity profile of financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments is as follows: Within 12 Months 1 to 5 Years Over 5 years Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Trade payables 58,350 - - 58,348 Other payables 32,699 - - 32,701 Due to related parties 13,739 - - 13,739 Lease liabilities 7,975 18,549 1,952 28,476 Borrowings 37,108 184,943 - 222,051 149,871 203,492 1,952 355,315 202 4 Trade payables 48,628 - - 48,628 Other payables 37,220 7 - 37,227 Due to related parties 12,308 - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities - - 407 407 Lease liabilities 9,335 14,453 126 23,914 Borrowings 25,339 141,834 - 167,173 132,830 156,294 533 289,657 (iii) Market risk The Group takes on exposure to market risks, which is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risks mainly arise from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is monitored by the Facey Group Limited’s treasury department which carries out extensive research and monitors the price movement of financial assets on the local and international markets. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Currency risk Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Jamaican (JMD) dollar, Honduran Lempira (HNL), Nicaraguan Córdoba (NIO), Dominican Peso (DOP), Costa Rican Colón (CRC), Trinidadian dollar (TTD) and the Guatemala Quetzal (GTQ). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. The Group manages its foreign exchange risk by ensuring that the net exposure in foreign assets and liabilities is kept to an acceptable level by monitoring currency positions. The Group further manages this risk by invoicing where possible in US dollars and converting foreign currency balances into US dollar denominated accounts.

Page 29 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, the net assets of which are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies. The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December: USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2025 Financial Assets Long term receivables 391 369 - 1 - - - - 8 769 Lease receivables 2,937 - - - - 8,232 - 3,232 1,574 15,975 Due from related parties 4,837 - 69 - - - - - 3,160 8,066 Trade receivables 22,584 20,983 6,670 4,107 3,900 7,052 9,336 8,946 13,979 97,557 Other receivables 3,696 209 848 400 949 9,203 319 2,497 6,311 24,432 Cash and bank 9,085 496 260 568 73 382 183 4,506 6,021 21,574 Total financial assets 43,530 22,057 7,847 5,076 4,922 24,869 9,838 19,181 31,053 168,373 Financial liabilities Trade payables 48,232 920 234 629 47 618 968 557 6,145 58,348 Other payables 6,557 1,562 2,323 1,194 1,520 4,013 3,973 2,172 9,385 32,701 Lease liabilities 16,808 - 2,604 339 1,248 - - 2,045 1,942 24,986 Due to related parties 11,761 - 305 - - - - - 1,673 13,739 Borrowings 183,138 - 1,672 - - - - 489 188 185,487 Total financial liabilities 266,496 2,482 7,138 2,162 2,815 4,631 4,941 5,263 19,333 315,261 Net position (222,966) 19,575 709 2,914 2,107 20,238 4,897 13,918 11,720 (146,888) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation against the US Dollar

Page 30 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (v) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2024 Financial Assets Long term receivables 224 355 - 2 - - - - 8 589 Lease receivables 3,211 - - - - - - 4,337 2,017 9,565 Due from related parties 7,120 - 347 - - - - - - 7,467 Trade receivables 41,110 7,129 6,093 2,106 4,787 1,876 6,644 7,871 10,402 88,018 Other receivables 1,421 259 854 47 (196) 3,788 240 533 6,811 13,757 Cash and cash equivalents 11,560 1,364 240 881 1,181 300 483 3,860 10,092 29,961 Total financial assets 64,646 9,107 7,534 3,036 5,772 5,964 7,367 16,601 29,330 149,357 Financial liabilities Trade payables 42,928 159 749 178 326 1,944 595 204 1,545 48,628 Other payables 11,452 1,698 2,681 901 887 2,770 2,616 4,358 9,864 37,227 Lease liabilities 14,721 - 929 302 1,155 - - 2,339 2,460 21,906 Due to related parties 12,150 - 158 - - - - - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities 407 - - - - - - - - 407 Borrowings 158,321 - 1,772 - - - - 934 62 161,089 Total financial liabilities 239,979 1,857 6,289 1,381 2,368 4,714 3,211 7,835 13,931 281,565 Net position (175,333) 7,250 1,245 1,655 3,404 1,250 4,156 8,766 15,399 (132,208) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation.

Page 31 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) The following tables indicate the currencies to which the Group had significant exposure on their monetary assets and liabilities and forecast cash flows. The change in currency rate below represents management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis represents outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the year-end for a reasonably expected change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity of the profit or loss was primarily as a result of foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of trade receivables and payables, long term receivables and borrowings. % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 5 2025 $’000 2025 $’000 Currency: HNL -1.5 - 109 HNL 1 - (73) JMD -1.5 607 - JMD 1 (152) - NIO -1.5 - 446 NIO 1 - (111) DOP -1.5 - (154) DOP 1 - 38 CRC -1.5 - 270 CRC 1 - (180) TTD -1.5 - 368 TTD 1 - (245) GTQ -1.5 140 - GTQ 1 (93) - % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 4 2024 $’000 2024 $’000 Currency: HNL -4 - 174 HNL 1 - (44) JMD -4 665 - JMD 1 (166) - NIO -4 - 471 NIO 1 - (118) DOP -4 - (119) DOP 1 - 30 CRC -4 - 683 CRC 1 - (171) TTD -4 - 834 TTD 1 - (209) GTQ -4 281 - GTQ 1 (70) -

Page 32 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iv) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk As the Group has no significant variable rate interest-bearing assets, the Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate exposure arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates and revolving short-term borrowings expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The Group analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated for borrowings that represent the major interest-bearing positions, taking into consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions and alternative financing. The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily from borrowings, the sensitivity of the profit or loss is the effect of the assumed changes in interest rates based on floating rate long term and revolving short-term borrowings. There is no direct impact on other components of equity. The table below indicates the sensitivity to a reasonably expected change in interest rates 2025 2024 Change in basis points - 50/25 Change in basis points - 50/25 $’000 $’000 Floating rate borrowings 750/ (375) 619/ (310) (b) Capital management The capital management process is carried out by the parent company. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for the shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. The Board of Directors monitors the return on capital, which the Group defines as net operating income (excluding non-recurring items) divided by total equity (excluding non- redeemable preference shares and non-controlling interests). There was no change to the capital management process during the year. The Group has no specific capital management strategy and is not exposed to externally imposed capital requirements. There are contractual capital requirements as follows:  The syndicated credit agreement with Citibank, N.A. acting as administrative agent and collateral agent and Citibank, N.A., Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A, First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as joint lead arrangers and book runners - The financial covenants include: The Leverage Ratio, The Debt Service Coverage Ratio, The Central American Assets Test and The Specified Central American Assets Test. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at year end.  The revolving credit agreement and loan agreement with First Citizens Bank (FCB) - The financial covenants include: the Current ratio, the Funded Debt to EBITDA ratio and the Debt Service ratio. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at the year end.

Page 33 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated)  3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (c) Fair values of financial instruments Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of the Group’s financial instruments that, subsequent to initial recognition, are not measured at fair value is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each statement of financial position date. The fair values of these financial instruments are determined as follows: (i) The face value, less any estimated credit adjustments, for financial assets and liabilities with a maturity of less than one year are estimated to approximate their fair values. These financial assets and liabilities include cash and bank balances, trade receivables and payables and short-term borrowings. (ii) The carrying values of non-current borrowings to non-related parties approximate their fair values, as these loans are carried at amortised cost reflecting their contractual obligations and the interest rates are reflective of current market rates for similar transactions. The fair value of borrowings is disclosed in note 26. (iii) The fair values of the long-term receivables and loans to and from related parties could not be reliably determined as these instruments were granted under special terms and are not likely to be traded in a fair market exchange.

Page 34 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty Judgements and estimates are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. Estimated impairment of goodwill The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2(f). The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations, which require the use of estimates. In determining the value in use, management has made certain assumptions regarding revenue growth rate, EBITDA to revenue ratios, terminal growth rate and discount rates. See Note 15 for sensitivity of amounts to estimates. Intangible assets Intangible assets arising from the acquisition of subsidiaries have been deemed to be indefinite life intangibles. Other intangible assets have been deemed to be finite lives intangibles. Their estimated useful lives have been determined by management, based on their best estimate of the time period over which the Group will benefit from the assets acquired. Management has estimated that the useful lives of the intangibles will be between 5 and 20 years. Income taxes The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. The Group recognises liabilities for actual and anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. In determining these estimates, management considers the merit of any audit issues raised, based on their interpretation of the taxation laws, and their knowledge of any precedents established by the taxation authorities. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences could materially impact the current tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made (see Notes 11 and 18). Determining the lease term In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). For leases of administrative offices, retail stores, equipment and vehicles, the following factors are normally the most relevant: ● If there are significant penalties to terminate (or not extend), the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● If any leasehold improvements are expected to have a significant remaining value, the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● Otherwise, the Group considers other factors including historical lease durations and the costs and business disruption required to replace the leased asset. Most extension options in office equipment and vehicles leases have not been included in the lease liability, because the Group could replace the assets without significant cost or business disruption.

Page 35 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information The Group’s Chief Executive Officer examines the Group’s performance from a geographic perspective and has identified two reportable segments of business: ● Central America- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Central America Region such as Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Costa Rica, Nicaragua and Panama. ● Caribbean- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Caribbean region such as Dominican Republic, Jamaica, Barbados, Curacao and Aruba, Colombia, Trinidad and Tobago, Suriname, Peru and Ecuador. Management primarily uses a measure of adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) to assess the performance of the operating segments. However, information about the segments’ revenue, assets and liabilities are also submitted for review on a monthly basis.

Page 36 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2025 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 216,487 158,045 - 374,532 Revenue from another operating segment 21,602 342 (21,558) 386 Total Income 238,089 158,387 (21,558) 374,918 Adjusted EBITDA 39,468 22,189 (6,463) 55,194 Finance costs (17,703) Depreciation (20,684) Amortisation (3,174) Unallocated EBITDA - Share of Investee’s profit 718 Profit before taxation 14,351 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (11,766) (8,918) - (20,684) Amortisation (286) (2,888) - (3,174) Income tax (8,252) (1,660) - (9,912) Segment assets- Total segment assets 284,690 257,335 (458,838) 83,187 Unallocated items 339,205 Total assets per statement of financial position 422,392 Capital expenditure 2,986 2,116 - 5,102 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 204,830 244,064 (398,616) 50,278 Unallocated items 294,984 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 345,262

Page 37 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 233,913 158,166 - 392,079 Revenue from another operating segment 15,339 337 (20,366) (4,690) Total Income 249,252 158,503 (20,366) 387,389 Adjusted EBITDA 23,676 27,880 (2,569) 48,987 Finance costs (18,430) Depreciation (17,441) Amortisation (2,884) Unallocated EBITDA 2,386 Profit before taxation 12,618 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (10,386) (7,055) - (17,441) Amortisation (286) (2,598) (2,884) Income tax (3,565) (1,591) 114 (5,042) Segment assets- Total segment assets 239,813 237,830 (380,101) 97,542 Unallocated items 302,174 Total assets per statement of financial position 399,716 Capital expenditure 2,306 4,072 - 6,378 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 175,217 226,053 (323,383) 77,887 Unallocated items 238,241 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 316,128

Page 38 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) Segment assets are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset. Segment liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These liabilities are allocated based on the operations of the segment. The parent entity is domiciled in Barbados. The amount of its revenue from external customers broken down by location of the customers is shown in table below. 202 5 2024 $’000 $’000 Barbados 18,992 20,676 Costa Rica 52,701 37,423 Dominican Republic 15,958 17,836 El Salvador 56,750 99,808 Guatemala 35,148 38,892 Honduras 24,704 20,110 Nicaragua 19,273 15,450 Panama 12,122 11,411 USA 7,841 5,848 Antilles 10,512 11,597 Jamaica 27,960 30,229 Trinidad 23,554 30,125 Guyana 8,518 5,920 Cayman 2,822 2,715 Antigua 731 696 Colombia 4,345 5,071 Suriname 1,233 2,180 Other 51,754 31,402 Total 374,918 387,389 The total of capital expenditure, broken down by location of the assets is shown in the table below. 202 5 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 240 240 Trinidad - 244 244 Costa Rica 1,443 - 1,443 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 908 908 Other 261 724 985 Total 2,986 2,116 5,102

Page 39 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 2,037 2,037 Trinidad - 974 974 Costa Rica 791 - 791 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 311 311 Other 233 750 983 Total 2,306 4,072 6,378 6. Revenue 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Business Solutions Sale of goods 310,839 330,420 Services 41,461 32,302 352,300 362,722 Lease Income 22,618 24,667 374,918 387,389 Revenue from contracts with customers is $352,300,000 (2024: $362,722,000). 2025 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2025 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 207,119 122,957 (21,558) 308,518 Over time 17,257 26,525 - 43,782 224,376 149,482 (21,558) 352,300 2024 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2024 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 212,881 117,599 (20,366) 310,114 Over time 23,913 28,695 - 52,608 236,794 146,294 (20,366) 362,722

Page 40 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 7. Other Income 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest income 1,769 1,999 Gain/ (loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment (179) 103 Negative Goodwill (Note a) - 1,150 Customer Deposits Write-back - 700 Miscellaneous 812 193 2,402 4,145 (a) This relates to the acquisition of Xerox Ecuador. (Note 35)

Page 41 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 8. Expenses by Nature Total direct, selling, administration and other operating expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cost of inventories and cost related to services* 247,544 273,027 Impairment losses/(gains) on financial instruments 917 (223) Staff costs (Note 9) 48,573 43,811 Depreciation (Notes 13 and 14) * 10,630 9,470 Commission 6,905 6,895 Travel 5,180 5,433 Management fees 2,434 2,014 Telephone and communication 1,476 1,369 Transportation 801 803 Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 15) 3,174 2,884 Legal and professional fees 2,441 2,312 Occupancy costs 911 1,043 Bank charges 859 743 Auditor’s remuneration 1,940 1,251 Office supplies, printing and stationery 266 605 Repairs and maintenance 536 950 Advertising 324 450 Motor Vehicle Expenses 1,663 1,315 General Insurance 1,210 1,349 Other expenses 8,200 5,498 97,523 88,195 345,984 360,999 * Depreciation included in Cost of inventories and cost related to services amounts to $10,054,000 (2024: 7,971,000) for a total depreciation of $20,684,000 (2024: $17,441,000). Audit fees for the year ended 31 December 2025 totalled for the Group of $1,940,000 (2024: $1,251,000). Other fees paid to the auditor (and related network firms) for non-assurance services are not material.

Page 42 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 9. Staff Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Staff costs that have been included in Selling general and administrative expenses (Note 8) 48,573 43,811 Staff costs that have been included in Direct expenses 17,101 11,031 65,674 54,842 Staff costs that have been included in direct expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 14,379 8,488 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 2,057 1,165 Redundancy costs 184 501 Other 481 877 17,101 11,031 Staff costs that have been included in selling, general and administrative expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 39,571 34,938 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 4,474 3,840 Pension costs – defined contribution 425 410 Redundancy costs 1,809 2,290 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 1,832 2,072 48,573 43,811 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 53,950 43,426 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 6,453 5,005 Pension costs – defined contribution 503 410 Redundancy costs 1,993 2,791 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 2,313 2,949 65,674 54,842

Page 43 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 10. Finance Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net foreign exchange losses (gains) 609 (371) Interest expense - Loans and lease liabilities 17,094 18,801 17,703 18,430 11. Taxation Taxation is based on profit for the year or, in some jurisdictions, the greater of a percentage of profit before tax or revenue adjusted for taxation purposes, and comprises: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current tax charge 6,384 5,920 Deferred tax charge (credit) (Note 18) 3,528 (878) 9,912 5,042 The tax on the profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the statutory tax rate as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit before tax 14,351 12,618 Tax calculated at domestic tax rate of 9% (2024: 9%) 1,292 1,136 Adjusted for the effects of: Different tax rates in other countries 4,935 5,087 Tax on net assets at 1% 128 137 Income not subject to tax (3,048) (2,324) Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 1,101 550 Other charges and credits 5,504 456 Tax charge 9,912 5,042

Page 44 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 11. Taxation (Continued) 2025 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries 260 - 260 Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE - - - Actuarial gains – termination benefits 54 - 54 Other comprehensive income 314 - 314 Deferred tax (Note 18) - 2024 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries (907) - (907) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE 716 - 716 Actuarial gains – termination benefits (96) - (96) Other comprehensive income (287) - (287) Deferred tax (Note 18) - 12. Earnings per Share 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the company 4,287 7,461 Profit attributable to preference shareholders (1,713) (1,289) Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders 2,574 6,172 Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000) 186,213 186,213 Total basic and diluted earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations. 1.38 3.31

Page 45 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13 . Property, Plant and Equipment The furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment category for the Group includes equipment held for leases. Lease contracts for these items are entered into with third parties, with periodic lease payments being 36 to 60 months. Items which are leased are transferred from inventory on commencement of the lease arrangements and are transferred back to inventory on termination of the lease arrangements. Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Exchange differences - 3 (107) - (21) (4) (129) Additions - 1,103 3,663 - 67 269 5,102 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 502 - 24 - 526 Transfers from inventory - 9,380 - - - 9,380 Disposals - (553) (241) - (24) - (818) Transfers to inventory - - (4,018) - - - (4,018) On revaluation - - - - - - - Transfer from CWIP* - 23 186 - - (374) (165) At 31 December 111 6,974 108,155 776 1,711 1,035 118,762 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Exchange differences - (3) (193) - (18) - (214) Charge for the year** - 819 13,800 - 162 - 14,781 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 171 - 24 - 195 On transfer to inventory - - (4,528) - - - (4,528) Relieved on disposals - (365) (230) - (2) - (597) At 31 December 24 3,771 77,600 - 1,261 - 82,656 Net Book Value - 87 3,203 30,555 776 450 1,035 36,106 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $10,054,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 46 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,739 88,464 60 1,822 514 97,710 Exchange differences - (197) (898) - (294) - (1,389) Additions - 422 4,960 - 121 875 6,378 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 2,217 - 24 - 2,241 Transfers from inventory - - 9,017 - - - 9,017 Disposals - (657) (290) - (70) - (1,017) Transfers to inventory - - (4,789) - - - (4,789) On revaluation - - - 716 - - 716 Transfer from CWIP* - 91 109 - 62 (245) 17 At 31 December 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,292 62,728 - 1,067 - 67,111 Exchange differences - (87) (222) - (214) - (523) Charge for the year** - 678 11,282 - 271 - 12,231 On transfer to inventory - - (4,918) - - - (4,918) Relieved on disposals - (563) (290) - (29) - (882) At 31 December 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Net Book Value - 87 3,078 30,210 776 570 1,144 35,865 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $7,971,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 47 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The amounts of equipment leased to customers and included in property, plant and equipment are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Equipment held for lease at cost 80,979 86,403 Accumulated depreciation (61,596) (66,856) Net book value 19,383 19,547 Equipment is ordinarily moved from inventory to docu-centers, printshops and internal use. Equipment from inventory is also placed under lease contracts. When the equipment is no longer assigned to a specific function, it is moved back to inventory at net book value. The most significant of these movements is for equipment held for lease which is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening net book value 19,547 16,502 Acquisition of subsidiaries (Note 35) - 1,870 Transfers from inventory during lease period 9,380 9,017 Depreciation charges (10,054) (7,971) Disposals – transfers to inventory upon expiry of lease (4,018) (4,789) Depreciation released 4,528 4,918 Closing net book value 19,383 19,547

Page 48 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The pieces of freehold land of the Group were independently revalued as at various dates during 2023 on the basis of open market value or other market comparable approaches by independent qualified valuators. The directors are of the view that there were no material changes in the value over the prior year for Freehold land. Fair value movements on freehold are recognised in OCI under other revaluation reserves, see Note 28. The following table analyses the non-financial assets carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:  Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, or directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2), and  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

Page 49 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) There were no transfers between levels during the year. Level 3 fair values of land and buildings have been derived using the sales comparison approach. Sales prices of comparable land and buildings in close proximity are adjusted for differences in key attributes such as property size. The most significant input into this valuation approach is price per square foot. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair values of land and buildings are disclosed in the tables below. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87 Fair value measurements at 31 December 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87

Page 50 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases : Right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 12,599 10,376 Equipment 2,596 2,308 Motor vehicles 74 118 15,269 12,802 Movement analysis is as follows: 2025 2024 $’000 $’000 At Cost/Valuation - At 1 January 32,312 28,876 Exchange differences (40) 266 Acquisition on subsidiaries (Note 35) - 109 Additions 10,207 5,804 Lease Expiry (4,737) (2,743) At 31 December 37,742 32,312 Amortisation - At 1 January 19,510 16,203 Exchange differences (9) 348 Relieved on lease expiry (2,931) (2,251) Charge for the year 5,903 5,210 At 31 December 22,473 19,510 Net book value At 31 December 15,269 12,802

Page 51 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (Continued) (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: Amortisation charge of right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 4,709 4,488 Equipment 1,105 623 Motor vehicles 89 99 5,903 5,210 Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: - the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability - any lease payments made at the commencement date less any lease incentives received Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.

Page 52 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement, Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Year ended 31 December 2025 Opening net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 337 - - - 337 Exchange Difference - 1 - (2) (1) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (734) (184) (3,174) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 5 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Cost 86,952 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,684 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (12,827) (15,386) (6,993) (35,927) Closing net book value 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 Year ended 31 December 2024 Opening net book value 81,218 20,880 - 824 102,922 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 5,964 - 2,881 - 8,845 Adjustment (1,288) - - - (1,288) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (444) (184) (2,884) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 4 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Cost 86,615 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,347 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (10,572) (14,652) (6,807) (32,752) Closing net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595

Page 53 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15 . Intangible Assets (Continued) Amortisation charges have been included in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income. Impairment tests for goodwill The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis or when events or changes in the circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill is allocated. The recoverable amount is usually determined by reference to the value in use. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the CGU and also to choose an appropriate discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those future cash flows. The allocation of goodwill to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) as categorised by subsidiary is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 403 403 PBS Central America, S.A. 7,539 7,539 Mobay Holdings N. V. 4,256 4,256 Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 523 523 High Tech Corporation S.A. de C.V 2,957 2,957 PBS Technology Group Limited 62,655 62,655 Infotrans 1,438 1,438 PBS Peru 5,964 5,964 Regional Business Systems 337 - Other 159 159 86,231 85,894 The recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use pre- tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a 5-year period. Cash flows beyond the 5 th year are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2025 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2025 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 73.2% 2.0% 14.4% 20.56% PBS Central America S.A. 0.7% 3.4% 13.3% 20.96% Mobay Holdings N. V. 20.7% 1.7% 12.6% 20.70% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 24.6% 4.9% 16.7% 19.41% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.3% 15.2% 25.19% PBS Technology Group Limited 42.3% 3.1% 27.3% 22.25% Infotrans Group Holdings B.V. 39.1% 1.8% 14.9% 19.04% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.5% 12.1% 20.27% Regional Business Systems 174.7% 2.0% 16.6% 20.56%

Page 54 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2024 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2024 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 11.4% 22.0% PBS Central America S.A. -10.0% 3.0% 9.2% 22.4% Mobay Holdings N. V. 13.7% 1.7% 16.0% 17.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5% 11.5% 24.9% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 14.3% 26.6% PBS Technology Group Limited 25.0% 3.0% 25.7% 24.1% Infotrans 50.0% 1.9% 11.8% 24.5% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 11.5% 21.4% The table below shows the change in key assumptions for value in use calculations that would result in the recoverable amount being equal to the carrying amount. This represents only the cash generating units for which the excess of the recoverable amounts over the carrying amounts of the CGUs was low. 202 5 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Mobay Holdings N.V. 20.7% -1.4% 11.9% 23.6% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.5% 15.2% 25.0% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.9% 12.2% 20.0% Regional Business Systems 174.7% -19.2% 9.7% 35.7%

Page 55 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) 202 4 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 8.1% 22.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5.0% 10.4% 26.7% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 12.7% 27.0% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 12.7% 16.4%

Page 56 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 16. Lease Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Gross investment in finance leases Not later than one year 12,292 4,538 Later than one year and not later than five years 6,130 8,966 18,422 13,504 Less: Unearned income (2,447) (3,939) 15,975 9,565 Net investment in finance leases may be classified as follows: Not later than one year 11,437 2,696 Later than one year and not later than five years 4,538 6,869 15,975 9,565 No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . 17. Long Term Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Print Spot S de R.L. (Note a) 22 91 Guarantee deposits for building rents (Note b) 87 111 Other (Note c) 660 387 769 589 The current portion of long-term receivables is $161,000 (2024: $38,000) and is recorded in Current Assets. No loss allowance was recorded for long-term receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . a) Print Spot S de R.L. The balance earns interest of 14% and matures in August 2027. b) Guarantee deposits for building rents These balances do not earn interest and they are guarantee deposits for the rent of buildings in Guatemala, Cayman, Panama and Nicaragua. They mature between February 2027 (renewables) and July 2029. c) Other The balance relates to amounts that are individually insignificant. These balances relate to equipment sales with terms between 13 months and up to 37 months. These are secured with promissory notes and earn interest between 10% and 21% and are guaranteed with a pledge on the financed equipment.

Page 57 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 18. Deferred Income Taxes (a) Deferred income taxes are calculated in full on all temporary differences under the liability method and comprise: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Deferred Tax Asset 11,507 14,491 Deferred Tax Liability (6,570) (6,153) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (b) The movement on the deferred income tax assets balance for the year is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net asset at beginning of the year 8,338 7,971 Acquisition of subsidiaries - 89 (Charge) credit to profit and loss (Note 11) (3,528) 878 Exchange difference 127 (600) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment (843) (1,081) Provisions 2,117 7,034 Foreign exchange (losses)/gains (3) (29) Tax losses 3,621 2,600 Other 45 (186) 4,937 8,338 (d) The movement on the net deferred tax asset is attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment 125 (1,178) Provisions 66 (915) Tax losses (3,934) 1,144 Other 342 1,316 (3,401) 367 (e) Deferred income tax liabilities have not been established for withholding tax that would be payable on unremitted profits of subsidiaries as the amounts are permanently reinvested.

Page 58 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances The following transactions were carried out with related parties: (a) Sale of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Sale of goods Other related parties 26 428 Goods are sold based on the price lists in force and terms that would be available to third parties. (b) Purchase of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Purchases of goods Other related parties 10 204 Transactions with other related parties. (c) Key management compensation Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive). The compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services is shown below: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 4,837 4,905 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 373 372 Pension benefits 33 33 Other 106 9 5,349 5,319 Directors’ fees 118 104 (d) Other transactions 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Parent Management fee expense 1,429 970 Other related parties Management fee expense 1,005 1,044 Interest Income (6) (2) Interest paid 50 3 Rental Expense 634 - 3,112 2,015

Page 59 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances (Continued) (e) Year end balances with related parties Balances with the parent company and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand and earn no interest. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Receivable from related parties: Parent 5,346 5,247 Fellow subsidiaries and shareholder 2,720 2,220 8,066 7,467 Payable to related parties: Parent 9,487 9,421 Fellow subsidiaries 4,252 2,887 13,739 12,308 20. Investment in Associates In January 18, 2024, Trinidad Systems Group Limited (“TSGL”), a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), completed the acquisition of 100% of the operations of Trinidad Systems Limited (“TSL”) for a total purchase price of TT$107,208,000.00 (US$15,765,882.35). The acquisition was financed through a combination of 50% cash and 50% debt. PBS participated in the ownership consortium of TSGL, securing a 45% equity stake. As a result, PBS contributed 45% of the cash portion of the purchase price, amounting to TT$24,121,800 (US$3,543,000). The debt portion, representing the remaining 50% of the purchase price, is solely the responsibility of TSGL. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 As at January 4,056 3,543 Share of net profit 718 513 At 31 December 4,774 4,056

Page 60 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 20. Investment in Associates (Continued) The associate’s year-end is 31 December. The summarized unaudited consolidated information for the associate and its subsidiary is presented below. The information disclosed reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of Trinidad Systems Group Limited and not the Group’s share of those amounts. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Statement of financial position: Total Assets 26,790 24,316 Total Liabilities (13,592) (11,254) Net Assets 13,198 13,062 Statement of comprehensive income: Revenues 22,501 22,243 Expenses (21,177) (21,127) Net Profit for the Year 1,324 1,116 21. Inventories 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Finished goods 57,311 47,625 Goods in transit 13,198 12,801 70,509 60,426 Less: Provision for obsolete stock (12,466) (11,842) 58,043 48,584 Cost of inventory recognised as an expense aggregating to $203,222,000 (2024: $232,404,000), were recognised in profit and loss. 22. Trade and Other Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade receivables 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (Note 3) (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Prepaid expenses 5,307 3,985 Current portion of Long-Term Receivable 77 273 Other (Note a) 24,355 13,484 127,296 105,760 a) Includes advances to vendors of $3,359,442 (2024: $852,000) and Sundry Debtors of $3,808,003 (2024: $5,992,202)

Page 61 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 23. Cash and Bank 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The cash and bank balances disclosed for 2025 include restricted cash of $6,644,000 (2024: $6,131,000) The weighted average interest rate at the reporting date for short term bank deposits was 0.70% (2024: 0.70%) per annum. 24. Trade and Other Payables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade payables 58,348 48,628 Interest Payables 378 1,001 Accrued liabilities 15,792 20,860 Other 16,531 15,366 91,049 85,855 The carrying amounts of trade and other payables is a reasonable approximation to their fair values, due to their short-term nature. 25. Lease Liabilities The Group currently has long term lease agreements related to buildings, equipment, and motor vehicles. (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Lease liabilities Current 6,998 6,441 Non-current 17,988 15,465 24,986 21,906 (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest expense (included in finance cost) 1,353 1,580 Expenses relating to short term leases or low value underlying assets (included in selling, general and administrative expenses) 1,178 1,835 2,531 3,415 The total cash outflow for leases in 2025 was $ 9,723,000 (2024: $10,699,000).

Page 62 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 25. Lease Liabilities (Continued) (iii) Incremental borrowing rate For the incremental borrowing rate, the Group: - Where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by bankers as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received, and - Makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security. - The weighted average incremental borrowing rate for the Group in 2024 and 2025 was determined to be 7%. (iv) Lease payments Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. (v) Extension and termination options Extension and termination options are included in a number of leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. As at 31 December 2025, potential future cash outflows of $18,867,000 (2024: $14,702,000) (undiscounted) have not been included in the lease liability because it is not reasonably certain that the leases will be extended (or not terminated). The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee. During the current financial year, the financial effect of revising lease terms to reflect the effect of exercising extension and termination options was nil.

Page 63 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Short term loans – (a) Citibank 12,000 - (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. 2,860 2,274 (c) First Citizens 1,700 1,500 (d) Quedex 1,129 - (e) Davivienda 762 1,088 (f) Banco Popular Dominicano 540 400 (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú 254 - (h) Lafise - 679 19,245 5,941 Current portion of non-current borrowings 14,250 10,633 Total Current Borrowings 33,495 16,574 Non-Current Borrowings – (i) Citibank 135,469 120,926 (j) JCSD Preference Shares 16,701 16,582 (k) Xerox 6,875 9,375 (l) Davivienda 3,060 3,006 (m) National Commercial Bank 1,672 2,190 (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies 1,320 1,232 (o) First Citizens 489 934 (p) BICSA 324 341 (q) Banco de Bogotá 134 62 (r) Banistmo 99 428 (s) ASEPBS 99 - (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies - 72 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 Current portion of non-current borrowings (14,250) (10,633) Total Non-Current Borrowings 151,992 144,515 Total Borrowings 185,487 161,089

Page 64 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) The exposure of the group’s borrowings to interest rate changes and the contractual re-pricing dates at the end of the reporting period are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 0-12 months 33,495 16,574 1-5 years 151,992 144,515 185,487 161,089 The carrying amounts and fair value of the non-current borrowings are as follows: Carrying amount Fair value 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Loans 135,468 123,858 138,367 137,374 Redeemable preference shares 16,701 17,000 17,000 17,000 Other 14,073 14,290 14,073 17,674 166,242 155,148 169,440 172,048 The Group’s undrawn borrowing facilities as of December 2025 is $12,837,000 (2024: $15,000,000).

Page 65 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Short term loans (a) Citibank N.A. This represents three unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of SOFR plus a margin of 3.9% per annum with due dates between March 18 and June 18, 2026. (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. This represents four unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of between 10.20% and 10.99% per annum with due dates between January 20 and March 11, 2026. (c) First Citizens This represents loans which attracts interest of 8% per annum and mature in June 2026. (d) Quedex This represents a loan which attracts interest of 12% per annum and mature in March 2026. (e) Davivienda This represents an unsecured loan to finance working capital bearing interest of 9.30% per annum and maturing March 2026. (f) Banco Popular Dominicano This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on June 30, 2026. (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú This represents a short-term loan which attracts interest of 6.57% per annum and matures on June 19, 2026. (h) Lafise This represented three fiduciary loans to finance working capital, bearing interest between 9.5% and 10% per annum and which matured between January 25 and June 29, 2025. Non-Current Borrowings (i) Citibank This facility was granted in June 2024. The credit agreement was signed by Citibank as Administrative and Collateral Agent, and with Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A., First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners. The facility also grants the group access to incremental loans on which the same terms and conditions as the initial disbursement apply. The group accessed the first tranche of $12,500,000 on December 8, 2025 and the second of $8,000,000 on December 26, 2025. It matures in June 2030 and attracts an interest base rate of 3.4% plus a Term SOFR CME – 6 month rate, which results in an All-in rate of 7% at December 2025. Payments of principal and interests are to be paid in variable installments payments, in a semi-annual basis. Such semi annual amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth. The deferred financing charges offset against the loan amount is $2,588,432.

Page 66 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Guarantor companies are PBS Technology Group Limited, Productive Business Solutions (Central America), S.A., Productive Business Solutions Caribbean Limited, Dorada Management Inc., Productive Business Solutions (Guatemala), S.A., Productive Business Solutions El Salvador, S.A. de C.V., High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions Honduras, S.A. de C.V., Hight Tech Consulting, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions (Nicaragua), S.A., Productive Business Solutions (Costa Rica), S.A., and Productive Business Solutions (Panamá), S.A.. (j) JCSD Preference Shares This represents 17,000,000 Redeemable Cumulative Preference Shares in United States dollars (US$) entitled to a fixed preferential cumulative cash dividend of 8.25% US$ per annum. These preference shares issued in June 2024, mature in June 2028 and are mandatorily redeemable by the Company on this date. The deferred finance charges offset against the loan amounts to $298,790 The Preference Shares may not be redeemed by the Company until after the second anniversary of issue thereof. Thereafter the Voluntary Redemption Payment shall be the aggregate of (i) repayment in US$ of the Redemption Price; (ii) any arrears or accruals of the cumulative preferential dividend on the Preference Shares, whether declared or earned, or not, calculated down to the date of such repayment. (k) Xerox PBS Group acquired Xerox companies in Peru and Ecuador and signed a 4-year unsecured promissory note on July 1, 2024 issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 26, 2024. Principal and interest of 7% per annum are to be paid on a quarterly basis, total of 16 quarterly instalments that ends in June 2028. (l) Davivienda This represents two loans to finance working capital at 9.75% and 15.24% interest rate per annum and are due on May 24, 2027 and December 12, 2028, respectively. (m) NCB - National Commercial Bank This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 11.75% annual, due on October 19, 2028. All of this loan is disclosed as current portion of non-current borrowing given a breach in the corresponding financial covenants of the affiliate that holds the debt. (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies This represents the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of Infotrans subsidiaries in Aruba, Bonaire, Colombia and Curacao, maturing in May 2027. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non-current borrowings. The balance purchase price was set in four equal instalments of six hundred thousand united state dollars, each payable on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of completion of the sale which took place on June 12, 2023. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non- current borrowings. (o) FCIT - First Citizens This represents an unsecured loan facility granted in TT Dollars which attracts interest of 7.5% per annum, maturing on January 11, 2027. (p) BICSA – Banco Internacional de Costa Rica, S.A. This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 9% annual, due on September 15, 2028. (q) Banco de Bogotá This represents two loans which attracts interest of 12.72% and 12.03% per annum and maturing on January 17, 2027, and December 04, 2027.

Page 67 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) (r) Banistmo – Banco del Istmo This represents an unsecured loan which attracts interest of 7.9% per annum and due date is on March 28, 2027. (s) ASEPBS – Asociación Solidarista de Empleados de PBS This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on November 01, 2027. (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies This represented the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of High-Tech subsidiaries in El Salvador and Honduras which matured in July 2025. 27. Share Capital 202 5 202 4

000
000 Authorised - 186,213,000, (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000, (2024 –2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 Issued and fully paid - 186,213,000 (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000 (2024 – 2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 The preference shares are redeemable cumulative preference shares (1,500,000 9.25% perpetual cumulative redeemable USD and 500,000 10.50% perpetual cumulative redeemable Jamaican Dollars Preference Shares) where the declaration of dividends is discretionary. There is no contractual redemption date for these shares and may only be called for the first time at the sole discretion of the issuer, on the last Business Day of the financial year which falls immediately before the 15th anniversary of the issue date of the Preference Shares 28. Other Reserves (deficits) Other reserves primarily represent the currency translation differences resulting from the unrealized gains and losses on the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries that have a different functional currency from that of the Company. Other reserves also include revaluation reserve for the revaluation of assets and actuarial gains. Revaluation Surplus $’000 Actuarial Gains $’000 Currency Translation Differences $’000 Total $’000 Balance as at 1 January 2024 70 2,902 (20,111) (17,139) Actuarial gains - (96) - (96) Movement during 2024 716 - (820) (104) Balance as at 31 December 2024 786 2,806 (20,931) (17,339) Actuarial gains - 54 - 54 Movement during 2025 - - 260 260 Balance as at 31 December 2025 786 2,860 (20,671) (17,025)

Page 68 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 29. Litigation and Contingent Liabilities The Group is subject to various claims, disputes and legal proceedings in the normal course of business. Provision is made for such matters when, in the opinion of management and its professional advisors, it is probable that a payment will be made by the Group, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Claims asserted against the Group, according to the principles outlined above, have not been provided for. Management is of the opinion that the claims are either without merit, can be successfully defended or will result in exposure to the Group which is immaterial to both financial position and results of operations. 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset The movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligation during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 1,553 1,389 Reallocation of pension plan liability 1,045 - Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 Actuarial gains on termination benefits 124 (24) Benefits paid (73) (73) At end of year 3,111 1,553 The movement of the pension plan asset during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 3,674 3,596 Actuarial gains / (losses) 110 (96) Current service cost 122 122 Interest Cost 493 546 Benefits paid (653) (726) Other 6 232 At end of year 3,752 3,674 The amounts recognised in arriving at profit or loss were as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 At end of year 462 261 The distribution of the obligation by country was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Nicaragua 120 115 Panama 338 280 El Salvador 968 810 Honduras 393 348 Ecuador 1,292 - 3,111 1,553

Page 69 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset (Continued) The value of the plan asset was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Barbados 3,034 3,034 Panama 575 557 Honduras 143 83 3,752 3,674 The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is: 202 5 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (500) 485 Inflation rate 1% 52 (47) 202 4 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (432) 465 Inflation rate 1% 31 (27) The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position.

Page 70 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation (Continued) Termination benefits in El Salvador and Nicaragua are established by law and entitle the employee to receive a payment upon termination of employment, regardless of cause. In El Salvador the benefit is founded in the law 592, that is the regulatory law for the economic benefit for voluntary resignation. Employees with more than two years of uninterrupted service for the company shall receive a payment of, at least, the equivalent of 15 days of minimum wage for each year of service. In Nicaragua, the law 185, Labour Code, entitles the employee to the right to receive a payment equivalent to one monthly salary for each year of service, up to the third year, and 20 days of salary for each additional year. Neither of these plans require the employer to establish a fund. The principal actuarial assumptions used in valuing post-employment benefits are as follows: PBS Nicaragua 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 11% 11% Future salary increases 5% 5% Retirement age 60 years 60 years PBS El Salvador 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5% 5% Future salary increases 3.4% 3.4% Retirement age 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively PBS Panama 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5.5% 5.5% Future salary increases 6% 6% Retirement age 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively The principal assumptions used in valuing the pension plan asset for Barbados as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 7.75% 7.75% Future salary increases 3% 3% Retirement age 65 65

Page 71 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Operating Activities Reconciliation of the Group’s net profit to cash generated from operating activities: Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net profit 4,439 7,576 Items not affecting cash: Depreciation 13&14 20,684 17,441 Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 15 3,174 2,884 Share of profit of associate (718) (513) Taxation expense 11 9,912 5,042 Foreign exchange Losses/(Gains) 609 734 Loss / (Gains) on disposal of Property plant and equipment 179 (103) Interest income 7 (1,769) (1,999) Interest expense 10 17,094 18,801 53,604 49,863 Change in non-cash working capital, net of effects from acquisition of subsidiaries: Inventories (14,646) (6,961) Contract assets 1,574 429 Trade and other receivables (21,595) 29 Due from related parties (599) (499) Long term liabilities (407) (906) Long term receivable (180) 218 Lease receivable (6,410) (15) Accounts payable (7,288) 2,183 Contract liabilities (505) (4,243) Retirement benefit obligation 1,480 86 Due to related parties 1,431 1,249 6,459 41,433 Taxation paid (3,733) (8,902) Net cash provided by operating activities 2,726 32,531 Net Debt Reconciliation This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for the year ended 31 December. 2025

000 2024
000 Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Borrowings - repayable within one year (including overdraft) (33,495) (16,915) Borrowings - repayable after one year (151,992) (144,174) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034) Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Gross debt - fixed interest rates (185,487) (161,089) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034)

Page 72 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Financing Activities (Continued) Cash and Bank Lease liability Borrowing due within 1 year Borrowing due after 1 year Total 000 $’000 000 000 000 Net debt as at 31 December 2023 31,991 (19,197) (50,306) (96,936) (134,448) Addition 8,735 (13,552) (4,041) (143,000) (151,858) Repayments (10,760) 10,699 46,254 95,418 141,611 Foreign exchange adjustments (5) 144 9 830 978 Other non-cash movements - - (8,490) (827) (9,317) Net debt as at 31 December 2024, 29,961 (21,906) (16,574) (144,515) (153,034) Addition - (4,676) (17,271) (24,523) (46,470) Repayments (8,366) 7,630 12,646 473 12,383 Foreign exchange adjustments (21) 21 18 170 188 Other non-cash movements - (6,055) (12,314) 16,403 (1,966) Net debt as at 31 December 2025 21,574 (24,986) (33,495) (151,992) (188,899) .

Page 73 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 32. Pledged as Security The net assets of some subsidiaries of the group have been pledged as security for borrowings. The value of these pledged assets at the year end totalled $177,643,000 (2024: $159,054,000). 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities The Group classifies rights and obligations in its relationship with customers whenever either party performs any of its contractual obligations. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress for which the Group has provided the services. The contract assets become a receivable when the entity’s right to consideration is unconditional, and the revenue has been billed. The contract assets are classified as current assets as the associated contract is expected to be completed in less than 12 months. The contract assets relate to equipment contracts. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract assets 28 1,602 The contract liabilities refer to advances received from customers under the promise to deliver equipment. Total contract liabilities at the end of the year are reflected in the table below. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract liabilities on equipment contracts 10,717 8,139 on service contracts 4,384 7,463 Total contract liabilities 15,101 15,602

Page 74 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities (Continued) (i) Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to carried- forward contract liabilities and how much relates to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period on equipment contracts 3,391 4,781 on service contracts 2,534 1,252 5,925 6,033 (ii) Unsatisfied contracts at the end of the period The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations resulting from fixed-price contracts: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 84,215 63,651 84,215 63,651

Page 75 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 34 . Investments In October 2022 the Group acquired 17% of the shares of Arel Limited, which resulted in an investment of $242,000 (equivalent to $246,000 at prior year’s rate). Arel Limited is a private company established in 1967 and domiciled in 2 Piccadilly Road, Kingston 5, St. Andrew, Jamaica. The company is focused on providing engineering services and equipment such as air conditioning, medical and elevators. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair value of the unquoted equity investment are disclosed in the table below. The Group divested its entire holding in this investment during 2025. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 and 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Total 2025 $’000 Total 2024 $’000 Unquoted equity - 243

Page 76 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries Acquisition of Regional Business Systems Limited On 1 May 2025, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Regional Business Systems Limited. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. (i) Identifiable assets acquired – Regional Business Systems Limited 2025 $’000 Property and equipment 331 Tax Recoverable 12 Inventories 175 Trade and other payables (231) Other Current Liabilities (32) Bank Overdraft (197) Net identifiable assets acquired 58 Consideration 395 Less net identifiable assets acquired (58) Goodwill 337 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2025 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 395 Less: Cash balance (overdraft) acquired (197) Net outflow of cash 592

Page 77 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued)z Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Peru. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired - Peru 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 1,638 Trade and other receivables 1,722 Cash and cash equivalents 1,254 Deferred tax asset 594 Inventories 1,353 Intangible assets 2,200 Other Assets 277 Trade and other payables (2,214) Other Current Liabilities (59) Deferred Tax Liabilities (763) Net identifiable assets acquired 6,002 Consideration 11,966 Less net identifiable assets acquired (6,002) Goodwill 5,964 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 4,231 Less: Cash balance acquired 1,254 Net outflow of cash 2,977

Page 78 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador (iii) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 4,231 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 7,735 Total purchase consideration 11,966 (iv) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1. Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2. Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Ecuador. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired: 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 603 Right of Use Asset 109 Trade and other receivables 1,646 Cash and cash equivalents 2,909 Deferred tax asset 471 Inventories 527 Intangible assets 681 Taxation Recoverable 812 Trade and other payables (2,826) Tax Payable (5) Short term loans (112) Deferred Tax Liabilities (175) Net identifiable assets acquired 4,640 Consideration 3,490 Less net identifiable assets acquired (4,640) Negative Goodwill (1,150)

Page 79 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 1,225 Less: Cash balance acquired 2,909 Net inflow of cash (1,684) (iii) Acquisition-related costs In 2024 the Group incurred a combined (Peru and Ecuador) acquisition-related costs of $98,000 which were fully expensed. These costs have been included in professional fees expenses for the current period. (iv) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 1,225 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 2,265 Total purchase consideration 3,490 (v) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1.Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2.Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. 36. Distributions 2025 During 2025 the Group made the following distribution to ordinary shareholders On February 10, 2025, the group paid a cash dividend of $6,499,000 (3.49 cents per share) On December 31, 2025, the group paid a cash divided of $2,999,000 (1.61 cents per share) During 2025 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On January 22, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On April 15, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On June 30, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD428,000 (21.38 cents per share) On September 20, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD427,000 (21.38 cents per share)

Page 80 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 36. Distributions (Continued) 2024 During 2024 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On April 02, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On July 04, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On September 30, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) 37. Pillar II The Group is a part of a Multinational Entity (MNE) with revenues above €750 million. As such, it is within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules. Pillar Two legislation has not been enacted in Jamaica, the jurisdiction in which the MNE is incorporated. The Group has subsidiaries in the following countries with tax rate below 15%: Barbados, British Vergin Islands (BVI), Cayman Islands and St. Lucia. Under the legislation, the Group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) effective tax rate for each jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. The Group’s effective tax rates exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which it operates, with a few exceptions. For these exceptions, although the average effective tax rate may be below 15%, the Group’s exposure to paying Pillar Two income taxes might not be for the full difference in tax rates in relation to these entities. Additionally, not all entities jurisdictions have legislative frameworks to accommodate the Pillar Two top up tax. The Group is in the process of assessing its exposure to the Pillar Two legislation and will implement once adopted by the MNE in the jurisdiction of incorporation. 38. Subsequent Events 1. On January 14, 2026, the Boad of Directors declared a dividend payment of 1.88 cents per ordinary share. The record date is January 28, 2026, and payable February 25, 2026. 2. On February 27, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of March 16, 2026, and payable on April 1, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share. 3. On May 22, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of May 28, 2026, and payable on July 2, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share.

PROXY FORM

Productive Business Solutions Limited Company No. 34076 ("the Company") The undersigned shareholder of the Company hereby appoints of or failing him of Dated this day of , 2026 Name in Print: as the nominee of the undersigned to attend and act for the undersigned and on behalf of the undersigned at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on the September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am Jamaica time and at any adjournment or adjournments thereof in the same manner, to the same extent and with the same powers as if the undersigned was present at the said meeting or such adjournment or adjournments there of. Pursuant to Amended and Restated By-Law No. 2 of the Company

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Syndicated from Jamaica Stock Exchange · originally published .

Other coverage

Around Kingston

· powered by OFMOP
000 Authorised - 186,213,000, (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000, (2024 –2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 Issued and fully paid - 186,213,000 (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000 (2024 – 2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 The preference shares are redeemable cumulative preference shares (1,500,000 9.25% perpetual cumulative redeemable USD and 500,000 10.50% perpetual cumulative redeemable Jamaican Dollars Preference Shares) where the declaration of dividends is discretionary. There is no contractual redemption date for these shares and may only be called for the first time at the sole discretion of the issuer, on the last Business Day of the financial year which falls immediately before the 15th anniversary of the issue date of the Preference Shares 28. Other Reserves (deficits) Other reserves primarily represent the currency translation differences resulting from the unrealized gains and losses on the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries that have a different functional currency from that of the Company. Other reserves also include revaluation reserve for the revaluation of assets and actuarial gains. Revaluation Surplus $’000 Actuarial Gains $’000 Currency Translation Differences $’000 Total $’000 Balance as at 1 January 2024 70 2,902 (20,111) (17,139) Actuarial gains - (96) - (96) Movement during 2024 716 - (820) (104) Balance as at 31 December 2024 786 2,806 (20,931) (17,339) Actuarial gains - 54 - 54 Movement during 2025 - - 260 260 Balance as at 31 December 2025 786 2,860 (20,671) (17,025)\u003c/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePage 68 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 29. Litigation and Contingent Liabilities The Group is subject to various claims, disputes and legal proceedings in the normal course of business. Provision is made for such matters when, in the opinion of management and its professional advisors, it is probable that a payment will be made by the Group, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Claims asserted against the Group, according to the principles outlined above, have not been provided for. Management is of the opinion that the claims are either without merit, can be successfully defended or will result in exposure to the Group which is immaterial to both financial position and results of operations. 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset The movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligation during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 1,553 1,389 Reallocation of pension plan liability 1,045 - Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 Actuarial gains on termination benefits 124 (24) Benefits paid (73) (73) At end of year 3,111 1,553 The movement of the pension plan asset during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 3,674 3,596 Actuarial gains / (losses) 110 (96) Current service cost 122 122 Interest Cost 493 546 Benefits paid (653) (726) Other 6 232 At end of year 3,752 3,674 The amounts recognised in arriving at profit or loss were as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 At end of year 462 261 The distribution of the obligation by country was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Nicaragua 120 115 Panama 338 280 El Salvador 968 810 Honduras 393 348 Ecuador 1,292 - 3,111 1,553\u003c/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePage 69 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset (Continued) The value of the plan asset was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Barbados 3,034 3,034 Panama 575 557 Honduras 143 83 3,752 3,674 The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is: 202 5 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (500) 485 Inflation rate 1% 52 (47) 202 4 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (432) 465 Inflation rate 1% 31 (27) The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position.\u003c/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePage 70 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation (Continued) Termination benefits in El Salvador and Nicaragua are established by law and entitle the employee to receive a payment upon termination of employment, regardless of cause. In El Salvador the benefit is founded in the law 592, that is the regulatory law for the economic benefit for voluntary resignation. Employees with more than two years of uninterrupted service for the company shall receive a payment of, at least, the equivalent of 15 days of minimum wage for each year of service. In Nicaragua, the law 185, Labour Code, entitles the employee to the right to receive a payment equivalent to one monthly salary for each year of service, up to the third year, and 20 days of salary for each additional year. Neither of these plans require the employer to establish a fund. The principal actuarial assumptions used in valuing post-employment benefits are as follows: PBS Nicaragua 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 11% 11% Future salary increases 5% 5% Retirement age 60 years 60 years PBS El Salvador 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5% 5% Future salary increases 3.4% 3.4% Retirement age 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively PBS Panama 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5.5% 5.5% Future salary increases 6% 6% Retirement age 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively The principal assumptions used in valuing the pension plan asset for Barbados as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 7.75% 7.75% Future salary increases 3% 3% Retirement age 65 65\u003c/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePage 71 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Operating Activities Reconciliation of the Group’s net profit to cash generated from operating activities: Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net profit 4,439 7,576 Items not affecting cash: Depreciation 13\u0026amp;14 20,684 17,441 Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 15 3,174 2,884 Share of profit of associate (718) (513) Taxation expense 11 9,912 5,042 Foreign exchange Losses/(Gains) 609 734 Loss / (Gains) on disposal of Property plant and equipment 179 (103) Interest income 7 (1,769) (1,999) Interest expense 10 17,094 18,801 53,604 49,863 Change in non-cash working capital, net of effects from acquisition of subsidiaries: Inventories (14,646) (6,961) Contract assets 1,574 429 Trade and other receivables (21,595) 29 Due from related parties (599) (499) Long term liabilities (407) (906) Long term receivable (180) 218 Lease receivable (6,410) (15) Accounts payable (7,288) 2,183 Contract liabilities (505) (4,243) Retirement benefit obligation 1,480 86 Due to related parties 1,431 1,249 6,459 41,433 Taxation paid (3,733) (8,902) Net cash provided by operating activities 2,726 32,531 Net Debt Reconciliation This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for the year ended 31 December. 2025
Skip to main content
Abeng Radio·Live news
0 listening
Jamaica Stock Exchange

Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

Kingston
Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS is a solutions-oriented, customer-focused technology group that combines a wide range of services, top-tier professionals, and cutting-edge products to offer customized systems and tools for organizations in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. Under the concept of “Engineering & Technology,” PBS operates through a model in which they work together to transform ideas into functional, scalable, and strategic solutions. Engineering acts as the core capability for designing, integrating, and executing complex systems with a long-term vision, while technology serves as the enabler that accelerates results and turns innovation into real impact. This approach reinforces PBS as a reliable partner in solutions integration, focused on helping clients improve the efficiency of their business processes while delivering measurable and sustainable results. “No Limits” defines how PBS thinks and operates: without technical, geographical, or industry boundaries. It reflects a commitment to flexibility, continuous innovation, and the ability to anticipate and solve challenges through tailored solutions that drive efficiency and growth across diverse markets and industries. 03

We are committed to our customers. We work with exceptional people. PBS Costa Rica Building, Plaza Roble, Los Balcones, 3rd Floor 05

We represent world leaders in the technology industry to provide the best solutions and services in our market. 06

Table of Contents Notice of an Annual General Meeting 08 Director’s Report 09 Corporate Information 10 Our Values 11 Acquisitions and Incorporations 13 Our Coverage 14 PBS Business Lines 15 Shareholders Profile 17 Shareholding of Directors 23 Chairman Message 24 CEO Letter 26 Group Board of Directors 32 Board Committees 37 Senior Regional Leadership Team 44 Regional Leadership Team 45 Senior in Country Leadership 47 Consolidated Financial Statements 49 PROXY FORM 51 Corporate Governance Policy 141 07

Notice of an Annual General Meeting NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the NINTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of PRODUCTIVE BUSINESS SOLUTIONS LIMITED will be held at their offices at General Accident Insurance Company Jamaica Limited, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, St. Andrew, Jamaica as well as virtually, on September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am to consider and if thought fit pass the following ordinary resolutions: A member of the Company entitled to attend and vote, is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote in his or her stead. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. Proxy forms must be submitted to the Company's Registrar and Transfer Agent, Jamaica Central Securities Depository, 40 Harbour Street, Kingston, Jamaica not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting. Proxy forms must be stamped with a J$100.00 postage stamp. Shareholders will be able to attend the meeting in person; however they will also be able to attend and vote on resolutions raised at the AGM electronically once they are registered by contacting [email protected]. Non-Shareholders can also register using the same email address. Upon registration, a confirmation will be sent and the meeting link and password will be shared closer to the meeting. The deadline for registration is September 2, 2026. P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board a. “THAT Deloitte & Touche having indicated their willingness to continue in office be re-appointed as Auditors for the ensuing year.” b. “THAT the Directors are hereby authorized to agree on a remuneration for the Auditors.” 6. RATTIFICATION OF DIVIDEND PAYMENTS “THAT the following dividend payments made during the year be ratified and that no other dividend payments were approved for the period under review”: “THAT dividend payments made to the: 9.25% and 10.50% preference shareholders on April 15, 2025, June 30, 2025, and September 30, 2025 of US$0.23125 per share and J$25.890411 per share respectively Common shareholders on February 10, 2025 and December 31, 2025 of US$0.0349 and US$0.0161 per share respectively TO TRANSACT ANY OTHER BUSINESS THAT MAY BE PROPERLY TRANSACTED AT AN ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING Dated this 4th day of August, 2026 BY ORDER OF THE BOARD 1. AUDITED ACCOUNTS “THAT the audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025, and the reports of the Directors’ and Auditors’ be and are hereby adopted.” 2. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS Pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 the Directors retiring from office by rotation are Jose Misrahi, Ricardo Hutchinson and Thomas Agnew, who being eligible offered themselves for re-election. The proposed resolutions are as follows: a. “THAT Jose Misrahi be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” b. “THAT Ricardo Hutchinson be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” c. “THAT Thomas Agnew be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” 3. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTOR Pursuant to Section 4.3.2 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 Mr. Eduardo Rodriguez who was appointed by the Board of Directors on June 8, 2026 resigned and being eligible offered himself for re-election. “THAT Eduardo Rodriguez be re-elected as a Director of the Company” 4. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION “THAT the amount shown for the Directors’ remuneration in the Audited Accounts dated December 31, 2025 be and is hereby approved.” 5. APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS AND FIX THEIR REMUNERAION 08

Submitted on behalf of the Board of Directors, P. B. Scott Chai rman of the Board The Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited submit herewith their Annual Report and Audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025 The Board of Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited exercises its responsibilities for the Financial Statements included in this Report through its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee consists of non-executive Board members: Brian Wynter Chairperson, Melanie Subratie, Ricardo Hutchinson, Thomas Agnew, and Executive Board member: Jose Misrahi. The independent auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee. The Group ended the year with a profit after tax of US$4,439,000 and a net profit attributable to shareholders of US$4,287,000. Details of these results, along with a comparison with the previous year’s performance and the state of affairs of the Company, are set out in the Management Discussion and Analysis and the Financial Statements which are included as part of the Report. The Directors wish to express their appreciation to the employees for their loyal services throughout the year. The Directors will meet to consider the appointment of Auditors in accordance with applicable regulations. Finan ci al R e sults A u di t or s Legal Representatives Emp l oyee s Director’s Report 09

Full Corporate Name Productive Business Solutions Limited R egis t ered Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust r ial Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Incorpor at ed December 1 6, 2010 Fiscal Year End December 31 , 2023 Administr ati ve Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust ri al Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Law under which incorpor at ed Barbados Compan y Sec reta ry Liza Ha rr id y al & Associates Tel.: 246-417-5600 Fax.: 246-421-8001 Legal Representatives DUNNCOX 48 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLINTON & HART & CO 58 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLARKE, GITTENS, FARMER Parker House, Wildey Business Park Wildey Road, St. Michael, Barbados M. HAMEL-SMITH & CO. Eleven Albion, Cor. Dere & Albion Streets P.O. Box 219, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad & Tobago W.I. Corporate Information PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS SRL The Financial Services Centre Bishop's Court's Hill P.O. Box 111, St. Michael BB 14004, Barbados Auditors Deloitte & Touche 3rd Floor The Goddard Building Hoggatt Hall St. Michae BB11059 Barbados, W.I. 10

Corporate Governance Policy 11

Corporate Governance Policy OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHARTER WAS ESTABLISHED IN 2010 AND REVISED IN 2025. THE CHARTER CAN BE SEEN IN MORE DETAIL ON THE COMPANY'S WEBSITE WWW.PBS.GROUP 12

Our Values We collaborate in everything we do. We maintain excellent communication with our customers to always understand their needs. The primary factor that enables us to make things happen. We demonstrate these qualities daily to enhance our working environment. We guarantee justice and fairness to all stakeholders, both internal and external. We uphold our business integrity as an ethical framework that guides our professional conduct, acting with integrity to earn the trust of our customers and employees. INTEGRITY TEAMWORK COMMUNICATION DISCIPLINE HUMILITY & SPIRIT OF SERVICE RESPECT FOR INDIVIDUALS 13

Acquisitions and Incorporations 200320******2009 201020******2002 200420******2010 201720******2024 14

191151******2034 151412******2223 Our Coverage Our regional group is made up of: 1. PBS Antigua, 2. PBS Aruba, 3. PBS Barbados, 4. PBS Belize, 5. PBS Cayman Business Machines, 6. PBS Colombia, 7. PBS Costa Rica, 8. PBS Curaçao, 9. PBS Dominican Republic, 10. PBS El Salvador, 11. Global Product Alliance Inc., 12. PBS Guatemala, 13. PBS Guyana, 14. PBS Honduras, 15. PBS San Pedro Sula, 16. PBS Jamaica, 17. PBS Nicaragua, 18. PBS Panama, 19. PBS Suriname, 20. PBS Trinidad & Tobago, 21. PBS Bonaire, 22. PBS Ecuador, 23. PBS Peru, and 24. PBS Dominica. 15

5 6 7 4 3 2 1 PBS Cayman Business Machines PBS Colombia PBS Costa Rica PBS Belize PBS Barbados PBS Aruba Pbs Dorada Technologies Antigua The Cayman Center Suite 1&2 Dorcy Drive, George Town Tel: 1-345-949-8642 [email protected] Centro empresarial El Dorado Plaza Calle 26 No. 85D Local - Modulo 7 Bogotá, Colombia Tel: 57 601 743 3281 [email protected] Plaza Roble, Edificio Balcones, piso 3. San Rafael de Escazú, San José Costa Rica. Tel: 506 4404 8000 Tel: 506 4404 8132 [email protected] 13 Douglas Jones Street Belize City, Belize C.A. Tel: 501 227-0823 / 0824 Facey House 42 Warrens Industrial Park Warrens, St Michael, Barbados Tel: 246 417 5600 Fax: 246 4218001 [email protected] Caya G.F. Betico Croes 170 Oranjestad, Aruba Tel: 297 582 5492 [email protected] Mandolin Place, Friars Hill Road, St. John's, Antigua Tel: (268) 481 1101 Fax: (268) 481 1144 8 PBS Curaçao Schottegatweg Oost 2 Willemstad, Curaçao Tel: +599 97241300 [email protected] 9 PBS Dominican Republic Av. Winston Churchill, Edificio Empresarial Blue Mall, Piso 22 Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic Tel: +809 567 8231 Fax: +809 472 0915 [email protected] 13 14 12 11 10 PBS Guyana PBS Honduras PBS Guatemala Global Product Alliance Inc. GPA PBS El Salvador Lot 2 Goedverwagting, Rupert Craig Highway, East Coast Demerara Tel: (592) 226 1066 [email protected] Tegucigalpa, Boulevard Morazán, edificio Agalta, piso 21 Tel: +504 2244 9870 al 79 [email protected] 23 Avenida 31-13, Zona 5 Ciudad de Guatemala, Guatemala Tel: 502 2420 9500 Whatsapp +502 5456 6479 [email protected] GPA 11411 NW 107th Street, Suite 24, Miami FL 33178 USA. Tel. 1(305) 477 2426 [email protected] Oficinas administrativas: Av. De La Revolución, San Salvador, Torre Plaza Presidente, piso #16. Tel: +503 2239 3000 cel.: +503 7039-9308 [email protected] 15 16 PBS San Pedro Sula PBS Jamaica San Pedro Sula, Barrio Los Andes, 16 Ave. 6 y 7 calle N.O. Edificio Metropark, Piso # 8, Local 804 Tel: +504 2512 2500 al 09 [email protected] Unit 1, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, Jamaica Tel: 876 926 5630-2 Fax: 876 929 5372 SD: 876-968-6197-9 [email protected] 18 17 PBS Panama PBS Nicaragua Calle 50 y 58 Este Obarrio, P.H. Office One, Piso 16 Panamá City, Panamá Tel: + 507 204 9900 Fax: +507 204 9902 [email protected] Rotonda el Güegüense. 400 mts al Sur, 100 mts al Oeste. Managua, Nicaragua Tel: 505 2255 9020 Fax: 505 2255 9030 [email protected] 20 19 21 PBS Trinidad and Tobago PBS Suriname PBS Bonaire Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 / (868) 609 7278 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 [email protected] Van Roosmalenstraat 11 Tel: (597) 551262 [email protected] Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 22 PBS Ecuador Av. Amazonas N35-17 y Juan Pablo Sanz Edificio Xerox Piso 7 Tel: (593) 993337829 [email protected] 23 24 PBS Perú N2N Distributors - Dominica Av las Begonias 441 torre C piso 10, San Isidro - Lima) Tel: (51) 1 616 6666 [email protected] N2N Distributors 33Kennedy Avenue Roseau, Dominica. Tel: (767) 448-2679 25 26 PBS St. Kitts BVI (British Virgin Islands) Unit 9, The Sands, P.O. Box 397 Bay Road, Basseterre St. Kitts. Tel: (869) 466-2018 Jayla Place, Road Town Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Tel: (284) 494-5030 Corporate Information 16

PBS 7 Business Lines IMAGING NETWORKING COMMUNICATIONS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ADVANCED SERVICES INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY SYSTEMS PAYMENT METHODS 17

Vertical Markets GRAPHIC ARTS FINANCE GOVERNMENT & EDUCATION MANUFACTURING, RETAIL & DISTRIBUTION OIL, ENERGY & MINING TELCOS BPO TRANSPORTATION & HOSPITALITY 18

AVAILABLE AT PBS Xerox ® Proficio ® PX300 NEW! A winning formula from the ground up. 19 New generation of production print. Xerox® Proficio® PX300 Printer

Our Partners & Certifications We are transforming as a company to assist in enabling information technologies to empower our clients to gain a competitive edge and accomplish their business objectives. 20

Mimaki's latest integrated printer / cutter offers new levels of creativity and versatility with vibrant ink types, including the new Silver, Orange and Light Black. The CJV300 Series achieves the highest print speeds in its class, with innovative technologies ensuring unparalleled production quality for signboard artists, graphic professionals and printers. Integrated printing and cutting, high speed CJV300-160 21

Oracle Exadata The High-Performance Data Engine Delivering ultra-fast performance, scalability, and reliability for mission-critical enterprise workloads 22

10 Largest Shareholders by Number of Shares 100908******0302 01 612,721 General Accident Insurance Co 663,473 Courtney Sylvester 1,087,308 Jose Misrahi 1,632,140 Portland Fund II Co-invest Partnership 3,230,166 NCB Capital Markets (Cayman) Ltd 5,485,214 Pedro M. Paris 6,330,663 Portland Caribbean Fund II Barbados L.P. 34,264,960 Portland Caribbean Fund II L.P. 45,164,017 Musson (Jamaica) Limited 84,181,818 Facey Group Limited Shareholders Profile 23

Shareholding of Executives P. B. Scott - 129,958,556 Blondell Walker - 45,164,017 Douglas Hewson - 42,227,763 Edward Ince - - Jose Misrahi 1,087,308 - Melanie M. Subratie - 129,958,556 Patrick A.W. Scott - 45,164,017 Pedro M. París 5,485,214 - Ricardo Hutchinson - 42,227,763 Tomas Agnew - - Brian Wynter - - Nicholas Scott - 45,164,017 PERSONAL CONNECTED Marco Antonio Almendárez Cisneros 363,600 Leonardo Jesus Velasquez Foucault 163,171 Elvin Howard Nash 142,700 Sergio Roberto Molina Barrios 127,200 Mario Estuardo Pons Espana 90,900 Francisco Lupiac Rodríguez 87,639 Lucia Vielman Ruíz 49,972 Shareholding of Directors 24

P. B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board 25

Dear Fellow Shareholders, 2025 has been a year that has tested our resolve and, in doing so, has demonstrated the depth of the organization we have built. Against a backdrop of macroeconomic headwinds, tightening capital markets, and an accelerating pace of technological change, PBS has continued to advance. While our financial results reflect the complexity of the environment in which we operate, they also reflect a business that is maturing, adapting, and positioning itself with intention for the years ahead. Revenue for 2025 came in at US$374.9 million against a budget of US$425 million. We do not normally discuss publicly our budgets but in this case I believe it is important to contextualize our own expectation. This shortfall, while meaningful, must be understood in its proper context. Several large government technology projects across our region experienced procurement delays beyond our control, and currency volatility in certain markets impacted reported figures. Despite this, we achieved EBITDA of US$55.2 million an increase on the $50.9m of 2024 but below our budget of US$59m. Our gross margin improved to 34%, up from budget, demonstrating that the discipline we have applied to our cost of sales is taking hold. Our net profit for the year was US$4.3 million. This is not satisfactory and materially different from our own expectations of US$13.6m. The biggest driver of this differential being our tax charge of US$9.9m an effective tax rate of 69%! This is an area management is actively addressing through improved tax planning across our 24-country footprint and we hope to implement structural improvements in 2026. There are four elements that are the key ingredients to PBS’s success today: our people, our capital structure, our systems, our partners - the same foundational pillars I have returned to in prior years, because they remain the determinants of our long-term success. People PBS is, at its core, a people business. Every solution we deliver, every client relationship we maintain, every market we penetrate — all of it flows from the capability of our 3,000-plus professionals across the region. In 2024 we spoke of the urgent need to develop a methodology that makes us a magnet for talent. In 2025 we made meaningful progress. The PBS University platform is still a work in progress. We have to get this right. We have to focus on it to get it right. It has expanded its Chairman message 26

curriculum, and we have introduced structured certification pathways aligned to our key technology partnerships. This is not simply a human resources initiative. It is a strategic imperative. As we grow, the complexity of what we are asked to execute grows with it. We must ensure that our organization scales in quality, not merely in headcount. We expect the organization will revolve over time and we are actively taking steps to plan for the future. Retention remains a challenge in certain markets where the demand for skilled IT professionals continues to outpace supply. We are combating this through a combination of compensation benchmarking, career development investment, and a deliberate effort to build a culture of belonging. Our ability to attract people who share our values — integrity, execution, and client focus — will define the next chapter of PBS as surely as any product or partnership we could announce. Capital When we speak of capital at PBS, we are speaking about something far more nuanced than a balance sheet line. Ours is a business in which the cash cycle for a given solution can range from immediate payment to a five-year financing arrangement. The timing of projects often need to be aligned with availability of capital. In addition the funding of projects often leads to funded debt being incurred before cashflows are delivered thus covenants need to be managed. We operate across multiple currencies, with varying regulatory environments governing the movement of funds across borders. Managing this complexity is one of the most demanding aspects of what we do. Ensuring the ongoing funding of our business is like the provision of oxygen to the pilots of a plane in the air, it is an essential ingredient in getting to the destination. In 2024, I was pleased to report the refinancing of our capital market obligations with a new six-year facility. In 2025, the discipline instilled through that process has served us well. Our balance sheet remains fundamentally sound, and our committed growth capital provides the runway we need to pursue the opportunities that are emerging across the region. The integration of the Xerox operations in Peru and Ecuador, undertaken in 2024, has progressed as planned and is contributing to our expanded footprint. Our strategic investment in TSL continues to develop, and we are monitoring additional acquisition opportunities with the same rigour we apply to our organic growth. Systems 27

I would be remiss not to address again the importance of our internal systems and governance. In 2023, we experienced material misstatements in our Costa Rica subsidiary that delayed our audit. I reported then that we had implemented significant changes to personnel and governance. I am pleased to report that the integrity of our financial reporting across the group has been maintained in 2025 and that the controls we put in place are functioning as intended. We will strive to continue to improve our systems to ensure accuracy as well as expediency in reporting. However expediency must never compromise accuracy. We continue to invest in the technology infrastructure that supports our operations. Shared service functions in accounting and administration are becoming more sophisticated. The balance between local responsiveness and central efficiency is a tension that every multi-jurisdictional business must manage continuously, and we are no different. What I can say with confidence is that our systems today are materially stronger than they were three years ago, and our commitment to making them stronger still remains absolute. Partners Without people, capital and systems, PBS would not be able to do anything. However without partnerships with the leading IT companies in the world we would not be able to add the value we do to our customers. PBS works with almost every global leader in IT. We take this privilege very seriously. Every day we work with our partners to execute projects in our markets that are essential to the economic development of our countries. It is our job to facilitate the seamless execution of such projects in Imaging, Information technology, networking communications, professional services, security systems and payment methods servicing the backbone to our economies. Throughout this annual report you will see reference to our partners who over the last 24 years we have built up credibility and trust. We exist to provide seamless execution for them in order to deliver customer satisfaction through productive solutions to our customers. I would like to thank all of our partners for their support in 2025 and we look forward to working together in 2026. Looking Forward As we look to 2026 and beyond, the opportunity before PBS has never been greater. The markets we serve — across the Caribbean, Central America, and now into South America — are at an inflection point in their technology adoption curves. Governments are investing in digital public infrastructure. Enterprises are accelerating their 28

managed services requirements. Artificial Intelligence (AI) is going to transform everything. Every business will need to assess how AI will work for them in their business. The demand for the kind of deep, locally-grounded IT expertise that PBS has spent 24 years building is real, and it is growing. Our task is to ensure that we are the organization capable of capturing it. We will continue to scale responsibly, to deepen our client partnerships, and to invest with discipline in the capabilities that matter. We are not simply a distribution business that sells technology. We are a solutions organization that transforms how our clients operate. That distinction is the foundation of everything we have built, and it is the source of our confidence in what lies ahead. On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Doug Hewson who resigned from the board in 2025. He has been on the board since we went public and has been an important contributor to the board. We wish him the best and are grateful for his contributions to PBS. I extend our sincere appreciation to every member of the PBS team. The results of 2025 - both the achievements and the shortfalls - are yours. So too is the opportunity that 2026 represents. I thank our shareholders for their continued confidence in the strategy and the leadership of this organization. We are building something of genuine and lasting significance, and we remain committed to doing so with the integrity and intensity that has always defined PBS. Warm regards, P.B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board Productive Business Solutions Limited 29

The Xerox VersaLink B405 is a reliable monochrome multifunction printer designed for small and medium-sized workgroups. It delivers print, copy, scan, fax, and email capabilities in a compact and efficient device. With print speeds of up to 45 pages per minute, support for A4 paper size, and a recommended monthly volume of up to 15,000 pages, the VersaLink B405 helps businesses improve productivity while maintaining professional-quality output and secure document management. Multifunctional Xerox ® VersaLink ® B405 30

31 PEDRO M. PARÍS Group CEO

CEO Letter Dear Fellow Shareholders, Our Chairman has spoken to the financial results of 2025 with characteristic candor. What I want to address here is what those results represent strategically and what we are building toward. We are at a rare inflection point: artificial intelligence, cloud infrastructure, and the obsolescence of legacy systems are reshaping every market we serve. Disruption creates pressure, but it also creates demand and PBS is well positioned to capture it. We Do Not Sell Technology. We Engineer Outcomes. This moment also marks a meaningful evolution in how we define ourselves. We have embraced a new identity: Engineering & Technology No Limits. It is not a marketing exercise. It is a declaration of intent the standard we set for ourselves in the complexity of the problems we take on, the quality of the solutions we deliver, and the boundaries we refuse to accept. What differentiates PBS is not the products we represent it is how we think. We are a systems integrator that excels at building backwards from the client's desired outcome, assembling the precise combination of capabilities each engagement demands. Our active role in project finance further sets us apart, enabling us to structure and deliver solutions that go well beyond the scope of a traditional technology provider. We renew our most enduring client relationships not through inertia, but by consistently delighting them transforming contracts into long-term franchises. And we are now applying that same ingenuity inward: automation and AI agents are actively reducing our own operational costs, improving margins as we scale. Most Important Partners of the PBS Ecosystem Our partner ecosystem is one of our most powerful assets. PBS works alongside Oracle, Cisco, NCR Atleos, NCR Voyix, Xerox, Leidos, and others as their trusted regional execution partner relationships built over decades that are not easily replicated. In 2026 we are going deeper: a unified PBS Consulting under a dedicated regional director sharpens our Oracle go-to-market; Cisco anchors our networking and security practice; NCR Atleos and NCR Voyix lead our financial self-service presence; and Leidos strengthens our positioning in mission-critical solutions. Xerox remains one of our most enduring partnerships. Our CMPS penetration rate of 32

79.3% across PBS Group is a tangible proof point of that trust. As Xerox expands into digital services and IT solutions and as we work to incorporate the strategic developments following the Lexmark acquisition we see clear opportunity ahead. These are not simply vendor relationships. They are proof points of our standing in the global technology community. Artificial Intelligence: From Pilot to Practice PBS has entered the world of agentic AI not as a concept we are studying, but as a capability we are deploying. In late 2025, we led a proof of concept with a major regional bank that combined advanced data warehouse migration engineering from Microsoft SQL Server to Oracle with artificial intelligence. The engagement demonstrated PBS's unique ability to bridge deep infrastructure expertise with emerging AI capabilities: an outcome neither a pure vendor nor a traditional integrator could achieve alone. This is where PBS is building its next frontier. Governments modernizing public infrastructure, financial institutions transforming core systems, enterprises navigating digital change all face environments of growing complexity. AI-powered solutions that address mission-critical use cases, reduce operational risk, and close gaps left by legacy obsolescence represent a genuine and growing opportunity. We are building those competencies today. THE ORGANIZATION WE ARE BUILDING In 2026, PBS has strengthened its senior leadership with targeted additions designed to deepen expertise and expand regional capacity. Our culture of collaboration sharing talent, resources, and best practices across 24 markets compounds as a competitive advantage. Central to this model is a pool of high-caliber specialists: forward deployed engineers, solution architects, and domain experts deployed with precision across geographies. A solution proven in Honduras can be deployed in Jamaica. A capability built in Peru can serve Colombia. This is something our local competitors cannot match in scale, and our global competitors cannot match in regional depth. Turnaround and the Opportunity Ahead Our 24-market footprint is both a risk management discipline and a growth engine. We are entering new markets to consolidate our regional position and reduce concentration risk. Simultaneously, we are focused on unlocking value within our 33

current footprint: our operations in Panama, Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru markets where our presence was built on imaging and where we are now accelerating into higher-value technology services represent meaningful turnaround opportunities. The adjustments now underway will, we believe, generate contributions that meaningfully enhance shareholder value. We view them as investments in progress, and we are confident in the path forward. What Lies Ahead The demand for what PBS does deep, locally grounded, end-to-end technology execution has never been greater. We have been building toward this moment for more than two decades. Our partnerships, our people, and our culture have been assembled with exactly this horizon in mind. The work ahead is significant. The opportunity is larger still. To our shareholders: we remain committed to rewarding your confidence with discipline, integrity, and the intensity that has always defined this organization. Warm regards, PEDRO M. PARÍS C. Group CEO Productive Business Solutions Limited 34

P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board Pedro M. París Director, Group CEO P.B. Scott is the CEO, Chairman and Principal Shareholder of the Musson Group. Over the last two decades, P.B. Scott has conceptualised and led the expansion of the Musson Group from a Jamaican consumer wholesale distribution business to a diversified group operating in 30 countries. The Group is a leader across the Caribbean in food, pharmaceuticals, information technology, and insurance. The Musson Group includes leading businesses such as The PBS Group, Seprod Limited, General Accident Insurance, and A.S. Brydens & Sons. He has served as CEO of Musson since 2004. Today the Musson Group has a turnover in excess of US$1.6 billion annually and over 7,000 employees. In addition to his private sector contributions, P.B. Scott has committed a significant amount of time to public service. He is the chairman of the Development Bank of Jamaica and has led multiple enterprise teams to divest government assets. In 2023, he was awarded 'the Order of Jamaica for his exceptional contribution to the Business Industry, Investment, and Philanthropy in Jamaica and the Caribbean. Mr. Pedro M. París has been with PBS since 2003, He has held several management positions, in 2006 he was named COO for Central America. Mr. París was appointed Group CEO at the end of 2009. He is responsible for the vision, strategy and execution of the day-to-day operations. He is also a member of the Management Governance and Executive Committees. Mr. París worked 18 years for IBM-GBM (an IBM alliance), where he held several senior management positions across the business. Mr. París studied Business Administration at the Universidad Autónoma Centro America, Costa Rica. Group Board of Directors 37

Mr. Hutchinson currently works with Portland Private Equity (“PPE”) as Vice President – Investments, with responsibility for leading investment transactions throughout the region. He has more than 13 years of experience in the regional finance industry working with several top financial institutions. Prior to joining PPE, Ricardo held the role of Associate Director – Investment Banking with a leading regional commercial bank. He holds a Master of Science degree in Economics from the University of the West Indies and is a CFA Charter holder. *Ricardo Hutchinson Non-Executive Director Group Board of Directors *Independent Director Mr. Agnew is an entrepreneur specializing in building content marketing, marketing technology and information services businesses. He founded Brafton Inc. and a group of subsidiary companies that are North America and Australia’s leading content marketing entities. Brafton Inc. has been listed among the 5,000 fastest growing private companies four years in row. He co-founded DeHavilland Information Services and Axonn Ltd in the UK. Originally from the UK, he moved to the U.S.A. in 2008. Mr. Agnew holds a degree in Politics from the University of Newcastle, UK. *Thomas Agnew Non-Executive Director 38

Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Group Board of Directors José Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director *Independent Director Mrs. Blondell Walker has been part of the Musson Group of Companies for over 20 years and is currently the ICT Director, a position she has held since 2000. She is also on the Board for T. Geddes Grant (Distributors) Limited and Musson Jamaica Limited. She was instrumental in the implementation of the Enterprise Resource Program (ERP  application across the Musson Group of Companies. Mrs. Walker studied Accounting and Systems Analysis at the University of the West Indies, Institute of Management and the Heriot Watt University of Edinburgh, Scotland. She is the Chairman for the Western United Basic School. Blondell Walker Non-Executive Director 39

Mr Ince is a Senior Partner/Co-Founder of Frontlight Ventures, a regional investment and consulting firm. He was Co-Founder and Managing Director of Prism Services, a regional payments and operations outsourcing company. He is a Non-Executive Republic Bank Ltd, Cave Shepherd, Foster & Ince Cruise Services and the Barbados Sugar Industry Ltd. He is a graduate of York University, Canada and is a National Barbados Aubrey Collymore Scholarship recipient for sciences. Group Board of Directors *Edward Ince Non-Executive Director *Independent Director Mrs. Melanie Subratie is Chairman and CEO of Stanley Motta Ltd., Vice-Chairman of Musson (Ja) Ltd. and Director of all its subsidiaries, Vice-Chairman of General Accident Insurance Company Ltd., Eppley Ltd, and T Geddes Grant Ltd. Chairman of E-Pins Ltd. and sits on the executive of Seprod group of Companies and all its subsidiary boards. Chairman of Seprod Foundation, Musson Foundation, Chairperson of Jamaica Girls Coding and Chairman of Jamaica RISE Life Management and other CSR organizations. She is also Fourth Vice-President of the Jamaica Chamber of Commerce, and is the current Chair of the Legislation, Regulation and Improvement Committee. She is a honors graduate of London School of Economics. Melanie Subratie Non-Executive Director 40

Group Board of Directors Patrick A. W. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Patrick A. W. Scott is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Facey Commodity Company Limited and the Executive Deputy Chairman of the Facey Group. Prior to these appointments, he served 16 years as Managing Director. A seasoned executive, Mr. Scott has worked for a combined total of 40 years in various roles and was key figure in the global development of Facey’s Telecom business. He currently serves the board of directos of several companies including, P.A. Benjamin, Serge Island Diaries, International Biscuits and Serge Island Farms. Attended Seneca College and Ryerson University in Toronto, Canada. Mr Brian Wynter has been incorporated to the PBS Group Limited Board of Directors. Mr. Wynter has an extensive career in the financial sector, serving as Governor of the Bank of Jamaica until August 2019. The motion was presented to the Board of Directors, which was accepted, and in this way, Brian Wynter was duly appointed to the board of directors of PBS Group Limited. An honors graduate from the London School of Economics in 1981, and specialized in International Economy form Columbia University in 1985. *Brian Wynter Non-Executive Director 41

Group Board of Directors Nicholas A. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Nicholas Scott is the Vice Chairman of Eppley Limited and a director of Eppley Fund Managers Limited. Mr. Scott is also the Chief Investment Officer of the Musson Group and a Director of Musson and most of its major subsidiaries and affiliates. Mr. Scott is the Chairman of the Student Loan Bureau and a former Vice-President of the Private Sector Organization of Jamaica. He holds a B.Sc. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and an M.P.A. from the Harvard Kennedy School of Government. 42

4 Paul Scott 5 Melanie Subratie 5 Pedro M. Paris 5 Jose Misrahi 5 Patrick Scott 5 Blondell Walker 4 Nicholas Scott 5 Ricardo Hutchinson 5 Thomas Agnew 5 Edward Ince 5 Brian Wynter 7 Jose Misrahi 7 Ricardo Hutchinson 7 Thomas Agnew 6 Brian Wynter 4 Melanie Subratie Board Meetings Audit Meetings 43

Board of Committees Executive Committee Audit Committee Compensation Committee *Independent Director P.B. Scott Chairperson Nicholas A. Scott José Misrahi Pedro M. París P.B. Scott Chairperson Patrick Scott *Ricardo Hutchinson Melanie Subratie *Thomas Agnew José Misrahi *Ricardo Hutchinson *Brian Wynter Chairperson 44

Sergio Molina Planning Operations Director Sergio Molina started at PBS 20 years ago. He has hold several positions in the company. PBS Guatemala General Manager (7 Years), PBS Dominican Republic General Manager (1 Year), PBS Group Post-Sale Manager (1Year), PBS Group Sales Process Management, PBS Group Planning Manager (Current). Mr Molina obtained a Degree in Business Administration from Universidad de San Carlos de Guatemala. Mario Pons Professional Services Operations Mario Pons has been a key player for the Inkjet strategy the group has developed in Central America and has helped various PBS organizations in the development of high impact projects such as the printing of Electoral Ballots. He has also been key in the relationship with global partners, Entrust Datacard and Gemalto, for National ID projects in Guatemala, Jamaica and Costa Rica. He started working in Xerox Guatemala in 1994 and has developed his career within Xerox and PBS holding several positions in Sales, Service and Professional Services. He has a BSC in Computer Science from Louisiana State University, and a Diploma in Business Administration from Tayasal Business School. Leonardo Velásquez Infrastructure & Technology Networking Director Leonardo Velazquez has been working with PBS since 2015. He oversees the sales relationship with vendors and distributors, such as: Cisco, Fortinet, HP, Dell, Tripplite, TechData, Intcomex, IngramMicro. Before PBS, he worked as a Regional Partner Account Manager at Cisco Systems for 6 years and has amassed a total of 25 years in the IT sector. He graduated from Universidad de Simon Bolivar. He has an MBA in Enterprise Administration and is an Electronic Engineer. Alex Chiriboga Service Delivery & Logistics Director Alex recently joined PBS Group in May 2024 as Director of Delivery Service & Logistics. His main objective is to transform the service we provide to our customers, aiming to achieve the highest levels of satisfaction and experience. This transformation will focus on improving processes through a connectivity strategy, optimizing resources and technology, and maintaining inventory levels and quality aligned with the requirements of our broad portfolio of products and services. Mr. Chiriboga brings over 32 years of experience from Xerox, where he held leadership roles in Service Delivery, Technical Services, Logistics, Sales, and the Paper Business across Ecuador and the Latin America Region. He holds an MBA with specializations in Finance, Marketing, and Human Resources, a degree in Process Administration Engineering, a Bachelor’s in Electronics & Telecommunications, and is certified as a Lean Six Sigma Green Belt. Senior Regional Leadership Team 45

Jose Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Lucia Vielman Coporate Treasure Mrs. Vielman Ruiz was a Private Banking Manager at Mercom Bank and later appointedas General Manager. In 2009 Mrs. Vielman Ruiz Joined PBS as Compliant officer for the first sindicate loan and in 2010 she became the Corporate Treasurer, responsible for banking operations at country level and member of the Management Governance Committee. She Graduated in Business Administration from Universidad Francisco Marroquin, Guatemala in 1998. Sharon McDonald Chief Assurance Officer Dr. Sharon Smith-McDonald supports PBS Group Limited. She is responsible for overseeing the Group’s internal controls and risk management. She plays a critical role in ensuring compliance with regulations by the development of effective assurance strategies across all business operations. Dr. Smith-McDonald has accumulated over three decades of experience in fi nance, accounting, and business operations. Her distinguished career includes key leadership roles within multinational organizations, most recently serving as Group Financial Controller at Musson Jamaica Limited. Dr. Smith-McDonald holds a Doctor of Business Administration in Finance & Internal Controls from Walden University, a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Northern Caribbean University, and a Bachelor of Science in Management and Accounting from The University of the West Indies. Ryan Kirlew Corporate Global Controller Ryan oversees the fi nancial operations of the entire PBS Group. Ryan brings a wealth of experience in strategic fi nancial management and reporting. He has consistently demonstrated outstanding leadership, expertise, and a deep understanding of fi nancial operations. His commitment to excellence has been evident throughout his career, and we are con fi dent that he will excel in this new role. Since joining the Group in 2017, Ryan has made signi fi cant contributions while working with Musson International Dairies Limited, Seprod, T. Geddes Grant, and Musson Jamaica—gaining valuable experience and playing a key role in the success of these business units. As Global Controller, Ryan is responsible for the overall fi nancial reporting of the PBS Group. He leads the development and maintenance of the organization’s accounting policies, practices, procedures, initiatives, and systems. Senior Regional Leadership Team 46

Daniel Martínez Advanced Services Regional Manager Daniel brings over 20 years of experience in business development across the technology and consulting sectors, leading transformational initiatives for government and financial institutions throughout Central America and the Caribbean. In the past seven years alone, he has consistently achieved double-digit growth in revenue and margins in Honduras by designing and implementing tailored professional services that accelerate technology adoption. As an Oracle Champion for nearly a decade, Daniel seamlessly combines technical expertise with commercial strategy to drive client success. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing & International Business and a Master of Science in Finance from Universidad Tecnológica Centroamericana (UNITEC), Honduras. Additionally, he earned a Professional Certificate in Digital Transformation from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Cambridge, MA, USA. Vennis Williamson Regional Manager Jamaica & Cayman Vennis Williamson. Her career in the information and communications technology (ICT) sector spans over a decade. Vennis has played a crucial role in navigating PBS Jamaica through the digital era, achieving significant technological milestones along the way. Her strategic guidance has integrated major technology entities, propelling the organization to unprecedented levels of innovation and market leadership. Over the past three years, under Vennis's leadership, PBS Jamaica has exceeded financial and operational growth objectives while prioritizing staff engagement as a core part of its strategy. Estefania Menéndez Personnel Regional Director Estefanía Menéndez is the Regional Personnel Director at PBS Group Limited, where she leads the human capital strategy and drives organizational transformation across the group. With over 14 years of experience in the Technology, Electrical, Outsourcing, and Business Services sectors, Estefanía has held leadership positions at renowned companies such as Schneider Electric, Xerox, and Capgemini. She holds a Business degree and a Master’s in Finance from Franklin University, and is certified in both Project Management and Six Sigma. Estefanía is widely recognized for implementing transformative initiatives that enhance productivity, increase operational efficiency, and boost employee engagement. Javier Mogollón Chief Information Officer Javier Mogollón is a systems engineer with a postgraduate degree in telecommunications from the Santiago Mariño University in Venezuela, he arrived in Guatemala 20 years ago after completing a ten-year cycle at Xerox of Venezuela, throughout this time in which he has worked for the group, Javier has held several positions accepting both local and regional challenges and responsibilities. He served as service manager, and sales support manager was the creator and developer of the Docushare Project (accounting code) in Shared Service that is currently used by all PBS Groups and the following company incorporations, he was in charge of the System One infrastructure installed in the Guatemala data center for 2 years, 4 years has held the position of IT manager in PBS Guatemala. Javier is currently the CIO of PBS Group. Regional Leadership Team 47

Lesder Ramírez Chief Operating Officer Central America Mr. Lesder Ramirez studied Business Administration at the Universidad San Carlos De Guatemala, Guatemala and in 2009, joined PBS as the Financial Manager for the Guatemala operations. From 2009 to 2015, Lesder was entrusted to play different roles in finance such as Finance Manager for the operations of Costa Rica, Honduras Jamaica and Belize, Shared Service Center - Finance Manager and Xerox Relationship Management. During his tenure managing the Xerox relationship, Lesder oversaw planning operations, working closely with Mr. Pedro M. Paris C., CEO of PBS Group, where he developed additional business acumen. In 2019, based on his achievements, Lesder was promoted to oversee the operations of Dutch Caribbean as Senior General Manager. More recently in 2022, due to his knowledge of the PBS business as well as his solid financial and operations background Lesder, was named COO in charge of the operations of Trinidad & Tobago, Guyana, and Dutch Caribbean (Aruba, Curacao, Bonaire, Saint Maarten and Suriname). Stuart Franco Chief Operating Officer Eastern Caribbean Cluster Stuart Franco is the Chief Operating Officer of the Eastern Caribbean Cluster, bringing over two decades of leadership, commercial expertise, and deep regional knowledge to the role. A graduate of the University of Western Ontario with a B.A. in Statistics & Economics, Stuart joined TSL in 2003 and steadily rose through the ranks — from Sales Representative to Sales Manager, Executive Vice President of Sales, and Chief Executive Officer — before assuming his current role in 2026. Throughout his tenure, he has been a driving force behind the company's growth trajectory, building lasting client relationships and strengthening TSL's market position across the Caribbean. Stuart served as President of the American Chamber of Commerce in Trinidad and Tobago (AmCham T&T) from 2023 to 2025 and has been a board member since 2018. He is also an active board member of the TSL Foundation, where he has championed community initiatives that uplift the regions TSL serves. Outside the office, Stuart is a devoted husband and father of four, an avid football fan, and a firm believer in the importance of family — a value he actively fosters within his team. Ezequiel Bardas Chief Operating Officer Latin America Ezequiel Bardas serves as Chief Operating Officer for Latin America at PBS Group, bringing more than two decades of senior executive leadership to the role. Known for his ability to scale operations, drive digital transformation, and deliver sustainable profitability in complex environments, Ezequiel leads the strategic direction for PBS Group's affiliates across the Andean Region — overseeing operational synergy, key alliance development, and an ambitious expansion plan throughout Latin America. Before joining PBS Group, Ezequiel held distinguished leadership positions at Xerox, serving as President and General Manager across major markets including the United States and Latin America. His track record of navigating high-stakes business environments and building high-performing regional organizations speaks to a career defined by results and resilience. Ezequiel holds an Executive MBA from IAE Business School, complemented by multiple leadership certifications. His leadership philosophy blends sharp market insight with an unwavering commitment to innovation and excellence — qualities that position him as a driving force behind PBS Group's next chapter in the region. Regional Leadership Team 48

GENERAL MANAGER Melani Angeles DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Marco Almendárez NICARAGUA SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Francisco Lupiac GENERAL MANAGER HONDURAS COUNTRY MANAGER Nyron Thomas TRINIDAD & TOBAGO SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Elvin Nash BARBADOS & OECS Jason Alidikromo COUNTRY MANAGER SURINAME Senior in Country Leadership SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Mirian Alas EL SALVADOR Laura Johnston COUNTRY MANAGER CAYMAN 49

Nella Aguilar PERU COUNTRY MANAGER Candace Bartholomew COUNTRY MANAGER GUYANA Jose Maduro COUNTRY MANAGER BONAIRE & ARUBA Charlesson Ramdjas COUNTRY MANAGER CURAÇAO Vynnie Mila GENERAL MANAGER GPA GPA USA Luis Castillo GUATEMALA COUNTRY MANAGER COUNTRY MANAGER Ana Karina Vallejo ECUADOR Senior in Country Leadership Esteban Corrales PANAMA & COLOMBIA COUNTRY MANAGER 50

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 51

Deloitte & Touche 3 rd Floor The Goddard Building Haggatt Hall St. Michael, BB11059 Barbados, W.I. Tel: +246 620 6400 Fax: +246 430 6451 www.deloitte.com Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (“DTTL”), its global network of member firms, and their related entities (collectively, the “Deloitte organization”). DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) and each of its member firms and related entities are legally separate and independent entities, which cannot obligate or bind each other in respect of third parties. DTTL and each DTTL member firm and related entity is liable only for its own acts and omissions, and not those of each other. DTTL does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about to learn more. Deloitte & Touche is an affiliate of DCB Holding Ltd., a member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Opinion We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries (“the Group”), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2025, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including material accounting policy information. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at December 31, 2025, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS Accounting Standards”). Basis for Opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) (“IESBA Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Key Audit Matters Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill As at 31 December 2025, Goodwill accounted for US$86.2 million, which represents 20.5% of total assets of the Group. On an annual basis, management tests whether goodwill is subject to impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units (CGU) have been determined using value in use calculations based on the higher of the recoverable amount compared to fair value less costs to sell. Our approach to testing management’s impairment assessment, with the assistance of our valuation specialist involved the following procedures, amongst others: • Obtained management’s discounted cash flow model (DCF) including qualitative and quantitative analyses and updated our understanding of the process used by management to determine the value in use of each CGU and evaluated for any changes.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 2 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill (Cont’d) We focused on this area because the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill involves significant judgement and estimation, is sensitive to changes in key assumptions and determining economic recovery is challenging. The key assumptions were assessed by management as being: • Revenue growth rate; • Terminal growth rate; • Average Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) to revenue; and Pre-tax Discount rate. • Agreed the 31 December 2025 base year financial information to current year results and compared previous forecasts to actual results to assess the performance of the business and the accuracy of management’s forecasting. • Compared the revenue growth rates to historical revenue growth and externally derived data as well as our own assessments in relation to key inputs such as projected economic growth, inflation and pre-tax discount rates. • Developed a range of parameters using available market inputs and historical information and performed sensitivity analyses using these parameters, which was compared to management’s terminal growth and pre-tax discount rates. • Compared EBITDA margins to historical results, and verified reconciling variances to underlying supporting data and current period results. Tested management’s impairment model calculations for mathematical accuracy Operating and finance lease revenue (Forming part of sale of goods) Revenue arising from the inception of new finance leases is included within the sale of goods revenue stream and is not captured through a specific identifier. As a result, identifying transactions that contain lease arrangements requires manual assessment for every underlying subsidiary. Recognition of revenue in these arrangements requires judgment to identify the lease and non-lease components of the contract and to determine whether the lease should be classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. This classification can materially affect the timing and presentation of revenue recognition, the measurement of lease receivables, and the related financial statement disclosures. Our approach to testing lease revenue to mitigate the identified risks includes the following procedures: • Obtained the population of leases entered into by the entities and reviewed Management's assessment on their classification between operating and finance leases. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition of the finance lease within the Sale of Goods revenue stream, based on the lease amortisation schedule prepared by the management. • On a sample basis, obtained and inspected the related customer contracts / signed agreements to review Management's

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 3 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Lease classification is based on the terms set out in customer agreements and purchase orders. Accordingly, significant judgment is required to assess whether the contractual terms are consistent with the underlying transaction and whether the classification has been applied appropriately across the population of relevant sales arrangements. As it involves manual review and interpretation of contract documentation, there is an increased risk of error and inconsistent application. The key assumptions and judgments applied by management include: • assessment of whether the arrangement is an operating lease or a finance lease; • determination of the discount rate used in lease classification and measurement; and • identification of the standalone selling price of goods where contracts include both leasing and maintenance components. assessment on the classification between finance or operating lease. • For the selected samples, obtained and verified the inputs (interest rates, delivery dates, lease & non-lease component) as determined by Management to recalculate the finance lease revenue to be recognised in the accounts at lease inception. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition and subsequent interest income based on our independent recalculation to the amounts recorded by management. Management override of controls Management is in a unique position to perpetrate fraud because of its ability to directly or indirectly manipulate accounting records and prepare fraudulent financial statements by overriding established controls that otherwise appear to be operating effectively. The risk of management override of controls is pervasive. Because of its unpredictable nature, this risk could result in a material misstatement. This significant risk also represents a fraud risk for the audit. • Engaged in periodic fraud discussions with certain members of senior management and utilized our internal fraud specialist to guide and support our fraud-related testing procedures. • Considered the potential for bias in judgments and estimates, including performing retrospective analysis of significant accounting estimates. • Evaluated whether the Company has entered into any significant unusual transactions and, if so, the nature, terms, and business purpose (or lack thereof) of those transactions and whether such transactions involved related parties. • Evaluated the Company’s fraud risk assessment and consider indirect controls

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 4 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter and internal controls over the closing and reporting process. • Using our propriety software tool we extracted and tested journal entries that exhibit characteristics of possible management override of controls. • Tested controls over significant, unusual transactions, particularly those that result in late or unusual journal entries and controls over journal entries and adjustments made in the period-end financial reporting process. • No evidence of management override of controls was identified as a results of our audit procedures. Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process. Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also: • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 5 • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management. • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. • Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business units within the Group as a basis for forming an opinion on the group financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determined those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. Information other than the financial statements Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Annual Report but does not include the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon which is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s report. Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with the audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. When we read the Annual Report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 6 The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditors’ report is Steve Clarke. Other matter – responsibility for our audit work This report is made solely to the shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited as a body, in accordance with Section 147 of the Companies Act of Barbados. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the shareholders for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinion we have formed. Other matter – predecessor auditors The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2024 were audited by another auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those statements on 30 June 2025. 7 June 2026

Page 2 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Non-Current Assets Property, plant and equipment 13 36,106 35,865 Right-of-use assets 14 15,269 12,802 Intangible assets 15 104,757 107,595 Lease receivables 16 4,538 6,869 Pension plan assets 30 3,752 3,674 Long term receivables 17 608 551 Deferred tax assets 18 11,507 14,491 Investments 34 - 243 Contract Asset 33 28 - Investments in Associate 20 4,774 4,056 Total Non-Current Assets 181,339 186,146 Current Assets Due from related parties 19 8,066 7,467 Inventories 21 58,043 48,584 Contract assets 33 - 1,602 Trade and other receivables 22 127,296 105,760 Current portion of lease receivables 16 11,437 2,696 Current portion of long-term receivables 17 161 38 Taxation recoverable 14,476 17,462 Cash and bank 23 21,574 29,961 Total Current Assets 241,053 213,570 Current Liabilities Trade and other payables 24 91,049 85,855 Contract liabilities 33 15,101 15,602 Due to related parties 19 13,739 12,308 Taxation payable 5,219 11,255 Current portion of lease liabilities 25 6,998 6,441 Short term loans 26 19,245 5,941 Current portion of long-term loans 26 14,250 10,633 Total Current Liabilities 165,601 148,035 Net Current Assets 75,452 65,535 Total Non-current Assets and Net Current Assets 256,791 251,681

Page 3 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (Continued) 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Equity Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Share capital 27 123,016 123,016 Other reserves/ (deficit) 28 (17,025) (17,339) Accumulated deficit (30,198) (23,274) Total Shareholders´ Equity 75,793 82,403 Non-controlling Interests 1,337 1,185 Total Equity 77,130 83,588 Non-Current Liabilities Retirement benefit obligations 30 3,111 1,553 Deferred tax liabilities 18 6,570 6,153 Lease liabilities 25 17,988 15,465 Borrowings 26 151,992 144,515 Other long-term liabilities - 407 Total Non-Current Liabilities 179,661 168,093 Total Non-Current Liabilities and Equity 256,791 251,681 Approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 June, 2026 and signed on its behalf by: _____________________________________________ _________________________________ Paul Scott Director Pedro Paris Director The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 4 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Number of Shares ‘000 Share Capital $’000 Other Reserves / (Deficit) $’000 Accumulated Deficit $’000 Non- Controlling Interest $’000 Total $’000 Balance at 31 December 2023 188,213 123,016 (17,139) (29,359) 1,070 77,588 Currency translation differences - - (820) (87) - (907) Actuarial loss - - (96) - - (96) Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - 716 - - 716 Net income - - - 7,461 115 7,576 Total comprehensive income - - (200) 7,374 115 7,289 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (1,289) - (1,289) Balance at 31 December 2024 188,213 123,016 (17,339) (23,274) 1,185 83,588 Currency translation differences - - 260 - - 260 Actuarial gain - - 54 - - 54 Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - - - - - Net income - - - 4,287 152 4,439 Total comprehensive income - - 314 4,287 152 4,753 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (11,211) - (11,211) Balance at 31 December 2025 188,213 123,016 (17,025) (30,198) 1,337 77,130 The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 5 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash Flows from Operating Activities (Note 31) 2,726 32,531 Cash Flows from Financing Activities Interest paid (17,094) (18,801) Dividends paid (11,211) (1,289) Proceeds from borrowing 48,808 147,041 Repayments of borrowings (19,297) (141,672) Repayments of lease liabilities (8,370) (10,699) Net cash used in financing activities (7,164) (25,420) Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired 35 (592) (1,293) Interest received 1,769 1,999 Purchase of property, plant and equipment (5,102) (6,378) Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 42 238 Purchase of Investments in Associates 20 - (3,543) Net cash used in investing activities (3,883) (8,977) Net (Decrease) in Cash (8,321) (1,866) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 29,961 31,991 Effect of foreign exchange in cash (66) (164) Cash and Cash Equivalents at end of the year 23 21,574 29,961 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The principal non-cash transactions include: ● Transfer to property, plant and equipment from inventory during the financial year $9,380,000 (2024 - $9,017,000). ● Transfer from property, plant and equipment to inventory upon expiry of operating lease of $4,018,000 (2024 - $4,799,000). The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page 6 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 1. Identification and Principal Activities Productive Business Solutions Limited (“the Company”) is a company incorporated on 16 December 2010, and domiciled in Barbados, originally under the International Business Corporation (IBC) Act 77 (Barbados). Effective July 1st, 2021, the Company operates under the Companies Act Cap. 308 (Barbados) and holds a Foreign Currency Permit under the Foreign Currency Permits Act, 2018-44 (Barbados). The tax rate for the fiscal year commencing 1 January 2025 is 9.0% of taxable income. The registered office of the Company is at Facey House # 42 Warrens Industrial Park, Warrens, St. Michaels, Barbados. The Company is capitalised by ordinary shares. The Company is a subsidiary of Facey Group Limited, owned by Musson (Jamaica) Limited. Facey Group Limited is a company incorporated in Barbados under the Companies Act, Cap. 308 (Barbados) as an international business company. In combination, Musson (Jamaica) Limited and Facey Group Limited own 66.98% of the ordinary shares of the Company. The Company is listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange and the International Securities Market in Barbados. The Company’s ultimate parent company and controlling party is Elkon Limited (“Elkon”), which is incorporated and domiciled in Jamaica, and Paul B. Scott, respectively. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, (referred to as “Group”) are the distribution of printing equipment, business machines, handsets and related accessories, automated teller machines, security checkpoints, system integration, cloud services, data analytics, communication solutions, e-transactions, development of software and other technology solutions. In May 2025 the Group acquired 100% holding in Regional Business Systems Limited (RBS), incorporated and domiciled in Barbados (Note 35).

Page 7 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, hereinafter referred to as the financial statements, are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. (a) Basis of preparation These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. IFRS Accounting Standards comprise the following authoritative literature:  IFRS Accounting Standards  IAS Standards  Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC Interpretations) or its predecessor body, the Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC Interpretations). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain items of property, plant and equipment. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Although these estimates are based on managements’ best knowledge of current events and action, actual results could differ from those estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 4. Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year Certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards have been published that became effective during the current financial year. The Group has assessed the relevance of all such new standards, interpretations and amendments and has affected the following, which are immediately relevant to its operations: Amendments to IAS 21,‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ , Amendments to IAS 21 were made to add requirements to help entities to determine whether a currency is exchangeable into another currency, and the spot exchange rate to use when it is not. Prior to these amendments, IAS 21 set out the exchange rate to use when exchangeability is temporarily lacking, but not what to do when lack of exchangeability is not temporary. Management’s assessment is that the amendments of this standard have no impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Page 8 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year (continued) The amendments must be applied retrospectively in accordance with the requirements in IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. The amendment did not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. There are no other IFRS Accounting Standards or IFRIC interpretations effective in the current year which are expected to have a significant impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the company.

Page 9 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group The Group has concluded that the following standards which are published but not yet effective, are relevant to its operations and will impact the Group’s accounting policies and financial disclosures as discussed below. These standards and amendments to existing standards are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2026, but the Group has not early adopted them: Amendments to IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 7, ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026). Amendments to IFRS 9 and 7 (a) clarify the date of recognition and derecognition of some financial assets and liabilities, with a new exception for some financial liabilities settled through an electronic cash transfer system; (b) clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether a financial asset meets the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) criterion; (c) add new disclosures for certain instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows (such as some financial instruments with features linked to the achievement of environment, social and governance targets); and (d) update the disclosures for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). The amendments in (b) are most relevant to financial institutions, but the amendments in (a), (c) and (d) are relevant to all entities. It is not anticipated that the amendments will have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 18, ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This is the new standard on presentation and disclosure in financial statements, which replaces IAS 1, with a focus on updates to the statement of profit or loss. The key new concepts introduced in IFRS 18 relate to: • the structure of the statement of profit or loss with defined subtotals; • requirement to determine the most useful structure summary for presenting expenses in the statement of profit or loss • required disclosures in a single note within the financial statements for certain profit or loss performance measures that are reported outside an entity’s financial statements (that is, management-defined performance measures); and • enhanced principles on aggregation and disaggregation which apply to the primary financial statements and notes in general. Management is assessing the impact of this new standard on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 19, 'Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures' , (effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This standard permit eligible subsidiaries to apply reduced IFRS disclosure requirements. IFRS 19 is a voluntary standard for eligible subsidiaries. A subsidiary is eligible if it does not have public accountability and it has an ultimate or intermediate parent that produces consolidated financial statements available for public use that comply with IFRS Accounting Standards. An eligible entity may opt to revoke the application of this standard after implementation. The entity may also elect to apply the standard more than one. The group is currently assessing the impact of this standard.

Page 10 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) There are no other new or amended IFRS Accounting Standards and interpretations that are published but not yet effective that would be expected to have an impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the Group. (b) Consolidation (i) Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations involving third parties by the Group. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred, and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss, in the statement of comprehensive income.

Page 11 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) Subsidiaries Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. The Group’s subsidiaries, countries of incorporation, and the Group’s percentage interest are as follows: Country of incorporation Group’s Percentage Interest 2025 2024 Nicaragua Holdings and its subsidiary St., Lucia & Nicaragua 100 100 Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia & Dominican Republic 100 100 Mobay Holdings N.V. and its subsidiary Curacao & Aruba 100 100 PBS Caribbean Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia, Jamaica, Barbados, Colombia, Suriname 100 100 Cayman Business Machines Limited* Cayman 40 40 PBS Technology Group Limited St. Lucia, Antigua & Barbuda, Jamaica, Trinidad, Guyana, 100 100 Infotrans Group Holding B.V. Curacao, Bonaire, Colombia, Suriname & Aruba 100 100 High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V. El Salvador and Honduras 100 100 PBS Central America and its subsidiaries Panama, Guatemala, Costa Rica, El Salvador 100 100 PBS Honduras Honduras 75 75 PBS Peru Peru 100 100 PBS Ecuador Ecuador 100 100

Page 12 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) In accordance with Cayman laws, entities that are domiciled in the Cayman Islands and are not issued with Local Companies Control Law Licenses, are required to be at least 60% owned by a Caymanian. The operation of Cayman Business Machines Limited is however controlled by Productive Business Solutions Limited and is therefore, in substance, categorised as a subsidiary. (ii) Transactions with non-controlling interests The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For purchases of ownership interest in subsidiaries from non-controlling interests in which the Group retains control of the subsidiary, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests where control is retained by the Group are also recorded in equity. (iii) Disposal of subsidiaries When the Group ceases to have control or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value, with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss. If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate. (iv) Business combination under common control Acquisitions from entities under common control are determined by the substance and specific facts and circumstances surrounding any particular business combination under common control. Business combinations under common control are accounted for using the predecessor method of accounting. Under the predecessor method of accounting, the cost of an acquisition is measured in a manner similar to the purchase method of accounting. Identifiable assets and liabilities are measured at book value at the date of acquisition. Under the predecessor method of accounting, no goodwill is created, as any difference between the cost of acquisition and the book value of the net assets acquired is dealt with as an adjustment to retained earnings. (v) Investment in associates Associates are categorized as entities over which the Group has influence but not control, with shareholding and voting rights between 20% and 50%. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost. The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associate’s post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in profit and loss, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equal or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Page 13 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (c) Foreign currency translation (i) Functional and presentation currency Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States Dollars, which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency. (ii) Transactions and balances Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. At the statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the weighted average closing exchange rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates, of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in statement of comprehensive income. (iii) Group companies The results and financial position of all the group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper- inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated as follows: a) Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at year end rates, b) Items affecting the statement of comprehensive income are translated at average rates, and c) The resultant gains or losses are recognised in other comprehensive income as translation gains or losses. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Page 14 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (d) Revenue recognition Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of applicable value added taxes, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue is recognised as follows: Reprographic products Revenue earned from reprographic products is either through an outright sale or a lease of equipment and from related service contracts. Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from finance leases, are recognised at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require installation, revenue is recognised when the equipment has been delivered and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer-installable products are recognised upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer's shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the finance lease method and are recognised as earned over the lease term. A substantial portion of the Group's reprographic products is sold with full- service maintenance agreements. Service revenues are derived primarily from these maintenance contracts on equipment sold to customers and are recognised over the term of the contracts in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, by reference to completion of the specific transaction assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided. Revenue is recognised only after there are specific indicators of transfer of control to the customer. To evidence transfer of control on contracts where revenue is recognised at a point in time, management has defined that revenue can only be recognised after the equipment or part is installed or the supplies are delivered. Bill and hold agreements are scrutinised to ensure the transfer of control to the customer is effective. For contracts where revenue is recognised over time, management measures the fulfilment of the performance obligations based on the value that the delivered goods or services represent to the customer. Telecommunications products Revenue from telecommunications products comprises revenue from the sales of cellular phones. These products are sold under contractual agreements with the telecommunications providers. Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised on a gross basis as management has determined that the Group acts as a principal in relation to these transactions, due to the fact that the Group bears the majority of risk, principally credit and inventory risk, in relation to such transactions, and the Group also acts as primary obligor. Control is the key consideration when assessing the nature of the promise to the customer. When the entity does not control the good or service (or inventory) before it is transferred to the customer it is likely that the promise in the contract is to arrange for goods or services to be delivered (rather than these to be provided by the entity). In such cases, the Company recognises revenue for an amount equal to the net income (revenue minus cost). Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised when a Group entity has delivered products to the customer; the customer has accepted the products and collectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured. Interest income is recognised on the accrual basis on the effective interest basis, except when collectability is considered doubtful. In such cases, income is recorded when economic benefits are received.

Page 15 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (e) Property, plant and equipment Freehold land and buildings are shown at fair value, based on valuations by external independent valuers, less subsequent depreciation for buildings. Valuations are performed every three years to ensure that the fair value of a revalued asset does not differ materially from it’s carrying amount. Any accumulated depreciation at the date of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset, and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of freehold, land and buildings are credited to other comprehensive income and shown as other reserves in shareholder’s equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are recorded in other comprehensive income and debited against other reserves directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the profit or loss. All other property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Land is not depreciated as it is deemed to have an indefinite life. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation is calculated at annual rates on the straight-line basis to write-off the cost of the assets to their residual values over their estimated useful lives at annual rates as follows: Freehold buildings 2 - 2 ½% Leasehold buildings and improvements 10 - 20% Furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment 10 - 33⅓% Motor vehicles 20 - 25% Gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount and are included in operating profit. Repairs and maintenance expenditure is charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which it is incurred. The cost of major renovations is included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of the existing asset will flow to the Group. When revalued assets are sold, the amounts included in other reserves are transferred to retained earnings.

Page 16 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (f) Intangible assets (i) Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates and joint ventures is included in investment in associates and investment in joint venture, respectively. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or Groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. (ii) Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences. Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. All, excepting licenses are deemed to have finite useful lives and amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the intangible assets over their estimated useful lives between 5 and 20 years. Licenses have an indefinite useful life. (iii) Proprietary Software The Group is the owner of a software internally developed to address diverse customer needs. This asset is carried at cost and amortised according to its defined useful life. (g) Impairment of non-financial assets Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Page 17 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset in one entity and a financial liability or equity of another entity. Financial assets Classification The Group classifies its financial assets at amortised cost. The classification depends on the business model used for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. Impairment The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss (ECL) associated with its financial assets classified at amortised cost, lease receivables, long term receivables and related party balances. Application of the General Model The Group has applied the ‘general model’ as required under IFRS 9 for financial assets other than trade receivables. Under this model, the Group is required to assess on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its financial assets carried at amortised cost. The ECL will be recognised in profit or loss before a loss event has occurred. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. ECL is calculated by multiplying the Probability of default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD). The impairment model uses a three-stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination: Stage 1 – 12-month ECL applies to all financial assets that have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and are not credit impaired. The ECL will be computed using a 12-month PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months. Stage 2 – When a financial asset experiences a significant increase in credit risk subsequent to origination but is not credit impaired, it is considered to be in Stage 2. This requires the computation of ECL based on lifetime PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the remaining estimated life of the financial asset. Provisions are higher in this stage because of an increase in risk and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered compared to 12 months in Stage 1. Stage 3 – Financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment will be included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses will continue to capture the lifetime ECL. The Group uses judgement when considering the following factors that affect the determination of impairment: Assessment of Significant Increase in Credit Risk The assessment of a significant increase in credit risk is done on a relative basis. To assess whether the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since origination, the Group compares the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial asset at the reporting date to the corresponding risk of default at origination, using key risk indicators that are used in the Group’s existing risk management processes. At each reporting date, the assessment of a change in credit risk will be individually assessed for those considered individually significant and at the segment level. This assessment is symmetrical in nature, allowing credit risk of financial assets to move back to Stage 1 if the increase in credit risk since origination has reduced and is no longer deemed to be significant.

Page 18 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments (continued) Macroeconomic Factors, Forward Looking Information and Multiple Scenarios The Group applies an unbiased and probability weighted estimate of credit losses by evaluating a range of possible outcomes that incorporates forecasts of future economic conditions. Macroeconomic factors and forward-looking information are incorporated into the measurement of ECL as well as the determination of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination. Measurement of ECLs at each reporting period reflect reasonable and supportable information at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The Group uses three scenarios that are probability weighted to determine ECL. Expected Life When measuring ECL, the Group considers the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk. All contractual terms are considered when determining the expected life, including prepayment options and extension and rollover options. Application of the Simplified Approach For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. Financial liabilities The Group’s financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, this is the initial recognition minus the cumulative amortisation of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount. Financial liabilities at amortised costs are classified as current or non-current depending on whether these are due within 12 months after the statement of financial position date or beyond. Financial liabilities are derecognised when either of the following take place: The Group is discharged from its obligation, upon expiration or when they are cancelled or replaced by a new liability. (i) Inventories Inventories are carried at weighted average purchase cost. These items are stated at cost less provision for write down to net realisable value, where necessary and are stated at the lower weighted average cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the costs of completion and selling expenses. (j) Trade receivables Impairment over trade receivables is determined with the aid of a matrix based on the ageing of the account. Twice a year, management assesses whether there has been any indicator of a change in the credit risk. Additionally, periodically a comprehensive evaluation is performed with the objective of identifying individual accounts that may be subject to impairment which are either written off or fully provided for. (k) Cash and bank Cash and bank include cash on hand net of bank overdrafts. In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and bank include cash in hand and at bank and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown in current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

Page 19 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (l) Trade payables These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. (m) Contract assets and contract liabilities The Group recognises a contract asset whenever it has the right for consideration as a result of transferring goods or services to a customer. Contract assets are different from accounts receivables as the former would only require the passage of time for the consideration to be due. Contract assets are subject to impairment assessment. The Group recognises a contract liability when it has received a payment, or a payment is due for goods or services that have not yet been transferred to the customer. (n) Income taxes Taxation expense in the statement of comprehensive income comprises current and deferred tax charges. Current tax charges are based on taxable profits for the year, which differ from the profit before tax reported because it excludes items that are taxable or deductible in other years, and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability f or current tax is calculated at tax rates that have been enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Deferred tax is the tax expected to be paid or recovered on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding tax bases. Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Currently enacted tax rates are used in the determination of deferred income tax. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they arise from the same taxable entity, relate to the same tax authority and when the legal right of offset exists. Deferred tax is charged or credited to profit or loss, except where it relates to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income, in which case, deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income. (o) Provisions Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. (p) Share capital Ordinary shares, and redeemable cumulative preference shares where the declaration of dividends is discretionary, are classified as equity instruments. The preference shares are perpetual and are only redeemable at the sole discretion of the Company but not before the 16 th year after the issue of the shares. Dividends on these shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are declared.

Page 20 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (q) Earnings per share (i) Basic earnings per share Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: ● the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares. ● by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares. (ii) Diluted earnings per share Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account: ● the after-income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and ● the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. (r) Borrowings Borrowings are recognised initially at cost, being their issue proceeds, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequently, borrowings are stated at amortised cost and any difference between net proceeds and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Preference shares issued by the Group are treated as borrowings if they carry a contractual term of redemption either by cash or another financial asset and dividends payments are not discretionary. (s) Leases As Lessee Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments: - fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable - payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option. Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rates, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions. As Lessor Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessee are classified as finance leases. When assets are leased out under a finance leases, the asset is derecognized and treated as revenue in accordance with accounting policy (d) with the present value of the lease payments is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease in a manner which reflects a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.

Page 21 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (s) Leases (continued) Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessor are included in property, plant and equipment in the statement of financial position. They are depreciated over their expected useful lives on a basis consistent with similar owned property, plant and equipment. Rental income is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. In some instances, transfers are made from Inventory to property, plant and equipment to facilitate the leasing of assets. In instances where leased equipment is returned this is transferred from property, plant and equipment to Inventory. When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which termination takes place. (t) Post-employment benefits The Group participates in a defined contribution plan operated by a related party, Musson (Jamaica) Limited, whereby it pays contributions to a separate, trustee-administered fund for its Jamaican operation. Once the contributions have been paid, the Group has no further payment obligations. Contributions to the plan are charged to profit or loss in the period to which they relate. There is an unfunded retirement benefit plan in the Nicaragua and El Salvador operations which is reflected in the statement of financial position as a liability. Changes to benefits are calculated by third party actuaries and are reflected in the Change to statement of comprehensive income. The Parent Company also participates in a defined benefit pension plan relating to PBS Technologies (Barbados) Limited, the assets of which are held in a separate fund administered by a Trustee. The pension plan is funded by payments from the Parent Company, taking into account the recommendations of independent qualified actuaries. Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value. (u) Finance costs Finance costs includes interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest method, interest on finance leases, material bank charges and foreign exchange gains and losses recognised in profit or loss. (v) Offsetting financial instruments Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty. (w) Segment information Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer. (x) Dividend distribution Dividend distribution is recognised as equity in the financial statements in which the dividends are approved by the shareholders. Dividend distributions on preference shares classified as borrowings are included in finance costs when the dividends are approved.

Page 22 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (a) Financial risk factors The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyse these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and up-to-date information systems. Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies and evaluates financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and investment of excess liquidity. (i) Credit risk The Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that its customers, clients or counterparties will cause a financial loss for the Group by failing to discharge their contractual obligations. Credit exposures arise principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and are influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Group has established credit policies under which each customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness prior to the Group offering them a credit facility. Credit limits are assigned to each customer and are reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Group has procedures in place to restrict customer orders if the order will result in customers exceeding their credit limits. Customers who fail to meet the Group’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Group on a prepayment basis. Customer credit risk is monitored according to their credit characteristics such as whether it is an individual or company, geographic location, industry, aging profile, and previous financial difficulties. The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents an estimate of expected credit losses in respect of trade and other receivables. The Group addresses impairment assessment in two areas: individually and collectively assessed allowances. Cash transactions are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. The Group has policies in place to limit the amount of exposure to any one financial institution. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the amount reflected on the statement of financial position.

Page 23 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Credit risk (continued) At year end, the banks where the Group maintains most of its cash, were rated by Fitch Ratings as follows: 202 5 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. B BB+ CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA+ Citibank F1 A+ 202 4 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. F1+ AA- CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA- Citibank F1 A+ Maximum credit risk exposure The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk equals the carrying amounts on the statement of financial position, of the assets which expose the Group to credit risk. There has been no change over the prior year in the manner in which the Group manages and measures credit risk. Analysis of trade receivables The Group’s trade receivables, broken down by customer sector is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Government 42,058 41,804 Private entities 58,254 48,815 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Impairment of financial assets The Group has four types of financial assets that are subject to expected credit losses as follows: (i) Trade receivables (ii) Lease receivable and long-term receivables (iii) Accounts receivable from related parties (iv) Other debt instruments carried at amortised cost

Page 24 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Trade receivables The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measure expected credit losses (ECL) which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. On that basis, the loss allowance at 31 December 2025 and 2024 was determined as follows for trade receivables: 31 December 202 5 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1 - 180 days past due $’000 181 - 360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 2.83% 11.54% 30.39% Gross carrying amount 71,856 19,451 2,878 6,127 100,312 Loss allowance provision 11 550 332 1,862 2,755 31 December 202 4 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1-180 days past due $’000 181-360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 0.67% 7.50% 38.38% Gross carrying amount 45,859 33,441 6,404 4,915 90,619 Loss allowance provision 10 224 480 1,887 2,601 The closing loss allowances for trade receivables as at 31 December 2025 reconcile to the opening loss allowances as follows: 202 5 202 4 $’000 $’000 Opening loss allowance as at 1 January 2,601 2,872 On Acquisition of Subsidiary (Note 34) - 299 Impairment (gains)/losses on receivables during the year 917 (223) Amounts written off (461) (314) Unused amounts reversed (320) - Exchange difference 18 (33) At 31 December 2,755 2,601

Page 25 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables The Group applies the ‘three stage’ model of IFRS 9 in measuring the expected credit losses (ECL) for all lease and long-term receivable. The application makes estimation about likelihood of default occurring, of the associated loss ratios of default correlations between counter parties. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The following tables contains an analysis of the credit exposure for lease and long-term receivables as at 31 December 2025 and 2024 as follows: Long term receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 769 - - 769 Carrying amount 769 - - 769 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 589 - - 589 Carrying amount 589 - - 589 Lease receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 Carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 26 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 Carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 27 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) Loss Allowance – Lease Receivables: No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material. Lease and long-term receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include ceasing enforcement activity, and where the Group’s recovery method is foreclosing on collateral, and the value of the collateral is such that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full. ECL movements without a profit and loss impact relates to amounts transferred from trade receivables to lease/long term receivables which previously existed and for which the ECL would have also been transferred. Expected credit losses are presented net of subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off. Cash and bank and other receivables Other financial assets at amortised cost include cash and bank balances, due from related parties and other receivables . These debt instruments at amortised cost are considered to have low credit risk. The loss allowance recognised during the period on those deemed to have low credit risk was therefore limited to the 12 month expected losses. Management considers these instruments as having low credit risk when there is a low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term. The allowance is assessed by estimating the likelihood of default, associated loss ratio and default correlation between counterparties. No opening loss allowances were recognised on balances for cash and bank, due from related parties and other receivables, and there were no movements during the current year, as the amounts determined were deemed immaterial. (iii) Due from related parties ECL is determined on yearly basis by performing a review of the financial position of the related party debtors for those where the receivable balances are material. If the related party debtor has an ‘intent’ and strong financial capacity to meet its contractual obligation, the probability of default is low and the credit risk is deemed to be immaterial, otherwise it would be classified under stage 2 or 3 and ECL computed accordingly. (iii) Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and other liquid assets and maintaining the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. Liquidity risk management process The Group’s liquidity management process, as carried out within the Group and monitored by the Board of Directors, primarily includes: (i) Monitoring future cash flows and liquidity on an ongoing basis. This incorporates an assessment of expected cash flows and the availability of collateral which could be used to secure funding if required. (ii) Maintaining committed lines of credit; and (iii) Managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities.

Page 28 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3 . Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Liquidity risk (continued) Undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities The maturity profile of financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments is as follows: Within 12 Months 1 to 5 Years Over 5 years Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Trade payables 58,350 - - 58,348 Other payables 32,699 - - 32,701 Due to related parties 13,739 - - 13,739 Lease liabilities 7,975 18,549 1,952 28,476 Borrowings 37,108 184,943 - 222,051 149,871 203,492 1,952 355,315 202 4 Trade payables 48,628 - - 48,628 Other payables 37,220 7 - 37,227 Due to related parties 12,308 - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities - - 407 407 Lease liabilities 9,335 14,453 126 23,914 Borrowings 25,339 141,834 - 167,173 132,830 156,294 533 289,657 (iii) Market risk The Group takes on exposure to market risks, which is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risks mainly arise from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is monitored by the Facey Group Limited’s treasury department which carries out extensive research and monitors the price movement of financial assets on the local and international markets. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Currency risk Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Jamaican (JMD) dollar, Honduran Lempira (HNL), Nicaraguan Córdoba (NIO), Dominican Peso (DOP), Costa Rican Colón (CRC), Trinidadian dollar (TTD) and the Guatemala Quetzal (GTQ). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. The Group manages its foreign exchange risk by ensuring that the net exposure in foreign assets and liabilities is kept to an acceptable level by monitoring currency positions. The Group further manages this risk by invoicing where possible in US dollars and converting foreign currency balances into US dollar denominated accounts.

Page 29 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, the net assets of which are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies. The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December: USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2025 Financial Assets Long term receivables 391 369 - 1 - - - - 8 769 Lease receivables 2,937 - - - - 8,232 - 3,232 1,574 15,975 Due from related parties 4,837 - 69 - - - - - 3,160 8,066 Trade receivables 22,584 20,983 6,670 4,107 3,900 7,052 9,336 8,946 13,979 97,557 Other receivables 3,696 209 848 400 949 9,203 319 2,497 6,311 24,432 Cash and bank 9,085 496 260 568 73 382 183 4,506 6,021 21,574 Total financial assets 43,530 22,057 7,847 5,076 4,922 24,869 9,838 19,181 31,053 168,373 Financial liabilities Trade payables 48,232 920 234 629 47 618 968 557 6,145 58,348 Other payables 6,557 1,562 2,323 1,194 1,520 4,013 3,973 2,172 9,385 32,701 Lease liabilities 16,808 - 2,604 339 1,248 - - 2,045 1,942 24,986 Due to related parties 11,761 - 305 - - - - - 1,673 13,739 Borrowings 183,138 - 1,672 - - - - 489 188 185,487 Total financial liabilities 266,496 2,482 7,138 2,162 2,815 4,631 4,941 5,263 19,333 315,261 Net position (222,966) 19,575 709 2,914 2,107 20,238 4,897 13,918 11,720 (146,888) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation against the US Dollar

Page 30 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (v) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2024 Financial Assets Long term receivables 224 355 - 2 - - - - 8 589 Lease receivables 3,211 - - - - - - 4,337 2,017 9,565 Due from related parties 7,120 - 347 - - - - - - 7,467 Trade receivables 41,110 7,129 6,093 2,106 4,787 1,876 6,644 7,871 10,402 88,018 Other receivables 1,421 259 854 47 (196) 3,788 240 533 6,811 13,757 Cash and cash equivalents 11,560 1,364 240 881 1,181 300 483 3,860 10,092 29,961 Total financial assets 64,646 9,107 7,534 3,036 5,772 5,964 7,367 16,601 29,330 149,357 Financial liabilities Trade payables 42,928 159 749 178 326 1,944 595 204 1,545 48,628 Other payables 11,452 1,698 2,681 901 887 2,770 2,616 4,358 9,864 37,227 Lease liabilities 14,721 - 929 302 1,155 - - 2,339 2,460 21,906 Due to related parties 12,150 - 158 - - - - - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities 407 - - - - - - - - 407 Borrowings 158,321 - 1,772 - - - - 934 62 161,089 Total financial liabilities 239,979 1,857 6,289 1,381 2,368 4,714 3,211 7,835 13,931 281,565 Net position (175,333) 7,250 1,245 1,655 3,404 1,250 4,156 8,766 15,399 (132,208) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation.

Page 31 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) The following tables indicate the currencies to which the Group had significant exposure on their monetary assets and liabilities and forecast cash flows. The change in currency rate below represents management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis represents outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the year-end for a reasonably expected change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity of the profit or loss was primarily as a result of foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of trade receivables and payables, long term receivables and borrowings. % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 5 2025 $’000 2025 $’000 Currency: HNL -1.5 - 109 HNL 1 - (73) JMD -1.5 607 - JMD 1 (152) - NIO -1.5 - 446 NIO 1 - (111) DOP -1.5 - (154) DOP 1 - 38 CRC -1.5 - 270 CRC 1 - (180) TTD -1.5 - 368 TTD 1 - (245) GTQ -1.5 140 - GTQ 1 (93) - % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 4 2024 $’000 2024 $’000 Currency: HNL -4 - 174 HNL 1 - (44) JMD -4 665 - JMD 1 (166) - NIO -4 - 471 NIO 1 - (118) DOP -4 - (119) DOP 1 - 30 CRC -4 - 683 CRC 1 - (171) TTD -4 - 834 TTD 1 - (209) GTQ -4 281 - GTQ 1 (70) -

Page 32 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iv) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk As the Group has no significant variable rate interest-bearing assets, the Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate exposure arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates and revolving short-term borrowings expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The Group analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated for borrowings that represent the major interest-bearing positions, taking into consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions and alternative financing. The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily from borrowings, the sensitivity of the profit or loss is the effect of the assumed changes in interest rates based on floating rate long term and revolving short-term borrowings. There is no direct impact on other components of equity. The table below indicates the sensitivity to a reasonably expected change in interest rates 2025 2024 Change in basis points - 50/25 Change in basis points - 50/25 $’000 $’000 Floating rate borrowings 750/ (375) 619/ (310) (b) Capital management The capital management process is carried out by the parent company. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for the shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. The Board of Directors monitors the return on capital, which the Group defines as net operating income (excluding non-recurring items) divided by total equity (excluding non- redeemable preference shares and non-controlling interests). There was no change to the capital management process during the year. The Group has no specific capital management strategy and is not exposed to externally imposed capital requirements. There are contractual capital requirements as follows:  The syndicated credit agreement with Citibank, N.A. acting as administrative agent and collateral agent and Citibank, N.A., Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A, First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as joint lead arrangers and book runners - The financial covenants include: The Leverage Ratio, The Debt Service Coverage Ratio, The Central American Assets Test and The Specified Central American Assets Test. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at year end.  The revolving credit agreement and loan agreement with First Citizens Bank (FCB) - The financial covenants include: the Current ratio, the Funded Debt to EBITDA ratio and the Debt Service ratio. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at the year end.

Page 33 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated)  3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (c) Fair values of financial instruments Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of the Group’s financial instruments that, subsequent to initial recognition, are not measured at fair value is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each statement of financial position date. The fair values of these financial instruments are determined as follows: (i) The face value, less any estimated credit adjustments, for financial assets and liabilities with a maturity of less than one year are estimated to approximate their fair values. These financial assets and liabilities include cash and bank balances, trade receivables and payables and short-term borrowings. (ii) The carrying values of non-current borrowings to non-related parties approximate their fair values, as these loans are carried at amortised cost reflecting their contractual obligations and the interest rates are reflective of current market rates for similar transactions. The fair value of borrowings is disclosed in note 26. (iii) The fair values of the long-term receivables and loans to and from related parties could not be reliably determined as these instruments were granted under special terms and are not likely to be traded in a fair market exchange.

Page 34 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty Judgements and estimates are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. Estimated impairment of goodwill The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2(f). The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations, which require the use of estimates. In determining the value in use, management has made certain assumptions regarding revenue growth rate, EBITDA to revenue ratios, terminal growth rate and discount rates. See Note 15 for sensitivity of amounts to estimates. Intangible assets Intangible assets arising from the acquisition of subsidiaries have been deemed to be indefinite life intangibles. Other intangible assets have been deemed to be finite lives intangibles. Their estimated useful lives have been determined by management, based on their best estimate of the time period over which the Group will benefit from the assets acquired. Management has estimated that the useful lives of the intangibles will be between 5 and 20 years. Income taxes The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. The Group recognises liabilities for actual and anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. In determining these estimates, management considers the merit of any audit issues raised, based on their interpretation of the taxation laws, and their knowledge of any precedents established by the taxation authorities. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences could materially impact the current tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made (see Notes 11 and 18). Determining the lease term In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). For leases of administrative offices, retail stores, equipment and vehicles, the following factors are normally the most relevant: ● If there are significant penalties to terminate (or not extend), the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● If any leasehold improvements are expected to have a significant remaining value, the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● Otherwise, the Group considers other factors including historical lease durations and the costs and business disruption required to replace the leased asset. Most extension options in office equipment and vehicles leases have not been included in the lease liability, because the Group could replace the assets without significant cost or business disruption.

Page 35 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information The Group’s Chief Executive Officer examines the Group’s performance from a geographic perspective and has identified two reportable segments of business: ● Central America- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Central America Region such as Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Costa Rica, Nicaragua and Panama. ● Caribbean- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Caribbean region such as Dominican Republic, Jamaica, Barbados, Curacao and Aruba, Colombia, Trinidad and Tobago, Suriname, Peru and Ecuador. Management primarily uses a measure of adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) to assess the performance of the operating segments. However, information about the segments’ revenue, assets and liabilities are also submitted for review on a monthly basis.

Page 36 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2025 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 216,487 158,045 - 374,532 Revenue from another operating segment 21,602 342 (21,558) 386 Total Income 238,089 158,387 (21,558) 374,918 Adjusted EBITDA 39,468 22,189 (6,463) 55,194 Finance costs (17,703) Depreciation (20,684) Amortisation (3,174) Unallocated EBITDA - Share of Investee’s profit 718 Profit before taxation 14,351 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (11,766) (8,918) - (20,684) Amortisation (286) (2,888) - (3,174) Income tax (8,252) (1,660) - (9,912) Segment assets- Total segment assets 284,690 257,335 (458,838) 83,187 Unallocated items 339,205 Total assets per statement of financial position 422,392 Capital expenditure 2,986 2,116 - 5,102 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 204,830 244,064 (398,616) 50,278 Unallocated items 294,984 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 345,262

Page 37 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 233,913 158,166 - 392,079 Revenue from another operating segment 15,339 337 (20,366) (4,690) Total Income 249,252 158,503 (20,366) 387,389 Adjusted EBITDA 23,676 27,880 (2,569) 48,987 Finance costs (18,430) Depreciation (17,441) Amortisation (2,884) Unallocated EBITDA 2,386 Profit before taxation 12,618 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (10,386) (7,055) - (17,441) Amortisation (286) (2,598) (2,884) Income tax (3,565) (1,591) 114 (5,042) Segment assets- Total segment assets 239,813 237,830 (380,101) 97,542 Unallocated items 302,174 Total assets per statement of financial position 399,716 Capital expenditure 2,306 4,072 - 6,378 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 175,217 226,053 (323,383) 77,887 Unallocated items 238,241 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 316,128

Page 38 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) Segment assets are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset. Segment liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These liabilities are allocated based on the operations of the segment. The parent entity is domiciled in Barbados. The amount of its revenue from external customers broken down by location of the customers is shown in table below. 202 5 2024 $’000 $’000 Barbados 18,992 20,676 Costa Rica 52,701 37,423 Dominican Republic 15,958 17,836 El Salvador 56,750 99,808 Guatemala 35,148 38,892 Honduras 24,704 20,110 Nicaragua 19,273 15,450 Panama 12,122 11,411 USA 7,841 5,848 Antilles 10,512 11,597 Jamaica 27,960 30,229 Trinidad 23,554 30,125 Guyana 8,518 5,920 Cayman 2,822 2,715 Antigua 731 696 Colombia 4,345 5,071 Suriname 1,233 2,180 Other 51,754 31,402 Total 374,918 387,389 The total of capital expenditure, broken down by location of the assets is shown in the table below. 202 5 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 240 240 Trinidad - 244 244 Costa Rica 1,443 - 1,443 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 908 908 Other 261 724 985 Total 2,986 2,116 5,102

Page 39 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 2,037 2,037 Trinidad - 974 974 Costa Rica 791 - 791 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 311 311 Other 233 750 983 Total 2,306 4,072 6,378 6. Revenue 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Business Solutions Sale of goods 310,839 330,420 Services 41,461 32,302 352,300 362,722 Lease Income 22,618 24,667 374,918 387,389 Revenue from contracts with customers is $352,300,000 (2024: $362,722,000). 2025 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2025 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 207,119 122,957 (21,558) 308,518 Over time 17,257 26,525 - 43,782 224,376 149,482 (21,558) 352,300 2024 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2024 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 212,881 117,599 (20,366) 310,114 Over time 23,913 28,695 - 52,608 236,794 146,294 (20,366) 362,722

Page 40 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 7. Other Income 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest income 1,769 1,999 Gain/ (loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment (179) 103 Negative Goodwill (Note a) - 1,150 Customer Deposits Write-back - 700 Miscellaneous 812 193 2,402 4,145 (a) This relates to the acquisition of Xerox Ecuador. (Note 35)

Page 41 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 8. Expenses by Nature Total direct, selling, administration and other operating expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cost of inventories and cost related to services* 247,544 273,027 Impairment losses/(gains) on financial instruments 917 (223) Staff costs (Note 9) 48,573 43,811 Depreciation (Notes 13 and 14) * 10,630 9,470 Commission 6,905 6,895 Travel 5,180 5,433 Management fees 2,434 2,014 Telephone and communication 1,476 1,369 Transportation 801 803 Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 15) 3,174 2,884 Legal and professional fees 2,441 2,312 Occupancy costs 911 1,043 Bank charges 859 743 Auditor’s remuneration 1,940 1,251 Office supplies, printing and stationery 266 605 Repairs and maintenance 536 950 Advertising 324 450 Motor Vehicle Expenses 1,663 1,315 General Insurance 1,210 1,349 Other expenses 8,200 5,498 97,523 88,195 345,984 360,999 * Depreciation included in Cost of inventories and cost related to services amounts to $10,054,000 (2024: 7,971,000) for a total depreciation of $20,684,000 (2024: $17,441,000). Audit fees for the year ended 31 December 2025 totalled for the Group of $1,940,000 (2024: $1,251,000). Other fees paid to the auditor (and related network firms) for non-assurance services are not material.

Page 42 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 9. Staff Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Staff costs that have been included in Selling general and administrative expenses (Note 8) 48,573 43,811 Staff costs that have been included in Direct expenses 17,101 11,031 65,674 54,842 Staff costs that have been included in direct expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 14,379 8,488 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 2,057 1,165 Redundancy costs 184 501 Other 481 877 17,101 11,031 Staff costs that have been included in selling, general and administrative expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 39,571 34,938 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 4,474 3,840 Pension costs – defined contribution 425 410 Redundancy costs 1,809 2,290 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 1,832 2,072 48,573 43,811 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 53,950 43,426 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 6,453 5,005 Pension costs – defined contribution 503 410 Redundancy costs 1,993 2,791 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 2,313 2,949 65,674 54,842

Page 43 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 10. Finance Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net foreign exchange losses (gains) 609 (371) Interest expense - Loans and lease liabilities 17,094 18,801 17,703 18,430 11. Taxation Taxation is based on profit for the year or, in some jurisdictions, the greater of a percentage of profit before tax or revenue adjusted for taxation purposes, and comprises: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current tax charge 6,384 5,920 Deferred tax charge (credit) (Note 18) 3,528 (878) 9,912 5,042 The tax on the profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the statutory tax rate as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit before tax 14,351 12,618 Tax calculated at domestic tax rate of 9% (2024: 9%) 1,292 1,136 Adjusted for the effects of: Different tax rates in other countries 4,935 5,087 Tax on net assets at 1% 128 137 Income not subject to tax (3,048) (2,324) Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 1,101 550 Other charges and credits 5,504 456 Tax charge 9,912 5,042

Page 44 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 11. Taxation (Continued) 2025 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries 260 - 260 Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE - - - Actuarial gains – termination benefits 54 - 54 Other comprehensive income 314 - 314 Deferred tax (Note 18) - 2024 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries (907) - (907) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE 716 - 716 Actuarial gains – termination benefits (96) - (96) Other comprehensive income (287) - (287) Deferred tax (Note 18) - 12. Earnings per Share 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the company 4,287 7,461 Profit attributable to preference shareholders (1,713) (1,289) Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders 2,574 6,172 Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000) 186,213 186,213 Total basic and diluted earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations. 1.38 3.31

Page 45 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13 . Property, Plant and Equipment The furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment category for the Group includes equipment held for leases. Lease contracts for these items are entered into with third parties, with periodic lease payments being 36 to 60 months. Items which are leased are transferred from inventory on commencement of the lease arrangements and are transferred back to inventory on termination of the lease arrangements. Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Exchange differences - 3 (107) - (21) (4) (129) Additions - 1,103 3,663 - 67 269 5,102 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 502 - 24 - 526 Transfers from inventory - 9,380 - - - 9,380 Disposals - (553) (241) - (24) - (818) Transfers to inventory - - (4,018) - - - (4,018) On revaluation - - - - - - - Transfer from CWIP* - 23 186 - - (374) (165) At 31 December 111 6,974 108,155 776 1,711 1,035 118,762 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Exchange differences - (3) (193) - (18) - (214) Charge for the year** - 819 13,800 - 162 - 14,781 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 171 - 24 - 195 On transfer to inventory - - (4,528) - - - (4,528) Relieved on disposals - (365) (230) - (2) - (597) At 31 December 24 3,771 77,600 - 1,261 - 82,656 Net Book Value - 87 3,203 30,555 776 450 1,035 36,106 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $10,054,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 46 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,739 88,464 60 1,822 514 97,710 Exchange differences - (197) (898) - (294) - (1,389) Additions - 422 4,960 - 121 875 6,378 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 2,217 - 24 - 2,241 Transfers from inventory - - 9,017 - - - 9,017 Disposals - (657) (290) - (70) - (1,017) Transfers to inventory - - (4,789) - - - (4,789) On revaluation - - - 716 - - 716 Transfer from CWIP* - 91 109 - 62 (245) 17 At 31 December 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,292 62,728 - 1,067 - 67,111 Exchange differences - (87) (222) - (214) - (523) Charge for the year** - 678 11,282 - 271 - 12,231 On transfer to inventory - - (4,918) - - - (4,918) Relieved on disposals - (563) (290) - (29) - (882) At 31 December 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Net Book Value - 87 3,078 30,210 776 570 1,144 35,865 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $7,971,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 47 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The amounts of equipment leased to customers and included in property, plant and equipment are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Equipment held for lease at cost 80,979 86,403 Accumulated depreciation (61,596) (66,856) Net book value 19,383 19,547 Equipment is ordinarily moved from inventory to docu-centers, printshops and internal use. Equipment from inventory is also placed under lease contracts. When the equipment is no longer assigned to a specific function, it is moved back to inventory at net book value. The most significant of these movements is for equipment held for lease which is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening net book value 19,547 16,502 Acquisition of subsidiaries (Note 35) - 1,870 Transfers from inventory during lease period 9,380 9,017 Depreciation charges (10,054) (7,971) Disposals – transfers to inventory upon expiry of lease (4,018) (4,789) Depreciation released 4,528 4,918 Closing net book value 19,383 19,547

Page 48 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The pieces of freehold land of the Group were independently revalued as at various dates during 2023 on the basis of open market value or other market comparable approaches by independent qualified valuators. The directors are of the view that there were no material changes in the value over the prior year for Freehold land. Fair value movements on freehold are recognised in OCI under other revaluation reserves, see Note 28. The following table analyses the non-financial assets carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:  Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, or directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2), and  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

Page 49 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) There were no transfers between levels during the year. Level 3 fair values of land and buildings have been derived using the sales comparison approach. Sales prices of comparable land and buildings in close proximity are adjusted for differences in key attributes such as property size. The most significant input into this valuation approach is price per square foot. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair values of land and buildings are disclosed in the tables below. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87 Fair value measurements at 31 December 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87

Page 50 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases : Right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 12,599 10,376 Equipment 2,596 2,308 Motor vehicles 74 118 15,269 12,802 Movement analysis is as follows: 2025 2024 $’000 $’000 At Cost/Valuation - At 1 January 32,312 28,876 Exchange differences (40) 266 Acquisition on subsidiaries (Note 35) - 109 Additions 10,207 5,804 Lease Expiry (4,737) (2,743) At 31 December 37,742 32,312 Amortisation - At 1 January 19,510 16,203 Exchange differences (9) 348 Relieved on lease expiry (2,931) (2,251) Charge for the year 5,903 5,210 At 31 December 22,473 19,510 Net book value At 31 December 15,269 12,802

Page 51 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (Continued) (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: Amortisation charge of right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 4,709 4,488 Equipment 1,105 623 Motor vehicles 89 99 5,903 5,210 Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: - the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability - any lease payments made at the commencement date less any lease incentives received Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.

Page 52 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement, Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Year ended 31 December 2025 Opening net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 337 - - - 337 Exchange Difference - 1 - (2) (1) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (734) (184) (3,174) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 5 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Cost 86,952 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,684 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (12,827) (15,386) (6,993) (35,927) Closing net book value 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 Year ended 31 December 2024 Opening net book value 81,218 20,880 - 824 102,922 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 5,964 - 2,881 - 8,845 Adjustment (1,288) - - - (1,288) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (444) (184) (2,884) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 4 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Cost 86,615 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,347 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (10,572) (14,652) (6,807) (32,752) Closing net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595

Page 53 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15 . Intangible Assets (Continued) Amortisation charges have been included in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income. Impairment tests for goodwill The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis or when events or changes in the circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill is allocated. The recoverable amount is usually determined by reference to the value in use. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the CGU and also to choose an appropriate discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those future cash flows. The allocation of goodwill to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) as categorised by subsidiary is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 403 403 PBS Central America, S.A. 7,539 7,539 Mobay Holdings N. V. 4,256 4,256 Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 523 523 High Tech Corporation S.A. de C.V 2,957 2,957 PBS Technology Group Limited 62,655 62,655 Infotrans 1,438 1,438 PBS Peru 5,964 5,964 Regional Business Systems 337 - Other 159 159 86,231 85,894 The recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use pre- tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a 5-year period. Cash flows beyond the 5 th year are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2025 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2025 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 73.2% 2.0% 14.4% 20.56% PBS Central America S.A. 0.7% 3.4% 13.3% 20.96% Mobay Holdings N. V. 20.7% 1.7% 12.6% 20.70% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 24.6% 4.9% 16.7% 19.41% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.3% 15.2% 25.19% PBS Technology Group Limited 42.3% 3.1% 27.3% 22.25% Infotrans Group Holdings B.V. 39.1% 1.8% 14.9% 19.04% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.5% 12.1% 20.27% Regional Business Systems 174.7% 2.0% 16.6% 20.56%

Page 54 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2024 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2024 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 11.4% 22.0% PBS Central America S.A. -10.0% 3.0% 9.2% 22.4% Mobay Holdings N. V. 13.7% 1.7% 16.0% 17.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5% 11.5% 24.9% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 14.3% 26.6% PBS Technology Group Limited 25.0% 3.0% 25.7% 24.1% Infotrans 50.0% 1.9% 11.8% 24.5% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 11.5% 21.4% The table below shows the change in key assumptions for value in use calculations that would result in the recoverable amount being equal to the carrying amount. This represents only the cash generating units for which the excess of the recoverable amounts over the carrying amounts of the CGUs was low. 202 5 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Mobay Holdings N.V. 20.7% -1.4% 11.9% 23.6% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.5% 15.2% 25.0% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.9% 12.2% 20.0% Regional Business Systems 174.7% -19.2% 9.7% 35.7%

Page 55 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) 202 4 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 8.1% 22.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5.0% 10.4% 26.7% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 12.7% 27.0% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 12.7% 16.4%

Page 56 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 16. Lease Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Gross investment in finance leases Not later than one year 12,292 4,538 Later than one year and not later than five years 6,130 8,966 18,422 13,504 Less: Unearned income (2,447) (3,939) 15,975 9,565 Net investment in finance leases may be classified as follows: Not later than one year 11,437 2,696 Later than one year and not later than five years 4,538 6,869 15,975 9,565 No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . 17. Long Term Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Print Spot S de R.L. (Note a) 22 91 Guarantee deposits for building rents (Note b) 87 111 Other (Note c) 660 387 769 589 The current portion of long-term receivables is $161,000 (2024: $38,000) and is recorded in Current Assets. No loss allowance was recorded for long-term receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . a) Print Spot S de R.L. The balance earns interest of 14% and matures in August 2027. b) Guarantee deposits for building rents These balances do not earn interest and they are guarantee deposits for the rent of buildings in Guatemala, Cayman, Panama and Nicaragua. They mature between February 2027 (renewables) and July 2029. c) Other The balance relates to amounts that are individually insignificant. These balances relate to equipment sales with terms between 13 months and up to 37 months. These are secured with promissory notes and earn interest between 10% and 21% and are guaranteed with a pledge on the financed equipment.

Page 57 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 18. Deferred Income Taxes (a) Deferred income taxes are calculated in full on all temporary differences under the liability method and comprise: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Deferred Tax Asset 11,507 14,491 Deferred Tax Liability (6,570) (6,153) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (b) The movement on the deferred income tax assets balance for the year is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net asset at beginning of the year 8,338 7,971 Acquisition of subsidiaries - 89 (Charge) credit to profit and loss (Note 11) (3,528) 878 Exchange difference 127 (600) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment (843) (1,081) Provisions 2,117 7,034 Foreign exchange (losses)/gains (3) (29) Tax losses 3,621 2,600 Other 45 (186) 4,937 8,338 (d) The movement on the net deferred tax asset is attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment 125 (1,178) Provisions 66 (915) Tax losses (3,934) 1,144 Other 342 1,316 (3,401) 367 (e) Deferred income tax liabilities have not been established for withholding tax that would be payable on unremitted profits of subsidiaries as the amounts are permanently reinvested.

Page 58 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances The following transactions were carried out with related parties: (a) Sale of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Sale of goods Other related parties 26 428 Goods are sold based on the price lists in force and terms that would be available to third parties. (b) Purchase of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Purchases of goods Other related parties 10 204 Transactions with other related parties. (c) Key management compensation Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive). The compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services is shown below: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 4,837 4,905 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 373 372 Pension benefits 33 33 Other 106 9 5,349 5,319 Directors’ fees 118 104 (d) Other transactions 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Parent Management fee expense 1,429 970 Other related parties Management fee expense 1,005 1,044 Interest Income (6) (2) Interest paid 50 3 Rental Expense 634 - 3,112 2,015

Page 59 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances (Continued) (e) Year end balances with related parties Balances with the parent company and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand and earn no interest. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Receivable from related parties: Parent 5,346 5,247 Fellow subsidiaries and shareholder 2,720 2,220 8,066 7,467 Payable to related parties: Parent 9,487 9,421 Fellow subsidiaries 4,252 2,887 13,739 12,308 20. Investment in Associates In January 18, 2024, Trinidad Systems Group Limited (“TSGL”), a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), completed the acquisition of 100% of the operations of Trinidad Systems Limited (“TSL”) for a total purchase price of TT$107,208,000.00 (US$15,765,882.35). The acquisition was financed through a combination of 50% cash and 50% debt. PBS participated in the ownership consortium of TSGL, securing a 45% equity stake. As a result, PBS contributed 45% of the cash portion of the purchase price, amounting to TT$24,121,800 (US$3,543,000). The debt portion, representing the remaining 50% of the purchase price, is solely the responsibility of TSGL. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 As at January 4,056 3,543 Share of net profit 718 513 At 31 December 4,774 4,056

Page 60 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 20. Investment in Associates (Continued) The associate’s year-end is 31 December. The summarized unaudited consolidated information for the associate and its subsidiary is presented below. The information disclosed reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of Trinidad Systems Group Limited and not the Group’s share of those amounts. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Statement of financial position: Total Assets 26,790 24,316 Total Liabilities (13,592) (11,254) Net Assets 13,198 13,062 Statement of comprehensive income: Revenues 22,501 22,243 Expenses (21,177) (21,127) Net Profit for the Year 1,324 1,116 21. Inventories 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Finished goods 57,311 47,625 Goods in transit 13,198 12,801 70,509 60,426 Less: Provision for obsolete stock (12,466) (11,842) 58,043 48,584 Cost of inventory recognised as an expense aggregating to $203,222,000 (2024: $232,404,000), were recognised in profit and loss. 22. Trade and Other Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade receivables 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (Note 3) (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Prepaid expenses 5,307 3,985 Current portion of Long-Term Receivable 77 273 Other (Note a) 24,355 13,484 127,296 105,760 a) Includes advances to vendors of $3,359,442 (2024: $852,000) and Sundry Debtors of $3,808,003 (2024: $5,992,202)

Page 61 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 23. Cash and Bank 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The cash and bank balances disclosed for 2025 include restricted cash of $6,644,000 (2024: $6,131,000) The weighted average interest rate at the reporting date for short term bank deposits was 0.70% (2024: 0.70%) per annum. 24. Trade and Other Payables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade payables 58,348 48,628 Interest Payables 378 1,001 Accrued liabilities 15,792 20,860 Other 16,531 15,366 91,049 85,855 The carrying amounts of trade and other payables is a reasonable approximation to their fair values, due to their short-term nature. 25. Lease Liabilities The Group currently has long term lease agreements related to buildings, equipment, and motor vehicles. (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Lease liabilities Current 6,998 6,441 Non-current 17,988 15,465 24,986 21,906 (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest expense (included in finance cost) 1,353 1,580 Expenses relating to short term leases or low value underlying assets (included in selling, general and administrative expenses) 1,178 1,835 2,531 3,415 The total cash outflow for leases in 2025 was $ 9,723,000 (2024: $10,699,000).

Page 62 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 25. Lease Liabilities (Continued) (iii) Incremental borrowing rate For the incremental borrowing rate, the Group: - Where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by bankers as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received, and - Makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security. - The weighted average incremental borrowing rate for the Group in 2024 and 2025 was determined to be 7%. (iv) Lease payments Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. (v) Extension and termination options Extension and termination options are included in a number of leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. As at 31 December 2025, potential future cash outflows of $18,867,000 (2024: $14,702,000) (undiscounted) have not been included in the lease liability because it is not reasonably certain that the leases will be extended (or not terminated). The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee. During the current financial year, the financial effect of revising lease terms to reflect the effect of exercising extension and termination options was nil.

Page 63 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Short term loans – (a) Citibank 12,000 - (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. 2,860 2,274 (c) First Citizens 1,700 1,500 (d) Quedex 1,129 - (e) Davivienda 762 1,088 (f) Banco Popular Dominicano 540 400 (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú 254 - (h) Lafise - 679 19,245 5,941 Current portion of non-current borrowings 14,250 10,633 Total Current Borrowings 33,495 16,574 Non-Current Borrowings – (i) Citibank 135,469 120,926 (j) JCSD Preference Shares 16,701 16,582 (k) Xerox 6,875 9,375 (l) Davivienda 3,060 3,006 (m) National Commercial Bank 1,672 2,190 (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies 1,320 1,232 (o) First Citizens 489 934 (p) BICSA 324 341 (q) Banco de Bogotá 134 62 (r) Banistmo 99 428 (s) ASEPBS 99 - (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies - 72 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 Current portion of non-current borrowings (14,250) (10,633) Total Non-Current Borrowings 151,992 144,515 Total Borrowings 185,487 161,089

Page 64 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) The exposure of the group’s borrowings to interest rate changes and the contractual re-pricing dates at the end of the reporting period are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 0-12 months 33,495 16,574 1-5 years 151,992 144,515 185,487 161,089 The carrying amounts and fair value of the non-current borrowings are as follows: Carrying amount Fair value 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Loans 135,468 123,858 138,367 137,374 Redeemable preference shares 16,701 17,000 17,000 17,000 Other 14,073 14,290 14,073 17,674 166,242 155,148 169,440 172,048 The Group’s undrawn borrowing facilities as of December 2025 is $12,837,000 (2024: $15,000,000).

Page 65 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Short term loans (a) Citibank N.A. This represents three unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of SOFR plus a margin of 3.9% per annum with due dates between March 18 and June 18, 2026. (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. This represents four unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of between 10.20% and 10.99% per annum with due dates between January 20 and March 11, 2026. (c) First Citizens This represents loans which attracts interest of 8% per annum and mature in June 2026. (d) Quedex This represents a loan which attracts interest of 12% per annum and mature in March 2026. (e) Davivienda This represents an unsecured loan to finance working capital bearing interest of 9.30% per annum and maturing March 2026. (f) Banco Popular Dominicano This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on June 30, 2026. (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú This represents a short-term loan which attracts interest of 6.57% per annum and matures on June 19, 2026. (h) Lafise This represented three fiduciary loans to finance working capital, bearing interest between 9.5% and 10% per annum and which matured between January 25 and June 29, 2025. Non-Current Borrowings (i) Citibank This facility was granted in June 2024. The credit agreement was signed by Citibank as Administrative and Collateral Agent, and with Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A., First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners. The facility also grants the group access to incremental loans on which the same terms and conditions as the initial disbursement apply. The group accessed the first tranche of $12,500,000 on December 8, 2025 and the second of $8,000,000 on December 26, 2025. It matures in June 2030 and attracts an interest base rate of 3.4% plus a Term SOFR CME – 6 month rate, which results in an All-in rate of 7% at December 2025. Payments of principal and interests are to be paid in variable installments payments, in a semi-annual basis. Such semi annual amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth. The deferred financing charges offset against the loan amount is $2,588,432.

Page 66 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Guarantor companies are PBS Technology Group Limited, Productive Business Solutions (Central America), S.A., Productive Business Solutions Caribbean Limited, Dorada Management Inc., Productive Business Solutions (Guatemala), S.A., Productive Business Solutions El Salvador, S.A. de C.V., High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions Honduras, S.A. de C.V., Hight Tech Consulting, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions (Nicaragua), S.A., Productive Business Solutions (Costa Rica), S.A., and Productive Business Solutions (Panamá), S.A.. (j) JCSD Preference Shares This represents 17,000,000 Redeemable Cumulative Preference Shares in United States dollars (US$) entitled to a fixed preferential cumulative cash dividend of 8.25% US$ per annum. These preference shares issued in June 2024, mature in June 2028 and are mandatorily redeemable by the Company on this date. The deferred finance charges offset against the loan amounts to $298,790 The Preference Shares may not be redeemed by the Company until after the second anniversary of issue thereof. Thereafter the Voluntary Redemption Payment shall be the aggregate of (i) repayment in US$ of the Redemption Price; (ii) any arrears or accruals of the cumulative preferential dividend on the Preference Shares, whether declared or earned, or not, calculated down to the date of such repayment. (k) Xerox PBS Group acquired Xerox companies in Peru and Ecuador and signed a 4-year unsecured promissory note on July 1, 2024 issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 26, 2024. Principal and interest of 7% per annum are to be paid on a quarterly basis, total of 16 quarterly instalments that ends in June 2028. (l) Davivienda This represents two loans to finance working capital at 9.75% and 15.24% interest rate per annum and are due on May 24, 2027 and December 12, 2028, respectively. (m) NCB - National Commercial Bank This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 11.75% annual, due on October 19, 2028. All of this loan is disclosed as current portion of non-current borrowing given a breach in the corresponding financial covenants of the affiliate that holds the debt. (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies This represents the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of Infotrans subsidiaries in Aruba, Bonaire, Colombia and Curacao, maturing in May 2027. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non-current borrowings. The balance purchase price was set in four equal instalments of six hundred thousand united state dollars, each payable on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of completion of the sale which took place on June 12, 2023. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non- current borrowings. (o) FCIT - First Citizens This represents an unsecured loan facility granted in TT Dollars which attracts interest of 7.5% per annum, maturing on January 11, 2027. (p) BICSA – Banco Internacional de Costa Rica, S.A. This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 9% annual, due on September 15, 2028. (q) Banco de Bogotá This represents two loans which attracts interest of 12.72% and 12.03% per annum and maturing on January 17, 2027, and December 04, 2027.

Page 67 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) (r) Banistmo – Banco del Istmo This represents an unsecured loan which attracts interest of 7.9% per annum and due date is on March 28, 2027. (s) ASEPBS – Asociación Solidarista de Empleados de PBS This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on November 01, 2027. (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies This represented the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of High-Tech subsidiaries in El Salvador and Honduras which matured in July 2025. 27. Share Capital 202 5 202 4

000
000 Authorised - 186,213,000, (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000, (2024 –2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 Issued and fully paid - 186,213,000 (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000 (2024 – 2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 The preference shares are redeemable cumulative preference shares (1,500,000 9.25% perpetual cumulative redeemable USD and 500,000 10.50% perpetual cumulative redeemable Jamaican Dollars Preference Shares) where the declaration of dividends is discretionary. There is no contractual redemption date for these shares and may only be called for the first time at the sole discretion of the issuer, on the last Business Day of the financial year which falls immediately before the 15th anniversary of the issue date of the Preference Shares 28. Other Reserves (deficits) Other reserves primarily represent the currency translation differences resulting from the unrealized gains and losses on the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries that have a different functional currency from that of the Company. Other reserves also include revaluation reserve for the revaluation of assets and actuarial gains. Revaluation Surplus $’000 Actuarial Gains $’000 Currency Translation Differences $’000 Total $’000 Balance as at 1 January 2024 70 2,902 (20,111) (17,139) Actuarial gains - (96) - (96) Movement during 2024 716 - (820) (104) Balance as at 31 December 2024 786 2,806 (20,931) (17,339) Actuarial gains - 54 - 54 Movement during 2025 - - 260 260 Balance as at 31 December 2025 786 2,860 (20,671) (17,025)

Page 68 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 29. Litigation and Contingent Liabilities The Group is subject to various claims, disputes and legal proceedings in the normal course of business. Provision is made for such matters when, in the opinion of management and its professional advisors, it is probable that a payment will be made by the Group, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Claims asserted against the Group, according to the principles outlined above, have not been provided for. Management is of the opinion that the claims are either without merit, can be successfully defended or will result in exposure to the Group which is immaterial to both financial position and results of operations. 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset The movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligation during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 1,553 1,389 Reallocation of pension plan liability 1,045 - Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 Actuarial gains on termination benefits 124 (24) Benefits paid (73) (73) At end of year 3,111 1,553 The movement of the pension plan asset during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 3,674 3,596 Actuarial gains / (losses) 110 (96) Current service cost 122 122 Interest Cost 493 546 Benefits paid (653) (726) Other 6 232 At end of year 3,752 3,674 The amounts recognised in arriving at profit or loss were as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 At end of year 462 261 The distribution of the obligation by country was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Nicaragua 120 115 Panama 338 280 El Salvador 968 810 Honduras 393 348 Ecuador 1,292 - 3,111 1,553

Page 69 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset (Continued) The value of the plan asset was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Barbados 3,034 3,034 Panama 575 557 Honduras 143 83 3,752 3,674 The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is: 202 5 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (500) 485 Inflation rate 1% 52 (47) 202 4 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (432) 465 Inflation rate 1% 31 (27) The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position.

Page 70 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation (Continued) Termination benefits in El Salvador and Nicaragua are established by law and entitle the employee to receive a payment upon termination of employment, regardless of cause. In El Salvador the benefit is founded in the law 592, that is the regulatory law for the economic benefit for voluntary resignation. Employees with more than two years of uninterrupted service for the company shall receive a payment of, at least, the equivalent of 15 days of minimum wage for each year of service. In Nicaragua, the law 185, Labour Code, entitles the employee to the right to receive a payment equivalent to one monthly salary for each year of service, up to the third year, and 20 days of salary for each additional year. Neither of these plans require the employer to establish a fund. The principal actuarial assumptions used in valuing post-employment benefits are as follows: PBS Nicaragua 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 11% 11% Future salary increases 5% 5% Retirement age 60 years 60 years PBS El Salvador 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5% 5% Future salary increases 3.4% 3.4% Retirement age 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively PBS Panama 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5.5% 5.5% Future salary increases 6% 6% Retirement age 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively The principal assumptions used in valuing the pension plan asset for Barbados as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 7.75% 7.75% Future salary increases 3% 3% Retirement age 65 65

Page 71 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Operating Activities Reconciliation of the Group’s net profit to cash generated from operating activities: Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net profit 4,439 7,576 Items not affecting cash: Depreciation 13&14 20,684 17,441 Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 15 3,174 2,884 Share of profit of associate (718) (513) Taxation expense 11 9,912 5,042 Foreign exchange Losses/(Gains) 609 734 Loss / (Gains) on disposal of Property plant and equipment 179 (103) Interest income 7 (1,769) (1,999) Interest expense 10 17,094 18,801 53,604 49,863 Change in non-cash working capital, net of effects from acquisition of subsidiaries: Inventories (14,646) (6,961) Contract assets 1,574 429 Trade and other receivables (21,595) 29 Due from related parties (599) (499) Long term liabilities (407) (906) Long term receivable (180) 218 Lease receivable (6,410) (15) Accounts payable (7,288) 2,183 Contract liabilities (505) (4,243) Retirement benefit obligation 1,480 86 Due to related parties 1,431 1,249 6,459 41,433 Taxation paid (3,733) (8,902) Net cash provided by operating activities 2,726 32,531 Net Debt Reconciliation This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for the year ended 31 December. 2025

000 2024
000 Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Borrowings - repayable within one year (including overdraft) (33,495) (16,915) Borrowings - repayable after one year (151,992) (144,174) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034) Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Gross debt - fixed interest rates (185,487) (161,089) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034)

Page 72 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Financing Activities (Continued) Cash and Bank Lease liability Borrowing due within 1 year Borrowing due after 1 year Total 000 $’000 000 000 000 Net debt as at 31 December 2023 31,991 (19,197) (50,306) (96,936) (134,448) Addition 8,735 (13,552) (4,041) (143,000) (151,858) Repayments (10,760) 10,699 46,254 95,418 141,611 Foreign exchange adjustments (5) 144 9 830 978 Other non-cash movements - - (8,490) (827) (9,317) Net debt as at 31 December 2024, 29,961 (21,906) (16,574) (144,515) (153,034) Addition - (4,676) (17,271) (24,523) (46,470) Repayments (8,366) 7,630 12,646 473 12,383 Foreign exchange adjustments (21) 21 18 170 188 Other non-cash movements - (6,055) (12,314) 16,403 (1,966) Net debt as at 31 December 2025 21,574 (24,986) (33,495) (151,992) (188,899) .

Page 73 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 32. Pledged as Security The net assets of some subsidiaries of the group have been pledged as security for borrowings. The value of these pledged assets at the year end totalled $177,643,000 (2024: $159,054,000). 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities The Group classifies rights and obligations in its relationship with customers whenever either party performs any of its contractual obligations. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress for which the Group has provided the services. The contract assets become a receivable when the entity’s right to consideration is unconditional, and the revenue has been billed. The contract assets are classified as current assets as the associated contract is expected to be completed in less than 12 months. The contract assets relate to equipment contracts. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract assets 28 1,602 The contract liabilities refer to advances received from customers under the promise to deliver equipment. Total contract liabilities at the end of the year are reflected in the table below. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract liabilities on equipment contracts 10,717 8,139 on service contracts 4,384 7,463 Total contract liabilities 15,101 15,602

Page 74 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities (Continued) (i) Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to carried- forward contract liabilities and how much relates to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period on equipment contracts 3,391 4,781 on service contracts 2,534 1,252 5,925 6,033 (ii) Unsatisfied contracts at the end of the period The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations resulting from fixed-price contracts: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 84,215 63,651 84,215 63,651

Page 75 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 34 . Investments In October 2022 the Group acquired 17% of the shares of Arel Limited, which resulted in an investment of $242,000 (equivalent to $246,000 at prior year’s rate). Arel Limited is a private company established in 1967 and domiciled in 2 Piccadilly Road, Kingston 5, St. Andrew, Jamaica. The company is focused on providing engineering services and equipment such as air conditioning, medical and elevators. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair value of the unquoted equity investment are disclosed in the table below. The Group divested its entire holding in this investment during 2025. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 and 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Total 2025 $’000 Total 2024 $’000 Unquoted equity - 243

Page 76 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries Acquisition of Regional Business Systems Limited On 1 May 2025, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Regional Business Systems Limited. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. (i) Identifiable assets acquired – Regional Business Systems Limited 2025 $’000 Property and equipment 331 Tax Recoverable 12 Inventories 175 Trade and other payables (231) Other Current Liabilities (32) Bank Overdraft (197) Net identifiable assets acquired 58 Consideration 395 Less net identifiable assets acquired (58) Goodwill 337 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2025 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 395 Less: Cash balance (overdraft) acquired (197) Net outflow of cash 592

Page 77 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued)z Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Peru. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired - Peru 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 1,638 Trade and other receivables 1,722 Cash and cash equivalents 1,254 Deferred tax asset 594 Inventories 1,353 Intangible assets 2,200 Other Assets 277 Trade and other payables (2,214) Other Current Liabilities (59) Deferred Tax Liabilities (763) Net identifiable assets acquired 6,002 Consideration 11,966 Less net identifiable assets acquired (6,002) Goodwill 5,964 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 4,231 Less: Cash balance acquired 1,254 Net outflow of cash 2,977

Page 78 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador (iii) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 4,231 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 7,735 Total purchase consideration 11,966 (iv) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1. Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2. Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Ecuador. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired: 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 603 Right of Use Asset 109 Trade and other receivables 1,646 Cash and cash equivalents 2,909 Deferred tax asset 471 Inventories 527 Intangible assets 681 Taxation Recoverable 812 Trade and other payables (2,826) Tax Payable (5) Short term loans (112) Deferred Tax Liabilities (175) Net identifiable assets acquired 4,640 Consideration 3,490 Less net identifiable assets acquired (4,640) Negative Goodwill (1,150)

Page 79 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 1,225 Less: Cash balance acquired 2,909 Net inflow of cash (1,684) (iii) Acquisition-related costs In 2024 the Group incurred a combined (Peru and Ecuador) acquisition-related costs of $98,000 which were fully expensed. These costs have been included in professional fees expenses for the current period. (iv) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 1,225 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 2,265 Total purchase consideration 3,490 (v) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1.Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2.Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. 36. Distributions 2025 During 2025 the Group made the following distribution to ordinary shareholders On February 10, 2025, the group paid a cash dividend of $6,499,000 (3.49 cents per share) On December 31, 2025, the group paid a cash divided of $2,999,000 (1.61 cents per share) During 2025 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On January 22, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On April 15, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On June 30, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD428,000 (21.38 cents per share) On September 20, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD427,000 (21.38 cents per share)

Page 80 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 36. Distributions (Continued) 2024 During 2024 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On April 02, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On July 04, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On September 30, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) 37. Pillar II The Group is a part of a Multinational Entity (MNE) with revenues above €750 million. As such, it is within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules. Pillar Two legislation has not been enacted in Jamaica, the jurisdiction in which the MNE is incorporated. The Group has subsidiaries in the following countries with tax rate below 15%: Barbados, British Vergin Islands (BVI), Cayman Islands and St. Lucia. Under the legislation, the Group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) effective tax rate for each jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. The Group’s effective tax rates exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which it operates, with a few exceptions. For these exceptions, although the average effective tax rate may be below 15%, the Group’s exposure to paying Pillar Two income taxes might not be for the full difference in tax rates in relation to these entities. Additionally, not all entities jurisdictions have legislative frameworks to accommodate the Pillar Two top up tax. The Group is in the process of assessing its exposure to the Pillar Two legislation and will implement once adopted by the MNE in the jurisdiction of incorporation. 38. Subsequent Events 1. On January 14, 2026, the Boad of Directors declared a dividend payment of 1.88 cents per ordinary share. The record date is January 28, 2026, and payable February 25, 2026. 2. On February 27, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of March 16, 2026, and payable on April 1, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share. 3. On May 22, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of May 28, 2026, and payable on July 2, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share.

PROXY FORM

Productive Business Solutions Limited Company No. 34076 ("the Company") The undersigned shareholder of the Company hereby appoints of or failing him of Dated this day of , 2026 Name in Print: as the nominee of the undersigned to attend and act for the undersigned and on behalf of the undersigned at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on the September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am Jamaica time and at any adjournment or adjournments thereof in the same manner, to the same extent and with the same powers as if the undersigned was present at the said meeting or such adjournment or adjournments there of. Pursuant to Amended and Restated By-Law No. 2 of the Company

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Syndicated from Jamaica Stock Exchange · originally published .

Other coverage

Around Kingston

· powered by OFMOP
000 2024
Skip to main content
Abeng Radio·Live news
0 listening
Jamaica Stock Exchange

Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

Kingston
Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS is a solutions-oriented, customer-focused technology group that combines a wide range of services, top-tier professionals, and cutting-edge products to offer customized systems and tools for organizations in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. Under the concept of “Engineering & Technology,” PBS operates through a model in which they work together to transform ideas into functional, scalable, and strategic solutions. Engineering acts as the core capability for designing, integrating, and executing complex systems with a long-term vision, while technology serves as the enabler that accelerates results and turns innovation into real impact. This approach reinforces PBS as a reliable partner in solutions integration, focused on helping clients improve the efficiency of their business processes while delivering measurable and sustainable results. “No Limits” defines how PBS thinks and operates: without technical, geographical, or industry boundaries. It reflects a commitment to flexibility, continuous innovation, and the ability to anticipate and solve challenges through tailored solutions that drive efficiency and growth across diverse markets and industries. 03

We are committed to our customers. We work with exceptional people. PBS Costa Rica Building, Plaza Roble, Los Balcones, 3rd Floor 05

We represent world leaders in the technology industry to provide the best solutions and services in our market. 06

Table of Contents Notice of an Annual General Meeting 08 Director’s Report 09 Corporate Information 10 Our Values 11 Acquisitions and Incorporations 13 Our Coverage 14 PBS Business Lines 15 Shareholders Profile 17 Shareholding of Directors 23 Chairman Message 24 CEO Letter 26 Group Board of Directors 32 Board Committees 37 Senior Regional Leadership Team 44 Regional Leadership Team 45 Senior in Country Leadership 47 Consolidated Financial Statements 49 PROXY FORM 51 Corporate Governance Policy 141 07

Notice of an Annual General Meeting NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the NINTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of PRODUCTIVE BUSINESS SOLUTIONS LIMITED will be held at their offices at General Accident Insurance Company Jamaica Limited, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, St. Andrew, Jamaica as well as virtually, on September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am to consider and if thought fit pass the following ordinary resolutions: A member of the Company entitled to attend and vote, is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote in his or her stead. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. Proxy forms must be submitted to the Company's Registrar and Transfer Agent, Jamaica Central Securities Depository, 40 Harbour Street, Kingston, Jamaica not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting. Proxy forms must be stamped with a J$100.00 postage stamp. Shareholders will be able to attend the meeting in person; however they will also be able to attend and vote on resolutions raised at the AGM electronically once they are registered by contacting [email protected]. Non-Shareholders can also register using the same email address. Upon registration, a confirmation will be sent and the meeting link and password will be shared closer to the meeting. The deadline for registration is September 2, 2026. P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board a. “THAT Deloitte & Touche having indicated their willingness to continue in office be re-appointed as Auditors for the ensuing year.” b. “THAT the Directors are hereby authorized to agree on a remuneration for the Auditors.” 6. RATTIFICATION OF DIVIDEND PAYMENTS “THAT the following dividend payments made during the year be ratified and that no other dividend payments were approved for the period under review”: “THAT dividend payments made to the: 9.25% and 10.50% preference shareholders on April 15, 2025, June 30, 2025, and September 30, 2025 of US$0.23125 per share and J$25.890411 per share respectively Common shareholders on February 10, 2025 and December 31, 2025 of US$0.0349 and US$0.0161 per share respectively TO TRANSACT ANY OTHER BUSINESS THAT MAY BE PROPERLY TRANSACTED AT AN ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING Dated this 4th day of August, 2026 BY ORDER OF THE BOARD 1. AUDITED ACCOUNTS “THAT the audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025, and the reports of the Directors’ and Auditors’ be and are hereby adopted.” 2. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS Pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 the Directors retiring from office by rotation are Jose Misrahi, Ricardo Hutchinson and Thomas Agnew, who being eligible offered themselves for re-election. The proposed resolutions are as follows: a. “THAT Jose Misrahi be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” b. “THAT Ricardo Hutchinson be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” c. “THAT Thomas Agnew be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” 3. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTOR Pursuant to Section 4.3.2 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 Mr. Eduardo Rodriguez who was appointed by the Board of Directors on June 8, 2026 resigned and being eligible offered himself for re-election. “THAT Eduardo Rodriguez be re-elected as a Director of the Company” 4. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION “THAT the amount shown for the Directors’ remuneration in the Audited Accounts dated December 31, 2025 be and is hereby approved.” 5. APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS AND FIX THEIR REMUNERAION 08

Submitted on behalf of the Board of Directors, P. B. Scott Chai rman of the Board The Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited submit herewith their Annual Report and Audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025 The Board of Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited exercises its responsibilities for the Financial Statements included in this Report through its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee consists of non-executive Board members: Brian Wynter Chairperson, Melanie Subratie, Ricardo Hutchinson, Thomas Agnew, and Executive Board member: Jose Misrahi. The independent auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee. The Group ended the year with a profit after tax of US$4,439,000 and a net profit attributable to shareholders of US$4,287,000. Details of these results, along with a comparison with the previous year’s performance and the state of affairs of the Company, are set out in the Management Discussion and Analysis and the Financial Statements which are included as part of the Report. The Directors wish to express their appreciation to the employees for their loyal services throughout the year. The Directors will meet to consider the appointment of Auditors in accordance with applicable regulations. Finan ci al R e sults A u di t or s Legal Representatives Emp l oyee s Director’s Report 09

Full Corporate Name Productive Business Solutions Limited R egis t ered Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust r ial Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Incorpor at ed December 1 6, 2010 Fiscal Year End December 31 , 2023 Administr ati ve Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust ri al Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Law under which incorpor at ed Barbados Compan y Sec reta ry Liza Ha rr id y al & Associates Tel.: 246-417-5600 Fax.: 246-421-8001 Legal Representatives DUNNCOX 48 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLINTON & HART & CO 58 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLARKE, GITTENS, FARMER Parker House, Wildey Business Park Wildey Road, St. Michael, Barbados M. HAMEL-SMITH & CO. Eleven Albion, Cor. Dere & Albion Streets P.O. Box 219, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad & Tobago W.I. Corporate Information PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS SRL The Financial Services Centre Bishop's Court's Hill P.O. Box 111, St. Michael BB 14004, Barbados Auditors Deloitte & Touche 3rd Floor The Goddard Building Hoggatt Hall St. Michae BB11059 Barbados, W.I. 10

Corporate Governance Policy 11

Corporate Governance Policy OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHARTER WAS ESTABLISHED IN 2010 AND REVISED IN 2025. THE CHARTER CAN BE SEEN IN MORE DETAIL ON THE COMPANY'S WEBSITE WWW.PBS.GROUP 12

Our Values We collaborate in everything we do. We maintain excellent communication with our customers to always understand their needs. The primary factor that enables us to make things happen. We demonstrate these qualities daily to enhance our working environment. We guarantee justice and fairness to all stakeholders, both internal and external. We uphold our business integrity as an ethical framework that guides our professional conduct, acting with integrity to earn the trust of our customers and employees. INTEGRITY TEAMWORK COMMUNICATION DISCIPLINE HUMILITY & SPIRIT OF SERVICE RESPECT FOR INDIVIDUALS 13

Acquisitions and Incorporations 200320******2009 201020******2002 200420******2010 201720******2024 14

191151******2034 151412******2223 Our Coverage Our regional group is made up of: 1. PBS Antigua, 2. PBS Aruba, 3. PBS Barbados, 4. PBS Belize, 5. PBS Cayman Business Machines, 6. PBS Colombia, 7. PBS Costa Rica, 8. PBS Curaçao, 9. PBS Dominican Republic, 10. PBS El Salvador, 11. Global Product Alliance Inc., 12. PBS Guatemala, 13. PBS Guyana, 14. PBS Honduras, 15. PBS San Pedro Sula, 16. PBS Jamaica, 17. PBS Nicaragua, 18. PBS Panama, 19. PBS Suriname, 20. PBS Trinidad & Tobago, 21. PBS Bonaire, 22. PBS Ecuador, 23. PBS Peru, and 24. PBS Dominica. 15

5 6 7 4 3 2 1 PBS Cayman Business Machines PBS Colombia PBS Costa Rica PBS Belize PBS Barbados PBS Aruba Pbs Dorada Technologies Antigua The Cayman Center Suite 1&2 Dorcy Drive, George Town Tel: 1-345-949-8642 [email protected] Centro empresarial El Dorado Plaza Calle 26 No. 85D Local - Modulo 7 Bogotá, Colombia Tel: 57 601 743 3281 [email protected] Plaza Roble, Edificio Balcones, piso 3. San Rafael de Escazú, San José Costa Rica. Tel: 506 4404 8000 Tel: 506 4404 8132 [email protected] 13 Douglas Jones Street Belize City, Belize C.A. Tel: 501 227-0823 / 0824 Facey House 42 Warrens Industrial Park Warrens, St Michael, Barbados Tel: 246 417 5600 Fax: 246 4218001 [email protected] Caya G.F. Betico Croes 170 Oranjestad, Aruba Tel: 297 582 5492 [email protected] Mandolin Place, Friars Hill Road, St. John's, Antigua Tel: (268) 481 1101 Fax: (268) 481 1144 8 PBS Curaçao Schottegatweg Oost 2 Willemstad, Curaçao Tel: +599 97241300 [email protected] 9 PBS Dominican Republic Av. Winston Churchill, Edificio Empresarial Blue Mall, Piso 22 Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic Tel: +809 567 8231 Fax: +809 472 0915 [email protected] 13 14 12 11 10 PBS Guyana PBS Honduras PBS Guatemala Global Product Alliance Inc. GPA PBS El Salvador Lot 2 Goedverwagting, Rupert Craig Highway, East Coast Demerara Tel: (592) 226 1066 [email protected] Tegucigalpa, Boulevard Morazán, edificio Agalta, piso 21 Tel: +504 2244 9870 al 79 [email protected] 23 Avenida 31-13, Zona 5 Ciudad de Guatemala, Guatemala Tel: 502 2420 9500 Whatsapp +502 5456 6479 [email protected] GPA 11411 NW 107th Street, Suite 24, Miami FL 33178 USA. Tel. 1(305) 477 2426 [email protected] Oficinas administrativas: Av. De La Revolución, San Salvador, Torre Plaza Presidente, piso #16. Tel: +503 2239 3000 cel.: +503 7039-9308 [email protected] 15 16 PBS San Pedro Sula PBS Jamaica San Pedro Sula, Barrio Los Andes, 16 Ave. 6 y 7 calle N.O. Edificio Metropark, Piso # 8, Local 804 Tel: +504 2512 2500 al 09 [email protected] Unit 1, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, Jamaica Tel: 876 926 5630-2 Fax: 876 929 5372 SD: 876-968-6197-9 [email protected] 18 17 PBS Panama PBS Nicaragua Calle 50 y 58 Este Obarrio, P.H. Office One, Piso 16 Panamá City, Panamá Tel: + 507 204 9900 Fax: +507 204 9902 [email protected] Rotonda el Güegüense. 400 mts al Sur, 100 mts al Oeste. Managua, Nicaragua Tel: 505 2255 9020 Fax: 505 2255 9030 [email protected] 20 19 21 PBS Trinidad and Tobago PBS Suriname PBS Bonaire Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 / (868) 609 7278 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 [email protected] Van Roosmalenstraat 11 Tel: (597) 551262 [email protected] Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 22 PBS Ecuador Av. Amazonas N35-17 y Juan Pablo Sanz Edificio Xerox Piso 7 Tel: (593) 993337829 [email protected] 23 24 PBS Perú N2N Distributors - Dominica Av las Begonias 441 torre C piso 10, San Isidro - Lima) Tel: (51) 1 616 6666 [email protected] N2N Distributors 33Kennedy Avenue Roseau, Dominica. Tel: (767) 448-2679 25 26 PBS St. Kitts BVI (British Virgin Islands) Unit 9, The Sands, P.O. Box 397 Bay Road, Basseterre St. Kitts. Tel: (869) 466-2018 Jayla Place, Road Town Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Tel: (284) 494-5030 Corporate Information 16

PBS 7 Business Lines IMAGING NETWORKING COMMUNICATIONS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ADVANCED SERVICES INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY SYSTEMS PAYMENT METHODS 17

Vertical Markets GRAPHIC ARTS FINANCE GOVERNMENT & EDUCATION MANUFACTURING, RETAIL & DISTRIBUTION OIL, ENERGY & MINING TELCOS BPO TRANSPORTATION & HOSPITALITY 18

AVAILABLE AT PBS Xerox ® Proficio ® PX300 NEW! A winning formula from the ground up. 19 New generation of production print. Xerox® Proficio® PX300 Printer

Our Partners & Certifications We are transforming as a company to assist in enabling information technologies to empower our clients to gain a competitive edge and accomplish their business objectives. 20

Mimaki's latest integrated printer / cutter offers new levels of creativity and versatility with vibrant ink types, including the new Silver, Orange and Light Black. The CJV300 Series achieves the highest print speeds in its class, with innovative technologies ensuring unparalleled production quality for signboard artists, graphic professionals and printers. Integrated printing and cutting, high speed CJV300-160 21

Oracle Exadata The High-Performance Data Engine Delivering ultra-fast performance, scalability, and reliability for mission-critical enterprise workloads 22

10 Largest Shareholders by Number of Shares 100908******0302 01 612,721 General Accident Insurance Co 663,473 Courtney Sylvester 1,087,308 Jose Misrahi 1,632,140 Portland Fund II Co-invest Partnership 3,230,166 NCB Capital Markets (Cayman) Ltd 5,485,214 Pedro M. Paris 6,330,663 Portland Caribbean Fund II Barbados L.P. 34,264,960 Portland Caribbean Fund II L.P. 45,164,017 Musson (Jamaica) Limited 84,181,818 Facey Group Limited Shareholders Profile 23

Shareholding of Executives P. B. Scott - 129,958,556 Blondell Walker - 45,164,017 Douglas Hewson - 42,227,763 Edward Ince - - Jose Misrahi 1,087,308 - Melanie M. Subratie - 129,958,556 Patrick A.W. Scott - 45,164,017 Pedro M. París 5,485,214 - Ricardo Hutchinson - 42,227,763 Tomas Agnew - - Brian Wynter - - Nicholas Scott - 45,164,017 PERSONAL CONNECTED Marco Antonio Almendárez Cisneros 363,600 Leonardo Jesus Velasquez Foucault 163,171 Elvin Howard Nash 142,700 Sergio Roberto Molina Barrios 127,200 Mario Estuardo Pons Espana 90,900 Francisco Lupiac Rodríguez 87,639 Lucia Vielman Ruíz 49,972 Shareholding of Directors 24

P. B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board 25

Dear Fellow Shareholders, 2025 has been a year that has tested our resolve and, in doing so, has demonstrated the depth of the organization we have built. Against a backdrop of macroeconomic headwinds, tightening capital markets, and an accelerating pace of technological change, PBS has continued to advance. While our financial results reflect the complexity of the environment in which we operate, they also reflect a business that is maturing, adapting, and positioning itself with intention for the years ahead. Revenue for 2025 came in at US$374.9 million against a budget of US$425 million. We do not normally discuss publicly our budgets but in this case I believe it is important to contextualize our own expectation. This shortfall, while meaningful, must be understood in its proper context. Several large government technology projects across our region experienced procurement delays beyond our control, and currency volatility in certain markets impacted reported figures. Despite this, we achieved EBITDA of US$55.2 million an increase on the $50.9m of 2024 but below our budget of US$59m. Our gross margin improved to 34%, up from budget, demonstrating that the discipline we have applied to our cost of sales is taking hold. Our net profit for the year was US$4.3 million. This is not satisfactory and materially different from our own expectations of US$13.6m. The biggest driver of this differential being our tax charge of US$9.9m an effective tax rate of 69%! This is an area management is actively addressing through improved tax planning across our 24-country footprint and we hope to implement structural improvements in 2026. There are four elements that are the key ingredients to PBS’s success today: our people, our capital structure, our systems, our partners - the same foundational pillars I have returned to in prior years, because they remain the determinants of our long-term success. People PBS is, at its core, a people business. Every solution we deliver, every client relationship we maintain, every market we penetrate — all of it flows from the capability of our 3,000-plus professionals across the region. In 2024 we spoke of the urgent need to develop a methodology that makes us a magnet for talent. In 2025 we made meaningful progress. The PBS University platform is still a work in progress. We have to get this right. We have to focus on it to get it right. It has expanded its Chairman message 26

curriculum, and we have introduced structured certification pathways aligned to our key technology partnerships. This is not simply a human resources initiative. It is a strategic imperative. As we grow, the complexity of what we are asked to execute grows with it. We must ensure that our organization scales in quality, not merely in headcount. We expect the organization will revolve over time and we are actively taking steps to plan for the future. Retention remains a challenge in certain markets where the demand for skilled IT professionals continues to outpace supply. We are combating this through a combination of compensation benchmarking, career development investment, and a deliberate effort to build a culture of belonging. Our ability to attract people who share our values — integrity, execution, and client focus — will define the next chapter of PBS as surely as any product or partnership we could announce. Capital When we speak of capital at PBS, we are speaking about something far more nuanced than a balance sheet line. Ours is a business in which the cash cycle for a given solution can range from immediate payment to a five-year financing arrangement. The timing of projects often need to be aligned with availability of capital. In addition the funding of projects often leads to funded debt being incurred before cashflows are delivered thus covenants need to be managed. We operate across multiple currencies, with varying regulatory environments governing the movement of funds across borders. Managing this complexity is one of the most demanding aspects of what we do. Ensuring the ongoing funding of our business is like the provision of oxygen to the pilots of a plane in the air, it is an essential ingredient in getting to the destination. In 2024, I was pleased to report the refinancing of our capital market obligations with a new six-year facility. In 2025, the discipline instilled through that process has served us well. Our balance sheet remains fundamentally sound, and our committed growth capital provides the runway we need to pursue the opportunities that are emerging across the region. The integration of the Xerox operations in Peru and Ecuador, undertaken in 2024, has progressed as planned and is contributing to our expanded footprint. Our strategic investment in TSL continues to develop, and we are monitoring additional acquisition opportunities with the same rigour we apply to our organic growth. Systems 27

I would be remiss not to address again the importance of our internal systems and governance. In 2023, we experienced material misstatements in our Costa Rica subsidiary that delayed our audit. I reported then that we had implemented significant changes to personnel and governance. I am pleased to report that the integrity of our financial reporting across the group has been maintained in 2025 and that the controls we put in place are functioning as intended. We will strive to continue to improve our systems to ensure accuracy as well as expediency in reporting. However expediency must never compromise accuracy. We continue to invest in the technology infrastructure that supports our operations. Shared service functions in accounting and administration are becoming more sophisticated. The balance between local responsiveness and central efficiency is a tension that every multi-jurisdictional business must manage continuously, and we are no different. What I can say with confidence is that our systems today are materially stronger than they were three years ago, and our commitment to making them stronger still remains absolute. Partners Without people, capital and systems, PBS would not be able to do anything. However without partnerships with the leading IT companies in the world we would not be able to add the value we do to our customers. PBS works with almost every global leader in IT. We take this privilege very seriously. Every day we work with our partners to execute projects in our markets that are essential to the economic development of our countries. It is our job to facilitate the seamless execution of such projects in Imaging, Information technology, networking communications, professional services, security systems and payment methods servicing the backbone to our economies. Throughout this annual report you will see reference to our partners who over the last 24 years we have built up credibility and trust. We exist to provide seamless execution for them in order to deliver customer satisfaction through productive solutions to our customers. I would like to thank all of our partners for their support in 2025 and we look forward to working together in 2026. Looking Forward As we look to 2026 and beyond, the opportunity before PBS has never been greater. The markets we serve — across the Caribbean, Central America, and now into South America — are at an inflection point in their technology adoption curves. Governments are investing in digital public infrastructure. Enterprises are accelerating their 28

managed services requirements. Artificial Intelligence (AI) is going to transform everything. Every business will need to assess how AI will work for them in their business. The demand for the kind of deep, locally-grounded IT expertise that PBS has spent 24 years building is real, and it is growing. Our task is to ensure that we are the organization capable of capturing it. We will continue to scale responsibly, to deepen our client partnerships, and to invest with discipline in the capabilities that matter. We are not simply a distribution business that sells technology. We are a solutions organization that transforms how our clients operate. That distinction is the foundation of everything we have built, and it is the source of our confidence in what lies ahead. On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Doug Hewson who resigned from the board in 2025. He has been on the board since we went public and has been an important contributor to the board. We wish him the best and are grateful for his contributions to PBS. I extend our sincere appreciation to every member of the PBS team. The results of 2025 - both the achievements and the shortfalls - are yours. So too is the opportunity that 2026 represents. I thank our shareholders for their continued confidence in the strategy and the leadership of this organization. We are building something of genuine and lasting significance, and we remain committed to doing so with the integrity and intensity that has always defined PBS. Warm regards, P.B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board Productive Business Solutions Limited 29

The Xerox VersaLink B405 is a reliable monochrome multifunction printer designed for small and medium-sized workgroups. It delivers print, copy, scan, fax, and email capabilities in a compact and efficient device. With print speeds of up to 45 pages per minute, support for A4 paper size, and a recommended monthly volume of up to 15,000 pages, the VersaLink B405 helps businesses improve productivity while maintaining professional-quality output and secure document management. Multifunctional Xerox ® VersaLink ® B405 30

31 PEDRO M. PARÍS Group CEO

CEO Letter Dear Fellow Shareholders, Our Chairman has spoken to the financial results of 2025 with characteristic candor. What I want to address here is what those results represent strategically and what we are building toward. We are at a rare inflection point: artificial intelligence, cloud infrastructure, and the obsolescence of legacy systems are reshaping every market we serve. Disruption creates pressure, but it also creates demand and PBS is well positioned to capture it. We Do Not Sell Technology. We Engineer Outcomes. This moment also marks a meaningful evolution in how we define ourselves. We have embraced a new identity: Engineering & Technology No Limits. It is not a marketing exercise. It is a declaration of intent the standard we set for ourselves in the complexity of the problems we take on, the quality of the solutions we deliver, and the boundaries we refuse to accept. What differentiates PBS is not the products we represent it is how we think. We are a systems integrator that excels at building backwards from the client's desired outcome, assembling the precise combination of capabilities each engagement demands. Our active role in project finance further sets us apart, enabling us to structure and deliver solutions that go well beyond the scope of a traditional technology provider. We renew our most enduring client relationships not through inertia, but by consistently delighting them transforming contracts into long-term franchises. And we are now applying that same ingenuity inward: automation and AI agents are actively reducing our own operational costs, improving margins as we scale. Most Important Partners of the PBS Ecosystem Our partner ecosystem is one of our most powerful assets. PBS works alongside Oracle, Cisco, NCR Atleos, NCR Voyix, Xerox, Leidos, and others as their trusted regional execution partner relationships built over decades that are not easily replicated. In 2026 we are going deeper: a unified PBS Consulting under a dedicated regional director sharpens our Oracle go-to-market; Cisco anchors our networking and security practice; NCR Atleos and NCR Voyix lead our financial self-service presence; and Leidos strengthens our positioning in mission-critical solutions. Xerox remains one of our most enduring partnerships. Our CMPS penetration rate of 32

79.3% across PBS Group is a tangible proof point of that trust. As Xerox expands into digital services and IT solutions and as we work to incorporate the strategic developments following the Lexmark acquisition we see clear opportunity ahead. These are not simply vendor relationships. They are proof points of our standing in the global technology community. Artificial Intelligence: From Pilot to Practice PBS has entered the world of agentic AI not as a concept we are studying, but as a capability we are deploying. In late 2025, we led a proof of concept with a major regional bank that combined advanced data warehouse migration engineering from Microsoft SQL Server to Oracle with artificial intelligence. The engagement demonstrated PBS's unique ability to bridge deep infrastructure expertise with emerging AI capabilities: an outcome neither a pure vendor nor a traditional integrator could achieve alone. This is where PBS is building its next frontier. Governments modernizing public infrastructure, financial institutions transforming core systems, enterprises navigating digital change all face environments of growing complexity. AI-powered solutions that address mission-critical use cases, reduce operational risk, and close gaps left by legacy obsolescence represent a genuine and growing opportunity. We are building those competencies today. THE ORGANIZATION WE ARE BUILDING In 2026, PBS has strengthened its senior leadership with targeted additions designed to deepen expertise and expand regional capacity. Our culture of collaboration sharing talent, resources, and best practices across 24 markets compounds as a competitive advantage. Central to this model is a pool of high-caliber specialists: forward deployed engineers, solution architects, and domain experts deployed with precision across geographies. A solution proven in Honduras can be deployed in Jamaica. A capability built in Peru can serve Colombia. This is something our local competitors cannot match in scale, and our global competitors cannot match in regional depth. Turnaround and the Opportunity Ahead Our 24-market footprint is both a risk management discipline and a growth engine. We are entering new markets to consolidate our regional position and reduce concentration risk. Simultaneously, we are focused on unlocking value within our 33

current footprint: our operations in Panama, Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru markets where our presence was built on imaging and where we are now accelerating into higher-value technology services represent meaningful turnaround opportunities. The adjustments now underway will, we believe, generate contributions that meaningfully enhance shareholder value. We view them as investments in progress, and we are confident in the path forward. What Lies Ahead The demand for what PBS does deep, locally grounded, end-to-end technology execution has never been greater. We have been building toward this moment for more than two decades. Our partnerships, our people, and our culture have been assembled with exactly this horizon in mind. The work ahead is significant. The opportunity is larger still. To our shareholders: we remain committed to rewarding your confidence with discipline, integrity, and the intensity that has always defined this organization. Warm regards, PEDRO M. PARÍS C. Group CEO Productive Business Solutions Limited 34

P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board Pedro M. París Director, Group CEO P.B. Scott is the CEO, Chairman and Principal Shareholder of the Musson Group. Over the last two decades, P.B. Scott has conceptualised and led the expansion of the Musson Group from a Jamaican consumer wholesale distribution business to a diversified group operating in 30 countries. The Group is a leader across the Caribbean in food, pharmaceuticals, information technology, and insurance. The Musson Group includes leading businesses such as The PBS Group, Seprod Limited, General Accident Insurance, and A.S. Brydens & Sons. He has served as CEO of Musson since 2004. Today the Musson Group has a turnover in excess of US$1.6 billion annually and over 7,000 employees. In addition to his private sector contributions, P.B. Scott has committed a significant amount of time to public service. He is the chairman of the Development Bank of Jamaica and has led multiple enterprise teams to divest government assets. In 2023, he was awarded 'the Order of Jamaica for his exceptional contribution to the Business Industry, Investment, and Philanthropy in Jamaica and the Caribbean. Mr. Pedro M. París has been with PBS since 2003, He has held several management positions, in 2006 he was named COO for Central America. Mr. París was appointed Group CEO at the end of 2009. He is responsible for the vision, strategy and execution of the day-to-day operations. He is also a member of the Management Governance and Executive Committees. Mr. París worked 18 years for IBM-GBM (an IBM alliance), where he held several senior management positions across the business. Mr. París studied Business Administration at the Universidad Autónoma Centro America, Costa Rica. Group Board of Directors 37

Mr. Hutchinson currently works with Portland Private Equity (“PPE”) as Vice President – Investments, with responsibility for leading investment transactions throughout the region. He has more than 13 years of experience in the regional finance industry working with several top financial institutions. Prior to joining PPE, Ricardo held the role of Associate Director – Investment Banking with a leading regional commercial bank. He holds a Master of Science degree in Economics from the University of the West Indies and is a CFA Charter holder. *Ricardo Hutchinson Non-Executive Director Group Board of Directors *Independent Director Mr. Agnew is an entrepreneur specializing in building content marketing, marketing technology and information services businesses. He founded Brafton Inc. and a group of subsidiary companies that are North America and Australia’s leading content marketing entities. Brafton Inc. has been listed among the 5,000 fastest growing private companies four years in row. He co-founded DeHavilland Information Services and Axonn Ltd in the UK. Originally from the UK, he moved to the U.S.A. in 2008. Mr. Agnew holds a degree in Politics from the University of Newcastle, UK. *Thomas Agnew Non-Executive Director 38

Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Group Board of Directors José Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director *Independent Director Mrs. Blondell Walker has been part of the Musson Group of Companies for over 20 years and is currently the ICT Director, a position she has held since 2000. She is also on the Board for T. Geddes Grant (Distributors) Limited and Musson Jamaica Limited. She was instrumental in the implementation of the Enterprise Resource Program (ERP  application across the Musson Group of Companies. Mrs. Walker studied Accounting and Systems Analysis at the University of the West Indies, Institute of Management and the Heriot Watt University of Edinburgh, Scotland. She is the Chairman for the Western United Basic School. Blondell Walker Non-Executive Director 39

Mr Ince is a Senior Partner/Co-Founder of Frontlight Ventures, a regional investment and consulting firm. He was Co-Founder and Managing Director of Prism Services, a regional payments and operations outsourcing company. He is a Non-Executive Republic Bank Ltd, Cave Shepherd, Foster & Ince Cruise Services and the Barbados Sugar Industry Ltd. He is a graduate of York University, Canada and is a National Barbados Aubrey Collymore Scholarship recipient for sciences. Group Board of Directors *Edward Ince Non-Executive Director *Independent Director Mrs. Melanie Subratie is Chairman and CEO of Stanley Motta Ltd., Vice-Chairman of Musson (Ja) Ltd. and Director of all its subsidiaries, Vice-Chairman of General Accident Insurance Company Ltd., Eppley Ltd, and T Geddes Grant Ltd. Chairman of E-Pins Ltd. and sits on the executive of Seprod group of Companies and all its subsidiary boards. Chairman of Seprod Foundation, Musson Foundation, Chairperson of Jamaica Girls Coding and Chairman of Jamaica RISE Life Management and other CSR organizations. She is also Fourth Vice-President of the Jamaica Chamber of Commerce, and is the current Chair of the Legislation, Regulation and Improvement Committee. She is a honors graduate of London School of Economics. Melanie Subratie Non-Executive Director 40

Group Board of Directors Patrick A. W. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Patrick A. W. Scott is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Facey Commodity Company Limited and the Executive Deputy Chairman of the Facey Group. Prior to these appointments, he served 16 years as Managing Director. A seasoned executive, Mr. Scott has worked for a combined total of 40 years in various roles and was key figure in the global development of Facey’s Telecom business. He currently serves the board of directos of several companies including, P.A. Benjamin, Serge Island Diaries, International Biscuits and Serge Island Farms. Attended Seneca College and Ryerson University in Toronto, Canada. Mr Brian Wynter has been incorporated to the PBS Group Limited Board of Directors. Mr. Wynter has an extensive career in the financial sector, serving as Governor of the Bank of Jamaica until August 2019. The motion was presented to the Board of Directors, which was accepted, and in this way, Brian Wynter was duly appointed to the board of directors of PBS Group Limited. An honors graduate from the London School of Economics in 1981, and specialized in International Economy form Columbia University in 1985. *Brian Wynter Non-Executive Director 41

Group Board of Directors Nicholas A. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Nicholas Scott is the Vice Chairman of Eppley Limited and a director of Eppley Fund Managers Limited. Mr. Scott is also the Chief Investment Officer of the Musson Group and a Director of Musson and most of its major subsidiaries and affiliates. Mr. Scott is the Chairman of the Student Loan Bureau and a former Vice-President of the Private Sector Organization of Jamaica. He holds a B.Sc. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and an M.P.A. from the Harvard Kennedy School of Government. 42

4 Paul Scott 5 Melanie Subratie 5 Pedro M. Paris 5 Jose Misrahi 5 Patrick Scott 5 Blondell Walker 4 Nicholas Scott 5 Ricardo Hutchinson 5 Thomas Agnew 5 Edward Ince 5 Brian Wynter 7 Jose Misrahi 7 Ricardo Hutchinson 7 Thomas Agnew 6 Brian Wynter 4 Melanie Subratie Board Meetings Audit Meetings 43

Board of Committees Executive Committee Audit Committee Compensation Committee *Independent Director P.B. Scott Chairperson Nicholas A. Scott José Misrahi Pedro M. París P.B. Scott Chairperson Patrick Scott *Ricardo Hutchinson Melanie Subratie *Thomas Agnew José Misrahi *Ricardo Hutchinson *Brian Wynter Chairperson 44

Sergio Molina Planning Operations Director Sergio Molina started at PBS 20 years ago. He has hold several positions in the company. PBS Guatemala General Manager (7 Years), PBS Dominican Republic General Manager (1 Year), PBS Group Post-Sale Manager (1Year), PBS Group Sales Process Management, PBS Group Planning Manager (Current). Mr Molina obtained a Degree in Business Administration from Universidad de San Carlos de Guatemala. Mario Pons Professional Services Operations Mario Pons has been a key player for the Inkjet strategy the group has developed in Central America and has helped various PBS organizations in the development of high impact projects such as the printing of Electoral Ballots. He has also been key in the relationship with global partners, Entrust Datacard and Gemalto, for National ID projects in Guatemala, Jamaica and Costa Rica. He started working in Xerox Guatemala in 1994 and has developed his career within Xerox and PBS holding several positions in Sales, Service and Professional Services. He has a BSC in Computer Science from Louisiana State University, and a Diploma in Business Administration from Tayasal Business School. Leonardo Velásquez Infrastructure & Technology Networking Director Leonardo Velazquez has been working with PBS since 2015. He oversees the sales relationship with vendors and distributors, such as: Cisco, Fortinet, HP, Dell, Tripplite, TechData, Intcomex, IngramMicro. Before PBS, he worked as a Regional Partner Account Manager at Cisco Systems for 6 years and has amassed a total of 25 years in the IT sector. He graduated from Universidad de Simon Bolivar. He has an MBA in Enterprise Administration and is an Electronic Engineer. Alex Chiriboga Service Delivery & Logistics Director Alex recently joined PBS Group in May 2024 as Director of Delivery Service & Logistics. His main objective is to transform the service we provide to our customers, aiming to achieve the highest levels of satisfaction and experience. This transformation will focus on improving processes through a connectivity strategy, optimizing resources and technology, and maintaining inventory levels and quality aligned with the requirements of our broad portfolio of products and services. Mr. Chiriboga brings over 32 years of experience from Xerox, where he held leadership roles in Service Delivery, Technical Services, Logistics, Sales, and the Paper Business across Ecuador and the Latin America Region. He holds an MBA with specializations in Finance, Marketing, and Human Resources, a degree in Process Administration Engineering, a Bachelor’s in Electronics & Telecommunications, and is certified as a Lean Six Sigma Green Belt. Senior Regional Leadership Team 45

Jose Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Lucia Vielman Coporate Treasure Mrs. Vielman Ruiz was a Private Banking Manager at Mercom Bank and later appointedas General Manager. In 2009 Mrs. Vielman Ruiz Joined PBS as Compliant officer for the first sindicate loan and in 2010 she became the Corporate Treasurer, responsible for banking operations at country level and member of the Management Governance Committee. She Graduated in Business Administration from Universidad Francisco Marroquin, Guatemala in 1998. Sharon McDonald Chief Assurance Officer Dr. Sharon Smith-McDonald supports PBS Group Limited. She is responsible for overseeing the Group’s internal controls and risk management. She plays a critical role in ensuring compliance with regulations by the development of effective assurance strategies across all business operations. Dr. Smith-McDonald has accumulated over three decades of experience in fi nance, accounting, and business operations. Her distinguished career includes key leadership roles within multinational organizations, most recently serving as Group Financial Controller at Musson Jamaica Limited. Dr. Smith-McDonald holds a Doctor of Business Administration in Finance & Internal Controls from Walden University, a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Northern Caribbean University, and a Bachelor of Science in Management and Accounting from The University of the West Indies. Ryan Kirlew Corporate Global Controller Ryan oversees the fi nancial operations of the entire PBS Group. Ryan brings a wealth of experience in strategic fi nancial management and reporting. He has consistently demonstrated outstanding leadership, expertise, and a deep understanding of fi nancial operations. His commitment to excellence has been evident throughout his career, and we are con fi dent that he will excel in this new role. Since joining the Group in 2017, Ryan has made signi fi cant contributions while working with Musson International Dairies Limited, Seprod, T. Geddes Grant, and Musson Jamaica—gaining valuable experience and playing a key role in the success of these business units. As Global Controller, Ryan is responsible for the overall fi nancial reporting of the PBS Group. He leads the development and maintenance of the organization’s accounting policies, practices, procedures, initiatives, and systems. Senior Regional Leadership Team 46

Daniel Martínez Advanced Services Regional Manager Daniel brings over 20 years of experience in business development across the technology and consulting sectors, leading transformational initiatives for government and financial institutions throughout Central America and the Caribbean. In the past seven years alone, he has consistently achieved double-digit growth in revenue and margins in Honduras by designing and implementing tailored professional services that accelerate technology adoption. As an Oracle Champion for nearly a decade, Daniel seamlessly combines technical expertise with commercial strategy to drive client success. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing & International Business and a Master of Science in Finance from Universidad Tecnológica Centroamericana (UNITEC), Honduras. Additionally, he earned a Professional Certificate in Digital Transformation from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Cambridge, MA, USA. Vennis Williamson Regional Manager Jamaica & Cayman Vennis Williamson. Her career in the information and communications technology (ICT) sector spans over a decade. Vennis has played a crucial role in navigating PBS Jamaica through the digital era, achieving significant technological milestones along the way. Her strategic guidance has integrated major technology entities, propelling the organization to unprecedented levels of innovation and market leadership. Over the past three years, under Vennis's leadership, PBS Jamaica has exceeded financial and operational growth objectives while prioritizing staff engagement as a core part of its strategy. Estefania Menéndez Personnel Regional Director Estefanía Menéndez is the Regional Personnel Director at PBS Group Limited, where she leads the human capital strategy and drives organizational transformation across the group. With over 14 years of experience in the Technology, Electrical, Outsourcing, and Business Services sectors, Estefanía has held leadership positions at renowned companies such as Schneider Electric, Xerox, and Capgemini. She holds a Business degree and a Master’s in Finance from Franklin University, and is certified in both Project Management and Six Sigma. Estefanía is widely recognized for implementing transformative initiatives that enhance productivity, increase operational efficiency, and boost employee engagement. Javier Mogollón Chief Information Officer Javier Mogollón is a systems engineer with a postgraduate degree in telecommunications from the Santiago Mariño University in Venezuela, he arrived in Guatemala 20 years ago after completing a ten-year cycle at Xerox of Venezuela, throughout this time in which he has worked for the group, Javier has held several positions accepting both local and regional challenges and responsibilities. He served as service manager, and sales support manager was the creator and developer of the Docushare Project (accounting code) in Shared Service that is currently used by all PBS Groups and the following company incorporations, he was in charge of the System One infrastructure installed in the Guatemala data center for 2 years, 4 years has held the position of IT manager in PBS Guatemala. Javier is currently the CIO of PBS Group. Regional Leadership Team 47

Lesder Ramírez Chief Operating Officer Central America Mr. Lesder Ramirez studied Business Administration at the Universidad San Carlos De Guatemala, Guatemala and in 2009, joined PBS as the Financial Manager for the Guatemala operations. From 2009 to 2015, Lesder was entrusted to play different roles in finance such as Finance Manager for the operations of Costa Rica, Honduras Jamaica and Belize, Shared Service Center - Finance Manager and Xerox Relationship Management. During his tenure managing the Xerox relationship, Lesder oversaw planning operations, working closely with Mr. Pedro M. Paris C., CEO of PBS Group, where he developed additional business acumen. In 2019, based on his achievements, Lesder was promoted to oversee the operations of Dutch Caribbean as Senior General Manager. More recently in 2022, due to his knowledge of the PBS business as well as his solid financial and operations background Lesder, was named COO in charge of the operations of Trinidad & Tobago, Guyana, and Dutch Caribbean (Aruba, Curacao, Bonaire, Saint Maarten and Suriname). Stuart Franco Chief Operating Officer Eastern Caribbean Cluster Stuart Franco is the Chief Operating Officer of the Eastern Caribbean Cluster, bringing over two decades of leadership, commercial expertise, and deep regional knowledge to the role. A graduate of the University of Western Ontario with a B.A. in Statistics & Economics, Stuart joined TSL in 2003 and steadily rose through the ranks — from Sales Representative to Sales Manager, Executive Vice President of Sales, and Chief Executive Officer — before assuming his current role in 2026. Throughout his tenure, he has been a driving force behind the company's growth trajectory, building lasting client relationships and strengthening TSL's market position across the Caribbean. Stuart served as President of the American Chamber of Commerce in Trinidad and Tobago (AmCham T&T) from 2023 to 2025 and has been a board member since 2018. He is also an active board member of the TSL Foundation, where he has championed community initiatives that uplift the regions TSL serves. Outside the office, Stuart is a devoted husband and father of four, an avid football fan, and a firm believer in the importance of family — a value he actively fosters within his team. Ezequiel Bardas Chief Operating Officer Latin America Ezequiel Bardas serves as Chief Operating Officer for Latin America at PBS Group, bringing more than two decades of senior executive leadership to the role. Known for his ability to scale operations, drive digital transformation, and deliver sustainable profitability in complex environments, Ezequiel leads the strategic direction for PBS Group's affiliates across the Andean Region — overseeing operational synergy, key alliance development, and an ambitious expansion plan throughout Latin America. Before joining PBS Group, Ezequiel held distinguished leadership positions at Xerox, serving as President and General Manager across major markets including the United States and Latin America. His track record of navigating high-stakes business environments and building high-performing regional organizations speaks to a career defined by results and resilience. Ezequiel holds an Executive MBA from IAE Business School, complemented by multiple leadership certifications. His leadership philosophy blends sharp market insight with an unwavering commitment to innovation and excellence — qualities that position him as a driving force behind PBS Group's next chapter in the region. Regional Leadership Team 48

GENERAL MANAGER Melani Angeles DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Marco Almendárez NICARAGUA SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Francisco Lupiac GENERAL MANAGER HONDURAS COUNTRY MANAGER Nyron Thomas TRINIDAD & TOBAGO SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Elvin Nash BARBADOS & OECS Jason Alidikromo COUNTRY MANAGER SURINAME Senior in Country Leadership SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Mirian Alas EL SALVADOR Laura Johnston COUNTRY MANAGER CAYMAN 49

Nella Aguilar PERU COUNTRY MANAGER Candace Bartholomew COUNTRY MANAGER GUYANA Jose Maduro COUNTRY MANAGER BONAIRE & ARUBA Charlesson Ramdjas COUNTRY MANAGER CURAÇAO Vynnie Mila GENERAL MANAGER GPA GPA USA Luis Castillo GUATEMALA COUNTRY MANAGER COUNTRY MANAGER Ana Karina Vallejo ECUADOR Senior in Country Leadership Esteban Corrales PANAMA & COLOMBIA COUNTRY MANAGER 50

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 51

Deloitte & Touche 3 rd Floor The Goddard Building Haggatt Hall St. Michael, BB11059 Barbados, W.I. Tel: +246 620 6400 Fax: +246 430 6451 www.deloitte.com Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (“DTTL”), its global network of member firms, and their related entities (collectively, the “Deloitte organization”). DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) and each of its member firms and related entities are legally separate and independent entities, which cannot obligate or bind each other in respect of third parties. DTTL and each DTTL member firm and related entity is liable only for its own acts and omissions, and not those of each other. DTTL does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about to learn more. Deloitte & Touche is an affiliate of DCB Holding Ltd., a member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Opinion We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries (“the Group”), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2025, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including material accounting policy information. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at December 31, 2025, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS Accounting Standards”). Basis for Opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) (“IESBA Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Key Audit Matters Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill As at 31 December 2025, Goodwill accounted for US$86.2 million, which represents 20.5% of total assets of the Group. On an annual basis, management tests whether goodwill is subject to impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units (CGU) have been determined using value in use calculations based on the higher of the recoverable amount compared to fair value less costs to sell. Our approach to testing management’s impairment assessment, with the assistance of our valuation specialist involved the following procedures, amongst others: • Obtained management’s discounted cash flow model (DCF) including qualitative and quantitative analyses and updated our understanding of the process used by management to determine the value in use of each CGU and evaluated for any changes.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 2 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill (Cont’d) We focused on this area because the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill involves significant judgement and estimation, is sensitive to changes in key assumptions and determining economic recovery is challenging. The key assumptions were assessed by management as being: • Revenue growth rate; • Terminal growth rate; • Average Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) to revenue; and Pre-tax Discount rate. • Agreed the 31 December 2025 base year financial information to current year results and compared previous forecasts to actual results to assess the performance of the business and the accuracy of management’s forecasting. • Compared the revenue growth rates to historical revenue growth and externally derived data as well as our own assessments in relation to key inputs such as projected economic growth, inflation and pre-tax discount rates. • Developed a range of parameters using available market inputs and historical information and performed sensitivity analyses using these parameters, which was compared to management’s terminal growth and pre-tax discount rates. • Compared EBITDA margins to historical results, and verified reconciling variances to underlying supporting data and current period results. Tested management’s impairment model calculations for mathematical accuracy Operating and finance lease revenue (Forming part of sale of goods) Revenue arising from the inception of new finance leases is included within the sale of goods revenue stream and is not captured through a specific identifier. As a result, identifying transactions that contain lease arrangements requires manual assessment for every underlying subsidiary. Recognition of revenue in these arrangements requires judgment to identify the lease and non-lease components of the contract and to determine whether the lease should be classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. This classification can materially affect the timing and presentation of revenue recognition, the measurement of lease receivables, and the related financial statement disclosures. Our approach to testing lease revenue to mitigate the identified risks includes the following procedures: • Obtained the population of leases entered into by the entities and reviewed Management's assessment on their classification between operating and finance leases. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition of the finance lease within the Sale of Goods revenue stream, based on the lease amortisation schedule prepared by the management. • On a sample basis, obtained and inspected the related customer contracts / signed agreements to review Management's

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 3 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Lease classification is based on the terms set out in customer agreements and purchase orders. Accordingly, significant judgment is required to assess whether the contractual terms are consistent with the underlying transaction and whether the classification has been applied appropriately across the population of relevant sales arrangements. As it involves manual review and interpretation of contract documentation, there is an increased risk of error and inconsistent application. The key assumptions and judgments applied by management include: • assessment of whether the arrangement is an operating lease or a finance lease; • determination of the discount rate used in lease classification and measurement; and • identification of the standalone selling price of goods where contracts include both leasing and maintenance components. assessment on the classification between finance or operating lease. • For the selected samples, obtained and verified the inputs (interest rates, delivery dates, lease & non-lease component) as determined by Management to recalculate the finance lease revenue to be recognised in the accounts at lease inception. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition and subsequent interest income based on our independent recalculation to the amounts recorded by management. Management override of controls Management is in a unique position to perpetrate fraud because of its ability to directly or indirectly manipulate accounting records and prepare fraudulent financial statements by overriding established controls that otherwise appear to be operating effectively. The risk of management override of controls is pervasive. Because of its unpredictable nature, this risk could result in a material misstatement. This significant risk also represents a fraud risk for the audit. • Engaged in periodic fraud discussions with certain members of senior management and utilized our internal fraud specialist to guide and support our fraud-related testing procedures. • Considered the potential for bias in judgments and estimates, including performing retrospective analysis of significant accounting estimates. • Evaluated whether the Company has entered into any significant unusual transactions and, if so, the nature, terms, and business purpose (or lack thereof) of those transactions and whether such transactions involved related parties. • Evaluated the Company’s fraud risk assessment and consider indirect controls

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 4 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter and internal controls over the closing and reporting process. • Using our propriety software tool we extracted and tested journal entries that exhibit characteristics of possible management override of controls. • Tested controls over significant, unusual transactions, particularly those that result in late or unusual journal entries and controls over journal entries and adjustments made in the period-end financial reporting process. • No evidence of management override of controls was identified as a results of our audit procedures. Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process. Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also: • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 5 • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management. • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. • Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business units within the Group as a basis for forming an opinion on the group financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determined those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. Information other than the financial statements Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Annual Report but does not include the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon which is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s report. Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with the audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. When we read the Annual Report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 6 The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditors’ report is Steve Clarke. Other matter – responsibility for our audit work This report is made solely to the shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited as a body, in accordance with Section 147 of the Companies Act of Barbados. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the shareholders for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinion we have formed. Other matter – predecessor auditors The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2024 were audited by another auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those statements on 30 June 2025. 7 June 2026

Page 2 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Non-Current Assets Property, plant and equipment 13 36,106 35,865 Right-of-use assets 14 15,269 12,802 Intangible assets 15 104,757 107,595 Lease receivables 16 4,538 6,869 Pension plan assets 30 3,752 3,674 Long term receivables 17 608 551 Deferred tax assets 18 11,507 14,491 Investments 34 - 243 Contract Asset 33 28 - Investments in Associate 20 4,774 4,056 Total Non-Current Assets 181,339 186,146 Current Assets Due from related parties 19 8,066 7,467 Inventories 21 58,043 48,584 Contract assets 33 - 1,602 Trade and other receivables 22 127,296 105,760 Current portion of lease receivables 16 11,437 2,696 Current portion of long-term receivables 17 161 38 Taxation recoverable 14,476 17,462 Cash and bank 23 21,574 29,961 Total Current Assets 241,053 213,570 Current Liabilities Trade and other payables 24 91,049 85,855 Contract liabilities 33 15,101 15,602 Due to related parties 19 13,739 12,308 Taxation payable 5,219 11,255 Current portion of lease liabilities 25 6,998 6,441 Short term loans 26 19,245 5,941 Current portion of long-term loans 26 14,250 10,633 Total Current Liabilities 165,601 148,035 Net Current Assets 75,452 65,535 Total Non-current Assets and Net Current Assets 256,791 251,681

Page 3 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (Continued) 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Equity Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Share capital 27 123,016 123,016 Other reserves/ (deficit) 28 (17,025) (17,339) Accumulated deficit (30,198) (23,274) Total Shareholders´ Equity 75,793 82,403 Non-controlling Interests 1,337 1,185 Total Equity 77,130 83,588 Non-Current Liabilities Retirement benefit obligations 30 3,111 1,553 Deferred tax liabilities 18 6,570 6,153 Lease liabilities 25 17,988 15,465 Borrowings 26 151,992 144,515 Other long-term liabilities - 407 Total Non-Current Liabilities 179,661 168,093 Total Non-Current Liabilities and Equity 256,791 251,681 Approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 June, 2026 and signed on its behalf by: _____________________________________________ _________________________________ Paul Scott Director Pedro Paris Director The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 4 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Number of Shares ‘000 Share Capital $’000 Other Reserves / (Deficit) $’000 Accumulated Deficit $’000 Non- Controlling Interest $’000 Total $’000 Balance at 31 December 2023 188,213 123,016 (17,139) (29,359) 1,070 77,588 Currency translation differences - - (820) (87) - (907) Actuarial loss - - (96) - - (96) Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - 716 - - 716 Net income - - - 7,461 115 7,576 Total comprehensive income - - (200) 7,374 115 7,289 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (1,289) - (1,289) Balance at 31 December 2024 188,213 123,016 (17,339) (23,274) 1,185 83,588 Currency translation differences - - 260 - - 260 Actuarial gain - - 54 - - 54 Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - - - - - Net income - - - 4,287 152 4,439 Total comprehensive income - - 314 4,287 152 4,753 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (11,211) - (11,211) Balance at 31 December 2025 188,213 123,016 (17,025) (30,198) 1,337 77,130 The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 5 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash Flows from Operating Activities (Note 31) 2,726 32,531 Cash Flows from Financing Activities Interest paid (17,094) (18,801) Dividends paid (11,211) (1,289) Proceeds from borrowing 48,808 147,041 Repayments of borrowings (19,297) (141,672) Repayments of lease liabilities (8,370) (10,699) Net cash used in financing activities (7,164) (25,420) Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired 35 (592) (1,293) Interest received 1,769 1,999 Purchase of property, plant and equipment (5,102) (6,378) Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 42 238 Purchase of Investments in Associates 20 - (3,543) Net cash used in investing activities (3,883) (8,977) Net (Decrease) in Cash (8,321) (1,866) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 29,961 31,991 Effect of foreign exchange in cash (66) (164) Cash and Cash Equivalents at end of the year 23 21,574 29,961 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The principal non-cash transactions include: ● Transfer to property, plant and equipment from inventory during the financial year $9,380,000 (2024 - $9,017,000). ● Transfer from property, plant and equipment to inventory upon expiry of operating lease of $4,018,000 (2024 - $4,799,000). The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page 6 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 1. Identification and Principal Activities Productive Business Solutions Limited (“the Company”) is a company incorporated on 16 December 2010, and domiciled in Barbados, originally under the International Business Corporation (IBC) Act 77 (Barbados). Effective July 1st, 2021, the Company operates under the Companies Act Cap. 308 (Barbados) and holds a Foreign Currency Permit under the Foreign Currency Permits Act, 2018-44 (Barbados). The tax rate for the fiscal year commencing 1 January 2025 is 9.0% of taxable income. The registered office of the Company is at Facey House # 42 Warrens Industrial Park, Warrens, St. Michaels, Barbados. The Company is capitalised by ordinary shares. The Company is a subsidiary of Facey Group Limited, owned by Musson (Jamaica) Limited. Facey Group Limited is a company incorporated in Barbados under the Companies Act, Cap. 308 (Barbados) as an international business company. In combination, Musson (Jamaica) Limited and Facey Group Limited own 66.98% of the ordinary shares of the Company. The Company is listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange and the International Securities Market in Barbados. The Company’s ultimate parent company and controlling party is Elkon Limited (“Elkon”), which is incorporated and domiciled in Jamaica, and Paul B. Scott, respectively. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, (referred to as “Group”) are the distribution of printing equipment, business machines, handsets and related accessories, automated teller machines, security checkpoints, system integration, cloud services, data analytics, communication solutions, e-transactions, development of software and other technology solutions. In May 2025 the Group acquired 100% holding in Regional Business Systems Limited (RBS), incorporated and domiciled in Barbados (Note 35).

Page 7 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, hereinafter referred to as the financial statements, are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. (a) Basis of preparation These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. IFRS Accounting Standards comprise the following authoritative literature:  IFRS Accounting Standards  IAS Standards  Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC Interpretations) or its predecessor body, the Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC Interpretations). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain items of property, plant and equipment. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Although these estimates are based on managements’ best knowledge of current events and action, actual results could differ from those estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 4. Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year Certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards have been published that became effective during the current financial year. The Group has assessed the relevance of all such new standards, interpretations and amendments and has affected the following, which are immediately relevant to its operations: Amendments to IAS 21,‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ , Amendments to IAS 21 were made to add requirements to help entities to determine whether a currency is exchangeable into another currency, and the spot exchange rate to use when it is not. Prior to these amendments, IAS 21 set out the exchange rate to use when exchangeability is temporarily lacking, but not what to do when lack of exchangeability is not temporary. Management’s assessment is that the amendments of this standard have no impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Page 8 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year (continued) The amendments must be applied retrospectively in accordance with the requirements in IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. The amendment did not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. There are no other IFRS Accounting Standards or IFRIC interpretations effective in the current year which are expected to have a significant impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the company.

Page 9 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group The Group has concluded that the following standards which are published but not yet effective, are relevant to its operations and will impact the Group’s accounting policies and financial disclosures as discussed below. These standards and amendments to existing standards are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2026, but the Group has not early adopted them: Amendments to IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 7, ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026). Amendments to IFRS 9 and 7 (a) clarify the date of recognition and derecognition of some financial assets and liabilities, with a new exception for some financial liabilities settled through an electronic cash transfer system; (b) clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether a financial asset meets the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) criterion; (c) add new disclosures for certain instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows (such as some financial instruments with features linked to the achievement of environment, social and governance targets); and (d) update the disclosures for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). The amendments in (b) are most relevant to financial institutions, but the amendments in (a), (c) and (d) are relevant to all entities. It is not anticipated that the amendments will have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 18, ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This is the new standard on presentation and disclosure in financial statements, which replaces IAS 1, with a focus on updates to the statement of profit or loss. The key new concepts introduced in IFRS 18 relate to: • the structure of the statement of profit or loss with defined subtotals; • requirement to determine the most useful structure summary for presenting expenses in the statement of profit or loss • required disclosures in a single note within the financial statements for certain profit or loss performance measures that are reported outside an entity’s financial statements (that is, management-defined performance measures); and • enhanced principles on aggregation and disaggregation which apply to the primary financial statements and notes in general. Management is assessing the impact of this new standard on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 19, 'Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures' , (effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This standard permit eligible subsidiaries to apply reduced IFRS disclosure requirements. IFRS 19 is a voluntary standard for eligible subsidiaries. A subsidiary is eligible if it does not have public accountability and it has an ultimate or intermediate parent that produces consolidated financial statements available for public use that comply with IFRS Accounting Standards. An eligible entity may opt to revoke the application of this standard after implementation. The entity may also elect to apply the standard more than one. The group is currently assessing the impact of this standard.

Page 10 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) There are no other new or amended IFRS Accounting Standards and interpretations that are published but not yet effective that would be expected to have an impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the Group. (b) Consolidation (i) Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations involving third parties by the Group. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred, and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss, in the statement of comprehensive income.

Page 11 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) Subsidiaries Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. The Group’s subsidiaries, countries of incorporation, and the Group’s percentage interest are as follows: Country of incorporation Group’s Percentage Interest 2025 2024 Nicaragua Holdings and its subsidiary St., Lucia & Nicaragua 100 100 Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia & Dominican Republic 100 100 Mobay Holdings N.V. and its subsidiary Curacao & Aruba 100 100 PBS Caribbean Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia, Jamaica, Barbados, Colombia, Suriname 100 100 Cayman Business Machines Limited* Cayman 40 40 PBS Technology Group Limited St. Lucia, Antigua & Barbuda, Jamaica, Trinidad, Guyana, 100 100 Infotrans Group Holding B.V. Curacao, Bonaire, Colombia, Suriname & Aruba 100 100 High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V. El Salvador and Honduras 100 100 PBS Central America and its subsidiaries Panama, Guatemala, Costa Rica, El Salvador 100 100 PBS Honduras Honduras 75 75 PBS Peru Peru 100 100 PBS Ecuador Ecuador 100 100

Page 12 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) In accordance with Cayman laws, entities that are domiciled in the Cayman Islands and are not issued with Local Companies Control Law Licenses, are required to be at least 60% owned by a Caymanian. The operation of Cayman Business Machines Limited is however controlled by Productive Business Solutions Limited and is therefore, in substance, categorised as a subsidiary. (ii) Transactions with non-controlling interests The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For purchases of ownership interest in subsidiaries from non-controlling interests in which the Group retains control of the subsidiary, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests where control is retained by the Group are also recorded in equity. (iii) Disposal of subsidiaries When the Group ceases to have control or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value, with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss. If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate. (iv) Business combination under common control Acquisitions from entities under common control are determined by the substance and specific facts and circumstances surrounding any particular business combination under common control. Business combinations under common control are accounted for using the predecessor method of accounting. Under the predecessor method of accounting, the cost of an acquisition is measured in a manner similar to the purchase method of accounting. Identifiable assets and liabilities are measured at book value at the date of acquisition. Under the predecessor method of accounting, no goodwill is created, as any difference between the cost of acquisition and the book value of the net assets acquired is dealt with as an adjustment to retained earnings. (v) Investment in associates Associates are categorized as entities over which the Group has influence but not control, with shareholding and voting rights between 20% and 50%. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost. The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associate’s post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in profit and loss, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equal or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Page 13 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (c) Foreign currency translation (i) Functional and presentation currency Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States Dollars, which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency. (ii) Transactions and balances Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. At the statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the weighted average closing exchange rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates, of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in statement of comprehensive income. (iii) Group companies The results and financial position of all the group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper- inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated as follows: a) Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at year end rates, b) Items affecting the statement of comprehensive income are translated at average rates, and c) The resultant gains or losses are recognised in other comprehensive income as translation gains or losses. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Page 14 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (d) Revenue recognition Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of applicable value added taxes, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue is recognised as follows: Reprographic products Revenue earned from reprographic products is either through an outright sale or a lease of equipment and from related service contracts. Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from finance leases, are recognised at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require installation, revenue is recognised when the equipment has been delivered and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer-installable products are recognised upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer's shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the finance lease method and are recognised as earned over the lease term. A substantial portion of the Group's reprographic products is sold with full- service maintenance agreements. Service revenues are derived primarily from these maintenance contracts on equipment sold to customers and are recognised over the term of the contracts in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, by reference to completion of the specific transaction assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided. Revenue is recognised only after there are specific indicators of transfer of control to the customer. To evidence transfer of control on contracts where revenue is recognised at a point in time, management has defined that revenue can only be recognised after the equipment or part is installed or the supplies are delivered. Bill and hold agreements are scrutinised to ensure the transfer of control to the customer is effective. For contracts where revenue is recognised over time, management measures the fulfilment of the performance obligations based on the value that the delivered goods or services represent to the customer. Telecommunications products Revenue from telecommunications products comprises revenue from the sales of cellular phones. These products are sold under contractual agreements with the telecommunications providers. Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised on a gross basis as management has determined that the Group acts as a principal in relation to these transactions, due to the fact that the Group bears the majority of risk, principally credit and inventory risk, in relation to such transactions, and the Group also acts as primary obligor. Control is the key consideration when assessing the nature of the promise to the customer. When the entity does not control the good or service (or inventory) before it is transferred to the customer it is likely that the promise in the contract is to arrange for goods or services to be delivered (rather than these to be provided by the entity). In such cases, the Company recognises revenue for an amount equal to the net income (revenue minus cost). Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised when a Group entity has delivered products to the customer; the customer has accepted the products and collectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured. Interest income is recognised on the accrual basis on the effective interest basis, except when collectability is considered doubtful. In such cases, income is recorded when economic benefits are received.

Page 15 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (e) Property, plant and equipment Freehold land and buildings are shown at fair value, based on valuations by external independent valuers, less subsequent depreciation for buildings. Valuations are performed every three years to ensure that the fair value of a revalued asset does not differ materially from it’s carrying amount. Any accumulated depreciation at the date of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset, and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of freehold, land and buildings are credited to other comprehensive income and shown as other reserves in shareholder’s equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are recorded in other comprehensive income and debited against other reserves directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the profit or loss. All other property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Land is not depreciated as it is deemed to have an indefinite life. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation is calculated at annual rates on the straight-line basis to write-off the cost of the assets to their residual values over their estimated useful lives at annual rates as follows: Freehold buildings 2 - 2 ½% Leasehold buildings and improvements 10 - 20% Furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment 10 - 33⅓% Motor vehicles 20 - 25% Gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount and are included in operating profit. Repairs and maintenance expenditure is charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which it is incurred. The cost of major renovations is included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of the existing asset will flow to the Group. When revalued assets are sold, the amounts included in other reserves are transferred to retained earnings.

Page 16 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (f) Intangible assets (i) Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates and joint ventures is included in investment in associates and investment in joint venture, respectively. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or Groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. (ii) Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences. Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. All, excepting licenses are deemed to have finite useful lives and amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the intangible assets over their estimated useful lives between 5 and 20 years. Licenses have an indefinite useful life. (iii) Proprietary Software The Group is the owner of a software internally developed to address diverse customer needs. This asset is carried at cost and amortised according to its defined useful life. (g) Impairment of non-financial assets Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Page 17 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset in one entity and a financial liability or equity of another entity. Financial assets Classification The Group classifies its financial assets at amortised cost. The classification depends on the business model used for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. Impairment The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss (ECL) associated with its financial assets classified at amortised cost, lease receivables, long term receivables and related party balances. Application of the General Model The Group has applied the ‘general model’ as required under IFRS 9 for financial assets other than trade receivables. Under this model, the Group is required to assess on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its financial assets carried at amortised cost. The ECL will be recognised in profit or loss before a loss event has occurred. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. ECL is calculated by multiplying the Probability of default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD). The impairment model uses a three-stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination: Stage 1 – 12-month ECL applies to all financial assets that have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and are not credit impaired. The ECL will be computed using a 12-month PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months. Stage 2 – When a financial asset experiences a significant increase in credit risk subsequent to origination but is not credit impaired, it is considered to be in Stage 2. This requires the computation of ECL based on lifetime PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the remaining estimated life of the financial asset. Provisions are higher in this stage because of an increase in risk and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered compared to 12 months in Stage 1. Stage 3 – Financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment will be included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses will continue to capture the lifetime ECL. The Group uses judgement when considering the following factors that affect the determination of impairment: Assessment of Significant Increase in Credit Risk The assessment of a significant increase in credit risk is done on a relative basis. To assess whether the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since origination, the Group compares the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial asset at the reporting date to the corresponding risk of default at origination, using key risk indicators that are used in the Group’s existing risk management processes. At each reporting date, the assessment of a change in credit risk will be individually assessed for those considered individually significant and at the segment level. This assessment is symmetrical in nature, allowing credit risk of financial assets to move back to Stage 1 if the increase in credit risk since origination has reduced and is no longer deemed to be significant.

Page 18 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments (continued) Macroeconomic Factors, Forward Looking Information and Multiple Scenarios The Group applies an unbiased and probability weighted estimate of credit losses by evaluating a range of possible outcomes that incorporates forecasts of future economic conditions. Macroeconomic factors and forward-looking information are incorporated into the measurement of ECL as well as the determination of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination. Measurement of ECLs at each reporting period reflect reasonable and supportable information at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The Group uses three scenarios that are probability weighted to determine ECL. Expected Life When measuring ECL, the Group considers the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk. All contractual terms are considered when determining the expected life, including prepayment options and extension and rollover options. Application of the Simplified Approach For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. Financial liabilities The Group’s financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, this is the initial recognition minus the cumulative amortisation of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount. Financial liabilities at amortised costs are classified as current or non-current depending on whether these are due within 12 months after the statement of financial position date or beyond. Financial liabilities are derecognised when either of the following take place: The Group is discharged from its obligation, upon expiration or when they are cancelled or replaced by a new liability. (i) Inventories Inventories are carried at weighted average purchase cost. These items are stated at cost less provision for write down to net realisable value, where necessary and are stated at the lower weighted average cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the costs of completion and selling expenses. (j) Trade receivables Impairment over trade receivables is determined with the aid of a matrix based on the ageing of the account. Twice a year, management assesses whether there has been any indicator of a change in the credit risk. Additionally, periodically a comprehensive evaluation is performed with the objective of identifying individual accounts that may be subject to impairment which are either written off or fully provided for. (k) Cash and bank Cash and bank include cash on hand net of bank overdrafts. In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and bank include cash in hand and at bank and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown in current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

Page 19 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (l) Trade payables These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. (m) Contract assets and contract liabilities The Group recognises a contract asset whenever it has the right for consideration as a result of transferring goods or services to a customer. Contract assets are different from accounts receivables as the former would only require the passage of time for the consideration to be due. Contract assets are subject to impairment assessment. The Group recognises a contract liability when it has received a payment, or a payment is due for goods or services that have not yet been transferred to the customer. (n) Income taxes Taxation expense in the statement of comprehensive income comprises current and deferred tax charges. Current tax charges are based on taxable profits for the year, which differ from the profit before tax reported because it excludes items that are taxable or deductible in other years, and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability f or current tax is calculated at tax rates that have been enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Deferred tax is the tax expected to be paid or recovered on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding tax bases. Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Currently enacted tax rates are used in the determination of deferred income tax. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they arise from the same taxable entity, relate to the same tax authority and when the legal right of offset exists. Deferred tax is charged or credited to profit or loss, except where it relates to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income, in which case, deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income. (o) Provisions Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. (p) Share capital Ordinary shares, and redeemable cumulative preference shares where the declaration of dividends is discretionary, are classified as equity instruments. The preference shares are perpetual and are only redeemable at the sole discretion of the Company but not before the 16 th year after the issue of the shares. Dividends on these shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are declared.

Page 20 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (q) Earnings per share (i) Basic earnings per share Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: ● the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares. ● by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares. (ii) Diluted earnings per share Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account: ● the after-income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and ● the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. (r) Borrowings Borrowings are recognised initially at cost, being their issue proceeds, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequently, borrowings are stated at amortised cost and any difference between net proceeds and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Preference shares issued by the Group are treated as borrowings if they carry a contractual term of redemption either by cash or another financial asset and dividends payments are not discretionary. (s) Leases As Lessee Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments: - fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable - payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option. Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rates, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions. As Lessor Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessee are classified as finance leases. When assets are leased out under a finance leases, the asset is derecognized and treated as revenue in accordance with accounting policy (d) with the present value of the lease payments is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease in a manner which reflects a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.

Page 21 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (s) Leases (continued) Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessor are included in property, plant and equipment in the statement of financial position. They are depreciated over their expected useful lives on a basis consistent with similar owned property, plant and equipment. Rental income is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. In some instances, transfers are made from Inventory to property, plant and equipment to facilitate the leasing of assets. In instances where leased equipment is returned this is transferred from property, plant and equipment to Inventory. When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which termination takes place. (t) Post-employment benefits The Group participates in a defined contribution plan operated by a related party, Musson (Jamaica) Limited, whereby it pays contributions to a separate, trustee-administered fund for its Jamaican operation. Once the contributions have been paid, the Group has no further payment obligations. Contributions to the plan are charged to profit or loss in the period to which they relate. There is an unfunded retirement benefit plan in the Nicaragua and El Salvador operations which is reflected in the statement of financial position as a liability. Changes to benefits are calculated by third party actuaries and are reflected in the Change to statement of comprehensive income. The Parent Company also participates in a defined benefit pension plan relating to PBS Technologies (Barbados) Limited, the assets of which are held in a separate fund administered by a Trustee. The pension plan is funded by payments from the Parent Company, taking into account the recommendations of independent qualified actuaries. Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value. (u) Finance costs Finance costs includes interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest method, interest on finance leases, material bank charges and foreign exchange gains and losses recognised in profit or loss. (v) Offsetting financial instruments Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty. (w) Segment information Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer. (x) Dividend distribution Dividend distribution is recognised as equity in the financial statements in which the dividends are approved by the shareholders. Dividend distributions on preference shares classified as borrowings are included in finance costs when the dividends are approved.

Page 22 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (a) Financial risk factors The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyse these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and up-to-date information systems. Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies and evaluates financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and investment of excess liquidity. (i) Credit risk The Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that its customers, clients or counterparties will cause a financial loss for the Group by failing to discharge their contractual obligations. Credit exposures arise principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and are influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Group has established credit policies under which each customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness prior to the Group offering them a credit facility. Credit limits are assigned to each customer and are reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Group has procedures in place to restrict customer orders if the order will result in customers exceeding their credit limits. Customers who fail to meet the Group’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Group on a prepayment basis. Customer credit risk is monitored according to their credit characteristics such as whether it is an individual or company, geographic location, industry, aging profile, and previous financial difficulties. The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents an estimate of expected credit losses in respect of trade and other receivables. The Group addresses impairment assessment in two areas: individually and collectively assessed allowances. Cash transactions are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. The Group has policies in place to limit the amount of exposure to any one financial institution. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the amount reflected on the statement of financial position.

Page 23 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Credit risk (continued) At year end, the banks where the Group maintains most of its cash, were rated by Fitch Ratings as follows: 202 5 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. B BB+ CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA+ Citibank F1 A+ 202 4 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. F1+ AA- CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA- Citibank F1 A+ Maximum credit risk exposure The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk equals the carrying amounts on the statement of financial position, of the assets which expose the Group to credit risk. There has been no change over the prior year in the manner in which the Group manages and measures credit risk. Analysis of trade receivables The Group’s trade receivables, broken down by customer sector is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Government 42,058 41,804 Private entities 58,254 48,815 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Impairment of financial assets The Group has four types of financial assets that are subject to expected credit losses as follows: (i) Trade receivables (ii) Lease receivable and long-term receivables (iii) Accounts receivable from related parties (iv) Other debt instruments carried at amortised cost

Page 24 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Trade receivables The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measure expected credit losses (ECL) which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. On that basis, the loss allowance at 31 December 2025 and 2024 was determined as follows for trade receivables: 31 December 202 5 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1 - 180 days past due $’000 181 - 360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 2.83% 11.54% 30.39% Gross carrying amount 71,856 19,451 2,878 6,127 100,312 Loss allowance provision 11 550 332 1,862 2,755 31 December 202 4 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1-180 days past due $’000 181-360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 0.67% 7.50% 38.38% Gross carrying amount 45,859 33,441 6,404 4,915 90,619 Loss allowance provision 10 224 480 1,887 2,601 The closing loss allowances for trade receivables as at 31 December 2025 reconcile to the opening loss allowances as follows: 202 5 202 4 $’000 $’000 Opening loss allowance as at 1 January 2,601 2,872 On Acquisition of Subsidiary (Note 34) - 299 Impairment (gains)/losses on receivables during the year 917 (223) Amounts written off (461) (314) Unused amounts reversed (320) - Exchange difference 18 (33) At 31 December 2,755 2,601

Page 25 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables The Group applies the ‘three stage’ model of IFRS 9 in measuring the expected credit losses (ECL) for all lease and long-term receivable. The application makes estimation about likelihood of default occurring, of the associated loss ratios of default correlations between counter parties. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The following tables contains an analysis of the credit exposure for lease and long-term receivables as at 31 December 2025 and 2024 as follows: Long term receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 769 - - 769 Carrying amount 769 - - 769 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 589 - - 589 Carrying amount 589 - - 589 Lease receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 Carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 26 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 Carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 27 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) Loss Allowance – Lease Receivables: No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material. Lease and long-term receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include ceasing enforcement activity, and where the Group’s recovery method is foreclosing on collateral, and the value of the collateral is such that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full. ECL movements without a profit and loss impact relates to amounts transferred from trade receivables to lease/long term receivables which previously existed and for which the ECL would have also been transferred. Expected credit losses are presented net of subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off. Cash and bank and other receivables Other financial assets at amortised cost include cash and bank balances, due from related parties and other receivables . These debt instruments at amortised cost are considered to have low credit risk. The loss allowance recognised during the period on those deemed to have low credit risk was therefore limited to the 12 month expected losses. Management considers these instruments as having low credit risk when there is a low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term. The allowance is assessed by estimating the likelihood of default, associated loss ratio and default correlation between counterparties. No opening loss allowances were recognised on balances for cash and bank, due from related parties and other receivables, and there were no movements during the current year, as the amounts determined were deemed immaterial. (iii) Due from related parties ECL is determined on yearly basis by performing a review of the financial position of the related party debtors for those where the receivable balances are material. If the related party debtor has an ‘intent’ and strong financial capacity to meet its contractual obligation, the probability of default is low and the credit risk is deemed to be immaterial, otherwise it would be classified under stage 2 or 3 and ECL computed accordingly. (iii) Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and other liquid assets and maintaining the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. Liquidity risk management process The Group’s liquidity management process, as carried out within the Group and monitored by the Board of Directors, primarily includes: (i) Monitoring future cash flows and liquidity on an ongoing basis. This incorporates an assessment of expected cash flows and the availability of collateral which could be used to secure funding if required. (ii) Maintaining committed lines of credit; and (iii) Managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities.

Page 28 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3 . Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Liquidity risk (continued) Undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities The maturity profile of financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments is as follows: Within 12 Months 1 to 5 Years Over 5 years Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Trade payables 58,350 - - 58,348 Other payables 32,699 - - 32,701 Due to related parties 13,739 - - 13,739 Lease liabilities 7,975 18,549 1,952 28,476 Borrowings 37,108 184,943 - 222,051 149,871 203,492 1,952 355,315 202 4 Trade payables 48,628 - - 48,628 Other payables 37,220 7 - 37,227 Due to related parties 12,308 - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities - - 407 407 Lease liabilities 9,335 14,453 126 23,914 Borrowings 25,339 141,834 - 167,173 132,830 156,294 533 289,657 (iii) Market risk The Group takes on exposure to market risks, which is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risks mainly arise from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is monitored by the Facey Group Limited’s treasury department which carries out extensive research and monitors the price movement of financial assets on the local and international markets. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Currency risk Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Jamaican (JMD) dollar, Honduran Lempira (HNL), Nicaraguan Córdoba (NIO), Dominican Peso (DOP), Costa Rican Colón (CRC), Trinidadian dollar (TTD) and the Guatemala Quetzal (GTQ). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. The Group manages its foreign exchange risk by ensuring that the net exposure in foreign assets and liabilities is kept to an acceptable level by monitoring currency positions. The Group further manages this risk by invoicing where possible in US dollars and converting foreign currency balances into US dollar denominated accounts.

Page 29 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, the net assets of which are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies. The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December: USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2025 Financial Assets Long term receivables 391 369 - 1 - - - - 8 769 Lease receivables 2,937 - - - - 8,232 - 3,232 1,574 15,975 Due from related parties 4,837 - 69 - - - - - 3,160 8,066 Trade receivables 22,584 20,983 6,670 4,107 3,900 7,052 9,336 8,946 13,979 97,557 Other receivables 3,696 209 848 400 949 9,203 319 2,497 6,311 24,432 Cash and bank 9,085 496 260 568 73 382 183 4,506 6,021 21,574 Total financial assets 43,530 22,057 7,847 5,076 4,922 24,869 9,838 19,181 31,053 168,373 Financial liabilities Trade payables 48,232 920 234 629 47 618 968 557 6,145 58,348 Other payables 6,557 1,562 2,323 1,194 1,520 4,013 3,973 2,172 9,385 32,701 Lease liabilities 16,808 - 2,604 339 1,248 - - 2,045 1,942 24,986 Due to related parties 11,761 - 305 - - - - - 1,673 13,739 Borrowings 183,138 - 1,672 - - - - 489 188 185,487 Total financial liabilities 266,496 2,482 7,138 2,162 2,815 4,631 4,941 5,263 19,333 315,261 Net position (222,966) 19,575 709 2,914 2,107 20,238 4,897 13,918 11,720 (146,888) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation against the US Dollar

Page 30 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (v) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2024 Financial Assets Long term receivables 224 355 - 2 - - - - 8 589 Lease receivables 3,211 - - - - - - 4,337 2,017 9,565 Due from related parties 7,120 - 347 - - - - - - 7,467 Trade receivables 41,110 7,129 6,093 2,106 4,787 1,876 6,644 7,871 10,402 88,018 Other receivables 1,421 259 854 47 (196) 3,788 240 533 6,811 13,757 Cash and cash equivalents 11,560 1,364 240 881 1,181 300 483 3,860 10,092 29,961 Total financial assets 64,646 9,107 7,534 3,036 5,772 5,964 7,367 16,601 29,330 149,357 Financial liabilities Trade payables 42,928 159 749 178 326 1,944 595 204 1,545 48,628 Other payables 11,452 1,698 2,681 901 887 2,770 2,616 4,358 9,864 37,227 Lease liabilities 14,721 - 929 302 1,155 - - 2,339 2,460 21,906 Due to related parties 12,150 - 158 - - - - - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities 407 - - - - - - - - 407 Borrowings 158,321 - 1,772 - - - - 934 62 161,089 Total financial liabilities 239,979 1,857 6,289 1,381 2,368 4,714 3,211 7,835 13,931 281,565 Net position (175,333) 7,250 1,245 1,655 3,404 1,250 4,156 8,766 15,399 (132,208) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation.

Page 31 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) The following tables indicate the currencies to which the Group had significant exposure on their monetary assets and liabilities and forecast cash flows. The change in currency rate below represents management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis represents outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the year-end for a reasonably expected change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity of the profit or loss was primarily as a result of foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of trade receivables and payables, long term receivables and borrowings. % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 5 2025 $’000 2025 $’000 Currency: HNL -1.5 - 109 HNL 1 - (73) JMD -1.5 607 - JMD 1 (152) - NIO -1.5 - 446 NIO 1 - (111) DOP -1.5 - (154) DOP 1 - 38 CRC -1.5 - 270 CRC 1 - (180) TTD -1.5 - 368 TTD 1 - (245) GTQ -1.5 140 - GTQ 1 (93) - % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 4 2024 $’000 2024 $’000 Currency: HNL -4 - 174 HNL 1 - (44) JMD -4 665 - JMD 1 (166) - NIO -4 - 471 NIO 1 - (118) DOP -4 - (119) DOP 1 - 30 CRC -4 - 683 CRC 1 - (171) TTD -4 - 834 TTD 1 - (209) GTQ -4 281 - GTQ 1 (70) -

Page 32 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iv) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk As the Group has no significant variable rate interest-bearing assets, the Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate exposure arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates and revolving short-term borrowings expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The Group analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated for borrowings that represent the major interest-bearing positions, taking into consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions and alternative financing. The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily from borrowings, the sensitivity of the profit or loss is the effect of the assumed changes in interest rates based on floating rate long term and revolving short-term borrowings. There is no direct impact on other components of equity. The table below indicates the sensitivity to a reasonably expected change in interest rates 2025 2024 Change in basis points - 50/25 Change in basis points - 50/25 $’000 $’000 Floating rate borrowings 750/ (375) 619/ (310) (b) Capital management The capital management process is carried out by the parent company. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for the shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. The Board of Directors monitors the return on capital, which the Group defines as net operating income (excluding non-recurring items) divided by total equity (excluding non- redeemable preference shares and non-controlling interests). There was no change to the capital management process during the year. The Group has no specific capital management strategy and is not exposed to externally imposed capital requirements. There are contractual capital requirements as follows:  The syndicated credit agreement with Citibank, N.A. acting as administrative agent and collateral agent and Citibank, N.A., Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A, First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as joint lead arrangers and book runners - The financial covenants include: The Leverage Ratio, The Debt Service Coverage Ratio, The Central American Assets Test and The Specified Central American Assets Test. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at year end.  The revolving credit agreement and loan agreement with First Citizens Bank (FCB) - The financial covenants include: the Current ratio, the Funded Debt to EBITDA ratio and the Debt Service ratio. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at the year end.

Page 33 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated)  3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (c) Fair values of financial instruments Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of the Group’s financial instruments that, subsequent to initial recognition, are not measured at fair value is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each statement of financial position date. The fair values of these financial instruments are determined as follows: (i) The face value, less any estimated credit adjustments, for financial assets and liabilities with a maturity of less than one year are estimated to approximate their fair values. These financial assets and liabilities include cash and bank balances, trade receivables and payables and short-term borrowings. (ii) The carrying values of non-current borrowings to non-related parties approximate their fair values, as these loans are carried at amortised cost reflecting their contractual obligations and the interest rates are reflective of current market rates for similar transactions. The fair value of borrowings is disclosed in note 26. (iii) The fair values of the long-term receivables and loans to and from related parties could not be reliably determined as these instruments were granted under special terms and are not likely to be traded in a fair market exchange.

Page 34 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty Judgements and estimates are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. Estimated impairment of goodwill The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2(f). The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations, which require the use of estimates. In determining the value in use, management has made certain assumptions regarding revenue growth rate, EBITDA to revenue ratios, terminal growth rate and discount rates. See Note 15 for sensitivity of amounts to estimates. Intangible assets Intangible assets arising from the acquisition of subsidiaries have been deemed to be indefinite life intangibles. Other intangible assets have been deemed to be finite lives intangibles. Their estimated useful lives have been determined by management, based on their best estimate of the time period over which the Group will benefit from the assets acquired. Management has estimated that the useful lives of the intangibles will be between 5 and 20 years. Income taxes The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. The Group recognises liabilities for actual and anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. In determining these estimates, management considers the merit of any audit issues raised, based on their interpretation of the taxation laws, and their knowledge of any precedents established by the taxation authorities. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences could materially impact the current tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made (see Notes 11 and 18). Determining the lease term In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). For leases of administrative offices, retail stores, equipment and vehicles, the following factors are normally the most relevant: ● If there are significant penalties to terminate (or not extend), the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● If any leasehold improvements are expected to have a significant remaining value, the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● Otherwise, the Group considers other factors including historical lease durations and the costs and business disruption required to replace the leased asset. Most extension options in office equipment and vehicles leases have not been included in the lease liability, because the Group could replace the assets without significant cost or business disruption.

Page 35 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information The Group’s Chief Executive Officer examines the Group’s performance from a geographic perspective and has identified two reportable segments of business: ● Central America- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Central America Region such as Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Costa Rica, Nicaragua and Panama. ● Caribbean- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Caribbean region such as Dominican Republic, Jamaica, Barbados, Curacao and Aruba, Colombia, Trinidad and Tobago, Suriname, Peru and Ecuador. Management primarily uses a measure of adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) to assess the performance of the operating segments. However, information about the segments’ revenue, assets and liabilities are also submitted for review on a monthly basis.

Page 36 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2025 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 216,487 158,045 - 374,532 Revenue from another operating segment 21,602 342 (21,558) 386 Total Income 238,089 158,387 (21,558) 374,918 Adjusted EBITDA 39,468 22,189 (6,463) 55,194 Finance costs (17,703) Depreciation (20,684) Amortisation (3,174) Unallocated EBITDA - Share of Investee’s profit 718 Profit before taxation 14,351 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (11,766) (8,918) - (20,684) Amortisation (286) (2,888) - (3,174) Income tax (8,252) (1,660) - (9,912) Segment assets- Total segment assets 284,690 257,335 (458,838) 83,187 Unallocated items 339,205 Total assets per statement of financial position 422,392 Capital expenditure 2,986 2,116 - 5,102 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 204,830 244,064 (398,616) 50,278 Unallocated items 294,984 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 345,262

Page 37 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 233,913 158,166 - 392,079 Revenue from another operating segment 15,339 337 (20,366) (4,690) Total Income 249,252 158,503 (20,366) 387,389 Adjusted EBITDA 23,676 27,880 (2,569) 48,987 Finance costs (18,430) Depreciation (17,441) Amortisation (2,884) Unallocated EBITDA 2,386 Profit before taxation 12,618 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (10,386) (7,055) - (17,441) Amortisation (286) (2,598) (2,884) Income tax (3,565) (1,591) 114 (5,042) Segment assets- Total segment assets 239,813 237,830 (380,101) 97,542 Unallocated items 302,174 Total assets per statement of financial position 399,716 Capital expenditure 2,306 4,072 - 6,378 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 175,217 226,053 (323,383) 77,887 Unallocated items 238,241 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 316,128

Page 38 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) Segment assets are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset. Segment liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These liabilities are allocated based on the operations of the segment. The parent entity is domiciled in Barbados. The amount of its revenue from external customers broken down by location of the customers is shown in table below. 202 5 2024 $’000 $’000 Barbados 18,992 20,676 Costa Rica 52,701 37,423 Dominican Republic 15,958 17,836 El Salvador 56,750 99,808 Guatemala 35,148 38,892 Honduras 24,704 20,110 Nicaragua 19,273 15,450 Panama 12,122 11,411 USA 7,841 5,848 Antilles 10,512 11,597 Jamaica 27,960 30,229 Trinidad 23,554 30,125 Guyana 8,518 5,920 Cayman 2,822 2,715 Antigua 731 696 Colombia 4,345 5,071 Suriname 1,233 2,180 Other 51,754 31,402 Total 374,918 387,389 The total of capital expenditure, broken down by location of the assets is shown in the table below. 202 5 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 240 240 Trinidad - 244 244 Costa Rica 1,443 - 1,443 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 908 908 Other 261 724 985 Total 2,986 2,116 5,102

Page 39 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 2,037 2,037 Trinidad - 974 974 Costa Rica 791 - 791 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 311 311 Other 233 750 983 Total 2,306 4,072 6,378 6. Revenue 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Business Solutions Sale of goods 310,839 330,420 Services 41,461 32,302 352,300 362,722 Lease Income 22,618 24,667 374,918 387,389 Revenue from contracts with customers is $352,300,000 (2024: $362,722,000). 2025 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2025 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 207,119 122,957 (21,558) 308,518 Over time 17,257 26,525 - 43,782 224,376 149,482 (21,558) 352,300 2024 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2024 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 212,881 117,599 (20,366) 310,114 Over time 23,913 28,695 - 52,608 236,794 146,294 (20,366) 362,722

Page 40 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 7. Other Income 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest income 1,769 1,999 Gain/ (loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment (179) 103 Negative Goodwill (Note a) - 1,150 Customer Deposits Write-back - 700 Miscellaneous 812 193 2,402 4,145 (a) This relates to the acquisition of Xerox Ecuador. (Note 35)

Page 41 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 8. Expenses by Nature Total direct, selling, administration and other operating expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cost of inventories and cost related to services* 247,544 273,027 Impairment losses/(gains) on financial instruments 917 (223) Staff costs (Note 9) 48,573 43,811 Depreciation (Notes 13 and 14) * 10,630 9,470 Commission 6,905 6,895 Travel 5,180 5,433 Management fees 2,434 2,014 Telephone and communication 1,476 1,369 Transportation 801 803 Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 15) 3,174 2,884 Legal and professional fees 2,441 2,312 Occupancy costs 911 1,043 Bank charges 859 743 Auditor’s remuneration 1,940 1,251 Office supplies, printing and stationery 266 605 Repairs and maintenance 536 950 Advertising 324 450 Motor Vehicle Expenses 1,663 1,315 General Insurance 1,210 1,349 Other expenses 8,200 5,498 97,523 88,195 345,984 360,999 * Depreciation included in Cost of inventories and cost related to services amounts to $10,054,000 (2024: 7,971,000) for a total depreciation of $20,684,000 (2024: $17,441,000). Audit fees for the year ended 31 December 2025 totalled for the Group of $1,940,000 (2024: $1,251,000). Other fees paid to the auditor (and related network firms) for non-assurance services are not material.

Page 42 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 9. Staff Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Staff costs that have been included in Selling general and administrative expenses (Note 8) 48,573 43,811 Staff costs that have been included in Direct expenses 17,101 11,031 65,674 54,842 Staff costs that have been included in direct expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 14,379 8,488 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 2,057 1,165 Redundancy costs 184 501 Other 481 877 17,101 11,031 Staff costs that have been included in selling, general and administrative expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 39,571 34,938 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 4,474 3,840 Pension costs – defined contribution 425 410 Redundancy costs 1,809 2,290 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 1,832 2,072 48,573 43,811 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 53,950 43,426 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 6,453 5,005 Pension costs – defined contribution 503 410 Redundancy costs 1,993 2,791 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 2,313 2,949 65,674 54,842

Page 43 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 10. Finance Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net foreign exchange losses (gains) 609 (371) Interest expense - Loans and lease liabilities 17,094 18,801 17,703 18,430 11. Taxation Taxation is based on profit for the year or, in some jurisdictions, the greater of a percentage of profit before tax or revenue adjusted for taxation purposes, and comprises: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current tax charge 6,384 5,920 Deferred tax charge (credit) (Note 18) 3,528 (878) 9,912 5,042 The tax on the profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the statutory tax rate as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit before tax 14,351 12,618 Tax calculated at domestic tax rate of 9% (2024: 9%) 1,292 1,136 Adjusted for the effects of: Different tax rates in other countries 4,935 5,087 Tax on net assets at 1% 128 137 Income not subject to tax (3,048) (2,324) Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 1,101 550 Other charges and credits 5,504 456 Tax charge 9,912 5,042

Page 44 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 11. Taxation (Continued) 2025 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries 260 - 260 Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE - - - Actuarial gains – termination benefits 54 - 54 Other comprehensive income 314 - 314 Deferred tax (Note 18) - 2024 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries (907) - (907) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE 716 - 716 Actuarial gains – termination benefits (96) - (96) Other comprehensive income (287) - (287) Deferred tax (Note 18) - 12. Earnings per Share 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the company 4,287 7,461 Profit attributable to preference shareholders (1,713) (1,289) Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders 2,574 6,172 Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000) 186,213 186,213 Total basic and diluted earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations. 1.38 3.31

Page 45 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13 . Property, Plant and Equipment The furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment category for the Group includes equipment held for leases. Lease contracts for these items are entered into with third parties, with periodic lease payments being 36 to 60 months. Items which are leased are transferred from inventory on commencement of the lease arrangements and are transferred back to inventory on termination of the lease arrangements. Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Exchange differences - 3 (107) - (21) (4) (129) Additions - 1,103 3,663 - 67 269 5,102 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 502 - 24 - 526 Transfers from inventory - 9,380 - - - 9,380 Disposals - (553) (241) - (24) - (818) Transfers to inventory - - (4,018) - - - (4,018) On revaluation - - - - - - - Transfer from CWIP* - 23 186 - - (374) (165) At 31 December 111 6,974 108,155 776 1,711 1,035 118,762 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Exchange differences - (3) (193) - (18) - (214) Charge for the year** - 819 13,800 - 162 - 14,781 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 171 - 24 - 195 On transfer to inventory - - (4,528) - - - (4,528) Relieved on disposals - (365) (230) - (2) - (597) At 31 December 24 3,771 77,600 - 1,261 - 82,656 Net Book Value - 87 3,203 30,555 776 450 1,035 36,106 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $10,054,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 46 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,739 88,464 60 1,822 514 97,710 Exchange differences - (197) (898) - (294) - (1,389) Additions - 422 4,960 - 121 875 6,378 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 2,217 - 24 - 2,241 Transfers from inventory - - 9,017 - - - 9,017 Disposals - (657) (290) - (70) - (1,017) Transfers to inventory - - (4,789) - - - (4,789) On revaluation - - - 716 - - 716 Transfer from CWIP* - 91 109 - 62 (245) 17 At 31 December 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,292 62,728 - 1,067 - 67,111 Exchange differences - (87) (222) - (214) - (523) Charge for the year** - 678 11,282 - 271 - 12,231 On transfer to inventory - - (4,918) - - - (4,918) Relieved on disposals - (563) (290) - (29) - (882) At 31 December 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Net Book Value - 87 3,078 30,210 776 570 1,144 35,865 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $7,971,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 47 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The amounts of equipment leased to customers and included in property, plant and equipment are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Equipment held for lease at cost 80,979 86,403 Accumulated depreciation (61,596) (66,856) Net book value 19,383 19,547 Equipment is ordinarily moved from inventory to docu-centers, printshops and internal use. Equipment from inventory is also placed under lease contracts. When the equipment is no longer assigned to a specific function, it is moved back to inventory at net book value. The most significant of these movements is for equipment held for lease which is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening net book value 19,547 16,502 Acquisition of subsidiaries (Note 35) - 1,870 Transfers from inventory during lease period 9,380 9,017 Depreciation charges (10,054) (7,971) Disposals – transfers to inventory upon expiry of lease (4,018) (4,789) Depreciation released 4,528 4,918 Closing net book value 19,383 19,547

Page 48 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The pieces of freehold land of the Group were independently revalued as at various dates during 2023 on the basis of open market value or other market comparable approaches by independent qualified valuators. The directors are of the view that there were no material changes in the value over the prior year for Freehold land. Fair value movements on freehold are recognised in OCI under other revaluation reserves, see Note 28. The following table analyses the non-financial assets carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:  Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, or directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2), and  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

Page 49 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) There were no transfers between levels during the year. Level 3 fair values of land and buildings have been derived using the sales comparison approach. Sales prices of comparable land and buildings in close proximity are adjusted for differences in key attributes such as property size. The most significant input into this valuation approach is price per square foot. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair values of land and buildings are disclosed in the tables below. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87 Fair value measurements at 31 December 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87

Page 50 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases : Right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 12,599 10,376 Equipment 2,596 2,308 Motor vehicles 74 118 15,269 12,802 Movement analysis is as follows: 2025 2024 $’000 $’000 At Cost/Valuation - At 1 January 32,312 28,876 Exchange differences (40) 266 Acquisition on subsidiaries (Note 35) - 109 Additions 10,207 5,804 Lease Expiry (4,737) (2,743) At 31 December 37,742 32,312 Amortisation - At 1 January 19,510 16,203 Exchange differences (9) 348 Relieved on lease expiry (2,931) (2,251) Charge for the year 5,903 5,210 At 31 December 22,473 19,510 Net book value At 31 December 15,269 12,802

Page 51 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (Continued) (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: Amortisation charge of right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 4,709 4,488 Equipment 1,105 623 Motor vehicles 89 99 5,903 5,210 Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: - the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability - any lease payments made at the commencement date less any lease incentives received Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.

Page 52 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement, Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Year ended 31 December 2025 Opening net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 337 - - - 337 Exchange Difference - 1 - (2) (1) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (734) (184) (3,174) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 5 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Cost 86,952 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,684 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (12,827) (15,386) (6,993) (35,927) Closing net book value 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 Year ended 31 December 2024 Opening net book value 81,218 20,880 - 824 102,922 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 5,964 - 2,881 - 8,845 Adjustment (1,288) - - - (1,288) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (444) (184) (2,884) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 4 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Cost 86,615 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,347 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (10,572) (14,652) (6,807) (32,752) Closing net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595

Page 53 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15 . Intangible Assets (Continued) Amortisation charges have been included in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income. Impairment tests for goodwill The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis or when events or changes in the circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill is allocated. The recoverable amount is usually determined by reference to the value in use. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the CGU and also to choose an appropriate discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those future cash flows. The allocation of goodwill to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) as categorised by subsidiary is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 403 403 PBS Central America, S.A. 7,539 7,539 Mobay Holdings N. V. 4,256 4,256 Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 523 523 High Tech Corporation S.A. de C.V 2,957 2,957 PBS Technology Group Limited 62,655 62,655 Infotrans 1,438 1,438 PBS Peru 5,964 5,964 Regional Business Systems 337 - Other 159 159 86,231 85,894 The recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use pre- tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a 5-year period. Cash flows beyond the 5 th year are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2025 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2025 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 73.2% 2.0% 14.4% 20.56% PBS Central America S.A. 0.7% 3.4% 13.3% 20.96% Mobay Holdings N. V. 20.7% 1.7% 12.6% 20.70% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 24.6% 4.9% 16.7% 19.41% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.3% 15.2% 25.19% PBS Technology Group Limited 42.3% 3.1% 27.3% 22.25% Infotrans Group Holdings B.V. 39.1% 1.8% 14.9% 19.04% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.5% 12.1% 20.27% Regional Business Systems 174.7% 2.0% 16.6% 20.56%

Page 54 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2024 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2024 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 11.4% 22.0% PBS Central America S.A. -10.0% 3.0% 9.2% 22.4% Mobay Holdings N. V. 13.7% 1.7% 16.0% 17.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5% 11.5% 24.9% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 14.3% 26.6% PBS Technology Group Limited 25.0% 3.0% 25.7% 24.1% Infotrans 50.0% 1.9% 11.8% 24.5% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 11.5% 21.4% The table below shows the change in key assumptions for value in use calculations that would result in the recoverable amount being equal to the carrying amount. This represents only the cash generating units for which the excess of the recoverable amounts over the carrying amounts of the CGUs was low. 202 5 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Mobay Holdings N.V. 20.7% -1.4% 11.9% 23.6% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.5% 15.2% 25.0% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.9% 12.2% 20.0% Regional Business Systems 174.7% -19.2% 9.7% 35.7%

Page 55 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) 202 4 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 8.1% 22.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5.0% 10.4% 26.7% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 12.7% 27.0% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 12.7% 16.4%

Page 56 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 16. Lease Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Gross investment in finance leases Not later than one year 12,292 4,538 Later than one year and not later than five years 6,130 8,966 18,422 13,504 Less: Unearned income (2,447) (3,939) 15,975 9,565 Net investment in finance leases may be classified as follows: Not later than one year 11,437 2,696 Later than one year and not later than five years 4,538 6,869 15,975 9,565 No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . 17. Long Term Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Print Spot S de R.L. (Note a) 22 91 Guarantee deposits for building rents (Note b) 87 111 Other (Note c) 660 387 769 589 The current portion of long-term receivables is $161,000 (2024: $38,000) and is recorded in Current Assets. No loss allowance was recorded for long-term receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . a) Print Spot S de R.L. The balance earns interest of 14% and matures in August 2027. b) Guarantee deposits for building rents These balances do not earn interest and they are guarantee deposits for the rent of buildings in Guatemala, Cayman, Panama and Nicaragua. They mature between February 2027 (renewables) and July 2029. c) Other The balance relates to amounts that are individually insignificant. These balances relate to equipment sales with terms between 13 months and up to 37 months. These are secured with promissory notes and earn interest between 10% and 21% and are guaranteed with a pledge on the financed equipment.

Page 57 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 18. Deferred Income Taxes (a) Deferred income taxes are calculated in full on all temporary differences under the liability method and comprise: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Deferred Tax Asset 11,507 14,491 Deferred Tax Liability (6,570) (6,153) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (b) The movement on the deferred income tax assets balance for the year is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net asset at beginning of the year 8,338 7,971 Acquisition of subsidiaries - 89 (Charge) credit to profit and loss (Note 11) (3,528) 878 Exchange difference 127 (600) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment (843) (1,081) Provisions 2,117 7,034 Foreign exchange (losses)/gains (3) (29) Tax losses 3,621 2,600 Other 45 (186) 4,937 8,338 (d) The movement on the net deferred tax asset is attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment 125 (1,178) Provisions 66 (915) Tax losses (3,934) 1,144 Other 342 1,316 (3,401) 367 (e) Deferred income tax liabilities have not been established for withholding tax that would be payable on unremitted profits of subsidiaries as the amounts are permanently reinvested.

Page 58 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances The following transactions were carried out with related parties: (a) Sale of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Sale of goods Other related parties 26 428 Goods are sold based on the price lists in force and terms that would be available to third parties. (b) Purchase of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Purchases of goods Other related parties 10 204 Transactions with other related parties. (c) Key management compensation Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive). The compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services is shown below: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 4,837 4,905 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 373 372 Pension benefits 33 33 Other 106 9 5,349 5,319 Directors’ fees 118 104 (d) Other transactions 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Parent Management fee expense 1,429 970 Other related parties Management fee expense 1,005 1,044 Interest Income (6) (2) Interest paid 50 3 Rental Expense 634 - 3,112 2,015

Page 59 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances (Continued) (e) Year end balances with related parties Balances with the parent company and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand and earn no interest. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Receivable from related parties: Parent 5,346 5,247 Fellow subsidiaries and shareholder 2,720 2,220 8,066 7,467 Payable to related parties: Parent 9,487 9,421 Fellow subsidiaries 4,252 2,887 13,739 12,308 20. Investment in Associates In January 18, 2024, Trinidad Systems Group Limited (“TSGL”), a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), completed the acquisition of 100% of the operations of Trinidad Systems Limited (“TSL”) for a total purchase price of TT$107,208,000.00 (US$15,765,882.35). The acquisition was financed through a combination of 50% cash and 50% debt. PBS participated in the ownership consortium of TSGL, securing a 45% equity stake. As a result, PBS contributed 45% of the cash portion of the purchase price, amounting to TT$24,121,800 (US$3,543,000). The debt portion, representing the remaining 50% of the purchase price, is solely the responsibility of TSGL. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 As at January 4,056 3,543 Share of net profit 718 513 At 31 December 4,774 4,056

Page 60 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 20. Investment in Associates (Continued) The associate’s year-end is 31 December. The summarized unaudited consolidated information for the associate and its subsidiary is presented below. The information disclosed reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of Trinidad Systems Group Limited and not the Group’s share of those amounts. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Statement of financial position: Total Assets 26,790 24,316 Total Liabilities (13,592) (11,254) Net Assets 13,198 13,062 Statement of comprehensive income: Revenues 22,501 22,243 Expenses (21,177) (21,127) Net Profit for the Year 1,324 1,116 21. Inventories 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Finished goods 57,311 47,625 Goods in transit 13,198 12,801 70,509 60,426 Less: Provision for obsolete stock (12,466) (11,842) 58,043 48,584 Cost of inventory recognised as an expense aggregating to $203,222,000 (2024: $232,404,000), were recognised in profit and loss. 22. Trade and Other Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade receivables 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (Note 3) (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Prepaid expenses 5,307 3,985 Current portion of Long-Term Receivable 77 273 Other (Note a) 24,355 13,484 127,296 105,760 a) Includes advances to vendors of $3,359,442 (2024: $852,000) and Sundry Debtors of $3,808,003 (2024: $5,992,202)

Page 61 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 23. Cash and Bank 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The cash and bank balances disclosed for 2025 include restricted cash of $6,644,000 (2024: $6,131,000) The weighted average interest rate at the reporting date for short term bank deposits was 0.70% (2024: 0.70%) per annum. 24. Trade and Other Payables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade payables 58,348 48,628 Interest Payables 378 1,001 Accrued liabilities 15,792 20,860 Other 16,531 15,366 91,049 85,855 The carrying amounts of trade and other payables is a reasonable approximation to their fair values, due to their short-term nature. 25. Lease Liabilities The Group currently has long term lease agreements related to buildings, equipment, and motor vehicles. (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Lease liabilities Current 6,998 6,441 Non-current 17,988 15,465 24,986 21,906 (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest expense (included in finance cost) 1,353 1,580 Expenses relating to short term leases or low value underlying assets (included in selling, general and administrative expenses) 1,178 1,835 2,531 3,415 The total cash outflow for leases in 2025 was $ 9,723,000 (2024: $10,699,000).

Page 62 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 25. Lease Liabilities (Continued) (iii) Incremental borrowing rate For the incremental borrowing rate, the Group: - Where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by bankers as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received, and - Makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security. - The weighted average incremental borrowing rate for the Group in 2024 and 2025 was determined to be 7%. (iv) Lease payments Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. (v) Extension and termination options Extension and termination options are included in a number of leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. As at 31 December 2025, potential future cash outflows of $18,867,000 (2024: $14,702,000) (undiscounted) have not been included in the lease liability because it is not reasonably certain that the leases will be extended (or not terminated). The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee. During the current financial year, the financial effect of revising lease terms to reflect the effect of exercising extension and termination options was nil.

Page 63 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Short term loans – (a) Citibank 12,000 - (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. 2,860 2,274 (c) First Citizens 1,700 1,500 (d) Quedex 1,129 - (e) Davivienda 762 1,088 (f) Banco Popular Dominicano 540 400 (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú 254 - (h) Lafise - 679 19,245 5,941 Current portion of non-current borrowings 14,250 10,633 Total Current Borrowings 33,495 16,574 Non-Current Borrowings – (i) Citibank 135,469 120,926 (j) JCSD Preference Shares 16,701 16,582 (k) Xerox 6,875 9,375 (l) Davivienda 3,060 3,006 (m) National Commercial Bank 1,672 2,190 (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies 1,320 1,232 (o) First Citizens 489 934 (p) BICSA 324 341 (q) Banco de Bogotá 134 62 (r) Banistmo 99 428 (s) ASEPBS 99 - (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies - 72 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 Current portion of non-current borrowings (14,250) (10,633) Total Non-Current Borrowings 151,992 144,515 Total Borrowings 185,487 161,089

Page 64 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) The exposure of the group’s borrowings to interest rate changes and the contractual re-pricing dates at the end of the reporting period are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 0-12 months 33,495 16,574 1-5 years 151,992 144,515 185,487 161,089 The carrying amounts and fair value of the non-current borrowings are as follows: Carrying amount Fair value 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Loans 135,468 123,858 138,367 137,374 Redeemable preference shares 16,701 17,000 17,000 17,000 Other 14,073 14,290 14,073 17,674 166,242 155,148 169,440 172,048 The Group’s undrawn borrowing facilities as of December 2025 is $12,837,000 (2024: $15,000,000).

Page 65 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Short term loans (a) Citibank N.A. This represents three unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of SOFR plus a margin of 3.9% per annum with due dates between March 18 and June 18, 2026. (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. This represents four unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of between 10.20% and 10.99% per annum with due dates between January 20 and March 11, 2026. (c) First Citizens This represents loans which attracts interest of 8% per annum and mature in June 2026. (d) Quedex This represents a loan which attracts interest of 12% per annum and mature in March 2026. (e) Davivienda This represents an unsecured loan to finance working capital bearing interest of 9.30% per annum and maturing March 2026. (f) Banco Popular Dominicano This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on June 30, 2026. (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú This represents a short-term loan which attracts interest of 6.57% per annum and matures on June 19, 2026. (h) Lafise This represented three fiduciary loans to finance working capital, bearing interest between 9.5% and 10% per annum and which matured between January 25 and June 29, 2025. Non-Current Borrowings (i) Citibank This facility was granted in June 2024. The credit agreement was signed by Citibank as Administrative and Collateral Agent, and with Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A., First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners. The facility also grants the group access to incremental loans on which the same terms and conditions as the initial disbursement apply. The group accessed the first tranche of $12,500,000 on December 8, 2025 and the second of $8,000,000 on December 26, 2025. It matures in June 2030 and attracts an interest base rate of 3.4% plus a Term SOFR CME – 6 month rate, which results in an All-in rate of 7% at December 2025. Payments of principal and interests are to be paid in variable installments payments, in a semi-annual basis. Such semi annual amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth. The deferred financing charges offset against the loan amount is $2,588,432.

Page 66 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Guarantor companies are PBS Technology Group Limited, Productive Business Solutions (Central America), S.A., Productive Business Solutions Caribbean Limited, Dorada Management Inc., Productive Business Solutions (Guatemala), S.A., Productive Business Solutions El Salvador, S.A. de C.V., High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions Honduras, S.A. de C.V., Hight Tech Consulting, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions (Nicaragua), S.A., Productive Business Solutions (Costa Rica), S.A., and Productive Business Solutions (Panamá), S.A.. (j) JCSD Preference Shares This represents 17,000,000 Redeemable Cumulative Preference Shares in United States dollars (US$) entitled to a fixed preferential cumulative cash dividend of 8.25% US$ per annum. These preference shares issued in June 2024, mature in June 2028 and are mandatorily redeemable by the Company on this date. The deferred finance charges offset against the loan amounts to $298,790 The Preference Shares may not be redeemed by the Company until after the second anniversary of issue thereof. Thereafter the Voluntary Redemption Payment shall be the aggregate of (i) repayment in US$ of the Redemption Price; (ii) any arrears or accruals of the cumulative preferential dividend on the Preference Shares, whether declared or earned, or not, calculated down to the date of such repayment. (k) Xerox PBS Group acquired Xerox companies in Peru and Ecuador and signed a 4-year unsecured promissory note on July 1, 2024 issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 26, 2024. Principal and interest of 7% per annum are to be paid on a quarterly basis, total of 16 quarterly instalments that ends in June 2028. (l) Davivienda This represents two loans to finance working capital at 9.75% and 15.24% interest rate per annum and are due on May 24, 2027 and December 12, 2028, respectively. (m) NCB - National Commercial Bank This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 11.75% annual, due on October 19, 2028. All of this loan is disclosed as current portion of non-current borrowing given a breach in the corresponding financial covenants of the affiliate that holds the debt. (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies This represents the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of Infotrans subsidiaries in Aruba, Bonaire, Colombia and Curacao, maturing in May 2027. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non-current borrowings. The balance purchase price was set in four equal instalments of six hundred thousand united state dollars, each payable on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of completion of the sale which took place on June 12, 2023. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non- current borrowings. (o) FCIT - First Citizens This represents an unsecured loan facility granted in TT Dollars which attracts interest of 7.5% per annum, maturing on January 11, 2027. (p) BICSA – Banco Internacional de Costa Rica, S.A. This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 9% annual, due on September 15, 2028. (q) Banco de Bogotá This represents two loans which attracts interest of 12.72% and 12.03% per annum and maturing on January 17, 2027, and December 04, 2027.

Page 67 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) (r) Banistmo – Banco del Istmo This represents an unsecured loan which attracts interest of 7.9% per annum and due date is on March 28, 2027. (s) ASEPBS – Asociación Solidarista de Empleados de PBS This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on November 01, 2027. (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies This represented the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of High-Tech subsidiaries in El Salvador and Honduras which matured in July 2025. 27. Share Capital 202 5 202 4

000
000 Authorised - 186,213,000, (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000, (2024 –2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 Issued and fully paid - 186,213,000 (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000 (2024 – 2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 The preference shares are redeemable cumulative preference shares (1,500,000 9.25% perpetual cumulative redeemable USD and 500,000 10.50% perpetual cumulative redeemable Jamaican Dollars Preference Shares) where the declaration of dividends is discretionary. There is no contractual redemption date for these shares and may only be called for the first time at the sole discretion of the issuer, on the last Business Day of the financial year which falls immediately before the 15th anniversary of the issue date of the Preference Shares 28. Other Reserves (deficits) Other reserves primarily represent the currency translation differences resulting from the unrealized gains and losses on the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries that have a different functional currency from that of the Company. Other reserves also include revaluation reserve for the revaluation of assets and actuarial gains. Revaluation Surplus $’000 Actuarial Gains $’000 Currency Translation Differences $’000 Total $’000 Balance as at 1 January 2024 70 2,902 (20,111) (17,139) Actuarial gains - (96) - (96) Movement during 2024 716 - (820) (104) Balance as at 31 December 2024 786 2,806 (20,931) (17,339) Actuarial gains - 54 - 54 Movement during 2025 - - 260 260 Balance as at 31 December 2025 786 2,860 (20,671) (17,025)

Page 68 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 29. Litigation and Contingent Liabilities The Group is subject to various claims, disputes and legal proceedings in the normal course of business. Provision is made for such matters when, in the opinion of management and its professional advisors, it is probable that a payment will be made by the Group, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Claims asserted against the Group, according to the principles outlined above, have not been provided for. Management is of the opinion that the claims are either without merit, can be successfully defended or will result in exposure to the Group which is immaterial to both financial position and results of operations. 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset The movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligation during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 1,553 1,389 Reallocation of pension plan liability 1,045 - Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 Actuarial gains on termination benefits 124 (24) Benefits paid (73) (73) At end of year 3,111 1,553 The movement of the pension plan asset during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 3,674 3,596 Actuarial gains / (losses) 110 (96) Current service cost 122 122 Interest Cost 493 546 Benefits paid (653) (726) Other 6 232 At end of year 3,752 3,674 The amounts recognised in arriving at profit or loss were as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 At end of year 462 261 The distribution of the obligation by country was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Nicaragua 120 115 Panama 338 280 El Salvador 968 810 Honduras 393 348 Ecuador 1,292 - 3,111 1,553

Page 69 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset (Continued) The value of the plan asset was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Barbados 3,034 3,034 Panama 575 557 Honduras 143 83 3,752 3,674 The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is: 202 5 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (500) 485 Inflation rate 1% 52 (47) 202 4 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (432) 465 Inflation rate 1% 31 (27) The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position.

Page 70 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation (Continued) Termination benefits in El Salvador and Nicaragua are established by law and entitle the employee to receive a payment upon termination of employment, regardless of cause. In El Salvador the benefit is founded in the law 592, that is the regulatory law for the economic benefit for voluntary resignation. Employees with more than two years of uninterrupted service for the company shall receive a payment of, at least, the equivalent of 15 days of minimum wage for each year of service. In Nicaragua, the law 185, Labour Code, entitles the employee to the right to receive a payment equivalent to one monthly salary for each year of service, up to the third year, and 20 days of salary for each additional year. Neither of these plans require the employer to establish a fund. The principal actuarial assumptions used in valuing post-employment benefits are as follows: PBS Nicaragua 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 11% 11% Future salary increases 5% 5% Retirement age 60 years 60 years PBS El Salvador 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5% 5% Future salary increases 3.4% 3.4% Retirement age 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively PBS Panama 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5.5% 5.5% Future salary increases 6% 6% Retirement age 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively The principal assumptions used in valuing the pension plan asset for Barbados as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 7.75% 7.75% Future salary increases 3% 3% Retirement age 65 65

Page 71 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Operating Activities Reconciliation of the Group’s net profit to cash generated from operating activities: Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net profit 4,439 7,576 Items not affecting cash: Depreciation 13&14 20,684 17,441 Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 15 3,174 2,884 Share of profit of associate (718) (513) Taxation expense 11 9,912 5,042 Foreign exchange Losses/(Gains) 609 734 Loss / (Gains) on disposal of Property plant and equipment 179 (103) Interest income 7 (1,769) (1,999) Interest expense 10 17,094 18,801 53,604 49,863 Change in non-cash working capital, net of effects from acquisition of subsidiaries: Inventories (14,646) (6,961) Contract assets 1,574 429 Trade and other receivables (21,595) 29 Due from related parties (599) (499) Long term liabilities (407) (906) Long term receivable (180) 218 Lease receivable (6,410) (15) Accounts payable (7,288) 2,183 Contract liabilities (505) (4,243) Retirement benefit obligation 1,480 86 Due to related parties 1,431 1,249 6,459 41,433 Taxation paid (3,733) (8,902) Net cash provided by operating activities 2,726 32,531 Net Debt Reconciliation This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for the year ended 31 December. 2025

000 2024
000 Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Borrowings - repayable within one year (including overdraft) (33,495) (16,915) Borrowings - repayable after one year (151,992) (144,174) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034) Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Gross debt - fixed interest rates (185,487) (161,089) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034)

Page 72 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Financing Activities (Continued) Cash and Bank Lease liability Borrowing due within 1 year Borrowing due after 1 year Total 000 $’000 000 000 000 Net debt as at 31 December 2023 31,991 (19,197) (50,306) (96,936) (134,448) Addition 8,735 (13,552) (4,041) (143,000) (151,858) Repayments (10,760) 10,699 46,254 95,418 141,611 Foreign exchange adjustments (5) 144 9 830 978 Other non-cash movements - - (8,490) (827) (9,317) Net debt as at 31 December 2024, 29,961 (21,906) (16,574) (144,515) (153,034) Addition - (4,676) (17,271) (24,523) (46,470) Repayments (8,366) 7,630 12,646 473 12,383 Foreign exchange adjustments (21) 21 18 170 188 Other non-cash movements - (6,055) (12,314) 16,403 (1,966) Net debt as at 31 December 2025 21,574 (24,986) (33,495) (151,992) (188,899) .

Page 73 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 32. Pledged as Security The net assets of some subsidiaries of the group have been pledged as security for borrowings. The value of these pledged assets at the year end totalled $177,643,000 (2024: $159,054,000). 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities The Group classifies rights and obligations in its relationship with customers whenever either party performs any of its contractual obligations. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress for which the Group has provided the services. The contract assets become a receivable when the entity’s right to consideration is unconditional, and the revenue has been billed. The contract assets are classified as current assets as the associated contract is expected to be completed in less than 12 months. The contract assets relate to equipment contracts. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract assets 28 1,602 The contract liabilities refer to advances received from customers under the promise to deliver equipment. Total contract liabilities at the end of the year are reflected in the table below. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract liabilities on equipment contracts 10,717 8,139 on service contracts 4,384 7,463 Total contract liabilities 15,101 15,602

Page 74 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities (Continued) (i) Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to carried- forward contract liabilities and how much relates to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period on equipment contracts 3,391 4,781 on service contracts 2,534 1,252 5,925 6,033 (ii) Unsatisfied contracts at the end of the period The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations resulting from fixed-price contracts: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 84,215 63,651 84,215 63,651

Page 75 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 34 . Investments In October 2022 the Group acquired 17% of the shares of Arel Limited, which resulted in an investment of $242,000 (equivalent to $246,000 at prior year’s rate). Arel Limited is a private company established in 1967 and domiciled in 2 Piccadilly Road, Kingston 5, St. Andrew, Jamaica. The company is focused on providing engineering services and equipment such as air conditioning, medical and elevators. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair value of the unquoted equity investment are disclosed in the table below. The Group divested its entire holding in this investment during 2025. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 and 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Total 2025 $’000 Total 2024 $’000 Unquoted equity - 243

Page 76 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries Acquisition of Regional Business Systems Limited On 1 May 2025, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Regional Business Systems Limited. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. (i) Identifiable assets acquired – Regional Business Systems Limited 2025 $’000 Property and equipment 331 Tax Recoverable 12 Inventories 175 Trade and other payables (231) Other Current Liabilities (32) Bank Overdraft (197) Net identifiable assets acquired 58 Consideration 395 Less net identifiable assets acquired (58) Goodwill 337 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2025 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 395 Less: Cash balance (overdraft) acquired (197) Net outflow of cash 592

Page 77 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued)z Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Peru. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired - Peru 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 1,638 Trade and other receivables 1,722 Cash and cash equivalents 1,254 Deferred tax asset 594 Inventories 1,353 Intangible assets 2,200 Other Assets 277 Trade and other payables (2,214) Other Current Liabilities (59) Deferred Tax Liabilities (763) Net identifiable assets acquired 6,002 Consideration 11,966 Less net identifiable assets acquired (6,002) Goodwill 5,964 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 4,231 Less: Cash balance acquired 1,254 Net outflow of cash 2,977

Page 78 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador (iii) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 4,231 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 7,735 Total purchase consideration 11,966 (iv) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1. Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2. Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Ecuador. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired: 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 603 Right of Use Asset 109 Trade and other receivables 1,646 Cash and cash equivalents 2,909 Deferred tax asset 471 Inventories 527 Intangible assets 681 Taxation Recoverable 812 Trade and other payables (2,826) Tax Payable (5) Short term loans (112) Deferred Tax Liabilities (175) Net identifiable assets acquired 4,640 Consideration 3,490 Less net identifiable assets acquired (4,640) Negative Goodwill (1,150)

Page 79 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 1,225 Less: Cash balance acquired 2,909 Net inflow of cash (1,684) (iii) Acquisition-related costs In 2024 the Group incurred a combined (Peru and Ecuador) acquisition-related costs of $98,000 which were fully expensed. These costs have been included in professional fees expenses for the current period. (iv) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 1,225 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 2,265 Total purchase consideration 3,490 (v) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1.Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2.Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. 36. Distributions 2025 During 2025 the Group made the following distribution to ordinary shareholders On February 10, 2025, the group paid a cash dividend of $6,499,000 (3.49 cents per share) On December 31, 2025, the group paid a cash divided of $2,999,000 (1.61 cents per share) During 2025 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On January 22, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On April 15, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On June 30, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD428,000 (21.38 cents per share) On September 20, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD427,000 (21.38 cents per share)

Page 80 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 36. Distributions (Continued) 2024 During 2024 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On April 02, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On July 04, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On September 30, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) 37. Pillar II The Group is a part of a Multinational Entity (MNE) with revenues above €750 million. As such, it is within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules. Pillar Two legislation has not been enacted in Jamaica, the jurisdiction in which the MNE is incorporated. The Group has subsidiaries in the following countries with tax rate below 15%: Barbados, British Vergin Islands (BVI), Cayman Islands and St. Lucia. Under the legislation, the Group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) effective tax rate for each jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. The Group’s effective tax rates exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which it operates, with a few exceptions. For these exceptions, although the average effective tax rate may be below 15%, the Group’s exposure to paying Pillar Two income taxes might not be for the full difference in tax rates in relation to these entities. Additionally, not all entities jurisdictions have legislative frameworks to accommodate the Pillar Two top up tax. The Group is in the process of assessing its exposure to the Pillar Two legislation and will implement once adopted by the MNE in the jurisdiction of incorporation. 38. Subsequent Events 1. On January 14, 2026, the Boad of Directors declared a dividend payment of 1.88 cents per ordinary share. The record date is January 28, 2026, and payable February 25, 2026. 2. On February 27, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of March 16, 2026, and payable on April 1, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share. 3. On May 22, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of May 28, 2026, and payable on July 2, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share.

PROXY FORM

Productive Business Solutions Limited Company No. 34076 ("the Company") The undersigned shareholder of the Company hereby appoints of or failing him of Dated this day of , 2026 Name in Print: as the nominee of the undersigned to attend and act for the undersigned and on behalf of the undersigned at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on the September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am Jamaica time and at any adjournment or adjournments thereof in the same manner, to the same extent and with the same powers as if the undersigned was present at the said meeting or such adjournment or adjournments there of. Pursuant to Amended and Restated By-Law No. 2 of the Company

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Syndicated from Jamaica Stock Exchange · originally published .

Other coverage

Around Kingston

· powered by OFMOP
000 Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Borrowings - repayable within one year (including overdraft) (33,495) (16,915) Borrowings - repayable after one year (151,992) (144,174) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034) Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Gross debt - fixed interest rates (185,487) (161,089) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034)\u003c/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePage 72 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Financing Activities (Continued) Cash and Bank Lease liability Borrowing due within 1 year Borrowing due after 1 year Total
Skip to main content
Abeng Radio·Live news
0 listening
Jamaica Stock Exchange

Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

Kingston
Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS is a solutions-oriented, customer-focused technology group that combines a wide range of services, top-tier professionals, and cutting-edge products to offer customized systems and tools for organizations in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. Under the concept of “Engineering & Technology,” PBS operates through a model in which they work together to transform ideas into functional, scalable, and strategic solutions. Engineering acts as the core capability for designing, integrating, and executing complex systems with a long-term vision, while technology serves as the enabler that accelerates results and turns innovation into real impact. This approach reinforces PBS as a reliable partner in solutions integration, focused on helping clients improve the efficiency of their business processes while delivering measurable and sustainable results. “No Limits” defines how PBS thinks and operates: without technical, geographical, or industry boundaries. It reflects a commitment to flexibility, continuous innovation, and the ability to anticipate and solve challenges through tailored solutions that drive efficiency and growth across diverse markets and industries. 03

We are committed to our customers. We work with exceptional people. PBS Costa Rica Building, Plaza Roble, Los Balcones, 3rd Floor 05

We represent world leaders in the technology industry to provide the best solutions and services in our market. 06

Table of Contents Notice of an Annual General Meeting 08 Director’s Report 09 Corporate Information 10 Our Values 11 Acquisitions and Incorporations 13 Our Coverage 14 PBS Business Lines 15 Shareholders Profile 17 Shareholding of Directors 23 Chairman Message 24 CEO Letter 26 Group Board of Directors 32 Board Committees 37 Senior Regional Leadership Team 44 Regional Leadership Team 45 Senior in Country Leadership 47 Consolidated Financial Statements 49 PROXY FORM 51 Corporate Governance Policy 141 07

Notice of an Annual General Meeting NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the NINTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of PRODUCTIVE BUSINESS SOLUTIONS LIMITED will be held at their offices at General Accident Insurance Company Jamaica Limited, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, St. Andrew, Jamaica as well as virtually, on September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am to consider and if thought fit pass the following ordinary resolutions: A member of the Company entitled to attend and vote, is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote in his or her stead. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. Proxy forms must be submitted to the Company's Registrar and Transfer Agent, Jamaica Central Securities Depository, 40 Harbour Street, Kingston, Jamaica not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting. Proxy forms must be stamped with a J$100.00 postage stamp. Shareholders will be able to attend the meeting in person; however they will also be able to attend and vote on resolutions raised at the AGM electronically once they are registered by contacting [email protected]. Non-Shareholders can also register using the same email address. Upon registration, a confirmation will be sent and the meeting link and password will be shared closer to the meeting. The deadline for registration is September 2, 2026. P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board a. “THAT Deloitte & Touche having indicated their willingness to continue in office be re-appointed as Auditors for the ensuing year.” b. “THAT the Directors are hereby authorized to agree on a remuneration for the Auditors.” 6. RATTIFICATION OF DIVIDEND PAYMENTS “THAT the following dividend payments made during the year be ratified and that no other dividend payments were approved for the period under review”: “THAT dividend payments made to the: 9.25% and 10.50% preference shareholders on April 15, 2025, June 30, 2025, and September 30, 2025 of US$0.23125 per share and J$25.890411 per share respectively Common shareholders on February 10, 2025 and December 31, 2025 of US$0.0349 and US$0.0161 per share respectively TO TRANSACT ANY OTHER BUSINESS THAT MAY BE PROPERLY TRANSACTED AT AN ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING Dated this 4th day of August, 2026 BY ORDER OF THE BOARD 1. AUDITED ACCOUNTS “THAT the audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025, and the reports of the Directors’ and Auditors’ be and are hereby adopted.” 2. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS Pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 the Directors retiring from office by rotation are Jose Misrahi, Ricardo Hutchinson and Thomas Agnew, who being eligible offered themselves for re-election. The proposed resolutions are as follows: a. “THAT Jose Misrahi be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” b. “THAT Ricardo Hutchinson be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” c. “THAT Thomas Agnew be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” 3. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTOR Pursuant to Section 4.3.2 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 Mr. Eduardo Rodriguez who was appointed by the Board of Directors on June 8, 2026 resigned and being eligible offered himself for re-election. “THAT Eduardo Rodriguez be re-elected as a Director of the Company” 4. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION “THAT the amount shown for the Directors’ remuneration in the Audited Accounts dated December 31, 2025 be and is hereby approved.” 5. APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS AND FIX THEIR REMUNERAION 08

Submitted on behalf of the Board of Directors, P. B. Scott Chai rman of the Board The Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited submit herewith their Annual Report and Audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025 The Board of Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited exercises its responsibilities for the Financial Statements included in this Report through its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee consists of non-executive Board members: Brian Wynter Chairperson, Melanie Subratie, Ricardo Hutchinson, Thomas Agnew, and Executive Board member: Jose Misrahi. The independent auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee. The Group ended the year with a profit after tax of US$4,439,000 and a net profit attributable to shareholders of US$4,287,000. Details of these results, along with a comparison with the previous year’s performance and the state of affairs of the Company, are set out in the Management Discussion and Analysis and the Financial Statements which are included as part of the Report. The Directors wish to express their appreciation to the employees for their loyal services throughout the year. The Directors will meet to consider the appointment of Auditors in accordance with applicable regulations. Finan ci al R e sults A u di t or s Legal Representatives Emp l oyee s Director’s Report 09

Full Corporate Name Productive Business Solutions Limited R egis t ered Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust r ial Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Incorpor at ed December 1 6, 2010 Fiscal Year End December 31 , 2023 Administr ati ve Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust ri al Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Law under which incorpor at ed Barbados Compan y Sec reta ry Liza Ha rr id y al & Associates Tel.: 246-417-5600 Fax.: 246-421-8001 Legal Representatives DUNNCOX 48 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLINTON & HART & CO 58 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLARKE, GITTENS, FARMER Parker House, Wildey Business Park Wildey Road, St. Michael, Barbados M. HAMEL-SMITH & CO. Eleven Albion, Cor. Dere & Albion Streets P.O. Box 219, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad & Tobago W.I. Corporate Information PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS SRL The Financial Services Centre Bishop's Court's Hill P.O. Box 111, St. Michael BB 14004, Barbados Auditors Deloitte & Touche 3rd Floor The Goddard Building Hoggatt Hall St. Michae BB11059 Barbados, W.I. 10

Corporate Governance Policy 11

Corporate Governance Policy OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHARTER WAS ESTABLISHED IN 2010 AND REVISED IN 2025. THE CHARTER CAN BE SEEN IN MORE DETAIL ON THE COMPANY'S WEBSITE WWW.PBS.GROUP 12

Our Values We collaborate in everything we do. We maintain excellent communication with our customers to always understand their needs. The primary factor that enables us to make things happen. We demonstrate these qualities daily to enhance our working environment. We guarantee justice and fairness to all stakeholders, both internal and external. We uphold our business integrity as an ethical framework that guides our professional conduct, acting with integrity to earn the trust of our customers and employees. INTEGRITY TEAMWORK COMMUNICATION DISCIPLINE HUMILITY & SPIRIT OF SERVICE RESPECT FOR INDIVIDUALS 13

Acquisitions and Incorporations 200320******2009 201020******2002 200420******2010 201720******2024 14

191151******2034 151412******2223 Our Coverage Our regional group is made up of: 1. PBS Antigua, 2. PBS Aruba, 3. PBS Barbados, 4. PBS Belize, 5. PBS Cayman Business Machines, 6. PBS Colombia, 7. PBS Costa Rica, 8. PBS Curaçao, 9. PBS Dominican Republic, 10. PBS El Salvador, 11. Global Product Alliance Inc., 12. PBS Guatemala, 13. PBS Guyana, 14. PBS Honduras, 15. PBS San Pedro Sula, 16. PBS Jamaica, 17. PBS Nicaragua, 18. PBS Panama, 19. PBS Suriname, 20. PBS Trinidad & Tobago, 21. PBS Bonaire, 22. PBS Ecuador, 23. PBS Peru, and 24. PBS Dominica. 15

5 6 7 4 3 2 1 PBS Cayman Business Machines PBS Colombia PBS Costa Rica PBS Belize PBS Barbados PBS Aruba Pbs Dorada Technologies Antigua The Cayman Center Suite 1&2 Dorcy Drive, George Town Tel: 1-345-949-8642 [email protected] Centro empresarial El Dorado Plaza Calle 26 No. 85D Local - Modulo 7 Bogotá, Colombia Tel: 57 601 743 3281 [email protected] Plaza Roble, Edificio Balcones, piso 3. San Rafael de Escazú, San José Costa Rica. Tel: 506 4404 8000 Tel: 506 4404 8132 [email protected] 13 Douglas Jones Street Belize City, Belize C.A. Tel: 501 227-0823 / 0824 Facey House 42 Warrens Industrial Park Warrens, St Michael, Barbados Tel: 246 417 5600 Fax: 246 4218001 [email protected] Caya G.F. Betico Croes 170 Oranjestad, Aruba Tel: 297 582 5492 [email protected] Mandolin Place, Friars Hill Road, St. John's, Antigua Tel: (268) 481 1101 Fax: (268) 481 1144 8 PBS Curaçao Schottegatweg Oost 2 Willemstad, Curaçao Tel: +599 97241300 [email protected] 9 PBS Dominican Republic Av. Winston Churchill, Edificio Empresarial Blue Mall, Piso 22 Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic Tel: +809 567 8231 Fax: +809 472 0915 [email protected] 13 14 12 11 10 PBS Guyana PBS Honduras PBS Guatemala Global Product Alliance Inc. GPA PBS El Salvador Lot 2 Goedverwagting, Rupert Craig Highway, East Coast Demerara Tel: (592) 226 1066 [email protected] Tegucigalpa, Boulevard Morazán, edificio Agalta, piso 21 Tel: +504 2244 9870 al 79 [email protected] 23 Avenida 31-13, Zona 5 Ciudad de Guatemala, Guatemala Tel: 502 2420 9500 Whatsapp +502 5456 6479 [email protected] GPA 11411 NW 107th Street, Suite 24, Miami FL 33178 USA. Tel. 1(305) 477 2426 [email protected] Oficinas administrativas: Av. De La Revolución, San Salvador, Torre Plaza Presidente, piso #16. Tel: +503 2239 3000 cel.: +503 7039-9308 [email protected] 15 16 PBS San Pedro Sula PBS Jamaica San Pedro Sula, Barrio Los Andes, 16 Ave. 6 y 7 calle N.O. Edificio Metropark, Piso # 8, Local 804 Tel: +504 2512 2500 al 09 [email protected] Unit 1, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, Jamaica Tel: 876 926 5630-2 Fax: 876 929 5372 SD: 876-968-6197-9 [email protected] 18 17 PBS Panama PBS Nicaragua Calle 50 y 58 Este Obarrio, P.H. Office One, Piso 16 Panamá City, Panamá Tel: + 507 204 9900 Fax: +507 204 9902 [email protected] Rotonda el Güegüense. 400 mts al Sur, 100 mts al Oeste. Managua, Nicaragua Tel: 505 2255 9020 Fax: 505 2255 9030 [email protected] 20 19 21 PBS Trinidad and Tobago PBS Suriname PBS Bonaire Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 / (868) 609 7278 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 [email protected] Van Roosmalenstraat 11 Tel: (597) 551262 [email protected] Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 22 PBS Ecuador Av. Amazonas N35-17 y Juan Pablo Sanz Edificio Xerox Piso 7 Tel: (593) 993337829 [email protected] 23 24 PBS Perú N2N Distributors - Dominica Av las Begonias 441 torre C piso 10, San Isidro - Lima) Tel: (51) 1 616 6666 [email protected] N2N Distributors 33Kennedy Avenue Roseau, Dominica. Tel: (767) 448-2679 25 26 PBS St. Kitts BVI (British Virgin Islands) Unit 9, The Sands, P.O. Box 397 Bay Road, Basseterre St. Kitts. Tel: (869) 466-2018 Jayla Place, Road Town Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Tel: (284) 494-5030 Corporate Information 16

PBS 7 Business Lines IMAGING NETWORKING COMMUNICATIONS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ADVANCED SERVICES INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY SYSTEMS PAYMENT METHODS 17

Vertical Markets GRAPHIC ARTS FINANCE GOVERNMENT & EDUCATION MANUFACTURING, RETAIL & DISTRIBUTION OIL, ENERGY & MINING TELCOS BPO TRANSPORTATION & HOSPITALITY 18

AVAILABLE AT PBS Xerox ® Proficio ® PX300 NEW! A winning formula from the ground up. 19 New generation of production print. Xerox® Proficio® PX300 Printer

Our Partners & Certifications We are transforming as a company to assist in enabling information technologies to empower our clients to gain a competitive edge and accomplish their business objectives. 20

Mimaki's latest integrated printer / cutter offers new levels of creativity and versatility with vibrant ink types, including the new Silver, Orange and Light Black. The CJV300 Series achieves the highest print speeds in its class, with innovative technologies ensuring unparalleled production quality for signboard artists, graphic professionals and printers. Integrated printing and cutting, high speed CJV300-160 21

Oracle Exadata The High-Performance Data Engine Delivering ultra-fast performance, scalability, and reliability for mission-critical enterprise workloads 22

10 Largest Shareholders by Number of Shares 100908******0302 01 612,721 General Accident Insurance Co 663,473 Courtney Sylvester 1,087,308 Jose Misrahi 1,632,140 Portland Fund II Co-invest Partnership 3,230,166 NCB Capital Markets (Cayman) Ltd 5,485,214 Pedro M. Paris 6,330,663 Portland Caribbean Fund II Barbados L.P. 34,264,960 Portland Caribbean Fund II L.P. 45,164,017 Musson (Jamaica) Limited 84,181,818 Facey Group Limited Shareholders Profile 23

Shareholding of Executives P. B. Scott - 129,958,556 Blondell Walker - 45,164,017 Douglas Hewson - 42,227,763 Edward Ince - - Jose Misrahi 1,087,308 - Melanie M. Subratie - 129,958,556 Patrick A.W. Scott - 45,164,017 Pedro M. París 5,485,214 - Ricardo Hutchinson - 42,227,763 Tomas Agnew - - Brian Wynter - - Nicholas Scott - 45,164,017 PERSONAL CONNECTED Marco Antonio Almendárez Cisneros 363,600 Leonardo Jesus Velasquez Foucault 163,171 Elvin Howard Nash 142,700 Sergio Roberto Molina Barrios 127,200 Mario Estuardo Pons Espana 90,900 Francisco Lupiac Rodríguez 87,639 Lucia Vielman Ruíz 49,972 Shareholding of Directors 24

P. B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board 25

Dear Fellow Shareholders, 2025 has been a year that has tested our resolve and, in doing so, has demonstrated the depth of the organization we have built. Against a backdrop of macroeconomic headwinds, tightening capital markets, and an accelerating pace of technological change, PBS has continued to advance. While our financial results reflect the complexity of the environment in which we operate, they also reflect a business that is maturing, adapting, and positioning itself with intention for the years ahead. Revenue for 2025 came in at US$374.9 million against a budget of US$425 million. We do not normally discuss publicly our budgets but in this case I believe it is important to contextualize our own expectation. This shortfall, while meaningful, must be understood in its proper context. Several large government technology projects across our region experienced procurement delays beyond our control, and currency volatility in certain markets impacted reported figures. Despite this, we achieved EBITDA of US$55.2 million an increase on the $50.9m of 2024 but below our budget of US$59m. Our gross margin improved to 34%, up from budget, demonstrating that the discipline we have applied to our cost of sales is taking hold. Our net profit for the year was US$4.3 million. This is not satisfactory and materially different from our own expectations of US$13.6m. The biggest driver of this differential being our tax charge of US$9.9m an effective tax rate of 69%! This is an area management is actively addressing through improved tax planning across our 24-country footprint and we hope to implement structural improvements in 2026. There are four elements that are the key ingredients to PBS’s success today: our people, our capital structure, our systems, our partners - the same foundational pillars I have returned to in prior years, because they remain the determinants of our long-term success. People PBS is, at its core, a people business. Every solution we deliver, every client relationship we maintain, every market we penetrate — all of it flows from the capability of our 3,000-plus professionals across the region. In 2024 we spoke of the urgent need to develop a methodology that makes us a magnet for talent. In 2025 we made meaningful progress. The PBS University platform is still a work in progress. We have to get this right. We have to focus on it to get it right. It has expanded its Chairman message 26

curriculum, and we have introduced structured certification pathways aligned to our key technology partnerships. This is not simply a human resources initiative. It is a strategic imperative. As we grow, the complexity of what we are asked to execute grows with it. We must ensure that our organization scales in quality, not merely in headcount. We expect the organization will revolve over time and we are actively taking steps to plan for the future. Retention remains a challenge in certain markets where the demand for skilled IT professionals continues to outpace supply. We are combating this through a combination of compensation benchmarking, career development investment, and a deliberate effort to build a culture of belonging. Our ability to attract people who share our values — integrity, execution, and client focus — will define the next chapter of PBS as surely as any product or partnership we could announce. Capital When we speak of capital at PBS, we are speaking about something far more nuanced than a balance sheet line. Ours is a business in which the cash cycle for a given solution can range from immediate payment to a five-year financing arrangement. The timing of projects often need to be aligned with availability of capital. In addition the funding of projects often leads to funded debt being incurred before cashflows are delivered thus covenants need to be managed. We operate across multiple currencies, with varying regulatory environments governing the movement of funds across borders. Managing this complexity is one of the most demanding aspects of what we do. Ensuring the ongoing funding of our business is like the provision of oxygen to the pilots of a plane in the air, it is an essential ingredient in getting to the destination. In 2024, I was pleased to report the refinancing of our capital market obligations with a new six-year facility. In 2025, the discipline instilled through that process has served us well. Our balance sheet remains fundamentally sound, and our committed growth capital provides the runway we need to pursue the opportunities that are emerging across the region. The integration of the Xerox operations in Peru and Ecuador, undertaken in 2024, has progressed as planned and is contributing to our expanded footprint. Our strategic investment in TSL continues to develop, and we are monitoring additional acquisition opportunities with the same rigour we apply to our organic growth. Systems 27

I would be remiss not to address again the importance of our internal systems and governance. In 2023, we experienced material misstatements in our Costa Rica subsidiary that delayed our audit. I reported then that we had implemented significant changes to personnel and governance. I am pleased to report that the integrity of our financial reporting across the group has been maintained in 2025 and that the controls we put in place are functioning as intended. We will strive to continue to improve our systems to ensure accuracy as well as expediency in reporting. However expediency must never compromise accuracy. We continue to invest in the technology infrastructure that supports our operations. Shared service functions in accounting and administration are becoming more sophisticated. The balance between local responsiveness and central efficiency is a tension that every multi-jurisdictional business must manage continuously, and we are no different. What I can say with confidence is that our systems today are materially stronger than they were three years ago, and our commitment to making them stronger still remains absolute. Partners Without people, capital and systems, PBS would not be able to do anything. However without partnerships with the leading IT companies in the world we would not be able to add the value we do to our customers. PBS works with almost every global leader in IT. We take this privilege very seriously. Every day we work with our partners to execute projects in our markets that are essential to the economic development of our countries. It is our job to facilitate the seamless execution of such projects in Imaging, Information technology, networking communications, professional services, security systems and payment methods servicing the backbone to our economies. Throughout this annual report you will see reference to our partners who over the last 24 years we have built up credibility and trust. We exist to provide seamless execution for them in order to deliver customer satisfaction through productive solutions to our customers. I would like to thank all of our partners for their support in 2025 and we look forward to working together in 2026. Looking Forward As we look to 2026 and beyond, the opportunity before PBS has never been greater. The markets we serve — across the Caribbean, Central America, and now into South America — are at an inflection point in their technology adoption curves. Governments are investing in digital public infrastructure. Enterprises are accelerating their 28

managed services requirements. Artificial Intelligence (AI) is going to transform everything. Every business will need to assess how AI will work for them in their business. The demand for the kind of deep, locally-grounded IT expertise that PBS has spent 24 years building is real, and it is growing. Our task is to ensure that we are the organization capable of capturing it. We will continue to scale responsibly, to deepen our client partnerships, and to invest with discipline in the capabilities that matter. We are not simply a distribution business that sells technology. We are a solutions organization that transforms how our clients operate. That distinction is the foundation of everything we have built, and it is the source of our confidence in what lies ahead. On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Doug Hewson who resigned from the board in 2025. He has been on the board since we went public and has been an important contributor to the board. We wish him the best and are grateful for his contributions to PBS. I extend our sincere appreciation to every member of the PBS team. The results of 2025 - both the achievements and the shortfalls - are yours. So too is the opportunity that 2026 represents. I thank our shareholders for their continued confidence in the strategy and the leadership of this organization. We are building something of genuine and lasting significance, and we remain committed to doing so with the integrity and intensity that has always defined PBS. Warm regards, P.B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board Productive Business Solutions Limited 29

The Xerox VersaLink B405 is a reliable monochrome multifunction printer designed for small and medium-sized workgroups. It delivers print, copy, scan, fax, and email capabilities in a compact and efficient device. With print speeds of up to 45 pages per minute, support for A4 paper size, and a recommended monthly volume of up to 15,000 pages, the VersaLink B405 helps businesses improve productivity while maintaining professional-quality output and secure document management. Multifunctional Xerox ® VersaLink ® B405 30

31 PEDRO M. PARÍS Group CEO

CEO Letter Dear Fellow Shareholders, Our Chairman has spoken to the financial results of 2025 with characteristic candor. What I want to address here is what those results represent strategically and what we are building toward. We are at a rare inflection point: artificial intelligence, cloud infrastructure, and the obsolescence of legacy systems are reshaping every market we serve. Disruption creates pressure, but it also creates demand and PBS is well positioned to capture it. We Do Not Sell Technology. We Engineer Outcomes. This moment also marks a meaningful evolution in how we define ourselves. We have embraced a new identity: Engineering & Technology No Limits. It is not a marketing exercise. It is a declaration of intent the standard we set for ourselves in the complexity of the problems we take on, the quality of the solutions we deliver, and the boundaries we refuse to accept. What differentiates PBS is not the products we represent it is how we think. We are a systems integrator that excels at building backwards from the client's desired outcome, assembling the precise combination of capabilities each engagement demands. Our active role in project finance further sets us apart, enabling us to structure and deliver solutions that go well beyond the scope of a traditional technology provider. We renew our most enduring client relationships not through inertia, but by consistently delighting them transforming contracts into long-term franchises. And we are now applying that same ingenuity inward: automation and AI agents are actively reducing our own operational costs, improving margins as we scale. Most Important Partners of the PBS Ecosystem Our partner ecosystem is one of our most powerful assets. PBS works alongside Oracle, Cisco, NCR Atleos, NCR Voyix, Xerox, Leidos, and others as their trusted regional execution partner relationships built over decades that are not easily replicated. In 2026 we are going deeper: a unified PBS Consulting under a dedicated regional director sharpens our Oracle go-to-market; Cisco anchors our networking and security practice; NCR Atleos and NCR Voyix lead our financial self-service presence; and Leidos strengthens our positioning in mission-critical solutions. Xerox remains one of our most enduring partnerships. Our CMPS penetration rate of 32

79.3% across PBS Group is a tangible proof point of that trust. As Xerox expands into digital services and IT solutions and as we work to incorporate the strategic developments following the Lexmark acquisition we see clear opportunity ahead. These are not simply vendor relationships. They are proof points of our standing in the global technology community. Artificial Intelligence: From Pilot to Practice PBS has entered the world of agentic AI not as a concept we are studying, but as a capability we are deploying. In late 2025, we led a proof of concept with a major regional bank that combined advanced data warehouse migration engineering from Microsoft SQL Server to Oracle with artificial intelligence. The engagement demonstrated PBS's unique ability to bridge deep infrastructure expertise with emerging AI capabilities: an outcome neither a pure vendor nor a traditional integrator could achieve alone. This is where PBS is building its next frontier. Governments modernizing public infrastructure, financial institutions transforming core systems, enterprises navigating digital change all face environments of growing complexity. AI-powered solutions that address mission-critical use cases, reduce operational risk, and close gaps left by legacy obsolescence represent a genuine and growing opportunity. We are building those competencies today. THE ORGANIZATION WE ARE BUILDING In 2026, PBS has strengthened its senior leadership with targeted additions designed to deepen expertise and expand regional capacity. Our culture of collaboration sharing talent, resources, and best practices across 24 markets compounds as a competitive advantage. Central to this model is a pool of high-caliber specialists: forward deployed engineers, solution architects, and domain experts deployed with precision across geographies. A solution proven in Honduras can be deployed in Jamaica. A capability built in Peru can serve Colombia. This is something our local competitors cannot match in scale, and our global competitors cannot match in regional depth. Turnaround and the Opportunity Ahead Our 24-market footprint is both a risk management discipline and a growth engine. We are entering new markets to consolidate our regional position and reduce concentration risk. Simultaneously, we are focused on unlocking value within our 33

current footprint: our operations in Panama, Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru markets where our presence was built on imaging and where we are now accelerating into higher-value technology services represent meaningful turnaround opportunities. The adjustments now underway will, we believe, generate contributions that meaningfully enhance shareholder value. We view them as investments in progress, and we are confident in the path forward. What Lies Ahead The demand for what PBS does deep, locally grounded, end-to-end technology execution has never been greater. We have been building toward this moment for more than two decades. Our partnerships, our people, and our culture have been assembled with exactly this horizon in mind. The work ahead is significant. The opportunity is larger still. To our shareholders: we remain committed to rewarding your confidence with discipline, integrity, and the intensity that has always defined this organization. Warm regards, PEDRO M. PARÍS C. Group CEO Productive Business Solutions Limited 34

P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board Pedro M. París Director, Group CEO P.B. Scott is the CEO, Chairman and Principal Shareholder of the Musson Group. Over the last two decades, P.B. Scott has conceptualised and led the expansion of the Musson Group from a Jamaican consumer wholesale distribution business to a diversified group operating in 30 countries. The Group is a leader across the Caribbean in food, pharmaceuticals, information technology, and insurance. The Musson Group includes leading businesses such as The PBS Group, Seprod Limited, General Accident Insurance, and A.S. Brydens & Sons. He has served as CEO of Musson since 2004. Today the Musson Group has a turnover in excess of US$1.6 billion annually and over 7,000 employees. In addition to his private sector contributions, P.B. Scott has committed a significant amount of time to public service. He is the chairman of the Development Bank of Jamaica and has led multiple enterprise teams to divest government assets. In 2023, he was awarded 'the Order of Jamaica for his exceptional contribution to the Business Industry, Investment, and Philanthropy in Jamaica and the Caribbean. Mr. Pedro M. París has been with PBS since 2003, He has held several management positions, in 2006 he was named COO for Central America. Mr. París was appointed Group CEO at the end of 2009. He is responsible for the vision, strategy and execution of the day-to-day operations. He is also a member of the Management Governance and Executive Committees. Mr. París worked 18 years for IBM-GBM (an IBM alliance), where he held several senior management positions across the business. Mr. París studied Business Administration at the Universidad Autónoma Centro America, Costa Rica. Group Board of Directors 37

Mr. Hutchinson currently works with Portland Private Equity (“PPE”) as Vice President – Investments, with responsibility for leading investment transactions throughout the region. He has more than 13 years of experience in the regional finance industry working with several top financial institutions. Prior to joining PPE, Ricardo held the role of Associate Director – Investment Banking with a leading regional commercial bank. He holds a Master of Science degree in Economics from the University of the West Indies and is a CFA Charter holder. *Ricardo Hutchinson Non-Executive Director Group Board of Directors *Independent Director Mr. Agnew is an entrepreneur specializing in building content marketing, marketing technology and information services businesses. He founded Brafton Inc. and a group of subsidiary companies that are North America and Australia’s leading content marketing entities. Brafton Inc. has been listed among the 5,000 fastest growing private companies four years in row. He co-founded DeHavilland Information Services and Axonn Ltd in the UK. Originally from the UK, he moved to the U.S.A. in 2008. Mr. Agnew holds a degree in Politics from the University of Newcastle, UK. *Thomas Agnew Non-Executive Director 38

Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Group Board of Directors José Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director *Independent Director Mrs. Blondell Walker has been part of the Musson Group of Companies for over 20 years and is currently the ICT Director, a position she has held since 2000. She is also on the Board for T. Geddes Grant (Distributors) Limited and Musson Jamaica Limited. She was instrumental in the implementation of the Enterprise Resource Program (ERP  application across the Musson Group of Companies. Mrs. Walker studied Accounting and Systems Analysis at the University of the West Indies, Institute of Management and the Heriot Watt University of Edinburgh, Scotland. She is the Chairman for the Western United Basic School. Blondell Walker Non-Executive Director 39

Mr Ince is a Senior Partner/Co-Founder of Frontlight Ventures, a regional investment and consulting firm. He was Co-Founder and Managing Director of Prism Services, a regional payments and operations outsourcing company. He is a Non-Executive Republic Bank Ltd, Cave Shepherd, Foster & Ince Cruise Services and the Barbados Sugar Industry Ltd. He is a graduate of York University, Canada and is a National Barbados Aubrey Collymore Scholarship recipient for sciences. Group Board of Directors *Edward Ince Non-Executive Director *Independent Director Mrs. Melanie Subratie is Chairman and CEO of Stanley Motta Ltd., Vice-Chairman of Musson (Ja) Ltd. and Director of all its subsidiaries, Vice-Chairman of General Accident Insurance Company Ltd., Eppley Ltd, and T Geddes Grant Ltd. Chairman of E-Pins Ltd. and sits on the executive of Seprod group of Companies and all its subsidiary boards. Chairman of Seprod Foundation, Musson Foundation, Chairperson of Jamaica Girls Coding and Chairman of Jamaica RISE Life Management and other CSR organizations. She is also Fourth Vice-President of the Jamaica Chamber of Commerce, and is the current Chair of the Legislation, Regulation and Improvement Committee. She is a honors graduate of London School of Economics. Melanie Subratie Non-Executive Director 40

Group Board of Directors Patrick A. W. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Patrick A. W. Scott is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Facey Commodity Company Limited and the Executive Deputy Chairman of the Facey Group. Prior to these appointments, he served 16 years as Managing Director. A seasoned executive, Mr. Scott has worked for a combined total of 40 years in various roles and was key figure in the global development of Facey’s Telecom business. He currently serves the board of directos of several companies including, P.A. Benjamin, Serge Island Diaries, International Biscuits and Serge Island Farms. Attended Seneca College and Ryerson University in Toronto, Canada. Mr Brian Wynter has been incorporated to the PBS Group Limited Board of Directors. Mr. Wynter has an extensive career in the financial sector, serving as Governor of the Bank of Jamaica until August 2019. The motion was presented to the Board of Directors, which was accepted, and in this way, Brian Wynter was duly appointed to the board of directors of PBS Group Limited. An honors graduate from the London School of Economics in 1981, and specialized in International Economy form Columbia University in 1985. *Brian Wynter Non-Executive Director 41

Group Board of Directors Nicholas A. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Nicholas Scott is the Vice Chairman of Eppley Limited and a director of Eppley Fund Managers Limited. Mr. Scott is also the Chief Investment Officer of the Musson Group and a Director of Musson and most of its major subsidiaries and affiliates. Mr. Scott is the Chairman of the Student Loan Bureau and a former Vice-President of the Private Sector Organization of Jamaica. He holds a B.Sc. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and an M.P.A. from the Harvard Kennedy School of Government. 42

4 Paul Scott 5 Melanie Subratie 5 Pedro M. Paris 5 Jose Misrahi 5 Patrick Scott 5 Blondell Walker 4 Nicholas Scott 5 Ricardo Hutchinson 5 Thomas Agnew 5 Edward Ince 5 Brian Wynter 7 Jose Misrahi 7 Ricardo Hutchinson 7 Thomas Agnew 6 Brian Wynter 4 Melanie Subratie Board Meetings Audit Meetings 43

Board of Committees Executive Committee Audit Committee Compensation Committee *Independent Director P.B. Scott Chairperson Nicholas A. Scott José Misrahi Pedro M. París P.B. Scott Chairperson Patrick Scott *Ricardo Hutchinson Melanie Subratie *Thomas Agnew José Misrahi *Ricardo Hutchinson *Brian Wynter Chairperson 44

Sergio Molina Planning Operations Director Sergio Molina started at PBS 20 years ago. He has hold several positions in the company. PBS Guatemala General Manager (7 Years), PBS Dominican Republic General Manager (1 Year), PBS Group Post-Sale Manager (1Year), PBS Group Sales Process Management, PBS Group Planning Manager (Current). Mr Molina obtained a Degree in Business Administration from Universidad de San Carlos de Guatemala. Mario Pons Professional Services Operations Mario Pons has been a key player for the Inkjet strategy the group has developed in Central America and has helped various PBS organizations in the development of high impact projects such as the printing of Electoral Ballots. He has also been key in the relationship with global partners, Entrust Datacard and Gemalto, for National ID projects in Guatemala, Jamaica and Costa Rica. He started working in Xerox Guatemala in 1994 and has developed his career within Xerox and PBS holding several positions in Sales, Service and Professional Services. He has a BSC in Computer Science from Louisiana State University, and a Diploma in Business Administration from Tayasal Business School. Leonardo Velásquez Infrastructure & Technology Networking Director Leonardo Velazquez has been working with PBS since 2015. He oversees the sales relationship with vendors and distributors, such as: Cisco, Fortinet, HP, Dell, Tripplite, TechData, Intcomex, IngramMicro. Before PBS, he worked as a Regional Partner Account Manager at Cisco Systems for 6 years and has amassed a total of 25 years in the IT sector. He graduated from Universidad de Simon Bolivar. He has an MBA in Enterprise Administration and is an Electronic Engineer. Alex Chiriboga Service Delivery & Logistics Director Alex recently joined PBS Group in May 2024 as Director of Delivery Service & Logistics. His main objective is to transform the service we provide to our customers, aiming to achieve the highest levels of satisfaction and experience. This transformation will focus on improving processes through a connectivity strategy, optimizing resources and technology, and maintaining inventory levels and quality aligned with the requirements of our broad portfolio of products and services. Mr. Chiriboga brings over 32 years of experience from Xerox, where he held leadership roles in Service Delivery, Technical Services, Logistics, Sales, and the Paper Business across Ecuador and the Latin America Region. He holds an MBA with specializations in Finance, Marketing, and Human Resources, a degree in Process Administration Engineering, a Bachelor’s in Electronics & Telecommunications, and is certified as a Lean Six Sigma Green Belt. Senior Regional Leadership Team 45

Jose Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Lucia Vielman Coporate Treasure Mrs. Vielman Ruiz was a Private Banking Manager at Mercom Bank and later appointedas General Manager. In 2009 Mrs. Vielman Ruiz Joined PBS as Compliant officer for the first sindicate loan and in 2010 she became the Corporate Treasurer, responsible for banking operations at country level and member of the Management Governance Committee. She Graduated in Business Administration from Universidad Francisco Marroquin, Guatemala in 1998. Sharon McDonald Chief Assurance Officer Dr. Sharon Smith-McDonald supports PBS Group Limited. She is responsible for overseeing the Group’s internal controls and risk management. She plays a critical role in ensuring compliance with regulations by the development of effective assurance strategies across all business operations. Dr. Smith-McDonald has accumulated over three decades of experience in fi nance, accounting, and business operations. Her distinguished career includes key leadership roles within multinational organizations, most recently serving as Group Financial Controller at Musson Jamaica Limited. Dr. Smith-McDonald holds a Doctor of Business Administration in Finance & Internal Controls from Walden University, a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Northern Caribbean University, and a Bachelor of Science in Management and Accounting from The University of the West Indies. Ryan Kirlew Corporate Global Controller Ryan oversees the fi nancial operations of the entire PBS Group. Ryan brings a wealth of experience in strategic fi nancial management and reporting. He has consistently demonstrated outstanding leadership, expertise, and a deep understanding of fi nancial operations. His commitment to excellence has been evident throughout his career, and we are con fi dent that he will excel in this new role. Since joining the Group in 2017, Ryan has made signi fi cant contributions while working with Musson International Dairies Limited, Seprod, T. Geddes Grant, and Musson Jamaica—gaining valuable experience and playing a key role in the success of these business units. As Global Controller, Ryan is responsible for the overall fi nancial reporting of the PBS Group. He leads the development and maintenance of the organization’s accounting policies, practices, procedures, initiatives, and systems. Senior Regional Leadership Team 46

Daniel Martínez Advanced Services Regional Manager Daniel brings over 20 years of experience in business development across the technology and consulting sectors, leading transformational initiatives for government and financial institutions throughout Central America and the Caribbean. In the past seven years alone, he has consistently achieved double-digit growth in revenue and margins in Honduras by designing and implementing tailored professional services that accelerate technology adoption. As an Oracle Champion for nearly a decade, Daniel seamlessly combines technical expertise with commercial strategy to drive client success. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing & International Business and a Master of Science in Finance from Universidad Tecnológica Centroamericana (UNITEC), Honduras. Additionally, he earned a Professional Certificate in Digital Transformation from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Cambridge, MA, USA. Vennis Williamson Regional Manager Jamaica & Cayman Vennis Williamson. Her career in the information and communications technology (ICT) sector spans over a decade. Vennis has played a crucial role in navigating PBS Jamaica through the digital era, achieving significant technological milestones along the way. Her strategic guidance has integrated major technology entities, propelling the organization to unprecedented levels of innovation and market leadership. Over the past three years, under Vennis's leadership, PBS Jamaica has exceeded financial and operational growth objectives while prioritizing staff engagement as a core part of its strategy. Estefania Menéndez Personnel Regional Director Estefanía Menéndez is the Regional Personnel Director at PBS Group Limited, where she leads the human capital strategy and drives organizational transformation across the group. With over 14 years of experience in the Technology, Electrical, Outsourcing, and Business Services sectors, Estefanía has held leadership positions at renowned companies such as Schneider Electric, Xerox, and Capgemini. She holds a Business degree and a Master’s in Finance from Franklin University, and is certified in both Project Management and Six Sigma. Estefanía is widely recognized for implementing transformative initiatives that enhance productivity, increase operational efficiency, and boost employee engagement. Javier Mogollón Chief Information Officer Javier Mogollón is a systems engineer with a postgraduate degree in telecommunications from the Santiago Mariño University in Venezuela, he arrived in Guatemala 20 years ago after completing a ten-year cycle at Xerox of Venezuela, throughout this time in which he has worked for the group, Javier has held several positions accepting both local and regional challenges and responsibilities. He served as service manager, and sales support manager was the creator and developer of the Docushare Project (accounting code) in Shared Service that is currently used by all PBS Groups and the following company incorporations, he was in charge of the System One infrastructure installed in the Guatemala data center for 2 years, 4 years has held the position of IT manager in PBS Guatemala. Javier is currently the CIO of PBS Group. Regional Leadership Team 47

Lesder Ramírez Chief Operating Officer Central America Mr. Lesder Ramirez studied Business Administration at the Universidad San Carlos De Guatemala, Guatemala and in 2009, joined PBS as the Financial Manager for the Guatemala operations. From 2009 to 2015, Lesder was entrusted to play different roles in finance such as Finance Manager for the operations of Costa Rica, Honduras Jamaica and Belize, Shared Service Center - Finance Manager and Xerox Relationship Management. During his tenure managing the Xerox relationship, Lesder oversaw planning operations, working closely with Mr. Pedro M. Paris C., CEO of PBS Group, where he developed additional business acumen. In 2019, based on his achievements, Lesder was promoted to oversee the operations of Dutch Caribbean as Senior General Manager. More recently in 2022, due to his knowledge of the PBS business as well as his solid financial and operations background Lesder, was named COO in charge of the operations of Trinidad & Tobago, Guyana, and Dutch Caribbean (Aruba, Curacao, Bonaire, Saint Maarten and Suriname). Stuart Franco Chief Operating Officer Eastern Caribbean Cluster Stuart Franco is the Chief Operating Officer of the Eastern Caribbean Cluster, bringing over two decades of leadership, commercial expertise, and deep regional knowledge to the role. A graduate of the University of Western Ontario with a B.A. in Statistics & Economics, Stuart joined TSL in 2003 and steadily rose through the ranks — from Sales Representative to Sales Manager, Executive Vice President of Sales, and Chief Executive Officer — before assuming his current role in 2026. Throughout his tenure, he has been a driving force behind the company's growth trajectory, building lasting client relationships and strengthening TSL's market position across the Caribbean. Stuart served as President of the American Chamber of Commerce in Trinidad and Tobago (AmCham T&T) from 2023 to 2025 and has been a board member since 2018. He is also an active board member of the TSL Foundation, where he has championed community initiatives that uplift the regions TSL serves. Outside the office, Stuart is a devoted husband and father of four, an avid football fan, and a firm believer in the importance of family — a value he actively fosters within his team. Ezequiel Bardas Chief Operating Officer Latin America Ezequiel Bardas serves as Chief Operating Officer for Latin America at PBS Group, bringing more than two decades of senior executive leadership to the role. Known for his ability to scale operations, drive digital transformation, and deliver sustainable profitability in complex environments, Ezequiel leads the strategic direction for PBS Group's affiliates across the Andean Region — overseeing operational synergy, key alliance development, and an ambitious expansion plan throughout Latin America. Before joining PBS Group, Ezequiel held distinguished leadership positions at Xerox, serving as President and General Manager across major markets including the United States and Latin America. His track record of navigating high-stakes business environments and building high-performing regional organizations speaks to a career defined by results and resilience. Ezequiel holds an Executive MBA from IAE Business School, complemented by multiple leadership certifications. His leadership philosophy blends sharp market insight with an unwavering commitment to innovation and excellence — qualities that position him as a driving force behind PBS Group's next chapter in the region. Regional Leadership Team 48

GENERAL MANAGER Melani Angeles DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Marco Almendárez NICARAGUA SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Francisco Lupiac GENERAL MANAGER HONDURAS COUNTRY MANAGER Nyron Thomas TRINIDAD & TOBAGO SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Elvin Nash BARBADOS & OECS Jason Alidikromo COUNTRY MANAGER SURINAME Senior in Country Leadership SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Mirian Alas EL SALVADOR Laura Johnston COUNTRY MANAGER CAYMAN 49

Nella Aguilar PERU COUNTRY MANAGER Candace Bartholomew COUNTRY MANAGER GUYANA Jose Maduro COUNTRY MANAGER BONAIRE & ARUBA Charlesson Ramdjas COUNTRY MANAGER CURAÇAO Vynnie Mila GENERAL MANAGER GPA GPA USA Luis Castillo GUATEMALA COUNTRY MANAGER COUNTRY MANAGER Ana Karina Vallejo ECUADOR Senior in Country Leadership Esteban Corrales PANAMA & COLOMBIA COUNTRY MANAGER 50

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 51

Deloitte & Touche 3 rd Floor The Goddard Building Haggatt Hall St. Michael, BB11059 Barbados, W.I. Tel: +246 620 6400 Fax: +246 430 6451 www.deloitte.com Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (“DTTL”), its global network of member firms, and their related entities (collectively, the “Deloitte organization”). DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) and each of its member firms and related entities are legally separate and independent entities, which cannot obligate or bind each other in respect of third parties. DTTL and each DTTL member firm and related entity is liable only for its own acts and omissions, and not those of each other. DTTL does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about to learn more. Deloitte & Touche is an affiliate of DCB Holding Ltd., a member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Opinion We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries (“the Group”), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2025, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including material accounting policy information. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at December 31, 2025, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS Accounting Standards”). Basis for Opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) (“IESBA Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Key Audit Matters Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill As at 31 December 2025, Goodwill accounted for US$86.2 million, which represents 20.5% of total assets of the Group. On an annual basis, management tests whether goodwill is subject to impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units (CGU) have been determined using value in use calculations based on the higher of the recoverable amount compared to fair value less costs to sell. Our approach to testing management’s impairment assessment, with the assistance of our valuation specialist involved the following procedures, amongst others: • Obtained management’s discounted cash flow model (DCF) including qualitative and quantitative analyses and updated our understanding of the process used by management to determine the value in use of each CGU and evaluated for any changes.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 2 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill (Cont’d) We focused on this area because the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill involves significant judgement and estimation, is sensitive to changes in key assumptions and determining economic recovery is challenging. The key assumptions were assessed by management as being: • Revenue growth rate; • Terminal growth rate; • Average Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) to revenue; and Pre-tax Discount rate. • Agreed the 31 December 2025 base year financial information to current year results and compared previous forecasts to actual results to assess the performance of the business and the accuracy of management’s forecasting. • Compared the revenue growth rates to historical revenue growth and externally derived data as well as our own assessments in relation to key inputs such as projected economic growth, inflation and pre-tax discount rates. • Developed a range of parameters using available market inputs and historical information and performed sensitivity analyses using these parameters, which was compared to management’s terminal growth and pre-tax discount rates. • Compared EBITDA margins to historical results, and verified reconciling variances to underlying supporting data and current period results. Tested management’s impairment model calculations for mathematical accuracy Operating and finance lease revenue (Forming part of sale of goods) Revenue arising from the inception of new finance leases is included within the sale of goods revenue stream and is not captured through a specific identifier. As a result, identifying transactions that contain lease arrangements requires manual assessment for every underlying subsidiary. Recognition of revenue in these arrangements requires judgment to identify the lease and non-lease components of the contract and to determine whether the lease should be classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. This classification can materially affect the timing and presentation of revenue recognition, the measurement of lease receivables, and the related financial statement disclosures. Our approach to testing lease revenue to mitigate the identified risks includes the following procedures: • Obtained the population of leases entered into by the entities and reviewed Management's assessment on their classification between operating and finance leases. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition of the finance lease within the Sale of Goods revenue stream, based on the lease amortisation schedule prepared by the management. • On a sample basis, obtained and inspected the related customer contracts / signed agreements to review Management's

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 3 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Lease classification is based on the terms set out in customer agreements and purchase orders. Accordingly, significant judgment is required to assess whether the contractual terms are consistent with the underlying transaction and whether the classification has been applied appropriately across the population of relevant sales arrangements. As it involves manual review and interpretation of contract documentation, there is an increased risk of error and inconsistent application. The key assumptions and judgments applied by management include: • assessment of whether the arrangement is an operating lease or a finance lease; • determination of the discount rate used in lease classification and measurement; and • identification of the standalone selling price of goods where contracts include both leasing and maintenance components. assessment on the classification between finance or operating lease. • For the selected samples, obtained and verified the inputs (interest rates, delivery dates, lease & non-lease component) as determined by Management to recalculate the finance lease revenue to be recognised in the accounts at lease inception. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition and subsequent interest income based on our independent recalculation to the amounts recorded by management. Management override of controls Management is in a unique position to perpetrate fraud because of its ability to directly or indirectly manipulate accounting records and prepare fraudulent financial statements by overriding established controls that otherwise appear to be operating effectively. The risk of management override of controls is pervasive. Because of its unpredictable nature, this risk could result in a material misstatement. This significant risk also represents a fraud risk for the audit. • Engaged in periodic fraud discussions with certain members of senior management and utilized our internal fraud specialist to guide and support our fraud-related testing procedures. • Considered the potential for bias in judgments and estimates, including performing retrospective analysis of significant accounting estimates. • Evaluated whether the Company has entered into any significant unusual transactions and, if so, the nature, terms, and business purpose (or lack thereof) of those transactions and whether such transactions involved related parties. • Evaluated the Company’s fraud risk assessment and consider indirect controls

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 4 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter and internal controls over the closing and reporting process. • Using our propriety software tool we extracted and tested journal entries that exhibit characteristics of possible management override of controls. • Tested controls over significant, unusual transactions, particularly those that result in late or unusual journal entries and controls over journal entries and adjustments made in the period-end financial reporting process. • No evidence of management override of controls was identified as a results of our audit procedures. Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process. Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also: • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 5 • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management. • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. • Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business units within the Group as a basis for forming an opinion on the group financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determined those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. Information other than the financial statements Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Annual Report but does not include the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon which is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s report. Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with the audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. When we read the Annual Report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 6 The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditors’ report is Steve Clarke. Other matter – responsibility for our audit work This report is made solely to the shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited as a body, in accordance with Section 147 of the Companies Act of Barbados. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the shareholders for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinion we have formed. Other matter – predecessor auditors The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2024 were audited by another auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those statements on 30 June 2025. 7 June 2026

Page 2 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Non-Current Assets Property, plant and equipment 13 36,106 35,865 Right-of-use assets 14 15,269 12,802 Intangible assets 15 104,757 107,595 Lease receivables 16 4,538 6,869 Pension plan assets 30 3,752 3,674 Long term receivables 17 608 551 Deferred tax assets 18 11,507 14,491 Investments 34 - 243 Contract Asset 33 28 - Investments in Associate 20 4,774 4,056 Total Non-Current Assets 181,339 186,146 Current Assets Due from related parties 19 8,066 7,467 Inventories 21 58,043 48,584 Contract assets 33 - 1,602 Trade and other receivables 22 127,296 105,760 Current portion of lease receivables 16 11,437 2,696 Current portion of long-term receivables 17 161 38 Taxation recoverable 14,476 17,462 Cash and bank 23 21,574 29,961 Total Current Assets 241,053 213,570 Current Liabilities Trade and other payables 24 91,049 85,855 Contract liabilities 33 15,101 15,602 Due to related parties 19 13,739 12,308 Taxation payable 5,219 11,255 Current portion of lease liabilities 25 6,998 6,441 Short term loans 26 19,245 5,941 Current portion of long-term loans 26 14,250 10,633 Total Current Liabilities 165,601 148,035 Net Current Assets 75,452 65,535 Total Non-current Assets and Net Current Assets 256,791 251,681

Page 3 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (Continued) 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Equity Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Share capital 27 123,016 123,016 Other reserves/ (deficit) 28 (17,025) (17,339) Accumulated deficit (30,198) (23,274) Total Shareholders´ Equity 75,793 82,403 Non-controlling Interests 1,337 1,185 Total Equity 77,130 83,588 Non-Current Liabilities Retirement benefit obligations 30 3,111 1,553 Deferred tax liabilities 18 6,570 6,153 Lease liabilities 25 17,988 15,465 Borrowings 26 151,992 144,515 Other long-term liabilities - 407 Total Non-Current Liabilities 179,661 168,093 Total Non-Current Liabilities and Equity 256,791 251,681 Approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 June, 2026 and signed on its behalf by: _____________________________________________ _________________________________ Paul Scott Director Pedro Paris Director The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 4 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Number of Shares ‘000 Share Capital $’000 Other Reserves / (Deficit) $’000 Accumulated Deficit $’000 Non- Controlling Interest $’000 Total $’000 Balance at 31 December 2023 188,213 123,016 (17,139) (29,359) 1,070 77,588 Currency translation differences - - (820) (87) - (907) Actuarial loss - - (96) - - (96) Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - 716 - - 716 Net income - - - 7,461 115 7,576 Total comprehensive income - - (200) 7,374 115 7,289 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (1,289) - (1,289) Balance at 31 December 2024 188,213 123,016 (17,339) (23,274) 1,185 83,588 Currency translation differences - - 260 - - 260 Actuarial gain - - 54 - - 54 Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - - - - - Net income - - - 4,287 152 4,439 Total comprehensive income - - 314 4,287 152 4,753 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (11,211) - (11,211) Balance at 31 December 2025 188,213 123,016 (17,025) (30,198) 1,337 77,130 The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 5 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash Flows from Operating Activities (Note 31) 2,726 32,531 Cash Flows from Financing Activities Interest paid (17,094) (18,801) Dividends paid (11,211) (1,289) Proceeds from borrowing 48,808 147,041 Repayments of borrowings (19,297) (141,672) Repayments of lease liabilities (8,370) (10,699) Net cash used in financing activities (7,164) (25,420) Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired 35 (592) (1,293) Interest received 1,769 1,999 Purchase of property, plant and equipment (5,102) (6,378) Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 42 238 Purchase of Investments in Associates 20 - (3,543) Net cash used in investing activities (3,883) (8,977) Net (Decrease) in Cash (8,321) (1,866) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 29,961 31,991 Effect of foreign exchange in cash (66) (164) Cash and Cash Equivalents at end of the year 23 21,574 29,961 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The principal non-cash transactions include: ● Transfer to property, plant and equipment from inventory during the financial year $9,380,000 (2024 - $9,017,000). ● Transfer from property, plant and equipment to inventory upon expiry of operating lease of $4,018,000 (2024 - $4,799,000). The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page 6 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 1. Identification and Principal Activities Productive Business Solutions Limited (“the Company”) is a company incorporated on 16 December 2010, and domiciled in Barbados, originally under the International Business Corporation (IBC) Act 77 (Barbados). Effective July 1st, 2021, the Company operates under the Companies Act Cap. 308 (Barbados) and holds a Foreign Currency Permit under the Foreign Currency Permits Act, 2018-44 (Barbados). The tax rate for the fiscal year commencing 1 January 2025 is 9.0% of taxable income. The registered office of the Company is at Facey House # 42 Warrens Industrial Park, Warrens, St. Michaels, Barbados. The Company is capitalised by ordinary shares. The Company is a subsidiary of Facey Group Limited, owned by Musson (Jamaica) Limited. Facey Group Limited is a company incorporated in Barbados under the Companies Act, Cap. 308 (Barbados) as an international business company. In combination, Musson (Jamaica) Limited and Facey Group Limited own 66.98% of the ordinary shares of the Company. The Company is listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange and the International Securities Market in Barbados. The Company’s ultimate parent company and controlling party is Elkon Limited (“Elkon”), which is incorporated and domiciled in Jamaica, and Paul B. Scott, respectively. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, (referred to as “Group”) are the distribution of printing equipment, business machines, handsets and related accessories, automated teller machines, security checkpoints, system integration, cloud services, data analytics, communication solutions, e-transactions, development of software and other technology solutions. In May 2025 the Group acquired 100% holding in Regional Business Systems Limited (RBS), incorporated and domiciled in Barbados (Note 35).

Page 7 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, hereinafter referred to as the financial statements, are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. (a) Basis of preparation These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. IFRS Accounting Standards comprise the following authoritative literature:  IFRS Accounting Standards  IAS Standards  Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC Interpretations) or its predecessor body, the Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC Interpretations). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain items of property, plant and equipment. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Although these estimates are based on managements’ best knowledge of current events and action, actual results could differ from those estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 4. Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year Certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards have been published that became effective during the current financial year. The Group has assessed the relevance of all such new standards, interpretations and amendments and has affected the following, which are immediately relevant to its operations: Amendments to IAS 21,‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ , Amendments to IAS 21 were made to add requirements to help entities to determine whether a currency is exchangeable into another currency, and the spot exchange rate to use when it is not. Prior to these amendments, IAS 21 set out the exchange rate to use when exchangeability is temporarily lacking, but not what to do when lack of exchangeability is not temporary. Management’s assessment is that the amendments of this standard have no impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Page 8 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year (continued) The amendments must be applied retrospectively in accordance with the requirements in IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. The amendment did not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. There are no other IFRS Accounting Standards or IFRIC interpretations effective in the current year which are expected to have a significant impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the company.

Page 9 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group The Group has concluded that the following standards which are published but not yet effective, are relevant to its operations and will impact the Group’s accounting policies and financial disclosures as discussed below. These standards and amendments to existing standards are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2026, but the Group has not early adopted them: Amendments to IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 7, ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026). Amendments to IFRS 9 and 7 (a) clarify the date of recognition and derecognition of some financial assets and liabilities, with a new exception for some financial liabilities settled through an electronic cash transfer system; (b) clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether a financial asset meets the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) criterion; (c) add new disclosures for certain instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows (such as some financial instruments with features linked to the achievement of environment, social and governance targets); and (d) update the disclosures for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). The amendments in (b) are most relevant to financial institutions, but the amendments in (a), (c) and (d) are relevant to all entities. It is not anticipated that the amendments will have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 18, ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This is the new standard on presentation and disclosure in financial statements, which replaces IAS 1, with a focus on updates to the statement of profit or loss. The key new concepts introduced in IFRS 18 relate to: • the structure of the statement of profit or loss with defined subtotals; • requirement to determine the most useful structure summary for presenting expenses in the statement of profit or loss • required disclosures in a single note within the financial statements for certain profit or loss performance measures that are reported outside an entity’s financial statements (that is, management-defined performance measures); and • enhanced principles on aggregation and disaggregation which apply to the primary financial statements and notes in general. Management is assessing the impact of this new standard on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 19, 'Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures' , (effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This standard permit eligible subsidiaries to apply reduced IFRS disclosure requirements. IFRS 19 is a voluntary standard for eligible subsidiaries. A subsidiary is eligible if it does not have public accountability and it has an ultimate or intermediate parent that produces consolidated financial statements available for public use that comply with IFRS Accounting Standards. An eligible entity may opt to revoke the application of this standard after implementation. The entity may also elect to apply the standard more than one. The group is currently assessing the impact of this standard.

Page 10 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) There are no other new or amended IFRS Accounting Standards and interpretations that are published but not yet effective that would be expected to have an impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the Group. (b) Consolidation (i) Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations involving third parties by the Group. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred, and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss, in the statement of comprehensive income.

Page 11 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) Subsidiaries Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. The Group’s subsidiaries, countries of incorporation, and the Group’s percentage interest are as follows: Country of incorporation Group’s Percentage Interest 2025 2024 Nicaragua Holdings and its subsidiary St., Lucia & Nicaragua 100 100 Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia & Dominican Republic 100 100 Mobay Holdings N.V. and its subsidiary Curacao & Aruba 100 100 PBS Caribbean Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia, Jamaica, Barbados, Colombia, Suriname 100 100 Cayman Business Machines Limited* Cayman 40 40 PBS Technology Group Limited St. Lucia, Antigua & Barbuda, Jamaica, Trinidad, Guyana, 100 100 Infotrans Group Holding B.V. Curacao, Bonaire, Colombia, Suriname & Aruba 100 100 High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V. El Salvador and Honduras 100 100 PBS Central America and its subsidiaries Panama, Guatemala, Costa Rica, El Salvador 100 100 PBS Honduras Honduras 75 75 PBS Peru Peru 100 100 PBS Ecuador Ecuador 100 100

Page 12 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) In accordance with Cayman laws, entities that are domiciled in the Cayman Islands and are not issued with Local Companies Control Law Licenses, are required to be at least 60% owned by a Caymanian. The operation of Cayman Business Machines Limited is however controlled by Productive Business Solutions Limited and is therefore, in substance, categorised as a subsidiary. (ii) Transactions with non-controlling interests The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For purchases of ownership interest in subsidiaries from non-controlling interests in which the Group retains control of the subsidiary, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests where control is retained by the Group are also recorded in equity. (iii) Disposal of subsidiaries When the Group ceases to have control or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value, with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss. If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate. (iv) Business combination under common control Acquisitions from entities under common control are determined by the substance and specific facts and circumstances surrounding any particular business combination under common control. Business combinations under common control are accounted for using the predecessor method of accounting. Under the predecessor method of accounting, the cost of an acquisition is measured in a manner similar to the purchase method of accounting. Identifiable assets and liabilities are measured at book value at the date of acquisition. Under the predecessor method of accounting, no goodwill is created, as any difference between the cost of acquisition and the book value of the net assets acquired is dealt with as an adjustment to retained earnings. (v) Investment in associates Associates are categorized as entities over which the Group has influence but not control, with shareholding and voting rights between 20% and 50%. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost. The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associate’s post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in profit and loss, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equal or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Page 13 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (c) Foreign currency translation (i) Functional and presentation currency Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States Dollars, which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency. (ii) Transactions and balances Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. At the statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the weighted average closing exchange rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates, of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in statement of comprehensive income. (iii) Group companies The results and financial position of all the group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper- inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated as follows: a) Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at year end rates, b) Items affecting the statement of comprehensive income are translated at average rates, and c) The resultant gains or losses are recognised in other comprehensive income as translation gains or losses. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Page 14 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (d) Revenue recognition Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of applicable value added taxes, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue is recognised as follows: Reprographic products Revenue earned from reprographic products is either through an outright sale or a lease of equipment and from related service contracts. Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from finance leases, are recognised at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require installation, revenue is recognised when the equipment has been delivered and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer-installable products are recognised upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer's shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the finance lease method and are recognised as earned over the lease term. A substantial portion of the Group's reprographic products is sold with full- service maintenance agreements. Service revenues are derived primarily from these maintenance contracts on equipment sold to customers and are recognised over the term of the contracts in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, by reference to completion of the specific transaction assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided. Revenue is recognised only after there are specific indicators of transfer of control to the customer. To evidence transfer of control on contracts where revenue is recognised at a point in time, management has defined that revenue can only be recognised after the equipment or part is installed or the supplies are delivered. Bill and hold agreements are scrutinised to ensure the transfer of control to the customer is effective. For contracts where revenue is recognised over time, management measures the fulfilment of the performance obligations based on the value that the delivered goods or services represent to the customer. Telecommunications products Revenue from telecommunications products comprises revenue from the sales of cellular phones. These products are sold under contractual agreements with the telecommunications providers. Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised on a gross basis as management has determined that the Group acts as a principal in relation to these transactions, due to the fact that the Group bears the majority of risk, principally credit and inventory risk, in relation to such transactions, and the Group also acts as primary obligor. Control is the key consideration when assessing the nature of the promise to the customer. When the entity does not control the good or service (or inventory) before it is transferred to the customer it is likely that the promise in the contract is to arrange for goods or services to be delivered (rather than these to be provided by the entity). In such cases, the Company recognises revenue for an amount equal to the net income (revenue minus cost). Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised when a Group entity has delivered products to the customer; the customer has accepted the products and collectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured. Interest income is recognised on the accrual basis on the effective interest basis, except when collectability is considered doubtful. In such cases, income is recorded when economic benefits are received.

Page 15 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (e) Property, plant and equipment Freehold land and buildings are shown at fair value, based on valuations by external independent valuers, less subsequent depreciation for buildings. Valuations are performed every three years to ensure that the fair value of a revalued asset does not differ materially from it’s carrying amount. Any accumulated depreciation at the date of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset, and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of freehold, land and buildings are credited to other comprehensive income and shown as other reserves in shareholder’s equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are recorded in other comprehensive income and debited against other reserves directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the profit or loss. All other property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Land is not depreciated as it is deemed to have an indefinite life. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation is calculated at annual rates on the straight-line basis to write-off the cost of the assets to their residual values over their estimated useful lives at annual rates as follows: Freehold buildings 2 - 2 ½% Leasehold buildings and improvements 10 - 20% Furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment 10 - 33⅓% Motor vehicles 20 - 25% Gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount and are included in operating profit. Repairs and maintenance expenditure is charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which it is incurred. The cost of major renovations is included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of the existing asset will flow to the Group. When revalued assets are sold, the amounts included in other reserves are transferred to retained earnings.

Page 16 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (f) Intangible assets (i) Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates and joint ventures is included in investment in associates and investment in joint venture, respectively. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or Groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. (ii) Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences. Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. All, excepting licenses are deemed to have finite useful lives and amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the intangible assets over their estimated useful lives between 5 and 20 years. Licenses have an indefinite useful life. (iii) Proprietary Software The Group is the owner of a software internally developed to address diverse customer needs. This asset is carried at cost and amortised according to its defined useful life. (g) Impairment of non-financial assets Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Page 17 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset in one entity and a financial liability or equity of another entity. Financial assets Classification The Group classifies its financial assets at amortised cost. The classification depends on the business model used for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. Impairment The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss (ECL) associated with its financial assets classified at amortised cost, lease receivables, long term receivables and related party balances. Application of the General Model The Group has applied the ‘general model’ as required under IFRS 9 for financial assets other than trade receivables. Under this model, the Group is required to assess on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its financial assets carried at amortised cost. The ECL will be recognised in profit or loss before a loss event has occurred. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. ECL is calculated by multiplying the Probability of default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD). The impairment model uses a three-stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination: Stage 1 – 12-month ECL applies to all financial assets that have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and are not credit impaired. The ECL will be computed using a 12-month PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months. Stage 2 – When a financial asset experiences a significant increase in credit risk subsequent to origination but is not credit impaired, it is considered to be in Stage 2. This requires the computation of ECL based on lifetime PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the remaining estimated life of the financial asset. Provisions are higher in this stage because of an increase in risk and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered compared to 12 months in Stage 1. Stage 3 – Financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment will be included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses will continue to capture the lifetime ECL. The Group uses judgement when considering the following factors that affect the determination of impairment: Assessment of Significant Increase in Credit Risk The assessment of a significant increase in credit risk is done on a relative basis. To assess whether the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since origination, the Group compares the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial asset at the reporting date to the corresponding risk of default at origination, using key risk indicators that are used in the Group’s existing risk management processes. At each reporting date, the assessment of a change in credit risk will be individually assessed for those considered individually significant and at the segment level. This assessment is symmetrical in nature, allowing credit risk of financial assets to move back to Stage 1 if the increase in credit risk since origination has reduced and is no longer deemed to be significant.

Page 18 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments (continued) Macroeconomic Factors, Forward Looking Information and Multiple Scenarios The Group applies an unbiased and probability weighted estimate of credit losses by evaluating a range of possible outcomes that incorporates forecasts of future economic conditions. Macroeconomic factors and forward-looking information are incorporated into the measurement of ECL as well as the determination of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination. Measurement of ECLs at each reporting period reflect reasonable and supportable information at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The Group uses three scenarios that are probability weighted to determine ECL. Expected Life When measuring ECL, the Group considers the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk. All contractual terms are considered when determining the expected life, including prepayment options and extension and rollover options. Application of the Simplified Approach For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. Financial liabilities The Group’s financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, this is the initial recognition minus the cumulative amortisation of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount. Financial liabilities at amortised costs are classified as current or non-current depending on whether these are due within 12 months after the statement of financial position date or beyond. Financial liabilities are derecognised when either of the following take place: The Group is discharged from its obligation, upon expiration or when they are cancelled or replaced by a new liability. (i) Inventories Inventories are carried at weighted average purchase cost. These items are stated at cost less provision for write down to net realisable value, where necessary and are stated at the lower weighted average cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the costs of completion and selling expenses. (j) Trade receivables Impairment over trade receivables is determined with the aid of a matrix based on the ageing of the account. Twice a year, management assesses whether there has been any indicator of a change in the credit risk. Additionally, periodically a comprehensive evaluation is performed with the objective of identifying individual accounts that may be subject to impairment which are either written off or fully provided for. (k) Cash and bank Cash and bank include cash on hand net of bank overdrafts. In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and bank include cash in hand and at bank and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown in current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

Page 19 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (l) Trade payables These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. (m) Contract assets and contract liabilities The Group recognises a contract asset whenever it has the right for consideration as a result of transferring goods or services to a customer. Contract assets are different from accounts receivables as the former would only require the passage of time for the consideration to be due. Contract assets are subject to impairment assessment. The Group recognises a contract liability when it has received a payment, or a payment is due for goods or services that have not yet been transferred to the customer. (n) Income taxes Taxation expense in the statement of comprehensive income comprises current and deferred tax charges. Current tax charges are based on taxable profits for the year, which differ from the profit before tax reported because it excludes items that are taxable or deductible in other years, and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability f or current tax is calculated at tax rates that have been enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Deferred tax is the tax expected to be paid or recovered on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding tax bases. Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Currently enacted tax rates are used in the determination of deferred income tax. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they arise from the same taxable entity, relate to the same tax authority and when the legal right of offset exists. Deferred tax is charged or credited to profit or loss, except where it relates to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income, in which case, deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income. (o) Provisions Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. (p) Share capital Ordinary shares, and redeemable cumulative preference shares where the declaration of dividends is discretionary, are classified as equity instruments. The preference shares are perpetual and are only redeemable at the sole discretion of the Company but not before the 16 th year after the issue of the shares. Dividends on these shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are declared.

Page 20 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (q) Earnings per share (i) Basic earnings per share Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: ● the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares. ● by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares. (ii) Diluted earnings per share Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account: ● the after-income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and ● the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. (r) Borrowings Borrowings are recognised initially at cost, being their issue proceeds, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequently, borrowings are stated at amortised cost and any difference between net proceeds and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Preference shares issued by the Group are treated as borrowings if they carry a contractual term of redemption either by cash or another financial asset and dividends payments are not discretionary. (s) Leases As Lessee Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments: - fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable - payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option. Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rates, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions. As Lessor Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessee are classified as finance leases. When assets are leased out under a finance leases, the asset is derecognized and treated as revenue in accordance with accounting policy (d) with the present value of the lease payments is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease in a manner which reflects a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.

Page 21 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (s) Leases (continued) Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessor are included in property, plant and equipment in the statement of financial position. They are depreciated over their expected useful lives on a basis consistent with similar owned property, plant and equipment. Rental income is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. In some instances, transfers are made from Inventory to property, plant and equipment to facilitate the leasing of assets. In instances where leased equipment is returned this is transferred from property, plant and equipment to Inventory. When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which termination takes place. (t) Post-employment benefits The Group participates in a defined contribution plan operated by a related party, Musson (Jamaica) Limited, whereby it pays contributions to a separate, trustee-administered fund for its Jamaican operation. Once the contributions have been paid, the Group has no further payment obligations. Contributions to the plan are charged to profit or loss in the period to which they relate. There is an unfunded retirement benefit plan in the Nicaragua and El Salvador operations which is reflected in the statement of financial position as a liability. Changes to benefits are calculated by third party actuaries and are reflected in the Change to statement of comprehensive income. The Parent Company also participates in a defined benefit pension plan relating to PBS Technologies (Barbados) Limited, the assets of which are held in a separate fund administered by a Trustee. The pension plan is funded by payments from the Parent Company, taking into account the recommendations of independent qualified actuaries. Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value. (u) Finance costs Finance costs includes interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest method, interest on finance leases, material bank charges and foreign exchange gains and losses recognised in profit or loss. (v) Offsetting financial instruments Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty. (w) Segment information Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer. (x) Dividend distribution Dividend distribution is recognised as equity in the financial statements in which the dividends are approved by the shareholders. Dividend distributions on preference shares classified as borrowings are included in finance costs when the dividends are approved.

Page 22 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (a) Financial risk factors The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyse these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and up-to-date information systems. Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies and evaluates financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and investment of excess liquidity. (i) Credit risk The Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that its customers, clients or counterparties will cause a financial loss for the Group by failing to discharge their contractual obligations. Credit exposures arise principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and are influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Group has established credit policies under which each customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness prior to the Group offering them a credit facility. Credit limits are assigned to each customer and are reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Group has procedures in place to restrict customer orders if the order will result in customers exceeding their credit limits. Customers who fail to meet the Group’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Group on a prepayment basis. Customer credit risk is monitored according to their credit characteristics such as whether it is an individual or company, geographic location, industry, aging profile, and previous financial difficulties. The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents an estimate of expected credit losses in respect of trade and other receivables. The Group addresses impairment assessment in two areas: individually and collectively assessed allowances. Cash transactions are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. The Group has policies in place to limit the amount of exposure to any one financial institution. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the amount reflected on the statement of financial position.

Page 23 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Credit risk (continued) At year end, the banks where the Group maintains most of its cash, were rated by Fitch Ratings as follows: 202 5 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. B BB+ CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA+ Citibank F1 A+ 202 4 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. F1+ AA- CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA- Citibank F1 A+ Maximum credit risk exposure The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk equals the carrying amounts on the statement of financial position, of the assets which expose the Group to credit risk. There has been no change over the prior year in the manner in which the Group manages and measures credit risk. Analysis of trade receivables The Group’s trade receivables, broken down by customer sector is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Government 42,058 41,804 Private entities 58,254 48,815 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Impairment of financial assets The Group has four types of financial assets that are subject to expected credit losses as follows: (i) Trade receivables (ii) Lease receivable and long-term receivables (iii) Accounts receivable from related parties (iv) Other debt instruments carried at amortised cost

Page 24 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Trade receivables The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measure expected credit losses (ECL) which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. On that basis, the loss allowance at 31 December 2025 and 2024 was determined as follows for trade receivables: 31 December 202 5 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1 - 180 days past due $’000 181 - 360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 2.83% 11.54% 30.39% Gross carrying amount 71,856 19,451 2,878 6,127 100,312 Loss allowance provision 11 550 332 1,862 2,755 31 December 202 4 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1-180 days past due $’000 181-360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 0.67% 7.50% 38.38% Gross carrying amount 45,859 33,441 6,404 4,915 90,619 Loss allowance provision 10 224 480 1,887 2,601 The closing loss allowances for trade receivables as at 31 December 2025 reconcile to the opening loss allowances as follows: 202 5 202 4 $’000 $’000 Opening loss allowance as at 1 January 2,601 2,872 On Acquisition of Subsidiary (Note 34) - 299 Impairment (gains)/losses on receivables during the year 917 (223) Amounts written off (461) (314) Unused amounts reversed (320) - Exchange difference 18 (33) At 31 December 2,755 2,601

Page 25 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables The Group applies the ‘three stage’ model of IFRS 9 in measuring the expected credit losses (ECL) for all lease and long-term receivable. The application makes estimation about likelihood of default occurring, of the associated loss ratios of default correlations between counter parties. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The following tables contains an analysis of the credit exposure for lease and long-term receivables as at 31 December 2025 and 2024 as follows: Long term receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 769 - - 769 Carrying amount 769 - - 769 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 589 - - 589 Carrying amount 589 - - 589 Lease receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 Carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 26 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 Carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 27 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) Loss Allowance – Lease Receivables: No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material. Lease and long-term receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include ceasing enforcement activity, and where the Group’s recovery method is foreclosing on collateral, and the value of the collateral is such that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full. ECL movements without a profit and loss impact relates to amounts transferred from trade receivables to lease/long term receivables which previously existed and for which the ECL would have also been transferred. Expected credit losses are presented net of subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off. Cash and bank and other receivables Other financial assets at amortised cost include cash and bank balances, due from related parties and other receivables . These debt instruments at amortised cost are considered to have low credit risk. The loss allowance recognised during the period on those deemed to have low credit risk was therefore limited to the 12 month expected losses. Management considers these instruments as having low credit risk when there is a low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term. The allowance is assessed by estimating the likelihood of default, associated loss ratio and default correlation between counterparties. No opening loss allowances were recognised on balances for cash and bank, due from related parties and other receivables, and there were no movements during the current year, as the amounts determined were deemed immaterial. (iii) Due from related parties ECL is determined on yearly basis by performing a review of the financial position of the related party debtors for those where the receivable balances are material. If the related party debtor has an ‘intent’ and strong financial capacity to meet its contractual obligation, the probability of default is low and the credit risk is deemed to be immaterial, otherwise it would be classified under stage 2 or 3 and ECL computed accordingly. (iii) Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and other liquid assets and maintaining the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. Liquidity risk management process The Group’s liquidity management process, as carried out within the Group and monitored by the Board of Directors, primarily includes: (i) Monitoring future cash flows and liquidity on an ongoing basis. This incorporates an assessment of expected cash flows and the availability of collateral which could be used to secure funding if required. (ii) Maintaining committed lines of credit; and (iii) Managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities.

Page 28 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3 . Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Liquidity risk (continued) Undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities The maturity profile of financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments is as follows: Within 12 Months 1 to 5 Years Over 5 years Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Trade payables 58,350 - - 58,348 Other payables 32,699 - - 32,701 Due to related parties 13,739 - - 13,739 Lease liabilities 7,975 18,549 1,952 28,476 Borrowings 37,108 184,943 - 222,051 149,871 203,492 1,952 355,315 202 4 Trade payables 48,628 - - 48,628 Other payables 37,220 7 - 37,227 Due to related parties 12,308 - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities - - 407 407 Lease liabilities 9,335 14,453 126 23,914 Borrowings 25,339 141,834 - 167,173 132,830 156,294 533 289,657 (iii) Market risk The Group takes on exposure to market risks, which is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risks mainly arise from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is monitored by the Facey Group Limited’s treasury department which carries out extensive research and monitors the price movement of financial assets on the local and international markets. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Currency risk Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Jamaican (JMD) dollar, Honduran Lempira (HNL), Nicaraguan Córdoba (NIO), Dominican Peso (DOP), Costa Rican Colón (CRC), Trinidadian dollar (TTD) and the Guatemala Quetzal (GTQ). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. The Group manages its foreign exchange risk by ensuring that the net exposure in foreign assets and liabilities is kept to an acceptable level by monitoring currency positions. The Group further manages this risk by invoicing where possible in US dollars and converting foreign currency balances into US dollar denominated accounts.

Page 29 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, the net assets of which are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies. The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December: USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2025 Financial Assets Long term receivables 391 369 - 1 - - - - 8 769 Lease receivables 2,937 - - - - 8,232 - 3,232 1,574 15,975 Due from related parties 4,837 - 69 - - - - - 3,160 8,066 Trade receivables 22,584 20,983 6,670 4,107 3,900 7,052 9,336 8,946 13,979 97,557 Other receivables 3,696 209 848 400 949 9,203 319 2,497 6,311 24,432 Cash and bank 9,085 496 260 568 73 382 183 4,506 6,021 21,574 Total financial assets 43,530 22,057 7,847 5,076 4,922 24,869 9,838 19,181 31,053 168,373 Financial liabilities Trade payables 48,232 920 234 629 47 618 968 557 6,145 58,348 Other payables 6,557 1,562 2,323 1,194 1,520 4,013 3,973 2,172 9,385 32,701 Lease liabilities 16,808 - 2,604 339 1,248 - - 2,045 1,942 24,986 Due to related parties 11,761 - 305 - - - - - 1,673 13,739 Borrowings 183,138 - 1,672 - - - - 489 188 185,487 Total financial liabilities 266,496 2,482 7,138 2,162 2,815 4,631 4,941 5,263 19,333 315,261 Net position (222,966) 19,575 709 2,914 2,107 20,238 4,897 13,918 11,720 (146,888) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation against the US Dollar

Page 30 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (v) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2024 Financial Assets Long term receivables 224 355 - 2 - - - - 8 589 Lease receivables 3,211 - - - - - - 4,337 2,017 9,565 Due from related parties 7,120 - 347 - - - - - - 7,467 Trade receivables 41,110 7,129 6,093 2,106 4,787 1,876 6,644 7,871 10,402 88,018 Other receivables 1,421 259 854 47 (196) 3,788 240 533 6,811 13,757 Cash and cash equivalents 11,560 1,364 240 881 1,181 300 483 3,860 10,092 29,961 Total financial assets 64,646 9,107 7,534 3,036 5,772 5,964 7,367 16,601 29,330 149,357 Financial liabilities Trade payables 42,928 159 749 178 326 1,944 595 204 1,545 48,628 Other payables 11,452 1,698 2,681 901 887 2,770 2,616 4,358 9,864 37,227 Lease liabilities 14,721 - 929 302 1,155 - - 2,339 2,460 21,906 Due to related parties 12,150 - 158 - - - - - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities 407 - - - - - - - - 407 Borrowings 158,321 - 1,772 - - - - 934 62 161,089 Total financial liabilities 239,979 1,857 6,289 1,381 2,368 4,714 3,211 7,835 13,931 281,565 Net position (175,333) 7,250 1,245 1,655 3,404 1,250 4,156 8,766 15,399 (132,208) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation.

Page 31 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) The following tables indicate the currencies to which the Group had significant exposure on their monetary assets and liabilities and forecast cash flows. The change in currency rate below represents management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis represents outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the year-end for a reasonably expected change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity of the profit or loss was primarily as a result of foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of trade receivables and payables, long term receivables and borrowings. % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 5 2025 $’000 2025 $’000 Currency: HNL -1.5 - 109 HNL 1 - (73) JMD -1.5 607 - JMD 1 (152) - NIO -1.5 - 446 NIO 1 - (111) DOP -1.5 - (154) DOP 1 - 38 CRC -1.5 - 270 CRC 1 - (180) TTD -1.5 - 368 TTD 1 - (245) GTQ -1.5 140 - GTQ 1 (93) - % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 4 2024 $’000 2024 $’000 Currency: HNL -4 - 174 HNL 1 - (44) JMD -4 665 - JMD 1 (166) - NIO -4 - 471 NIO 1 - (118) DOP -4 - (119) DOP 1 - 30 CRC -4 - 683 CRC 1 - (171) TTD -4 - 834 TTD 1 - (209) GTQ -4 281 - GTQ 1 (70) -

Page 32 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iv) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk As the Group has no significant variable rate interest-bearing assets, the Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate exposure arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates and revolving short-term borrowings expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The Group analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated for borrowings that represent the major interest-bearing positions, taking into consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions and alternative financing. The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily from borrowings, the sensitivity of the profit or loss is the effect of the assumed changes in interest rates based on floating rate long term and revolving short-term borrowings. There is no direct impact on other components of equity. The table below indicates the sensitivity to a reasonably expected change in interest rates 2025 2024 Change in basis points - 50/25 Change in basis points - 50/25 $’000 $’000 Floating rate borrowings 750/ (375) 619/ (310) (b) Capital management The capital management process is carried out by the parent company. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for the shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. The Board of Directors monitors the return on capital, which the Group defines as net operating income (excluding non-recurring items) divided by total equity (excluding non- redeemable preference shares and non-controlling interests). There was no change to the capital management process during the year. The Group has no specific capital management strategy and is not exposed to externally imposed capital requirements. There are contractual capital requirements as follows:  The syndicated credit agreement with Citibank, N.A. acting as administrative agent and collateral agent and Citibank, N.A., Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A, First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as joint lead arrangers and book runners - The financial covenants include: The Leverage Ratio, The Debt Service Coverage Ratio, The Central American Assets Test and The Specified Central American Assets Test. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at year end.  The revolving credit agreement and loan agreement with First Citizens Bank (FCB) - The financial covenants include: the Current ratio, the Funded Debt to EBITDA ratio and the Debt Service ratio. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at the year end.

Page 33 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated)  3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (c) Fair values of financial instruments Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of the Group’s financial instruments that, subsequent to initial recognition, are not measured at fair value is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each statement of financial position date. The fair values of these financial instruments are determined as follows: (i) The face value, less any estimated credit adjustments, for financial assets and liabilities with a maturity of less than one year are estimated to approximate their fair values. These financial assets and liabilities include cash and bank balances, trade receivables and payables and short-term borrowings. (ii) The carrying values of non-current borrowings to non-related parties approximate their fair values, as these loans are carried at amortised cost reflecting their contractual obligations and the interest rates are reflective of current market rates for similar transactions. The fair value of borrowings is disclosed in note 26. (iii) The fair values of the long-term receivables and loans to and from related parties could not be reliably determined as these instruments were granted under special terms and are not likely to be traded in a fair market exchange.

Page 34 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty Judgements and estimates are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. Estimated impairment of goodwill The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2(f). The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations, which require the use of estimates. In determining the value in use, management has made certain assumptions regarding revenue growth rate, EBITDA to revenue ratios, terminal growth rate and discount rates. See Note 15 for sensitivity of amounts to estimates. Intangible assets Intangible assets arising from the acquisition of subsidiaries have been deemed to be indefinite life intangibles. Other intangible assets have been deemed to be finite lives intangibles. Their estimated useful lives have been determined by management, based on their best estimate of the time period over which the Group will benefit from the assets acquired. Management has estimated that the useful lives of the intangibles will be between 5 and 20 years. Income taxes The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. The Group recognises liabilities for actual and anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. In determining these estimates, management considers the merit of any audit issues raised, based on their interpretation of the taxation laws, and their knowledge of any precedents established by the taxation authorities. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences could materially impact the current tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made (see Notes 11 and 18). Determining the lease term In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). For leases of administrative offices, retail stores, equipment and vehicles, the following factors are normally the most relevant: ● If there are significant penalties to terminate (or not extend), the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● If any leasehold improvements are expected to have a significant remaining value, the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● Otherwise, the Group considers other factors including historical lease durations and the costs and business disruption required to replace the leased asset. Most extension options in office equipment and vehicles leases have not been included in the lease liability, because the Group could replace the assets without significant cost or business disruption.

Page 35 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information The Group’s Chief Executive Officer examines the Group’s performance from a geographic perspective and has identified two reportable segments of business: ● Central America- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Central America Region such as Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Costa Rica, Nicaragua and Panama. ● Caribbean- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Caribbean region such as Dominican Republic, Jamaica, Barbados, Curacao and Aruba, Colombia, Trinidad and Tobago, Suriname, Peru and Ecuador. Management primarily uses a measure of adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) to assess the performance of the operating segments. However, information about the segments’ revenue, assets and liabilities are also submitted for review on a monthly basis.

Page 36 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2025 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 216,487 158,045 - 374,532 Revenue from another operating segment 21,602 342 (21,558) 386 Total Income 238,089 158,387 (21,558) 374,918 Adjusted EBITDA 39,468 22,189 (6,463) 55,194 Finance costs (17,703) Depreciation (20,684) Amortisation (3,174) Unallocated EBITDA - Share of Investee’s profit 718 Profit before taxation 14,351 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (11,766) (8,918) - (20,684) Amortisation (286) (2,888) - (3,174) Income tax (8,252) (1,660) - (9,912) Segment assets- Total segment assets 284,690 257,335 (458,838) 83,187 Unallocated items 339,205 Total assets per statement of financial position 422,392 Capital expenditure 2,986 2,116 - 5,102 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 204,830 244,064 (398,616) 50,278 Unallocated items 294,984 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 345,262

Page 37 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 233,913 158,166 - 392,079 Revenue from another operating segment 15,339 337 (20,366) (4,690) Total Income 249,252 158,503 (20,366) 387,389 Adjusted EBITDA 23,676 27,880 (2,569) 48,987 Finance costs (18,430) Depreciation (17,441) Amortisation (2,884) Unallocated EBITDA 2,386 Profit before taxation 12,618 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (10,386) (7,055) - (17,441) Amortisation (286) (2,598) (2,884) Income tax (3,565) (1,591) 114 (5,042) Segment assets- Total segment assets 239,813 237,830 (380,101) 97,542 Unallocated items 302,174 Total assets per statement of financial position 399,716 Capital expenditure 2,306 4,072 - 6,378 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 175,217 226,053 (323,383) 77,887 Unallocated items 238,241 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 316,128

Page 38 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) Segment assets are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset. Segment liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These liabilities are allocated based on the operations of the segment. The parent entity is domiciled in Barbados. The amount of its revenue from external customers broken down by location of the customers is shown in table below. 202 5 2024 $’000 $’000 Barbados 18,992 20,676 Costa Rica 52,701 37,423 Dominican Republic 15,958 17,836 El Salvador 56,750 99,808 Guatemala 35,148 38,892 Honduras 24,704 20,110 Nicaragua 19,273 15,450 Panama 12,122 11,411 USA 7,841 5,848 Antilles 10,512 11,597 Jamaica 27,960 30,229 Trinidad 23,554 30,125 Guyana 8,518 5,920 Cayman 2,822 2,715 Antigua 731 696 Colombia 4,345 5,071 Suriname 1,233 2,180 Other 51,754 31,402 Total 374,918 387,389 The total of capital expenditure, broken down by location of the assets is shown in the table below. 202 5 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 240 240 Trinidad - 244 244 Costa Rica 1,443 - 1,443 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 908 908 Other 261 724 985 Total 2,986 2,116 5,102

Page 39 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 2,037 2,037 Trinidad - 974 974 Costa Rica 791 - 791 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 311 311 Other 233 750 983 Total 2,306 4,072 6,378 6. Revenue 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Business Solutions Sale of goods 310,839 330,420 Services 41,461 32,302 352,300 362,722 Lease Income 22,618 24,667 374,918 387,389 Revenue from contracts with customers is $352,300,000 (2024: $362,722,000). 2025 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2025 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 207,119 122,957 (21,558) 308,518 Over time 17,257 26,525 - 43,782 224,376 149,482 (21,558) 352,300 2024 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2024 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 212,881 117,599 (20,366) 310,114 Over time 23,913 28,695 - 52,608 236,794 146,294 (20,366) 362,722

Page 40 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 7. Other Income 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest income 1,769 1,999 Gain/ (loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment (179) 103 Negative Goodwill (Note a) - 1,150 Customer Deposits Write-back - 700 Miscellaneous 812 193 2,402 4,145 (a) This relates to the acquisition of Xerox Ecuador. (Note 35)

Page 41 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 8. Expenses by Nature Total direct, selling, administration and other operating expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cost of inventories and cost related to services* 247,544 273,027 Impairment losses/(gains) on financial instruments 917 (223) Staff costs (Note 9) 48,573 43,811 Depreciation (Notes 13 and 14) * 10,630 9,470 Commission 6,905 6,895 Travel 5,180 5,433 Management fees 2,434 2,014 Telephone and communication 1,476 1,369 Transportation 801 803 Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 15) 3,174 2,884 Legal and professional fees 2,441 2,312 Occupancy costs 911 1,043 Bank charges 859 743 Auditor’s remuneration 1,940 1,251 Office supplies, printing and stationery 266 605 Repairs and maintenance 536 950 Advertising 324 450 Motor Vehicle Expenses 1,663 1,315 General Insurance 1,210 1,349 Other expenses 8,200 5,498 97,523 88,195 345,984 360,999 * Depreciation included in Cost of inventories and cost related to services amounts to $10,054,000 (2024: 7,971,000) for a total depreciation of $20,684,000 (2024: $17,441,000). Audit fees for the year ended 31 December 2025 totalled for the Group of $1,940,000 (2024: $1,251,000). Other fees paid to the auditor (and related network firms) for non-assurance services are not material.

Page 42 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 9. Staff Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Staff costs that have been included in Selling general and administrative expenses (Note 8) 48,573 43,811 Staff costs that have been included in Direct expenses 17,101 11,031 65,674 54,842 Staff costs that have been included in direct expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 14,379 8,488 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 2,057 1,165 Redundancy costs 184 501 Other 481 877 17,101 11,031 Staff costs that have been included in selling, general and administrative expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 39,571 34,938 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 4,474 3,840 Pension costs – defined contribution 425 410 Redundancy costs 1,809 2,290 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 1,832 2,072 48,573 43,811 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 53,950 43,426 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 6,453 5,005 Pension costs – defined contribution 503 410 Redundancy costs 1,993 2,791 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 2,313 2,949 65,674 54,842

Page 43 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 10. Finance Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net foreign exchange losses (gains) 609 (371) Interest expense - Loans and lease liabilities 17,094 18,801 17,703 18,430 11. Taxation Taxation is based on profit for the year or, in some jurisdictions, the greater of a percentage of profit before tax or revenue adjusted for taxation purposes, and comprises: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current tax charge 6,384 5,920 Deferred tax charge (credit) (Note 18) 3,528 (878) 9,912 5,042 The tax on the profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the statutory tax rate as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit before tax 14,351 12,618 Tax calculated at domestic tax rate of 9% (2024: 9%) 1,292 1,136 Adjusted for the effects of: Different tax rates in other countries 4,935 5,087 Tax on net assets at 1% 128 137 Income not subject to tax (3,048) (2,324) Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 1,101 550 Other charges and credits 5,504 456 Tax charge 9,912 5,042

Page 44 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 11. Taxation (Continued) 2025 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries 260 - 260 Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE - - - Actuarial gains – termination benefits 54 - 54 Other comprehensive income 314 - 314 Deferred tax (Note 18) - 2024 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries (907) - (907) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE 716 - 716 Actuarial gains – termination benefits (96) - (96) Other comprehensive income (287) - (287) Deferred tax (Note 18) - 12. Earnings per Share 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the company 4,287 7,461 Profit attributable to preference shareholders (1,713) (1,289) Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders 2,574 6,172 Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000) 186,213 186,213 Total basic and diluted earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations. 1.38 3.31

Page 45 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13 . Property, Plant and Equipment The furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment category for the Group includes equipment held for leases. Lease contracts for these items are entered into with third parties, with periodic lease payments being 36 to 60 months. Items which are leased are transferred from inventory on commencement of the lease arrangements and are transferred back to inventory on termination of the lease arrangements. Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Exchange differences - 3 (107) - (21) (4) (129) Additions - 1,103 3,663 - 67 269 5,102 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 502 - 24 - 526 Transfers from inventory - 9,380 - - - 9,380 Disposals - (553) (241) - (24) - (818) Transfers to inventory - - (4,018) - - - (4,018) On revaluation - - - - - - - Transfer from CWIP* - 23 186 - - (374) (165) At 31 December 111 6,974 108,155 776 1,711 1,035 118,762 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Exchange differences - (3) (193) - (18) - (214) Charge for the year** - 819 13,800 - 162 - 14,781 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 171 - 24 - 195 On transfer to inventory - - (4,528) - - - (4,528) Relieved on disposals - (365) (230) - (2) - (597) At 31 December 24 3,771 77,600 - 1,261 - 82,656 Net Book Value - 87 3,203 30,555 776 450 1,035 36,106 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $10,054,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 46 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,739 88,464 60 1,822 514 97,710 Exchange differences - (197) (898) - (294) - (1,389) Additions - 422 4,960 - 121 875 6,378 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 2,217 - 24 - 2,241 Transfers from inventory - - 9,017 - - - 9,017 Disposals - (657) (290) - (70) - (1,017) Transfers to inventory - - (4,789) - - - (4,789) On revaluation - - - 716 - - 716 Transfer from CWIP* - 91 109 - 62 (245) 17 At 31 December 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,292 62,728 - 1,067 - 67,111 Exchange differences - (87) (222) - (214) - (523) Charge for the year** - 678 11,282 - 271 - 12,231 On transfer to inventory - - (4,918) - - - (4,918) Relieved on disposals - (563) (290) - (29) - (882) At 31 December 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Net Book Value - 87 3,078 30,210 776 570 1,144 35,865 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $7,971,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 47 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The amounts of equipment leased to customers and included in property, plant and equipment are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Equipment held for lease at cost 80,979 86,403 Accumulated depreciation (61,596) (66,856) Net book value 19,383 19,547 Equipment is ordinarily moved from inventory to docu-centers, printshops and internal use. Equipment from inventory is also placed under lease contracts. When the equipment is no longer assigned to a specific function, it is moved back to inventory at net book value. The most significant of these movements is for equipment held for lease which is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening net book value 19,547 16,502 Acquisition of subsidiaries (Note 35) - 1,870 Transfers from inventory during lease period 9,380 9,017 Depreciation charges (10,054) (7,971) Disposals – transfers to inventory upon expiry of lease (4,018) (4,789) Depreciation released 4,528 4,918 Closing net book value 19,383 19,547

Page 48 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The pieces of freehold land of the Group were independently revalued as at various dates during 2023 on the basis of open market value or other market comparable approaches by independent qualified valuators. The directors are of the view that there were no material changes in the value over the prior year for Freehold land. Fair value movements on freehold are recognised in OCI under other revaluation reserves, see Note 28. The following table analyses the non-financial assets carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:  Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, or directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2), and  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

Page 49 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) There were no transfers between levels during the year. Level 3 fair values of land and buildings have been derived using the sales comparison approach. Sales prices of comparable land and buildings in close proximity are adjusted for differences in key attributes such as property size. The most significant input into this valuation approach is price per square foot. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair values of land and buildings are disclosed in the tables below. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87 Fair value measurements at 31 December 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87

Page 50 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases : Right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 12,599 10,376 Equipment 2,596 2,308 Motor vehicles 74 118 15,269 12,802 Movement analysis is as follows: 2025 2024 $’000 $’000 At Cost/Valuation - At 1 January 32,312 28,876 Exchange differences (40) 266 Acquisition on subsidiaries (Note 35) - 109 Additions 10,207 5,804 Lease Expiry (4,737) (2,743) At 31 December 37,742 32,312 Amortisation - At 1 January 19,510 16,203 Exchange differences (9) 348 Relieved on lease expiry (2,931) (2,251) Charge for the year 5,903 5,210 At 31 December 22,473 19,510 Net book value At 31 December 15,269 12,802

Page 51 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (Continued) (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: Amortisation charge of right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 4,709 4,488 Equipment 1,105 623 Motor vehicles 89 99 5,903 5,210 Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: - the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability - any lease payments made at the commencement date less any lease incentives received Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.

Page 52 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement, Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Year ended 31 December 2025 Opening net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 337 - - - 337 Exchange Difference - 1 - (2) (1) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (734) (184) (3,174) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 5 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Cost 86,952 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,684 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (12,827) (15,386) (6,993) (35,927) Closing net book value 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 Year ended 31 December 2024 Opening net book value 81,218 20,880 - 824 102,922 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 5,964 - 2,881 - 8,845 Adjustment (1,288) - - - (1,288) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (444) (184) (2,884) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 4 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Cost 86,615 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,347 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (10,572) (14,652) (6,807) (32,752) Closing net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595

Page 53 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15 . Intangible Assets (Continued) Amortisation charges have been included in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income. Impairment tests for goodwill The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis or when events or changes in the circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill is allocated. The recoverable amount is usually determined by reference to the value in use. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the CGU and also to choose an appropriate discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those future cash flows. The allocation of goodwill to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) as categorised by subsidiary is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 403 403 PBS Central America, S.A. 7,539 7,539 Mobay Holdings N. V. 4,256 4,256 Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 523 523 High Tech Corporation S.A. de C.V 2,957 2,957 PBS Technology Group Limited 62,655 62,655 Infotrans 1,438 1,438 PBS Peru 5,964 5,964 Regional Business Systems 337 - Other 159 159 86,231 85,894 The recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use pre- tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a 5-year period. Cash flows beyond the 5 th year are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2025 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2025 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 73.2% 2.0% 14.4% 20.56% PBS Central America S.A. 0.7% 3.4% 13.3% 20.96% Mobay Holdings N. V. 20.7% 1.7% 12.6% 20.70% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 24.6% 4.9% 16.7% 19.41% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.3% 15.2% 25.19% PBS Technology Group Limited 42.3% 3.1% 27.3% 22.25% Infotrans Group Holdings B.V. 39.1% 1.8% 14.9% 19.04% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.5% 12.1% 20.27% Regional Business Systems 174.7% 2.0% 16.6% 20.56%

Page 54 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2024 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2024 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 11.4% 22.0% PBS Central America S.A. -10.0% 3.0% 9.2% 22.4% Mobay Holdings N. V. 13.7% 1.7% 16.0% 17.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5% 11.5% 24.9% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 14.3% 26.6% PBS Technology Group Limited 25.0% 3.0% 25.7% 24.1% Infotrans 50.0% 1.9% 11.8% 24.5% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 11.5% 21.4% The table below shows the change in key assumptions for value in use calculations that would result in the recoverable amount being equal to the carrying amount. This represents only the cash generating units for which the excess of the recoverable amounts over the carrying amounts of the CGUs was low. 202 5 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Mobay Holdings N.V. 20.7% -1.4% 11.9% 23.6% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.5% 15.2% 25.0% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.9% 12.2% 20.0% Regional Business Systems 174.7% -19.2% 9.7% 35.7%

Page 55 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) 202 4 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 8.1% 22.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5.0% 10.4% 26.7% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 12.7% 27.0% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 12.7% 16.4%

Page 56 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 16. Lease Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Gross investment in finance leases Not later than one year 12,292 4,538 Later than one year and not later than five years 6,130 8,966 18,422 13,504 Less: Unearned income (2,447) (3,939) 15,975 9,565 Net investment in finance leases may be classified as follows: Not later than one year 11,437 2,696 Later than one year and not later than five years 4,538 6,869 15,975 9,565 No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . 17. Long Term Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Print Spot S de R.L. (Note a) 22 91 Guarantee deposits for building rents (Note b) 87 111 Other (Note c) 660 387 769 589 The current portion of long-term receivables is $161,000 (2024: $38,000) and is recorded in Current Assets. No loss allowance was recorded for long-term receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . a) Print Spot S de R.L. The balance earns interest of 14% and matures in August 2027. b) Guarantee deposits for building rents These balances do not earn interest and they are guarantee deposits for the rent of buildings in Guatemala, Cayman, Panama and Nicaragua. They mature between February 2027 (renewables) and July 2029. c) Other The balance relates to amounts that are individually insignificant. These balances relate to equipment sales with terms between 13 months and up to 37 months. These are secured with promissory notes and earn interest between 10% and 21% and are guaranteed with a pledge on the financed equipment.

Page 57 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 18. Deferred Income Taxes (a) Deferred income taxes are calculated in full on all temporary differences under the liability method and comprise: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Deferred Tax Asset 11,507 14,491 Deferred Tax Liability (6,570) (6,153) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (b) The movement on the deferred income tax assets balance for the year is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net asset at beginning of the year 8,338 7,971 Acquisition of subsidiaries - 89 (Charge) credit to profit and loss (Note 11) (3,528) 878 Exchange difference 127 (600) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment (843) (1,081) Provisions 2,117 7,034 Foreign exchange (losses)/gains (3) (29) Tax losses 3,621 2,600 Other 45 (186) 4,937 8,338 (d) The movement on the net deferred tax asset is attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment 125 (1,178) Provisions 66 (915) Tax losses (3,934) 1,144 Other 342 1,316 (3,401) 367 (e) Deferred income tax liabilities have not been established for withholding tax that would be payable on unremitted profits of subsidiaries as the amounts are permanently reinvested.

Page 58 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances The following transactions were carried out with related parties: (a) Sale of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Sale of goods Other related parties 26 428 Goods are sold based on the price lists in force and terms that would be available to third parties. (b) Purchase of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Purchases of goods Other related parties 10 204 Transactions with other related parties. (c) Key management compensation Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive). The compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services is shown below: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 4,837 4,905 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 373 372 Pension benefits 33 33 Other 106 9 5,349 5,319 Directors’ fees 118 104 (d) Other transactions 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Parent Management fee expense 1,429 970 Other related parties Management fee expense 1,005 1,044 Interest Income (6) (2) Interest paid 50 3 Rental Expense 634 - 3,112 2,015

Page 59 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances (Continued) (e) Year end balances with related parties Balances with the parent company and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand and earn no interest. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Receivable from related parties: Parent 5,346 5,247 Fellow subsidiaries and shareholder 2,720 2,220 8,066 7,467 Payable to related parties: Parent 9,487 9,421 Fellow subsidiaries 4,252 2,887 13,739 12,308 20. Investment in Associates In January 18, 2024, Trinidad Systems Group Limited (“TSGL”), a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), completed the acquisition of 100% of the operations of Trinidad Systems Limited (“TSL”) for a total purchase price of TT$107,208,000.00 (US$15,765,882.35). The acquisition was financed through a combination of 50% cash and 50% debt. PBS participated in the ownership consortium of TSGL, securing a 45% equity stake. As a result, PBS contributed 45% of the cash portion of the purchase price, amounting to TT$24,121,800 (US$3,543,000). The debt portion, representing the remaining 50% of the purchase price, is solely the responsibility of TSGL. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 As at January 4,056 3,543 Share of net profit 718 513 At 31 December 4,774 4,056

Page 60 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 20. Investment in Associates (Continued) The associate’s year-end is 31 December. The summarized unaudited consolidated information for the associate and its subsidiary is presented below. The information disclosed reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of Trinidad Systems Group Limited and not the Group’s share of those amounts. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Statement of financial position: Total Assets 26,790 24,316 Total Liabilities (13,592) (11,254) Net Assets 13,198 13,062 Statement of comprehensive income: Revenues 22,501 22,243 Expenses (21,177) (21,127) Net Profit for the Year 1,324 1,116 21. Inventories 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Finished goods 57,311 47,625 Goods in transit 13,198 12,801 70,509 60,426 Less: Provision for obsolete stock (12,466) (11,842) 58,043 48,584 Cost of inventory recognised as an expense aggregating to $203,222,000 (2024: $232,404,000), were recognised in profit and loss. 22. Trade and Other Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade receivables 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (Note 3) (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Prepaid expenses 5,307 3,985 Current portion of Long-Term Receivable 77 273 Other (Note a) 24,355 13,484 127,296 105,760 a) Includes advances to vendors of $3,359,442 (2024: $852,000) and Sundry Debtors of $3,808,003 (2024: $5,992,202)

Page 61 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 23. Cash and Bank 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The cash and bank balances disclosed for 2025 include restricted cash of $6,644,000 (2024: $6,131,000) The weighted average interest rate at the reporting date for short term bank deposits was 0.70% (2024: 0.70%) per annum. 24. Trade and Other Payables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade payables 58,348 48,628 Interest Payables 378 1,001 Accrued liabilities 15,792 20,860 Other 16,531 15,366 91,049 85,855 The carrying amounts of trade and other payables is a reasonable approximation to their fair values, due to their short-term nature. 25. Lease Liabilities The Group currently has long term lease agreements related to buildings, equipment, and motor vehicles. (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Lease liabilities Current 6,998 6,441 Non-current 17,988 15,465 24,986 21,906 (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest expense (included in finance cost) 1,353 1,580 Expenses relating to short term leases or low value underlying assets (included in selling, general and administrative expenses) 1,178 1,835 2,531 3,415 The total cash outflow for leases in 2025 was $ 9,723,000 (2024: $10,699,000).

Page 62 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 25. Lease Liabilities (Continued) (iii) Incremental borrowing rate For the incremental borrowing rate, the Group: - Where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by bankers as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received, and - Makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security. - The weighted average incremental borrowing rate for the Group in 2024 and 2025 was determined to be 7%. (iv) Lease payments Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. (v) Extension and termination options Extension and termination options are included in a number of leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. As at 31 December 2025, potential future cash outflows of $18,867,000 (2024: $14,702,000) (undiscounted) have not been included in the lease liability because it is not reasonably certain that the leases will be extended (or not terminated). The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee. During the current financial year, the financial effect of revising lease terms to reflect the effect of exercising extension and termination options was nil.

Page 63 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Short term loans – (a) Citibank 12,000 - (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. 2,860 2,274 (c) First Citizens 1,700 1,500 (d) Quedex 1,129 - (e) Davivienda 762 1,088 (f) Banco Popular Dominicano 540 400 (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú 254 - (h) Lafise - 679 19,245 5,941 Current portion of non-current borrowings 14,250 10,633 Total Current Borrowings 33,495 16,574 Non-Current Borrowings – (i) Citibank 135,469 120,926 (j) JCSD Preference Shares 16,701 16,582 (k) Xerox 6,875 9,375 (l) Davivienda 3,060 3,006 (m) National Commercial Bank 1,672 2,190 (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies 1,320 1,232 (o) First Citizens 489 934 (p) BICSA 324 341 (q) Banco de Bogotá 134 62 (r) Banistmo 99 428 (s) ASEPBS 99 - (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies - 72 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 Current portion of non-current borrowings (14,250) (10,633) Total Non-Current Borrowings 151,992 144,515 Total Borrowings 185,487 161,089

Page 64 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) The exposure of the group’s borrowings to interest rate changes and the contractual re-pricing dates at the end of the reporting period are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 0-12 months 33,495 16,574 1-5 years 151,992 144,515 185,487 161,089 The carrying amounts and fair value of the non-current borrowings are as follows: Carrying amount Fair value 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Loans 135,468 123,858 138,367 137,374 Redeemable preference shares 16,701 17,000 17,000 17,000 Other 14,073 14,290 14,073 17,674 166,242 155,148 169,440 172,048 The Group’s undrawn borrowing facilities as of December 2025 is $12,837,000 (2024: $15,000,000).

Page 65 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Short term loans (a) Citibank N.A. This represents three unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of SOFR plus a margin of 3.9% per annum with due dates between March 18 and June 18, 2026. (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. This represents four unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of between 10.20% and 10.99% per annum with due dates between January 20 and March 11, 2026. (c) First Citizens This represents loans which attracts interest of 8% per annum and mature in June 2026. (d) Quedex This represents a loan which attracts interest of 12% per annum and mature in March 2026. (e) Davivienda This represents an unsecured loan to finance working capital bearing interest of 9.30% per annum and maturing March 2026. (f) Banco Popular Dominicano This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on June 30, 2026. (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú This represents a short-term loan which attracts interest of 6.57% per annum and matures on June 19, 2026. (h) Lafise This represented three fiduciary loans to finance working capital, bearing interest between 9.5% and 10% per annum and which matured between January 25 and June 29, 2025. Non-Current Borrowings (i) Citibank This facility was granted in June 2024. The credit agreement was signed by Citibank as Administrative and Collateral Agent, and with Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A., First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners. The facility also grants the group access to incremental loans on which the same terms and conditions as the initial disbursement apply. The group accessed the first tranche of $12,500,000 on December 8, 2025 and the second of $8,000,000 on December 26, 2025. It matures in June 2030 and attracts an interest base rate of 3.4% plus a Term SOFR CME – 6 month rate, which results in an All-in rate of 7% at December 2025. Payments of principal and interests are to be paid in variable installments payments, in a semi-annual basis. Such semi annual amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth. The deferred financing charges offset against the loan amount is $2,588,432.

Page 66 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Guarantor companies are PBS Technology Group Limited, Productive Business Solutions (Central America), S.A., Productive Business Solutions Caribbean Limited, Dorada Management Inc., Productive Business Solutions (Guatemala), S.A., Productive Business Solutions El Salvador, S.A. de C.V., High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions Honduras, S.A. de C.V., Hight Tech Consulting, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions (Nicaragua), S.A., Productive Business Solutions (Costa Rica), S.A., and Productive Business Solutions (Panamá), S.A.. (j) JCSD Preference Shares This represents 17,000,000 Redeemable Cumulative Preference Shares in United States dollars (US$) entitled to a fixed preferential cumulative cash dividend of 8.25% US$ per annum. These preference shares issued in June 2024, mature in June 2028 and are mandatorily redeemable by the Company on this date. The deferred finance charges offset against the loan amounts to $298,790 The Preference Shares may not be redeemed by the Company until after the second anniversary of issue thereof. Thereafter the Voluntary Redemption Payment shall be the aggregate of (i) repayment in US$ of the Redemption Price; (ii) any arrears or accruals of the cumulative preferential dividend on the Preference Shares, whether declared or earned, or not, calculated down to the date of such repayment. (k) Xerox PBS Group acquired Xerox companies in Peru and Ecuador and signed a 4-year unsecured promissory note on July 1, 2024 issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 26, 2024. Principal and interest of 7% per annum are to be paid on a quarterly basis, total of 16 quarterly instalments that ends in June 2028. (l) Davivienda This represents two loans to finance working capital at 9.75% and 15.24% interest rate per annum and are due on May 24, 2027 and December 12, 2028, respectively. (m) NCB - National Commercial Bank This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 11.75% annual, due on October 19, 2028. All of this loan is disclosed as current portion of non-current borrowing given a breach in the corresponding financial covenants of the affiliate that holds the debt. (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies This represents the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of Infotrans subsidiaries in Aruba, Bonaire, Colombia and Curacao, maturing in May 2027. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non-current borrowings. The balance purchase price was set in four equal instalments of six hundred thousand united state dollars, each payable on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of completion of the sale which took place on June 12, 2023. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non- current borrowings. (o) FCIT - First Citizens This represents an unsecured loan facility granted in TT Dollars which attracts interest of 7.5% per annum, maturing on January 11, 2027. (p) BICSA – Banco Internacional de Costa Rica, S.A. This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 9% annual, due on September 15, 2028. (q) Banco de Bogotá This represents two loans which attracts interest of 12.72% and 12.03% per annum and maturing on January 17, 2027, and December 04, 2027.

Page 67 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) (r) Banistmo – Banco del Istmo This represents an unsecured loan which attracts interest of 7.9% per annum and due date is on March 28, 2027. (s) ASEPBS – Asociación Solidarista de Empleados de PBS This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on November 01, 2027. (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies This represented the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of High-Tech subsidiaries in El Salvador and Honduras which matured in July 2025. 27. Share Capital 202 5 202 4

000
000 Authorised - 186,213,000, (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000, (2024 –2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 Issued and fully paid - 186,213,000 (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000 (2024 – 2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 The preference shares are redeemable cumulative preference shares (1,500,000 9.25% perpetual cumulative redeemable USD and 500,000 10.50% perpetual cumulative redeemable Jamaican Dollars Preference Shares) where the declaration of dividends is discretionary. There is no contractual redemption date for these shares and may only be called for the first time at the sole discretion of the issuer, on the last Business Day of the financial year which falls immediately before the 15th anniversary of the issue date of the Preference Shares 28. Other Reserves (deficits) Other reserves primarily represent the currency translation differences resulting from the unrealized gains and losses on the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries that have a different functional currency from that of the Company. Other reserves also include revaluation reserve for the revaluation of assets and actuarial gains. Revaluation Surplus $’000 Actuarial Gains $’000 Currency Translation Differences $’000 Total $’000 Balance as at 1 January 2024 70 2,902 (20,111) (17,139) Actuarial gains - (96) - (96) Movement during 2024 716 - (820) (104) Balance as at 31 December 2024 786 2,806 (20,931) (17,339) Actuarial gains - 54 - 54 Movement during 2025 - - 260 260 Balance as at 31 December 2025 786 2,860 (20,671) (17,025)

Page 68 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 29. Litigation and Contingent Liabilities The Group is subject to various claims, disputes and legal proceedings in the normal course of business. Provision is made for such matters when, in the opinion of management and its professional advisors, it is probable that a payment will be made by the Group, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Claims asserted against the Group, according to the principles outlined above, have not been provided for. Management is of the opinion that the claims are either without merit, can be successfully defended or will result in exposure to the Group which is immaterial to both financial position and results of operations. 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset The movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligation during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 1,553 1,389 Reallocation of pension plan liability 1,045 - Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 Actuarial gains on termination benefits 124 (24) Benefits paid (73) (73) At end of year 3,111 1,553 The movement of the pension plan asset during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 3,674 3,596 Actuarial gains / (losses) 110 (96) Current service cost 122 122 Interest Cost 493 546 Benefits paid (653) (726) Other 6 232 At end of year 3,752 3,674 The amounts recognised in arriving at profit or loss were as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 At end of year 462 261 The distribution of the obligation by country was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Nicaragua 120 115 Panama 338 280 El Salvador 968 810 Honduras 393 348 Ecuador 1,292 - 3,111 1,553

Page 69 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset (Continued) The value of the plan asset was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Barbados 3,034 3,034 Panama 575 557 Honduras 143 83 3,752 3,674 The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is: 202 5 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (500) 485 Inflation rate 1% 52 (47) 202 4 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (432) 465 Inflation rate 1% 31 (27) The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position.

Page 70 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation (Continued) Termination benefits in El Salvador and Nicaragua are established by law and entitle the employee to receive a payment upon termination of employment, regardless of cause. In El Salvador the benefit is founded in the law 592, that is the regulatory law for the economic benefit for voluntary resignation. Employees with more than two years of uninterrupted service for the company shall receive a payment of, at least, the equivalent of 15 days of minimum wage for each year of service. In Nicaragua, the law 185, Labour Code, entitles the employee to the right to receive a payment equivalent to one monthly salary for each year of service, up to the third year, and 20 days of salary for each additional year. Neither of these plans require the employer to establish a fund. The principal actuarial assumptions used in valuing post-employment benefits are as follows: PBS Nicaragua 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 11% 11% Future salary increases 5% 5% Retirement age 60 years 60 years PBS El Salvador 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5% 5% Future salary increases 3.4% 3.4% Retirement age 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively PBS Panama 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5.5% 5.5% Future salary increases 6% 6% Retirement age 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively The principal assumptions used in valuing the pension plan asset for Barbados as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 7.75% 7.75% Future salary increases 3% 3% Retirement age 65 65

Page 71 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Operating Activities Reconciliation of the Group’s net profit to cash generated from operating activities: Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net profit 4,439 7,576 Items not affecting cash: Depreciation 13&14 20,684 17,441 Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 15 3,174 2,884 Share of profit of associate (718) (513) Taxation expense 11 9,912 5,042 Foreign exchange Losses/(Gains) 609 734 Loss / (Gains) on disposal of Property plant and equipment 179 (103) Interest income 7 (1,769) (1,999) Interest expense 10 17,094 18,801 53,604 49,863 Change in non-cash working capital, net of effects from acquisition of subsidiaries: Inventories (14,646) (6,961) Contract assets 1,574 429 Trade and other receivables (21,595) 29 Due from related parties (599) (499) Long term liabilities (407) (906) Long term receivable (180) 218 Lease receivable (6,410) (15) Accounts payable (7,288) 2,183 Contract liabilities (505) (4,243) Retirement benefit obligation 1,480 86 Due to related parties 1,431 1,249 6,459 41,433 Taxation paid (3,733) (8,902) Net cash provided by operating activities 2,726 32,531 Net Debt Reconciliation This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for the year ended 31 December. 2025

000 2024
000 Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Borrowings - repayable within one year (including overdraft) (33,495) (16,915) Borrowings - repayable after one year (151,992) (144,174) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034) Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Gross debt - fixed interest rates (185,487) (161,089) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034)

Page 72 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Financing Activities (Continued) Cash and Bank Lease liability Borrowing due within 1 year Borrowing due after 1 year Total 000 $’000 000 000 000 Net debt as at 31 December 2023 31,991 (19,197) (50,306) (96,936) (134,448) Addition 8,735 (13,552) (4,041) (143,000) (151,858) Repayments (10,760) 10,699 46,254 95,418 141,611 Foreign exchange adjustments (5) 144 9 830 978 Other non-cash movements - - (8,490) (827) (9,317) Net debt as at 31 December 2024, 29,961 (21,906) (16,574) (144,515) (153,034) Addition - (4,676) (17,271) (24,523) (46,470) Repayments (8,366) 7,630 12,646 473 12,383 Foreign exchange adjustments (21) 21 18 170 188 Other non-cash movements - (6,055) (12,314) 16,403 (1,966) Net debt as at 31 December 2025 21,574 (24,986) (33,495) (151,992) (188,899) .

Page 73 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 32. Pledged as Security The net assets of some subsidiaries of the group have been pledged as security for borrowings. The value of these pledged assets at the year end totalled $177,643,000 (2024: $159,054,000). 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities The Group classifies rights and obligations in its relationship with customers whenever either party performs any of its contractual obligations. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress for which the Group has provided the services. The contract assets become a receivable when the entity’s right to consideration is unconditional, and the revenue has been billed. The contract assets are classified as current assets as the associated contract is expected to be completed in less than 12 months. The contract assets relate to equipment contracts. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract assets 28 1,602 The contract liabilities refer to advances received from customers under the promise to deliver equipment. Total contract liabilities at the end of the year are reflected in the table below. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract liabilities on equipment contracts 10,717 8,139 on service contracts 4,384 7,463 Total contract liabilities 15,101 15,602

Page 74 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities (Continued) (i) Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to carried- forward contract liabilities and how much relates to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period on equipment contracts 3,391 4,781 on service contracts 2,534 1,252 5,925 6,033 (ii) Unsatisfied contracts at the end of the period The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations resulting from fixed-price contracts: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 84,215 63,651 84,215 63,651

Page 75 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 34 . Investments In October 2022 the Group acquired 17% of the shares of Arel Limited, which resulted in an investment of $242,000 (equivalent to $246,000 at prior year’s rate). Arel Limited is a private company established in 1967 and domiciled in 2 Piccadilly Road, Kingston 5, St. Andrew, Jamaica. The company is focused on providing engineering services and equipment such as air conditioning, medical and elevators. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair value of the unquoted equity investment are disclosed in the table below. The Group divested its entire holding in this investment during 2025. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 and 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Total 2025 $’000 Total 2024 $’000 Unquoted equity - 243

Page 76 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries Acquisition of Regional Business Systems Limited On 1 May 2025, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Regional Business Systems Limited. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. (i) Identifiable assets acquired – Regional Business Systems Limited 2025 $’000 Property and equipment 331 Tax Recoverable 12 Inventories 175 Trade and other payables (231) Other Current Liabilities (32) Bank Overdraft (197) Net identifiable assets acquired 58 Consideration 395 Less net identifiable assets acquired (58) Goodwill 337 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2025 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 395 Less: Cash balance (overdraft) acquired (197) Net outflow of cash 592

Page 77 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued)z Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Peru. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired - Peru 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 1,638 Trade and other receivables 1,722 Cash and cash equivalents 1,254 Deferred tax asset 594 Inventories 1,353 Intangible assets 2,200 Other Assets 277 Trade and other payables (2,214) Other Current Liabilities (59) Deferred Tax Liabilities (763) Net identifiable assets acquired 6,002 Consideration 11,966 Less net identifiable assets acquired (6,002) Goodwill 5,964 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 4,231 Less: Cash balance acquired 1,254 Net outflow of cash 2,977

Page 78 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador (iii) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 4,231 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 7,735 Total purchase consideration 11,966 (iv) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1. Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2. Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Ecuador. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired: 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 603 Right of Use Asset 109 Trade and other receivables 1,646 Cash and cash equivalents 2,909 Deferred tax asset 471 Inventories 527 Intangible assets 681 Taxation Recoverable 812 Trade and other payables (2,826) Tax Payable (5) Short term loans (112) Deferred Tax Liabilities (175) Net identifiable assets acquired 4,640 Consideration 3,490 Less net identifiable assets acquired (4,640) Negative Goodwill (1,150)

Page 79 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 1,225 Less: Cash balance acquired 2,909 Net inflow of cash (1,684) (iii) Acquisition-related costs In 2024 the Group incurred a combined (Peru and Ecuador) acquisition-related costs of $98,000 which were fully expensed. These costs have been included in professional fees expenses for the current period. (iv) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 1,225 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 2,265 Total purchase consideration 3,490 (v) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1.Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2.Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. 36. Distributions 2025 During 2025 the Group made the following distribution to ordinary shareholders On February 10, 2025, the group paid a cash dividend of $6,499,000 (3.49 cents per share) On December 31, 2025, the group paid a cash divided of $2,999,000 (1.61 cents per share) During 2025 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On January 22, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On April 15, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On June 30, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD428,000 (21.38 cents per share) On September 20, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD427,000 (21.38 cents per share)

Page 80 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 36. Distributions (Continued) 2024 During 2024 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On April 02, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On July 04, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On September 30, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) 37. Pillar II The Group is a part of a Multinational Entity (MNE) with revenues above €750 million. As such, it is within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules. Pillar Two legislation has not been enacted in Jamaica, the jurisdiction in which the MNE is incorporated. The Group has subsidiaries in the following countries with tax rate below 15%: Barbados, British Vergin Islands (BVI), Cayman Islands and St. Lucia. Under the legislation, the Group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) effective tax rate for each jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. The Group’s effective tax rates exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which it operates, with a few exceptions. For these exceptions, although the average effective tax rate may be below 15%, the Group’s exposure to paying Pillar Two income taxes might not be for the full difference in tax rates in relation to these entities. Additionally, not all entities jurisdictions have legislative frameworks to accommodate the Pillar Two top up tax. The Group is in the process of assessing its exposure to the Pillar Two legislation and will implement once adopted by the MNE in the jurisdiction of incorporation. 38. Subsequent Events 1. On January 14, 2026, the Boad of Directors declared a dividend payment of 1.88 cents per ordinary share. The record date is January 28, 2026, and payable February 25, 2026. 2. On February 27, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of March 16, 2026, and payable on April 1, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share. 3. On May 22, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of May 28, 2026, and payable on July 2, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share.

PROXY FORM

Productive Business Solutions Limited Company No. 34076 ("the Company") The undersigned shareholder of the Company hereby appoints of or failing him of Dated this day of , 2026 Name in Print: as the nominee of the undersigned to attend and act for the undersigned and on behalf of the undersigned at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on the September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am Jamaica time and at any adjournment or adjournments thereof in the same manner, to the same extent and with the same powers as if the undersigned was present at the said meeting or such adjournment or adjournments there of. Pursuant to Amended and Restated By-Law No. 2 of the Company

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Syndicated from Jamaica Stock Exchange · originally published .

Other coverage

Around Kingston

· powered by OFMOP
000 $’000
Skip to main content
Abeng Radio·Live news
0 listening
Jamaica Stock Exchange

Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

Kingston
Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS is a solutions-oriented, customer-focused technology group that combines a wide range of services, top-tier professionals, and cutting-edge products to offer customized systems and tools for organizations in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. Under the concept of “Engineering & Technology,” PBS operates through a model in which they work together to transform ideas into functional, scalable, and strategic solutions. Engineering acts as the core capability for designing, integrating, and executing complex systems with a long-term vision, while technology serves as the enabler that accelerates results and turns innovation into real impact. This approach reinforces PBS as a reliable partner in solutions integration, focused on helping clients improve the efficiency of their business processes while delivering measurable and sustainable results. “No Limits” defines how PBS thinks and operates: without technical, geographical, or industry boundaries. It reflects a commitment to flexibility, continuous innovation, and the ability to anticipate and solve challenges through tailored solutions that drive efficiency and growth across diverse markets and industries. 03

We are committed to our customers. We work with exceptional people. PBS Costa Rica Building, Plaza Roble, Los Balcones, 3rd Floor 05

We represent world leaders in the technology industry to provide the best solutions and services in our market. 06

Table of Contents Notice of an Annual General Meeting 08 Director’s Report 09 Corporate Information 10 Our Values 11 Acquisitions and Incorporations 13 Our Coverage 14 PBS Business Lines 15 Shareholders Profile 17 Shareholding of Directors 23 Chairman Message 24 CEO Letter 26 Group Board of Directors 32 Board Committees 37 Senior Regional Leadership Team 44 Regional Leadership Team 45 Senior in Country Leadership 47 Consolidated Financial Statements 49 PROXY FORM 51 Corporate Governance Policy 141 07

Notice of an Annual General Meeting NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the NINTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of PRODUCTIVE BUSINESS SOLUTIONS LIMITED will be held at their offices at General Accident Insurance Company Jamaica Limited, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, St. Andrew, Jamaica as well as virtually, on September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am to consider and if thought fit pass the following ordinary resolutions: A member of the Company entitled to attend and vote, is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote in his or her stead. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. Proxy forms must be submitted to the Company's Registrar and Transfer Agent, Jamaica Central Securities Depository, 40 Harbour Street, Kingston, Jamaica not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting. Proxy forms must be stamped with a J$100.00 postage stamp. Shareholders will be able to attend the meeting in person; however they will also be able to attend and vote on resolutions raised at the AGM electronically once they are registered by contacting [email protected]. Non-Shareholders can also register using the same email address. Upon registration, a confirmation will be sent and the meeting link and password will be shared closer to the meeting. The deadline for registration is September 2, 2026. P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board a. “THAT Deloitte & Touche having indicated their willingness to continue in office be re-appointed as Auditors for the ensuing year.” b. “THAT the Directors are hereby authorized to agree on a remuneration for the Auditors.” 6. RATTIFICATION OF DIVIDEND PAYMENTS “THAT the following dividend payments made during the year be ratified and that no other dividend payments were approved for the period under review”: “THAT dividend payments made to the: 9.25% and 10.50% preference shareholders on April 15, 2025, June 30, 2025, and September 30, 2025 of US$0.23125 per share and J$25.890411 per share respectively Common shareholders on February 10, 2025 and December 31, 2025 of US$0.0349 and US$0.0161 per share respectively TO TRANSACT ANY OTHER BUSINESS THAT MAY BE PROPERLY TRANSACTED AT AN ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING Dated this 4th day of August, 2026 BY ORDER OF THE BOARD 1. AUDITED ACCOUNTS “THAT the audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025, and the reports of the Directors’ and Auditors’ be and are hereby adopted.” 2. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS Pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 the Directors retiring from office by rotation are Jose Misrahi, Ricardo Hutchinson and Thomas Agnew, who being eligible offered themselves for re-election. The proposed resolutions are as follows: a. “THAT Jose Misrahi be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” b. “THAT Ricardo Hutchinson be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” c. “THAT Thomas Agnew be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” 3. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTOR Pursuant to Section 4.3.2 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 Mr. Eduardo Rodriguez who was appointed by the Board of Directors on June 8, 2026 resigned and being eligible offered himself for re-election. “THAT Eduardo Rodriguez be re-elected as a Director of the Company” 4. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION “THAT the amount shown for the Directors’ remuneration in the Audited Accounts dated December 31, 2025 be and is hereby approved.” 5. APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS AND FIX THEIR REMUNERAION 08

Submitted on behalf of the Board of Directors, P. B. Scott Chai rman of the Board The Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited submit herewith their Annual Report and Audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025 The Board of Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited exercises its responsibilities for the Financial Statements included in this Report through its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee consists of non-executive Board members: Brian Wynter Chairperson, Melanie Subratie, Ricardo Hutchinson, Thomas Agnew, and Executive Board member: Jose Misrahi. The independent auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee. The Group ended the year with a profit after tax of US$4,439,000 and a net profit attributable to shareholders of US$4,287,000. Details of these results, along with a comparison with the previous year’s performance and the state of affairs of the Company, are set out in the Management Discussion and Analysis and the Financial Statements which are included as part of the Report. The Directors wish to express their appreciation to the employees for their loyal services throughout the year. The Directors will meet to consider the appointment of Auditors in accordance with applicable regulations. Finan ci al R e sults A u di t or s Legal Representatives Emp l oyee s Director’s Report 09

Full Corporate Name Productive Business Solutions Limited R egis t ered Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust r ial Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Incorpor at ed December 1 6, 2010 Fiscal Year End December 31 , 2023 Administr ati ve Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust ri al Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Law under which incorpor at ed Barbados Compan y Sec reta ry Liza Ha rr id y al & Associates Tel.: 246-417-5600 Fax.: 246-421-8001 Legal Representatives DUNNCOX 48 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLINTON & HART & CO 58 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLARKE, GITTENS, FARMER Parker House, Wildey Business Park Wildey Road, St. Michael, Barbados M. HAMEL-SMITH & CO. Eleven Albion, Cor. Dere & Albion Streets P.O. Box 219, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad & Tobago W.I. Corporate Information PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS SRL The Financial Services Centre Bishop's Court's Hill P.O. Box 111, St. Michael BB 14004, Barbados Auditors Deloitte & Touche 3rd Floor The Goddard Building Hoggatt Hall St. Michae BB11059 Barbados, W.I. 10

Corporate Governance Policy 11

Corporate Governance Policy OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHARTER WAS ESTABLISHED IN 2010 AND REVISED IN 2025. THE CHARTER CAN BE SEEN IN MORE DETAIL ON THE COMPANY'S WEBSITE WWW.PBS.GROUP 12

Our Values We collaborate in everything we do. We maintain excellent communication with our customers to always understand their needs. The primary factor that enables us to make things happen. We demonstrate these qualities daily to enhance our working environment. We guarantee justice and fairness to all stakeholders, both internal and external. We uphold our business integrity as an ethical framework that guides our professional conduct, acting with integrity to earn the trust of our customers and employees. INTEGRITY TEAMWORK COMMUNICATION DISCIPLINE HUMILITY & SPIRIT OF SERVICE RESPECT FOR INDIVIDUALS 13

Acquisitions and Incorporations 200320******2009 201020******2002 200420******2010 201720******2024 14

191151******2034 151412******2223 Our Coverage Our regional group is made up of: 1. PBS Antigua, 2. PBS Aruba, 3. PBS Barbados, 4. PBS Belize, 5. PBS Cayman Business Machines, 6. PBS Colombia, 7. PBS Costa Rica, 8. PBS Curaçao, 9. PBS Dominican Republic, 10. PBS El Salvador, 11. Global Product Alliance Inc., 12. PBS Guatemala, 13. PBS Guyana, 14. PBS Honduras, 15. PBS San Pedro Sula, 16. PBS Jamaica, 17. PBS Nicaragua, 18. PBS Panama, 19. PBS Suriname, 20. PBS Trinidad & Tobago, 21. PBS Bonaire, 22. PBS Ecuador, 23. PBS Peru, and 24. PBS Dominica. 15

5 6 7 4 3 2 1 PBS Cayman Business Machines PBS Colombia PBS Costa Rica PBS Belize PBS Barbados PBS Aruba Pbs Dorada Technologies Antigua The Cayman Center Suite 1&2 Dorcy Drive, George Town Tel: 1-345-949-8642 [email protected] Centro empresarial El Dorado Plaza Calle 26 No. 85D Local - Modulo 7 Bogotá, Colombia Tel: 57 601 743 3281 [email protected] Plaza Roble, Edificio Balcones, piso 3. San Rafael de Escazú, San José Costa Rica. Tel: 506 4404 8000 Tel: 506 4404 8132 [email protected] 13 Douglas Jones Street Belize City, Belize C.A. Tel: 501 227-0823 / 0824 Facey House 42 Warrens Industrial Park Warrens, St Michael, Barbados Tel: 246 417 5600 Fax: 246 4218001 [email protected] Caya G.F. Betico Croes 170 Oranjestad, Aruba Tel: 297 582 5492 [email protected] Mandolin Place, Friars Hill Road, St. John's, Antigua Tel: (268) 481 1101 Fax: (268) 481 1144 8 PBS Curaçao Schottegatweg Oost 2 Willemstad, Curaçao Tel: +599 97241300 [email protected] 9 PBS Dominican Republic Av. Winston Churchill, Edificio Empresarial Blue Mall, Piso 22 Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic Tel: +809 567 8231 Fax: +809 472 0915 [email protected] 13 14 12 11 10 PBS Guyana PBS Honduras PBS Guatemala Global Product Alliance Inc. GPA PBS El Salvador Lot 2 Goedverwagting, Rupert Craig Highway, East Coast Demerara Tel: (592) 226 1066 [email protected] Tegucigalpa, Boulevard Morazán, edificio Agalta, piso 21 Tel: +504 2244 9870 al 79 [email protected] 23 Avenida 31-13, Zona 5 Ciudad de Guatemala, Guatemala Tel: 502 2420 9500 Whatsapp +502 5456 6479 [email protected] GPA 11411 NW 107th Street, Suite 24, Miami FL 33178 USA. Tel. 1(305) 477 2426 [email protected] Oficinas administrativas: Av. De La Revolución, San Salvador, Torre Plaza Presidente, piso #16. Tel: +503 2239 3000 cel.: +503 7039-9308 [email protected] 15 16 PBS San Pedro Sula PBS Jamaica San Pedro Sula, Barrio Los Andes, 16 Ave. 6 y 7 calle N.O. Edificio Metropark, Piso # 8, Local 804 Tel: +504 2512 2500 al 09 [email protected] Unit 1, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, Jamaica Tel: 876 926 5630-2 Fax: 876 929 5372 SD: 876-968-6197-9 [email protected] 18 17 PBS Panama PBS Nicaragua Calle 50 y 58 Este Obarrio, P.H. Office One, Piso 16 Panamá City, Panamá Tel: + 507 204 9900 Fax: +507 204 9902 [email protected] Rotonda el Güegüense. 400 mts al Sur, 100 mts al Oeste. Managua, Nicaragua Tel: 505 2255 9020 Fax: 505 2255 9030 [email protected] 20 19 21 PBS Trinidad and Tobago PBS Suriname PBS Bonaire Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 / (868) 609 7278 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 [email protected] Van Roosmalenstraat 11 Tel: (597) 551262 [email protected] Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 22 PBS Ecuador Av. Amazonas N35-17 y Juan Pablo Sanz Edificio Xerox Piso 7 Tel: (593) 993337829 [email protected] 23 24 PBS Perú N2N Distributors - Dominica Av las Begonias 441 torre C piso 10, San Isidro - Lima) Tel: (51) 1 616 6666 [email protected] N2N Distributors 33Kennedy Avenue Roseau, Dominica. Tel: (767) 448-2679 25 26 PBS St. Kitts BVI (British Virgin Islands) Unit 9, The Sands, P.O. Box 397 Bay Road, Basseterre St. Kitts. Tel: (869) 466-2018 Jayla Place, Road Town Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Tel: (284) 494-5030 Corporate Information 16

PBS 7 Business Lines IMAGING NETWORKING COMMUNICATIONS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ADVANCED SERVICES INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY SYSTEMS PAYMENT METHODS 17

Vertical Markets GRAPHIC ARTS FINANCE GOVERNMENT & EDUCATION MANUFACTURING, RETAIL & DISTRIBUTION OIL, ENERGY & MINING TELCOS BPO TRANSPORTATION & HOSPITALITY 18

AVAILABLE AT PBS Xerox ® Proficio ® PX300 NEW! A winning formula from the ground up. 19 New generation of production print. Xerox® Proficio® PX300 Printer

Our Partners & Certifications We are transforming as a company to assist in enabling information technologies to empower our clients to gain a competitive edge and accomplish their business objectives. 20

Mimaki's latest integrated printer / cutter offers new levels of creativity and versatility with vibrant ink types, including the new Silver, Orange and Light Black. The CJV300 Series achieves the highest print speeds in its class, with innovative technologies ensuring unparalleled production quality for signboard artists, graphic professionals and printers. Integrated printing and cutting, high speed CJV300-160 21

Oracle Exadata The High-Performance Data Engine Delivering ultra-fast performance, scalability, and reliability for mission-critical enterprise workloads 22

10 Largest Shareholders by Number of Shares 100908******0302 01 612,721 General Accident Insurance Co 663,473 Courtney Sylvester 1,087,308 Jose Misrahi 1,632,140 Portland Fund II Co-invest Partnership 3,230,166 NCB Capital Markets (Cayman) Ltd 5,485,214 Pedro M. Paris 6,330,663 Portland Caribbean Fund II Barbados L.P. 34,264,960 Portland Caribbean Fund II L.P. 45,164,017 Musson (Jamaica) Limited 84,181,818 Facey Group Limited Shareholders Profile 23

Shareholding of Executives P. B. Scott - 129,958,556 Blondell Walker - 45,164,017 Douglas Hewson - 42,227,763 Edward Ince - - Jose Misrahi 1,087,308 - Melanie M. Subratie - 129,958,556 Patrick A.W. Scott - 45,164,017 Pedro M. París 5,485,214 - Ricardo Hutchinson - 42,227,763 Tomas Agnew - - Brian Wynter - - Nicholas Scott - 45,164,017 PERSONAL CONNECTED Marco Antonio Almendárez Cisneros 363,600 Leonardo Jesus Velasquez Foucault 163,171 Elvin Howard Nash 142,700 Sergio Roberto Molina Barrios 127,200 Mario Estuardo Pons Espana 90,900 Francisco Lupiac Rodríguez 87,639 Lucia Vielman Ruíz 49,972 Shareholding of Directors 24

P. B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board 25

Dear Fellow Shareholders, 2025 has been a year that has tested our resolve and, in doing so, has demonstrated the depth of the organization we have built. Against a backdrop of macroeconomic headwinds, tightening capital markets, and an accelerating pace of technological change, PBS has continued to advance. While our financial results reflect the complexity of the environment in which we operate, they also reflect a business that is maturing, adapting, and positioning itself with intention for the years ahead. Revenue for 2025 came in at US$374.9 million against a budget of US$425 million. We do not normally discuss publicly our budgets but in this case I believe it is important to contextualize our own expectation. This shortfall, while meaningful, must be understood in its proper context. Several large government technology projects across our region experienced procurement delays beyond our control, and currency volatility in certain markets impacted reported figures. Despite this, we achieved EBITDA of US$55.2 million an increase on the $50.9m of 2024 but below our budget of US$59m. Our gross margin improved to 34%, up from budget, demonstrating that the discipline we have applied to our cost of sales is taking hold. Our net profit for the year was US$4.3 million. This is not satisfactory and materially different from our own expectations of US$13.6m. The biggest driver of this differential being our tax charge of US$9.9m an effective tax rate of 69%! This is an area management is actively addressing through improved tax planning across our 24-country footprint and we hope to implement structural improvements in 2026. There are four elements that are the key ingredients to PBS’s success today: our people, our capital structure, our systems, our partners - the same foundational pillars I have returned to in prior years, because they remain the determinants of our long-term success. People PBS is, at its core, a people business. Every solution we deliver, every client relationship we maintain, every market we penetrate — all of it flows from the capability of our 3,000-plus professionals across the region. In 2024 we spoke of the urgent need to develop a methodology that makes us a magnet for talent. In 2025 we made meaningful progress. The PBS University platform is still a work in progress. We have to get this right. We have to focus on it to get it right. It has expanded its Chairman message 26

curriculum, and we have introduced structured certification pathways aligned to our key technology partnerships. This is not simply a human resources initiative. It is a strategic imperative. As we grow, the complexity of what we are asked to execute grows with it. We must ensure that our organization scales in quality, not merely in headcount. We expect the organization will revolve over time and we are actively taking steps to plan for the future. Retention remains a challenge in certain markets where the demand for skilled IT professionals continues to outpace supply. We are combating this through a combination of compensation benchmarking, career development investment, and a deliberate effort to build a culture of belonging. Our ability to attract people who share our values — integrity, execution, and client focus — will define the next chapter of PBS as surely as any product or partnership we could announce. Capital When we speak of capital at PBS, we are speaking about something far more nuanced than a balance sheet line. Ours is a business in which the cash cycle for a given solution can range from immediate payment to a five-year financing arrangement. The timing of projects often need to be aligned with availability of capital. In addition the funding of projects often leads to funded debt being incurred before cashflows are delivered thus covenants need to be managed. We operate across multiple currencies, with varying regulatory environments governing the movement of funds across borders. Managing this complexity is one of the most demanding aspects of what we do. Ensuring the ongoing funding of our business is like the provision of oxygen to the pilots of a plane in the air, it is an essential ingredient in getting to the destination. In 2024, I was pleased to report the refinancing of our capital market obligations with a new six-year facility. In 2025, the discipline instilled through that process has served us well. Our balance sheet remains fundamentally sound, and our committed growth capital provides the runway we need to pursue the opportunities that are emerging across the region. The integration of the Xerox operations in Peru and Ecuador, undertaken in 2024, has progressed as planned and is contributing to our expanded footprint. Our strategic investment in TSL continues to develop, and we are monitoring additional acquisition opportunities with the same rigour we apply to our organic growth. Systems 27

I would be remiss not to address again the importance of our internal systems and governance. In 2023, we experienced material misstatements in our Costa Rica subsidiary that delayed our audit. I reported then that we had implemented significant changes to personnel and governance. I am pleased to report that the integrity of our financial reporting across the group has been maintained in 2025 and that the controls we put in place are functioning as intended. We will strive to continue to improve our systems to ensure accuracy as well as expediency in reporting. However expediency must never compromise accuracy. We continue to invest in the technology infrastructure that supports our operations. Shared service functions in accounting and administration are becoming more sophisticated. The balance between local responsiveness and central efficiency is a tension that every multi-jurisdictional business must manage continuously, and we are no different. What I can say with confidence is that our systems today are materially stronger than they were three years ago, and our commitment to making them stronger still remains absolute. Partners Without people, capital and systems, PBS would not be able to do anything. However without partnerships with the leading IT companies in the world we would not be able to add the value we do to our customers. PBS works with almost every global leader in IT. We take this privilege very seriously. Every day we work with our partners to execute projects in our markets that are essential to the economic development of our countries. It is our job to facilitate the seamless execution of such projects in Imaging, Information technology, networking communications, professional services, security systems and payment methods servicing the backbone to our economies. Throughout this annual report you will see reference to our partners who over the last 24 years we have built up credibility and trust. We exist to provide seamless execution for them in order to deliver customer satisfaction through productive solutions to our customers. I would like to thank all of our partners for their support in 2025 and we look forward to working together in 2026. Looking Forward As we look to 2026 and beyond, the opportunity before PBS has never been greater. The markets we serve — across the Caribbean, Central America, and now into South America — are at an inflection point in their technology adoption curves. Governments are investing in digital public infrastructure. Enterprises are accelerating their 28

managed services requirements. Artificial Intelligence (AI) is going to transform everything. Every business will need to assess how AI will work for them in their business. The demand for the kind of deep, locally-grounded IT expertise that PBS has spent 24 years building is real, and it is growing. Our task is to ensure that we are the organization capable of capturing it. We will continue to scale responsibly, to deepen our client partnerships, and to invest with discipline in the capabilities that matter. We are not simply a distribution business that sells technology. We are a solutions organization that transforms how our clients operate. That distinction is the foundation of everything we have built, and it is the source of our confidence in what lies ahead. On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Doug Hewson who resigned from the board in 2025. He has been on the board since we went public and has been an important contributor to the board. We wish him the best and are grateful for his contributions to PBS. I extend our sincere appreciation to every member of the PBS team. The results of 2025 - both the achievements and the shortfalls - are yours. So too is the opportunity that 2026 represents. I thank our shareholders for their continued confidence in the strategy and the leadership of this organization. We are building something of genuine and lasting significance, and we remain committed to doing so with the integrity and intensity that has always defined PBS. Warm regards, P.B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board Productive Business Solutions Limited 29

The Xerox VersaLink B405 is a reliable monochrome multifunction printer designed for small and medium-sized workgroups. It delivers print, copy, scan, fax, and email capabilities in a compact and efficient device. With print speeds of up to 45 pages per minute, support for A4 paper size, and a recommended monthly volume of up to 15,000 pages, the VersaLink B405 helps businesses improve productivity while maintaining professional-quality output and secure document management. Multifunctional Xerox ® VersaLink ® B405 30

31 PEDRO M. PARÍS Group CEO

CEO Letter Dear Fellow Shareholders, Our Chairman has spoken to the financial results of 2025 with characteristic candor. What I want to address here is what those results represent strategically and what we are building toward. We are at a rare inflection point: artificial intelligence, cloud infrastructure, and the obsolescence of legacy systems are reshaping every market we serve. Disruption creates pressure, but it also creates demand and PBS is well positioned to capture it. We Do Not Sell Technology. We Engineer Outcomes. This moment also marks a meaningful evolution in how we define ourselves. We have embraced a new identity: Engineering & Technology No Limits. It is not a marketing exercise. It is a declaration of intent the standard we set for ourselves in the complexity of the problems we take on, the quality of the solutions we deliver, and the boundaries we refuse to accept. What differentiates PBS is not the products we represent it is how we think. We are a systems integrator that excels at building backwards from the client's desired outcome, assembling the precise combination of capabilities each engagement demands. Our active role in project finance further sets us apart, enabling us to structure and deliver solutions that go well beyond the scope of a traditional technology provider. We renew our most enduring client relationships not through inertia, but by consistently delighting them transforming contracts into long-term franchises. And we are now applying that same ingenuity inward: automation and AI agents are actively reducing our own operational costs, improving margins as we scale. Most Important Partners of the PBS Ecosystem Our partner ecosystem is one of our most powerful assets. PBS works alongside Oracle, Cisco, NCR Atleos, NCR Voyix, Xerox, Leidos, and others as their trusted regional execution partner relationships built over decades that are not easily replicated. In 2026 we are going deeper: a unified PBS Consulting under a dedicated regional director sharpens our Oracle go-to-market; Cisco anchors our networking and security practice; NCR Atleos and NCR Voyix lead our financial self-service presence; and Leidos strengthens our positioning in mission-critical solutions. Xerox remains one of our most enduring partnerships. Our CMPS penetration rate of 32

79.3% across PBS Group is a tangible proof point of that trust. As Xerox expands into digital services and IT solutions and as we work to incorporate the strategic developments following the Lexmark acquisition we see clear opportunity ahead. These are not simply vendor relationships. They are proof points of our standing in the global technology community. Artificial Intelligence: From Pilot to Practice PBS has entered the world of agentic AI not as a concept we are studying, but as a capability we are deploying. In late 2025, we led a proof of concept with a major regional bank that combined advanced data warehouse migration engineering from Microsoft SQL Server to Oracle with artificial intelligence. The engagement demonstrated PBS's unique ability to bridge deep infrastructure expertise with emerging AI capabilities: an outcome neither a pure vendor nor a traditional integrator could achieve alone. This is where PBS is building its next frontier. Governments modernizing public infrastructure, financial institutions transforming core systems, enterprises navigating digital change all face environments of growing complexity. AI-powered solutions that address mission-critical use cases, reduce operational risk, and close gaps left by legacy obsolescence represent a genuine and growing opportunity. We are building those competencies today. THE ORGANIZATION WE ARE BUILDING In 2026, PBS has strengthened its senior leadership with targeted additions designed to deepen expertise and expand regional capacity. Our culture of collaboration sharing talent, resources, and best practices across 24 markets compounds as a competitive advantage. Central to this model is a pool of high-caliber specialists: forward deployed engineers, solution architects, and domain experts deployed with precision across geographies. A solution proven in Honduras can be deployed in Jamaica. A capability built in Peru can serve Colombia. This is something our local competitors cannot match in scale, and our global competitors cannot match in regional depth. Turnaround and the Opportunity Ahead Our 24-market footprint is both a risk management discipline and a growth engine. We are entering new markets to consolidate our regional position and reduce concentration risk. Simultaneously, we are focused on unlocking value within our 33

current footprint: our operations in Panama, Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru markets where our presence was built on imaging and where we are now accelerating into higher-value technology services represent meaningful turnaround opportunities. The adjustments now underway will, we believe, generate contributions that meaningfully enhance shareholder value. We view them as investments in progress, and we are confident in the path forward. What Lies Ahead The demand for what PBS does deep, locally grounded, end-to-end technology execution has never been greater. We have been building toward this moment for more than two decades. Our partnerships, our people, and our culture have been assembled with exactly this horizon in mind. The work ahead is significant. The opportunity is larger still. To our shareholders: we remain committed to rewarding your confidence with discipline, integrity, and the intensity that has always defined this organization. Warm regards, PEDRO M. PARÍS C. Group CEO Productive Business Solutions Limited 34

P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board Pedro M. París Director, Group CEO P.B. Scott is the CEO, Chairman and Principal Shareholder of the Musson Group. Over the last two decades, P.B. Scott has conceptualised and led the expansion of the Musson Group from a Jamaican consumer wholesale distribution business to a diversified group operating in 30 countries. The Group is a leader across the Caribbean in food, pharmaceuticals, information technology, and insurance. The Musson Group includes leading businesses such as The PBS Group, Seprod Limited, General Accident Insurance, and A.S. Brydens & Sons. He has served as CEO of Musson since 2004. Today the Musson Group has a turnover in excess of US$1.6 billion annually and over 7,000 employees. In addition to his private sector contributions, P.B. Scott has committed a significant amount of time to public service. He is the chairman of the Development Bank of Jamaica and has led multiple enterprise teams to divest government assets. In 2023, he was awarded 'the Order of Jamaica for his exceptional contribution to the Business Industry, Investment, and Philanthropy in Jamaica and the Caribbean. Mr. Pedro M. París has been with PBS since 2003, He has held several management positions, in 2006 he was named COO for Central America. Mr. París was appointed Group CEO at the end of 2009. He is responsible for the vision, strategy and execution of the day-to-day operations. He is also a member of the Management Governance and Executive Committees. Mr. París worked 18 years for IBM-GBM (an IBM alliance), where he held several senior management positions across the business. Mr. París studied Business Administration at the Universidad Autónoma Centro America, Costa Rica. Group Board of Directors 37

Mr. Hutchinson currently works with Portland Private Equity (“PPE”) as Vice President – Investments, with responsibility for leading investment transactions throughout the region. He has more than 13 years of experience in the regional finance industry working with several top financial institutions. Prior to joining PPE, Ricardo held the role of Associate Director – Investment Banking with a leading regional commercial bank. He holds a Master of Science degree in Economics from the University of the West Indies and is a CFA Charter holder. *Ricardo Hutchinson Non-Executive Director Group Board of Directors *Independent Director Mr. Agnew is an entrepreneur specializing in building content marketing, marketing technology and information services businesses. He founded Brafton Inc. and a group of subsidiary companies that are North America and Australia’s leading content marketing entities. Brafton Inc. has been listed among the 5,000 fastest growing private companies four years in row. He co-founded DeHavilland Information Services and Axonn Ltd in the UK. Originally from the UK, he moved to the U.S.A. in 2008. Mr. Agnew holds a degree in Politics from the University of Newcastle, UK. *Thomas Agnew Non-Executive Director 38

Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Group Board of Directors José Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director *Independent Director Mrs. Blondell Walker has been part of the Musson Group of Companies for over 20 years and is currently the ICT Director, a position she has held since 2000. She is also on the Board for T. Geddes Grant (Distributors) Limited and Musson Jamaica Limited. She was instrumental in the implementation of the Enterprise Resource Program (ERP  application across the Musson Group of Companies. Mrs. Walker studied Accounting and Systems Analysis at the University of the West Indies, Institute of Management and the Heriot Watt University of Edinburgh, Scotland. She is the Chairman for the Western United Basic School. Blondell Walker Non-Executive Director 39

Mr Ince is a Senior Partner/Co-Founder of Frontlight Ventures, a regional investment and consulting firm. He was Co-Founder and Managing Director of Prism Services, a regional payments and operations outsourcing company. He is a Non-Executive Republic Bank Ltd, Cave Shepherd, Foster & Ince Cruise Services and the Barbados Sugar Industry Ltd. He is a graduate of York University, Canada and is a National Barbados Aubrey Collymore Scholarship recipient for sciences. Group Board of Directors *Edward Ince Non-Executive Director *Independent Director Mrs. Melanie Subratie is Chairman and CEO of Stanley Motta Ltd., Vice-Chairman of Musson (Ja) Ltd. and Director of all its subsidiaries, Vice-Chairman of General Accident Insurance Company Ltd., Eppley Ltd, and T Geddes Grant Ltd. Chairman of E-Pins Ltd. and sits on the executive of Seprod group of Companies and all its subsidiary boards. Chairman of Seprod Foundation, Musson Foundation, Chairperson of Jamaica Girls Coding and Chairman of Jamaica RISE Life Management and other CSR organizations. She is also Fourth Vice-President of the Jamaica Chamber of Commerce, and is the current Chair of the Legislation, Regulation and Improvement Committee. She is a honors graduate of London School of Economics. Melanie Subratie Non-Executive Director 40

Group Board of Directors Patrick A. W. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Patrick A. W. Scott is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Facey Commodity Company Limited and the Executive Deputy Chairman of the Facey Group. Prior to these appointments, he served 16 years as Managing Director. A seasoned executive, Mr. Scott has worked for a combined total of 40 years in various roles and was key figure in the global development of Facey’s Telecom business. He currently serves the board of directos of several companies including, P.A. Benjamin, Serge Island Diaries, International Biscuits and Serge Island Farms. Attended Seneca College and Ryerson University in Toronto, Canada. Mr Brian Wynter has been incorporated to the PBS Group Limited Board of Directors. Mr. Wynter has an extensive career in the financial sector, serving as Governor of the Bank of Jamaica until August 2019. The motion was presented to the Board of Directors, which was accepted, and in this way, Brian Wynter was duly appointed to the board of directors of PBS Group Limited. An honors graduate from the London School of Economics in 1981, and specialized in International Economy form Columbia University in 1985. *Brian Wynter Non-Executive Director 41

Group Board of Directors Nicholas A. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Nicholas Scott is the Vice Chairman of Eppley Limited and a director of Eppley Fund Managers Limited. Mr. Scott is also the Chief Investment Officer of the Musson Group and a Director of Musson and most of its major subsidiaries and affiliates. Mr. Scott is the Chairman of the Student Loan Bureau and a former Vice-President of the Private Sector Organization of Jamaica. He holds a B.Sc. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and an M.P.A. from the Harvard Kennedy School of Government. 42

4 Paul Scott 5 Melanie Subratie 5 Pedro M. Paris 5 Jose Misrahi 5 Patrick Scott 5 Blondell Walker 4 Nicholas Scott 5 Ricardo Hutchinson 5 Thomas Agnew 5 Edward Ince 5 Brian Wynter 7 Jose Misrahi 7 Ricardo Hutchinson 7 Thomas Agnew 6 Brian Wynter 4 Melanie Subratie Board Meetings Audit Meetings 43

Board of Committees Executive Committee Audit Committee Compensation Committee *Independent Director P.B. Scott Chairperson Nicholas A. Scott José Misrahi Pedro M. París P.B. Scott Chairperson Patrick Scott *Ricardo Hutchinson Melanie Subratie *Thomas Agnew José Misrahi *Ricardo Hutchinson *Brian Wynter Chairperson 44

Sergio Molina Planning Operations Director Sergio Molina started at PBS 20 years ago. He has hold several positions in the company. PBS Guatemala General Manager (7 Years), PBS Dominican Republic General Manager (1 Year), PBS Group Post-Sale Manager (1Year), PBS Group Sales Process Management, PBS Group Planning Manager (Current). Mr Molina obtained a Degree in Business Administration from Universidad de San Carlos de Guatemala. Mario Pons Professional Services Operations Mario Pons has been a key player for the Inkjet strategy the group has developed in Central America and has helped various PBS organizations in the development of high impact projects such as the printing of Electoral Ballots. He has also been key in the relationship with global partners, Entrust Datacard and Gemalto, for National ID projects in Guatemala, Jamaica and Costa Rica. He started working in Xerox Guatemala in 1994 and has developed his career within Xerox and PBS holding several positions in Sales, Service and Professional Services. He has a BSC in Computer Science from Louisiana State University, and a Diploma in Business Administration from Tayasal Business School. Leonardo Velásquez Infrastructure & Technology Networking Director Leonardo Velazquez has been working with PBS since 2015. He oversees the sales relationship with vendors and distributors, such as: Cisco, Fortinet, HP, Dell, Tripplite, TechData, Intcomex, IngramMicro. Before PBS, he worked as a Regional Partner Account Manager at Cisco Systems for 6 years and has amassed a total of 25 years in the IT sector. He graduated from Universidad de Simon Bolivar. He has an MBA in Enterprise Administration and is an Electronic Engineer. Alex Chiriboga Service Delivery & Logistics Director Alex recently joined PBS Group in May 2024 as Director of Delivery Service & Logistics. His main objective is to transform the service we provide to our customers, aiming to achieve the highest levels of satisfaction and experience. This transformation will focus on improving processes through a connectivity strategy, optimizing resources and technology, and maintaining inventory levels and quality aligned with the requirements of our broad portfolio of products and services. Mr. Chiriboga brings over 32 years of experience from Xerox, where he held leadership roles in Service Delivery, Technical Services, Logistics, Sales, and the Paper Business across Ecuador and the Latin America Region. He holds an MBA with specializations in Finance, Marketing, and Human Resources, a degree in Process Administration Engineering, a Bachelor’s in Electronics & Telecommunications, and is certified as a Lean Six Sigma Green Belt. Senior Regional Leadership Team 45

Jose Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Lucia Vielman Coporate Treasure Mrs. Vielman Ruiz was a Private Banking Manager at Mercom Bank and later appointedas General Manager. In 2009 Mrs. Vielman Ruiz Joined PBS as Compliant officer for the first sindicate loan and in 2010 she became the Corporate Treasurer, responsible for banking operations at country level and member of the Management Governance Committee. She Graduated in Business Administration from Universidad Francisco Marroquin, Guatemala in 1998. Sharon McDonald Chief Assurance Officer Dr. Sharon Smith-McDonald supports PBS Group Limited. She is responsible for overseeing the Group’s internal controls and risk management. She plays a critical role in ensuring compliance with regulations by the development of effective assurance strategies across all business operations. Dr. Smith-McDonald has accumulated over three decades of experience in fi nance, accounting, and business operations. Her distinguished career includes key leadership roles within multinational organizations, most recently serving as Group Financial Controller at Musson Jamaica Limited. Dr. Smith-McDonald holds a Doctor of Business Administration in Finance & Internal Controls from Walden University, a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Northern Caribbean University, and a Bachelor of Science in Management and Accounting from The University of the West Indies. Ryan Kirlew Corporate Global Controller Ryan oversees the fi nancial operations of the entire PBS Group. Ryan brings a wealth of experience in strategic fi nancial management and reporting. He has consistently demonstrated outstanding leadership, expertise, and a deep understanding of fi nancial operations. His commitment to excellence has been evident throughout his career, and we are con fi dent that he will excel in this new role. Since joining the Group in 2017, Ryan has made signi fi cant contributions while working with Musson International Dairies Limited, Seprod, T. Geddes Grant, and Musson Jamaica—gaining valuable experience and playing a key role in the success of these business units. As Global Controller, Ryan is responsible for the overall fi nancial reporting of the PBS Group. He leads the development and maintenance of the organization’s accounting policies, practices, procedures, initiatives, and systems. Senior Regional Leadership Team 46

Daniel Martínez Advanced Services Regional Manager Daniel brings over 20 years of experience in business development across the technology and consulting sectors, leading transformational initiatives for government and financial institutions throughout Central America and the Caribbean. In the past seven years alone, he has consistently achieved double-digit growth in revenue and margins in Honduras by designing and implementing tailored professional services that accelerate technology adoption. As an Oracle Champion for nearly a decade, Daniel seamlessly combines technical expertise with commercial strategy to drive client success. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing & International Business and a Master of Science in Finance from Universidad Tecnológica Centroamericana (UNITEC), Honduras. Additionally, he earned a Professional Certificate in Digital Transformation from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Cambridge, MA, USA. Vennis Williamson Regional Manager Jamaica & Cayman Vennis Williamson. Her career in the information and communications technology (ICT) sector spans over a decade. Vennis has played a crucial role in navigating PBS Jamaica through the digital era, achieving significant technological milestones along the way. Her strategic guidance has integrated major technology entities, propelling the organization to unprecedented levels of innovation and market leadership. Over the past three years, under Vennis's leadership, PBS Jamaica has exceeded financial and operational growth objectives while prioritizing staff engagement as a core part of its strategy. Estefania Menéndez Personnel Regional Director Estefanía Menéndez is the Regional Personnel Director at PBS Group Limited, where she leads the human capital strategy and drives organizational transformation across the group. With over 14 years of experience in the Technology, Electrical, Outsourcing, and Business Services sectors, Estefanía has held leadership positions at renowned companies such as Schneider Electric, Xerox, and Capgemini. She holds a Business degree and a Master’s in Finance from Franklin University, and is certified in both Project Management and Six Sigma. Estefanía is widely recognized for implementing transformative initiatives that enhance productivity, increase operational efficiency, and boost employee engagement. Javier Mogollón Chief Information Officer Javier Mogollón is a systems engineer with a postgraduate degree in telecommunications from the Santiago Mariño University in Venezuela, he arrived in Guatemala 20 years ago after completing a ten-year cycle at Xerox of Venezuela, throughout this time in which he has worked for the group, Javier has held several positions accepting both local and regional challenges and responsibilities. He served as service manager, and sales support manager was the creator and developer of the Docushare Project (accounting code) in Shared Service that is currently used by all PBS Groups and the following company incorporations, he was in charge of the System One infrastructure installed in the Guatemala data center for 2 years, 4 years has held the position of IT manager in PBS Guatemala. Javier is currently the CIO of PBS Group. Regional Leadership Team 47

Lesder Ramírez Chief Operating Officer Central America Mr. Lesder Ramirez studied Business Administration at the Universidad San Carlos De Guatemala, Guatemala and in 2009, joined PBS as the Financial Manager for the Guatemala operations. From 2009 to 2015, Lesder was entrusted to play different roles in finance such as Finance Manager for the operations of Costa Rica, Honduras Jamaica and Belize, Shared Service Center - Finance Manager and Xerox Relationship Management. During his tenure managing the Xerox relationship, Lesder oversaw planning operations, working closely with Mr. Pedro M. Paris C., CEO of PBS Group, where he developed additional business acumen. In 2019, based on his achievements, Lesder was promoted to oversee the operations of Dutch Caribbean as Senior General Manager. More recently in 2022, due to his knowledge of the PBS business as well as his solid financial and operations background Lesder, was named COO in charge of the operations of Trinidad & Tobago, Guyana, and Dutch Caribbean (Aruba, Curacao, Bonaire, Saint Maarten and Suriname). Stuart Franco Chief Operating Officer Eastern Caribbean Cluster Stuart Franco is the Chief Operating Officer of the Eastern Caribbean Cluster, bringing over two decades of leadership, commercial expertise, and deep regional knowledge to the role. A graduate of the University of Western Ontario with a B.A. in Statistics & Economics, Stuart joined TSL in 2003 and steadily rose through the ranks — from Sales Representative to Sales Manager, Executive Vice President of Sales, and Chief Executive Officer — before assuming his current role in 2026. Throughout his tenure, he has been a driving force behind the company's growth trajectory, building lasting client relationships and strengthening TSL's market position across the Caribbean. Stuart served as President of the American Chamber of Commerce in Trinidad and Tobago (AmCham T&T) from 2023 to 2025 and has been a board member since 2018. He is also an active board member of the TSL Foundation, where he has championed community initiatives that uplift the regions TSL serves. Outside the office, Stuart is a devoted husband and father of four, an avid football fan, and a firm believer in the importance of family — a value he actively fosters within his team. Ezequiel Bardas Chief Operating Officer Latin America Ezequiel Bardas serves as Chief Operating Officer for Latin America at PBS Group, bringing more than two decades of senior executive leadership to the role. Known for his ability to scale operations, drive digital transformation, and deliver sustainable profitability in complex environments, Ezequiel leads the strategic direction for PBS Group's affiliates across the Andean Region — overseeing operational synergy, key alliance development, and an ambitious expansion plan throughout Latin America. Before joining PBS Group, Ezequiel held distinguished leadership positions at Xerox, serving as President and General Manager across major markets including the United States and Latin America. His track record of navigating high-stakes business environments and building high-performing regional organizations speaks to a career defined by results and resilience. Ezequiel holds an Executive MBA from IAE Business School, complemented by multiple leadership certifications. His leadership philosophy blends sharp market insight with an unwavering commitment to innovation and excellence — qualities that position him as a driving force behind PBS Group's next chapter in the region. Regional Leadership Team 48

GENERAL MANAGER Melani Angeles DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Marco Almendárez NICARAGUA SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Francisco Lupiac GENERAL MANAGER HONDURAS COUNTRY MANAGER Nyron Thomas TRINIDAD & TOBAGO SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Elvin Nash BARBADOS & OECS Jason Alidikromo COUNTRY MANAGER SURINAME Senior in Country Leadership SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Mirian Alas EL SALVADOR Laura Johnston COUNTRY MANAGER CAYMAN 49

Nella Aguilar PERU COUNTRY MANAGER Candace Bartholomew COUNTRY MANAGER GUYANA Jose Maduro COUNTRY MANAGER BONAIRE & ARUBA Charlesson Ramdjas COUNTRY MANAGER CURAÇAO Vynnie Mila GENERAL MANAGER GPA GPA USA Luis Castillo GUATEMALA COUNTRY MANAGER COUNTRY MANAGER Ana Karina Vallejo ECUADOR Senior in Country Leadership Esteban Corrales PANAMA & COLOMBIA COUNTRY MANAGER 50

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 51

Deloitte & Touche 3 rd Floor The Goddard Building Haggatt Hall St. Michael, BB11059 Barbados, W.I. Tel: +246 620 6400 Fax: +246 430 6451 www.deloitte.com Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (“DTTL”), its global network of member firms, and their related entities (collectively, the “Deloitte organization”). DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) and each of its member firms and related entities are legally separate and independent entities, which cannot obligate or bind each other in respect of third parties. DTTL and each DTTL member firm and related entity is liable only for its own acts and omissions, and not those of each other. DTTL does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about to learn more. Deloitte & Touche is an affiliate of DCB Holding Ltd., a member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Opinion We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries (“the Group”), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2025, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including material accounting policy information. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at December 31, 2025, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS Accounting Standards”). Basis for Opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) (“IESBA Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Key Audit Matters Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill As at 31 December 2025, Goodwill accounted for US$86.2 million, which represents 20.5% of total assets of the Group. On an annual basis, management tests whether goodwill is subject to impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units (CGU) have been determined using value in use calculations based on the higher of the recoverable amount compared to fair value less costs to sell. Our approach to testing management’s impairment assessment, with the assistance of our valuation specialist involved the following procedures, amongst others: • Obtained management’s discounted cash flow model (DCF) including qualitative and quantitative analyses and updated our understanding of the process used by management to determine the value in use of each CGU and evaluated for any changes.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 2 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill (Cont’d) We focused on this area because the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill involves significant judgement and estimation, is sensitive to changes in key assumptions and determining economic recovery is challenging. The key assumptions were assessed by management as being: • Revenue growth rate; • Terminal growth rate; • Average Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) to revenue; and Pre-tax Discount rate. • Agreed the 31 December 2025 base year financial information to current year results and compared previous forecasts to actual results to assess the performance of the business and the accuracy of management’s forecasting. • Compared the revenue growth rates to historical revenue growth and externally derived data as well as our own assessments in relation to key inputs such as projected economic growth, inflation and pre-tax discount rates. • Developed a range of parameters using available market inputs and historical information and performed sensitivity analyses using these parameters, which was compared to management’s terminal growth and pre-tax discount rates. • Compared EBITDA margins to historical results, and verified reconciling variances to underlying supporting data and current period results. Tested management’s impairment model calculations for mathematical accuracy Operating and finance lease revenue (Forming part of sale of goods) Revenue arising from the inception of new finance leases is included within the sale of goods revenue stream and is not captured through a specific identifier. As a result, identifying transactions that contain lease arrangements requires manual assessment for every underlying subsidiary. Recognition of revenue in these arrangements requires judgment to identify the lease and non-lease components of the contract and to determine whether the lease should be classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. This classification can materially affect the timing and presentation of revenue recognition, the measurement of lease receivables, and the related financial statement disclosures. Our approach to testing lease revenue to mitigate the identified risks includes the following procedures: • Obtained the population of leases entered into by the entities and reviewed Management's assessment on their classification between operating and finance leases. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition of the finance lease within the Sale of Goods revenue stream, based on the lease amortisation schedule prepared by the management. • On a sample basis, obtained and inspected the related customer contracts / signed agreements to review Management's

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 3 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Lease classification is based on the terms set out in customer agreements and purchase orders. Accordingly, significant judgment is required to assess whether the contractual terms are consistent with the underlying transaction and whether the classification has been applied appropriately across the population of relevant sales arrangements. As it involves manual review and interpretation of contract documentation, there is an increased risk of error and inconsistent application. The key assumptions and judgments applied by management include: • assessment of whether the arrangement is an operating lease or a finance lease; • determination of the discount rate used in lease classification and measurement; and • identification of the standalone selling price of goods where contracts include both leasing and maintenance components. assessment on the classification between finance or operating lease. • For the selected samples, obtained and verified the inputs (interest rates, delivery dates, lease & non-lease component) as determined by Management to recalculate the finance lease revenue to be recognised in the accounts at lease inception. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition and subsequent interest income based on our independent recalculation to the amounts recorded by management. Management override of controls Management is in a unique position to perpetrate fraud because of its ability to directly or indirectly manipulate accounting records and prepare fraudulent financial statements by overriding established controls that otherwise appear to be operating effectively. The risk of management override of controls is pervasive. Because of its unpredictable nature, this risk could result in a material misstatement. This significant risk also represents a fraud risk for the audit. • Engaged in periodic fraud discussions with certain members of senior management and utilized our internal fraud specialist to guide and support our fraud-related testing procedures. • Considered the potential for bias in judgments and estimates, including performing retrospective analysis of significant accounting estimates. • Evaluated whether the Company has entered into any significant unusual transactions and, if so, the nature, terms, and business purpose (or lack thereof) of those transactions and whether such transactions involved related parties. • Evaluated the Company’s fraud risk assessment and consider indirect controls

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 4 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter and internal controls over the closing and reporting process. • Using our propriety software tool we extracted and tested journal entries that exhibit characteristics of possible management override of controls. • Tested controls over significant, unusual transactions, particularly those that result in late or unusual journal entries and controls over journal entries and adjustments made in the period-end financial reporting process. • No evidence of management override of controls was identified as a results of our audit procedures. Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process. Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also: • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 5 • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management. • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. • Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business units within the Group as a basis for forming an opinion on the group financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determined those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. Information other than the financial statements Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Annual Report but does not include the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon which is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s report. Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with the audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. When we read the Annual Report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 6 The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditors’ report is Steve Clarke. Other matter – responsibility for our audit work This report is made solely to the shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited as a body, in accordance with Section 147 of the Companies Act of Barbados. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the shareholders for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinion we have formed. Other matter – predecessor auditors The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2024 were audited by another auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those statements on 30 June 2025. 7 June 2026

Page 2 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Non-Current Assets Property, plant and equipment 13 36,106 35,865 Right-of-use assets 14 15,269 12,802 Intangible assets 15 104,757 107,595 Lease receivables 16 4,538 6,869 Pension plan assets 30 3,752 3,674 Long term receivables 17 608 551 Deferred tax assets 18 11,507 14,491 Investments 34 - 243 Contract Asset 33 28 - Investments in Associate 20 4,774 4,056 Total Non-Current Assets 181,339 186,146 Current Assets Due from related parties 19 8,066 7,467 Inventories 21 58,043 48,584 Contract assets 33 - 1,602 Trade and other receivables 22 127,296 105,760 Current portion of lease receivables 16 11,437 2,696 Current portion of long-term receivables 17 161 38 Taxation recoverable 14,476 17,462 Cash and bank 23 21,574 29,961 Total Current Assets 241,053 213,570 Current Liabilities Trade and other payables 24 91,049 85,855 Contract liabilities 33 15,101 15,602 Due to related parties 19 13,739 12,308 Taxation payable 5,219 11,255 Current portion of lease liabilities 25 6,998 6,441 Short term loans 26 19,245 5,941 Current portion of long-term loans 26 14,250 10,633 Total Current Liabilities 165,601 148,035 Net Current Assets 75,452 65,535 Total Non-current Assets and Net Current Assets 256,791 251,681

Page 3 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (Continued) 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Equity Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Share capital 27 123,016 123,016 Other reserves/ (deficit) 28 (17,025) (17,339) Accumulated deficit (30,198) (23,274) Total Shareholders´ Equity 75,793 82,403 Non-controlling Interests 1,337 1,185 Total Equity 77,130 83,588 Non-Current Liabilities Retirement benefit obligations 30 3,111 1,553 Deferred tax liabilities 18 6,570 6,153 Lease liabilities 25 17,988 15,465 Borrowings 26 151,992 144,515 Other long-term liabilities - 407 Total Non-Current Liabilities 179,661 168,093 Total Non-Current Liabilities and Equity 256,791 251,681 Approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 June, 2026 and signed on its behalf by: _____________________________________________ _________________________________ Paul Scott Director Pedro Paris Director The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 4 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Number of Shares ‘000 Share Capital $’000 Other Reserves / (Deficit) $’000 Accumulated Deficit $’000 Non- Controlling Interest $’000 Total $’000 Balance at 31 December 2023 188,213 123,016 (17,139) (29,359) 1,070 77,588 Currency translation differences - - (820) (87) - (907) Actuarial loss - - (96) - - (96) Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - 716 - - 716 Net income - - - 7,461 115 7,576 Total comprehensive income - - (200) 7,374 115 7,289 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (1,289) - (1,289) Balance at 31 December 2024 188,213 123,016 (17,339) (23,274) 1,185 83,588 Currency translation differences - - 260 - - 260 Actuarial gain - - 54 - - 54 Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - - - - - Net income - - - 4,287 152 4,439 Total comprehensive income - - 314 4,287 152 4,753 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (11,211) - (11,211) Balance at 31 December 2025 188,213 123,016 (17,025) (30,198) 1,337 77,130 The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 5 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash Flows from Operating Activities (Note 31) 2,726 32,531 Cash Flows from Financing Activities Interest paid (17,094) (18,801) Dividends paid (11,211) (1,289) Proceeds from borrowing 48,808 147,041 Repayments of borrowings (19,297) (141,672) Repayments of lease liabilities (8,370) (10,699) Net cash used in financing activities (7,164) (25,420) Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired 35 (592) (1,293) Interest received 1,769 1,999 Purchase of property, plant and equipment (5,102) (6,378) Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 42 238 Purchase of Investments in Associates 20 - (3,543) Net cash used in investing activities (3,883) (8,977) Net (Decrease) in Cash (8,321) (1,866) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 29,961 31,991 Effect of foreign exchange in cash (66) (164) Cash and Cash Equivalents at end of the year 23 21,574 29,961 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The principal non-cash transactions include: ● Transfer to property, plant and equipment from inventory during the financial year $9,380,000 (2024 - $9,017,000). ● Transfer from property, plant and equipment to inventory upon expiry of operating lease of $4,018,000 (2024 - $4,799,000). The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page 6 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 1. Identification and Principal Activities Productive Business Solutions Limited (“the Company”) is a company incorporated on 16 December 2010, and domiciled in Barbados, originally under the International Business Corporation (IBC) Act 77 (Barbados). Effective July 1st, 2021, the Company operates under the Companies Act Cap. 308 (Barbados) and holds a Foreign Currency Permit under the Foreign Currency Permits Act, 2018-44 (Barbados). The tax rate for the fiscal year commencing 1 January 2025 is 9.0% of taxable income. The registered office of the Company is at Facey House # 42 Warrens Industrial Park, Warrens, St. Michaels, Barbados. The Company is capitalised by ordinary shares. The Company is a subsidiary of Facey Group Limited, owned by Musson (Jamaica) Limited. Facey Group Limited is a company incorporated in Barbados under the Companies Act, Cap. 308 (Barbados) as an international business company. In combination, Musson (Jamaica) Limited and Facey Group Limited own 66.98% of the ordinary shares of the Company. The Company is listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange and the International Securities Market in Barbados. The Company’s ultimate parent company and controlling party is Elkon Limited (“Elkon”), which is incorporated and domiciled in Jamaica, and Paul B. Scott, respectively. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, (referred to as “Group”) are the distribution of printing equipment, business machines, handsets and related accessories, automated teller machines, security checkpoints, system integration, cloud services, data analytics, communication solutions, e-transactions, development of software and other technology solutions. In May 2025 the Group acquired 100% holding in Regional Business Systems Limited (RBS), incorporated and domiciled in Barbados (Note 35).

Page 7 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, hereinafter referred to as the financial statements, are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. (a) Basis of preparation These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. IFRS Accounting Standards comprise the following authoritative literature:  IFRS Accounting Standards  IAS Standards  Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC Interpretations) or its predecessor body, the Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC Interpretations). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain items of property, plant and equipment. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Although these estimates are based on managements’ best knowledge of current events and action, actual results could differ from those estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 4. Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year Certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards have been published that became effective during the current financial year. The Group has assessed the relevance of all such new standards, interpretations and amendments and has affected the following, which are immediately relevant to its operations: Amendments to IAS 21,‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ , Amendments to IAS 21 were made to add requirements to help entities to determine whether a currency is exchangeable into another currency, and the spot exchange rate to use when it is not. Prior to these amendments, IAS 21 set out the exchange rate to use when exchangeability is temporarily lacking, but not what to do when lack of exchangeability is not temporary. Management’s assessment is that the amendments of this standard have no impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Page 8 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year (continued) The amendments must be applied retrospectively in accordance with the requirements in IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. The amendment did not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. There are no other IFRS Accounting Standards or IFRIC interpretations effective in the current year which are expected to have a significant impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the company.

Page 9 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group The Group has concluded that the following standards which are published but not yet effective, are relevant to its operations and will impact the Group’s accounting policies and financial disclosures as discussed below. These standards and amendments to existing standards are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2026, but the Group has not early adopted them: Amendments to IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 7, ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026). Amendments to IFRS 9 and 7 (a) clarify the date of recognition and derecognition of some financial assets and liabilities, with a new exception for some financial liabilities settled through an electronic cash transfer system; (b) clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether a financial asset meets the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) criterion; (c) add new disclosures for certain instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows (such as some financial instruments with features linked to the achievement of environment, social and governance targets); and (d) update the disclosures for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). The amendments in (b) are most relevant to financial institutions, but the amendments in (a), (c) and (d) are relevant to all entities. It is not anticipated that the amendments will have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 18, ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This is the new standard on presentation and disclosure in financial statements, which replaces IAS 1, with a focus on updates to the statement of profit or loss. The key new concepts introduced in IFRS 18 relate to: • the structure of the statement of profit or loss with defined subtotals; • requirement to determine the most useful structure summary for presenting expenses in the statement of profit or loss • required disclosures in a single note within the financial statements for certain profit or loss performance measures that are reported outside an entity’s financial statements (that is, management-defined performance measures); and • enhanced principles on aggregation and disaggregation which apply to the primary financial statements and notes in general. Management is assessing the impact of this new standard on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 19, 'Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures' , (effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This standard permit eligible subsidiaries to apply reduced IFRS disclosure requirements. IFRS 19 is a voluntary standard for eligible subsidiaries. A subsidiary is eligible if it does not have public accountability and it has an ultimate or intermediate parent that produces consolidated financial statements available for public use that comply with IFRS Accounting Standards. An eligible entity may opt to revoke the application of this standard after implementation. The entity may also elect to apply the standard more than one. The group is currently assessing the impact of this standard.

Page 10 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) There are no other new or amended IFRS Accounting Standards and interpretations that are published but not yet effective that would be expected to have an impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the Group. (b) Consolidation (i) Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations involving third parties by the Group. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred, and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss, in the statement of comprehensive income.

Page 11 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) Subsidiaries Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. The Group’s subsidiaries, countries of incorporation, and the Group’s percentage interest are as follows: Country of incorporation Group’s Percentage Interest 2025 2024 Nicaragua Holdings and its subsidiary St., Lucia & Nicaragua 100 100 Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia & Dominican Republic 100 100 Mobay Holdings N.V. and its subsidiary Curacao & Aruba 100 100 PBS Caribbean Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia, Jamaica, Barbados, Colombia, Suriname 100 100 Cayman Business Machines Limited* Cayman 40 40 PBS Technology Group Limited St. Lucia, Antigua & Barbuda, Jamaica, Trinidad, Guyana, 100 100 Infotrans Group Holding B.V. Curacao, Bonaire, Colombia, Suriname & Aruba 100 100 High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V. El Salvador and Honduras 100 100 PBS Central America and its subsidiaries Panama, Guatemala, Costa Rica, El Salvador 100 100 PBS Honduras Honduras 75 75 PBS Peru Peru 100 100 PBS Ecuador Ecuador 100 100

Page 12 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) In accordance with Cayman laws, entities that are domiciled in the Cayman Islands and are not issued with Local Companies Control Law Licenses, are required to be at least 60% owned by a Caymanian. The operation of Cayman Business Machines Limited is however controlled by Productive Business Solutions Limited and is therefore, in substance, categorised as a subsidiary. (ii) Transactions with non-controlling interests The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For purchases of ownership interest in subsidiaries from non-controlling interests in which the Group retains control of the subsidiary, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests where control is retained by the Group are also recorded in equity. (iii) Disposal of subsidiaries When the Group ceases to have control or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value, with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss. If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate. (iv) Business combination under common control Acquisitions from entities under common control are determined by the substance and specific facts and circumstances surrounding any particular business combination under common control. Business combinations under common control are accounted for using the predecessor method of accounting. Under the predecessor method of accounting, the cost of an acquisition is measured in a manner similar to the purchase method of accounting. Identifiable assets and liabilities are measured at book value at the date of acquisition. Under the predecessor method of accounting, no goodwill is created, as any difference between the cost of acquisition and the book value of the net assets acquired is dealt with as an adjustment to retained earnings. (v) Investment in associates Associates are categorized as entities over which the Group has influence but not control, with shareholding and voting rights between 20% and 50%. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost. The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associate’s post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in profit and loss, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equal or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Page 13 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (c) Foreign currency translation (i) Functional and presentation currency Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States Dollars, which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency. (ii) Transactions and balances Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. At the statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the weighted average closing exchange rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates, of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in statement of comprehensive income. (iii) Group companies The results and financial position of all the group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper- inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated as follows: a) Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at year end rates, b) Items affecting the statement of comprehensive income are translated at average rates, and c) The resultant gains or losses are recognised in other comprehensive income as translation gains or losses. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Page 14 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (d) Revenue recognition Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of applicable value added taxes, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue is recognised as follows: Reprographic products Revenue earned from reprographic products is either through an outright sale or a lease of equipment and from related service contracts. Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from finance leases, are recognised at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require installation, revenue is recognised when the equipment has been delivered and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer-installable products are recognised upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer's shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the finance lease method and are recognised as earned over the lease term. A substantial portion of the Group's reprographic products is sold with full- service maintenance agreements. Service revenues are derived primarily from these maintenance contracts on equipment sold to customers and are recognised over the term of the contracts in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, by reference to completion of the specific transaction assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided. Revenue is recognised only after there are specific indicators of transfer of control to the customer. To evidence transfer of control on contracts where revenue is recognised at a point in time, management has defined that revenue can only be recognised after the equipment or part is installed or the supplies are delivered. Bill and hold agreements are scrutinised to ensure the transfer of control to the customer is effective. For contracts where revenue is recognised over time, management measures the fulfilment of the performance obligations based on the value that the delivered goods or services represent to the customer. Telecommunications products Revenue from telecommunications products comprises revenue from the sales of cellular phones. These products are sold under contractual agreements with the telecommunications providers. Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised on a gross basis as management has determined that the Group acts as a principal in relation to these transactions, due to the fact that the Group bears the majority of risk, principally credit and inventory risk, in relation to such transactions, and the Group also acts as primary obligor. Control is the key consideration when assessing the nature of the promise to the customer. When the entity does not control the good or service (or inventory) before it is transferred to the customer it is likely that the promise in the contract is to arrange for goods or services to be delivered (rather than these to be provided by the entity). In such cases, the Company recognises revenue for an amount equal to the net income (revenue minus cost). Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised when a Group entity has delivered products to the customer; the customer has accepted the products and collectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured. Interest income is recognised on the accrual basis on the effective interest basis, except when collectability is considered doubtful. In such cases, income is recorded when economic benefits are received.

Page 15 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (e) Property, plant and equipment Freehold land and buildings are shown at fair value, based on valuations by external independent valuers, less subsequent depreciation for buildings. Valuations are performed every three years to ensure that the fair value of a revalued asset does not differ materially from it’s carrying amount. Any accumulated depreciation at the date of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset, and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of freehold, land and buildings are credited to other comprehensive income and shown as other reserves in shareholder’s equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are recorded in other comprehensive income and debited against other reserves directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the profit or loss. All other property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Land is not depreciated as it is deemed to have an indefinite life. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation is calculated at annual rates on the straight-line basis to write-off the cost of the assets to their residual values over their estimated useful lives at annual rates as follows: Freehold buildings 2 - 2 ½% Leasehold buildings and improvements 10 - 20% Furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment 10 - 33⅓% Motor vehicles 20 - 25% Gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount and are included in operating profit. Repairs and maintenance expenditure is charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which it is incurred. The cost of major renovations is included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of the existing asset will flow to the Group. When revalued assets are sold, the amounts included in other reserves are transferred to retained earnings.

Page 16 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (f) Intangible assets (i) Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates and joint ventures is included in investment in associates and investment in joint venture, respectively. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or Groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. (ii) Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences. Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. All, excepting licenses are deemed to have finite useful lives and amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the intangible assets over their estimated useful lives between 5 and 20 years. Licenses have an indefinite useful life. (iii) Proprietary Software The Group is the owner of a software internally developed to address diverse customer needs. This asset is carried at cost and amortised according to its defined useful life. (g) Impairment of non-financial assets Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Page 17 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset in one entity and a financial liability or equity of another entity. Financial assets Classification The Group classifies its financial assets at amortised cost. The classification depends on the business model used for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. Impairment The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss (ECL) associated with its financial assets classified at amortised cost, lease receivables, long term receivables and related party balances. Application of the General Model The Group has applied the ‘general model’ as required under IFRS 9 for financial assets other than trade receivables. Under this model, the Group is required to assess on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its financial assets carried at amortised cost. The ECL will be recognised in profit or loss before a loss event has occurred. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. ECL is calculated by multiplying the Probability of default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD). The impairment model uses a three-stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination: Stage 1 – 12-month ECL applies to all financial assets that have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and are not credit impaired. The ECL will be computed using a 12-month PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months. Stage 2 – When a financial asset experiences a significant increase in credit risk subsequent to origination but is not credit impaired, it is considered to be in Stage 2. This requires the computation of ECL based on lifetime PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the remaining estimated life of the financial asset. Provisions are higher in this stage because of an increase in risk and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered compared to 12 months in Stage 1. Stage 3 – Financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment will be included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses will continue to capture the lifetime ECL. The Group uses judgement when considering the following factors that affect the determination of impairment: Assessment of Significant Increase in Credit Risk The assessment of a significant increase in credit risk is done on a relative basis. To assess whether the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since origination, the Group compares the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial asset at the reporting date to the corresponding risk of default at origination, using key risk indicators that are used in the Group’s existing risk management processes. At each reporting date, the assessment of a change in credit risk will be individually assessed for those considered individually significant and at the segment level. This assessment is symmetrical in nature, allowing credit risk of financial assets to move back to Stage 1 if the increase in credit risk since origination has reduced and is no longer deemed to be significant.

Page 18 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments (continued) Macroeconomic Factors, Forward Looking Information and Multiple Scenarios The Group applies an unbiased and probability weighted estimate of credit losses by evaluating a range of possible outcomes that incorporates forecasts of future economic conditions. Macroeconomic factors and forward-looking information are incorporated into the measurement of ECL as well as the determination of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination. Measurement of ECLs at each reporting period reflect reasonable and supportable information at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The Group uses three scenarios that are probability weighted to determine ECL. Expected Life When measuring ECL, the Group considers the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk. All contractual terms are considered when determining the expected life, including prepayment options and extension and rollover options. Application of the Simplified Approach For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. Financial liabilities The Group’s financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, this is the initial recognition minus the cumulative amortisation of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount. Financial liabilities at amortised costs are classified as current or non-current depending on whether these are due within 12 months after the statement of financial position date or beyond. Financial liabilities are derecognised when either of the following take place: The Group is discharged from its obligation, upon expiration or when they are cancelled or replaced by a new liability. (i) Inventories Inventories are carried at weighted average purchase cost. These items are stated at cost less provision for write down to net realisable value, where necessary and are stated at the lower weighted average cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the costs of completion and selling expenses. (j) Trade receivables Impairment over trade receivables is determined with the aid of a matrix based on the ageing of the account. Twice a year, management assesses whether there has been any indicator of a change in the credit risk. Additionally, periodically a comprehensive evaluation is performed with the objective of identifying individual accounts that may be subject to impairment which are either written off or fully provided for. (k) Cash and bank Cash and bank include cash on hand net of bank overdrafts. In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and bank include cash in hand and at bank and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown in current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

Page 19 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (l) Trade payables These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. (m) Contract assets and contract liabilities The Group recognises a contract asset whenever it has the right for consideration as a result of transferring goods or services to a customer. Contract assets are different from accounts receivables as the former would only require the passage of time for the consideration to be due. Contract assets are subject to impairment assessment. The Group recognises a contract liability when it has received a payment, or a payment is due for goods or services that have not yet been transferred to the customer. (n) Income taxes Taxation expense in the statement of comprehensive income comprises current and deferred tax charges. Current tax charges are based on taxable profits for the year, which differ from the profit before tax reported because it excludes items that are taxable or deductible in other years, and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability f or current tax is calculated at tax rates that have been enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Deferred tax is the tax expected to be paid or recovered on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding tax bases. Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Currently enacted tax rates are used in the determination of deferred income tax. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they arise from the same taxable entity, relate to the same tax authority and when the legal right of offset exists. Deferred tax is charged or credited to profit or loss, except where it relates to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income, in which case, deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income. (o) Provisions Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. (p) Share capital Ordinary shares, and redeemable cumulative preference shares where the declaration of dividends is discretionary, are classified as equity instruments. The preference shares are perpetual and are only redeemable at the sole discretion of the Company but not before the 16 th year after the issue of the shares. Dividends on these shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are declared.

Page 20 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (q) Earnings per share (i) Basic earnings per share Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: ● the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares. ● by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares. (ii) Diluted earnings per share Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account: ● the after-income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and ● the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. (r) Borrowings Borrowings are recognised initially at cost, being their issue proceeds, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequently, borrowings are stated at amortised cost and any difference between net proceeds and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Preference shares issued by the Group are treated as borrowings if they carry a contractual term of redemption either by cash or another financial asset and dividends payments are not discretionary. (s) Leases As Lessee Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments: - fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable - payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option. Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rates, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions. As Lessor Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessee are classified as finance leases. When assets are leased out under a finance leases, the asset is derecognized and treated as revenue in accordance with accounting policy (d) with the present value of the lease payments is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease in a manner which reflects a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.

Page 21 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (s) Leases (continued) Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessor are included in property, plant and equipment in the statement of financial position. They are depreciated over their expected useful lives on a basis consistent with similar owned property, plant and equipment. Rental income is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. In some instances, transfers are made from Inventory to property, plant and equipment to facilitate the leasing of assets. In instances where leased equipment is returned this is transferred from property, plant and equipment to Inventory. When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which termination takes place. (t) Post-employment benefits The Group participates in a defined contribution plan operated by a related party, Musson (Jamaica) Limited, whereby it pays contributions to a separate, trustee-administered fund for its Jamaican operation. Once the contributions have been paid, the Group has no further payment obligations. Contributions to the plan are charged to profit or loss in the period to which they relate. There is an unfunded retirement benefit plan in the Nicaragua and El Salvador operations which is reflected in the statement of financial position as a liability. Changes to benefits are calculated by third party actuaries and are reflected in the Change to statement of comprehensive income. The Parent Company also participates in a defined benefit pension plan relating to PBS Technologies (Barbados) Limited, the assets of which are held in a separate fund administered by a Trustee. The pension plan is funded by payments from the Parent Company, taking into account the recommendations of independent qualified actuaries. Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value. (u) Finance costs Finance costs includes interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest method, interest on finance leases, material bank charges and foreign exchange gains and losses recognised in profit or loss. (v) Offsetting financial instruments Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty. (w) Segment information Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer. (x) Dividend distribution Dividend distribution is recognised as equity in the financial statements in which the dividends are approved by the shareholders. Dividend distributions on preference shares classified as borrowings are included in finance costs when the dividends are approved.

Page 22 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (a) Financial risk factors The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyse these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and up-to-date information systems. Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies and evaluates financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and investment of excess liquidity. (i) Credit risk The Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that its customers, clients or counterparties will cause a financial loss for the Group by failing to discharge their contractual obligations. Credit exposures arise principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and are influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Group has established credit policies under which each customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness prior to the Group offering them a credit facility. Credit limits are assigned to each customer and are reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Group has procedures in place to restrict customer orders if the order will result in customers exceeding their credit limits. Customers who fail to meet the Group’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Group on a prepayment basis. Customer credit risk is monitored according to their credit characteristics such as whether it is an individual or company, geographic location, industry, aging profile, and previous financial difficulties. The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents an estimate of expected credit losses in respect of trade and other receivables. The Group addresses impairment assessment in two areas: individually and collectively assessed allowances. Cash transactions are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. The Group has policies in place to limit the amount of exposure to any one financial institution. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the amount reflected on the statement of financial position.

Page 23 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Credit risk (continued) At year end, the banks where the Group maintains most of its cash, were rated by Fitch Ratings as follows: 202 5 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. B BB+ CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA+ Citibank F1 A+ 202 4 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. F1+ AA- CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA- Citibank F1 A+ Maximum credit risk exposure The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk equals the carrying amounts on the statement of financial position, of the assets which expose the Group to credit risk. There has been no change over the prior year in the manner in which the Group manages and measures credit risk. Analysis of trade receivables The Group’s trade receivables, broken down by customer sector is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Government 42,058 41,804 Private entities 58,254 48,815 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Impairment of financial assets The Group has four types of financial assets that are subject to expected credit losses as follows: (i) Trade receivables (ii) Lease receivable and long-term receivables (iii) Accounts receivable from related parties (iv) Other debt instruments carried at amortised cost

Page 24 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Trade receivables The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measure expected credit losses (ECL) which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. On that basis, the loss allowance at 31 December 2025 and 2024 was determined as follows for trade receivables: 31 December 202 5 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1 - 180 days past due $’000 181 - 360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 2.83% 11.54% 30.39% Gross carrying amount 71,856 19,451 2,878 6,127 100,312 Loss allowance provision 11 550 332 1,862 2,755 31 December 202 4 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1-180 days past due $’000 181-360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 0.67% 7.50% 38.38% Gross carrying amount 45,859 33,441 6,404 4,915 90,619 Loss allowance provision 10 224 480 1,887 2,601 The closing loss allowances for trade receivables as at 31 December 2025 reconcile to the opening loss allowances as follows: 202 5 202 4 $’000 $’000 Opening loss allowance as at 1 January 2,601 2,872 On Acquisition of Subsidiary (Note 34) - 299 Impairment (gains)/losses on receivables during the year 917 (223) Amounts written off (461) (314) Unused amounts reversed (320) - Exchange difference 18 (33) At 31 December 2,755 2,601

Page 25 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables The Group applies the ‘three stage’ model of IFRS 9 in measuring the expected credit losses (ECL) for all lease and long-term receivable. The application makes estimation about likelihood of default occurring, of the associated loss ratios of default correlations between counter parties. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The following tables contains an analysis of the credit exposure for lease and long-term receivables as at 31 December 2025 and 2024 as follows: Long term receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 769 - - 769 Carrying amount 769 - - 769 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 589 - - 589 Carrying amount 589 - - 589 Lease receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 Carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 26 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 Carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 27 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) Loss Allowance – Lease Receivables: No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material. Lease and long-term receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include ceasing enforcement activity, and where the Group’s recovery method is foreclosing on collateral, and the value of the collateral is such that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full. ECL movements without a profit and loss impact relates to amounts transferred from trade receivables to lease/long term receivables which previously existed and for which the ECL would have also been transferred. Expected credit losses are presented net of subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off. Cash and bank and other receivables Other financial assets at amortised cost include cash and bank balances, due from related parties and other receivables . These debt instruments at amortised cost are considered to have low credit risk. The loss allowance recognised during the period on those deemed to have low credit risk was therefore limited to the 12 month expected losses. Management considers these instruments as having low credit risk when there is a low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term. The allowance is assessed by estimating the likelihood of default, associated loss ratio and default correlation between counterparties. No opening loss allowances were recognised on balances for cash and bank, due from related parties and other receivables, and there were no movements during the current year, as the amounts determined were deemed immaterial. (iii) Due from related parties ECL is determined on yearly basis by performing a review of the financial position of the related party debtors for those where the receivable balances are material. If the related party debtor has an ‘intent’ and strong financial capacity to meet its contractual obligation, the probability of default is low and the credit risk is deemed to be immaterial, otherwise it would be classified under stage 2 or 3 and ECL computed accordingly. (iii) Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and other liquid assets and maintaining the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. Liquidity risk management process The Group’s liquidity management process, as carried out within the Group and monitored by the Board of Directors, primarily includes: (i) Monitoring future cash flows and liquidity on an ongoing basis. This incorporates an assessment of expected cash flows and the availability of collateral which could be used to secure funding if required. (ii) Maintaining committed lines of credit; and (iii) Managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities.

Page 28 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3 . Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Liquidity risk (continued) Undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities The maturity profile of financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments is as follows: Within 12 Months 1 to 5 Years Over 5 years Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Trade payables 58,350 - - 58,348 Other payables 32,699 - - 32,701 Due to related parties 13,739 - - 13,739 Lease liabilities 7,975 18,549 1,952 28,476 Borrowings 37,108 184,943 - 222,051 149,871 203,492 1,952 355,315 202 4 Trade payables 48,628 - - 48,628 Other payables 37,220 7 - 37,227 Due to related parties 12,308 - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities - - 407 407 Lease liabilities 9,335 14,453 126 23,914 Borrowings 25,339 141,834 - 167,173 132,830 156,294 533 289,657 (iii) Market risk The Group takes on exposure to market risks, which is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risks mainly arise from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is monitored by the Facey Group Limited’s treasury department which carries out extensive research and monitors the price movement of financial assets on the local and international markets. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Currency risk Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Jamaican (JMD) dollar, Honduran Lempira (HNL), Nicaraguan Córdoba (NIO), Dominican Peso (DOP), Costa Rican Colón (CRC), Trinidadian dollar (TTD) and the Guatemala Quetzal (GTQ). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. The Group manages its foreign exchange risk by ensuring that the net exposure in foreign assets and liabilities is kept to an acceptable level by monitoring currency positions. The Group further manages this risk by invoicing where possible in US dollars and converting foreign currency balances into US dollar denominated accounts.

Page 29 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, the net assets of which are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies. The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December: USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2025 Financial Assets Long term receivables 391 369 - 1 - - - - 8 769 Lease receivables 2,937 - - - - 8,232 - 3,232 1,574 15,975 Due from related parties 4,837 - 69 - - - - - 3,160 8,066 Trade receivables 22,584 20,983 6,670 4,107 3,900 7,052 9,336 8,946 13,979 97,557 Other receivables 3,696 209 848 400 949 9,203 319 2,497 6,311 24,432 Cash and bank 9,085 496 260 568 73 382 183 4,506 6,021 21,574 Total financial assets 43,530 22,057 7,847 5,076 4,922 24,869 9,838 19,181 31,053 168,373 Financial liabilities Trade payables 48,232 920 234 629 47 618 968 557 6,145 58,348 Other payables 6,557 1,562 2,323 1,194 1,520 4,013 3,973 2,172 9,385 32,701 Lease liabilities 16,808 - 2,604 339 1,248 - - 2,045 1,942 24,986 Due to related parties 11,761 - 305 - - - - - 1,673 13,739 Borrowings 183,138 - 1,672 - - - - 489 188 185,487 Total financial liabilities 266,496 2,482 7,138 2,162 2,815 4,631 4,941 5,263 19,333 315,261 Net position (222,966) 19,575 709 2,914 2,107 20,238 4,897 13,918 11,720 (146,888) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation against the US Dollar

Page 30 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (v) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2024 Financial Assets Long term receivables 224 355 - 2 - - - - 8 589 Lease receivables 3,211 - - - - - - 4,337 2,017 9,565 Due from related parties 7,120 - 347 - - - - - - 7,467 Trade receivables 41,110 7,129 6,093 2,106 4,787 1,876 6,644 7,871 10,402 88,018 Other receivables 1,421 259 854 47 (196) 3,788 240 533 6,811 13,757 Cash and cash equivalents 11,560 1,364 240 881 1,181 300 483 3,860 10,092 29,961 Total financial assets 64,646 9,107 7,534 3,036 5,772 5,964 7,367 16,601 29,330 149,357 Financial liabilities Trade payables 42,928 159 749 178 326 1,944 595 204 1,545 48,628 Other payables 11,452 1,698 2,681 901 887 2,770 2,616 4,358 9,864 37,227 Lease liabilities 14,721 - 929 302 1,155 - - 2,339 2,460 21,906 Due to related parties 12,150 - 158 - - - - - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities 407 - - - - - - - - 407 Borrowings 158,321 - 1,772 - - - - 934 62 161,089 Total financial liabilities 239,979 1,857 6,289 1,381 2,368 4,714 3,211 7,835 13,931 281,565 Net position (175,333) 7,250 1,245 1,655 3,404 1,250 4,156 8,766 15,399 (132,208) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation.

Page 31 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) The following tables indicate the currencies to which the Group had significant exposure on their monetary assets and liabilities and forecast cash flows. The change in currency rate below represents management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis represents outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the year-end for a reasonably expected change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity of the profit or loss was primarily as a result of foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of trade receivables and payables, long term receivables and borrowings. % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 5 2025 $’000 2025 $’000 Currency: HNL -1.5 - 109 HNL 1 - (73) JMD -1.5 607 - JMD 1 (152) - NIO -1.5 - 446 NIO 1 - (111) DOP -1.5 - (154) DOP 1 - 38 CRC -1.5 - 270 CRC 1 - (180) TTD -1.5 - 368 TTD 1 - (245) GTQ -1.5 140 - GTQ 1 (93) - % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 4 2024 $’000 2024 $’000 Currency: HNL -4 - 174 HNL 1 - (44) JMD -4 665 - JMD 1 (166) - NIO -4 - 471 NIO 1 - (118) DOP -4 - (119) DOP 1 - 30 CRC -4 - 683 CRC 1 - (171) TTD -4 - 834 TTD 1 - (209) GTQ -4 281 - GTQ 1 (70) -

Page 32 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iv) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk As the Group has no significant variable rate interest-bearing assets, the Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate exposure arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates and revolving short-term borrowings expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The Group analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated for borrowings that represent the major interest-bearing positions, taking into consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions and alternative financing. The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily from borrowings, the sensitivity of the profit or loss is the effect of the assumed changes in interest rates based on floating rate long term and revolving short-term borrowings. There is no direct impact on other components of equity. The table below indicates the sensitivity to a reasonably expected change in interest rates 2025 2024 Change in basis points - 50/25 Change in basis points - 50/25 $’000 $’000 Floating rate borrowings 750/ (375) 619/ (310) (b) Capital management The capital management process is carried out by the parent company. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for the shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. The Board of Directors monitors the return on capital, which the Group defines as net operating income (excluding non-recurring items) divided by total equity (excluding non- redeemable preference shares and non-controlling interests). There was no change to the capital management process during the year. The Group has no specific capital management strategy and is not exposed to externally imposed capital requirements. There are contractual capital requirements as follows:  The syndicated credit agreement with Citibank, N.A. acting as administrative agent and collateral agent and Citibank, N.A., Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A, First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as joint lead arrangers and book runners - The financial covenants include: The Leverage Ratio, The Debt Service Coverage Ratio, The Central American Assets Test and The Specified Central American Assets Test. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at year end.  The revolving credit agreement and loan agreement with First Citizens Bank (FCB) - The financial covenants include: the Current ratio, the Funded Debt to EBITDA ratio and the Debt Service ratio. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at the year end.

Page 33 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated)  3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (c) Fair values of financial instruments Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of the Group’s financial instruments that, subsequent to initial recognition, are not measured at fair value is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each statement of financial position date. The fair values of these financial instruments are determined as follows: (i) The face value, less any estimated credit adjustments, for financial assets and liabilities with a maturity of less than one year are estimated to approximate their fair values. These financial assets and liabilities include cash and bank balances, trade receivables and payables and short-term borrowings. (ii) The carrying values of non-current borrowings to non-related parties approximate their fair values, as these loans are carried at amortised cost reflecting their contractual obligations and the interest rates are reflective of current market rates for similar transactions. The fair value of borrowings is disclosed in note 26. (iii) The fair values of the long-term receivables and loans to and from related parties could not be reliably determined as these instruments were granted under special terms and are not likely to be traded in a fair market exchange.

Page 34 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty Judgements and estimates are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. Estimated impairment of goodwill The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2(f). The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations, which require the use of estimates. In determining the value in use, management has made certain assumptions regarding revenue growth rate, EBITDA to revenue ratios, terminal growth rate and discount rates. See Note 15 for sensitivity of amounts to estimates. Intangible assets Intangible assets arising from the acquisition of subsidiaries have been deemed to be indefinite life intangibles. Other intangible assets have been deemed to be finite lives intangibles. Their estimated useful lives have been determined by management, based on their best estimate of the time period over which the Group will benefit from the assets acquired. Management has estimated that the useful lives of the intangibles will be between 5 and 20 years. Income taxes The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. The Group recognises liabilities for actual and anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. In determining these estimates, management considers the merit of any audit issues raised, based on their interpretation of the taxation laws, and their knowledge of any precedents established by the taxation authorities. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences could materially impact the current tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made (see Notes 11 and 18). Determining the lease term In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). For leases of administrative offices, retail stores, equipment and vehicles, the following factors are normally the most relevant: ● If there are significant penalties to terminate (or not extend), the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● If any leasehold improvements are expected to have a significant remaining value, the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● Otherwise, the Group considers other factors including historical lease durations and the costs and business disruption required to replace the leased asset. Most extension options in office equipment and vehicles leases have not been included in the lease liability, because the Group could replace the assets without significant cost or business disruption.

Page 35 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information The Group’s Chief Executive Officer examines the Group’s performance from a geographic perspective and has identified two reportable segments of business: ● Central America- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Central America Region such as Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Costa Rica, Nicaragua and Panama. ● Caribbean- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Caribbean region such as Dominican Republic, Jamaica, Barbados, Curacao and Aruba, Colombia, Trinidad and Tobago, Suriname, Peru and Ecuador. Management primarily uses a measure of adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) to assess the performance of the operating segments. However, information about the segments’ revenue, assets and liabilities are also submitted for review on a monthly basis.

Page 36 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2025 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 216,487 158,045 - 374,532 Revenue from another operating segment 21,602 342 (21,558) 386 Total Income 238,089 158,387 (21,558) 374,918 Adjusted EBITDA 39,468 22,189 (6,463) 55,194 Finance costs (17,703) Depreciation (20,684) Amortisation (3,174) Unallocated EBITDA - Share of Investee’s profit 718 Profit before taxation 14,351 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (11,766) (8,918) - (20,684) Amortisation (286) (2,888) - (3,174) Income tax (8,252) (1,660) - (9,912) Segment assets- Total segment assets 284,690 257,335 (458,838) 83,187 Unallocated items 339,205 Total assets per statement of financial position 422,392 Capital expenditure 2,986 2,116 - 5,102 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 204,830 244,064 (398,616) 50,278 Unallocated items 294,984 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 345,262

Page 37 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 233,913 158,166 - 392,079 Revenue from another operating segment 15,339 337 (20,366) (4,690) Total Income 249,252 158,503 (20,366) 387,389 Adjusted EBITDA 23,676 27,880 (2,569) 48,987 Finance costs (18,430) Depreciation (17,441) Amortisation (2,884) Unallocated EBITDA 2,386 Profit before taxation 12,618 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (10,386) (7,055) - (17,441) Amortisation (286) (2,598) (2,884) Income tax (3,565) (1,591) 114 (5,042) Segment assets- Total segment assets 239,813 237,830 (380,101) 97,542 Unallocated items 302,174 Total assets per statement of financial position 399,716 Capital expenditure 2,306 4,072 - 6,378 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 175,217 226,053 (323,383) 77,887 Unallocated items 238,241 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 316,128

Page 38 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) Segment assets are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset. Segment liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These liabilities are allocated based on the operations of the segment. The parent entity is domiciled in Barbados. The amount of its revenue from external customers broken down by location of the customers is shown in table below. 202 5 2024 $’000 $’000 Barbados 18,992 20,676 Costa Rica 52,701 37,423 Dominican Republic 15,958 17,836 El Salvador 56,750 99,808 Guatemala 35,148 38,892 Honduras 24,704 20,110 Nicaragua 19,273 15,450 Panama 12,122 11,411 USA 7,841 5,848 Antilles 10,512 11,597 Jamaica 27,960 30,229 Trinidad 23,554 30,125 Guyana 8,518 5,920 Cayman 2,822 2,715 Antigua 731 696 Colombia 4,345 5,071 Suriname 1,233 2,180 Other 51,754 31,402 Total 374,918 387,389 The total of capital expenditure, broken down by location of the assets is shown in the table below. 202 5 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 240 240 Trinidad - 244 244 Costa Rica 1,443 - 1,443 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 908 908 Other 261 724 985 Total 2,986 2,116 5,102

Page 39 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 2,037 2,037 Trinidad - 974 974 Costa Rica 791 - 791 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 311 311 Other 233 750 983 Total 2,306 4,072 6,378 6. Revenue 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Business Solutions Sale of goods 310,839 330,420 Services 41,461 32,302 352,300 362,722 Lease Income 22,618 24,667 374,918 387,389 Revenue from contracts with customers is $352,300,000 (2024: $362,722,000). 2025 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2025 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 207,119 122,957 (21,558) 308,518 Over time 17,257 26,525 - 43,782 224,376 149,482 (21,558) 352,300 2024 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2024 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 212,881 117,599 (20,366) 310,114 Over time 23,913 28,695 - 52,608 236,794 146,294 (20,366) 362,722

Page 40 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 7. Other Income 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest income 1,769 1,999 Gain/ (loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment (179) 103 Negative Goodwill (Note a) - 1,150 Customer Deposits Write-back - 700 Miscellaneous 812 193 2,402 4,145 (a) This relates to the acquisition of Xerox Ecuador. (Note 35)

Page 41 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 8. Expenses by Nature Total direct, selling, administration and other operating expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cost of inventories and cost related to services* 247,544 273,027 Impairment losses/(gains) on financial instruments 917 (223) Staff costs (Note 9) 48,573 43,811 Depreciation (Notes 13 and 14) * 10,630 9,470 Commission 6,905 6,895 Travel 5,180 5,433 Management fees 2,434 2,014 Telephone and communication 1,476 1,369 Transportation 801 803 Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 15) 3,174 2,884 Legal and professional fees 2,441 2,312 Occupancy costs 911 1,043 Bank charges 859 743 Auditor’s remuneration 1,940 1,251 Office supplies, printing and stationery 266 605 Repairs and maintenance 536 950 Advertising 324 450 Motor Vehicle Expenses 1,663 1,315 General Insurance 1,210 1,349 Other expenses 8,200 5,498 97,523 88,195 345,984 360,999 * Depreciation included in Cost of inventories and cost related to services amounts to $10,054,000 (2024: 7,971,000) for a total depreciation of $20,684,000 (2024: $17,441,000). Audit fees for the year ended 31 December 2025 totalled for the Group of $1,940,000 (2024: $1,251,000). Other fees paid to the auditor (and related network firms) for non-assurance services are not material.

Page 42 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 9. Staff Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Staff costs that have been included in Selling general and administrative expenses (Note 8) 48,573 43,811 Staff costs that have been included in Direct expenses 17,101 11,031 65,674 54,842 Staff costs that have been included in direct expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 14,379 8,488 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 2,057 1,165 Redundancy costs 184 501 Other 481 877 17,101 11,031 Staff costs that have been included in selling, general and administrative expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 39,571 34,938 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 4,474 3,840 Pension costs – defined contribution 425 410 Redundancy costs 1,809 2,290 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 1,832 2,072 48,573 43,811 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 53,950 43,426 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 6,453 5,005 Pension costs – defined contribution 503 410 Redundancy costs 1,993 2,791 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 2,313 2,949 65,674 54,842

Page 43 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 10. Finance Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net foreign exchange losses (gains) 609 (371) Interest expense - Loans and lease liabilities 17,094 18,801 17,703 18,430 11. Taxation Taxation is based on profit for the year or, in some jurisdictions, the greater of a percentage of profit before tax or revenue adjusted for taxation purposes, and comprises: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current tax charge 6,384 5,920 Deferred tax charge (credit) (Note 18) 3,528 (878) 9,912 5,042 The tax on the profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the statutory tax rate as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit before tax 14,351 12,618 Tax calculated at domestic tax rate of 9% (2024: 9%) 1,292 1,136 Adjusted for the effects of: Different tax rates in other countries 4,935 5,087 Tax on net assets at 1% 128 137 Income not subject to tax (3,048) (2,324) Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 1,101 550 Other charges and credits 5,504 456 Tax charge 9,912 5,042

Page 44 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 11. Taxation (Continued) 2025 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries 260 - 260 Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE - - - Actuarial gains – termination benefits 54 - 54 Other comprehensive income 314 - 314 Deferred tax (Note 18) - 2024 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries (907) - (907) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE 716 - 716 Actuarial gains – termination benefits (96) - (96) Other comprehensive income (287) - (287) Deferred tax (Note 18) - 12. Earnings per Share 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the company 4,287 7,461 Profit attributable to preference shareholders (1,713) (1,289) Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders 2,574 6,172 Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000) 186,213 186,213 Total basic and diluted earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations. 1.38 3.31

Page 45 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13 . Property, Plant and Equipment The furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment category for the Group includes equipment held for leases. Lease contracts for these items are entered into with third parties, with periodic lease payments being 36 to 60 months. Items which are leased are transferred from inventory on commencement of the lease arrangements and are transferred back to inventory on termination of the lease arrangements. Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Exchange differences - 3 (107) - (21) (4) (129) Additions - 1,103 3,663 - 67 269 5,102 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 502 - 24 - 526 Transfers from inventory - 9,380 - - - 9,380 Disposals - (553) (241) - (24) - (818) Transfers to inventory - - (4,018) - - - (4,018) On revaluation - - - - - - - Transfer from CWIP* - 23 186 - - (374) (165) At 31 December 111 6,974 108,155 776 1,711 1,035 118,762 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Exchange differences - (3) (193) - (18) - (214) Charge for the year** - 819 13,800 - 162 - 14,781 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 171 - 24 - 195 On transfer to inventory - - (4,528) - - - (4,528) Relieved on disposals - (365) (230) - (2) - (597) At 31 December 24 3,771 77,600 - 1,261 - 82,656 Net Book Value - 87 3,203 30,555 776 450 1,035 36,106 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $10,054,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 46 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,739 88,464 60 1,822 514 97,710 Exchange differences - (197) (898) - (294) - (1,389) Additions - 422 4,960 - 121 875 6,378 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 2,217 - 24 - 2,241 Transfers from inventory - - 9,017 - - - 9,017 Disposals - (657) (290) - (70) - (1,017) Transfers to inventory - - (4,789) - - - (4,789) On revaluation - - - 716 - - 716 Transfer from CWIP* - 91 109 - 62 (245) 17 At 31 December 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,292 62,728 - 1,067 - 67,111 Exchange differences - (87) (222) - (214) - (523) Charge for the year** - 678 11,282 - 271 - 12,231 On transfer to inventory - - (4,918) - - - (4,918) Relieved on disposals - (563) (290) - (29) - (882) At 31 December 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Net Book Value - 87 3,078 30,210 776 570 1,144 35,865 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $7,971,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 47 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The amounts of equipment leased to customers and included in property, plant and equipment are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Equipment held for lease at cost 80,979 86,403 Accumulated depreciation (61,596) (66,856) Net book value 19,383 19,547 Equipment is ordinarily moved from inventory to docu-centers, printshops and internal use. Equipment from inventory is also placed under lease contracts. When the equipment is no longer assigned to a specific function, it is moved back to inventory at net book value. The most significant of these movements is for equipment held for lease which is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening net book value 19,547 16,502 Acquisition of subsidiaries (Note 35) - 1,870 Transfers from inventory during lease period 9,380 9,017 Depreciation charges (10,054) (7,971) Disposals – transfers to inventory upon expiry of lease (4,018) (4,789) Depreciation released 4,528 4,918 Closing net book value 19,383 19,547

Page 48 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The pieces of freehold land of the Group were independently revalued as at various dates during 2023 on the basis of open market value or other market comparable approaches by independent qualified valuators. The directors are of the view that there were no material changes in the value over the prior year for Freehold land. Fair value movements on freehold are recognised in OCI under other revaluation reserves, see Note 28. The following table analyses the non-financial assets carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:  Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, or directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2), and  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

Page 49 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) There were no transfers between levels during the year. Level 3 fair values of land and buildings have been derived using the sales comparison approach. Sales prices of comparable land and buildings in close proximity are adjusted for differences in key attributes such as property size. The most significant input into this valuation approach is price per square foot. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair values of land and buildings are disclosed in the tables below. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87 Fair value measurements at 31 December 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87

Page 50 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases : Right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 12,599 10,376 Equipment 2,596 2,308 Motor vehicles 74 118 15,269 12,802 Movement analysis is as follows: 2025 2024 $’000 $’000 At Cost/Valuation - At 1 January 32,312 28,876 Exchange differences (40) 266 Acquisition on subsidiaries (Note 35) - 109 Additions 10,207 5,804 Lease Expiry (4,737) (2,743) At 31 December 37,742 32,312 Amortisation - At 1 January 19,510 16,203 Exchange differences (9) 348 Relieved on lease expiry (2,931) (2,251) Charge for the year 5,903 5,210 At 31 December 22,473 19,510 Net book value At 31 December 15,269 12,802

Page 51 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (Continued) (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: Amortisation charge of right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 4,709 4,488 Equipment 1,105 623 Motor vehicles 89 99 5,903 5,210 Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: - the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability - any lease payments made at the commencement date less any lease incentives received Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.

Page 52 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement, Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Year ended 31 December 2025 Opening net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 337 - - - 337 Exchange Difference - 1 - (2) (1) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (734) (184) (3,174) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 5 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Cost 86,952 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,684 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (12,827) (15,386) (6,993) (35,927) Closing net book value 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 Year ended 31 December 2024 Opening net book value 81,218 20,880 - 824 102,922 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 5,964 - 2,881 - 8,845 Adjustment (1,288) - - - (1,288) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (444) (184) (2,884) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 4 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Cost 86,615 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,347 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (10,572) (14,652) (6,807) (32,752) Closing net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595

Page 53 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15 . Intangible Assets (Continued) Amortisation charges have been included in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income. Impairment tests for goodwill The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis or when events or changes in the circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill is allocated. The recoverable amount is usually determined by reference to the value in use. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the CGU and also to choose an appropriate discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those future cash flows. The allocation of goodwill to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) as categorised by subsidiary is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 403 403 PBS Central America, S.A. 7,539 7,539 Mobay Holdings N. V. 4,256 4,256 Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 523 523 High Tech Corporation S.A. de C.V 2,957 2,957 PBS Technology Group Limited 62,655 62,655 Infotrans 1,438 1,438 PBS Peru 5,964 5,964 Regional Business Systems 337 - Other 159 159 86,231 85,894 The recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use pre- tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a 5-year period. Cash flows beyond the 5 th year are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2025 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2025 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 73.2% 2.0% 14.4% 20.56% PBS Central America S.A. 0.7% 3.4% 13.3% 20.96% Mobay Holdings N. V. 20.7% 1.7% 12.6% 20.70% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 24.6% 4.9% 16.7% 19.41% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.3% 15.2% 25.19% PBS Technology Group Limited 42.3% 3.1% 27.3% 22.25% Infotrans Group Holdings B.V. 39.1% 1.8% 14.9% 19.04% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.5% 12.1% 20.27% Regional Business Systems 174.7% 2.0% 16.6% 20.56%

Page 54 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2024 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2024 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 11.4% 22.0% PBS Central America S.A. -10.0% 3.0% 9.2% 22.4% Mobay Holdings N. V. 13.7% 1.7% 16.0% 17.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5% 11.5% 24.9% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 14.3% 26.6% PBS Technology Group Limited 25.0% 3.0% 25.7% 24.1% Infotrans 50.0% 1.9% 11.8% 24.5% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 11.5% 21.4% The table below shows the change in key assumptions for value in use calculations that would result in the recoverable amount being equal to the carrying amount. This represents only the cash generating units for which the excess of the recoverable amounts over the carrying amounts of the CGUs was low. 202 5 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Mobay Holdings N.V. 20.7% -1.4% 11.9% 23.6% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.5% 15.2% 25.0% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.9% 12.2% 20.0% Regional Business Systems 174.7% -19.2% 9.7% 35.7%

Page 55 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) 202 4 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 8.1% 22.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5.0% 10.4% 26.7% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 12.7% 27.0% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 12.7% 16.4%

Page 56 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 16. Lease Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Gross investment in finance leases Not later than one year 12,292 4,538 Later than one year and not later than five years 6,130 8,966 18,422 13,504 Less: Unearned income (2,447) (3,939) 15,975 9,565 Net investment in finance leases may be classified as follows: Not later than one year 11,437 2,696 Later than one year and not later than five years 4,538 6,869 15,975 9,565 No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . 17. Long Term Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Print Spot S de R.L. (Note a) 22 91 Guarantee deposits for building rents (Note b) 87 111 Other (Note c) 660 387 769 589 The current portion of long-term receivables is $161,000 (2024: $38,000) and is recorded in Current Assets. No loss allowance was recorded for long-term receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . a) Print Spot S de R.L. The balance earns interest of 14% and matures in August 2027. b) Guarantee deposits for building rents These balances do not earn interest and they are guarantee deposits for the rent of buildings in Guatemala, Cayman, Panama and Nicaragua. They mature between February 2027 (renewables) and July 2029. c) Other The balance relates to amounts that are individually insignificant. These balances relate to equipment sales with terms between 13 months and up to 37 months. These are secured with promissory notes and earn interest between 10% and 21% and are guaranteed with a pledge on the financed equipment.

Page 57 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 18. Deferred Income Taxes (a) Deferred income taxes are calculated in full on all temporary differences under the liability method and comprise: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Deferred Tax Asset 11,507 14,491 Deferred Tax Liability (6,570) (6,153) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (b) The movement on the deferred income tax assets balance for the year is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net asset at beginning of the year 8,338 7,971 Acquisition of subsidiaries - 89 (Charge) credit to profit and loss (Note 11) (3,528) 878 Exchange difference 127 (600) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment (843) (1,081) Provisions 2,117 7,034 Foreign exchange (losses)/gains (3) (29) Tax losses 3,621 2,600 Other 45 (186) 4,937 8,338 (d) The movement on the net deferred tax asset is attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment 125 (1,178) Provisions 66 (915) Tax losses (3,934) 1,144 Other 342 1,316 (3,401) 367 (e) Deferred income tax liabilities have not been established for withholding tax that would be payable on unremitted profits of subsidiaries as the amounts are permanently reinvested.

Page 58 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances The following transactions were carried out with related parties: (a) Sale of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Sale of goods Other related parties 26 428 Goods are sold based on the price lists in force and terms that would be available to third parties. (b) Purchase of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Purchases of goods Other related parties 10 204 Transactions with other related parties. (c) Key management compensation Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive). The compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services is shown below: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 4,837 4,905 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 373 372 Pension benefits 33 33 Other 106 9 5,349 5,319 Directors’ fees 118 104 (d) Other transactions 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Parent Management fee expense 1,429 970 Other related parties Management fee expense 1,005 1,044 Interest Income (6) (2) Interest paid 50 3 Rental Expense 634 - 3,112 2,015

Page 59 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances (Continued) (e) Year end balances with related parties Balances with the parent company and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand and earn no interest. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Receivable from related parties: Parent 5,346 5,247 Fellow subsidiaries and shareholder 2,720 2,220 8,066 7,467 Payable to related parties: Parent 9,487 9,421 Fellow subsidiaries 4,252 2,887 13,739 12,308 20. Investment in Associates In January 18, 2024, Trinidad Systems Group Limited (“TSGL”), a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), completed the acquisition of 100% of the operations of Trinidad Systems Limited (“TSL”) for a total purchase price of TT$107,208,000.00 (US$15,765,882.35). The acquisition was financed through a combination of 50% cash and 50% debt. PBS participated in the ownership consortium of TSGL, securing a 45% equity stake. As a result, PBS contributed 45% of the cash portion of the purchase price, amounting to TT$24,121,800 (US$3,543,000). The debt portion, representing the remaining 50% of the purchase price, is solely the responsibility of TSGL. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 As at January 4,056 3,543 Share of net profit 718 513 At 31 December 4,774 4,056

Page 60 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 20. Investment in Associates (Continued) The associate’s year-end is 31 December. The summarized unaudited consolidated information for the associate and its subsidiary is presented below. The information disclosed reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of Trinidad Systems Group Limited and not the Group’s share of those amounts. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Statement of financial position: Total Assets 26,790 24,316 Total Liabilities (13,592) (11,254) Net Assets 13,198 13,062 Statement of comprehensive income: Revenues 22,501 22,243 Expenses (21,177) (21,127) Net Profit for the Year 1,324 1,116 21. Inventories 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Finished goods 57,311 47,625 Goods in transit 13,198 12,801 70,509 60,426 Less: Provision for obsolete stock (12,466) (11,842) 58,043 48,584 Cost of inventory recognised as an expense aggregating to $203,222,000 (2024: $232,404,000), were recognised in profit and loss. 22. Trade and Other Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade receivables 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (Note 3) (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Prepaid expenses 5,307 3,985 Current portion of Long-Term Receivable 77 273 Other (Note a) 24,355 13,484 127,296 105,760 a) Includes advances to vendors of $3,359,442 (2024: $852,000) and Sundry Debtors of $3,808,003 (2024: $5,992,202)

Page 61 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 23. Cash and Bank 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The cash and bank balances disclosed for 2025 include restricted cash of $6,644,000 (2024: $6,131,000) The weighted average interest rate at the reporting date for short term bank deposits was 0.70% (2024: 0.70%) per annum. 24. Trade and Other Payables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade payables 58,348 48,628 Interest Payables 378 1,001 Accrued liabilities 15,792 20,860 Other 16,531 15,366 91,049 85,855 The carrying amounts of trade and other payables is a reasonable approximation to their fair values, due to their short-term nature. 25. Lease Liabilities The Group currently has long term lease agreements related to buildings, equipment, and motor vehicles. (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Lease liabilities Current 6,998 6,441 Non-current 17,988 15,465 24,986 21,906 (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest expense (included in finance cost) 1,353 1,580 Expenses relating to short term leases or low value underlying assets (included in selling, general and administrative expenses) 1,178 1,835 2,531 3,415 The total cash outflow for leases in 2025 was $ 9,723,000 (2024: $10,699,000).

Page 62 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 25. Lease Liabilities (Continued) (iii) Incremental borrowing rate For the incremental borrowing rate, the Group: - Where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by bankers as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received, and - Makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security. - The weighted average incremental borrowing rate for the Group in 2024 and 2025 was determined to be 7%. (iv) Lease payments Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. (v) Extension and termination options Extension and termination options are included in a number of leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. As at 31 December 2025, potential future cash outflows of $18,867,000 (2024: $14,702,000) (undiscounted) have not been included in the lease liability because it is not reasonably certain that the leases will be extended (or not terminated). The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee. During the current financial year, the financial effect of revising lease terms to reflect the effect of exercising extension and termination options was nil.

Page 63 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Short term loans – (a) Citibank 12,000 - (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. 2,860 2,274 (c) First Citizens 1,700 1,500 (d) Quedex 1,129 - (e) Davivienda 762 1,088 (f) Banco Popular Dominicano 540 400 (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú 254 - (h) Lafise - 679 19,245 5,941 Current portion of non-current borrowings 14,250 10,633 Total Current Borrowings 33,495 16,574 Non-Current Borrowings – (i) Citibank 135,469 120,926 (j) JCSD Preference Shares 16,701 16,582 (k) Xerox 6,875 9,375 (l) Davivienda 3,060 3,006 (m) National Commercial Bank 1,672 2,190 (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies 1,320 1,232 (o) First Citizens 489 934 (p) BICSA 324 341 (q) Banco de Bogotá 134 62 (r) Banistmo 99 428 (s) ASEPBS 99 - (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies - 72 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 Current portion of non-current borrowings (14,250) (10,633) Total Non-Current Borrowings 151,992 144,515 Total Borrowings 185,487 161,089

Page 64 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) The exposure of the group’s borrowings to interest rate changes and the contractual re-pricing dates at the end of the reporting period are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 0-12 months 33,495 16,574 1-5 years 151,992 144,515 185,487 161,089 The carrying amounts and fair value of the non-current borrowings are as follows: Carrying amount Fair value 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Loans 135,468 123,858 138,367 137,374 Redeemable preference shares 16,701 17,000 17,000 17,000 Other 14,073 14,290 14,073 17,674 166,242 155,148 169,440 172,048 The Group’s undrawn borrowing facilities as of December 2025 is $12,837,000 (2024: $15,000,000).

Page 65 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Short term loans (a) Citibank N.A. This represents three unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of SOFR plus a margin of 3.9% per annum with due dates between March 18 and June 18, 2026. (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. This represents four unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of between 10.20% and 10.99% per annum with due dates between January 20 and March 11, 2026. (c) First Citizens This represents loans which attracts interest of 8% per annum and mature in June 2026. (d) Quedex This represents a loan which attracts interest of 12% per annum and mature in March 2026. (e) Davivienda This represents an unsecured loan to finance working capital bearing interest of 9.30% per annum and maturing March 2026. (f) Banco Popular Dominicano This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on June 30, 2026. (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú This represents a short-term loan which attracts interest of 6.57% per annum and matures on June 19, 2026. (h) Lafise This represented three fiduciary loans to finance working capital, bearing interest between 9.5% and 10% per annum and which matured between January 25 and June 29, 2025. Non-Current Borrowings (i) Citibank This facility was granted in June 2024. The credit agreement was signed by Citibank as Administrative and Collateral Agent, and with Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A., First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners. The facility also grants the group access to incremental loans on which the same terms and conditions as the initial disbursement apply. The group accessed the first tranche of $12,500,000 on December 8, 2025 and the second of $8,000,000 on December 26, 2025. It matures in June 2030 and attracts an interest base rate of 3.4% plus a Term SOFR CME – 6 month rate, which results in an All-in rate of 7% at December 2025. Payments of principal and interests are to be paid in variable installments payments, in a semi-annual basis. Such semi annual amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth. The deferred financing charges offset against the loan amount is $2,588,432.

Page 66 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Guarantor companies are PBS Technology Group Limited, Productive Business Solutions (Central America), S.A., Productive Business Solutions Caribbean Limited, Dorada Management Inc., Productive Business Solutions (Guatemala), S.A., Productive Business Solutions El Salvador, S.A. de C.V., High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions Honduras, S.A. de C.V., Hight Tech Consulting, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions (Nicaragua), S.A., Productive Business Solutions (Costa Rica), S.A., and Productive Business Solutions (Panamá), S.A.. (j) JCSD Preference Shares This represents 17,000,000 Redeemable Cumulative Preference Shares in United States dollars (US$) entitled to a fixed preferential cumulative cash dividend of 8.25% US$ per annum. These preference shares issued in June 2024, mature in June 2028 and are mandatorily redeemable by the Company on this date. The deferred finance charges offset against the loan amounts to $298,790 The Preference Shares may not be redeemed by the Company until after the second anniversary of issue thereof. Thereafter the Voluntary Redemption Payment shall be the aggregate of (i) repayment in US$ of the Redemption Price; (ii) any arrears or accruals of the cumulative preferential dividend on the Preference Shares, whether declared or earned, or not, calculated down to the date of such repayment. (k) Xerox PBS Group acquired Xerox companies in Peru and Ecuador and signed a 4-year unsecured promissory note on July 1, 2024 issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 26, 2024. Principal and interest of 7% per annum are to be paid on a quarterly basis, total of 16 quarterly instalments that ends in June 2028. (l) Davivienda This represents two loans to finance working capital at 9.75% and 15.24% interest rate per annum and are due on May 24, 2027 and December 12, 2028, respectively. (m) NCB - National Commercial Bank This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 11.75% annual, due on October 19, 2028. All of this loan is disclosed as current portion of non-current borrowing given a breach in the corresponding financial covenants of the affiliate that holds the debt. (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies This represents the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of Infotrans subsidiaries in Aruba, Bonaire, Colombia and Curacao, maturing in May 2027. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non-current borrowings. The balance purchase price was set in four equal instalments of six hundred thousand united state dollars, each payable on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of completion of the sale which took place on June 12, 2023. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non- current borrowings. (o) FCIT - First Citizens This represents an unsecured loan facility granted in TT Dollars which attracts interest of 7.5% per annum, maturing on January 11, 2027. (p) BICSA – Banco Internacional de Costa Rica, S.A. This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 9% annual, due on September 15, 2028. (q) Banco de Bogotá This represents two loans which attracts interest of 12.72% and 12.03% per annum and maturing on January 17, 2027, and December 04, 2027.

Page 67 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) (r) Banistmo – Banco del Istmo This represents an unsecured loan which attracts interest of 7.9% per annum and due date is on March 28, 2027. (s) ASEPBS – Asociación Solidarista de Empleados de PBS This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on November 01, 2027. (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies This represented the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of High-Tech subsidiaries in El Salvador and Honduras which matured in July 2025. 27. Share Capital 202 5 202 4

000
000 Authorised - 186,213,000, (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000, (2024 –2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 Issued and fully paid - 186,213,000 (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000 (2024 – 2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 The preference shares are redeemable cumulative preference shares (1,500,000 9.25% perpetual cumulative redeemable USD and 500,000 10.50% perpetual cumulative redeemable Jamaican Dollars Preference Shares) where the declaration of dividends is discretionary. There is no contractual redemption date for these shares and may only be called for the first time at the sole discretion of the issuer, on the last Business Day of the financial year which falls immediately before the 15th anniversary of the issue date of the Preference Shares 28. Other Reserves (deficits) Other reserves primarily represent the currency translation differences resulting from the unrealized gains and losses on the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries that have a different functional currency from that of the Company. Other reserves also include revaluation reserve for the revaluation of assets and actuarial gains. Revaluation Surplus $’000 Actuarial Gains $’000 Currency Translation Differences $’000 Total $’000 Balance as at 1 January 2024 70 2,902 (20,111) (17,139) Actuarial gains - (96) - (96) Movement during 2024 716 - (820) (104) Balance as at 31 December 2024 786 2,806 (20,931) (17,339) Actuarial gains - 54 - 54 Movement during 2025 - - 260 260 Balance as at 31 December 2025 786 2,860 (20,671) (17,025)

Page 68 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 29. Litigation and Contingent Liabilities The Group is subject to various claims, disputes and legal proceedings in the normal course of business. Provision is made for such matters when, in the opinion of management and its professional advisors, it is probable that a payment will be made by the Group, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Claims asserted against the Group, according to the principles outlined above, have not been provided for. Management is of the opinion that the claims are either without merit, can be successfully defended or will result in exposure to the Group which is immaterial to both financial position and results of operations. 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset The movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligation during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 1,553 1,389 Reallocation of pension plan liability 1,045 - Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 Actuarial gains on termination benefits 124 (24) Benefits paid (73) (73) At end of year 3,111 1,553 The movement of the pension plan asset during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 3,674 3,596 Actuarial gains / (losses) 110 (96) Current service cost 122 122 Interest Cost 493 546 Benefits paid (653) (726) Other 6 232 At end of year 3,752 3,674 The amounts recognised in arriving at profit or loss were as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 At end of year 462 261 The distribution of the obligation by country was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Nicaragua 120 115 Panama 338 280 El Salvador 968 810 Honduras 393 348 Ecuador 1,292 - 3,111 1,553

Page 69 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset (Continued) The value of the plan asset was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Barbados 3,034 3,034 Panama 575 557 Honduras 143 83 3,752 3,674 The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is: 202 5 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (500) 485 Inflation rate 1% 52 (47) 202 4 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (432) 465 Inflation rate 1% 31 (27) The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position.

Page 70 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation (Continued) Termination benefits in El Salvador and Nicaragua are established by law and entitle the employee to receive a payment upon termination of employment, regardless of cause. In El Salvador the benefit is founded in the law 592, that is the regulatory law for the economic benefit for voluntary resignation. Employees with more than two years of uninterrupted service for the company shall receive a payment of, at least, the equivalent of 15 days of minimum wage for each year of service. In Nicaragua, the law 185, Labour Code, entitles the employee to the right to receive a payment equivalent to one monthly salary for each year of service, up to the third year, and 20 days of salary for each additional year. Neither of these plans require the employer to establish a fund. The principal actuarial assumptions used in valuing post-employment benefits are as follows: PBS Nicaragua 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 11% 11% Future salary increases 5% 5% Retirement age 60 years 60 years PBS El Salvador 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5% 5% Future salary increases 3.4% 3.4% Retirement age 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively PBS Panama 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5.5% 5.5% Future salary increases 6% 6% Retirement age 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively The principal assumptions used in valuing the pension plan asset for Barbados as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 7.75% 7.75% Future salary increases 3% 3% Retirement age 65 65

Page 71 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Operating Activities Reconciliation of the Group’s net profit to cash generated from operating activities: Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net profit 4,439 7,576 Items not affecting cash: Depreciation 13&14 20,684 17,441 Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 15 3,174 2,884 Share of profit of associate (718) (513) Taxation expense 11 9,912 5,042 Foreign exchange Losses/(Gains) 609 734 Loss / (Gains) on disposal of Property plant and equipment 179 (103) Interest income 7 (1,769) (1,999) Interest expense 10 17,094 18,801 53,604 49,863 Change in non-cash working capital, net of effects from acquisition of subsidiaries: Inventories (14,646) (6,961) Contract assets 1,574 429 Trade and other receivables (21,595) 29 Due from related parties (599) (499) Long term liabilities (407) (906) Long term receivable (180) 218 Lease receivable (6,410) (15) Accounts payable (7,288) 2,183 Contract liabilities (505) (4,243) Retirement benefit obligation 1,480 86 Due to related parties 1,431 1,249 6,459 41,433 Taxation paid (3,733) (8,902) Net cash provided by operating activities 2,726 32,531 Net Debt Reconciliation This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for the year ended 31 December. 2025

000 2024
000 Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Borrowings - repayable within one year (including overdraft) (33,495) (16,915) Borrowings - repayable after one year (151,992) (144,174) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034) Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Gross debt - fixed interest rates (185,487) (161,089) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034)

Page 72 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Financing Activities (Continued) Cash and Bank Lease liability Borrowing due within 1 year Borrowing due after 1 year Total 000 $’000 000 000 000 Net debt as at 31 December 2023 31,991 (19,197) (50,306) (96,936) (134,448) Addition 8,735 (13,552) (4,041) (143,000) (151,858) Repayments (10,760) 10,699 46,254 95,418 141,611 Foreign exchange adjustments (5) 144 9 830 978 Other non-cash movements - - (8,490) (827) (9,317) Net debt as at 31 December 2024, 29,961 (21,906) (16,574) (144,515) (153,034) Addition - (4,676) (17,271) (24,523) (46,470) Repayments (8,366) 7,630 12,646 473 12,383 Foreign exchange adjustments (21) 21 18 170 188 Other non-cash movements - (6,055) (12,314) 16,403 (1,966) Net debt as at 31 December 2025 21,574 (24,986) (33,495) (151,992) (188,899) .

Page 73 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 32. Pledged as Security The net assets of some subsidiaries of the group have been pledged as security for borrowings. The value of these pledged assets at the year end totalled $177,643,000 (2024: $159,054,000). 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities The Group classifies rights and obligations in its relationship with customers whenever either party performs any of its contractual obligations. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress for which the Group has provided the services. The contract assets become a receivable when the entity’s right to consideration is unconditional, and the revenue has been billed. The contract assets are classified as current assets as the associated contract is expected to be completed in less than 12 months. The contract assets relate to equipment contracts. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract assets 28 1,602 The contract liabilities refer to advances received from customers under the promise to deliver equipment. Total contract liabilities at the end of the year are reflected in the table below. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract liabilities on equipment contracts 10,717 8,139 on service contracts 4,384 7,463 Total contract liabilities 15,101 15,602

Page 74 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities (Continued) (i) Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to carried- forward contract liabilities and how much relates to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period on equipment contracts 3,391 4,781 on service contracts 2,534 1,252 5,925 6,033 (ii) Unsatisfied contracts at the end of the period The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations resulting from fixed-price contracts: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 84,215 63,651 84,215 63,651

Page 75 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 34 . Investments In October 2022 the Group acquired 17% of the shares of Arel Limited, which resulted in an investment of $242,000 (equivalent to $246,000 at prior year’s rate). Arel Limited is a private company established in 1967 and domiciled in 2 Piccadilly Road, Kingston 5, St. Andrew, Jamaica. The company is focused on providing engineering services and equipment such as air conditioning, medical and elevators. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair value of the unquoted equity investment are disclosed in the table below. The Group divested its entire holding in this investment during 2025. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 and 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Total 2025 $’000 Total 2024 $’000 Unquoted equity - 243

Page 76 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries Acquisition of Regional Business Systems Limited On 1 May 2025, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Regional Business Systems Limited. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. (i) Identifiable assets acquired – Regional Business Systems Limited 2025 $’000 Property and equipment 331 Tax Recoverable 12 Inventories 175 Trade and other payables (231) Other Current Liabilities (32) Bank Overdraft (197) Net identifiable assets acquired 58 Consideration 395 Less net identifiable assets acquired (58) Goodwill 337 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2025 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 395 Less: Cash balance (overdraft) acquired (197) Net outflow of cash 592

Page 77 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued)z Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Peru. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired - Peru 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 1,638 Trade and other receivables 1,722 Cash and cash equivalents 1,254 Deferred tax asset 594 Inventories 1,353 Intangible assets 2,200 Other Assets 277 Trade and other payables (2,214) Other Current Liabilities (59) Deferred Tax Liabilities (763) Net identifiable assets acquired 6,002 Consideration 11,966 Less net identifiable assets acquired (6,002) Goodwill 5,964 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 4,231 Less: Cash balance acquired 1,254 Net outflow of cash 2,977

Page 78 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador (iii) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 4,231 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 7,735 Total purchase consideration 11,966 (iv) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1. Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2. Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Ecuador. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired: 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 603 Right of Use Asset 109 Trade and other receivables 1,646 Cash and cash equivalents 2,909 Deferred tax asset 471 Inventories 527 Intangible assets 681 Taxation Recoverable 812 Trade and other payables (2,826) Tax Payable (5) Short term loans (112) Deferred Tax Liabilities (175) Net identifiable assets acquired 4,640 Consideration 3,490 Less net identifiable assets acquired (4,640) Negative Goodwill (1,150)

Page 79 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 1,225 Less: Cash balance acquired 2,909 Net inflow of cash (1,684) (iii) Acquisition-related costs In 2024 the Group incurred a combined (Peru and Ecuador) acquisition-related costs of $98,000 which were fully expensed. These costs have been included in professional fees expenses for the current period. (iv) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 1,225 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 2,265 Total purchase consideration 3,490 (v) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1.Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2.Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. 36. Distributions 2025 During 2025 the Group made the following distribution to ordinary shareholders On February 10, 2025, the group paid a cash dividend of $6,499,000 (3.49 cents per share) On December 31, 2025, the group paid a cash divided of $2,999,000 (1.61 cents per share) During 2025 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On January 22, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On April 15, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On June 30, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD428,000 (21.38 cents per share) On September 20, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD427,000 (21.38 cents per share)

Page 80 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 36. Distributions (Continued) 2024 During 2024 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On April 02, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On July 04, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On September 30, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) 37. Pillar II The Group is a part of a Multinational Entity (MNE) with revenues above €750 million. As such, it is within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules. Pillar Two legislation has not been enacted in Jamaica, the jurisdiction in which the MNE is incorporated. The Group has subsidiaries in the following countries with tax rate below 15%: Barbados, British Vergin Islands (BVI), Cayman Islands and St. Lucia. Under the legislation, the Group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) effective tax rate for each jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. The Group’s effective tax rates exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which it operates, with a few exceptions. For these exceptions, although the average effective tax rate may be below 15%, the Group’s exposure to paying Pillar Two income taxes might not be for the full difference in tax rates in relation to these entities. Additionally, not all entities jurisdictions have legislative frameworks to accommodate the Pillar Two top up tax. The Group is in the process of assessing its exposure to the Pillar Two legislation and will implement once adopted by the MNE in the jurisdiction of incorporation. 38. Subsequent Events 1. On January 14, 2026, the Boad of Directors declared a dividend payment of 1.88 cents per ordinary share. The record date is January 28, 2026, and payable February 25, 2026. 2. On February 27, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of March 16, 2026, and payable on April 1, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share. 3. On May 22, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of May 28, 2026, and payable on July 2, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share.

PROXY FORM

Productive Business Solutions Limited Company No. 34076 ("the Company") The undersigned shareholder of the Company hereby appoints of or failing him of Dated this day of , 2026 Name in Print: as the nominee of the undersigned to attend and act for the undersigned and on behalf of the undersigned at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on the September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am Jamaica time and at any adjournment or adjournments thereof in the same manner, to the same extent and with the same powers as if the undersigned was present at the said meeting or such adjournment or adjournments there of. Pursuant to Amended and Restated By-Law No. 2 of the Company

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Syndicated from Jamaica Stock Exchange · originally published .

Other coverage

Around Kingston

· powered by OFMOP
000
Skip to main content
Abeng Radio·Live news
0 listening
Jamaica Stock Exchange

Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

Kingston
Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS is a solutions-oriented, customer-focused technology group that combines a wide range of services, top-tier professionals, and cutting-edge products to offer customized systems and tools for organizations in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. Under the concept of “Engineering & Technology,” PBS operates through a model in which they work together to transform ideas into functional, scalable, and strategic solutions. Engineering acts as the core capability for designing, integrating, and executing complex systems with a long-term vision, while technology serves as the enabler that accelerates results and turns innovation into real impact. This approach reinforces PBS as a reliable partner in solutions integration, focused on helping clients improve the efficiency of their business processes while delivering measurable and sustainable results. “No Limits” defines how PBS thinks and operates: without technical, geographical, or industry boundaries. It reflects a commitment to flexibility, continuous innovation, and the ability to anticipate and solve challenges through tailored solutions that drive efficiency and growth across diverse markets and industries. 03

We are committed to our customers. We work with exceptional people. PBS Costa Rica Building, Plaza Roble, Los Balcones, 3rd Floor 05

We represent world leaders in the technology industry to provide the best solutions and services in our market. 06

Table of Contents Notice of an Annual General Meeting 08 Director’s Report 09 Corporate Information 10 Our Values 11 Acquisitions and Incorporations 13 Our Coverage 14 PBS Business Lines 15 Shareholders Profile 17 Shareholding of Directors 23 Chairman Message 24 CEO Letter 26 Group Board of Directors 32 Board Committees 37 Senior Regional Leadership Team 44 Regional Leadership Team 45 Senior in Country Leadership 47 Consolidated Financial Statements 49 PROXY FORM 51 Corporate Governance Policy 141 07

Notice of an Annual General Meeting NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the NINTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of PRODUCTIVE BUSINESS SOLUTIONS LIMITED will be held at their offices at General Accident Insurance Company Jamaica Limited, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, St. Andrew, Jamaica as well as virtually, on September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am to consider and if thought fit pass the following ordinary resolutions: A member of the Company entitled to attend and vote, is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote in his or her stead. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. Proxy forms must be submitted to the Company's Registrar and Transfer Agent, Jamaica Central Securities Depository, 40 Harbour Street, Kingston, Jamaica not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting. Proxy forms must be stamped with a J$100.00 postage stamp. Shareholders will be able to attend the meeting in person; however they will also be able to attend and vote on resolutions raised at the AGM electronically once they are registered by contacting [email protected]. Non-Shareholders can also register using the same email address. Upon registration, a confirmation will be sent and the meeting link and password will be shared closer to the meeting. The deadline for registration is September 2, 2026. P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board a. “THAT Deloitte & Touche having indicated their willingness to continue in office be re-appointed as Auditors for the ensuing year.” b. “THAT the Directors are hereby authorized to agree on a remuneration for the Auditors.” 6. RATTIFICATION OF DIVIDEND PAYMENTS “THAT the following dividend payments made during the year be ratified and that no other dividend payments were approved for the period under review”: “THAT dividend payments made to the: 9.25% and 10.50% preference shareholders on April 15, 2025, June 30, 2025, and September 30, 2025 of US$0.23125 per share and J$25.890411 per share respectively Common shareholders on February 10, 2025 and December 31, 2025 of US$0.0349 and US$0.0161 per share respectively TO TRANSACT ANY OTHER BUSINESS THAT MAY BE PROPERLY TRANSACTED AT AN ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING Dated this 4th day of August, 2026 BY ORDER OF THE BOARD 1. AUDITED ACCOUNTS “THAT the audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025, and the reports of the Directors’ and Auditors’ be and are hereby adopted.” 2. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS Pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 the Directors retiring from office by rotation are Jose Misrahi, Ricardo Hutchinson and Thomas Agnew, who being eligible offered themselves for re-election. The proposed resolutions are as follows: a. “THAT Jose Misrahi be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” b. “THAT Ricardo Hutchinson be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” c. “THAT Thomas Agnew be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” 3. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTOR Pursuant to Section 4.3.2 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 Mr. Eduardo Rodriguez who was appointed by the Board of Directors on June 8, 2026 resigned and being eligible offered himself for re-election. “THAT Eduardo Rodriguez be re-elected as a Director of the Company” 4. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION “THAT the amount shown for the Directors’ remuneration in the Audited Accounts dated December 31, 2025 be and is hereby approved.” 5. APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS AND FIX THEIR REMUNERAION 08

Submitted on behalf of the Board of Directors, P. B. Scott Chai rman of the Board The Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited submit herewith their Annual Report and Audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025 The Board of Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited exercises its responsibilities for the Financial Statements included in this Report through its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee consists of non-executive Board members: Brian Wynter Chairperson, Melanie Subratie, Ricardo Hutchinson, Thomas Agnew, and Executive Board member: Jose Misrahi. The independent auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee. The Group ended the year with a profit after tax of US$4,439,000 and a net profit attributable to shareholders of US$4,287,000. Details of these results, along with a comparison with the previous year’s performance and the state of affairs of the Company, are set out in the Management Discussion and Analysis and the Financial Statements which are included as part of the Report. The Directors wish to express their appreciation to the employees for their loyal services throughout the year. The Directors will meet to consider the appointment of Auditors in accordance with applicable regulations. Finan ci al R e sults A u di t or s Legal Representatives Emp l oyee s Director’s Report 09

Full Corporate Name Productive Business Solutions Limited R egis t ered Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust r ial Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Incorpor at ed December 1 6, 2010 Fiscal Year End December 31 , 2023 Administr ati ve Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust ri al Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Law under which incorpor at ed Barbados Compan y Sec reta ry Liza Ha rr id y al & Associates Tel.: 246-417-5600 Fax.: 246-421-8001 Legal Representatives DUNNCOX 48 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLINTON & HART & CO 58 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLARKE, GITTENS, FARMER Parker House, Wildey Business Park Wildey Road, St. Michael, Barbados M. HAMEL-SMITH & CO. Eleven Albion, Cor. Dere & Albion Streets P.O. Box 219, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad & Tobago W.I. Corporate Information PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS SRL The Financial Services Centre Bishop's Court's Hill P.O. Box 111, St. Michael BB 14004, Barbados Auditors Deloitte & Touche 3rd Floor The Goddard Building Hoggatt Hall St. Michae BB11059 Barbados, W.I. 10

Corporate Governance Policy 11

Corporate Governance Policy OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHARTER WAS ESTABLISHED IN 2010 AND REVISED IN 2025. THE CHARTER CAN BE SEEN IN MORE DETAIL ON THE COMPANY'S WEBSITE WWW.PBS.GROUP 12

Our Values We collaborate in everything we do. We maintain excellent communication with our customers to always understand their needs. The primary factor that enables us to make things happen. We demonstrate these qualities daily to enhance our working environment. We guarantee justice and fairness to all stakeholders, both internal and external. We uphold our business integrity as an ethical framework that guides our professional conduct, acting with integrity to earn the trust of our customers and employees. INTEGRITY TEAMWORK COMMUNICATION DISCIPLINE HUMILITY & SPIRIT OF SERVICE RESPECT FOR INDIVIDUALS 13

Acquisitions and Incorporations 200320******2009 201020******2002 200420******2010 201720******2024 14

191151******2034 151412******2223 Our Coverage Our regional group is made up of: 1. PBS Antigua, 2. PBS Aruba, 3. PBS Barbados, 4. PBS Belize, 5. PBS Cayman Business Machines, 6. PBS Colombia, 7. PBS Costa Rica, 8. PBS Curaçao, 9. PBS Dominican Republic, 10. PBS El Salvador, 11. Global Product Alliance Inc., 12. PBS Guatemala, 13. PBS Guyana, 14. PBS Honduras, 15. PBS San Pedro Sula, 16. PBS Jamaica, 17. PBS Nicaragua, 18. PBS Panama, 19. PBS Suriname, 20. PBS Trinidad & Tobago, 21. PBS Bonaire, 22. PBS Ecuador, 23. PBS Peru, and 24. PBS Dominica. 15

5 6 7 4 3 2 1 PBS Cayman Business Machines PBS Colombia PBS Costa Rica PBS Belize PBS Barbados PBS Aruba Pbs Dorada Technologies Antigua The Cayman Center Suite 1&2 Dorcy Drive, George Town Tel: 1-345-949-8642 [email protected] Centro empresarial El Dorado Plaza Calle 26 No. 85D Local - Modulo 7 Bogotá, Colombia Tel: 57 601 743 3281 [email protected] Plaza Roble, Edificio Balcones, piso 3. San Rafael de Escazú, San José Costa Rica. Tel: 506 4404 8000 Tel: 506 4404 8132 [email protected] 13 Douglas Jones Street Belize City, Belize C.A. Tel: 501 227-0823 / 0824 Facey House 42 Warrens Industrial Park Warrens, St Michael, Barbados Tel: 246 417 5600 Fax: 246 4218001 [email protected] Caya G.F. Betico Croes 170 Oranjestad, Aruba Tel: 297 582 5492 [email protected] Mandolin Place, Friars Hill Road, St. John's, Antigua Tel: (268) 481 1101 Fax: (268) 481 1144 8 PBS Curaçao Schottegatweg Oost 2 Willemstad, Curaçao Tel: +599 97241300 [email protected] 9 PBS Dominican Republic Av. Winston Churchill, Edificio Empresarial Blue Mall, Piso 22 Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic Tel: +809 567 8231 Fax: +809 472 0915 [email protected] 13 14 12 11 10 PBS Guyana PBS Honduras PBS Guatemala Global Product Alliance Inc. GPA PBS El Salvador Lot 2 Goedverwagting, Rupert Craig Highway, East Coast Demerara Tel: (592) 226 1066 [email protected] Tegucigalpa, Boulevard Morazán, edificio Agalta, piso 21 Tel: +504 2244 9870 al 79 [email protected] 23 Avenida 31-13, Zona 5 Ciudad de Guatemala, Guatemala Tel: 502 2420 9500 Whatsapp +502 5456 6479 [email protected] GPA 11411 NW 107th Street, Suite 24, Miami FL 33178 USA. Tel. 1(305) 477 2426 [email protected] Oficinas administrativas: Av. De La Revolución, San Salvador, Torre Plaza Presidente, piso #16. Tel: +503 2239 3000 cel.: +503 7039-9308 [email protected] 15 16 PBS San Pedro Sula PBS Jamaica San Pedro Sula, Barrio Los Andes, 16 Ave. 6 y 7 calle N.O. Edificio Metropark, Piso # 8, Local 804 Tel: +504 2512 2500 al 09 [email protected] Unit 1, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, Jamaica Tel: 876 926 5630-2 Fax: 876 929 5372 SD: 876-968-6197-9 [email protected] 18 17 PBS Panama PBS Nicaragua Calle 50 y 58 Este Obarrio, P.H. Office One, Piso 16 Panamá City, Panamá Tel: + 507 204 9900 Fax: +507 204 9902 [email protected] Rotonda el Güegüense. 400 mts al Sur, 100 mts al Oeste. Managua, Nicaragua Tel: 505 2255 9020 Fax: 505 2255 9030 [email protected] 20 19 21 PBS Trinidad and Tobago PBS Suriname PBS Bonaire Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 / (868) 609 7278 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 [email protected] Van Roosmalenstraat 11 Tel: (597) 551262 [email protected] Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 22 PBS Ecuador Av. Amazonas N35-17 y Juan Pablo Sanz Edificio Xerox Piso 7 Tel: (593) 993337829 [email protected] 23 24 PBS Perú N2N Distributors - Dominica Av las Begonias 441 torre C piso 10, San Isidro - Lima) Tel: (51) 1 616 6666 [email protected] N2N Distributors 33Kennedy Avenue Roseau, Dominica. Tel: (767) 448-2679 25 26 PBS St. Kitts BVI (British Virgin Islands) Unit 9, The Sands, P.O. Box 397 Bay Road, Basseterre St. Kitts. Tel: (869) 466-2018 Jayla Place, Road Town Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Tel: (284) 494-5030 Corporate Information 16

PBS 7 Business Lines IMAGING NETWORKING COMMUNICATIONS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ADVANCED SERVICES INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY SYSTEMS PAYMENT METHODS 17

Vertical Markets GRAPHIC ARTS FINANCE GOVERNMENT & EDUCATION MANUFACTURING, RETAIL & DISTRIBUTION OIL, ENERGY & MINING TELCOS BPO TRANSPORTATION & HOSPITALITY 18

AVAILABLE AT PBS Xerox ® Proficio ® PX300 NEW! A winning formula from the ground up. 19 New generation of production print. Xerox® Proficio® PX300 Printer

Our Partners & Certifications We are transforming as a company to assist in enabling information technologies to empower our clients to gain a competitive edge and accomplish their business objectives. 20

Mimaki's latest integrated printer / cutter offers new levels of creativity and versatility with vibrant ink types, including the new Silver, Orange and Light Black. The CJV300 Series achieves the highest print speeds in its class, with innovative technologies ensuring unparalleled production quality for signboard artists, graphic professionals and printers. Integrated printing and cutting, high speed CJV300-160 21

Oracle Exadata The High-Performance Data Engine Delivering ultra-fast performance, scalability, and reliability for mission-critical enterprise workloads 22

10 Largest Shareholders by Number of Shares 100908******0302 01 612,721 General Accident Insurance Co 663,473 Courtney Sylvester 1,087,308 Jose Misrahi 1,632,140 Portland Fund II Co-invest Partnership 3,230,166 NCB Capital Markets (Cayman) Ltd 5,485,214 Pedro M. Paris 6,330,663 Portland Caribbean Fund II Barbados L.P. 34,264,960 Portland Caribbean Fund II L.P. 45,164,017 Musson (Jamaica) Limited 84,181,818 Facey Group Limited Shareholders Profile 23

Shareholding of Executives P. B. Scott - 129,958,556 Blondell Walker - 45,164,017 Douglas Hewson - 42,227,763 Edward Ince - - Jose Misrahi 1,087,308 - Melanie M. Subratie - 129,958,556 Patrick A.W. Scott - 45,164,017 Pedro M. París 5,485,214 - Ricardo Hutchinson - 42,227,763 Tomas Agnew - - Brian Wynter - - Nicholas Scott - 45,164,017 PERSONAL CONNECTED Marco Antonio Almendárez Cisneros 363,600 Leonardo Jesus Velasquez Foucault 163,171 Elvin Howard Nash 142,700 Sergio Roberto Molina Barrios 127,200 Mario Estuardo Pons Espana 90,900 Francisco Lupiac Rodríguez 87,639 Lucia Vielman Ruíz 49,972 Shareholding of Directors 24

P. B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board 25

Dear Fellow Shareholders, 2025 has been a year that has tested our resolve and, in doing so, has demonstrated the depth of the organization we have built. Against a backdrop of macroeconomic headwinds, tightening capital markets, and an accelerating pace of technological change, PBS has continued to advance. While our financial results reflect the complexity of the environment in which we operate, they also reflect a business that is maturing, adapting, and positioning itself with intention for the years ahead. Revenue for 2025 came in at US$374.9 million against a budget of US$425 million. We do not normally discuss publicly our budgets but in this case I believe it is important to contextualize our own expectation. This shortfall, while meaningful, must be understood in its proper context. Several large government technology projects across our region experienced procurement delays beyond our control, and currency volatility in certain markets impacted reported figures. Despite this, we achieved EBITDA of US$55.2 million an increase on the $50.9m of 2024 but below our budget of US$59m. Our gross margin improved to 34%, up from budget, demonstrating that the discipline we have applied to our cost of sales is taking hold. Our net profit for the year was US$4.3 million. This is not satisfactory and materially different from our own expectations of US$13.6m. The biggest driver of this differential being our tax charge of US$9.9m an effective tax rate of 69%! This is an area management is actively addressing through improved tax planning across our 24-country footprint and we hope to implement structural improvements in 2026. There are four elements that are the key ingredients to PBS’s success today: our people, our capital structure, our systems, our partners - the same foundational pillars I have returned to in prior years, because they remain the determinants of our long-term success. People PBS is, at its core, a people business. Every solution we deliver, every client relationship we maintain, every market we penetrate — all of it flows from the capability of our 3,000-plus professionals across the region. In 2024 we spoke of the urgent need to develop a methodology that makes us a magnet for talent. In 2025 we made meaningful progress. The PBS University platform is still a work in progress. We have to get this right. We have to focus on it to get it right. It has expanded its Chairman message 26

curriculum, and we have introduced structured certification pathways aligned to our key technology partnerships. This is not simply a human resources initiative. It is a strategic imperative. As we grow, the complexity of what we are asked to execute grows with it. We must ensure that our organization scales in quality, not merely in headcount. We expect the organization will revolve over time and we are actively taking steps to plan for the future. Retention remains a challenge in certain markets where the demand for skilled IT professionals continues to outpace supply. We are combating this through a combination of compensation benchmarking, career development investment, and a deliberate effort to build a culture of belonging. Our ability to attract people who share our values — integrity, execution, and client focus — will define the next chapter of PBS as surely as any product or partnership we could announce. Capital When we speak of capital at PBS, we are speaking about something far more nuanced than a balance sheet line. Ours is a business in which the cash cycle for a given solution can range from immediate payment to a five-year financing arrangement. The timing of projects often need to be aligned with availability of capital. In addition the funding of projects often leads to funded debt being incurred before cashflows are delivered thus covenants need to be managed. We operate across multiple currencies, with varying regulatory environments governing the movement of funds across borders. Managing this complexity is one of the most demanding aspects of what we do. Ensuring the ongoing funding of our business is like the provision of oxygen to the pilots of a plane in the air, it is an essential ingredient in getting to the destination. In 2024, I was pleased to report the refinancing of our capital market obligations with a new six-year facility. In 2025, the discipline instilled through that process has served us well. Our balance sheet remains fundamentally sound, and our committed growth capital provides the runway we need to pursue the opportunities that are emerging across the region. The integration of the Xerox operations in Peru and Ecuador, undertaken in 2024, has progressed as planned and is contributing to our expanded footprint. Our strategic investment in TSL continues to develop, and we are monitoring additional acquisition opportunities with the same rigour we apply to our organic growth. Systems 27

I would be remiss not to address again the importance of our internal systems and governance. In 2023, we experienced material misstatements in our Costa Rica subsidiary that delayed our audit. I reported then that we had implemented significant changes to personnel and governance. I am pleased to report that the integrity of our financial reporting across the group has been maintained in 2025 and that the controls we put in place are functioning as intended. We will strive to continue to improve our systems to ensure accuracy as well as expediency in reporting. However expediency must never compromise accuracy. We continue to invest in the technology infrastructure that supports our operations. Shared service functions in accounting and administration are becoming more sophisticated. The balance between local responsiveness and central efficiency is a tension that every multi-jurisdictional business must manage continuously, and we are no different. What I can say with confidence is that our systems today are materially stronger than they were three years ago, and our commitment to making them stronger still remains absolute. Partners Without people, capital and systems, PBS would not be able to do anything. However without partnerships with the leading IT companies in the world we would not be able to add the value we do to our customers. PBS works with almost every global leader in IT. We take this privilege very seriously. Every day we work with our partners to execute projects in our markets that are essential to the economic development of our countries. It is our job to facilitate the seamless execution of such projects in Imaging, Information technology, networking communications, professional services, security systems and payment methods servicing the backbone to our economies. Throughout this annual report you will see reference to our partners who over the last 24 years we have built up credibility and trust. We exist to provide seamless execution for them in order to deliver customer satisfaction through productive solutions to our customers. I would like to thank all of our partners for their support in 2025 and we look forward to working together in 2026. Looking Forward As we look to 2026 and beyond, the opportunity before PBS has never been greater. The markets we serve — across the Caribbean, Central America, and now into South America — are at an inflection point in their technology adoption curves. Governments are investing in digital public infrastructure. Enterprises are accelerating their 28

managed services requirements. Artificial Intelligence (AI) is going to transform everything. Every business will need to assess how AI will work for them in their business. The demand for the kind of deep, locally-grounded IT expertise that PBS has spent 24 years building is real, and it is growing. Our task is to ensure that we are the organization capable of capturing it. We will continue to scale responsibly, to deepen our client partnerships, and to invest with discipline in the capabilities that matter. We are not simply a distribution business that sells technology. We are a solutions organization that transforms how our clients operate. That distinction is the foundation of everything we have built, and it is the source of our confidence in what lies ahead. On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Doug Hewson who resigned from the board in 2025. He has been on the board since we went public and has been an important contributor to the board. We wish him the best and are grateful for his contributions to PBS. I extend our sincere appreciation to every member of the PBS team. The results of 2025 - both the achievements and the shortfalls - are yours. So too is the opportunity that 2026 represents. I thank our shareholders for their continued confidence in the strategy and the leadership of this organization. We are building something of genuine and lasting significance, and we remain committed to doing so with the integrity and intensity that has always defined PBS. Warm regards, P.B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board Productive Business Solutions Limited 29

The Xerox VersaLink B405 is a reliable monochrome multifunction printer designed for small and medium-sized workgroups. It delivers print, copy, scan, fax, and email capabilities in a compact and efficient device. With print speeds of up to 45 pages per minute, support for A4 paper size, and a recommended monthly volume of up to 15,000 pages, the VersaLink B405 helps businesses improve productivity while maintaining professional-quality output and secure document management. Multifunctional Xerox ® VersaLink ® B405 30

31 PEDRO M. PARÍS Group CEO

CEO Letter Dear Fellow Shareholders, Our Chairman has spoken to the financial results of 2025 with characteristic candor. What I want to address here is what those results represent strategically and what we are building toward. We are at a rare inflection point: artificial intelligence, cloud infrastructure, and the obsolescence of legacy systems are reshaping every market we serve. Disruption creates pressure, but it also creates demand and PBS is well positioned to capture it. We Do Not Sell Technology. We Engineer Outcomes. This moment also marks a meaningful evolution in how we define ourselves. We have embraced a new identity: Engineering & Technology No Limits. It is not a marketing exercise. It is a declaration of intent the standard we set for ourselves in the complexity of the problems we take on, the quality of the solutions we deliver, and the boundaries we refuse to accept. What differentiates PBS is not the products we represent it is how we think. We are a systems integrator that excels at building backwards from the client's desired outcome, assembling the precise combination of capabilities each engagement demands. Our active role in project finance further sets us apart, enabling us to structure and deliver solutions that go well beyond the scope of a traditional technology provider. We renew our most enduring client relationships not through inertia, but by consistently delighting them transforming contracts into long-term franchises. And we are now applying that same ingenuity inward: automation and AI agents are actively reducing our own operational costs, improving margins as we scale. Most Important Partners of the PBS Ecosystem Our partner ecosystem is one of our most powerful assets. PBS works alongside Oracle, Cisco, NCR Atleos, NCR Voyix, Xerox, Leidos, and others as their trusted regional execution partner relationships built over decades that are not easily replicated. In 2026 we are going deeper: a unified PBS Consulting under a dedicated regional director sharpens our Oracle go-to-market; Cisco anchors our networking and security practice; NCR Atleos and NCR Voyix lead our financial self-service presence; and Leidos strengthens our positioning in mission-critical solutions. Xerox remains one of our most enduring partnerships. Our CMPS penetration rate of 32

79.3% across PBS Group is a tangible proof point of that trust. As Xerox expands into digital services and IT solutions and as we work to incorporate the strategic developments following the Lexmark acquisition we see clear opportunity ahead. These are not simply vendor relationships. They are proof points of our standing in the global technology community. Artificial Intelligence: From Pilot to Practice PBS has entered the world of agentic AI not as a concept we are studying, but as a capability we are deploying. In late 2025, we led a proof of concept with a major regional bank that combined advanced data warehouse migration engineering from Microsoft SQL Server to Oracle with artificial intelligence. The engagement demonstrated PBS's unique ability to bridge deep infrastructure expertise with emerging AI capabilities: an outcome neither a pure vendor nor a traditional integrator could achieve alone. This is where PBS is building its next frontier. Governments modernizing public infrastructure, financial institutions transforming core systems, enterprises navigating digital change all face environments of growing complexity. AI-powered solutions that address mission-critical use cases, reduce operational risk, and close gaps left by legacy obsolescence represent a genuine and growing opportunity. We are building those competencies today. THE ORGANIZATION WE ARE BUILDING In 2026, PBS has strengthened its senior leadership with targeted additions designed to deepen expertise and expand regional capacity. Our culture of collaboration sharing talent, resources, and best practices across 24 markets compounds as a competitive advantage. Central to this model is a pool of high-caliber specialists: forward deployed engineers, solution architects, and domain experts deployed with precision across geographies. A solution proven in Honduras can be deployed in Jamaica. A capability built in Peru can serve Colombia. This is something our local competitors cannot match in scale, and our global competitors cannot match in regional depth. Turnaround and the Opportunity Ahead Our 24-market footprint is both a risk management discipline and a growth engine. We are entering new markets to consolidate our regional position and reduce concentration risk. Simultaneously, we are focused on unlocking value within our 33

current footprint: our operations in Panama, Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru markets where our presence was built on imaging and where we are now accelerating into higher-value technology services represent meaningful turnaround opportunities. The adjustments now underway will, we believe, generate contributions that meaningfully enhance shareholder value. We view them as investments in progress, and we are confident in the path forward. What Lies Ahead The demand for what PBS does deep, locally grounded, end-to-end technology execution has never been greater. We have been building toward this moment for more than two decades. Our partnerships, our people, and our culture have been assembled with exactly this horizon in mind. The work ahead is significant. The opportunity is larger still. To our shareholders: we remain committed to rewarding your confidence with discipline, integrity, and the intensity that has always defined this organization. Warm regards, PEDRO M. PARÍS C. Group CEO Productive Business Solutions Limited 34

P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board Pedro M. París Director, Group CEO P.B. Scott is the CEO, Chairman and Principal Shareholder of the Musson Group. Over the last two decades, P.B. Scott has conceptualised and led the expansion of the Musson Group from a Jamaican consumer wholesale distribution business to a diversified group operating in 30 countries. The Group is a leader across the Caribbean in food, pharmaceuticals, information technology, and insurance. The Musson Group includes leading businesses such as The PBS Group, Seprod Limited, General Accident Insurance, and A.S. Brydens & Sons. He has served as CEO of Musson since 2004. Today the Musson Group has a turnover in excess of US$1.6 billion annually and over 7,000 employees. In addition to his private sector contributions, P.B. Scott has committed a significant amount of time to public service. He is the chairman of the Development Bank of Jamaica and has led multiple enterprise teams to divest government assets. In 2023, he was awarded 'the Order of Jamaica for his exceptional contribution to the Business Industry, Investment, and Philanthropy in Jamaica and the Caribbean. Mr. Pedro M. París has been with PBS since 2003, He has held several management positions, in 2006 he was named COO for Central America. Mr. París was appointed Group CEO at the end of 2009. He is responsible for the vision, strategy and execution of the day-to-day operations. He is also a member of the Management Governance and Executive Committees. Mr. París worked 18 years for IBM-GBM (an IBM alliance), where he held several senior management positions across the business. Mr. París studied Business Administration at the Universidad Autónoma Centro America, Costa Rica. Group Board of Directors 37

Mr. Hutchinson currently works with Portland Private Equity (“PPE”) as Vice President – Investments, with responsibility for leading investment transactions throughout the region. He has more than 13 years of experience in the regional finance industry working with several top financial institutions. Prior to joining PPE, Ricardo held the role of Associate Director – Investment Banking with a leading regional commercial bank. He holds a Master of Science degree in Economics from the University of the West Indies and is a CFA Charter holder. *Ricardo Hutchinson Non-Executive Director Group Board of Directors *Independent Director Mr. Agnew is an entrepreneur specializing in building content marketing, marketing technology and information services businesses. He founded Brafton Inc. and a group of subsidiary companies that are North America and Australia’s leading content marketing entities. Brafton Inc. has been listed among the 5,000 fastest growing private companies four years in row. He co-founded DeHavilland Information Services and Axonn Ltd in the UK. Originally from the UK, he moved to the U.S.A. in 2008. Mr. Agnew holds a degree in Politics from the University of Newcastle, UK. *Thomas Agnew Non-Executive Director 38

Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Group Board of Directors José Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director *Independent Director Mrs. Blondell Walker has been part of the Musson Group of Companies for over 20 years and is currently the ICT Director, a position she has held since 2000. She is also on the Board for T. Geddes Grant (Distributors) Limited and Musson Jamaica Limited. She was instrumental in the implementation of the Enterprise Resource Program (ERP  application across the Musson Group of Companies. Mrs. Walker studied Accounting and Systems Analysis at the University of the West Indies, Institute of Management and the Heriot Watt University of Edinburgh, Scotland. She is the Chairman for the Western United Basic School. Blondell Walker Non-Executive Director 39

Mr Ince is a Senior Partner/Co-Founder of Frontlight Ventures, a regional investment and consulting firm. He was Co-Founder and Managing Director of Prism Services, a regional payments and operations outsourcing company. He is a Non-Executive Republic Bank Ltd, Cave Shepherd, Foster & Ince Cruise Services and the Barbados Sugar Industry Ltd. He is a graduate of York University, Canada and is a National Barbados Aubrey Collymore Scholarship recipient for sciences. Group Board of Directors *Edward Ince Non-Executive Director *Independent Director Mrs. Melanie Subratie is Chairman and CEO of Stanley Motta Ltd., Vice-Chairman of Musson (Ja) Ltd. and Director of all its subsidiaries, Vice-Chairman of General Accident Insurance Company Ltd., Eppley Ltd, and T Geddes Grant Ltd. Chairman of E-Pins Ltd. and sits on the executive of Seprod group of Companies and all its subsidiary boards. Chairman of Seprod Foundation, Musson Foundation, Chairperson of Jamaica Girls Coding and Chairman of Jamaica RISE Life Management and other CSR organizations. She is also Fourth Vice-President of the Jamaica Chamber of Commerce, and is the current Chair of the Legislation, Regulation and Improvement Committee. She is a honors graduate of London School of Economics. Melanie Subratie Non-Executive Director 40

Group Board of Directors Patrick A. W. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Patrick A. W. Scott is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Facey Commodity Company Limited and the Executive Deputy Chairman of the Facey Group. Prior to these appointments, he served 16 years as Managing Director. A seasoned executive, Mr. Scott has worked for a combined total of 40 years in various roles and was key figure in the global development of Facey’s Telecom business. He currently serves the board of directos of several companies including, P.A. Benjamin, Serge Island Diaries, International Biscuits and Serge Island Farms. Attended Seneca College and Ryerson University in Toronto, Canada. Mr Brian Wynter has been incorporated to the PBS Group Limited Board of Directors. Mr. Wynter has an extensive career in the financial sector, serving as Governor of the Bank of Jamaica until August 2019. The motion was presented to the Board of Directors, which was accepted, and in this way, Brian Wynter was duly appointed to the board of directors of PBS Group Limited. An honors graduate from the London School of Economics in 1981, and specialized in International Economy form Columbia University in 1985. *Brian Wynter Non-Executive Director 41

Group Board of Directors Nicholas A. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Nicholas Scott is the Vice Chairman of Eppley Limited and a director of Eppley Fund Managers Limited. Mr. Scott is also the Chief Investment Officer of the Musson Group and a Director of Musson and most of its major subsidiaries and affiliates. Mr. Scott is the Chairman of the Student Loan Bureau and a former Vice-President of the Private Sector Organization of Jamaica. He holds a B.Sc. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and an M.P.A. from the Harvard Kennedy School of Government. 42

4 Paul Scott 5 Melanie Subratie 5 Pedro M. Paris 5 Jose Misrahi 5 Patrick Scott 5 Blondell Walker 4 Nicholas Scott 5 Ricardo Hutchinson 5 Thomas Agnew 5 Edward Ince 5 Brian Wynter 7 Jose Misrahi 7 Ricardo Hutchinson 7 Thomas Agnew 6 Brian Wynter 4 Melanie Subratie Board Meetings Audit Meetings 43

Board of Committees Executive Committee Audit Committee Compensation Committee *Independent Director P.B. Scott Chairperson Nicholas A. Scott José Misrahi Pedro M. París P.B. Scott Chairperson Patrick Scott *Ricardo Hutchinson Melanie Subratie *Thomas Agnew José Misrahi *Ricardo Hutchinson *Brian Wynter Chairperson 44

Sergio Molina Planning Operations Director Sergio Molina started at PBS 20 years ago. He has hold several positions in the company. PBS Guatemala General Manager (7 Years), PBS Dominican Republic General Manager (1 Year), PBS Group Post-Sale Manager (1Year), PBS Group Sales Process Management, PBS Group Planning Manager (Current). Mr Molina obtained a Degree in Business Administration from Universidad de San Carlos de Guatemala. Mario Pons Professional Services Operations Mario Pons has been a key player for the Inkjet strategy the group has developed in Central America and has helped various PBS organizations in the development of high impact projects such as the printing of Electoral Ballots. He has also been key in the relationship with global partners, Entrust Datacard and Gemalto, for National ID projects in Guatemala, Jamaica and Costa Rica. He started working in Xerox Guatemala in 1994 and has developed his career within Xerox and PBS holding several positions in Sales, Service and Professional Services. He has a BSC in Computer Science from Louisiana State University, and a Diploma in Business Administration from Tayasal Business School. Leonardo Velásquez Infrastructure & Technology Networking Director Leonardo Velazquez has been working with PBS since 2015. He oversees the sales relationship with vendors and distributors, such as: Cisco, Fortinet, HP, Dell, Tripplite, TechData, Intcomex, IngramMicro. Before PBS, he worked as a Regional Partner Account Manager at Cisco Systems for 6 years and has amassed a total of 25 years in the IT sector. He graduated from Universidad de Simon Bolivar. He has an MBA in Enterprise Administration and is an Electronic Engineer. Alex Chiriboga Service Delivery & Logistics Director Alex recently joined PBS Group in May 2024 as Director of Delivery Service & Logistics. His main objective is to transform the service we provide to our customers, aiming to achieve the highest levels of satisfaction and experience. This transformation will focus on improving processes through a connectivity strategy, optimizing resources and technology, and maintaining inventory levels and quality aligned with the requirements of our broad portfolio of products and services. Mr. Chiriboga brings over 32 years of experience from Xerox, where he held leadership roles in Service Delivery, Technical Services, Logistics, Sales, and the Paper Business across Ecuador and the Latin America Region. He holds an MBA with specializations in Finance, Marketing, and Human Resources, a degree in Process Administration Engineering, a Bachelor’s in Electronics & Telecommunications, and is certified as a Lean Six Sigma Green Belt. Senior Regional Leadership Team 45

Jose Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Lucia Vielman Coporate Treasure Mrs. Vielman Ruiz was a Private Banking Manager at Mercom Bank and later appointedas General Manager. In 2009 Mrs. Vielman Ruiz Joined PBS as Compliant officer for the first sindicate loan and in 2010 she became the Corporate Treasurer, responsible for banking operations at country level and member of the Management Governance Committee. She Graduated in Business Administration from Universidad Francisco Marroquin, Guatemala in 1998. Sharon McDonald Chief Assurance Officer Dr. Sharon Smith-McDonald supports PBS Group Limited. She is responsible for overseeing the Group’s internal controls and risk management. She plays a critical role in ensuring compliance with regulations by the development of effective assurance strategies across all business operations. Dr. Smith-McDonald has accumulated over three decades of experience in fi nance, accounting, and business operations. Her distinguished career includes key leadership roles within multinational organizations, most recently serving as Group Financial Controller at Musson Jamaica Limited. Dr. Smith-McDonald holds a Doctor of Business Administration in Finance & Internal Controls from Walden University, a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Northern Caribbean University, and a Bachelor of Science in Management and Accounting from The University of the West Indies. Ryan Kirlew Corporate Global Controller Ryan oversees the fi nancial operations of the entire PBS Group. Ryan brings a wealth of experience in strategic fi nancial management and reporting. He has consistently demonstrated outstanding leadership, expertise, and a deep understanding of fi nancial operations. His commitment to excellence has been evident throughout his career, and we are con fi dent that he will excel in this new role. Since joining the Group in 2017, Ryan has made signi fi cant contributions while working with Musson International Dairies Limited, Seprod, T. Geddes Grant, and Musson Jamaica—gaining valuable experience and playing a key role in the success of these business units. As Global Controller, Ryan is responsible for the overall fi nancial reporting of the PBS Group. He leads the development and maintenance of the organization’s accounting policies, practices, procedures, initiatives, and systems. Senior Regional Leadership Team 46

Daniel Martínez Advanced Services Regional Manager Daniel brings over 20 years of experience in business development across the technology and consulting sectors, leading transformational initiatives for government and financial institutions throughout Central America and the Caribbean. In the past seven years alone, he has consistently achieved double-digit growth in revenue and margins in Honduras by designing and implementing tailored professional services that accelerate technology adoption. As an Oracle Champion for nearly a decade, Daniel seamlessly combines technical expertise with commercial strategy to drive client success. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing & International Business and a Master of Science in Finance from Universidad Tecnológica Centroamericana (UNITEC), Honduras. Additionally, he earned a Professional Certificate in Digital Transformation from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Cambridge, MA, USA. Vennis Williamson Regional Manager Jamaica & Cayman Vennis Williamson. Her career in the information and communications technology (ICT) sector spans over a decade. Vennis has played a crucial role in navigating PBS Jamaica through the digital era, achieving significant technological milestones along the way. Her strategic guidance has integrated major technology entities, propelling the organization to unprecedented levels of innovation and market leadership. Over the past three years, under Vennis's leadership, PBS Jamaica has exceeded financial and operational growth objectives while prioritizing staff engagement as a core part of its strategy. Estefania Menéndez Personnel Regional Director Estefanía Menéndez is the Regional Personnel Director at PBS Group Limited, where she leads the human capital strategy and drives organizational transformation across the group. With over 14 years of experience in the Technology, Electrical, Outsourcing, and Business Services sectors, Estefanía has held leadership positions at renowned companies such as Schneider Electric, Xerox, and Capgemini. She holds a Business degree and a Master’s in Finance from Franklin University, and is certified in both Project Management and Six Sigma. Estefanía is widely recognized for implementing transformative initiatives that enhance productivity, increase operational efficiency, and boost employee engagement. Javier Mogollón Chief Information Officer Javier Mogollón is a systems engineer with a postgraduate degree in telecommunications from the Santiago Mariño University in Venezuela, he arrived in Guatemala 20 years ago after completing a ten-year cycle at Xerox of Venezuela, throughout this time in which he has worked for the group, Javier has held several positions accepting both local and regional challenges and responsibilities. He served as service manager, and sales support manager was the creator and developer of the Docushare Project (accounting code) in Shared Service that is currently used by all PBS Groups and the following company incorporations, he was in charge of the System One infrastructure installed in the Guatemala data center for 2 years, 4 years has held the position of IT manager in PBS Guatemala. Javier is currently the CIO of PBS Group. Regional Leadership Team 47

Lesder Ramírez Chief Operating Officer Central America Mr. Lesder Ramirez studied Business Administration at the Universidad San Carlos De Guatemala, Guatemala and in 2009, joined PBS as the Financial Manager for the Guatemala operations. From 2009 to 2015, Lesder was entrusted to play different roles in finance such as Finance Manager for the operations of Costa Rica, Honduras Jamaica and Belize, Shared Service Center - Finance Manager and Xerox Relationship Management. During his tenure managing the Xerox relationship, Lesder oversaw planning operations, working closely with Mr. Pedro M. Paris C., CEO of PBS Group, where he developed additional business acumen. In 2019, based on his achievements, Lesder was promoted to oversee the operations of Dutch Caribbean as Senior General Manager. More recently in 2022, due to his knowledge of the PBS business as well as his solid financial and operations background Lesder, was named COO in charge of the operations of Trinidad & Tobago, Guyana, and Dutch Caribbean (Aruba, Curacao, Bonaire, Saint Maarten and Suriname). Stuart Franco Chief Operating Officer Eastern Caribbean Cluster Stuart Franco is the Chief Operating Officer of the Eastern Caribbean Cluster, bringing over two decades of leadership, commercial expertise, and deep regional knowledge to the role. A graduate of the University of Western Ontario with a B.A. in Statistics & Economics, Stuart joined TSL in 2003 and steadily rose through the ranks — from Sales Representative to Sales Manager, Executive Vice President of Sales, and Chief Executive Officer — before assuming his current role in 2026. Throughout his tenure, he has been a driving force behind the company's growth trajectory, building lasting client relationships and strengthening TSL's market position across the Caribbean. Stuart served as President of the American Chamber of Commerce in Trinidad and Tobago (AmCham T&T) from 2023 to 2025 and has been a board member since 2018. He is also an active board member of the TSL Foundation, where he has championed community initiatives that uplift the regions TSL serves. Outside the office, Stuart is a devoted husband and father of four, an avid football fan, and a firm believer in the importance of family — a value he actively fosters within his team. Ezequiel Bardas Chief Operating Officer Latin America Ezequiel Bardas serves as Chief Operating Officer for Latin America at PBS Group, bringing more than two decades of senior executive leadership to the role. Known for his ability to scale operations, drive digital transformation, and deliver sustainable profitability in complex environments, Ezequiel leads the strategic direction for PBS Group's affiliates across the Andean Region — overseeing operational synergy, key alliance development, and an ambitious expansion plan throughout Latin America. Before joining PBS Group, Ezequiel held distinguished leadership positions at Xerox, serving as President and General Manager across major markets including the United States and Latin America. His track record of navigating high-stakes business environments and building high-performing regional organizations speaks to a career defined by results and resilience. Ezequiel holds an Executive MBA from IAE Business School, complemented by multiple leadership certifications. His leadership philosophy blends sharp market insight with an unwavering commitment to innovation and excellence — qualities that position him as a driving force behind PBS Group's next chapter in the region. Regional Leadership Team 48

GENERAL MANAGER Melani Angeles DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Marco Almendárez NICARAGUA SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Francisco Lupiac GENERAL MANAGER HONDURAS COUNTRY MANAGER Nyron Thomas TRINIDAD & TOBAGO SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Elvin Nash BARBADOS & OECS Jason Alidikromo COUNTRY MANAGER SURINAME Senior in Country Leadership SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Mirian Alas EL SALVADOR Laura Johnston COUNTRY MANAGER CAYMAN 49

Nella Aguilar PERU COUNTRY MANAGER Candace Bartholomew COUNTRY MANAGER GUYANA Jose Maduro COUNTRY MANAGER BONAIRE & ARUBA Charlesson Ramdjas COUNTRY MANAGER CURAÇAO Vynnie Mila GENERAL MANAGER GPA GPA USA Luis Castillo GUATEMALA COUNTRY MANAGER COUNTRY MANAGER Ana Karina Vallejo ECUADOR Senior in Country Leadership Esteban Corrales PANAMA & COLOMBIA COUNTRY MANAGER 50

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 51

Deloitte & Touche 3 rd Floor The Goddard Building Haggatt Hall St. Michael, BB11059 Barbados, W.I. Tel: +246 620 6400 Fax: +246 430 6451 www.deloitte.com Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (“DTTL”), its global network of member firms, and their related entities (collectively, the “Deloitte organization”). DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) and each of its member firms and related entities are legally separate and independent entities, which cannot obligate or bind each other in respect of third parties. DTTL and each DTTL member firm and related entity is liable only for its own acts and omissions, and not those of each other. DTTL does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about to learn more. Deloitte & Touche is an affiliate of DCB Holding Ltd., a member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Opinion We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries (“the Group”), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2025, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including material accounting policy information. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at December 31, 2025, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS Accounting Standards”). Basis for Opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) (“IESBA Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Key Audit Matters Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill As at 31 December 2025, Goodwill accounted for US$86.2 million, which represents 20.5% of total assets of the Group. On an annual basis, management tests whether goodwill is subject to impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units (CGU) have been determined using value in use calculations based on the higher of the recoverable amount compared to fair value less costs to sell. Our approach to testing management’s impairment assessment, with the assistance of our valuation specialist involved the following procedures, amongst others: • Obtained management’s discounted cash flow model (DCF) including qualitative and quantitative analyses and updated our understanding of the process used by management to determine the value in use of each CGU and evaluated for any changes.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 2 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill (Cont’d) We focused on this area because the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill involves significant judgement and estimation, is sensitive to changes in key assumptions and determining economic recovery is challenging. The key assumptions were assessed by management as being: • Revenue growth rate; • Terminal growth rate; • Average Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) to revenue; and Pre-tax Discount rate. • Agreed the 31 December 2025 base year financial information to current year results and compared previous forecasts to actual results to assess the performance of the business and the accuracy of management’s forecasting. • Compared the revenue growth rates to historical revenue growth and externally derived data as well as our own assessments in relation to key inputs such as projected economic growth, inflation and pre-tax discount rates. • Developed a range of parameters using available market inputs and historical information and performed sensitivity analyses using these parameters, which was compared to management’s terminal growth and pre-tax discount rates. • Compared EBITDA margins to historical results, and verified reconciling variances to underlying supporting data and current period results. Tested management’s impairment model calculations for mathematical accuracy Operating and finance lease revenue (Forming part of sale of goods) Revenue arising from the inception of new finance leases is included within the sale of goods revenue stream and is not captured through a specific identifier. As a result, identifying transactions that contain lease arrangements requires manual assessment for every underlying subsidiary. Recognition of revenue in these arrangements requires judgment to identify the lease and non-lease components of the contract and to determine whether the lease should be classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. This classification can materially affect the timing and presentation of revenue recognition, the measurement of lease receivables, and the related financial statement disclosures. Our approach to testing lease revenue to mitigate the identified risks includes the following procedures: • Obtained the population of leases entered into by the entities and reviewed Management's assessment on their classification between operating and finance leases. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition of the finance lease within the Sale of Goods revenue stream, based on the lease amortisation schedule prepared by the management. • On a sample basis, obtained and inspected the related customer contracts / signed agreements to review Management's

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 3 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Lease classification is based on the terms set out in customer agreements and purchase orders. Accordingly, significant judgment is required to assess whether the contractual terms are consistent with the underlying transaction and whether the classification has been applied appropriately across the population of relevant sales arrangements. As it involves manual review and interpretation of contract documentation, there is an increased risk of error and inconsistent application. The key assumptions and judgments applied by management include: • assessment of whether the arrangement is an operating lease or a finance lease; • determination of the discount rate used in lease classification and measurement; and • identification of the standalone selling price of goods where contracts include both leasing and maintenance components. assessment on the classification between finance or operating lease. • For the selected samples, obtained and verified the inputs (interest rates, delivery dates, lease & non-lease component) as determined by Management to recalculate the finance lease revenue to be recognised in the accounts at lease inception. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition and subsequent interest income based on our independent recalculation to the amounts recorded by management. Management override of controls Management is in a unique position to perpetrate fraud because of its ability to directly or indirectly manipulate accounting records and prepare fraudulent financial statements by overriding established controls that otherwise appear to be operating effectively. The risk of management override of controls is pervasive. Because of its unpredictable nature, this risk could result in a material misstatement. This significant risk also represents a fraud risk for the audit. • Engaged in periodic fraud discussions with certain members of senior management and utilized our internal fraud specialist to guide and support our fraud-related testing procedures. • Considered the potential for bias in judgments and estimates, including performing retrospective analysis of significant accounting estimates. • Evaluated whether the Company has entered into any significant unusual transactions and, if so, the nature, terms, and business purpose (or lack thereof) of those transactions and whether such transactions involved related parties. • Evaluated the Company’s fraud risk assessment and consider indirect controls

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 4 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter and internal controls over the closing and reporting process. • Using our propriety software tool we extracted and tested journal entries that exhibit characteristics of possible management override of controls. • Tested controls over significant, unusual transactions, particularly those that result in late or unusual journal entries and controls over journal entries and adjustments made in the period-end financial reporting process. • No evidence of management override of controls was identified as a results of our audit procedures. Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process. Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also: • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 5 • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management. • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. • Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business units within the Group as a basis for forming an opinion on the group financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determined those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. Information other than the financial statements Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Annual Report but does not include the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon which is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s report. Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with the audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. When we read the Annual Report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 6 The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditors’ report is Steve Clarke. Other matter – responsibility for our audit work This report is made solely to the shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited as a body, in accordance with Section 147 of the Companies Act of Barbados. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the shareholders for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinion we have formed. Other matter – predecessor auditors The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2024 were audited by another auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those statements on 30 June 2025. 7 June 2026

Page 2 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Non-Current Assets Property, plant and equipment 13 36,106 35,865 Right-of-use assets 14 15,269 12,802 Intangible assets 15 104,757 107,595 Lease receivables 16 4,538 6,869 Pension plan assets 30 3,752 3,674 Long term receivables 17 608 551 Deferred tax assets 18 11,507 14,491 Investments 34 - 243 Contract Asset 33 28 - Investments in Associate 20 4,774 4,056 Total Non-Current Assets 181,339 186,146 Current Assets Due from related parties 19 8,066 7,467 Inventories 21 58,043 48,584 Contract assets 33 - 1,602 Trade and other receivables 22 127,296 105,760 Current portion of lease receivables 16 11,437 2,696 Current portion of long-term receivables 17 161 38 Taxation recoverable 14,476 17,462 Cash and bank 23 21,574 29,961 Total Current Assets 241,053 213,570 Current Liabilities Trade and other payables 24 91,049 85,855 Contract liabilities 33 15,101 15,602 Due to related parties 19 13,739 12,308 Taxation payable 5,219 11,255 Current portion of lease liabilities 25 6,998 6,441 Short term loans 26 19,245 5,941 Current portion of long-term loans 26 14,250 10,633 Total Current Liabilities 165,601 148,035 Net Current Assets 75,452 65,535 Total Non-current Assets and Net Current Assets 256,791 251,681

Page 3 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (Continued) 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Equity Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Share capital 27 123,016 123,016 Other reserves/ (deficit) 28 (17,025) (17,339) Accumulated deficit (30,198) (23,274) Total Shareholders´ Equity 75,793 82,403 Non-controlling Interests 1,337 1,185 Total Equity 77,130 83,588 Non-Current Liabilities Retirement benefit obligations 30 3,111 1,553 Deferred tax liabilities 18 6,570 6,153 Lease liabilities 25 17,988 15,465 Borrowings 26 151,992 144,515 Other long-term liabilities - 407 Total Non-Current Liabilities 179,661 168,093 Total Non-Current Liabilities and Equity 256,791 251,681 Approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 June, 2026 and signed on its behalf by: _____________________________________________ _________________________________ Paul Scott Director Pedro Paris Director The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 4 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Number of Shares ‘000 Share Capital $’000 Other Reserves / (Deficit) $’000 Accumulated Deficit $’000 Non- Controlling Interest $’000 Total $’000 Balance at 31 December 2023 188,213 123,016 (17,139) (29,359) 1,070 77,588 Currency translation differences - - (820) (87) - (907) Actuarial loss - - (96) - - (96) Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - 716 - - 716 Net income - - - 7,461 115 7,576 Total comprehensive income - - (200) 7,374 115 7,289 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (1,289) - (1,289) Balance at 31 December 2024 188,213 123,016 (17,339) (23,274) 1,185 83,588 Currency translation differences - - 260 - - 260 Actuarial gain - - 54 - - 54 Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - - - - - Net income - - - 4,287 152 4,439 Total comprehensive income - - 314 4,287 152 4,753 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (11,211) - (11,211) Balance at 31 December 2025 188,213 123,016 (17,025) (30,198) 1,337 77,130 The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 5 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash Flows from Operating Activities (Note 31) 2,726 32,531 Cash Flows from Financing Activities Interest paid (17,094) (18,801) Dividends paid (11,211) (1,289) Proceeds from borrowing 48,808 147,041 Repayments of borrowings (19,297) (141,672) Repayments of lease liabilities (8,370) (10,699) Net cash used in financing activities (7,164) (25,420) Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired 35 (592) (1,293) Interest received 1,769 1,999 Purchase of property, plant and equipment (5,102) (6,378) Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 42 238 Purchase of Investments in Associates 20 - (3,543) Net cash used in investing activities (3,883) (8,977) Net (Decrease) in Cash (8,321) (1,866) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 29,961 31,991 Effect of foreign exchange in cash (66) (164) Cash and Cash Equivalents at end of the year 23 21,574 29,961 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The principal non-cash transactions include: ● Transfer to property, plant and equipment from inventory during the financial year $9,380,000 (2024 - $9,017,000). ● Transfer from property, plant and equipment to inventory upon expiry of operating lease of $4,018,000 (2024 - $4,799,000). The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page 6 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 1. Identification and Principal Activities Productive Business Solutions Limited (“the Company”) is a company incorporated on 16 December 2010, and domiciled in Barbados, originally under the International Business Corporation (IBC) Act 77 (Barbados). Effective July 1st, 2021, the Company operates under the Companies Act Cap. 308 (Barbados) and holds a Foreign Currency Permit under the Foreign Currency Permits Act, 2018-44 (Barbados). The tax rate for the fiscal year commencing 1 January 2025 is 9.0% of taxable income. The registered office of the Company is at Facey House # 42 Warrens Industrial Park, Warrens, St. Michaels, Barbados. The Company is capitalised by ordinary shares. The Company is a subsidiary of Facey Group Limited, owned by Musson (Jamaica) Limited. Facey Group Limited is a company incorporated in Barbados under the Companies Act, Cap. 308 (Barbados) as an international business company. In combination, Musson (Jamaica) Limited and Facey Group Limited own 66.98% of the ordinary shares of the Company. The Company is listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange and the International Securities Market in Barbados. The Company’s ultimate parent company and controlling party is Elkon Limited (“Elkon”), which is incorporated and domiciled in Jamaica, and Paul B. Scott, respectively. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, (referred to as “Group”) are the distribution of printing equipment, business machines, handsets and related accessories, automated teller machines, security checkpoints, system integration, cloud services, data analytics, communication solutions, e-transactions, development of software and other technology solutions. In May 2025 the Group acquired 100% holding in Regional Business Systems Limited (RBS), incorporated and domiciled in Barbados (Note 35).

Page 7 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, hereinafter referred to as the financial statements, are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. (a) Basis of preparation These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. IFRS Accounting Standards comprise the following authoritative literature:  IFRS Accounting Standards  IAS Standards  Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC Interpretations) or its predecessor body, the Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC Interpretations). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain items of property, plant and equipment. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Although these estimates are based on managements’ best knowledge of current events and action, actual results could differ from those estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 4. Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year Certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards have been published that became effective during the current financial year. The Group has assessed the relevance of all such new standards, interpretations and amendments and has affected the following, which are immediately relevant to its operations: Amendments to IAS 21,‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ , Amendments to IAS 21 were made to add requirements to help entities to determine whether a currency is exchangeable into another currency, and the spot exchange rate to use when it is not. Prior to these amendments, IAS 21 set out the exchange rate to use when exchangeability is temporarily lacking, but not what to do when lack of exchangeability is not temporary. Management’s assessment is that the amendments of this standard have no impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Page 8 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year (continued) The amendments must be applied retrospectively in accordance with the requirements in IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. The amendment did not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. There are no other IFRS Accounting Standards or IFRIC interpretations effective in the current year which are expected to have a significant impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the company.

Page 9 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group The Group has concluded that the following standards which are published but not yet effective, are relevant to its operations and will impact the Group’s accounting policies and financial disclosures as discussed below. These standards and amendments to existing standards are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2026, but the Group has not early adopted them: Amendments to IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 7, ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026). Amendments to IFRS 9 and 7 (a) clarify the date of recognition and derecognition of some financial assets and liabilities, with a new exception for some financial liabilities settled through an electronic cash transfer system; (b) clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether a financial asset meets the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) criterion; (c) add new disclosures for certain instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows (such as some financial instruments with features linked to the achievement of environment, social and governance targets); and (d) update the disclosures for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). The amendments in (b) are most relevant to financial institutions, but the amendments in (a), (c) and (d) are relevant to all entities. It is not anticipated that the amendments will have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 18, ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This is the new standard on presentation and disclosure in financial statements, which replaces IAS 1, with a focus on updates to the statement of profit or loss. The key new concepts introduced in IFRS 18 relate to: • the structure of the statement of profit or loss with defined subtotals; • requirement to determine the most useful structure summary for presenting expenses in the statement of profit or loss • required disclosures in a single note within the financial statements for certain profit or loss performance measures that are reported outside an entity’s financial statements (that is, management-defined performance measures); and • enhanced principles on aggregation and disaggregation which apply to the primary financial statements and notes in general. Management is assessing the impact of this new standard on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 19, 'Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures' , (effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This standard permit eligible subsidiaries to apply reduced IFRS disclosure requirements. IFRS 19 is a voluntary standard for eligible subsidiaries. A subsidiary is eligible if it does not have public accountability and it has an ultimate or intermediate parent that produces consolidated financial statements available for public use that comply with IFRS Accounting Standards. An eligible entity may opt to revoke the application of this standard after implementation. The entity may also elect to apply the standard more than one. The group is currently assessing the impact of this standard.

Page 10 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) There are no other new or amended IFRS Accounting Standards and interpretations that are published but not yet effective that would be expected to have an impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the Group. (b) Consolidation (i) Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations involving third parties by the Group. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred, and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss, in the statement of comprehensive income.

Page 11 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) Subsidiaries Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. The Group’s subsidiaries, countries of incorporation, and the Group’s percentage interest are as follows: Country of incorporation Group’s Percentage Interest 2025 2024 Nicaragua Holdings and its subsidiary St., Lucia & Nicaragua 100 100 Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia & Dominican Republic 100 100 Mobay Holdings N.V. and its subsidiary Curacao & Aruba 100 100 PBS Caribbean Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia, Jamaica, Barbados, Colombia, Suriname 100 100 Cayman Business Machines Limited* Cayman 40 40 PBS Technology Group Limited St. Lucia, Antigua & Barbuda, Jamaica, Trinidad, Guyana, 100 100 Infotrans Group Holding B.V. Curacao, Bonaire, Colombia, Suriname & Aruba 100 100 High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V. El Salvador and Honduras 100 100 PBS Central America and its subsidiaries Panama, Guatemala, Costa Rica, El Salvador 100 100 PBS Honduras Honduras 75 75 PBS Peru Peru 100 100 PBS Ecuador Ecuador 100 100

Page 12 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) In accordance with Cayman laws, entities that are domiciled in the Cayman Islands and are not issued with Local Companies Control Law Licenses, are required to be at least 60% owned by a Caymanian. The operation of Cayman Business Machines Limited is however controlled by Productive Business Solutions Limited and is therefore, in substance, categorised as a subsidiary. (ii) Transactions with non-controlling interests The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For purchases of ownership interest in subsidiaries from non-controlling interests in which the Group retains control of the subsidiary, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests where control is retained by the Group are also recorded in equity. (iii) Disposal of subsidiaries When the Group ceases to have control or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value, with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss. If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate. (iv) Business combination under common control Acquisitions from entities under common control are determined by the substance and specific facts and circumstances surrounding any particular business combination under common control. Business combinations under common control are accounted for using the predecessor method of accounting. Under the predecessor method of accounting, the cost of an acquisition is measured in a manner similar to the purchase method of accounting. Identifiable assets and liabilities are measured at book value at the date of acquisition. Under the predecessor method of accounting, no goodwill is created, as any difference between the cost of acquisition and the book value of the net assets acquired is dealt with as an adjustment to retained earnings. (v) Investment in associates Associates are categorized as entities over which the Group has influence but not control, with shareholding and voting rights between 20% and 50%. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost. The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associate’s post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in profit and loss, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equal or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Page 13 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (c) Foreign currency translation (i) Functional and presentation currency Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States Dollars, which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency. (ii) Transactions and balances Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. At the statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the weighted average closing exchange rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates, of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in statement of comprehensive income. (iii) Group companies The results and financial position of all the group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper- inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated as follows: a) Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at year end rates, b) Items affecting the statement of comprehensive income are translated at average rates, and c) The resultant gains or losses are recognised in other comprehensive income as translation gains or losses. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Page 14 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (d) Revenue recognition Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of applicable value added taxes, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue is recognised as follows: Reprographic products Revenue earned from reprographic products is either through an outright sale or a lease of equipment and from related service contracts. Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from finance leases, are recognised at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require installation, revenue is recognised when the equipment has been delivered and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer-installable products are recognised upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer's shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the finance lease method and are recognised as earned over the lease term. A substantial portion of the Group's reprographic products is sold with full- service maintenance agreements. Service revenues are derived primarily from these maintenance contracts on equipment sold to customers and are recognised over the term of the contracts in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, by reference to completion of the specific transaction assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided. Revenue is recognised only after there are specific indicators of transfer of control to the customer. To evidence transfer of control on contracts where revenue is recognised at a point in time, management has defined that revenue can only be recognised after the equipment or part is installed or the supplies are delivered. Bill and hold agreements are scrutinised to ensure the transfer of control to the customer is effective. For contracts where revenue is recognised over time, management measures the fulfilment of the performance obligations based on the value that the delivered goods or services represent to the customer. Telecommunications products Revenue from telecommunications products comprises revenue from the sales of cellular phones. These products are sold under contractual agreements with the telecommunications providers. Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised on a gross basis as management has determined that the Group acts as a principal in relation to these transactions, due to the fact that the Group bears the majority of risk, principally credit and inventory risk, in relation to such transactions, and the Group also acts as primary obligor. Control is the key consideration when assessing the nature of the promise to the customer. When the entity does not control the good or service (or inventory) before it is transferred to the customer it is likely that the promise in the contract is to arrange for goods or services to be delivered (rather than these to be provided by the entity). In such cases, the Company recognises revenue for an amount equal to the net income (revenue minus cost). Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised when a Group entity has delivered products to the customer; the customer has accepted the products and collectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured. Interest income is recognised on the accrual basis on the effective interest basis, except when collectability is considered doubtful. In such cases, income is recorded when economic benefits are received.

Page 15 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (e) Property, plant and equipment Freehold land and buildings are shown at fair value, based on valuations by external independent valuers, less subsequent depreciation for buildings. Valuations are performed every three years to ensure that the fair value of a revalued asset does not differ materially from it’s carrying amount. Any accumulated depreciation at the date of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset, and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of freehold, land and buildings are credited to other comprehensive income and shown as other reserves in shareholder’s equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are recorded in other comprehensive income and debited against other reserves directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the profit or loss. All other property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Land is not depreciated as it is deemed to have an indefinite life. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation is calculated at annual rates on the straight-line basis to write-off the cost of the assets to their residual values over their estimated useful lives at annual rates as follows: Freehold buildings 2 - 2 ½% Leasehold buildings and improvements 10 - 20% Furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment 10 - 33⅓% Motor vehicles 20 - 25% Gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount and are included in operating profit. Repairs and maintenance expenditure is charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which it is incurred. The cost of major renovations is included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of the existing asset will flow to the Group. When revalued assets are sold, the amounts included in other reserves are transferred to retained earnings.

Page 16 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (f) Intangible assets (i) Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates and joint ventures is included in investment in associates and investment in joint venture, respectively. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or Groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. (ii) Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences. Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. All, excepting licenses are deemed to have finite useful lives and amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the intangible assets over their estimated useful lives between 5 and 20 years. Licenses have an indefinite useful life. (iii) Proprietary Software The Group is the owner of a software internally developed to address diverse customer needs. This asset is carried at cost and amortised according to its defined useful life. (g) Impairment of non-financial assets Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Page 17 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset in one entity and a financial liability or equity of another entity. Financial assets Classification The Group classifies its financial assets at amortised cost. The classification depends on the business model used for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. Impairment The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss (ECL) associated with its financial assets classified at amortised cost, lease receivables, long term receivables and related party balances. Application of the General Model The Group has applied the ‘general model’ as required under IFRS 9 for financial assets other than trade receivables. Under this model, the Group is required to assess on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its financial assets carried at amortised cost. The ECL will be recognised in profit or loss before a loss event has occurred. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. ECL is calculated by multiplying the Probability of default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD). The impairment model uses a three-stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination: Stage 1 – 12-month ECL applies to all financial assets that have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and are not credit impaired. The ECL will be computed using a 12-month PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months. Stage 2 – When a financial asset experiences a significant increase in credit risk subsequent to origination but is not credit impaired, it is considered to be in Stage 2. This requires the computation of ECL based on lifetime PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the remaining estimated life of the financial asset. Provisions are higher in this stage because of an increase in risk and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered compared to 12 months in Stage 1. Stage 3 – Financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment will be included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses will continue to capture the lifetime ECL. The Group uses judgement when considering the following factors that affect the determination of impairment: Assessment of Significant Increase in Credit Risk The assessment of a significant increase in credit risk is done on a relative basis. To assess whether the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since origination, the Group compares the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial asset at the reporting date to the corresponding risk of default at origination, using key risk indicators that are used in the Group’s existing risk management processes. At each reporting date, the assessment of a change in credit risk will be individually assessed for those considered individually significant and at the segment level. This assessment is symmetrical in nature, allowing credit risk of financial assets to move back to Stage 1 if the increase in credit risk since origination has reduced and is no longer deemed to be significant.

Page 18 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments (continued) Macroeconomic Factors, Forward Looking Information and Multiple Scenarios The Group applies an unbiased and probability weighted estimate of credit losses by evaluating a range of possible outcomes that incorporates forecasts of future economic conditions. Macroeconomic factors and forward-looking information are incorporated into the measurement of ECL as well as the determination of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination. Measurement of ECLs at each reporting period reflect reasonable and supportable information at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The Group uses three scenarios that are probability weighted to determine ECL. Expected Life When measuring ECL, the Group considers the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk. All contractual terms are considered when determining the expected life, including prepayment options and extension and rollover options. Application of the Simplified Approach For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. Financial liabilities The Group’s financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, this is the initial recognition minus the cumulative amortisation of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount. Financial liabilities at amortised costs are classified as current or non-current depending on whether these are due within 12 months after the statement of financial position date or beyond. Financial liabilities are derecognised when either of the following take place: The Group is discharged from its obligation, upon expiration or when they are cancelled or replaced by a new liability. (i) Inventories Inventories are carried at weighted average purchase cost. These items are stated at cost less provision for write down to net realisable value, where necessary and are stated at the lower weighted average cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the costs of completion and selling expenses. (j) Trade receivables Impairment over trade receivables is determined with the aid of a matrix based on the ageing of the account. Twice a year, management assesses whether there has been any indicator of a change in the credit risk. Additionally, periodically a comprehensive evaluation is performed with the objective of identifying individual accounts that may be subject to impairment which are either written off or fully provided for. (k) Cash and bank Cash and bank include cash on hand net of bank overdrafts. In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and bank include cash in hand and at bank and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown in current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

Page 19 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (l) Trade payables These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. (m) Contract assets and contract liabilities The Group recognises a contract asset whenever it has the right for consideration as a result of transferring goods or services to a customer. Contract assets are different from accounts receivables as the former would only require the passage of time for the consideration to be due. Contract assets are subject to impairment assessment. The Group recognises a contract liability when it has received a payment, or a payment is due for goods or services that have not yet been transferred to the customer. (n) Income taxes Taxation expense in the statement of comprehensive income comprises current and deferred tax charges. Current tax charges are based on taxable profits for the year, which differ from the profit before tax reported because it excludes items that are taxable or deductible in other years, and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability f or current tax is calculated at tax rates that have been enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Deferred tax is the tax expected to be paid or recovered on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding tax bases. Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Currently enacted tax rates are used in the determination of deferred income tax. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they arise from the same taxable entity, relate to the same tax authority and when the legal right of offset exists. Deferred tax is charged or credited to profit or loss, except where it relates to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income, in which case, deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income. (o) Provisions Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. (p) Share capital Ordinary shares, and redeemable cumulative preference shares where the declaration of dividends is discretionary, are classified as equity instruments. The preference shares are perpetual and are only redeemable at the sole discretion of the Company but not before the 16 th year after the issue of the shares. Dividends on these shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are declared.

Page 20 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (q) Earnings per share (i) Basic earnings per share Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: ● the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares. ● by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares. (ii) Diluted earnings per share Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account: ● the after-income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and ● the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. (r) Borrowings Borrowings are recognised initially at cost, being their issue proceeds, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequently, borrowings are stated at amortised cost and any difference between net proceeds and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Preference shares issued by the Group are treated as borrowings if they carry a contractual term of redemption either by cash or another financial asset and dividends payments are not discretionary. (s) Leases As Lessee Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments: - fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable - payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option. Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rates, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions. As Lessor Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessee are classified as finance leases. When assets are leased out under a finance leases, the asset is derecognized and treated as revenue in accordance with accounting policy (d) with the present value of the lease payments is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease in a manner which reflects a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.

Page 21 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (s) Leases (continued) Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessor are included in property, plant and equipment in the statement of financial position. They are depreciated over their expected useful lives on a basis consistent with similar owned property, plant and equipment. Rental income is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. In some instances, transfers are made from Inventory to property, plant and equipment to facilitate the leasing of assets. In instances where leased equipment is returned this is transferred from property, plant and equipment to Inventory. When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which termination takes place. (t) Post-employment benefits The Group participates in a defined contribution plan operated by a related party, Musson (Jamaica) Limited, whereby it pays contributions to a separate, trustee-administered fund for its Jamaican operation. Once the contributions have been paid, the Group has no further payment obligations. Contributions to the plan are charged to profit or loss in the period to which they relate. There is an unfunded retirement benefit plan in the Nicaragua and El Salvador operations which is reflected in the statement of financial position as a liability. Changes to benefits are calculated by third party actuaries and are reflected in the Change to statement of comprehensive income. The Parent Company also participates in a defined benefit pension plan relating to PBS Technologies (Barbados) Limited, the assets of which are held in a separate fund administered by a Trustee. The pension plan is funded by payments from the Parent Company, taking into account the recommendations of independent qualified actuaries. Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value. (u) Finance costs Finance costs includes interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest method, interest on finance leases, material bank charges and foreign exchange gains and losses recognised in profit or loss. (v) Offsetting financial instruments Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty. (w) Segment information Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer. (x) Dividend distribution Dividend distribution is recognised as equity in the financial statements in which the dividends are approved by the shareholders. Dividend distributions on preference shares classified as borrowings are included in finance costs when the dividends are approved.

Page 22 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (a) Financial risk factors The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyse these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and up-to-date information systems. Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies and evaluates financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and investment of excess liquidity. (i) Credit risk The Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that its customers, clients or counterparties will cause a financial loss for the Group by failing to discharge their contractual obligations. Credit exposures arise principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and are influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Group has established credit policies under which each customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness prior to the Group offering them a credit facility. Credit limits are assigned to each customer and are reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Group has procedures in place to restrict customer orders if the order will result in customers exceeding their credit limits. Customers who fail to meet the Group’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Group on a prepayment basis. Customer credit risk is monitored according to their credit characteristics such as whether it is an individual or company, geographic location, industry, aging profile, and previous financial difficulties. The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents an estimate of expected credit losses in respect of trade and other receivables. The Group addresses impairment assessment in two areas: individually and collectively assessed allowances. Cash transactions are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. The Group has policies in place to limit the amount of exposure to any one financial institution. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the amount reflected on the statement of financial position.

Page 23 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Credit risk (continued) At year end, the banks where the Group maintains most of its cash, were rated by Fitch Ratings as follows: 202 5 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. B BB+ CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA+ Citibank F1 A+ 202 4 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. F1+ AA- CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA- Citibank F1 A+ Maximum credit risk exposure The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk equals the carrying amounts on the statement of financial position, of the assets which expose the Group to credit risk. There has been no change over the prior year in the manner in which the Group manages and measures credit risk. Analysis of trade receivables The Group’s trade receivables, broken down by customer sector is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Government 42,058 41,804 Private entities 58,254 48,815 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Impairment of financial assets The Group has four types of financial assets that are subject to expected credit losses as follows: (i) Trade receivables (ii) Lease receivable and long-term receivables (iii) Accounts receivable from related parties (iv) Other debt instruments carried at amortised cost

Page 24 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Trade receivables The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measure expected credit losses (ECL) which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. On that basis, the loss allowance at 31 December 2025 and 2024 was determined as follows for trade receivables: 31 December 202 5 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1 - 180 days past due $’000 181 - 360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 2.83% 11.54% 30.39% Gross carrying amount 71,856 19,451 2,878 6,127 100,312 Loss allowance provision 11 550 332 1,862 2,755 31 December 202 4 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1-180 days past due $’000 181-360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 0.67% 7.50% 38.38% Gross carrying amount 45,859 33,441 6,404 4,915 90,619 Loss allowance provision 10 224 480 1,887 2,601 The closing loss allowances for trade receivables as at 31 December 2025 reconcile to the opening loss allowances as follows: 202 5 202 4 $’000 $’000 Opening loss allowance as at 1 January 2,601 2,872 On Acquisition of Subsidiary (Note 34) - 299 Impairment (gains)/losses on receivables during the year 917 (223) Amounts written off (461) (314) Unused amounts reversed (320) - Exchange difference 18 (33) At 31 December 2,755 2,601

Page 25 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables The Group applies the ‘three stage’ model of IFRS 9 in measuring the expected credit losses (ECL) for all lease and long-term receivable. The application makes estimation about likelihood of default occurring, of the associated loss ratios of default correlations between counter parties. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The following tables contains an analysis of the credit exposure for lease and long-term receivables as at 31 December 2025 and 2024 as follows: Long term receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 769 - - 769 Carrying amount 769 - - 769 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 589 - - 589 Carrying amount 589 - - 589 Lease receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 Carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 26 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 Carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 27 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) Loss Allowance – Lease Receivables: No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material. Lease and long-term receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include ceasing enforcement activity, and where the Group’s recovery method is foreclosing on collateral, and the value of the collateral is such that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full. ECL movements without a profit and loss impact relates to amounts transferred from trade receivables to lease/long term receivables which previously existed and for which the ECL would have also been transferred. Expected credit losses are presented net of subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off. Cash and bank and other receivables Other financial assets at amortised cost include cash and bank balances, due from related parties and other receivables . These debt instruments at amortised cost are considered to have low credit risk. The loss allowance recognised during the period on those deemed to have low credit risk was therefore limited to the 12 month expected losses. Management considers these instruments as having low credit risk when there is a low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term. The allowance is assessed by estimating the likelihood of default, associated loss ratio and default correlation between counterparties. No opening loss allowances were recognised on balances for cash and bank, due from related parties and other receivables, and there were no movements during the current year, as the amounts determined were deemed immaterial. (iii) Due from related parties ECL is determined on yearly basis by performing a review of the financial position of the related party debtors for those where the receivable balances are material. If the related party debtor has an ‘intent’ and strong financial capacity to meet its contractual obligation, the probability of default is low and the credit risk is deemed to be immaterial, otherwise it would be classified under stage 2 or 3 and ECL computed accordingly. (iii) Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and other liquid assets and maintaining the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. Liquidity risk management process The Group’s liquidity management process, as carried out within the Group and monitored by the Board of Directors, primarily includes: (i) Monitoring future cash flows and liquidity on an ongoing basis. This incorporates an assessment of expected cash flows and the availability of collateral which could be used to secure funding if required. (ii) Maintaining committed lines of credit; and (iii) Managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities.

Page 28 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3 . Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Liquidity risk (continued) Undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities The maturity profile of financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments is as follows: Within 12 Months 1 to 5 Years Over 5 years Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Trade payables 58,350 - - 58,348 Other payables 32,699 - - 32,701 Due to related parties 13,739 - - 13,739 Lease liabilities 7,975 18,549 1,952 28,476 Borrowings 37,108 184,943 - 222,051 149,871 203,492 1,952 355,315 202 4 Trade payables 48,628 - - 48,628 Other payables 37,220 7 - 37,227 Due to related parties 12,308 - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities - - 407 407 Lease liabilities 9,335 14,453 126 23,914 Borrowings 25,339 141,834 - 167,173 132,830 156,294 533 289,657 (iii) Market risk The Group takes on exposure to market risks, which is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risks mainly arise from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is monitored by the Facey Group Limited’s treasury department which carries out extensive research and monitors the price movement of financial assets on the local and international markets. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Currency risk Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Jamaican (JMD) dollar, Honduran Lempira (HNL), Nicaraguan Córdoba (NIO), Dominican Peso (DOP), Costa Rican Colón (CRC), Trinidadian dollar (TTD) and the Guatemala Quetzal (GTQ). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. The Group manages its foreign exchange risk by ensuring that the net exposure in foreign assets and liabilities is kept to an acceptable level by monitoring currency positions. The Group further manages this risk by invoicing where possible in US dollars and converting foreign currency balances into US dollar denominated accounts.

Page 29 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, the net assets of which are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies. The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December: USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2025 Financial Assets Long term receivables 391 369 - 1 - - - - 8 769 Lease receivables 2,937 - - - - 8,232 - 3,232 1,574 15,975 Due from related parties 4,837 - 69 - - - - - 3,160 8,066 Trade receivables 22,584 20,983 6,670 4,107 3,900 7,052 9,336 8,946 13,979 97,557 Other receivables 3,696 209 848 400 949 9,203 319 2,497 6,311 24,432 Cash and bank 9,085 496 260 568 73 382 183 4,506 6,021 21,574 Total financial assets 43,530 22,057 7,847 5,076 4,922 24,869 9,838 19,181 31,053 168,373 Financial liabilities Trade payables 48,232 920 234 629 47 618 968 557 6,145 58,348 Other payables 6,557 1,562 2,323 1,194 1,520 4,013 3,973 2,172 9,385 32,701 Lease liabilities 16,808 - 2,604 339 1,248 - - 2,045 1,942 24,986 Due to related parties 11,761 - 305 - - - - - 1,673 13,739 Borrowings 183,138 - 1,672 - - - - 489 188 185,487 Total financial liabilities 266,496 2,482 7,138 2,162 2,815 4,631 4,941 5,263 19,333 315,261 Net position (222,966) 19,575 709 2,914 2,107 20,238 4,897 13,918 11,720 (146,888) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation against the US Dollar

Page 30 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (v) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2024 Financial Assets Long term receivables 224 355 - 2 - - - - 8 589 Lease receivables 3,211 - - - - - - 4,337 2,017 9,565 Due from related parties 7,120 - 347 - - - - - - 7,467 Trade receivables 41,110 7,129 6,093 2,106 4,787 1,876 6,644 7,871 10,402 88,018 Other receivables 1,421 259 854 47 (196) 3,788 240 533 6,811 13,757 Cash and cash equivalents 11,560 1,364 240 881 1,181 300 483 3,860 10,092 29,961 Total financial assets 64,646 9,107 7,534 3,036 5,772 5,964 7,367 16,601 29,330 149,357 Financial liabilities Trade payables 42,928 159 749 178 326 1,944 595 204 1,545 48,628 Other payables 11,452 1,698 2,681 901 887 2,770 2,616 4,358 9,864 37,227 Lease liabilities 14,721 - 929 302 1,155 - - 2,339 2,460 21,906 Due to related parties 12,150 - 158 - - - - - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities 407 - - - - - - - - 407 Borrowings 158,321 - 1,772 - - - - 934 62 161,089 Total financial liabilities 239,979 1,857 6,289 1,381 2,368 4,714 3,211 7,835 13,931 281,565 Net position (175,333) 7,250 1,245 1,655 3,404 1,250 4,156 8,766 15,399 (132,208) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation.

Page 31 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) The following tables indicate the currencies to which the Group had significant exposure on their monetary assets and liabilities and forecast cash flows. The change in currency rate below represents management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis represents outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the year-end for a reasonably expected change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity of the profit or loss was primarily as a result of foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of trade receivables and payables, long term receivables and borrowings. % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 5 2025 $’000 2025 $’000 Currency: HNL -1.5 - 109 HNL 1 - (73) JMD -1.5 607 - JMD 1 (152) - NIO -1.5 - 446 NIO 1 - (111) DOP -1.5 - (154) DOP 1 - 38 CRC -1.5 - 270 CRC 1 - (180) TTD -1.5 - 368 TTD 1 - (245) GTQ -1.5 140 - GTQ 1 (93) - % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 4 2024 $’000 2024 $’000 Currency: HNL -4 - 174 HNL 1 - (44) JMD -4 665 - JMD 1 (166) - NIO -4 - 471 NIO 1 - (118) DOP -4 - (119) DOP 1 - 30 CRC -4 - 683 CRC 1 - (171) TTD -4 - 834 TTD 1 - (209) GTQ -4 281 - GTQ 1 (70) -

Page 32 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iv) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk As the Group has no significant variable rate interest-bearing assets, the Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate exposure arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates and revolving short-term borrowings expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The Group analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated for borrowings that represent the major interest-bearing positions, taking into consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions and alternative financing. The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily from borrowings, the sensitivity of the profit or loss is the effect of the assumed changes in interest rates based on floating rate long term and revolving short-term borrowings. There is no direct impact on other components of equity. The table below indicates the sensitivity to a reasonably expected change in interest rates 2025 2024 Change in basis points - 50/25 Change in basis points - 50/25 $’000 $’000 Floating rate borrowings 750/ (375) 619/ (310) (b) Capital management The capital management process is carried out by the parent company. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for the shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. The Board of Directors monitors the return on capital, which the Group defines as net operating income (excluding non-recurring items) divided by total equity (excluding non- redeemable preference shares and non-controlling interests). There was no change to the capital management process during the year. The Group has no specific capital management strategy and is not exposed to externally imposed capital requirements. There are contractual capital requirements as follows:  The syndicated credit agreement with Citibank, N.A. acting as administrative agent and collateral agent and Citibank, N.A., Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A, First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as joint lead arrangers and book runners - The financial covenants include: The Leverage Ratio, The Debt Service Coverage Ratio, The Central American Assets Test and The Specified Central American Assets Test. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at year end.  The revolving credit agreement and loan agreement with First Citizens Bank (FCB) - The financial covenants include: the Current ratio, the Funded Debt to EBITDA ratio and the Debt Service ratio. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at the year end.

Page 33 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated)  3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (c) Fair values of financial instruments Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of the Group’s financial instruments that, subsequent to initial recognition, are not measured at fair value is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each statement of financial position date. The fair values of these financial instruments are determined as follows: (i) The face value, less any estimated credit adjustments, for financial assets and liabilities with a maturity of less than one year are estimated to approximate their fair values. These financial assets and liabilities include cash and bank balances, trade receivables and payables and short-term borrowings. (ii) The carrying values of non-current borrowings to non-related parties approximate their fair values, as these loans are carried at amortised cost reflecting their contractual obligations and the interest rates are reflective of current market rates for similar transactions. The fair value of borrowings is disclosed in note 26. (iii) The fair values of the long-term receivables and loans to and from related parties could not be reliably determined as these instruments were granted under special terms and are not likely to be traded in a fair market exchange.

Page 34 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty Judgements and estimates are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. Estimated impairment of goodwill The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2(f). The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations, which require the use of estimates. In determining the value in use, management has made certain assumptions regarding revenue growth rate, EBITDA to revenue ratios, terminal growth rate and discount rates. See Note 15 for sensitivity of amounts to estimates. Intangible assets Intangible assets arising from the acquisition of subsidiaries have been deemed to be indefinite life intangibles. Other intangible assets have been deemed to be finite lives intangibles. Their estimated useful lives have been determined by management, based on their best estimate of the time period over which the Group will benefit from the assets acquired. Management has estimated that the useful lives of the intangibles will be between 5 and 20 years. Income taxes The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. The Group recognises liabilities for actual and anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. In determining these estimates, management considers the merit of any audit issues raised, based on their interpretation of the taxation laws, and their knowledge of any precedents established by the taxation authorities. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences could materially impact the current tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made (see Notes 11 and 18). Determining the lease term In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). For leases of administrative offices, retail stores, equipment and vehicles, the following factors are normally the most relevant: ● If there are significant penalties to terminate (or not extend), the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● If any leasehold improvements are expected to have a significant remaining value, the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● Otherwise, the Group considers other factors including historical lease durations and the costs and business disruption required to replace the leased asset. Most extension options in office equipment and vehicles leases have not been included in the lease liability, because the Group could replace the assets without significant cost or business disruption.

Page 35 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information The Group’s Chief Executive Officer examines the Group’s performance from a geographic perspective and has identified two reportable segments of business: ● Central America- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Central America Region such as Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Costa Rica, Nicaragua and Panama. ● Caribbean- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Caribbean region such as Dominican Republic, Jamaica, Barbados, Curacao and Aruba, Colombia, Trinidad and Tobago, Suriname, Peru and Ecuador. Management primarily uses a measure of adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) to assess the performance of the operating segments. However, information about the segments’ revenue, assets and liabilities are also submitted for review on a monthly basis.

Page 36 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2025 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 216,487 158,045 - 374,532 Revenue from another operating segment 21,602 342 (21,558) 386 Total Income 238,089 158,387 (21,558) 374,918 Adjusted EBITDA 39,468 22,189 (6,463) 55,194 Finance costs (17,703) Depreciation (20,684) Amortisation (3,174) Unallocated EBITDA - Share of Investee’s profit 718 Profit before taxation 14,351 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (11,766) (8,918) - (20,684) Amortisation (286) (2,888) - (3,174) Income tax (8,252) (1,660) - (9,912) Segment assets- Total segment assets 284,690 257,335 (458,838) 83,187 Unallocated items 339,205 Total assets per statement of financial position 422,392 Capital expenditure 2,986 2,116 - 5,102 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 204,830 244,064 (398,616) 50,278 Unallocated items 294,984 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 345,262

Page 37 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 233,913 158,166 - 392,079 Revenue from another operating segment 15,339 337 (20,366) (4,690) Total Income 249,252 158,503 (20,366) 387,389 Adjusted EBITDA 23,676 27,880 (2,569) 48,987 Finance costs (18,430) Depreciation (17,441) Amortisation (2,884) Unallocated EBITDA 2,386 Profit before taxation 12,618 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (10,386) (7,055) - (17,441) Amortisation (286) (2,598) (2,884) Income tax (3,565) (1,591) 114 (5,042) Segment assets- Total segment assets 239,813 237,830 (380,101) 97,542 Unallocated items 302,174 Total assets per statement of financial position 399,716 Capital expenditure 2,306 4,072 - 6,378 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 175,217 226,053 (323,383) 77,887 Unallocated items 238,241 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 316,128

Page 38 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) Segment assets are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset. Segment liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These liabilities are allocated based on the operations of the segment. The parent entity is domiciled in Barbados. The amount of its revenue from external customers broken down by location of the customers is shown in table below. 202 5 2024 $’000 $’000 Barbados 18,992 20,676 Costa Rica 52,701 37,423 Dominican Republic 15,958 17,836 El Salvador 56,750 99,808 Guatemala 35,148 38,892 Honduras 24,704 20,110 Nicaragua 19,273 15,450 Panama 12,122 11,411 USA 7,841 5,848 Antilles 10,512 11,597 Jamaica 27,960 30,229 Trinidad 23,554 30,125 Guyana 8,518 5,920 Cayman 2,822 2,715 Antigua 731 696 Colombia 4,345 5,071 Suriname 1,233 2,180 Other 51,754 31,402 Total 374,918 387,389 The total of capital expenditure, broken down by location of the assets is shown in the table below. 202 5 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 240 240 Trinidad - 244 244 Costa Rica 1,443 - 1,443 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 908 908 Other 261 724 985 Total 2,986 2,116 5,102

Page 39 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 2,037 2,037 Trinidad - 974 974 Costa Rica 791 - 791 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 311 311 Other 233 750 983 Total 2,306 4,072 6,378 6. Revenue 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Business Solutions Sale of goods 310,839 330,420 Services 41,461 32,302 352,300 362,722 Lease Income 22,618 24,667 374,918 387,389 Revenue from contracts with customers is $352,300,000 (2024: $362,722,000). 2025 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2025 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 207,119 122,957 (21,558) 308,518 Over time 17,257 26,525 - 43,782 224,376 149,482 (21,558) 352,300 2024 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2024 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 212,881 117,599 (20,366) 310,114 Over time 23,913 28,695 - 52,608 236,794 146,294 (20,366) 362,722

Page 40 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 7. Other Income 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest income 1,769 1,999 Gain/ (loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment (179) 103 Negative Goodwill (Note a) - 1,150 Customer Deposits Write-back - 700 Miscellaneous 812 193 2,402 4,145 (a) This relates to the acquisition of Xerox Ecuador. (Note 35)

Page 41 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 8. Expenses by Nature Total direct, selling, administration and other operating expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cost of inventories and cost related to services* 247,544 273,027 Impairment losses/(gains) on financial instruments 917 (223) Staff costs (Note 9) 48,573 43,811 Depreciation (Notes 13 and 14) * 10,630 9,470 Commission 6,905 6,895 Travel 5,180 5,433 Management fees 2,434 2,014 Telephone and communication 1,476 1,369 Transportation 801 803 Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 15) 3,174 2,884 Legal and professional fees 2,441 2,312 Occupancy costs 911 1,043 Bank charges 859 743 Auditor’s remuneration 1,940 1,251 Office supplies, printing and stationery 266 605 Repairs and maintenance 536 950 Advertising 324 450 Motor Vehicle Expenses 1,663 1,315 General Insurance 1,210 1,349 Other expenses 8,200 5,498 97,523 88,195 345,984 360,999 * Depreciation included in Cost of inventories and cost related to services amounts to $10,054,000 (2024: 7,971,000) for a total depreciation of $20,684,000 (2024: $17,441,000). Audit fees for the year ended 31 December 2025 totalled for the Group of $1,940,000 (2024: $1,251,000). Other fees paid to the auditor (and related network firms) for non-assurance services are not material.

Page 42 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 9. Staff Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Staff costs that have been included in Selling general and administrative expenses (Note 8) 48,573 43,811 Staff costs that have been included in Direct expenses 17,101 11,031 65,674 54,842 Staff costs that have been included in direct expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 14,379 8,488 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 2,057 1,165 Redundancy costs 184 501 Other 481 877 17,101 11,031 Staff costs that have been included in selling, general and administrative expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 39,571 34,938 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 4,474 3,840 Pension costs – defined contribution 425 410 Redundancy costs 1,809 2,290 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 1,832 2,072 48,573 43,811 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 53,950 43,426 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 6,453 5,005 Pension costs – defined contribution 503 410 Redundancy costs 1,993 2,791 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 2,313 2,949 65,674 54,842

Page 43 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 10. Finance Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net foreign exchange losses (gains) 609 (371) Interest expense - Loans and lease liabilities 17,094 18,801 17,703 18,430 11. Taxation Taxation is based on profit for the year or, in some jurisdictions, the greater of a percentage of profit before tax or revenue adjusted for taxation purposes, and comprises: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current tax charge 6,384 5,920 Deferred tax charge (credit) (Note 18) 3,528 (878) 9,912 5,042 The tax on the profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the statutory tax rate as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit before tax 14,351 12,618 Tax calculated at domestic tax rate of 9% (2024: 9%) 1,292 1,136 Adjusted for the effects of: Different tax rates in other countries 4,935 5,087 Tax on net assets at 1% 128 137 Income not subject to tax (3,048) (2,324) Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 1,101 550 Other charges and credits 5,504 456 Tax charge 9,912 5,042

Page 44 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 11. Taxation (Continued) 2025 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries 260 - 260 Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE - - - Actuarial gains – termination benefits 54 - 54 Other comprehensive income 314 - 314 Deferred tax (Note 18) - 2024 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries (907) - (907) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE 716 - 716 Actuarial gains – termination benefits (96) - (96) Other comprehensive income (287) - (287) Deferred tax (Note 18) - 12. Earnings per Share 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the company 4,287 7,461 Profit attributable to preference shareholders (1,713) (1,289) Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders 2,574 6,172 Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000) 186,213 186,213 Total basic and diluted earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations. 1.38 3.31

Page 45 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13 . Property, Plant and Equipment The furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment category for the Group includes equipment held for leases. Lease contracts for these items are entered into with third parties, with periodic lease payments being 36 to 60 months. Items which are leased are transferred from inventory on commencement of the lease arrangements and are transferred back to inventory on termination of the lease arrangements. Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Exchange differences - 3 (107) - (21) (4) (129) Additions - 1,103 3,663 - 67 269 5,102 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 502 - 24 - 526 Transfers from inventory - 9,380 - - - 9,380 Disposals - (553) (241) - (24) - (818) Transfers to inventory - - (4,018) - - - (4,018) On revaluation - - - - - - - Transfer from CWIP* - 23 186 - - (374) (165) At 31 December 111 6,974 108,155 776 1,711 1,035 118,762 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Exchange differences - (3) (193) - (18) - (214) Charge for the year** - 819 13,800 - 162 - 14,781 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 171 - 24 - 195 On transfer to inventory - - (4,528) - - - (4,528) Relieved on disposals - (365) (230) - (2) - (597) At 31 December 24 3,771 77,600 - 1,261 - 82,656 Net Book Value - 87 3,203 30,555 776 450 1,035 36,106 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $10,054,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 46 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,739 88,464 60 1,822 514 97,710 Exchange differences - (197) (898) - (294) - (1,389) Additions - 422 4,960 - 121 875 6,378 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 2,217 - 24 - 2,241 Transfers from inventory - - 9,017 - - - 9,017 Disposals - (657) (290) - (70) - (1,017) Transfers to inventory - - (4,789) - - - (4,789) On revaluation - - - 716 - - 716 Transfer from CWIP* - 91 109 - 62 (245) 17 At 31 December 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,292 62,728 - 1,067 - 67,111 Exchange differences - (87) (222) - (214) - (523) Charge for the year** - 678 11,282 - 271 - 12,231 On transfer to inventory - - (4,918) - - - (4,918) Relieved on disposals - (563) (290) - (29) - (882) At 31 December 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Net Book Value - 87 3,078 30,210 776 570 1,144 35,865 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $7,971,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 47 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The amounts of equipment leased to customers and included in property, plant and equipment are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Equipment held for lease at cost 80,979 86,403 Accumulated depreciation (61,596) (66,856) Net book value 19,383 19,547 Equipment is ordinarily moved from inventory to docu-centers, printshops and internal use. Equipment from inventory is also placed under lease contracts. When the equipment is no longer assigned to a specific function, it is moved back to inventory at net book value. The most significant of these movements is for equipment held for lease which is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening net book value 19,547 16,502 Acquisition of subsidiaries (Note 35) - 1,870 Transfers from inventory during lease period 9,380 9,017 Depreciation charges (10,054) (7,971) Disposals – transfers to inventory upon expiry of lease (4,018) (4,789) Depreciation released 4,528 4,918 Closing net book value 19,383 19,547

Page 48 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The pieces of freehold land of the Group were independently revalued as at various dates during 2023 on the basis of open market value or other market comparable approaches by independent qualified valuators. The directors are of the view that there were no material changes in the value over the prior year for Freehold land. Fair value movements on freehold are recognised in OCI under other revaluation reserves, see Note 28. The following table analyses the non-financial assets carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:  Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, or directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2), and  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

Page 49 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) There were no transfers between levels during the year. Level 3 fair values of land and buildings have been derived using the sales comparison approach. Sales prices of comparable land and buildings in close proximity are adjusted for differences in key attributes such as property size. The most significant input into this valuation approach is price per square foot. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair values of land and buildings are disclosed in the tables below. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87 Fair value measurements at 31 December 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87

Page 50 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases : Right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 12,599 10,376 Equipment 2,596 2,308 Motor vehicles 74 118 15,269 12,802 Movement analysis is as follows: 2025 2024 $’000 $’000 At Cost/Valuation - At 1 January 32,312 28,876 Exchange differences (40) 266 Acquisition on subsidiaries (Note 35) - 109 Additions 10,207 5,804 Lease Expiry (4,737) (2,743) At 31 December 37,742 32,312 Amortisation - At 1 January 19,510 16,203 Exchange differences (9) 348 Relieved on lease expiry (2,931) (2,251) Charge for the year 5,903 5,210 At 31 December 22,473 19,510 Net book value At 31 December 15,269 12,802

Page 51 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (Continued) (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: Amortisation charge of right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 4,709 4,488 Equipment 1,105 623 Motor vehicles 89 99 5,903 5,210 Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: - the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability - any lease payments made at the commencement date less any lease incentives received Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.

Page 52 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement, Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Year ended 31 December 2025 Opening net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 337 - - - 337 Exchange Difference - 1 - (2) (1) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (734) (184) (3,174) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 5 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Cost 86,952 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,684 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (12,827) (15,386) (6,993) (35,927) Closing net book value 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 Year ended 31 December 2024 Opening net book value 81,218 20,880 - 824 102,922 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 5,964 - 2,881 - 8,845 Adjustment (1,288) - - - (1,288) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (444) (184) (2,884) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 4 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Cost 86,615 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,347 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (10,572) (14,652) (6,807) (32,752) Closing net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595

Page 53 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15 . Intangible Assets (Continued) Amortisation charges have been included in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income. Impairment tests for goodwill The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis or when events or changes in the circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill is allocated. The recoverable amount is usually determined by reference to the value in use. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the CGU and also to choose an appropriate discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those future cash flows. The allocation of goodwill to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) as categorised by subsidiary is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 403 403 PBS Central America, S.A. 7,539 7,539 Mobay Holdings N. V. 4,256 4,256 Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 523 523 High Tech Corporation S.A. de C.V 2,957 2,957 PBS Technology Group Limited 62,655 62,655 Infotrans 1,438 1,438 PBS Peru 5,964 5,964 Regional Business Systems 337 - Other 159 159 86,231 85,894 The recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use pre- tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a 5-year period. Cash flows beyond the 5 th year are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2025 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2025 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 73.2% 2.0% 14.4% 20.56% PBS Central America S.A. 0.7% 3.4% 13.3% 20.96% Mobay Holdings N. V. 20.7% 1.7% 12.6% 20.70% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 24.6% 4.9% 16.7% 19.41% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.3% 15.2% 25.19% PBS Technology Group Limited 42.3% 3.1% 27.3% 22.25% Infotrans Group Holdings B.V. 39.1% 1.8% 14.9% 19.04% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.5% 12.1% 20.27% Regional Business Systems 174.7% 2.0% 16.6% 20.56%

Page 54 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2024 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2024 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 11.4% 22.0% PBS Central America S.A. -10.0% 3.0% 9.2% 22.4% Mobay Holdings N. V. 13.7% 1.7% 16.0% 17.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5% 11.5% 24.9% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 14.3% 26.6% PBS Technology Group Limited 25.0% 3.0% 25.7% 24.1% Infotrans 50.0% 1.9% 11.8% 24.5% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 11.5% 21.4% The table below shows the change in key assumptions for value in use calculations that would result in the recoverable amount being equal to the carrying amount. This represents only the cash generating units for which the excess of the recoverable amounts over the carrying amounts of the CGUs was low. 202 5 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Mobay Holdings N.V. 20.7% -1.4% 11.9% 23.6% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.5% 15.2% 25.0% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.9% 12.2% 20.0% Regional Business Systems 174.7% -19.2% 9.7% 35.7%

Page 55 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) 202 4 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 8.1% 22.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5.0% 10.4% 26.7% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 12.7% 27.0% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 12.7% 16.4%

Page 56 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 16. Lease Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Gross investment in finance leases Not later than one year 12,292 4,538 Later than one year and not later than five years 6,130 8,966 18,422 13,504 Less: Unearned income (2,447) (3,939) 15,975 9,565 Net investment in finance leases may be classified as follows: Not later than one year 11,437 2,696 Later than one year and not later than five years 4,538 6,869 15,975 9,565 No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . 17. Long Term Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Print Spot S de R.L. (Note a) 22 91 Guarantee deposits for building rents (Note b) 87 111 Other (Note c) 660 387 769 589 The current portion of long-term receivables is $161,000 (2024: $38,000) and is recorded in Current Assets. No loss allowance was recorded for long-term receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . a) Print Spot S de R.L. The balance earns interest of 14% and matures in August 2027. b) Guarantee deposits for building rents These balances do not earn interest and they are guarantee deposits for the rent of buildings in Guatemala, Cayman, Panama and Nicaragua. They mature between February 2027 (renewables) and July 2029. c) Other The balance relates to amounts that are individually insignificant. These balances relate to equipment sales with terms between 13 months and up to 37 months. These are secured with promissory notes and earn interest between 10% and 21% and are guaranteed with a pledge on the financed equipment.

Page 57 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 18. Deferred Income Taxes (a) Deferred income taxes are calculated in full on all temporary differences under the liability method and comprise: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Deferred Tax Asset 11,507 14,491 Deferred Tax Liability (6,570) (6,153) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (b) The movement on the deferred income tax assets balance for the year is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net asset at beginning of the year 8,338 7,971 Acquisition of subsidiaries - 89 (Charge) credit to profit and loss (Note 11) (3,528) 878 Exchange difference 127 (600) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment (843) (1,081) Provisions 2,117 7,034 Foreign exchange (losses)/gains (3) (29) Tax losses 3,621 2,600 Other 45 (186) 4,937 8,338 (d) The movement on the net deferred tax asset is attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment 125 (1,178) Provisions 66 (915) Tax losses (3,934) 1,144 Other 342 1,316 (3,401) 367 (e) Deferred income tax liabilities have not been established for withholding tax that would be payable on unremitted profits of subsidiaries as the amounts are permanently reinvested.

Page 58 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances The following transactions were carried out with related parties: (a) Sale of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Sale of goods Other related parties 26 428 Goods are sold based on the price lists in force and terms that would be available to third parties. (b) Purchase of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Purchases of goods Other related parties 10 204 Transactions with other related parties. (c) Key management compensation Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive). The compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services is shown below: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 4,837 4,905 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 373 372 Pension benefits 33 33 Other 106 9 5,349 5,319 Directors’ fees 118 104 (d) Other transactions 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Parent Management fee expense 1,429 970 Other related parties Management fee expense 1,005 1,044 Interest Income (6) (2) Interest paid 50 3 Rental Expense 634 - 3,112 2,015

Page 59 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances (Continued) (e) Year end balances with related parties Balances with the parent company and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand and earn no interest. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Receivable from related parties: Parent 5,346 5,247 Fellow subsidiaries and shareholder 2,720 2,220 8,066 7,467 Payable to related parties: Parent 9,487 9,421 Fellow subsidiaries 4,252 2,887 13,739 12,308 20. Investment in Associates In January 18, 2024, Trinidad Systems Group Limited (“TSGL”), a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), completed the acquisition of 100% of the operations of Trinidad Systems Limited (“TSL”) for a total purchase price of TT$107,208,000.00 (US$15,765,882.35). The acquisition was financed through a combination of 50% cash and 50% debt. PBS participated in the ownership consortium of TSGL, securing a 45% equity stake. As a result, PBS contributed 45% of the cash portion of the purchase price, amounting to TT$24,121,800 (US$3,543,000). The debt portion, representing the remaining 50% of the purchase price, is solely the responsibility of TSGL. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 As at January 4,056 3,543 Share of net profit 718 513 At 31 December 4,774 4,056

Page 60 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 20. Investment in Associates (Continued) The associate’s year-end is 31 December. The summarized unaudited consolidated information for the associate and its subsidiary is presented below. The information disclosed reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of Trinidad Systems Group Limited and not the Group’s share of those amounts. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Statement of financial position: Total Assets 26,790 24,316 Total Liabilities (13,592) (11,254) Net Assets 13,198 13,062 Statement of comprehensive income: Revenues 22,501 22,243 Expenses (21,177) (21,127) Net Profit for the Year 1,324 1,116 21. Inventories 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Finished goods 57,311 47,625 Goods in transit 13,198 12,801 70,509 60,426 Less: Provision for obsolete stock (12,466) (11,842) 58,043 48,584 Cost of inventory recognised as an expense aggregating to $203,222,000 (2024: $232,404,000), were recognised in profit and loss. 22. Trade and Other Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade receivables 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (Note 3) (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Prepaid expenses 5,307 3,985 Current portion of Long-Term Receivable 77 273 Other (Note a) 24,355 13,484 127,296 105,760 a) Includes advances to vendors of $3,359,442 (2024: $852,000) and Sundry Debtors of $3,808,003 (2024: $5,992,202)

Page 61 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 23. Cash and Bank 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The cash and bank balances disclosed for 2025 include restricted cash of $6,644,000 (2024: $6,131,000) The weighted average interest rate at the reporting date for short term bank deposits was 0.70% (2024: 0.70%) per annum. 24. Trade and Other Payables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade payables 58,348 48,628 Interest Payables 378 1,001 Accrued liabilities 15,792 20,860 Other 16,531 15,366 91,049 85,855 The carrying amounts of trade and other payables is a reasonable approximation to their fair values, due to their short-term nature. 25. Lease Liabilities The Group currently has long term lease agreements related to buildings, equipment, and motor vehicles. (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Lease liabilities Current 6,998 6,441 Non-current 17,988 15,465 24,986 21,906 (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest expense (included in finance cost) 1,353 1,580 Expenses relating to short term leases or low value underlying assets (included in selling, general and administrative expenses) 1,178 1,835 2,531 3,415 The total cash outflow for leases in 2025 was $ 9,723,000 (2024: $10,699,000).

Page 62 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 25. Lease Liabilities (Continued) (iii) Incremental borrowing rate For the incremental borrowing rate, the Group: - Where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by bankers as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received, and - Makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security. - The weighted average incremental borrowing rate for the Group in 2024 and 2025 was determined to be 7%. (iv) Lease payments Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. (v) Extension and termination options Extension and termination options are included in a number of leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. As at 31 December 2025, potential future cash outflows of $18,867,000 (2024: $14,702,000) (undiscounted) have not been included in the lease liability because it is not reasonably certain that the leases will be extended (or not terminated). The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee. During the current financial year, the financial effect of revising lease terms to reflect the effect of exercising extension and termination options was nil.

Page 63 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Short term loans – (a) Citibank 12,000 - (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. 2,860 2,274 (c) First Citizens 1,700 1,500 (d) Quedex 1,129 - (e) Davivienda 762 1,088 (f) Banco Popular Dominicano 540 400 (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú 254 - (h) Lafise - 679 19,245 5,941 Current portion of non-current borrowings 14,250 10,633 Total Current Borrowings 33,495 16,574 Non-Current Borrowings – (i) Citibank 135,469 120,926 (j) JCSD Preference Shares 16,701 16,582 (k) Xerox 6,875 9,375 (l) Davivienda 3,060 3,006 (m) National Commercial Bank 1,672 2,190 (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies 1,320 1,232 (o) First Citizens 489 934 (p) BICSA 324 341 (q) Banco de Bogotá 134 62 (r) Banistmo 99 428 (s) ASEPBS 99 - (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies - 72 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 Current portion of non-current borrowings (14,250) (10,633) Total Non-Current Borrowings 151,992 144,515 Total Borrowings 185,487 161,089

Page 64 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) The exposure of the group’s borrowings to interest rate changes and the contractual re-pricing dates at the end of the reporting period are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 0-12 months 33,495 16,574 1-5 years 151,992 144,515 185,487 161,089 The carrying amounts and fair value of the non-current borrowings are as follows: Carrying amount Fair value 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Loans 135,468 123,858 138,367 137,374 Redeemable preference shares 16,701 17,000 17,000 17,000 Other 14,073 14,290 14,073 17,674 166,242 155,148 169,440 172,048 The Group’s undrawn borrowing facilities as of December 2025 is $12,837,000 (2024: $15,000,000).

Page 65 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Short term loans (a) Citibank N.A. This represents three unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of SOFR plus a margin of 3.9% per annum with due dates between March 18 and June 18, 2026. (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. This represents four unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of between 10.20% and 10.99% per annum with due dates between January 20 and March 11, 2026. (c) First Citizens This represents loans which attracts interest of 8% per annum and mature in June 2026. (d) Quedex This represents a loan which attracts interest of 12% per annum and mature in March 2026. (e) Davivienda This represents an unsecured loan to finance working capital bearing interest of 9.30% per annum and maturing March 2026. (f) Banco Popular Dominicano This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on June 30, 2026. (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú This represents a short-term loan which attracts interest of 6.57% per annum and matures on June 19, 2026. (h) Lafise This represented three fiduciary loans to finance working capital, bearing interest between 9.5% and 10% per annum and which matured between January 25 and June 29, 2025. Non-Current Borrowings (i) Citibank This facility was granted in June 2024. The credit agreement was signed by Citibank as Administrative and Collateral Agent, and with Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A., First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners. The facility also grants the group access to incremental loans on which the same terms and conditions as the initial disbursement apply. The group accessed the first tranche of $12,500,000 on December 8, 2025 and the second of $8,000,000 on December 26, 2025. It matures in June 2030 and attracts an interest base rate of 3.4% plus a Term SOFR CME – 6 month rate, which results in an All-in rate of 7% at December 2025. Payments of principal and interests are to be paid in variable installments payments, in a semi-annual basis. Such semi annual amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth. The deferred financing charges offset against the loan amount is $2,588,432.

Page 66 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Guarantor companies are PBS Technology Group Limited, Productive Business Solutions (Central America), S.A., Productive Business Solutions Caribbean Limited, Dorada Management Inc., Productive Business Solutions (Guatemala), S.A., Productive Business Solutions El Salvador, S.A. de C.V., High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions Honduras, S.A. de C.V., Hight Tech Consulting, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions (Nicaragua), S.A., Productive Business Solutions (Costa Rica), S.A., and Productive Business Solutions (Panamá), S.A.. (j) JCSD Preference Shares This represents 17,000,000 Redeemable Cumulative Preference Shares in United States dollars (US$) entitled to a fixed preferential cumulative cash dividend of 8.25% US$ per annum. These preference shares issued in June 2024, mature in June 2028 and are mandatorily redeemable by the Company on this date. The deferred finance charges offset against the loan amounts to $298,790 The Preference Shares may not be redeemed by the Company until after the second anniversary of issue thereof. Thereafter the Voluntary Redemption Payment shall be the aggregate of (i) repayment in US$ of the Redemption Price; (ii) any arrears or accruals of the cumulative preferential dividend on the Preference Shares, whether declared or earned, or not, calculated down to the date of such repayment. (k) Xerox PBS Group acquired Xerox companies in Peru and Ecuador and signed a 4-year unsecured promissory note on July 1, 2024 issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 26, 2024. Principal and interest of 7% per annum are to be paid on a quarterly basis, total of 16 quarterly instalments that ends in June 2028. (l) Davivienda This represents two loans to finance working capital at 9.75% and 15.24% interest rate per annum and are due on May 24, 2027 and December 12, 2028, respectively. (m) NCB - National Commercial Bank This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 11.75% annual, due on October 19, 2028. All of this loan is disclosed as current portion of non-current borrowing given a breach in the corresponding financial covenants of the affiliate that holds the debt. (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies This represents the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of Infotrans subsidiaries in Aruba, Bonaire, Colombia and Curacao, maturing in May 2027. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non-current borrowings. The balance purchase price was set in four equal instalments of six hundred thousand united state dollars, each payable on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of completion of the sale which took place on June 12, 2023. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non- current borrowings. (o) FCIT - First Citizens This represents an unsecured loan facility granted in TT Dollars which attracts interest of 7.5% per annum, maturing on January 11, 2027. (p) BICSA – Banco Internacional de Costa Rica, S.A. This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 9% annual, due on September 15, 2028. (q) Banco de Bogotá This represents two loans which attracts interest of 12.72% and 12.03% per annum and maturing on January 17, 2027, and December 04, 2027.

Page 67 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) (r) Banistmo – Banco del Istmo This represents an unsecured loan which attracts interest of 7.9% per annum and due date is on March 28, 2027. (s) ASEPBS – Asociación Solidarista de Empleados de PBS This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on November 01, 2027. (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies This represented the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of High-Tech subsidiaries in El Salvador and Honduras which matured in July 2025. 27. Share Capital 202 5 202 4

000
000 Authorised - 186,213,000, (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000, (2024 –2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 Issued and fully paid - 186,213,000 (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000 (2024 – 2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 The preference shares are redeemable cumulative preference shares (1,500,000 9.25% perpetual cumulative redeemable USD and 500,000 10.50% perpetual cumulative redeemable Jamaican Dollars Preference Shares) where the declaration of dividends is discretionary. There is no contractual redemption date for these shares and may only be called for the first time at the sole discretion of the issuer, on the last Business Day of the financial year which falls immediately before the 15th anniversary of the issue date of the Preference Shares 28. Other Reserves (deficits) Other reserves primarily represent the currency translation differences resulting from the unrealized gains and losses on the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries that have a different functional currency from that of the Company. Other reserves also include revaluation reserve for the revaluation of assets and actuarial gains. Revaluation Surplus $’000 Actuarial Gains $’000 Currency Translation Differences $’000 Total $’000 Balance as at 1 January 2024 70 2,902 (20,111) (17,139) Actuarial gains - (96) - (96) Movement during 2024 716 - (820) (104) Balance as at 31 December 2024 786 2,806 (20,931) (17,339) Actuarial gains - 54 - 54 Movement during 2025 - - 260 260 Balance as at 31 December 2025 786 2,860 (20,671) (17,025)

Page 68 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 29. Litigation and Contingent Liabilities The Group is subject to various claims, disputes and legal proceedings in the normal course of business. Provision is made for such matters when, in the opinion of management and its professional advisors, it is probable that a payment will be made by the Group, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Claims asserted against the Group, according to the principles outlined above, have not been provided for. Management is of the opinion that the claims are either without merit, can be successfully defended or will result in exposure to the Group which is immaterial to both financial position and results of operations. 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset The movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligation during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 1,553 1,389 Reallocation of pension plan liability 1,045 - Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 Actuarial gains on termination benefits 124 (24) Benefits paid (73) (73) At end of year 3,111 1,553 The movement of the pension plan asset during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 3,674 3,596 Actuarial gains / (losses) 110 (96) Current service cost 122 122 Interest Cost 493 546 Benefits paid (653) (726) Other 6 232 At end of year 3,752 3,674 The amounts recognised in arriving at profit or loss were as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 At end of year 462 261 The distribution of the obligation by country was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Nicaragua 120 115 Panama 338 280 El Salvador 968 810 Honduras 393 348 Ecuador 1,292 - 3,111 1,553

Page 69 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset (Continued) The value of the plan asset was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Barbados 3,034 3,034 Panama 575 557 Honduras 143 83 3,752 3,674 The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is: 202 5 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (500) 485 Inflation rate 1% 52 (47) 202 4 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (432) 465 Inflation rate 1% 31 (27) The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position.

Page 70 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation (Continued) Termination benefits in El Salvador and Nicaragua are established by law and entitle the employee to receive a payment upon termination of employment, regardless of cause. In El Salvador the benefit is founded in the law 592, that is the regulatory law for the economic benefit for voluntary resignation. Employees with more than two years of uninterrupted service for the company shall receive a payment of, at least, the equivalent of 15 days of minimum wage for each year of service. In Nicaragua, the law 185, Labour Code, entitles the employee to the right to receive a payment equivalent to one monthly salary for each year of service, up to the third year, and 20 days of salary for each additional year. Neither of these plans require the employer to establish a fund. The principal actuarial assumptions used in valuing post-employment benefits are as follows: PBS Nicaragua 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 11% 11% Future salary increases 5% 5% Retirement age 60 years 60 years PBS El Salvador 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5% 5% Future salary increases 3.4% 3.4% Retirement age 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively PBS Panama 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5.5% 5.5% Future salary increases 6% 6% Retirement age 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively The principal assumptions used in valuing the pension plan asset for Barbados as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 7.75% 7.75% Future salary increases 3% 3% Retirement age 65 65

Page 71 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Operating Activities Reconciliation of the Group’s net profit to cash generated from operating activities: Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net profit 4,439 7,576 Items not affecting cash: Depreciation 13&14 20,684 17,441 Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 15 3,174 2,884 Share of profit of associate (718) (513) Taxation expense 11 9,912 5,042 Foreign exchange Losses/(Gains) 609 734 Loss / (Gains) on disposal of Property plant and equipment 179 (103) Interest income 7 (1,769) (1,999) Interest expense 10 17,094 18,801 53,604 49,863 Change in non-cash working capital, net of effects from acquisition of subsidiaries: Inventories (14,646) (6,961) Contract assets 1,574 429 Trade and other receivables (21,595) 29 Due from related parties (599) (499) Long term liabilities (407) (906) Long term receivable (180) 218 Lease receivable (6,410) (15) Accounts payable (7,288) 2,183 Contract liabilities (505) (4,243) Retirement benefit obligation 1,480 86 Due to related parties 1,431 1,249 6,459 41,433 Taxation paid (3,733) (8,902) Net cash provided by operating activities 2,726 32,531 Net Debt Reconciliation This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for the year ended 31 December. 2025

000 2024
000 Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Borrowings - repayable within one year (including overdraft) (33,495) (16,915) Borrowings - repayable after one year (151,992) (144,174) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034) Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Gross debt - fixed interest rates (185,487) (161,089) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034)

Page 72 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Financing Activities (Continued) Cash and Bank Lease liability Borrowing due within 1 year Borrowing due after 1 year Total 000 $’000 000 000 000 Net debt as at 31 December 2023 31,991 (19,197) (50,306) (96,936) (134,448) Addition 8,735 (13,552) (4,041) (143,000) (151,858) Repayments (10,760) 10,699 46,254 95,418 141,611 Foreign exchange adjustments (5) 144 9 830 978 Other non-cash movements - - (8,490) (827) (9,317) Net debt as at 31 December 2024, 29,961 (21,906) (16,574) (144,515) (153,034) Addition - (4,676) (17,271) (24,523) (46,470) Repayments (8,366) 7,630 12,646 473 12,383 Foreign exchange adjustments (21) 21 18 170 188 Other non-cash movements - (6,055) (12,314) 16,403 (1,966) Net debt as at 31 December 2025 21,574 (24,986) (33,495) (151,992) (188,899) .

Page 73 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 32. Pledged as Security The net assets of some subsidiaries of the group have been pledged as security for borrowings. The value of these pledged assets at the year end totalled $177,643,000 (2024: $159,054,000). 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities The Group classifies rights and obligations in its relationship with customers whenever either party performs any of its contractual obligations. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress for which the Group has provided the services. The contract assets become a receivable when the entity’s right to consideration is unconditional, and the revenue has been billed. The contract assets are classified as current assets as the associated contract is expected to be completed in less than 12 months. The contract assets relate to equipment contracts. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract assets 28 1,602 The contract liabilities refer to advances received from customers under the promise to deliver equipment. Total contract liabilities at the end of the year are reflected in the table below. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract liabilities on equipment contracts 10,717 8,139 on service contracts 4,384 7,463 Total contract liabilities 15,101 15,602

Page 74 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities (Continued) (i) Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to carried- forward contract liabilities and how much relates to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period on equipment contracts 3,391 4,781 on service contracts 2,534 1,252 5,925 6,033 (ii) Unsatisfied contracts at the end of the period The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations resulting from fixed-price contracts: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 84,215 63,651 84,215 63,651

Page 75 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 34 . Investments In October 2022 the Group acquired 17% of the shares of Arel Limited, which resulted in an investment of $242,000 (equivalent to $246,000 at prior year’s rate). Arel Limited is a private company established in 1967 and domiciled in 2 Piccadilly Road, Kingston 5, St. Andrew, Jamaica. The company is focused on providing engineering services and equipment such as air conditioning, medical and elevators. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair value of the unquoted equity investment are disclosed in the table below. The Group divested its entire holding in this investment during 2025. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 and 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Total 2025 $’000 Total 2024 $’000 Unquoted equity - 243

Page 76 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries Acquisition of Regional Business Systems Limited On 1 May 2025, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Regional Business Systems Limited. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. (i) Identifiable assets acquired – Regional Business Systems Limited 2025 $’000 Property and equipment 331 Tax Recoverable 12 Inventories 175 Trade and other payables (231) Other Current Liabilities (32) Bank Overdraft (197) Net identifiable assets acquired 58 Consideration 395 Less net identifiable assets acquired (58) Goodwill 337 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2025 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 395 Less: Cash balance (overdraft) acquired (197) Net outflow of cash 592

Page 77 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued)z Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Peru. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired - Peru 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 1,638 Trade and other receivables 1,722 Cash and cash equivalents 1,254 Deferred tax asset 594 Inventories 1,353 Intangible assets 2,200 Other Assets 277 Trade and other payables (2,214) Other Current Liabilities (59) Deferred Tax Liabilities (763) Net identifiable assets acquired 6,002 Consideration 11,966 Less net identifiable assets acquired (6,002) Goodwill 5,964 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 4,231 Less: Cash balance acquired 1,254 Net outflow of cash 2,977

Page 78 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador (iii) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 4,231 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 7,735 Total purchase consideration 11,966 (iv) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1. Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2. Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Ecuador. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired: 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 603 Right of Use Asset 109 Trade and other receivables 1,646 Cash and cash equivalents 2,909 Deferred tax asset 471 Inventories 527 Intangible assets 681 Taxation Recoverable 812 Trade and other payables (2,826) Tax Payable (5) Short term loans (112) Deferred Tax Liabilities (175) Net identifiable assets acquired 4,640 Consideration 3,490 Less net identifiable assets acquired (4,640) Negative Goodwill (1,150)

Page 79 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 1,225 Less: Cash balance acquired 2,909 Net inflow of cash (1,684) (iii) Acquisition-related costs In 2024 the Group incurred a combined (Peru and Ecuador) acquisition-related costs of $98,000 which were fully expensed. These costs have been included in professional fees expenses for the current period. (iv) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 1,225 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 2,265 Total purchase consideration 3,490 (v) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1.Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2.Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. 36. Distributions 2025 During 2025 the Group made the following distribution to ordinary shareholders On February 10, 2025, the group paid a cash dividend of $6,499,000 (3.49 cents per share) On December 31, 2025, the group paid a cash divided of $2,999,000 (1.61 cents per share) During 2025 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On January 22, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On April 15, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On June 30, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD428,000 (21.38 cents per share) On September 20, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD427,000 (21.38 cents per share)

Page 80 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 36. Distributions (Continued) 2024 During 2024 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On April 02, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On July 04, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On September 30, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) 37. Pillar II The Group is a part of a Multinational Entity (MNE) with revenues above €750 million. As such, it is within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules. Pillar Two legislation has not been enacted in Jamaica, the jurisdiction in which the MNE is incorporated. The Group has subsidiaries in the following countries with tax rate below 15%: Barbados, British Vergin Islands (BVI), Cayman Islands and St. Lucia. Under the legislation, the Group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) effective tax rate for each jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. The Group’s effective tax rates exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which it operates, with a few exceptions. For these exceptions, although the average effective tax rate may be below 15%, the Group’s exposure to paying Pillar Two income taxes might not be for the full difference in tax rates in relation to these entities. Additionally, not all entities jurisdictions have legislative frameworks to accommodate the Pillar Two top up tax. The Group is in the process of assessing its exposure to the Pillar Two legislation and will implement once adopted by the MNE in the jurisdiction of incorporation. 38. Subsequent Events 1. On January 14, 2026, the Boad of Directors declared a dividend payment of 1.88 cents per ordinary share. The record date is January 28, 2026, and payable February 25, 2026. 2. On February 27, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of March 16, 2026, and payable on April 1, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share. 3. On May 22, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of May 28, 2026, and payable on July 2, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share.

PROXY FORM

Productive Business Solutions Limited Company No. 34076 ("the Company") The undersigned shareholder of the Company hereby appoints of or failing him of Dated this day of , 2026 Name in Print: as the nominee of the undersigned to attend and act for the undersigned and on behalf of the undersigned at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on the September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am Jamaica time and at any adjournment or adjournments thereof in the same manner, to the same extent and with the same powers as if the undersigned was present at the said meeting or such adjournment or adjournments there of. Pursuant to Amended and Restated By-Law No. 2 of the Company

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Syndicated from Jamaica Stock Exchange · originally published .

Other coverage

Around Kingston

· powered by OFMOP
000
Skip to main content
Abeng Radio·Live news
0 listening
Jamaica Stock Exchange

Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

Kingston
Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS is a solutions-oriented, customer-focused technology group that combines a wide range of services, top-tier professionals, and cutting-edge products to offer customized systems and tools for organizations in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. Under the concept of “Engineering & Technology,” PBS operates through a model in which they work together to transform ideas into functional, scalable, and strategic solutions. Engineering acts as the core capability for designing, integrating, and executing complex systems with a long-term vision, while technology serves as the enabler that accelerates results and turns innovation into real impact. This approach reinforces PBS as a reliable partner in solutions integration, focused on helping clients improve the efficiency of their business processes while delivering measurable and sustainable results. “No Limits” defines how PBS thinks and operates: without technical, geographical, or industry boundaries. It reflects a commitment to flexibility, continuous innovation, and the ability to anticipate and solve challenges through tailored solutions that drive efficiency and growth across diverse markets and industries. 03

We are committed to our customers. We work with exceptional people. PBS Costa Rica Building, Plaza Roble, Los Balcones, 3rd Floor 05

We represent world leaders in the technology industry to provide the best solutions and services in our market. 06

Table of Contents Notice of an Annual General Meeting 08 Director’s Report 09 Corporate Information 10 Our Values 11 Acquisitions and Incorporations 13 Our Coverage 14 PBS Business Lines 15 Shareholders Profile 17 Shareholding of Directors 23 Chairman Message 24 CEO Letter 26 Group Board of Directors 32 Board Committees 37 Senior Regional Leadership Team 44 Regional Leadership Team 45 Senior in Country Leadership 47 Consolidated Financial Statements 49 PROXY FORM 51 Corporate Governance Policy 141 07

Notice of an Annual General Meeting NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the NINTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of PRODUCTIVE BUSINESS SOLUTIONS LIMITED will be held at their offices at General Accident Insurance Company Jamaica Limited, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, St. Andrew, Jamaica as well as virtually, on September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am to consider and if thought fit pass the following ordinary resolutions: A member of the Company entitled to attend and vote, is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote in his or her stead. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. Proxy forms must be submitted to the Company's Registrar and Transfer Agent, Jamaica Central Securities Depository, 40 Harbour Street, Kingston, Jamaica not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting. Proxy forms must be stamped with a J$100.00 postage stamp. Shareholders will be able to attend the meeting in person; however they will also be able to attend and vote on resolutions raised at the AGM electronically once they are registered by contacting [email protected]. Non-Shareholders can also register using the same email address. Upon registration, a confirmation will be sent and the meeting link and password will be shared closer to the meeting. The deadline for registration is September 2, 2026. P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board a. “THAT Deloitte & Touche having indicated their willingness to continue in office be re-appointed as Auditors for the ensuing year.” b. “THAT the Directors are hereby authorized to agree on a remuneration for the Auditors.” 6. RATTIFICATION OF DIVIDEND PAYMENTS “THAT the following dividend payments made during the year be ratified and that no other dividend payments were approved for the period under review”: “THAT dividend payments made to the: 9.25% and 10.50% preference shareholders on April 15, 2025, June 30, 2025, and September 30, 2025 of US$0.23125 per share and J$25.890411 per share respectively Common shareholders on February 10, 2025 and December 31, 2025 of US$0.0349 and US$0.0161 per share respectively TO TRANSACT ANY OTHER BUSINESS THAT MAY BE PROPERLY TRANSACTED AT AN ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING Dated this 4th day of August, 2026 BY ORDER OF THE BOARD 1. AUDITED ACCOUNTS “THAT the audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025, and the reports of the Directors’ and Auditors’ be and are hereby adopted.” 2. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS Pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 the Directors retiring from office by rotation are Jose Misrahi, Ricardo Hutchinson and Thomas Agnew, who being eligible offered themselves for re-election. The proposed resolutions are as follows: a. “THAT Jose Misrahi be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” b. “THAT Ricardo Hutchinson be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” c. “THAT Thomas Agnew be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” 3. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTOR Pursuant to Section 4.3.2 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 Mr. Eduardo Rodriguez who was appointed by the Board of Directors on June 8, 2026 resigned and being eligible offered himself for re-election. “THAT Eduardo Rodriguez be re-elected as a Director of the Company” 4. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION “THAT the amount shown for the Directors’ remuneration in the Audited Accounts dated December 31, 2025 be and is hereby approved.” 5. APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS AND FIX THEIR REMUNERAION 08

Submitted on behalf of the Board of Directors, P. B. Scott Chai rman of the Board The Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited submit herewith their Annual Report and Audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025 The Board of Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited exercises its responsibilities for the Financial Statements included in this Report through its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee consists of non-executive Board members: Brian Wynter Chairperson, Melanie Subratie, Ricardo Hutchinson, Thomas Agnew, and Executive Board member: Jose Misrahi. The independent auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee. The Group ended the year with a profit after tax of US$4,439,000 and a net profit attributable to shareholders of US$4,287,000. Details of these results, along with a comparison with the previous year’s performance and the state of affairs of the Company, are set out in the Management Discussion and Analysis and the Financial Statements which are included as part of the Report. The Directors wish to express their appreciation to the employees for their loyal services throughout the year. The Directors will meet to consider the appointment of Auditors in accordance with applicable regulations. Finan ci al R e sults A u di t or s Legal Representatives Emp l oyee s Director’s Report 09

Full Corporate Name Productive Business Solutions Limited R egis t ered Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust r ial Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Incorpor at ed December 1 6, 2010 Fiscal Year End December 31 , 2023 Administr ati ve Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust ri al Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Law under which incorpor at ed Barbados Compan y Sec reta ry Liza Ha rr id y al & Associates Tel.: 246-417-5600 Fax.: 246-421-8001 Legal Representatives DUNNCOX 48 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLINTON & HART & CO 58 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLARKE, GITTENS, FARMER Parker House, Wildey Business Park Wildey Road, St. Michael, Barbados M. HAMEL-SMITH & CO. Eleven Albion, Cor. Dere & Albion Streets P.O. Box 219, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad & Tobago W.I. Corporate Information PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS SRL The Financial Services Centre Bishop's Court's Hill P.O. Box 111, St. Michael BB 14004, Barbados Auditors Deloitte & Touche 3rd Floor The Goddard Building Hoggatt Hall St. Michae BB11059 Barbados, W.I. 10

Corporate Governance Policy 11

Corporate Governance Policy OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHARTER WAS ESTABLISHED IN 2010 AND REVISED IN 2025. THE CHARTER CAN BE SEEN IN MORE DETAIL ON THE COMPANY'S WEBSITE WWW.PBS.GROUP 12

Our Values We collaborate in everything we do. We maintain excellent communication with our customers to always understand their needs. The primary factor that enables us to make things happen. We demonstrate these qualities daily to enhance our working environment. We guarantee justice and fairness to all stakeholders, both internal and external. We uphold our business integrity as an ethical framework that guides our professional conduct, acting with integrity to earn the trust of our customers and employees. INTEGRITY TEAMWORK COMMUNICATION DISCIPLINE HUMILITY & SPIRIT OF SERVICE RESPECT FOR INDIVIDUALS 13

Acquisitions and Incorporations 200320******2009 201020******2002 200420******2010 201720******2024 14

191151******2034 151412******2223 Our Coverage Our regional group is made up of: 1. PBS Antigua, 2. PBS Aruba, 3. PBS Barbados, 4. PBS Belize, 5. PBS Cayman Business Machines, 6. PBS Colombia, 7. PBS Costa Rica, 8. PBS Curaçao, 9. PBS Dominican Republic, 10. PBS El Salvador, 11. Global Product Alliance Inc., 12. PBS Guatemala, 13. PBS Guyana, 14. PBS Honduras, 15. PBS San Pedro Sula, 16. PBS Jamaica, 17. PBS Nicaragua, 18. PBS Panama, 19. PBS Suriname, 20. PBS Trinidad & Tobago, 21. PBS Bonaire, 22. PBS Ecuador, 23. PBS Peru, and 24. PBS Dominica. 15

5 6 7 4 3 2 1 PBS Cayman Business Machines PBS Colombia PBS Costa Rica PBS Belize PBS Barbados PBS Aruba Pbs Dorada Technologies Antigua The Cayman Center Suite 1&2 Dorcy Drive, George Town Tel: 1-345-949-8642 [email protected] Centro empresarial El Dorado Plaza Calle 26 No. 85D Local - Modulo 7 Bogotá, Colombia Tel: 57 601 743 3281 [email protected] Plaza Roble, Edificio Balcones, piso 3. San Rafael de Escazú, San José Costa Rica. Tel: 506 4404 8000 Tel: 506 4404 8132 [email protected] 13 Douglas Jones Street Belize City, Belize C.A. Tel: 501 227-0823 / 0824 Facey House 42 Warrens Industrial Park Warrens, St Michael, Barbados Tel: 246 417 5600 Fax: 246 4218001 [email protected] Caya G.F. Betico Croes 170 Oranjestad, Aruba Tel: 297 582 5492 [email protected] Mandolin Place, Friars Hill Road, St. John's, Antigua Tel: (268) 481 1101 Fax: (268) 481 1144 8 PBS Curaçao Schottegatweg Oost 2 Willemstad, Curaçao Tel: +599 97241300 [email protected] 9 PBS Dominican Republic Av. Winston Churchill, Edificio Empresarial Blue Mall, Piso 22 Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic Tel: +809 567 8231 Fax: +809 472 0915 [email protected] 13 14 12 11 10 PBS Guyana PBS Honduras PBS Guatemala Global Product Alliance Inc. GPA PBS El Salvador Lot 2 Goedverwagting, Rupert Craig Highway, East Coast Demerara Tel: (592) 226 1066 [email protected] Tegucigalpa, Boulevard Morazán, edificio Agalta, piso 21 Tel: +504 2244 9870 al 79 [email protected] 23 Avenida 31-13, Zona 5 Ciudad de Guatemala, Guatemala Tel: 502 2420 9500 Whatsapp +502 5456 6479 [email protected] GPA 11411 NW 107th Street, Suite 24, Miami FL 33178 USA. Tel. 1(305) 477 2426 [email protected] Oficinas administrativas: Av. De La Revolución, San Salvador, Torre Plaza Presidente, piso #16. Tel: +503 2239 3000 cel.: +503 7039-9308 [email protected] 15 16 PBS San Pedro Sula PBS Jamaica San Pedro Sula, Barrio Los Andes, 16 Ave. 6 y 7 calle N.O. Edificio Metropark, Piso # 8, Local 804 Tel: +504 2512 2500 al 09 [email protected] Unit 1, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, Jamaica Tel: 876 926 5630-2 Fax: 876 929 5372 SD: 876-968-6197-9 [email protected] 18 17 PBS Panama PBS Nicaragua Calle 50 y 58 Este Obarrio, P.H. Office One, Piso 16 Panamá City, Panamá Tel: + 507 204 9900 Fax: +507 204 9902 [email protected] Rotonda el Güegüense. 400 mts al Sur, 100 mts al Oeste. Managua, Nicaragua Tel: 505 2255 9020 Fax: 505 2255 9030 [email protected] 20 19 21 PBS Trinidad and Tobago PBS Suriname PBS Bonaire Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 / (868) 609 7278 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 [email protected] Van Roosmalenstraat 11 Tel: (597) 551262 [email protected] Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 22 PBS Ecuador Av. Amazonas N35-17 y Juan Pablo Sanz Edificio Xerox Piso 7 Tel: (593) 993337829 [email protected] 23 24 PBS Perú N2N Distributors - Dominica Av las Begonias 441 torre C piso 10, San Isidro - Lima) Tel: (51) 1 616 6666 [email protected] N2N Distributors 33Kennedy Avenue Roseau, Dominica. Tel: (767) 448-2679 25 26 PBS St. Kitts BVI (British Virgin Islands) Unit 9, The Sands, P.O. Box 397 Bay Road, Basseterre St. Kitts. Tel: (869) 466-2018 Jayla Place, Road Town Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Tel: (284) 494-5030 Corporate Information 16

PBS 7 Business Lines IMAGING NETWORKING COMMUNICATIONS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ADVANCED SERVICES INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY SYSTEMS PAYMENT METHODS 17

Vertical Markets GRAPHIC ARTS FINANCE GOVERNMENT & EDUCATION MANUFACTURING, RETAIL & DISTRIBUTION OIL, ENERGY & MINING TELCOS BPO TRANSPORTATION & HOSPITALITY 18

AVAILABLE AT PBS Xerox ® Proficio ® PX300 NEW! A winning formula from the ground up. 19 New generation of production print. Xerox® Proficio® PX300 Printer

Our Partners & Certifications We are transforming as a company to assist in enabling information technologies to empower our clients to gain a competitive edge and accomplish their business objectives. 20

Mimaki's latest integrated printer / cutter offers new levels of creativity and versatility with vibrant ink types, including the new Silver, Orange and Light Black. The CJV300 Series achieves the highest print speeds in its class, with innovative technologies ensuring unparalleled production quality for signboard artists, graphic professionals and printers. Integrated printing and cutting, high speed CJV300-160 21

Oracle Exadata The High-Performance Data Engine Delivering ultra-fast performance, scalability, and reliability for mission-critical enterprise workloads 22

10 Largest Shareholders by Number of Shares 100908******0302 01 612,721 General Accident Insurance Co 663,473 Courtney Sylvester 1,087,308 Jose Misrahi 1,632,140 Portland Fund II Co-invest Partnership 3,230,166 NCB Capital Markets (Cayman) Ltd 5,485,214 Pedro M. Paris 6,330,663 Portland Caribbean Fund II Barbados L.P. 34,264,960 Portland Caribbean Fund II L.P. 45,164,017 Musson (Jamaica) Limited 84,181,818 Facey Group Limited Shareholders Profile 23

Shareholding of Executives P. B. Scott - 129,958,556 Blondell Walker - 45,164,017 Douglas Hewson - 42,227,763 Edward Ince - - Jose Misrahi 1,087,308 - Melanie M. Subratie - 129,958,556 Patrick A.W. Scott - 45,164,017 Pedro M. París 5,485,214 - Ricardo Hutchinson - 42,227,763 Tomas Agnew - - Brian Wynter - - Nicholas Scott - 45,164,017 PERSONAL CONNECTED Marco Antonio Almendárez Cisneros 363,600 Leonardo Jesus Velasquez Foucault 163,171 Elvin Howard Nash 142,700 Sergio Roberto Molina Barrios 127,200 Mario Estuardo Pons Espana 90,900 Francisco Lupiac Rodríguez 87,639 Lucia Vielman Ruíz 49,972 Shareholding of Directors 24

P. B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board 25

Dear Fellow Shareholders, 2025 has been a year that has tested our resolve and, in doing so, has demonstrated the depth of the organization we have built. Against a backdrop of macroeconomic headwinds, tightening capital markets, and an accelerating pace of technological change, PBS has continued to advance. While our financial results reflect the complexity of the environment in which we operate, they also reflect a business that is maturing, adapting, and positioning itself with intention for the years ahead. Revenue for 2025 came in at US$374.9 million against a budget of US$425 million. We do not normally discuss publicly our budgets but in this case I believe it is important to contextualize our own expectation. This shortfall, while meaningful, must be understood in its proper context. Several large government technology projects across our region experienced procurement delays beyond our control, and currency volatility in certain markets impacted reported figures. Despite this, we achieved EBITDA of US$55.2 million an increase on the $50.9m of 2024 but below our budget of US$59m. Our gross margin improved to 34%, up from budget, demonstrating that the discipline we have applied to our cost of sales is taking hold. Our net profit for the year was US$4.3 million. This is not satisfactory and materially different from our own expectations of US$13.6m. The biggest driver of this differential being our tax charge of US$9.9m an effective tax rate of 69%! This is an area management is actively addressing through improved tax planning across our 24-country footprint and we hope to implement structural improvements in 2026. There are four elements that are the key ingredients to PBS’s success today: our people, our capital structure, our systems, our partners - the same foundational pillars I have returned to in prior years, because they remain the determinants of our long-term success. People PBS is, at its core, a people business. Every solution we deliver, every client relationship we maintain, every market we penetrate — all of it flows from the capability of our 3,000-plus professionals across the region. In 2024 we spoke of the urgent need to develop a methodology that makes us a magnet for talent. In 2025 we made meaningful progress. The PBS University platform is still a work in progress. We have to get this right. We have to focus on it to get it right. It has expanded its Chairman message 26

curriculum, and we have introduced structured certification pathways aligned to our key technology partnerships. This is not simply a human resources initiative. It is a strategic imperative. As we grow, the complexity of what we are asked to execute grows with it. We must ensure that our organization scales in quality, not merely in headcount. We expect the organization will revolve over time and we are actively taking steps to plan for the future. Retention remains a challenge in certain markets where the demand for skilled IT professionals continues to outpace supply. We are combating this through a combination of compensation benchmarking, career development investment, and a deliberate effort to build a culture of belonging. Our ability to attract people who share our values — integrity, execution, and client focus — will define the next chapter of PBS as surely as any product or partnership we could announce. Capital When we speak of capital at PBS, we are speaking about something far more nuanced than a balance sheet line. Ours is a business in which the cash cycle for a given solution can range from immediate payment to a five-year financing arrangement. The timing of projects often need to be aligned with availability of capital. In addition the funding of projects often leads to funded debt being incurred before cashflows are delivered thus covenants need to be managed. We operate across multiple currencies, with varying regulatory environments governing the movement of funds across borders. Managing this complexity is one of the most demanding aspects of what we do. Ensuring the ongoing funding of our business is like the provision of oxygen to the pilots of a plane in the air, it is an essential ingredient in getting to the destination. In 2024, I was pleased to report the refinancing of our capital market obligations with a new six-year facility. In 2025, the discipline instilled through that process has served us well. Our balance sheet remains fundamentally sound, and our committed growth capital provides the runway we need to pursue the opportunities that are emerging across the region. The integration of the Xerox operations in Peru and Ecuador, undertaken in 2024, has progressed as planned and is contributing to our expanded footprint. Our strategic investment in TSL continues to develop, and we are monitoring additional acquisition opportunities with the same rigour we apply to our organic growth. Systems 27

I would be remiss not to address again the importance of our internal systems and governance. In 2023, we experienced material misstatements in our Costa Rica subsidiary that delayed our audit. I reported then that we had implemented significant changes to personnel and governance. I am pleased to report that the integrity of our financial reporting across the group has been maintained in 2025 and that the controls we put in place are functioning as intended. We will strive to continue to improve our systems to ensure accuracy as well as expediency in reporting. However expediency must never compromise accuracy. We continue to invest in the technology infrastructure that supports our operations. Shared service functions in accounting and administration are becoming more sophisticated. The balance between local responsiveness and central efficiency is a tension that every multi-jurisdictional business must manage continuously, and we are no different. What I can say with confidence is that our systems today are materially stronger than they were three years ago, and our commitment to making them stronger still remains absolute. Partners Without people, capital and systems, PBS would not be able to do anything. However without partnerships with the leading IT companies in the world we would not be able to add the value we do to our customers. PBS works with almost every global leader in IT. We take this privilege very seriously. Every day we work with our partners to execute projects in our markets that are essential to the economic development of our countries. It is our job to facilitate the seamless execution of such projects in Imaging, Information technology, networking communications, professional services, security systems and payment methods servicing the backbone to our economies. Throughout this annual report you will see reference to our partners who over the last 24 years we have built up credibility and trust. We exist to provide seamless execution for them in order to deliver customer satisfaction through productive solutions to our customers. I would like to thank all of our partners for their support in 2025 and we look forward to working together in 2026. Looking Forward As we look to 2026 and beyond, the opportunity before PBS has never been greater. The markets we serve — across the Caribbean, Central America, and now into South America — are at an inflection point in their technology adoption curves. Governments are investing in digital public infrastructure. Enterprises are accelerating their 28

managed services requirements. Artificial Intelligence (AI) is going to transform everything. Every business will need to assess how AI will work for them in their business. The demand for the kind of deep, locally-grounded IT expertise that PBS has spent 24 years building is real, and it is growing. Our task is to ensure that we are the organization capable of capturing it. We will continue to scale responsibly, to deepen our client partnerships, and to invest with discipline in the capabilities that matter. We are not simply a distribution business that sells technology. We are a solutions organization that transforms how our clients operate. That distinction is the foundation of everything we have built, and it is the source of our confidence in what lies ahead. On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Doug Hewson who resigned from the board in 2025. He has been on the board since we went public and has been an important contributor to the board. We wish him the best and are grateful for his contributions to PBS. I extend our sincere appreciation to every member of the PBS team. The results of 2025 - both the achievements and the shortfalls - are yours. So too is the opportunity that 2026 represents. I thank our shareholders for their continued confidence in the strategy and the leadership of this organization. We are building something of genuine and lasting significance, and we remain committed to doing so with the integrity and intensity that has always defined PBS. Warm regards, P.B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board Productive Business Solutions Limited 29

The Xerox VersaLink B405 is a reliable monochrome multifunction printer designed for small and medium-sized workgroups. It delivers print, copy, scan, fax, and email capabilities in a compact and efficient device. With print speeds of up to 45 pages per minute, support for A4 paper size, and a recommended monthly volume of up to 15,000 pages, the VersaLink B405 helps businesses improve productivity while maintaining professional-quality output and secure document management. Multifunctional Xerox ® VersaLink ® B405 30

31 PEDRO M. PARÍS Group CEO

CEO Letter Dear Fellow Shareholders, Our Chairman has spoken to the financial results of 2025 with characteristic candor. What I want to address here is what those results represent strategically and what we are building toward. We are at a rare inflection point: artificial intelligence, cloud infrastructure, and the obsolescence of legacy systems are reshaping every market we serve. Disruption creates pressure, but it also creates demand and PBS is well positioned to capture it. We Do Not Sell Technology. We Engineer Outcomes. This moment also marks a meaningful evolution in how we define ourselves. We have embraced a new identity: Engineering & Technology No Limits. It is not a marketing exercise. It is a declaration of intent the standard we set for ourselves in the complexity of the problems we take on, the quality of the solutions we deliver, and the boundaries we refuse to accept. What differentiates PBS is not the products we represent it is how we think. We are a systems integrator that excels at building backwards from the client's desired outcome, assembling the precise combination of capabilities each engagement demands. Our active role in project finance further sets us apart, enabling us to structure and deliver solutions that go well beyond the scope of a traditional technology provider. We renew our most enduring client relationships not through inertia, but by consistently delighting them transforming contracts into long-term franchises. And we are now applying that same ingenuity inward: automation and AI agents are actively reducing our own operational costs, improving margins as we scale. Most Important Partners of the PBS Ecosystem Our partner ecosystem is one of our most powerful assets. PBS works alongside Oracle, Cisco, NCR Atleos, NCR Voyix, Xerox, Leidos, and others as their trusted regional execution partner relationships built over decades that are not easily replicated. In 2026 we are going deeper: a unified PBS Consulting under a dedicated regional director sharpens our Oracle go-to-market; Cisco anchors our networking and security practice; NCR Atleos and NCR Voyix lead our financial self-service presence; and Leidos strengthens our positioning in mission-critical solutions. Xerox remains one of our most enduring partnerships. Our CMPS penetration rate of 32

79.3% across PBS Group is a tangible proof point of that trust. As Xerox expands into digital services and IT solutions and as we work to incorporate the strategic developments following the Lexmark acquisition we see clear opportunity ahead. These are not simply vendor relationships. They are proof points of our standing in the global technology community. Artificial Intelligence: From Pilot to Practice PBS has entered the world of agentic AI not as a concept we are studying, but as a capability we are deploying. In late 2025, we led a proof of concept with a major regional bank that combined advanced data warehouse migration engineering from Microsoft SQL Server to Oracle with artificial intelligence. The engagement demonstrated PBS's unique ability to bridge deep infrastructure expertise with emerging AI capabilities: an outcome neither a pure vendor nor a traditional integrator could achieve alone. This is where PBS is building its next frontier. Governments modernizing public infrastructure, financial institutions transforming core systems, enterprises navigating digital change all face environments of growing complexity. AI-powered solutions that address mission-critical use cases, reduce operational risk, and close gaps left by legacy obsolescence represent a genuine and growing opportunity. We are building those competencies today. THE ORGANIZATION WE ARE BUILDING In 2026, PBS has strengthened its senior leadership with targeted additions designed to deepen expertise and expand regional capacity. Our culture of collaboration sharing talent, resources, and best practices across 24 markets compounds as a competitive advantage. Central to this model is a pool of high-caliber specialists: forward deployed engineers, solution architects, and domain experts deployed with precision across geographies. A solution proven in Honduras can be deployed in Jamaica. A capability built in Peru can serve Colombia. This is something our local competitors cannot match in scale, and our global competitors cannot match in regional depth. Turnaround and the Opportunity Ahead Our 24-market footprint is both a risk management discipline and a growth engine. We are entering new markets to consolidate our regional position and reduce concentration risk. Simultaneously, we are focused on unlocking value within our 33

current footprint: our operations in Panama, Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru markets where our presence was built on imaging and where we are now accelerating into higher-value technology services represent meaningful turnaround opportunities. The adjustments now underway will, we believe, generate contributions that meaningfully enhance shareholder value. We view them as investments in progress, and we are confident in the path forward. What Lies Ahead The demand for what PBS does deep, locally grounded, end-to-end technology execution has never been greater. We have been building toward this moment for more than two decades. Our partnerships, our people, and our culture have been assembled with exactly this horizon in mind. The work ahead is significant. The opportunity is larger still. To our shareholders: we remain committed to rewarding your confidence with discipline, integrity, and the intensity that has always defined this organization. Warm regards, PEDRO M. PARÍS C. Group CEO Productive Business Solutions Limited 34

P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board Pedro M. París Director, Group CEO P.B. Scott is the CEO, Chairman and Principal Shareholder of the Musson Group. Over the last two decades, P.B. Scott has conceptualised and led the expansion of the Musson Group from a Jamaican consumer wholesale distribution business to a diversified group operating in 30 countries. The Group is a leader across the Caribbean in food, pharmaceuticals, information technology, and insurance. The Musson Group includes leading businesses such as The PBS Group, Seprod Limited, General Accident Insurance, and A.S. Brydens & Sons. He has served as CEO of Musson since 2004. Today the Musson Group has a turnover in excess of US$1.6 billion annually and over 7,000 employees. In addition to his private sector contributions, P.B. Scott has committed a significant amount of time to public service. He is the chairman of the Development Bank of Jamaica and has led multiple enterprise teams to divest government assets. In 2023, he was awarded 'the Order of Jamaica for his exceptional contribution to the Business Industry, Investment, and Philanthropy in Jamaica and the Caribbean. Mr. Pedro M. París has been with PBS since 2003, He has held several management positions, in 2006 he was named COO for Central America. Mr. París was appointed Group CEO at the end of 2009. He is responsible for the vision, strategy and execution of the day-to-day operations. He is also a member of the Management Governance and Executive Committees. Mr. París worked 18 years for IBM-GBM (an IBM alliance), where he held several senior management positions across the business. Mr. París studied Business Administration at the Universidad Autónoma Centro America, Costa Rica. Group Board of Directors 37

Mr. Hutchinson currently works with Portland Private Equity (“PPE”) as Vice President – Investments, with responsibility for leading investment transactions throughout the region. He has more than 13 years of experience in the regional finance industry working with several top financial institutions. Prior to joining PPE, Ricardo held the role of Associate Director – Investment Banking with a leading regional commercial bank. He holds a Master of Science degree in Economics from the University of the West Indies and is a CFA Charter holder. *Ricardo Hutchinson Non-Executive Director Group Board of Directors *Independent Director Mr. Agnew is an entrepreneur specializing in building content marketing, marketing technology and information services businesses. He founded Brafton Inc. and a group of subsidiary companies that are North America and Australia’s leading content marketing entities. Brafton Inc. has been listed among the 5,000 fastest growing private companies four years in row. He co-founded DeHavilland Information Services and Axonn Ltd in the UK. Originally from the UK, he moved to the U.S.A. in 2008. Mr. Agnew holds a degree in Politics from the University of Newcastle, UK. *Thomas Agnew Non-Executive Director 38

Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Group Board of Directors José Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director *Independent Director Mrs. Blondell Walker has been part of the Musson Group of Companies for over 20 years and is currently the ICT Director, a position she has held since 2000. She is also on the Board for T. Geddes Grant (Distributors) Limited and Musson Jamaica Limited. She was instrumental in the implementation of the Enterprise Resource Program (ERP  application across the Musson Group of Companies. Mrs. Walker studied Accounting and Systems Analysis at the University of the West Indies, Institute of Management and the Heriot Watt University of Edinburgh, Scotland. She is the Chairman for the Western United Basic School. Blondell Walker Non-Executive Director 39

Mr Ince is a Senior Partner/Co-Founder of Frontlight Ventures, a regional investment and consulting firm. He was Co-Founder and Managing Director of Prism Services, a regional payments and operations outsourcing company. He is a Non-Executive Republic Bank Ltd, Cave Shepherd, Foster & Ince Cruise Services and the Barbados Sugar Industry Ltd. He is a graduate of York University, Canada and is a National Barbados Aubrey Collymore Scholarship recipient for sciences. Group Board of Directors *Edward Ince Non-Executive Director *Independent Director Mrs. Melanie Subratie is Chairman and CEO of Stanley Motta Ltd., Vice-Chairman of Musson (Ja) Ltd. and Director of all its subsidiaries, Vice-Chairman of General Accident Insurance Company Ltd., Eppley Ltd, and T Geddes Grant Ltd. Chairman of E-Pins Ltd. and sits on the executive of Seprod group of Companies and all its subsidiary boards. Chairman of Seprod Foundation, Musson Foundation, Chairperson of Jamaica Girls Coding and Chairman of Jamaica RISE Life Management and other CSR organizations. She is also Fourth Vice-President of the Jamaica Chamber of Commerce, and is the current Chair of the Legislation, Regulation and Improvement Committee. She is a honors graduate of London School of Economics. Melanie Subratie Non-Executive Director 40

Group Board of Directors Patrick A. W. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Patrick A. W. Scott is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Facey Commodity Company Limited and the Executive Deputy Chairman of the Facey Group. Prior to these appointments, he served 16 years as Managing Director. A seasoned executive, Mr. Scott has worked for a combined total of 40 years in various roles and was key figure in the global development of Facey’s Telecom business. He currently serves the board of directos of several companies including, P.A. Benjamin, Serge Island Diaries, International Biscuits and Serge Island Farms. Attended Seneca College and Ryerson University in Toronto, Canada. Mr Brian Wynter has been incorporated to the PBS Group Limited Board of Directors. Mr. Wynter has an extensive career in the financial sector, serving as Governor of the Bank of Jamaica until August 2019. The motion was presented to the Board of Directors, which was accepted, and in this way, Brian Wynter was duly appointed to the board of directors of PBS Group Limited. An honors graduate from the London School of Economics in 1981, and specialized in International Economy form Columbia University in 1985. *Brian Wynter Non-Executive Director 41

Group Board of Directors Nicholas A. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Nicholas Scott is the Vice Chairman of Eppley Limited and a director of Eppley Fund Managers Limited. Mr. Scott is also the Chief Investment Officer of the Musson Group and a Director of Musson and most of its major subsidiaries and affiliates. Mr. Scott is the Chairman of the Student Loan Bureau and a former Vice-President of the Private Sector Organization of Jamaica. He holds a B.Sc. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and an M.P.A. from the Harvard Kennedy School of Government. 42

4 Paul Scott 5 Melanie Subratie 5 Pedro M. Paris 5 Jose Misrahi 5 Patrick Scott 5 Blondell Walker 4 Nicholas Scott 5 Ricardo Hutchinson 5 Thomas Agnew 5 Edward Ince 5 Brian Wynter 7 Jose Misrahi 7 Ricardo Hutchinson 7 Thomas Agnew 6 Brian Wynter 4 Melanie Subratie Board Meetings Audit Meetings 43

Board of Committees Executive Committee Audit Committee Compensation Committee *Independent Director P.B. Scott Chairperson Nicholas A. Scott José Misrahi Pedro M. París P.B. Scott Chairperson Patrick Scott *Ricardo Hutchinson Melanie Subratie *Thomas Agnew José Misrahi *Ricardo Hutchinson *Brian Wynter Chairperson 44

Sergio Molina Planning Operations Director Sergio Molina started at PBS 20 years ago. He has hold several positions in the company. PBS Guatemala General Manager (7 Years), PBS Dominican Republic General Manager (1 Year), PBS Group Post-Sale Manager (1Year), PBS Group Sales Process Management, PBS Group Planning Manager (Current). Mr Molina obtained a Degree in Business Administration from Universidad de San Carlos de Guatemala. Mario Pons Professional Services Operations Mario Pons has been a key player for the Inkjet strategy the group has developed in Central America and has helped various PBS organizations in the development of high impact projects such as the printing of Electoral Ballots. He has also been key in the relationship with global partners, Entrust Datacard and Gemalto, for National ID projects in Guatemala, Jamaica and Costa Rica. He started working in Xerox Guatemala in 1994 and has developed his career within Xerox and PBS holding several positions in Sales, Service and Professional Services. He has a BSC in Computer Science from Louisiana State University, and a Diploma in Business Administration from Tayasal Business School. Leonardo Velásquez Infrastructure & Technology Networking Director Leonardo Velazquez has been working with PBS since 2015. He oversees the sales relationship with vendors and distributors, such as: Cisco, Fortinet, HP, Dell, Tripplite, TechData, Intcomex, IngramMicro. Before PBS, he worked as a Regional Partner Account Manager at Cisco Systems for 6 years and has amassed a total of 25 years in the IT sector. He graduated from Universidad de Simon Bolivar. He has an MBA in Enterprise Administration and is an Electronic Engineer. Alex Chiriboga Service Delivery & Logistics Director Alex recently joined PBS Group in May 2024 as Director of Delivery Service & Logistics. His main objective is to transform the service we provide to our customers, aiming to achieve the highest levels of satisfaction and experience. This transformation will focus on improving processes through a connectivity strategy, optimizing resources and technology, and maintaining inventory levels and quality aligned with the requirements of our broad portfolio of products and services. Mr. Chiriboga brings over 32 years of experience from Xerox, where he held leadership roles in Service Delivery, Technical Services, Logistics, Sales, and the Paper Business across Ecuador and the Latin America Region. He holds an MBA with specializations in Finance, Marketing, and Human Resources, a degree in Process Administration Engineering, a Bachelor’s in Electronics & Telecommunications, and is certified as a Lean Six Sigma Green Belt. Senior Regional Leadership Team 45

Jose Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Lucia Vielman Coporate Treasure Mrs. Vielman Ruiz was a Private Banking Manager at Mercom Bank and later appointedas General Manager. In 2009 Mrs. Vielman Ruiz Joined PBS as Compliant officer for the first sindicate loan and in 2010 she became the Corporate Treasurer, responsible for banking operations at country level and member of the Management Governance Committee. She Graduated in Business Administration from Universidad Francisco Marroquin, Guatemala in 1998. Sharon McDonald Chief Assurance Officer Dr. Sharon Smith-McDonald supports PBS Group Limited. She is responsible for overseeing the Group’s internal controls and risk management. She plays a critical role in ensuring compliance with regulations by the development of effective assurance strategies across all business operations. Dr. Smith-McDonald has accumulated over three decades of experience in fi nance, accounting, and business operations. Her distinguished career includes key leadership roles within multinational organizations, most recently serving as Group Financial Controller at Musson Jamaica Limited. Dr. Smith-McDonald holds a Doctor of Business Administration in Finance & Internal Controls from Walden University, a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Northern Caribbean University, and a Bachelor of Science in Management and Accounting from The University of the West Indies. Ryan Kirlew Corporate Global Controller Ryan oversees the fi nancial operations of the entire PBS Group. Ryan brings a wealth of experience in strategic fi nancial management and reporting. He has consistently demonstrated outstanding leadership, expertise, and a deep understanding of fi nancial operations. His commitment to excellence has been evident throughout his career, and we are con fi dent that he will excel in this new role. Since joining the Group in 2017, Ryan has made signi fi cant contributions while working with Musson International Dairies Limited, Seprod, T. Geddes Grant, and Musson Jamaica—gaining valuable experience and playing a key role in the success of these business units. As Global Controller, Ryan is responsible for the overall fi nancial reporting of the PBS Group. He leads the development and maintenance of the organization’s accounting policies, practices, procedures, initiatives, and systems. Senior Regional Leadership Team 46

Daniel Martínez Advanced Services Regional Manager Daniel brings over 20 years of experience in business development across the technology and consulting sectors, leading transformational initiatives for government and financial institutions throughout Central America and the Caribbean. In the past seven years alone, he has consistently achieved double-digit growth in revenue and margins in Honduras by designing and implementing tailored professional services that accelerate technology adoption. As an Oracle Champion for nearly a decade, Daniel seamlessly combines technical expertise with commercial strategy to drive client success. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing & International Business and a Master of Science in Finance from Universidad Tecnológica Centroamericana (UNITEC), Honduras. Additionally, he earned a Professional Certificate in Digital Transformation from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Cambridge, MA, USA. Vennis Williamson Regional Manager Jamaica & Cayman Vennis Williamson. Her career in the information and communications technology (ICT) sector spans over a decade. Vennis has played a crucial role in navigating PBS Jamaica through the digital era, achieving significant technological milestones along the way. Her strategic guidance has integrated major technology entities, propelling the organization to unprecedented levels of innovation and market leadership. Over the past three years, under Vennis's leadership, PBS Jamaica has exceeded financial and operational growth objectives while prioritizing staff engagement as a core part of its strategy. Estefania Menéndez Personnel Regional Director Estefanía Menéndez is the Regional Personnel Director at PBS Group Limited, where she leads the human capital strategy and drives organizational transformation across the group. With over 14 years of experience in the Technology, Electrical, Outsourcing, and Business Services sectors, Estefanía has held leadership positions at renowned companies such as Schneider Electric, Xerox, and Capgemini. She holds a Business degree and a Master’s in Finance from Franklin University, and is certified in both Project Management and Six Sigma. Estefanía is widely recognized for implementing transformative initiatives that enhance productivity, increase operational efficiency, and boost employee engagement. Javier Mogollón Chief Information Officer Javier Mogollón is a systems engineer with a postgraduate degree in telecommunications from the Santiago Mariño University in Venezuela, he arrived in Guatemala 20 years ago after completing a ten-year cycle at Xerox of Venezuela, throughout this time in which he has worked for the group, Javier has held several positions accepting both local and regional challenges and responsibilities. He served as service manager, and sales support manager was the creator and developer of the Docushare Project (accounting code) in Shared Service that is currently used by all PBS Groups and the following company incorporations, he was in charge of the System One infrastructure installed in the Guatemala data center for 2 years, 4 years has held the position of IT manager in PBS Guatemala. Javier is currently the CIO of PBS Group. Regional Leadership Team 47

Lesder Ramírez Chief Operating Officer Central America Mr. Lesder Ramirez studied Business Administration at the Universidad San Carlos De Guatemala, Guatemala and in 2009, joined PBS as the Financial Manager for the Guatemala operations. From 2009 to 2015, Lesder was entrusted to play different roles in finance such as Finance Manager for the operations of Costa Rica, Honduras Jamaica and Belize, Shared Service Center - Finance Manager and Xerox Relationship Management. During his tenure managing the Xerox relationship, Lesder oversaw planning operations, working closely with Mr. Pedro M. Paris C., CEO of PBS Group, where he developed additional business acumen. In 2019, based on his achievements, Lesder was promoted to oversee the operations of Dutch Caribbean as Senior General Manager. More recently in 2022, due to his knowledge of the PBS business as well as his solid financial and operations background Lesder, was named COO in charge of the operations of Trinidad & Tobago, Guyana, and Dutch Caribbean (Aruba, Curacao, Bonaire, Saint Maarten and Suriname). Stuart Franco Chief Operating Officer Eastern Caribbean Cluster Stuart Franco is the Chief Operating Officer of the Eastern Caribbean Cluster, bringing over two decades of leadership, commercial expertise, and deep regional knowledge to the role. A graduate of the University of Western Ontario with a B.A. in Statistics & Economics, Stuart joined TSL in 2003 and steadily rose through the ranks — from Sales Representative to Sales Manager, Executive Vice President of Sales, and Chief Executive Officer — before assuming his current role in 2026. Throughout his tenure, he has been a driving force behind the company's growth trajectory, building lasting client relationships and strengthening TSL's market position across the Caribbean. Stuart served as President of the American Chamber of Commerce in Trinidad and Tobago (AmCham T&T) from 2023 to 2025 and has been a board member since 2018. He is also an active board member of the TSL Foundation, where he has championed community initiatives that uplift the regions TSL serves. Outside the office, Stuart is a devoted husband and father of four, an avid football fan, and a firm believer in the importance of family — a value he actively fosters within his team. Ezequiel Bardas Chief Operating Officer Latin America Ezequiel Bardas serves as Chief Operating Officer for Latin America at PBS Group, bringing more than two decades of senior executive leadership to the role. Known for his ability to scale operations, drive digital transformation, and deliver sustainable profitability in complex environments, Ezequiel leads the strategic direction for PBS Group's affiliates across the Andean Region — overseeing operational synergy, key alliance development, and an ambitious expansion plan throughout Latin America. Before joining PBS Group, Ezequiel held distinguished leadership positions at Xerox, serving as President and General Manager across major markets including the United States and Latin America. His track record of navigating high-stakes business environments and building high-performing regional organizations speaks to a career defined by results and resilience. Ezequiel holds an Executive MBA from IAE Business School, complemented by multiple leadership certifications. His leadership philosophy blends sharp market insight with an unwavering commitment to innovation and excellence — qualities that position him as a driving force behind PBS Group's next chapter in the region. Regional Leadership Team 48

GENERAL MANAGER Melani Angeles DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Marco Almendárez NICARAGUA SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Francisco Lupiac GENERAL MANAGER HONDURAS COUNTRY MANAGER Nyron Thomas TRINIDAD & TOBAGO SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Elvin Nash BARBADOS & OECS Jason Alidikromo COUNTRY MANAGER SURINAME Senior in Country Leadership SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Mirian Alas EL SALVADOR Laura Johnston COUNTRY MANAGER CAYMAN 49

Nella Aguilar PERU COUNTRY MANAGER Candace Bartholomew COUNTRY MANAGER GUYANA Jose Maduro COUNTRY MANAGER BONAIRE & ARUBA Charlesson Ramdjas COUNTRY MANAGER CURAÇAO Vynnie Mila GENERAL MANAGER GPA GPA USA Luis Castillo GUATEMALA COUNTRY MANAGER COUNTRY MANAGER Ana Karina Vallejo ECUADOR Senior in Country Leadership Esteban Corrales PANAMA & COLOMBIA COUNTRY MANAGER 50

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 51

Deloitte & Touche 3 rd Floor The Goddard Building Haggatt Hall St. Michael, BB11059 Barbados, W.I. Tel: +246 620 6400 Fax: +246 430 6451 www.deloitte.com Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (“DTTL”), its global network of member firms, and their related entities (collectively, the “Deloitte organization”). DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) and each of its member firms and related entities are legally separate and independent entities, which cannot obligate or bind each other in respect of third parties. DTTL and each DTTL member firm and related entity is liable only for its own acts and omissions, and not those of each other. DTTL does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about to learn more. Deloitte & Touche is an affiliate of DCB Holding Ltd., a member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Opinion We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries (“the Group”), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2025, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including material accounting policy information. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at December 31, 2025, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS Accounting Standards”). Basis for Opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) (“IESBA Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Key Audit Matters Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill As at 31 December 2025, Goodwill accounted for US$86.2 million, which represents 20.5% of total assets of the Group. On an annual basis, management tests whether goodwill is subject to impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units (CGU) have been determined using value in use calculations based on the higher of the recoverable amount compared to fair value less costs to sell. Our approach to testing management’s impairment assessment, with the assistance of our valuation specialist involved the following procedures, amongst others: • Obtained management’s discounted cash flow model (DCF) including qualitative and quantitative analyses and updated our understanding of the process used by management to determine the value in use of each CGU and evaluated for any changes.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 2 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill (Cont’d) We focused on this area because the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill involves significant judgement and estimation, is sensitive to changes in key assumptions and determining economic recovery is challenging. The key assumptions were assessed by management as being: • Revenue growth rate; • Terminal growth rate; • Average Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) to revenue; and Pre-tax Discount rate. • Agreed the 31 December 2025 base year financial information to current year results and compared previous forecasts to actual results to assess the performance of the business and the accuracy of management’s forecasting. • Compared the revenue growth rates to historical revenue growth and externally derived data as well as our own assessments in relation to key inputs such as projected economic growth, inflation and pre-tax discount rates. • Developed a range of parameters using available market inputs and historical information and performed sensitivity analyses using these parameters, which was compared to management’s terminal growth and pre-tax discount rates. • Compared EBITDA margins to historical results, and verified reconciling variances to underlying supporting data and current period results. Tested management’s impairment model calculations for mathematical accuracy Operating and finance lease revenue (Forming part of sale of goods) Revenue arising from the inception of new finance leases is included within the sale of goods revenue stream and is not captured through a specific identifier. As a result, identifying transactions that contain lease arrangements requires manual assessment for every underlying subsidiary. Recognition of revenue in these arrangements requires judgment to identify the lease and non-lease components of the contract and to determine whether the lease should be classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. This classification can materially affect the timing and presentation of revenue recognition, the measurement of lease receivables, and the related financial statement disclosures. Our approach to testing lease revenue to mitigate the identified risks includes the following procedures: • Obtained the population of leases entered into by the entities and reviewed Management's assessment on their classification between operating and finance leases. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition of the finance lease within the Sale of Goods revenue stream, based on the lease amortisation schedule prepared by the management. • On a sample basis, obtained and inspected the related customer contracts / signed agreements to review Management's

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 3 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Lease classification is based on the terms set out in customer agreements and purchase orders. Accordingly, significant judgment is required to assess whether the contractual terms are consistent with the underlying transaction and whether the classification has been applied appropriately across the population of relevant sales arrangements. As it involves manual review and interpretation of contract documentation, there is an increased risk of error and inconsistent application. The key assumptions and judgments applied by management include: • assessment of whether the arrangement is an operating lease or a finance lease; • determination of the discount rate used in lease classification and measurement; and • identification of the standalone selling price of goods where contracts include both leasing and maintenance components. assessment on the classification between finance or operating lease. • For the selected samples, obtained and verified the inputs (interest rates, delivery dates, lease & non-lease component) as determined by Management to recalculate the finance lease revenue to be recognised in the accounts at lease inception. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition and subsequent interest income based on our independent recalculation to the amounts recorded by management. Management override of controls Management is in a unique position to perpetrate fraud because of its ability to directly or indirectly manipulate accounting records and prepare fraudulent financial statements by overriding established controls that otherwise appear to be operating effectively. The risk of management override of controls is pervasive. Because of its unpredictable nature, this risk could result in a material misstatement. This significant risk also represents a fraud risk for the audit. • Engaged in periodic fraud discussions with certain members of senior management and utilized our internal fraud specialist to guide and support our fraud-related testing procedures. • Considered the potential for bias in judgments and estimates, including performing retrospective analysis of significant accounting estimates. • Evaluated whether the Company has entered into any significant unusual transactions and, if so, the nature, terms, and business purpose (or lack thereof) of those transactions and whether such transactions involved related parties. • Evaluated the Company’s fraud risk assessment and consider indirect controls

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 4 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter and internal controls over the closing and reporting process. • Using our propriety software tool we extracted and tested journal entries that exhibit characteristics of possible management override of controls. • Tested controls over significant, unusual transactions, particularly those that result in late or unusual journal entries and controls over journal entries and adjustments made in the period-end financial reporting process. • No evidence of management override of controls was identified as a results of our audit procedures. Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process. Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also: • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 5 • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management. • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. • Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business units within the Group as a basis for forming an opinion on the group financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determined those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. Information other than the financial statements Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Annual Report but does not include the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon which is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s report. Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with the audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. When we read the Annual Report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 6 The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditors’ report is Steve Clarke. Other matter – responsibility for our audit work This report is made solely to the shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited as a body, in accordance with Section 147 of the Companies Act of Barbados. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the shareholders for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinion we have formed. Other matter – predecessor auditors The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2024 were audited by another auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those statements on 30 June 2025. 7 June 2026

Page 2 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Non-Current Assets Property, plant and equipment 13 36,106 35,865 Right-of-use assets 14 15,269 12,802 Intangible assets 15 104,757 107,595 Lease receivables 16 4,538 6,869 Pension plan assets 30 3,752 3,674 Long term receivables 17 608 551 Deferred tax assets 18 11,507 14,491 Investments 34 - 243 Contract Asset 33 28 - Investments in Associate 20 4,774 4,056 Total Non-Current Assets 181,339 186,146 Current Assets Due from related parties 19 8,066 7,467 Inventories 21 58,043 48,584 Contract assets 33 - 1,602 Trade and other receivables 22 127,296 105,760 Current portion of lease receivables 16 11,437 2,696 Current portion of long-term receivables 17 161 38 Taxation recoverable 14,476 17,462 Cash and bank 23 21,574 29,961 Total Current Assets 241,053 213,570 Current Liabilities Trade and other payables 24 91,049 85,855 Contract liabilities 33 15,101 15,602 Due to related parties 19 13,739 12,308 Taxation payable 5,219 11,255 Current portion of lease liabilities 25 6,998 6,441 Short term loans 26 19,245 5,941 Current portion of long-term loans 26 14,250 10,633 Total Current Liabilities 165,601 148,035 Net Current Assets 75,452 65,535 Total Non-current Assets and Net Current Assets 256,791 251,681

Page 3 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (Continued) 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Equity Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Share capital 27 123,016 123,016 Other reserves/ (deficit) 28 (17,025) (17,339) Accumulated deficit (30,198) (23,274) Total Shareholders´ Equity 75,793 82,403 Non-controlling Interests 1,337 1,185 Total Equity 77,130 83,588 Non-Current Liabilities Retirement benefit obligations 30 3,111 1,553 Deferred tax liabilities 18 6,570 6,153 Lease liabilities 25 17,988 15,465 Borrowings 26 151,992 144,515 Other long-term liabilities - 407 Total Non-Current Liabilities 179,661 168,093 Total Non-Current Liabilities and Equity 256,791 251,681 Approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 June, 2026 and signed on its behalf by: _____________________________________________ _________________________________ Paul Scott Director Pedro Paris Director The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 4 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Number of Shares ‘000 Share Capital $’000 Other Reserves / (Deficit) $’000 Accumulated Deficit $’000 Non- Controlling Interest $’000 Total $’000 Balance at 31 December 2023 188,213 123,016 (17,139) (29,359) 1,070 77,588 Currency translation differences - - (820) (87) - (907) Actuarial loss - - (96) - - (96) Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - 716 - - 716 Net income - - - 7,461 115 7,576 Total comprehensive income - - (200) 7,374 115 7,289 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (1,289) - (1,289) Balance at 31 December 2024 188,213 123,016 (17,339) (23,274) 1,185 83,588 Currency translation differences - - 260 - - 260 Actuarial gain - - 54 - - 54 Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - - - - - Net income - - - 4,287 152 4,439 Total comprehensive income - - 314 4,287 152 4,753 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (11,211) - (11,211) Balance at 31 December 2025 188,213 123,016 (17,025) (30,198) 1,337 77,130 The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 5 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash Flows from Operating Activities (Note 31) 2,726 32,531 Cash Flows from Financing Activities Interest paid (17,094) (18,801) Dividends paid (11,211) (1,289) Proceeds from borrowing 48,808 147,041 Repayments of borrowings (19,297) (141,672) Repayments of lease liabilities (8,370) (10,699) Net cash used in financing activities (7,164) (25,420) Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired 35 (592) (1,293) Interest received 1,769 1,999 Purchase of property, plant and equipment (5,102) (6,378) Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 42 238 Purchase of Investments in Associates 20 - (3,543) Net cash used in investing activities (3,883) (8,977) Net (Decrease) in Cash (8,321) (1,866) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 29,961 31,991 Effect of foreign exchange in cash (66) (164) Cash and Cash Equivalents at end of the year 23 21,574 29,961 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The principal non-cash transactions include: ● Transfer to property, plant and equipment from inventory during the financial year $9,380,000 (2024 - $9,017,000). ● Transfer from property, plant and equipment to inventory upon expiry of operating lease of $4,018,000 (2024 - $4,799,000). The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page 6 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 1. Identification and Principal Activities Productive Business Solutions Limited (“the Company”) is a company incorporated on 16 December 2010, and domiciled in Barbados, originally under the International Business Corporation (IBC) Act 77 (Barbados). Effective July 1st, 2021, the Company operates under the Companies Act Cap. 308 (Barbados) and holds a Foreign Currency Permit under the Foreign Currency Permits Act, 2018-44 (Barbados). The tax rate for the fiscal year commencing 1 January 2025 is 9.0% of taxable income. The registered office of the Company is at Facey House # 42 Warrens Industrial Park, Warrens, St. Michaels, Barbados. The Company is capitalised by ordinary shares. The Company is a subsidiary of Facey Group Limited, owned by Musson (Jamaica) Limited. Facey Group Limited is a company incorporated in Barbados under the Companies Act, Cap. 308 (Barbados) as an international business company. In combination, Musson (Jamaica) Limited and Facey Group Limited own 66.98% of the ordinary shares of the Company. The Company is listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange and the International Securities Market in Barbados. The Company’s ultimate parent company and controlling party is Elkon Limited (“Elkon”), which is incorporated and domiciled in Jamaica, and Paul B. Scott, respectively. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, (referred to as “Group”) are the distribution of printing equipment, business machines, handsets and related accessories, automated teller machines, security checkpoints, system integration, cloud services, data analytics, communication solutions, e-transactions, development of software and other technology solutions. In May 2025 the Group acquired 100% holding in Regional Business Systems Limited (RBS), incorporated and domiciled in Barbados (Note 35).

Page 7 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, hereinafter referred to as the financial statements, are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. (a) Basis of preparation These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. IFRS Accounting Standards comprise the following authoritative literature:  IFRS Accounting Standards  IAS Standards  Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC Interpretations) or its predecessor body, the Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC Interpretations). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain items of property, plant and equipment. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Although these estimates are based on managements’ best knowledge of current events and action, actual results could differ from those estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 4. Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year Certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards have been published that became effective during the current financial year. The Group has assessed the relevance of all such new standards, interpretations and amendments and has affected the following, which are immediately relevant to its operations: Amendments to IAS 21,‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ , Amendments to IAS 21 were made to add requirements to help entities to determine whether a currency is exchangeable into another currency, and the spot exchange rate to use when it is not. Prior to these amendments, IAS 21 set out the exchange rate to use when exchangeability is temporarily lacking, but not what to do when lack of exchangeability is not temporary. Management’s assessment is that the amendments of this standard have no impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Page 8 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year (continued) The amendments must be applied retrospectively in accordance with the requirements in IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. The amendment did not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. There are no other IFRS Accounting Standards or IFRIC interpretations effective in the current year which are expected to have a significant impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the company.

Page 9 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group The Group has concluded that the following standards which are published but not yet effective, are relevant to its operations and will impact the Group’s accounting policies and financial disclosures as discussed below. These standards and amendments to existing standards are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2026, but the Group has not early adopted them: Amendments to IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 7, ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026). Amendments to IFRS 9 and 7 (a) clarify the date of recognition and derecognition of some financial assets and liabilities, with a new exception for some financial liabilities settled through an electronic cash transfer system; (b) clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether a financial asset meets the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) criterion; (c) add new disclosures for certain instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows (such as some financial instruments with features linked to the achievement of environment, social and governance targets); and (d) update the disclosures for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). The amendments in (b) are most relevant to financial institutions, but the amendments in (a), (c) and (d) are relevant to all entities. It is not anticipated that the amendments will have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 18, ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This is the new standard on presentation and disclosure in financial statements, which replaces IAS 1, with a focus on updates to the statement of profit or loss. The key new concepts introduced in IFRS 18 relate to: • the structure of the statement of profit or loss with defined subtotals; • requirement to determine the most useful structure summary for presenting expenses in the statement of profit or loss • required disclosures in a single note within the financial statements for certain profit or loss performance measures that are reported outside an entity’s financial statements (that is, management-defined performance measures); and • enhanced principles on aggregation and disaggregation which apply to the primary financial statements and notes in general. Management is assessing the impact of this new standard on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 19, 'Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures' , (effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This standard permit eligible subsidiaries to apply reduced IFRS disclosure requirements. IFRS 19 is a voluntary standard for eligible subsidiaries. A subsidiary is eligible if it does not have public accountability and it has an ultimate or intermediate parent that produces consolidated financial statements available for public use that comply with IFRS Accounting Standards. An eligible entity may opt to revoke the application of this standard after implementation. The entity may also elect to apply the standard more than one. The group is currently assessing the impact of this standard.

Page 10 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) There are no other new or amended IFRS Accounting Standards and interpretations that are published but not yet effective that would be expected to have an impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the Group. (b) Consolidation (i) Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations involving third parties by the Group. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred, and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss, in the statement of comprehensive income.

Page 11 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) Subsidiaries Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. The Group’s subsidiaries, countries of incorporation, and the Group’s percentage interest are as follows: Country of incorporation Group’s Percentage Interest 2025 2024 Nicaragua Holdings and its subsidiary St., Lucia & Nicaragua 100 100 Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia & Dominican Republic 100 100 Mobay Holdings N.V. and its subsidiary Curacao & Aruba 100 100 PBS Caribbean Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia, Jamaica, Barbados, Colombia, Suriname 100 100 Cayman Business Machines Limited* Cayman 40 40 PBS Technology Group Limited St. Lucia, Antigua & Barbuda, Jamaica, Trinidad, Guyana, 100 100 Infotrans Group Holding B.V. Curacao, Bonaire, Colombia, Suriname & Aruba 100 100 High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V. El Salvador and Honduras 100 100 PBS Central America and its subsidiaries Panama, Guatemala, Costa Rica, El Salvador 100 100 PBS Honduras Honduras 75 75 PBS Peru Peru 100 100 PBS Ecuador Ecuador 100 100

Page 12 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) In accordance with Cayman laws, entities that are domiciled in the Cayman Islands and are not issued with Local Companies Control Law Licenses, are required to be at least 60% owned by a Caymanian. The operation of Cayman Business Machines Limited is however controlled by Productive Business Solutions Limited and is therefore, in substance, categorised as a subsidiary. (ii) Transactions with non-controlling interests The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For purchases of ownership interest in subsidiaries from non-controlling interests in which the Group retains control of the subsidiary, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests where control is retained by the Group are also recorded in equity. (iii) Disposal of subsidiaries When the Group ceases to have control or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value, with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss. If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate. (iv) Business combination under common control Acquisitions from entities under common control are determined by the substance and specific facts and circumstances surrounding any particular business combination under common control. Business combinations under common control are accounted for using the predecessor method of accounting. Under the predecessor method of accounting, the cost of an acquisition is measured in a manner similar to the purchase method of accounting. Identifiable assets and liabilities are measured at book value at the date of acquisition. Under the predecessor method of accounting, no goodwill is created, as any difference between the cost of acquisition and the book value of the net assets acquired is dealt with as an adjustment to retained earnings. (v) Investment in associates Associates are categorized as entities over which the Group has influence but not control, with shareholding and voting rights between 20% and 50%. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost. The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associate’s post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in profit and loss, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equal or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Page 13 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (c) Foreign currency translation (i) Functional and presentation currency Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States Dollars, which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency. (ii) Transactions and balances Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. At the statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the weighted average closing exchange rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates, of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in statement of comprehensive income. (iii) Group companies The results and financial position of all the group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper- inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated as follows: a) Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at year end rates, b) Items affecting the statement of comprehensive income are translated at average rates, and c) The resultant gains or losses are recognised in other comprehensive income as translation gains or losses. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Page 14 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (d) Revenue recognition Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of applicable value added taxes, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue is recognised as follows: Reprographic products Revenue earned from reprographic products is either through an outright sale or a lease of equipment and from related service contracts. Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from finance leases, are recognised at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require installation, revenue is recognised when the equipment has been delivered and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer-installable products are recognised upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer's shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the finance lease method and are recognised as earned over the lease term. A substantial portion of the Group's reprographic products is sold with full- service maintenance agreements. Service revenues are derived primarily from these maintenance contracts on equipment sold to customers and are recognised over the term of the contracts in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, by reference to completion of the specific transaction assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided. Revenue is recognised only after there are specific indicators of transfer of control to the customer. To evidence transfer of control on contracts where revenue is recognised at a point in time, management has defined that revenue can only be recognised after the equipment or part is installed or the supplies are delivered. Bill and hold agreements are scrutinised to ensure the transfer of control to the customer is effective. For contracts where revenue is recognised over time, management measures the fulfilment of the performance obligations based on the value that the delivered goods or services represent to the customer. Telecommunications products Revenue from telecommunications products comprises revenue from the sales of cellular phones. These products are sold under contractual agreements with the telecommunications providers. Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised on a gross basis as management has determined that the Group acts as a principal in relation to these transactions, due to the fact that the Group bears the majority of risk, principally credit and inventory risk, in relation to such transactions, and the Group also acts as primary obligor. Control is the key consideration when assessing the nature of the promise to the customer. When the entity does not control the good or service (or inventory) before it is transferred to the customer it is likely that the promise in the contract is to arrange for goods or services to be delivered (rather than these to be provided by the entity). In such cases, the Company recognises revenue for an amount equal to the net income (revenue minus cost). Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised when a Group entity has delivered products to the customer; the customer has accepted the products and collectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured. Interest income is recognised on the accrual basis on the effective interest basis, except when collectability is considered doubtful. In such cases, income is recorded when economic benefits are received.

Page 15 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (e) Property, plant and equipment Freehold land and buildings are shown at fair value, based on valuations by external independent valuers, less subsequent depreciation for buildings. Valuations are performed every three years to ensure that the fair value of a revalued asset does not differ materially from it’s carrying amount. Any accumulated depreciation at the date of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset, and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of freehold, land and buildings are credited to other comprehensive income and shown as other reserves in shareholder’s equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are recorded in other comprehensive income and debited against other reserves directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the profit or loss. All other property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Land is not depreciated as it is deemed to have an indefinite life. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation is calculated at annual rates on the straight-line basis to write-off the cost of the assets to their residual values over their estimated useful lives at annual rates as follows: Freehold buildings 2 - 2 ½% Leasehold buildings and improvements 10 - 20% Furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment 10 - 33⅓% Motor vehicles 20 - 25% Gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount and are included in operating profit. Repairs and maintenance expenditure is charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which it is incurred. The cost of major renovations is included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of the existing asset will flow to the Group. When revalued assets are sold, the amounts included in other reserves are transferred to retained earnings.

Page 16 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (f) Intangible assets (i) Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates and joint ventures is included in investment in associates and investment in joint venture, respectively. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or Groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. (ii) Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences. Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. All, excepting licenses are deemed to have finite useful lives and amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the intangible assets over their estimated useful lives between 5 and 20 years. Licenses have an indefinite useful life. (iii) Proprietary Software The Group is the owner of a software internally developed to address diverse customer needs. This asset is carried at cost and amortised according to its defined useful life. (g) Impairment of non-financial assets Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Page 17 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset in one entity and a financial liability or equity of another entity. Financial assets Classification The Group classifies its financial assets at amortised cost. The classification depends on the business model used for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. Impairment The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss (ECL) associated with its financial assets classified at amortised cost, lease receivables, long term receivables and related party balances. Application of the General Model The Group has applied the ‘general model’ as required under IFRS 9 for financial assets other than trade receivables. Under this model, the Group is required to assess on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its financial assets carried at amortised cost. The ECL will be recognised in profit or loss before a loss event has occurred. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. ECL is calculated by multiplying the Probability of default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD). The impairment model uses a three-stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination: Stage 1 – 12-month ECL applies to all financial assets that have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and are not credit impaired. The ECL will be computed using a 12-month PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months. Stage 2 – When a financial asset experiences a significant increase in credit risk subsequent to origination but is not credit impaired, it is considered to be in Stage 2. This requires the computation of ECL based on lifetime PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the remaining estimated life of the financial asset. Provisions are higher in this stage because of an increase in risk and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered compared to 12 months in Stage 1. Stage 3 – Financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment will be included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses will continue to capture the lifetime ECL. The Group uses judgement when considering the following factors that affect the determination of impairment: Assessment of Significant Increase in Credit Risk The assessment of a significant increase in credit risk is done on a relative basis. To assess whether the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since origination, the Group compares the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial asset at the reporting date to the corresponding risk of default at origination, using key risk indicators that are used in the Group’s existing risk management processes. At each reporting date, the assessment of a change in credit risk will be individually assessed for those considered individually significant and at the segment level. This assessment is symmetrical in nature, allowing credit risk of financial assets to move back to Stage 1 if the increase in credit risk since origination has reduced and is no longer deemed to be significant.

Page 18 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments (continued) Macroeconomic Factors, Forward Looking Information and Multiple Scenarios The Group applies an unbiased and probability weighted estimate of credit losses by evaluating a range of possible outcomes that incorporates forecasts of future economic conditions. Macroeconomic factors and forward-looking information are incorporated into the measurement of ECL as well as the determination of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination. Measurement of ECLs at each reporting period reflect reasonable and supportable information at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The Group uses three scenarios that are probability weighted to determine ECL. Expected Life When measuring ECL, the Group considers the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk. All contractual terms are considered when determining the expected life, including prepayment options and extension and rollover options. Application of the Simplified Approach For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. Financial liabilities The Group’s financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, this is the initial recognition minus the cumulative amortisation of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount. Financial liabilities at amortised costs are classified as current or non-current depending on whether these are due within 12 months after the statement of financial position date or beyond. Financial liabilities are derecognised when either of the following take place: The Group is discharged from its obligation, upon expiration or when they are cancelled or replaced by a new liability. (i) Inventories Inventories are carried at weighted average purchase cost. These items are stated at cost less provision for write down to net realisable value, where necessary and are stated at the lower weighted average cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the costs of completion and selling expenses. (j) Trade receivables Impairment over trade receivables is determined with the aid of a matrix based on the ageing of the account. Twice a year, management assesses whether there has been any indicator of a change in the credit risk. Additionally, periodically a comprehensive evaluation is performed with the objective of identifying individual accounts that may be subject to impairment which are either written off or fully provided for. (k) Cash and bank Cash and bank include cash on hand net of bank overdrafts. In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and bank include cash in hand and at bank and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown in current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

Page 19 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (l) Trade payables These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. (m) Contract assets and contract liabilities The Group recognises a contract asset whenever it has the right for consideration as a result of transferring goods or services to a customer. Contract assets are different from accounts receivables as the former would only require the passage of time for the consideration to be due. Contract assets are subject to impairment assessment. The Group recognises a contract liability when it has received a payment, or a payment is due for goods or services that have not yet been transferred to the customer. (n) Income taxes Taxation expense in the statement of comprehensive income comprises current and deferred tax charges. Current tax charges are based on taxable profits for the year, which differ from the profit before tax reported because it excludes items that are taxable or deductible in other years, and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability f or current tax is calculated at tax rates that have been enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Deferred tax is the tax expected to be paid or recovered on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding tax bases. Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Currently enacted tax rates are used in the determination of deferred income tax. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they arise from the same taxable entity, relate to the same tax authority and when the legal right of offset exists. Deferred tax is charged or credited to profit or loss, except where it relates to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income, in which case, deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income. (o) Provisions Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. (p) Share capital Ordinary shares, and redeemable cumulative preference shares where the declaration of dividends is discretionary, are classified as equity instruments. The preference shares are perpetual and are only redeemable at the sole discretion of the Company but not before the 16 th year after the issue of the shares. Dividends on these shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are declared.

Page 20 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (q) Earnings per share (i) Basic earnings per share Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: ● the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares. ● by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares. (ii) Diluted earnings per share Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account: ● the after-income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and ● the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. (r) Borrowings Borrowings are recognised initially at cost, being their issue proceeds, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequently, borrowings are stated at amortised cost and any difference between net proceeds and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Preference shares issued by the Group are treated as borrowings if they carry a contractual term of redemption either by cash or another financial asset and dividends payments are not discretionary. (s) Leases As Lessee Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments: - fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable - payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option. Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rates, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions. As Lessor Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessee are classified as finance leases. When assets are leased out under a finance leases, the asset is derecognized and treated as revenue in accordance with accounting policy (d) with the present value of the lease payments is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease in a manner which reflects a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.

Page 21 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (s) Leases (continued) Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessor are included in property, plant and equipment in the statement of financial position. They are depreciated over their expected useful lives on a basis consistent with similar owned property, plant and equipment. Rental income is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. In some instances, transfers are made from Inventory to property, plant and equipment to facilitate the leasing of assets. In instances where leased equipment is returned this is transferred from property, plant and equipment to Inventory. When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which termination takes place. (t) Post-employment benefits The Group participates in a defined contribution plan operated by a related party, Musson (Jamaica) Limited, whereby it pays contributions to a separate, trustee-administered fund for its Jamaican operation. Once the contributions have been paid, the Group has no further payment obligations. Contributions to the plan are charged to profit or loss in the period to which they relate. There is an unfunded retirement benefit plan in the Nicaragua and El Salvador operations which is reflected in the statement of financial position as a liability. Changes to benefits are calculated by third party actuaries and are reflected in the Change to statement of comprehensive income. The Parent Company also participates in a defined benefit pension plan relating to PBS Technologies (Barbados) Limited, the assets of which are held in a separate fund administered by a Trustee. The pension plan is funded by payments from the Parent Company, taking into account the recommendations of independent qualified actuaries. Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value. (u) Finance costs Finance costs includes interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest method, interest on finance leases, material bank charges and foreign exchange gains and losses recognised in profit or loss. (v) Offsetting financial instruments Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty. (w) Segment information Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer. (x) Dividend distribution Dividend distribution is recognised as equity in the financial statements in which the dividends are approved by the shareholders. Dividend distributions on preference shares classified as borrowings are included in finance costs when the dividends are approved.

Page 22 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (a) Financial risk factors The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyse these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and up-to-date information systems. Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies and evaluates financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and investment of excess liquidity. (i) Credit risk The Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that its customers, clients or counterparties will cause a financial loss for the Group by failing to discharge their contractual obligations. Credit exposures arise principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and are influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Group has established credit policies under which each customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness prior to the Group offering them a credit facility. Credit limits are assigned to each customer and are reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Group has procedures in place to restrict customer orders if the order will result in customers exceeding their credit limits. Customers who fail to meet the Group’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Group on a prepayment basis. Customer credit risk is monitored according to their credit characteristics such as whether it is an individual or company, geographic location, industry, aging profile, and previous financial difficulties. The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents an estimate of expected credit losses in respect of trade and other receivables. The Group addresses impairment assessment in two areas: individually and collectively assessed allowances. Cash transactions are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. The Group has policies in place to limit the amount of exposure to any one financial institution. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the amount reflected on the statement of financial position.

Page 23 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Credit risk (continued) At year end, the banks where the Group maintains most of its cash, were rated by Fitch Ratings as follows: 202 5 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. B BB+ CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA+ Citibank F1 A+ 202 4 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. F1+ AA- CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA- Citibank F1 A+ Maximum credit risk exposure The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk equals the carrying amounts on the statement of financial position, of the assets which expose the Group to credit risk. There has been no change over the prior year in the manner in which the Group manages and measures credit risk. Analysis of trade receivables The Group’s trade receivables, broken down by customer sector is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Government 42,058 41,804 Private entities 58,254 48,815 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Impairment of financial assets The Group has four types of financial assets that are subject to expected credit losses as follows: (i) Trade receivables (ii) Lease receivable and long-term receivables (iii) Accounts receivable from related parties (iv) Other debt instruments carried at amortised cost

Page 24 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Trade receivables The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measure expected credit losses (ECL) which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. On that basis, the loss allowance at 31 December 2025 and 2024 was determined as follows for trade receivables: 31 December 202 5 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1 - 180 days past due $’000 181 - 360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 2.83% 11.54% 30.39% Gross carrying amount 71,856 19,451 2,878 6,127 100,312 Loss allowance provision 11 550 332 1,862 2,755 31 December 202 4 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1-180 days past due $’000 181-360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 0.67% 7.50% 38.38% Gross carrying amount 45,859 33,441 6,404 4,915 90,619 Loss allowance provision 10 224 480 1,887 2,601 The closing loss allowances for trade receivables as at 31 December 2025 reconcile to the opening loss allowances as follows: 202 5 202 4 $’000 $’000 Opening loss allowance as at 1 January 2,601 2,872 On Acquisition of Subsidiary (Note 34) - 299 Impairment (gains)/losses on receivables during the year 917 (223) Amounts written off (461) (314) Unused amounts reversed (320) - Exchange difference 18 (33) At 31 December 2,755 2,601

Page 25 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables The Group applies the ‘three stage’ model of IFRS 9 in measuring the expected credit losses (ECL) for all lease and long-term receivable. The application makes estimation about likelihood of default occurring, of the associated loss ratios of default correlations between counter parties. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The following tables contains an analysis of the credit exposure for lease and long-term receivables as at 31 December 2025 and 2024 as follows: Long term receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 769 - - 769 Carrying amount 769 - - 769 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 589 - - 589 Carrying amount 589 - - 589 Lease receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 Carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 26 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 Carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 27 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) Loss Allowance – Lease Receivables: No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material. Lease and long-term receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include ceasing enforcement activity, and where the Group’s recovery method is foreclosing on collateral, and the value of the collateral is such that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full. ECL movements without a profit and loss impact relates to amounts transferred from trade receivables to lease/long term receivables which previously existed and for which the ECL would have also been transferred. Expected credit losses are presented net of subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off. Cash and bank and other receivables Other financial assets at amortised cost include cash and bank balances, due from related parties and other receivables . These debt instruments at amortised cost are considered to have low credit risk. The loss allowance recognised during the period on those deemed to have low credit risk was therefore limited to the 12 month expected losses. Management considers these instruments as having low credit risk when there is a low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term. The allowance is assessed by estimating the likelihood of default, associated loss ratio and default correlation between counterparties. No opening loss allowances were recognised on balances for cash and bank, due from related parties and other receivables, and there were no movements during the current year, as the amounts determined were deemed immaterial. (iii) Due from related parties ECL is determined on yearly basis by performing a review of the financial position of the related party debtors for those where the receivable balances are material. If the related party debtor has an ‘intent’ and strong financial capacity to meet its contractual obligation, the probability of default is low and the credit risk is deemed to be immaterial, otherwise it would be classified under stage 2 or 3 and ECL computed accordingly. (iii) Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and other liquid assets and maintaining the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. Liquidity risk management process The Group’s liquidity management process, as carried out within the Group and monitored by the Board of Directors, primarily includes: (i) Monitoring future cash flows and liquidity on an ongoing basis. This incorporates an assessment of expected cash flows and the availability of collateral which could be used to secure funding if required. (ii) Maintaining committed lines of credit; and (iii) Managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities.

Page 28 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3 . Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Liquidity risk (continued) Undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities The maturity profile of financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments is as follows: Within 12 Months 1 to 5 Years Over 5 years Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Trade payables 58,350 - - 58,348 Other payables 32,699 - - 32,701 Due to related parties 13,739 - - 13,739 Lease liabilities 7,975 18,549 1,952 28,476 Borrowings 37,108 184,943 - 222,051 149,871 203,492 1,952 355,315 202 4 Trade payables 48,628 - - 48,628 Other payables 37,220 7 - 37,227 Due to related parties 12,308 - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities - - 407 407 Lease liabilities 9,335 14,453 126 23,914 Borrowings 25,339 141,834 - 167,173 132,830 156,294 533 289,657 (iii) Market risk The Group takes on exposure to market risks, which is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risks mainly arise from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is monitored by the Facey Group Limited’s treasury department which carries out extensive research and monitors the price movement of financial assets on the local and international markets. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Currency risk Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Jamaican (JMD) dollar, Honduran Lempira (HNL), Nicaraguan Córdoba (NIO), Dominican Peso (DOP), Costa Rican Colón (CRC), Trinidadian dollar (TTD) and the Guatemala Quetzal (GTQ). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. The Group manages its foreign exchange risk by ensuring that the net exposure in foreign assets and liabilities is kept to an acceptable level by monitoring currency positions. The Group further manages this risk by invoicing where possible in US dollars and converting foreign currency balances into US dollar denominated accounts.

Page 29 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, the net assets of which are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies. The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December: USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2025 Financial Assets Long term receivables 391 369 - 1 - - - - 8 769 Lease receivables 2,937 - - - - 8,232 - 3,232 1,574 15,975 Due from related parties 4,837 - 69 - - - - - 3,160 8,066 Trade receivables 22,584 20,983 6,670 4,107 3,900 7,052 9,336 8,946 13,979 97,557 Other receivables 3,696 209 848 400 949 9,203 319 2,497 6,311 24,432 Cash and bank 9,085 496 260 568 73 382 183 4,506 6,021 21,574 Total financial assets 43,530 22,057 7,847 5,076 4,922 24,869 9,838 19,181 31,053 168,373 Financial liabilities Trade payables 48,232 920 234 629 47 618 968 557 6,145 58,348 Other payables 6,557 1,562 2,323 1,194 1,520 4,013 3,973 2,172 9,385 32,701 Lease liabilities 16,808 - 2,604 339 1,248 - - 2,045 1,942 24,986 Due to related parties 11,761 - 305 - - - - - 1,673 13,739 Borrowings 183,138 - 1,672 - - - - 489 188 185,487 Total financial liabilities 266,496 2,482 7,138 2,162 2,815 4,631 4,941 5,263 19,333 315,261 Net position (222,966) 19,575 709 2,914 2,107 20,238 4,897 13,918 11,720 (146,888) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation against the US Dollar

Page 30 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (v) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2024 Financial Assets Long term receivables 224 355 - 2 - - - - 8 589 Lease receivables 3,211 - - - - - - 4,337 2,017 9,565 Due from related parties 7,120 - 347 - - - - - - 7,467 Trade receivables 41,110 7,129 6,093 2,106 4,787 1,876 6,644 7,871 10,402 88,018 Other receivables 1,421 259 854 47 (196) 3,788 240 533 6,811 13,757 Cash and cash equivalents 11,560 1,364 240 881 1,181 300 483 3,860 10,092 29,961 Total financial assets 64,646 9,107 7,534 3,036 5,772 5,964 7,367 16,601 29,330 149,357 Financial liabilities Trade payables 42,928 159 749 178 326 1,944 595 204 1,545 48,628 Other payables 11,452 1,698 2,681 901 887 2,770 2,616 4,358 9,864 37,227 Lease liabilities 14,721 - 929 302 1,155 - - 2,339 2,460 21,906 Due to related parties 12,150 - 158 - - - - - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities 407 - - - - - - - - 407 Borrowings 158,321 - 1,772 - - - - 934 62 161,089 Total financial liabilities 239,979 1,857 6,289 1,381 2,368 4,714 3,211 7,835 13,931 281,565 Net position (175,333) 7,250 1,245 1,655 3,404 1,250 4,156 8,766 15,399 (132,208) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation.

Page 31 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) The following tables indicate the currencies to which the Group had significant exposure on their monetary assets and liabilities and forecast cash flows. The change in currency rate below represents management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis represents outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the year-end for a reasonably expected change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity of the profit or loss was primarily as a result of foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of trade receivables and payables, long term receivables and borrowings. % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 5 2025 $’000 2025 $’000 Currency: HNL -1.5 - 109 HNL 1 - (73) JMD -1.5 607 - JMD 1 (152) - NIO -1.5 - 446 NIO 1 - (111) DOP -1.5 - (154) DOP 1 - 38 CRC -1.5 - 270 CRC 1 - (180) TTD -1.5 - 368 TTD 1 - (245) GTQ -1.5 140 - GTQ 1 (93) - % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 4 2024 $’000 2024 $’000 Currency: HNL -4 - 174 HNL 1 - (44) JMD -4 665 - JMD 1 (166) - NIO -4 - 471 NIO 1 - (118) DOP -4 - (119) DOP 1 - 30 CRC -4 - 683 CRC 1 - (171) TTD -4 - 834 TTD 1 - (209) GTQ -4 281 - GTQ 1 (70) -

Page 32 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iv) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk As the Group has no significant variable rate interest-bearing assets, the Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate exposure arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates and revolving short-term borrowings expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The Group analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated for borrowings that represent the major interest-bearing positions, taking into consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions and alternative financing. The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily from borrowings, the sensitivity of the profit or loss is the effect of the assumed changes in interest rates based on floating rate long term and revolving short-term borrowings. There is no direct impact on other components of equity. The table below indicates the sensitivity to a reasonably expected change in interest rates 2025 2024 Change in basis points - 50/25 Change in basis points - 50/25 $’000 $’000 Floating rate borrowings 750/ (375) 619/ (310) (b) Capital management The capital management process is carried out by the parent company. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for the shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. The Board of Directors monitors the return on capital, which the Group defines as net operating income (excluding non-recurring items) divided by total equity (excluding non- redeemable preference shares and non-controlling interests). There was no change to the capital management process during the year. The Group has no specific capital management strategy and is not exposed to externally imposed capital requirements. There are contractual capital requirements as follows:  The syndicated credit agreement with Citibank, N.A. acting as administrative agent and collateral agent and Citibank, N.A., Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A, First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as joint lead arrangers and book runners - The financial covenants include: The Leverage Ratio, The Debt Service Coverage Ratio, The Central American Assets Test and The Specified Central American Assets Test. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at year end.  The revolving credit agreement and loan agreement with First Citizens Bank (FCB) - The financial covenants include: the Current ratio, the Funded Debt to EBITDA ratio and the Debt Service ratio. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at the year end.

Page 33 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated)  3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (c) Fair values of financial instruments Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of the Group’s financial instruments that, subsequent to initial recognition, are not measured at fair value is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each statement of financial position date. The fair values of these financial instruments are determined as follows: (i) The face value, less any estimated credit adjustments, for financial assets and liabilities with a maturity of less than one year are estimated to approximate their fair values. These financial assets and liabilities include cash and bank balances, trade receivables and payables and short-term borrowings. (ii) The carrying values of non-current borrowings to non-related parties approximate their fair values, as these loans are carried at amortised cost reflecting their contractual obligations and the interest rates are reflective of current market rates for similar transactions. The fair value of borrowings is disclosed in note 26. (iii) The fair values of the long-term receivables and loans to and from related parties could not be reliably determined as these instruments were granted under special terms and are not likely to be traded in a fair market exchange.

Page 34 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty Judgements and estimates are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. Estimated impairment of goodwill The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2(f). The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations, which require the use of estimates. In determining the value in use, management has made certain assumptions regarding revenue growth rate, EBITDA to revenue ratios, terminal growth rate and discount rates. See Note 15 for sensitivity of amounts to estimates. Intangible assets Intangible assets arising from the acquisition of subsidiaries have been deemed to be indefinite life intangibles. Other intangible assets have been deemed to be finite lives intangibles. Their estimated useful lives have been determined by management, based on their best estimate of the time period over which the Group will benefit from the assets acquired. Management has estimated that the useful lives of the intangibles will be between 5 and 20 years. Income taxes The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. The Group recognises liabilities for actual and anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. In determining these estimates, management considers the merit of any audit issues raised, based on their interpretation of the taxation laws, and their knowledge of any precedents established by the taxation authorities. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences could materially impact the current tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made (see Notes 11 and 18). Determining the lease term In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). For leases of administrative offices, retail stores, equipment and vehicles, the following factors are normally the most relevant: ● If there are significant penalties to terminate (or not extend), the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● If any leasehold improvements are expected to have a significant remaining value, the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● Otherwise, the Group considers other factors including historical lease durations and the costs and business disruption required to replace the leased asset. Most extension options in office equipment and vehicles leases have not been included in the lease liability, because the Group could replace the assets without significant cost or business disruption.

Page 35 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information The Group’s Chief Executive Officer examines the Group’s performance from a geographic perspective and has identified two reportable segments of business: ● Central America- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Central America Region such as Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Costa Rica, Nicaragua and Panama. ● Caribbean- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Caribbean region such as Dominican Republic, Jamaica, Barbados, Curacao and Aruba, Colombia, Trinidad and Tobago, Suriname, Peru and Ecuador. Management primarily uses a measure of adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) to assess the performance of the operating segments. However, information about the segments’ revenue, assets and liabilities are also submitted for review on a monthly basis.

Page 36 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2025 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 216,487 158,045 - 374,532 Revenue from another operating segment 21,602 342 (21,558) 386 Total Income 238,089 158,387 (21,558) 374,918 Adjusted EBITDA 39,468 22,189 (6,463) 55,194 Finance costs (17,703) Depreciation (20,684) Amortisation (3,174) Unallocated EBITDA - Share of Investee’s profit 718 Profit before taxation 14,351 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (11,766) (8,918) - (20,684) Amortisation (286) (2,888) - (3,174) Income tax (8,252) (1,660) - (9,912) Segment assets- Total segment assets 284,690 257,335 (458,838) 83,187 Unallocated items 339,205 Total assets per statement of financial position 422,392 Capital expenditure 2,986 2,116 - 5,102 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 204,830 244,064 (398,616) 50,278 Unallocated items 294,984 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 345,262

Page 37 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 233,913 158,166 - 392,079 Revenue from another operating segment 15,339 337 (20,366) (4,690) Total Income 249,252 158,503 (20,366) 387,389 Adjusted EBITDA 23,676 27,880 (2,569) 48,987 Finance costs (18,430) Depreciation (17,441) Amortisation (2,884) Unallocated EBITDA 2,386 Profit before taxation 12,618 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (10,386) (7,055) - (17,441) Amortisation (286) (2,598) (2,884) Income tax (3,565) (1,591) 114 (5,042) Segment assets- Total segment assets 239,813 237,830 (380,101) 97,542 Unallocated items 302,174 Total assets per statement of financial position 399,716 Capital expenditure 2,306 4,072 - 6,378 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 175,217 226,053 (323,383) 77,887 Unallocated items 238,241 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 316,128

Page 38 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) Segment assets are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset. Segment liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These liabilities are allocated based on the operations of the segment. The parent entity is domiciled in Barbados. The amount of its revenue from external customers broken down by location of the customers is shown in table below. 202 5 2024 $’000 $’000 Barbados 18,992 20,676 Costa Rica 52,701 37,423 Dominican Republic 15,958 17,836 El Salvador 56,750 99,808 Guatemala 35,148 38,892 Honduras 24,704 20,110 Nicaragua 19,273 15,450 Panama 12,122 11,411 USA 7,841 5,848 Antilles 10,512 11,597 Jamaica 27,960 30,229 Trinidad 23,554 30,125 Guyana 8,518 5,920 Cayman 2,822 2,715 Antigua 731 696 Colombia 4,345 5,071 Suriname 1,233 2,180 Other 51,754 31,402 Total 374,918 387,389 The total of capital expenditure, broken down by location of the assets is shown in the table below. 202 5 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 240 240 Trinidad - 244 244 Costa Rica 1,443 - 1,443 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 908 908 Other 261 724 985 Total 2,986 2,116 5,102

Page 39 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 2,037 2,037 Trinidad - 974 974 Costa Rica 791 - 791 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 311 311 Other 233 750 983 Total 2,306 4,072 6,378 6. Revenue 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Business Solutions Sale of goods 310,839 330,420 Services 41,461 32,302 352,300 362,722 Lease Income 22,618 24,667 374,918 387,389 Revenue from contracts with customers is $352,300,000 (2024: $362,722,000). 2025 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2025 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 207,119 122,957 (21,558) 308,518 Over time 17,257 26,525 - 43,782 224,376 149,482 (21,558) 352,300 2024 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2024 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 212,881 117,599 (20,366) 310,114 Over time 23,913 28,695 - 52,608 236,794 146,294 (20,366) 362,722

Page 40 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 7. Other Income 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest income 1,769 1,999 Gain/ (loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment (179) 103 Negative Goodwill (Note a) - 1,150 Customer Deposits Write-back - 700 Miscellaneous 812 193 2,402 4,145 (a) This relates to the acquisition of Xerox Ecuador. (Note 35)

Page 41 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 8. Expenses by Nature Total direct, selling, administration and other operating expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cost of inventories and cost related to services* 247,544 273,027 Impairment losses/(gains) on financial instruments 917 (223) Staff costs (Note 9) 48,573 43,811 Depreciation (Notes 13 and 14) * 10,630 9,470 Commission 6,905 6,895 Travel 5,180 5,433 Management fees 2,434 2,014 Telephone and communication 1,476 1,369 Transportation 801 803 Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 15) 3,174 2,884 Legal and professional fees 2,441 2,312 Occupancy costs 911 1,043 Bank charges 859 743 Auditor’s remuneration 1,940 1,251 Office supplies, printing and stationery 266 605 Repairs and maintenance 536 950 Advertising 324 450 Motor Vehicle Expenses 1,663 1,315 General Insurance 1,210 1,349 Other expenses 8,200 5,498 97,523 88,195 345,984 360,999 * Depreciation included in Cost of inventories and cost related to services amounts to $10,054,000 (2024: 7,971,000) for a total depreciation of $20,684,000 (2024: $17,441,000). Audit fees for the year ended 31 December 2025 totalled for the Group of $1,940,000 (2024: $1,251,000). Other fees paid to the auditor (and related network firms) for non-assurance services are not material.

Page 42 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 9. Staff Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Staff costs that have been included in Selling general and administrative expenses (Note 8) 48,573 43,811 Staff costs that have been included in Direct expenses 17,101 11,031 65,674 54,842 Staff costs that have been included in direct expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 14,379 8,488 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 2,057 1,165 Redundancy costs 184 501 Other 481 877 17,101 11,031 Staff costs that have been included in selling, general and administrative expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 39,571 34,938 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 4,474 3,840 Pension costs – defined contribution 425 410 Redundancy costs 1,809 2,290 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 1,832 2,072 48,573 43,811 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 53,950 43,426 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 6,453 5,005 Pension costs – defined contribution 503 410 Redundancy costs 1,993 2,791 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 2,313 2,949 65,674 54,842

Page 43 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 10. Finance Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net foreign exchange losses (gains) 609 (371) Interest expense - Loans and lease liabilities 17,094 18,801 17,703 18,430 11. Taxation Taxation is based on profit for the year or, in some jurisdictions, the greater of a percentage of profit before tax or revenue adjusted for taxation purposes, and comprises: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current tax charge 6,384 5,920 Deferred tax charge (credit) (Note 18) 3,528 (878) 9,912 5,042 The tax on the profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the statutory tax rate as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit before tax 14,351 12,618 Tax calculated at domestic tax rate of 9% (2024: 9%) 1,292 1,136 Adjusted for the effects of: Different tax rates in other countries 4,935 5,087 Tax on net assets at 1% 128 137 Income not subject to tax (3,048) (2,324) Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 1,101 550 Other charges and credits 5,504 456 Tax charge 9,912 5,042

Page 44 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 11. Taxation (Continued) 2025 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries 260 - 260 Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE - - - Actuarial gains – termination benefits 54 - 54 Other comprehensive income 314 - 314 Deferred tax (Note 18) - 2024 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries (907) - (907) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE 716 - 716 Actuarial gains – termination benefits (96) - (96) Other comprehensive income (287) - (287) Deferred tax (Note 18) - 12. Earnings per Share 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the company 4,287 7,461 Profit attributable to preference shareholders (1,713) (1,289) Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders 2,574 6,172 Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000) 186,213 186,213 Total basic and diluted earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations. 1.38 3.31

Page 45 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13 . Property, Plant and Equipment The furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment category for the Group includes equipment held for leases. Lease contracts for these items are entered into with third parties, with periodic lease payments being 36 to 60 months. Items which are leased are transferred from inventory on commencement of the lease arrangements and are transferred back to inventory on termination of the lease arrangements. Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Exchange differences - 3 (107) - (21) (4) (129) Additions - 1,103 3,663 - 67 269 5,102 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 502 - 24 - 526 Transfers from inventory - 9,380 - - - 9,380 Disposals - (553) (241) - (24) - (818) Transfers to inventory - - (4,018) - - - (4,018) On revaluation - - - - - - - Transfer from CWIP* - 23 186 - - (374) (165) At 31 December 111 6,974 108,155 776 1,711 1,035 118,762 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Exchange differences - (3) (193) - (18) - (214) Charge for the year** - 819 13,800 - 162 - 14,781 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 171 - 24 - 195 On transfer to inventory - - (4,528) - - - (4,528) Relieved on disposals - (365) (230) - (2) - (597) At 31 December 24 3,771 77,600 - 1,261 - 82,656 Net Book Value - 87 3,203 30,555 776 450 1,035 36,106 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $10,054,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 46 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,739 88,464 60 1,822 514 97,710 Exchange differences - (197) (898) - (294) - (1,389) Additions - 422 4,960 - 121 875 6,378 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 2,217 - 24 - 2,241 Transfers from inventory - - 9,017 - - - 9,017 Disposals - (657) (290) - (70) - (1,017) Transfers to inventory - - (4,789) - - - (4,789) On revaluation - - - 716 - - 716 Transfer from CWIP* - 91 109 - 62 (245) 17 At 31 December 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,292 62,728 - 1,067 - 67,111 Exchange differences - (87) (222) - (214) - (523) Charge for the year** - 678 11,282 - 271 - 12,231 On transfer to inventory - - (4,918) - - - (4,918) Relieved on disposals - (563) (290) - (29) - (882) At 31 December 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Net Book Value - 87 3,078 30,210 776 570 1,144 35,865 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $7,971,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 47 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The amounts of equipment leased to customers and included in property, plant and equipment are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Equipment held for lease at cost 80,979 86,403 Accumulated depreciation (61,596) (66,856) Net book value 19,383 19,547 Equipment is ordinarily moved from inventory to docu-centers, printshops and internal use. Equipment from inventory is also placed under lease contracts. When the equipment is no longer assigned to a specific function, it is moved back to inventory at net book value. The most significant of these movements is for equipment held for lease which is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening net book value 19,547 16,502 Acquisition of subsidiaries (Note 35) - 1,870 Transfers from inventory during lease period 9,380 9,017 Depreciation charges (10,054) (7,971) Disposals – transfers to inventory upon expiry of lease (4,018) (4,789) Depreciation released 4,528 4,918 Closing net book value 19,383 19,547

Page 48 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The pieces of freehold land of the Group were independently revalued as at various dates during 2023 on the basis of open market value or other market comparable approaches by independent qualified valuators. The directors are of the view that there were no material changes in the value over the prior year for Freehold land. Fair value movements on freehold are recognised in OCI under other revaluation reserves, see Note 28. The following table analyses the non-financial assets carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:  Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, or directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2), and  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

Page 49 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) There were no transfers between levels during the year. Level 3 fair values of land and buildings have been derived using the sales comparison approach. Sales prices of comparable land and buildings in close proximity are adjusted for differences in key attributes such as property size. The most significant input into this valuation approach is price per square foot. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair values of land and buildings are disclosed in the tables below. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87 Fair value measurements at 31 December 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87

Page 50 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases : Right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 12,599 10,376 Equipment 2,596 2,308 Motor vehicles 74 118 15,269 12,802 Movement analysis is as follows: 2025 2024 $’000 $’000 At Cost/Valuation - At 1 January 32,312 28,876 Exchange differences (40) 266 Acquisition on subsidiaries (Note 35) - 109 Additions 10,207 5,804 Lease Expiry (4,737) (2,743) At 31 December 37,742 32,312 Amortisation - At 1 January 19,510 16,203 Exchange differences (9) 348 Relieved on lease expiry (2,931) (2,251) Charge for the year 5,903 5,210 At 31 December 22,473 19,510 Net book value At 31 December 15,269 12,802

Page 51 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (Continued) (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: Amortisation charge of right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 4,709 4,488 Equipment 1,105 623 Motor vehicles 89 99 5,903 5,210 Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: - the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability - any lease payments made at the commencement date less any lease incentives received Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.

Page 52 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement, Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Year ended 31 December 2025 Opening net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 337 - - - 337 Exchange Difference - 1 - (2) (1) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (734) (184) (3,174) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 5 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Cost 86,952 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,684 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (12,827) (15,386) (6,993) (35,927) Closing net book value 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 Year ended 31 December 2024 Opening net book value 81,218 20,880 - 824 102,922 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 5,964 - 2,881 - 8,845 Adjustment (1,288) - - - (1,288) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (444) (184) (2,884) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 4 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Cost 86,615 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,347 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (10,572) (14,652) (6,807) (32,752) Closing net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595

Page 53 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15 . Intangible Assets (Continued) Amortisation charges have been included in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income. Impairment tests for goodwill The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis or when events or changes in the circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill is allocated. The recoverable amount is usually determined by reference to the value in use. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the CGU and also to choose an appropriate discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those future cash flows. The allocation of goodwill to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) as categorised by subsidiary is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 403 403 PBS Central America, S.A. 7,539 7,539 Mobay Holdings N. V. 4,256 4,256 Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 523 523 High Tech Corporation S.A. de C.V 2,957 2,957 PBS Technology Group Limited 62,655 62,655 Infotrans 1,438 1,438 PBS Peru 5,964 5,964 Regional Business Systems 337 - Other 159 159 86,231 85,894 The recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use pre- tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a 5-year period. Cash flows beyond the 5 th year are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2025 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2025 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 73.2% 2.0% 14.4% 20.56% PBS Central America S.A. 0.7% 3.4% 13.3% 20.96% Mobay Holdings N. V. 20.7% 1.7% 12.6% 20.70% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 24.6% 4.9% 16.7% 19.41% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.3% 15.2% 25.19% PBS Technology Group Limited 42.3% 3.1% 27.3% 22.25% Infotrans Group Holdings B.V. 39.1% 1.8% 14.9% 19.04% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.5% 12.1% 20.27% Regional Business Systems 174.7% 2.0% 16.6% 20.56%

Page 54 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2024 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2024 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 11.4% 22.0% PBS Central America S.A. -10.0% 3.0% 9.2% 22.4% Mobay Holdings N. V. 13.7% 1.7% 16.0% 17.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5% 11.5% 24.9% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 14.3% 26.6% PBS Technology Group Limited 25.0% 3.0% 25.7% 24.1% Infotrans 50.0% 1.9% 11.8% 24.5% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 11.5% 21.4% The table below shows the change in key assumptions for value in use calculations that would result in the recoverable amount being equal to the carrying amount. This represents only the cash generating units for which the excess of the recoverable amounts over the carrying amounts of the CGUs was low. 202 5 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Mobay Holdings N.V. 20.7% -1.4% 11.9% 23.6% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.5% 15.2% 25.0% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.9% 12.2% 20.0% Regional Business Systems 174.7% -19.2% 9.7% 35.7%

Page 55 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) 202 4 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 8.1% 22.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5.0% 10.4% 26.7% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 12.7% 27.0% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 12.7% 16.4%

Page 56 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 16. Lease Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Gross investment in finance leases Not later than one year 12,292 4,538 Later than one year and not later than five years 6,130 8,966 18,422 13,504 Less: Unearned income (2,447) (3,939) 15,975 9,565 Net investment in finance leases may be classified as follows: Not later than one year 11,437 2,696 Later than one year and not later than five years 4,538 6,869 15,975 9,565 No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . 17. Long Term Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Print Spot S de R.L. (Note a) 22 91 Guarantee deposits for building rents (Note b) 87 111 Other (Note c) 660 387 769 589 The current portion of long-term receivables is $161,000 (2024: $38,000) and is recorded in Current Assets. No loss allowance was recorded for long-term receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . a) Print Spot S de R.L. The balance earns interest of 14% and matures in August 2027. b) Guarantee deposits for building rents These balances do not earn interest and they are guarantee deposits for the rent of buildings in Guatemala, Cayman, Panama and Nicaragua. They mature between February 2027 (renewables) and July 2029. c) Other The balance relates to amounts that are individually insignificant. These balances relate to equipment sales with terms between 13 months and up to 37 months. These are secured with promissory notes and earn interest between 10% and 21% and are guaranteed with a pledge on the financed equipment.

Page 57 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 18. Deferred Income Taxes (a) Deferred income taxes are calculated in full on all temporary differences under the liability method and comprise: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Deferred Tax Asset 11,507 14,491 Deferred Tax Liability (6,570) (6,153) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (b) The movement on the deferred income tax assets balance for the year is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net asset at beginning of the year 8,338 7,971 Acquisition of subsidiaries - 89 (Charge) credit to profit and loss (Note 11) (3,528) 878 Exchange difference 127 (600) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment (843) (1,081) Provisions 2,117 7,034 Foreign exchange (losses)/gains (3) (29) Tax losses 3,621 2,600 Other 45 (186) 4,937 8,338 (d) The movement on the net deferred tax asset is attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment 125 (1,178) Provisions 66 (915) Tax losses (3,934) 1,144 Other 342 1,316 (3,401) 367 (e) Deferred income tax liabilities have not been established for withholding tax that would be payable on unremitted profits of subsidiaries as the amounts are permanently reinvested.

Page 58 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances The following transactions were carried out with related parties: (a) Sale of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Sale of goods Other related parties 26 428 Goods are sold based on the price lists in force and terms that would be available to third parties. (b) Purchase of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Purchases of goods Other related parties 10 204 Transactions with other related parties. (c) Key management compensation Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive). The compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services is shown below: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 4,837 4,905 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 373 372 Pension benefits 33 33 Other 106 9 5,349 5,319 Directors’ fees 118 104 (d) Other transactions 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Parent Management fee expense 1,429 970 Other related parties Management fee expense 1,005 1,044 Interest Income (6) (2) Interest paid 50 3 Rental Expense 634 - 3,112 2,015

Page 59 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances (Continued) (e) Year end balances with related parties Balances with the parent company and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand and earn no interest. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Receivable from related parties: Parent 5,346 5,247 Fellow subsidiaries and shareholder 2,720 2,220 8,066 7,467 Payable to related parties: Parent 9,487 9,421 Fellow subsidiaries 4,252 2,887 13,739 12,308 20. Investment in Associates In January 18, 2024, Trinidad Systems Group Limited (“TSGL”), a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), completed the acquisition of 100% of the operations of Trinidad Systems Limited (“TSL”) for a total purchase price of TT$107,208,000.00 (US$15,765,882.35). The acquisition was financed through a combination of 50% cash and 50% debt. PBS participated in the ownership consortium of TSGL, securing a 45% equity stake. As a result, PBS contributed 45% of the cash portion of the purchase price, amounting to TT$24,121,800 (US$3,543,000). The debt portion, representing the remaining 50% of the purchase price, is solely the responsibility of TSGL. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 As at January 4,056 3,543 Share of net profit 718 513 At 31 December 4,774 4,056

Page 60 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 20. Investment in Associates (Continued) The associate’s year-end is 31 December. The summarized unaudited consolidated information for the associate and its subsidiary is presented below. The information disclosed reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of Trinidad Systems Group Limited and not the Group’s share of those amounts. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Statement of financial position: Total Assets 26,790 24,316 Total Liabilities (13,592) (11,254) Net Assets 13,198 13,062 Statement of comprehensive income: Revenues 22,501 22,243 Expenses (21,177) (21,127) Net Profit for the Year 1,324 1,116 21. Inventories 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Finished goods 57,311 47,625 Goods in transit 13,198 12,801 70,509 60,426 Less: Provision for obsolete stock (12,466) (11,842) 58,043 48,584 Cost of inventory recognised as an expense aggregating to $203,222,000 (2024: $232,404,000), were recognised in profit and loss. 22. Trade and Other Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade receivables 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (Note 3) (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Prepaid expenses 5,307 3,985 Current portion of Long-Term Receivable 77 273 Other (Note a) 24,355 13,484 127,296 105,760 a) Includes advances to vendors of $3,359,442 (2024: $852,000) and Sundry Debtors of $3,808,003 (2024: $5,992,202)

Page 61 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 23. Cash and Bank 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The cash and bank balances disclosed for 2025 include restricted cash of $6,644,000 (2024: $6,131,000) The weighted average interest rate at the reporting date for short term bank deposits was 0.70% (2024: 0.70%) per annum. 24. Trade and Other Payables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade payables 58,348 48,628 Interest Payables 378 1,001 Accrued liabilities 15,792 20,860 Other 16,531 15,366 91,049 85,855 The carrying amounts of trade and other payables is a reasonable approximation to their fair values, due to their short-term nature. 25. Lease Liabilities The Group currently has long term lease agreements related to buildings, equipment, and motor vehicles. (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Lease liabilities Current 6,998 6,441 Non-current 17,988 15,465 24,986 21,906 (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest expense (included in finance cost) 1,353 1,580 Expenses relating to short term leases or low value underlying assets (included in selling, general and administrative expenses) 1,178 1,835 2,531 3,415 The total cash outflow for leases in 2025 was $ 9,723,000 (2024: $10,699,000).

Page 62 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 25. Lease Liabilities (Continued) (iii) Incremental borrowing rate For the incremental borrowing rate, the Group: - Where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by bankers as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received, and - Makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security. - The weighted average incremental borrowing rate for the Group in 2024 and 2025 was determined to be 7%. (iv) Lease payments Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. (v) Extension and termination options Extension and termination options are included in a number of leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. As at 31 December 2025, potential future cash outflows of $18,867,000 (2024: $14,702,000) (undiscounted) have not been included in the lease liability because it is not reasonably certain that the leases will be extended (or not terminated). The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee. During the current financial year, the financial effect of revising lease terms to reflect the effect of exercising extension and termination options was nil.

Page 63 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Short term loans – (a) Citibank 12,000 - (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. 2,860 2,274 (c) First Citizens 1,700 1,500 (d) Quedex 1,129 - (e) Davivienda 762 1,088 (f) Banco Popular Dominicano 540 400 (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú 254 - (h) Lafise - 679 19,245 5,941 Current portion of non-current borrowings 14,250 10,633 Total Current Borrowings 33,495 16,574 Non-Current Borrowings – (i) Citibank 135,469 120,926 (j) JCSD Preference Shares 16,701 16,582 (k) Xerox 6,875 9,375 (l) Davivienda 3,060 3,006 (m) National Commercial Bank 1,672 2,190 (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies 1,320 1,232 (o) First Citizens 489 934 (p) BICSA 324 341 (q) Banco de Bogotá 134 62 (r) Banistmo 99 428 (s) ASEPBS 99 - (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies - 72 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 Current portion of non-current borrowings (14,250) (10,633) Total Non-Current Borrowings 151,992 144,515 Total Borrowings 185,487 161,089

Page 64 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) The exposure of the group’s borrowings to interest rate changes and the contractual re-pricing dates at the end of the reporting period are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 0-12 months 33,495 16,574 1-5 years 151,992 144,515 185,487 161,089 The carrying amounts and fair value of the non-current borrowings are as follows: Carrying amount Fair value 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Loans 135,468 123,858 138,367 137,374 Redeemable preference shares 16,701 17,000 17,000 17,000 Other 14,073 14,290 14,073 17,674 166,242 155,148 169,440 172,048 The Group’s undrawn borrowing facilities as of December 2025 is $12,837,000 (2024: $15,000,000).

Page 65 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Short term loans (a) Citibank N.A. This represents three unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of SOFR plus a margin of 3.9% per annum with due dates between March 18 and June 18, 2026. (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. This represents four unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of between 10.20% and 10.99% per annum with due dates between January 20 and March 11, 2026. (c) First Citizens This represents loans which attracts interest of 8% per annum and mature in June 2026. (d) Quedex This represents a loan which attracts interest of 12% per annum and mature in March 2026. (e) Davivienda This represents an unsecured loan to finance working capital bearing interest of 9.30% per annum and maturing March 2026. (f) Banco Popular Dominicano This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on June 30, 2026. (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú This represents a short-term loan which attracts interest of 6.57% per annum and matures on June 19, 2026. (h) Lafise This represented three fiduciary loans to finance working capital, bearing interest between 9.5% and 10% per annum and which matured between January 25 and June 29, 2025. Non-Current Borrowings (i) Citibank This facility was granted in June 2024. The credit agreement was signed by Citibank as Administrative and Collateral Agent, and with Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A., First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners. The facility also grants the group access to incremental loans on which the same terms and conditions as the initial disbursement apply. The group accessed the first tranche of $12,500,000 on December 8, 2025 and the second of $8,000,000 on December 26, 2025. It matures in June 2030 and attracts an interest base rate of 3.4% plus a Term SOFR CME – 6 month rate, which results in an All-in rate of 7% at December 2025. Payments of principal and interests are to be paid in variable installments payments, in a semi-annual basis. Such semi annual amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth. The deferred financing charges offset against the loan amount is $2,588,432.

Page 66 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Guarantor companies are PBS Technology Group Limited, Productive Business Solutions (Central America), S.A., Productive Business Solutions Caribbean Limited, Dorada Management Inc., Productive Business Solutions (Guatemala), S.A., Productive Business Solutions El Salvador, S.A. de C.V., High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions Honduras, S.A. de C.V., Hight Tech Consulting, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions (Nicaragua), S.A., Productive Business Solutions (Costa Rica), S.A., and Productive Business Solutions (Panamá), S.A.. (j) JCSD Preference Shares This represents 17,000,000 Redeemable Cumulative Preference Shares in United States dollars (US$) entitled to a fixed preferential cumulative cash dividend of 8.25% US$ per annum. These preference shares issued in June 2024, mature in June 2028 and are mandatorily redeemable by the Company on this date. The deferred finance charges offset against the loan amounts to $298,790 The Preference Shares may not be redeemed by the Company until after the second anniversary of issue thereof. Thereafter the Voluntary Redemption Payment shall be the aggregate of (i) repayment in US$ of the Redemption Price; (ii) any arrears or accruals of the cumulative preferential dividend on the Preference Shares, whether declared or earned, or not, calculated down to the date of such repayment. (k) Xerox PBS Group acquired Xerox companies in Peru and Ecuador and signed a 4-year unsecured promissory note on July 1, 2024 issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 26, 2024. Principal and interest of 7% per annum are to be paid on a quarterly basis, total of 16 quarterly instalments that ends in June 2028. (l) Davivienda This represents two loans to finance working capital at 9.75% and 15.24% interest rate per annum and are due on May 24, 2027 and December 12, 2028, respectively. (m) NCB - National Commercial Bank This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 11.75% annual, due on October 19, 2028. All of this loan is disclosed as current portion of non-current borrowing given a breach in the corresponding financial covenants of the affiliate that holds the debt. (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies This represents the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of Infotrans subsidiaries in Aruba, Bonaire, Colombia and Curacao, maturing in May 2027. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non-current borrowings. The balance purchase price was set in four equal instalments of six hundred thousand united state dollars, each payable on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of completion of the sale which took place on June 12, 2023. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non- current borrowings. (o) FCIT - First Citizens This represents an unsecured loan facility granted in TT Dollars which attracts interest of 7.5% per annum, maturing on January 11, 2027. (p) BICSA – Banco Internacional de Costa Rica, S.A. This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 9% annual, due on September 15, 2028. (q) Banco de Bogotá This represents two loans which attracts interest of 12.72% and 12.03% per annum and maturing on January 17, 2027, and December 04, 2027.

Page 67 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) (r) Banistmo – Banco del Istmo This represents an unsecured loan which attracts interest of 7.9% per annum and due date is on March 28, 2027. (s) ASEPBS – Asociación Solidarista de Empleados de PBS This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on November 01, 2027. (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies This represented the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of High-Tech subsidiaries in El Salvador and Honduras which matured in July 2025. 27. Share Capital 202 5 202 4

000
000 Authorised - 186,213,000, (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000, (2024 –2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 Issued and fully paid - 186,213,000 (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000 (2024 – 2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 The preference shares are redeemable cumulative preference shares (1,500,000 9.25% perpetual cumulative redeemable USD and 500,000 10.50% perpetual cumulative redeemable Jamaican Dollars Preference Shares) where the declaration of dividends is discretionary. There is no contractual redemption date for these shares and may only be called for the first time at the sole discretion of the issuer, on the last Business Day of the financial year which falls immediately before the 15th anniversary of the issue date of the Preference Shares 28. Other Reserves (deficits) Other reserves primarily represent the currency translation differences resulting from the unrealized gains and losses on the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries that have a different functional currency from that of the Company. Other reserves also include revaluation reserve for the revaluation of assets and actuarial gains. Revaluation Surplus $’000 Actuarial Gains $’000 Currency Translation Differences $’000 Total $’000 Balance as at 1 January 2024 70 2,902 (20,111) (17,139) Actuarial gains - (96) - (96) Movement during 2024 716 - (820) (104) Balance as at 31 December 2024 786 2,806 (20,931) (17,339) Actuarial gains - 54 - 54 Movement during 2025 - - 260 260 Balance as at 31 December 2025 786 2,860 (20,671) (17,025)

Page 68 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 29. Litigation and Contingent Liabilities The Group is subject to various claims, disputes and legal proceedings in the normal course of business. Provision is made for such matters when, in the opinion of management and its professional advisors, it is probable that a payment will be made by the Group, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Claims asserted against the Group, according to the principles outlined above, have not been provided for. Management is of the opinion that the claims are either without merit, can be successfully defended or will result in exposure to the Group which is immaterial to both financial position and results of operations. 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset The movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligation during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 1,553 1,389 Reallocation of pension plan liability 1,045 - Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 Actuarial gains on termination benefits 124 (24) Benefits paid (73) (73) At end of year 3,111 1,553 The movement of the pension plan asset during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 3,674 3,596 Actuarial gains / (losses) 110 (96) Current service cost 122 122 Interest Cost 493 546 Benefits paid (653) (726) Other 6 232 At end of year 3,752 3,674 The amounts recognised in arriving at profit or loss were as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 At end of year 462 261 The distribution of the obligation by country was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Nicaragua 120 115 Panama 338 280 El Salvador 968 810 Honduras 393 348 Ecuador 1,292 - 3,111 1,553

Page 69 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset (Continued) The value of the plan asset was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Barbados 3,034 3,034 Panama 575 557 Honduras 143 83 3,752 3,674 The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is: 202 5 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (500) 485 Inflation rate 1% 52 (47) 202 4 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (432) 465 Inflation rate 1% 31 (27) The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position.

Page 70 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation (Continued) Termination benefits in El Salvador and Nicaragua are established by law and entitle the employee to receive a payment upon termination of employment, regardless of cause. In El Salvador the benefit is founded in the law 592, that is the regulatory law for the economic benefit for voluntary resignation. Employees with more than two years of uninterrupted service for the company shall receive a payment of, at least, the equivalent of 15 days of minimum wage for each year of service. In Nicaragua, the law 185, Labour Code, entitles the employee to the right to receive a payment equivalent to one monthly salary for each year of service, up to the third year, and 20 days of salary for each additional year. Neither of these plans require the employer to establish a fund. The principal actuarial assumptions used in valuing post-employment benefits are as follows: PBS Nicaragua 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 11% 11% Future salary increases 5% 5% Retirement age 60 years 60 years PBS El Salvador 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5% 5% Future salary increases 3.4% 3.4% Retirement age 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively PBS Panama 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5.5% 5.5% Future salary increases 6% 6% Retirement age 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively The principal assumptions used in valuing the pension plan asset for Barbados as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 7.75% 7.75% Future salary increases 3% 3% Retirement age 65 65

Page 71 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Operating Activities Reconciliation of the Group’s net profit to cash generated from operating activities: Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net profit 4,439 7,576 Items not affecting cash: Depreciation 13&14 20,684 17,441 Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 15 3,174 2,884 Share of profit of associate (718) (513) Taxation expense 11 9,912 5,042 Foreign exchange Losses/(Gains) 609 734 Loss / (Gains) on disposal of Property plant and equipment 179 (103) Interest income 7 (1,769) (1,999) Interest expense 10 17,094 18,801 53,604 49,863 Change in non-cash working capital, net of effects from acquisition of subsidiaries: Inventories (14,646) (6,961) Contract assets 1,574 429 Trade and other receivables (21,595) 29 Due from related parties (599) (499) Long term liabilities (407) (906) Long term receivable (180) 218 Lease receivable (6,410) (15) Accounts payable (7,288) 2,183 Contract liabilities (505) (4,243) Retirement benefit obligation 1,480 86 Due to related parties 1,431 1,249 6,459 41,433 Taxation paid (3,733) (8,902) Net cash provided by operating activities 2,726 32,531 Net Debt Reconciliation This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for the year ended 31 December. 2025

000 2024
000 Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Borrowings - repayable within one year (including overdraft) (33,495) (16,915) Borrowings - repayable after one year (151,992) (144,174) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034) Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Gross debt - fixed interest rates (185,487) (161,089) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034)

Page 72 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Financing Activities (Continued) Cash and Bank Lease liability Borrowing due within 1 year Borrowing due after 1 year Total 000 $’000 000 000 000 Net debt as at 31 December 2023 31,991 (19,197) (50,306) (96,936) (134,448) Addition 8,735 (13,552) (4,041) (143,000) (151,858) Repayments (10,760) 10,699 46,254 95,418 141,611 Foreign exchange adjustments (5) 144 9 830 978 Other non-cash movements - - (8,490) (827) (9,317) Net debt as at 31 December 2024, 29,961 (21,906) (16,574) (144,515) (153,034) Addition - (4,676) (17,271) (24,523) (46,470) Repayments (8,366) 7,630 12,646 473 12,383 Foreign exchange adjustments (21) 21 18 170 188 Other non-cash movements - (6,055) (12,314) 16,403 (1,966) Net debt as at 31 December 2025 21,574 (24,986) (33,495) (151,992) (188,899) .

Page 73 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 32. Pledged as Security The net assets of some subsidiaries of the group have been pledged as security for borrowings. The value of these pledged assets at the year end totalled $177,643,000 (2024: $159,054,000). 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities The Group classifies rights and obligations in its relationship with customers whenever either party performs any of its contractual obligations. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress for which the Group has provided the services. The contract assets become a receivable when the entity’s right to consideration is unconditional, and the revenue has been billed. The contract assets are classified as current assets as the associated contract is expected to be completed in less than 12 months. The contract assets relate to equipment contracts. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract assets 28 1,602 The contract liabilities refer to advances received from customers under the promise to deliver equipment. Total contract liabilities at the end of the year are reflected in the table below. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract liabilities on equipment contracts 10,717 8,139 on service contracts 4,384 7,463 Total contract liabilities 15,101 15,602

Page 74 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities (Continued) (i) Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to carried- forward contract liabilities and how much relates to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period on equipment contracts 3,391 4,781 on service contracts 2,534 1,252 5,925 6,033 (ii) Unsatisfied contracts at the end of the period The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations resulting from fixed-price contracts: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 84,215 63,651 84,215 63,651

Page 75 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 34 . Investments In October 2022 the Group acquired 17% of the shares of Arel Limited, which resulted in an investment of $242,000 (equivalent to $246,000 at prior year’s rate). Arel Limited is a private company established in 1967 and domiciled in 2 Piccadilly Road, Kingston 5, St. Andrew, Jamaica. The company is focused on providing engineering services and equipment such as air conditioning, medical and elevators. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair value of the unquoted equity investment are disclosed in the table below. The Group divested its entire holding in this investment during 2025. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 and 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Total 2025 $’000 Total 2024 $’000 Unquoted equity - 243

Page 76 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries Acquisition of Regional Business Systems Limited On 1 May 2025, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Regional Business Systems Limited. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. (i) Identifiable assets acquired – Regional Business Systems Limited 2025 $’000 Property and equipment 331 Tax Recoverable 12 Inventories 175 Trade and other payables (231) Other Current Liabilities (32) Bank Overdraft (197) Net identifiable assets acquired 58 Consideration 395 Less net identifiable assets acquired (58) Goodwill 337 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2025 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 395 Less: Cash balance (overdraft) acquired (197) Net outflow of cash 592

Page 77 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued)z Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Peru. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired - Peru 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 1,638 Trade and other receivables 1,722 Cash and cash equivalents 1,254 Deferred tax asset 594 Inventories 1,353 Intangible assets 2,200 Other Assets 277 Trade and other payables (2,214) Other Current Liabilities (59) Deferred Tax Liabilities (763) Net identifiable assets acquired 6,002 Consideration 11,966 Less net identifiable assets acquired (6,002) Goodwill 5,964 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 4,231 Less: Cash balance acquired 1,254 Net outflow of cash 2,977

Page 78 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador (iii) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 4,231 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 7,735 Total purchase consideration 11,966 (iv) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1. Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2. Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Ecuador. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired: 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 603 Right of Use Asset 109 Trade and other receivables 1,646 Cash and cash equivalents 2,909 Deferred tax asset 471 Inventories 527 Intangible assets 681 Taxation Recoverable 812 Trade and other payables (2,826) Tax Payable (5) Short term loans (112) Deferred Tax Liabilities (175) Net identifiable assets acquired 4,640 Consideration 3,490 Less net identifiable assets acquired (4,640) Negative Goodwill (1,150)

Page 79 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 1,225 Less: Cash balance acquired 2,909 Net inflow of cash (1,684) (iii) Acquisition-related costs In 2024 the Group incurred a combined (Peru and Ecuador) acquisition-related costs of $98,000 which were fully expensed. These costs have been included in professional fees expenses for the current period. (iv) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 1,225 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 2,265 Total purchase consideration 3,490 (v) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1.Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2.Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. 36. Distributions 2025 During 2025 the Group made the following distribution to ordinary shareholders On February 10, 2025, the group paid a cash dividend of $6,499,000 (3.49 cents per share) On December 31, 2025, the group paid a cash divided of $2,999,000 (1.61 cents per share) During 2025 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On January 22, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On April 15, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On June 30, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD428,000 (21.38 cents per share) On September 20, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD427,000 (21.38 cents per share)

Page 80 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 36. Distributions (Continued) 2024 During 2024 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On April 02, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On July 04, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On September 30, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) 37. Pillar II The Group is a part of a Multinational Entity (MNE) with revenues above €750 million. As such, it is within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules. Pillar Two legislation has not been enacted in Jamaica, the jurisdiction in which the MNE is incorporated. The Group has subsidiaries in the following countries with tax rate below 15%: Barbados, British Vergin Islands (BVI), Cayman Islands and St. Lucia. Under the legislation, the Group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) effective tax rate for each jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. The Group’s effective tax rates exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which it operates, with a few exceptions. For these exceptions, although the average effective tax rate may be below 15%, the Group’s exposure to paying Pillar Two income taxes might not be for the full difference in tax rates in relation to these entities. Additionally, not all entities jurisdictions have legislative frameworks to accommodate the Pillar Two top up tax. The Group is in the process of assessing its exposure to the Pillar Two legislation and will implement once adopted by the MNE in the jurisdiction of incorporation. 38. Subsequent Events 1. On January 14, 2026, the Boad of Directors declared a dividend payment of 1.88 cents per ordinary share. The record date is January 28, 2026, and payable February 25, 2026. 2. On February 27, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of March 16, 2026, and payable on April 1, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share. 3. On May 22, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of May 28, 2026, and payable on July 2, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share.

PROXY FORM

Productive Business Solutions Limited Company No. 34076 ("the Company") The undersigned shareholder of the Company hereby appoints of or failing him of Dated this day of , 2026 Name in Print: as the nominee of the undersigned to attend and act for the undersigned and on behalf of the undersigned at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on the September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am Jamaica time and at any adjournment or adjournments thereof in the same manner, to the same extent and with the same powers as if the undersigned was present at the said meeting or such adjournment or adjournments there of. Pursuant to Amended and Restated By-Law No. 2 of the Company

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Syndicated from Jamaica Stock Exchange · originally published .

Other coverage

Around Kingston

· powered by OFMOP
000 Net debt as at 31 December 2023 31,991 (19,197) (50,306) (96,936) (134,448) Addition 8,735 (13,552) (4,041) (143,000) (151,858) Repayments (10,760) 10,699 46,254 95,418 141,611 Foreign exchange adjustments (5) 144 9 830 978 Other non-cash movements - - (8,490) (827) (9,317) Net debt as at 31 December 2024, 29,961 (21,906) (16,574) (144,515) (153,034) Addition - (4,676) (17,271) (24,523) (46,470) Repayments (8,366) 7,630 12,646 473 12,383 Foreign exchange adjustments (21) 21 18 170 188 Other non-cash movements - (6,055) (12,314) 16,403 (1,966) Net debt as at 31 December 2025 21,574 (24,986) (33,495) (151,992) (188,899) .\u003c/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePage 73 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 32. Pledged as Security The net assets of some subsidiaries of the group have been pledged as security for borrowings. The value of these pledged assets at the year end totalled $177,643,000 (2024: $159,054,000). 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities The Group classifies rights and obligations in its relationship with customers whenever either party performs any of its contractual obligations. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress for which the Group has provided the services. The contract assets become a receivable when the entity’s right to consideration is unconditional, and the revenue has been billed. The contract assets are classified as current assets as the associated contract is expected to be completed in less than 12 months. The contract assets relate to equipment contracts. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract assets 28 1,602 The contract liabilities refer to advances received from customers under the promise to deliver equipment. Total contract liabilities at the end of the year are reflected in the table below. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract liabilities on equipment contracts 10,717 8,139 on service contracts 4,384 7,463 Total contract liabilities 15,101 15,602\u003c/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePage 74 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities (Continued) (i) Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to carried- forward contract liabilities and how much relates to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period on equipment contracts 3,391 4,781 on service contracts 2,534 1,252 5,925 6,033 (ii) Unsatisfied contracts at the end of the period The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations resulting from fixed-price contracts: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 84,215 63,651 84,215 63,651\u003c/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePage 75 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 34 . Investments In October 2022 the Group acquired 17% of the shares of Arel Limited, which resulted in an investment of $242,000 (equivalent to $246,000 at prior year’s rate). Arel Limited is a private company established in 1967 and domiciled in 2 Piccadilly Road, Kingston 5, St. Andrew, Jamaica. The company is focused on providing engineering services and equipment such as air conditioning, medical and elevators. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair value of the unquoted equity investment are disclosed in the table below. The Group divested its entire holding in this investment during 2025. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 and 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Total 2025 $’000 Total 2024 $’000 Unquoted equity - 243\u003c/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePage 76 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries Acquisition of Regional Business Systems Limited On 1 May 2025, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Regional Business Systems Limited. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. (i) Identifiable assets acquired – Regional Business Systems Limited 2025 $’000 Property and equipment 331 Tax Recoverable 12 Inventories 175 Trade and other payables (231) Other Current Liabilities (32) Bank Overdraft (197) Net identifiable assets acquired 58 Consideration 395 Less net identifiable assets acquired (58) Goodwill 337 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2025 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 395 Less: Cash balance (overdraft) acquired (197) Net outflow of cash 592\u003c/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePage 77 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued)z Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Peru. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired - Peru 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 1,638 Trade and other receivables 1,722 Cash and cash equivalents 1,254 Deferred tax asset 594 Inventories 1,353 Intangible assets 2,200 Other Assets 277 Trade and other payables (2,214) Other Current Liabilities (59) Deferred Tax Liabilities (763) Net identifiable assets acquired 6,002 Consideration 11,966 Less net identifiable assets acquired (6,002) Goodwill 5,964 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 4,231 Less: Cash balance acquired 1,254 Net outflow of cash 2,977\u003c/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePage 78 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador (iii) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 4,231 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 7,735 Total purchase consideration 11,966 (iv) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1. Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2. Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Ecuador. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired: 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 603 Right of Use Asset 109 Trade and other receivables 1,646 Cash and cash equivalents 2,909 Deferred tax asset 471 Inventories 527 Intangible assets 681 Taxation Recoverable 812 Trade and other payables (2,826) Tax Payable (5) Short term loans (112) Deferred Tax Liabilities (175) Net identifiable assets acquired 4,640 Consideration 3,490 Less net identifiable assets acquired (4,640) Negative Goodwill (1,150)\u003c/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePage 79 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 1,225 Less: Cash balance acquired 2,909 Net inflow of cash (1,684) (iii) Acquisition-related costs In 2024 the Group incurred a combined (Peru and Ecuador) acquisition-related costs of $98,000 which were fully expensed. These costs have been included in professional fees expenses for the current period. (iv) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 1,225 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 2,265 Total purchase consideration 3,490 (v) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1.Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2.Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. 36. Distributions 2025 During 2025 the Group made the following distribution to ordinary shareholders On February 10, 2025, the group paid a cash dividend of $6,499,000 (3.49 cents per share) On December 31, 2025, the group paid a cash divided of $2,999,000 (1.61 cents per share) During 2025 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On January 22, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On April 15, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On June 30, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD428,000 (21.38 cents per share) On September 20, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD427,000 (21.38 cents per share)\u003c/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePage 80 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 36. Distributions (Continued) 2024 During 2024 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On April 02, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On July 04, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On September 30, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) 37. Pillar II The Group is a part of a Multinational Entity (MNE) with revenues above €750 million. As such, it is within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules. Pillar Two legislation has not been enacted in Jamaica, the jurisdiction in which the MNE is incorporated. The Group has subsidiaries in the following countries with tax rate below 15%: Barbados, British Vergin Islands (BVI), Cayman Islands and St. Lucia. Under the legislation, the Group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) effective tax rate for each jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. The Group’s effective tax rates exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which it operates, with a few exceptions. For these exceptions, although the average effective tax rate may be below 15%, the Group’s exposure to paying Pillar Two income taxes might not be for the full difference in tax rates in relation to these entities. Additionally, not all entities jurisdictions have legislative frameworks to accommodate the Pillar Two top up tax. The Group is in the process of assessing its exposure to the Pillar Two legislation and will implement once adopted by the MNE in the jurisdiction of incorporation. 38. Subsequent Events 1. On January 14, 2026, the Boad of Directors declared a dividend payment of 1.88 cents per ordinary share. The record date is January 28, 2026, and payable February 25, 2026. 2. On February 27, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of March 16, 2026, and payable on April 1, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share. 3. On May 22, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of May 28, 2026, and payable on July 2, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share.\u003c/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePROXY FORM\u003c/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProductive Business Solutions Limited Company No. 34076 (\"the Company\") The undersigned shareholder of the Company hereby appoints of or failing him of Dated this day of , 2026 Name in Print: as the nominee of the undersigned to attend and act for the undersigned and on behalf of the undersigned at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on the September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am Jamaica time and at any adjournment or adjournments thereof in the same manner, to the same extent and with the same powers as if the undersigned was present at the said meeting or such adjournment or adjournments there of. Pursuant to Amended and Restated By-Law No. 2 of the Company\u003c/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNGINEERING \u0026amp; ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT\u003c/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePBS GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2025\u003c/p\u003e\u003c/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"abeng-source-link\"\u003eSource: \u003ca href=\"https://cdn.jamstockex.com/pd/2026/06/Productive-Business-Solutions-Limited-PBS-Annual-Report-2025-1.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eOriginal PDF\u003c/a\u003e\u003c/p\u003e","body_text":"PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING \u0026 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING \u0026 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES NGINEERING \u0026 ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT PBS is a solutions-oriented, customer-focused technology group that combines a wide range of services, top-tier professionals, and cutting-edge products to offer customized systems and tools for organizations in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. Under the concept of “Engineering \u0026 Technology,” PBS operates through a model in which they work together to transform ideas into functional, scalable, and strategic solutions. Engineering acts as the core capability for designing, integrating, and executing complex systems with a long-term vision, while technology serves as the enabler that accelerates results and turns innovation into real impact. This approach reinforces PBS as a reliable partner in solutions integration, focused on helping clients improve the efficiency of their business processes while delivering measurable and sustainable results. “No Limits” defines how PBS thinks and operates: without technical, geographical, or industry boundaries. It reflects a commitment to flexibility, continuous innovation, and the ability to anticipate and solve challenges through tailored solutions that drive efficiency and growth across diverse markets and industries. 03 We are committed to our customers. We work with exceptional people. PBS Costa Rica Building, Plaza Roble, Los Balcones, 3rd Floor 05 We represent world leaders in the technology industry to provide the best solutions and services in our market. 06 Table of Contents Notice of an Annual General Meeting 08 Director’s Report 09 Corporate Information 10 Our Values 11 Acquisitions and Incorporations 13 Our Coverage 14 PBS Business Lines 15 Shareholders Profile 17 Shareholding of Directors 23 Chairman Message 24 CEO Letter 26 Group Board of Directors 32 Board Committees 37 Senior Regional Leadership Team 44 Regional Leadership Team 45 Senior in Country Leadership 47 Consolidated Financial Statements 49 PROXY FORM 51 Corporate Governance Policy 141 07 Notice of an Annual General Meeting NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the NINTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of PRODUCTIVE BUSINESS SOLUTIONS LIMITED will be held at their offices at General Accident Insurance Company Jamaica Limited, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, St. Andrew, Jamaica as well as virtually, on September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am to consider and if thought fit pass the following ordinary resolutions: A member of the Company entitled to attend and vote, is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote in his or her stead. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. Proxy forms must be submitted to the Company's Registrar and Transfer Agent, Jamaica Central Securities Depository, 40 Harbour Street, Kingston, Jamaica not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting. Proxy forms must be stamped with a J$100.00 postage stamp. Shareholders will be able to attend the meeting in person; however they will also be able to attend and vote on resolutions raised at the AGM electronically once they are registered by contacting [email protected]. Non-Shareholders can also register using the same email address. Upon registration, a confirmation will be sent and the meeting link and password will be shared closer to the meeting. The deadline for registration is September 2, 2026. P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board a. “THAT Deloitte \u0026 Touche having indicated their willingness to continue in office be re-appointed as Auditors for the ensuing year.” b. “THAT the Directors are hereby authorized to agree on a remuneration for the Auditors.” 6. RATTIFICATION OF DIVIDEND PAYMENTS “THAT the following dividend payments made during the year be ratified and that no other dividend payments were approved for the period under review”: “THAT dividend payments made to the: 9.25% and 10.50% preference shareholders on April 15, 2025, June 30, 2025, and September 30, 2025 of US$0.23125 per share and J$25.890411 per share respectively Common shareholders on February 10, 2025 and December 31, 2025 of US$0.0349 and US$0.0161 per share respectively TO TRANSACT ANY OTHER BUSINESS THAT MAY BE PROPERLY TRANSACTED AT AN ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING Dated this 4th day of August, 2026 BY ORDER OF THE BOARD 1. AUDITED ACCOUNTS “THAT the audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025, and the reports of the Directors’ and Auditors’ be and are hereby adopted.” 2. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS Pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 the Directors retiring from office by rotation are Jose Misrahi, Ricardo Hutchinson and Thomas Agnew, who being eligible offered themselves for re-election. The proposed resolutions are as follows: a. “THAT Jose Misrahi be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” b. “THAT Ricardo Hutchinson be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” c. “THAT Thomas Agnew be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” 3. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTOR Pursuant to Section 4.3.2 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 Mr. Eduardo Rodriguez who was appointed by the Board of Directors on June 8, 2026 resigned and being eligible offered himself for re-election. “THAT Eduardo Rodriguez be re-elected as a Director of the Company” 4. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION “THAT the amount shown for the Directors’ remuneration in the Audited Accounts dated December 31, 2025 be and is hereby approved.” 5. APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS AND FIX THEIR REMUNERAION 08 Submitted on behalf of the Board of Directors, P. B. Scott Chai rman of the Board The Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited submit herewith their Annual Report and Audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025 The Board of Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited exercises its responsibilities for the Financial Statements included in this Report through its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee consists of non-executive Board members: Brian Wynter Chairperson, Melanie Subratie, Ricardo Hutchinson, Thomas Agnew, and Executive Board member: Jose Misrahi. The independent auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee. The Group ended the year with a profit after tax of US$4,439,000 and a net profit attributable to shareholders of US$4,287,000. Details of these results, along with a comparison with the previous year’s performance and the state of affairs of the Company, are set out in the Management Discussion and Analysis and the Financial Statements which are included as part of the Report. The Directors wish to express their appreciation to the employees for their loyal services throughout the year. The Directors will meet to consider the appointment of Auditors in accordance with applicable regulations. Finan ci al R e sults A u di t or s Legal Representatives Emp l oyee s Director’s Report 09 Full Corporate Name Productive Business Solutions Limited R egis t ered Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust r ial Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Incorpor at ed December 1 6, 2010 Fiscal Year End December 31 , 2023 Administr ati ve Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust ri al Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Law under which incorpor at ed Barbados Compan y Sec reta ry Liza Ha rr id y al \u0026 Associates Tel.: 246-417-5600 Fax.: 246-421-8001 Legal Representatives DUNNCOX 48 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLINTON \u0026 HART \u0026 CO 58 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLARKE, GITTENS, FARMER Parker House, Wildey Business Park Wildey Road, St. Michael, Barbados M. HAMEL-SMITH \u0026 CO. Eleven Albion, Cor. Dere \u0026 Albion Streets P.O. Box 219, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad \u0026 Tobago W.I. Corporate Information PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS SRL The Financial Services Centre Bishop's Court's Hill P.O. Box 111, St. Michael BB 14004, Barbados Auditors Deloitte \u0026 Touche 3rd Floor The Goddard Building Hoggatt Hall St. Michae BB11059 Barbados, W.I. 10 Corporate Governance Policy 11 Corporate Governance Policy OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHARTER WAS ESTABLISHED IN 2010 AND REVISED IN 2025. THE CHARTER CAN BE SEEN IN MORE DETAIL ON THE COMPANY'S WEBSITE WWW.PBS.GROUP 12 Our Values We collaborate in everything we do. We maintain excellent communication with our customers to always understand their needs. The primary factor that enables us to make things happen. We demonstrate these qualities daily to enhance our working environment. We guarantee justice and fairness to all stakeholders, both internal and external. We uphold our business integrity as an ethical framework that guides our professional conduct, acting with integrity to earn the trust of our customers and employees. INTEGRITY TEAMWORK COMMUNICATION DISCIPLINE HUMILITY \u0026 SPIRIT OF SERVICE RESPECT FOR INDIVIDUALS 13 Acquisitions and Incorporations 200320******2009 201020******2002 200420******2010 201720******9115 169124******1514 121017******2223 Our Coverage Our regional group is made up of: 1. PBS Antigua, 2. PBS Aruba, 3. PBS Barbados, 4. PBS Belize, 5. PBS Cayman Business Machines, 6. PBS Colombia, 7. PBS Costa Rica, 8. PBS Curaçao, 9. PBS Dominican Republic, 10. PBS El Salvador, 11. Global Product Alliance Inc., 12. PBS Guatemala, 13. PBS Guyana, 14. PBS Honduras, 15. PBS San Pedro Sula, 16. PBS Jamaica, 17. PBS Nicaragua, 18. PBS Panama, 19. PBS Suriname, 20. PBS Trinidad \u0026 Tobago, 21. PBS Bonaire, 22. PBS Ecuador, 23. PBS Peru, and 24. PBS Dominica. 15 5 6 7 4 3 2 1 PBS Cayman Business Machines PBS Colombia PBS Costa Rica PBS Belize PBS Barbados PBS Aruba Pbs Dorada Technologies Antigua The Cayman Center Suite 1\u00262 Dorcy Drive, George Town Tel: 1-345-949-8642 [email protected] Centro empresarial El Dorado Plaza Calle 26 No. 85D Local - Modulo 7 Bogotá, Colombia Tel: 576017******3281 [email protected] Plaza Roble, Edificio Balcones, piso 3. San Rafael de Escazú, San José Costa Rica. Tel: 506 4404 8000 Tel: 506 4404 8132 [email protected] 13 Douglas Jones Street Belize City, Belize C.A. Tel: 501 227-0823 / 0824 Facey House 42 Warrens Industrial Park Warrens, St Michael, Barbados Tel: 246 417 5600 Fax: 246 4218001 [email protected] Caya G.F. Betico Croes 170 Oranjestad, Aruba Tel: 297 582 5492 [email protected] Mandolin Place, Friars Hill Road, St. John's, Antigua Tel: (268) 481 1101 Fax: (268) 481 1144 8 PBS Curaçao Schottegatweg Oost 2 Willemstad, Curaçao Tel: +599 97241300 [email protected] 9 PBS Dominican Republic Av. Winston Churchill, Edificio Empresarial Blue Mall, Piso 22 Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic Tel: +809 567 8231 Fax: +809 472 0915 [email protected] 13 14 12 11 10 PBS Guyana PBS Honduras PBS Guatemala Global Product Alliance Inc. GPA PBS El Salvador Lot 2 Goedverwagting, Rupert Craig Highway, East Coast Demerara Tel: (592) 226 1066 [email protected] Tegucigalpa, Boulevard Morazán, edificio Agalta, piso 21 Tel: +504 2244 9870 al 79 [email protected] 23 Avenida 31-13, Zona 5 Ciudad de Guatemala, Guatemala Tel: 502 2420 9500 Whatsapp +502 5456 6479 [email protected] GPA 11411 NW 107th Street, Suite 24, Miami FL 33178 USA. Tel. 1(305) 477 2426 [email protected] Oficinas administrativas: Av. De La Revolución, San Salvador, Torre Plaza Presidente, piso #16. Tel: +503 2239 3000 cel.: +503 7039-9308 [email protected] 15 16 PBS San Pedro Sula PBS Jamaica San Pedro Sula, Barrio Los Andes, 16 Ave. 6 y 7 calle N.O. Edificio Metropark, Piso # 8, Local 804 Tel: +504 2512 2500 al 09 [email protected] Unit 1, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, Jamaica Tel: 876 926 5630-2 Fax: 876 929 5372 SD: 876-968-6197-9 [email protected] 18 17 PBS Panama PBS Nicaragua Calle 50 y 58 Este Obarrio, P.H. Office One, Piso 16 Panamá City, Panamá Tel: + 507 204 9900 Fax: +507 204 9902 [email protected] Rotonda el Güegüense. 400 mts al Sur, 100 mts al Oeste. Managua, Nicaragua Tel: 505 2255 9020 Fax: 505 2255 9030 [email protected] 20 19 21 PBS Trinidad and Tobago PBS Suriname PBS Bonaire Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 / (868) 609 7278 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 [email protected] Van Roosmalenstraat 11 Tel: (597) 551262 [email protected] Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 22 PBS Ecuador Av. Amazonas N35-17 y Juan Pablo Sanz Edificio Xerox Piso 7 Tel: (593) 993337829 [email protected] 23 24 PBS Perú N2N Distributors - Dominica Av las Begonias 441 torre C piso 10, San Isidro - Lima) Tel: (51) 1 616 6666 [email protected] N2N Distributors 33Kennedy Avenue Roseau, Dominica. Tel: (767) 448-2679 25 26 PBS St. Kitts BVI (British Virgin Islands) Unit 9, The Sands, P.O. Box 397 Bay Road, Basseterre St. Kitts. Tel: (869) 466-2018 Jayla Place, Road Town Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Tel: (284) 494-5030 Corporate Information 16 PBS 7 Business Lines IMAGING NETWORKING COMMUNICATIONS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ADVANCED SERVICES INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY SYSTEMS PAYMENT METHODS 17 Vertical Markets GRAPHIC ARTS FINANCE GOVERNMENT \u0026 EDUCATION MANUFACTURING, RETAIL \u0026 DISTRIBUTION OIL, ENERGY \u0026 MINING TELCOS BPO TRANSPORTATION \u0026 HOSPITALITY 18 AVAILABLE AT PBS Xerox ® Proficio ® PX300 NEW! A winning formula from the ground up. 19 New generation of production print. Xerox® Proficio® PX300 Printer Our Partners \u0026 Certifications We are transforming as a company to assist in enabling information technologies to empower our clients to gain a competitive edge and accomplish their business objectives. 20 Mimaki's latest integrated printer / cutter offers new levels of creativity and versatility with vibrant ink types, including the new Silver, Orange and Light Black. The CJV300 Series achieves the highest print speeds in its class, with innovative technologies ensuring unparalleled production quality for signboard artists, graphic professionals and printers. Integrated printing and cutting, high speed CJV300-160 21 Oracle Exadata The High-Performance Data Engine Delivering ultra-fast performance, scalability, and reliability for mission-critical enterprise workloads 22 10 Largest Shareholders by Number of Shares 100908******0302 01 612,721 General Accident Insurance Co 663,473 Courtney Sylvester 1,087,308 Jose Misrahi 1,632,140 Portland Fund II Co-invest Partnership 3,230,166 NCB Capital Markets (Cayman) Ltd 5,485,214 Pedro M. Paris 6,330,663 Portland Caribbean Fund II Barbados L.P. 34,264,960 Portland Caribbean Fund II L.P. 45,164,017 Musson (Jamaica) Limited 84,181,818 Facey Group Limited Shareholders Profile 23 Shareholding of Executives P. B. Scott - 129,958,556 Blondell Walker - 45,164,017 Douglas Hewson - 42,227,763 Edward Ince - - Jose Misrahi 1,087,308 - Melanie M. Subratie - 129,958,556 Patrick A.W. Scott - 45,164,017 Pedro M. París 5,485,214 - Ricardo Hutchinson - 42,227,763 Tomas Agnew - - Brian Wynter - - Nicholas Scott - 45,164,017 PERSONAL CONNECTED Marco Antonio Almendárez Cisneros 363,600 Leonardo Jesus Velasquez Foucault 163,171 Elvin Howard Nash 142,700 Sergio Roberto Molina Barrios 127,200 Mario Estuardo Pons Espana 90,900 Francisco Lupiac Rodríguez 87,639 Lucia Vielman Ruíz 49,972 Shareholding of Directors 24 P. B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board 25 Dear Fellow Shareholders, 2025 has been a year that has tested our resolve and, in doing so, has demonstrated the depth of the organization we have built. Against a backdrop of macroeconomic headwinds, tightening capital markets, and an accelerating pace of technological change, PBS has continued to advance. While our financial results reflect the complexity of the environment in which we operate, they also reflect a business that is maturing, adapting, and positioning itself with intention for the years ahead. Revenue for 2025 came in at US$374.9 million against a budget of US$425 million. We do not normally discuss publicly our budgets but in this case I believe it is important to contextualize our own expectation. This shortfall, while meaningful, must be understood in its proper context. Several large government technology projects across our region experienced procurement delays beyond our control, and currency volatility in certain markets impacted reported figures. Despite this, we achieved EBITDA of US$55.2 million an increase on the $50.9m of 2024 but below our budget of US$59m. Our gross margin improved to 34%, up from budget, demonstrating that the discipline we have applied to our cost of sales is taking hold. Our net profit for the year was US$4.3 million. This is not satisfactory and materially different from our own expectations of US$13.6m. The biggest driver of this differential being our tax charge of US$9.9m an effective tax rate of 69%! This is an area management is actively addressing through improved tax planning across our 24-country footprint and we hope to implement structural improvements in 2026. There are four elements that are the key ingredients to PBS’s success today: our people, our capital structure, our systems, our partners - the same foundational pillars I have returned to in prior years, because they remain the determinants of our long-term success. People PBS is, at its core, a people business. Every solution we deliver, every client relationship we maintain, every market we penetrate — all of it flows from the capability of our 3,000-plus professionals across the region. In 2024 we spoke of the urgent need to develop a methodology that makes us a magnet for talent. In 2025 we made meaningful progress. The PBS University platform is still a work in progress. We have to get this right. We have to focus on it to get it right. It has expanded its Chairman message 26 curriculum, and we have introduced structured certification pathways aligned to our key technology partnerships. This is not simply a human resources initiative. It is a strategic imperative. As we grow, the complexity of what we are asked to execute grows with it. We must ensure that our organization scales in quality, not merely in headcount. We expect the organization will revolve over time and we are actively taking steps to plan for the future. Retention remains a challenge in certain markets where the demand for skilled IT professionals continues to outpace supply. We are combating this through a combination of compensation benchmarking, career development investment, and a deliberate effort to build a culture of belonging. Our ability to attract people who share our values — integrity, execution, and client focus — will define the next chapter of PBS as surely as any product or partnership we could announce. Capital When we speak of capital at PBS, we are speaking about something far more nuanced than a balance sheet line. Ours is a business in which the cash cycle for a given solution can range from immediate payment to a five-year financing arrangement. The timing of projects often need to be aligned with availability of capital. In addition the funding of projects often leads to funded debt being incurred before cashflows are delivered thus covenants need to be managed. We operate across multiple currencies, with varying regulatory environments governing the movement of funds across borders. Managing this complexity is one of the most demanding aspects of what we do. Ensuring the ongoing funding of our business is like the provision of oxygen to the pilots of a plane in the air, it is an essential ingredient in getting to the destination. In 2024, I was pleased to report the refinancing of our capital market obligations with a new six-year facility. In 2025, the discipline instilled through that process has served us well. Our balance sheet remains fundamentally sound, and our committed growth capital provides the runway we need to pursue the opportunities that are emerging across the region. The integration of the Xerox operations in Peru and Ecuador, undertaken in 2024, has progressed as planned and is contributing to our expanded footprint. Our strategic investment in TSL continues to develop, and we are monitoring additional acquisition opportunities with the same rigour we apply to our organic growth. Systems 27 I would be remiss not to address again the importance of our internal systems and governance. In 2023, we experienced material misstatements in our Costa Rica subsidiary that delayed our audit. I reported then that we had implemented significant changes to personnel and governance. I am pleased to report that the integrity of our financial reporting across the group has been maintained in 2025 and that the controls we put in place are functioning as intended. We will strive to continue to improve our systems to ensure accuracy as well as expediency in reporting. However expediency must never compromise accuracy. We continue to invest in the technology infrastructure that supports our operations. Shared service functions in accounting and administration are becoming more sophisticated. The balance between local responsiveness and central efficiency is a tension that every multi-jurisdictional business must manage continuously, and we are no different. What I can say with confidence is that our systems today are materially stronger than they were three years ago, and our commitment to making them stronger still remains absolute. Partners Without people, capital and systems, PBS would not be able to do anything. However without partnerships with the leading IT companies in the world we would not be able to add the value we do to our customers. PBS works with almost every global leader in IT. We take this privilege very seriously. Every day we work with our partners to execute projects in our markets that are essential to the economic development of our countries. It is our job to facilitate the seamless execution of such projects in Imaging, Information technology, networking communications, professional services, security systems and payment methods servicing the backbone to our economies. Throughout this annual report you will see reference to our partners who over the last 24 years we have built up credibility and trust. We exist to provide seamless execution for them in order to deliver customer satisfaction through productive solutions to our customers. I would like to thank all of our partners for their support in 2025 and we look forward to working together in 2026. Looking Forward As we look to 2026 and beyond, the opportunity before PBS has never been greater. The markets we serve — across the Caribbean, Central America, and now into South America — are at an inflection point in their technology adoption curves. Governments are investing in digital public infrastructure. Enterprises are accelerating their 28 managed services requirements. Artificial Intelligence (AI) is going to transform everything. Every business will need to assess how AI will work for them in their business. The demand for the kind of deep, locally-grounded IT expertise that PBS has spent 24 years building is real, and it is growing. Our task is to ensure that we are the organization capable of capturing it. We will continue to scale responsibly, to deepen our client partnerships, and to invest with discipline in the capabilities that matter. We are not simply a distribution business that sells technology. We are a solutions organization that transforms how our clients operate. That distinction is the foundation of everything we have built, and it is the source of our confidence in what lies ahead. On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Doug Hewson who resigned from the board in 2025. He has been on the board since we went public and has been an important contributor to the board. We wish him the best and are grateful for his contributions to PBS. I extend our sincere appreciation to every member of the PBS team. The results of 2025 - both the achievements and the shortfalls - are yours. So too is the opportunity that 2026 represents. I thank our shareholders for their continued confidence in the strategy and the leadership of this organization. We are building something of genuine and lasting significance, and we remain committed to doing so with the integrity and intensity that has always defined PBS. Warm regards, P.B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board Productive Business Solutions Limited 29 The Xerox VersaLink B405 is a reliable monochrome multifunction printer designed for small and medium-sized workgroups. It delivers print, copy, scan, fax, and email capabilities in a compact and efficient device. With print speeds of up to 45 pages per minute, support for A4 paper size, and a recommended monthly volume of up to 15,000 pages, the VersaLink B405 helps businesses improve productivity while maintaining professional-quality output and secure document management. Multifunctional Xerox ® VersaLink ® B405 30 31 PEDRO M. PARÍS Group CEO CEO Letter Dear Fellow Shareholders, Our Chairman has spoken to the financial results of 2025 with characteristic candor. What I want to address here is what those results represent strategically and what we are building toward. We are at a rare inflection point: artificial intelligence, cloud infrastructure, and the obsolescence of legacy systems are reshaping every market we serve. Disruption creates pressure, but it also creates demand and PBS is well positioned to capture it. We Do Not Sell Technology. We Engineer Outcomes. This moment also marks a meaningful evolution in how we define ourselves. We have embraced a new identity: Engineering \u0026 Technology No Limits. It is not a marketing exercise. It is a declaration of intent the standard we set for ourselves in the complexity of the problems we take on, the quality of the solutions we deliver, and the boundaries we refuse to accept. What differentiates PBS is not the products we represent it is how we think. We are a systems integrator that excels at building backwards from the client's desired outcome, assembling the precise combination of capabilities each engagement demands. Our active role in project finance further sets us apart, enabling us to structure and deliver solutions that go well beyond the scope of a traditional technology provider. We renew our most enduring client relationships not through inertia, but by consistently delighting them transforming contracts into long-term franchises. And we are now applying that same ingenuity inward: automation and AI agents are actively reducing our own operational costs, improving margins as we scale. Most Important Partners of the PBS Ecosystem Our partner ecosystem is one of our most powerful assets. PBS works alongside Oracle, Cisco, NCR Atleos, NCR Voyix, Xerox, Leidos, and others as their trusted regional execution partner relationships built over decades that are not easily replicated. In 2026 we are going deeper: a unified PBS Consulting under a dedicated regional director sharpens our Oracle go-to-market; Cisco anchors our networking and security practice; NCR Atleos and NCR Voyix lead our financial self-service presence; and Leidos strengthens our positioning in mission-critical solutions. Xerox remains one of our most enduring partnerships. Our CMPS penetration rate of 32 79.3% across PBS Group is a tangible proof point of that trust. As Xerox expands into digital services and IT solutions and as we work to incorporate the strategic developments following the Lexmark acquisition we see clear opportunity ahead. These are not simply vendor relationships. They are proof points of our standing in the global technology community. Artificial Intelligence: From Pilot to Practice PBS has entered the world of agentic AI not as a concept we are studying, but as a capability we are deploying. In late 2025, we led a proof of concept with a major regional bank that combined advanced data warehouse migration engineering from Microsoft SQL Server to Oracle with artificial intelligence. The engagement demonstrated PBS's unique ability to bridge deep infrastructure expertise with emerging AI capabilities: an outcome neither a pure vendor nor a traditional integrator could achieve alone. This is where PBS is building its next frontier. Governments modernizing public infrastructure, financial institutions transforming core systems, enterprises navigating digital change all face environments of growing complexity. AI-powered solutions that address mission-critical use cases, reduce operational risk, and close gaps left by legacy obsolescence represent a genuine and growing opportunity. We are building those competencies today. THE ORGANIZATION WE ARE BUILDING In 2026, PBS has strengthened its senior leadership with targeted additions designed to deepen expertise and expand regional capacity. Our culture of collaboration sharing talent, resources, and best practices across 24 markets compounds as a competitive advantage. Central to this model is a pool of high-caliber specialists: forward deployed engineers, solution architects, and domain experts deployed with precision across geographies. A solution proven in Honduras can be deployed in Jamaica. A capability built in Peru can serve Colombia. This is something our local competitors cannot match in scale, and our global competitors cannot match in regional depth. Turnaround and the Opportunity Ahead Our 24-market footprint is both a risk management discipline and a growth engine. We are entering new markets to consolidate our regional position and reduce concentration risk. Simultaneously, we are focused on unlocking value within our 33 current footprint: our operations in Panama, Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru markets where our presence was built on imaging and where we are now accelerating into higher-value technology services represent meaningful turnaround opportunities. The adjustments now underway will, we believe, generate contributions that meaningfully enhance shareholder value. We view them as investments in progress, and we are confident in the path forward. What Lies Ahead The demand for what PBS does deep, locally grounded, end-to-end technology execution has never been greater. We have been building toward this moment for more than two decades. Our partnerships, our people, and our culture have been assembled with exactly this horizon in mind. The work ahead is significant. The opportunity is larger still. To our shareholders: we remain committed to rewarding your confidence with discipline, integrity, and the intensity that has always defined this organization. Warm regards, PEDRO M. PARÍS C. Group CEO Productive Business Solutions Limited 34 P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board Pedro M. París Director, Group CEO P.B. Scott is the CEO, Chairman and Principal Shareholder of the Musson Group. Over the last two decades, P.B. Scott has conceptualised and led the expansion of the Musson Group from a Jamaican consumer wholesale distribution business to a diversified group operating in 30 countries. The Group is a leader across the Caribbean in food, pharmaceuticals, information technology, and insurance. The Musson Group includes leading businesses such as The PBS Group, Seprod Limited, General Accident Insurance, and A.S. Brydens \u0026 Sons. He has served as CEO of Musson since 2004. Today the Musson Group has a turnover in excess of US$1.6 billion annually and over 7,000 employees. In addition to his private sector contributions, P.B. Scott has committed a significant amount of time to public service. He is the chairman of the Development Bank of Jamaica and has led multiple enterprise teams to divest government assets. In 2023, he was awarded 'the Order of Jamaica for his exceptional contribution to the Business Industry, Investment, and Philanthropy in Jamaica and the Caribbean. Mr. Pedro M. París has been with PBS since 2003, He has held several management positions, in 2006 he was named COO for Central America. Mr. París was appointed Group CEO at the end of 2009. He is responsible for the vision, strategy and execution of the day-to-day operations. He is also a member of the Management Governance and Executive Committees. Mr. París worked 18 years for IBM-GBM (an IBM alliance), where he held several senior management positions across the business. Mr. París studied Business Administration at the Universidad Autónoma Centro America, Costa Rica. Group Board of Directors 37 Mr. Hutchinson currently works with Portland Private Equity (“PPE”) as Vice President – Investments, with responsibility for leading investment transactions throughout the region. He has more than 13 years of experience in the regional finance industry working with several top financial institutions. Prior to joining PPE, Ricardo held the role of Associate Director – Investment Banking with a leading regional commercial bank. He holds a Master of Science degree in Economics from the University of the West Indies and is a CFA Charter holder. *Ricardo Hutchinson Non-Executive Director Group Board of Directors *Independent Director Mr. Agnew is an entrepreneur specializing in building content marketing, marketing technology and information services businesses. He founded Brafton Inc. and a group of subsidiary companies that are North America and Australia’s leading content marketing entities. Brafton Inc. has been listed among the 5,000 fastest growing private companies four years in row. He co-founded DeHavilland Information Services and Axonn Ltd in the UK. Originally from the UK, he moved to the U.S.A. in 2008. Mr. Agnew holds a degree in Politics from the University of Newcastle, UK. *Thomas Agnew Non-Executive Director 38 Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Group Board of Directors José Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director *Independent Director Mrs. Blondell Walker has been part of the Musson Group of Companies for over 20 years and is currently the ICT Director, a position she has held since 2000. She is also on the Board for T. Geddes Grant (Distributors) Limited and Musson Jamaica Limited. She was instrumental in the implementation of the Enterprise Resource Program (ERP \u001f application across the Musson Group of Companies. Mrs. Walker studied Accounting and Systems Analysis at the University of the West Indies, Institute of Management and the Heriot Watt University of Edinburgh, Scotland. She is the Chairman for the Western United Basic School. Blondell Walker Non-Executive Director 39 Mr Ince is a Senior Partner/Co-Founder of Frontlight Ventures, a regional investment and consulting firm. He was Co-Founder and Managing Director of Prism Services, a regional payments and operations outsourcing company. He is a Non-Executive Republic Bank Ltd, Cave Shepherd, Foster \u0026 Ince Cruise Services and the Barbados Sugar Industry Ltd. He is a graduate of York University, Canada and is a National Barbados Aubrey Collymore Scholarship recipient for sciences. Group Board of Directors *Edward Ince Non-Executive Director *Independent Director Mrs. Melanie Subratie is Chairman and CEO of Stanley Motta Ltd., Vice-Chairman of Musson (Ja) Ltd. and Director of all its subsidiaries, Vice-Chairman of General Accident Insurance Company Ltd., Eppley Ltd, and T Geddes Grant Ltd. Chairman of E-Pins Ltd. and sits on the executive of Seprod group of Companies and all its subsidiary boards. Chairman of Seprod Foundation, Musson Foundation, Chairperson of Jamaica Girls Coding and Chairman of Jamaica RISE Life Management and other CSR organizations. She is also Fourth Vice-President of the Jamaica Chamber of Commerce, and is the current Chair of the Legislation, Regulation and Improvement Committee. She is a honors graduate of London School of Economics. Melanie Subratie Non-Executive Director 40 Group Board of Directors Patrick A. W. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Patrick A. W. Scott is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Facey Commodity Company Limited and the Executive Deputy Chairman of the Facey Group. Prior to these appointments, he served 16 years as Managing Director. A seasoned executive, Mr. Scott has worked for a combined total of 40 years in various roles and was key figure in the global development of Facey’s Telecom business. He currently serves the board of directos of several companies including, P.A. Benjamin, Serge Island Diaries, International Biscuits and Serge Island Farms. Attended Seneca College and Ryerson University in Toronto, Canada. Mr Brian Wynter has been incorporated to the PBS Group Limited Board of Directors. Mr. Wynter has an extensive career in the financial sector, serving as Governor of the Bank of Jamaica until August 2019. The motion was presented to the Board of Directors, which was accepted, and in this way, Brian Wynter was duly appointed to the board of directors of PBS Group Limited. An honors graduate from the London School of Economics in 1981, and specialized in International Economy form Columbia University in 1985. *Brian Wynter Non-Executive Director 41 Group Board of Directors Nicholas A. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Nicholas Scott is the Vice Chairman of Eppley Limited and a director of Eppley Fund Managers Limited. Mr. Scott is also the Chief Investment Officer of the Musson Group and a Director of Musson and most of its major subsidiaries and affiliates. Mr. Scott is the Chairman of the Student Loan Bureau and a former Vice-President of the Private Sector Organization of Jamaica. He holds a B.Sc. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and an M.P.A. from the Harvard Kennedy School of Government. 42 4 Paul Scott 5 Melanie Subratie 5 Pedro M. Paris 5 Jose Misrahi 5 Patrick Scott 5 Blondell Walker 4 Nicholas Scott 5 Ricardo Hutchinson 5 Thomas Agnew 5 Edward Ince 5 Brian Wynter 7 Jose Misrahi 7 Ricardo Hutchinson 7 Thomas Agnew 6 Brian Wynter 4 Melanie Subratie Board Meetings Audit Meetings 43 Board of Committees Executive Committee Audit Committee Compensation Committee *Independent Director P.B. Scott Chairperson Nicholas A. Scott José Misrahi Pedro M. París P.B. Scott Chairperson Patrick Scott *Ricardo Hutchinson Melanie Subratie *Thomas Agnew José Misrahi *Ricardo Hutchinson *Brian Wynter Chairperson 44 Sergio Molina Planning Operations Director Sergio Molina started at PBS 20 years ago. He has hold several positions in the company. PBS Guatemala General Manager (7 Years), PBS Dominican Republic General Manager (1 Year), PBS Group Post-Sale Manager (1Year), PBS Group Sales Process Management, PBS Group Planning Manager (Current). Mr Molina obtained a Degree in Business Administration from Universidad de San Carlos de Guatemala. Mario Pons Professional Services Operations Mario Pons has been a key player for the Inkjet strategy the group has developed in Central America and has helped various PBS organizations in the development of high impact projects such as the printing of Electoral Ballots. He has also been key in the relationship with global partners, Entrust Datacard and Gemalto, for National ID projects in Guatemala, Jamaica and Costa Rica. He started working in Xerox Guatemala in 1994 and has developed his career within Xerox and PBS holding several positions in Sales, Service and Professional Services. He has a BSC in Computer Science from Louisiana State University, and a Diploma in Business Administration from Tayasal Business School. Leonardo Velásquez Infrastructure \u0026 Technology Networking Director Leonardo Velazquez has been working with PBS since 2015. He oversees the sales relationship with vendors and distributors, such as: Cisco, Fortinet, HP, Dell, Tripplite, TechData, Intcomex, IngramMicro. Before PBS, he worked as a Regional Partner Account Manager at Cisco Systems for 6 years and has amassed a total of 25 years in the IT sector. He graduated from Universidad de Simon Bolivar. He has an MBA in Enterprise Administration and is an Electronic Engineer. Alex Chiriboga Service Delivery \u0026 Logistics Director Alex recently joined PBS Group in May 2024 as Director of Delivery Service \u0026 Logistics. His main objective is to transform the service we provide to our customers, aiming to achieve the highest levels of satisfaction and experience. This transformation will focus on improving processes through a connectivity strategy, optimizing resources and technology, and maintaining inventory levels and quality aligned with the requirements of our broad portfolio of products and services. Mr. Chiriboga brings over 32 years of experience from Xerox, where he held leadership roles in Service Delivery, Technical Services, Logistics, Sales, and the Paper Business across Ecuador and the Latin America Region. He holds an MBA with specializations in Finance, Marketing, and Human Resources, a degree in Process Administration Engineering, a Bachelor’s in Electronics \u0026 Telecommunications, and is certified as a Lean Six Sigma Green Belt. Senior Regional Leadership Team 45 Jose Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Lucia Vielman Coporate Treasure Mrs. Vielman Ruiz was a Private Banking Manager at Mercom Bank and later appointedas General Manager. In 2009 Mrs. Vielman Ruiz Joined PBS as Compliant officer for the first sindicate loan and in 2010 she became the Corporate Treasurer, responsible for banking operations at country level and member of the Management Governance Committee. She Graduated in Business Administration from Universidad Francisco Marroquin, Guatemala in 1998. Sharon McDonald Chief Assurance Officer Dr. Sharon Smith-McDonald supports PBS Group Limited. She is responsible for overseeing the Group’s internal controls and risk management. She plays a critical role in ensuring compliance with regulations by the development of effective assurance strategies across all business operations. Dr. Smith-McDonald has accumulated over three decades of experience in fi nance, accounting, and business operations. Her distinguished career includes key leadership roles within multinational organizations, most recently serving as Group Financial Controller at Musson Jamaica Limited. Dr. Smith-McDonald holds a Doctor of Business Administration in Finance \u0026 Internal Controls from Walden University, a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Northern Caribbean University, and a Bachelor of Science in Management and Accounting from The University of the West Indies. Ryan Kirlew Corporate Global Controller Ryan oversees the fi nancial operations of the entire PBS Group. Ryan brings a wealth of experience in strategic fi nancial management and reporting. He has consistently demonstrated outstanding leadership, expertise, and a deep understanding of fi nancial operations. His commitment to excellence has been evident throughout his career, and we are con fi dent that he will excel in this new role. Since joining the Group in 2017, Ryan has made signi fi cant contributions while working with Musson International Dairies Limited, Seprod, T. Geddes Grant, and Musson Jamaica—gaining valuable experience and playing a key role in the success of these business units. As Global Controller, Ryan is responsible for the overall fi nancial reporting of the PBS Group. He leads the development and maintenance of the organization’s accounting policies, practices, procedures, initiatives, and systems. Senior Regional Leadership Team 46 Daniel Martínez Advanced Services Regional Manager Daniel brings over 20 years of experience in business development across the technology and consulting sectors, leading transformational initiatives for government and financial institutions throughout Central America and the Caribbean. In the past seven years alone, he has consistently achieved double-digit growth in revenue and margins in Honduras by designing and implementing tailored professional services that accelerate technology adoption. As an Oracle Champion for nearly a decade, Daniel seamlessly combines technical expertise with commercial strategy to drive client success. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing \u0026 International Business and a Master of Science in Finance from Universidad Tecnológica Centroamericana (UNITEC), Honduras. Additionally, he earned a Professional Certificate in Digital Transformation from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Cambridge, MA, USA. Vennis Williamson Regional Manager Jamaica \u0026 Cayman Vennis Williamson. Her career in the information and communications technology (ICT) sector spans over a decade. Vennis has played a crucial role in navigating PBS Jamaica through the digital era, achieving significant technological milestones along the way. Her strategic guidance has integrated major technology entities, propelling the organization to unprecedented levels of innovation and market leadership. Over the past three years, under Vennis's leadership, PBS Jamaica has exceeded financial and operational growth objectives while prioritizing staff engagement as a core part of its strategy. Estefania Menéndez Personnel Regional Director Estefanía Menéndez is the Regional Personnel Director at PBS Group Limited, where she leads the human capital strategy and drives organizational transformation across the group. With over 14 years of experience in the Technology, Electrical, Outsourcing, and Business Services sectors, Estefanía has held leadership positions at renowned companies such as Schneider Electric, Xerox, and Capgemini. She holds a Business degree and a Master’s in Finance from Franklin University, and is certified in both Project Management and Six Sigma. Estefanía is widely recognized for implementing transformative initiatives that enhance productivity, increase operational efficiency, and boost employee engagement. Javier Mogollón Chief Information Officer Javier Mogollón is a systems engineer with a postgraduate degree in telecommunications from the Santiago Mariño University in Venezuela, he arrived in Guatemala 20 years ago after completing a ten-year cycle at Xerox of Venezuela, throughout this time in which he has worked for the group, Javier has held several positions accepting both local and regional challenges and responsibilities. He served as service manager, and sales support manager was the creator and developer of the Docushare Project (accounting code) in Shared Service that is currently used by all PBS Groups and the following company incorporations, he was in charge of the System One infrastructure installed in the Guatemala data center for 2 years, 4 years has held the position of IT manager in PBS Guatemala. Javier is currently the CIO of PBS Group. Regional Leadership Team 47 Lesder Ramírez Chief Operating Officer Central America Mr. Lesder Ramirez studied Business Administration at the Universidad San Carlos De Guatemala, Guatemala and in 2009, joined PBS as the Financial Manager for the Guatemala operations. From 2009 to 2015, Lesder was entrusted to play different roles in finance such as Finance Manager for the operations of Costa Rica, Honduras Jamaica and Belize, Shared Service Center - Finance Manager and Xerox Relationship Management. During his tenure managing the Xerox relationship, Lesder oversaw planning operations, working closely with Mr. Pedro M. Paris C., CEO of PBS Group, where he developed additional business acumen. In 2019, based on his achievements, Lesder was promoted to oversee the operations of Dutch Caribbean as Senior General Manager. More recently in 2022, due to his knowledge of the PBS business as well as his solid financial and operations background Lesder, was named COO in charge of the operations of Trinidad \u0026 Tobago, Guyana, and Dutch Caribbean (Aruba, Curacao, Bonaire, Saint Maarten and Suriname). Stuart Franco Chief Operating Officer Eastern Caribbean Cluster Stuart Franco is the Chief Operating Officer of the Eastern Caribbean Cluster, bringing over two decades of leadership, commercial expertise, and deep regional knowledge to the role. A graduate of the University of Western Ontario with a B.A. in Statistics \u0026 Economics, Stuart joined TSL in 2003 and steadily rose through the ranks — from Sales Representative to Sales Manager, Executive Vice President of Sales, and Chief Executive Officer — before assuming his current role in 2026. Throughout his tenure, he has been a driving force behind the company's growth trajectory, building lasting client relationships and strengthening TSL's market position across the Caribbean. Stuart served as President of the American Chamber of Commerce in Trinidad and Tobago (AmCham T\u0026T) from 2023 to 2025 and has been a board member since 2018. He is also an active board member of the TSL Foundation, where he has championed community initiatives that uplift the regions TSL serves. Outside the office, Stuart is a devoted husband and father of four, an avid football fan, and a firm believer in the importance of family — a value he actively fosters within his team. Ezequiel Bardas Chief Operating Officer Latin America Ezequiel Bardas serves as Chief Operating Officer for Latin America at PBS Group, bringing more than two decades of senior executive leadership to the role. Known for his ability to scale operations, drive digital transformation, and deliver sustainable profitability in complex environments, Ezequiel leads the strategic direction for PBS Group's affiliates across the Andean Region — overseeing operational synergy, key alliance development, and an ambitious expansion plan throughout Latin America. Before joining PBS Group, Ezequiel held distinguished leadership positions at Xerox, serving as President and General Manager across major markets including the United States and Latin America. His track record of navigating high-stakes business environments and building high-performing regional organizations speaks to a career defined by results and resilience. Ezequiel holds an Executive MBA from IAE Business School, complemented by multiple leadership certifications. His leadership philosophy blends sharp market insight with an unwavering commitment to innovation and excellence — qualities that position him as a driving force behind PBS Group's next chapter in the region. Regional Leadership Team 48 GENERAL MANAGER Melani Angeles DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Marco Almendárez NICARAGUA SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Francisco Lupiac GENERAL MANAGER HONDURAS COUNTRY MANAGER Nyron Thomas TRINIDAD \u0026 TOBAGO SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Elvin Nash BARBADOS \u0026 OECS Jason Alidikromo COUNTRY MANAGER SURINAME Senior in Country Leadership SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Mirian Alas EL SALVADOR Laura Johnston COUNTRY MANAGER CAYMAN 49 Nella Aguilar PERU COUNTRY MANAGER Candace Bartholomew COUNTRY MANAGER GUYANA Jose Maduro COUNTRY MANAGER BONAIRE \u0026 ARUBA Charlesson Ramdjas COUNTRY MANAGER CURAÇAO Vynnie Mila GENERAL MANAGER GPA GPA USA Luis Castillo GUATEMALA COUNTRY MANAGER COUNTRY MANAGER Ana Karina Vallejo ECUADOR Senior in Country Leadership Esteban Corrales PANAMA \u0026 COLOMBIA COUNTRY MANAGER 50 CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 51 Deloitte \u0026 Touche 3 rd Floor The Goddard Building Haggatt Hall St. Michael, BB11059 Barbados, W.I. Tel: +246 620 6400 Fax: +246 430 6451 www.deloitte.com Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (“DTTL”), its global network of member firms, and their related entities (collectively, the “Deloitte organization”). DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) and each of its member firms and related entities are legally separate and independent entities, which cannot obligate or bind each other in respect of third parties. DTTL and each DTTL member firm and related entity is liable only for its own acts and omissions, and not those of each other. DTTL does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about to learn more. Deloitte \u0026 Touche is an affiliate of DCB Holding Ltd., a member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Opinion We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries (“the Group”), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2025, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including material accounting policy information. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at December 31, 2025, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS Accounting Standards”). Basis for Opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) (“IESBA Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Key Audit Matters Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill As at 31 December 2025, Goodwill accounted for US$86.2 million, which represents 20.5% of total assets of the Group. On an annual basis, management tests whether goodwill is subject to impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units (CGU) have been determined using value in use calculations based on the higher of the recoverable amount compared to fair value less costs to sell. Our approach to testing management’s impairment assessment, with the assistance of our valuation specialist involved the following procedures, amongst others: • Obtained management’s discounted cash flow model (DCF) including qualitative and quantitative analyses and updated our understanding of the process used by management to determine the value in use of each CGU and evaluated for any changes. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 2 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill (Cont’d) We focused on this area because the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill involves significant judgement and estimation, is sensitive to changes in key assumptions and determining economic recovery is challenging. The key assumptions were assessed by management as being: • Revenue growth rate; • Terminal growth rate; • Average Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) to revenue; and Pre-tax Discount rate. • Agreed the 31 December 2025 base year financial information to current year results and compared previous forecasts to actual results to assess the performance of the business and the accuracy of management’s forecasting. • Compared the revenue growth rates to historical revenue growth and externally derived data as well as our own assessments in relation to key inputs such as projected economic growth, inflation and pre-tax discount rates. • Developed a range of parameters using available market inputs and historical information and performed sensitivity analyses using these parameters, which was compared to management’s terminal growth and pre-tax discount rates. • Compared EBITDA margins to historical results, and verified reconciling variances to underlying supporting data and current period results. Tested management’s impairment model calculations for mathematical accuracy Operating and finance lease revenue (Forming part of sale of goods) Revenue arising from the inception of new finance leases is included within the sale of goods revenue stream and is not captured through a specific identifier. As a result, identifying transactions that contain lease arrangements requires manual assessment for every underlying subsidiary. Recognition of revenue in these arrangements requires judgment to identify the lease and non-lease components of the contract and to determine whether the lease should be classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. This classification can materially affect the timing and presentation of revenue recognition, the measurement of lease receivables, and the related financial statement disclosures. Our approach to testing lease revenue to mitigate the identified risks includes the following procedures: • Obtained the population of leases entered into by the entities and reviewed Management's assessment on their classification between operating and finance leases. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition of the finance lease within the Sale of Goods revenue stream, based on the lease amortisation schedule prepared by the management. • On a sample basis, obtained and inspected the related customer contracts / signed agreements to review Management's INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 3 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Lease classification is based on the terms set out in customer agreements and purchase orders. Accordingly, significant judgment is required to assess whether the contractual terms are consistent with the underlying transaction and whether the classification has been applied appropriately across the population of relevant sales arrangements. As it involves manual review and interpretation of contract documentation, there is an increased risk of error and inconsistent application. The key assumptions and judgments applied by management include: • assessment of whether the arrangement is an operating lease or a finance lease; • determination of the discount rate used in lease classification and measurement; and • identification of the standalone selling price of goods where contracts include both leasing and maintenance components. assessment on the classification between finance or operating lease. • For the selected samples, obtained and verified the inputs (interest rates, delivery dates, lease \u0026 non-lease component) as determined by Management to recalculate the finance lease revenue to be recognised in the accounts at lease inception. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition and subsequent interest income based on our independent recalculation to the amounts recorded by management. Management override of controls Management is in a unique position to perpetrate fraud because of its ability to directly or indirectly manipulate accounting records and prepare fraudulent financial statements by overriding established controls that otherwise appear to be operating effectively. The risk of management override of controls is pervasive. Because of its unpredictable nature, this risk could result in a material misstatement. This significant risk also represents a fraud risk for the audit. • Engaged in periodic fraud discussions with certain members of senior management and utilized our internal fraud specialist to guide and support our fraud-related testing procedures. • Considered the potential for bias in judgments and estimates, including performing retrospective analysis of significant accounting estimates. • Evaluated whether the Company has entered into any significant unusual transactions and, if so, the nature, terms, and business purpose (or lack thereof) of those transactions and whether such transactions involved related parties. • Evaluated the Company’s fraud risk assessment and consider indirect controls INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 4 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter and internal controls over the closing and reporting process. • Using our propriety software tool we extracted and tested journal entries that exhibit characteristics of possible management override of controls. • Tested controls over significant, unusual transactions, particularly those that result in late or unusual journal entries and controls over journal entries and adjustments made in the period-end financial reporting process. • No evidence of management override of controls was identified as a results of our audit procedures. Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process. Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also: • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 5 • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management. • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. • Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business units within the Group as a basis for forming an opinion on the group financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determined those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. Information other than the financial statements Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Annual Report but does not include the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon which is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s report. Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with the audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. When we read the Annual Report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 6 The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditors’ report is Steve Clarke. Other matter – responsibility for our audit work This report is made solely to the shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited as a body, in accordance with Section 147 of the Companies Act of Barbados. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the shareholders for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinion we have formed. Other matter – predecessor auditors The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2024 were audited by another auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those statements on 30 June 2025. 7 June 2026 Page 2 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Non-Current Assets Property, plant and equipment 13 36,106 35,865 Right-of-use assets 14 15,269 12,802 Intangible assets 15 104,757 107,595 Lease receivables 16 4,538 6,869 Pension plan assets 30 3,752 3,674 Long term receivables 17 608 551 Deferred tax assets 18 11,507 14,491 Investments 34 - 243 Contract Asset 33 28 - Investments in Associate 20 4,774 4,056 Total Non-Current Assets 181,339 186,146 Current Assets Due from related parties 19 8,066 7,467 Inventories 21 58,043 48,584 Contract assets 33 - 1,602 Trade and other receivables 22 127,296 105,760 Current portion of lease receivables 16 11,437 2,696 Current portion of long-term receivables 17 161 38 Taxation recoverable 14,476 17,462 Cash and bank 23 21,574 29,961 Total Current Assets 241,053 213,570 Current Liabilities Trade and other payables 24 91,049 85,855 Contract liabilities 33 15,101 15,602 Due to related parties 19 13,739 12,308 Taxation payable 5,219 11,255 Current portion of lease liabilities 25 6,998 6,441 Short term loans 26 19,245 5,941 Current portion of long-term loans 26 14,250 10,633 Total Current Liabilities 165,601 148,035 Net Current Assets 75,452 65,535 Total Non-current Assets and Net Current Assets 256,791 251,681 Page 3 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (Continued) 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Equity Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Share capital 27 123,016 123,016 Other reserves/ (deficit) 28 (17,025) (17,339) Accumulated deficit (30,198) (23,274) Total Shareholders´ Equity 75,793 82,403 Non-controlling Interests 1,337 1,185 Total Equity 77,130 83,588 Non-Current Liabilities Retirement benefit obligations 30 3,111 1,553 Deferred tax liabilities 18 6,570 6,153 Lease liabilities 25 17,988 15,465 Borrowings 26 151,992 144,515 Other long-term liabilities - 407 Total Non-Current Liabilities 179,661 168,093 Total Non-Current Liabilities and Equity 256,791 251,681 Approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 June, 2026 and signed on its behalf by: _____________________________________________ _________________________________ Paul Scott Director Pedro Paris Director The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements . Page 4 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Number of Shares ‘000 Share Capital $’000 Other Reserves / (Deficit) $’000 Accumulated Deficit $’000 Non- Controlling Interest $’000 Total $’000 Balance at 31 December 2023 188,213 123,016 (17,139) (29,359) 1,070 77,588 Currency translation differences - - (820) (87) - (907) Actuarial loss - - (96) - - (96) Revaluation of Property, plant \u0026 equipment - - 716 - - 716 Net income - - - 7,461 115 7,576 Total comprehensive income - - (200) 7,374 115 7,289 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (1,289) - (1,289) Balance at 31 December 2024 188,213 123,016 (17,339) (23,274) 1,185 83,588 Currency translation differences - - 260 - - 260 Actuarial gain - - 54 - - 54 Revaluation of Property, plant \u0026 equipment - - - - - - Net income - - - 4,287 152 4,439 Total comprehensive income - - 314 4,287 152 4,753 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (11,211) - (11,211) Balance at 31 December 2025 188,213 123,016 (17,025) (30,198) 1,337 77,130 The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements . Page 5 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash Flows from Operating Activities (Note 31) 2,726 32,531 Cash Flows from Financing Activities Interest paid (17,094) (18,801) Dividends paid (11,211) (1,289) Proceeds from borrowing 48,808 147,041 Repayments of borrowings (19,297) (141,672) Repayments of lease liabilities (8,370) (10,699) Net cash used in financing activities (7,164) (25,420) Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired 35 (592) (1,293) Interest received 1,769 1,999 Purchase of property, plant and equipment (5,102) (6,378) Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 42 238 Purchase of Investments in Associates 20 - (3,543) Net cash used in investing activities (3,883) (8,977) Net (Decrease) in Cash (8,321) (1,866) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 29,961 31,991 Effect of foreign exchange in cash (66) (164) Cash and Cash Equivalents at end of the year 23 21,574 29,961 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The principal non-cash transactions include: ● Transfer to property, plant and equipment from inventory during the financial year $9,380,000 (2024 - $9,017,000). ● Transfer from property, plant and equipment to inventory upon expiry of operating lease of $4,018,000 (2024 - $4,799,000). The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. Page 6 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 1. Identification and Principal Activities Productive Business Solutions Limited (“the Company”) is a company incorporated on 16 December 2010, and domiciled in Barbados, originally under the International Business Corporation (IBC) Act 77 (Barbados). Effective July 1st, 2021, the Company operates under the Companies Act Cap. 308 (Barbados) and holds a Foreign Currency Permit under the Foreign Currency Permits Act, 2018-44 (Barbados). The tax rate for the fiscal year commencing 1 January 2025 is 9.0% of taxable income. The registered office of the Company is at Facey House # 42 Warrens Industrial Park, Warrens, St. Michaels, Barbados. The Company is capitalised by ordinary shares. The Company is a subsidiary of Facey Group Limited, owned by Musson (Jamaica) Limited. Facey Group Limited is a company incorporated in Barbados under the Companies Act, Cap. 308 (Barbados) as an international business company. In combination, Musson (Jamaica) Limited and Facey Group Limited own 66.98% of the ordinary shares of the Company. The Company is listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange and the International Securities Market in Barbados. The Company’s ultimate parent company and controlling party is Elkon Limited (“Elkon”), which is incorporated and domiciled in Jamaica, and Paul B. Scott, respectively. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, (referred to as “Group”) are the distribution of printing equipment, business machines, handsets and related accessories, automated teller machines, security checkpoints, system integration, cloud services, data analytics, communication solutions, e-transactions, development of software and other technology solutions. In May 2025 the Group acquired 100% holding in Regional Business Systems Limited (RBS), incorporated and domiciled in Barbados (Note 35). Page 7 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, hereinafter referred to as the financial statements, are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. (a) Basis of preparation These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. IFRS Accounting Standards comprise the following authoritative literature:  IFRS Accounting Standards  IAS Standards  Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC Interpretations) or its predecessor body, the Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC Interpretations). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain items of property, plant and equipment. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Although these estimates are based on managements’ best knowledge of current events and action, actual results could differ from those estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 4. Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year Certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards have been published that became effective during the current financial year. The Group has assessed the relevance of all such new standards, interpretations and amendments and has affected the following, which are immediately relevant to its operations: Amendments to IAS 21,‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ , Amendments to IAS 21 were made to add requirements to help entities to determine whether a currency is exchangeable into another currency, and the spot exchange rate to use when it is not. Prior to these amendments, IAS 21 set out the exchange rate to use when exchangeability is temporarily lacking, but not what to do when lack of exchangeability is not temporary. Management’s assessment is that the amendments of this standard have no impact on the Group’s financial statements. Page 8 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year (continued) The amendments must be applied retrospectively in accordance with the requirements in IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. The amendment did not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. There are no other IFRS Accounting Standards or IFRIC interpretations effective in the current year which are expected to have a significant impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the company. Page 9 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group The Group has concluded that the following standards which are published but not yet effective, are relevant to its operations and will impact the Group’s accounting policies and financial disclosures as discussed below. These standards and amendments to existing standards are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2026, but the Group has not early adopted them: Amendments to IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 7, ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026). Amendments to IFRS 9 and 7 (a) clarify the date of recognition and derecognition of some financial assets and liabilities, with a new exception for some financial liabilities settled through an electronic cash transfer system; (b) clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether a financial asset meets the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) criterion; (c) add new disclosures for certain instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows (such as some financial instruments with features linked to the achievement of environment, social and governance targets); and (d) update the disclosures for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). The amendments in (b) are most relevant to financial institutions, but the amendments in (a), (c) and (d) are relevant to all entities. It is not anticipated that the amendments will have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 18, ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This is the new standard on presentation and disclosure in financial statements, which replaces IAS 1, with a focus on updates to the statement of profit or loss. The key new concepts introduced in IFRS 18 relate to: • the structure of the statement of profit or loss with defined subtotals; • requirement to determine the most useful structure summary for presenting expenses in the statement of profit or loss • required disclosures in a single note within the financial statements for certain profit or loss performance measures that are reported outside an entity’s financial statements (that is, management-defined performance measures); and • enhanced principles on aggregation and disaggregation which apply to the primary financial statements and notes in general. Management is assessing the impact of this new standard on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 19, 'Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures' , (effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This standard permit eligible subsidiaries to apply reduced IFRS disclosure requirements. IFRS 19 is a voluntary standard for eligible subsidiaries. A subsidiary is eligible if it does not have public accountability and it has an ultimate or intermediate parent that produces consolidated financial statements available for public use that comply with IFRS Accounting Standards. An eligible entity may opt to revoke the application of this standard after implementation. The entity may also elect to apply the standard more than one. The group is currently assessing the impact of this standard. Page 10 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) There are no other new or amended IFRS Accounting Standards and interpretations that are published but not yet effective that would be expected to have an impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the Group. (b) Consolidation (i) Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations involving third parties by the Group. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred, and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss, in the statement of comprehensive income. Page 11 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) Subsidiaries Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. The Group’s subsidiaries, countries of incorporation, and the Group’s percentage interest are as follows: Country of incorporation Group’s Percentage Interest 2025 2024 Nicaragua Holdings and its subsidiary St., Lucia \u0026 Nicaragua 100 100 Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia \u0026 Dominican Republic 100 100 Mobay Holdings N.V. and its subsidiary Curacao \u0026 Aruba 100 100 PBS Caribbean Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia, Jamaica, Barbados, Colombia, Suriname 100 100 Cayman Business Machines Limited* Cayman 40 40 PBS Technology Group Limited St. Lucia, Antigua \u0026 Barbuda, Jamaica, Trinidad, Guyana, 100 100 Infotrans Group Holding B.V. Curacao, Bonaire, Colombia, Suriname \u0026 Aruba 100 100 High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V. El Salvador and Honduras 100 100 PBS Central America and its subsidiaries Panama, Guatemala, Costa Rica, El Salvador 100 100 PBS Honduras Honduras 75 75 PBS Peru Peru 100 100 PBS Ecuador Ecuador 100 100 Page 12 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) In accordance with Cayman laws, entities that are domiciled in the Cayman Islands and are not issued with Local Companies Control Law Licenses, are required to be at least 60% owned by a Caymanian. The operation of Cayman Business Machines Limited is however controlled by Productive Business Solutions Limited and is therefore, in substance, categorised as a subsidiary. (ii) Transactions with non-controlling interests The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For purchases of ownership interest in subsidiaries from non-controlling interests in which the Group retains control of the subsidiary, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests where control is retained by the Group are also recorded in equity. (iii) Disposal of subsidiaries When the Group ceases to have control or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value, with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss. If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate. (iv) Business combination under common control Acquisitions from entities under common control are determined by the substance and specific facts and circumstances surrounding any particular business combination under common control. Business combinations under common control are accounted for using the predecessor method of accounting. Under the predecessor method of accounting, the cost of an acquisition is measured in a manner similar to the purchase method of accounting. Identifiable assets and liabilities are measured at book value at the date of acquisition. Under the predecessor method of accounting, no goodwill is created, as any difference between the cost of acquisition and the book value of the net assets acquired is dealt with as an adjustment to retained earnings. (v) Investment in associates Associates are categorized as entities over which the Group has influence but not control, with shareholding and voting rights between 20% and 50%. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost. The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associate’s post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in profit and loss, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equal or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Page 13 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (c) Foreign currency translation (i) Functional and presentation currency Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States Dollars, which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency. (ii) Transactions and balances Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. At the statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the weighted average closing exchange rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates, of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in statement of comprehensive income. (iii) Group companies The results and financial position of all the group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper- inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated as follows: a) Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at year end rates, b) Items affecting the statement of comprehensive income are translated at average rates, and c) The resultant gains or losses are recognised in other comprehensive income as translation gains or losses. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income. Page 14 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (d) Revenue recognition Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of applicable value added taxes, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue is recognised as follows: Reprographic products Revenue earned from reprographic products is either through an outright sale or a lease of equipment and from related service contracts. Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from finance leases, are recognised at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require installation, revenue is recognised when the equipment has been delivered and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer-installable products are recognised upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer's shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the finance lease method and are recognised as earned over the lease term. A substantial portion of the Group's reprographic products is sold with full- service maintenance agreements. Service revenues are derived primarily from these maintenance contracts on equipment sold to customers and are recognised over the term of the contracts in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, by reference to completion of the specific transaction assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided. Revenue is recognised only after there are specific indicators of transfer of control to the customer. To evidence transfer of control on contracts where revenue is recognised at a point in time, management has defined that revenue can only be recognised after the equipment or part is installed or the supplies are delivered. Bill and hold agreements are scrutinised to ensure the transfer of control to the customer is effective. For contracts where revenue is recognised over time, management measures the fulfilment of the performance obligations based on the value that the delivered goods or services represent to the customer. Telecommunications products Revenue from telecommunications products comprises revenue from the sales of cellular phones. These products are sold under contractual agreements with the telecommunications providers. Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised on a gross basis as management has determined that the Group acts as a principal in relation to these transactions, due to the fact that the Group bears the majority of risk, principally credit and inventory risk, in relation to such transactions, and the Group also acts as primary obligor. Control is the key consideration when assessing the nature of the promise to the customer. When the entity does not control the good or service (or inventory) before it is transferred to the customer it is likely that the promise in the contract is to arrange for goods or services to be delivered (rather than these to be provided by the entity). In such cases, the Company recognises revenue for an amount equal to the net income (revenue minus cost). Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised when a Group entity has delivered products to the customer; the customer has accepted the products and collectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured. Interest income is recognised on the accrual basis on the effective interest basis, except when collectability is considered doubtful. In such cases, income is recorded when economic benefits are received. Page 15 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (e) Property, plant and equipment Freehold land and buildings are shown at fair value, based on valuations by external independent valuers, less subsequent depreciation for buildings. Valuations are performed every three years to ensure that the fair value of a revalued asset does not differ materially from it’s carrying amount. Any accumulated depreciation at the date of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset, and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of freehold, land and buildings are credited to other comprehensive income and shown as other reserves in shareholder’s equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are recorded in other comprehensive income and debited against other reserves directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the profit or loss. All other property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Land is not depreciated as it is deemed to have an indefinite life. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation is calculated at annual rates on the straight-line basis to write-off the cost of the assets to their residual values over their estimated useful lives at annual rates as follows: Freehold buildings 2 - 2 ½% Leasehold buildings and improvements 10 - 20% Furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment 10 - 33⅓% Motor vehicles 20 - 25% Gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount and are included in operating profit. Repairs and maintenance expenditure is charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which it is incurred. The cost of major renovations is included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of the existing asset will flow to the Group. When revalued assets are sold, the amounts included in other reserves are transferred to retained earnings. Page 16 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (f) Intangible assets (i) Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates and joint ventures is included in investment in associates and investment in joint venture, respectively. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or Groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. (ii) Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences. Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. All, excepting licenses are deemed to have finite useful lives and amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the intangible assets over their estimated useful lives between 5 and 20 years. Licenses have an indefinite useful life. (iii) Proprietary Software The Group is the owner of a software internally developed to address diverse customer needs. This asset is carried at cost and amortised according to its defined useful life. (g) Impairment of non-financial assets Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date. Page 17 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset in one entity and a financial liability or equity of another entity. Financial assets Classification The Group classifies its financial assets at amortised cost. The classification depends on the business model used for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. Impairment The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss (ECL) associated with its financial assets classified at amortised cost, lease receivables, long term receivables and related party balances. Application of the General Model The Group has applied the ‘general model’ as required under IFRS 9 for financial assets other than trade receivables. Under this model, the Group is required to assess on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its financial assets carried at amortised cost. The ECL will be recognised in profit or loss before a loss event has occurred. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. ECL is calculated by multiplying the Probability of default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD). The impairment model uses a three-stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination: Stage 1 – 12-month ECL applies to all financial assets that have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and are not credit impaired. The ECL will be computed using a 12-month PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months. Stage 2 – When a financial asset experiences a significant increase in credit risk subsequent to origination but is not credit impaired, it is considered to be in Stage 2. This requires the computation of ECL based on lifetime PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the remaining estimated life of the financial asset. Provisions are higher in this stage because of an increase in risk and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered compared to 12 months in Stage 1. Stage 3 – Financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment will be included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses will continue to capture the lifetime ECL. The Group uses judgement when considering the following factors that affect the determination of impairment: Assessment of Significant Increase in Credit Risk The assessment of a significant increase in credit risk is done on a relative basis. To assess whether the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since origination, the Group compares the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial asset at the reporting date to the corresponding risk of default at origination, using key risk indicators that are used in the Group’s existing risk management processes. At each reporting date, the assessment of a change in credit risk will be individually assessed for those considered individually significant and at the segment level. This assessment is symmetrical in nature, allowing credit risk of financial assets to move back to Stage 1 if the increase in credit risk since origination has reduced and is no longer deemed to be significant. Page 18 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments (continued) Macroeconomic Factors, Forward Looking Information and Multiple Scenarios The Group applies an unbiased and probability weighted estimate of credit losses by evaluating a range of possible outcomes that incorporates forecasts of future economic conditions. Macroeconomic factors and forward-looking information are incorporated into the measurement of ECL as well as the determination of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination. Measurement of ECLs at each reporting period reflect reasonable and supportable information at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The Group uses three scenarios that are probability weighted to determine ECL. Expected Life When measuring ECL, the Group considers the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk. All contractual terms are considered when determining the expected life, including prepayment options and extension and rollover options. Application of the Simplified Approach For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. Financial liabilities The Group’s financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, this is the initial recognition minus the cumulative amortisation of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount. Financial liabilities at amortised costs are classified as current or non-current depending on whether these are due within 12 months after the statement of financial position date or beyond. Financial liabilities are derecognised when either of the following take place: The Group is discharged from its obligation, upon expiration or when they are cancelled or replaced by a new liability. (i) Inventories Inventories are carried at weighted average purchase cost. These items are stated at cost less provision for write down to net realisable value, where necessary and are stated at the lower weighted average cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the costs of completion and selling expenses. (j) Trade receivables Impairment over trade receivables is determined with the aid of a matrix based on the ageing of the account. Twice a year, management assesses whether there has been any indicator of a change in the credit risk. Additionally, periodically a comprehensive evaluation is performed with the objective of identifying individual accounts that may be subject to impairment which are either written off or fully provided for. (k) Cash and bank Cash and bank include cash on hand net of bank overdrafts. In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and bank include cash in hand and at bank and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown in current liabilities on the statement of financial position. Page 19 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (l) Trade payables These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. (m) Contract assets and contract liabilities The Group recognises a contract asset whenever it has the right for consideration as a result of transferring goods or services to a customer. Contract assets are different from accounts receivables as the former would only require the passage of time for the consideration to be due. Contract assets are subject to impairment assessment. The Group recognises a contract liability when it has received a payment, or a payment is due for goods or services that have not yet been transferred to the customer. (n) Income taxes Taxation expense in the statement of comprehensive income comprises current and deferred tax charges. Current tax charges are based on taxable profits for the year, which differ from the profit before tax reported because it excludes items that are taxable or deductible in other years, and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability f or current tax is calculated at tax rates that have been enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Deferred tax is the tax expected to be paid or recovered on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding tax bases. Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Currently enacted tax rates are used in the determination of deferred income tax. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they arise from the same taxable entity, relate to the same tax authority and when the legal right of offset exists. Deferred tax is charged or credited to profit or loss, except where it relates to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income, in which case, deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income. (o) Provisions Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. (p) Share capital Ordinary shares, and redeemable cumulative preference shares where the declaration of dividends is discretionary, are classified as equity instruments. The preference shares are perpetual and are only redeemable at the sole discretion of the Company but not before the 16 th year after the issue of the shares. Dividends on these shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are declared. Page 20 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (q) Earnings per share (i) Basic earnings per share Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: ● the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares. ● by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares. (ii) Diluted earnings per share Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account: ● the after-income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and ● the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. (r) Borrowings Borrowings are recognised initially at cost, being their issue proceeds, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequently, borrowings are stated at amortised cost and any difference between net proceeds and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Preference shares issued by the Group are treated as borrowings if they carry a contractual term of redemption either by cash or another financial asset and dividends payments are not discretionary. (s) Leases As Lessee Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments: - fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable - payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option. Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rates, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions. As Lessor Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessee are classified as finance leases. When assets are leased out under a finance leases, the asset is derecognized and treated as revenue in accordance with accounting policy (d) with the present value of the lease payments is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease in a manner which reflects a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease. Page 21 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (s) Leases (continued) Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessor are included in property, plant and equipment in the statement of financial position. They are depreciated over their expected useful lives on a basis consistent with similar owned property, plant and equipment. Rental income is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. In some instances, transfers are made from Inventory to property, plant and equipment to facilitate the leasing of assets. In instances where leased equipment is returned this is transferred from property, plant and equipment to Inventory. When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which termination takes place. (t) Post-employment benefits The Group participates in a defined contribution plan operated by a related party, Musson (Jamaica) Limited, whereby it pays contributions to a separate, trustee-administered fund for its Jamaican operation. Once the contributions have been paid, the Group has no further payment obligations. Contributions to the plan are charged to profit or loss in the period to which they relate. There is an unfunded retirement benefit plan in the Nicaragua and El Salvador operations which is reflected in the statement of financial position as a liability. Changes to benefits are calculated by third party actuaries and are reflected in the Change to statement of comprehensive income. The Parent Company also participates in a defined benefit pension plan relating to PBS Technologies (Barbados) Limited, the assets of which are held in a separate fund administered by a Trustee. The pension plan is funded by payments from the Parent Company, taking into account the recommendations of independent qualified actuaries. Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value. (u) Finance costs Finance costs includes interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest method, interest on finance leases, material bank charges and foreign exchange gains and losses recognised in profit or loss. (v) Offsetting financial instruments Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty. (w) Segment information Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer. (x) Dividend distribution Dividend distribution is recognised as equity in the financial statements in which the dividends are approved by the shareholders. Dividend distributions on preference shares classified as borrowings are included in finance costs when the dividends are approved. Page 22 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (a) Financial risk factors The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyse these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and up-to-date information systems. Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies and evaluates financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and investment of excess liquidity. (i) Credit risk The Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that its customers, clients or counterparties will cause a financial loss for the Group by failing to discharge their contractual obligations. Credit exposures arise principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and are influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Group has established credit policies under which each customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness prior to the Group offering them a credit facility. Credit limits are assigned to each customer and are reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Group has procedures in place to restrict customer orders if the order will result in customers exceeding their credit limits. Customers who fail to meet the Group’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Group on a prepayment basis. Customer credit risk is monitored according to their credit characteristics such as whether it is an individual or company, geographic location, industry, aging profile, and previous financial difficulties. The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents an estimate of expected credit losses in respect of trade and other receivables. The Group addresses impairment assessment in two areas: individually and collectively assessed allowances. Cash transactions are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. The Group has policies in place to limit the amount of exposure to any one financial institution. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the amount reflected on the statement of financial position. Page 23 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Credit risk (continued) At year end, the banks where the Group maintains most of its cash, were rated by Fitch Ratings as follows: 202 5 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. B BB+ CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA+ Citibank F1 A+ 202 4 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. F1+ AA- CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA- Citibank F1 A+ Maximum credit risk exposure The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk equals the carrying amounts on the statement of financial position, of the assets which expose the Group to credit risk. There has been no change over the prior year in the manner in which the Group manages and measures credit risk. Analysis of trade receivables The Group’s trade receivables, broken down by customer sector is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Government 42,058 41,804 Private entities 58,254 48,815 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Impairment of financial assets The Group has four types of financial assets that are subject to expected credit losses as follows: (i) Trade receivables (ii) Lease receivable and long-term receivables (iii) Accounts receivable from related parties (iv) Other debt instruments carried at amortised cost Page 24 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Trade receivables The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measure expected credit losses (ECL) which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. On that basis, the loss allowance at 31 December 2025 and 2024 was determined as follows for trade receivables: 31 December 202 5 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1 - 180 days past due $’000 181 - 360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 2.83% 11.54% 30.39% Gross carrying amount 71,856 19,451 2,878 6,127 100,312 Loss allowance provision 11 550 332 1,862 2,755 31 December 202 4 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1-180 days past due $’000 181-360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 0.67% 7.50% 38.38% Gross carrying amount 45,859 33,441 6,404 4,915 90,619 Loss allowance provision 10 224 480 1,887 2,601 The closing loss allowances for trade receivables as at 31 December 2025 reconcile to the opening loss allowances as follows: 202 5 202 4 $’000 $’000 Opening loss allowance as at 1 January 2,601 2,872 On Acquisition of Subsidiary (Note 34) - 299 Impairment (gains)/losses on receivables during the year 917 (223) Amounts written off (461) (314) Unused amounts reversed (320) - Exchange difference 18 (33) At 31 December 2,755 2,601 Page 25 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables The Group applies the ‘three stage’ model of IFRS 9 in measuring the expected credit losses (ECL) for all lease and long-term receivable. The application makes estimation about likelihood of default occurring, of the associated loss ratios of default correlations between counter parties. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The following tables contains an analysis of the credit exposure for lease and long-term receivables as at 31 December 2025 and 2024 as follows: Long term receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 769 - - 769 Carrying amount 769 - - 769 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 589 - - 589 Carrying amount 589 - - 589 Lease receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 Carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised. Page 26 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 Carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised. Page 27 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) Loss Allowance – Lease Receivables: No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material. Lease and long-term receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include ceasing enforcement activity, and where the Group’s recovery method is foreclosing on collateral, and the value of the collateral is such that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full. ECL movements without a profit and loss impact relates to amounts transferred from trade receivables to lease/long term receivables which previously existed and for which the ECL would have also been transferred. Expected credit losses are presented net of subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off. Cash and bank and other receivables Other financial assets at amortised cost include cash and bank balances, due from related parties and other receivables . These debt instruments at amortised cost are considered to have low credit risk. The loss allowance recognised during the period on those deemed to have low credit risk was therefore limited to the 12 month expected losses. Management considers these instruments as having low credit risk when there is a low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term. The allowance is assessed by estimating the likelihood of default, associated loss ratio and default correlation between counterparties. No opening loss allowances were recognised on balances for cash and bank, due from related parties and other receivables, and there were no movements during the current year, as the amounts determined were deemed immaterial. (iii) Due from related parties ECL is determined on yearly basis by performing a review of the financial position of the related party debtors for those where the receivable balances are material. If the related party debtor has an ‘intent’ and strong financial capacity to meet its contractual obligation, the probability of default is low and the credit risk is deemed to be immaterial, otherwise it would be classified under stage 2 or 3 and ECL computed accordingly. (iii) Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and other liquid assets and maintaining the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. Liquidity risk management process The Group’s liquidity management process, as carried out within the Group and monitored by the Board of Directors, primarily includes: (i) Monitoring future cash flows and liquidity on an ongoing basis. This incorporates an assessment of expected cash flows and the availability of collateral which could be used to secure funding if required. (ii) Maintaining committed lines of credit; and (iii) Managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities. Page 28 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3 . Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Liquidity risk (continued) Undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities The maturity profile of financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments is as follows: Within 12 Months 1 to 5 Years Over 5 years Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Trade payables 58,350 - - 58,348 Other payables 32,699 - - 32,701 Due to related parties 13,739 - - 13,739 Lease liabilities 7,975 18,549 1,952 28,476 Borrowings 37,108 184,943 - 222,051 149,871 203,492 1,952 355,315 202 4 Trade payables 48,628 - - 48,628 Other payables 37,220 7 - 37,227 Due to related parties 12,308 - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities - - 407 407 Lease liabilities 9,335 14,453 126 23,914 Borrowings 25,339 141,834 - 167,173 132,830 156,294 533 289,657 (iii) Market risk The Group takes on exposure to market risks, which is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risks mainly arise from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is monitored by the Facey Group Limited’s treasury department which carries out extensive research and monitors the price movement of financial assets on the local and international markets. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Currency risk Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Jamaican (JMD) dollar, Honduran Lempira (HNL), Nicaraguan Córdoba (NIO), Dominican Peso (DOP), Costa Rican Colón (CRC), Trinidadian dollar (TTD) and the Guatemala Quetzal (GTQ). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. The Group manages its foreign exchange risk by ensuring that the net exposure in foreign assets and liabilities is kept to an acceptable level by monitoring currency positions. The Group further manages this risk by invoicing where possible in US dollars and converting foreign currency balances into US dollar denominated accounts. Page 29 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, the net assets of which are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies. The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December: USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2025 Financial Assets Long term receivables 391 369 - 1 - - - - 8 769 Lease receivables 2,937 - - - - 8,232 - 3,232 1,574 15,975 Due from related parties 4,837 - 69 - - - - - 3,160 8,066 Trade receivables 22,584 20,983 6,670 4,107 3,900 7,052 9,336 8,946 13,979 97,557 Other receivables 3,696209******9499,203 319 2,497 6,311 24,432 Cash and bank 9,085496******3382 183 4,506 6,021 21,574 Total financial assets 43,530 22,057 7,847 5,076 4,922 24,869 9,838 19,181 31,053 168,373 Financial liabilities Trade payables 48,232920******7618 968 557 6,145 58,348 Other payables 6,557 1,562 2,323 1,194 1,520 4,013 3,973 2,172 9,385 32,701 Lease liabilities 16,808 - 2,604 339 1,248 - - 2,045 1,942 24,986 Due to related parties 11,761 - 305 - - - - - 1,673 13,739 Borrowings 183,138 - 1,672 - - - - 489 188 185,487 Total financial liabilities 266,496 2,482 7,138 2,162 2,815 4,631 4,941 5,263 19,333 315,261 Net position (222,966) 19,575 709 2,914 2,107 20,238 4,897 13,918 11,720 (146,888) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation against the US Dollar Page 30 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (v) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2024 Financial Assets Long term receivables 224 355 - 2 - - - - 8 589 Lease receivables 3,211 - - - - - - 4,337 2,017 9,565 Due from related parties 7,120 - 347 - - - - - - 7,467 Trade receivables 41,110 7,129 6,093 2,106 4,787 1,876 6,644 7,871 10,402 88,018 Other receivables 1,421 259 854 47 (196) 3,788 240 533 6,811 13,757 Cash and cash equivalents 11,560 1,364 240 881 1,181 300 483 3,860 10,092 29,961 Total financial assets 64,646 9,107 7,534 3,036 5,772 5,964 7,367 16,601 29,330 149,357 Financial liabilities Trade payables 42,928159******3261,944 595 204 1,545 48,628 Other payables 11,452 1,698 2,681 901 887 2,770 2,616 4,358 9,864 37,227 Lease liabilities 14,721 - 929 302 1,155 - - 2,339 2,460 21,906 Due to related parties 12,150 - 158 - - - - - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities 407 - - - - - - - - 407 Borrowings 158,321 - 1,772 - - - - 934 62 161,089 Total financial liabilities 239,979 1,857 6,289 1,381 2,368 4,714 3,211 7,835 13,931 281,565 Net position (175,333) 7,250 1,245 1,655 3,404 1,250 4,156 8,766 15,399 (132,208) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation. Page 31 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) The following tables indicate the currencies to which the Group had significant exposure on their monetary assets and liabilities and forecast cash flows. The change in currency rate below represents management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis represents outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the year-end for a reasonably expected change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity of the profit or loss was primarily as a result of foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of trade receivables and payables, long term receivables and borrowings. % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 5 2025 $’000 2025 $’000 Currency: HNL -1.5 - 109 HNL 1 - (73) JMD -1.5 607 - JMD 1 (152) - NIO -1.5 - 446 NIO 1 - (111) DOP -1.5 - (154) DOP 1 - 38 CRC -1.5 - 270 CRC 1 - (180) TTD -1.5 - 368 TTD 1 - (245) GTQ -1.5 140 - GTQ 1 (93) - % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 4 2024 $’000 2024 $’000 Currency: HNL -4 - 174 HNL 1 - (44) JMD -4 665 - JMD 1 (166) - NIO -4 - 471 NIO 1 - (118) DOP -4 - (119) DOP 1 - 30 CRC -4 - 683 CRC 1 - (171) TTD -4 - 834 TTD 1 - (209) GTQ -4 281 - GTQ 1 (70) - Page 32 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iv) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk As the Group has no significant variable rate interest-bearing assets, the Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate exposure arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates and revolving short-term borrowings expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The Group analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated for borrowings that represent the major interest-bearing positions, taking into consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions and alternative financing. The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily from borrowings, the sensitivity of the profit or loss is the effect of the assumed changes in interest rates based on floating rate long term and revolving short-term borrowings. There is no direct impact on other components of equity. The table below indicates the sensitivity to a reasonably expected change in interest rates 2025 2024 Change in basis points - 50/25 Change in basis points - 50/25 $’000 $’000 Floating rate borrowings 750/ (375) 619/ (310) (b) Capital management The capital management process is carried out by the parent company. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for the shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. The Board of Directors monitors the return on capital, which the Group defines as net operating income (excluding non-recurring items) divided by total equity (excluding non- redeemable preference shares and non-controlling interests). There was no change to the capital management process during the year. The Group has no specific capital management strategy and is not exposed to externally imposed capital requirements. There are contractual capital requirements as follows:  The syndicated credit agreement with Citibank, N.A. acting as administrative agent and collateral agent and Citibank, N.A., Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A, First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G\u0026T Continental, S.A. as joint lead arrangers and book runners - The financial covenants include: The Leverage Ratio, The Debt Service Coverage Ratio, The Central American Assets Test and The Specified Central American Assets Test. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at year end.  The revolving credit agreement and loan agreement with First Citizens Bank (FCB) - The financial covenants include: the Current ratio, the Funded Debt to EBITDA ratio and the Debt Service ratio. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at the year end. Page 33 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated)  3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (c) Fair values of financial instruments Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of the Group’s financial instruments that, subsequent to initial recognition, are not measured at fair value is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each statement of financial position date. The fair values of these financial instruments are determined as follows: (i) The face value, less any estimated credit adjustments, for financial assets and liabilities with a maturity of less than one year are estimated to approximate their fair values. These financial assets and liabilities include cash and bank balances, trade receivables and payables and short-term borrowings. (ii) The carrying values of non-current borrowings to non-related parties approximate their fair values, as these loans are carried at amortised cost reflecting their contractual obligations and the interest rates are reflective of current market rates for similar transactions. The fair value of borrowings is disclosed in note 26. (iii) The fair values of the long-term receivables and loans to and from related parties could not be reliably determined as these instruments were granted under special terms and are not likely to be traded in a fair market exchange. Page 34 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty Judgements and estimates are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. Estimated impairment of goodwill The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2(f). The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations, which require the use of estimates. In determining the value in use, management has made certain assumptions regarding revenue growth rate, EBITDA to revenue ratios, terminal growth rate and discount rates. See Note 15 for sensitivity of amounts to estimates. Intangible assets Intangible assets arising from the acquisition of subsidiaries have been deemed to be indefinite life intangibles. Other intangible assets have been deemed to be finite lives intangibles. Their estimated useful lives have been determined by management, based on their best estimate of the time period over which the Group will benefit from the assets acquired. Management has estimated that the useful lives of the intangibles will be between 5 and 20 years. Income taxes The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. The Group recognises liabilities for actual and anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. In determining these estimates, management considers the merit of any audit issues raised, based on their interpretation of the taxation laws, and their knowledge of any precedents established by the taxation authorities. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences could materially impact the current tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made (see Notes 11 and 18). Determining the lease term In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). For leases of administrative offices, retail stores, equipment and vehicles, the following factors are normally the most relevant: ● If there are significant penalties to terminate (or not extend), the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● If any leasehold improvements are expected to have a significant remaining value, the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● Otherwise, the Group considers other factors including historical lease durations and the costs and business disruption required to replace the leased asset. Most extension options in office equipment and vehicles leases have not been included in the lease liability, because the Group could replace the assets without significant cost or business disruption. Page 35 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information The Group’s Chief Executive Officer examines the Group’s performance from a geographic perspective and has identified two reportable segments of business: ● Central America- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Central America Region such as Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Costa Rica, Nicaragua and Panama. ● Caribbean- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Caribbean region such as Dominican Republic, Jamaica, Barbados, Curacao and Aruba, Colombia, Trinidad and Tobago, Suriname, Peru and Ecuador. Management primarily uses a measure of adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) to assess the performance of the operating segments. However, information about the segments’ revenue, assets and liabilities are also submitted for review on a monthly basis. Page 36 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2025 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 216,487 158,045 - 374,532 Revenue from another operating segment 21,602 342 (21,558) 386 Total Income 238,089 158,387 (21,558) 374,918 Adjusted EBITDA 39,468 22,189 (6,463) 55,194 Finance costs (17,703) Depreciation (20,684) Amortisation (3,174) Unallocated EBITDA - Share of Investee’s profit 718 Profit before taxation 14,351 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (11,766) (8,918) - (20,684) Amortisation (286) (2,888) - (3,174) Income tax (8,252) (1,660) - (9,912) Segment assets- Total segment assets 284,690 257,335 (458,838) 83,187 Unallocated items 339,205 Total assets per statement of financial position 422,392 Capital expenditure 2,986 2,116 - 5,102 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 204,830 244,064 (398,616) 50,278 Unallocated items 294,984 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 345,262 Page 37 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 233,913 158,166 - 392,079 Revenue from another operating segment 15,339 337 (20,366) (4,690) Total Income 249,252 158,503 (20,366) 387,389 Adjusted EBITDA 23,676 27,880 (2,569) 48,987 Finance costs (18,430) Depreciation (17,441) Amortisation (2,884) Unallocated EBITDA 2,386 Profit before taxation 12,618 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (10,386) (7,055) - (17,441) Amortisation (286) (2,598) (2,884) Income tax (3,565) (1,591) 114 (5,042) Segment assets- Total segment assets 239,813 237,830 (380,101) 97,542 Unallocated items 302,174 Total assets per statement of financial position 399,716 Capital expenditure 2,306 4,072 - 6,378 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 175,217 226,053 (323,383) 77,887 Unallocated items 238,241 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 316,128 Page 38 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) Segment assets are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset. Segment liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These liabilities are allocated based on the operations of the segment. The parent entity is domiciled in Barbados. The amount of its revenue from external customers broken down by location of the customers is shown in table below. 202 5 2024 $’000 $’000 Barbados 18,992 20,676 Costa Rica 52,701 37,423 Dominican Republic 15,958 17,836 El Salvador 56,750 99,808 Guatemala 35,148 38,892 Honduras 24,704 20,110 Nicaragua 19,273 15,450 Panama 12,122 11,411 USA 7,841 5,848 Antilles 10,512 11,597 Jamaica 27,960 30,229 Trinidad 23,554 30,125 Guyana 8,518 5,920 Cayman 2,822 2,715 Antigua 731 696 Colombia 4,345 5,071 Suriname 1,233 2,180 Other 51,754 31,402 Total 374,918 387,389 The total of capital expenditure, broken down by location of the assets is shown in the table below. 202 5 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 240 240 Trinidad - 244 244 Costa Rica 1,443 - 1,443 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 908 908 Other 261 724 985 Total 2,986 2,116 5,102 Page 39 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 2,037 2,037 Trinidad - 974 974 Costa Rica 791 - 791 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 311 311 Other 233 750 983 Total 2,306 4,072 6,378 6. Revenue 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Business Solutions Sale of goods 310,839 330,420 Services 41,461 32,302 352,300 362,722 Lease Income 22,618 24,667 374,918 387,389 Revenue from contracts with customers is $352,300,000 (2024: $362,722,000). 2025 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2025 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 207,119 122,957 (21,558) 308,518 Over time 17,257 26,525 - 43,782 224,376 149,482 (21,558) 352,300 2024 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2024 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 212,881 117,599 (20,366) 310,114 Over time 23,913 28,695 - 52,608 236,794 146,294 (20,366) 362,722 Page 40 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 7. Other Income 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest income 1,769 1,999 Gain/ (loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment (179) 103 Negative Goodwill (Note a) - 1,150 Customer Deposits Write-back - 700 Miscellaneous 812 193 2,402 4,145 (a) This relates to the acquisition of Xerox Ecuador. (Note 35) Page 41 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 8. Expenses by Nature Total direct, selling, administration and other operating expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cost of inventories and cost related to services* 247,544 273,027 Impairment losses/(gains) on financial instruments 917 (223) Staff costs (Note 9) 48,573 43,811 Depreciation (Notes 13 and 14) * 10,630 9,470 Commission 6,905 6,895 Travel 5,180 5,433 Management fees 2,434 2,014 Telephone and communication 1,476 1,369 Transportation 801 803 Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 15) 3,174 2,884 Legal and professional fees 2,441 2,312 Occupancy costs 911 1,043 Bank charges 859 743 Auditor’s remuneration 1,940 1,251 Office supplies, printing and stationery 266 605 Repairs and maintenance 536 950 Advertising 324 450 Motor Vehicle Expenses 1,663 1,315 General Insurance 1,210 1,349 Other expenses 8,200 5,498 97,523 88,195 345,984 360,999 * Depreciation included in Cost of inventories and cost related to services amounts to $10,054,000 (2024: 7,971,000) for a total depreciation of $20,684,000 (2024: $17,441,000). Audit fees for the year ended 31 December 2025 totalled for the Group of $1,940,000 (2024: $1,251,000). Other fees paid to the auditor (and related network firms) for non-assurance services are not material. Page 42 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 9. Staff Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Staff costs that have been included in Selling general and administrative expenses (Note 8) 48,573 43,811 Staff costs that have been included in Direct expenses 17,101 11,031 65,674 54,842 Staff costs that have been included in direct expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 14,379 8,488 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 2,057 1,165 Redundancy costs 184 501 Other 481 877 17,101 11,031 Staff costs that have been included in selling, general and administrative expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 39,571 34,938 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 4,474 3,840 Pension costs – defined contribution 425 410 Redundancy costs 1,809 2,290 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 1,832 2,072 48,573 43,811 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 53,950 43,426 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 6,453 5,005 Pension costs – defined contribution 503 410 Redundancy costs 1,993 2,791 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 2,313 2,949 65,674 54,842 Page 43 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 10. Finance Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net foreign exchange losses (gains) 609 (371) Interest expense - Loans and lease liabilities 17,094 18,801 17,703 18,430 11. Taxation Taxation is based on profit for the year or, in some jurisdictions, the greater of a percentage of profit before tax or revenue adjusted for taxation purposes, and comprises: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current tax charge 6,384 5,920 Deferred tax charge (credit) (Note 18) 3,528 (878) 9,912 5,042 The tax on the profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the statutory tax rate as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit before tax 14,351 12,618 Tax calculated at domestic tax rate of 9% (2024: 9%) 1,292 1,136 Adjusted for the effects of: Different tax rates in other countries 4,935 5,087 Tax on net assets at 1% 128 137 Income not subject to tax (3,048) (2,324) Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 1,101 550 Other charges and credits 5,504 456 Tax charge 9,912 5,042 Page 44 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 11. Taxation (Continued) 2025 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries 260 - 260 Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE - - - Actuarial gains – termination benefits 54 - 54 Other comprehensive income 314 - 314 Deferred tax (Note 18) - 2024 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries (907) - (907) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE 716 - 716 Actuarial gains – termination benefits (96) - (96) Other comprehensive income (287) - (287) Deferred tax (Note 18) - 12. Earnings per Share 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the company 4,287 7,461 Profit attributable to preference shareholders (1,713) (1,289) Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders 2,574 6,172 Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000) 186,213 186,213 Total basic and diluted earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations. 1.38 3.31 Page 45 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13 . Property, Plant and Equipment The furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment category for the Group includes equipment held for leases. Lease contracts for these items are entered into with third parties, with periodic lease payments being 36 to 60 months. Items which are leased are transferred from inventory on commencement of the lease arrangements and are transferred back to inventory on termination of the lease arrangements. Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Exchange differences - 3 (107) - (21) (4) (129) Additions - 1,103 3,663 - 67 269 5,102 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 502 - 24 - 526 Transfers from inventory - 9,380 - - - 9,380 Disposals - (553) (241) - (24) - (818) Transfers to inventory - - (4,018) - - - (4,018) On revaluation - - - - - - - Transfer from CWIP* - 23 186 - - (374) (165) At 31 December 111 6,974 108,155 776 1,711 1,035 118,762 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Exchange differences - (3) (193) - (18) - (214) Charge for the year** - 819 13,800 - 162 - 14,781 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 171 - 24 - 195 On transfer to inventory - - (4,528) - - - (4,528) Relieved on disposals - (365) (230) - (2) - (597) At 31 December 24 3,771 77,600 - 1,261 - 82,656 Net Book Value - 87 3,203 30,555 776 450 1,035 36,106 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $10,054,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses. Page 46 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,739 88,464 60 1,822 514 97,710 Exchange differences - (197) (898) - (294) - (1,389) Additions - 422 4,960 - 121 875 6,378 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 2,217 - 24 - 2,241 Transfers from inventory - - 9,017 - - - 9,017 Disposals - (657) (290) - (70) - (1,017) Transfers to inventory - - (4,789) - - - (4,789) On revaluation - - - 716 - - 716 Transfer from CWIP* - 91 109 - 62 (245) 17 At 31 December 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,292 62,728 - 1,067 - 67,111 Exchange differences - (87) (222) - (214) - (523) Charge for the year** - 678 11,282 - 271 - 12,231 On transfer to inventory - - (4,918) - - - (4,918) Relieved on disposals - (563) (290) - (29) - (882) At 31 December 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Net Book Value - 87 3,078 30,210 776 570 1,144 35,865 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $7,971,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses. Page 47 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The amounts of equipment leased to customers and included in property, plant and equipment are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Equipment held for lease at cost 80,979 86,403 Accumulated depreciation (61,596) (66,856) Net book value 19,383 19,547 Equipment is ordinarily moved from inventory to docu-centers, printshops and internal use. Equipment from inventory is also placed under lease contracts. When the equipment is no longer assigned to a specific function, it is moved back to inventory at net book value. The most significant of these movements is for equipment held for lease which is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening net book value 19,547 16,502 Acquisition of subsidiaries (Note 35) - 1,870 Transfers from inventory during lease period 9,380 9,017 Depreciation charges (10,054) (7,971) Disposals – transfers to inventory upon expiry of lease (4,018) (4,789) Depreciation released 4,528 4,918 Closing net book value 19,383 19,547 Page 48 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The pieces of freehold land of the Group were independently revalued as at various dates during 2023 on the basis of open market value or other market comparable approaches by independent qualified valuators. The directors are of the view that there were no material changes in the value over the prior year for Freehold land. Fair value movements on freehold are recognised in OCI under other revaluation reserves, see Note 28. The following table analyses the non-financial assets carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:  Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, or directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2), and  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is unobservable inputs) (Level 3). Page 49 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) There were no transfers between levels during the year. Level 3 fair values of land and buildings have been derived using the sales comparison approach. Sales prices of comparable land and buildings in close proximity are adjusted for differences in key attributes such as property size. The most significant input into this valuation approach is price per square foot. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair values of land and buildings are disclosed in the tables below. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87 Fair value measurements at 31 December 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87 Page 50 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases : Right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 12,599 10,376 Equipment 2,596 2,308 Motor vehicles 74 118 15,269 12,802 Movement analysis is as follows: 2025 2024 $’000 $’000 At Cost/Valuation - At 1 January 32,312 28,876 Exchange differences (40) 266 Acquisition on subsidiaries (Note 35) - 109 Additions 10,207 5,804 Lease Expiry (4,737) (2,743) At 31 December 37,742 32,312 Amortisation - At 1 January 19,510 16,203 Exchange differences (9) 348 Relieved on lease expiry (2,931) (2,251) Charge for the year 5,903 5,210 At 31 December 22,473 19,510 Net book value At 31 December 15,269 12,802 Page 51 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (Continued) (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: Amortisation charge of right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 4,709 4,488 Equipment 1,105 623 Motor vehicles 89 99 5,903 5,210 Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: - the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability - any lease payments made at the commencement date less any lease incentives received Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life. Page 52 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement, Licenses \u0026 Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Year ended 31 December 2025 Opening net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 337 - - - 337 Exchange Difference - 1 - (2) (1) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (734) (184) (3,174) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 5 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Cost 86,952 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,684 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (12,827) (15,386) (6,993) (35,927) Closing net book value 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement Licenses \u0026 Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 Year ended 31 December 2024 Opening net book value 81,218 20,880 - 824 102,922 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 5,964 - 2,881 - 8,845 Adjustment (1,288) - - - (1,288) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (444) (184) (2,884) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 4 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Cost 86,615 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,347 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (10,572) (14,652) (6,807) (32,752) Closing net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Page 53 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15 . Intangible Assets (Continued) Amortisation charges have been included in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income. Impairment tests for goodwill The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis or when events or changes in the circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill is allocated. The recoverable amount is usually determined by reference to the value in use. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the CGU and also to choose an appropriate discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those future cash flows. The allocation of goodwill to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) as categorised by subsidiary is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 403 403 PBS Central America, S.A. 7,539 7,539 Mobay Holdings N. V. 4,256 4,256 Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 523 523 High Tech Corporation S.A. de C.V 2,957 2,957 PBS Technology Group Limited 62,655 62,655 Infotrans 1,438 1,438 PBS Peru 5,964 5,964 Regional Business Systems 337 - Other 159 159 86,231 85,894 The recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use pre- tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a 5-year period. Cash flows beyond the 5 th year are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2025 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2025 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 73.2% 2.0% 14.4% 20.56% PBS Central America S.A. 0.7% 3.4% 13.3% 20.96% Mobay Holdings N. V. 20.7% 1.7% 12.6% 20.70% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 24.6% 4.9% 16.7% 19.41% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.3% 15.2% 25.19% PBS Technology Group Limited 42.3% 3.1% 27.3% 22.25% Infotrans Group Holdings B.V. 39.1% 1.8% 14.9% 19.04% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.5% 12.1% 20.27% Regional Business Systems 174.7% 2.0% 16.6% 20.56% Page 54 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2024 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2024 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 11.4% 22.0% PBS Central America S.A. -10.0% 3.0% 9.2% 22.4% Mobay Holdings N. V. 13.7% 1.7% 16.0% 17.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5% 11.5% 24.9% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 14.3% 26.6% PBS Technology Group Limited 25.0% 3.0% 25.7% 24.1% Infotrans 50.0% 1.9% 11.8% 24.5% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 11.5% 21.4% The table below shows the change in key assumptions for value in use calculations that would result in the recoverable amount being equal to the carrying amount. This represents only the cash generating units for which the excess of the recoverable amounts over the carrying amounts of the CGUs was low. 202 5 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Mobay Holdings N.V. 20.7% -1.4% 11.9% 23.6% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.5% 15.2% 25.0% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.9% 12.2% 20.0% Regional Business Systems 174.7% -19.2% 9.7% 35.7% Page 55 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) 202 4 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 8.1% 22.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5.0% 10.4% 26.7% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 12.7% 27.0% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 12.7% 16.4% Page 56 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 16. Lease Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Gross investment in finance leases Not later than one year 12,292 4,538 Later than one year and not later than five years 6,130 8,966 18,422 13,504 Less: Unearned income (2,447) (3,939) 15,975 9,565 Net investment in finance leases may be classified as follows: Not later than one year 11,437 2,696 Later than one year and not later than five years 4,538 6,869 15,975 9,565 No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . 17. Long Term Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Print Spot S de R.L. (Note a) 22 91 Guarantee deposits for building rents (Note b) 87 111 Other (Note c) 660387******9589 The current portion of long-term receivables is $161,000 (2024: $38,000) and is recorded in Current Assets. No loss allowance was recorded for long-term receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . a) Print Spot S de R.L. The balance earns interest of 14% and matures in August 2027. b) Guarantee deposits for building rents These balances do not earn interest and they are guarantee deposits for the rent of buildings in Guatemala, Cayman, Panama and Nicaragua. They mature between February 2027 (renewables) and July 2029. c) Other The balance relates to amounts that are individually insignificant. These balances relate to equipment sales with terms between 13 months and up to 37 months. These are secured with promissory notes and earn interest between 10% and 21% and are guaranteed with a pledge on the financed equipment. Page 57 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 18. Deferred Income Taxes (a) Deferred income taxes are calculated in full on all temporary differences under the liability method and comprise: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Deferred Tax Asset 11,507 14,491 Deferred Tax Liability (6,570) (6,153) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (b) The movement on the deferred income tax assets balance for the year is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net asset at beginning of the year 8,338 7,971 Acquisition of subsidiaries - 89 (Charge) credit to profit and loss (Note 11) (3,528) 878 Exchange difference 127 (600) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment (843) (1,081) Provisions 2,117 7,034 Foreign exchange (losses)/gains (3) (29) Tax losses 3,621 2,600 Other 45 (186) 4,937 8,338 (d) The movement on the net deferred tax asset is attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment 125 (1,178) Provisions 66 (915) Tax losses (3,934) 1,144 Other 342 1,316 (3,401) 367 (e) Deferred income tax liabilities have not been established for withholding tax that would be payable on unremitted profits of subsidiaries as the amounts are permanently reinvested. Page 58 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances The following transactions were carried out with related parties: (a) Sale of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Sale of goods Other related parties 26 428 Goods are sold based on the price lists in force and terms that would be available to third parties. (b) Purchase of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Purchases of goods Other related parties 10 204 Transactions with other related parties. (c) Key management compensation Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive). The compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services is shown below: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 4,837 4,905 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 373 372 Pension benefits 33 33 Other 106 9 5,349 5,319 Directors’ fees 118 104 (d) Other transactions 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Parent Management fee expense 1,429 970 Other related parties Management fee expense 1,005 1,044 Interest Income (6) (2) Interest paid 50 3 Rental Expense 634 - 3,112 2,015 Page 59 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances (Continued) (e) Year end balances with related parties Balances with the parent company and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand and earn no interest. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Receivable from related parties: Parent 5,346 5,247 Fellow subsidiaries and shareholder 2,720 2,220 8,066 7,467 Payable to related parties: Parent 9,487 9,421 Fellow subsidiaries 4,252 2,887 13,739 12,308 20. Investment in Associates In January 18, 2024, Trinidad Systems Group Limited (“TSGL”), a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), completed the acquisition of 100% of the operations of Trinidad Systems Limited (“TSL”) for a total purchase price of TT$107,208,000.00 (US$15,765,882.35). The acquisition was financed through a combination of 50% cash and 50% debt. PBS participated in the ownership consortium of TSGL, securing a 45% equity stake. As a result, PBS contributed 45% of the cash portion of the purchase price, amounting to TT$24,121,800 (US$3,543,000). The debt portion, representing the remaining 50% of the purchase price, is solely the responsibility of TSGL. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 As at January 4,056 3,543 Share of net profit 718 513 At 31 December 4,774 4,056 Page 60 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 20. Investment in Associates (Continued) The associate’s year-end is 31 December. The summarized unaudited consolidated information for the associate and its subsidiary is presented below. The information disclosed reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of Trinidad Systems Group Limited and not the Group’s share of those amounts. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Statement of financial position: Total Assets 26,790 24,316 Total Liabilities (13,592) (11,254) Net Assets 13,198 13,062 Statement of comprehensive income: Revenues 22,501 22,243 Expenses (21,177) (21,127) Net Profit for the Year 1,324 1,116 21. Inventories 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Finished goods 57,311 47,625 Goods in transit 13,198 12,801 70,509 60,426 Less: Provision for obsolete stock (12,466) (11,842) 58,043 48,584 Cost of inventory recognised as an expense aggregating to $203,222,000 (2024: $232,404,000), were recognised in profit and loss. 22. Trade and Other Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade receivables 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (Note 3) (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Prepaid expenses 5,307 3,985 Current portion of Long-Term Receivable 77 273 Other (Note a) 24,355 13,484 127,296 105,760 a) Includes advances to vendors of $3,359,442 (2024: $852,000) and Sundry Debtors of $3,808,003 (2024: $5,992,202) Page 61 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 23. Cash and Bank 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The cash and bank balances disclosed for 2025 include restricted cash of $6,644,000 (2024: $6,131,000) The weighted average interest rate at the reporting date for short term bank deposits was 0.70% (2024: 0.70%) per annum. 24. Trade and Other Payables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade payables 58,348 48,628 Interest Payables 378 1,001 Accrued liabilities 15,792 20,860 Other 16,531 15,366 91,049 85,855 The carrying amounts of trade and other payables is a reasonable approximation to their fair values, due to their short-term nature. 25. Lease Liabilities The Group currently has long term lease agreements related to buildings, equipment, and motor vehicles. (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Lease liabilities Current 6,998 6,441 Non-current 17,988 15,465 24,986 21,906 (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest expense (included in finance cost) 1,353 1,580 Expenses relating to short term leases or low value underlying assets (included in selling, general and administrative expenses) 1,178 1,835 2,531 3,415 The total cash outflow for leases in 2025 was $ 9,723,000 (2024: $10,699,000). Page 62 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 25. Lease Liabilities (Continued) (iii) Incremental borrowing rate For the incremental borrowing rate, the Group: - Where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by bankers as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received, and - Makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security. - The weighted average incremental borrowing rate for the Group in 2024 and 2025 was determined to be 7%. (iv) Lease payments Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. (v) Extension and termination options Extension and termination options are included in a number of leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. As at 31 December 2025, potential future cash outflows of $18,867,000 (2024: $14,702,000) (undiscounted) have not been included in the lease liability because it is not reasonably certain that the leases will be extended (or not terminated). The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee. During the current financial year, the financial effect of revising lease terms to reflect the effect of exercising extension and termination options was nil. Page 63 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Short term loans – (a) Citibank 12,000 - (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. 2,860 2,274 (c) First Citizens 1,700 1,500 (d) Quedex 1,129 - (e) Davivienda 762 1,088 (f) Banco Popular Dominicano 540 400 (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú 254 - (h) Lafise - 679 19,245 5,941 Current portion of non-current borrowings 14,250 10,633 Total Current Borrowings 33,495 16,574 Non-Current Borrowings – (i) Citibank 135,469 120,926 (j) JCSD Preference Shares 16,701 16,582 (k) Xerox 6,875 9,375 (l) Davivienda 3,060 3,006 (m) National Commercial Bank 1,672 2,190 (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies 1,320 1,232 (o) First Citizens 489 934 (p) BICSA 324 341 (q) Banco de Bogotá 134 62 (r) Banistmo 99 428 (s) ASEPBS 99 - (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies - 72 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 Current portion of non-current borrowings (14,250) (10,633) Total Non-Current Borrowings 151,992 144,515 Total Borrowings 185,487 161,089 Page 64 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) The exposure of the group’s borrowings to interest rate changes and the contractual re-pricing dates at the end of the reporting period are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 0-12 months 33,495 16,574 1-5 years 151,992 144,515 185,487 161,089 The carrying amounts and fair value of the non-current borrowings are as follows: Carrying amount Fair value 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Loans 135,468 123,858 138,367 137,374 Redeemable preference shares 16,701 17,000 17,000 17,000 Other 14,073 14,290 14,073 17,674 166,242 155,148 169,440 172,048 The Group’s undrawn borrowing facilities as of December 2025 is $12,837,000 (2024: $15,000,000). Page 65 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Short term loans (a) Citibank N.A. This represents three unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of SOFR plus a margin of 3.9% per annum with due dates between March 18 and June 18, 2026. (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. This represents four unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of between 10.20% and 10.99% per annum with due dates between January 20 and March 11, 2026. (c) First Citizens This represents loans which attracts interest of 8% per annum and mature in June 2026. (d) Quedex This represents a loan which attracts interest of 12% per annum and mature in March 2026. (e) Davivienda This represents an unsecured loan to finance working capital bearing interest of 9.30% per annum and maturing March 2026. (f) Banco Popular Dominicano This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on June 30, 2026. (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú This represents a short-term loan which attracts interest of 6.57% per annum and matures on June 19, 2026. (h) Lafise This represented three fiduciary loans to finance working capital, bearing interest between 9.5% and 10% per annum and which matured between January 25 and June 29, 2025. Non-Current Borrowings (i) Citibank This facility was granted in June 2024. The credit agreement was signed by Citibank as Administrative and Collateral Agent, and with Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A., First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G\u0026T Continental, S.A. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners. The facility also grants the group access to incremental loans on which the same terms and conditions as the initial disbursement apply. The group accessed the first tranche of $12,500,000 on December 8, 2025 and the second of $8,000,000 on December 26, 2025. It matures in June 2030 and attracts an interest base rate of 3.4% plus a Term SOFR CME – 6 month rate, which results in an All-in rate of 7% at December 2025. Payments of principal and interests are to be paid in variable installments payments, in a semi-annual basis. Such semi annual amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth. The deferred financing charges offset against the loan amount is $2,588,432. Page 66 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Guarantor companies are PBS Technology Group Limited, Productive Business Solutions (Central America), S.A., Productive Business Solutions Caribbean Limited, Dorada Management Inc., Productive Business Solutions (Guatemala), S.A., Productive Business Solutions El Salvador, S.A. de C.V., High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions Honduras, S.A. de C.V., Hight Tech Consulting, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions (Nicaragua), S.A., Productive Business Solutions (Costa Rica), S.A., and Productive Business Solutions (Panamá), S.A.. (j) JCSD Preference Shares This represents 17,000,000 Redeemable Cumulative Preference Shares in United States dollars (US$) entitled to a fixed preferential cumulative cash dividend of 8.25% US$ per annum. These preference shares issued in June 2024, mature in June 2028 and are mandatorily redeemable by the Company on this date. The deferred finance charges offset against the loan amounts to $298,790 The Preference Shares may not be redeemed by the Company until after the second anniversary of issue thereof. Thereafter the Voluntary Redemption Payment shall be the aggregate of (i) repayment in US$ of the Redemption Price; (ii) any arrears or accruals of the cumulative preferential dividend on the Preference Shares, whether declared or earned, or not, calculated down to the date of such repayment. (k) Xerox PBS Group acquired Xerox companies in Peru and Ecuador and signed a 4-year unsecured promissory note on July 1, 2024 issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 26, 2024. Principal and interest of 7% per annum are to be paid on a quarterly basis, total of 16 quarterly instalments that ends in June 2028. (l) Davivienda This represents two loans to finance working capital at 9.75% and 15.24% interest rate per annum and are due on May 24, 2027 and December 12, 2028, respectively. (m) NCB - National Commercial Bank This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 11.75% annual, due on October 19, 2028. All of this loan is disclosed as current portion of non-current borrowing given a breach in the corresponding financial covenants of the affiliate that holds the debt. (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies This represents the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of Infotrans subsidiaries in Aruba, Bonaire, Colombia and Curacao, maturing in May 2027. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non-current borrowings. The balance purchase price was set in four equal instalments of six hundred thousand united state dollars, each payable on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of completion of the sale which took place on June 12, 2023. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non- current borrowings. (o) FCIT - First Citizens This represents an unsecured loan facility granted in TT Dollars which attracts interest of 7.5% per annum, maturing on January 11, 2027. (p) BICSA – Banco Internacional de Costa Rica, S.A. This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 9% annual, due on September 15, 2028. (q) Banco de Bogotá This represents two loans which attracts interest of 12.72% and 12.03% per annum and maturing on January 17, 2027, and December 04, 2027. Page 67 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) (r) Banistmo – Banco del Istmo This represents an unsecured loan which attracts interest of 7.9% per annum and due date is on March 28, 2027. (s) ASEPBS – Asociación Solidarista de Empleados de PBS This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on November 01, 2027. (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies This represented the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of High-Tech subsidiaries in El Salvador and Honduras which matured in July 2025. 27. Share Capital 202 5 202 4
Skip to main content
Abeng Radio·Live news
0 listening
Jamaica Stock Exchange

Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

Kingston
Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS is a solutions-oriented, customer-focused technology group that combines a wide range of services, top-tier professionals, and cutting-edge products to offer customized systems and tools for organizations in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. Under the concept of “Engineering & Technology,” PBS operates through a model in which they work together to transform ideas into functional, scalable, and strategic solutions. Engineering acts as the core capability for designing, integrating, and executing complex systems with a long-term vision, while technology serves as the enabler that accelerates results and turns innovation into real impact. This approach reinforces PBS as a reliable partner in solutions integration, focused on helping clients improve the efficiency of their business processes while delivering measurable and sustainable results. “No Limits” defines how PBS thinks and operates: without technical, geographical, or industry boundaries. It reflects a commitment to flexibility, continuous innovation, and the ability to anticipate and solve challenges through tailored solutions that drive efficiency and growth across diverse markets and industries. 03

We are committed to our customers. We work with exceptional people. PBS Costa Rica Building, Plaza Roble, Los Balcones, 3rd Floor 05

We represent world leaders in the technology industry to provide the best solutions and services in our market. 06

Table of Contents Notice of an Annual General Meeting 08 Director’s Report 09 Corporate Information 10 Our Values 11 Acquisitions and Incorporations 13 Our Coverage 14 PBS Business Lines 15 Shareholders Profile 17 Shareholding of Directors 23 Chairman Message 24 CEO Letter 26 Group Board of Directors 32 Board Committees 37 Senior Regional Leadership Team 44 Regional Leadership Team 45 Senior in Country Leadership 47 Consolidated Financial Statements 49 PROXY FORM 51 Corporate Governance Policy 141 07

Notice of an Annual General Meeting NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the NINTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of PRODUCTIVE BUSINESS SOLUTIONS LIMITED will be held at their offices at General Accident Insurance Company Jamaica Limited, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, St. Andrew, Jamaica as well as virtually, on September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am to consider and if thought fit pass the following ordinary resolutions: A member of the Company entitled to attend and vote, is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote in his or her stead. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. Proxy forms must be submitted to the Company's Registrar and Transfer Agent, Jamaica Central Securities Depository, 40 Harbour Street, Kingston, Jamaica not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting. Proxy forms must be stamped with a J$100.00 postage stamp. Shareholders will be able to attend the meeting in person; however they will also be able to attend and vote on resolutions raised at the AGM electronically once they are registered by contacting [email protected]. Non-Shareholders can also register using the same email address. Upon registration, a confirmation will be sent and the meeting link and password will be shared closer to the meeting. The deadline for registration is September 2, 2026. P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board a. “THAT Deloitte & Touche having indicated their willingness to continue in office be re-appointed as Auditors for the ensuing year.” b. “THAT the Directors are hereby authorized to agree on a remuneration for the Auditors.” 6. RATTIFICATION OF DIVIDEND PAYMENTS “THAT the following dividend payments made during the year be ratified and that no other dividend payments were approved for the period under review”: “THAT dividend payments made to the: 9.25% and 10.50% preference shareholders on April 15, 2025, June 30, 2025, and September 30, 2025 of US$0.23125 per share and J$25.890411 per share respectively Common shareholders on February 10, 2025 and December 31, 2025 of US$0.0349 and US$0.0161 per share respectively TO TRANSACT ANY OTHER BUSINESS THAT MAY BE PROPERLY TRANSACTED AT AN ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING Dated this 4th day of August, 2026 BY ORDER OF THE BOARD 1. AUDITED ACCOUNTS “THAT the audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025, and the reports of the Directors’ and Auditors’ be and are hereby adopted.” 2. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS Pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 the Directors retiring from office by rotation are Jose Misrahi, Ricardo Hutchinson and Thomas Agnew, who being eligible offered themselves for re-election. The proposed resolutions are as follows: a. “THAT Jose Misrahi be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” b. “THAT Ricardo Hutchinson be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” c. “THAT Thomas Agnew be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” 3. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTOR Pursuant to Section 4.3.2 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 Mr. Eduardo Rodriguez who was appointed by the Board of Directors on June 8, 2026 resigned and being eligible offered himself for re-election. “THAT Eduardo Rodriguez be re-elected as a Director of the Company” 4. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION “THAT the amount shown for the Directors’ remuneration in the Audited Accounts dated December 31, 2025 be and is hereby approved.” 5. APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS AND FIX THEIR REMUNERAION 08

Submitted on behalf of the Board of Directors, P. B. Scott Chai rman of the Board The Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited submit herewith their Annual Report and Audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025 The Board of Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited exercises its responsibilities for the Financial Statements included in this Report through its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee consists of non-executive Board members: Brian Wynter Chairperson, Melanie Subratie, Ricardo Hutchinson, Thomas Agnew, and Executive Board member: Jose Misrahi. The independent auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee. The Group ended the year with a profit after tax of US$4,439,000 and a net profit attributable to shareholders of US$4,287,000. Details of these results, along with a comparison with the previous year’s performance and the state of affairs of the Company, are set out in the Management Discussion and Analysis and the Financial Statements which are included as part of the Report. The Directors wish to express their appreciation to the employees for their loyal services throughout the year. The Directors will meet to consider the appointment of Auditors in accordance with applicable regulations. Finan ci al R e sults A u di t or s Legal Representatives Emp l oyee s Director’s Report 09

Full Corporate Name Productive Business Solutions Limited R egis t ered Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust r ial Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Incorpor at ed December 1 6, 2010 Fiscal Year End December 31 , 2023 Administr ati ve Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust ri al Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Law under which incorpor at ed Barbados Compan y Sec reta ry Liza Ha rr id y al & Associates Tel.: 246-417-5600 Fax.: 246-421-8001 Legal Representatives DUNNCOX 48 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLINTON & HART & CO 58 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLARKE, GITTENS, FARMER Parker House, Wildey Business Park Wildey Road, St. Michael, Barbados M. HAMEL-SMITH & CO. Eleven Albion, Cor. Dere & Albion Streets P.O. Box 219, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad & Tobago W.I. Corporate Information PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS SRL The Financial Services Centre Bishop's Court's Hill P.O. Box 111, St. Michael BB 14004, Barbados Auditors Deloitte & Touche 3rd Floor The Goddard Building Hoggatt Hall St. Michae BB11059 Barbados, W.I. 10

Corporate Governance Policy 11

Corporate Governance Policy OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHARTER WAS ESTABLISHED IN 2010 AND REVISED IN 2025. THE CHARTER CAN BE SEEN IN MORE DETAIL ON THE COMPANY'S WEBSITE WWW.PBS.GROUP 12

Our Values We collaborate in everything we do. We maintain excellent communication with our customers to always understand their needs. The primary factor that enables us to make things happen. We demonstrate these qualities daily to enhance our working environment. We guarantee justice and fairness to all stakeholders, both internal and external. We uphold our business integrity as an ethical framework that guides our professional conduct, acting with integrity to earn the trust of our customers and employees. INTEGRITY TEAMWORK COMMUNICATION DISCIPLINE HUMILITY & SPIRIT OF SERVICE RESPECT FOR INDIVIDUALS 13

Acquisitions and Incorporations 200320******2009 201020******2002 200420******2010 201720******2024 14

191151******2034 151412******2223 Our Coverage Our regional group is made up of: 1. PBS Antigua, 2. PBS Aruba, 3. PBS Barbados, 4. PBS Belize, 5. PBS Cayman Business Machines, 6. PBS Colombia, 7. PBS Costa Rica, 8. PBS Curaçao, 9. PBS Dominican Republic, 10. PBS El Salvador, 11. Global Product Alliance Inc., 12. PBS Guatemala, 13. PBS Guyana, 14. PBS Honduras, 15. PBS San Pedro Sula, 16. PBS Jamaica, 17. PBS Nicaragua, 18. PBS Panama, 19. PBS Suriname, 20. PBS Trinidad & Tobago, 21. PBS Bonaire, 22. PBS Ecuador, 23. PBS Peru, and 24. PBS Dominica. 15

5 6 7 4 3 2 1 PBS Cayman Business Machines PBS Colombia PBS Costa Rica PBS Belize PBS Barbados PBS Aruba Pbs Dorada Technologies Antigua The Cayman Center Suite 1&2 Dorcy Drive, George Town Tel: 1-345-949-8642 [email protected] Centro empresarial El Dorado Plaza Calle 26 No. 85D Local - Modulo 7 Bogotá, Colombia Tel: 57 601 743 3281 [email protected] Plaza Roble, Edificio Balcones, piso 3. San Rafael de Escazú, San José Costa Rica. Tel: 506 4404 8000 Tel: 506 4404 8132 [email protected] 13 Douglas Jones Street Belize City, Belize C.A. Tel: 501 227-0823 / 0824 Facey House 42 Warrens Industrial Park Warrens, St Michael, Barbados Tel: 246 417 5600 Fax: 246 4218001 [email protected] Caya G.F. Betico Croes 170 Oranjestad, Aruba Tel: 297 582 5492 [email protected] Mandolin Place, Friars Hill Road, St. John's, Antigua Tel: (268) 481 1101 Fax: (268) 481 1144 8 PBS Curaçao Schottegatweg Oost 2 Willemstad, Curaçao Tel: +599 97241300 [email protected] 9 PBS Dominican Republic Av. Winston Churchill, Edificio Empresarial Blue Mall, Piso 22 Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic Tel: +809 567 8231 Fax: +809 472 0915 [email protected] 13 14 12 11 10 PBS Guyana PBS Honduras PBS Guatemala Global Product Alliance Inc. GPA PBS El Salvador Lot 2 Goedverwagting, Rupert Craig Highway, East Coast Demerara Tel: (592) 226 1066 [email protected] Tegucigalpa, Boulevard Morazán, edificio Agalta, piso 21 Tel: +504 2244 9870 al 79 [email protected] 23 Avenida 31-13, Zona 5 Ciudad de Guatemala, Guatemala Tel: 502 2420 9500 Whatsapp +502 5456 6479 [email protected] GPA 11411 NW 107th Street, Suite 24, Miami FL 33178 USA. Tel. 1(305) 477 2426 [email protected] Oficinas administrativas: Av. De La Revolución, San Salvador, Torre Plaza Presidente, piso #16. Tel: +503 2239 3000 cel.: +503 7039-9308 [email protected] 15 16 PBS San Pedro Sula PBS Jamaica San Pedro Sula, Barrio Los Andes, 16 Ave. 6 y 7 calle N.O. Edificio Metropark, Piso # 8, Local 804 Tel: +504 2512 2500 al 09 [email protected] Unit 1, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, Jamaica Tel: 876 926 5630-2 Fax: 876 929 5372 SD: 876-968-6197-9 [email protected] 18 17 PBS Panama PBS Nicaragua Calle 50 y 58 Este Obarrio, P.H. Office One, Piso 16 Panamá City, Panamá Tel: + 507 204 9900 Fax: +507 204 9902 [email protected] Rotonda el Güegüense. 400 mts al Sur, 100 mts al Oeste. Managua, Nicaragua Tel: 505 2255 9020 Fax: 505 2255 9030 [email protected] 20 19 21 PBS Trinidad and Tobago PBS Suriname PBS Bonaire Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 / (868) 609 7278 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 [email protected] Van Roosmalenstraat 11 Tel: (597) 551262 [email protected] Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 22 PBS Ecuador Av. Amazonas N35-17 y Juan Pablo Sanz Edificio Xerox Piso 7 Tel: (593) 993337829 [email protected] 23 24 PBS Perú N2N Distributors - Dominica Av las Begonias 441 torre C piso 10, San Isidro - Lima) Tel: (51) 1 616 6666 [email protected] N2N Distributors 33Kennedy Avenue Roseau, Dominica. Tel: (767) 448-2679 25 26 PBS St. Kitts BVI (British Virgin Islands) Unit 9, The Sands, P.O. Box 397 Bay Road, Basseterre St. Kitts. Tel: (869) 466-2018 Jayla Place, Road Town Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Tel: (284) 494-5030 Corporate Information 16

PBS 7 Business Lines IMAGING NETWORKING COMMUNICATIONS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ADVANCED SERVICES INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY SYSTEMS PAYMENT METHODS 17

Vertical Markets GRAPHIC ARTS FINANCE GOVERNMENT & EDUCATION MANUFACTURING, RETAIL & DISTRIBUTION OIL, ENERGY & MINING TELCOS BPO TRANSPORTATION & HOSPITALITY 18

AVAILABLE AT PBS Xerox ® Proficio ® PX300 NEW! A winning formula from the ground up. 19 New generation of production print. Xerox® Proficio® PX300 Printer

Our Partners & Certifications We are transforming as a company to assist in enabling information technologies to empower our clients to gain a competitive edge and accomplish their business objectives. 20

Mimaki's latest integrated printer / cutter offers new levels of creativity and versatility with vibrant ink types, including the new Silver, Orange and Light Black. The CJV300 Series achieves the highest print speeds in its class, with innovative technologies ensuring unparalleled production quality for signboard artists, graphic professionals and printers. Integrated printing and cutting, high speed CJV300-160 21

Oracle Exadata The High-Performance Data Engine Delivering ultra-fast performance, scalability, and reliability for mission-critical enterprise workloads 22

10 Largest Shareholders by Number of Shares 100908******0302 01 612,721 General Accident Insurance Co 663,473 Courtney Sylvester 1,087,308 Jose Misrahi 1,632,140 Portland Fund II Co-invest Partnership 3,230,166 NCB Capital Markets (Cayman) Ltd 5,485,214 Pedro M. Paris 6,330,663 Portland Caribbean Fund II Barbados L.P. 34,264,960 Portland Caribbean Fund II L.P. 45,164,017 Musson (Jamaica) Limited 84,181,818 Facey Group Limited Shareholders Profile 23

Shareholding of Executives P. B. Scott - 129,958,556 Blondell Walker - 45,164,017 Douglas Hewson - 42,227,763 Edward Ince - - Jose Misrahi 1,087,308 - Melanie M. Subratie - 129,958,556 Patrick A.W. Scott - 45,164,017 Pedro M. París 5,485,214 - Ricardo Hutchinson - 42,227,763 Tomas Agnew - - Brian Wynter - - Nicholas Scott - 45,164,017 PERSONAL CONNECTED Marco Antonio Almendárez Cisneros 363,600 Leonardo Jesus Velasquez Foucault 163,171 Elvin Howard Nash 142,700 Sergio Roberto Molina Barrios 127,200 Mario Estuardo Pons Espana 90,900 Francisco Lupiac Rodríguez 87,639 Lucia Vielman Ruíz 49,972 Shareholding of Directors 24

P. B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board 25

Dear Fellow Shareholders, 2025 has been a year that has tested our resolve and, in doing so, has demonstrated the depth of the organization we have built. Against a backdrop of macroeconomic headwinds, tightening capital markets, and an accelerating pace of technological change, PBS has continued to advance. While our financial results reflect the complexity of the environment in which we operate, they also reflect a business that is maturing, adapting, and positioning itself with intention for the years ahead. Revenue for 2025 came in at US$374.9 million against a budget of US$425 million. We do not normally discuss publicly our budgets but in this case I believe it is important to contextualize our own expectation. This shortfall, while meaningful, must be understood in its proper context. Several large government technology projects across our region experienced procurement delays beyond our control, and currency volatility in certain markets impacted reported figures. Despite this, we achieved EBITDA of US$55.2 million an increase on the $50.9m of 2024 but below our budget of US$59m. Our gross margin improved to 34%, up from budget, demonstrating that the discipline we have applied to our cost of sales is taking hold. Our net profit for the year was US$4.3 million. This is not satisfactory and materially different from our own expectations of US$13.6m. The biggest driver of this differential being our tax charge of US$9.9m an effective tax rate of 69%! This is an area management is actively addressing through improved tax planning across our 24-country footprint and we hope to implement structural improvements in 2026. There are four elements that are the key ingredients to PBS’s success today: our people, our capital structure, our systems, our partners - the same foundational pillars I have returned to in prior years, because they remain the determinants of our long-term success. People PBS is, at its core, a people business. Every solution we deliver, every client relationship we maintain, every market we penetrate — all of it flows from the capability of our 3,000-plus professionals across the region. In 2024 we spoke of the urgent need to develop a methodology that makes us a magnet for talent. In 2025 we made meaningful progress. The PBS University platform is still a work in progress. We have to get this right. We have to focus on it to get it right. It has expanded its Chairman message 26

curriculum, and we have introduced structured certification pathways aligned to our key technology partnerships. This is not simply a human resources initiative. It is a strategic imperative. As we grow, the complexity of what we are asked to execute grows with it. We must ensure that our organization scales in quality, not merely in headcount. We expect the organization will revolve over time and we are actively taking steps to plan for the future. Retention remains a challenge in certain markets where the demand for skilled IT professionals continues to outpace supply. We are combating this through a combination of compensation benchmarking, career development investment, and a deliberate effort to build a culture of belonging. Our ability to attract people who share our values — integrity, execution, and client focus — will define the next chapter of PBS as surely as any product or partnership we could announce. Capital When we speak of capital at PBS, we are speaking about something far more nuanced than a balance sheet line. Ours is a business in which the cash cycle for a given solution can range from immediate payment to a five-year financing arrangement. The timing of projects often need to be aligned with availability of capital. In addition the funding of projects often leads to funded debt being incurred before cashflows are delivered thus covenants need to be managed. We operate across multiple currencies, with varying regulatory environments governing the movement of funds across borders. Managing this complexity is one of the most demanding aspects of what we do. Ensuring the ongoing funding of our business is like the provision of oxygen to the pilots of a plane in the air, it is an essential ingredient in getting to the destination. In 2024, I was pleased to report the refinancing of our capital market obligations with a new six-year facility. In 2025, the discipline instilled through that process has served us well. Our balance sheet remains fundamentally sound, and our committed growth capital provides the runway we need to pursue the opportunities that are emerging across the region. The integration of the Xerox operations in Peru and Ecuador, undertaken in 2024, has progressed as planned and is contributing to our expanded footprint. Our strategic investment in TSL continues to develop, and we are monitoring additional acquisition opportunities with the same rigour we apply to our organic growth. Systems 27

I would be remiss not to address again the importance of our internal systems and governance. In 2023, we experienced material misstatements in our Costa Rica subsidiary that delayed our audit. I reported then that we had implemented significant changes to personnel and governance. I am pleased to report that the integrity of our financial reporting across the group has been maintained in 2025 and that the controls we put in place are functioning as intended. We will strive to continue to improve our systems to ensure accuracy as well as expediency in reporting. However expediency must never compromise accuracy. We continue to invest in the technology infrastructure that supports our operations. Shared service functions in accounting and administration are becoming more sophisticated. The balance between local responsiveness and central efficiency is a tension that every multi-jurisdictional business must manage continuously, and we are no different. What I can say with confidence is that our systems today are materially stronger than they were three years ago, and our commitment to making them stronger still remains absolute. Partners Without people, capital and systems, PBS would not be able to do anything. However without partnerships with the leading IT companies in the world we would not be able to add the value we do to our customers. PBS works with almost every global leader in IT. We take this privilege very seriously. Every day we work with our partners to execute projects in our markets that are essential to the economic development of our countries. It is our job to facilitate the seamless execution of such projects in Imaging, Information technology, networking communications, professional services, security systems and payment methods servicing the backbone to our economies. Throughout this annual report you will see reference to our partners who over the last 24 years we have built up credibility and trust. We exist to provide seamless execution for them in order to deliver customer satisfaction through productive solutions to our customers. I would like to thank all of our partners for their support in 2025 and we look forward to working together in 2026. Looking Forward As we look to 2026 and beyond, the opportunity before PBS has never been greater. The markets we serve — across the Caribbean, Central America, and now into South America — are at an inflection point in their technology adoption curves. Governments are investing in digital public infrastructure. Enterprises are accelerating their 28

managed services requirements. Artificial Intelligence (AI) is going to transform everything. Every business will need to assess how AI will work for them in their business. The demand for the kind of deep, locally-grounded IT expertise that PBS has spent 24 years building is real, and it is growing. Our task is to ensure that we are the organization capable of capturing it. We will continue to scale responsibly, to deepen our client partnerships, and to invest with discipline in the capabilities that matter. We are not simply a distribution business that sells technology. We are a solutions organization that transforms how our clients operate. That distinction is the foundation of everything we have built, and it is the source of our confidence in what lies ahead. On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Doug Hewson who resigned from the board in 2025. He has been on the board since we went public and has been an important contributor to the board. We wish him the best and are grateful for his contributions to PBS. I extend our sincere appreciation to every member of the PBS team. The results of 2025 - both the achievements and the shortfalls - are yours. So too is the opportunity that 2026 represents. I thank our shareholders for their continued confidence in the strategy and the leadership of this organization. We are building something of genuine and lasting significance, and we remain committed to doing so with the integrity and intensity that has always defined PBS. Warm regards, P.B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board Productive Business Solutions Limited 29

The Xerox VersaLink B405 is a reliable monochrome multifunction printer designed for small and medium-sized workgroups. It delivers print, copy, scan, fax, and email capabilities in a compact and efficient device. With print speeds of up to 45 pages per minute, support for A4 paper size, and a recommended monthly volume of up to 15,000 pages, the VersaLink B405 helps businesses improve productivity while maintaining professional-quality output and secure document management. Multifunctional Xerox ® VersaLink ® B405 30

31 PEDRO M. PARÍS Group CEO

CEO Letter Dear Fellow Shareholders, Our Chairman has spoken to the financial results of 2025 with characteristic candor. What I want to address here is what those results represent strategically and what we are building toward. We are at a rare inflection point: artificial intelligence, cloud infrastructure, and the obsolescence of legacy systems are reshaping every market we serve. Disruption creates pressure, but it also creates demand and PBS is well positioned to capture it. We Do Not Sell Technology. We Engineer Outcomes. This moment also marks a meaningful evolution in how we define ourselves. We have embraced a new identity: Engineering & Technology No Limits. It is not a marketing exercise. It is a declaration of intent the standard we set for ourselves in the complexity of the problems we take on, the quality of the solutions we deliver, and the boundaries we refuse to accept. What differentiates PBS is not the products we represent it is how we think. We are a systems integrator that excels at building backwards from the client's desired outcome, assembling the precise combination of capabilities each engagement demands. Our active role in project finance further sets us apart, enabling us to structure and deliver solutions that go well beyond the scope of a traditional technology provider. We renew our most enduring client relationships not through inertia, but by consistently delighting them transforming contracts into long-term franchises. And we are now applying that same ingenuity inward: automation and AI agents are actively reducing our own operational costs, improving margins as we scale. Most Important Partners of the PBS Ecosystem Our partner ecosystem is one of our most powerful assets. PBS works alongside Oracle, Cisco, NCR Atleos, NCR Voyix, Xerox, Leidos, and others as their trusted regional execution partner relationships built over decades that are not easily replicated. In 2026 we are going deeper: a unified PBS Consulting under a dedicated regional director sharpens our Oracle go-to-market; Cisco anchors our networking and security practice; NCR Atleos and NCR Voyix lead our financial self-service presence; and Leidos strengthens our positioning in mission-critical solutions. Xerox remains one of our most enduring partnerships. Our CMPS penetration rate of 32

79.3% across PBS Group is a tangible proof point of that trust. As Xerox expands into digital services and IT solutions and as we work to incorporate the strategic developments following the Lexmark acquisition we see clear opportunity ahead. These are not simply vendor relationships. They are proof points of our standing in the global technology community. Artificial Intelligence: From Pilot to Practice PBS has entered the world of agentic AI not as a concept we are studying, but as a capability we are deploying. In late 2025, we led a proof of concept with a major regional bank that combined advanced data warehouse migration engineering from Microsoft SQL Server to Oracle with artificial intelligence. The engagement demonstrated PBS's unique ability to bridge deep infrastructure expertise with emerging AI capabilities: an outcome neither a pure vendor nor a traditional integrator could achieve alone. This is where PBS is building its next frontier. Governments modernizing public infrastructure, financial institutions transforming core systems, enterprises navigating digital change all face environments of growing complexity. AI-powered solutions that address mission-critical use cases, reduce operational risk, and close gaps left by legacy obsolescence represent a genuine and growing opportunity. We are building those competencies today. THE ORGANIZATION WE ARE BUILDING In 2026, PBS has strengthened its senior leadership with targeted additions designed to deepen expertise and expand regional capacity. Our culture of collaboration sharing talent, resources, and best practices across 24 markets compounds as a competitive advantage. Central to this model is a pool of high-caliber specialists: forward deployed engineers, solution architects, and domain experts deployed with precision across geographies. A solution proven in Honduras can be deployed in Jamaica. A capability built in Peru can serve Colombia. This is something our local competitors cannot match in scale, and our global competitors cannot match in regional depth. Turnaround and the Opportunity Ahead Our 24-market footprint is both a risk management discipline and a growth engine. We are entering new markets to consolidate our regional position and reduce concentration risk. Simultaneously, we are focused on unlocking value within our 33

current footprint: our operations in Panama, Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru markets where our presence was built on imaging and where we are now accelerating into higher-value technology services represent meaningful turnaround opportunities. The adjustments now underway will, we believe, generate contributions that meaningfully enhance shareholder value. We view them as investments in progress, and we are confident in the path forward. What Lies Ahead The demand for what PBS does deep, locally grounded, end-to-end technology execution has never been greater. We have been building toward this moment for more than two decades. Our partnerships, our people, and our culture have been assembled with exactly this horizon in mind. The work ahead is significant. The opportunity is larger still. To our shareholders: we remain committed to rewarding your confidence with discipline, integrity, and the intensity that has always defined this organization. Warm regards, PEDRO M. PARÍS C. Group CEO Productive Business Solutions Limited 34

P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board Pedro M. París Director, Group CEO P.B. Scott is the CEO, Chairman and Principal Shareholder of the Musson Group. Over the last two decades, P.B. Scott has conceptualised and led the expansion of the Musson Group from a Jamaican consumer wholesale distribution business to a diversified group operating in 30 countries. The Group is a leader across the Caribbean in food, pharmaceuticals, information technology, and insurance. The Musson Group includes leading businesses such as The PBS Group, Seprod Limited, General Accident Insurance, and A.S. Brydens & Sons. He has served as CEO of Musson since 2004. Today the Musson Group has a turnover in excess of US$1.6 billion annually and over 7,000 employees. In addition to his private sector contributions, P.B. Scott has committed a significant amount of time to public service. He is the chairman of the Development Bank of Jamaica and has led multiple enterprise teams to divest government assets. In 2023, he was awarded 'the Order of Jamaica for his exceptional contribution to the Business Industry, Investment, and Philanthropy in Jamaica and the Caribbean. Mr. Pedro M. París has been with PBS since 2003, He has held several management positions, in 2006 he was named COO for Central America. Mr. París was appointed Group CEO at the end of 2009. He is responsible for the vision, strategy and execution of the day-to-day operations. He is also a member of the Management Governance and Executive Committees. Mr. París worked 18 years for IBM-GBM (an IBM alliance), where he held several senior management positions across the business. Mr. París studied Business Administration at the Universidad Autónoma Centro America, Costa Rica. Group Board of Directors 37

Mr. Hutchinson currently works with Portland Private Equity (“PPE”) as Vice President – Investments, with responsibility for leading investment transactions throughout the region. He has more than 13 years of experience in the regional finance industry working with several top financial institutions. Prior to joining PPE, Ricardo held the role of Associate Director – Investment Banking with a leading regional commercial bank. He holds a Master of Science degree in Economics from the University of the West Indies and is a CFA Charter holder. *Ricardo Hutchinson Non-Executive Director Group Board of Directors *Independent Director Mr. Agnew is an entrepreneur specializing in building content marketing, marketing technology and information services businesses. He founded Brafton Inc. and a group of subsidiary companies that are North America and Australia’s leading content marketing entities. Brafton Inc. has been listed among the 5,000 fastest growing private companies four years in row. He co-founded DeHavilland Information Services and Axonn Ltd in the UK. Originally from the UK, he moved to the U.S.A. in 2008. Mr. Agnew holds a degree in Politics from the University of Newcastle, UK. *Thomas Agnew Non-Executive Director 38

Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Group Board of Directors José Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director *Independent Director Mrs. Blondell Walker has been part of the Musson Group of Companies for over 20 years and is currently the ICT Director, a position she has held since 2000. She is also on the Board for T. Geddes Grant (Distributors) Limited and Musson Jamaica Limited. She was instrumental in the implementation of the Enterprise Resource Program (ERP  application across the Musson Group of Companies. Mrs. Walker studied Accounting and Systems Analysis at the University of the West Indies, Institute of Management and the Heriot Watt University of Edinburgh, Scotland. She is the Chairman for the Western United Basic School. Blondell Walker Non-Executive Director 39

Mr Ince is a Senior Partner/Co-Founder of Frontlight Ventures, a regional investment and consulting firm. He was Co-Founder and Managing Director of Prism Services, a regional payments and operations outsourcing company. He is a Non-Executive Republic Bank Ltd, Cave Shepherd, Foster & Ince Cruise Services and the Barbados Sugar Industry Ltd. He is a graduate of York University, Canada and is a National Barbados Aubrey Collymore Scholarship recipient for sciences. Group Board of Directors *Edward Ince Non-Executive Director *Independent Director Mrs. Melanie Subratie is Chairman and CEO of Stanley Motta Ltd., Vice-Chairman of Musson (Ja) Ltd. and Director of all its subsidiaries, Vice-Chairman of General Accident Insurance Company Ltd., Eppley Ltd, and T Geddes Grant Ltd. Chairman of E-Pins Ltd. and sits on the executive of Seprod group of Companies and all its subsidiary boards. Chairman of Seprod Foundation, Musson Foundation, Chairperson of Jamaica Girls Coding and Chairman of Jamaica RISE Life Management and other CSR organizations. She is also Fourth Vice-President of the Jamaica Chamber of Commerce, and is the current Chair of the Legislation, Regulation and Improvement Committee. She is a honors graduate of London School of Economics. Melanie Subratie Non-Executive Director 40

Group Board of Directors Patrick A. W. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Patrick A. W. Scott is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Facey Commodity Company Limited and the Executive Deputy Chairman of the Facey Group. Prior to these appointments, he served 16 years as Managing Director. A seasoned executive, Mr. Scott has worked for a combined total of 40 years in various roles and was key figure in the global development of Facey’s Telecom business. He currently serves the board of directos of several companies including, P.A. Benjamin, Serge Island Diaries, International Biscuits and Serge Island Farms. Attended Seneca College and Ryerson University in Toronto, Canada. Mr Brian Wynter has been incorporated to the PBS Group Limited Board of Directors. Mr. Wynter has an extensive career in the financial sector, serving as Governor of the Bank of Jamaica until August 2019. The motion was presented to the Board of Directors, which was accepted, and in this way, Brian Wynter was duly appointed to the board of directors of PBS Group Limited. An honors graduate from the London School of Economics in 1981, and specialized in International Economy form Columbia University in 1985. *Brian Wynter Non-Executive Director 41

Group Board of Directors Nicholas A. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Nicholas Scott is the Vice Chairman of Eppley Limited and a director of Eppley Fund Managers Limited. Mr. Scott is also the Chief Investment Officer of the Musson Group and a Director of Musson and most of its major subsidiaries and affiliates. Mr. Scott is the Chairman of the Student Loan Bureau and a former Vice-President of the Private Sector Organization of Jamaica. He holds a B.Sc. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and an M.P.A. from the Harvard Kennedy School of Government. 42

4 Paul Scott 5 Melanie Subratie 5 Pedro M. Paris 5 Jose Misrahi 5 Patrick Scott 5 Blondell Walker 4 Nicholas Scott 5 Ricardo Hutchinson 5 Thomas Agnew 5 Edward Ince 5 Brian Wynter 7 Jose Misrahi 7 Ricardo Hutchinson 7 Thomas Agnew 6 Brian Wynter 4 Melanie Subratie Board Meetings Audit Meetings 43

Board of Committees Executive Committee Audit Committee Compensation Committee *Independent Director P.B. Scott Chairperson Nicholas A. Scott José Misrahi Pedro M. París P.B. Scott Chairperson Patrick Scott *Ricardo Hutchinson Melanie Subratie *Thomas Agnew José Misrahi *Ricardo Hutchinson *Brian Wynter Chairperson 44

Sergio Molina Planning Operations Director Sergio Molina started at PBS 20 years ago. He has hold several positions in the company. PBS Guatemala General Manager (7 Years), PBS Dominican Republic General Manager (1 Year), PBS Group Post-Sale Manager (1Year), PBS Group Sales Process Management, PBS Group Planning Manager (Current). Mr Molina obtained a Degree in Business Administration from Universidad de San Carlos de Guatemala. Mario Pons Professional Services Operations Mario Pons has been a key player for the Inkjet strategy the group has developed in Central America and has helped various PBS organizations in the development of high impact projects such as the printing of Electoral Ballots. He has also been key in the relationship with global partners, Entrust Datacard and Gemalto, for National ID projects in Guatemala, Jamaica and Costa Rica. He started working in Xerox Guatemala in 1994 and has developed his career within Xerox and PBS holding several positions in Sales, Service and Professional Services. He has a BSC in Computer Science from Louisiana State University, and a Diploma in Business Administration from Tayasal Business School. Leonardo Velásquez Infrastructure & Technology Networking Director Leonardo Velazquez has been working with PBS since 2015. He oversees the sales relationship with vendors and distributors, such as: Cisco, Fortinet, HP, Dell, Tripplite, TechData, Intcomex, IngramMicro. Before PBS, he worked as a Regional Partner Account Manager at Cisco Systems for 6 years and has amassed a total of 25 years in the IT sector. He graduated from Universidad de Simon Bolivar. He has an MBA in Enterprise Administration and is an Electronic Engineer. Alex Chiriboga Service Delivery & Logistics Director Alex recently joined PBS Group in May 2024 as Director of Delivery Service & Logistics. His main objective is to transform the service we provide to our customers, aiming to achieve the highest levels of satisfaction and experience. This transformation will focus on improving processes through a connectivity strategy, optimizing resources and technology, and maintaining inventory levels and quality aligned with the requirements of our broad portfolio of products and services. Mr. Chiriboga brings over 32 years of experience from Xerox, where he held leadership roles in Service Delivery, Technical Services, Logistics, Sales, and the Paper Business across Ecuador and the Latin America Region. He holds an MBA with specializations in Finance, Marketing, and Human Resources, a degree in Process Administration Engineering, a Bachelor’s in Electronics & Telecommunications, and is certified as a Lean Six Sigma Green Belt. Senior Regional Leadership Team 45

Jose Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Lucia Vielman Coporate Treasure Mrs. Vielman Ruiz was a Private Banking Manager at Mercom Bank and later appointedas General Manager. In 2009 Mrs. Vielman Ruiz Joined PBS as Compliant officer for the first sindicate loan and in 2010 she became the Corporate Treasurer, responsible for banking operations at country level and member of the Management Governance Committee. She Graduated in Business Administration from Universidad Francisco Marroquin, Guatemala in 1998. Sharon McDonald Chief Assurance Officer Dr. Sharon Smith-McDonald supports PBS Group Limited. She is responsible for overseeing the Group’s internal controls and risk management. She plays a critical role in ensuring compliance with regulations by the development of effective assurance strategies across all business operations. Dr. Smith-McDonald has accumulated over three decades of experience in fi nance, accounting, and business operations. Her distinguished career includes key leadership roles within multinational organizations, most recently serving as Group Financial Controller at Musson Jamaica Limited. Dr. Smith-McDonald holds a Doctor of Business Administration in Finance & Internal Controls from Walden University, a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Northern Caribbean University, and a Bachelor of Science in Management and Accounting from The University of the West Indies. Ryan Kirlew Corporate Global Controller Ryan oversees the fi nancial operations of the entire PBS Group. Ryan brings a wealth of experience in strategic fi nancial management and reporting. He has consistently demonstrated outstanding leadership, expertise, and a deep understanding of fi nancial operations. His commitment to excellence has been evident throughout his career, and we are con fi dent that he will excel in this new role. Since joining the Group in 2017, Ryan has made signi fi cant contributions while working with Musson International Dairies Limited, Seprod, T. Geddes Grant, and Musson Jamaica—gaining valuable experience and playing a key role in the success of these business units. As Global Controller, Ryan is responsible for the overall fi nancial reporting of the PBS Group. He leads the development and maintenance of the organization’s accounting policies, practices, procedures, initiatives, and systems. Senior Regional Leadership Team 46

Daniel Martínez Advanced Services Regional Manager Daniel brings over 20 years of experience in business development across the technology and consulting sectors, leading transformational initiatives for government and financial institutions throughout Central America and the Caribbean. In the past seven years alone, he has consistently achieved double-digit growth in revenue and margins in Honduras by designing and implementing tailored professional services that accelerate technology adoption. As an Oracle Champion for nearly a decade, Daniel seamlessly combines technical expertise with commercial strategy to drive client success. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing & International Business and a Master of Science in Finance from Universidad Tecnológica Centroamericana (UNITEC), Honduras. Additionally, he earned a Professional Certificate in Digital Transformation from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Cambridge, MA, USA. Vennis Williamson Regional Manager Jamaica & Cayman Vennis Williamson. Her career in the information and communications technology (ICT) sector spans over a decade. Vennis has played a crucial role in navigating PBS Jamaica through the digital era, achieving significant technological milestones along the way. Her strategic guidance has integrated major technology entities, propelling the organization to unprecedented levels of innovation and market leadership. Over the past three years, under Vennis's leadership, PBS Jamaica has exceeded financial and operational growth objectives while prioritizing staff engagement as a core part of its strategy. Estefania Menéndez Personnel Regional Director Estefanía Menéndez is the Regional Personnel Director at PBS Group Limited, where she leads the human capital strategy and drives organizational transformation across the group. With over 14 years of experience in the Technology, Electrical, Outsourcing, and Business Services sectors, Estefanía has held leadership positions at renowned companies such as Schneider Electric, Xerox, and Capgemini. She holds a Business degree and a Master’s in Finance from Franklin University, and is certified in both Project Management and Six Sigma. Estefanía is widely recognized for implementing transformative initiatives that enhance productivity, increase operational efficiency, and boost employee engagement. Javier Mogollón Chief Information Officer Javier Mogollón is a systems engineer with a postgraduate degree in telecommunications from the Santiago Mariño University in Venezuela, he arrived in Guatemala 20 years ago after completing a ten-year cycle at Xerox of Venezuela, throughout this time in which he has worked for the group, Javier has held several positions accepting both local and regional challenges and responsibilities. He served as service manager, and sales support manager was the creator and developer of the Docushare Project (accounting code) in Shared Service that is currently used by all PBS Groups and the following company incorporations, he was in charge of the System One infrastructure installed in the Guatemala data center for 2 years, 4 years has held the position of IT manager in PBS Guatemala. Javier is currently the CIO of PBS Group. Regional Leadership Team 47

Lesder Ramírez Chief Operating Officer Central America Mr. Lesder Ramirez studied Business Administration at the Universidad San Carlos De Guatemala, Guatemala and in 2009, joined PBS as the Financial Manager for the Guatemala operations. From 2009 to 2015, Lesder was entrusted to play different roles in finance such as Finance Manager for the operations of Costa Rica, Honduras Jamaica and Belize, Shared Service Center - Finance Manager and Xerox Relationship Management. During his tenure managing the Xerox relationship, Lesder oversaw planning operations, working closely with Mr. Pedro M. Paris C., CEO of PBS Group, where he developed additional business acumen. In 2019, based on his achievements, Lesder was promoted to oversee the operations of Dutch Caribbean as Senior General Manager. More recently in 2022, due to his knowledge of the PBS business as well as his solid financial and operations background Lesder, was named COO in charge of the operations of Trinidad & Tobago, Guyana, and Dutch Caribbean (Aruba, Curacao, Bonaire, Saint Maarten and Suriname). Stuart Franco Chief Operating Officer Eastern Caribbean Cluster Stuart Franco is the Chief Operating Officer of the Eastern Caribbean Cluster, bringing over two decades of leadership, commercial expertise, and deep regional knowledge to the role. A graduate of the University of Western Ontario with a B.A. in Statistics & Economics, Stuart joined TSL in 2003 and steadily rose through the ranks — from Sales Representative to Sales Manager, Executive Vice President of Sales, and Chief Executive Officer — before assuming his current role in 2026. Throughout his tenure, he has been a driving force behind the company's growth trajectory, building lasting client relationships and strengthening TSL's market position across the Caribbean. Stuart served as President of the American Chamber of Commerce in Trinidad and Tobago (AmCham T&T) from 2023 to 2025 and has been a board member since 2018. He is also an active board member of the TSL Foundation, where he has championed community initiatives that uplift the regions TSL serves. Outside the office, Stuart is a devoted husband and father of four, an avid football fan, and a firm believer in the importance of family — a value he actively fosters within his team. Ezequiel Bardas Chief Operating Officer Latin America Ezequiel Bardas serves as Chief Operating Officer for Latin America at PBS Group, bringing more than two decades of senior executive leadership to the role. Known for his ability to scale operations, drive digital transformation, and deliver sustainable profitability in complex environments, Ezequiel leads the strategic direction for PBS Group's affiliates across the Andean Region — overseeing operational synergy, key alliance development, and an ambitious expansion plan throughout Latin America. Before joining PBS Group, Ezequiel held distinguished leadership positions at Xerox, serving as President and General Manager across major markets including the United States and Latin America. His track record of navigating high-stakes business environments and building high-performing regional organizations speaks to a career defined by results and resilience. Ezequiel holds an Executive MBA from IAE Business School, complemented by multiple leadership certifications. His leadership philosophy blends sharp market insight with an unwavering commitment to innovation and excellence — qualities that position him as a driving force behind PBS Group's next chapter in the region. Regional Leadership Team 48

GENERAL MANAGER Melani Angeles DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Marco Almendárez NICARAGUA SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Francisco Lupiac GENERAL MANAGER HONDURAS COUNTRY MANAGER Nyron Thomas TRINIDAD & TOBAGO SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Elvin Nash BARBADOS & OECS Jason Alidikromo COUNTRY MANAGER SURINAME Senior in Country Leadership SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Mirian Alas EL SALVADOR Laura Johnston COUNTRY MANAGER CAYMAN 49

Nella Aguilar PERU COUNTRY MANAGER Candace Bartholomew COUNTRY MANAGER GUYANA Jose Maduro COUNTRY MANAGER BONAIRE & ARUBA Charlesson Ramdjas COUNTRY MANAGER CURAÇAO Vynnie Mila GENERAL MANAGER GPA GPA USA Luis Castillo GUATEMALA COUNTRY MANAGER COUNTRY MANAGER Ana Karina Vallejo ECUADOR Senior in Country Leadership Esteban Corrales PANAMA & COLOMBIA COUNTRY MANAGER 50

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 51

Deloitte & Touche 3 rd Floor The Goddard Building Haggatt Hall St. Michael, BB11059 Barbados, W.I. Tel: +246 620 6400 Fax: +246 430 6451 www.deloitte.com Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (“DTTL”), its global network of member firms, and their related entities (collectively, the “Deloitte organization”). DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) and each of its member firms and related entities are legally separate and independent entities, which cannot obligate or bind each other in respect of third parties. DTTL and each DTTL member firm and related entity is liable only for its own acts and omissions, and not those of each other. DTTL does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about to learn more. Deloitte & Touche is an affiliate of DCB Holding Ltd., a member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Opinion We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries (“the Group”), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2025, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including material accounting policy information. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at December 31, 2025, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS Accounting Standards”). Basis for Opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) (“IESBA Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Key Audit Matters Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill As at 31 December 2025, Goodwill accounted for US$86.2 million, which represents 20.5% of total assets of the Group. On an annual basis, management tests whether goodwill is subject to impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units (CGU) have been determined using value in use calculations based on the higher of the recoverable amount compared to fair value less costs to sell. Our approach to testing management’s impairment assessment, with the assistance of our valuation specialist involved the following procedures, amongst others: • Obtained management’s discounted cash flow model (DCF) including qualitative and quantitative analyses and updated our understanding of the process used by management to determine the value in use of each CGU and evaluated for any changes.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 2 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill (Cont’d) We focused on this area because the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill involves significant judgement and estimation, is sensitive to changes in key assumptions and determining economic recovery is challenging. The key assumptions were assessed by management as being: • Revenue growth rate; • Terminal growth rate; • Average Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) to revenue; and Pre-tax Discount rate. • Agreed the 31 December 2025 base year financial information to current year results and compared previous forecasts to actual results to assess the performance of the business and the accuracy of management’s forecasting. • Compared the revenue growth rates to historical revenue growth and externally derived data as well as our own assessments in relation to key inputs such as projected economic growth, inflation and pre-tax discount rates. • Developed a range of parameters using available market inputs and historical information and performed sensitivity analyses using these parameters, which was compared to management’s terminal growth and pre-tax discount rates. • Compared EBITDA margins to historical results, and verified reconciling variances to underlying supporting data and current period results. Tested management’s impairment model calculations for mathematical accuracy Operating and finance lease revenue (Forming part of sale of goods) Revenue arising from the inception of new finance leases is included within the sale of goods revenue stream and is not captured through a specific identifier. As a result, identifying transactions that contain lease arrangements requires manual assessment for every underlying subsidiary. Recognition of revenue in these arrangements requires judgment to identify the lease and non-lease components of the contract and to determine whether the lease should be classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. This classification can materially affect the timing and presentation of revenue recognition, the measurement of lease receivables, and the related financial statement disclosures. Our approach to testing lease revenue to mitigate the identified risks includes the following procedures: • Obtained the population of leases entered into by the entities and reviewed Management's assessment on their classification between operating and finance leases. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition of the finance lease within the Sale of Goods revenue stream, based on the lease amortisation schedule prepared by the management. • On a sample basis, obtained and inspected the related customer contracts / signed agreements to review Management's

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 3 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Lease classification is based on the terms set out in customer agreements and purchase orders. Accordingly, significant judgment is required to assess whether the contractual terms are consistent with the underlying transaction and whether the classification has been applied appropriately across the population of relevant sales arrangements. As it involves manual review and interpretation of contract documentation, there is an increased risk of error and inconsistent application. The key assumptions and judgments applied by management include: • assessment of whether the arrangement is an operating lease or a finance lease; • determination of the discount rate used in lease classification and measurement; and • identification of the standalone selling price of goods where contracts include both leasing and maintenance components. assessment on the classification between finance or operating lease. • For the selected samples, obtained and verified the inputs (interest rates, delivery dates, lease & non-lease component) as determined by Management to recalculate the finance lease revenue to be recognised in the accounts at lease inception. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition and subsequent interest income based on our independent recalculation to the amounts recorded by management. Management override of controls Management is in a unique position to perpetrate fraud because of its ability to directly or indirectly manipulate accounting records and prepare fraudulent financial statements by overriding established controls that otherwise appear to be operating effectively. The risk of management override of controls is pervasive. Because of its unpredictable nature, this risk could result in a material misstatement. This significant risk also represents a fraud risk for the audit. • Engaged in periodic fraud discussions with certain members of senior management and utilized our internal fraud specialist to guide and support our fraud-related testing procedures. • Considered the potential for bias in judgments and estimates, including performing retrospective analysis of significant accounting estimates. • Evaluated whether the Company has entered into any significant unusual transactions and, if so, the nature, terms, and business purpose (or lack thereof) of those transactions and whether such transactions involved related parties. • Evaluated the Company’s fraud risk assessment and consider indirect controls

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 4 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter and internal controls over the closing and reporting process. • Using our propriety software tool we extracted and tested journal entries that exhibit characteristics of possible management override of controls. • Tested controls over significant, unusual transactions, particularly those that result in late or unusual journal entries and controls over journal entries and adjustments made in the period-end financial reporting process. • No evidence of management override of controls was identified as a results of our audit procedures. Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process. Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also: • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 5 • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management. • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. • Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business units within the Group as a basis for forming an opinion on the group financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determined those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. Information other than the financial statements Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Annual Report but does not include the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon which is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s report. Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with the audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. When we read the Annual Report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 6 The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditors’ report is Steve Clarke. Other matter – responsibility for our audit work This report is made solely to the shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited as a body, in accordance with Section 147 of the Companies Act of Barbados. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the shareholders for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinion we have formed. Other matter – predecessor auditors The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2024 were audited by another auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those statements on 30 June 2025. 7 June 2026

Page 2 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Non-Current Assets Property, plant and equipment 13 36,106 35,865 Right-of-use assets 14 15,269 12,802 Intangible assets 15 104,757 107,595 Lease receivables 16 4,538 6,869 Pension plan assets 30 3,752 3,674 Long term receivables 17 608 551 Deferred tax assets 18 11,507 14,491 Investments 34 - 243 Contract Asset 33 28 - Investments in Associate 20 4,774 4,056 Total Non-Current Assets 181,339 186,146 Current Assets Due from related parties 19 8,066 7,467 Inventories 21 58,043 48,584 Contract assets 33 - 1,602 Trade and other receivables 22 127,296 105,760 Current portion of lease receivables 16 11,437 2,696 Current portion of long-term receivables 17 161 38 Taxation recoverable 14,476 17,462 Cash and bank 23 21,574 29,961 Total Current Assets 241,053 213,570 Current Liabilities Trade and other payables 24 91,049 85,855 Contract liabilities 33 15,101 15,602 Due to related parties 19 13,739 12,308 Taxation payable 5,219 11,255 Current portion of lease liabilities 25 6,998 6,441 Short term loans 26 19,245 5,941 Current portion of long-term loans 26 14,250 10,633 Total Current Liabilities 165,601 148,035 Net Current Assets 75,452 65,535 Total Non-current Assets and Net Current Assets 256,791 251,681

Page 3 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (Continued) 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Equity Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Share capital 27 123,016 123,016 Other reserves/ (deficit) 28 (17,025) (17,339) Accumulated deficit (30,198) (23,274) Total Shareholders´ Equity 75,793 82,403 Non-controlling Interests 1,337 1,185 Total Equity 77,130 83,588 Non-Current Liabilities Retirement benefit obligations 30 3,111 1,553 Deferred tax liabilities 18 6,570 6,153 Lease liabilities 25 17,988 15,465 Borrowings 26 151,992 144,515 Other long-term liabilities - 407 Total Non-Current Liabilities 179,661 168,093 Total Non-Current Liabilities and Equity 256,791 251,681 Approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 June, 2026 and signed on its behalf by: _____________________________________________ _________________________________ Paul Scott Director Pedro Paris Director The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 4 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Number of Shares ‘000 Share Capital $’000 Other Reserves / (Deficit) $’000 Accumulated Deficit $’000 Non- Controlling Interest $’000 Total $’000 Balance at 31 December 2023 188,213 123,016 (17,139) (29,359) 1,070 77,588 Currency translation differences - - (820) (87) - (907) Actuarial loss - - (96) - - (96) Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - 716 - - 716 Net income - - - 7,461 115 7,576 Total comprehensive income - - (200) 7,374 115 7,289 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (1,289) - (1,289) Balance at 31 December 2024 188,213 123,016 (17,339) (23,274) 1,185 83,588 Currency translation differences - - 260 - - 260 Actuarial gain - - 54 - - 54 Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - - - - - Net income - - - 4,287 152 4,439 Total comprehensive income - - 314 4,287 152 4,753 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (11,211) - (11,211) Balance at 31 December 2025 188,213 123,016 (17,025) (30,198) 1,337 77,130 The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 5 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash Flows from Operating Activities (Note 31) 2,726 32,531 Cash Flows from Financing Activities Interest paid (17,094) (18,801) Dividends paid (11,211) (1,289) Proceeds from borrowing 48,808 147,041 Repayments of borrowings (19,297) (141,672) Repayments of lease liabilities (8,370) (10,699) Net cash used in financing activities (7,164) (25,420) Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired 35 (592) (1,293) Interest received 1,769 1,999 Purchase of property, plant and equipment (5,102) (6,378) Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 42 238 Purchase of Investments in Associates 20 - (3,543) Net cash used in investing activities (3,883) (8,977) Net (Decrease) in Cash (8,321) (1,866) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 29,961 31,991 Effect of foreign exchange in cash (66) (164) Cash and Cash Equivalents at end of the year 23 21,574 29,961 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The principal non-cash transactions include: ● Transfer to property, plant and equipment from inventory during the financial year $9,380,000 (2024 - $9,017,000). ● Transfer from property, plant and equipment to inventory upon expiry of operating lease of $4,018,000 (2024 - $4,799,000). The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page 6 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 1. Identification and Principal Activities Productive Business Solutions Limited (“the Company”) is a company incorporated on 16 December 2010, and domiciled in Barbados, originally under the International Business Corporation (IBC) Act 77 (Barbados). Effective July 1st, 2021, the Company operates under the Companies Act Cap. 308 (Barbados) and holds a Foreign Currency Permit under the Foreign Currency Permits Act, 2018-44 (Barbados). The tax rate for the fiscal year commencing 1 January 2025 is 9.0% of taxable income. The registered office of the Company is at Facey House # 42 Warrens Industrial Park, Warrens, St. Michaels, Barbados. The Company is capitalised by ordinary shares. The Company is a subsidiary of Facey Group Limited, owned by Musson (Jamaica) Limited. Facey Group Limited is a company incorporated in Barbados under the Companies Act, Cap. 308 (Barbados) as an international business company. In combination, Musson (Jamaica) Limited and Facey Group Limited own 66.98% of the ordinary shares of the Company. The Company is listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange and the International Securities Market in Barbados. The Company’s ultimate parent company and controlling party is Elkon Limited (“Elkon”), which is incorporated and domiciled in Jamaica, and Paul B. Scott, respectively. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, (referred to as “Group”) are the distribution of printing equipment, business machines, handsets and related accessories, automated teller machines, security checkpoints, system integration, cloud services, data analytics, communication solutions, e-transactions, development of software and other technology solutions. In May 2025 the Group acquired 100% holding in Regional Business Systems Limited (RBS), incorporated and domiciled in Barbados (Note 35).

Page 7 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, hereinafter referred to as the financial statements, are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. (a) Basis of preparation These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. IFRS Accounting Standards comprise the following authoritative literature:  IFRS Accounting Standards  IAS Standards  Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC Interpretations) or its predecessor body, the Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC Interpretations). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain items of property, plant and equipment. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Although these estimates are based on managements’ best knowledge of current events and action, actual results could differ from those estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 4. Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year Certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards have been published that became effective during the current financial year. The Group has assessed the relevance of all such new standards, interpretations and amendments and has affected the following, which are immediately relevant to its operations: Amendments to IAS 21,‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ , Amendments to IAS 21 were made to add requirements to help entities to determine whether a currency is exchangeable into another currency, and the spot exchange rate to use when it is not. Prior to these amendments, IAS 21 set out the exchange rate to use when exchangeability is temporarily lacking, but not what to do when lack of exchangeability is not temporary. Management’s assessment is that the amendments of this standard have no impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Page 8 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year (continued) The amendments must be applied retrospectively in accordance with the requirements in IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. The amendment did not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. There are no other IFRS Accounting Standards or IFRIC interpretations effective in the current year which are expected to have a significant impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the company.

Page 9 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group The Group has concluded that the following standards which are published but not yet effective, are relevant to its operations and will impact the Group’s accounting policies and financial disclosures as discussed below. These standards and amendments to existing standards are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2026, but the Group has not early adopted them: Amendments to IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 7, ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026). Amendments to IFRS 9 and 7 (a) clarify the date of recognition and derecognition of some financial assets and liabilities, with a new exception for some financial liabilities settled through an electronic cash transfer system; (b) clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether a financial asset meets the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) criterion; (c) add new disclosures for certain instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows (such as some financial instruments with features linked to the achievement of environment, social and governance targets); and (d) update the disclosures for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). The amendments in (b) are most relevant to financial institutions, but the amendments in (a), (c) and (d) are relevant to all entities. It is not anticipated that the amendments will have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 18, ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This is the new standard on presentation and disclosure in financial statements, which replaces IAS 1, with a focus on updates to the statement of profit or loss. The key new concepts introduced in IFRS 18 relate to: • the structure of the statement of profit or loss with defined subtotals; • requirement to determine the most useful structure summary for presenting expenses in the statement of profit or loss • required disclosures in a single note within the financial statements for certain profit or loss performance measures that are reported outside an entity’s financial statements (that is, management-defined performance measures); and • enhanced principles on aggregation and disaggregation which apply to the primary financial statements and notes in general. Management is assessing the impact of this new standard on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 19, 'Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures' , (effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This standard permit eligible subsidiaries to apply reduced IFRS disclosure requirements. IFRS 19 is a voluntary standard for eligible subsidiaries. A subsidiary is eligible if it does not have public accountability and it has an ultimate or intermediate parent that produces consolidated financial statements available for public use that comply with IFRS Accounting Standards. An eligible entity may opt to revoke the application of this standard after implementation. The entity may also elect to apply the standard more than one. The group is currently assessing the impact of this standard.

Page 10 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) There are no other new or amended IFRS Accounting Standards and interpretations that are published but not yet effective that would be expected to have an impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the Group. (b) Consolidation (i) Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations involving third parties by the Group. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred, and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss, in the statement of comprehensive income.

Page 11 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) Subsidiaries Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. The Group’s subsidiaries, countries of incorporation, and the Group’s percentage interest are as follows: Country of incorporation Group’s Percentage Interest 2025 2024 Nicaragua Holdings and its subsidiary St., Lucia & Nicaragua 100 100 Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia & Dominican Republic 100 100 Mobay Holdings N.V. and its subsidiary Curacao & Aruba 100 100 PBS Caribbean Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia, Jamaica, Barbados, Colombia, Suriname 100 100 Cayman Business Machines Limited* Cayman 40 40 PBS Technology Group Limited St. Lucia, Antigua & Barbuda, Jamaica, Trinidad, Guyana, 100 100 Infotrans Group Holding B.V. Curacao, Bonaire, Colombia, Suriname & Aruba 100 100 High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V. El Salvador and Honduras 100 100 PBS Central America and its subsidiaries Panama, Guatemala, Costa Rica, El Salvador 100 100 PBS Honduras Honduras 75 75 PBS Peru Peru 100 100 PBS Ecuador Ecuador 100 100

Page 12 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) In accordance with Cayman laws, entities that are domiciled in the Cayman Islands and are not issued with Local Companies Control Law Licenses, are required to be at least 60% owned by a Caymanian. The operation of Cayman Business Machines Limited is however controlled by Productive Business Solutions Limited and is therefore, in substance, categorised as a subsidiary. (ii) Transactions with non-controlling interests The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For purchases of ownership interest in subsidiaries from non-controlling interests in which the Group retains control of the subsidiary, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests where control is retained by the Group are also recorded in equity. (iii) Disposal of subsidiaries When the Group ceases to have control or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value, with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss. If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate. (iv) Business combination under common control Acquisitions from entities under common control are determined by the substance and specific facts and circumstances surrounding any particular business combination under common control. Business combinations under common control are accounted for using the predecessor method of accounting. Under the predecessor method of accounting, the cost of an acquisition is measured in a manner similar to the purchase method of accounting. Identifiable assets and liabilities are measured at book value at the date of acquisition. Under the predecessor method of accounting, no goodwill is created, as any difference between the cost of acquisition and the book value of the net assets acquired is dealt with as an adjustment to retained earnings. (v) Investment in associates Associates are categorized as entities over which the Group has influence but not control, with shareholding and voting rights between 20% and 50%. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost. The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associate’s post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in profit and loss, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equal or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Page 13 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (c) Foreign currency translation (i) Functional and presentation currency Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States Dollars, which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency. (ii) Transactions and balances Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. At the statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the weighted average closing exchange rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates, of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in statement of comprehensive income. (iii) Group companies The results and financial position of all the group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper- inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated as follows: a) Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at year end rates, b) Items affecting the statement of comprehensive income are translated at average rates, and c) The resultant gains or losses are recognised in other comprehensive income as translation gains or losses. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Page 14 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (d) Revenue recognition Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of applicable value added taxes, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue is recognised as follows: Reprographic products Revenue earned from reprographic products is either through an outright sale or a lease of equipment and from related service contracts. Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from finance leases, are recognised at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require installation, revenue is recognised when the equipment has been delivered and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer-installable products are recognised upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer's shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the finance lease method and are recognised as earned over the lease term. A substantial portion of the Group's reprographic products is sold with full- service maintenance agreements. Service revenues are derived primarily from these maintenance contracts on equipment sold to customers and are recognised over the term of the contracts in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, by reference to completion of the specific transaction assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided. Revenue is recognised only after there are specific indicators of transfer of control to the customer. To evidence transfer of control on contracts where revenue is recognised at a point in time, management has defined that revenue can only be recognised after the equipment or part is installed or the supplies are delivered. Bill and hold agreements are scrutinised to ensure the transfer of control to the customer is effective. For contracts where revenue is recognised over time, management measures the fulfilment of the performance obligations based on the value that the delivered goods or services represent to the customer. Telecommunications products Revenue from telecommunications products comprises revenue from the sales of cellular phones. These products are sold under contractual agreements with the telecommunications providers. Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised on a gross basis as management has determined that the Group acts as a principal in relation to these transactions, due to the fact that the Group bears the majority of risk, principally credit and inventory risk, in relation to such transactions, and the Group also acts as primary obligor. Control is the key consideration when assessing the nature of the promise to the customer. When the entity does not control the good or service (or inventory) before it is transferred to the customer it is likely that the promise in the contract is to arrange for goods or services to be delivered (rather than these to be provided by the entity). In such cases, the Company recognises revenue for an amount equal to the net income (revenue minus cost). Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised when a Group entity has delivered products to the customer; the customer has accepted the products and collectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured. Interest income is recognised on the accrual basis on the effective interest basis, except when collectability is considered doubtful. In such cases, income is recorded when economic benefits are received.

Page 15 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (e) Property, plant and equipment Freehold land and buildings are shown at fair value, based on valuations by external independent valuers, less subsequent depreciation for buildings. Valuations are performed every three years to ensure that the fair value of a revalued asset does not differ materially from it’s carrying amount. Any accumulated depreciation at the date of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset, and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of freehold, land and buildings are credited to other comprehensive income and shown as other reserves in shareholder’s equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are recorded in other comprehensive income and debited against other reserves directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the profit or loss. All other property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Land is not depreciated as it is deemed to have an indefinite life. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation is calculated at annual rates on the straight-line basis to write-off the cost of the assets to their residual values over their estimated useful lives at annual rates as follows: Freehold buildings 2 - 2 ½% Leasehold buildings and improvements 10 - 20% Furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment 10 - 33⅓% Motor vehicles 20 - 25% Gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount and are included in operating profit. Repairs and maintenance expenditure is charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which it is incurred. The cost of major renovations is included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of the existing asset will flow to the Group. When revalued assets are sold, the amounts included in other reserves are transferred to retained earnings.

Page 16 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (f) Intangible assets (i) Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates and joint ventures is included in investment in associates and investment in joint venture, respectively. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or Groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. (ii) Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences. Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. All, excepting licenses are deemed to have finite useful lives and amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the intangible assets over their estimated useful lives between 5 and 20 years. Licenses have an indefinite useful life. (iii) Proprietary Software The Group is the owner of a software internally developed to address diverse customer needs. This asset is carried at cost and amortised according to its defined useful life. (g) Impairment of non-financial assets Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Page 17 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset in one entity and a financial liability or equity of another entity. Financial assets Classification The Group classifies its financial assets at amortised cost. The classification depends on the business model used for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. Impairment The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss (ECL) associated with its financial assets classified at amortised cost, lease receivables, long term receivables and related party balances. Application of the General Model The Group has applied the ‘general model’ as required under IFRS 9 for financial assets other than trade receivables. Under this model, the Group is required to assess on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its financial assets carried at amortised cost. The ECL will be recognised in profit or loss before a loss event has occurred. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. ECL is calculated by multiplying the Probability of default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD). The impairment model uses a three-stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination: Stage 1 – 12-month ECL applies to all financial assets that have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and are not credit impaired. The ECL will be computed using a 12-month PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months. Stage 2 – When a financial asset experiences a significant increase in credit risk subsequent to origination but is not credit impaired, it is considered to be in Stage 2. This requires the computation of ECL based on lifetime PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the remaining estimated life of the financial asset. Provisions are higher in this stage because of an increase in risk and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered compared to 12 months in Stage 1. Stage 3 – Financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment will be included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses will continue to capture the lifetime ECL. The Group uses judgement when considering the following factors that affect the determination of impairment: Assessment of Significant Increase in Credit Risk The assessment of a significant increase in credit risk is done on a relative basis. To assess whether the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since origination, the Group compares the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial asset at the reporting date to the corresponding risk of default at origination, using key risk indicators that are used in the Group’s existing risk management processes. At each reporting date, the assessment of a change in credit risk will be individually assessed for those considered individually significant and at the segment level. This assessment is symmetrical in nature, allowing credit risk of financial assets to move back to Stage 1 if the increase in credit risk since origination has reduced and is no longer deemed to be significant.

Page 18 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments (continued) Macroeconomic Factors, Forward Looking Information and Multiple Scenarios The Group applies an unbiased and probability weighted estimate of credit losses by evaluating a range of possible outcomes that incorporates forecasts of future economic conditions. Macroeconomic factors and forward-looking information are incorporated into the measurement of ECL as well as the determination of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination. Measurement of ECLs at each reporting period reflect reasonable and supportable information at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The Group uses three scenarios that are probability weighted to determine ECL. Expected Life When measuring ECL, the Group considers the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk. All contractual terms are considered when determining the expected life, including prepayment options and extension and rollover options. Application of the Simplified Approach For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. Financial liabilities The Group’s financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, this is the initial recognition minus the cumulative amortisation of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount. Financial liabilities at amortised costs are classified as current or non-current depending on whether these are due within 12 months after the statement of financial position date or beyond. Financial liabilities are derecognised when either of the following take place: The Group is discharged from its obligation, upon expiration or when they are cancelled or replaced by a new liability. (i) Inventories Inventories are carried at weighted average purchase cost. These items are stated at cost less provision for write down to net realisable value, where necessary and are stated at the lower weighted average cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the costs of completion and selling expenses. (j) Trade receivables Impairment over trade receivables is determined with the aid of a matrix based on the ageing of the account. Twice a year, management assesses whether there has been any indicator of a change in the credit risk. Additionally, periodically a comprehensive evaluation is performed with the objective of identifying individual accounts that may be subject to impairment which are either written off or fully provided for. (k) Cash and bank Cash and bank include cash on hand net of bank overdrafts. In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and bank include cash in hand and at bank and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown in current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

Page 19 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (l) Trade payables These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. (m) Contract assets and contract liabilities The Group recognises a contract asset whenever it has the right for consideration as a result of transferring goods or services to a customer. Contract assets are different from accounts receivables as the former would only require the passage of time for the consideration to be due. Contract assets are subject to impairment assessment. The Group recognises a contract liability when it has received a payment, or a payment is due for goods or services that have not yet been transferred to the customer. (n) Income taxes Taxation expense in the statement of comprehensive income comprises current and deferred tax charges. Current tax charges are based on taxable profits for the year, which differ from the profit before tax reported because it excludes items that are taxable or deductible in other years, and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability f or current tax is calculated at tax rates that have been enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Deferred tax is the tax expected to be paid or recovered on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding tax bases. Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Currently enacted tax rates are used in the determination of deferred income tax. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they arise from the same taxable entity, relate to the same tax authority and when the legal right of offset exists. Deferred tax is charged or credited to profit or loss, except where it relates to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income, in which case, deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income. (o) Provisions Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. (p) Share capital Ordinary shares, and redeemable cumulative preference shares where the declaration of dividends is discretionary, are classified as equity instruments. The preference shares are perpetual and are only redeemable at the sole discretion of the Company but not before the 16 th year after the issue of the shares. Dividends on these shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are declared.

Page 20 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (q) Earnings per share (i) Basic earnings per share Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: ● the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares. ● by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares. (ii) Diluted earnings per share Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account: ● the after-income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and ● the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. (r) Borrowings Borrowings are recognised initially at cost, being their issue proceeds, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequently, borrowings are stated at amortised cost and any difference between net proceeds and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Preference shares issued by the Group are treated as borrowings if they carry a contractual term of redemption either by cash or another financial asset and dividends payments are not discretionary. (s) Leases As Lessee Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments: - fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable - payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option. Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rates, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions. As Lessor Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessee are classified as finance leases. When assets are leased out under a finance leases, the asset is derecognized and treated as revenue in accordance with accounting policy (d) with the present value of the lease payments is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease in a manner which reflects a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.

Page 21 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (s) Leases (continued) Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessor are included in property, plant and equipment in the statement of financial position. They are depreciated over their expected useful lives on a basis consistent with similar owned property, plant and equipment. Rental income is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. In some instances, transfers are made from Inventory to property, plant and equipment to facilitate the leasing of assets. In instances where leased equipment is returned this is transferred from property, plant and equipment to Inventory. When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which termination takes place. (t) Post-employment benefits The Group participates in a defined contribution plan operated by a related party, Musson (Jamaica) Limited, whereby it pays contributions to a separate, trustee-administered fund for its Jamaican operation. Once the contributions have been paid, the Group has no further payment obligations. Contributions to the plan are charged to profit or loss in the period to which they relate. There is an unfunded retirement benefit plan in the Nicaragua and El Salvador operations which is reflected in the statement of financial position as a liability. Changes to benefits are calculated by third party actuaries and are reflected in the Change to statement of comprehensive income. The Parent Company also participates in a defined benefit pension plan relating to PBS Technologies (Barbados) Limited, the assets of which are held in a separate fund administered by a Trustee. The pension plan is funded by payments from the Parent Company, taking into account the recommendations of independent qualified actuaries. Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value. (u) Finance costs Finance costs includes interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest method, interest on finance leases, material bank charges and foreign exchange gains and losses recognised in profit or loss. (v) Offsetting financial instruments Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty. (w) Segment information Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer. (x) Dividend distribution Dividend distribution is recognised as equity in the financial statements in which the dividends are approved by the shareholders. Dividend distributions on preference shares classified as borrowings are included in finance costs when the dividends are approved.

Page 22 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (a) Financial risk factors The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyse these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and up-to-date information systems. Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies and evaluates financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and investment of excess liquidity. (i) Credit risk The Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that its customers, clients or counterparties will cause a financial loss for the Group by failing to discharge their contractual obligations. Credit exposures arise principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and are influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Group has established credit policies under which each customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness prior to the Group offering them a credit facility. Credit limits are assigned to each customer and are reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Group has procedures in place to restrict customer orders if the order will result in customers exceeding their credit limits. Customers who fail to meet the Group’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Group on a prepayment basis. Customer credit risk is monitored according to their credit characteristics such as whether it is an individual or company, geographic location, industry, aging profile, and previous financial difficulties. The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents an estimate of expected credit losses in respect of trade and other receivables. The Group addresses impairment assessment in two areas: individually and collectively assessed allowances. Cash transactions are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. The Group has policies in place to limit the amount of exposure to any one financial institution. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the amount reflected on the statement of financial position.

Page 23 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Credit risk (continued) At year end, the banks where the Group maintains most of its cash, were rated by Fitch Ratings as follows: 202 5 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. B BB+ CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA+ Citibank F1 A+ 202 4 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. F1+ AA- CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA- Citibank F1 A+ Maximum credit risk exposure The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk equals the carrying amounts on the statement of financial position, of the assets which expose the Group to credit risk. There has been no change over the prior year in the manner in which the Group manages and measures credit risk. Analysis of trade receivables The Group’s trade receivables, broken down by customer sector is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Government 42,058 41,804 Private entities 58,254 48,815 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Impairment of financial assets The Group has four types of financial assets that are subject to expected credit losses as follows: (i) Trade receivables (ii) Lease receivable and long-term receivables (iii) Accounts receivable from related parties (iv) Other debt instruments carried at amortised cost

Page 24 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Trade receivables The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measure expected credit losses (ECL) which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. On that basis, the loss allowance at 31 December 2025 and 2024 was determined as follows for trade receivables: 31 December 202 5 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1 - 180 days past due $’000 181 - 360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 2.83% 11.54% 30.39% Gross carrying amount 71,856 19,451 2,878 6,127 100,312 Loss allowance provision 11 550 332 1,862 2,755 31 December 202 4 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1-180 days past due $’000 181-360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 0.67% 7.50% 38.38% Gross carrying amount 45,859 33,441 6,404 4,915 90,619 Loss allowance provision 10 224 480 1,887 2,601 The closing loss allowances for trade receivables as at 31 December 2025 reconcile to the opening loss allowances as follows: 202 5 202 4 $’000 $’000 Opening loss allowance as at 1 January 2,601 2,872 On Acquisition of Subsidiary (Note 34) - 299 Impairment (gains)/losses on receivables during the year 917 (223) Amounts written off (461) (314) Unused amounts reversed (320) - Exchange difference 18 (33) At 31 December 2,755 2,601

Page 25 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables The Group applies the ‘three stage’ model of IFRS 9 in measuring the expected credit losses (ECL) for all lease and long-term receivable. The application makes estimation about likelihood of default occurring, of the associated loss ratios of default correlations between counter parties. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The following tables contains an analysis of the credit exposure for lease and long-term receivables as at 31 December 2025 and 2024 as follows: Long term receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 769 - - 769 Carrying amount 769 - - 769 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 589 - - 589 Carrying amount 589 - - 589 Lease receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 Carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 26 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 Carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 27 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) Loss Allowance – Lease Receivables: No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material. Lease and long-term receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include ceasing enforcement activity, and where the Group’s recovery method is foreclosing on collateral, and the value of the collateral is such that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full. ECL movements without a profit and loss impact relates to amounts transferred from trade receivables to lease/long term receivables which previously existed and for which the ECL would have also been transferred. Expected credit losses are presented net of subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off. Cash and bank and other receivables Other financial assets at amortised cost include cash and bank balances, due from related parties and other receivables . These debt instruments at amortised cost are considered to have low credit risk. The loss allowance recognised during the period on those deemed to have low credit risk was therefore limited to the 12 month expected losses. Management considers these instruments as having low credit risk when there is a low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term. The allowance is assessed by estimating the likelihood of default, associated loss ratio and default correlation between counterparties. No opening loss allowances were recognised on balances for cash and bank, due from related parties and other receivables, and there were no movements during the current year, as the amounts determined were deemed immaterial. (iii) Due from related parties ECL is determined on yearly basis by performing a review of the financial position of the related party debtors for those where the receivable balances are material. If the related party debtor has an ‘intent’ and strong financial capacity to meet its contractual obligation, the probability of default is low and the credit risk is deemed to be immaterial, otherwise it would be classified under stage 2 or 3 and ECL computed accordingly. (iii) Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and other liquid assets and maintaining the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. Liquidity risk management process The Group’s liquidity management process, as carried out within the Group and monitored by the Board of Directors, primarily includes: (i) Monitoring future cash flows and liquidity on an ongoing basis. This incorporates an assessment of expected cash flows and the availability of collateral which could be used to secure funding if required. (ii) Maintaining committed lines of credit; and (iii) Managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities.

Page 28 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3 . Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Liquidity risk (continued) Undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities The maturity profile of financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments is as follows: Within 12 Months 1 to 5 Years Over 5 years Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Trade payables 58,350 - - 58,348 Other payables 32,699 - - 32,701 Due to related parties 13,739 - - 13,739 Lease liabilities 7,975 18,549 1,952 28,476 Borrowings 37,108 184,943 - 222,051 149,871 203,492 1,952 355,315 202 4 Trade payables 48,628 - - 48,628 Other payables 37,220 7 - 37,227 Due to related parties 12,308 - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities - - 407 407 Lease liabilities 9,335 14,453 126 23,914 Borrowings 25,339 141,834 - 167,173 132,830 156,294 533 289,657 (iii) Market risk The Group takes on exposure to market risks, which is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risks mainly arise from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is monitored by the Facey Group Limited’s treasury department which carries out extensive research and monitors the price movement of financial assets on the local and international markets. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Currency risk Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Jamaican (JMD) dollar, Honduran Lempira (HNL), Nicaraguan Córdoba (NIO), Dominican Peso (DOP), Costa Rican Colón (CRC), Trinidadian dollar (TTD) and the Guatemala Quetzal (GTQ). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. The Group manages its foreign exchange risk by ensuring that the net exposure in foreign assets and liabilities is kept to an acceptable level by monitoring currency positions. The Group further manages this risk by invoicing where possible in US dollars and converting foreign currency balances into US dollar denominated accounts.

Page 29 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, the net assets of which are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies. The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December: USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2025 Financial Assets Long term receivables 391 369 - 1 - - - - 8 769 Lease receivables 2,937 - - - - 8,232 - 3,232 1,574 15,975 Due from related parties 4,837 - 69 - - - - - 3,160 8,066 Trade receivables 22,584 20,983 6,670 4,107 3,900 7,052 9,336 8,946 13,979 97,557 Other receivables 3,696 209 848 400 949 9,203 319 2,497 6,311 24,432 Cash and bank 9,085 496 260 568 73 382 183 4,506 6,021 21,574 Total financial assets 43,530 22,057 7,847 5,076 4,922 24,869 9,838 19,181 31,053 168,373 Financial liabilities Trade payables 48,232 920 234 629 47 618 968 557 6,145 58,348 Other payables 6,557 1,562 2,323 1,194 1,520 4,013 3,973 2,172 9,385 32,701 Lease liabilities 16,808 - 2,604 339 1,248 - - 2,045 1,942 24,986 Due to related parties 11,761 - 305 - - - - - 1,673 13,739 Borrowings 183,138 - 1,672 - - - - 489 188 185,487 Total financial liabilities 266,496 2,482 7,138 2,162 2,815 4,631 4,941 5,263 19,333 315,261 Net position (222,966) 19,575 709 2,914 2,107 20,238 4,897 13,918 11,720 (146,888) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation against the US Dollar

Page 30 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (v) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2024 Financial Assets Long term receivables 224 355 - 2 - - - - 8 589 Lease receivables 3,211 - - - - - - 4,337 2,017 9,565 Due from related parties 7,120 - 347 - - - - - - 7,467 Trade receivables 41,110 7,129 6,093 2,106 4,787 1,876 6,644 7,871 10,402 88,018 Other receivables 1,421 259 854 47 (196) 3,788 240 533 6,811 13,757 Cash and cash equivalents 11,560 1,364 240 881 1,181 300 483 3,860 10,092 29,961 Total financial assets 64,646 9,107 7,534 3,036 5,772 5,964 7,367 16,601 29,330 149,357 Financial liabilities Trade payables 42,928 159 749 178 326 1,944 595 204 1,545 48,628 Other payables 11,452 1,698 2,681 901 887 2,770 2,616 4,358 9,864 37,227 Lease liabilities 14,721 - 929 302 1,155 - - 2,339 2,460 21,906 Due to related parties 12,150 - 158 - - - - - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities 407 - - - - - - - - 407 Borrowings 158,321 - 1,772 - - - - 934 62 161,089 Total financial liabilities 239,979 1,857 6,289 1,381 2,368 4,714 3,211 7,835 13,931 281,565 Net position (175,333) 7,250 1,245 1,655 3,404 1,250 4,156 8,766 15,399 (132,208) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation.

Page 31 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) The following tables indicate the currencies to which the Group had significant exposure on their monetary assets and liabilities and forecast cash flows. The change in currency rate below represents management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis represents outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the year-end for a reasonably expected change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity of the profit or loss was primarily as a result of foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of trade receivables and payables, long term receivables and borrowings. % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 5 2025 $’000 2025 $’000 Currency: HNL -1.5 - 109 HNL 1 - (73) JMD -1.5 607 - JMD 1 (152) - NIO -1.5 - 446 NIO 1 - (111) DOP -1.5 - (154) DOP 1 - 38 CRC -1.5 - 270 CRC 1 - (180) TTD -1.5 - 368 TTD 1 - (245) GTQ -1.5 140 - GTQ 1 (93) - % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 4 2024 $’000 2024 $’000 Currency: HNL -4 - 174 HNL 1 - (44) JMD -4 665 - JMD 1 (166) - NIO -4 - 471 NIO 1 - (118) DOP -4 - (119) DOP 1 - 30 CRC -4 - 683 CRC 1 - (171) TTD -4 - 834 TTD 1 - (209) GTQ -4 281 - GTQ 1 (70) -

Page 32 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iv) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk As the Group has no significant variable rate interest-bearing assets, the Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate exposure arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates and revolving short-term borrowings expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The Group analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated for borrowings that represent the major interest-bearing positions, taking into consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions and alternative financing. The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily from borrowings, the sensitivity of the profit or loss is the effect of the assumed changes in interest rates based on floating rate long term and revolving short-term borrowings. There is no direct impact on other components of equity. The table below indicates the sensitivity to a reasonably expected change in interest rates 2025 2024 Change in basis points - 50/25 Change in basis points - 50/25 $’000 $’000 Floating rate borrowings 750/ (375) 619/ (310) (b) Capital management The capital management process is carried out by the parent company. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for the shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. The Board of Directors monitors the return on capital, which the Group defines as net operating income (excluding non-recurring items) divided by total equity (excluding non- redeemable preference shares and non-controlling interests). There was no change to the capital management process during the year. The Group has no specific capital management strategy and is not exposed to externally imposed capital requirements. There are contractual capital requirements as follows:  The syndicated credit agreement with Citibank, N.A. acting as administrative agent and collateral agent and Citibank, N.A., Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A, First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as joint lead arrangers and book runners - The financial covenants include: The Leverage Ratio, The Debt Service Coverage Ratio, The Central American Assets Test and The Specified Central American Assets Test. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at year end.  The revolving credit agreement and loan agreement with First Citizens Bank (FCB) - The financial covenants include: the Current ratio, the Funded Debt to EBITDA ratio and the Debt Service ratio. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at the year end.

Page 33 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated)  3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (c) Fair values of financial instruments Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of the Group’s financial instruments that, subsequent to initial recognition, are not measured at fair value is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each statement of financial position date. The fair values of these financial instruments are determined as follows: (i) The face value, less any estimated credit adjustments, for financial assets and liabilities with a maturity of less than one year are estimated to approximate their fair values. These financial assets and liabilities include cash and bank balances, trade receivables and payables and short-term borrowings. (ii) The carrying values of non-current borrowings to non-related parties approximate their fair values, as these loans are carried at amortised cost reflecting their contractual obligations and the interest rates are reflective of current market rates for similar transactions. The fair value of borrowings is disclosed in note 26. (iii) The fair values of the long-term receivables and loans to and from related parties could not be reliably determined as these instruments were granted under special terms and are not likely to be traded in a fair market exchange.

Page 34 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty Judgements and estimates are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. Estimated impairment of goodwill The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2(f). The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations, which require the use of estimates. In determining the value in use, management has made certain assumptions regarding revenue growth rate, EBITDA to revenue ratios, terminal growth rate and discount rates. See Note 15 for sensitivity of amounts to estimates. Intangible assets Intangible assets arising from the acquisition of subsidiaries have been deemed to be indefinite life intangibles. Other intangible assets have been deemed to be finite lives intangibles. Their estimated useful lives have been determined by management, based on their best estimate of the time period over which the Group will benefit from the assets acquired. Management has estimated that the useful lives of the intangibles will be between 5 and 20 years. Income taxes The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. The Group recognises liabilities for actual and anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. In determining these estimates, management considers the merit of any audit issues raised, based on their interpretation of the taxation laws, and their knowledge of any precedents established by the taxation authorities. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences could materially impact the current tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made (see Notes 11 and 18). Determining the lease term In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). For leases of administrative offices, retail stores, equipment and vehicles, the following factors are normally the most relevant: ● If there are significant penalties to terminate (or not extend), the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● If any leasehold improvements are expected to have a significant remaining value, the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● Otherwise, the Group considers other factors including historical lease durations and the costs and business disruption required to replace the leased asset. Most extension options in office equipment and vehicles leases have not been included in the lease liability, because the Group could replace the assets without significant cost or business disruption.

Page 35 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information The Group’s Chief Executive Officer examines the Group’s performance from a geographic perspective and has identified two reportable segments of business: ● Central America- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Central America Region such as Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Costa Rica, Nicaragua and Panama. ● Caribbean- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Caribbean region such as Dominican Republic, Jamaica, Barbados, Curacao and Aruba, Colombia, Trinidad and Tobago, Suriname, Peru and Ecuador. Management primarily uses a measure of adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) to assess the performance of the operating segments. However, information about the segments’ revenue, assets and liabilities are also submitted for review on a monthly basis.

Page 36 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2025 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 216,487 158,045 - 374,532 Revenue from another operating segment 21,602 342 (21,558) 386 Total Income 238,089 158,387 (21,558) 374,918 Adjusted EBITDA 39,468 22,189 (6,463) 55,194 Finance costs (17,703) Depreciation (20,684) Amortisation (3,174) Unallocated EBITDA - Share of Investee’s profit 718 Profit before taxation 14,351 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (11,766) (8,918) - (20,684) Amortisation (286) (2,888) - (3,174) Income tax (8,252) (1,660) - (9,912) Segment assets- Total segment assets 284,690 257,335 (458,838) 83,187 Unallocated items 339,205 Total assets per statement of financial position 422,392 Capital expenditure 2,986 2,116 - 5,102 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 204,830 244,064 (398,616) 50,278 Unallocated items 294,984 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 345,262

Page 37 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 233,913 158,166 - 392,079 Revenue from another operating segment 15,339 337 (20,366) (4,690) Total Income 249,252 158,503 (20,366) 387,389 Adjusted EBITDA 23,676 27,880 (2,569) 48,987 Finance costs (18,430) Depreciation (17,441) Amortisation (2,884) Unallocated EBITDA 2,386 Profit before taxation 12,618 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (10,386) (7,055) - (17,441) Amortisation (286) (2,598) (2,884) Income tax (3,565) (1,591) 114 (5,042) Segment assets- Total segment assets 239,813 237,830 (380,101) 97,542 Unallocated items 302,174 Total assets per statement of financial position 399,716 Capital expenditure 2,306 4,072 - 6,378 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 175,217 226,053 (323,383) 77,887 Unallocated items 238,241 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 316,128

Page 38 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) Segment assets are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset. Segment liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These liabilities are allocated based on the operations of the segment. The parent entity is domiciled in Barbados. The amount of its revenue from external customers broken down by location of the customers is shown in table below. 202 5 2024 $’000 $’000 Barbados 18,992 20,676 Costa Rica 52,701 37,423 Dominican Republic 15,958 17,836 El Salvador 56,750 99,808 Guatemala 35,148 38,892 Honduras 24,704 20,110 Nicaragua 19,273 15,450 Panama 12,122 11,411 USA 7,841 5,848 Antilles 10,512 11,597 Jamaica 27,960 30,229 Trinidad 23,554 30,125 Guyana 8,518 5,920 Cayman 2,822 2,715 Antigua 731 696 Colombia 4,345 5,071 Suriname 1,233 2,180 Other 51,754 31,402 Total 374,918 387,389 The total of capital expenditure, broken down by location of the assets is shown in the table below. 202 5 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 240 240 Trinidad - 244 244 Costa Rica 1,443 - 1,443 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 908 908 Other 261 724 985 Total 2,986 2,116 5,102

Page 39 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 2,037 2,037 Trinidad - 974 974 Costa Rica 791 - 791 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 311 311 Other 233 750 983 Total 2,306 4,072 6,378 6. Revenue 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Business Solutions Sale of goods 310,839 330,420 Services 41,461 32,302 352,300 362,722 Lease Income 22,618 24,667 374,918 387,389 Revenue from contracts with customers is $352,300,000 (2024: $362,722,000). 2025 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2025 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 207,119 122,957 (21,558) 308,518 Over time 17,257 26,525 - 43,782 224,376 149,482 (21,558) 352,300 2024 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2024 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 212,881 117,599 (20,366) 310,114 Over time 23,913 28,695 - 52,608 236,794 146,294 (20,366) 362,722

Page 40 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 7. Other Income 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest income 1,769 1,999 Gain/ (loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment (179) 103 Negative Goodwill (Note a) - 1,150 Customer Deposits Write-back - 700 Miscellaneous 812 193 2,402 4,145 (a) This relates to the acquisition of Xerox Ecuador. (Note 35)

Page 41 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 8. Expenses by Nature Total direct, selling, administration and other operating expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cost of inventories and cost related to services* 247,544 273,027 Impairment losses/(gains) on financial instruments 917 (223) Staff costs (Note 9) 48,573 43,811 Depreciation (Notes 13 and 14) * 10,630 9,470 Commission 6,905 6,895 Travel 5,180 5,433 Management fees 2,434 2,014 Telephone and communication 1,476 1,369 Transportation 801 803 Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 15) 3,174 2,884 Legal and professional fees 2,441 2,312 Occupancy costs 911 1,043 Bank charges 859 743 Auditor’s remuneration 1,940 1,251 Office supplies, printing and stationery 266 605 Repairs and maintenance 536 950 Advertising 324 450 Motor Vehicle Expenses 1,663 1,315 General Insurance 1,210 1,349 Other expenses 8,200 5,498 97,523 88,195 345,984 360,999 * Depreciation included in Cost of inventories and cost related to services amounts to $10,054,000 (2024: 7,971,000) for a total depreciation of $20,684,000 (2024: $17,441,000). Audit fees for the year ended 31 December 2025 totalled for the Group of $1,940,000 (2024: $1,251,000). Other fees paid to the auditor (and related network firms) for non-assurance services are not material.

Page 42 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 9. Staff Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Staff costs that have been included in Selling general and administrative expenses (Note 8) 48,573 43,811 Staff costs that have been included in Direct expenses 17,101 11,031 65,674 54,842 Staff costs that have been included in direct expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 14,379 8,488 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 2,057 1,165 Redundancy costs 184 501 Other 481 877 17,101 11,031 Staff costs that have been included in selling, general and administrative expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 39,571 34,938 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 4,474 3,840 Pension costs – defined contribution 425 410 Redundancy costs 1,809 2,290 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 1,832 2,072 48,573 43,811 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 53,950 43,426 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 6,453 5,005 Pension costs – defined contribution 503 410 Redundancy costs 1,993 2,791 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 2,313 2,949 65,674 54,842

Page 43 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 10. Finance Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net foreign exchange losses (gains) 609 (371) Interest expense - Loans and lease liabilities 17,094 18,801 17,703 18,430 11. Taxation Taxation is based on profit for the year or, in some jurisdictions, the greater of a percentage of profit before tax or revenue adjusted for taxation purposes, and comprises: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current tax charge 6,384 5,920 Deferred tax charge (credit) (Note 18) 3,528 (878) 9,912 5,042 The tax on the profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the statutory tax rate as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit before tax 14,351 12,618 Tax calculated at domestic tax rate of 9% (2024: 9%) 1,292 1,136 Adjusted for the effects of: Different tax rates in other countries 4,935 5,087 Tax on net assets at 1% 128 137 Income not subject to tax (3,048) (2,324) Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 1,101 550 Other charges and credits 5,504 456 Tax charge 9,912 5,042

Page 44 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 11. Taxation (Continued) 2025 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries 260 - 260 Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE - - - Actuarial gains – termination benefits 54 - 54 Other comprehensive income 314 - 314 Deferred tax (Note 18) - 2024 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries (907) - (907) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE 716 - 716 Actuarial gains – termination benefits (96) - (96) Other comprehensive income (287) - (287) Deferred tax (Note 18) - 12. Earnings per Share 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the company 4,287 7,461 Profit attributable to preference shareholders (1,713) (1,289) Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders 2,574 6,172 Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000) 186,213 186,213 Total basic and diluted earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations. 1.38 3.31

Page 45 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13 . Property, Plant and Equipment The furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment category for the Group includes equipment held for leases. Lease contracts for these items are entered into with third parties, with periodic lease payments being 36 to 60 months. Items which are leased are transferred from inventory on commencement of the lease arrangements and are transferred back to inventory on termination of the lease arrangements. Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Exchange differences - 3 (107) - (21) (4) (129) Additions - 1,103 3,663 - 67 269 5,102 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 502 - 24 - 526 Transfers from inventory - 9,380 - - - 9,380 Disposals - (553) (241) - (24) - (818) Transfers to inventory - - (4,018) - - - (4,018) On revaluation - - - - - - - Transfer from CWIP* - 23 186 - - (374) (165) At 31 December 111 6,974 108,155 776 1,711 1,035 118,762 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Exchange differences - (3) (193) - (18) - (214) Charge for the year** - 819 13,800 - 162 - 14,781 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 171 - 24 - 195 On transfer to inventory - - (4,528) - - - (4,528) Relieved on disposals - (365) (230) - (2) - (597) At 31 December 24 3,771 77,600 - 1,261 - 82,656 Net Book Value - 87 3,203 30,555 776 450 1,035 36,106 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $10,054,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 46 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,739 88,464 60 1,822 514 97,710 Exchange differences - (197) (898) - (294) - (1,389) Additions - 422 4,960 - 121 875 6,378 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 2,217 - 24 - 2,241 Transfers from inventory - - 9,017 - - - 9,017 Disposals - (657) (290) - (70) - (1,017) Transfers to inventory - - (4,789) - - - (4,789) On revaluation - - - 716 - - 716 Transfer from CWIP* - 91 109 - 62 (245) 17 At 31 December 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,292 62,728 - 1,067 - 67,111 Exchange differences - (87) (222) - (214) - (523) Charge for the year** - 678 11,282 - 271 - 12,231 On transfer to inventory - - (4,918) - - - (4,918) Relieved on disposals - (563) (290) - (29) - (882) At 31 December 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Net Book Value - 87 3,078 30,210 776 570 1,144 35,865 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $7,971,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 47 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The amounts of equipment leased to customers and included in property, plant and equipment are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Equipment held for lease at cost 80,979 86,403 Accumulated depreciation (61,596) (66,856) Net book value 19,383 19,547 Equipment is ordinarily moved from inventory to docu-centers, printshops and internal use. Equipment from inventory is also placed under lease contracts. When the equipment is no longer assigned to a specific function, it is moved back to inventory at net book value. The most significant of these movements is for equipment held for lease which is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening net book value 19,547 16,502 Acquisition of subsidiaries (Note 35) - 1,870 Transfers from inventory during lease period 9,380 9,017 Depreciation charges (10,054) (7,971) Disposals – transfers to inventory upon expiry of lease (4,018) (4,789) Depreciation released 4,528 4,918 Closing net book value 19,383 19,547

Page 48 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The pieces of freehold land of the Group were independently revalued as at various dates during 2023 on the basis of open market value or other market comparable approaches by independent qualified valuators. The directors are of the view that there were no material changes in the value over the prior year for Freehold land. Fair value movements on freehold are recognised in OCI under other revaluation reserves, see Note 28. The following table analyses the non-financial assets carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:  Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, or directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2), and  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

Page 49 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) There were no transfers between levels during the year. Level 3 fair values of land and buildings have been derived using the sales comparison approach. Sales prices of comparable land and buildings in close proximity are adjusted for differences in key attributes such as property size. The most significant input into this valuation approach is price per square foot. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair values of land and buildings are disclosed in the tables below. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87 Fair value measurements at 31 December 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87

Page 50 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases : Right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 12,599 10,376 Equipment 2,596 2,308 Motor vehicles 74 118 15,269 12,802 Movement analysis is as follows: 2025 2024 $’000 $’000 At Cost/Valuation - At 1 January 32,312 28,876 Exchange differences (40) 266 Acquisition on subsidiaries (Note 35) - 109 Additions 10,207 5,804 Lease Expiry (4,737) (2,743) At 31 December 37,742 32,312 Amortisation - At 1 January 19,510 16,203 Exchange differences (9) 348 Relieved on lease expiry (2,931) (2,251) Charge for the year 5,903 5,210 At 31 December 22,473 19,510 Net book value At 31 December 15,269 12,802

Page 51 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (Continued) (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: Amortisation charge of right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 4,709 4,488 Equipment 1,105 623 Motor vehicles 89 99 5,903 5,210 Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: - the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability - any lease payments made at the commencement date less any lease incentives received Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.

Page 52 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement, Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Year ended 31 December 2025 Opening net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 337 - - - 337 Exchange Difference - 1 - (2) (1) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (734) (184) (3,174) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 5 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Cost 86,952 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,684 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (12,827) (15,386) (6,993) (35,927) Closing net book value 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 Year ended 31 December 2024 Opening net book value 81,218 20,880 - 824 102,922 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 5,964 - 2,881 - 8,845 Adjustment (1,288) - - - (1,288) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (444) (184) (2,884) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 4 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Cost 86,615 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,347 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (10,572) (14,652) (6,807) (32,752) Closing net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595

Page 53 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15 . Intangible Assets (Continued) Amortisation charges have been included in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income. Impairment tests for goodwill The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis or when events or changes in the circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill is allocated. The recoverable amount is usually determined by reference to the value in use. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the CGU and also to choose an appropriate discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those future cash flows. The allocation of goodwill to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) as categorised by subsidiary is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 403 403 PBS Central America, S.A. 7,539 7,539 Mobay Holdings N. V. 4,256 4,256 Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 523 523 High Tech Corporation S.A. de C.V 2,957 2,957 PBS Technology Group Limited 62,655 62,655 Infotrans 1,438 1,438 PBS Peru 5,964 5,964 Regional Business Systems 337 - Other 159 159 86,231 85,894 The recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use pre- tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a 5-year period. Cash flows beyond the 5 th year are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2025 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2025 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 73.2% 2.0% 14.4% 20.56% PBS Central America S.A. 0.7% 3.4% 13.3% 20.96% Mobay Holdings N. V. 20.7% 1.7% 12.6% 20.70% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 24.6% 4.9% 16.7% 19.41% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.3% 15.2% 25.19% PBS Technology Group Limited 42.3% 3.1% 27.3% 22.25% Infotrans Group Holdings B.V. 39.1% 1.8% 14.9% 19.04% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.5% 12.1% 20.27% Regional Business Systems 174.7% 2.0% 16.6% 20.56%

Page 54 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2024 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2024 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 11.4% 22.0% PBS Central America S.A. -10.0% 3.0% 9.2% 22.4% Mobay Holdings N. V. 13.7% 1.7% 16.0% 17.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5% 11.5% 24.9% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 14.3% 26.6% PBS Technology Group Limited 25.0% 3.0% 25.7% 24.1% Infotrans 50.0% 1.9% 11.8% 24.5% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 11.5% 21.4% The table below shows the change in key assumptions for value in use calculations that would result in the recoverable amount being equal to the carrying amount. This represents only the cash generating units for which the excess of the recoverable amounts over the carrying amounts of the CGUs was low. 202 5 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Mobay Holdings N.V. 20.7% -1.4% 11.9% 23.6% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.5% 15.2% 25.0% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.9% 12.2% 20.0% Regional Business Systems 174.7% -19.2% 9.7% 35.7%

Page 55 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) 202 4 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 8.1% 22.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5.0% 10.4% 26.7% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 12.7% 27.0% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 12.7% 16.4%

Page 56 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 16. Lease Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Gross investment in finance leases Not later than one year 12,292 4,538 Later than one year and not later than five years 6,130 8,966 18,422 13,504 Less: Unearned income (2,447) (3,939) 15,975 9,565 Net investment in finance leases may be classified as follows: Not later than one year 11,437 2,696 Later than one year and not later than five years 4,538 6,869 15,975 9,565 No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . 17. Long Term Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Print Spot S de R.L. (Note a) 22 91 Guarantee deposits for building rents (Note b) 87 111 Other (Note c) 660 387 769 589 The current portion of long-term receivables is $161,000 (2024: $38,000) and is recorded in Current Assets. No loss allowance was recorded for long-term receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . a) Print Spot S de R.L. The balance earns interest of 14% and matures in August 2027. b) Guarantee deposits for building rents These balances do not earn interest and they are guarantee deposits for the rent of buildings in Guatemala, Cayman, Panama and Nicaragua. They mature between February 2027 (renewables) and July 2029. c) Other The balance relates to amounts that are individually insignificant. These balances relate to equipment sales with terms between 13 months and up to 37 months. These are secured with promissory notes and earn interest between 10% and 21% and are guaranteed with a pledge on the financed equipment.

Page 57 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 18. Deferred Income Taxes (a) Deferred income taxes are calculated in full on all temporary differences under the liability method and comprise: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Deferred Tax Asset 11,507 14,491 Deferred Tax Liability (6,570) (6,153) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (b) The movement on the deferred income tax assets balance for the year is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net asset at beginning of the year 8,338 7,971 Acquisition of subsidiaries - 89 (Charge) credit to profit and loss (Note 11) (3,528) 878 Exchange difference 127 (600) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment (843) (1,081) Provisions 2,117 7,034 Foreign exchange (losses)/gains (3) (29) Tax losses 3,621 2,600 Other 45 (186) 4,937 8,338 (d) The movement on the net deferred tax asset is attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment 125 (1,178) Provisions 66 (915) Tax losses (3,934) 1,144 Other 342 1,316 (3,401) 367 (e) Deferred income tax liabilities have not been established for withholding tax that would be payable on unremitted profits of subsidiaries as the amounts are permanently reinvested.

Page 58 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances The following transactions were carried out with related parties: (a) Sale of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Sale of goods Other related parties 26 428 Goods are sold based on the price lists in force and terms that would be available to third parties. (b) Purchase of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Purchases of goods Other related parties 10 204 Transactions with other related parties. (c) Key management compensation Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive). The compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services is shown below: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 4,837 4,905 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 373 372 Pension benefits 33 33 Other 106 9 5,349 5,319 Directors’ fees 118 104 (d) Other transactions 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Parent Management fee expense 1,429 970 Other related parties Management fee expense 1,005 1,044 Interest Income (6) (2) Interest paid 50 3 Rental Expense 634 - 3,112 2,015

Page 59 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances (Continued) (e) Year end balances with related parties Balances with the parent company and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand and earn no interest. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Receivable from related parties: Parent 5,346 5,247 Fellow subsidiaries and shareholder 2,720 2,220 8,066 7,467 Payable to related parties: Parent 9,487 9,421 Fellow subsidiaries 4,252 2,887 13,739 12,308 20. Investment in Associates In January 18, 2024, Trinidad Systems Group Limited (“TSGL”), a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), completed the acquisition of 100% of the operations of Trinidad Systems Limited (“TSL”) for a total purchase price of TT$107,208,000.00 (US$15,765,882.35). The acquisition was financed through a combination of 50% cash and 50% debt. PBS participated in the ownership consortium of TSGL, securing a 45% equity stake. As a result, PBS contributed 45% of the cash portion of the purchase price, amounting to TT$24,121,800 (US$3,543,000). The debt portion, representing the remaining 50% of the purchase price, is solely the responsibility of TSGL. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 As at January 4,056 3,543 Share of net profit 718 513 At 31 December 4,774 4,056

Page 60 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 20. Investment in Associates (Continued) The associate’s year-end is 31 December. The summarized unaudited consolidated information for the associate and its subsidiary is presented below. The information disclosed reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of Trinidad Systems Group Limited and not the Group’s share of those amounts. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Statement of financial position: Total Assets 26,790 24,316 Total Liabilities (13,592) (11,254) Net Assets 13,198 13,062 Statement of comprehensive income: Revenues 22,501 22,243 Expenses (21,177) (21,127) Net Profit for the Year 1,324 1,116 21. Inventories 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Finished goods 57,311 47,625 Goods in transit 13,198 12,801 70,509 60,426 Less: Provision for obsolete stock (12,466) (11,842) 58,043 48,584 Cost of inventory recognised as an expense aggregating to $203,222,000 (2024: $232,404,000), were recognised in profit and loss. 22. Trade and Other Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade receivables 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (Note 3) (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Prepaid expenses 5,307 3,985 Current portion of Long-Term Receivable 77 273 Other (Note a) 24,355 13,484 127,296 105,760 a) Includes advances to vendors of $3,359,442 (2024: $852,000) and Sundry Debtors of $3,808,003 (2024: $5,992,202)

Page 61 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 23. Cash and Bank 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The cash and bank balances disclosed for 2025 include restricted cash of $6,644,000 (2024: $6,131,000) The weighted average interest rate at the reporting date for short term bank deposits was 0.70% (2024: 0.70%) per annum. 24. Trade and Other Payables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade payables 58,348 48,628 Interest Payables 378 1,001 Accrued liabilities 15,792 20,860 Other 16,531 15,366 91,049 85,855 The carrying amounts of trade and other payables is a reasonable approximation to their fair values, due to their short-term nature. 25. Lease Liabilities The Group currently has long term lease agreements related to buildings, equipment, and motor vehicles. (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Lease liabilities Current 6,998 6,441 Non-current 17,988 15,465 24,986 21,906 (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest expense (included in finance cost) 1,353 1,580 Expenses relating to short term leases or low value underlying assets (included in selling, general and administrative expenses) 1,178 1,835 2,531 3,415 The total cash outflow for leases in 2025 was $ 9,723,000 (2024: $10,699,000).

Page 62 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 25. Lease Liabilities (Continued) (iii) Incremental borrowing rate For the incremental borrowing rate, the Group: - Where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by bankers as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received, and - Makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security. - The weighted average incremental borrowing rate for the Group in 2024 and 2025 was determined to be 7%. (iv) Lease payments Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. (v) Extension and termination options Extension and termination options are included in a number of leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. As at 31 December 2025, potential future cash outflows of $18,867,000 (2024: $14,702,000) (undiscounted) have not been included in the lease liability because it is not reasonably certain that the leases will be extended (or not terminated). The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee. During the current financial year, the financial effect of revising lease terms to reflect the effect of exercising extension and termination options was nil.

Page 63 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Short term loans – (a) Citibank 12,000 - (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. 2,860 2,274 (c) First Citizens 1,700 1,500 (d) Quedex 1,129 - (e) Davivienda 762 1,088 (f) Banco Popular Dominicano 540 400 (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú 254 - (h) Lafise - 679 19,245 5,941 Current portion of non-current borrowings 14,250 10,633 Total Current Borrowings 33,495 16,574 Non-Current Borrowings – (i) Citibank 135,469 120,926 (j) JCSD Preference Shares 16,701 16,582 (k) Xerox 6,875 9,375 (l) Davivienda 3,060 3,006 (m) National Commercial Bank 1,672 2,190 (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies 1,320 1,232 (o) First Citizens 489 934 (p) BICSA 324 341 (q) Banco de Bogotá 134 62 (r) Banistmo 99 428 (s) ASEPBS 99 - (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies - 72 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 Current portion of non-current borrowings (14,250) (10,633) Total Non-Current Borrowings 151,992 144,515 Total Borrowings 185,487 161,089

Page 64 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) The exposure of the group’s borrowings to interest rate changes and the contractual re-pricing dates at the end of the reporting period are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 0-12 months 33,495 16,574 1-5 years 151,992 144,515 185,487 161,089 The carrying amounts and fair value of the non-current borrowings are as follows: Carrying amount Fair value 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Loans 135,468 123,858 138,367 137,374 Redeemable preference shares 16,701 17,000 17,000 17,000 Other 14,073 14,290 14,073 17,674 166,242 155,148 169,440 172,048 The Group’s undrawn borrowing facilities as of December 2025 is $12,837,000 (2024: $15,000,000).

Page 65 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Short term loans (a) Citibank N.A. This represents three unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of SOFR plus a margin of 3.9% per annum with due dates between March 18 and June 18, 2026. (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. This represents four unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of between 10.20% and 10.99% per annum with due dates between January 20 and March 11, 2026. (c) First Citizens This represents loans which attracts interest of 8% per annum and mature in June 2026. (d) Quedex This represents a loan which attracts interest of 12% per annum and mature in March 2026. (e) Davivienda This represents an unsecured loan to finance working capital bearing interest of 9.30% per annum and maturing March 2026. (f) Banco Popular Dominicano This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on June 30, 2026. (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú This represents a short-term loan which attracts interest of 6.57% per annum and matures on June 19, 2026. (h) Lafise This represented three fiduciary loans to finance working capital, bearing interest between 9.5% and 10% per annum and which matured between January 25 and June 29, 2025. Non-Current Borrowings (i) Citibank This facility was granted in June 2024. The credit agreement was signed by Citibank as Administrative and Collateral Agent, and with Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A., First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners. The facility also grants the group access to incremental loans on which the same terms and conditions as the initial disbursement apply. The group accessed the first tranche of $12,500,000 on December 8, 2025 and the second of $8,000,000 on December 26, 2025. It matures in June 2030 and attracts an interest base rate of 3.4% plus a Term SOFR CME – 6 month rate, which results in an All-in rate of 7% at December 2025. Payments of principal and interests are to be paid in variable installments payments, in a semi-annual basis. Such semi annual amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth. The deferred financing charges offset against the loan amount is $2,588,432.

Page 66 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Guarantor companies are PBS Technology Group Limited, Productive Business Solutions (Central America), S.A., Productive Business Solutions Caribbean Limited, Dorada Management Inc., Productive Business Solutions (Guatemala), S.A., Productive Business Solutions El Salvador, S.A. de C.V., High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions Honduras, S.A. de C.V., Hight Tech Consulting, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions (Nicaragua), S.A., Productive Business Solutions (Costa Rica), S.A., and Productive Business Solutions (Panamá), S.A.. (j) JCSD Preference Shares This represents 17,000,000 Redeemable Cumulative Preference Shares in United States dollars (US$) entitled to a fixed preferential cumulative cash dividend of 8.25% US$ per annum. These preference shares issued in June 2024, mature in June 2028 and are mandatorily redeemable by the Company on this date. The deferred finance charges offset against the loan amounts to $298,790 The Preference Shares may not be redeemed by the Company until after the second anniversary of issue thereof. Thereafter the Voluntary Redemption Payment shall be the aggregate of (i) repayment in US$ of the Redemption Price; (ii) any arrears or accruals of the cumulative preferential dividend on the Preference Shares, whether declared or earned, or not, calculated down to the date of such repayment. (k) Xerox PBS Group acquired Xerox companies in Peru and Ecuador and signed a 4-year unsecured promissory note on July 1, 2024 issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 26, 2024. Principal and interest of 7% per annum are to be paid on a quarterly basis, total of 16 quarterly instalments that ends in June 2028. (l) Davivienda This represents two loans to finance working capital at 9.75% and 15.24% interest rate per annum and are due on May 24, 2027 and December 12, 2028, respectively. (m) NCB - National Commercial Bank This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 11.75% annual, due on October 19, 2028. All of this loan is disclosed as current portion of non-current borrowing given a breach in the corresponding financial covenants of the affiliate that holds the debt. (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies This represents the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of Infotrans subsidiaries in Aruba, Bonaire, Colombia and Curacao, maturing in May 2027. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non-current borrowings. The balance purchase price was set in four equal instalments of six hundred thousand united state dollars, each payable on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of completion of the sale which took place on June 12, 2023. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non- current borrowings. (o) FCIT - First Citizens This represents an unsecured loan facility granted in TT Dollars which attracts interest of 7.5% per annum, maturing on January 11, 2027. (p) BICSA – Banco Internacional de Costa Rica, S.A. This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 9% annual, due on September 15, 2028. (q) Banco de Bogotá This represents two loans which attracts interest of 12.72% and 12.03% per annum and maturing on January 17, 2027, and December 04, 2027.

Page 67 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) (r) Banistmo – Banco del Istmo This represents an unsecured loan which attracts interest of 7.9% per annum and due date is on March 28, 2027. (s) ASEPBS – Asociación Solidarista de Empleados de PBS This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on November 01, 2027. (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies This represented the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of High-Tech subsidiaries in El Salvador and Honduras which matured in July 2025. 27. Share Capital 202 5 202 4

000
000 Authorised - 186,213,000, (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000, (2024 –2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 Issued and fully paid - 186,213,000 (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000 (2024 – 2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 The preference shares are redeemable cumulative preference shares (1,500,000 9.25% perpetual cumulative redeemable USD and 500,000 10.50% perpetual cumulative redeemable Jamaican Dollars Preference Shares) where the declaration of dividends is discretionary. There is no contractual redemption date for these shares and may only be called for the first time at the sole discretion of the issuer, on the last Business Day of the financial year which falls immediately before the 15th anniversary of the issue date of the Preference Shares 28. Other Reserves (deficits) Other reserves primarily represent the currency translation differences resulting from the unrealized gains and losses on the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries that have a different functional currency from that of the Company. Other reserves also include revaluation reserve for the revaluation of assets and actuarial gains. Revaluation Surplus $’000 Actuarial Gains $’000 Currency Translation Differences $’000 Total $’000 Balance as at 1 January 2024 70 2,902 (20,111) (17,139) Actuarial gains - (96) - (96) Movement during 2024 716 - (820) (104) Balance as at 31 December 2024 786 2,806 (20,931) (17,339) Actuarial gains - 54 - 54 Movement during 2025 - - 260 260 Balance as at 31 December 2025 786 2,860 (20,671) (17,025)

Page 68 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 29. Litigation and Contingent Liabilities The Group is subject to various claims, disputes and legal proceedings in the normal course of business. Provision is made for such matters when, in the opinion of management and its professional advisors, it is probable that a payment will be made by the Group, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Claims asserted against the Group, according to the principles outlined above, have not been provided for. Management is of the opinion that the claims are either without merit, can be successfully defended or will result in exposure to the Group which is immaterial to both financial position and results of operations. 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset The movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligation during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 1,553 1,389 Reallocation of pension plan liability 1,045 - Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 Actuarial gains on termination benefits 124 (24) Benefits paid (73) (73) At end of year 3,111 1,553 The movement of the pension plan asset during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 3,674 3,596 Actuarial gains / (losses) 110 (96) Current service cost 122 122 Interest Cost 493 546 Benefits paid (653) (726) Other 6 232 At end of year 3,752 3,674 The amounts recognised in arriving at profit or loss were as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 At end of year 462 261 The distribution of the obligation by country was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Nicaragua 120 115 Panama 338 280 El Salvador 968 810 Honduras 393 348 Ecuador 1,292 - 3,111 1,553

Page 69 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset (Continued) The value of the plan asset was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Barbados 3,034 3,034 Panama 575 557 Honduras 143 83 3,752 3,674 The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is: 202 5 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (500) 485 Inflation rate 1% 52 (47) 202 4 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (432) 465 Inflation rate 1% 31 (27) The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position.

Page 70 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation (Continued) Termination benefits in El Salvador and Nicaragua are established by law and entitle the employee to receive a payment upon termination of employment, regardless of cause. In El Salvador the benefit is founded in the law 592, that is the regulatory law for the economic benefit for voluntary resignation. Employees with more than two years of uninterrupted service for the company shall receive a payment of, at least, the equivalent of 15 days of minimum wage for each year of service. In Nicaragua, the law 185, Labour Code, entitles the employee to the right to receive a payment equivalent to one monthly salary for each year of service, up to the third year, and 20 days of salary for each additional year. Neither of these plans require the employer to establish a fund. The principal actuarial assumptions used in valuing post-employment benefits are as follows: PBS Nicaragua 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 11% 11% Future salary increases 5% 5% Retirement age 60 years 60 years PBS El Salvador 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5% 5% Future salary increases 3.4% 3.4% Retirement age 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively PBS Panama 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5.5% 5.5% Future salary increases 6% 6% Retirement age 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively The principal assumptions used in valuing the pension plan asset for Barbados as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 7.75% 7.75% Future salary increases 3% 3% Retirement age 65 65

Page 71 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Operating Activities Reconciliation of the Group’s net profit to cash generated from operating activities: Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net profit 4,439 7,576 Items not affecting cash: Depreciation 13&14 20,684 17,441 Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 15 3,174 2,884 Share of profit of associate (718) (513) Taxation expense 11 9,912 5,042 Foreign exchange Losses/(Gains) 609 734 Loss / (Gains) on disposal of Property plant and equipment 179 (103) Interest income 7 (1,769) (1,999) Interest expense 10 17,094 18,801 53,604 49,863 Change in non-cash working capital, net of effects from acquisition of subsidiaries: Inventories (14,646) (6,961) Contract assets 1,574 429 Trade and other receivables (21,595) 29 Due from related parties (599) (499) Long term liabilities (407) (906) Long term receivable (180) 218 Lease receivable (6,410) (15) Accounts payable (7,288) 2,183 Contract liabilities (505) (4,243) Retirement benefit obligation 1,480 86 Due to related parties 1,431 1,249 6,459 41,433 Taxation paid (3,733) (8,902) Net cash provided by operating activities 2,726 32,531 Net Debt Reconciliation This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for the year ended 31 December. 2025

000 2024
000 Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Borrowings - repayable within one year (including overdraft) (33,495) (16,915) Borrowings - repayable after one year (151,992) (144,174) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034) Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Gross debt - fixed interest rates (185,487) (161,089) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034)

Page 72 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Financing Activities (Continued) Cash and Bank Lease liability Borrowing due within 1 year Borrowing due after 1 year Total 000 $’000 000 000 000 Net debt as at 31 December 2023 31,991 (19,197) (50,306) (96,936) (134,448) Addition 8,735 (13,552) (4,041) (143,000) (151,858) Repayments (10,760) 10,699 46,254 95,418 141,611 Foreign exchange adjustments (5) 144 9 830 978 Other non-cash movements - - (8,490) (827) (9,317) Net debt as at 31 December 2024, 29,961 (21,906) (16,574) (144,515) (153,034) Addition - (4,676) (17,271) (24,523) (46,470) Repayments (8,366) 7,630 12,646 473 12,383 Foreign exchange adjustments (21) 21 18 170 188 Other non-cash movements - (6,055) (12,314) 16,403 (1,966) Net debt as at 31 December 2025 21,574 (24,986) (33,495) (151,992) (188,899) .

Page 73 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 32. Pledged as Security The net assets of some subsidiaries of the group have been pledged as security for borrowings. The value of these pledged assets at the year end totalled $177,643,000 (2024: $159,054,000). 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities The Group classifies rights and obligations in its relationship with customers whenever either party performs any of its contractual obligations. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress for which the Group has provided the services. The contract assets become a receivable when the entity’s right to consideration is unconditional, and the revenue has been billed. The contract assets are classified as current assets as the associated contract is expected to be completed in less than 12 months. The contract assets relate to equipment contracts. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract assets 28 1,602 The contract liabilities refer to advances received from customers under the promise to deliver equipment. Total contract liabilities at the end of the year are reflected in the table below. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract liabilities on equipment contracts 10,717 8,139 on service contracts 4,384 7,463 Total contract liabilities 15,101 15,602

Page 74 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities (Continued) (i) Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to carried- forward contract liabilities and how much relates to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period on equipment contracts 3,391 4,781 on service contracts 2,534 1,252 5,925 6,033 (ii) Unsatisfied contracts at the end of the period The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations resulting from fixed-price contracts: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 84,215 63,651 84,215 63,651

Page 75 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 34 . Investments In October 2022 the Group acquired 17% of the shares of Arel Limited, which resulted in an investment of $242,000 (equivalent to $246,000 at prior year’s rate). Arel Limited is a private company established in 1967 and domiciled in 2 Piccadilly Road, Kingston 5, St. Andrew, Jamaica. The company is focused on providing engineering services and equipment such as air conditioning, medical and elevators. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair value of the unquoted equity investment are disclosed in the table below. The Group divested its entire holding in this investment during 2025. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 and 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Total 2025 $’000 Total 2024 $’000 Unquoted equity - 243

Page 76 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries Acquisition of Regional Business Systems Limited On 1 May 2025, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Regional Business Systems Limited. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. (i) Identifiable assets acquired – Regional Business Systems Limited 2025 $’000 Property and equipment 331 Tax Recoverable 12 Inventories 175 Trade and other payables (231) Other Current Liabilities (32) Bank Overdraft (197) Net identifiable assets acquired 58 Consideration 395 Less net identifiable assets acquired (58) Goodwill 337 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2025 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 395 Less: Cash balance (overdraft) acquired (197) Net outflow of cash 592

Page 77 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued)z Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Peru. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired - Peru 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 1,638 Trade and other receivables 1,722 Cash and cash equivalents 1,254 Deferred tax asset 594 Inventories 1,353 Intangible assets 2,200 Other Assets 277 Trade and other payables (2,214) Other Current Liabilities (59) Deferred Tax Liabilities (763) Net identifiable assets acquired 6,002 Consideration 11,966 Less net identifiable assets acquired (6,002) Goodwill 5,964 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 4,231 Less: Cash balance acquired 1,254 Net outflow of cash 2,977

Page 78 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador (iii) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 4,231 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 7,735 Total purchase consideration 11,966 (iv) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1. Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2. Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Ecuador. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired: 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 603 Right of Use Asset 109 Trade and other receivables 1,646 Cash and cash equivalents 2,909 Deferred tax asset 471 Inventories 527 Intangible assets 681 Taxation Recoverable 812 Trade and other payables (2,826) Tax Payable (5) Short term loans (112) Deferred Tax Liabilities (175) Net identifiable assets acquired 4,640 Consideration 3,490 Less net identifiable assets acquired (4,640) Negative Goodwill (1,150)

Page 79 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 1,225 Less: Cash balance acquired 2,909 Net inflow of cash (1,684) (iii) Acquisition-related costs In 2024 the Group incurred a combined (Peru and Ecuador) acquisition-related costs of $98,000 which were fully expensed. These costs have been included in professional fees expenses for the current period. (iv) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 1,225 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 2,265 Total purchase consideration 3,490 (v) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1.Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2.Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. 36. Distributions 2025 During 2025 the Group made the following distribution to ordinary shareholders On February 10, 2025, the group paid a cash dividend of $6,499,000 (3.49 cents per share) On December 31, 2025, the group paid a cash divided of $2,999,000 (1.61 cents per share) During 2025 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On January 22, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On April 15, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On June 30, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD428,000 (21.38 cents per share) On September 20, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD427,000 (21.38 cents per share)

Page 80 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 36. Distributions (Continued) 2024 During 2024 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On April 02, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On July 04, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On September 30, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) 37. Pillar II The Group is a part of a Multinational Entity (MNE) with revenues above €750 million. As such, it is within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules. Pillar Two legislation has not been enacted in Jamaica, the jurisdiction in which the MNE is incorporated. The Group has subsidiaries in the following countries with tax rate below 15%: Barbados, British Vergin Islands (BVI), Cayman Islands and St. Lucia. Under the legislation, the Group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) effective tax rate for each jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. The Group’s effective tax rates exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which it operates, with a few exceptions. For these exceptions, although the average effective tax rate may be below 15%, the Group’s exposure to paying Pillar Two income taxes might not be for the full difference in tax rates in relation to these entities. Additionally, not all entities jurisdictions have legislative frameworks to accommodate the Pillar Two top up tax. The Group is in the process of assessing its exposure to the Pillar Two legislation and will implement once adopted by the MNE in the jurisdiction of incorporation. 38. Subsequent Events 1. On January 14, 2026, the Boad of Directors declared a dividend payment of 1.88 cents per ordinary share. The record date is January 28, 2026, and payable February 25, 2026. 2. On February 27, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of March 16, 2026, and payable on April 1, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share. 3. On May 22, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of May 28, 2026, and payable on July 2, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share.

PROXY FORM

Productive Business Solutions Limited Company No. 34076 ("the Company") The undersigned shareholder of the Company hereby appoints of or failing him of Dated this day of , 2026 Name in Print: as the nominee of the undersigned to attend and act for the undersigned and on behalf of the undersigned at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on the September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am Jamaica time and at any adjournment or adjournments thereof in the same manner, to the same extent and with the same powers as if the undersigned was present at the said meeting or such adjournment or adjournments there of. Pursuant to Amended and Restated By-Law No. 2 of the Company

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Syndicated from Jamaica Stock Exchange · originally published .

Other coverage

Around Kingston

· powered by OFMOP
000
Skip to main content
Abeng Radio·Live news
0 listening
Jamaica Stock Exchange

Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

Kingston
Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS is a solutions-oriented, customer-focused technology group that combines a wide range of services, top-tier professionals, and cutting-edge products to offer customized systems and tools for organizations in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. Under the concept of “Engineering & Technology,” PBS operates through a model in which they work together to transform ideas into functional, scalable, and strategic solutions. Engineering acts as the core capability for designing, integrating, and executing complex systems with a long-term vision, while technology serves as the enabler that accelerates results and turns innovation into real impact. This approach reinforces PBS as a reliable partner in solutions integration, focused on helping clients improve the efficiency of their business processes while delivering measurable and sustainable results. “No Limits” defines how PBS thinks and operates: without technical, geographical, or industry boundaries. It reflects a commitment to flexibility, continuous innovation, and the ability to anticipate and solve challenges through tailored solutions that drive efficiency and growth across diverse markets and industries. 03

We are committed to our customers. We work with exceptional people. PBS Costa Rica Building, Plaza Roble, Los Balcones, 3rd Floor 05

We represent world leaders in the technology industry to provide the best solutions and services in our market. 06

Table of Contents Notice of an Annual General Meeting 08 Director’s Report 09 Corporate Information 10 Our Values 11 Acquisitions and Incorporations 13 Our Coverage 14 PBS Business Lines 15 Shareholders Profile 17 Shareholding of Directors 23 Chairman Message 24 CEO Letter 26 Group Board of Directors 32 Board Committees 37 Senior Regional Leadership Team 44 Regional Leadership Team 45 Senior in Country Leadership 47 Consolidated Financial Statements 49 PROXY FORM 51 Corporate Governance Policy 141 07

Notice of an Annual General Meeting NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the NINTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of PRODUCTIVE BUSINESS SOLUTIONS LIMITED will be held at their offices at General Accident Insurance Company Jamaica Limited, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, St. Andrew, Jamaica as well as virtually, on September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am to consider and if thought fit pass the following ordinary resolutions: A member of the Company entitled to attend and vote, is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote in his or her stead. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. Proxy forms must be submitted to the Company's Registrar and Transfer Agent, Jamaica Central Securities Depository, 40 Harbour Street, Kingston, Jamaica not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting. Proxy forms must be stamped with a J$100.00 postage stamp. Shareholders will be able to attend the meeting in person; however they will also be able to attend and vote on resolutions raised at the AGM electronically once they are registered by contacting [email protected]. Non-Shareholders can also register using the same email address. Upon registration, a confirmation will be sent and the meeting link and password will be shared closer to the meeting. The deadline for registration is September 2, 2026. P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board a. “THAT Deloitte & Touche having indicated their willingness to continue in office be re-appointed as Auditors for the ensuing year.” b. “THAT the Directors are hereby authorized to agree on a remuneration for the Auditors.” 6. RATTIFICATION OF DIVIDEND PAYMENTS “THAT the following dividend payments made during the year be ratified and that no other dividend payments were approved for the period under review”: “THAT dividend payments made to the: 9.25% and 10.50% preference shareholders on April 15, 2025, June 30, 2025, and September 30, 2025 of US$0.23125 per share and J$25.890411 per share respectively Common shareholders on February 10, 2025 and December 31, 2025 of US$0.0349 and US$0.0161 per share respectively TO TRANSACT ANY OTHER BUSINESS THAT MAY BE PROPERLY TRANSACTED AT AN ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING Dated this 4th day of August, 2026 BY ORDER OF THE BOARD 1. AUDITED ACCOUNTS “THAT the audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025, and the reports of the Directors’ and Auditors’ be and are hereby adopted.” 2. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS Pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 the Directors retiring from office by rotation are Jose Misrahi, Ricardo Hutchinson and Thomas Agnew, who being eligible offered themselves for re-election. The proposed resolutions are as follows: a. “THAT Jose Misrahi be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” b. “THAT Ricardo Hutchinson be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” c. “THAT Thomas Agnew be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” 3. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTOR Pursuant to Section 4.3.2 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 Mr. Eduardo Rodriguez who was appointed by the Board of Directors on June 8, 2026 resigned and being eligible offered himself for re-election. “THAT Eduardo Rodriguez be re-elected as a Director of the Company” 4. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION “THAT the amount shown for the Directors’ remuneration in the Audited Accounts dated December 31, 2025 be and is hereby approved.” 5. APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS AND FIX THEIR REMUNERAION 08

Submitted on behalf of the Board of Directors, P. B. Scott Chai rman of the Board The Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited submit herewith their Annual Report and Audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025 The Board of Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited exercises its responsibilities for the Financial Statements included in this Report through its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee consists of non-executive Board members: Brian Wynter Chairperson, Melanie Subratie, Ricardo Hutchinson, Thomas Agnew, and Executive Board member: Jose Misrahi. The independent auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee. The Group ended the year with a profit after tax of US$4,439,000 and a net profit attributable to shareholders of US$4,287,000. Details of these results, along with a comparison with the previous year’s performance and the state of affairs of the Company, are set out in the Management Discussion and Analysis and the Financial Statements which are included as part of the Report. The Directors wish to express their appreciation to the employees for their loyal services throughout the year. The Directors will meet to consider the appointment of Auditors in accordance with applicable regulations. Finan ci al R e sults A u di t or s Legal Representatives Emp l oyee s Director’s Report 09

Full Corporate Name Productive Business Solutions Limited R egis t ered Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust r ial Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Incorpor at ed December 1 6, 2010 Fiscal Year End December 31 , 2023 Administr ati ve Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust ri al Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Law under which incorpor at ed Barbados Compan y Sec reta ry Liza Ha rr id y al & Associates Tel.: 246-417-5600 Fax.: 246-421-8001 Legal Representatives DUNNCOX 48 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLINTON & HART & CO 58 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLARKE, GITTENS, FARMER Parker House, Wildey Business Park Wildey Road, St. Michael, Barbados M. HAMEL-SMITH & CO. Eleven Albion, Cor. Dere & Albion Streets P.O. Box 219, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad & Tobago W.I. Corporate Information PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS SRL The Financial Services Centre Bishop's Court's Hill P.O. Box 111, St. Michael BB 14004, Barbados Auditors Deloitte & Touche 3rd Floor The Goddard Building Hoggatt Hall St. Michae BB11059 Barbados, W.I. 10

Corporate Governance Policy 11

Corporate Governance Policy OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHARTER WAS ESTABLISHED IN 2010 AND REVISED IN 2025. THE CHARTER CAN BE SEEN IN MORE DETAIL ON THE COMPANY'S WEBSITE WWW.PBS.GROUP 12

Our Values We collaborate in everything we do. We maintain excellent communication with our customers to always understand their needs. The primary factor that enables us to make things happen. We demonstrate these qualities daily to enhance our working environment. We guarantee justice and fairness to all stakeholders, both internal and external. We uphold our business integrity as an ethical framework that guides our professional conduct, acting with integrity to earn the trust of our customers and employees. INTEGRITY TEAMWORK COMMUNICATION DISCIPLINE HUMILITY & SPIRIT OF SERVICE RESPECT FOR INDIVIDUALS 13

Acquisitions and Incorporations 200320******2009 201020******2002 200420******2010 201720******2024 14

191151******2034 151412******2223 Our Coverage Our regional group is made up of: 1. PBS Antigua, 2. PBS Aruba, 3. PBS Barbados, 4. PBS Belize, 5. PBS Cayman Business Machines, 6. PBS Colombia, 7. PBS Costa Rica, 8. PBS Curaçao, 9. PBS Dominican Republic, 10. PBS El Salvador, 11. Global Product Alliance Inc., 12. PBS Guatemala, 13. PBS Guyana, 14. PBS Honduras, 15. PBS San Pedro Sula, 16. PBS Jamaica, 17. PBS Nicaragua, 18. PBS Panama, 19. PBS Suriname, 20. PBS Trinidad & Tobago, 21. PBS Bonaire, 22. PBS Ecuador, 23. PBS Peru, and 24. PBS Dominica. 15

5 6 7 4 3 2 1 PBS Cayman Business Machines PBS Colombia PBS Costa Rica PBS Belize PBS Barbados PBS Aruba Pbs Dorada Technologies Antigua The Cayman Center Suite 1&2 Dorcy Drive, George Town Tel: 1-345-949-8642 [email protected] Centro empresarial El Dorado Plaza Calle 26 No. 85D Local - Modulo 7 Bogotá, Colombia Tel: 57 601 743 3281 [email protected] Plaza Roble, Edificio Balcones, piso 3. San Rafael de Escazú, San José Costa Rica. Tel: 506 4404 8000 Tel: 506 4404 8132 [email protected] 13 Douglas Jones Street Belize City, Belize C.A. Tel: 501 227-0823 / 0824 Facey House 42 Warrens Industrial Park Warrens, St Michael, Barbados Tel: 246 417 5600 Fax: 246 4218001 [email protected] Caya G.F. Betico Croes 170 Oranjestad, Aruba Tel: 297 582 5492 [email protected] Mandolin Place, Friars Hill Road, St. John's, Antigua Tel: (268) 481 1101 Fax: (268) 481 1144 8 PBS Curaçao Schottegatweg Oost 2 Willemstad, Curaçao Tel: +599 97241300 [email protected] 9 PBS Dominican Republic Av. Winston Churchill, Edificio Empresarial Blue Mall, Piso 22 Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic Tel: +809 567 8231 Fax: +809 472 0915 [email protected] 13 14 12 11 10 PBS Guyana PBS Honduras PBS Guatemala Global Product Alliance Inc. GPA PBS El Salvador Lot 2 Goedverwagting, Rupert Craig Highway, East Coast Demerara Tel: (592) 226 1066 [email protected] Tegucigalpa, Boulevard Morazán, edificio Agalta, piso 21 Tel: +504 2244 9870 al 79 [email protected] 23 Avenida 31-13, Zona 5 Ciudad de Guatemala, Guatemala Tel: 502 2420 9500 Whatsapp +502 5456 6479 [email protected] GPA 11411 NW 107th Street, Suite 24, Miami FL 33178 USA. Tel. 1(305) 477 2426 [email protected] Oficinas administrativas: Av. De La Revolución, San Salvador, Torre Plaza Presidente, piso #16. Tel: +503 2239 3000 cel.: +503 7039-9308 [email protected] 15 16 PBS San Pedro Sula PBS Jamaica San Pedro Sula, Barrio Los Andes, 16 Ave. 6 y 7 calle N.O. Edificio Metropark, Piso # 8, Local 804 Tel: +504 2512 2500 al 09 [email protected] Unit 1, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, Jamaica Tel: 876 926 5630-2 Fax: 876 929 5372 SD: 876-968-6197-9 [email protected] 18 17 PBS Panama PBS Nicaragua Calle 50 y 58 Este Obarrio, P.H. Office One, Piso 16 Panamá City, Panamá Tel: + 507 204 9900 Fax: +507 204 9902 [email protected] Rotonda el Güegüense. 400 mts al Sur, 100 mts al Oeste. Managua, Nicaragua Tel: 505 2255 9020 Fax: 505 2255 9030 [email protected] 20 19 21 PBS Trinidad and Tobago PBS Suriname PBS Bonaire Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 / (868) 609 7278 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 [email protected] Van Roosmalenstraat 11 Tel: (597) 551262 [email protected] Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 22 PBS Ecuador Av. Amazonas N35-17 y Juan Pablo Sanz Edificio Xerox Piso 7 Tel: (593) 993337829 [email protected] 23 24 PBS Perú N2N Distributors - Dominica Av las Begonias 441 torre C piso 10, San Isidro - Lima) Tel: (51) 1 616 6666 [email protected] N2N Distributors 33Kennedy Avenue Roseau, Dominica. Tel: (767) 448-2679 25 26 PBS St. Kitts BVI (British Virgin Islands) Unit 9, The Sands, P.O. Box 397 Bay Road, Basseterre St. Kitts. Tel: (869) 466-2018 Jayla Place, Road Town Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Tel: (284) 494-5030 Corporate Information 16

PBS 7 Business Lines IMAGING NETWORKING COMMUNICATIONS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ADVANCED SERVICES INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY SYSTEMS PAYMENT METHODS 17

Vertical Markets GRAPHIC ARTS FINANCE GOVERNMENT & EDUCATION MANUFACTURING, RETAIL & DISTRIBUTION OIL, ENERGY & MINING TELCOS BPO TRANSPORTATION & HOSPITALITY 18

AVAILABLE AT PBS Xerox ® Proficio ® PX300 NEW! A winning formula from the ground up. 19 New generation of production print. Xerox® Proficio® PX300 Printer

Our Partners & Certifications We are transforming as a company to assist in enabling information technologies to empower our clients to gain a competitive edge and accomplish their business objectives. 20

Mimaki's latest integrated printer / cutter offers new levels of creativity and versatility with vibrant ink types, including the new Silver, Orange and Light Black. The CJV300 Series achieves the highest print speeds in its class, with innovative technologies ensuring unparalleled production quality for signboard artists, graphic professionals and printers. Integrated printing and cutting, high speed CJV300-160 21

Oracle Exadata The High-Performance Data Engine Delivering ultra-fast performance, scalability, and reliability for mission-critical enterprise workloads 22

10 Largest Shareholders by Number of Shares 100908******0302 01 612,721 General Accident Insurance Co 663,473 Courtney Sylvester 1,087,308 Jose Misrahi 1,632,140 Portland Fund II Co-invest Partnership 3,230,166 NCB Capital Markets (Cayman) Ltd 5,485,214 Pedro M. Paris 6,330,663 Portland Caribbean Fund II Barbados L.P. 34,264,960 Portland Caribbean Fund II L.P. 45,164,017 Musson (Jamaica) Limited 84,181,818 Facey Group Limited Shareholders Profile 23

Shareholding of Executives P. B. Scott - 129,958,556 Blondell Walker - 45,164,017 Douglas Hewson - 42,227,763 Edward Ince - - Jose Misrahi 1,087,308 - Melanie M. Subratie - 129,958,556 Patrick A.W. Scott - 45,164,017 Pedro M. París 5,485,214 - Ricardo Hutchinson - 42,227,763 Tomas Agnew - - Brian Wynter - - Nicholas Scott - 45,164,017 PERSONAL CONNECTED Marco Antonio Almendárez Cisneros 363,600 Leonardo Jesus Velasquez Foucault 163,171 Elvin Howard Nash 142,700 Sergio Roberto Molina Barrios 127,200 Mario Estuardo Pons Espana 90,900 Francisco Lupiac Rodríguez 87,639 Lucia Vielman Ruíz 49,972 Shareholding of Directors 24

P. B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board 25

Dear Fellow Shareholders, 2025 has been a year that has tested our resolve and, in doing so, has demonstrated the depth of the organization we have built. Against a backdrop of macroeconomic headwinds, tightening capital markets, and an accelerating pace of technological change, PBS has continued to advance. While our financial results reflect the complexity of the environment in which we operate, they also reflect a business that is maturing, adapting, and positioning itself with intention for the years ahead. Revenue for 2025 came in at US$374.9 million against a budget of US$425 million. We do not normally discuss publicly our budgets but in this case I believe it is important to contextualize our own expectation. This shortfall, while meaningful, must be understood in its proper context. Several large government technology projects across our region experienced procurement delays beyond our control, and currency volatility in certain markets impacted reported figures. Despite this, we achieved EBITDA of US$55.2 million an increase on the $50.9m of 2024 but below our budget of US$59m. Our gross margin improved to 34%, up from budget, demonstrating that the discipline we have applied to our cost of sales is taking hold. Our net profit for the year was US$4.3 million. This is not satisfactory and materially different from our own expectations of US$13.6m. The biggest driver of this differential being our tax charge of US$9.9m an effective tax rate of 69%! This is an area management is actively addressing through improved tax planning across our 24-country footprint and we hope to implement structural improvements in 2026. There are four elements that are the key ingredients to PBS’s success today: our people, our capital structure, our systems, our partners - the same foundational pillars I have returned to in prior years, because they remain the determinants of our long-term success. People PBS is, at its core, a people business. Every solution we deliver, every client relationship we maintain, every market we penetrate — all of it flows from the capability of our 3,000-plus professionals across the region. In 2024 we spoke of the urgent need to develop a methodology that makes us a magnet for talent. In 2025 we made meaningful progress. The PBS University platform is still a work in progress. We have to get this right. We have to focus on it to get it right. It has expanded its Chairman message 26

curriculum, and we have introduced structured certification pathways aligned to our key technology partnerships. This is not simply a human resources initiative. It is a strategic imperative. As we grow, the complexity of what we are asked to execute grows with it. We must ensure that our organization scales in quality, not merely in headcount. We expect the organization will revolve over time and we are actively taking steps to plan for the future. Retention remains a challenge in certain markets where the demand for skilled IT professionals continues to outpace supply. We are combating this through a combination of compensation benchmarking, career development investment, and a deliberate effort to build a culture of belonging. Our ability to attract people who share our values — integrity, execution, and client focus — will define the next chapter of PBS as surely as any product or partnership we could announce. Capital When we speak of capital at PBS, we are speaking about something far more nuanced than a balance sheet line. Ours is a business in which the cash cycle for a given solution can range from immediate payment to a five-year financing arrangement. The timing of projects often need to be aligned with availability of capital. In addition the funding of projects often leads to funded debt being incurred before cashflows are delivered thus covenants need to be managed. We operate across multiple currencies, with varying regulatory environments governing the movement of funds across borders. Managing this complexity is one of the most demanding aspects of what we do. Ensuring the ongoing funding of our business is like the provision of oxygen to the pilots of a plane in the air, it is an essential ingredient in getting to the destination. In 2024, I was pleased to report the refinancing of our capital market obligations with a new six-year facility. In 2025, the discipline instilled through that process has served us well. Our balance sheet remains fundamentally sound, and our committed growth capital provides the runway we need to pursue the opportunities that are emerging across the region. The integration of the Xerox operations in Peru and Ecuador, undertaken in 2024, has progressed as planned and is contributing to our expanded footprint. Our strategic investment in TSL continues to develop, and we are monitoring additional acquisition opportunities with the same rigour we apply to our organic growth. Systems 27

I would be remiss not to address again the importance of our internal systems and governance. In 2023, we experienced material misstatements in our Costa Rica subsidiary that delayed our audit. I reported then that we had implemented significant changes to personnel and governance. I am pleased to report that the integrity of our financial reporting across the group has been maintained in 2025 and that the controls we put in place are functioning as intended. We will strive to continue to improve our systems to ensure accuracy as well as expediency in reporting. However expediency must never compromise accuracy. We continue to invest in the technology infrastructure that supports our operations. Shared service functions in accounting and administration are becoming more sophisticated. The balance between local responsiveness and central efficiency is a tension that every multi-jurisdictional business must manage continuously, and we are no different. What I can say with confidence is that our systems today are materially stronger than they were three years ago, and our commitment to making them stronger still remains absolute. Partners Without people, capital and systems, PBS would not be able to do anything. However without partnerships with the leading IT companies in the world we would not be able to add the value we do to our customers. PBS works with almost every global leader in IT. We take this privilege very seriously. Every day we work with our partners to execute projects in our markets that are essential to the economic development of our countries. It is our job to facilitate the seamless execution of such projects in Imaging, Information technology, networking communications, professional services, security systems and payment methods servicing the backbone to our economies. Throughout this annual report you will see reference to our partners who over the last 24 years we have built up credibility and trust. We exist to provide seamless execution for them in order to deliver customer satisfaction through productive solutions to our customers. I would like to thank all of our partners for their support in 2025 and we look forward to working together in 2026. Looking Forward As we look to 2026 and beyond, the opportunity before PBS has never been greater. The markets we serve — across the Caribbean, Central America, and now into South America — are at an inflection point in their technology adoption curves. Governments are investing in digital public infrastructure. Enterprises are accelerating their 28

managed services requirements. Artificial Intelligence (AI) is going to transform everything. Every business will need to assess how AI will work for them in their business. The demand for the kind of deep, locally-grounded IT expertise that PBS has spent 24 years building is real, and it is growing. Our task is to ensure that we are the organization capable of capturing it. We will continue to scale responsibly, to deepen our client partnerships, and to invest with discipline in the capabilities that matter. We are not simply a distribution business that sells technology. We are a solutions organization that transforms how our clients operate. That distinction is the foundation of everything we have built, and it is the source of our confidence in what lies ahead. On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Doug Hewson who resigned from the board in 2025. He has been on the board since we went public and has been an important contributor to the board. We wish him the best and are grateful for his contributions to PBS. I extend our sincere appreciation to every member of the PBS team. The results of 2025 - both the achievements and the shortfalls - are yours. So too is the opportunity that 2026 represents. I thank our shareholders for their continued confidence in the strategy and the leadership of this organization. We are building something of genuine and lasting significance, and we remain committed to doing so with the integrity and intensity that has always defined PBS. Warm regards, P.B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board Productive Business Solutions Limited 29

The Xerox VersaLink B405 is a reliable monochrome multifunction printer designed for small and medium-sized workgroups. It delivers print, copy, scan, fax, and email capabilities in a compact and efficient device. With print speeds of up to 45 pages per minute, support for A4 paper size, and a recommended monthly volume of up to 15,000 pages, the VersaLink B405 helps businesses improve productivity while maintaining professional-quality output and secure document management. Multifunctional Xerox ® VersaLink ® B405 30

31 PEDRO M. PARÍS Group CEO

CEO Letter Dear Fellow Shareholders, Our Chairman has spoken to the financial results of 2025 with characteristic candor. What I want to address here is what those results represent strategically and what we are building toward. We are at a rare inflection point: artificial intelligence, cloud infrastructure, and the obsolescence of legacy systems are reshaping every market we serve. Disruption creates pressure, but it also creates demand and PBS is well positioned to capture it. We Do Not Sell Technology. We Engineer Outcomes. This moment also marks a meaningful evolution in how we define ourselves. We have embraced a new identity: Engineering & Technology No Limits. It is not a marketing exercise. It is a declaration of intent the standard we set for ourselves in the complexity of the problems we take on, the quality of the solutions we deliver, and the boundaries we refuse to accept. What differentiates PBS is not the products we represent it is how we think. We are a systems integrator that excels at building backwards from the client's desired outcome, assembling the precise combination of capabilities each engagement demands. Our active role in project finance further sets us apart, enabling us to structure and deliver solutions that go well beyond the scope of a traditional technology provider. We renew our most enduring client relationships not through inertia, but by consistently delighting them transforming contracts into long-term franchises. And we are now applying that same ingenuity inward: automation and AI agents are actively reducing our own operational costs, improving margins as we scale. Most Important Partners of the PBS Ecosystem Our partner ecosystem is one of our most powerful assets. PBS works alongside Oracle, Cisco, NCR Atleos, NCR Voyix, Xerox, Leidos, and others as their trusted regional execution partner relationships built over decades that are not easily replicated. In 2026 we are going deeper: a unified PBS Consulting under a dedicated regional director sharpens our Oracle go-to-market; Cisco anchors our networking and security practice; NCR Atleos and NCR Voyix lead our financial self-service presence; and Leidos strengthens our positioning in mission-critical solutions. Xerox remains one of our most enduring partnerships. Our CMPS penetration rate of 32

79.3% across PBS Group is a tangible proof point of that trust. As Xerox expands into digital services and IT solutions and as we work to incorporate the strategic developments following the Lexmark acquisition we see clear opportunity ahead. These are not simply vendor relationships. They are proof points of our standing in the global technology community. Artificial Intelligence: From Pilot to Practice PBS has entered the world of agentic AI not as a concept we are studying, but as a capability we are deploying. In late 2025, we led a proof of concept with a major regional bank that combined advanced data warehouse migration engineering from Microsoft SQL Server to Oracle with artificial intelligence. The engagement demonstrated PBS's unique ability to bridge deep infrastructure expertise with emerging AI capabilities: an outcome neither a pure vendor nor a traditional integrator could achieve alone. This is where PBS is building its next frontier. Governments modernizing public infrastructure, financial institutions transforming core systems, enterprises navigating digital change all face environments of growing complexity. AI-powered solutions that address mission-critical use cases, reduce operational risk, and close gaps left by legacy obsolescence represent a genuine and growing opportunity. We are building those competencies today. THE ORGANIZATION WE ARE BUILDING In 2026, PBS has strengthened its senior leadership with targeted additions designed to deepen expertise and expand regional capacity. Our culture of collaboration sharing talent, resources, and best practices across 24 markets compounds as a competitive advantage. Central to this model is a pool of high-caliber specialists: forward deployed engineers, solution architects, and domain experts deployed with precision across geographies. A solution proven in Honduras can be deployed in Jamaica. A capability built in Peru can serve Colombia. This is something our local competitors cannot match in scale, and our global competitors cannot match in regional depth. Turnaround and the Opportunity Ahead Our 24-market footprint is both a risk management discipline and a growth engine. We are entering new markets to consolidate our regional position and reduce concentration risk. Simultaneously, we are focused on unlocking value within our 33

current footprint: our operations in Panama, Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru markets where our presence was built on imaging and where we are now accelerating into higher-value technology services represent meaningful turnaround opportunities. The adjustments now underway will, we believe, generate contributions that meaningfully enhance shareholder value. We view them as investments in progress, and we are confident in the path forward. What Lies Ahead The demand for what PBS does deep, locally grounded, end-to-end technology execution has never been greater. We have been building toward this moment for more than two decades. Our partnerships, our people, and our culture have been assembled with exactly this horizon in mind. The work ahead is significant. The opportunity is larger still. To our shareholders: we remain committed to rewarding your confidence with discipline, integrity, and the intensity that has always defined this organization. Warm regards, PEDRO M. PARÍS C. Group CEO Productive Business Solutions Limited 34

P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board Pedro M. París Director, Group CEO P.B. Scott is the CEO, Chairman and Principal Shareholder of the Musson Group. Over the last two decades, P.B. Scott has conceptualised and led the expansion of the Musson Group from a Jamaican consumer wholesale distribution business to a diversified group operating in 30 countries. The Group is a leader across the Caribbean in food, pharmaceuticals, information technology, and insurance. The Musson Group includes leading businesses such as The PBS Group, Seprod Limited, General Accident Insurance, and A.S. Brydens & Sons. He has served as CEO of Musson since 2004. Today the Musson Group has a turnover in excess of US$1.6 billion annually and over 7,000 employees. In addition to his private sector contributions, P.B. Scott has committed a significant amount of time to public service. He is the chairman of the Development Bank of Jamaica and has led multiple enterprise teams to divest government assets. In 2023, he was awarded 'the Order of Jamaica for his exceptional contribution to the Business Industry, Investment, and Philanthropy in Jamaica and the Caribbean. Mr. Pedro M. París has been with PBS since 2003, He has held several management positions, in 2006 he was named COO for Central America. Mr. París was appointed Group CEO at the end of 2009. He is responsible for the vision, strategy and execution of the day-to-day operations. He is also a member of the Management Governance and Executive Committees. Mr. París worked 18 years for IBM-GBM (an IBM alliance), where he held several senior management positions across the business. Mr. París studied Business Administration at the Universidad Autónoma Centro America, Costa Rica. Group Board of Directors 37

Mr. Hutchinson currently works with Portland Private Equity (“PPE”) as Vice President – Investments, with responsibility for leading investment transactions throughout the region. He has more than 13 years of experience in the regional finance industry working with several top financial institutions. Prior to joining PPE, Ricardo held the role of Associate Director – Investment Banking with a leading regional commercial bank. He holds a Master of Science degree in Economics from the University of the West Indies and is a CFA Charter holder. *Ricardo Hutchinson Non-Executive Director Group Board of Directors *Independent Director Mr. Agnew is an entrepreneur specializing in building content marketing, marketing technology and information services businesses. He founded Brafton Inc. and a group of subsidiary companies that are North America and Australia’s leading content marketing entities. Brafton Inc. has been listed among the 5,000 fastest growing private companies four years in row. He co-founded DeHavilland Information Services and Axonn Ltd in the UK. Originally from the UK, he moved to the U.S.A. in 2008. Mr. Agnew holds a degree in Politics from the University of Newcastle, UK. *Thomas Agnew Non-Executive Director 38

Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Group Board of Directors José Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director *Independent Director Mrs. Blondell Walker has been part of the Musson Group of Companies for over 20 years and is currently the ICT Director, a position she has held since 2000. She is also on the Board for T. Geddes Grant (Distributors) Limited and Musson Jamaica Limited. She was instrumental in the implementation of the Enterprise Resource Program (ERP  application across the Musson Group of Companies. Mrs. Walker studied Accounting and Systems Analysis at the University of the West Indies, Institute of Management and the Heriot Watt University of Edinburgh, Scotland. She is the Chairman for the Western United Basic School. Blondell Walker Non-Executive Director 39

Mr Ince is a Senior Partner/Co-Founder of Frontlight Ventures, a regional investment and consulting firm. He was Co-Founder and Managing Director of Prism Services, a regional payments and operations outsourcing company. He is a Non-Executive Republic Bank Ltd, Cave Shepherd, Foster & Ince Cruise Services and the Barbados Sugar Industry Ltd. He is a graduate of York University, Canada and is a National Barbados Aubrey Collymore Scholarship recipient for sciences. Group Board of Directors *Edward Ince Non-Executive Director *Independent Director Mrs. Melanie Subratie is Chairman and CEO of Stanley Motta Ltd., Vice-Chairman of Musson (Ja) Ltd. and Director of all its subsidiaries, Vice-Chairman of General Accident Insurance Company Ltd., Eppley Ltd, and T Geddes Grant Ltd. Chairman of E-Pins Ltd. and sits on the executive of Seprod group of Companies and all its subsidiary boards. Chairman of Seprod Foundation, Musson Foundation, Chairperson of Jamaica Girls Coding and Chairman of Jamaica RISE Life Management and other CSR organizations. She is also Fourth Vice-President of the Jamaica Chamber of Commerce, and is the current Chair of the Legislation, Regulation and Improvement Committee. She is a honors graduate of London School of Economics. Melanie Subratie Non-Executive Director 40

Group Board of Directors Patrick A. W. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Patrick A. W. Scott is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Facey Commodity Company Limited and the Executive Deputy Chairman of the Facey Group. Prior to these appointments, he served 16 years as Managing Director. A seasoned executive, Mr. Scott has worked for a combined total of 40 years in various roles and was key figure in the global development of Facey’s Telecom business. He currently serves the board of directos of several companies including, P.A. Benjamin, Serge Island Diaries, International Biscuits and Serge Island Farms. Attended Seneca College and Ryerson University in Toronto, Canada. Mr Brian Wynter has been incorporated to the PBS Group Limited Board of Directors. Mr. Wynter has an extensive career in the financial sector, serving as Governor of the Bank of Jamaica until August 2019. The motion was presented to the Board of Directors, which was accepted, and in this way, Brian Wynter was duly appointed to the board of directors of PBS Group Limited. An honors graduate from the London School of Economics in 1981, and specialized in International Economy form Columbia University in 1985. *Brian Wynter Non-Executive Director 41

Group Board of Directors Nicholas A. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Nicholas Scott is the Vice Chairman of Eppley Limited and a director of Eppley Fund Managers Limited. Mr. Scott is also the Chief Investment Officer of the Musson Group and a Director of Musson and most of its major subsidiaries and affiliates. Mr. Scott is the Chairman of the Student Loan Bureau and a former Vice-President of the Private Sector Organization of Jamaica. He holds a B.Sc. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and an M.P.A. from the Harvard Kennedy School of Government. 42

4 Paul Scott 5 Melanie Subratie 5 Pedro M. Paris 5 Jose Misrahi 5 Patrick Scott 5 Blondell Walker 4 Nicholas Scott 5 Ricardo Hutchinson 5 Thomas Agnew 5 Edward Ince 5 Brian Wynter 7 Jose Misrahi 7 Ricardo Hutchinson 7 Thomas Agnew 6 Brian Wynter 4 Melanie Subratie Board Meetings Audit Meetings 43

Board of Committees Executive Committee Audit Committee Compensation Committee *Independent Director P.B. Scott Chairperson Nicholas A. Scott José Misrahi Pedro M. París P.B. Scott Chairperson Patrick Scott *Ricardo Hutchinson Melanie Subratie *Thomas Agnew José Misrahi *Ricardo Hutchinson *Brian Wynter Chairperson 44

Sergio Molina Planning Operations Director Sergio Molina started at PBS 20 years ago. He has hold several positions in the company. PBS Guatemala General Manager (7 Years), PBS Dominican Republic General Manager (1 Year), PBS Group Post-Sale Manager (1Year), PBS Group Sales Process Management, PBS Group Planning Manager (Current). Mr Molina obtained a Degree in Business Administration from Universidad de San Carlos de Guatemala. Mario Pons Professional Services Operations Mario Pons has been a key player for the Inkjet strategy the group has developed in Central America and has helped various PBS organizations in the development of high impact projects such as the printing of Electoral Ballots. He has also been key in the relationship with global partners, Entrust Datacard and Gemalto, for National ID projects in Guatemala, Jamaica and Costa Rica. He started working in Xerox Guatemala in 1994 and has developed his career within Xerox and PBS holding several positions in Sales, Service and Professional Services. He has a BSC in Computer Science from Louisiana State University, and a Diploma in Business Administration from Tayasal Business School. Leonardo Velásquez Infrastructure & Technology Networking Director Leonardo Velazquez has been working with PBS since 2015. He oversees the sales relationship with vendors and distributors, such as: Cisco, Fortinet, HP, Dell, Tripplite, TechData, Intcomex, IngramMicro. Before PBS, he worked as a Regional Partner Account Manager at Cisco Systems for 6 years and has amassed a total of 25 years in the IT sector. He graduated from Universidad de Simon Bolivar. He has an MBA in Enterprise Administration and is an Electronic Engineer. Alex Chiriboga Service Delivery & Logistics Director Alex recently joined PBS Group in May 2024 as Director of Delivery Service & Logistics. His main objective is to transform the service we provide to our customers, aiming to achieve the highest levels of satisfaction and experience. This transformation will focus on improving processes through a connectivity strategy, optimizing resources and technology, and maintaining inventory levels and quality aligned with the requirements of our broad portfolio of products and services. Mr. Chiriboga brings over 32 years of experience from Xerox, where he held leadership roles in Service Delivery, Technical Services, Logistics, Sales, and the Paper Business across Ecuador and the Latin America Region. He holds an MBA with specializations in Finance, Marketing, and Human Resources, a degree in Process Administration Engineering, a Bachelor’s in Electronics & Telecommunications, and is certified as a Lean Six Sigma Green Belt. Senior Regional Leadership Team 45

Jose Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Lucia Vielman Coporate Treasure Mrs. Vielman Ruiz was a Private Banking Manager at Mercom Bank and later appointedas General Manager. In 2009 Mrs. Vielman Ruiz Joined PBS as Compliant officer for the first sindicate loan and in 2010 she became the Corporate Treasurer, responsible for banking operations at country level and member of the Management Governance Committee. She Graduated in Business Administration from Universidad Francisco Marroquin, Guatemala in 1998. Sharon McDonald Chief Assurance Officer Dr. Sharon Smith-McDonald supports PBS Group Limited. She is responsible for overseeing the Group’s internal controls and risk management. She plays a critical role in ensuring compliance with regulations by the development of effective assurance strategies across all business operations. Dr. Smith-McDonald has accumulated over three decades of experience in fi nance, accounting, and business operations. Her distinguished career includes key leadership roles within multinational organizations, most recently serving as Group Financial Controller at Musson Jamaica Limited. Dr. Smith-McDonald holds a Doctor of Business Administration in Finance & Internal Controls from Walden University, a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Northern Caribbean University, and a Bachelor of Science in Management and Accounting from The University of the West Indies. Ryan Kirlew Corporate Global Controller Ryan oversees the fi nancial operations of the entire PBS Group. Ryan brings a wealth of experience in strategic fi nancial management and reporting. He has consistently demonstrated outstanding leadership, expertise, and a deep understanding of fi nancial operations. His commitment to excellence has been evident throughout his career, and we are con fi dent that he will excel in this new role. Since joining the Group in 2017, Ryan has made signi fi cant contributions while working with Musson International Dairies Limited, Seprod, T. Geddes Grant, and Musson Jamaica—gaining valuable experience and playing a key role in the success of these business units. As Global Controller, Ryan is responsible for the overall fi nancial reporting of the PBS Group. He leads the development and maintenance of the organization’s accounting policies, practices, procedures, initiatives, and systems. Senior Regional Leadership Team 46

Daniel Martínez Advanced Services Regional Manager Daniel brings over 20 years of experience in business development across the technology and consulting sectors, leading transformational initiatives for government and financial institutions throughout Central America and the Caribbean. In the past seven years alone, he has consistently achieved double-digit growth in revenue and margins in Honduras by designing and implementing tailored professional services that accelerate technology adoption. As an Oracle Champion for nearly a decade, Daniel seamlessly combines technical expertise with commercial strategy to drive client success. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing & International Business and a Master of Science in Finance from Universidad Tecnológica Centroamericana (UNITEC), Honduras. Additionally, he earned a Professional Certificate in Digital Transformation from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Cambridge, MA, USA. Vennis Williamson Regional Manager Jamaica & Cayman Vennis Williamson. Her career in the information and communications technology (ICT) sector spans over a decade. Vennis has played a crucial role in navigating PBS Jamaica through the digital era, achieving significant technological milestones along the way. Her strategic guidance has integrated major technology entities, propelling the organization to unprecedented levels of innovation and market leadership. Over the past three years, under Vennis's leadership, PBS Jamaica has exceeded financial and operational growth objectives while prioritizing staff engagement as a core part of its strategy. Estefania Menéndez Personnel Regional Director Estefanía Menéndez is the Regional Personnel Director at PBS Group Limited, where she leads the human capital strategy and drives organizational transformation across the group. With over 14 years of experience in the Technology, Electrical, Outsourcing, and Business Services sectors, Estefanía has held leadership positions at renowned companies such as Schneider Electric, Xerox, and Capgemini. She holds a Business degree and a Master’s in Finance from Franklin University, and is certified in both Project Management and Six Sigma. Estefanía is widely recognized for implementing transformative initiatives that enhance productivity, increase operational efficiency, and boost employee engagement. Javier Mogollón Chief Information Officer Javier Mogollón is a systems engineer with a postgraduate degree in telecommunications from the Santiago Mariño University in Venezuela, he arrived in Guatemala 20 years ago after completing a ten-year cycle at Xerox of Venezuela, throughout this time in which he has worked for the group, Javier has held several positions accepting both local and regional challenges and responsibilities. He served as service manager, and sales support manager was the creator and developer of the Docushare Project (accounting code) in Shared Service that is currently used by all PBS Groups and the following company incorporations, he was in charge of the System One infrastructure installed in the Guatemala data center for 2 years, 4 years has held the position of IT manager in PBS Guatemala. Javier is currently the CIO of PBS Group. Regional Leadership Team 47

Lesder Ramírez Chief Operating Officer Central America Mr. Lesder Ramirez studied Business Administration at the Universidad San Carlos De Guatemala, Guatemala and in 2009, joined PBS as the Financial Manager for the Guatemala operations. From 2009 to 2015, Lesder was entrusted to play different roles in finance such as Finance Manager for the operations of Costa Rica, Honduras Jamaica and Belize, Shared Service Center - Finance Manager and Xerox Relationship Management. During his tenure managing the Xerox relationship, Lesder oversaw planning operations, working closely with Mr. Pedro M. Paris C., CEO of PBS Group, where he developed additional business acumen. In 2019, based on his achievements, Lesder was promoted to oversee the operations of Dutch Caribbean as Senior General Manager. More recently in 2022, due to his knowledge of the PBS business as well as his solid financial and operations background Lesder, was named COO in charge of the operations of Trinidad & Tobago, Guyana, and Dutch Caribbean (Aruba, Curacao, Bonaire, Saint Maarten and Suriname). Stuart Franco Chief Operating Officer Eastern Caribbean Cluster Stuart Franco is the Chief Operating Officer of the Eastern Caribbean Cluster, bringing over two decades of leadership, commercial expertise, and deep regional knowledge to the role. A graduate of the University of Western Ontario with a B.A. in Statistics & Economics, Stuart joined TSL in 2003 and steadily rose through the ranks — from Sales Representative to Sales Manager, Executive Vice President of Sales, and Chief Executive Officer — before assuming his current role in 2026. Throughout his tenure, he has been a driving force behind the company's growth trajectory, building lasting client relationships and strengthening TSL's market position across the Caribbean. Stuart served as President of the American Chamber of Commerce in Trinidad and Tobago (AmCham T&T) from 2023 to 2025 and has been a board member since 2018. He is also an active board member of the TSL Foundation, where he has championed community initiatives that uplift the regions TSL serves. Outside the office, Stuart is a devoted husband and father of four, an avid football fan, and a firm believer in the importance of family — a value he actively fosters within his team. Ezequiel Bardas Chief Operating Officer Latin America Ezequiel Bardas serves as Chief Operating Officer for Latin America at PBS Group, bringing more than two decades of senior executive leadership to the role. Known for his ability to scale operations, drive digital transformation, and deliver sustainable profitability in complex environments, Ezequiel leads the strategic direction for PBS Group's affiliates across the Andean Region — overseeing operational synergy, key alliance development, and an ambitious expansion plan throughout Latin America. Before joining PBS Group, Ezequiel held distinguished leadership positions at Xerox, serving as President and General Manager across major markets including the United States and Latin America. His track record of navigating high-stakes business environments and building high-performing regional organizations speaks to a career defined by results and resilience. Ezequiel holds an Executive MBA from IAE Business School, complemented by multiple leadership certifications. His leadership philosophy blends sharp market insight with an unwavering commitment to innovation and excellence — qualities that position him as a driving force behind PBS Group's next chapter in the region. Regional Leadership Team 48

GENERAL MANAGER Melani Angeles DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Marco Almendárez NICARAGUA SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Francisco Lupiac GENERAL MANAGER HONDURAS COUNTRY MANAGER Nyron Thomas TRINIDAD & TOBAGO SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Elvin Nash BARBADOS & OECS Jason Alidikromo COUNTRY MANAGER SURINAME Senior in Country Leadership SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Mirian Alas EL SALVADOR Laura Johnston COUNTRY MANAGER CAYMAN 49

Nella Aguilar PERU COUNTRY MANAGER Candace Bartholomew COUNTRY MANAGER GUYANA Jose Maduro COUNTRY MANAGER BONAIRE & ARUBA Charlesson Ramdjas COUNTRY MANAGER CURAÇAO Vynnie Mila GENERAL MANAGER GPA GPA USA Luis Castillo GUATEMALA COUNTRY MANAGER COUNTRY MANAGER Ana Karina Vallejo ECUADOR Senior in Country Leadership Esteban Corrales PANAMA & COLOMBIA COUNTRY MANAGER 50

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 51

Deloitte & Touche 3 rd Floor The Goddard Building Haggatt Hall St. Michael, BB11059 Barbados, W.I. Tel: +246 620 6400 Fax: +246 430 6451 www.deloitte.com Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (“DTTL”), its global network of member firms, and their related entities (collectively, the “Deloitte organization”). DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) and each of its member firms and related entities are legally separate and independent entities, which cannot obligate or bind each other in respect of third parties. DTTL and each DTTL member firm and related entity is liable only for its own acts and omissions, and not those of each other. DTTL does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about to learn more. Deloitte & Touche is an affiliate of DCB Holding Ltd., a member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Opinion We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries (“the Group”), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2025, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including material accounting policy information. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at December 31, 2025, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS Accounting Standards”). Basis for Opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) (“IESBA Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Key Audit Matters Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill As at 31 December 2025, Goodwill accounted for US$86.2 million, which represents 20.5% of total assets of the Group. On an annual basis, management tests whether goodwill is subject to impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units (CGU) have been determined using value in use calculations based on the higher of the recoverable amount compared to fair value less costs to sell. Our approach to testing management’s impairment assessment, with the assistance of our valuation specialist involved the following procedures, amongst others: • Obtained management’s discounted cash flow model (DCF) including qualitative and quantitative analyses and updated our understanding of the process used by management to determine the value in use of each CGU and evaluated for any changes.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 2 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill (Cont’d) We focused on this area because the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill involves significant judgement and estimation, is sensitive to changes in key assumptions and determining economic recovery is challenging. The key assumptions were assessed by management as being: • Revenue growth rate; • Terminal growth rate; • Average Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) to revenue; and Pre-tax Discount rate. • Agreed the 31 December 2025 base year financial information to current year results and compared previous forecasts to actual results to assess the performance of the business and the accuracy of management’s forecasting. • Compared the revenue growth rates to historical revenue growth and externally derived data as well as our own assessments in relation to key inputs such as projected economic growth, inflation and pre-tax discount rates. • Developed a range of parameters using available market inputs and historical information and performed sensitivity analyses using these parameters, which was compared to management’s terminal growth and pre-tax discount rates. • Compared EBITDA margins to historical results, and verified reconciling variances to underlying supporting data and current period results. Tested management’s impairment model calculations for mathematical accuracy Operating and finance lease revenue (Forming part of sale of goods) Revenue arising from the inception of new finance leases is included within the sale of goods revenue stream and is not captured through a specific identifier. As a result, identifying transactions that contain lease arrangements requires manual assessment for every underlying subsidiary. Recognition of revenue in these arrangements requires judgment to identify the lease and non-lease components of the contract and to determine whether the lease should be classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. This classification can materially affect the timing and presentation of revenue recognition, the measurement of lease receivables, and the related financial statement disclosures. Our approach to testing lease revenue to mitigate the identified risks includes the following procedures: • Obtained the population of leases entered into by the entities and reviewed Management's assessment on their classification between operating and finance leases. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition of the finance lease within the Sale of Goods revenue stream, based on the lease amortisation schedule prepared by the management. • On a sample basis, obtained and inspected the related customer contracts / signed agreements to review Management's

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 3 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Lease classification is based on the terms set out in customer agreements and purchase orders. Accordingly, significant judgment is required to assess whether the contractual terms are consistent with the underlying transaction and whether the classification has been applied appropriately across the population of relevant sales arrangements. As it involves manual review and interpretation of contract documentation, there is an increased risk of error and inconsistent application. The key assumptions and judgments applied by management include: • assessment of whether the arrangement is an operating lease or a finance lease; • determination of the discount rate used in lease classification and measurement; and • identification of the standalone selling price of goods where contracts include both leasing and maintenance components. assessment on the classification between finance or operating lease. • For the selected samples, obtained and verified the inputs (interest rates, delivery dates, lease & non-lease component) as determined by Management to recalculate the finance lease revenue to be recognised in the accounts at lease inception. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition and subsequent interest income based on our independent recalculation to the amounts recorded by management. Management override of controls Management is in a unique position to perpetrate fraud because of its ability to directly or indirectly manipulate accounting records and prepare fraudulent financial statements by overriding established controls that otherwise appear to be operating effectively. The risk of management override of controls is pervasive. Because of its unpredictable nature, this risk could result in a material misstatement. This significant risk also represents a fraud risk for the audit. • Engaged in periodic fraud discussions with certain members of senior management and utilized our internal fraud specialist to guide and support our fraud-related testing procedures. • Considered the potential for bias in judgments and estimates, including performing retrospective analysis of significant accounting estimates. • Evaluated whether the Company has entered into any significant unusual transactions and, if so, the nature, terms, and business purpose (or lack thereof) of those transactions and whether such transactions involved related parties. • Evaluated the Company’s fraud risk assessment and consider indirect controls

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 4 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter and internal controls over the closing and reporting process. • Using our propriety software tool we extracted and tested journal entries that exhibit characteristics of possible management override of controls. • Tested controls over significant, unusual transactions, particularly those that result in late or unusual journal entries and controls over journal entries and adjustments made in the period-end financial reporting process. • No evidence of management override of controls was identified as a results of our audit procedures. Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process. Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also: • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 5 • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management. • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. • Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business units within the Group as a basis for forming an opinion on the group financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determined those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. Information other than the financial statements Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Annual Report but does not include the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon which is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s report. Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with the audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. When we read the Annual Report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 6 The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditors’ report is Steve Clarke. Other matter – responsibility for our audit work This report is made solely to the shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited as a body, in accordance with Section 147 of the Companies Act of Barbados. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the shareholders for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinion we have formed. Other matter – predecessor auditors The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2024 were audited by another auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those statements on 30 June 2025. 7 June 2026

Page 2 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Non-Current Assets Property, plant and equipment 13 36,106 35,865 Right-of-use assets 14 15,269 12,802 Intangible assets 15 104,757 107,595 Lease receivables 16 4,538 6,869 Pension plan assets 30 3,752 3,674 Long term receivables 17 608 551 Deferred tax assets 18 11,507 14,491 Investments 34 - 243 Contract Asset 33 28 - Investments in Associate 20 4,774 4,056 Total Non-Current Assets 181,339 186,146 Current Assets Due from related parties 19 8,066 7,467 Inventories 21 58,043 48,584 Contract assets 33 - 1,602 Trade and other receivables 22 127,296 105,760 Current portion of lease receivables 16 11,437 2,696 Current portion of long-term receivables 17 161 38 Taxation recoverable 14,476 17,462 Cash and bank 23 21,574 29,961 Total Current Assets 241,053 213,570 Current Liabilities Trade and other payables 24 91,049 85,855 Contract liabilities 33 15,101 15,602 Due to related parties 19 13,739 12,308 Taxation payable 5,219 11,255 Current portion of lease liabilities 25 6,998 6,441 Short term loans 26 19,245 5,941 Current portion of long-term loans 26 14,250 10,633 Total Current Liabilities 165,601 148,035 Net Current Assets 75,452 65,535 Total Non-current Assets and Net Current Assets 256,791 251,681

Page 3 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (Continued) 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Equity Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Share capital 27 123,016 123,016 Other reserves/ (deficit) 28 (17,025) (17,339) Accumulated deficit (30,198) (23,274) Total Shareholders´ Equity 75,793 82,403 Non-controlling Interests 1,337 1,185 Total Equity 77,130 83,588 Non-Current Liabilities Retirement benefit obligations 30 3,111 1,553 Deferred tax liabilities 18 6,570 6,153 Lease liabilities 25 17,988 15,465 Borrowings 26 151,992 144,515 Other long-term liabilities - 407 Total Non-Current Liabilities 179,661 168,093 Total Non-Current Liabilities and Equity 256,791 251,681 Approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 June, 2026 and signed on its behalf by: _____________________________________________ _________________________________ Paul Scott Director Pedro Paris Director The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 4 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Number of Shares ‘000 Share Capital $’000 Other Reserves / (Deficit) $’000 Accumulated Deficit $’000 Non- Controlling Interest $’000 Total $’000 Balance at 31 December 2023 188,213 123,016 (17,139) (29,359) 1,070 77,588 Currency translation differences - - (820) (87) - (907) Actuarial loss - - (96) - - (96) Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - 716 - - 716 Net income - - - 7,461 115 7,576 Total comprehensive income - - (200) 7,374 115 7,289 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (1,289) - (1,289) Balance at 31 December 2024 188,213 123,016 (17,339) (23,274) 1,185 83,588 Currency translation differences - - 260 - - 260 Actuarial gain - - 54 - - 54 Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - - - - - Net income - - - 4,287 152 4,439 Total comprehensive income - - 314 4,287 152 4,753 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (11,211) - (11,211) Balance at 31 December 2025 188,213 123,016 (17,025) (30,198) 1,337 77,130 The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 5 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash Flows from Operating Activities (Note 31) 2,726 32,531 Cash Flows from Financing Activities Interest paid (17,094) (18,801) Dividends paid (11,211) (1,289) Proceeds from borrowing 48,808 147,041 Repayments of borrowings (19,297) (141,672) Repayments of lease liabilities (8,370) (10,699) Net cash used in financing activities (7,164) (25,420) Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired 35 (592) (1,293) Interest received 1,769 1,999 Purchase of property, plant and equipment (5,102) (6,378) Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 42 238 Purchase of Investments in Associates 20 - (3,543) Net cash used in investing activities (3,883) (8,977) Net (Decrease) in Cash (8,321) (1,866) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 29,961 31,991 Effect of foreign exchange in cash (66) (164) Cash and Cash Equivalents at end of the year 23 21,574 29,961 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The principal non-cash transactions include: ● Transfer to property, plant and equipment from inventory during the financial year $9,380,000 (2024 - $9,017,000). ● Transfer from property, plant and equipment to inventory upon expiry of operating lease of $4,018,000 (2024 - $4,799,000). The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page 6 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 1. Identification and Principal Activities Productive Business Solutions Limited (“the Company”) is a company incorporated on 16 December 2010, and domiciled in Barbados, originally under the International Business Corporation (IBC) Act 77 (Barbados). Effective July 1st, 2021, the Company operates under the Companies Act Cap. 308 (Barbados) and holds a Foreign Currency Permit under the Foreign Currency Permits Act, 2018-44 (Barbados). The tax rate for the fiscal year commencing 1 January 2025 is 9.0% of taxable income. The registered office of the Company is at Facey House # 42 Warrens Industrial Park, Warrens, St. Michaels, Barbados. The Company is capitalised by ordinary shares. The Company is a subsidiary of Facey Group Limited, owned by Musson (Jamaica) Limited. Facey Group Limited is a company incorporated in Barbados under the Companies Act, Cap. 308 (Barbados) as an international business company. In combination, Musson (Jamaica) Limited and Facey Group Limited own 66.98% of the ordinary shares of the Company. The Company is listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange and the International Securities Market in Barbados. The Company’s ultimate parent company and controlling party is Elkon Limited (“Elkon”), which is incorporated and domiciled in Jamaica, and Paul B. Scott, respectively. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, (referred to as “Group”) are the distribution of printing equipment, business machines, handsets and related accessories, automated teller machines, security checkpoints, system integration, cloud services, data analytics, communication solutions, e-transactions, development of software and other technology solutions. In May 2025 the Group acquired 100% holding in Regional Business Systems Limited (RBS), incorporated and domiciled in Barbados (Note 35).

Page 7 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, hereinafter referred to as the financial statements, are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. (a) Basis of preparation These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. IFRS Accounting Standards comprise the following authoritative literature:  IFRS Accounting Standards  IAS Standards  Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC Interpretations) or its predecessor body, the Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC Interpretations). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain items of property, plant and equipment. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Although these estimates are based on managements’ best knowledge of current events and action, actual results could differ from those estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 4. Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year Certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards have been published that became effective during the current financial year. The Group has assessed the relevance of all such new standards, interpretations and amendments and has affected the following, which are immediately relevant to its operations: Amendments to IAS 21,‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ , Amendments to IAS 21 were made to add requirements to help entities to determine whether a currency is exchangeable into another currency, and the spot exchange rate to use when it is not. Prior to these amendments, IAS 21 set out the exchange rate to use when exchangeability is temporarily lacking, but not what to do when lack of exchangeability is not temporary. Management’s assessment is that the amendments of this standard have no impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Page 8 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year (continued) The amendments must be applied retrospectively in accordance with the requirements in IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. The amendment did not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. There are no other IFRS Accounting Standards or IFRIC interpretations effective in the current year which are expected to have a significant impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the company.

Page 9 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group The Group has concluded that the following standards which are published but not yet effective, are relevant to its operations and will impact the Group’s accounting policies and financial disclosures as discussed below. These standards and amendments to existing standards are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2026, but the Group has not early adopted them: Amendments to IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 7, ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026). Amendments to IFRS 9 and 7 (a) clarify the date of recognition and derecognition of some financial assets and liabilities, with a new exception for some financial liabilities settled through an electronic cash transfer system; (b) clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether a financial asset meets the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) criterion; (c) add new disclosures for certain instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows (such as some financial instruments with features linked to the achievement of environment, social and governance targets); and (d) update the disclosures for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). The amendments in (b) are most relevant to financial institutions, but the amendments in (a), (c) and (d) are relevant to all entities. It is not anticipated that the amendments will have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 18, ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This is the new standard on presentation and disclosure in financial statements, which replaces IAS 1, with a focus on updates to the statement of profit or loss. The key new concepts introduced in IFRS 18 relate to: • the structure of the statement of profit or loss with defined subtotals; • requirement to determine the most useful structure summary for presenting expenses in the statement of profit or loss • required disclosures in a single note within the financial statements for certain profit or loss performance measures that are reported outside an entity’s financial statements (that is, management-defined performance measures); and • enhanced principles on aggregation and disaggregation which apply to the primary financial statements and notes in general. Management is assessing the impact of this new standard on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 19, 'Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures' , (effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This standard permit eligible subsidiaries to apply reduced IFRS disclosure requirements. IFRS 19 is a voluntary standard for eligible subsidiaries. A subsidiary is eligible if it does not have public accountability and it has an ultimate or intermediate parent that produces consolidated financial statements available for public use that comply with IFRS Accounting Standards. An eligible entity may opt to revoke the application of this standard after implementation. The entity may also elect to apply the standard more than one. The group is currently assessing the impact of this standard.

Page 10 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) There are no other new or amended IFRS Accounting Standards and interpretations that are published but not yet effective that would be expected to have an impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the Group. (b) Consolidation (i) Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations involving third parties by the Group. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred, and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss, in the statement of comprehensive income.

Page 11 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) Subsidiaries Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. The Group’s subsidiaries, countries of incorporation, and the Group’s percentage interest are as follows: Country of incorporation Group’s Percentage Interest 2025 2024 Nicaragua Holdings and its subsidiary St., Lucia & Nicaragua 100 100 Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia & Dominican Republic 100 100 Mobay Holdings N.V. and its subsidiary Curacao & Aruba 100 100 PBS Caribbean Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia, Jamaica, Barbados, Colombia, Suriname 100 100 Cayman Business Machines Limited* Cayman 40 40 PBS Technology Group Limited St. Lucia, Antigua & Barbuda, Jamaica, Trinidad, Guyana, 100 100 Infotrans Group Holding B.V. Curacao, Bonaire, Colombia, Suriname & Aruba 100 100 High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V. El Salvador and Honduras 100 100 PBS Central America and its subsidiaries Panama, Guatemala, Costa Rica, El Salvador 100 100 PBS Honduras Honduras 75 75 PBS Peru Peru 100 100 PBS Ecuador Ecuador 100 100

Page 12 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) In accordance with Cayman laws, entities that are domiciled in the Cayman Islands and are not issued with Local Companies Control Law Licenses, are required to be at least 60% owned by a Caymanian. The operation of Cayman Business Machines Limited is however controlled by Productive Business Solutions Limited and is therefore, in substance, categorised as a subsidiary. (ii) Transactions with non-controlling interests The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For purchases of ownership interest in subsidiaries from non-controlling interests in which the Group retains control of the subsidiary, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests where control is retained by the Group are also recorded in equity. (iii) Disposal of subsidiaries When the Group ceases to have control or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value, with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss. If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate. (iv) Business combination under common control Acquisitions from entities under common control are determined by the substance and specific facts and circumstances surrounding any particular business combination under common control. Business combinations under common control are accounted for using the predecessor method of accounting. Under the predecessor method of accounting, the cost of an acquisition is measured in a manner similar to the purchase method of accounting. Identifiable assets and liabilities are measured at book value at the date of acquisition. Under the predecessor method of accounting, no goodwill is created, as any difference between the cost of acquisition and the book value of the net assets acquired is dealt with as an adjustment to retained earnings. (v) Investment in associates Associates are categorized as entities over which the Group has influence but not control, with shareholding and voting rights between 20% and 50%. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost. The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associate’s post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in profit and loss, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equal or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Page 13 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (c) Foreign currency translation (i) Functional and presentation currency Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States Dollars, which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency. (ii) Transactions and balances Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. At the statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the weighted average closing exchange rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates, of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in statement of comprehensive income. (iii) Group companies The results and financial position of all the group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper- inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated as follows: a) Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at year end rates, b) Items affecting the statement of comprehensive income are translated at average rates, and c) The resultant gains or losses are recognised in other comprehensive income as translation gains or losses. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Page 14 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (d) Revenue recognition Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of applicable value added taxes, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue is recognised as follows: Reprographic products Revenue earned from reprographic products is either through an outright sale or a lease of equipment and from related service contracts. Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from finance leases, are recognised at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require installation, revenue is recognised when the equipment has been delivered and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer-installable products are recognised upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer's shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the finance lease method and are recognised as earned over the lease term. A substantial portion of the Group's reprographic products is sold with full- service maintenance agreements. Service revenues are derived primarily from these maintenance contracts on equipment sold to customers and are recognised over the term of the contracts in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, by reference to completion of the specific transaction assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided. Revenue is recognised only after there are specific indicators of transfer of control to the customer. To evidence transfer of control on contracts where revenue is recognised at a point in time, management has defined that revenue can only be recognised after the equipment or part is installed or the supplies are delivered. Bill and hold agreements are scrutinised to ensure the transfer of control to the customer is effective. For contracts where revenue is recognised over time, management measures the fulfilment of the performance obligations based on the value that the delivered goods or services represent to the customer. Telecommunications products Revenue from telecommunications products comprises revenue from the sales of cellular phones. These products are sold under contractual agreements with the telecommunications providers. Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised on a gross basis as management has determined that the Group acts as a principal in relation to these transactions, due to the fact that the Group bears the majority of risk, principally credit and inventory risk, in relation to such transactions, and the Group also acts as primary obligor. Control is the key consideration when assessing the nature of the promise to the customer. When the entity does not control the good or service (or inventory) before it is transferred to the customer it is likely that the promise in the contract is to arrange for goods or services to be delivered (rather than these to be provided by the entity). In such cases, the Company recognises revenue for an amount equal to the net income (revenue minus cost). Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised when a Group entity has delivered products to the customer; the customer has accepted the products and collectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured. Interest income is recognised on the accrual basis on the effective interest basis, except when collectability is considered doubtful. In such cases, income is recorded when economic benefits are received.

Page 15 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (e) Property, plant and equipment Freehold land and buildings are shown at fair value, based on valuations by external independent valuers, less subsequent depreciation for buildings. Valuations are performed every three years to ensure that the fair value of a revalued asset does not differ materially from it’s carrying amount. Any accumulated depreciation at the date of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset, and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of freehold, land and buildings are credited to other comprehensive income and shown as other reserves in shareholder’s equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are recorded in other comprehensive income and debited against other reserves directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the profit or loss. All other property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Land is not depreciated as it is deemed to have an indefinite life. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation is calculated at annual rates on the straight-line basis to write-off the cost of the assets to their residual values over their estimated useful lives at annual rates as follows: Freehold buildings 2 - 2 ½% Leasehold buildings and improvements 10 - 20% Furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment 10 - 33⅓% Motor vehicles 20 - 25% Gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount and are included in operating profit. Repairs and maintenance expenditure is charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which it is incurred. The cost of major renovations is included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of the existing asset will flow to the Group. When revalued assets are sold, the amounts included in other reserves are transferred to retained earnings.

Page 16 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (f) Intangible assets (i) Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates and joint ventures is included in investment in associates and investment in joint venture, respectively. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or Groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. (ii) Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences. Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. All, excepting licenses are deemed to have finite useful lives and amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the intangible assets over their estimated useful lives between 5 and 20 years. Licenses have an indefinite useful life. (iii) Proprietary Software The Group is the owner of a software internally developed to address diverse customer needs. This asset is carried at cost and amortised according to its defined useful life. (g) Impairment of non-financial assets Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Page 17 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset in one entity and a financial liability or equity of another entity. Financial assets Classification The Group classifies its financial assets at amortised cost. The classification depends on the business model used for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. Impairment The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss (ECL) associated with its financial assets classified at amortised cost, lease receivables, long term receivables and related party balances. Application of the General Model The Group has applied the ‘general model’ as required under IFRS 9 for financial assets other than trade receivables. Under this model, the Group is required to assess on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its financial assets carried at amortised cost. The ECL will be recognised in profit or loss before a loss event has occurred. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. ECL is calculated by multiplying the Probability of default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD). The impairment model uses a three-stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination: Stage 1 – 12-month ECL applies to all financial assets that have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and are not credit impaired. The ECL will be computed using a 12-month PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months. Stage 2 – When a financial asset experiences a significant increase in credit risk subsequent to origination but is not credit impaired, it is considered to be in Stage 2. This requires the computation of ECL based on lifetime PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the remaining estimated life of the financial asset. Provisions are higher in this stage because of an increase in risk and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered compared to 12 months in Stage 1. Stage 3 – Financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment will be included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses will continue to capture the lifetime ECL. The Group uses judgement when considering the following factors that affect the determination of impairment: Assessment of Significant Increase in Credit Risk The assessment of a significant increase in credit risk is done on a relative basis. To assess whether the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since origination, the Group compares the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial asset at the reporting date to the corresponding risk of default at origination, using key risk indicators that are used in the Group’s existing risk management processes. At each reporting date, the assessment of a change in credit risk will be individually assessed for those considered individually significant and at the segment level. This assessment is symmetrical in nature, allowing credit risk of financial assets to move back to Stage 1 if the increase in credit risk since origination has reduced and is no longer deemed to be significant.

Page 18 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments (continued) Macroeconomic Factors, Forward Looking Information and Multiple Scenarios The Group applies an unbiased and probability weighted estimate of credit losses by evaluating a range of possible outcomes that incorporates forecasts of future economic conditions. Macroeconomic factors and forward-looking information are incorporated into the measurement of ECL as well as the determination of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination. Measurement of ECLs at each reporting period reflect reasonable and supportable information at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The Group uses three scenarios that are probability weighted to determine ECL. Expected Life When measuring ECL, the Group considers the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk. All contractual terms are considered when determining the expected life, including prepayment options and extension and rollover options. Application of the Simplified Approach For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. Financial liabilities The Group’s financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, this is the initial recognition minus the cumulative amortisation of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount. Financial liabilities at amortised costs are classified as current or non-current depending on whether these are due within 12 months after the statement of financial position date or beyond. Financial liabilities are derecognised when either of the following take place: The Group is discharged from its obligation, upon expiration or when they are cancelled or replaced by a new liability. (i) Inventories Inventories are carried at weighted average purchase cost. These items are stated at cost less provision for write down to net realisable value, where necessary and are stated at the lower weighted average cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the costs of completion and selling expenses. (j) Trade receivables Impairment over trade receivables is determined with the aid of a matrix based on the ageing of the account. Twice a year, management assesses whether there has been any indicator of a change in the credit risk. Additionally, periodically a comprehensive evaluation is performed with the objective of identifying individual accounts that may be subject to impairment which are either written off or fully provided for. (k) Cash and bank Cash and bank include cash on hand net of bank overdrafts. In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and bank include cash in hand and at bank and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown in current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

Page 19 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (l) Trade payables These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. (m) Contract assets and contract liabilities The Group recognises a contract asset whenever it has the right for consideration as a result of transferring goods or services to a customer. Contract assets are different from accounts receivables as the former would only require the passage of time for the consideration to be due. Contract assets are subject to impairment assessment. The Group recognises a contract liability when it has received a payment, or a payment is due for goods or services that have not yet been transferred to the customer. (n) Income taxes Taxation expense in the statement of comprehensive income comprises current and deferred tax charges. Current tax charges are based on taxable profits for the year, which differ from the profit before tax reported because it excludes items that are taxable or deductible in other years, and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability f or current tax is calculated at tax rates that have been enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Deferred tax is the tax expected to be paid or recovered on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding tax bases. Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Currently enacted tax rates are used in the determination of deferred income tax. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they arise from the same taxable entity, relate to the same tax authority and when the legal right of offset exists. Deferred tax is charged or credited to profit or loss, except where it relates to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income, in which case, deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income. (o) Provisions Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. (p) Share capital Ordinary shares, and redeemable cumulative preference shares where the declaration of dividends is discretionary, are classified as equity instruments. The preference shares are perpetual and are only redeemable at the sole discretion of the Company but not before the 16 th year after the issue of the shares. Dividends on these shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are declared.

Page 20 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (q) Earnings per share (i) Basic earnings per share Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: ● the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares. ● by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares. (ii) Diluted earnings per share Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account: ● the after-income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and ● the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. (r) Borrowings Borrowings are recognised initially at cost, being their issue proceeds, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequently, borrowings are stated at amortised cost and any difference between net proceeds and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Preference shares issued by the Group are treated as borrowings if they carry a contractual term of redemption either by cash or another financial asset and dividends payments are not discretionary. (s) Leases As Lessee Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments: - fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable - payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option. Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rates, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions. As Lessor Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessee are classified as finance leases. When assets are leased out under a finance leases, the asset is derecognized and treated as revenue in accordance with accounting policy (d) with the present value of the lease payments is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease in a manner which reflects a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.

Page 21 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (s) Leases (continued) Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessor are included in property, plant and equipment in the statement of financial position. They are depreciated over their expected useful lives on a basis consistent with similar owned property, plant and equipment. Rental income is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. In some instances, transfers are made from Inventory to property, plant and equipment to facilitate the leasing of assets. In instances where leased equipment is returned this is transferred from property, plant and equipment to Inventory. When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which termination takes place. (t) Post-employment benefits The Group participates in a defined contribution plan operated by a related party, Musson (Jamaica) Limited, whereby it pays contributions to a separate, trustee-administered fund for its Jamaican operation. Once the contributions have been paid, the Group has no further payment obligations. Contributions to the plan are charged to profit or loss in the period to which they relate. There is an unfunded retirement benefit plan in the Nicaragua and El Salvador operations which is reflected in the statement of financial position as a liability. Changes to benefits are calculated by third party actuaries and are reflected in the Change to statement of comprehensive income. The Parent Company also participates in a defined benefit pension plan relating to PBS Technologies (Barbados) Limited, the assets of which are held in a separate fund administered by a Trustee. The pension plan is funded by payments from the Parent Company, taking into account the recommendations of independent qualified actuaries. Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value. (u) Finance costs Finance costs includes interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest method, interest on finance leases, material bank charges and foreign exchange gains and losses recognised in profit or loss. (v) Offsetting financial instruments Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty. (w) Segment information Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer. (x) Dividend distribution Dividend distribution is recognised as equity in the financial statements in which the dividends are approved by the shareholders. Dividend distributions on preference shares classified as borrowings are included in finance costs when the dividends are approved.

Page 22 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (a) Financial risk factors The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyse these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and up-to-date information systems. Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies and evaluates financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and investment of excess liquidity. (i) Credit risk The Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that its customers, clients or counterparties will cause a financial loss for the Group by failing to discharge their contractual obligations. Credit exposures arise principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and are influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Group has established credit policies under which each customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness prior to the Group offering them a credit facility. Credit limits are assigned to each customer and are reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Group has procedures in place to restrict customer orders if the order will result in customers exceeding their credit limits. Customers who fail to meet the Group’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Group on a prepayment basis. Customer credit risk is monitored according to their credit characteristics such as whether it is an individual or company, geographic location, industry, aging profile, and previous financial difficulties. The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents an estimate of expected credit losses in respect of trade and other receivables. The Group addresses impairment assessment in two areas: individually and collectively assessed allowances. Cash transactions are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. The Group has policies in place to limit the amount of exposure to any one financial institution. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the amount reflected on the statement of financial position.

Page 23 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Credit risk (continued) At year end, the banks where the Group maintains most of its cash, were rated by Fitch Ratings as follows: 202 5 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. B BB+ CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA+ Citibank F1 A+ 202 4 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. F1+ AA- CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA- Citibank F1 A+ Maximum credit risk exposure The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk equals the carrying amounts on the statement of financial position, of the assets which expose the Group to credit risk. There has been no change over the prior year in the manner in which the Group manages and measures credit risk. Analysis of trade receivables The Group’s trade receivables, broken down by customer sector is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Government 42,058 41,804 Private entities 58,254 48,815 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Impairment of financial assets The Group has four types of financial assets that are subject to expected credit losses as follows: (i) Trade receivables (ii) Lease receivable and long-term receivables (iii) Accounts receivable from related parties (iv) Other debt instruments carried at amortised cost

Page 24 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Trade receivables The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measure expected credit losses (ECL) which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. On that basis, the loss allowance at 31 December 2025 and 2024 was determined as follows for trade receivables: 31 December 202 5 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1 - 180 days past due $’000 181 - 360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 2.83% 11.54% 30.39% Gross carrying amount 71,856 19,451 2,878 6,127 100,312 Loss allowance provision 11 550 332 1,862 2,755 31 December 202 4 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1-180 days past due $’000 181-360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 0.67% 7.50% 38.38% Gross carrying amount 45,859 33,441 6,404 4,915 90,619 Loss allowance provision 10 224 480 1,887 2,601 The closing loss allowances for trade receivables as at 31 December 2025 reconcile to the opening loss allowances as follows: 202 5 202 4 $’000 $’000 Opening loss allowance as at 1 January 2,601 2,872 On Acquisition of Subsidiary (Note 34) - 299 Impairment (gains)/losses on receivables during the year 917 (223) Amounts written off (461) (314) Unused amounts reversed (320) - Exchange difference 18 (33) At 31 December 2,755 2,601

Page 25 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables The Group applies the ‘three stage’ model of IFRS 9 in measuring the expected credit losses (ECL) for all lease and long-term receivable. The application makes estimation about likelihood of default occurring, of the associated loss ratios of default correlations between counter parties. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The following tables contains an analysis of the credit exposure for lease and long-term receivables as at 31 December 2025 and 2024 as follows: Long term receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 769 - - 769 Carrying amount 769 - - 769 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 589 - - 589 Carrying amount 589 - - 589 Lease receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 Carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 26 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 Carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 27 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) Loss Allowance – Lease Receivables: No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material. Lease and long-term receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include ceasing enforcement activity, and where the Group’s recovery method is foreclosing on collateral, and the value of the collateral is such that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full. ECL movements without a profit and loss impact relates to amounts transferred from trade receivables to lease/long term receivables which previously existed and for which the ECL would have also been transferred. Expected credit losses are presented net of subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off. Cash and bank and other receivables Other financial assets at amortised cost include cash and bank balances, due from related parties and other receivables . These debt instruments at amortised cost are considered to have low credit risk. The loss allowance recognised during the period on those deemed to have low credit risk was therefore limited to the 12 month expected losses. Management considers these instruments as having low credit risk when there is a low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term. The allowance is assessed by estimating the likelihood of default, associated loss ratio and default correlation between counterparties. No opening loss allowances were recognised on balances for cash and bank, due from related parties and other receivables, and there were no movements during the current year, as the amounts determined were deemed immaterial. (iii) Due from related parties ECL is determined on yearly basis by performing a review of the financial position of the related party debtors for those where the receivable balances are material. If the related party debtor has an ‘intent’ and strong financial capacity to meet its contractual obligation, the probability of default is low and the credit risk is deemed to be immaterial, otherwise it would be classified under stage 2 or 3 and ECL computed accordingly. (iii) Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and other liquid assets and maintaining the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. Liquidity risk management process The Group’s liquidity management process, as carried out within the Group and monitored by the Board of Directors, primarily includes: (i) Monitoring future cash flows and liquidity on an ongoing basis. This incorporates an assessment of expected cash flows and the availability of collateral which could be used to secure funding if required. (ii) Maintaining committed lines of credit; and (iii) Managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities.

Page 28 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3 . Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Liquidity risk (continued) Undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities The maturity profile of financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments is as follows: Within 12 Months 1 to 5 Years Over 5 years Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Trade payables 58,350 - - 58,348 Other payables 32,699 - - 32,701 Due to related parties 13,739 - - 13,739 Lease liabilities 7,975 18,549 1,952 28,476 Borrowings 37,108 184,943 - 222,051 149,871 203,492 1,952 355,315 202 4 Trade payables 48,628 - - 48,628 Other payables 37,220 7 - 37,227 Due to related parties 12,308 - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities - - 407 407 Lease liabilities 9,335 14,453 126 23,914 Borrowings 25,339 141,834 - 167,173 132,830 156,294 533 289,657 (iii) Market risk The Group takes on exposure to market risks, which is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risks mainly arise from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is monitored by the Facey Group Limited’s treasury department which carries out extensive research and monitors the price movement of financial assets on the local and international markets. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Currency risk Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Jamaican (JMD) dollar, Honduran Lempira (HNL), Nicaraguan Córdoba (NIO), Dominican Peso (DOP), Costa Rican Colón (CRC), Trinidadian dollar (TTD) and the Guatemala Quetzal (GTQ). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. The Group manages its foreign exchange risk by ensuring that the net exposure in foreign assets and liabilities is kept to an acceptable level by monitoring currency positions. The Group further manages this risk by invoicing where possible in US dollars and converting foreign currency balances into US dollar denominated accounts.

Page 29 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, the net assets of which are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies. The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December: USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2025 Financial Assets Long term receivables 391 369 - 1 - - - - 8 769 Lease receivables 2,937 - - - - 8,232 - 3,232 1,574 15,975 Due from related parties 4,837 - 69 - - - - - 3,160 8,066 Trade receivables 22,584 20,983 6,670 4,107 3,900 7,052 9,336 8,946 13,979 97,557 Other receivables 3,696 209 848 400 949 9,203 319 2,497 6,311 24,432 Cash and bank 9,085 496 260 568 73 382 183 4,506 6,021 21,574 Total financial assets 43,530 22,057 7,847 5,076 4,922 24,869 9,838 19,181 31,053 168,373 Financial liabilities Trade payables 48,232 920 234 629 47 618 968 557 6,145 58,348 Other payables 6,557 1,562 2,323 1,194 1,520 4,013 3,973 2,172 9,385 32,701 Lease liabilities 16,808 - 2,604 339 1,248 - - 2,045 1,942 24,986 Due to related parties 11,761 - 305 - - - - - 1,673 13,739 Borrowings 183,138 - 1,672 - - - - 489 188 185,487 Total financial liabilities 266,496 2,482 7,138 2,162 2,815 4,631 4,941 5,263 19,333 315,261 Net position (222,966) 19,575 709 2,914 2,107 20,238 4,897 13,918 11,720 (146,888) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation against the US Dollar

Page 30 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (v) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2024 Financial Assets Long term receivables 224 355 - 2 - - - - 8 589 Lease receivables 3,211 - - - - - - 4,337 2,017 9,565 Due from related parties 7,120 - 347 - - - - - - 7,467 Trade receivables 41,110 7,129 6,093 2,106 4,787 1,876 6,644 7,871 10,402 88,018 Other receivables 1,421 259 854 47 (196) 3,788 240 533 6,811 13,757 Cash and cash equivalents 11,560 1,364 240 881 1,181 300 483 3,860 10,092 29,961 Total financial assets 64,646 9,107 7,534 3,036 5,772 5,964 7,367 16,601 29,330 149,357 Financial liabilities Trade payables 42,928 159 749 178 326 1,944 595 204 1,545 48,628 Other payables 11,452 1,698 2,681 901 887 2,770 2,616 4,358 9,864 37,227 Lease liabilities 14,721 - 929 302 1,155 - - 2,339 2,460 21,906 Due to related parties 12,150 - 158 - - - - - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities 407 - - - - - - - - 407 Borrowings 158,321 - 1,772 - - - - 934 62 161,089 Total financial liabilities 239,979 1,857 6,289 1,381 2,368 4,714 3,211 7,835 13,931 281,565 Net position (175,333) 7,250 1,245 1,655 3,404 1,250 4,156 8,766 15,399 (132,208) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation.

Page 31 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) The following tables indicate the currencies to which the Group had significant exposure on their monetary assets and liabilities and forecast cash flows. The change in currency rate below represents management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis represents outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the year-end for a reasonably expected change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity of the profit or loss was primarily as a result of foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of trade receivables and payables, long term receivables and borrowings. % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 5 2025 $’000 2025 $’000 Currency: HNL -1.5 - 109 HNL 1 - (73) JMD -1.5 607 - JMD 1 (152) - NIO -1.5 - 446 NIO 1 - (111) DOP -1.5 - (154) DOP 1 - 38 CRC -1.5 - 270 CRC 1 - (180) TTD -1.5 - 368 TTD 1 - (245) GTQ -1.5 140 - GTQ 1 (93) - % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 4 2024 $’000 2024 $’000 Currency: HNL -4 - 174 HNL 1 - (44) JMD -4 665 - JMD 1 (166) - NIO -4 - 471 NIO 1 - (118) DOP -4 - (119) DOP 1 - 30 CRC -4 - 683 CRC 1 - (171) TTD -4 - 834 TTD 1 - (209) GTQ -4 281 - GTQ 1 (70) -

Page 32 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iv) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk As the Group has no significant variable rate interest-bearing assets, the Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate exposure arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates and revolving short-term borrowings expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The Group analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated for borrowings that represent the major interest-bearing positions, taking into consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions and alternative financing. The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily from borrowings, the sensitivity of the profit or loss is the effect of the assumed changes in interest rates based on floating rate long term and revolving short-term borrowings. There is no direct impact on other components of equity. The table below indicates the sensitivity to a reasonably expected change in interest rates 2025 2024 Change in basis points - 50/25 Change in basis points - 50/25 $’000 $’000 Floating rate borrowings 750/ (375) 619/ (310) (b) Capital management The capital management process is carried out by the parent company. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for the shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. The Board of Directors monitors the return on capital, which the Group defines as net operating income (excluding non-recurring items) divided by total equity (excluding non- redeemable preference shares and non-controlling interests). There was no change to the capital management process during the year. The Group has no specific capital management strategy and is not exposed to externally imposed capital requirements. There are contractual capital requirements as follows:  The syndicated credit agreement with Citibank, N.A. acting as administrative agent and collateral agent and Citibank, N.A., Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A, First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as joint lead arrangers and book runners - The financial covenants include: The Leverage Ratio, The Debt Service Coverage Ratio, The Central American Assets Test and The Specified Central American Assets Test. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at year end.  The revolving credit agreement and loan agreement with First Citizens Bank (FCB) - The financial covenants include: the Current ratio, the Funded Debt to EBITDA ratio and the Debt Service ratio. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at the year end.

Page 33 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated)  3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (c) Fair values of financial instruments Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of the Group’s financial instruments that, subsequent to initial recognition, are not measured at fair value is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each statement of financial position date. The fair values of these financial instruments are determined as follows: (i) The face value, less any estimated credit adjustments, for financial assets and liabilities with a maturity of less than one year are estimated to approximate their fair values. These financial assets and liabilities include cash and bank balances, trade receivables and payables and short-term borrowings. (ii) The carrying values of non-current borrowings to non-related parties approximate their fair values, as these loans are carried at amortised cost reflecting their contractual obligations and the interest rates are reflective of current market rates for similar transactions. The fair value of borrowings is disclosed in note 26. (iii) The fair values of the long-term receivables and loans to and from related parties could not be reliably determined as these instruments were granted under special terms and are not likely to be traded in a fair market exchange.

Page 34 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty Judgements and estimates are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. Estimated impairment of goodwill The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2(f). The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations, which require the use of estimates. In determining the value in use, management has made certain assumptions regarding revenue growth rate, EBITDA to revenue ratios, terminal growth rate and discount rates. See Note 15 for sensitivity of amounts to estimates. Intangible assets Intangible assets arising from the acquisition of subsidiaries have been deemed to be indefinite life intangibles. Other intangible assets have been deemed to be finite lives intangibles. Their estimated useful lives have been determined by management, based on their best estimate of the time period over which the Group will benefit from the assets acquired. Management has estimated that the useful lives of the intangibles will be between 5 and 20 years. Income taxes The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. The Group recognises liabilities for actual and anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. In determining these estimates, management considers the merit of any audit issues raised, based on their interpretation of the taxation laws, and their knowledge of any precedents established by the taxation authorities. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences could materially impact the current tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made (see Notes 11 and 18). Determining the lease term In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). For leases of administrative offices, retail stores, equipment and vehicles, the following factors are normally the most relevant: ● If there are significant penalties to terminate (or not extend), the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● If any leasehold improvements are expected to have a significant remaining value, the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● Otherwise, the Group considers other factors including historical lease durations and the costs and business disruption required to replace the leased asset. Most extension options in office equipment and vehicles leases have not been included in the lease liability, because the Group could replace the assets without significant cost or business disruption.

Page 35 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information The Group’s Chief Executive Officer examines the Group’s performance from a geographic perspective and has identified two reportable segments of business: ● Central America- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Central America Region such as Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Costa Rica, Nicaragua and Panama. ● Caribbean- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Caribbean region such as Dominican Republic, Jamaica, Barbados, Curacao and Aruba, Colombia, Trinidad and Tobago, Suriname, Peru and Ecuador. Management primarily uses a measure of adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) to assess the performance of the operating segments. However, information about the segments’ revenue, assets and liabilities are also submitted for review on a monthly basis.

Page 36 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2025 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 216,487 158,045 - 374,532 Revenue from another operating segment 21,602 342 (21,558) 386 Total Income 238,089 158,387 (21,558) 374,918 Adjusted EBITDA 39,468 22,189 (6,463) 55,194 Finance costs (17,703) Depreciation (20,684) Amortisation (3,174) Unallocated EBITDA - Share of Investee’s profit 718 Profit before taxation 14,351 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (11,766) (8,918) - (20,684) Amortisation (286) (2,888) - (3,174) Income tax (8,252) (1,660) - (9,912) Segment assets- Total segment assets 284,690 257,335 (458,838) 83,187 Unallocated items 339,205 Total assets per statement of financial position 422,392 Capital expenditure 2,986 2,116 - 5,102 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 204,830 244,064 (398,616) 50,278 Unallocated items 294,984 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 345,262

Page 37 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 233,913 158,166 - 392,079 Revenue from another operating segment 15,339 337 (20,366) (4,690) Total Income 249,252 158,503 (20,366) 387,389 Adjusted EBITDA 23,676 27,880 (2,569) 48,987 Finance costs (18,430) Depreciation (17,441) Amortisation (2,884) Unallocated EBITDA 2,386 Profit before taxation 12,618 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (10,386) (7,055) - (17,441) Amortisation (286) (2,598) (2,884) Income tax (3,565) (1,591) 114 (5,042) Segment assets- Total segment assets 239,813 237,830 (380,101) 97,542 Unallocated items 302,174 Total assets per statement of financial position 399,716 Capital expenditure 2,306 4,072 - 6,378 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 175,217 226,053 (323,383) 77,887 Unallocated items 238,241 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 316,128

Page 38 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) Segment assets are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset. Segment liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These liabilities are allocated based on the operations of the segment. The parent entity is domiciled in Barbados. The amount of its revenue from external customers broken down by location of the customers is shown in table below. 202 5 2024 $’000 $’000 Barbados 18,992 20,676 Costa Rica 52,701 37,423 Dominican Republic 15,958 17,836 El Salvador 56,750 99,808 Guatemala 35,148 38,892 Honduras 24,704 20,110 Nicaragua 19,273 15,450 Panama 12,122 11,411 USA 7,841 5,848 Antilles 10,512 11,597 Jamaica 27,960 30,229 Trinidad 23,554 30,125 Guyana 8,518 5,920 Cayman 2,822 2,715 Antigua 731 696 Colombia 4,345 5,071 Suriname 1,233 2,180 Other 51,754 31,402 Total 374,918 387,389 The total of capital expenditure, broken down by location of the assets is shown in the table below. 202 5 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 240 240 Trinidad - 244 244 Costa Rica 1,443 - 1,443 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 908 908 Other 261 724 985 Total 2,986 2,116 5,102

Page 39 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 2,037 2,037 Trinidad - 974 974 Costa Rica 791 - 791 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 311 311 Other 233 750 983 Total 2,306 4,072 6,378 6. Revenue 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Business Solutions Sale of goods 310,839 330,420 Services 41,461 32,302 352,300 362,722 Lease Income 22,618 24,667 374,918 387,389 Revenue from contracts with customers is $352,300,000 (2024: $362,722,000). 2025 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2025 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 207,119 122,957 (21,558) 308,518 Over time 17,257 26,525 - 43,782 224,376 149,482 (21,558) 352,300 2024 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2024 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 212,881 117,599 (20,366) 310,114 Over time 23,913 28,695 - 52,608 236,794 146,294 (20,366) 362,722

Page 40 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 7. Other Income 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest income 1,769 1,999 Gain/ (loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment (179) 103 Negative Goodwill (Note a) - 1,150 Customer Deposits Write-back - 700 Miscellaneous 812 193 2,402 4,145 (a) This relates to the acquisition of Xerox Ecuador. (Note 35)

Page 41 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 8. Expenses by Nature Total direct, selling, administration and other operating expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cost of inventories and cost related to services* 247,544 273,027 Impairment losses/(gains) on financial instruments 917 (223) Staff costs (Note 9) 48,573 43,811 Depreciation (Notes 13 and 14) * 10,630 9,470 Commission 6,905 6,895 Travel 5,180 5,433 Management fees 2,434 2,014 Telephone and communication 1,476 1,369 Transportation 801 803 Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 15) 3,174 2,884 Legal and professional fees 2,441 2,312 Occupancy costs 911 1,043 Bank charges 859 743 Auditor’s remuneration 1,940 1,251 Office supplies, printing and stationery 266 605 Repairs and maintenance 536 950 Advertising 324 450 Motor Vehicle Expenses 1,663 1,315 General Insurance 1,210 1,349 Other expenses 8,200 5,498 97,523 88,195 345,984 360,999 * Depreciation included in Cost of inventories and cost related to services amounts to $10,054,000 (2024: 7,971,000) for a total depreciation of $20,684,000 (2024: $17,441,000). Audit fees for the year ended 31 December 2025 totalled for the Group of $1,940,000 (2024: $1,251,000). Other fees paid to the auditor (and related network firms) for non-assurance services are not material.

Page 42 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 9. Staff Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Staff costs that have been included in Selling general and administrative expenses (Note 8) 48,573 43,811 Staff costs that have been included in Direct expenses 17,101 11,031 65,674 54,842 Staff costs that have been included in direct expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 14,379 8,488 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 2,057 1,165 Redundancy costs 184 501 Other 481 877 17,101 11,031 Staff costs that have been included in selling, general and administrative expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 39,571 34,938 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 4,474 3,840 Pension costs – defined contribution 425 410 Redundancy costs 1,809 2,290 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 1,832 2,072 48,573 43,811 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 53,950 43,426 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 6,453 5,005 Pension costs – defined contribution 503 410 Redundancy costs 1,993 2,791 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 2,313 2,949 65,674 54,842

Page 43 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 10. Finance Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net foreign exchange losses (gains) 609 (371) Interest expense - Loans and lease liabilities 17,094 18,801 17,703 18,430 11. Taxation Taxation is based on profit for the year or, in some jurisdictions, the greater of a percentage of profit before tax or revenue adjusted for taxation purposes, and comprises: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current tax charge 6,384 5,920 Deferred tax charge (credit) (Note 18) 3,528 (878) 9,912 5,042 The tax on the profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the statutory tax rate as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit before tax 14,351 12,618 Tax calculated at domestic tax rate of 9% (2024: 9%) 1,292 1,136 Adjusted for the effects of: Different tax rates in other countries 4,935 5,087 Tax on net assets at 1% 128 137 Income not subject to tax (3,048) (2,324) Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 1,101 550 Other charges and credits 5,504 456 Tax charge 9,912 5,042

Page 44 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 11. Taxation (Continued) 2025 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries 260 - 260 Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE - - - Actuarial gains – termination benefits 54 - 54 Other comprehensive income 314 - 314 Deferred tax (Note 18) - 2024 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries (907) - (907) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE 716 - 716 Actuarial gains – termination benefits (96) - (96) Other comprehensive income (287) - (287) Deferred tax (Note 18) - 12. Earnings per Share 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the company 4,287 7,461 Profit attributable to preference shareholders (1,713) (1,289) Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders 2,574 6,172 Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000) 186,213 186,213 Total basic and diluted earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations. 1.38 3.31

Page 45 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13 . Property, Plant and Equipment The furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment category for the Group includes equipment held for leases. Lease contracts for these items are entered into with third parties, with periodic lease payments being 36 to 60 months. Items which are leased are transferred from inventory on commencement of the lease arrangements and are transferred back to inventory on termination of the lease arrangements. Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Exchange differences - 3 (107) - (21) (4) (129) Additions - 1,103 3,663 - 67 269 5,102 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 502 - 24 - 526 Transfers from inventory - 9,380 - - - 9,380 Disposals - (553) (241) - (24) - (818) Transfers to inventory - - (4,018) - - - (4,018) On revaluation - - - - - - - Transfer from CWIP* - 23 186 - - (374) (165) At 31 December 111 6,974 108,155 776 1,711 1,035 118,762 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Exchange differences - (3) (193) - (18) - (214) Charge for the year** - 819 13,800 - 162 - 14,781 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 171 - 24 - 195 On transfer to inventory - - (4,528) - - - (4,528) Relieved on disposals - (365) (230) - (2) - (597) At 31 December 24 3,771 77,600 - 1,261 - 82,656 Net Book Value - 87 3,203 30,555 776 450 1,035 36,106 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $10,054,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 46 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,739 88,464 60 1,822 514 97,710 Exchange differences - (197) (898) - (294) - (1,389) Additions - 422 4,960 - 121 875 6,378 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 2,217 - 24 - 2,241 Transfers from inventory - - 9,017 - - - 9,017 Disposals - (657) (290) - (70) - (1,017) Transfers to inventory - - (4,789) - - - (4,789) On revaluation - - - 716 - - 716 Transfer from CWIP* - 91 109 - 62 (245) 17 At 31 December 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,292 62,728 - 1,067 - 67,111 Exchange differences - (87) (222) - (214) - (523) Charge for the year** - 678 11,282 - 271 - 12,231 On transfer to inventory - - (4,918) - - - (4,918) Relieved on disposals - (563) (290) - (29) - (882) At 31 December 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Net Book Value - 87 3,078 30,210 776 570 1,144 35,865 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $7,971,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 47 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The amounts of equipment leased to customers and included in property, plant and equipment are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Equipment held for lease at cost 80,979 86,403 Accumulated depreciation (61,596) (66,856) Net book value 19,383 19,547 Equipment is ordinarily moved from inventory to docu-centers, printshops and internal use. Equipment from inventory is also placed under lease contracts. When the equipment is no longer assigned to a specific function, it is moved back to inventory at net book value. The most significant of these movements is for equipment held for lease which is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening net book value 19,547 16,502 Acquisition of subsidiaries (Note 35) - 1,870 Transfers from inventory during lease period 9,380 9,017 Depreciation charges (10,054) (7,971) Disposals – transfers to inventory upon expiry of lease (4,018) (4,789) Depreciation released 4,528 4,918 Closing net book value 19,383 19,547

Page 48 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The pieces of freehold land of the Group were independently revalued as at various dates during 2023 on the basis of open market value or other market comparable approaches by independent qualified valuators. The directors are of the view that there were no material changes in the value over the prior year for Freehold land. Fair value movements on freehold are recognised in OCI under other revaluation reserves, see Note 28. The following table analyses the non-financial assets carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:  Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, or directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2), and  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

Page 49 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) There were no transfers between levels during the year. Level 3 fair values of land and buildings have been derived using the sales comparison approach. Sales prices of comparable land and buildings in close proximity are adjusted for differences in key attributes such as property size. The most significant input into this valuation approach is price per square foot. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair values of land and buildings are disclosed in the tables below. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87 Fair value measurements at 31 December 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87

Page 50 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases : Right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 12,599 10,376 Equipment 2,596 2,308 Motor vehicles 74 118 15,269 12,802 Movement analysis is as follows: 2025 2024 $’000 $’000 At Cost/Valuation - At 1 January 32,312 28,876 Exchange differences (40) 266 Acquisition on subsidiaries (Note 35) - 109 Additions 10,207 5,804 Lease Expiry (4,737) (2,743) At 31 December 37,742 32,312 Amortisation - At 1 January 19,510 16,203 Exchange differences (9) 348 Relieved on lease expiry (2,931) (2,251) Charge for the year 5,903 5,210 At 31 December 22,473 19,510 Net book value At 31 December 15,269 12,802

Page 51 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (Continued) (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: Amortisation charge of right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 4,709 4,488 Equipment 1,105 623 Motor vehicles 89 99 5,903 5,210 Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: - the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability - any lease payments made at the commencement date less any lease incentives received Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.

Page 52 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement, Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Year ended 31 December 2025 Opening net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 337 - - - 337 Exchange Difference - 1 - (2) (1) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (734) (184) (3,174) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 5 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Cost 86,952 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,684 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (12,827) (15,386) (6,993) (35,927) Closing net book value 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 Year ended 31 December 2024 Opening net book value 81,218 20,880 - 824 102,922 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 5,964 - 2,881 - 8,845 Adjustment (1,288) - - - (1,288) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (444) (184) (2,884) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 4 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Cost 86,615 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,347 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (10,572) (14,652) (6,807) (32,752) Closing net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595

Page 53 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15 . Intangible Assets (Continued) Amortisation charges have been included in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income. Impairment tests for goodwill The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis or when events or changes in the circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill is allocated. The recoverable amount is usually determined by reference to the value in use. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the CGU and also to choose an appropriate discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those future cash flows. The allocation of goodwill to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) as categorised by subsidiary is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 403 403 PBS Central America, S.A. 7,539 7,539 Mobay Holdings N. V. 4,256 4,256 Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 523 523 High Tech Corporation S.A. de C.V 2,957 2,957 PBS Technology Group Limited 62,655 62,655 Infotrans 1,438 1,438 PBS Peru 5,964 5,964 Regional Business Systems 337 - Other 159 159 86,231 85,894 The recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use pre- tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a 5-year period. Cash flows beyond the 5 th year are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2025 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2025 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 73.2% 2.0% 14.4% 20.56% PBS Central America S.A. 0.7% 3.4% 13.3% 20.96% Mobay Holdings N. V. 20.7% 1.7% 12.6% 20.70% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 24.6% 4.9% 16.7% 19.41% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.3% 15.2% 25.19% PBS Technology Group Limited 42.3% 3.1% 27.3% 22.25% Infotrans Group Holdings B.V. 39.1% 1.8% 14.9% 19.04% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.5% 12.1% 20.27% Regional Business Systems 174.7% 2.0% 16.6% 20.56%

Page 54 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2024 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2024 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 11.4% 22.0% PBS Central America S.A. -10.0% 3.0% 9.2% 22.4% Mobay Holdings N. V. 13.7% 1.7% 16.0% 17.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5% 11.5% 24.9% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 14.3% 26.6% PBS Technology Group Limited 25.0% 3.0% 25.7% 24.1% Infotrans 50.0% 1.9% 11.8% 24.5% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 11.5% 21.4% The table below shows the change in key assumptions for value in use calculations that would result in the recoverable amount being equal to the carrying amount. This represents only the cash generating units for which the excess of the recoverable amounts over the carrying amounts of the CGUs was low. 202 5 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Mobay Holdings N.V. 20.7% -1.4% 11.9% 23.6% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.5% 15.2% 25.0% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.9% 12.2% 20.0% Regional Business Systems 174.7% -19.2% 9.7% 35.7%

Page 55 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) 202 4 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 8.1% 22.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5.0% 10.4% 26.7% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 12.7% 27.0% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 12.7% 16.4%

Page 56 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 16. Lease Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Gross investment in finance leases Not later than one year 12,292 4,538 Later than one year and not later than five years 6,130 8,966 18,422 13,504 Less: Unearned income (2,447) (3,939) 15,975 9,565 Net investment in finance leases may be classified as follows: Not later than one year 11,437 2,696 Later than one year and not later than five years 4,538 6,869 15,975 9,565 No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . 17. Long Term Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Print Spot S de R.L. (Note a) 22 91 Guarantee deposits for building rents (Note b) 87 111 Other (Note c) 660 387 769 589 The current portion of long-term receivables is $161,000 (2024: $38,000) and is recorded in Current Assets. No loss allowance was recorded for long-term receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . a) Print Spot S de R.L. The balance earns interest of 14% and matures in August 2027. b) Guarantee deposits for building rents These balances do not earn interest and they are guarantee deposits for the rent of buildings in Guatemala, Cayman, Panama and Nicaragua. They mature between February 2027 (renewables) and July 2029. c) Other The balance relates to amounts that are individually insignificant. These balances relate to equipment sales with terms between 13 months and up to 37 months. These are secured with promissory notes and earn interest between 10% and 21% and are guaranteed with a pledge on the financed equipment.

Page 57 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 18. Deferred Income Taxes (a) Deferred income taxes are calculated in full on all temporary differences under the liability method and comprise: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Deferred Tax Asset 11,507 14,491 Deferred Tax Liability (6,570) (6,153) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (b) The movement on the deferred income tax assets balance for the year is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net asset at beginning of the year 8,338 7,971 Acquisition of subsidiaries - 89 (Charge) credit to profit and loss (Note 11) (3,528) 878 Exchange difference 127 (600) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment (843) (1,081) Provisions 2,117 7,034 Foreign exchange (losses)/gains (3) (29) Tax losses 3,621 2,600 Other 45 (186) 4,937 8,338 (d) The movement on the net deferred tax asset is attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment 125 (1,178) Provisions 66 (915) Tax losses (3,934) 1,144 Other 342 1,316 (3,401) 367 (e) Deferred income tax liabilities have not been established for withholding tax that would be payable on unremitted profits of subsidiaries as the amounts are permanently reinvested.

Page 58 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances The following transactions were carried out with related parties: (a) Sale of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Sale of goods Other related parties 26 428 Goods are sold based on the price lists in force and terms that would be available to third parties. (b) Purchase of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Purchases of goods Other related parties 10 204 Transactions with other related parties. (c) Key management compensation Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive). The compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services is shown below: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 4,837 4,905 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 373 372 Pension benefits 33 33 Other 106 9 5,349 5,319 Directors’ fees 118 104 (d) Other transactions 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Parent Management fee expense 1,429 970 Other related parties Management fee expense 1,005 1,044 Interest Income (6) (2) Interest paid 50 3 Rental Expense 634 - 3,112 2,015

Page 59 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances (Continued) (e) Year end balances with related parties Balances with the parent company and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand and earn no interest. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Receivable from related parties: Parent 5,346 5,247 Fellow subsidiaries and shareholder 2,720 2,220 8,066 7,467 Payable to related parties: Parent 9,487 9,421 Fellow subsidiaries 4,252 2,887 13,739 12,308 20. Investment in Associates In January 18, 2024, Trinidad Systems Group Limited (“TSGL”), a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), completed the acquisition of 100% of the operations of Trinidad Systems Limited (“TSL”) for a total purchase price of TT$107,208,000.00 (US$15,765,882.35). The acquisition was financed through a combination of 50% cash and 50% debt. PBS participated in the ownership consortium of TSGL, securing a 45% equity stake. As a result, PBS contributed 45% of the cash portion of the purchase price, amounting to TT$24,121,800 (US$3,543,000). The debt portion, representing the remaining 50% of the purchase price, is solely the responsibility of TSGL. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 As at January 4,056 3,543 Share of net profit 718 513 At 31 December 4,774 4,056

Page 60 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 20. Investment in Associates (Continued) The associate’s year-end is 31 December. The summarized unaudited consolidated information for the associate and its subsidiary is presented below. The information disclosed reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of Trinidad Systems Group Limited and not the Group’s share of those amounts. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Statement of financial position: Total Assets 26,790 24,316 Total Liabilities (13,592) (11,254) Net Assets 13,198 13,062 Statement of comprehensive income: Revenues 22,501 22,243 Expenses (21,177) (21,127) Net Profit for the Year 1,324 1,116 21. Inventories 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Finished goods 57,311 47,625 Goods in transit 13,198 12,801 70,509 60,426 Less: Provision for obsolete stock (12,466) (11,842) 58,043 48,584 Cost of inventory recognised as an expense aggregating to $203,222,000 (2024: $232,404,000), were recognised in profit and loss. 22. Trade and Other Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade receivables 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (Note 3) (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Prepaid expenses 5,307 3,985 Current portion of Long-Term Receivable 77 273 Other (Note a) 24,355 13,484 127,296 105,760 a) Includes advances to vendors of $3,359,442 (2024: $852,000) and Sundry Debtors of $3,808,003 (2024: $5,992,202)

Page 61 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 23. Cash and Bank 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The cash and bank balances disclosed for 2025 include restricted cash of $6,644,000 (2024: $6,131,000) The weighted average interest rate at the reporting date for short term bank deposits was 0.70% (2024: 0.70%) per annum. 24. Trade and Other Payables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade payables 58,348 48,628 Interest Payables 378 1,001 Accrued liabilities 15,792 20,860 Other 16,531 15,366 91,049 85,855 The carrying amounts of trade and other payables is a reasonable approximation to their fair values, due to their short-term nature. 25. Lease Liabilities The Group currently has long term lease agreements related to buildings, equipment, and motor vehicles. (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Lease liabilities Current 6,998 6,441 Non-current 17,988 15,465 24,986 21,906 (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest expense (included in finance cost) 1,353 1,580 Expenses relating to short term leases or low value underlying assets (included in selling, general and administrative expenses) 1,178 1,835 2,531 3,415 The total cash outflow for leases in 2025 was $ 9,723,000 (2024: $10,699,000).

Page 62 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 25. Lease Liabilities (Continued) (iii) Incremental borrowing rate For the incremental borrowing rate, the Group: - Where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by bankers as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received, and - Makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security. - The weighted average incremental borrowing rate for the Group in 2024 and 2025 was determined to be 7%. (iv) Lease payments Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. (v) Extension and termination options Extension and termination options are included in a number of leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. As at 31 December 2025, potential future cash outflows of $18,867,000 (2024: $14,702,000) (undiscounted) have not been included in the lease liability because it is not reasonably certain that the leases will be extended (or not terminated). The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee. During the current financial year, the financial effect of revising lease terms to reflect the effect of exercising extension and termination options was nil.

Page 63 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Short term loans – (a) Citibank 12,000 - (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. 2,860 2,274 (c) First Citizens 1,700 1,500 (d) Quedex 1,129 - (e) Davivienda 762 1,088 (f) Banco Popular Dominicano 540 400 (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú 254 - (h) Lafise - 679 19,245 5,941 Current portion of non-current borrowings 14,250 10,633 Total Current Borrowings 33,495 16,574 Non-Current Borrowings – (i) Citibank 135,469 120,926 (j) JCSD Preference Shares 16,701 16,582 (k) Xerox 6,875 9,375 (l) Davivienda 3,060 3,006 (m) National Commercial Bank 1,672 2,190 (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies 1,320 1,232 (o) First Citizens 489 934 (p) BICSA 324 341 (q) Banco de Bogotá 134 62 (r) Banistmo 99 428 (s) ASEPBS 99 - (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies - 72 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 Current portion of non-current borrowings (14,250) (10,633) Total Non-Current Borrowings 151,992 144,515 Total Borrowings 185,487 161,089

Page 64 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) The exposure of the group’s borrowings to interest rate changes and the contractual re-pricing dates at the end of the reporting period are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 0-12 months 33,495 16,574 1-5 years 151,992 144,515 185,487 161,089 The carrying amounts and fair value of the non-current borrowings are as follows: Carrying amount Fair value 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Loans 135,468 123,858 138,367 137,374 Redeemable preference shares 16,701 17,000 17,000 17,000 Other 14,073 14,290 14,073 17,674 166,242 155,148 169,440 172,048 The Group’s undrawn borrowing facilities as of December 2025 is $12,837,000 (2024: $15,000,000).

Page 65 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Short term loans (a) Citibank N.A. This represents three unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of SOFR plus a margin of 3.9% per annum with due dates between March 18 and June 18, 2026. (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. This represents four unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of between 10.20% and 10.99% per annum with due dates between January 20 and March 11, 2026. (c) First Citizens This represents loans which attracts interest of 8% per annum and mature in June 2026. (d) Quedex This represents a loan which attracts interest of 12% per annum and mature in March 2026. (e) Davivienda This represents an unsecured loan to finance working capital bearing interest of 9.30% per annum and maturing March 2026. (f) Banco Popular Dominicano This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on June 30, 2026. (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú This represents a short-term loan which attracts interest of 6.57% per annum and matures on June 19, 2026. (h) Lafise This represented three fiduciary loans to finance working capital, bearing interest between 9.5% and 10% per annum and which matured between January 25 and June 29, 2025. Non-Current Borrowings (i) Citibank This facility was granted in June 2024. The credit agreement was signed by Citibank as Administrative and Collateral Agent, and with Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A., First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners. The facility also grants the group access to incremental loans on which the same terms and conditions as the initial disbursement apply. The group accessed the first tranche of $12,500,000 on December 8, 2025 and the second of $8,000,000 on December 26, 2025. It matures in June 2030 and attracts an interest base rate of 3.4% plus a Term SOFR CME – 6 month rate, which results in an All-in rate of 7% at December 2025. Payments of principal and interests are to be paid in variable installments payments, in a semi-annual basis. Such semi annual amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth. The deferred financing charges offset against the loan amount is $2,588,432.

Page 66 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Guarantor companies are PBS Technology Group Limited, Productive Business Solutions (Central America), S.A., Productive Business Solutions Caribbean Limited, Dorada Management Inc., Productive Business Solutions (Guatemala), S.A., Productive Business Solutions El Salvador, S.A. de C.V., High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions Honduras, S.A. de C.V., Hight Tech Consulting, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions (Nicaragua), S.A., Productive Business Solutions (Costa Rica), S.A., and Productive Business Solutions (Panamá), S.A.. (j) JCSD Preference Shares This represents 17,000,000 Redeemable Cumulative Preference Shares in United States dollars (US$) entitled to a fixed preferential cumulative cash dividend of 8.25% US$ per annum. These preference shares issued in June 2024, mature in June 2028 and are mandatorily redeemable by the Company on this date. The deferred finance charges offset against the loan amounts to $298,790 The Preference Shares may not be redeemed by the Company until after the second anniversary of issue thereof. Thereafter the Voluntary Redemption Payment shall be the aggregate of (i) repayment in US$ of the Redemption Price; (ii) any arrears or accruals of the cumulative preferential dividend on the Preference Shares, whether declared or earned, or not, calculated down to the date of such repayment. (k) Xerox PBS Group acquired Xerox companies in Peru and Ecuador and signed a 4-year unsecured promissory note on July 1, 2024 issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 26, 2024. Principal and interest of 7% per annum are to be paid on a quarterly basis, total of 16 quarterly instalments that ends in June 2028. (l) Davivienda This represents two loans to finance working capital at 9.75% and 15.24% interest rate per annum and are due on May 24, 2027 and December 12, 2028, respectively. (m) NCB - National Commercial Bank This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 11.75% annual, due on October 19, 2028. All of this loan is disclosed as current portion of non-current borrowing given a breach in the corresponding financial covenants of the affiliate that holds the debt. (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies This represents the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of Infotrans subsidiaries in Aruba, Bonaire, Colombia and Curacao, maturing in May 2027. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non-current borrowings. The balance purchase price was set in four equal instalments of six hundred thousand united state dollars, each payable on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of completion of the sale which took place on June 12, 2023. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non- current borrowings. (o) FCIT - First Citizens This represents an unsecured loan facility granted in TT Dollars which attracts interest of 7.5% per annum, maturing on January 11, 2027. (p) BICSA – Banco Internacional de Costa Rica, S.A. This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 9% annual, due on September 15, 2028. (q) Banco de Bogotá This represents two loans which attracts interest of 12.72% and 12.03% per annum and maturing on January 17, 2027, and December 04, 2027.

Page 67 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) (r) Banistmo – Banco del Istmo This represents an unsecured loan which attracts interest of 7.9% per annum and due date is on March 28, 2027. (s) ASEPBS – Asociación Solidarista de Empleados de PBS This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on November 01, 2027. (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies This represented the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of High-Tech subsidiaries in El Salvador and Honduras which matured in July 2025. 27. Share Capital 202 5 202 4

000
000 Authorised - 186,213,000, (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000, (2024 –2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 Issued and fully paid - 186,213,000 (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000 (2024 – 2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 The preference shares are redeemable cumulative preference shares (1,500,000 9.25% perpetual cumulative redeemable USD and 500,000 10.50% perpetual cumulative redeemable Jamaican Dollars Preference Shares) where the declaration of dividends is discretionary. There is no contractual redemption date for these shares and may only be called for the first time at the sole discretion of the issuer, on the last Business Day of the financial year which falls immediately before the 15th anniversary of the issue date of the Preference Shares 28. Other Reserves (deficits) Other reserves primarily represent the currency translation differences resulting from the unrealized gains and losses on the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries that have a different functional currency from that of the Company. Other reserves also include revaluation reserve for the revaluation of assets and actuarial gains. Revaluation Surplus $’000 Actuarial Gains $’000 Currency Translation Differences $’000 Total $’000 Balance as at 1 January 2024 70 2,902 (20,111) (17,139) Actuarial gains - (96) - (96) Movement during 2024 716 - (820) (104) Balance as at 31 December 2024 786 2,806 (20,931) (17,339) Actuarial gains - 54 - 54 Movement during 2025 - - 260 260 Balance as at 31 December 2025 786 2,860 (20,671) (17,025)

Page 68 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 29. Litigation and Contingent Liabilities The Group is subject to various claims, disputes and legal proceedings in the normal course of business. Provision is made for such matters when, in the opinion of management and its professional advisors, it is probable that a payment will be made by the Group, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Claims asserted against the Group, according to the principles outlined above, have not been provided for. Management is of the opinion that the claims are either without merit, can be successfully defended or will result in exposure to the Group which is immaterial to both financial position and results of operations. 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset The movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligation during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 1,553 1,389 Reallocation of pension plan liability 1,045 - Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 Actuarial gains on termination benefits 124 (24) Benefits paid (73) (73) At end of year 3,111 1,553 The movement of the pension plan asset during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 3,674 3,596 Actuarial gains / (losses) 110 (96) Current service cost 122 122 Interest Cost 493 546 Benefits paid (653) (726) Other 6 232 At end of year 3,752 3,674 The amounts recognised in arriving at profit or loss were as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 At end of year 462 261 The distribution of the obligation by country was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Nicaragua 120 115 Panama 338 280 El Salvador 968 810 Honduras 393 348 Ecuador 1,292 - 3,111 1,553

Page 69 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset (Continued) The value of the plan asset was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Barbados 3,034 3,034 Panama 575 557 Honduras 143 83 3,752 3,674 The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is: 202 5 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (500) 485 Inflation rate 1% 52 (47) 202 4 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (432) 465 Inflation rate 1% 31 (27) The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position.

Page 70 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation (Continued) Termination benefits in El Salvador and Nicaragua are established by law and entitle the employee to receive a payment upon termination of employment, regardless of cause. In El Salvador the benefit is founded in the law 592, that is the regulatory law for the economic benefit for voluntary resignation. Employees with more than two years of uninterrupted service for the company shall receive a payment of, at least, the equivalent of 15 days of minimum wage for each year of service. In Nicaragua, the law 185, Labour Code, entitles the employee to the right to receive a payment equivalent to one monthly salary for each year of service, up to the third year, and 20 days of salary for each additional year. Neither of these plans require the employer to establish a fund. The principal actuarial assumptions used in valuing post-employment benefits are as follows: PBS Nicaragua 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 11% 11% Future salary increases 5% 5% Retirement age 60 years 60 years PBS El Salvador 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5% 5% Future salary increases 3.4% 3.4% Retirement age 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively PBS Panama 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5.5% 5.5% Future salary increases 6% 6% Retirement age 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively The principal assumptions used in valuing the pension plan asset for Barbados as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 7.75% 7.75% Future salary increases 3% 3% Retirement age 65 65

Page 71 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Operating Activities Reconciliation of the Group’s net profit to cash generated from operating activities: Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net profit 4,439 7,576 Items not affecting cash: Depreciation 13&14 20,684 17,441 Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 15 3,174 2,884 Share of profit of associate (718) (513) Taxation expense 11 9,912 5,042 Foreign exchange Losses/(Gains) 609 734 Loss / (Gains) on disposal of Property plant and equipment 179 (103) Interest income 7 (1,769) (1,999) Interest expense 10 17,094 18,801 53,604 49,863 Change in non-cash working capital, net of effects from acquisition of subsidiaries: Inventories (14,646) (6,961) Contract assets 1,574 429 Trade and other receivables (21,595) 29 Due from related parties (599) (499) Long term liabilities (407) (906) Long term receivable (180) 218 Lease receivable (6,410) (15) Accounts payable (7,288) 2,183 Contract liabilities (505) (4,243) Retirement benefit obligation 1,480 86 Due to related parties 1,431 1,249 6,459 41,433 Taxation paid (3,733) (8,902) Net cash provided by operating activities 2,726 32,531 Net Debt Reconciliation This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for the year ended 31 December. 2025

000 2024
000 Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Borrowings - repayable within one year (including overdraft) (33,495) (16,915) Borrowings - repayable after one year (151,992) (144,174) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034) Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Gross debt - fixed interest rates (185,487) (161,089) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034)

Page 72 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Financing Activities (Continued) Cash and Bank Lease liability Borrowing due within 1 year Borrowing due after 1 year Total 000 $’000 000 000 000 Net debt as at 31 December 2023 31,991 (19,197) (50,306) (96,936) (134,448) Addition 8,735 (13,552) (4,041) (143,000) (151,858) Repayments (10,760) 10,699 46,254 95,418 141,611 Foreign exchange adjustments (5) 144 9 830 978 Other non-cash movements - - (8,490) (827) (9,317) Net debt as at 31 December 2024, 29,961 (21,906) (16,574) (144,515) (153,034) Addition - (4,676) (17,271) (24,523) (46,470) Repayments (8,366) 7,630 12,646 473 12,383 Foreign exchange adjustments (21) 21 18 170 188 Other non-cash movements - (6,055) (12,314) 16,403 (1,966) Net debt as at 31 December 2025 21,574 (24,986) (33,495) (151,992) (188,899) .

Page 73 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 32. Pledged as Security The net assets of some subsidiaries of the group have been pledged as security for borrowings. The value of these pledged assets at the year end totalled $177,643,000 (2024: $159,054,000). 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities The Group classifies rights and obligations in its relationship with customers whenever either party performs any of its contractual obligations. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress for which the Group has provided the services. The contract assets become a receivable when the entity’s right to consideration is unconditional, and the revenue has been billed. The contract assets are classified as current assets as the associated contract is expected to be completed in less than 12 months. The contract assets relate to equipment contracts. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract assets 28 1,602 The contract liabilities refer to advances received from customers under the promise to deliver equipment. Total contract liabilities at the end of the year are reflected in the table below. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract liabilities on equipment contracts 10,717 8,139 on service contracts 4,384 7,463 Total contract liabilities 15,101 15,602

Page 74 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities (Continued) (i) Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to carried- forward contract liabilities and how much relates to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period on equipment contracts 3,391 4,781 on service contracts 2,534 1,252 5,925 6,033 (ii) Unsatisfied contracts at the end of the period The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations resulting from fixed-price contracts: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 84,215 63,651 84,215 63,651

Page 75 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 34 . Investments In October 2022 the Group acquired 17% of the shares of Arel Limited, which resulted in an investment of $242,000 (equivalent to $246,000 at prior year’s rate). Arel Limited is a private company established in 1967 and domiciled in 2 Piccadilly Road, Kingston 5, St. Andrew, Jamaica. The company is focused on providing engineering services and equipment such as air conditioning, medical and elevators. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair value of the unquoted equity investment are disclosed in the table below. The Group divested its entire holding in this investment during 2025. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 and 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Total 2025 $’000 Total 2024 $’000 Unquoted equity - 243

Page 76 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries Acquisition of Regional Business Systems Limited On 1 May 2025, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Regional Business Systems Limited. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. (i) Identifiable assets acquired – Regional Business Systems Limited 2025 $’000 Property and equipment 331 Tax Recoverable 12 Inventories 175 Trade and other payables (231) Other Current Liabilities (32) Bank Overdraft (197) Net identifiable assets acquired 58 Consideration 395 Less net identifiable assets acquired (58) Goodwill 337 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2025 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 395 Less: Cash balance (overdraft) acquired (197) Net outflow of cash 592

Page 77 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued)z Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Peru. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired - Peru 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 1,638 Trade and other receivables 1,722 Cash and cash equivalents 1,254 Deferred tax asset 594 Inventories 1,353 Intangible assets 2,200 Other Assets 277 Trade and other payables (2,214) Other Current Liabilities (59) Deferred Tax Liabilities (763) Net identifiable assets acquired 6,002 Consideration 11,966 Less net identifiable assets acquired (6,002) Goodwill 5,964 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 4,231 Less: Cash balance acquired 1,254 Net outflow of cash 2,977

Page 78 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador (iii) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 4,231 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 7,735 Total purchase consideration 11,966 (iv) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1. Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2. Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Ecuador. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired: 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 603 Right of Use Asset 109 Trade and other receivables 1,646 Cash and cash equivalents 2,909 Deferred tax asset 471 Inventories 527 Intangible assets 681 Taxation Recoverable 812 Trade and other payables (2,826) Tax Payable (5) Short term loans (112) Deferred Tax Liabilities (175) Net identifiable assets acquired 4,640 Consideration 3,490 Less net identifiable assets acquired (4,640) Negative Goodwill (1,150)

Page 79 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 1,225 Less: Cash balance acquired 2,909 Net inflow of cash (1,684) (iii) Acquisition-related costs In 2024 the Group incurred a combined (Peru and Ecuador) acquisition-related costs of $98,000 which were fully expensed. These costs have been included in professional fees expenses for the current period. (iv) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 1,225 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 2,265 Total purchase consideration 3,490 (v) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1.Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2.Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. 36. Distributions 2025 During 2025 the Group made the following distribution to ordinary shareholders On February 10, 2025, the group paid a cash dividend of $6,499,000 (3.49 cents per share) On December 31, 2025, the group paid a cash divided of $2,999,000 (1.61 cents per share) During 2025 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On January 22, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On April 15, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On June 30, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD428,000 (21.38 cents per share) On September 20, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD427,000 (21.38 cents per share)

Page 80 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 36. Distributions (Continued) 2024 During 2024 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On April 02, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On July 04, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On September 30, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) 37. Pillar II The Group is a part of a Multinational Entity (MNE) with revenues above €750 million. As such, it is within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules. Pillar Two legislation has not been enacted in Jamaica, the jurisdiction in which the MNE is incorporated. The Group has subsidiaries in the following countries with tax rate below 15%: Barbados, British Vergin Islands (BVI), Cayman Islands and St. Lucia. Under the legislation, the Group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) effective tax rate for each jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. The Group’s effective tax rates exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which it operates, with a few exceptions. For these exceptions, although the average effective tax rate may be below 15%, the Group’s exposure to paying Pillar Two income taxes might not be for the full difference in tax rates in relation to these entities. Additionally, not all entities jurisdictions have legislative frameworks to accommodate the Pillar Two top up tax. The Group is in the process of assessing its exposure to the Pillar Two legislation and will implement once adopted by the MNE in the jurisdiction of incorporation. 38. Subsequent Events 1. On January 14, 2026, the Boad of Directors declared a dividend payment of 1.88 cents per ordinary share. The record date is January 28, 2026, and payable February 25, 2026. 2. On February 27, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of March 16, 2026, and payable on April 1, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share. 3. On May 22, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of May 28, 2026, and payable on July 2, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share.

PROXY FORM

Productive Business Solutions Limited Company No. 34076 ("the Company") The undersigned shareholder of the Company hereby appoints of or failing him of Dated this day of , 2026 Name in Print: as the nominee of the undersigned to attend and act for the undersigned and on behalf of the undersigned at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on the September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am Jamaica time and at any adjournment or adjournments thereof in the same manner, to the same extent and with the same powers as if the undersigned was present at the said meeting or such adjournment or adjournments there of. Pursuant to Amended and Restated By-Law No. 2 of the Company

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Syndicated from Jamaica Stock Exchange · originally published .

Other coverage

Around Kingston

· powered by OFMOP
000 Authorised - 186,213,000, (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000, (2024 –2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 Issued and fully paid - 186,213,000 (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000 (2024 – 2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 The preference shares are redeemable cumulative preference shares (1,500,000 9.25% perpetual cumulative redeemable USD and 500,000 10.50% perpetual cumulative redeemable Jamaican Dollars Preference Shares) where the declaration of dividends is discretionary. There is no contractual redemption date for these shares and may only be called for the first time at the sole discretion of the issuer, on the last Business Day of the financial year which falls immediately before the 15th anniversary of the issue date of the Preference Shares 28. Other Reserves (deficits) Other reserves primarily represent the currency translation differences resulting from the unrealized gains and losses on the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries that have a different functional currency from that of the Company. Other reserves also include revaluation reserve for the revaluation of assets and actuarial gains. Revaluation Surplus $’000 Actuarial Gains $’000 Currency Translation Differences $’000 Total $’000 Balance as at 1 January 2024 70 2,902 (20,111) (17,139) Actuarial gains - (96) - (96) Movement during 2024 716 - (820) (104) Balance as at 31 December 2024 786 2,806 (20,931) (17,339) Actuarial gains - 54 - 54 Movement during 2025 - - 260 260 Balance as at 31 December 2025 786 2,860 (20,671) (17,025) Page 68 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 29. Litigation and Contingent Liabilities The Group is subject to various claims, disputes and legal proceedings in the normal course of business. Provision is made for such matters when, in the opinion of management and its professional advisors, it is probable that a payment will be made by the Group, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Claims asserted against the Group, according to the principles outlined above, have not been provided for. Management is of the opinion that the claims are either without merit, can be successfully defended or will result in exposure to the Group which is immaterial to both financial position and results of operations. 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset The movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligation during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 1,553 1,389 Reallocation of pension plan liability 1,045 - Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 Actuarial gains on termination benefits 124 (24) Benefits paid (73) (73) At end of year 3,111 1,553 The movement of the pension plan asset during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 3,674 3,596 Actuarial gains / (losses) 110 (96) Current service cost 122 122 Interest Cost 493 546 Benefits paid (653) (726) Other 6 232 At end of year 3,752 3,674 The amounts recognised in arriving at profit or loss were as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 At end of year 462 261 The distribution of the obligation by country was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Nicaragua 120 115 Panama 338 280 El Salvador 968 810 Honduras 393 348 Ecuador 1,292 - 3,111 1,553 Page 69 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset (Continued) The value of the plan asset was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Barbados 3,034 3,034 Panama 575 557 Honduras 143 83 3,752 3,674 The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is: 202 5 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (500) 485 Inflation rate 1% 52 (47) 202 4 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (432) 465 Inflation rate 1% 31 (27) The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position. Page 70 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation (Continued) Termination benefits in El Salvador and Nicaragua are established by law and entitle the employee to receive a payment upon termination of employment, regardless of cause. In El Salvador the benefit is founded in the law 592, that is the regulatory law for the economic benefit for voluntary resignation. Employees with more than two years of uninterrupted service for the company shall receive a payment of, at least, the equivalent of 15 days of minimum wage for each year of service. In Nicaragua, the law 185, Labour Code, entitles the employee to the right to receive a payment equivalent to one monthly salary for each year of service, up to the third year, and 20 days of salary for each additional year. Neither of these plans require the employer to establish a fund. The principal actuarial assumptions used in valuing post-employment benefits are as follows: PBS Nicaragua 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 11% 11% Future salary increases 5% 5% Retirement age 60 years 60 years PBS El Salvador 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5% 5% Future salary increases 3.4% 3.4% Retirement age 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively PBS Panama 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5.5% 5.5% Future salary increases 6% 6% Retirement age 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively The principal assumptions used in valuing the pension plan asset for Barbados as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 7.75% 7.75% Future salary increases 3% 3% Retirement age 65 65 Page 71 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Operating Activities Reconciliation of the Group’s net profit to cash generated from operating activities: Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net profit 4,439 7,576 Items not affecting cash: Depreciation 13\u002614 20,684 17,441 Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 15 3,174 2,884 Share of profit of associate (718) (513) Taxation expense 11 9,912 5,042 Foreign exchange Losses/(Gains) 609 734 Loss / (Gains) on disposal of Property plant and equipment 179 (103) Interest income 7 (1,769) (1,999) Interest expense 10 17,094 18,801 53,604 49,863 Change in non-cash working capital, net of effects from acquisition of subsidiaries: Inventories (14,646) (6,961) Contract assets 1,574 429 Trade and other receivables (21,595) 29 Due from related parties (599) (499) Long term liabilities (407) (906) Long term receivable (180) 218 Lease receivable (6,410) (15) Accounts payable (7,288) 2,183 Contract liabilities (505) (4,243) Retirement benefit obligation 1,480 86 Due to related parties 1,431 1,249 6,459 41,433 Taxation paid (3,733) (8,902) Net cash provided by operating activities 2,726 32,531 Net Debt Reconciliation This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for the year ended 31 December. 2025
Skip to main content
Abeng Radio·Live news
0 listening
Jamaica Stock Exchange

Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

Kingston
Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS is a solutions-oriented, customer-focused technology group that combines a wide range of services, top-tier professionals, and cutting-edge products to offer customized systems and tools for organizations in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. Under the concept of “Engineering & Technology,” PBS operates through a model in which they work together to transform ideas into functional, scalable, and strategic solutions. Engineering acts as the core capability for designing, integrating, and executing complex systems with a long-term vision, while technology serves as the enabler that accelerates results and turns innovation into real impact. This approach reinforces PBS as a reliable partner in solutions integration, focused on helping clients improve the efficiency of their business processes while delivering measurable and sustainable results. “No Limits” defines how PBS thinks and operates: without technical, geographical, or industry boundaries. It reflects a commitment to flexibility, continuous innovation, and the ability to anticipate and solve challenges through tailored solutions that drive efficiency and growth across diverse markets and industries. 03

We are committed to our customers. We work with exceptional people. PBS Costa Rica Building, Plaza Roble, Los Balcones, 3rd Floor 05

We represent world leaders in the technology industry to provide the best solutions and services in our market. 06

Table of Contents Notice of an Annual General Meeting 08 Director’s Report 09 Corporate Information 10 Our Values 11 Acquisitions and Incorporations 13 Our Coverage 14 PBS Business Lines 15 Shareholders Profile 17 Shareholding of Directors 23 Chairman Message 24 CEO Letter 26 Group Board of Directors 32 Board Committees 37 Senior Regional Leadership Team 44 Regional Leadership Team 45 Senior in Country Leadership 47 Consolidated Financial Statements 49 PROXY FORM 51 Corporate Governance Policy 141 07

Notice of an Annual General Meeting NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the NINTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of PRODUCTIVE BUSINESS SOLUTIONS LIMITED will be held at their offices at General Accident Insurance Company Jamaica Limited, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, St. Andrew, Jamaica as well as virtually, on September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am to consider and if thought fit pass the following ordinary resolutions: A member of the Company entitled to attend and vote, is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote in his or her stead. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. Proxy forms must be submitted to the Company's Registrar and Transfer Agent, Jamaica Central Securities Depository, 40 Harbour Street, Kingston, Jamaica not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting. Proxy forms must be stamped with a J$100.00 postage stamp. Shareholders will be able to attend the meeting in person; however they will also be able to attend and vote on resolutions raised at the AGM electronically once they are registered by contacting [email protected]. Non-Shareholders can also register using the same email address. Upon registration, a confirmation will be sent and the meeting link and password will be shared closer to the meeting. The deadline for registration is September 2, 2026. P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board a. “THAT Deloitte & Touche having indicated their willingness to continue in office be re-appointed as Auditors for the ensuing year.” b. “THAT the Directors are hereby authorized to agree on a remuneration for the Auditors.” 6. RATTIFICATION OF DIVIDEND PAYMENTS “THAT the following dividend payments made during the year be ratified and that no other dividend payments were approved for the period under review”: “THAT dividend payments made to the: 9.25% and 10.50% preference shareholders on April 15, 2025, June 30, 2025, and September 30, 2025 of US$0.23125 per share and J$25.890411 per share respectively Common shareholders on February 10, 2025 and December 31, 2025 of US$0.0349 and US$0.0161 per share respectively TO TRANSACT ANY OTHER BUSINESS THAT MAY BE PROPERLY TRANSACTED AT AN ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING Dated this 4th day of August, 2026 BY ORDER OF THE BOARD 1. AUDITED ACCOUNTS “THAT the audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025, and the reports of the Directors’ and Auditors’ be and are hereby adopted.” 2. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS Pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 the Directors retiring from office by rotation are Jose Misrahi, Ricardo Hutchinson and Thomas Agnew, who being eligible offered themselves for re-election. The proposed resolutions are as follows: a. “THAT Jose Misrahi be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” b. “THAT Ricardo Hutchinson be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” c. “THAT Thomas Agnew be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” 3. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTOR Pursuant to Section 4.3.2 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 Mr. Eduardo Rodriguez who was appointed by the Board of Directors on June 8, 2026 resigned and being eligible offered himself for re-election. “THAT Eduardo Rodriguez be re-elected as a Director of the Company” 4. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION “THAT the amount shown for the Directors’ remuneration in the Audited Accounts dated December 31, 2025 be and is hereby approved.” 5. APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS AND FIX THEIR REMUNERAION 08

Submitted on behalf of the Board of Directors, P. B. Scott Chai rman of the Board The Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited submit herewith their Annual Report and Audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025 The Board of Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited exercises its responsibilities for the Financial Statements included in this Report through its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee consists of non-executive Board members: Brian Wynter Chairperson, Melanie Subratie, Ricardo Hutchinson, Thomas Agnew, and Executive Board member: Jose Misrahi. The independent auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee. The Group ended the year with a profit after tax of US$4,439,000 and a net profit attributable to shareholders of US$4,287,000. Details of these results, along with a comparison with the previous year’s performance and the state of affairs of the Company, are set out in the Management Discussion and Analysis and the Financial Statements which are included as part of the Report. The Directors wish to express their appreciation to the employees for their loyal services throughout the year. The Directors will meet to consider the appointment of Auditors in accordance with applicable regulations. Finan ci al R e sults A u di t or s Legal Representatives Emp l oyee s Director’s Report 09

Full Corporate Name Productive Business Solutions Limited R egis t ered Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust r ial Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Incorpor at ed December 1 6, 2010 Fiscal Year End December 31 , 2023 Administr ati ve Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust ri al Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Law under which incorpor at ed Barbados Compan y Sec reta ry Liza Ha rr id y al & Associates Tel.: 246-417-5600 Fax.: 246-421-8001 Legal Representatives DUNNCOX 48 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLINTON & HART & CO 58 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLARKE, GITTENS, FARMER Parker House, Wildey Business Park Wildey Road, St. Michael, Barbados M. HAMEL-SMITH & CO. Eleven Albion, Cor. Dere & Albion Streets P.O. Box 219, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad & Tobago W.I. Corporate Information PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS SRL The Financial Services Centre Bishop's Court's Hill P.O. Box 111, St. Michael BB 14004, Barbados Auditors Deloitte & Touche 3rd Floor The Goddard Building Hoggatt Hall St. Michae BB11059 Barbados, W.I. 10

Corporate Governance Policy 11

Corporate Governance Policy OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHARTER WAS ESTABLISHED IN 2010 AND REVISED IN 2025. THE CHARTER CAN BE SEEN IN MORE DETAIL ON THE COMPANY'S WEBSITE WWW.PBS.GROUP 12

Our Values We collaborate in everything we do. We maintain excellent communication with our customers to always understand their needs. The primary factor that enables us to make things happen. We demonstrate these qualities daily to enhance our working environment. We guarantee justice and fairness to all stakeholders, both internal and external. We uphold our business integrity as an ethical framework that guides our professional conduct, acting with integrity to earn the trust of our customers and employees. INTEGRITY TEAMWORK COMMUNICATION DISCIPLINE HUMILITY & SPIRIT OF SERVICE RESPECT FOR INDIVIDUALS 13

Acquisitions and Incorporations 200320******2009 201020******2002 200420******2010 201720******2024 14

191151******2034 151412******2223 Our Coverage Our regional group is made up of: 1. PBS Antigua, 2. PBS Aruba, 3. PBS Barbados, 4. PBS Belize, 5. PBS Cayman Business Machines, 6. PBS Colombia, 7. PBS Costa Rica, 8. PBS Curaçao, 9. PBS Dominican Republic, 10. PBS El Salvador, 11. Global Product Alliance Inc., 12. PBS Guatemala, 13. PBS Guyana, 14. PBS Honduras, 15. PBS San Pedro Sula, 16. PBS Jamaica, 17. PBS Nicaragua, 18. PBS Panama, 19. PBS Suriname, 20. PBS Trinidad & Tobago, 21. PBS Bonaire, 22. PBS Ecuador, 23. PBS Peru, and 24. PBS Dominica. 15

5 6 7 4 3 2 1 PBS Cayman Business Machines PBS Colombia PBS Costa Rica PBS Belize PBS Barbados PBS Aruba Pbs Dorada Technologies Antigua The Cayman Center Suite 1&2 Dorcy Drive, George Town Tel: 1-345-949-8642 [email protected] Centro empresarial El Dorado Plaza Calle 26 No. 85D Local - Modulo 7 Bogotá, Colombia Tel: 57 601 743 3281 [email protected] Plaza Roble, Edificio Balcones, piso 3. San Rafael de Escazú, San José Costa Rica. Tel: 506 4404 8000 Tel: 506 4404 8132 [email protected] 13 Douglas Jones Street Belize City, Belize C.A. Tel: 501 227-0823 / 0824 Facey House 42 Warrens Industrial Park Warrens, St Michael, Barbados Tel: 246 417 5600 Fax: 246 4218001 [email protected] Caya G.F. Betico Croes 170 Oranjestad, Aruba Tel: 297 582 5492 [email protected] Mandolin Place, Friars Hill Road, St. John's, Antigua Tel: (268) 481 1101 Fax: (268) 481 1144 8 PBS Curaçao Schottegatweg Oost 2 Willemstad, Curaçao Tel: +599 97241300 [email protected] 9 PBS Dominican Republic Av. Winston Churchill, Edificio Empresarial Blue Mall, Piso 22 Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic Tel: +809 567 8231 Fax: +809 472 0915 [email protected] 13 14 12 11 10 PBS Guyana PBS Honduras PBS Guatemala Global Product Alliance Inc. GPA PBS El Salvador Lot 2 Goedverwagting, Rupert Craig Highway, East Coast Demerara Tel: (592) 226 1066 [email protected] Tegucigalpa, Boulevard Morazán, edificio Agalta, piso 21 Tel: +504 2244 9870 al 79 [email protected] 23 Avenida 31-13, Zona 5 Ciudad de Guatemala, Guatemala Tel: 502 2420 9500 Whatsapp +502 5456 6479 [email protected] GPA 11411 NW 107th Street, Suite 24, Miami FL 33178 USA. Tel. 1(305) 477 2426 [email protected] Oficinas administrativas: Av. De La Revolución, San Salvador, Torre Plaza Presidente, piso #16. Tel: +503 2239 3000 cel.: +503 7039-9308 [email protected] 15 16 PBS San Pedro Sula PBS Jamaica San Pedro Sula, Barrio Los Andes, 16 Ave. 6 y 7 calle N.O. Edificio Metropark, Piso # 8, Local 804 Tel: +504 2512 2500 al 09 [email protected] Unit 1, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, Jamaica Tel: 876 926 5630-2 Fax: 876 929 5372 SD: 876-968-6197-9 [email protected] 18 17 PBS Panama PBS Nicaragua Calle 50 y 58 Este Obarrio, P.H. Office One, Piso 16 Panamá City, Panamá Tel: + 507 204 9900 Fax: +507 204 9902 [email protected] Rotonda el Güegüense. 400 mts al Sur, 100 mts al Oeste. Managua, Nicaragua Tel: 505 2255 9020 Fax: 505 2255 9030 [email protected] 20 19 21 PBS Trinidad and Tobago PBS Suriname PBS Bonaire Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 / (868) 609 7278 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 [email protected] Van Roosmalenstraat 11 Tel: (597) 551262 [email protected] Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 22 PBS Ecuador Av. Amazonas N35-17 y Juan Pablo Sanz Edificio Xerox Piso 7 Tel: (593) 993337829 [email protected] 23 24 PBS Perú N2N Distributors - Dominica Av las Begonias 441 torre C piso 10, San Isidro - Lima) Tel: (51) 1 616 6666 [email protected] N2N Distributors 33Kennedy Avenue Roseau, Dominica. Tel: (767) 448-2679 25 26 PBS St. Kitts BVI (British Virgin Islands) Unit 9, The Sands, P.O. Box 397 Bay Road, Basseterre St. Kitts. Tel: (869) 466-2018 Jayla Place, Road Town Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Tel: (284) 494-5030 Corporate Information 16

PBS 7 Business Lines IMAGING NETWORKING COMMUNICATIONS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ADVANCED SERVICES INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY SYSTEMS PAYMENT METHODS 17

Vertical Markets GRAPHIC ARTS FINANCE GOVERNMENT & EDUCATION MANUFACTURING, RETAIL & DISTRIBUTION OIL, ENERGY & MINING TELCOS BPO TRANSPORTATION & HOSPITALITY 18

AVAILABLE AT PBS Xerox ® Proficio ® PX300 NEW! A winning formula from the ground up. 19 New generation of production print. Xerox® Proficio® PX300 Printer

Our Partners & Certifications We are transforming as a company to assist in enabling information technologies to empower our clients to gain a competitive edge and accomplish their business objectives. 20

Mimaki's latest integrated printer / cutter offers new levels of creativity and versatility with vibrant ink types, including the new Silver, Orange and Light Black. The CJV300 Series achieves the highest print speeds in its class, with innovative technologies ensuring unparalleled production quality for signboard artists, graphic professionals and printers. Integrated printing and cutting, high speed CJV300-160 21

Oracle Exadata The High-Performance Data Engine Delivering ultra-fast performance, scalability, and reliability for mission-critical enterprise workloads 22

10 Largest Shareholders by Number of Shares 100908******0302 01 612,721 General Accident Insurance Co 663,473 Courtney Sylvester 1,087,308 Jose Misrahi 1,632,140 Portland Fund II Co-invest Partnership 3,230,166 NCB Capital Markets (Cayman) Ltd 5,485,214 Pedro M. Paris 6,330,663 Portland Caribbean Fund II Barbados L.P. 34,264,960 Portland Caribbean Fund II L.P. 45,164,017 Musson (Jamaica) Limited 84,181,818 Facey Group Limited Shareholders Profile 23

Shareholding of Executives P. B. Scott - 129,958,556 Blondell Walker - 45,164,017 Douglas Hewson - 42,227,763 Edward Ince - - Jose Misrahi 1,087,308 - Melanie M. Subratie - 129,958,556 Patrick A.W. Scott - 45,164,017 Pedro M. París 5,485,214 - Ricardo Hutchinson - 42,227,763 Tomas Agnew - - Brian Wynter - - Nicholas Scott - 45,164,017 PERSONAL CONNECTED Marco Antonio Almendárez Cisneros 363,600 Leonardo Jesus Velasquez Foucault 163,171 Elvin Howard Nash 142,700 Sergio Roberto Molina Barrios 127,200 Mario Estuardo Pons Espana 90,900 Francisco Lupiac Rodríguez 87,639 Lucia Vielman Ruíz 49,972 Shareholding of Directors 24

P. B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board 25

Dear Fellow Shareholders, 2025 has been a year that has tested our resolve and, in doing so, has demonstrated the depth of the organization we have built. Against a backdrop of macroeconomic headwinds, tightening capital markets, and an accelerating pace of technological change, PBS has continued to advance. While our financial results reflect the complexity of the environment in which we operate, they also reflect a business that is maturing, adapting, and positioning itself with intention for the years ahead. Revenue for 2025 came in at US$374.9 million against a budget of US$425 million. We do not normally discuss publicly our budgets but in this case I believe it is important to contextualize our own expectation. This shortfall, while meaningful, must be understood in its proper context. Several large government technology projects across our region experienced procurement delays beyond our control, and currency volatility in certain markets impacted reported figures. Despite this, we achieved EBITDA of US$55.2 million an increase on the $50.9m of 2024 but below our budget of US$59m. Our gross margin improved to 34%, up from budget, demonstrating that the discipline we have applied to our cost of sales is taking hold. Our net profit for the year was US$4.3 million. This is not satisfactory and materially different from our own expectations of US$13.6m. The biggest driver of this differential being our tax charge of US$9.9m an effective tax rate of 69%! This is an area management is actively addressing through improved tax planning across our 24-country footprint and we hope to implement structural improvements in 2026. There are four elements that are the key ingredients to PBS’s success today: our people, our capital structure, our systems, our partners - the same foundational pillars I have returned to in prior years, because they remain the determinants of our long-term success. People PBS is, at its core, a people business. Every solution we deliver, every client relationship we maintain, every market we penetrate — all of it flows from the capability of our 3,000-plus professionals across the region. In 2024 we spoke of the urgent need to develop a methodology that makes us a magnet for talent. In 2025 we made meaningful progress. The PBS University platform is still a work in progress. We have to get this right. We have to focus on it to get it right. It has expanded its Chairman message 26

curriculum, and we have introduced structured certification pathways aligned to our key technology partnerships. This is not simply a human resources initiative. It is a strategic imperative. As we grow, the complexity of what we are asked to execute grows with it. We must ensure that our organization scales in quality, not merely in headcount. We expect the organization will revolve over time and we are actively taking steps to plan for the future. Retention remains a challenge in certain markets where the demand for skilled IT professionals continues to outpace supply. We are combating this through a combination of compensation benchmarking, career development investment, and a deliberate effort to build a culture of belonging. Our ability to attract people who share our values — integrity, execution, and client focus — will define the next chapter of PBS as surely as any product or partnership we could announce. Capital When we speak of capital at PBS, we are speaking about something far more nuanced than a balance sheet line. Ours is a business in which the cash cycle for a given solution can range from immediate payment to a five-year financing arrangement. The timing of projects often need to be aligned with availability of capital. In addition the funding of projects often leads to funded debt being incurred before cashflows are delivered thus covenants need to be managed. We operate across multiple currencies, with varying regulatory environments governing the movement of funds across borders. Managing this complexity is one of the most demanding aspects of what we do. Ensuring the ongoing funding of our business is like the provision of oxygen to the pilots of a plane in the air, it is an essential ingredient in getting to the destination. In 2024, I was pleased to report the refinancing of our capital market obligations with a new six-year facility. In 2025, the discipline instilled through that process has served us well. Our balance sheet remains fundamentally sound, and our committed growth capital provides the runway we need to pursue the opportunities that are emerging across the region. The integration of the Xerox operations in Peru and Ecuador, undertaken in 2024, has progressed as planned and is contributing to our expanded footprint. Our strategic investment in TSL continues to develop, and we are monitoring additional acquisition opportunities with the same rigour we apply to our organic growth. Systems 27

I would be remiss not to address again the importance of our internal systems and governance. In 2023, we experienced material misstatements in our Costa Rica subsidiary that delayed our audit. I reported then that we had implemented significant changes to personnel and governance. I am pleased to report that the integrity of our financial reporting across the group has been maintained in 2025 and that the controls we put in place are functioning as intended. We will strive to continue to improve our systems to ensure accuracy as well as expediency in reporting. However expediency must never compromise accuracy. We continue to invest in the technology infrastructure that supports our operations. Shared service functions in accounting and administration are becoming more sophisticated. The balance between local responsiveness and central efficiency is a tension that every multi-jurisdictional business must manage continuously, and we are no different. What I can say with confidence is that our systems today are materially stronger than they were three years ago, and our commitment to making them stronger still remains absolute. Partners Without people, capital and systems, PBS would not be able to do anything. However without partnerships with the leading IT companies in the world we would not be able to add the value we do to our customers. PBS works with almost every global leader in IT. We take this privilege very seriously. Every day we work with our partners to execute projects in our markets that are essential to the economic development of our countries. It is our job to facilitate the seamless execution of such projects in Imaging, Information technology, networking communications, professional services, security systems and payment methods servicing the backbone to our economies. Throughout this annual report you will see reference to our partners who over the last 24 years we have built up credibility and trust. We exist to provide seamless execution for them in order to deliver customer satisfaction through productive solutions to our customers. I would like to thank all of our partners for their support in 2025 and we look forward to working together in 2026. Looking Forward As we look to 2026 and beyond, the opportunity before PBS has never been greater. The markets we serve — across the Caribbean, Central America, and now into South America — are at an inflection point in their technology adoption curves. Governments are investing in digital public infrastructure. Enterprises are accelerating their 28

managed services requirements. Artificial Intelligence (AI) is going to transform everything. Every business will need to assess how AI will work for them in their business. The demand for the kind of deep, locally-grounded IT expertise that PBS has spent 24 years building is real, and it is growing. Our task is to ensure that we are the organization capable of capturing it. We will continue to scale responsibly, to deepen our client partnerships, and to invest with discipline in the capabilities that matter. We are not simply a distribution business that sells technology. We are a solutions organization that transforms how our clients operate. That distinction is the foundation of everything we have built, and it is the source of our confidence in what lies ahead. On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Doug Hewson who resigned from the board in 2025. He has been on the board since we went public and has been an important contributor to the board. We wish him the best and are grateful for his contributions to PBS. I extend our sincere appreciation to every member of the PBS team. The results of 2025 - both the achievements and the shortfalls - are yours. So too is the opportunity that 2026 represents. I thank our shareholders for their continued confidence in the strategy and the leadership of this organization. We are building something of genuine and lasting significance, and we remain committed to doing so with the integrity and intensity that has always defined PBS. Warm regards, P.B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board Productive Business Solutions Limited 29

The Xerox VersaLink B405 is a reliable monochrome multifunction printer designed for small and medium-sized workgroups. It delivers print, copy, scan, fax, and email capabilities in a compact and efficient device. With print speeds of up to 45 pages per minute, support for A4 paper size, and a recommended monthly volume of up to 15,000 pages, the VersaLink B405 helps businesses improve productivity while maintaining professional-quality output and secure document management. Multifunctional Xerox ® VersaLink ® B405 30

31 PEDRO M. PARÍS Group CEO

CEO Letter Dear Fellow Shareholders, Our Chairman has spoken to the financial results of 2025 with characteristic candor. What I want to address here is what those results represent strategically and what we are building toward. We are at a rare inflection point: artificial intelligence, cloud infrastructure, and the obsolescence of legacy systems are reshaping every market we serve. Disruption creates pressure, but it also creates demand and PBS is well positioned to capture it. We Do Not Sell Technology. We Engineer Outcomes. This moment also marks a meaningful evolution in how we define ourselves. We have embraced a new identity: Engineering & Technology No Limits. It is not a marketing exercise. It is a declaration of intent the standard we set for ourselves in the complexity of the problems we take on, the quality of the solutions we deliver, and the boundaries we refuse to accept. What differentiates PBS is not the products we represent it is how we think. We are a systems integrator that excels at building backwards from the client's desired outcome, assembling the precise combination of capabilities each engagement demands. Our active role in project finance further sets us apart, enabling us to structure and deliver solutions that go well beyond the scope of a traditional technology provider. We renew our most enduring client relationships not through inertia, but by consistently delighting them transforming contracts into long-term franchises. And we are now applying that same ingenuity inward: automation and AI agents are actively reducing our own operational costs, improving margins as we scale. Most Important Partners of the PBS Ecosystem Our partner ecosystem is one of our most powerful assets. PBS works alongside Oracle, Cisco, NCR Atleos, NCR Voyix, Xerox, Leidos, and others as their trusted regional execution partner relationships built over decades that are not easily replicated. In 2026 we are going deeper: a unified PBS Consulting under a dedicated regional director sharpens our Oracle go-to-market; Cisco anchors our networking and security practice; NCR Atleos and NCR Voyix lead our financial self-service presence; and Leidos strengthens our positioning in mission-critical solutions. Xerox remains one of our most enduring partnerships. Our CMPS penetration rate of 32

79.3% across PBS Group is a tangible proof point of that trust. As Xerox expands into digital services and IT solutions and as we work to incorporate the strategic developments following the Lexmark acquisition we see clear opportunity ahead. These are not simply vendor relationships. They are proof points of our standing in the global technology community. Artificial Intelligence: From Pilot to Practice PBS has entered the world of agentic AI not as a concept we are studying, but as a capability we are deploying. In late 2025, we led a proof of concept with a major regional bank that combined advanced data warehouse migration engineering from Microsoft SQL Server to Oracle with artificial intelligence. The engagement demonstrated PBS's unique ability to bridge deep infrastructure expertise with emerging AI capabilities: an outcome neither a pure vendor nor a traditional integrator could achieve alone. This is where PBS is building its next frontier. Governments modernizing public infrastructure, financial institutions transforming core systems, enterprises navigating digital change all face environments of growing complexity. AI-powered solutions that address mission-critical use cases, reduce operational risk, and close gaps left by legacy obsolescence represent a genuine and growing opportunity. We are building those competencies today. THE ORGANIZATION WE ARE BUILDING In 2026, PBS has strengthened its senior leadership with targeted additions designed to deepen expertise and expand regional capacity. Our culture of collaboration sharing talent, resources, and best practices across 24 markets compounds as a competitive advantage. Central to this model is a pool of high-caliber specialists: forward deployed engineers, solution architects, and domain experts deployed with precision across geographies. A solution proven in Honduras can be deployed in Jamaica. A capability built in Peru can serve Colombia. This is something our local competitors cannot match in scale, and our global competitors cannot match in regional depth. Turnaround and the Opportunity Ahead Our 24-market footprint is both a risk management discipline and a growth engine. We are entering new markets to consolidate our regional position and reduce concentration risk. Simultaneously, we are focused on unlocking value within our 33

current footprint: our operations in Panama, Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru markets where our presence was built on imaging and where we are now accelerating into higher-value technology services represent meaningful turnaround opportunities. The adjustments now underway will, we believe, generate contributions that meaningfully enhance shareholder value. We view them as investments in progress, and we are confident in the path forward. What Lies Ahead The demand for what PBS does deep, locally grounded, end-to-end technology execution has never been greater. We have been building toward this moment for more than two decades. Our partnerships, our people, and our culture have been assembled with exactly this horizon in mind. The work ahead is significant. The opportunity is larger still. To our shareholders: we remain committed to rewarding your confidence with discipline, integrity, and the intensity that has always defined this organization. Warm regards, PEDRO M. PARÍS C. Group CEO Productive Business Solutions Limited 34

P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board Pedro M. París Director, Group CEO P.B. Scott is the CEO, Chairman and Principal Shareholder of the Musson Group. Over the last two decades, P.B. Scott has conceptualised and led the expansion of the Musson Group from a Jamaican consumer wholesale distribution business to a diversified group operating in 30 countries. The Group is a leader across the Caribbean in food, pharmaceuticals, information technology, and insurance. The Musson Group includes leading businesses such as The PBS Group, Seprod Limited, General Accident Insurance, and A.S. Brydens & Sons. He has served as CEO of Musson since 2004. Today the Musson Group has a turnover in excess of US$1.6 billion annually and over 7,000 employees. In addition to his private sector contributions, P.B. Scott has committed a significant amount of time to public service. He is the chairman of the Development Bank of Jamaica and has led multiple enterprise teams to divest government assets. In 2023, he was awarded 'the Order of Jamaica for his exceptional contribution to the Business Industry, Investment, and Philanthropy in Jamaica and the Caribbean. Mr. Pedro M. París has been with PBS since 2003, He has held several management positions, in 2006 he was named COO for Central America. Mr. París was appointed Group CEO at the end of 2009. He is responsible for the vision, strategy and execution of the day-to-day operations. He is also a member of the Management Governance and Executive Committees. Mr. París worked 18 years for IBM-GBM (an IBM alliance), where he held several senior management positions across the business. Mr. París studied Business Administration at the Universidad Autónoma Centro America, Costa Rica. Group Board of Directors 37

Mr. Hutchinson currently works with Portland Private Equity (“PPE”) as Vice President – Investments, with responsibility for leading investment transactions throughout the region. He has more than 13 years of experience in the regional finance industry working with several top financial institutions. Prior to joining PPE, Ricardo held the role of Associate Director – Investment Banking with a leading regional commercial bank. He holds a Master of Science degree in Economics from the University of the West Indies and is a CFA Charter holder. *Ricardo Hutchinson Non-Executive Director Group Board of Directors *Independent Director Mr. Agnew is an entrepreneur specializing in building content marketing, marketing technology and information services businesses. He founded Brafton Inc. and a group of subsidiary companies that are North America and Australia’s leading content marketing entities. Brafton Inc. has been listed among the 5,000 fastest growing private companies four years in row. He co-founded DeHavilland Information Services and Axonn Ltd in the UK. Originally from the UK, he moved to the U.S.A. in 2008. Mr. Agnew holds a degree in Politics from the University of Newcastle, UK. *Thomas Agnew Non-Executive Director 38

Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Group Board of Directors José Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director *Independent Director Mrs. Blondell Walker has been part of the Musson Group of Companies for over 20 years and is currently the ICT Director, a position she has held since 2000. She is also on the Board for T. Geddes Grant (Distributors) Limited and Musson Jamaica Limited. She was instrumental in the implementation of the Enterprise Resource Program (ERP  application across the Musson Group of Companies. Mrs. Walker studied Accounting and Systems Analysis at the University of the West Indies, Institute of Management and the Heriot Watt University of Edinburgh, Scotland. She is the Chairman for the Western United Basic School. Blondell Walker Non-Executive Director 39

Mr Ince is a Senior Partner/Co-Founder of Frontlight Ventures, a regional investment and consulting firm. He was Co-Founder and Managing Director of Prism Services, a regional payments and operations outsourcing company. He is a Non-Executive Republic Bank Ltd, Cave Shepherd, Foster & Ince Cruise Services and the Barbados Sugar Industry Ltd. He is a graduate of York University, Canada and is a National Barbados Aubrey Collymore Scholarship recipient for sciences. Group Board of Directors *Edward Ince Non-Executive Director *Independent Director Mrs. Melanie Subratie is Chairman and CEO of Stanley Motta Ltd., Vice-Chairman of Musson (Ja) Ltd. and Director of all its subsidiaries, Vice-Chairman of General Accident Insurance Company Ltd., Eppley Ltd, and T Geddes Grant Ltd. Chairman of E-Pins Ltd. and sits on the executive of Seprod group of Companies and all its subsidiary boards. Chairman of Seprod Foundation, Musson Foundation, Chairperson of Jamaica Girls Coding and Chairman of Jamaica RISE Life Management and other CSR organizations. She is also Fourth Vice-President of the Jamaica Chamber of Commerce, and is the current Chair of the Legislation, Regulation and Improvement Committee. She is a honors graduate of London School of Economics. Melanie Subratie Non-Executive Director 40

Group Board of Directors Patrick A. W. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Patrick A. W. Scott is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Facey Commodity Company Limited and the Executive Deputy Chairman of the Facey Group. Prior to these appointments, he served 16 years as Managing Director. A seasoned executive, Mr. Scott has worked for a combined total of 40 years in various roles and was key figure in the global development of Facey’s Telecom business. He currently serves the board of directos of several companies including, P.A. Benjamin, Serge Island Diaries, International Biscuits and Serge Island Farms. Attended Seneca College and Ryerson University in Toronto, Canada. Mr Brian Wynter has been incorporated to the PBS Group Limited Board of Directors. Mr. Wynter has an extensive career in the financial sector, serving as Governor of the Bank of Jamaica until August 2019. The motion was presented to the Board of Directors, which was accepted, and in this way, Brian Wynter was duly appointed to the board of directors of PBS Group Limited. An honors graduate from the London School of Economics in 1981, and specialized in International Economy form Columbia University in 1985. *Brian Wynter Non-Executive Director 41

Group Board of Directors Nicholas A. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Nicholas Scott is the Vice Chairman of Eppley Limited and a director of Eppley Fund Managers Limited. Mr. Scott is also the Chief Investment Officer of the Musson Group and a Director of Musson and most of its major subsidiaries and affiliates. Mr. Scott is the Chairman of the Student Loan Bureau and a former Vice-President of the Private Sector Organization of Jamaica. He holds a B.Sc. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and an M.P.A. from the Harvard Kennedy School of Government. 42

4 Paul Scott 5 Melanie Subratie 5 Pedro M. Paris 5 Jose Misrahi 5 Patrick Scott 5 Blondell Walker 4 Nicholas Scott 5 Ricardo Hutchinson 5 Thomas Agnew 5 Edward Ince 5 Brian Wynter 7 Jose Misrahi 7 Ricardo Hutchinson 7 Thomas Agnew 6 Brian Wynter 4 Melanie Subratie Board Meetings Audit Meetings 43

Board of Committees Executive Committee Audit Committee Compensation Committee *Independent Director P.B. Scott Chairperson Nicholas A. Scott José Misrahi Pedro M. París P.B. Scott Chairperson Patrick Scott *Ricardo Hutchinson Melanie Subratie *Thomas Agnew José Misrahi *Ricardo Hutchinson *Brian Wynter Chairperson 44

Sergio Molina Planning Operations Director Sergio Molina started at PBS 20 years ago. He has hold several positions in the company. PBS Guatemala General Manager (7 Years), PBS Dominican Republic General Manager (1 Year), PBS Group Post-Sale Manager (1Year), PBS Group Sales Process Management, PBS Group Planning Manager (Current). Mr Molina obtained a Degree in Business Administration from Universidad de San Carlos de Guatemala. Mario Pons Professional Services Operations Mario Pons has been a key player for the Inkjet strategy the group has developed in Central America and has helped various PBS organizations in the development of high impact projects such as the printing of Electoral Ballots. He has also been key in the relationship with global partners, Entrust Datacard and Gemalto, for National ID projects in Guatemala, Jamaica and Costa Rica. He started working in Xerox Guatemala in 1994 and has developed his career within Xerox and PBS holding several positions in Sales, Service and Professional Services. He has a BSC in Computer Science from Louisiana State University, and a Diploma in Business Administration from Tayasal Business School. Leonardo Velásquez Infrastructure & Technology Networking Director Leonardo Velazquez has been working with PBS since 2015. He oversees the sales relationship with vendors and distributors, such as: Cisco, Fortinet, HP, Dell, Tripplite, TechData, Intcomex, IngramMicro. Before PBS, he worked as a Regional Partner Account Manager at Cisco Systems for 6 years and has amassed a total of 25 years in the IT sector. He graduated from Universidad de Simon Bolivar. He has an MBA in Enterprise Administration and is an Electronic Engineer. Alex Chiriboga Service Delivery & Logistics Director Alex recently joined PBS Group in May 2024 as Director of Delivery Service & Logistics. His main objective is to transform the service we provide to our customers, aiming to achieve the highest levels of satisfaction and experience. This transformation will focus on improving processes through a connectivity strategy, optimizing resources and technology, and maintaining inventory levels and quality aligned with the requirements of our broad portfolio of products and services. Mr. Chiriboga brings over 32 years of experience from Xerox, where he held leadership roles in Service Delivery, Technical Services, Logistics, Sales, and the Paper Business across Ecuador and the Latin America Region. He holds an MBA with specializations in Finance, Marketing, and Human Resources, a degree in Process Administration Engineering, a Bachelor’s in Electronics & Telecommunications, and is certified as a Lean Six Sigma Green Belt. Senior Regional Leadership Team 45

Jose Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Lucia Vielman Coporate Treasure Mrs. Vielman Ruiz was a Private Banking Manager at Mercom Bank and later appointedas General Manager. In 2009 Mrs. Vielman Ruiz Joined PBS as Compliant officer for the first sindicate loan and in 2010 she became the Corporate Treasurer, responsible for banking operations at country level and member of the Management Governance Committee. She Graduated in Business Administration from Universidad Francisco Marroquin, Guatemala in 1998. Sharon McDonald Chief Assurance Officer Dr. Sharon Smith-McDonald supports PBS Group Limited. She is responsible for overseeing the Group’s internal controls and risk management. She plays a critical role in ensuring compliance with regulations by the development of effective assurance strategies across all business operations. Dr. Smith-McDonald has accumulated over three decades of experience in fi nance, accounting, and business operations. Her distinguished career includes key leadership roles within multinational organizations, most recently serving as Group Financial Controller at Musson Jamaica Limited. Dr. Smith-McDonald holds a Doctor of Business Administration in Finance & Internal Controls from Walden University, a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Northern Caribbean University, and a Bachelor of Science in Management and Accounting from The University of the West Indies. Ryan Kirlew Corporate Global Controller Ryan oversees the fi nancial operations of the entire PBS Group. Ryan brings a wealth of experience in strategic fi nancial management and reporting. He has consistently demonstrated outstanding leadership, expertise, and a deep understanding of fi nancial operations. His commitment to excellence has been evident throughout his career, and we are con fi dent that he will excel in this new role. Since joining the Group in 2017, Ryan has made signi fi cant contributions while working with Musson International Dairies Limited, Seprod, T. Geddes Grant, and Musson Jamaica—gaining valuable experience and playing a key role in the success of these business units. As Global Controller, Ryan is responsible for the overall fi nancial reporting of the PBS Group. He leads the development and maintenance of the organization’s accounting policies, practices, procedures, initiatives, and systems. Senior Regional Leadership Team 46

Daniel Martínez Advanced Services Regional Manager Daniel brings over 20 years of experience in business development across the technology and consulting sectors, leading transformational initiatives for government and financial institutions throughout Central America and the Caribbean. In the past seven years alone, he has consistently achieved double-digit growth in revenue and margins in Honduras by designing and implementing tailored professional services that accelerate technology adoption. As an Oracle Champion for nearly a decade, Daniel seamlessly combines technical expertise with commercial strategy to drive client success. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing & International Business and a Master of Science in Finance from Universidad Tecnológica Centroamericana (UNITEC), Honduras. Additionally, he earned a Professional Certificate in Digital Transformation from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Cambridge, MA, USA. Vennis Williamson Regional Manager Jamaica & Cayman Vennis Williamson. Her career in the information and communications technology (ICT) sector spans over a decade. Vennis has played a crucial role in navigating PBS Jamaica through the digital era, achieving significant technological milestones along the way. Her strategic guidance has integrated major technology entities, propelling the organization to unprecedented levels of innovation and market leadership. Over the past three years, under Vennis's leadership, PBS Jamaica has exceeded financial and operational growth objectives while prioritizing staff engagement as a core part of its strategy. Estefania Menéndez Personnel Regional Director Estefanía Menéndez is the Regional Personnel Director at PBS Group Limited, where she leads the human capital strategy and drives organizational transformation across the group. With over 14 years of experience in the Technology, Electrical, Outsourcing, and Business Services sectors, Estefanía has held leadership positions at renowned companies such as Schneider Electric, Xerox, and Capgemini. She holds a Business degree and a Master’s in Finance from Franklin University, and is certified in both Project Management and Six Sigma. Estefanía is widely recognized for implementing transformative initiatives that enhance productivity, increase operational efficiency, and boost employee engagement. Javier Mogollón Chief Information Officer Javier Mogollón is a systems engineer with a postgraduate degree in telecommunications from the Santiago Mariño University in Venezuela, he arrived in Guatemala 20 years ago after completing a ten-year cycle at Xerox of Venezuela, throughout this time in which he has worked for the group, Javier has held several positions accepting both local and regional challenges and responsibilities. He served as service manager, and sales support manager was the creator and developer of the Docushare Project (accounting code) in Shared Service that is currently used by all PBS Groups and the following company incorporations, he was in charge of the System One infrastructure installed in the Guatemala data center for 2 years, 4 years has held the position of IT manager in PBS Guatemala. Javier is currently the CIO of PBS Group. Regional Leadership Team 47

Lesder Ramírez Chief Operating Officer Central America Mr. Lesder Ramirez studied Business Administration at the Universidad San Carlos De Guatemala, Guatemala and in 2009, joined PBS as the Financial Manager for the Guatemala operations. From 2009 to 2015, Lesder was entrusted to play different roles in finance such as Finance Manager for the operations of Costa Rica, Honduras Jamaica and Belize, Shared Service Center - Finance Manager and Xerox Relationship Management. During his tenure managing the Xerox relationship, Lesder oversaw planning operations, working closely with Mr. Pedro M. Paris C., CEO of PBS Group, where he developed additional business acumen. In 2019, based on his achievements, Lesder was promoted to oversee the operations of Dutch Caribbean as Senior General Manager. More recently in 2022, due to his knowledge of the PBS business as well as his solid financial and operations background Lesder, was named COO in charge of the operations of Trinidad & Tobago, Guyana, and Dutch Caribbean (Aruba, Curacao, Bonaire, Saint Maarten and Suriname). Stuart Franco Chief Operating Officer Eastern Caribbean Cluster Stuart Franco is the Chief Operating Officer of the Eastern Caribbean Cluster, bringing over two decades of leadership, commercial expertise, and deep regional knowledge to the role. A graduate of the University of Western Ontario with a B.A. in Statistics & Economics, Stuart joined TSL in 2003 and steadily rose through the ranks — from Sales Representative to Sales Manager, Executive Vice President of Sales, and Chief Executive Officer — before assuming his current role in 2026. Throughout his tenure, he has been a driving force behind the company's growth trajectory, building lasting client relationships and strengthening TSL's market position across the Caribbean. Stuart served as President of the American Chamber of Commerce in Trinidad and Tobago (AmCham T&T) from 2023 to 2025 and has been a board member since 2018. He is also an active board member of the TSL Foundation, where he has championed community initiatives that uplift the regions TSL serves. Outside the office, Stuart is a devoted husband and father of four, an avid football fan, and a firm believer in the importance of family — a value he actively fosters within his team. Ezequiel Bardas Chief Operating Officer Latin America Ezequiel Bardas serves as Chief Operating Officer for Latin America at PBS Group, bringing more than two decades of senior executive leadership to the role. Known for his ability to scale operations, drive digital transformation, and deliver sustainable profitability in complex environments, Ezequiel leads the strategic direction for PBS Group's affiliates across the Andean Region — overseeing operational synergy, key alliance development, and an ambitious expansion plan throughout Latin America. Before joining PBS Group, Ezequiel held distinguished leadership positions at Xerox, serving as President and General Manager across major markets including the United States and Latin America. His track record of navigating high-stakes business environments and building high-performing regional organizations speaks to a career defined by results and resilience. Ezequiel holds an Executive MBA from IAE Business School, complemented by multiple leadership certifications. His leadership philosophy blends sharp market insight with an unwavering commitment to innovation and excellence — qualities that position him as a driving force behind PBS Group's next chapter in the region. Regional Leadership Team 48

GENERAL MANAGER Melani Angeles DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Marco Almendárez NICARAGUA SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Francisco Lupiac GENERAL MANAGER HONDURAS COUNTRY MANAGER Nyron Thomas TRINIDAD & TOBAGO SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Elvin Nash BARBADOS & OECS Jason Alidikromo COUNTRY MANAGER SURINAME Senior in Country Leadership SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Mirian Alas EL SALVADOR Laura Johnston COUNTRY MANAGER CAYMAN 49

Nella Aguilar PERU COUNTRY MANAGER Candace Bartholomew COUNTRY MANAGER GUYANA Jose Maduro COUNTRY MANAGER BONAIRE & ARUBA Charlesson Ramdjas COUNTRY MANAGER CURAÇAO Vynnie Mila GENERAL MANAGER GPA GPA USA Luis Castillo GUATEMALA COUNTRY MANAGER COUNTRY MANAGER Ana Karina Vallejo ECUADOR Senior in Country Leadership Esteban Corrales PANAMA & COLOMBIA COUNTRY MANAGER 50

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 51

Deloitte & Touche 3 rd Floor The Goddard Building Haggatt Hall St. Michael, BB11059 Barbados, W.I. Tel: +246 620 6400 Fax: +246 430 6451 www.deloitte.com Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (“DTTL”), its global network of member firms, and their related entities (collectively, the “Deloitte organization”). DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) and each of its member firms and related entities are legally separate and independent entities, which cannot obligate or bind each other in respect of third parties. DTTL and each DTTL member firm and related entity is liable only for its own acts and omissions, and not those of each other. DTTL does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about to learn more. Deloitte & Touche is an affiliate of DCB Holding Ltd., a member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Opinion We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries (“the Group”), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2025, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including material accounting policy information. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at December 31, 2025, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS Accounting Standards”). Basis for Opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) (“IESBA Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Key Audit Matters Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill As at 31 December 2025, Goodwill accounted for US$86.2 million, which represents 20.5% of total assets of the Group. On an annual basis, management tests whether goodwill is subject to impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units (CGU) have been determined using value in use calculations based on the higher of the recoverable amount compared to fair value less costs to sell. Our approach to testing management’s impairment assessment, with the assistance of our valuation specialist involved the following procedures, amongst others: • Obtained management’s discounted cash flow model (DCF) including qualitative and quantitative analyses and updated our understanding of the process used by management to determine the value in use of each CGU and evaluated for any changes.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 2 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill (Cont’d) We focused on this area because the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill involves significant judgement and estimation, is sensitive to changes in key assumptions and determining economic recovery is challenging. The key assumptions were assessed by management as being: • Revenue growth rate; • Terminal growth rate; • Average Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) to revenue; and Pre-tax Discount rate. • Agreed the 31 December 2025 base year financial information to current year results and compared previous forecasts to actual results to assess the performance of the business and the accuracy of management’s forecasting. • Compared the revenue growth rates to historical revenue growth and externally derived data as well as our own assessments in relation to key inputs such as projected economic growth, inflation and pre-tax discount rates. • Developed a range of parameters using available market inputs and historical information and performed sensitivity analyses using these parameters, which was compared to management’s terminal growth and pre-tax discount rates. • Compared EBITDA margins to historical results, and verified reconciling variances to underlying supporting data and current period results. Tested management’s impairment model calculations for mathematical accuracy Operating and finance lease revenue (Forming part of sale of goods) Revenue arising from the inception of new finance leases is included within the sale of goods revenue stream and is not captured through a specific identifier. As a result, identifying transactions that contain lease arrangements requires manual assessment for every underlying subsidiary. Recognition of revenue in these arrangements requires judgment to identify the lease and non-lease components of the contract and to determine whether the lease should be classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. This classification can materially affect the timing and presentation of revenue recognition, the measurement of lease receivables, and the related financial statement disclosures. Our approach to testing lease revenue to mitigate the identified risks includes the following procedures: • Obtained the population of leases entered into by the entities and reviewed Management's assessment on their classification between operating and finance leases. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition of the finance lease within the Sale of Goods revenue stream, based on the lease amortisation schedule prepared by the management. • On a sample basis, obtained and inspected the related customer contracts / signed agreements to review Management's

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 3 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Lease classification is based on the terms set out in customer agreements and purchase orders. Accordingly, significant judgment is required to assess whether the contractual terms are consistent with the underlying transaction and whether the classification has been applied appropriately across the population of relevant sales arrangements. As it involves manual review and interpretation of contract documentation, there is an increased risk of error and inconsistent application. The key assumptions and judgments applied by management include: • assessment of whether the arrangement is an operating lease or a finance lease; • determination of the discount rate used in lease classification and measurement; and • identification of the standalone selling price of goods where contracts include both leasing and maintenance components. assessment on the classification between finance or operating lease. • For the selected samples, obtained and verified the inputs (interest rates, delivery dates, lease & non-lease component) as determined by Management to recalculate the finance lease revenue to be recognised in the accounts at lease inception. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition and subsequent interest income based on our independent recalculation to the amounts recorded by management. Management override of controls Management is in a unique position to perpetrate fraud because of its ability to directly or indirectly manipulate accounting records and prepare fraudulent financial statements by overriding established controls that otherwise appear to be operating effectively. The risk of management override of controls is pervasive. Because of its unpredictable nature, this risk could result in a material misstatement. This significant risk also represents a fraud risk for the audit. • Engaged in periodic fraud discussions with certain members of senior management and utilized our internal fraud specialist to guide and support our fraud-related testing procedures. • Considered the potential for bias in judgments and estimates, including performing retrospective analysis of significant accounting estimates. • Evaluated whether the Company has entered into any significant unusual transactions and, if so, the nature, terms, and business purpose (or lack thereof) of those transactions and whether such transactions involved related parties. • Evaluated the Company’s fraud risk assessment and consider indirect controls

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 4 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter and internal controls over the closing and reporting process. • Using our propriety software tool we extracted and tested journal entries that exhibit characteristics of possible management override of controls. • Tested controls over significant, unusual transactions, particularly those that result in late or unusual journal entries and controls over journal entries and adjustments made in the period-end financial reporting process. • No evidence of management override of controls was identified as a results of our audit procedures. Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process. Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also: • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 5 • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management. • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. • Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business units within the Group as a basis for forming an opinion on the group financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determined those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. Information other than the financial statements Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Annual Report but does not include the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon which is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s report. Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with the audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. When we read the Annual Report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 6 The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditors’ report is Steve Clarke. Other matter – responsibility for our audit work This report is made solely to the shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited as a body, in accordance with Section 147 of the Companies Act of Barbados. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the shareholders for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinion we have formed. Other matter – predecessor auditors The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2024 were audited by another auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those statements on 30 June 2025. 7 June 2026

Page 2 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Non-Current Assets Property, plant and equipment 13 36,106 35,865 Right-of-use assets 14 15,269 12,802 Intangible assets 15 104,757 107,595 Lease receivables 16 4,538 6,869 Pension plan assets 30 3,752 3,674 Long term receivables 17 608 551 Deferred tax assets 18 11,507 14,491 Investments 34 - 243 Contract Asset 33 28 - Investments in Associate 20 4,774 4,056 Total Non-Current Assets 181,339 186,146 Current Assets Due from related parties 19 8,066 7,467 Inventories 21 58,043 48,584 Contract assets 33 - 1,602 Trade and other receivables 22 127,296 105,760 Current portion of lease receivables 16 11,437 2,696 Current portion of long-term receivables 17 161 38 Taxation recoverable 14,476 17,462 Cash and bank 23 21,574 29,961 Total Current Assets 241,053 213,570 Current Liabilities Trade and other payables 24 91,049 85,855 Contract liabilities 33 15,101 15,602 Due to related parties 19 13,739 12,308 Taxation payable 5,219 11,255 Current portion of lease liabilities 25 6,998 6,441 Short term loans 26 19,245 5,941 Current portion of long-term loans 26 14,250 10,633 Total Current Liabilities 165,601 148,035 Net Current Assets 75,452 65,535 Total Non-current Assets and Net Current Assets 256,791 251,681

Page 3 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (Continued) 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Equity Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Share capital 27 123,016 123,016 Other reserves/ (deficit) 28 (17,025) (17,339) Accumulated deficit (30,198) (23,274) Total Shareholders´ Equity 75,793 82,403 Non-controlling Interests 1,337 1,185 Total Equity 77,130 83,588 Non-Current Liabilities Retirement benefit obligations 30 3,111 1,553 Deferred tax liabilities 18 6,570 6,153 Lease liabilities 25 17,988 15,465 Borrowings 26 151,992 144,515 Other long-term liabilities - 407 Total Non-Current Liabilities 179,661 168,093 Total Non-Current Liabilities and Equity 256,791 251,681 Approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 June, 2026 and signed on its behalf by: _____________________________________________ _________________________________ Paul Scott Director Pedro Paris Director The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 4 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Number of Shares ‘000 Share Capital $’000 Other Reserves / (Deficit) $’000 Accumulated Deficit $’000 Non- Controlling Interest $’000 Total $’000 Balance at 31 December 2023 188,213 123,016 (17,139) (29,359) 1,070 77,588 Currency translation differences - - (820) (87) - (907) Actuarial loss - - (96) - - (96) Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - 716 - - 716 Net income - - - 7,461 115 7,576 Total comprehensive income - - (200) 7,374 115 7,289 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (1,289) - (1,289) Balance at 31 December 2024 188,213 123,016 (17,339) (23,274) 1,185 83,588 Currency translation differences - - 260 - - 260 Actuarial gain - - 54 - - 54 Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - - - - - Net income - - - 4,287 152 4,439 Total comprehensive income - - 314 4,287 152 4,753 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (11,211) - (11,211) Balance at 31 December 2025 188,213 123,016 (17,025) (30,198) 1,337 77,130 The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 5 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash Flows from Operating Activities (Note 31) 2,726 32,531 Cash Flows from Financing Activities Interest paid (17,094) (18,801) Dividends paid (11,211) (1,289) Proceeds from borrowing 48,808 147,041 Repayments of borrowings (19,297) (141,672) Repayments of lease liabilities (8,370) (10,699) Net cash used in financing activities (7,164) (25,420) Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired 35 (592) (1,293) Interest received 1,769 1,999 Purchase of property, plant and equipment (5,102) (6,378) Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 42 238 Purchase of Investments in Associates 20 - (3,543) Net cash used in investing activities (3,883) (8,977) Net (Decrease) in Cash (8,321) (1,866) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 29,961 31,991 Effect of foreign exchange in cash (66) (164) Cash and Cash Equivalents at end of the year 23 21,574 29,961 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The principal non-cash transactions include: ● Transfer to property, plant and equipment from inventory during the financial year $9,380,000 (2024 - $9,017,000). ● Transfer from property, plant and equipment to inventory upon expiry of operating lease of $4,018,000 (2024 - $4,799,000). The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page 6 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 1. Identification and Principal Activities Productive Business Solutions Limited (“the Company”) is a company incorporated on 16 December 2010, and domiciled in Barbados, originally under the International Business Corporation (IBC) Act 77 (Barbados). Effective July 1st, 2021, the Company operates under the Companies Act Cap. 308 (Barbados) and holds a Foreign Currency Permit under the Foreign Currency Permits Act, 2018-44 (Barbados). The tax rate for the fiscal year commencing 1 January 2025 is 9.0% of taxable income. The registered office of the Company is at Facey House # 42 Warrens Industrial Park, Warrens, St. Michaels, Barbados. The Company is capitalised by ordinary shares. The Company is a subsidiary of Facey Group Limited, owned by Musson (Jamaica) Limited. Facey Group Limited is a company incorporated in Barbados under the Companies Act, Cap. 308 (Barbados) as an international business company. In combination, Musson (Jamaica) Limited and Facey Group Limited own 66.98% of the ordinary shares of the Company. The Company is listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange and the International Securities Market in Barbados. The Company’s ultimate parent company and controlling party is Elkon Limited (“Elkon”), which is incorporated and domiciled in Jamaica, and Paul B. Scott, respectively. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, (referred to as “Group”) are the distribution of printing equipment, business machines, handsets and related accessories, automated teller machines, security checkpoints, system integration, cloud services, data analytics, communication solutions, e-transactions, development of software and other technology solutions. In May 2025 the Group acquired 100% holding in Regional Business Systems Limited (RBS), incorporated and domiciled in Barbados (Note 35).

Page 7 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, hereinafter referred to as the financial statements, are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. (a) Basis of preparation These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. IFRS Accounting Standards comprise the following authoritative literature:  IFRS Accounting Standards  IAS Standards  Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC Interpretations) or its predecessor body, the Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC Interpretations). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain items of property, plant and equipment. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Although these estimates are based on managements’ best knowledge of current events and action, actual results could differ from those estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 4. Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year Certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards have been published that became effective during the current financial year. The Group has assessed the relevance of all such new standards, interpretations and amendments and has affected the following, which are immediately relevant to its operations: Amendments to IAS 21,‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ , Amendments to IAS 21 were made to add requirements to help entities to determine whether a currency is exchangeable into another currency, and the spot exchange rate to use when it is not. Prior to these amendments, IAS 21 set out the exchange rate to use when exchangeability is temporarily lacking, but not what to do when lack of exchangeability is not temporary. Management’s assessment is that the amendments of this standard have no impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Page 8 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year (continued) The amendments must be applied retrospectively in accordance with the requirements in IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. The amendment did not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. There are no other IFRS Accounting Standards or IFRIC interpretations effective in the current year which are expected to have a significant impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the company.

Page 9 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group The Group has concluded that the following standards which are published but not yet effective, are relevant to its operations and will impact the Group’s accounting policies and financial disclosures as discussed below. These standards and amendments to existing standards are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2026, but the Group has not early adopted them: Amendments to IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 7, ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026). Amendments to IFRS 9 and 7 (a) clarify the date of recognition and derecognition of some financial assets and liabilities, with a new exception for some financial liabilities settled through an electronic cash transfer system; (b) clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether a financial asset meets the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) criterion; (c) add new disclosures for certain instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows (such as some financial instruments with features linked to the achievement of environment, social and governance targets); and (d) update the disclosures for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). The amendments in (b) are most relevant to financial institutions, but the amendments in (a), (c) and (d) are relevant to all entities. It is not anticipated that the amendments will have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 18, ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This is the new standard on presentation and disclosure in financial statements, which replaces IAS 1, with a focus on updates to the statement of profit or loss. The key new concepts introduced in IFRS 18 relate to: • the structure of the statement of profit or loss with defined subtotals; • requirement to determine the most useful structure summary for presenting expenses in the statement of profit or loss • required disclosures in a single note within the financial statements for certain profit or loss performance measures that are reported outside an entity’s financial statements (that is, management-defined performance measures); and • enhanced principles on aggregation and disaggregation which apply to the primary financial statements and notes in general. Management is assessing the impact of this new standard on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 19, 'Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures' , (effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This standard permit eligible subsidiaries to apply reduced IFRS disclosure requirements. IFRS 19 is a voluntary standard for eligible subsidiaries. A subsidiary is eligible if it does not have public accountability and it has an ultimate or intermediate parent that produces consolidated financial statements available for public use that comply with IFRS Accounting Standards. An eligible entity may opt to revoke the application of this standard after implementation. The entity may also elect to apply the standard more than one. The group is currently assessing the impact of this standard.

Page 10 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) There are no other new or amended IFRS Accounting Standards and interpretations that are published but not yet effective that would be expected to have an impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the Group. (b) Consolidation (i) Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations involving third parties by the Group. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred, and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss, in the statement of comprehensive income.

Page 11 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) Subsidiaries Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. The Group’s subsidiaries, countries of incorporation, and the Group’s percentage interest are as follows: Country of incorporation Group’s Percentage Interest 2025 2024 Nicaragua Holdings and its subsidiary St., Lucia & Nicaragua 100 100 Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia & Dominican Republic 100 100 Mobay Holdings N.V. and its subsidiary Curacao & Aruba 100 100 PBS Caribbean Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia, Jamaica, Barbados, Colombia, Suriname 100 100 Cayman Business Machines Limited* Cayman 40 40 PBS Technology Group Limited St. Lucia, Antigua & Barbuda, Jamaica, Trinidad, Guyana, 100 100 Infotrans Group Holding B.V. Curacao, Bonaire, Colombia, Suriname & Aruba 100 100 High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V. El Salvador and Honduras 100 100 PBS Central America and its subsidiaries Panama, Guatemala, Costa Rica, El Salvador 100 100 PBS Honduras Honduras 75 75 PBS Peru Peru 100 100 PBS Ecuador Ecuador 100 100

Page 12 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) In accordance with Cayman laws, entities that are domiciled in the Cayman Islands and are not issued with Local Companies Control Law Licenses, are required to be at least 60% owned by a Caymanian. The operation of Cayman Business Machines Limited is however controlled by Productive Business Solutions Limited and is therefore, in substance, categorised as a subsidiary. (ii) Transactions with non-controlling interests The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For purchases of ownership interest in subsidiaries from non-controlling interests in which the Group retains control of the subsidiary, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests where control is retained by the Group are also recorded in equity. (iii) Disposal of subsidiaries When the Group ceases to have control or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value, with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss. If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate. (iv) Business combination under common control Acquisitions from entities under common control are determined by the substance and specific facts and circumstances surrounding any particular business combination under common control. Business combinations under common control are accounted for using the predecessor method of accounting. Under the predecessor method of accounting, the cost of an acquisition is measured in a manner similar to the purchase method of accounting. Identifiable assets and liabilities are measured at book value at the date of acquisition. Under the predecessor method of accounting, no goodwill is created, as any difference between the cost of acquisition and the book value of the net assets acquired is dealt with as an adjustment to retained earnings. (v) Investment in associates Associates are categorized as entities over which the Group has influence but not control, with shareholding and voting rights between 20% and 50%. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost. The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associate’s post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in profit and loss, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equal or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Page 13 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (c) Foreign currency translation (i) Functional and presentation currency Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States Dollars, which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency. (ii) Transactions and balances Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. At the statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the weighted average closing exchange rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates, of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in statement of comprehensive income. (iii) Group companies The results and financial position of all the group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper- inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated as follows: a) Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at year end rates, b) Items affecting the statement of comprehensive income are translated at average rates, and c) The resultant gains or losses are recognised in other comprehensive income as translation gains or losses. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Page 14 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (d) Revenue recognition Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of applicable value added taxes, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue is recognised as follows: Reprographic products Revenue earned from reprographic products is either through an outright sale or a lease of equipment and from related service contracts. Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from finance leases, are recognised at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require installation, revenue is recognised when the equipment has been delivered and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer-installable products are recognised upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer's shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the finance lease method and are recognised as earned over the lease term. A substantial portion of the Group's reprographic products is sold with full- service maintenance agreements. Service revenues are derived primarily from these maintenance contracts on equipment sold to customers and are recognised over the term of the contracts in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, by reference to completion of the specific transaction assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided. Revenue is recognised only after there are specific indicators of transfer of control to the customer. To evidence transfer of control on contracts where revenue is recognised at a point in time, management has defined that revenue can only be recognised after the equipment or part is installed or the supplies are delivered. Bill and hold agreements are scrutinised to ensure the transfer of control to the customer is effective. For contracts where revenue is recognised over time, management measures the fulfilment of the performance obligations based on the value that the delivered goods or services represent to the customer. Telecommunications products Revenue from telecommunications products comprises revenue from the sales of cellular phones. These products are sold under contractual agreements with the telecommunications providers. Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised on a gross basis as management has determined that the Group acts as a principal in relation to these transactions, due to the fact that the Group bears the majority of risk, principally credit and inventory risk, in relation to such transactions, and the Group also acts as primary obligor. Control is the key consideration when assessing the nature of the promise to the customer. When the entity does not control the good or service (or inventory) before it is transferred to the customer it is likely that the promise in the contract is to arrange for goods or services to be delivered (rather than these to be provided by the entity). In such cases, the Company recognises revenue for an amount equal to the net income (revenue minus cost). Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised when a Group entity has delivered products to the customer; the customer has accepted the products and collectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured. Interest income is recognised on the accrual basis on the effective interest basis, except when collectability is considered doubtful. In such cases, income is recorded when economic benefits are received.

Page 15 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (e) Property, plant and equipment Freehold land and buildings are shown at fair value, based on valuations by external independent valuers, less subsequent depreciation for buildings. Valuations are performed every three years to ensure that the fair value of a revalued asset does not differ materially from it’s carrying amount. Any accumulated depreciation at the date of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset, and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of freehold, land and buildings are credited to other comprehensive income and shown as other reserves in shareholder’s equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are recorded in other comprehensive income and debited against other reserves directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the profit or loss. All other property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Land is not depreciated as it is deemed to have an indefinite life. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation is calculated at annual rates on the straight-line basis to write-off the cost of the assets to their residual values over their estimated useful lives at annual rates as follows: Freehold buildings 2 - 2 ½% Leasehold buildings and improvements 10 - 20% Furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment 10 - 33⅓% Motor vehicles 20 - 25% Gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount and are included in operating profit. Repairs and maintenance expenditure is charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which it is incurred. The cost of major renovations is included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of the existing asset will flow to the Group. When revalued assets are sold, the amounts included in other reserves are transferred to retained earnings.

Page 16 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (f) Intangible assets (i) Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates and joint ventures is included in investment in associates and investment in joint venture, respectively. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or Groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. (ii) Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences. Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. All, excepting licenses are deemed to have finite useful lives and amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the intangible assets over their estimated useful lives between 5 and 20 years. Licenses have an indefinite useful life. (iii) Proprietary Software The Group is the owner of a software internally developed to address diverse customer needs. This asset is carried at cost and amortised according to its defined useful life. (g) Impairment of non-financial assets Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Page 17 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset in one entity and a financial liability or equity of another entity. Financial assets Classification The Group classifies its financial assets at amortised cost. The classification depends on the business model used for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. Impairment The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss (ECL) associated with its financial assets classified at amortised cost, lease receivables, long term receivables and related party balances. Application of the General Model The Group has applied the ‘general model’ as required under IFRS 9 for financial assets other than trade receivables. Under this model, the Group is required to assess on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its financial assets carried at amortised cost. The ECL will be recognised in profit or loss before a loss event has occurred. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. ECL is calculated by multiplying the Probability of default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD). The impairment model uses a three-stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination: Stage 1 – 12-month ECL applies to all financial assets that have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and are not credit impaired. The ECL will be computed using a 12-month PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months. Stage 2 – When a financial asset experiences a significant increase in credit risk subsequent to origination but is not credit impaired, it is considered to be in Stage 2. This requires the computation of ECL based on lifetime PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the remaining estimated life of the financial asset. Provisions are higher in this stage because of an increase in risk and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered compared to 12 months in Stage 1. Stage 3 – Financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment will be included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses will continue to capture the lifetime ECL. The Group uses judgement when considering the following factors that affect the determination of impairment: Assessment of Significant Increase in Credit Risk The assessment of a significant increase in credit risk is done on a relative basis. To assess whether the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since origination, the Group compares the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial asset at the reporting date to the corresponding risk of default at origination, using key risk indicators that are used in the Group’s existing risk management processes. At each reporting date, the assessment of a change in credit risk will be individually assessed for those considered individually significant and at the segment level. This assessment is symmetrical in nature, allowing credit risk of financial assets to move back to Stage 1 if the increase in credit risk since origination has reduced and is no longer deemed to be significant.

Page 18 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments (continued) Macroeconomic Factors, Forward Looking Information and Multiple Scenarios The Group applies an unbiased and probability weighted estimate of credit losses by evaluating a range of possible outcomes that incorporates forecasts of future economic conditions. Macroeconomic factors and forward-looking information are incorporated into the measurement of ECL as well as the determination of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination. Measurement of ECLs at each reporting period reflect reasonable and supportable information at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The Group uses three scenarios that are probability weighted to determine ECL. Expected Life When measuring ECL, the Group considers the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk. All contractual terms are considered when determining the expected life, including prepayment options and extension and rollover options. Application of the Simplified Approach For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. Financial liabilities The Group’s financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, this is the initial recognition minus the cumulative amortisation of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount. Financial liabilities at amortised costs are classified as current or non-current depending on whether these are due within 12 months after the statement of financial position date or beyond. Financial liabilities are derecognised when either of the following take place: The Group is discharged from its obligation, upon expiration or when they are cancelled or replaced by a new liability. (i) Inventories Inventories are carried at weighted average purchase cost. These items are stated at cost less provision for write down to net realisable value, where necessary and are stated at the lower weighted average cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the costs of completion and selling expenses. (j) Trade receivables Impairment over trade receivables is determined with the aid of a matrix based on the ageing of the account. Twice a year, management assesses whether there has been any indicator of a change in the credit risk. Additionally, periodically a comprehensive evaluation is performed with the objective of identifying individual accounts that may be subject to impairment which are either written off or fully provided for. (k) Cash and bank Cash and bank include cash on hand net of bank overdrafts. In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and bank include cash in hand and at bank and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown in current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

Page 19 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (l) Trade payables These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. (m) Contract assets and contract liabilities The Group recognises a contract asset whenever it has the right for consideration as a result of transferring goods or services to a customer. Contract assets are different from accounts receivables as the former would only require the passage of time for the consideration to be due. Contract assets are subject to impairment assessment. The Group recognises a contract liability when it has received a payment, or a payment is due for goods or services that have not yet been transferred to the customer. (n) Income taxes Taxation expense in the statement of comprehensive income comprises current and deferred tax charges. Current tax charges are based on taxable profits for the year, which differ from the profit before tax reported because it excludes items that are taxable or deductible in other years, and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability f or current tax is calculated at tax rates that have been enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Deferred tax is the tax expected to be paid or recovered on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding tax bases. Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Currently enacted tax rates are used in the determination of deferred income tax. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they arise from the same taxable entity, relate to the same tax authority and when the legal right of offset exists. Deferred tax is charged or credited to profit or loss, except where it relates to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income, in which case, deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income. (o) Provisions Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. (p) Share capital Ordinary shares, and redeemable cumulative preference shares where the declaration of dividends is discretionary, are classified as equity instruments. The preference shares are perpetual and are only redeemable at the sole discretion of the Company but not before the 16 th year after the issue of the shares. Dividends on these shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are declared.

Page 20 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (q) Earnings per share (i) Basic earnings per share Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: ● the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares. ● by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares. (ii) Diluted earnings per share Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account: ● the after-income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and ● the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. (r) Borrowings Borrowings are recognised initially at cost, being their issue proceeds, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequently, borrowings are stated at amortised cost and any difference between net proceeds and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Preference shares issued by the Group are treated as borrowings if they carry a contractual term of redemption either by cash or another financial asset and dividends payments are not discretionary. (s) Leases As Lessee Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments: - fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable - payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option. Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rates, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions. As Lessor Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessee are classified as finance leases. When assets are leased out under a finance leases, the asset is derecognized and treated as revenue in accordance with accounting policy (d) with the present value of the lease payments is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease in a manner which reflects a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.

Page 21 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (s) Leases (continued) Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessor are included in property, plant and equipment in the statement of financial position. They are depreciated over their expected useful lives on a basis consistent with similar owned property, plant and equipment. Rental income is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. In some instances, transfers are made from Inventory to property, plant and equipment to facilitate the leasing of assets. In instances where leased equipment is returned this is transferred from property, plant and equipment to Inventory. When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which termination takes place. (t) Post-employment benefits The Group participates in a defined contribution plan operated by a related party, Musson (Jamaica) Limited, whereby it pays contributions to a separate, trustee-administered fund for its Jamaican operation. Once the contributions have been paid, the Group has no further payment obligations. Contributions to the plan are charged to profit or loss in the period to which they relate. There is an unfunded retirement benefit plan in the Nicaragua and El Salvador operations which is reflected in the statement of financial position as a liability. Changes to benefits are calculated by third party actuaries and are reflected in the Change to statement of comprehensive income. The Parent Company also participates in a defined benefit pension plan relating to PBS Technologies (Barbados) Limited, the assets of which are held in a separate fund administered by a Trustee. The pension plan is funded by payments from the Parent Company, taking into account the recommendations of independent qualified actuaries. Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value. (u) Finance costs Finance costs includes interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest method, interest on finance leases, material bank charges and foreign exchange gains and losses recognised in profit or loss. (v) Offsetting financial instruments Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty. (w) Segment information Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer. (x) Dividend distribution Dividend distribution is recognised as equity in the financial statements in which the dividends are approved by the shareholders. Dividend distributions on preference shares classified as borrowings are included in finance costs when the dividends are approved.

Page 22 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (a) Financial risk factors The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyse these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and up-to-date information systems. Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies and evaluates financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and investment of excess liquidity. (i) Credit risk The Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that its customers, clients or counterparties will cause a financial loss for the Group by failing to discharge their contractual obligations. Credit exposures arise principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and are influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Group has established credit policies under which each customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness prior to the Group offering them a credit facility. Credit limits are assigned to each customer and are reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Group has procedures in place to restrict customer orders if the order will result in customers exceeding their credit limits. Customers who fail to meet the Group’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Group on a prepayment basis. Customer credit risk is monitored according to their credit characteristics such as whether it is an individual or company, geographic location, industry, aging profile, and previous financial difficulties. The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents an estimate of expected credit losses in respect of trade and other receivables. The Group addresses impairment assessment in two areas: individually and collectively assessed allowances. Cash transactions are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. The Group has policies in place to limit the amount of exposure to any one financial institution. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the amount reflected on the statement of financial position.

Page 23 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Credit risk (continued) At year end, the banks where the Group maintains most of its cash, were rated by Fitch Ratings as follows: 202 5 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. B BB+ CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA+ Citibank F1 A+ 202 4 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. F1+ AA- CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA- Citibank F1 A+ Maximum credit risk exposure The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk equals the carrying amounts on the statement of financial position, of the assets which expose the Group to credit risk. There has been no change over the prior year in the manner in which the Group manages and measures credit risk. Analysis of trade receivables The Group’s trade receivables, broken down by customer sector is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Government 42,058 41,804 Private entities 58,254 48,815 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Impairment of financial assets The Group has four types of financial assets that are subject to expected credit losses as follows: (i) Trade receivables (ii) Lease receivable and long-term receivables (iii) Accounts receivable from related parties (iv) Other debt instruments carried at amortised cost

Page 24 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Trade receivables The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measure expected credit losses (ECL) which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. On that basis, the loss allowance at 31 December 2025 and 2024 was determined as follows for trade receivables: 31 December 202 5 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1 - 180 days past due $’000 181 - 360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 2.83% 11.54% 30.39% Gross carrying amount 71,856 19,451 2,878 6,127 100,312 Loss allowance provision 11 550 332 1,862 2,755 31 December 202 4 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1-180 days past due $’000 181-360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 0.67% 7.50% 38.38% Gross carrying amount 45,859 33,441 6,404 4,915 90,619 Loss allowance provision 10 224 480 1,887 2,601 The closing loss allowances for trade receivables as at 31 December 2025 reconcile to the opening loss allowances as follows: 202 5 202 4 $’000 $’000 Opening loss allowance as at 1 January 2,601 2,872 On Acquisition of Subsidiary (Note 34) - 299 Impairment (gains)/losses on receivables during the year 917 (223) Amounts written off (461) (314) Unused amounts reversed (320) - Exchange difference 18 (33) At 31 December 2,755 2,601

Page 25 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables The Group applies the ‘three stage’ model of IFRS 9 in measuring the expected credit losses (ECL) for all lease and long-term receivable. The application makes estimation about likelihood of default occurring, of the associated loss ratios of default correlations between counter parties. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The following tables contains an analysis of the credit exposure for lease and long-term receivables as at 31 December 2025 and 2024 as follows: Long term receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 769 - - 769 Carrying amount 769 - - 769 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 589 - - 589 Carrying amount 589 - - 589 Lease receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 Carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 26 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 Carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 27 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) Loss Allowance – Lease Receivables: No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material. Lease and long-term receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include ceasing enforcement activity, and where the Group’s recovery method is foreclosing on collateral, and the value of the collateral is such that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full. ECL movements without a profit and loss impact relates to amounts transferred from trade receivables to lease/long term receivables which previously existed and for which the ECL would have also been transferred. Expected credit losses are presented net of subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off. Cash and bank and other receivables Other financial assets at amortised cost include cash and bank balances, due from related parties and other receivables . These debt instruments at amortised cost are considered to have low credit risk. The loss allowance recognised during the period on those deemed to have low credit risk was therefore limited to the 12 month expected losses. Management considers these instruments as having low credit risk when there is a low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term. The allowance is assessed by estimating the likelihood of default, associated loss ratio and default correlation between counterparties. No opening loss allowances were recognised on balances for cash and bank, due from related parties and other receivables, and there were no movements during the current year, as the amounts determined were deemed immaterial. (iii) Due from related parties ECL is determined on yearly basis by performing a review of the financial position of the related party debtors for those where the receivable balances are material. If the related party debtor has an ‘intent’ and strong financial capacity to meet its contractual obligation, the probability of default is low and the credit risk is deemed to be immaterial, otherwise it would be classified under stage 2 or 3 and ECL computed accordingly. (iii) Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and other liquid assets and maintaining the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. Liquidity risk management process The Group’s liquidity management process, as carried out within the Group and monitored by the Board of Directors, primarily includes: (i) Monitoring future cash flows and liquidity on an ongoing basis. This incorporates an assessment of expected cash flows and the availability of collateral which could be used to secure funding if required. (ii) Maintaining committed lines of credit; and (iii) Managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities.

Page 28 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3 . Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Liquidity risk (continued) Undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities The maturity profile of financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments is as follows: Within 12 Months 1 to 5 Years Over 5 years Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Trade payables 58,350 - - 58,348 Other payables 32,699 - - 32,701 Due to related parties 13,739 - - 13,739 Lease liabilities 7,975 18,549 1,952 28,476 Borrowings 37,108 184,943 - 222,051 149,871 203,492 1,952 355,315 202 4 Trade payables 48,628 - - 48,628 Other payables 37,220 7 - 37,227 Due to related parties 12,308 - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities - - 407 407 Lease liabilities 9,335 14,453 126 23,914 Borrowings 25,339 141,834 - 167,173 132,830 156,294 533 289,657 (iii) Market risk The Group takes on exposure to market risks, which is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risks mainly arise from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is monitored by the Facey Group Limited’s treasury department which carries out extensive research and monitors the price movement of financial assets on the local and international markets. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Currency risk Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Jamaican (JMD) dollar, Honduran Lempira (HNL), Nicaraguan Córdoba (NIO), Dominican Peso (DOP), Costa Rican Colón (CRC), Trinidadian dollar (TTD) and the Guatemala Quetzal (GTQ). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. The Group manages its foreign exchange risk by ensuring that the net exposure in foreign assets and liabilities is kept to an acceptable level by monitoring currency positions. The Group further manages this risk by invoicing where possible in US dollars and converting foreign currency balances into US dollar denominated accounts.

Page 29 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, the net assets of which are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies. The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December: USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2025 Financial Assets Long term receivables 391 369 - 1 - - - - 8 769 Lease receivables 2,937 - - - - 8,232 - 3,232 1,574 15,975 Due from related parties 4,837 - 69 - - - - - 3,160 8,066 Trade receivables 22,584 20,983 6,670 4,107 3,900 7,052 9,336 8,946 13,979 97,557 Other receivables 3,696 209 848 400 949 9,203 319 2,497 6,311 24,432 Cash and bank 9,085 496 260 568 73 382 183 4,506 6,021 21,574 Total financial assets 43,530 22,057 7,847 5,076 4,922 24,869 9,838 19,181 31,053 168,373 Financial liabilities Trade payables 48,232 920 234 629 47 618 968 557 6,145 58,348 Other payables 6,557 1,562 2,323 1,194 1,520 4,013 3,973 2,172 9,385 32,701 Lease liabilities 16,808 - 2,604 339 1,248 - - 2,045 1,942 24,986 Due to related parties 11,761 - 305 - - - - - 1,673 13,739 Borrowings 183,138 - 1,672 - - - - 489 188 185,487 Total financial liabilities 266,496 2,482 7,138 2,162 2,815 4,631 4,941 5,263 19,333 315,261 Net position (222,966) 19,575 709 2,914 2,107 20,238 4,897 13,918 11,720 (146,888) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation against the US Dollar

Page 30 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (v) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2024 Financial Assets Long term receivables 224 355 - 2 - - - - 8 589 Lease receivables 3,211 - - - - - - 4,337 2,017 9,565 Due from related parties 7,120 - 347 - - - - - - 7,467 Trade receivables 41,110 7,129 6,093 2,106 4,787 1,876 6,644 7,871 10,402 88,018 Other receivables 1,421 259 854 47 (196) 3,788 240 533 6,811 13,757 Cash and cash equivalents 11,560 1,364 240 881 1,181 300 483 3,860 10,092 29,961 Total financial assets 64,646 9,107 7,534 3,036 5,772 5,964 7,367 16,601 29,330 149,357 Financial liabilities Trade payables 42,928 159 749 178 326 1,944 595 204 1,545 48,628 Other payables 11,452 1,698 2,681 901 887 2,770 2,616 4,358 9,864 37,227 Lease liabilities 14,721 - 929 302 1,155 - - 2,339 2,460 21,906 Due to related parties 12,150 - 158 - - - - - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities 407 - - - - - - - - 407 Borrowings 158,321 - 1,772 - - - - 934 62 161,089 Total financial liabilities 239,979 1,857 6,289 1,381 2,368 4,714 3,211 7,835 13,931 281,565 Net position (175,333) 7,250 1,245 1,655 3,404 1,250 4,156 8,766 15,399 (132,208) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation.

Page 31 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) The following tables indicate the currencies to which the Group had significant exposure on their monetary assets and liabilities and forecast cash flows. The change in currency rate below represents management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis represents outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the year-end for a reasonably expected change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity of the profit or loss was primarily as a result of foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of trade receivables and payables, long term receivables and borrowings. % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 5 2025 $’000 2025 $’000 Currency: HNL -1.5 - 109 HNL 1 - (73) JMD -1.5 607 - JMD 1 (152) - NIO -1.5 - 446 NIO 1 - (111) DOP -1.5 - (154) DOP 1 - 38 CRC -1.5 - 270 CRC 1 - (180) TTD -1.5 - 368 TTD 1 - (245) GTQ -1.5 140 - GTQ 1 (93) - % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 4 2024 $’000 2024 $’000 Currency: HNL -4 - 174 HNL 1 - (44) JMD -4 665 - JMD 1 (166) - NIO -4 - 471 NIO 1 - (118) DOP -4 - (119) DOP 1 - 30 CRC -4 - 683 CRC 1 - (171) TTD -4 - 834 TTD 1 - (209) GTQ -4 281 - GTQ 1 (70) -

Page 32 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iv) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk As the Group has no significant variable rate interest-bearing assets, the Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate exposure arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates and revolving short-term borrowings expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The Group analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated for borrowings that represent the major interest-bearing positions, taking into consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions and alternative financing. The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily from borrowings, the sensitivity of the profit or loss is the effect of the assumed changes in interest rates based on floating rate long term and revolving short-term borrowings. There is no direct impact on other components of equity. The table below indicates the sensitivity to a reasonably expected change in interest rates 2025 2024 Change in basis points - 50/25 Change in basis points - 50/25 $’000 $’000 Floating rate borrowings 750/ (375) 619/ (310) (b) Capital management The capital management process is carried out by the parent company. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for the shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. The Board of Directors monitors the return on capital, which the Group defines as net operating income (excluding non-recurring items) divided by total equity (excluding non- redeemable preference shares and non-controlling interests). There was no change to the capital management process during the year. The Group has no specific capital management strategy and is not exposed to externally imposed capital requirements. There are contractual capital requirements as follows:  The syndicated credit agreement with Citibank, N.A. acting as administrative agent and collateral agent and Citibank, N.A., Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A, First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as joint lead arrangers and book runners - The financial covenants include: The Leverage Ratio, The Debt Service Coverage Ratio, The Central American Assets Test and The Specified Central American Assets Test. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at year end.  The revolving credit agreement and loan agreement with First Citizens Bank (FCB) - The financial covenants include: the Current ratio, the Funded Debt to EBITDA ratio and the Debt Service ratio. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at the year end.

Page 33 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated)  3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (c) Fair values of financial instruments Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of the Group’s financial instruments that, subsequent to initial recognition, are not measured at fair value is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each statement of financial position date. The fair values of these financial instruments are determined as follows: (i) The face value, less any estimated credit adjustments, for financial assets and liabilities with a maturity of less than one year are estimated to approximate their fair values. These financial assets and liabilities include cash and bank balances, trade receivables and payables and short-term borrowings. (ii) The carrying values of non-current borrowings to non-related parties approximate their fair values, as these loans are carried at amortised cost reflecting their contractual obligations and the interest rates are reflective of current market rates for similar transactions. The fair value of borrowings is disclosed in note 26. (iii) The fair values of the long-term receivables and loans to and from related parties could not be reliably determined as these instruments were granted under special terms and are not likely to be traded in a fair market exchange.

Page 34 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty Judgements and estimates are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. Estimated impairment of goodwill The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2(f). The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations, which require the use of estimates. In determining the value in use, management has made certain assumptions regarding revenue growth rate, EBITDA to revenue ratios, terminal growth rate and discount rates. See Note 15 for sensitivity of amounts to estimates. Intangible assets Intangible assets arising from the acquisition of subsidiaries have been deemed to be indefinite life intangibles. Other intangible assets have been deemed to be finite lives intangibles. Their estimated useful lives have been determined by management, based on their best estimate of the time period over which the Group will benefit from the assets acquired. Management has estimated that the useful lives of the intangibles will be between 5 and 20 years. Income taxes The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. The Group recognises liabilities for actual and anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. In determining these estimates, management considers the merit of any audit issues raised, based on their interpretation of the taxation laws, and their knowledge of any precedents established by the taxation authorities. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences could materially impact the current tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made (see Notes 11 and 18). Determining the lease term In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). For leases of administrative offices, retail stores, equipment and vehicles, the following factors are normally the most relevant: ● If there are significant penalties to terminate (or not extend), the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● If any leasehold improvements are expected to have a significant remaining value, the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● Otherwise, the Group considers other factors including historical lease durations and the costs and business disruption required to replace the leased asset. Most extension options in office equipment and vehicles leases have not been included in the lease liability, because the Group could replace the assets without significant cost or business disruption.

Page 35 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information The Group’s Chief Executive Officer examines the Group’s performance from a geographic perspective and has identified two reportable segments of business: ● Central America- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Central America Region such as Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Costa Rica, Nicaragua and Panama. ● Caribbean- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Caribbean region such as Dominican Republic, Jamaica, Barbados, Curacao and Aruba, Colombia, Trinidad and Tobago, Suriname, Peru and Ecuador. Management primarily uses a measure of adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) to assess the performance of the operating segments. However, information about the segments’ revenue, assets and liabilities are also submitted for review on a monthly basis.

Page 36 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2025 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 216,487 158,045 - 374,532 Revenue from another operating segment 21,602 342 (21,558) 386 Total Income 238,089 158,387 (21,558) 374,918 Adjusted EBITDA 39,468 22,189 (6,463) 55,194 Finance costs (17,703) Depreciation (20,684) Amortisation (3,174) Unallocated EBITDA - Share of Investee’s profit 718 Profit before taxation 14,351 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (11,766) (8,918) - (20,684) Amortisation (286) (2,888) - (3,174) Income tax (8,252) (1,660) - (9,912) Segment assets- Total segment assets 284,690 257,335 (458,838) 83,187 Unallocated items 339,205 Total assets per statement of financial position 422,392 Capital expenditure 2,986 2,116 - 5,102 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 204,830 244,064 (398,616) 50,278 Unallocated items 294,984 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 345,262

Page 37 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 233,913 158,166 - 392,079 Revenue from another operating segment 15,339 337 (20,366) (4,690) Total Income 249,252 158,503 (20,366) 387,389 Adjusted EBITDA 23,676 27,880 (2,569) 48,987 Finance costs (18,430) Depreciation (17,441) Amortisation (2,884) Unallocated EBITDA 2,386 Profit before taxation 12,618 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (10,386) (7,055) - (17,441) Amortisation (286) (2,598) (2,884) Income tax (3,565) (1,591) 114 (5,042) Segment assets- Total segment assets 239,813 237,830 (380,101) 97,542 Unallocated items 302,174 Total assets per statement of financial position 399,716 Capital expenditure 2,306 4,072 - 6,378 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 175,217 226,053 (323,383) 77,887 Unallocated items 238,241 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 316,128

Page 38 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) Segment assets are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset. Segment liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These liabilities are allocated based on the operations of the segment. The parent entity is domiciled in Barbados. The amount of its revenue from external customers broken down by location of the customers is shown in table below. 202 5 2024 $’000 $’000 Barbados 18,992 20,676 Costa Rica 52,701 37,423 Dominican Republic 15,958 17,836 El Salvador 56,750 99,808 Guatemala 35,148 38,892 Honduras 24,704 20,110 Nicaragua 19,273 15,450 Panama 12,122 11,411 USA 7,841 5,848 Antilles 10,512 11,597 Jamaica 27,960 30,229 Trinidad 23,554 30,125 Guyana 8,518 5,920 Cayman 2,822 2,715 Antigua 731 696 Colombia 4,345 5,071 Suriname 1,233 2,180 Other 51,754 31,402 Total 374,918 387,389 The total of capital expenditure, broken down by location of the assets is shown in the table below. 202 5 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 240 240 Trinidad - 244 244 Costa Rica 1,443 - 1,443 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 908 908 Other 261 724 985 Total 2,986 2,116 5,102

Page 39 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 2,037 2,037 Trinidad - 974 974 Costa Rica 791 - 791 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 311 311 Other 233 750 983 Total 2,306 4,072 6,378 6. Revenue 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Business Solutions Sale of goods 310,839 330,420 Services 41,461 32,302 352,300 362,722 Lease Income 22,618 24,667 374,918 387,389 Revenue from contracts with customers is $352,300,000 (2024: $362,722,000). 2025 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2025 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 207,119 122,957 (21,558) 308,518 Over time 17,257 26,525 - 43,782 224,376 149,482 (21,558) 352,300 2024 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2024 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 212,881 117,599 (20,366) 310,114 Over time 23,913 28,695 - 52,608 236,794 146,294 (20,366) 362,722

Page 40 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 7. Other Income 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest income 1,769 1,999 Gain/ (loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment (179) 103 Negative Goodwill (Note a) - 1,150 Customer Deposits Write-back - 700 Miscellaneous 812 193 2,402 4,145 (a) This relates to the acquisition of Xerox Ecuador. (Note 35)

Page 41 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 8. Expenses by Nature Total direct, selling, administration and other operating expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cost of inventories and cost related to services* 247,544 273,027 Impairment losses/(gains) on financial instruments 917 (223) Staff costs (Note 9) 48,573 43,811 Depreciation (Notes 13 and 14) * 10,630 9,470 Commission 6,905 6,895 Travel 5,180 5,433 Management fees 2,434 2,014 Telephone and communication 1,476 1,369 Transportation 801 803 Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 15) 3,174 2,884 Legal and professional fees 2,441 2,312 Occupancy costs 911 1,043 Bank charges 859 743 Auditor’s remuneration 1,940 1,251 Office supplies, printing and stationery 266 605 Repairs and maintenance 536 950 Advertising 324 450 Motor Vehicle Expenses 1,663 1,315 General Insurance 1,210 1,349 Other expenses 8,200 5,498 97,523 88,195 345,984 360,999 * Depreciation included in Cost of inventories and cost related to services amounts to $10,054,000 (2024: 7,971,000) for a total depreciation of $20,684,000 (2024: $17,441,000). Audit fees for the year ended 31 December 2025 totalled for the Group of $1,940,000 (2024: $1,251,000). Other fees paid to the auditor (and related network firms) for non-assurance services are not material.

Page 42 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 9. Staff Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Staff costs that have been included in Selling general and administrative expenses (Note 8) 48,573 43,811 Staff costs that have been included in Direct expenses 17,101 11,031 65,674 54,842 Staff costs that have been included in direct expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 14,379 8,488 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 2,057 1,165 Redundancy costs 184 501 Other 481 877 17,101 11,031 Staff costs that have been included in selling, general and administrative expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 39,571 34,938 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 4,474 3,840 Pension costs – defined contribution 425 410 Redundancy costs 1,809 2,290 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 1,832 2,072 48,573 43,811 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 53,950 43,426 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 6,453 5,005 Pension costs – defined contribution 503 410 Redundancy costs 1,993 2,791 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 2,313 2,949 65,674 54,842

Page 43 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 10. Finance Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net foreign exchange losses (gains) 609 (371) Interest expense - Loans and lease liabilities 17,094 18,801 17,703 18,430 11. Taxation Taxation is based on profit for the year or, in some jurisdictions, the greater of a percentage of profit before tax or revenue adjusted for taxation purposes, and comprises: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current tax charge 6,384 5,920 Deferred tax charge (credit) (Note 18) 3,528 (878) 9,912 5,042 The tax on the profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the statutory tax rate as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit before tax 14,351 12,618 Tax calculated at domestic tax rate of 9% (2024: 9%) 1,292 1,136 Adjusted for the effects of: Different tax rates in other countries 4,935 5,087 Tax on net assets at 1% 128 137 Income not subject to tax (3,048) (2,324) Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 1,101 550 Other charges and credits 5,504 456 Tax charge 9,912 5,042

Page 44 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 11. Taxation (Continued) 2025 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries 260 - 260 Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE - - - Actuarial gains – termination benefits 54 - 54 Other comprehensive income 314 - 314 Deferred tax (Note 18) - 2024 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries (907) - (907) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE 716 - 716 Actuarial gains – termination benefits (96) - (96) Other comprehensive income (287) - (287) Deferred tax (Note 18) - 12. Earnings per Share 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the company 4,287 7,461 Profit attributable to preference shareholders (1,713) (1,289) Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders 2,574 6,172 Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000) 186,213 186,213 Total basic and diluted earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations. 1.38 3.31

Page 45 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13 . Property, Plant and Equipment The furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment category for the Group includes equipment held for leases. Lease contracts for these items are entered into with third parties, with periodic lease payments being 36 to 60 months. Items which are leased are transferred from inventory on commencement of the lease arrangements and are transferred back to inventory on termination of the lease arrangements. Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Exchange differences - 3 (107) - (21) (4) (129) Additions - 1,103 3,663 - 67 269 5,102 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 502 - 24 - 526 Transfers from inventory - 9,380 - - - 9,380 Disposals - (553) (241) - (24) - (818) Transfers to inventory - - (4,018) - - - (4,018) On revaluation - - - - - - - Transfer from CWIP* - 23 186 - - (374) (165) At 31 December 111 6,974 108,155 776 1,711 1,035 118,762 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Exchange differences - (3) (193) - (18) - (214) Charge for the year** - 819 13,800 - 162 - 14,781 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 171 - 24 - 195 On transfer to inventory - - (4,528) - - - (4,528) Relieved on disposals - (365) (230) - (2) - (597) At 31 December 24 3,771 77,600 - 1,261 - 82,656 Net Book Value - 87 3,203 30,555 776 450 1,035 36,106 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $10,054,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 46 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,739 88,464 60 1,822 514 97,710 Exchange differences - (197) (898) - (294) - (1,389) Additions - 422 4,960 - 121 875 6,378 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 2,217 - 24 - 2,241 Transfers from inventory - - 9,017 - - - 9,017 Disposals - (657) (290) - (70) - (1,017) Transfers to inventory - - (4,789) - - - (4,789) On revaluation - - - 716 - - 716 Transfer from CWIP* - 91 109 - 62 (245) 17 At 31 December 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,292 62,728 - 1,067 - 67,111 Exchange differences - (87) (222) - (214) - (523) Charge for the year** - 678 11,282 - 271 - 12,231 On transfer to inventory - - (4,918) - - - (4,918) Relieved on disposals - (563) (290) - (29) - (882) At 31 December 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Net Book Value - 87 3,078 30,210 776 570 1,144 35,865 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $7,971,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 47 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The amounts of equipment leased to customers and included in property, plant and equipment are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Equipment held for lease at cost 80,979 86,403 Accumulated depreciation (61,596) (66,856) Net book value 19,383 19,547 Equipment is ordinarily moved from inventory to docu-centers, printshops and internal use. Equipment from inventory is also placed under lease contracts. When the equipment is no longer assigned to a specific function, it is moved back to inventory at net book value. The most significant of these movements is for equipment held for lease which is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening net book value 19,547 16,502 Acquisition of subsidiaries (Note 35) - 1,870 Transfers from inventory during lease period 9,380 9,017 Depreciation charges (10,054) (7,971) Disposals – transfers to inventory upon expiry of lease (4,018) (4,789) Depreciation released 4,528 4,918 Closing net book value 19,383 19,547

Page 48 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The pieces of freehold land of the Group were independently revalued as at various dates during 2023 on the basis of open market value or other market comparable approaches by independent qualified valuators. The directors are of the view that there were no material changes in the value over the prior year for Freehold land. Fair value movements on freehold are recognised in OCI under other revaluation reserves, see Note 28. The following table analyses the non-financial assets carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:  Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, or directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2), and  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

Page 49 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) There were no transfers between levels during the year. Level 3 fair values of land and buildings have been derived using the sales comparison approach. Sales prices of comparable land and buildings in close proximity are adjusted for differences in key attributes such as property size. The most significant input into this valuation approach is price per square foot. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair values of land and buildings are disclosed in the tables below. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87 Fair value measurements at 31 December 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87

Page 50 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases : Right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 12,599 10,376 Equipment 2,596 2,308 Motor vehicles 74 118 15,269 12,802 Movement analysis is as follows: 2025 2024 $’000 $’000 At Cost/Valuation - At 1 January 32,312 28,876 Exchange differences (40) 266 Acquisition on subsidiaries (Note 35) - 109 Additions 10,207 5,804 Lease Expiry (4,737) (2,743) At 31 December 37,742 32,312 Amortisation - At 1 January 19,510 16,203 Exchange differences (9) 348 Relieved on lease expiry (2,931) (2,251) Charge for the year 5,903 5,210 At 31 December 22,473 19,510 Net book value At 31 December 15,269 12,802

Page 51 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (Continued) (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: Amortisation charge of right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 4,709 4,488 Equipment 1,105 623 Motor vehicles 89 99 5,903 5,210 Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: - the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability - any lease payments made at the commencement date less any lease incentives received Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.

Page 52 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement, Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Year ended 31 December 2025 Opening net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 337 - - - 337 Exchange Difference - 1 - (2) (1) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (734) (184) (3,174) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 5 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Cost 86,952 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,684 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (12,827) (15,386) (6,993) (35,927) Closing net book value 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 Year ended 31 December 2024 Opening net book value 81,218 20,880 - 824 102,922 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 5,964 - 2,881 - 8,845 Adjustment (1,288) - - - (1,288) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (444) (184) (2,884) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 4 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Cost 86,615 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,347 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (10,572) (14,652) (6,807) (32,752) Closing net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595

Page 53 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15 . Intangible Assets (Continued) Amortisation charges have been included in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income. Impairment tests for goodwill The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis or when events or changes in the circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill is allocated. The recoverable amount is usually determined by reference to the value in use. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the CGU and also to choose an appropriate discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those future cash flows. The allocation of goodwill to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) as categorised by subsidiary is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 403 403 PBS Central America, S.A. 7,539 7,539 Mobay Holdings N. V. 4,256 4,256 Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 523 523 High Tech Corporation S.A. de C.V 2,957 2,957 PBS Technology Group Limited 62,655 62,655 Infotrans 1,438 1,438 PBS Peru 5,964 5,964 Regional Business Systems 337 - Other 159 159 86,231 85,894 The recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use pre- tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a 5-year period. Cash flows beyond the 5 th year are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2025 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2025 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 73.2% 2.0% 14.4% 20.56% PBS Central America S.A. 0.7% 3.4% 13.3% 20.96% Mobay Holdings N. V. 20.7% 1.7% 12.6% 20.70% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 24.6% 4.9% 16.7% 19.41% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.3% 15.2% 25.19% PBS Technology Group Limited 42.3% 3.1% 27.3% 22.25% Infotrans Group Holdings B.V. 39.1% 1.8% 14.9% 19.04% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.5% 12.1% 20.27% Regional Business Systems 174.7% 2.0% 16.6% 20.56%

Page 54 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2024 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2024 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 11.4% 22.0% PBS Central America S.A. -10.0% 3.0% 9.2% 22.4% Mobay Holdings N. V. 13.7% 1.7% 16.0% 17.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5% 11.5% 24.9% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 14.3% 26.6% PBS Technology Group Limited 25.0% 3.0% 25.7% 24.1% Infotrans 50.0% 1.9% 11.8% 24.5% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 11.5% 21.4% The table below shows the change in key assumptions for value in use calculations that would result in the recoverable amount being equal to the carrying amount. This represents only the cash generating units for which the excess of the recoverable amounts over the carrying amounts of the CGUs was low. 202 5 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Mobay Holdings N.V. 20.7% -1.4% 11.9% 23.6% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.5% 15.2% 25.0% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.9% 12.2% 20.0% Regional Business Systems 174.7% -19.2% 9.7% 35.7%

Page 55 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) 202 4 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 8.1% 22.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5.0% 10.4% 26.7% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 12.7% 27.0% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 12.7% 16.4%

Page 56 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 16. Lease Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Gross investment in finance leases Not later than one year 12,292 4,538 Later than one year and not later than five years 6,130 8,966 18,422 13,504 Less: Unearned income (2,447) (3,939) 15,975 9,565 Net investment in finance leases may be classified as follows: Not later than one year 11,437 2,696 Later than one year and not later than five years 4,538 6,869 15,975 9,565 No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . 17. Long Term Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Print Spot S de R.L. (Note a) 22 91 Guarantee deposits for building rents (Note b) 87 111 Other (Note c) 660 387 769 589 The current portion of long-term receivables is $161,000 (2024: $38,000) and is recorded in Current Assets. No loss allowance was recorded for long-term receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . a) Print Spot S de R.L. The balance earns interest of 14% and matures in August 2027. b) Guarantee deposits for building rents These balances do not earn interest and they are guarantee deposits for the rent of buildings in Guatemala, Cayman, Panama and Nicaragua. They mature between February 2027 (renewables) and July 2029. c) Other The balance relates to amounts that are individually insignificant. These balances relate to equipment sales with terms between 13 months and up to 37 months. These are secured with promissory notes and earn interest between 10% and 21% and are guaranteed with a pledge on the financed equipment.

Page 57 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 18. Deferred Income Taxes (a) Deferred income taxes are calculated in full on all temporary differences under the liability method and comprise: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Deferred Tax Asset 11,507 14,491 Deferred Tax Liability (6,570) (6,153) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (b) The movement on the deferred income tax assets balance for the year is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net asset at beginning of the year 8,338 7,971 Acquisition of subsidiaries - 89 (Charge) credit to profit and loss (Note 11) (3,528) 878 Exchange difference 127 (600) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment (843) (1,081) Provisions 2,117 7,034 Foreign exchange (losses)/gains (3) (29) Tax losses 3,621 2,600 Other 45 (186) 4,937 8,338 (d) The movement on the net deferred tax asset is attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment 125 (1,178) Provisions 66 (915) Tax losses (3,934) 1,144 Other 342 1,316 (3,401) 367 (e) Deferred income tax liabilities have not been established for withholding tax that would be payable on unremitted profits of subsidiaries as the amounts are permanently reinvested.

Page 58 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances The following transactions were carried out with related parties: (a) Sale of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Sale of goods Other related parties 26 428 Goods are sold based on the price lists in force and terms that would be available to third parties. (b) Purchase of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Purchases of goods Other related parties 10 204 Transactions with other related parties. (c) Key management compensation Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive). The compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services is shown below: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 4,837 4,905 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 373 372 Pension benefits 33 33 Other 106 9 5,349 5,319 Directors’ fees 118 104 (d) Other transactions 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Parent Management fee expense 1,429 970 Other related parties Management fee expense 1,005 1,044 Interest Income (6) (2) Interest paid 50 3 Rental Expense 634 - 3,112 2,015

Page 59 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances (Continued) (e) Year end balances with related parties Balances with the parent company and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand and earn no interest. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Receivable from related parties: Parent 5,346 5,247 Fellow subsidiaries and shareholder 2,720 2,220 8,066 7,467 Payable to related parties: Parent 9,487 9,421 Fellow subsidiaries 4,252 2,887 13,739 12,308 20. Investment in Associates In January 18, 2024, Trinidad Systems Group Limited (“TSGL”), a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), completed the acquisition of 100% of the operations of Trinidad Systems Limited (“TSL”) for a total purchase price of TT$107,208,000.00 (US$15,765,882.35). The acquisition was financed through a combination of 50% cash and 50% debt. PBS participated in the ownership consortium of TSGL, securing a 45% equity stake. As a result, PBS contributed 45% of the cash portion of the purchase price, amounting to TT$24,121,800 (US$3,543,000). The debt portion, representing the remaining 50% of the purchase price, is solely the responsibility of TSGL. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 As at January 4,056 3,543 Share of net profit 718 513 At 31 December 4,774 4,056

Page 60 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 20. Investment in Associates (Continued) The associate’s year-end is 31 December. The summarized unaudited consolidated information for the associate and its subsidiary is presented below. The information disclosed reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of Trinidad Systems Group Limited and not the Group’s share of those amounts. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Statement of financial position: Total Assets 26,790 24,316 Total Liabilities (13,592) (11,254) Net Assets 13,198 13,062 Statement of comprehensive income: Revenues 22,501 22,243 Expenses (21,177) (21,127) Net Profit for the Year 1,324 1,116 21. Inventories 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Finished goods 57,311 47,625 Goods in transit 13,198 12,801 70,509 60,426 Less: Provision for obsolete stock (12,466) (11,842) 58,043 48,584 Cost of inventory recognised as an expense aggregating to $203,222,000 (2024: $232,404,000), were recognised in profit and loss. 22. Trade and Other Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade receivables 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (Note 3) (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Prepaid expenses 5,307 3,985 Current portion of Long-Term Receivable 77 273 Other (Note a) 24,355 13,484 127,296 105,760 a) Includes advances to vendors of $3,359,442 (2024: $852,000) and Sundry Debtors of $3,808,003 (2024: $5,992,202)

Page 61 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 23. Cash and Bank 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The cash and bank balances disclosed for 2025 include restricted cash of $6,644,000 (2024: $6,131,000) The weighted average interest rate at the reporting date for short term bank deposits was 0.70% (2024: 0.70%) per annum. 24. Trade and Other Payables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade payables 58,348 48,628 Interest Payables 378 1,001 Accrued liabilities 15,792 20,860 Other 16,531 15,366 91,049 85,855 The carrying amounts of trade and other payables is a reasonable approximation to their fair values, due to their short-term nature. 25. Lease Liabilities The Group currently has long term lease agreements related to buildings, equipment, and motor vehicles. (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Lease liabilities Current 6,998 6,441 Non-current 17,988 15,465 24,986 21,906 (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest expense (included in finance cost) 1,353 1,580 Expenses relating to short term leases or low value underlying assets (included in selling, general and administrative expenses) 1,178 1,835 2,531 3,415 The total cash outflow for leases in 2025 was $ 9,723,000 (2024: $10,699,000).

Page 62 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 25. Lease Liabilities (Continued) (iii) Incremental borrowing rate For the incremental borrowing rate, the Group: - Where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by bankers as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received, and - Makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security. - The weighted average incremental borrowing rate for the Group in 2024 and 2025 was determined to be 7%. (iv) Lease payments Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. (v) Extension and termination options Extension and termination options are included in a number of leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. As at 31 December 2025, potential future cash outflows of $18,867,000 (2024: $14,702,000) (undiscounted) have not been included in the lease liability because it is not reasonably certain that the leases will be extended (or not terminated). The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee. During the current financial year, the financial effect of revising lease terms to reflect the effect of exercising extension and termination options was nil.

Page 63 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Short term loans – (a) Citibank 12,000 - (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. 2,860 2,274 (c) First Citizens 1,700 1,500 (d) Quedex 1,129 - (e) Davivienda 762 1,088 (f) Banco Popular Dominicano 540 400 (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú 254 - (h) Lafise - 679 19,245 5,941 Current portion of non-current borrowings 14,250 10,633 Total Current Borrowings 33,495 16,574 Non-Current Borrowings – (i) Citibank 135,469 120,926 (j) JCSD Preference Shares 16,701 16,582 (k) Xerox 6,875 9,375 (l) Davivienda 3,060 3,006 (m) National Commercial Bank 1,672 2,190 (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies 1,320 1,232 (o) First Citizens 489 934 (p) BICSA 324 341 (q) Banco de Bogotá 134 62 (r) Banistmo 99 428 (s) ASEPBS 99 - (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies - 72 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 Current portion of non-current borrowings (14,250) (10,633) Total Non-Current Borrowings 151,992 144,515 Total Borrowings 185,487 161,089

Page 64 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) The exposure of the group’s borrowings to interest rate changes and the contractual re-pricing dates at the end of the reporting period are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 0-12 months 33,495 16,574 1-5 years 151,992 144,515 185,487 161,089 The carrying amounts and fair value of the non-current borrowings are as follows: Carrying amount Fair value 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Loans 135,468 123,858 138,367 137,374 Redeemable preference shares 16,701 17,000 17,000 17,000 Other 14,073 14,290 14,073 17,674 166,242 155,148 169,440 172,048 The Group’s undrawn borrowing facilities as of December 2025 is $12,837,000 (2024: $15,000,000).

Page 65 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Short term loans (a) Citibank N.A. This represents three unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of SOFR plus a margin of 3.9% per annum with due dates between March 18 and June 18, 2026. (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. This represents four unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of between 10.20% and 10.99% per annum with due dates between January 20 and March 11, 2026. (c) First Citizens This represents loans which attracts interest of 8% per annum and mature in June 2026. (d) Quedex This represents a loan which attracts interest of 12% per annum and mature in March 2026. (e) Davivienda This represents an unsecured loan to finance working capital bearing interest of 9.30% per annum and maturing March 2026. (f) Banco Popular Dominicano This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on June 30, 2026. (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú This represents a short-term loan which attracts interest of 6.57% per annum and matures on June 19, 2026. (h) Lafise This represented three fiduciary loans to finance working capital, bearing interest between 9.5% and 10% per annum and which matured between January 25 and June 29, 2025. Non-Current Borrowings (i) Citibank This facility was granted in June 2024. The credit agreement was signed by Citibank as Administrative and Collateral Agent, and with Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A., First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners. The facility also grants the group access to incremental loans on which the same terms and conditions as the initial disbursement apply. The group accessed the first tranche of $12,500,000 on December 8, 2025 and the second of $8,000,000 on December 26, 2025. It matures in June 2030 and attracts an interest base rate of 3.4% plus a Term SOFR CME – 6 month rate, which results in an All-in rate of 7% at December 2025. Payments of principal and interests are to be paid in variable installments payments, in a semi-annual basis. Such semi annual amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth. The deferred financing charges offset against the loan amount is $2,588,432.

Page 66 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Guarantor companies are PBS Technology Group Limited, Productive Business Solutions (Central America), S.A., Productive Business Solutions Caribbean Limited, Dorada Management Inc., Productive Business Solutions (Guatemala), S.A., Productive Business Solutions El Salvador, S.A. de C.V., High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions Honduras, S.A. de C.V., Hight Tech Consulting, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions (Nicaragua), S.A., Productive Business Solutions (Costa Rica), S.A., and Productive Business Solutions (Panamá), S.A.. (j) JCSD Preference Shares This represents 17,000,000 Redeemable Cumulative Preference Shares in United States dollars (US$) entitled to a fixed preferential cumulative cash dividend of 8.25% US$ per annum. These preference shares issued in June 2024, mature in June 2028 and are mandatorily redeemable by the Company on this date. The deferred finance charges offset against the loan amounts to $298,790 The Preference Shares may not be redeemed by the Company until after the second anniversary of issue thereof. Thereafter the Voluntary Redemption Payment shall be the aggregate of (i) repayment in US$ of the Redemption Price; (ii) any arrears or accruals of the cumulative preferential dividend on the Preference Shares, whether declared or earned, or not, calculated down to the date of such repayment. (k) Xerox PBS Group acquired Xerox companies in Peru and Ecuador and signed a 4-year unsecured promissory note on July 1, 2024 issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 26, 2024. Principal and interest of 7% per annum are to be paid on a quarterly basis, total of 16 quarterly instalments that ends in June 2028. (l) Davivienda This represents two loans to finance working capital at 9.75% and 15.24% interest rate per annum and are due on May 24, 2027 and December 12, 2028, respectively. (m) NCB - National Commercial Bank This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 11.75% annual, due on October 19, 2028. All of this loan is disclosed as current portion of non-current borrowing given a breach in the corresponding financial covenants of the affiliate that holds the debt. (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies This represents the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of Infotrans subsidiaries in Aruba, Bonaire, Colombia and Curacao, maturing in May 2027. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non-current borrowings. The balance purchase price was set in four equal instalments of six hundred thousand united state dollars, each payable on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of completion of the sale which took place on June 12, 2023. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non- current borrowings. (o) FCIT - First Citizens This represents an unsecured loan facility granted in TT Dollars which attracts interest of 7.5% per annum, maturing on January 11, 2027. (p) BICSA – Banco Internacional de Costa Rica, S.A. This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 9% annual, due on September 15, 2028. (q) Banco de Bogotá This represents two loans which attracts interest of 12.72% and 12.03% per annum and maturing on January 17, 2027, and December 04, 2027.

Page 67 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) (r) Banistmo – Banco del Istmo This represents an unsecured loan which attracts interest of 7.9% per annum and due date is on March 28, 2027. (s) ASEPBS – Asociación Solidarista de Empleados de PBS This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on November 01, 2027. (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies This represented the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of High-Tech subsidiaries in El Salvador and Honduras which matured in July 2025. 27. Share Capital 202 5 202 4

000
000 Authorised - 186,213,000, (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000, (2024 –2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 Issued and fully paid - 186,213,000 (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000 (2024 – 2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 The preference shares are redeemable cumulative preference shares (1,500,000 9.25% perpetual cumulative redeemable USD and 500,000 10.50% perpetual cumulative redeemable Jamaican Dollars Preference Shares) where the declaration of dividends is discretionary. There is no contractual redemption date for these shares and may only be called for the first time at the sole discretion of the issuer, on the last Business Day of the financial year which falls immediately before the 15th anniversary of the issue date of the Preference Shares 28. Other Reserves (deficits) Other reserves primarily represent the currency translation differences resulting from the unrealized gains and losses on the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries that have a different functional currency from that of the Company. Other reserves also include revaluation reserve for the revaluation of assets and actuarial gains. Revaluation Surplus $’000 Actuarial Gains $’000 Currency Translation Differences $’000 Total $’000 Balance as at 1 January 2024 70 2,902 (20,111) (17,139) Actuarial gains - (96) - (96) Movement during 2024 716 - (820) (104) Balance as at 31 December 2024 786 2,806 (20,931) (17,339) Actuarial gains - 54 - 54 Movement during 2025 - - 260 260 Balance as at 31 December 2025 786 2,860 (20,671) (17,025)

Page 68 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 29. Litigation and Contingent Liabilities The Group is subject to various claims, disputes and legal proceedings in the normal course of business. Provision is made for such matters when, in the opinion of management and its professional advisors, it is probable that a payment will be made by the Group, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Claims asserted against the Group, according to the principles outlined above, have not been provided for. Management is of the opinion that the claims are either without merit, can be successfully defended or will result in exposure to the Group which is immaterial to both financial position and results of operations. 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset The movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligation during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 1,553 1,389 Reallocation of pension plan liability 1,045 - Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 Actuarial gains on termination benefits 124 (24) Benefits paid (73) (73) At end of year 3,111 1,553 The movement of the pension plan asset during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 3,674 3,596 Actuarial gains / (losses) 110 (96) Current service cost 122 122 Interest Cost 493 546 Benefits paid (653) (726) Other 6 232 At end of year 3,752 3,674 The amounts recognised in arriving at profit or loss were as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 At end of year 462 261 The distribution of the obligation by country was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Nicaragua 120 115 Panama 338 280 El Salvador 968 810 Honduras 393 348 Ecuador 1,292 - 3,111 1,553

Page 69 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset (Continued) The value of the plan asset was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Barbados 3,034 3,034 Panama 575 557 Honduras 143 83 3,752 3,674 The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is: 202 5 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (500) 485 Inflation rate 1% 52 (47) 202 4 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (432) 465 Inflation rate 1% 31 (27) The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position.

Page 70 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation (Continued) Termination benefits in El Salvador and Nicaragua are established by law and entitle the employee to receive a payment upon termination of employment, regardless of cause. In El Salvador the benefit is founded in the law 592, that is the regulatory law for the economic benefit for voluntary resignation. Employees with more than two years of uninterrupted service for the company shall receive a payment of, at least, the equivalent of 15 days of minimum wage for each year of service. In Nicaragua, the law 185, Labour Code, entitles the employee to the right to receive a payment equivalent to one monthly salary for each year of service, up to the third year, and 20 days of salary for each additional year. Neither of these plans require the employer to establish a fund. The principal actuarial assumptions used in valuing post-employment benefits are as follows: PBS Nicaragua 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 11% 11% Future salary increases 5% 5% Retirement age 60 years 60 years PBS El Salvador 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5% 5% Future salary increases 3.4% 3.4% Retirement age 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively PBS Panama 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5.5% 5.5% Future salary increases 6% 6% Retirement age 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively The principal assumptions used in valuing the pension plan asset for Barbados as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 7.75% 7.75% Future salary increases 3% 3% Retirement age 65 65

Page 71 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Operating Activities Reconciliation of the Group’s net profit to cash generated from operating activities: Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net profit 4,439 7,576 Items not affecting cash: Depreciation 13&14 20,684 17,441 Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 15 3,174 2,884 Share of profit of associate (718) (513) Taxation expense 11 9,912 5,042 Foreign exchange Losses/(Gains) 609 734 Loss / (Gains) on disposal of Property plant and equipment 179 (103) Interest income 7 (1,769) (1,999) Interest expense 10 17,094 18,801 53,604 49,863 Change in non-cash working capital, net of effects from acquisition of subsidiaries: Inventories (14,646) (6,961) Contract assets 1,574 429 Trade and other receivables (21,595) 29 Due from related parties (599) (499) Long term liabilities (407) (906) Long term receivable (180) 218 Lease receivable (6,410) (15) Accounts payable (7,288) 2,183 Contract liabilities (505) (4,243) Retirement benefit obligation 1,480 86 Due to related parties 1,431 1,249 6,459 41,433 Taxation paid (3,733) (8,902) Net cash provided by operating activities 2,726 32,531 Net Debt Reconciliation This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for the year ended 31 December. 2025

000 2024
000 Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Borrowings - repayable within one year (including overdraft) (33,495) (16,915) Borrowings - repayable after one year (151,992) (144,174) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034) Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Gross debt - fixed interest rates (185,487) (161,089) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034)

Page 72 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Financing Activities (Continued) Cash and Bank Lease liability Borrowing due within 1 year Borrowing due after 1 year Total 000 $’000 000 000 000 Net debt as at 31 December 2023 31,991 (19,197) (50,306) (96,936) (134,448) Addition 8,735 (13,552) (4,041) (143,000) (151,858) Repayments (10,760) 10,699 46,254 95,418 141,611 Foreign exchange adjustments (5) 144 9 830 978 Other non-cash movements - - (8,490) (827) (9,317) Net debt as at 31 December 2024, 29,961 (21,906) (16,574) (144,515) (153,034) Addition - (4,676) (17,271) (24,523) (46,470) Repayments (8,366) 7,630 12,646 473 12,383 Foreign exchange adjustments (21) 21 18 170 188 Other non-cash movements - (6,055) (12,314) 16,403 (1,966) Net debt as at 31 December 2025 21,574 (24,986) (33,495) (151,992) (188,899) .

Page 73 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 32. Pledged as Security The net assets of some subsidiaries of the group have been pledged as security for borrowings. The value of these pledged assets at the year end totalled $177,643,000 (2024: $159,054,000). 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities The Group classifies rights and obligations in its relationship with customers whenever either party performs any of its contractual obligations. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress for which the Group has provided the services. The contract assets become a receivable when the entity’s right to consideration is unconditional, and the revenue has been billed. The contract assets are classified as current assets as the associated contract is expected to be completed in less than 12 months. The contract assets relate to equipment contracts. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract assets 28 1,602 The contract liabilities refer to advances received from customers under the promise to deliver equipment. Total contract liabilities at the end of the year are reflected in the table below. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract liabilities on equipment contracts 10,717 8,139 on service contracts 4,384 7,463 Total contract liabilities 15,101 15,602

Page 74 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities (Continued) (i) Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to carried- forward contract liabilities and how much relates to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period on equipment contracts 3,391 4,781 on service contracts 2,534 1,252 5,925 6,033 (ii) Unsatisfied contracts at the end of the period The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations resulting from fixed-price contracts: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 84,215 63,651 84,215 63,651

Page 75 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 34 . Investments In October 2022 the Group acquired 17% of the shares of Arel Limited, which resulted in an investment of $242,000 (equivalent to $246,000 at prior year’s rate). Arel Limited is a private company established in 1967 and domiciled in 2 Piccadilly Road, Kingston 5, St. Andrew, Jamaica. The company is focused on providing engineering services and equipment such as air conditioning, medical and elevators. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair value of the unquoted equity investment are disclosed in the table below. The Group divested its entire holding in this investment during 2025. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 and 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Total 2025 $’000 Total 2024 $’000 Unquoted equity - 243

Page 76 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries Acquisition of Regional Business Systems Limited On 1 May 2025, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Regional Business Systems Limited. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. (i) Identifiable assets acquired – Regional Business Systems Limited 2025 $’000 Property and equipment 331 Tax Recoverable 12 Inventories 175 Trade and other payables (231) Other Current Liabilities (32) Bank Overdraft (197) Net identifiable assets acquired 58 Consideration 395 Less net identifiable assets acquired (58) Goodwill 337 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2025 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 395 Less: Cash balance (overdraft) acquired (197) Net outflow of cash 592

Page 77 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued)z Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Peru. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired - Peru 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 1,638 Trade and other receivables 1,722 Cash and cash equivalents 1,254 Deferred tax asset 594 Inventories 1,353 Intangible assets 2,200 Other Assets 277 Trade and other payables (2,214) Other Current Liabilities (59) Deferred Tax Liabilities (763) Net identifiable assets acquired 6,002 Consideration 11,966 Less net identifiable assets acquired (6,002) Goodwill 5,964 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 4,231 Less: Cash balance acquired 1,254 Net outflow of cash 2,977

Page 78 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador (iii) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 4,231 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 7,735 Total purchase consideration 11,966 (iv) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1. Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2. Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Ecuador. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired: 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 603 Right of Use Asset 109 Trade and other receivables 1,646 Cash and cash equivalents 2,909 Deferred tax asset 471 Inventories 527 Intangible assets 681 Taxation Recoverable 812 Trade and other payables (2,826) Tax Payable (5) Short term loans (112) Deferred Tax Liabilities (175) Net identifiable assets acquired 4,640 Consideration 3,490 Less net identifiable assets acquired (4,640) Negative Goodwill (1,150)

Page 79 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 1,225 Less: Cash balance acquired 2,909 Net inflow of cash (1,684) (iii) Acquisition-related costs In 2024 the Group incurred a combined (Peru and Ecuador) acquisition-related costs of $98,000 which were fully expensed. These costs have been included in professional fees expenses for the current period. (iv) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 1,225 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 2,265 Total purchase consideration 3,490 (v) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1.Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2.Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. 36. Distributions 2025 During 2025 the Group made the following distribution to ordinary shareholders On February 10, 2025, the group paid a cash dividend of $6,499,000 (3.49 cents per share) On December 31, 2025, the group paid a cash divided of $2,999,000 (1.61 cents per share) During 2025 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On January 22, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On April 15, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On June 30, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD428,000 (21.38 cents per share) On September 20, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD427,000 (21.38 cents per share)

Page 80 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 36. Distributions (Continued) 2024 During 2024 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On April 02, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On July 04, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On September 30, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) 37. Pillar II The Group is a part of a Multinational Entity (MNE) with revenues above €750 million. As such, it is within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules. Pillar Two legislation has not been enacted in Jamaica, the jurisdiction in which the MNE is incorporated. The Group has subsidiaries in the following countries with tax rate below 15%: Barbados, British Vergin Islands (BVI), Cayman Islands and St. Lucia. Under the legislation, the Group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) effective tax rate for each jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. The Group’s effective tax rates exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which it operates, with a few exceptions. For these exceptions, although the average effective tax rate may be below 15%, the Group’s exposure to paying Pillar Two income taxes might not be for the full difference in tax rates in relation to these entities. Additionally, not all entities jurisdictions have legislative frameworks to accommodate the Pillar Two top up tax. The Group is in the process of assessing its exposure to the Pillar Two legislation and will implement once adopted by the MNE in the jurisdiction of incorporation. 38. Subsequent Events 1. On January 14, 2026, the Boad of Directors declared a dividend payment of 1.88 cents per ordinary share. The record date is January 28, 2026, and payable February 25, 2026. 2. On February 27, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of March 16, 2026, and payable on April 1, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share. 3. On May 22, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of May 28, 2026, and payable on July 2, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share.

PROXY FORM

Productive Business Solutions Limited Company No. 34076 ("the Company") The undersigned shareholder of the Company hereby appoints of or failing him of Dated this day of , 2026 Name in Print: as the nominee of the undersigned to attend and act for the undersigned and on behalf of the undersigned at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on the September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am Jamaica time and at any adjournment or adjournments thereof in the same manner, to the same extent and with the same powers as if the undersigned was present at the said meeting or such adjournment or adjournments there of. Pursuant to Amended and Restated By-Law No. 2 of the Company

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Syndicated from Jamaica Stock Exchange · originally published .

Other coverage

Around Kingston

· powered by OFMOP
000 2024
Skip to main content
Abeng Radio·Live news
0 listening
Jamaica Stock Exchange

Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

Kingston
Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS is a solutions-oriented, customer-focused technology group that combines a wide range of services, top-tier professionals, and cutting-edge products to offer customized systems and tools for organizations in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. Under the concept of “Engineering & Technology,” PBS operates through a model in which they work together to transform ideas into functional, scalable, and strategic solutions. Engineering acts as the core capability for designing, integrating, and executing complex systems with a long-term vision, while technology serves as the enabler that accelerates results and turns innovation into real impact. This approach reinforces PBS as a reliable partner in solutions integration, focused on helping clients improve the efficiency of their business processes while delivering measurable and sustainable results. “No Limits” defines how PBS thinks and operates: without technical, geographical, or industry boundaries. It reflects a commitment to flexibility, continuous innovation, and the ability to anticipate and solve challenges through tailored solutions that drive efficiency and growth across diverse markets and industries. 03

We are committed to our customers. We work with exceptional people. PBS Costa Rica Building, Plaza Roble, Los Balcones, 3rd Floor 05

We represent world leaders in the technology industry to provide the best solutions and services in our market. 06

Table of Contents Notice of an Annual General Meeting 08 Director’s Report 09 Corporate Information 10 Our Values 11 Acquisitions and Incorporations 13 Our Coverage 14 PBS Business Lines 15 Shareholders Profile 17 Shareholding of Directors 23 Chairman Message 24 CEO Letter 26 Group Board of Directors 32 Board Committees 37 Senior Regional Leadership Team 44 Regional Leadership Team 45 Senior in Country Leadership 47 Consolidated Financial Statements 49 PROXY FORM 51 Corporate Governance Policy 141 07

Notice of an Annual General Meeting NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the NINTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of PRODUCTIVE BUSINESS SOLUTIONS LIMITED will be held at their offices at General Accident Insurance Company Jamaica Limited, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, St. Andrew, Jamaica as well as virtually, on September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am to consider and if thought fit pass the following ordinary resolutions: A member of the Company entitled to attend and vote, is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote in his or her stead. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. Proxy forms must be submitted to the Company's Registrar and Transfer Agent, Jamaica Central Securities Depository, 40 Harbour Street, Kingston, Jamaica not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting. Proxy forms must be stamped with a J$100.00 postage stamp. Shareholders will be able to attend the meeting in person; however they will also be able to attend and vote on resolutions raised at the AGM electronically once they are registered by contacting [email protected]. Non-Shareholders can also register using the same email address. Upon registration, a confirmation will be sent and the meeting link and password will be shared closer to the meeting. The deadline for registration is September 2, 2026. P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board a. “THAT Deloitte & Touche having indicated their willingness to continue in office be re-appointed as Auditors for the ensuing year.” b. “THAT the Directors are hereby authorized to agree on a remuneration for the Auditors.” 6. RATTIFICATION OF DIVIDEND PAYMENTS “THAT the following dividend payments made during the year be ratified and that no other dividend payments were approved for the period under review”: “THAT dividend payments made to the: 9.25% and 10.50% preference shareholders on April 15, 2025, June 30, 2025, and September 30, 2025 of US$0.23125 per share and J$25.890411 per share respectively Common shareholders on February 10, 2025 and December 31, 2025 of US$0.0349 and US$0.0161 per share respectively TO TRANSACT ANY OTHER BUSINESS THAT MAY BE PROPERLY TRANSACTED AT AN ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING Dated this 4th day of August, 2026 BY ORDER OF THE BOARD 1. AUDITED ACCOUNTS “THAT the audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025, and the reports of the Directors’ and Auditors’ be and are hereby adopted.” 2. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS Pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 the Directors retiring from office by rotation are Jose Misrahi, Ricardo Hutchinson and Thomas Agnew, who being eligible offered themselves for re-election. The proposed resolutions are as follows: a. “THAT Jose Misrahi be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” b. “THAT Ricardo Hutchinson be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” c. “THAT Thomas Agnew be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” 3. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTOR Pursuant to Section 4.3.2 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 Mr. Eduardo Rodriguez who was appointed by the Board of Directors on June 8, 2026 resigned and being eligible offered himself for re-election. “THAT Eduardo Rodriguez be re-elected as a Director of the Company” 4. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION “THAT the amount shown for the Directors’ remuneration in the Audited Accounts dated December 31, 2025 be and is hereby approved.” 5. APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS AND FIX THEIR REMUNERAION 08

Submitted on behalf of the Board of Directors, P. B. Scott Chai rman of the Board The Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited submit herewith their Annual Report and Audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025 The Board of Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited exercises its responsibilities for the Financial Statements included in this Report through its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee consists of non-executive Board members: Brian Wynter Chairperson, Melanie Subratie, Ricardo Hutchinson, Thomas Agnew, and Executive Board member: Jose Misrahi. The independent auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee. The Group ended the year with a profit after tax of US$4,439,000 and a net profit attributable to shareholders of US$4,287,000. Details of these results, along with a comparison with the previous year’s performance and the state of affairs of the Company, are set out in the Management Discussion and Analysis and the Financial Statements which are included as part of the Report. The Directors wish to express their appreciation to the employees for their loyal services throughout the year. The Directors will meet to consider the appointment of Auditors in accordance with applicable regulations. Finan ci al R e sults A u di t or s Legal Representatives Emp l oyee s Director’s Report 09

Full Corporate Name Productive Business Solutions Limited R egis t ered Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust r ial Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Incorpor at ed December 1 6, 2010 Fiscal Year End December 31 , 2023 Administr ati ve Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust ri al Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Law under which incorpor at ed Barbados Compan y Sec reta ry Liza Ha rr id y al & Associates Tel.: 246-417-5600 Fax.: 246-421-8001 Legal Representatives DUNNCOX 48 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLINTON & HART & CO 58 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLARKE, GITTENS, FARMER Parker House, Wildey Business Park Wildey Road, St. Michael, Barbados M. HAMEL-SMITH & CO. Eleven Albion, Cor. Dere & Albion Streets P.O. Box 219, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad & Tobago W.I. Corporate Information PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS SRL The Financial Services Centre Bishop's Court's Hill P.O. Box 111, St. Michael BB 14004, Barbados Auditors Deloitte & Touche 3rd Floor The Goddard Building Hoggatt Hall St. Michae BB11059 Barbados, W.I. 10

Corporate Governance Policy 11

Corporate Governance Policy OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHARTER WAS ESTABLISHED IN 2010 AND REVISED IN 2025. THE CHARTER CAN BE SEEN IN MORE DETAIL ON THE COMPANY'S WEBSITE WWW.PBS.GROUP 12

Our Values We collaborate in everything we do. We maintain excellent communication with our customers to always understand their needs. The primary factor that enables us to make things happen. We demonstrate these qualities daily to enhance our working environment. We guarantee justice and fairness to all stakeholders, both internal and external. We uphold our business integrity as an ethical framework that guides our professional conduct, acting with integrity to earn the trust of our customers and employees. INTEGRITY TEAMWORK COMMUNICATION DISCIPLINE HUMILITY & SPIRIT OF SERVICE RESPECT FOR INDIVIDUALS 13

Acquisitions and Incorporations 200320******2009 201020******2002 200420******2010 201720******2024 14

191151******2034 151412******2223 Our Coverage Our regional group is made up of: 1. PBS Antigua, 2. PBS Aruba, 3. PBS Barbados, 4. PBS Belize, 5. PBS Cayman Business Machines, 6. PBS Colombia, 7. PBS Costa Rica, 8. PBS Curaçao, 9. PBS Dominican Republic, 10. PBS El Salvador, 11. Global Product Alliance Inc., 12. PBS Guatemala, 13. PBS Guyana, 14. PBS Honduras, 15. PBS San Pedro Sula, 16. PBS Jamaica, 17. PBS Nicaragua, 18. PBS Panama, 19. PBS Suriname, 20. PBS Trinidad & Tobago, 21. PBS Bonaire, 22. PBS Ecuador, 23. PBS Peru, and 24. PBS Dominica. 15

5 6 7 4 3 2 1 PBS Cayman Business Machines PBS Colombia PBS Costa Rica PBS Belize PBS Barbados PBS Aruba Pbs Dorada Technologies Antigua The Cayman Center Suite 1&2 Dorcy Drive, George Town Tel: 1-345-949-8642 [email protected] Centro empresarial El Dorado Plaza Calle 26 No. 85D Local - Modulo 7 Bogotá, Colombia Tel: 57 601 743 3281 [email protected] Plaza Roble, Edificio Balcones, piso 3. San Rafael de Escazú, San José Costa Rica. Tel: 506 4404 8000 Tel: 506 4404 8132 [email protected] 13 Douglas Jones Street Belize City, Belize C.A. Tel: 501 227-0823 / 0824 Facey House 42 Warrens Industrial Park Warrens, St Michael, Barbados Tel: 246 417 5600 Fax: 246 4218001 [email protected] Caya G.F. Betico Croes 170 Oranjestad, Aruba Tel: 297 582 5492 [email protected] Mandolin Place, Friars Hill Road, St. John's, Antigua Tel: (268) 481 1101 Fax: (268) 481 1144 8 PBS Curaçao Schottegatweg Oost 2 Willemstad, Curaçao Tel: +599 97241300 [email protected] 9 PBS Dominican Republic Av. Winston Churchill, Edificio Empresarial Blue Mall, Piso 22 Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic Tel: +809 567 8231 Fax: +809 472 0915 [email protected] 13 14 12 11 10 PBS Guyana PBS Honduras PBS Guatemala Global Product Alliance Inc. GPA PBS El Salvador Lot 2 Goedverwagting, Rupert Craig Highway, East Coast Demerara Tel: (592) 226 1066 [email protected] Tegucigalpa, Boulevard Morazán, edificio Agalta, piso 21 Tel: +504 2244 9870 al 79 [email protected] 23 Avenida 31-13, Zona 5 Ciudad de Guatemala, Guatemala Tel: 502 2420 9500 Whatsapp +502 5456 6479 [email protected] GPA 11411 NW 107th Street, Suite 24, Miami FL 33178 USA. Tel. 1(305) 477 2426 [email protected] Oficinas administrativas: Av. De La Revolución, San Salvador, Torre Plaza Presidente, piso #16. Tel: +503 2239 3000 cel.: +503 7039-9308 [email protected] 15 16 PBS San Pedro Sula PBS Jamaica San Pedro Sula, Barrio Los Andes, 16 Ave. 6 y 7 calle N.O. Edificio Metropark, Piso # 8, Local 804 Tel: +504 2512 2500 al 09 [email protected] Unit 1, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, Jamaica Tel: 876 926 5630-2 Fax: 876 929 5372 SD: 876-968-6197-9 [email protected] 18 17 PBS Panama PBS Nicaragua Calle 50 y 58 Este Obarrio, P.H. Office One, Piso 16 Panamá City, Panamá Tel: + 507 204 9900 Fax: +507 204 9902 [email protected] Rotonda el Güegüense. 400 mts al Sur, 100 mts al Oeste. Managua, Nicaragua Tel: 505 2255 9020 Fax: 505 2255 9030 [email protected] 20 19 21 PBS Trinidad and Tobago PBS Suriname PBS Bonaire Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 / (868) 609 7278 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 [email protected] Van Roosmalenstraat 11 Tel: (597) 551262 [email protected] Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 22 PBS Ecuador Av. Amazonas N35-17 y Juan Pablo Sanz Edificio Xerox Piso 7 Tel: (593) 993337829 [email protected] 23 24 PBS Perú N2N Distributors - Dominica Av las Begonias 441 torre C piso 10, San Isidro - Lima) Tel: (51) 1 616 6666 [email protected] N2N Distributors 33Kennedy Avenue Roseau, Dominica. Tel: (767) 448-2679 25 26 PBS St. Kitts BVI (British Virgin Islands) Unit 9, The Sands, P.O. Box 397 Bay Road, Basseterre St. Kitts. Tel: (869) 466-2018 Jayla Place, Road Town Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Tel: (284) 494-5030 Corporate Information 16

PBS 7 Business Lines IMAGING NETWORKING COMMUNICATIONS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ADVANCED SERVICES INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY SYSTEMS PAYMENT METHODS 17

Vertical Markets GRAPHIC ARTS FINANCE GOVERNMENT & EDUCATION MANUFACTURING, RETAIL & DISTRIBUTION OIL, ENERGY & MINING TELCOS BPO TRANSPORTATION & HOSPITALITY 18

AVAILABLE AT PBS Xerox ® Proficio ® PX300 NEW! A winning formula from the ground up. 19 New generation of production print. Xerox® Proficio® PX300 Printer

Our Partners & Certifications We are transforming as a company to assist in enabling information technologies to empower our clients to gain a competitive edge and accomplish their business objectives. 20

Mimaki's latest integrated printer / cutter offers new levels of creativity and versatility with vibrant ink types, including the new Silver, Orange and Light Black. The CJV300 Series achieves the highest print speeds in its class, with innovative technologies ensuring unparalleled production quality for signboard artists, graphic professionals and printers. Integrated printing and cutting, high speed CJV300-160 21

Oracle Exadata The High-Performance Data Engine Delivering ultra-fast performance, scalability, and reliability for mission-critical enterprise workloads 22

10 Largest Shareholders by Number of Shares 100908******0302 01 612,721 General Accident Insurance Co 663,473 Courtney Sylvester 1,087,308 Jose Misrahi 1,632,140 Portland Fund II Co-invest Partnership 3,230,166 NCB Capital Markets (Cayman) Ltd 5,485,214 Pedro M. Paris 6,330,663 Portland Caribbean Fund II Barbados L.P. 34,264,960 Portland Caribbean Fund II L.P. 45,164,017 Musson (Jamaica) Limited 84,181,818 Facey Group Limited Shareholders Profile 23

Shareholding of Executives P. B. Scott - 129,958,556 Blondell Walker - 45,164,017 Douglas Hewson - 42,227,763 Edward Ince - - Jose Misrahi 1,087,308 - Melanie M. Subratie - 129,958,556 Patrick A.W. Scott - 45,164,017 Pedro M. París 5,485,214 - Ricardo Hutchinson - 42,227,763 Tomas Agnew - - Brian Wynter - - Nicholas Scott - 45,164,017 PERSONAL CONNECTED Marco Antonio Almendárez Cisneros 363,600 Leonardo Jesus Velasquez Foucault 163,171 Elvin Howard Nash 142,700 Sergio Roberto Molina Barrios 127,200 Mario Estuardo Pons Espana 90,900 Francisco Lupiac Rodríguez 87,639 Lucia Vielman Ruíz 49,972 Shareholding of Directors 24

P. B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board 25

Dear Fellow Shareholders, 2025 has been a year that has tested our resolve and, in doing so, has demonstrated the depth of the organization we have built. Against a backdrop of macroeconomic headwinds, tightening capital markets, and an accelerating pace of technological change, PBS has continued to advance. While our financial results reflect the complexity of the environment in which we operate, they also reflect a business that is maturing, adapting, and positioning itself with intention for the years ahead. Revenue for 2025 came in at US$374.9 million against a budget of US$425 million. We do not normally discuss publicly our budgets but in this case I believe it is important to contextualize our own expectation. This shortfall, while meaningful, must be understood in its proper context. Several large government technology projects across our region experienced procurement delays beyond our control, and currency volatility in certain markets impacted reported figures. Despite this, we achieved EBITDA of US$55.2 million an increase on the $50.9m of 2024 but below our budget of US$59m. Our gross margin improved to 34%, up from budget, demonstrating that the discipline we have applied to our cost of sales is taking hold. Our net profit for the year was US$4.3 million. This is not satisfactory and materially different from our own expectations of US$13.6m. The biggest driver of this differential being our tax charge of US$9.9m an effective tax rate of 69%! This is an area management is actively addressing through improved tax planning across our 24-country footprint and we hope to implement structural improvements in 2026. There are four elements that are the key ingredients to PBS’s success today: our people, our capital structure, our systems, our partners - the same foundational pillars I have returned to in prior years, because they remain the determinants of our long-term success. People PBS is, at its core, a people business. Every solution we deliver, every client relationship we maintain, every market we penetrate — all of it flows from the capability of our 3,000-plus professionals across the region. In 2024 we spoke of the urgent need to develop a methodology that makes us a magnet for talent. In 2025 we made meaningful progress. The PBS University platform is still a work in progress. We have to get this right. We have to focus on it to get it right. It has expanded its Chairman message 26

curriculum, and we have introduced structured certification pathways aligned to our key technology partnerships. This is not simply a human resources initiative. It is a strategic imperative. As we grow, the complexity of what we are asked to execute grows with it. We must ensure that our organization scales in quality, not merely in headcount. We expect the organization will revolve over time and we are actively taking steps to plan for the future. Retention remains a challenge in certain markets where the demand for skilled IT professionals continues to outpace supply. We are combating this through a combination of compensation benchmarking, career development investment, and a deliberate effort to build a culture of belonging. Our ability to attract people who share our values — integrity, execution, and client focus — will define the next chapter of PBS as surely as any product or partnership we could announce. Capital When we speak of capital at PBS, we are speaking about something far more nuanced than a balance sheet line. Ours is a business in which the cash cycle for a given solution can range from immediate payment to a five-year financing arrangement. The timing of projects often need to be aligned with availability of capital. In addition the funding of projects often leads to funded debt being incurred before cashflows are delivered thus covenants need to be managed. We operate across multiple currencies, with varying regulatory environments governing the movement of funds across borders. Managing this complexity is one of the most demanding aspects of what we do. Ensuring the ongoing funding of our business is like the provision of oxygen to the pilots of a plane in the air, it is an essential ingredient in getting to the destination. In 2024, I was pleased to report the refinancing of our capital market obligations with a new six-year facility. In 2025, the discipline instilled through that process has served us well. Our balance sheet remains fundamentally sound, and our committed growth capital provides the runway we need to pursue the opportunities that are emerging across the region. The integration of the Xerox operations in Peru and Ecuador, undertaken in 2024, has progressed as planned and is contributing to our expanded footprint. Our strategic investment in TSL continues to develop, and we are monitoring additional acquisition opportunities with the same rigour we apply to our organic growth. Systems 27

I would be remiss not to address again the importance of our internal systems and governance. In 2023, we experienced material misstatements in our Costa Rica subsidiary that delayed our audit. I reported then that we had implemented significant changes to personnel and governance. I am pleased to report that the integrity of our financial reporting across the group has been maintained in 2025 and that the controls we put in place are functioning as intended. We will strive to continue to improve our systems to ensure accuracy as well as expediency in reporting. However expediency must never compromise accuracy. We continue to invest in the technology infrastructure that supports our operations. Shared service functions in accounting and administration are becoming more sophisticated. The balance between local responsiveness and central efficiency is a tension that every multi-jurisdictional business must manage continuously, and we are no different. What I can say with confidence is that our systems today are materially stronger than they were three years ago, and our commitment to making them stronger still remains absolute. Partners Without people, capital and systems, PBS would not be able to do anything. However without partnerships with the leading IT companies in the world we would not be able to add the value we do to our customers. PBS works with almost every global leader in IT. We take this privilege very seriously. Every day we work with our partners to execute projects in our markets that are essential to the economic development of our countries. It is our job to facilitate the seamless execution of such projects in Imaging, Information technology, networking communications, professional services, security systems and payment methods servicing the backbone to our economies. Throughout this annual report you will see reference to our partners who over the last 24 years we have built up credibility and trust. We exist to provide seamless execution for them in order to deliver customer satisfaction through productive solutions to our customers. I would like to thank all of our partners for their support in 2025 and we look forward to working together in 2026. Looking Forward As we look to 2026 and beyond, the opportunity before PBS has never been greater. The markets we serve — across the Caribbean, Central America, and now into South America — are at an inflection point in their technology adoption curves. Governments are investing in digital public infrastructure. Enterprises are accelerating their 28

managed services requirements. Artificial Intelligence (AI) is going to transform everything. Every business will need to assess how AI will work for them in their business. The demand for the kind of deep, locally-grounded IT expertise that PBS has spent 24 years building is real, and it is growing. Our task is to ensure that we are the organization capable of capturing it. We will continue to scale responsibly, to deepen our client partnerships, and to invest with discipline in the capabilities that matter. We are not simply a distribution business that sells technology. We are a solutions organization that transforms how our clients operate. That distinction is the foundation of everything we have built, and it is the source of our confidence in what lies ahead. On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Doug Hewson who resigned from the board in 2025. He has been on the board since we went public and has been an important contributor to the board. We wish him the best and are grateful for his contributions to PBS. I extend our sincere appreciation to every member of the PBS team. The results of 2025 - both the achievements and the shortfalls - are yours. So too is the opportunity that 2026 represents. I thank our shareholders for their continued confidence in the strategy and the leadership of this organization. We are building something of genuine and lasting significance, and we remain committed to doing so with the integrity and intensity that has always defined PBS. Warm regards, P.B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board Productive Business Solutions Limited 29

The Xerox VersaLink B405 is a reliable monochrome multifunction printer designed for small and medium-sized workgroups. It delivers print, copy, scan, fax, and email capabilities in a compact and efficient device. With print speeds of up to 45 pages per minute, support for A4 paper size, and a recommended monthly volume of up to 15,000 pages, the VersaLink B405 helps businesses improve productivity while maintaining professional-quality output and secure document management. Multifunctional Xerox ® VersaLink ® B405 30

31 PEDRO M. PARÍS Group CEO

CEO Letter Dear Fellow Shareholders, Our Chairman has spoken to the financial results of 2025 with characteristic candor. What I want to address here is what those results represent strategically and what we are building toward. We are at a rare inflection point: artificial intelligence, cloud infrastructure, and the obsolescence of legacy systems are reshaping every market we serve. Disruption creates pressure, but it also creates demand and PBS is well positioned to capture it. We Do Not Sell Technology. We Engineer Outcomes. This moment also marks a meaningful evolution in how we define ourselves. We have embraced a new identity: Engineering & Technology No Limits. It is not a marketing exercise. It is a declaration of intent the standard we set for ourselves in the complexity of the problems we take on, the quality of the solutions we deliver, and the boundaries we refuse to accept. What differentiates PBS is not the products we represent it is how we think. We are a systems integrator that excels at building backwards from the client's desired outcome, assembling the precise combination of capabilities each engagement demands. Our active role in project finance further sets us apart, enabling us to structure and deliver solutions that go well beyond the scope of a traditional technology provider. We renew our most enduring client relationships not through inertia, but by consistently delighting them transforming contracts into long-term franchises. And we are now applying that same ingenuity inward: automation and AI agents are actively reducing our own operational costs, improving margins as we scale. Most Important Partners of the PBS Ecosystem Our partner ecosystem is one of our most powerful assets. PBS works alongside Oracle, Cisco, NCR Atleos, NCR Voyix, Xerox, Leidos, and others as their trusted regional execution partner relationships built over decades that are not easily replicated. In 2026 we are going deeper: a unified PBS Consulting under a dedicated regional director sharpens our Oracle go-to-market; Cisco anchors our networking and security practice; NCR Atleos and NCR Voyix lead our financial self-service presence; and Leidos strengthens our positioning in mission-critical solutions. Xerox remains one of our most enduring partnerships. Our CMPS penetration rate of 32

79.3% across PBS Group is a tangible proof point of that trust. As Xerox expands into digital services and IT solutions and as we work to incorporate the strategic developments following the Lexmark acquisition we see clear opportunity ahead. These are not simply vendor relationships. They are proof points of our standing in the global technology community. Artificial Intelligence: From Pilot to Practice PBS has entered the world of agentic AI not as a concept we are studying, but as a capability we are deploying. In late 2025, we led a proof of concept with a major regional bank that combined advanced data warehouse migration engineering from Microsoft SQL Server to Oracle with artificial intelligence. The engagement demonstrated PBS's unique ability to bridge deep infrastructure expertise with emerging AI capabilities: an outcome neither a pure vendor nor a traditional integrator could achieve alone. This is where PBS is building its next frontier. Governments modernizing public infrastructure, financial institutions transforming core systems, enterprises navigating digital change all face environments of growing complexity. AI-powered solutions that address mission-critical use cases, reduce operational risk, and close gaps left by legacy obsolescence represent a genuine and growing opportunity. We are building those competencies today. THE ORGANIZATION WE ARE BUILDING In 2026, PBS has strengthened its senior leadership with targeted additions designed to deepen expertise and expand regional capacity. Our culture of collaboration sharing talent, resources, and best practices across 24 markets compounds as a competitive advantage. Central to this model is a pool of high-caliber specialists: forward deployed engineers, solution architects, and domain experts deployed with precision across geographies. A solution proven in Honduras can be deployed in Jamaica. A capability built in Peru can serve Colombia. This is something our local competitors cannot match in scale, and our global competitors cannot match in regional depth. Turnaround and the Opportunity Ahead Our 24-market footprint is both a risk management discipline and a growth engine. We are entering new markets to consolidate our regional position and reduce concentration risk. Simultaneously, we are focused on unlocking value within our 33

current footprint: our operations in Panama, Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru markets where our presence was built on imaging and where we are now accelerating into higher-value technology services represent meaningful turnaround opportunities. The adjustments now underway will, we believe, generate contributions that meaningfully enhance shareholder value. We view them as investments in progress, and we are confident in the path forward. What Lies Ahead The demand for what PBS does deep, locally grounded, end-to-end technology execution has never been greater. We have been building toward this moment for more than two decades. Our partnerships, our people, and our culture have been assembled with exactly this horizon in mind. The work ahead is significant. The opportunity is larger still. To our shareholders: we remain committed to rewarding your confidence with discipline, integrity, and the intensity that has always defined this organization. Warm regards, PEDRO M. PARÍS C. Group CEO Productive Business Solutions Limited 34

P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board Pedro M. París Director, Group CEO P.B. Scott is the CEO, Chairman and Principal Shareholder of the Musson Group. Over the last two decades, P.B. Scott has conceptualised and led the expansion of the Musson Group from a Jamaican consumer wholesale distribution business to a diversified group operating in 30 countries. The Group is a leader across the Caribbean in food, pharmaceuticals, information technology, and insurance. The Musson Group includes leading businesses such as The PBS Group, Seprod Limited, General Accident Insurance, and A.S. Brydens & Sons. He has served as CEO of Musson since 2004. Today the Musson Group has a turnover in excess of US$1.6 billion annually and over 7,000 employees. In addition to his private sector contributions, P.B. Scott has committed a significant amount of time to public service. He is the chairman of the Development Bank of Jamaica and has led multiple enterprise teams to divest government assets. In 2023, he was awarded 'the Order of Jamaica for his exceptional contribution to the Business Industry, Investment, and Philanthropy in Jamaica and the Caribbean. Mr. Pedro M. París has been with PBS since 2003, He has held several management positions, in 2006 he was named COO for Central America. Mr. París was appointed Group CEO at the end of 2009. He is responsible for the vision, strategy and execution of the day-to-day operations. He is also a member of the Management Governance and Executive Committees. Mr. París worked 18 years for IBM-GBM (an IBM alliance), where he held several senior management positions across the business. Mr. París studied Business Administration at the Universidad Autónoma Centro America, Costa Rica. Group Board of Directors 37

Mr. Hutchinson currently works with Portland Private Equity (“PPE”) as Vice President – Investments, with responsibility for leading investment transactions throughout the region. He has more than 13 years of experience in the regional finance industry working with several top financial institutions. Prior to joining PPE, Ricardo held the role of Associate Director – Investment Banking with a leading regional commercial bank. He holds a Master of Science degree in Economics from the University of the West Indies and is a CFA Charter holder. *Ricardo Hutchinson Non-Executive Director Group Board of Directors *Independent Director Mr. Agnew is an entrepreneur specializing in building content marketing, marketing technology and information services businesses. He founded Brafton Inc. and a group of subsidiary companies that are North America and Australia’s leading content marketing entities. Brafton Inc. has been listed among the 5,000 fastest growing private companies four years in row. He co-founded DeHavilland Information Services and Axonn Ltd in the UK. Originally from the UK, he moved to the U.S.A. in 2008. Mr. Agnew holds a degree in Politics from the University of Newcastle, UK. *Thomas Agnew Non-Executive Director 38

Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Group Board of Directors José Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director *Independent Director Mrs. Blondell Walker has been part of the Musson Group of Companies for over 20 years and is currently the ICT Director, a position she has held since 2000. She is also on the Board for T. Geddes Grant (Distributors) Limited and Musson Jamaica Limited. She was instrumental in the implementation of the Enterprise Resource Program (ERP  application across the Musson Group of Companies. Mrs. Walker studied Accounting and Systems Analysis at the University of the West Indies, Institute of Management and the Heriot Watt University of Edinburgh, Scotland. She is the Chairman for the Western United Basic School. Blondell Walker Non-Executive Director 39

Mr Ince is a Senior Partner/Co-Founder of Frontlight Ventures, a regional investment and consulting firm. He was Co-Founder and Managing Director of Prism Services, a regional payments and operations outsourcing company. He is a Non-Executive Republic Bank Ltd, Cave Shepherd, Foster & Ince Cruise Services and the Barbados Sugar Industry Ltd. He is a graduate of York University, Canada and is a National Barbados Aubrey Collymore Scholarship recipient for sciences. Group Board of Directors *Edward Ince Non-Executive Director *Independent Director Mrs. Melanie Subratie is Chairman and CEO of Stanley Motta Ltd., Vice-Chairman of Musson (Ja) Ltd. and Director of all its subsidiaries, Vice-Chairman of General Accident Insurance Company Ltd., Eppley Ltd, and T Geddes Grant Ltd. Chairman of E-Pins Ltd. and sits on the executive of Seprod group of Companies and all its subsidiary boards. Chairman of Seprod Foundation, Musson Foundation, Chairperson of Jamaica Girls Coding and Chairman of Jamaica RISE Life Management and other CSR organizations. She is also Fourth Vice-President of the Jamaica Chamber of Commerce, and is the current Chair of the Legislation, Regulation and Improvement Committee. She is a honors graduate of London School of Economics. Melanie Subratie Non-Executive Director 40

Group Board of Directors Patrick A. W. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Patrick A. W. Scott is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Facey Commodity Company Limited and the Executive Deputy Chairman of the Facey Group. Prior to these appointments, he served 16 years as Managing Director. A seasoned executive, Mr. Scott has worked for a combined total of 40 years in various roles and was key figure in the global development of Facey’s Telecom business. He currently serves the board of directos of several companies including, P.A. Benjamin, Serge Island Diaries, International Biscuits and Serge Island Farms. Attended Seneca College and Ryerson University in Toronto, Canada. Mr Brian Wynter has been incorporated to the PBS Group Limited Board of Directors. Mr. Wynter has an extensive career in the financial sector, serving as Governor of the Bank of Jamaica until August 2019. The motion was presented to the Board of Directors, which was accepted, and in this way, Brian Wynter was duly appointed to the board of directors of PBS Group Limited. An honors graduate from the London School of Economics in 1981, and specialized in International Economy form Columbia University in 1985. *Brian Wynter Non-Executive Director 41

Group Board of Directors Nicholas A. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Nicholas Scott is the Vice Chairman of Eppley Limited and a director of Eppley Fund Managers Limited. Mr. Scott is also the Chief Investment Officer of the Musson Group and a Director of Musson and most of its major subsidiaries and affiliates. Mr. Scott is the Chairman of the Student Loan Bureau and a former Vice-President of the Private Sector Organization of Jamaica. He holds a B.Sc. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and an M.P.A. from the Harvard Kennedy School of Government. 42

4 Paul Scott 5 Melanie Subratie 5 Pedro M. Paris 5 Jose Misrahi 5 Patrick Scott 5 Blondell Walker 4 Nicholas Scott 5 Ricardo Hutchinson 5 Thomas Agnew 5 Edward Ince 5 Brian Wynter 7 Jose Misrahi 7 Ricardo Hutchinson 7 Thomas Agnew 6 Brian Wynter 4 Melanie Subratie Board Meetings Audit Meetings 43

Board of Committees Executive Committee Audit Committee Compensation Committee *Independent Director P.B. Scott Chairperson Nicholas A. Scott José Misrahi Pedro M. París P.B. Scott Chairperson Patrick Scott *Ricardo Hutchinson Melanie Subratie *Thomas Agnew José Misrahi *Ricardo Hutchinson *Brian Wynter Chairperson 44

Sergio Molina Planning Operations Director Sergio Molina started at PBS 20 years ago. He has hold several positions in the company. PBS Guatemala General Manager (7 Years), PBS Dominican Republic General Manager (1 Year), PBS Group Post-Sale Manager (1Year), PBS Group Sales Process Management, PBS Group Planning Manager (Current). Mr Molina obtained a Degree in Business Administration from Universidad de San Carlos de Guatemala. Mario Pons Professional Services Operations Mario Pons has been a key player for the Inkjet strategy the group has developed in Central America and has helped various PBS organizations in the development of high impact projects such as the printing of Electoral Ballots. He has also been key in the relationship with global partners, Entrust Datacard and Gemalto, for National ID projects in Guatemala, Jamaica and Costa Rica. He started working in Xerox Guatemala in 1994 and has developed his career within Xerox and PBS holding several positions in Sales, Service and Professional Services. He has a BSC in Computer Science from Louisiana State University, and a Diploma in Business Administration from Tayasal Business School. Leonardo Velásquez Infrastructure & Technology Networking Director Leonardo Velazquez has been working with PBS since 2015. He oversees the sales relationship with vendors and distributors, such as: Cisco, Fortinet, HP, Dell, Tripplite, TechData, Intcomex, IngramMicro. Before PBS, he worked as a Regional Partner Account Manager at Cisco Systems for 6 years and has amassed a total of 25 years in the IT sector. He graduated from Universidad de Simon Bolivar. He has an MBA in Enterprise Administration and is an Electronic Engineer. Alex Chiriboga Service Delivery & Logistics Director Alex recently joined PBS Group in May 2024 as Director of Delivery Service & Logistics. His main objective is to transform the service we provide to our customers, aiming to achieve the highest levels of satisfaction and experience. This transformation will focus on improving processes through a connectivity strategy, optimizing resources and technology, and maintaining inventory levels and quality aligned with the requirements of our broad portfolio of products and services. Mr. Chiriboga brings over 32 years of experience from Xerox, where he held leadership roles in Service Delivery, Technical Services, Logistics, Sales, and the Paper Business across Ecuador and the Latin America Region. He holds an MBA with specializations in Finance, Marketing, and Human Resources, a degree in Process Administration Engineering, a Bachelor’s in Electronics & Telecommunications, and is certified as a Lean Six Sigma Green Belt. Senior Regional Leadership Team 45

Jose Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Lucia Vielman Coporate Treasure Mrs. Vielman Ruiz was a Private Banking Manager at Mercom Bank and later appointedas General Manager. In 2009 Mrs. Vielman Ruiz Joined PBS as Compliant officer for the first sindicate loan and in 2010 she became the Corporate Treasurer, responsible for banking operations at country level and member of the Management Governance Committee. She Graduated in Business Administration from Universidad Francisco Marroquin, Guatemala in 1998. Sharon McDonald Chief Assurance Officer Dr. Sharon Smith-McDonald supports PBS Group Limited. She is responsible for overseeing the Group’s internal controls and risk management. She plays a critical role in ensuring compliance with regulations by the development of effective assurance strategies across all business operations. Dr. Smith-McDonald has accumulated over three decades of experience in fi nance, accounting, and business operations. Her distinguished career includes key leadership roles within multinational organizations, most recently serving as Group Financial Controller at Musson Jamaica Limited. Dr. Smith-McDonald holds a Doctor of Business Administration in Finance & Internal Controls from Walden University, a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Northern Caribbean University, and a Bachelor of Science in Management and Accounting from The University of the West Indies. Ryan Kirlew Corporate Global Controller Ryan oversees the fi nancial operations of the entire PBS Group. Ryan brings a wealth of experience in strategic fi nancial management and reporting. He has consistently demonstrated outstanding leadership, expertise, and a deep understanding of fi nancial operations. His commitment to excellence has been evident throughout his career, and we are con fi dent that he will excel in this new role. Since joining the Group in 2017, Ryan has made signi fi cant contributions while working with Musson International Dairies Limited, Seprod, T. Geddes Grant, and Musson Jamaica—gaining valuable experience and playing a key role in the success of these business units. As Global Controller, Ryan is responsible for the overall fi nancial reporting of the PBS Group. He leads the development and maintenance of the organization’s accounting policies, practices, procedures, initiatives, and systems. Senior Regional Leadership Team 46

Daniel Martínez Advanced Services Regional Manager Daniel brings over 20 years of experience in business development across the technology and consulting sectors, leading transformational initiatives for government and financial institutions throughout Central America and the Caribbean. In the past seven years alone, he has consistently achieved double-digit growth in revenue and margins in Honduras by designing and implementing tailored professional services that accelerate technology adoption. As an Oracle Champion for nearly a decade, Daniel seamlessly combines technical expertise with commercial strategy to drive client success. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing & International Business and a Master of Science in Finance from Universidad Tecnológica Centroamericana (UNITEC), Honduras. Additionally, he earned a Professional Certificate in Digital Transformation from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Cambridge, MA, USA. Vennis Williamson Regional Manager Jamaica & Cayman Vennis Williamson. Her career in the information and communications technology (ICT) sector spans over a decade. Vennis has played a crucial role in navigating PBS Jamaica through the digital era, achieving significant technological milestones along the way. Her strategic guidance has integrated major technology entities, propelling the organization to unprecedented levels of innovation and market leadership. Over the past three years, under Vennis's leadership, PBS Jamaica has exceeded financial and operational growth objectives while prioritizing staff engagement as a core part of its strategy. Estefania Menéndez Personnel Regional Director Estefanía Menéndez is the Regional Personnel Director at PBS Group Limited, where she leads the human capital strategy and drives organizational transformation across the group. With over 14 years of experience in the Technology, Electrical, Outsourcing, and Business Services sectors, Estefanía has held leadership positions at renowned companies such as Schneider Electric, Xerox, and Capgemini. She holds a Business degree and a Master’s in Finance from Franklin University, and is certified in both Project Management and Six Sigma. Estefanía is widely recognized for implementing transformative initiatives that enhance productivity, increase operational efficiency, and boost employee engagement. Javier Mogollón Chief Information Officer Javier Mogollón is a systems engineer with a postgraduate degree in telecommunications from the Santiago Mariño University in Venezuela, he arrived in Guatemala 20 years ago after completing a ten-year cycle at Xerox of Venezuela, throughout this time in which he has worked for the group, Javier has held several positions accepting both local and regional challenges and responsibilities. He served as service manager, and sales support manager was the creator and developer of the Docushare Project (accounting code) in Shared Service that is currently used by all PBS Groups and the following company incorporations, he was in charge of the System One infrastructure installed in the Guatemala data center for 2 years, 4 years has held the position of IT manager in PBS Guatemala. Javier is currently the CIO of PBS Group. Regional Leadership Team 47

Lesder Ramírez Chief Operating Officer Central America Mr. Lesder Ramirez studied Business Administration at the Universidad San Carlos De Guatemala, Guatemala and in 2009, joined PBS as the Financial Manager for the Guatemala operations. From 2009 to 2015, Lesder was entrusted to play different roles in finance such as Finance Manager for the operations of Costa Rica, Honduras Jamaica and Belize, Shared Service Center - Finance Manager and Xerox Relationship Management. During his tenure managing the Xerox relationship, Lesder oversaw planning operations, working closely with Mr. Pedro M. Paris C., CEO of PBS Group, where he developed additional business acumen. In 2019, based on his achievements, Lesder was promoted to oversee the operations of Dutch Caribbean as Senior General Manager. More recently in 2022, due to his knowledge of the PBS business as well as his solid financial and operations background Lesder, was named COO in charge of the operations of Trinidad & Tobago, Guyana, and Dutch Caribbean (Aruba, Curacao, Bonaire, Saint Maarten and Suriname). Stuart Franco Chief Operating Officer Eastern Caribbean Cluster Stuart Franco is the Chief Operating Officer of the Eastern Caribbean Cluster, bringing over two decades of leadership, commercial expertise, and deep regional knowledge to the role. A graduate of the University of Western Ontario with a B.A. in Statistics & Economics, Stuart joined TSL in 2003 and steadily rose through the ranks — from Sales Representative to Sales Manager, Executive Vice President of Sales, and Chief Executive Officer — before assuming his current role in 2026. Throughout his tenure, he has been a driving force behind the company's growth trajectory, building lasting client relationships and strengthening TSL's market position across the Caribbean. Stuart served as President of the American Chamber of Commerce in Trinidad and Tobago (AmCham T&T) from 2023 to 2025 and has been a board member since 2018. He is also an active board member of the TSL Foundation, where he has championed community initiatives that uplift the regions TSL serves. Outside the office, Stuart is a devoted husband and father of four, an avid football fan, and a firm believer in the importance of family — a value he actively fosters within his team. Ezequiel Bardas Chief Operating Officer Latin America Ezequiel Bardas serves as Chief Operating Officer for Latin America at PBS Group, bringing more than two decades of senior executive leadership to the role. Known for his ability to scale operations, drive digital transformation, and deliver sustainable profitability in complex environments, Ezequiel leads the strategic direction for PBS Group's affiliates across the Andean Region — overseeing operational synergy, key alliance development, and an ambitious expansion plan throughout Latin America. Before joining PBS Group, Ezequiel held distinguished leadership positions at Xerox, serving as President and General Manager across major markets including the United States and Latin America. His track record of navigating high-stakes business environments and building high-performing regional organizations speaks to a career defined by results and resilience. Ezequiel holds an Executive MBA from IAE Business School, complemented by multiple leadership certifications. His leadership philosophy blends sharp market insight with an unwavering commitment to innovation and excellence — qualities that position him as a driving force behind PBS Group's next chapter in the region. Regional Leadership Team 48

GENERAL MANAGER Melani Angeles DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Marco Almendárez NICARAGUA SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Francisco Lupiac GENERAL MANAGER HONDURAS COUNTRY MANAGER Nyron Thomas TRINIDAD & TOBAGO SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Elvin Nash BARBADOS & OECS Jason Alidikromo COUNTRY MANAGER SURINAME Senior in Country Leadership SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Mirian Alas EL SALVADOR Laura Johnston COUNTRY MANAGER CAYMAN 49

Nella Aguilar PERU COUNTRY MANAGER Candace Bartholomew COUNTRY MANAGER GUYANA Jose Maduro COUNTRY MANAGER BONAIRE & ARUBA Charlesson Ramdjas COUNTRY MANAGER CURAÇAO Vynnie Mila GENERAL MANAGER GPA GPA USA Luis Castillo GUATEMALA COUNTRY MANAGER COUNTRY MANAGER Ana Karina Vallejo ECUADOR Senior in Country Leadership Esteban Corrales PANAMA & COLOMBIA COUNTRY MANAGER 50

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 51

Deloitte & Touche 3 rd Floor The Goddard Building Haggatt Hall St. Michael, BB11059 Barbados, W.I. Tel: +246 620 6400 Fax: +246 430 6451 www.deloitte.com Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (“DTTL”), its global network of member firms, and their related entities (collectively, the “Deloitte organization”). DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) and each of its member firms and related entities are legally separate and independent entities, which cannot obligate or bind each other in respect of third parties. DTTL and each DTTL member firm and related entity is liable only for its own acts and omissions, and not those of each other. DTTL does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about to learn more. Deloitte & Touche is an affiliate of DCB Holding Ltd., a member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Opinion We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries (“the Group”), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2025, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including material accounting policy information. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at December 31, 2025, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS Accounting Standards”). Basis for Opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) (“IESBA Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Key Audit Matters Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill As at 31 December 2025, Goodwill accounted for US$86.2 million, which represents 20.5% of total assets of the Group. On an annual basis, management tests whether goodwill is subject to impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units (CGU) have been determined using value in use calculations based on the higher of the recoverable amount compared to fair value less costs to sell. Our approach to testing management’s impairment assessment, with the assistance of our valuation specialist involved the following procedures, amongst others: • Obtained management’s discounted cash flow model (DCF) including qualitative and quantitative analyses and updated our understanding of the process used by management to determine the value in use of each CGU and evaluated for any changes.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 2 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill (Cont’d) We focused on this area because the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill involves significant judgement and estimation, is sensitive to changes in key assumptions and determining economic recovery is challenging. The key assumptions were assessed by management as being: • Revenue growth rate; • Terminal growth rate; • Average Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) to revenue; and Pre-tax Discount rate. • Agreed the 31 December 2025 base year financial information to current year results and compared previous forecasts to actual results to assess the performance of the business and the accuracy of management’s forecasting. • Compared the revenue growth rates to historical revenue growth and externally derived data as well as our own assessments in relation to key inputs such as projected economic growth, inflation and pre-tax discount rates. • Developed a range of parameters using available market inputs and historical information and performed sensitivity analyses using these parameters, which was compared to management’s terminal growth and pre-tax discount rates. • Compared EBITDA margins to historical results, and verified reconciling variances to underlying supporting data and current period results. Tested management’s impairment model calculations for mathematical accuracy Operating and finance lease revenue (Forming part of sale of goods) Revenue arising from the inception of new finance leases is included within the sale of goods revenue stream and is not captured through a specific identifier. As a result, identifying transactions that contain lease arrangements requires manual assessment for every underlying subsidiary. Recognition of revenue in these arrangements requires judgment to identify the lease and non-lease components of the contract and to determine whether the lease should be classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. This classification can materially affect the timing and presentation of revenue recognition, the measurement of lease receivables, and the related financial statement disclosures. Our approach to testing lease revenue to mitigate the identified risks includes the following procedures: • Obtained the population of leases entered into by the entities and reviewed Management's assessment on their classification between operating and finance leases. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition of the finance lease within the Sale of Goods revenue stream, based on the lease amortisation schedule prepared by the management. • On a sample basis, obtained and inspected the related customer contracts / signed agreements to review Management's

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 3 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Lease classification is based on the terms set out in customer agreements and purchase orders. Accordingly, significant judgment is required to assess whether the contractual terms are consistent with the underlying transaction and whether the classification has been applied appropriately across the population of relevant sales arrangements. As it involves manual review and interpretation of contract documentation, there is an increased risk of error and inconsistent application. The key assumptions and judgments applied by management include: • assessment of whether the arrangement is an operating lease or a finance lease; • determination of the discount rate used in lease classification and measurement; and • identification of the standalone selling price of goods where contracts include both leasing and maintenance components. assessment on the classification between finance or operating lease. • For the selected samples, obtained and verified the inputs (interest rates, delivery dates, lease & non-lease component) as determined by Management to recalculate the finance lease revenue to be recognised in the accounts at lease inception. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition and subsequent interest income based on our independent recalculation to the amounts recorded by management. Management override of controls Management is in a unique position to perpetrate fraud because of its ability to directly or indirectly manipulate accounting records and prepare fraudulent financial statements by overriding established controls that otherwise appear to be operating effectively. The risk of management override of controls is pervasive. Because of its unpredictable nature, this risk could result in a material misstatement. This significant risk also represents a fraud risk for the audit. • Engaged in periodic fraud discussions with certain members of senior management and utilized our internal fraud specialist to guide and support our fraud-related testing procedures. • Considered the potential for bias in judgments and estimates, including performing retrospective analysis of significant accounting estimates. • Evaluated whether the Company has entered into any significant unusual transactions and, if so, the nature, terms, and business purpose (or lack thereof) of those transactions and whether such transactions involved related parties. • Evaluated the Company’s fraud risk assessment and consider indirect controls

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 4 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter and internal controls over the closing and reporting process. • Using our propriety software tool we extracted and tested journal entries that exhibit characteristics of possible management override of controls. • Tested controls over significant, unusual transactions, particularly those that result in late or unusual journal entries and controls over journal entries and adjustments made in the period-end financial reporting process. • No evidence of management override of controls was identified as a results of our audit procedures. Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process. Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also: • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 5 • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management. • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. • Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business units within the Group as a basis for forming an opinion on the group financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determined those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. Information other than the financial statements Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Annual Report but does not include the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon which is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s report. Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with the audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. When we read the Annual Report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 6 The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditors’ report is Steve Clarke. Other matter – responsibility for our audit work This report is made solely to the shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited as a body, in accordance with Section 147 of the Companies Act of Barbados. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the shareholders for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinion we have formed. Other matter – predecessor auditors The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2024 were audited by another auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those statements on 30 June 2025. 7 June 2026

Page 2 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Non-Current Assets Property, plant and equipment 13 36,106 35,865 Right-of-use assets 14 15,269 12,802 Intangible assets 15 104,757 107,595 Lease receivables 16 4,538 6,869 Pension plan assets 30 3,752 3,674 Long term receivables 17 608 551 Deferred tax assets 18 11,507 14,491 Investments 34 - 243 Contract Asset 33 28 - Investments in Associate 20 4,774 4,056 Total Non-Current Assets 181,339 186,146 Current Assets Due from related parties 19 8,066 7,467 Inventories 21 58,043 48,584 Contract assets 33 - 1,602 Trade and other receivables 22 127,296 105,760 Current portion of lease receivables 16 11,437 2,696 Current portion of long-term receivables 17 161 38 Taxation recoverable 14,476 17,462 Cash and bank 23 21,574 29,961 Total Current Assets 241,053 213,570 Current Liabilities Trade and other payables 24 91,049 85,855 Contract liabilities 33 15,101 15,602 Due to related parties 19 13,739 12,308 Taxation payable 5,219 11,255 Current portion of lease liabilities 25 6,998 6,441 Short term loans 26 19,245 5,941 Current portion of long-term loans 26 14,250 10,633 Total Current Liabilities 165,601 148,035 Net Current Assets 75,452 65,535 Total Non-current Assets and Net Current Assets 256,791 251,681

Page 3 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (Continued) 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Equity Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Share capital 27 123,016 123,016 Other reserves/ (deficit) 28 (17,025) (17,339) Accumulated deficit (30,198) (23,274) Total Shareholders´ Equity 75,793 82,403 Non-controlling Interests 1,337 1,185 Total Equity 77,130 83,588 Non-Current Liabilities Retirement benefit obligations 30 3,111 1,553 Deferred tax liabilities 18 6,570 6,153 Lease liabilities 25 17,988 15,465 Borrowings 26 151,992 144,515 Other long-term liabilities - 407 Total Non-Current Liabilities 179,661 168,093 Total Non-Current Liabilities and Equity 256,791 251,681 Approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 June, 2026 and signed on its behalf by: _____________________________________________ _________________________________ Paul Scott Director Pedro Paris Director The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 4 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Number of Shares ‘000 Share Capital $’000 Other Reserves / (Deficit) $’000 Accumulated Deficit $’000 Non- Controlling Interest $’000 Total $’000 Balance at 31 December 2023 188,213 123,016 (17,139) (29,359) 1,070 77,588 Currency translation differences - - (820) (87) - (907) Actuarial loss - - (96) - - (96) Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - 716 - - 716 Net income - - - 7,461 115 7,576 Total comprehensive income - - (200) 7,374 115 7,289 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (1,289) - (1,289) Balance at 31 December 2024 188,213 123,016 (17,339) (23,274) 1,185 83,588 Currency translation differences - - 260 - - 260 Actuarial gain - - 54 - - 54 Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - - - - - Net income - - - 4,287 152 4,439 Total comprehensive income - - 314 4,287 152 4,753 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (11,211) - (11,211) Balance at 31 December 2025 188,213 123,016 (17,025) (30,198) 1,337 77,130 The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 5 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash Flows from Operating Activities (Note 31) 2,726 32,531 Cash Flows from Financing Activities Interest paid (17,094) (18,801) Dividends paid (11,211) (1,289) Proceeds from borrowing 48,808 147,041 Repayments of borrowings (19,297) (141,672) Repayments of lease liabilities (8,370) (10,699) Net cash used in financing activities (7,164) (25,420) Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired 35 (592) (1,293) Interest received 1,769 1,999 Purchase of property, plant and equipment (5,102) (6,378) Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 42 238 Purchase of Investments in Associates 20 - (3,543) Net cash used in investing activities (3,883) (8,977) Net (Decrease) in Cash (8,321) (1,866) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 29,961 31,991 Effect of foreign exchange in cash (66) (164) Cash and Cash Equivalents at end of the year 23 21,574 29,961 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The principal non-cash transactions include: ● Transfer to property, plant and equipment from inventory during the financial year $9,380,000 (2024 - $9,017,000). ● Transfer from property, plant and equipment to inventory upon expiry of operating lease of $4,018,000 (2024 - $4,799,000). The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page 6 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 1. Identification and Principal Activities Productive Business Solutions Limited (“the Company”) is a company incorporated on 16 December 2010, and domiciled in Barbados, originally under the International Business Corporation (IBC) Act 77 (Barbados). Effective July 1st, 2021, the Company operates under the Companies Act Cap. 308 (Barbados) and holds a Foreign Currency Permit under the Foreign Currency Permits Act, 2018-44 (Barbados). The tax rate for the fiscal year commencing 1 January 2025 is 9.0% of taxable income. The registered office of the Company is at Facey House # 42 Warrens Industrial Park, Warrens, St. Michaels, Barbados. The Company is capitalised by ordinary shares. The Company is a subsidiary of Facey Group Limited, owned by Musson (Jamaica) Limited. Facey Group Limited is a company incorporated in Barbados under the Companies Act, Cap. 308 (Barbados) as an international business company. In combination, Musson (Jamaica) Limited and Facey Group Limited own 66.98% of the ordinary shares of the Company. The Company is listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange and the International Securities Market in Barbados. The Company’s ultimate parent company and controlling party is Elkon Limited (“Elkon”), which is incorporated and domiciled in Jamaica, and Paul B. Scott, respectively. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, (referred to as “Group”) are the distribution of printing equipment, business machines, handsets and related accessories, automated teller machines, security checkpoints, system integration, cloud services, data analytics, communication solutions, e-transactions, development of software and other technology solutions. In May 2025 the Group acquired 100% holding in Regional Business Systems Limited (RBS), incorporated and domiciled in Barbados (Note 35).

Page 7 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, hereinafter referred to as the financial statements, are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. (a) Basis of preparation These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. IFRS Accounting Standards comprise the following authoritative literature:  IFRS Accounting Standards  IAS Standards  Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC Interpretations) or its predecessor body, the Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC Interpretations). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain items of property, plant and equipment. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Although these estimates are based on managements’ best knowledge of current events and action, actual results could differ from those estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 4. Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year Certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards have been published that became effective during the current financial year. The Group has assessed the relevance of all such new standards, interpretations and amendments and has affected the following, which are immediately relevant to its operations: Amendments to IAS 21,‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ , Amendments to IAS 21 were made to add requirements to help entities to determine whether a currency is exchangeable into another currency, and the spot exchange rate to use when it is not. Prior to these amendments, IAS 21 set out the exchange rate to use when exchangeability is temporarily lacking, but not what to do when lack of exchangeability is not temporary. Management’s assessment is that the amendments of this standard have no impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Page 8 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year (continued) The amendments must be applied retrospectively in accordance with the requirements in IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. The amendment did not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. There are no other IFRS Accounting Standards or IFRIC interpretations effective in the current year which are expected to have a significant impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the company.

Page 9 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group The Group has concluded that the following standards which are published but not yet effective, are relevant to its operations and will impact the Group’s accounting policies and financial disclosures as discussed below. These standards and amendments to existing standards are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2026, but the Group has not early adopted them: Amendments to IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 7, ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026). Amendments to IFRS 9 and 7 (a) clarify the date of recognition and derecognition of some financial assets and liabilities, with a new exception for some financial liabilities settled through an electronic cash transfer system; (b) clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether a financial asset meets the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) criterion; (c) add new disclosures for certain instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows (such as some financial instruments with features linked to the achievement of environment, social and governance targets); and (d) update the disclosures for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). The amendments in (b) are most relevant to financial institutions, but the amendments in (a), (c) and (d) are relevant to all entities. It is not anticipated that the amendments will have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 18, ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This is the new standard on presentation and disclosure in financial statements, which replaces IAS 1, with a focus on updates to the statement of profit or loss. The key new concepts introduced in IFRS 18 relate to: • the structure of the statement of profit or loss with defined subtotals; • requirement to determine the most useful structure summary for presenting expenses in the statement of profit or loss • required disclosures in a single note within the financial statements for certain profit or loss performance measures that are reported outside an entity’s financial statements (that is, management-defined performance measures); and • enhanced principles on aggregation and disaggregation which apply to the primary financial statements and notes in general. Management is assessing the impact of this new standard on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 19, 'Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures' , (effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This standard permit eligible subsidiaries to apply reduced IFRS disclosure requirements. IFRS 19 is a voluntary standard for eligible subsidiaries. A subsidiary is eligible if it does not have public accountability and it has an ultimate or intermediate parent that produces consolidated financial statements available for public use that comply with IFRS Accounting Standards. An eligible entity may opt to revoke the application of this standard after implementation. The entity may also elect to apply the standard more than one. The group is currently assessing the impact of this standard.

Page 10 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) There are no other new or amended IFRS Accounting Standards and interpretations that are published but not yet effective that would be expected to have an impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the Group. (b) Consolidation (i) Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations involving third parties by the Group. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred, and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss, in the statement of comprehensive income.

Page 11 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) Subsidiaries Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. The Group’s subsidiaries, countries of incorporation, and the Group’s percentage interest are as follows: Country of incorporation Group’s Percentage Interest 2025 2024 Nicaragua Holdings and its subsidiary St., Lucia & Nicaragua 100 100 Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia & Dominican Republic 100 100 Mobay Holdings N.V. and its subsidiary Curacao & Aruba 100 100 PBS Caribbean Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia, Jamaica, Barbados, Colombia, Suriname 100 100 Cayman Business Machines Limited* Cayman 40 40 PBS Technology Group Limited St. Lucia, Antigua & Barbuda, Jamaica, Trinidad, Guyana, 100 100 Infotrans Group Holding B.V. Curacao, Bonaire, Colombia, Suriname & Aruba 100 100 High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V. El Salvador and Honduras 100 100 PBS Central America and its subsidiaries Panama, Guatemala, Costa Rica, El Salvador 100 100 PBS Honduras Honduras 75 75 PBS Peru Peru 100 100 PBS Ecuador Ecuador 100 100

Page 12 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) In accordance with Cayman laws, entities that are domiciled in the Cayman Islands and are not issued with Local Companies Control Law Licenses, are required to be at least 60% owned by a Caymanian. The operation of Cayman Business Machines Limited is however controlled by Productive Business Solutions Limited and is therefore, in substance, categorised as a subsidiary. (ii) Transactions with non-controlling interests The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For purchases of ownership interest in subsidiaries from non-controlling interests in which the Group retains control of the subsidiary, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests where control is retained by the Group are also recorded in equity. (iii) Disposal of subsidiaries When the Group ceases to have control or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value, with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss. If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate. (iv) Business combination under common control Acquisitions from entities under common control are determined by the substance and specific facts and circumstances surrounding any particular business combination under common control. Business combinations under common control are accounted for using the predecessor method of accounting. Under the predecessor method of accounting, the cost of an acquisition is measured in a manner similar to the purchase method of accounting. Identifiable assets and liabilities are measured at book value at the date of acquisition. Under the predecessor method of accounting, no goodwill is created, as any difference between the cost of acquisition and the book value of the net assets acquired is dealt with as an adjustment to retained earnings. (v) Investment in associates Associates are categorized as entities over which the Group has influence but not control, with shareholding and voting rights between 20% and 50%. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost. The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associate’s post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in profit and loss, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equal or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Page 13 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (c) Foreign currency translation (i) Functional and presentation currency Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States Dollars, which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency. (ii) Transactions and balances Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. At the statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the weighted average closing exchange rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates, of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in statement of comprehensive income. (iii) Group companies The results and financial position of all the group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper- inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated as follows: a) Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at year end rates, b) Items affecting the statement of comprehensive income are translated at average rates, and c) The resultant gains or losses are recognised in other comprehensive income as translation gains or losses. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Page 14 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (d) Revenue recognition Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of applicable value added taxes, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue is recognised as follows: Reprographic products Revenue earned from reprographic products is either through an outright sale or a lease of equipment and from related service contracts. Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from finance leases, are recognised at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require installation, revenue is recognised when the equipment has been delivered and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer-installable products are recognised upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer's shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the finance lease method and are recognised as earned over the lease term. A substantial portion of the Group's reprographic products is sold with full- service maintenance agreements. Service revenues are derived primarily from these maintenance contracts on equipment sold to customers and are recognised over the term of the contracts in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, by reference to completion of the specific transaction assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided. Revenue is recognised only after there are specific indicators of transfer of control to the customer. To evidence transfer of control on contracts where revenue is recognised at a point in time, management has defined that revenue can only be recognised after the equipment or part is installed or the supplies are delivered. Bill and hold agreements are scrutinised to ensure the transfer of control to the customer is effective. For contracts where revenue is recognised over time, management measures the fulfilment of the performance obligations based on the value that the delivered goods or services represent to the customer. Telecommunications products Revenue from telecommunications products comprises revenue from the sales of cellular phones. These products are sold under contractual agreements with the telecommunications providers. Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised on a gross basis as management has determined that the Group acts as a principal in relation to these transactions, due to the fact that the Group bears the majority of risk, principally credit and inventory risk, in relation to such transactions, and the Group also acts as primary obligor. Control is the key consideration when assessing the nature of the promise to the customer. When the entity does not control the good or service (or inventory) before it is transferred to the customer it is likely that the promise in the contract is to arrange for goods or services to be delivered (rather than these to be provided by the entity). In such cases, the Company recognises revenue for an amount equal to the net income (revenue minus cost). Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised when a Group entity has delivered products to the customer; the customer has accepted the products and collectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured. Interest income is recognised on the accrual basis on the effective interest basis, except when collectability is considered doubtful. In such cases, income is recorded when economic benefits are received.

Page 15 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (e) Property, plant and equipment Freehold land and buildings are shown at fair value, based on valuations by external independent valuers, less subsequent depreciation for buildings. Valuations are performed every three years to ensure that the fair value of a revalued asset does not differ materially from it’s carrying amount. Any accumulated depreciation at the date of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset, and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of freehold, land and buildings are credited to other comprehensive income and shown as other reserves in shareholder’s equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are recorded in other comprehensive income and debited against other reserves directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the profit or loss. All other property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Land is not depreciated as it is deemed to have an indefinite life. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation is calculated at annual rates on the straight-line basis to write-off the cost of the assets to their residual values over their estimated useful lives at annual rates as follows: Freehold buildings 2 - 2 ½% Leasehold buildings and improvements 10 - 20% Furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment 10 - 33⅓% Motor vehicles 20 - 25% Gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount and are included in operating profit. Repairs and maintenance expenditure is charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which it is incurred. The cost of major renovations is included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of the existing asset will flow to the Group. When revalued assets are sold, the amounts included in other reserves are transferred to retained earnings.

Page 16 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (f) Intangible assets (i) Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates and joint ventures is included in investment in associates and investment in joint venture, respectively. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or Groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. (ii) Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences. Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. All, excepting licenses are deemed to have finite useful lives and amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the intangible assets over their estimated useful lives between 5 and 20 years. Licenses have an indefinite useful life. (iii) Proprietary Software The Group is the owner of a software internally developed to address diverse customer needs. This asset is carried at cost and amortised according to its defined useful life. (g) Impairment of non-financial assets Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Page 17 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset in one entity and a financial liability or equity of another entity. Financial assets Classification The Group classifies its financial assets at amortised cost. The classification depends on the business model used for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. Impairment The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss (ECL) associated with its financial assets classified at amortised cost, lease receivables, long term receivables and related party balances. Application of the General Model The Group has applied the ‘general model’ as required under IFRS 9 for financial assets other than trade receivables. Under this model, the Group is required to assess on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its financial assets carried at amortised cost. The ECL will be recognised in profit or loss before a loss event has occurred. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. ECL is calculated by multiplying the Probability of default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD). The impairment model uses a three-stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination: Stage 1 – 12-month ECL applies to all financial assets that have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and are not credit impaired. The ECL will be computed using a 12-month PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months. Stage 2 – When a financial asset experiences a significant increase in credit risk subsequent to origination but is not credit impaired, it is considered to be in Stage 2. This requires the computation of ECL based on lifetime PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the remaining estimated life of the financial asset. Provisions are higher in this stage because of an increase in risk and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered compared to 12 months in Stage 1. Stage 3 – Financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment will be included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses will continue to capture the lifetime ECL. The Group uses judgement when considering the following factors that affect the determination of impairment: Assessment of Significant Increase in Credit Risk The assessment of a significant increase in credit risk is done on a relative basis. To assess whether the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since origination, the Group compares the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial asset at the reporting date to the corresponding risk of default at origination, using key risk indicators that are used in the Group’s existing risk management processes. At each reporting date, the assessment of a change in credit risk will be individually assessed for those considered individually significant and at the segment level. This assessment is symmetrical in nature, allowing credit risk of financial assets to move back to Stage 1 if the increase in credit risk since origination has reduced and is no longer deemed to be significant.

Page 18 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments (continued) Macroeconomic Factors, Forward Looking Information and Multiple Scenarios The Group applies an unbiased and probability weighted estimate of credit losses by evaluating a range of possible outcomes that incorporates forecasts of future economic conditions. Macroeconomic factors and forward-looking information are incorporated into the measurement of ECL as well as the determination of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination. Measurement of ECLs at each reporting period reflect reasonable and supportable information at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The Group uses three scenarios that are probability weighted to determine ECL. Expected Life When measuring ECL, the Group considers the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk. All contractual terms are considered when determining the expected life, including prepayment options and extension and rollover options. Application of the Simplified Approach For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. Financial liabilities The Group’s financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, this is the initial recognition minus the cumulative amortisation of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount. Financial liabilities at amortised costs are classified as current or non-current depending on whether these are due within 12 months after the statement of financial position date or beyond. Financial liabilities are derecognised when either of the following take place: The Group is discharged from its obligation, upon expiration or when they are cancelled or replaced by a new liability. (i) Inventories Inventories are carried at weighted average purchase cost. These items are stated at cost less provision for write down to net realisable value, where necessary and are stated at the lower weighted average cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the costs of completion and selling expenses. (j) Trade receivables Impairment over trade receivables is determined with the aid of a matrix based on the ageing of the account. Twice a year, management assesses whether there has been any indicator of a change in the credit risk. Additionally, periodically a comprehensive evaluation is performed with the objective of identifying individual accounts that may be subject to impairment which are either written off or fully provided for. (k) Cash and bank Cash and bank include cash on hand net of bank overdrafts. In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and bank include cash in hand and at bank and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown in current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

Page 19 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (l) Trade payables These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. (m) Contract assets and contract liabilities The Group recognises a contract asset whenever it has the right for consideration as a result of transferring goods or services to a customer. Contract assets are different from accounts receivables as the former would only require the passage of time for the consideration to be due. Contract assets are subject to impairment assessment. The Group recognises a contract liability when it has received a payment, or a payment is due for goods or services that have not yet been transferred to the customer. (n) Income taxes Taxation expense in the statement of comprehensive income comprises current and deferred tax charges. Current tax charges are based on taxable profits for the year, which differ from the profit before tax reported because it excludes items that are taxable or deductible in other years, and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability f or current tax is calculated at tax rates that have been enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Deferred tax is the tax expected to be paid or recovered on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding tax bases. Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Currently enacted tax rates are used in the determination of deferred income tax. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they arise from the same taxable entity, relate to the same tax authority and when the legal right of offset exists. Deferred tax is charged or credited to profit or loss, except where it relates to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income, in which case, deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income. (o) Provisions Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. (p) Share capital Ordinary shares, and redeemable cumulative preference shares where the declaration of dividends is discretionary, are classified as equity instruments. The preference shares are perpetual and are only redeemable at the sole discretion of the Company but not before the 16 th year after the issue of the shares. Dividends on these shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are declared.

Page 20 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (q) Earnings per share (i) Basic earnings per share Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: ● the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares. ● by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares. (ii) Diluted earnings per share Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account: ● the after-income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and ● the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. (r) Borrowings Borrowings are recognised initially at cost, being their issue proceeds, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequently, borrowings are stated at amortised cost and any difference between net proceeds and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Preference shares issued by the Group are treated as borrowings if they carry a contractual term of redemption either by cash or another financial asset and dividends payments are not discretionary. (s) Leases As Lessee Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments: - fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable - payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option. Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rates, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions. As Lessor Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessee are classified as finance leases. When assets are leased out under a finance leases, the asset is derecognized and treated as revenue in accordance with accounting policy (d) with the present value of the lease payments is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease in a manner which reflects a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.

Page 21 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (s) Leases (continued) Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessor are included in property, plant and equipment in the statement of financial position. They are depreciated over their expected useful lives on a basis consistent with similar owned property, plant and equipment. Rental income is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. In some instances, transfers are made from Inventory to property, plant and equipment to facilitate the leasing of assets. In instances where leased equipment is returned this is transferred from property, plant and equipment to Inventory. When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which termination takes place. (t) Post-employment benefits The Group participates in a defined contribution plan operated by a related party, Musson (Jamaica) Limited, whereby it pays contributions to a separate, trustee-administered fund for its Jamaican operation. Once the contributions have been paid, the Group has no further payment obligations. Contributions to the plan are charged to profit or loss in the period to which they relate. There is an unfunded retirement benefit plan in the Nicaragua and El Salvador operations which is reflected in the statement of financial position as a liability. Changes to benefits are calculated by third party actuaries and are reflected in the Change to statement of comprehensive income. The Parent Company also participates in a defined benefit pension plan relating to PBS Technologies (Barbados) Limited, the assets of which are held in a separate fund administered by a Trustee. The pension plan is funded by payments from the Parent Company, taking into account the recommendations of independent qualified actuaries. Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value. (u) Finance costs Finance costs includes interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest method, interest on finance leases, material bank charges and foreign exchange gains and losses recognised in profit or loss. (v) Offsetting financial instruments Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty. (w) Segment information Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer. (x) Dividend distribution Dividend distribution is recognised as equity in the financial statements in which the dividends are approved by the shareholders. Dividend distributions on preference shares classified as borrowings are included in finance costs when the dividends are approved.

Page 22 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (a) Financial risk factors The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyse these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and up-to-date information systems. Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies and evaluates financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and investment of excess liquidity. (i) Credit risk The Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that its customers, clients or counterparties will cause a financial loss for the Group by failing to discharge their contractual obligations. Credit exposures arise principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and are influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Group has established credit policies under which each customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness prior to the Group offering them a credit facility. Credit limits are assigned to each customer and are reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Group has procedures in place to restrict customer orders if the order will result in customers exceeding their credit limits. Customers who fail to meet the Group’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Group on a prepayment basis. Customer credit risk is monitored according to their credit characteristics such as whether it is an individual or company, geographic location, industry, aging profile, and previous financial difficulties. The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents an estimate of expected credit losses in respect of trade and other receivables. The Group addresses impairment assessment in two areas: individually and collectively assessed allowances. Cash transactions are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. The Group has policies in place to limit the amount of exposure to any one financial institution. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the amount reflected on the statement of financial position.

Page 23 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Credit risk (continued) At year end, the banks where the Group maintains most of its cash, were rated by Fitch Ratings as follows: 202 5 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. B BB+ CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA+ Citibank F1 A+ 202 4 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. F1+ AA- CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA- Citibank F1 A+ Maximum credit risk exposure The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk equals the carrying amounts on the statement of financial position, of the assets which expose the Group to credit risk. There has been no change over the prior year in the manner in which the Group manages and measures credit risk. Analysis of trade receivables The Group’s trade receivables, broken down by customer sector is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Government 42,058 41,804 Private entities 58,254 48,815 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Impairment of financial assets The Group has four types of financial assets that are subject to expected credit losses as follows: (i) Trade receivables (ii) Lease receivable and long-term receivables (iii) Accounts receivable from related parties (iv) Other debt instruments carried at amortised cost

Page 24 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Trade receivables The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measure expected credit losses (ECL) which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. On that basis, the loss allowance at 31 December 2025 and 2024 was determined as follows for trade receivables: 31 December 202 5 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1 - 180 days past due $’000 181 - 360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 2.83% 11.54% 30.39% Gross carrying amount 71,856 19,451 2,878 6,127 100,312 Loss allowance provision 11 550 332 1,862 2,755 31 December 202 4 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1-180 days past due $’000 181-360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 0.67% 7.50% 38.38% Gross carrying amount 45,859 33,441 6,404 4,915 90,619 Loss allowance provision 10 224 480 1,887 2,601 The closing loss allowances for trade receivables as at 31 December 2025 reconcile to the opening loss allowances as follows: 202 5 202 4 $’000 $’000 Opening loss allowance as at 1 January 2,601 2,872 On Acquisition of Subsidiary (Note 34) - 299 Impairment (gains)/losses on receivables during the year 917 (223) Amounts written off (461) (314) Unused amounts reversed (320) - Exchange difference 18 (33) At 31 December 2,755 2,601

Page 25 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables The Group applies the ‘three stage’ model of IFRS 9 in measuring the expected credit losses (ECL) for all lease and long-term receivable. The application makes estimation about likelihood of default occurring, of the associated loss ratios of default correlations between counter parties. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The following tables contains an analysis of the credit exposure for lease and long-term receivables as at 31 December 2025 and 2024 as follows: Long term receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 769 - - 769 Carrying amount 769 - - 769 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 589 - - 589 Carrying amount 589 - - 589 Lease receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 Carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 26 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 Carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 27 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) Loss Allowance – Lease Receivables: No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material. Lease and long-term receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include ceasing enforcement activity, and where the Group’s recovery method is foreclosing on collateral, and the value of the collateral is such that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full. ECL movements without a profit and loss impact relates to amounts transferred from trade receivables to lease/long term receivables which previously existed and for which the ECL would have also been transferred. Expected credit losses are presented net of subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off. Cash and bank and other receivables Other financial assets at amortised cost include cash and bank balances, due from related parties and other receivables . These debt instruments at amortised cost are considered to have low credit risk. The loss allowance recognised during the period on those deemed to have low credit risk was therefore limited to the 12 month expected losses. Management considers these instruments as having low credit risk when there is a low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term. The allowance is assessed by estimating the likelihood of default, associated loss ratio and default correlation between counterparties. No opening loss allowances were recognised on balances for cash and bank, due from related parties and other receivables, and there were no movements during the current year, as the amounts determined were deemed immaterial. (iii) Due from related parties ECL is determined on yearly basis by performing a review of the financial position of the related party debtors for those where the receivable balances are material. If the related party debtor has an ‘intent’ and strong financial capacity to meet its contractual obligation, the probability of default is low and the credit risk is deemed to be immaterial, otherwise it would be classified under stage 2 or 3 and ECL computed accordingly. (iii) Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and other liquid assets and maintaining the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. Liquidity risk management process The Group’s liquidity management process, as carried out within the Group and monitored by the Board of Directors, primarily includes: (i) Monitoring future cash flows and liquidity on an ongoing basis. This incorporates an assessment of expected cash flows and the availability of collateral which could be used to secure funding if required. (ii) Maintaining committed lines of credit; and (iii) Managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities.

Page 28 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3 . Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Liquidity risk (continued) Undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities The maturity profile of financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments is as follows: Within 12 Months 1 to 5 Years Over 5 years Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Trade payables 58,350 - - 58,348 Other payables 32,699 - - 32,701 Due to related parties 13,739 - - 13,739 Lease liabilities 7,975 18,549 1,952 28,476 Borrowings 37,108 184,943 - 222,051 149,871 203,492 1,952 355,315 202 4 Trade payables 48,628 - - 48,628 Other payables 37,220 7 - 37,227 Due to related parties 12,308 - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities - - 407 407 Lease liabilities 9,335 14,453 126 23,914 Borrowings 25,339 141,834 - 167,173 132,830 156,294 533 289,657 (iii) Market risk The Group takes on exposure to market risks, which is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risks mainly arise from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is monitored by the Facey Group Limited’s treasury department which carries out extensive research and monitors the price movement of financial assets on the local and international markets. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Currency risk Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Jamaican (JMD) dollar, Honduran Lempira (HNL), Nicaraguan Córdoba (NIO), Dominican Peso (DOP), Costa Rican Colón (CRC), Trinidadian dollar (TTD) and the Guatemala Quetzal (GTQ). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. The Group manages its foreign exchange risk by ensuring that the net exposure in foreign assets and liabilities is kept to an acceptable level by monitoring currency positions. The Group further manages this risk by invoicing where possible in US dollars and converting foreign currency balances into US dollar denominated accounts.

Page 29 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, the net assets of which are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies. The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December: USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2025 Financial Assets Long term receivables 391 369 - 1 - - - - 8 769 Lease receivables 2,937 - - - - 8,232 - 3,232 1,574 15,975 Due from related parties 4,837 - 69 - - - - - 3,160 8,066 Trade receivables 22,584 20,983 6,670 4,107 3,900 7,052 9,336 8,946 13,979 97,557 Other receivables 3,696 209 848 400 949 9,203 319 2,497 6,311 24,432 Cash and bank 9,085 496 260 568 73 382 183 4,506 6,021 21,574 Total financial assets 43,530 22,057 7,847 5,076 4,922 24,869 9,838 19,181 31,053 168,373 Financial liabilities Trade payables 48,232 920 234 629 47 618 968 557 6,145 58,348 Other payables 6,557 1,562 2,323 1,194 1,520 4,013 3,973 2,172 9,385 32,701 Lease liabilities 16,808 - 2,604 339 1,248 - - 2,045 1,942 24,986 Due to related parties 11,761 - 305 - - - - - 1,673 13,739 Borrowings 183,138 - 1,672 - - - - 489 188 185,487 Total financial liabilities 266,496 2,482 7,138 2,162 2,815 4,631 4,941 5,263 19,333 315,261 Net position (222,966) 19,575 709 2,914 2,107 20,238 4,897 13,918 11,720 (146,888) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation against the US Dollar

Page 30 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (v) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2024 Financial Assets Long term receivables 224 355 - 2 - - - - 8 589 Lease receivables 3,211 - - - - - - 4,337 2,017 9,565 Due from related parties 7,120 - 347 - - - - - - 7,467 Trade receivables 41,110 7,129 6,093 2,106 4,787 1,876 6,644 7,871 10,402 88,018 Other receivables 1,421 259 854 47 (196) 3,788 240 533 6,811 13,757 Cash and cash equivalents 11,560 1,364 240 881 1,181 300 483 3,860 10,092 29,961 Total financial assets 64,646 9,107 7,534 3,036 5,772 5,964 7,367 16,601 29,330 149,357 Financial liabilities Trade payables 42,928 159 749 178 326 1,944 595 204 1,545 48,628 Other payables 11,452 1,698 2,681 901 887 2,770 2,616 4,358 9,864 37,227 Lease liabilities 14,721 - 929 302 1,155 - - 2,339 2,460 21,906 Due to related parties 12,150 - 158 - - - - - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities 407 - - - - - - - - 407 Borrowings 158,321 - 1,772 - - - - 934 62 161,089 Total financial liabilities 239,979 1,857 6,289 1,381 2,368 4,714 3,211 7,835 13,931 281,565 Net position (175,333) 7,250 1,245 1,655 3,404 1,250 4,156 8,766 15,399 (132,208) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation.

Page 31 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) The following tables indicate the currencies to which the Group had significant exposure on their monetary assets and liabilities and forecast cash flows. The change in currency rate below represents management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis represents outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the year-end for a reasonably expected change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity of the profit or loss was primarily as a result of foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of trade receivables and payables, long term receivables and borrowings. % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 5 2025 $’000 2025 $’000 Currency: HNL -1.5 - 109 HNL 1 - (73) JMD -1.5 607 - JMD 1 (152) - NIO -1.5 - 446 NIO 1 - (111) DOP -1.5 - (154) DOP 1 - 38 CRC -1.5 - 270 CRC 1 - (180) TTD -1.5 - 368 TTD 1 - (245) GTQ -1.5 140 - GTQ 1 (93) - % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 4 2024 $’000 2024 $’000 Currency: HNL -4 - 174 HNL 1 - (44) JMD -4 665 - JMD 1 (166) - NIO -4 - 471 NIO 1 - (118) DOP -4 - (119) DOP 1 - 30 CRC -4 - 683 CRC 1 - (171) TTD -4 - 834 TTD 1 - (209) GTQ -4 281 - GTQ 1 (70) -

Page 32 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iv) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk As the Group has no significant variable rate interest-bearing assets, the Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate exposure arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates and revolving short-term borrowings expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The Group analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated for borrowings that represent the major interest-bearing positions, taking into consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions and alternative financing. The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily from borrowings, the sensitivity of the profit or loss is the effect of the assumed changes in interest rates based on floating rate long term and revolving short-term borrowings. There is no direct impact on other components of equity. The table below indicates the sensitivity to a reasonably expected change in interest rates 2025 2024 Change in basis points - 50/25 Change in basis points - 50/25 $’000 $’000 Floating rate borrowings 750/ (375) 619/ (310) (b) Capital management The capital management process is carried out by the parent company. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for the shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. The Board of Directors monitors the return on capital, which the Group defines as net operating income (excluding non-recurring items) divided by total equity (excluding non- redeemable preference shares and non-controlling interests). There was no change to the capital management process during the year. The Group has no specific capital management strategy and is not exposed to externally imposed capital requirements. There are contractual capital requirements as follows:  The syndicated credit agreement with Citibank, N.A. acting as administrative agent and collateral agent and Citibank, N.A., Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A, First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as joint lead arrangers and book runners - The financial covenants include: The Leverage Ratio, The Debt Service Coverage Ratio, The Central American Assets Test and The Specified Central American Assets Test. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at year end.  The revolving credit agreement and loan agreement with First Citizens Bank (FCB) - The financial covenants include: the Current ratio, the Funded Debt to EBITDA ratio and the Debt Service ratio. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at the year end.

Page 33 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated)  3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (c) Fair values of financial instruments Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of the Group’s financial instruments that, subsequent to initial recognition, are not measured at fair value is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each statement of financial position date. The fair values of these financial instruments are determined as follows: (i) The face value, less any estimated credit adjustments, for financial assets and liabilities with a maturity of less than one year are estimated to approximate their fair values. These financial assets and liabilities include cash and bank balances, trade receivables and payables and short-term borrowings. (ii) The carrying values of non-current borrowings to non-related parties approximate their fair values, as these loans are carried at amortised cost reflecting their contractual obligations and the interest rates are reflective of current market rates for similar transactions. The fair value of borrowings is disclosed in note 26. (iii) The fair values of the long-term receivables and loans to and from related parties could not be reliably determined as these instruments were granted under special terms and are not likely to be traded in a fair market exchange.

Page 34 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty Judgements and estimates are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. Estimated impairment of goodwill The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2(f). The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations, which require the use of estimates. In determining the value in use, management has made certain assumptions regarding revenue growth rate, EBITDA to revenue ratios, terminal growth rate and discount rates. See Note 15 for sensitivity of amounts to estimates. Intangible assets Intangible assets arising from the acquisition of subsidiaries have been deemed to be indefinite life intangibles. Other intangible assets have been deemed to be finite lives intangibles. Their estimated useful lives have been determined by management, based on their best estimate of the time period over which the Group will benefit from the assets acquired. Management has estimated that the useful lives of the intangibles will be between 5 and 20 years. Income taxes The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. The Group recognises liabilities for actual and anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. In determining these estimates, management considers the merit of any audit issues raised, based on their interpretation of the taxation laws, and their knowledge of any precedents established by the taxation authorities. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences could materially impact the current tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made (see Notes 11 and 18). Determining the lease term In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). For leases of administrative offices, retail stores, equipment and vehicles, the following factors are normally the most relevant: ● If there are significant penalties to terminate (or not extend), the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● If any leasehold improvements are expected to have a significant remaining value, the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● Otherwise, the Group considers other factors including historical lease durations and the costs and business disruption required to replace the leased asset. Most extension options in office equipment and vehicles leases have not been included in the lease liability, because the Group could replace the assets without significant cost or business disruption.

Page 35 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information The Group’s Chief Executive Officer examines the Group’s performance from a geographic perspective and has identified two reportable segments of business: ● Central America- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Central America Region such as Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Costa Rica, Nicaragua and Panama. ● Caribbean- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Caribbean region such as Dominican Republic, Jamaica, Barbados, Curacao and Aruba, Colombia, Trinidad and Tobago, Suriname, Peru and Ecuador. Management primarily uses a measure of adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) to assess the performance of the operating segments. However, information about the segments’ revenue, assets and liabilities are also submitted for review on a monthly basis.

Page 36 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2025 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 216,487 158,045 - 374,532 Revenue from another operating segment 21,602 342 (21,558) 386 Total Income 238,089 158,387 (21,558) 374,918 Adjusted EBITDA 39,468 22,189 (6,463) 55,194 Finance costs (17,703) Depreciation (20,684) Amortisation (3,174) Unallocated EBITDA - Share of Investee’s profit 718 Profit before taxation 14,351 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (11,766) (8,918) - (20,684) Amortisation (286) (2,888) - (3,174) Income tax (8,252) (1,660) - (9,912) Segment assets- Total segment assets 284,690 257,335 (458,838) 83,187 Unallocated items 339,205 Total assets per statement of financial position 422,392 Capital expenditure 2,986 2,116 - 5,102 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 204,830 244,064 (398,616) 50,278 Unallocated items 294,984 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 345,262

Page 37 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 233,913 158,166 - 392,079 Revenue from another operating segment 15,339 337 (20,366) (4,690) Total Income 249,252 158,503 (20,366) 387,389 Adjusted EBITDA 23,676 27,880 (2,569) 48,987 Finance costs (18,430) Depreciation (17,441) Amortisation (2,884) Unallocated EBITDA 2,386 Profit before taxation 12,618 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (10,386) (7,055) - (17,441) Amortisation (286) (2,598) (2,884) Income tax (3,565) (1,591) 114 (5,042) Segment assets- Total segment assets 239,813 237,830 (380,101) 97,542 Unallocated items 302,174 Total assets per statement of financial position 399,716 Capital expenditure 2,306 4,072 - 6,378 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 175,217 226,053 (323,383) 77,887 Unallocated items 238,241 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 316,128

Page 38 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) Segment assets are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset. Segment liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These liabilities are allocated based on the operations of the segment. The parent entity is domiciled in Barbados. The amount of its revenue from external customers broken down by location of the customers is shown in table below. 202 5 2024 $’000 $’000 Barbados 18,992 20,676 Costa Rica 52,701 37,423 Dominican Republic 15,958 17,836 El Salvador 56,750 99,808 Guatemala 35,148 38,892 Honduras 24,704 20,110 Nicaragua 19,273 15,450 Panama 12,122 11,411 USA 7,841 5,848 Antilles 10,512 11,597 Jamaica 27,960 30,229 Trinidad 23,554 30,125 Guyana 8,518 5,920 Cayman 2,822 2,715 Antigua 731 696 Colombia 4,345 5,071 Suriname 1,233 2,180 Other 51,754 31,402 Total 374,918 387,389 The total of capital expenditure, broken down by location of the assets is shown in the table below. 202 5 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 240 240 Trinidad - 244 244 Costa Rica 1,443 - 1,443 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 908 908 Other 261 724 985 Total 2,986 2,116 5,102

Page 39 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 2,037 2,037 Trinidad - 974 974 Costa Rica 791 - 791 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 311 311 Other 233 750 983 Total 2,306 4,072 6,378 6. Revenue 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Business Solutions Sale of goods 310,839 330,420 Services 41,461 32,302 352,300 362,722 Lease Income 22,618 24,667 374,918 387,389 Revenue from contracts with customers is $352,300,000 (2024: $362,722,000). 2025 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2025 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 207,119 122,957 (21,558) 308,518 Over time 17,257 26,525 - 43,782 224,376 149,482 (21,558) 352,300 2024 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2024 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 212,881 117,599 (20,366) 310,114 Over time 23,913 28,695 - 52,608 236,794 146,294 (20,366) 362,722

Page 40 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 7. Other Income 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest income 1,769 1,999 Gain/ (loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment (179) 103 Negative Goodwill (Note a) - 1,150 Customer Deposits Write-back - 700 Miscellaneous 812 193 2,402 4,145 (a) This relates to the acquisition of Xerox Ecuador. (Note 35)

Page 41 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 8. Expenses by Nature Total direct, selling, administration and other operating expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cost of inventories and cost related to services* 247,544 273,027 Impairment losses/(gains) on financial instruments 917 (223) Staff costs (Note 9) 48,573 43,811 Depreciation (Notes 13 and 14) * 10,630 9,470 Commission 6,905 6,895 Travel 5,180 5,433 Management fees 2,434 2,014 Telephone and communication 1,476 1,369 Transportation 801 803 Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 15) 3,174 2,884 Legal and professional fees 2,441 2,312 Occupancy costs 911 1,043 Bank charges 859 743 Auditor’s remuneration 1,940 1,251 Office supplies, printing and stationery 266 605 Repairs and maintenance 536 950 Advertising 324 450 Motor Vehicle Expenses 1,663 1,315 General Insurance 1,210 1,349 Other expenses 8,200 5,498 97,523 88,195 345,984 360,999 * Depreciation included in Cost of inventories and cost related to services amounts to $10,054,000 (2024: 7,971,000) for a total depreciation of $20,684,000 (2024: $17,441,000). Audit fees for the year ended 31 December 2025 totalled for the Group of $1,940,000 (2024: $1,251,000). Other fees paid to the auditor (and related network firms) for non-assurance services are not material.

Page 42 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 9. Staff Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Staff costs that have been included in Selling general and administrative expenses (Note 8) 48,573 43,811 Staff costs that have been included in Direct expenses 17,101 11,031 65,674 54,842 Staff costs that have been included in direct expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 14,379 8,488 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 2,057 1,165 Redundancy costs 184 501 Other 481 877 17,101 11,031 Staff costs that have been included in selling, general and administrative expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 39,571 34,938 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 4,474 3,840 Pension costs – defined contribution 425 410 Redundancy costs 1,809 2,290 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 1,832 2,072 48,573 43,811 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 53,950 43,426 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 6,453 5,005 Pension costs – defined contribution 503 410 Redundancy costs 1,993 2,791 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 2,313 2,949 65,674 54,842

Page 43 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 10. Finance Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net foreign exchange losses (gains) 609 (371) Interest expense - Loans and lease liabilities 17,094 18,801 17,703 18,430 11. Taxation Taxation is based on profit for the year or, in some jurisdictions, the greater of a percentage of profit before tax or revenue adjusted for taxation purposes, and comprises: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current tax charge 6,384 5,920 Deferred tax charge (credit) (Note 18) 3,528 (878) 9,912 5,042 The tax on the profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the statutory tax rate as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit before tax 14,351 12,618 Tax calculated at domestic tax rate of 9% (2024: 9%) 1,292 1,136 Adjusted for the effects of: Different tax rates in other countries 4,935 5,087 Tax on net assets at 1% 128 137 Income not subject to tax (3,048) (2,324) Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 1,101 550 Other charges and credits 5,504 456 Tax charge 9,912 5,042

Page 44 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 11. Taxation (Continued) 2025 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries 260 - 260 Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE - - - Actuarial gains – termination benefits 54 - 54 Other comprehensive income 314 - 314 Deferred tax (Note 18) - 2024 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries (907) - (907) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE 716 - 716 Actuarial gains – termination benefits (96) - (96) Other comprehensive income (287) - (287) Deferred tax (Note 18) - 12. Earnings per Share 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the company 4,287 7,461 Profit attributable to preference shareholders (1,713) (1,289) Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders 2,574 6,172 Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000) 186,213 186,213 Total basic and diluted earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations. 1.38 3.31

Page 45 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13 . Property, Plant and Equipment The furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment category for the Group includes equipment held for leases. Lease contracts for these items are entered into with third parties, with periodic lease payments being 36 to 60 months. Items which are leased are transferred from inventory on commencement of the lease arrangements and are transferred back to inventory on termination of the lease arrangements. Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Exchange differences - 3 (107) - (21) (4) (129) Additions - 1,103 3,663 - 67 269 5,102 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 502 - 24 - 526 Transfers from inventory - 9,380 - - - 9,380 Disposals - (553) (241) - (24) - (818) Transfers to inventory - - (4,018) - - - (4,018) On revaluation - - - - - - - Transfer from CWIP* - 23 186 - - (374) (165) At 31 December 111 6,974 108,155 776 1,711 1,035 118,762 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Exchange differences - (3) (193) - (18) - (214) Charge for the year** - 819 13,800 - 162 - 14,781 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 171 - 24 - 195 On transfer to inventory - - (4,528) - - - (4,528) Relieved on disposals - (365) (230) - (2) - (597) At 31 December 24 3,771 77,600 - 1,261 - 82,656 Net Book Value - 87 3,203 30,555 776 450 1,035 36,106 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $10,054,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 46 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,739 88,464 60 1,822 514 97,710 Exchange differences - (197) (898) - (294) - (1,389) Additions - 422 4,960 - 121 875 6,378 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 2,217 - 24 - 2,241 Transfers from inventory - - 9,017 - - - 9,017 Disposals - (657) (290) - (70) - (1,017) Transfers to inventory - - (4,789) - - - (4,789) On revaluation - - - 716 - - 716 Transfer from CWIP* - 91 109 - 62 (245) 17 At 31 December 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,292 62,728 - 1,067 - 67,111 Exchange differences - (87) (222) - (214) - (523) Charge for the year** - 678 11,282 - 271 - 12,231 On transfer to inventory - - (4,918) - - - (4,918) Relieved on disposals - (563) (290) - (29) - (882) At 31 December 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Net Book Value - 87 3,078 30,210 776 570 1,144 35,865 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $7,971,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 47 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The amounts of equipment leased to customers and included in property, plant and equipment are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Equipment held for lease at cost 80,979 86,403 Accumulated depreciation (61,596) (66,856) Net book value 19,383 19,547 Equipment is ordinarily moved from inventory to docu-centers, printshops and internal use. Equipment from inventory is also placed under lease contracts. When the equipment is no longer assigned to a specific function, it is moved back to inventory at net book value. The most significant of these movements is for equipment held for lease which is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening net book value 19,547 16,502 Acquisition of subsidiaries (Note 35) - 1,870 Transfers from inventory during lease period 9,380 9,017 Depreciation charges (10,054) (7,971) Disposals – transfers to inventory upon expiry of lease (4,018) (4,789) Depreciation released 4,528 4,918 Closing net book value 19,383 19,547

Page 48 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The pieces of freehold land of the Group were independently revalued as at various dates during 2023 on the basis of open market value or other market comparable approaches by independent qualified valuators. The directors are of the view that there were no material changes in the value over the prior year for Freehold land. Fair value movements on freehold are recognised in OCI under other revaluation reserves, see Note 28. The following table analyses the non-financial assets carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:  Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, or directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2), and  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

Page 49 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) There were no transfers between levels during the year. Level 3 fair values of land and buildings have been derived using the sales comparison approach. Sales prices of comparable land and buildings in close proximity are adjusted for differences in key attributes such as property size. The most significant input into this valuation approach is price per square foot. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair values of land and buildings are disclosed in the tables below. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87 Fair value measurements at 31 December 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87

Page 50 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases : Right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 12,599 10,376 Equipment 2,596 2,308 Motor vehicles 74 118 15,269 12,802 Movement analysis is as follows: 2025 2024 $’000 $’000 At Cost/Valuation - At 1 January 32,312 28,876 Exchange differences (40) 266 Acquisition on subsidiaries (Note 35) - 109 Additions 10,207 5,804 Lease Expiry (4,737) (2,743) At 31 December 37,742 32,312 Amortisation - At 1 January 19,510 16,203 Exchange differences (9) 348 Relieved on lease expiry (2,931) (2,251) Charge for the year 5,903 5,210 At 31 December 22,473 19,510 Net book value At 31 December 15,269 12,802

Page 51 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (Continued) (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: Amortisation charge of right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 4,709 4,488 Equipment 1,105 623 Motor vehicles 89 99 5,903 5,210 Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: - the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability - any lease payments made at the commencement date less any lease incentives received Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.

Page 52 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement, Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Year ended 31 December 2025 Opening net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 337 - - - 337 Exchange Difference - 1 - (2) (1) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (734) (184) (3,174) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 5 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Cost 86,952 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,684 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (12,827) (15,386) (6,993) (35,927) Closing net book value 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 Year ended 31 December 2024 Opening net book value 81,218 20,880 - 824 102,922 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 5,964 - 2,881 - 8,845 Adjustment (1,288) - - - (1,288) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (444) (184) (2,884) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 4 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Cost 86,615 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,347 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (10,572) (14,652) (6,807) (32,752) Closing net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595

Page 53 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15 . Intangible Assets (Continued) Amortisation charges have been included in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income. Impairment tests for goodwill The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis or when events or changes in the circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill is allocated. The recoverable amount is usually determined by reference to the value in use. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the CGU and also to choose an appropriate discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those future cash flows. The allocation of goodwill to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) as categorised by subsidiary is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 403 403 PBS Central America, S.A. 7,539 7,539 Mobay Holdings N. V. 4,256 4,256 Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 523 523 High Tech Corporation S.A. de C.V 2,957 2,957 PBS Technology Group Limited 62,655 62,655 Infotrans 1,438 1,438 PBS Peru 5,964 5,964 Regional Business Systems 337 - Other 159 159 86,231 85,894 The recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use pre- tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a 5-year period. Cash flows beyond the 5 th year are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2025 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2025 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 73.2% 2.0% 14.4% 20.56% PBS Central America S.A. 0.7% 3.4% 13.3% 20.96% Mobay Holdings N. V. 20.7% 1.7% 12.6% 20.70% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 24.6% 4.9% 16.7% 19.41% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.3% 15.2% 25.19% PBS Technology Group Limited 42.3% 3.1% 27.3% 22.25% Infotrans Group Holdings B.V. 39.1% 1.8% 14.9% 19.04% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.5% 12.1% 20.27% Regional Business Systems 174.7% 2.0% 16.6% 20.56%

Page 54 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2024 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2024 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 11.4% 22.0% PBS Central America S.A. -10.0% 3.0% 9.2% 22.4% Mobay Holdings N. V. 13.7% 1.7% 16.0% 17.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5% 11.5% 24.9% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 14.3% 26.6% PBS Technology Group Limited 25.0% 3.0% 25.7% 24.1% Infotrans 50.0% 1.9% 11.8% 24.5% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 11.5% 21.4% The table below shows the change in key assumptions for value in use calculations that would result in the recoverable amount being equal to the carrying amount. This represents only the cash generating units for which the excess of the recoverable amounts over the carrying amounts of the CGUs was low. 202 5 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Mobay Holdings N.V. 20.7% -1.4% 11.9% 23.6% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.5% 15.2% 25.0% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.9% 12.2% 20.0% Regional Business Systems 174.7% -19.2% 9.7% 35.7%

Page 55 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) 202 4 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 8.1% 22.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5.0% 10.4% 26.7% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 12.7% 27.0% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 12.7% 16.4%

Page 56 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 16. Lease Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Gross investment in finance leases Not later than one year 12,292 4,538 Later than one year and not later than five years 6,130 8,966 18,422 13,504 Less: Unearned income (2,447) (3,939) 15,975 9,565 Net investment in finance leases may be classified as follows: Not later than one year 11,437 2,696 Later than one year and not later than five years 4,538 6,869 15,975 9,565 No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . 17. Long Term Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Print Spot S de R.L. (Note a) 22 91 Guarantee deposits for building rents (Note b) 87 111 Other (Note c) 660 387 769 589 The current portion of long-term receivables is $161,000 (2024: $38,000) and is recorded in Current Assets. No loss allowance was recorded for long-term receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . a) Print Spot S de R.L. The balance earns interest of 14% and matures in August 2027. b) Guarantee deposits for building rents These balances do not earn interest and they are guarantee deposits for the rent of buildings in Guatemala, Cayman, Panama and Nicaragua. They mature between February 2027 (renewables) and July 2029. c) Other The balance relates to amounts that are individually insignificant. These balances relate to equipment sales with terms between 13 months and up to 37 months. These are secured with promissory notes and earn interest between 10% and 21% and are guaranteed with a pledge on the financed equipment.

Page 57 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 18. Deferred Income Taxes (a) Deferred income taxes are calculated in full on all temporary differences under the liability method and comprise: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Deferred Tax Asset 11,507 14,491 Deferred Tax Liability (6,570) (6,153) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (b) The movement on the deferred income tax assets balance for the year is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net asset at beginning of the year 8,338 7,971 Acquisition of subsidiaries - 89 (Charge) credit to profit and loss (Note 11) (3,528) 878 Exchange difference 127 (600) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment (843) (1,081) Provisions 2,117 7,034 Foreign exchange (losses)/gains (3) (29) Tax losses 3,621 2,600 Other 45 (186) 4,937 8,338 (d) The movement on the net deferred tax asset is attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment 125 (1,178) Provisions 66 (915) Tax losses (3,934) 1,144 Other 342 1,316 (3,401) 367 (e) Deferred income tax liabilities have not been established for withholding tax that would be payable on unremitted profits of subsidiaries as the amounts are permanently reinvested.

Page 58 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances The following transactions were carried out with related parties: (a) Sale of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Sale of goods Other related parties 26 428 Goods are sold based on the price lists in force and terms that would be available to third parties. (b) Purchase of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Purchases of goods Other related parties 10 204 Transactions with other related parties. (c) Key management compensation Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive). The compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services is shown below: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 4,837 4,905 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 373 372 Pension benefits 33 33 Other 106 9 5,349 5,319 Directors’ fees 118 104 (d) Other transactions 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Parent Management fee expense 1,429 970 Other related parties Management fee expense 1,005 1,044 Interest Income (6) (2) Interest paid 50 3 Rental Expense 634 - 3,112 2,015

Page 59 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances (Continued) (e) Year end balances with related parties Balances with the parent company and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand and earn no interest. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Receivable from related parties: Parent 5,346 5,247 Fellow subsidiaries and shareholder 2,720 2,220 8,066 7,467 Payable to related parties: Parent 9,487 9,421 Fellow subsidiaries 4,252 2,887 13,739 12,308 20. Investment in Associates In January 18, 2024, Trinidad Systems Group Limited (“TSGL”), a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), completed the acquisition of 100% of the operations of Trinidad Systems Limited (“TSL”) for a total purchase price of TT$107,208,000.00 (US$15,765,882.35). The acquisition was financed through a combination of 50% cash and 50% debt. PBS participated in the ownership consortium of TSGL, securing a 45% equity stake. As a result, PBS contributed 45% of the cash portion of the purchase price, amounting to TT$24,121,800 (US$3,543,000). The debt portion, representing the remaining 50% of the purchase price, is solely the responsibility of TSGL. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 As at January 4,056 3,543 Share of net profit 718 513 At 31 December 4,774 4,056

Page 60 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 20. Investment in Associates (Continued) The associate’s year-end is 31 December. The summarized unaudited consolidated information for the associate and its subsidiary is presented below. The information disclosed reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of Trinidad Systems Group Limited and not the Group’s share of those amounts. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Statement of financial position: Total Assets 26,790 24,316 Total Liabilities (13,592) (11,254) Net Assets 13,198 13,062 Statement of comprehensive income: Revenues 22,501 22,243 Expenses (21,177) (21,127) Net Profit for the Year 1,324 1,116 21. Inventories 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Finished goods 57,311 47,625 Goods in transit 13,198 12,801 70,509 60,426 Less: Provision for obsolete stock (12,466) (11,842) 58,043 48,584 Cost of inventory recognised as an expense aggregating to $203,222,000 (2024: $232,404,000), were recognised in profit and loss. 22. Trade and Other Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade receivables 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (Note 3) (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Prepaid expenses 5,307 3,985 Current portion of Long-Term Receivable 77 273 Other (Note a) 24,355 13,484 127,296 105,760 a) Includes advances to vendors of $3,359,442 (2024: $852,000) and Sundry Debtors of $3,808,003 (2024: $5,992,202)

Page 61 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 23. Cash and Bank 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The cash and bank balances disclosed for 2025 include restricted cash of $6,644,000 (2024: $6,131,000) The weighted average interest rate at the reporting date for short term bank deposits was 0.70% (2024: 0.70%) per annum. 24. Trade and Other Payables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade payables 58,348 48,628 Interest Payables 378 1,001 Accrued liabilities 15,792 20,860 Other 16,531 15,366 91,049 85,855 The carrying amounts of trade and other payables is a reasonable approximation to their fair values, due to their short-term nature. 25. Lease Liabilities The Group currently has long term lease agreements related to buildings, equipment, and motor vehicles. (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Lease liabilities Current 6,998 6,441 Non-current 17,988 15,465 24,986 21,906 (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest expense (included in finance cost) 1,353 1,580 Expenses relating to short term leases or low value underlying assets (included in selling, general and administrative expenses) 1,178 1,835 2,531 3,415 The total cash outflow for leases in 2025 was $ 9,723,000 (2024: $10,699,000).

Page 62 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 25. Lease Liabilities (Continued) (iii) Incremental borrowing rate For the incremental borrowing rate, the Group: - Where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by bankers as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received, and - Makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security. - The weighted average incremental borrowing rate for the Group in 2024 and 2025 was determined to be 7%. (iv) Lease payments Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. (v) Extension and termination options Extension and termination options are included in a number of leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. As at 31 December 2025, potential future cash outflows of $18,867,000 (2024: $14,702,000) (undiscounted) have not been included in the lease liability because it is not reasonably certain that the leases will be extended (or not terminated). The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee. During the current financial year, the financial effect of revising lease terms to reflect the effect of exercising extension and termination options was nil.

Page 63 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Short term loans – (a) Citibank 12,000 - (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. 2,860 2,274 (c) First Citizens 1,700 1,500 (d) Quedex 1,129 - (e) Davivienda 762 1,088 (f) Banco Popular Dominicano 540 400 (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú 254 - (h) Lafise - 679 19,245 5,941 Current portion of non-current borrowings 14,250 10,633 Total Current Borrowings 33,495 16,574 Non-Current Borrowings – (i) Citibank 135,469 120,926 (j) JCSD Preference Shares 16,701 16,582 (k) Xerox 6,875 9,375 (l) Davivienda 3,060 3,006 (m) National Commercial Bank 1,672 2,190 (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies 1,320 1,232 (o) First Citizens 489 934 (p) BICSA 324 341 (q) Banco de Bogotá 134 62 (r) Banistmo 99 428 (s) ASEPBS 99 - (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies - 72 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 Current portion of non-current borrowings (14,250) (10,633) Total Non-Current Borrowings 151,992 144,515 Total Borrowings 185,487 161,089

Page 64 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) The exposure of the group’s borrowings to interest rate changes and the contractual re-pricing dates at the end of the reporting period are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 0-12 months 33,495 16,574 1-5 years 151,992 144,515 185,487 161,089 The carrying amounts and fair value of the non-current borrowings are as follows: Carrying amount Fair value 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Loans 135,468 123,858 138,367 137,374 Redeemable preference shares 16,701 17,000 17,000 17,000 Other 14,073 14,290 14,073 17,674 166,242 155,148 169,440 172,048 The Group’s undrawn borrowing facilities as of December 2025 is $12,837,000 (2024: $15,000,000).

Page 65 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Short term loans (a) Citibank N.A. This represents three unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of SOFR plus a margin of 3.9% per annum with due dates between March 18 and June 18, 2026. (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. This represents four unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of between 10.20% and 10.99% per annum with due dates between January 20 and March 11, 2026. (c) First Citizens This represents loans which attracts interest of 8% per annum and mature in June 2026. (d) Quedex This represents a loan which attracts interest of 12% per annum and mature in March 2026. (e) Davivienda This represents an unsecured loan to finance working capital bearing interest of 9.30% per annum and maturing March 2026. (f) Banco Popular Dominicano This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on June 30, 2026. (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú This represents a short-term loan which attracts interest of 6.57% per annum and matures on June 19, 2026. (h) Lafise This represented three fiduciary loans to finance working capital, bearing interest between 9.5% and 10% per annum and which matured between January 25 and June 29, 2025. Non-Current Borrowings (i) Citibank This facility was granted in June 2024. The credit agreement was signed by Citibank as Administrative and Collateral Agent, and with Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A., First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners. The facility also grants the group access to incremental loans on which the same terms and conditions as the initial disbursement apply. The group accessed the first tranche of $12,500,000 on December 8, 2025 and the second of $8,000,000 on December 26, 2025. It matures in June 2030 and attracts an interest base rate of 3.4% plus a Term SOFR CME – 6 month rate, which results in an All-in rate of 7% at December 2025. Payments of principal and interests are to be paid in variable installments payments, in a semi-annual basis. Such semi annual amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth. The deferred financing charges offset against the loan amount is $2,588,432.

Page 66 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Guarantor companies are PBS Technology Group Limited, Productive Business Solutions (Central America), S.A., Productive Business Solutions Caribbean Limited, Dorada Management Inc., Productive Business Solutions (Guatemala), S.A., Productive Business Solutions El Salvador, S.A. de C.V., High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions Honduras, S.A. de C.V., Hight Tech Consulting, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions (Nicaragua), S.A., Productive Business Solutions (Costa Rica), S.A., and Productive Business Solutions (Panamá), S.A.. (j) JCSD Preference Shares This represents 17,000,000 Redeemable Cumulative Preference Shares in United States dollars (US$) entitled to a fixed preferential cumulative cash dividend of 8.25% US$ per annum. These preference shares issued in June 2024, mature in June 2028 and are mandatorily redeemable by the Company on this date. The deferred finance charges offset against the loan amounts to $298,790 The Preference Shares may not be redeemed by the Company until after the second anniversary of issue thereof. Thereafter the Voluntary Redemption Payment shall be the aggregate of (i) repayment in US$ of the Redemption Price; (ii) any arrears or accruals of the cumulative preferential dividend on the Preference Shares, whether declared or earned, or not, calculated down to the date of such repayment. (k) Xerox PBS Group acquired Xerox companies in Peru and Ecuador and signed a 4-year unsecured promissory note on July 1, 2024 issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 26, 2024. Principal and interest of 7% per annum are to be paid on a quarterly basis, total of 16 quarterly instalments that ends in June 2028. (l) Davivienda This represents two loans to finance working capital at 9.75% and 15.24% interest rate per annum and are due on May 24, 2027 and December 12, 2028, respectively. (m) NCB - National Commercial Bank This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 11.75% annual, due on October 19, 2028. All of this loan is disclosed as current portion of non-current borrowing given a breach in the corresponding financial covenants of the affiliate that holds the debt. (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies This represents the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of Infotrans subsidiaries in Aruba, Bonaire, Colombia and Curacao, maturing in May 2027. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non-current borrowings. The balance purchase price was set in four equal instalments of six hundred thousand united state dollars, each payable on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of completion of the sale which took place on June 12, 2023. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non- current borrowings. (o) FCIT - First Citizens This represents an unsecured loan facility granted in TT Dollars which attracts interest of 7.5% per annum, maturing on January 11, 2027. (p) BICSA – Banco Internacional de Costa Rica, S.A. This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 9% annual, due on September 15, 2028. (q) Banco de Bogotá This represents two loans which attracts interest of 12.72% and 12.03% per annum and maturing on January 17, 2027, and December 04, 2027.

Page 67 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) (r) Banistmo – Banco del Istmo This represents an unsecured loan which attracts interest of 7.9% per annum and due date is on March 28, 2027. (s) ASEPBS – Asociación Solidarista de Empleados de PBS This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on November 01, 2027. (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies This represented the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of High-Tech subsidiaries in El Salvador and Honduras which matured in July 2025. 27. Share Capital 202 5 202 4

000
000 Authorised - 186,213,000, (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000, (2024 –2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 Issued and fully paid - 186,213,000 (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000 (2024 – 2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 The preference shares are redeemable cumulative preference shares (1,500,000 9.25% perpetual cumulative redeemable USD and 500,000 10.50% perpetual cumulative redeemable Jamaican Dollars Preference Shares) where the declaration of dividends is discretionary. There is no contractual redemption date for these shares and may only be called for the first time at the sole discretion of the issuer, on the last Business Day of the financial year which falls immediately before the 15th anniversary of the issue date of the Preference Shares 28. Other Reserves (deficits) Other reserves primarily represent the currency translation differences resulting from the unrealized gains and losses on the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries that have a different functional currency from that of the Company. Other reserves also include revaluation reserve for the revaluation of assets and actuarial gains. Revaluation Surplus $’000 Actuarial Gains $’000 Currency Translation Differences $’000 Total $’000 Balance as at 1 January 2024 70 2,902 (20,111) (17,139) Actuarial gains - (96) - (96) Movement during 2024 716 - (820) (104) Balance as at 31 December 2024 786 2,806 (20,931) (17,339) Actuarial gains - 54 - 54 Movement during 2025 - - 260 260 Balance as at 31 December 2025 786 2,860 (20,671) (17,025)

Page 68 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 29. Litigation and Contingent Liabilities The Group is subject to various claims, disputes and legal proceedings in the normal course of business. Provision is made for such matters when, in the opinion of management and its professional advisors, it is probable that a payment will be made by the Group, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Claims asserted against the Group, according to the principles outlined above, have not been provided for. Management is of the opinion that the claims are either without merit, can be successfully defended or will result in exposure to the Group which is immaterial to both financial position and results of operations. 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset The movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligation during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 1,553 1,389 Reallocation of pension plan liability 1,045 - Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 Actuarial gains on termination benefits 124 (24) Benefits paid (73) (73) At end of year 3,111 1,553 The movement of the pension plan asset during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 3,674 3,596 Actuarial gains / (losses) 110 (96) Current service cost 122 122 Interest Cost 493 546 Benefits paid (653) (726) Other 6 232 At end of year 3,752 3,674 The amounts recognised in arriving at profit or loss were as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 At end of year 462 261 The distribution of the obligation by country was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Nicaragua 120 115 Panama 338 280 El Salvador 968 810 Honduras 393 348 Ecuador 1,292 - 3,111 1,553

Page 69 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset (Continued) The value of the plan asset was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Barbados 3,034 3,034 Panama 575 557 Honduras 143 83 3,752 3,674 The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is: 202 5 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (500) 485 Inflation rate 1% 52 (47) 202 4 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (432) 465 Inflation rate 1% 31 (27) The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position.

Page 70 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation (Continued) Termination benefits in El Salvador and Nicaragua are established by law and entitle the employee to receive a payment upon termination of employment, regardless of cause. In El Salvador the benefit is founded in the law 592, that is the regulatory law for the economic benefit for voluntary resignation. Employees with more than two years of uninterrupted service for the company shall receive a payment of, at least, the equivalent of 15 days of minimum wage for each year of service. In Nicaragua, the law 185, Labour Code, entitles the employee to the right to receive a payment equivalent to one monthly salary for each year of service, up to the third year, and 20 days of salary for each additional year. Neither of these plans require the employer to establish a fund. The principal actuarial assumptions used in valuing post-employment benefits are as follows: PBS Nicaragua 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 11% 11% Future salary increases 5% 5% Retirement age 60 years 60 years PBS El Salvador 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5% 5% Future salary increases 3.4% 3.4% Retirement age 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively PBS Panama 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5.5% 5.5% Future salary increases 6% 6% Retirement age 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively The principal assumptions used in valuing the pension plan asset for Barbados as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 7.75% 7.75% Future salary increases 3% 3% Retirement age 65 65

Page 71 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Operating Activities Reconciliation of the Group’s net profit to cash generated from operating activities: Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net profit 4,439 7,576 Items not affecting cash: Depreciation 13&14 20,684 17,441 Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 15 3,174 2,884 Share of profit of associate (718) (513) Taxation expense 11 9,912 5,042 Foreign exchange Losses/(Gains) 609 734 Loss / (Gains) on disposal of Property plant and equipment 179 (103) Interest income 7 (1,769) (1,999) Interest expense 10 17,094 18,801 53,604 49,863 Change in non-cash working capital, net of effects from acquisition of subsidiaries: Inventories (14,646) (6,961) Contract assets 1,574 429 Trade and other receivables (21,595) 29 Due from related parties (599) (499) Long term liabilities (407) (906) Long term receivable (180) 218 Lease receivable (6,410) (15) Accounts payable (7,288) 2,183 Contract liabilities (505) (4,243) Retirement benefit obligation 1,480 86 Due to related parties 1,431 1,249 6,459 41,433 Taxation paid (3,733) (8,902) Net cash provided by operating activities 2,726 32,531 Net Debt Reconciliation This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for the year ended 31 December. 2025

000 2024
000 Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Borrowings - repayable within one year (including overdraft) (33,495) (16,915) Borrowings - repayable after one year (151,992) (144,174) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034) Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Gross debt - fixed interest rates (185,487) (161,089) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034)

Page 72 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Financing Activities (Continued) Cash and Bank Lease liability Borrowing due within 1 year Borrowing due after 1 year Total 000 $’000 000 000 000 Net debt as at 31 December 2023 31,991 (19,197) (50,306) (96,936) (134,448) Addition 8,735 (13,552) (4,041) (143,000) (151,858) Repayments (10,760) 10,699 46,254 95,418 141,611 Foreign exchange adjustments (5) 144 9 830 978 Other non-cash movements - - (8,490) (827) (9,317) Net debt as at 31 December 2024, 29,961 (21,906) (16,574) (144,515) (153,034) Addition - (4,676) (17,271) (24,523) (46,470) Repayments (8,366) 7,630 12,646 473 12,383 Foreign exchange adjustments (21) 21 18 170 188 Other non-cash movements - (6,055) (12,314) 16,403 (1,966) Net debt as at 31 December 2025 21,574 (24,986) (33,495) (151,992) (188,899) .

Page 73 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 32. Pledged as Security The net assets of some subsidiaries of the group have been pledged as security for borrowings. The value of these pledged assets at the year end totalled $177,643,000 (2024: $159,054,000). 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities The Group classifies rights and obligations in its relationship with customers whenever either party performs any of its contractual obligations. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress for which the Group has provided the services. The contract assets become a receivable when the entity’s right to consideration is unconditional, and the revenue has been billed. The contract assets are classified as current assets as the associated contract is expected to be completed in less than 12 months. The contract assets relate to equipment contracts. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract assets 28 1,602 The contract liabilities refer to advances received from customers under the promise to deliver equipment. Total contract liabilities at the end of the year are reflected in the table below. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract liabilities on equipment contracts 10,717 8,139 on service contracts 4,384 7,463 Total contract liabilities 15,101 15,602

Page 74 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities (Continued) (i) Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to carried- forward contract liabilities and how much relates to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period on equipment contracts 3,391 4,781 on service contracts 2,534 1,252 5,925 6,033 (ii) Unsatisfied contracts at the end of the period The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations resulting from fixed-price contracts: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 84,215 63,651 84,215 63,651

Page 75 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 34 . Investments In October 2022 the Group acquired 17% of the shares of Arel Limited, which resulted in an investment of $242,000 (equivalent to $246,000 at prior year’s rate). Arel Limited is a private company established in 1967 and domiciled in 2 Piccadilly Road, Kingston 5, St. Andrew, Jamaica. The company is focused on providing engineering services and equipment such as air conditioning, medical and elevators. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair value of the unquoted equity investment are disclosed in the table below. The Group divested its entire holding in this investment during 2025. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 and 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Total 2025 $’000 Total 2024 $’000 Unquoted equity - 243

Page 76 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries Acquisition of Regional Business Systems Limited On 1 May 2025, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Regional Business Systems Limited. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. (i) Identifiable assets acquired – Regional Business Systems Limited 2025 $’000 Property and equipment 331 Tax Recoverable 12 Inventories 175 Trade and other payables (231) Other Current Liabilities (32) Bank Overdraft (197) Net identifiable assets acquired 58 Consideration 395 Less net identifiable assets acquired (58) Goodwill 337 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2025 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 395 Less: Cash balance (overdraft) acquired (197) Net outflow of cash 592

Page 77 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued)z Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Peru. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired - Peru 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 1,638 Trade and other receivables 1,722 Cash and cash equivalents 1,254 Deferred tax asset 594 Inventories 1,353 Intangible assets 2,200 Other Assets 277 Trade and other payables (2,214) Other Current Liabilities (59) Deferred Tax Liabilities (763) Net identifiable assets acquired 6,002 Consideration 11,966 Less net identifiable assets acquired (6,002) Goodwill 5,964 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 4,231 Less: Cash balance acquired 1,254 Net outflow of cash 2,977

Page 78 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador (iii) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 4,231 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 7,735 Total purchase consideration 11,966 (iv) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1. Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2. Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Ecuador. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired: 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 603 Right of Use Asset 109 Trade and other receivables 1,646 Cash and cash equivalents 2,909 Deferred tax asset 471 Inventories 527 Intangible assets 681 Taxation Recoverable 812 Trade and other payables (2,826) Tax Payable (5) Short term loans (112) Deferred Tax Liabilities (175) Net identifiable assets acquired 4,640 Consideration 3,490 Less net identifiable assets acquired (4,640) Negative Goodwill (1,150)

Page 79 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 1,225 Less: Cash balance acquired 2,909 Net inflow of cash (1,684) (iii) Acquisition-related costs In 2024 the Group incurred a combined (Peru and Ecuador) acquisition-related costs of $98,000 which were fully expensed. These costs have been included in professional fees expenses for the current period. (iv) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 1,225 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 2,265 Total purchase consideration 3,490 (v) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1.Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2.Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. 36. Distributions 2025 During 2025 the Group made the following distribution to ordinary shareholders On February 10, 2025, the group paid a cash dividend of $6,499,000 (3.49 cents per share) On December 31, 2025, the group paid a cash divided of $2,999,000 (1.61 cents per share) During 2025 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On January 22, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On April 15, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On June 30, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD428,000 (21.38 cents per share) On September 20, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD427,000 (21.38 cents per share)

Page 80 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 36. Distributions (Continued) 2024 During 2024 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On April 02, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On July 04, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On September 30, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) 37. Pillar II The Group is a part of a Multinational Entity (MNE) with revenues above €750 million. As such, it is within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules. Pillar Two legislation has not been enacted in Jamaica, the jurisdiction in which the MNE is incorporated. The Group has subsidiaries in the following countries with tax rate below 15%: Barbados, British Vergin Islands (BVI), Cayman Islands and St. Lucia. Under the legislation, the Group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) effective tax rate for each jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. The Group’s effective tax rates exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which it operates, with a few exceptions. For these exceptions, although the average effective tax rate may be below 15%, the Group’s exposure to paying Pillar Two income taxes might not be for the full difference in tax rates in relation to these entities. Additionally, not all entities jurisdictions have legislative frameworks to accommodate the Pillar Two top up tax. The Group is in the process of assessing its exposure to the Pillar Two legislation and will implement once adopted by the MNE in the jurisdiction of incorporation. 38. Subsequent Events 1. On January 14, 2026, the Boad of Directors declared a dividend payment of 1.88 cents per ordinary share. The record date is January 28, 2026, and payable February 25, 2026. 2. On February 27, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of March 16, 2026, and payable on April 1, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share. 3. On May 22, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of May 28, 2026, and payable on July 2, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share.

PROXY FORM

Productive Business Solutions Limited Company No. 34076 ("the Company") The undersigned shareholder of the Company hereby appoints of or failing him of Dated this day of , 2026 Name in Print: as the nominee of the undersigned to attend and act for the undersigned and on behalf of the undersigned at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on the September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am Jamaica time and at any adjournment or adjournments thereof in the same manner, to the same extent and with the same powers as if the undersigned was present at the said meeting or such adjournment or adjournments there of. Pursuant to Amended and Restated By-Law No. 2 of the Company

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Syndicated from Jamaica Stock Exchange · originally published .

Other coverage

Around Kingston

· powered by OFMOP
000 Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Borrowings - repayable within one year (including overdraft) (33,495) (16,915) Borrowings - repayable after one year (151,992) (144,174) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034) Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Gross debt - fixed interest rates (185,487) (161,089) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034) Page 72 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Financing Activities (Continued) Cash and Bank Lease liability Borrowing due within 1 year Borrowing due after 1 year Total
Skip to main content
Abeng Radio·Live news
0 listening
Jamaica Stock Exchange

Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

Kingston
Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS is a solutions-oriented, customer-focused technology group that combines a wide range of services, top-tier professionals, and cutting-edge products to offer customized systems and tools for organizations in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. Under the concept of “Engineering & Technology,” PBS operates through a model in which they work together to transform ideas into functional, scalable, and strategic solutions. Engineering acts as the core capability for designing, integrating, and executing complex systems with a long-term vision, while technology serves as the enabler that accelerates results and turns innovation into real impact. This approach reinforces PBS as a reliable partner in solutions integration, focused on helping clients improve the efficiency of their business processes while delivering measurable and sustainable results. “No Limits” defines how PBS thinks and operates: without technical, geographical, or industry boundaries. It reflects a commitment to flexibility, continuous innovation, and the ability to anticipate and solve challenges through tailored solutions that drive efficiency and growth across diverse markets and industries. 03

We are committed to our customers. We work with exceptional people. PBS Costa Rica Building, Plaza Roble, Los Balcones, 3rd Floor 05

We represent world leaders in the technology industry to provide the best solutions and services in our market. 06

Table of Contents Notice of an Annual General Meeting 08 Director’s Report 09 Corporate Information 10 Our Values 11 Acquisitions and Incorporations 13 Our Coverage 14 PBS Business Lines 15 Shareholders Profile 17 Shareholding of Directors 23 Chairman Message 24 CEO Letter 26 Group Board of Directors 32 Board Committees 37 Senior Regional Leadership Team 44 Regional Leadership Team 45 Senior in Country Leadership 47 Consolidated Financial Statements 49 PROXY FORM 51 Corporate Governance Policy 141 07

Notice of an Annual General Meeting NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the NINTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of PRODUCTIVE BUSINESS SOLUTIONS LIMITED will be held at their offices at General Accident Insurance Company Jamaica Limited, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, St. Andrew, Jamaica as well as virtually, on September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am to consider and if thought fit pass the following ordinary resolutions: A member of the Company entitled to attend and vote, is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote in his or her stead. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. Proxy forms must be submitted to the Company's Registrar and Transfer Agent, Jamaica Central Securities Depository, 40 Harbour Street, Kingston, Jamaica not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting. Proxy forms must be stamped with a J$100.00 postage stamp. Shareholders will be able to attend the meeting in person; however they will also be able to attend and vote on resolutions raised at the AGM electronically once they are registered by contacting [email protected]. Non-Shareholders can also register using the same email address. Upon registration, a confirmation will be sent and the meeting link and password will be shared closer to the meeting. The deadline for registration is September 2, 2026. P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board a. “THAT Deloitte & Touche having indicated their willingness to continue in office be re-appointed as Auditors for the ensuing year.” b. “THAT the Directors are hereby authorized to agree on a remuneration for the Auditors.” 6. RATTIFICATION OF DIVIDEND PAYMENTS “THAT the following dividend payments made during the year be ratified and that no other dividend payments were approved for the period under review”: “THAT dividend payments made to the: 9.25% and 10.50% preference shareholders on April 15, 2025, June 30, 2025, and September 30, 2025 of US$0.23125 per share and J$25.890411 per share respectively Common shareholders on February 10, 2025 and December 31, 2025 of US$0.0349 and US$0.0161 per share respectively TO TRANSACT ANY OTHER BUSINESS THAT MAY BE PROPERLY TRANSACTED AT AN ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING Dated this 4th day of August, 2026 BY ORDER OF THE BOARD 1. AUDITED ACCOUNTS “THAT the audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025, and the reports of the Directors’ and Auditors’ be and are hereby adopted.” 2. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS Pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 the Directors retiring from office by rotation are Jose Misrahi, Ricardo Hutchinson and Thomas Agnew, who being eligible offered themselves for re-election. The proposed resolutions are as follows: a. “THAT Jose Misrahi be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” b. “THAT Ricardo Hutchinson be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” c. “THAT Thomas Agnew be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” 3. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTOR Pursuant to Section 4.3.2 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 Mr. Eduardo Rodriguez who was appointed by the Board of Directors on June 8, 2026 resigned and being eligible offered himself for re-election. “THAT Eduardo Rodriguez be re-elected as a Director of the Company” 4. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION “THAT the amount shown for the Directors’ remuneration in the Audited Accounts dated December 31, 2025 be and is hereby approved.” 5. APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS AND FIX THEIR REMUNERAION 08

Submitted on behalf of the Board of Directors, P. B. Scott Chai rman of the Board The Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited submit herewith their Annual Report and Audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025 The Board of Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited exercises its responsibilities for the Financial Statements included in this Report through its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee consists of non-executive Board members: Brian Wynter Chairperson, Melanie Subratie, Ricardo Hutchinson, Thomas Agnew, and Executive Board member: Jose Misrahi. The independent auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee. The Group ended the year with a profit after tax of US$4,439,000 and a net profit attributable to shareholders of US$4,287,000. Details of these results, along with a comparison with the previous year’s performance and the state of affairs of the Company, are set out in the Management Discussion and Analysis and the Financial Statements which are included as part of the Report. The Directors wish to express their appreciation to the employees for their loyal services throughout the year. The Directors will meet to consider the appointment of Auditors in accordance with applicable regulations. Finan ci al R e sults A u di t or s Legal Representatives Emp l oyee s Director’s Report 09

Full Corporate Name Productive Business Solutions Limited R egis t ered Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust r ial Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Incorpor at ed December 1 6, 2010 Fiscal Year End December 31 , 2023 Administr ati ve Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust ri al Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Law under which incorpor at ed Barbados Compan y Sec reta ry Liza Ha rr id y al & Associates Tel.: 246-417-5600 Fax.: 246-421-8001 Legal Representatives DUNNCOX 48 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLINTON & HART & CO 58 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLARKE, GITTENS, FARMER Parker House, Wildey Business Park Wildey Road, St. Michael, Barbados M. HAMEL-SMITH & CO. Eleven Albion, Cor. Dere & Albion Streets P.O. Box 219, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad & Tobago W.I. Corporate Information PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS SRL The Financial Services Centre Bishop's Court's Hill P.O. Box 111, St. Michael BB 14004, Barbados Auditors Deloitte & Touche 3rd Floor The Goddard Building Hoggatt Hall St. Michae BB11059 Barbados, W.I. 10

Corporate Governance Policy 11

Corporate Governance Policy OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHARTER WAS ESTABLISHED IN 2010 AND REVISED IN 2025. THE CHARTER CAN BE SEEN IN MORE DETAIL ON THE COMPANY'S WEBSITE WWW.PBS.GROUP 12

Our Values We collaborate in everything we do. We maintain excellent communication with our customers to always understand their needs. The primary factor that enables us to make things happen. We demonstrate these qualities daily to enhance our working environment. We guarantee justice and fairness to all stakeholders, both internal and external. We uphold our business integrity as an ethical framework that guides our professional conduct, acting with integrity to earn the trust of our customers and employees. INTEGRITY TEAMWORK COMMUNICATION DISCIPLINE HUMILITY & SPIRIT OF SERVICE RESPECT FOR INDIVIDUALS 13

Acquisitions and Incorporations 200320******2009 201020******2002 200420******2010 201720******2024 14

191151******2034 151412******2223 Our Coverage Our regional group is made up of: 1. PBS Antigua, 2. PBS Aruba, 3. PBS Barbados, 4. PBS Belize, 5. PBS Cayman Business Machines, 6. PBS Colombia, 7. PBS Costa Rica, 8. PBS Curaçao, 9. PBS Dominican Republic, 10. PBS El Salvador, 11. Global Product Alliance Inc., 12. PBS Guatemala, 13. PBS Guyana, 14. PBS Honduras, 15. PBS San Pedro Sula, 16. PBS Jamaica, 17. PBS Nicaragua, 18. PBS Panama, 19. PBS Suriname, 20. PBS Trinidad & Tobago, 21. PBS Bonaire, 22. PBS Ecuador, 23. PBS Peru, and 24. PBS Dominica. 15

5 6 7 4 3 2 1 PBS Cayman Business Machines PBS Colombia PBS Costa Rica PBS Belize PBS Barbados PBS Aruba Pbs Dorada Technologies Antigua The Cayman Center Suite 1&2 Dorcy Drive, George Town Tel: 1-345-949-8642 [email protected] Centro empresarial El Dorado Plaza Calle 26 No. 85D Local - Modulo 7 Bogotá, Colombia Tel: 57 601 743 3281 [email protected] Plaza Roble, Edificio Balcones, piso 3. San Rafael de Escazú, San José Costa Rica. Tel: 506 4404 8000 Tel: 506 4404 8132 [email protected] 13 Douglas Jones Street Belize City, Belize C.A. Tel: 501 227-0823 / 0824 Facey House 42 Warrens Industrial Park Warrens, St Michael, Barbados Tel: 246 417 5600 Fax: 246 4218001 [email protected] Caya G.F. Betico Croes 170 Oranjestad, Aruba Tel: 297 582 5492 [email protected] Mandolin Place, Friars Hill Road, St. John's, Antigua Tel: (268) 481 1101 Fax: (268) 481 1144 8 PBS Curaçao Schottegatweg Oost 2 Willemstad, Curaçao Tel: +599 97241300 [email protected] 9 PBS Dominican Republic Av. Winston Churchill, Edificio Empresarial Blue Mall, Piso 22 Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic Tel: +809 567 8231 Fax: +809 472 0915 [email protected] 13 14 12 11 10 PBS Guyana PBS Honduras PBS Guatemala Global Product Alliance Inc. GPA PBS El Salvador Lot 2 Goedverwagting, Rupert Craig Highway, East Coast Demerara Tel: (592) 226 1066 [email protected] Tegucigalpa, Boulevard Morazán, edificio Agalta, piso 21 Tel: +504 2244 9870 al 79 [email protected] 23 Avenida 31-13, Zona 5 Ciudad de Guatemala, Guatemala Tel: 502 2420 9500 Whatsapp +502 5456 6479 [email protected] GPA 11411 NW 107th Street, Suite 24, Miami FL 33178 USA. Tel. 1(305) 477 2426 [email protected] Oficinas administrativas: Av. De La Revolución, San Salvador, Torre Plaza Presidente, piso #16. Tel: +503 2239 3000 cel.: +503 7039-9308 [email protected] 15 16 PBS San Pedro Sula PBS Jamaica San Pedro Sula, Barrio Los Andes, 16 Ave. 6 y 7 calle N.O. Edificio Metropark, Piso # 8, Local 804 Tel: +504 2512 2500 al 09 [email protected] Unit 1, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, Jamaica Tel: 876 926 5630-2 Fax: 876 929 5372 SD: 876-968-6197-9 [email protected] 18 17 PBS Panama PBS Nicaragua Calle 50 y 58 Este Obarrio, P.H. Office One, Piso 16 Panamá City, Panamá Tel: + 507 204 9900 Fax: +507 204 9902 [email protected] Rotonda el Güegüense. 400 mts al Sur, 100 mts al Oeste. Managua, Nicaragua Tel: 505 2255 9020 Fax: 505 2255 9030 [email protected] 20 19 21 PBS Trinidad and Tobago PBS Suriname PBS Bonaire Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 / (868) 609 7278 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 [email protected] Van Roosmalenstraat 11 Tel: (597) 551262 [email protected] Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 22 PBS Ecuador Av. Amazonas N35-17 y Juan Pablo Sanz Edificio Xerox Piso 7 Tel: (593) 993337829 [email protected] 23 24 PBS Perú N2N Distributors - Dominica Av las Begonias 441 torre C piso 10, San Isidro - Lima) Tel: (51) 1 616 6666 [email protected] N2N Distributors 33Kennedy Avenue Roseau, Dominica. Tel: (767) 448-2679 25 26 PBS St. Kitts BVI (British Virgin Islands) Unit 9, The Sands, P.O. Box 397 Bay Road, Basseterre St. Kitts. Tel: (869) 466-2018 Jayla Place, Road Town Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Tel: (284) 494-5030 Corporate Information 16

PBS 7 Business Lines IMAGING NETWORKING COMMUNICATIONS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ADVANCED SERVICES INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY SYSTEMS PAYMENT METHODS 17

Vertical Markets GRAPHIC ARTS FINANCE GOVERNMENT & EDUCATION MANUFACTURING, RETAIL & DISTRIBUTION OIL, ENERGY & MINING TELCOS BPO TRANSPORTATION & HOSPITALITY 18

AVAILABLE AT PBS Xerox ® Proficio ® PX300 NEW! A winning formula from the ground up. 19 New generation of production print. Xerox® Proficio® PX300 Printer

Our Partners & Certifications We are transforming as a company to assist in enabling information technologies to empower our clients to gain a competitive edge and accomplish their business objectives. 20

Mimaki's latest integrated printer / cutter offers new levels of creativity and versatility with vibrant ink types, including the new Silver, Orange and Light Black. The CJV300 Series achieves the highest print speeds in its class, with innovative technologies ensuring unparalleled production quality for signboard artists, graphic professionals and printers. Integrated printing and cutting, high speed CJV300-160 21

Oracle Exadata The High-Performance Data Engine Delivering ultra-fast performance, scalability, and reliability for mission-critical enterprise workloads 22

10 Largest Shareholders by Number of Shares 100908******0302 01 612,721 General Accident Insurance Co 663,473 Courtney Sylvester 1,087,308 Jose Misrahi 1,632,140 Portland Fund II Co-invest Partnership 3,230,166 NCB Capital Markets (Cayman) Ltd 5,485,214 Pedro M. Paris 6,330,663 Portland Caribbean Fund II Barbados L.P. 34,264,960 Portland Caribbean Fund II L.P. 45,164,017 Musson (Jamaica) Limited 84,181,818 Facey Group Limited Shareholders Profile 23

Shareholding of Executives P. B. Scott - 129,958,556 Blondell Walker - 45,164,017 Douglas Hewson - 42,227,763 Edward Ince - - Jose Misrahi 1,087,308 - Melanie M. Subratie - 129,958,556 Patrick A.W. Scott - 45,164,017 Pedro M. París 5,485,214 - Ricardo Hutchinson - 42,227,763 Tomas Agnew - - Brian Wynter - - Nicholas Scott - 45,164,017 PERSONAL CONNECTED Marco Antonio Almendárez Cisneros 363,600 Leonardo Jesus Velasquez Foucault 163,171 Elvin Howard Nash 142,700 Sergio Roberto Molina Barrios 127,200 Mario Estuardo Pons Espana 90,900 Francisco Lupiac Rodríguez 87,639 Lucia Vielman Ruíz 49,972 Shareholding of Directors 24

P. B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board 25

Dear Fellow Shareholders, 2025 has been a year that has tested our resolve and, in doing so, has demonstrated the depth of the organization we have built. Against a backdrop of macroeconomic headwinds, tightening capital markets, and an accelerating pace of technological change, PBS has continued to advance. While our financial results reflect the complexity of the environment in which we operate, they also reflect a business that is maturing, adapting, and positioning itself with intention for the years ahead. Revenue for 2025 came in at US$374.9 million against a budget of US$425 million. We do not normally discuss publicly our budgets but in this case I believe it is important to contextualize our own expectation. This shortfall, while meaningful, must be understood in its proper context. Several large government technology projects across our region experienced procurement delays beyond our control, and currency volatility in certain markets impacted reported figures. Despite this, we achieved EBITDA of US$55.2 million an increase on the $50.9m of 2024 but below our budget of US$59m. Our gross margin improved to 34%, up from budget, demonstrating that the discipline we have applied to our cost of sales is taking hold. Our net profit for the year was US$4.3 million. This is not satisfactory and materially different from our own expectations of US$13.6m. The biggest driver of this differential being our tax charge of US$9.9m an effective tax rate of 69%! This is an area management is actively addressing through improved tax planning across our 24-country footprint and we hope to implement structural improvements in 2026. There are four elements that are the key ingredients to PBS’s success today: our people, our capital structure, our systems, our partners - the same foundational pillars I have returned to in prior years, because they remain the determinants of our long-term success. People PBS is, at its core, a people business. Every solution we deliver, every client relationship we maintain, every market we penetrate — all of it flows from the capability of our 3,000-plus professionals across the region. In 2024 we spoke of the urgent need to develop a methodology that makes us a magnet for talent. In 2025 we made meaningful progress. The PBS University platform is still a work in progress. We have to get this right. We have to focus on it to get it right. It has expanded its Chairman message 26

curriculum, and we have introduced structured certification pathways aligned to our key technology partnerships. This is not simply a human resources initiative. It is a strategic imperative. As we grow, the complexity of what we are asked to execute grows with it. We must ensure that our organization scales in quality, not merely in headcount. We expect the organization will revolve over time and we are actively taking steps to plan for the future. Retention remains a challenge in certain markets where the demand for skilled IT professionals continues to outpace supply. We are combating this through a combination of compensation benchmarking, career development investment, and a deliberate effort to build a culture of belonging. Our ability to attract people who share our values — integrity, execution, and client focus — will define the next chapter of PBS as surely as any product or partnership we could announce. Capital When we speak of capital at PBS, we are speaking about something far more nuanced than a balance sheet line. Ours is a business in which the cash cycle for a given solution can range from immediate payment to a five-year financing arrangement. The timing of projects often need to be aligned with availability of capital. In addition the funding of projects often leads to funded debt being incurred before cashflows are delivered thus covenants need to be managed. We operate across multiple currencies, with varying regulatory environments governing the movement of funds across borders. Managing this complexity is one of the most demanding aspects of what we do. Ensuring the ongoing funding of our business is like the provision of oxygen to the pilots of a plane in the air, it is an essential ingredient in getting to the destination. In 2024, I was pleased to report the refinancing of our capital market obligations with a new six-year facility. In 2025, the discipline instilled through that process has served us well. Our balance sheet remains fundamentally sound, and our committed growth capital provides the runway we need to pursue the opportunities that are emerging across the region. The integration of the Xerox operations in Peru and Ecuador, undertaken in 2024, has progressed as planned and is contributing to our expanded footprint. Our strategic investment in TSL continues to develop, and we are monitoring additional acquisition opportunities with the same rigour we apply to our organic growth. Systems 27

I would be remiss not to address again the importance of our internal systems and governance. In 2023, we experienced material misstatements in our Costa Rica subsidiary that delayed our audit. I reported then that we had implemented significant changes to personnel and governance. I am pleased to report that the integrity of our financial reporting across the group has been maintained in 2025 and that the controls we put in place are functioning as intended. We will strive to continue to improve our systems to ensure accuracy as well as expediency in reporting. However expediency must never compromise accuracy. We continue to invest in the technology infrastructure that supports our operations. Shared service functions in accounting and administration are becoming more sophisticated. The balance between local responsiveness and central efficiency is a tension that every multi-jurisdictional business must manage continuously, and we are no different. What I can say with confidence is that our systems today are materially stronger than they were three years ago, and our commitment to making them stronger still remains absolute. Partners Without people, capital and systems, PBS would not be able to do anything. However without partnerships with the leading IT companies in the world we would not be able to add the value we do to our customers. PBS works with almost every global leader in IT. We take this privilege very seriously. Every day we work with our partners to execute projects in our markets that are essential to the economic development of our countries. It is our job to facilitate the seamless execution of such projects in Imaging, Information technology, networking communications, professional services, security systems and payment methods servicing the backbone to our economies. Throughout this annual report you will see reference to our partners who over the last 24 years we have built up credibility and trust. We exist to provide seamless execution for them in order to deliver customer satisfaction through productive solutions to our customers. I would like to thank all of our partners for their support in 2025 and we look forward to working together in 2026. Looking Forward As we look to 2026 and beyond, the opportunity before PBS has never been greater. The markets we serve — across the Caribbean, Central America, and now into South America — are at an inflection point in their technology adoption curves. Governments are investing in digital public infrastructure. Enterprises are accelerating their 28

managed services requirements. Artificial Intelligence (AI) is going to transform everything. Every business will need to assess how AI will work for them in their business. The demand for the kind of deep, locally-grounded IT expertise that PBS has spent 24 years building is real, and it is growing. Our task is to ensure that we are the organization capable of capturing it. We will continue to scale responsibly, to deepen our client partnerships, and to invest with discipline in the capabilities that matter. We are not simply a distribution business that sells technology. We are a solutions organization that transforms how our clients operate. That distinction is the foundation of everything we have built, and it is the source of our confidence in what lies ahead. On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Doug Hewson who resigned from the board in 2025. He has been on the board since we went public and has been an important contributor to the board. We wish him the best and are grateful for his contributions to PBS. I extend our sincere appreciation to every member of the PBS team. The results of 2025 - both the achievements and the shortfalls - are yours. So too is the opportunity that 2026 represents. I thank our shareholders for their continued confidence in the strategy and the leadership of this organization. We are building something of genuine and lasting significance, and we remain committed to doing so with the integrity and intensity that has always defined PBS. Warm regards, P.B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board Productive Business Solutions Limited 29

The Xerox VersaLink B405 is a reliable monochrome multifunction printer designed for small and medium-sized workgroups. It delivers print, copy, scan, fax, and email capabilities in a compact and efficient device. With print speeds of up to 45 pages per minute, support for A4 paper size, and a recommended monthly volume of up to 15,000 pages, the VersaLink B405 helps businesses improve productivity while maintaining professional-quality output and secure document management. Multifunctional Xerox ® VersaLink ® B405 30

31 PEDRO M. PARÍS Group CEO

CEO Letter Dear Fellow Shareholders, Our Chairman has spoken to the financial results of 2025 with characteristic candor. What I want to address here is what those results represent strategically and what we are building toward. We are at a rare inflection point: artificial intelligence, cloud infrastructure, and the obsolescence of legacy systems are reshaping every market we serve. Disruption creates pressure, but it also creates demand and PBS is well positioned to capture it. We Do Not Sell Technology. We Engineer Outcomes. This moment also marks a meaningful evolution in how we define ourselves. We have embraced a new identity: Engineering & Technology No Limits. It is not a marketing exercise. It is a declaration of intent the standard we set for ourselves in the complexity of the problems we take on, the quality of the solutions we deliver, and the boundaries we refuse to accept. What differentiates PBS is not the products we represent it is how we think. We are a systems integrator that excels at building backwards from the client's desired outcome, assembling the precise combination of capabilities each engagement demands. Our active role in project finance further sets us apart, enabling us to structure and deliver solutions that go well beyond the scope of a traditional technology provider. We renew our most enduring client relationships not through inertia, but by consistently delighting them transforming contracts into long-term franchises. And we are now applying that same ingenuity inward: automation and AI agents are actively reducing our own operational costs, improving margins as we scale. Most Important Partners of the PBS Ecosystem Our partner ecosystem is one of our most powerful assets. PBS works alongside Oracle, Cisco, NCR Atleos, NCR Voyix, Xerox, Leidos, and others as their trusted regional execution partner relationships built over decades that are not easily replicated. In 2026 we are going deeper: a unified PBS Consulting under a dedicated regional director sharpens our Oracle go-to-market; Cisco anchors our networking and security practice; NCR Atleos and NCR Voyix lead our financial self-service presence; and Leidos strengthens our positioning in mission-critical solutions. Xerox remains one of our most enduring partnerships. Our CMPS penetration rate of 32

79.3% across PBS Group is a tangible proof point of that trust. As Xerox expands into digital services and IT solutions and as we work to incorporate the strategic developments following the Lexmark acquisition we see clear opportunity ahead. These are not simply vendor relationships. They are proof points of our standing in the global technology community. Artificial Intelligence: From Pilot to Practice PBS has entered the world of agentic AI not as a concept we are studying, but as a capability we are deploying. In late 2025, we led a proof of concept with a major regional bank that combined advanced data warehouse migration engineering from Microsoft SQL Server to Oracle with artificial intelligence. The engagement demonstrated PBS's unique ability to bridge deep infrastructure expertise with emerging AI capabilities: an outcome neither a pure vendor nor a traditional integrator could achieve alone. This is where PBS is building its next frontier. Governments modernizing public infrastructure, financial institutions transforming core systems, enterprises navigating digital change all face environments of growing complexity. AI-powered solutions that address mission-critical use cases, reduce operational risk, and close gaps left by legacy obsolescence represent a genuine and growing opportunity. We are building those competencies today. THE ORGANIZATION WE ARE BUILDING In 2026, PBS has strengthened its senior leadership with targeted additions designed to deepen expertise and expand regional capacity. Our culture of collaboration sharing talent, resources, and best practices across 24 markets compounds as a competitive advantage. Central to this model is a pool of high-caliber specialists: forward deployed engineers, solution architects, and domain experts deployed with precision across geographies. A solution proven in Honduras can be deployed in Jamaica. A capability built in Peru can serve Colombia. This is something our local competitors cannot match in scale, and our global competitors cannot match in regional depth. Turnaround and the Opportunity Ahead Our 24-market footprint is both a risk management discipline and a growth engine. We are entering new markets to consolidate our regional position and reduce concentration risk. Simultaneously, we are focused on unlocking value within our 33

current footprint: our operations in Panama, Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru markets where our presence was built on imaging and where we are now accelerating into higher-value technology services represent meaningful turnaround opportunities. The adjustments now underway will, we believe, generate contributions that meaningfully enhance shareholder value. We view them as investments in progress, and we are confident in the path forward. What Lies Ahead The demand for what PBS does deep, locally grounded, end-to-end technology execution has never been greater. We have been building toward this moment for more than two decades. Our partnerships, our people, and our culture have been assembled with exactly this horizon in mind. The work ahead is significant. The opportunity is larger still. To our shareholders: we remain committed to rewarding your confidence with discipline, integrity, and the intensity that has always defined this organization. Warm regards, PEDRO M. PARÍS C. Group CEO Productive Business Solutions Limited 34

P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board Pedro M. París Director, Group CEO P.B. Scott is the CEO, Chairman and Principal Shareholder of the Musson Group. Over the last two decades, P.B. Scott has conceptualised and led the expansion of the Musson Group from a Jamaican consumer wholesale distribution business to a diversified group operating in 30 countries. The Group is a leader across the Caribbean in food, pharmaceuticals, information technology, and insurance. The Musson Group includes leading businesses such as The PBS Group, Seprod Limited, General Accident Insurance, and A.S. Brydens & Sons. He has served as CEO of Musson since 2004. Today the Musson Group has a turnover in excess of US$1.6 billion annually and over 7,000 employees. In addition to his private sector contributions, P.B. Scott has committed a significant amount of time to public service. He is the chairman of the Development Bank of Jamaica and has led multiple enterprise teams to divest government assets. In 2023, he was awarded 'the Order of Jamaica for his exceptional contribution to the Business Industry, Investment, and Philanthropy in Jamaica and the Caribbean. Mr. Pedro M. París has been with PBS since 2003, He has held several management positions, in 2006 he was named COO for Central America. Mr. París was appointed Group CEO at the end of 2009. He is responsible for the vision, strategy and execution of the day-to-day operations. He is also a member of the Management Governance and Executive Committees. Mr. París worked 18 years for IBM-GBM (an IBM alliance), where he held several senior management positions across the business. Mr. París studied Business Administration at the Universidad Autónoma Centro America, Costa Rica. Group Board of Directors 37

Mr. Hutchinson currently works with Portland Private Equity (“PPE”) as Vice President – Investments, with responsibility for leading investment transactions throughout the region. He has more than 13 years of experience in the regional finance industry working with several top financial institutions. Prior to joining PPE, Ricardo held the role of Associate Director – Investment Banking with a leading regional commercial bank. He holds a Master of Science degree in Economics from the University of the West Indies and is a CFA Charter holder. *Ricardo Hutchinson Non-Executive Director Group Board of Directors *Independent Director Mr. Agnew is an entrepreneur specializing in building content marketing, marketing technology and information services businesses. He founded Brafton Inc. and a group of subsidiary companies that are North America and Australia’s leading content marketing entities. Brafton Inc. has been listed among the 5,000 fastest growing private companies four years in row. He co-founded DeHavilland Information Services and Axonn Ltd in the UK. Originally from the UK, he moved to the U.S.A. in 2008. Mr. Agnew holds a degree in Politics from the University of Newcastle, UK. *Thomas Agnew Non-Executive Director 38

Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Group Board of Directors José Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director *Independent Director Mrs. Blondell Walker has been part of the Musson Group of Companies for over 20 years and is currently the ICT Director, a position she has held since 2000. She is also on the Board for T. Geddes Grant (Distributors) Limited and Musson Jamaica Limited. She was instrumental in the implementation of the Enterprise Resource Program (ERP  application across the Musson Group of Companies. Mrs. Walker studied Accounting and Systems Analysis at the University of the West Indies, Institute of Management and the Heriot Watt University of Edinburgh, Scotland. She is the Chairman for the Western United Basic School. Blondell Walker Non-Executive Director 39

Mr Ince is a Senior Partner/Co-Founder of Frontlight Ventures, a regional investment and consulting firm. He was Co-Founder and Managing Director of Prism Services, a regional payments and operations outsourcing company. He is a Non-Executive Republic Bank Ltd, Cave Shepherd, Foster & Ince Cruise Services and the Barbados Sugar Industry Ltd. He is a graduate of York University, Canada and is a National Barbados Aubrey Collymore Scholarship recipient for sciences. Group Board of Directors *Edward Ince Non-Executive Director *Independent Director Mrs. Melanie Subratie is Chairman and CEO of Stanley Motta Ltd., Vice-Chairman of Musson (Ja) Ltd. and Director of all its subsidiaries, Vice-Chairman of General Accident Insurance Company Ltd., Eppley Ltd, and T Geddes Grant Ltd. Chairman of E-Pins Ltd. and sits on the executive of Seprod group of Companies and all its subsidiary boards. Chairman of Seprod Foundation, Musson Foundation, Chairperson of Jamaica Girls Coding and Chairman of Jamaica RISE Life Management and other CSR organizations. She is also Fourth Vice-President of the Jamaica Chamber of Commerce, and is the current Chair of the Legislation, Regulation and Improvement Committee. She is a honors graduate of London School of Economics. Melanie Subratie Non-Executive Director 40

Group Board of Directors Patrick A. W. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Patrick A. W. Scott is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Facey Commodity Company Limited and the Executive Deputy Chairman of the Facey Group. Prior to these appointments, he served 16 years as Managing Director. A seasoned executive, Mr. Scott has worked for a combined total of 40 years in various roles and was key figure in the global development of Facey’s Telecom business. He currently serves the board of directos of several companies including, P.A. Benjamin, Serge Island Diaries, International Biscuits and Serge Island Farms. Attended Seneca College and Ryerson University in Toronto, Canada. Mr Brian Wynter has been incorporated to the PBS Group Limited Board of Directors. Mr. Wynter has an extensive career in the financial sector, serving as Governor of the Bank of Jamaica until August 2019. The motion was presented to the Board of Directors, which was accepted, and in this way, Brian Wynter was duly appointed to the board of directors of PBS Group Limited. An honors graduate from the London School of Economics in 1981, and specialized in International Economy form Columbia University in 1985. *Brian Wynter Non-Executive Director 41

Group Board of Directors Nicholas A. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Nicholas Scott is the Vice Chairman of Eppley Limited and a director of Eppley Fund Managers Limited. Mr. Scott is also the Chief Investment Officer of the Musson Group and a Director of Musson and most of its major subsidiaries and affiliates. Mr. Scott is the Chairman of the Student Loan Bureau and a former Vice-President of the Private Sector Organization of Jamaica. He holds a B.Sc. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and an M.P.A. from the Harvard Kennedy School of Government. 42

4 Paul Scott 5 Melanie Subratie 5 Pedro M. Paris 5 Jose Misrahi 5 Patrick Scott 5 Blondell Walker 4 Nicholas Scott 5 Ricardo Hutchinson 5 Thomas Agnew 5 Edward Ince 5 Brian Wynter 7 Jose Misrahi 7 Ricardo Hutchinson 7 Thomas Agnew 6 Brian Wynter 4 Melanie Subratie Board Meetings Audit Meetings 43

Board of Committees Executive Committee Audit Committee Compensation Committee *Independent Director P.B. Scott Chairperson Nicholas A. Scott José Misrahi Pedro M. París P.B. Scott Chairperson Patrick Scott *Ricardo Hutchinson Melanie Subratie *Thomas Agnew José Misrahi *Ricardo Hutchinson *Brian Wynter Chairperson 44

Sergio Molina Planning Operations Director Sergio Molina started at PBS 20 years ago. He has hold several positions in the company. PBS Guatemala General Manager (7 Years), PBS Dominican Republic General Manager (1 Year), PBS Group Post-Sale Manager (1Year), PBS Group Sales Process Management, PBS Group Planning Manager (Current). Mr Molina obtained a Degree in Business Administration from Universidad de San Carlos de Guatemala. Mario Pons Professional Services Operations Mario Pons has been a key player for the Inkjet strategy the group has developed in Central America and has helped various PBS organizations in the development of high impact projects such as the printing of Electoral Ballots. He has also been key in the relationship with global partners, Entrust Datacard and Gemalto, for National ID projects in Guatemala, Jamaica and Costa Rica. He started working in Xerox Guatemala in 1994 and has developed his career within Xerox and PBS holding several positions in Sales, Service and Professional Services. He has a BSC in Computer Science from Louisiana State University, and a Diploma in Business Administration from Tayasal Business School. Leonardo Velásquez Infrastructure & Technology Networking Director Leonardo Velazquez has been working with PBS since 2015. He oversees the sales relationship with vendors and distributors, such as: Cisco, Fortinet, HP, Dell, Tripplite, TechData, Intcomex, IngramMicro. Before PBS, he worked as a Regional Partner Account Manager at Cisco Systems for 6 years and has amassed a total of 25 years in the IT sector. He graduated from Universidad de Simon Bolivar. He has an MBA in Enterprise Administration and is an Electronic Engineer. Alex Chiriboga Service Delivery & Logistics Director Alex recently joined PBS Group in May 2024 as Director of Delivery Service & Logistics. His main objective is to transform the service we provide to our customers, aiming to achieve the highest levels of satisfaction and experience. This transformation will focus on improving processes through a connectivity strategy, optimizing resources and technology, and maintaining inventory levels and quality aligned with the requirements of our broad portfolio of products and services. Mr. Chiriboga brings over 32 years of experience from Xerox, where he held leadership roles in Service Delivery, Technical Services, Logistics, Sales, and the Paper Business across Ecuador and the Latin America Region. He holds an MBA with specializations in Finance, Marketing, and Human Resources, a degree in Process Administration Engineering, a Bachelor’s in Electronics & Telecommunications, and is certified as a Lean Six Sigma Green Belt. Senior Regional Leadership Team 45

Jose Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Lucia Vielman Coporate Treasure Mrs. Vielman Ruiz was a Private Banking Manager at Mercom Bank and later appointedas General Manager. In 2009 Mrs. Vielman Ruiz Joined PBS as Compliant officer for the first sindicate loan and in 2010 she became the Corporate Treasurer, responsible for banking operations at country level and member of the Management Governance Committee. She Graduated in Business Administration from Universidad Francisco Marroquin, Guatemala in 1998. Sharon McDonald Chief Assurance Officer Dr. Sharon Smith-McDonald supports PBS Group Limited. She is responsible for overseeing the Group’s internal controls and risk management. She plays a critical role in ensuring compliance with regulations by the development of effective assurance strategies across all business operations. Dr. Smith-McDonald has accumulated over three decades of experience in fi nance, accounting, and business operations. Her distinguished career includes key leadership roles within multinational organizations, most recently serving as Group Financial Controller at Musson Jamaica Limited. Dr. Smith-McDonald holds a Doctor of Business Administration in Finance & Internal Controls from Walden University, a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Northern Caribbean University, and a Bachelor of Science in Management and Accounting from The University of the West Indies. Ryan Kirlew Corporate Global Controller Ryan oversees the fi nancial operations of the entire PBS Group. Ryan brings a wealth of experience in strategic fi nancial management and reporting. He has consistently demonstrated outstanding leadership, expertise, and a deep understanding of fi nancial operations. His commitment to excellence has been evident throughout his career, and we are con fi dent that he will excel in this new role. Since joining the Group in 2017, Ryan has made signi fi cant contributions while working with Musson International Dairies Limited, Seprod, T. Geddes Grant, and Musson Jamaica—gaining valuable experience and playing a key role in the success of these business units. As Global Controller, Ryan is responsible for the overall fi nancial reporting of the PBS Group. He leads the development and maintenance of the organization’s accounting policies, practices, procedures, initiatives, and systems. Senior Regional Leadership Team 46

Daniel Martínez Advanced Services Regional Manager Daniel brings over 20 years of experience in business development across the technology and consulting sectors, leading transformational initiatives for government and financial institutions throughout Central America and the Caribbean. In the past seven years alone, he has consistently achieved double-digit growth in revenue and margins in Honduras by designing and implementing tailored professional services that accelerate technology adoption. As an Oracle Champion for nearly a decade, Daniel seamlessly combines technical expertise with commercial strategy to drive client success. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing & International Business and a Master of Science in Finance from Universidad Tecnológica Centroamericana (UNITEC), Honduras. Additionally, he earned a Professional Certificate in Digital Transformation from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Cambridge, MA, USA. Vennis Williamson Regional Manager Jamaica & Cayman Vennis Williamson. Her career in the information and communications technology (ICT) sector spans over a decade. Vennis has played a crucial role in navigating PBS Jamaica through the digital era, achieving significant technological milestones along the way. Her strategic guidance has integrated major technology entities, propelling the organization to unprecedented levels of innovation and market leadership. Over the past three years, under Vennis's leadership, PBS Jamaica has exceeded financial and operational growth objectives while prioritizing staff engagement as a core part of its strategy. Estefania Menéndez Personnel Regional Director Estefanía Menéndez is the Regional Personnel Director at PBS Group Limited, where she leads the human capital strategy and drives organizational transformation across the group. With over 14 years of experience in the Technology, Electrical, Outsourcing, and Business Services sectors, Estefanía has held leadership positions at renowned companies such as Schneider Electric, Xerox, and Capgemini. She holds a Business degree and a Master’s in Finance from Franklin University, and is certified in both Project Management and Six Sigma. Estefanía is widely recognized for implementing transformative initiatives that enhance productivity, increase operational efficiency, and boost employee engagement. Javier Mogollón Chief Information Officer Javier Mogollón is a systems engineer with a postgraduate degree in telecommunications from the Santiago Mariño University in Venezuela, he arrived in Guatemala 20 years ago after completing a ten-year cycle at Xerox of Venezuela, throughout this time in which he has worked for the group, Javier has held several positions accepting both local and regional challenges and responsibilities. He served as service manager, and sales support manager was the creator and developer of the Docushare Project (accounting code) in Shared Service that is currently used by all PBS Groups and the following company incorporations, he was in charge of the System One infrastructure installed in the Guatemala data center for 2 years, 4 years has held the position of IT manager in PBS Guatemala. Javier is currently the CIO of PBS Group. Regional Leadership Team 47

Lesder Ramírez Chief Operating Officer Central America Mr. Lesder Ramirez studied Business Administration at the Universidad San Carlos De Guatemala, Guatemala and in 2009, joined PBS as the Financial Manager for the Guatemala operations. From 2009 to 2015, Lesder was entrusted to play different roles in finance such as Finance Manager for the operations of Costa Rica, Honduras Jamaica and Belize, Shared Service Center - Finance Manager and Xerox Relationship Management. During his tenure managing the Xerox relationship, Lesder oversaw planning operations, working closely with Mr. Pedro M. Paris C., CEO of PBS Group, where he developed additional business acumen. In 2019, based on his achievements, Lesder was promoted to oversee the operations of Dutch Caribbean as Senior General Manager. More recently in 2022, due to his knowledge of the PBS business as well as his solid financial and operations background Lesder, was named COO in charge of the operations of Trinidad & Tobago, Guyana, and Dutch Caribbean (Aruba, Curacao, Bonaire, Saint Maarten and Suriname). Stuart Franco Chief Operating Officer Eastern Caribbean Cluster Stuart Franco is the Chief Operating Officer of the Eastern Caribbean Cluster, bringing over two decades of leadership, commercial expertise, and deep regional knowledge to the role. A graduate of the University of Western Ontario with a B.A. in Statistics & Economics, Stuart joined TSL in 2003 and steadily rose through the ranks — from Sales Representative to Sales Manager, Executive Vice President of Sales, and Chief Executive Officer — before assuming his current role in 2026. Throughout his tenure, he has been a driving force behind the company's growth trajectory, building lasting client relationships and strengthening TSL's market position across the Caribbean. Stuart served as President of the American Chamber of Commerce in Trinidad and Tobago (AmCham T&T) from 2023 to 2025 and has been a board member since 2018. He is also an active board member of the TSL Foundation, where he has championed community initiatives that uplift the regions TSL serves. Outside the office, Stuart is a devoted husband and father of four, an avid football fan, and a firm believer in the importance of family — a value he actively fosters within his team. Ezequiel Bardas Chief Operating Officer Latin America Ezequiel Bardas serves as Chief Operating Officer for Latin America at PBS Group, bringing more than two decades of senior executive leadership to the role. Known for his ability to scale operations, drive digital transformation, and deliver sustainable profitability in complex environments, Ezequiel leads the strategic direction for PBS Group's affiliates across the Andean Region — overseeing operational synergy, key alliance development, and an ambitious expansion plan throughout Latin America. Before joining PBS Group, Ezequiel held distinguished leadership positions at Xerox, serving as President and General Manager across major markets including the United States and Latin America. His track record of navigating high-stakes business environments and building high-performing regional organizations speaks to a career defined by results and resilience. Ezequiel holds an Executive MBA from IAE Business School, complemented by multiple leadership certifications. His leadership philosophy blends sharp market insight with an unwavering commitment to innovation and excellence — qualities that position him as a driving force behind PBS Group's next chapter in the region. Regional Leadership Team 48

GENERAL MANAGER Melani Angeles DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Marco Almendárez NICARAGUA SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Francisco Lupiac GENERAL MANAGER HONDURAS COUNTRY MANAGER Nyron Thomas TRINIDAD & TOBAGO SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Elvin Nash BARBADOS & OECS Jason Alidikromo COUNTRY MANAGER SURINAME Senior in Country Leadership SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Mirian Alas EL SALVADOR Laura Johnston COUNTRY MANAGER CAYMAN 49

Nella Aguilar PERU COUNTRY MANAGER Candace Bartholomew COUNTRY MANAGER GUYANA Jose Maduro COUNTRY MANAGER BONAIRE & ARUBA Charlesson Ramdjas COUNTRY MANAGER CURAÇAO Vynnie Mila GENERAL MANAGER GPA GPA USA Luis Castillo GUATEMALA COUNTRY MANAGER COUNTRY MANAGER Ana Karina Vallejo ECUADOR Senior in Country Leadership Esteban Corrales PANAMA & COLOMBIA COUNTRY MANAGER 50

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 51

Deloitte & Touche 3 rd Floor The Goddard Building Haggatt Hall St. Michael, BB11059 Barbados, W.I. Tel: +246 620 6400 Fax: +246 430 6451 www.deloitte.com Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (“DTTL”), its global network of member firms, and their related entities (collectively, the “Deloitte organization”). DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) and each of its member firms and related entities are legally separate and independent entities, which cannot obligate or bind each other in respect of third parties. DTTL and each DTTL member firm and related entity is liable only for its own acts and omissions, and not those of each other. DTTL does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about to learn more. Deloitte & Touche is an affiliate of DCB Holding Ltd., a member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Opinion We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries (“the Group”), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2025, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including material accounting policy information. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at December 31, 2025, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS Accounting Standards”). Basis for Opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) (“IESBA Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Key Audit Matters Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill As at 31 December 2025, Goodwill accounted for US$86.2 million, which represents 20.5% of total assets of the Group. On an annual basis, management tests whether goodwill is subject to impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units (CGU) have been determined using value in use calculations based on the higher of the recoverable amount compared to fair value less costs to sell. Our approach to testing management’s impairment assessment, with the assistance of our valuation specialist involved the following procedures, amongst others: • Obtained management’s discounted cash flow model (DCF) including qualitative and quantitative analyses and updated our understanding of the process used by management to determine the value in use of each CGU and evaluated for any changes.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 2 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill (Cont’d) We focused on this area because the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill involves significant judgement and estimation, is sensitive to changes in key assumptions and determining economic recovery is challenging. The key assumptions were assessed by management as being: • Revenue growth rate; • Terminal growth rate; • Average Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) to revenue; and Pre-tax Discount rate. • Agreed the 31 December 2025 base year financial information to current year results and compared previous forecasts to actual results to assess the performance of the business and the accuracy of management’s forecasting. • Compared the revenue growth rates to historical revenue growth and externally derived data as well as our own assessments in relation to key inputs such as projected economic growth, inflation and pre-tax discount rates. • Developed a range of parameters using available market inputs and historical information and performed sensitivity analyses using these parameters, which was compared to management’s terminal growth and pre-tax discount rates. • Compared EBITDA margins to historical results, and verified reconciling variances to underlying supporting data and current period results. Tested management’s impairment model calculations for mathematical accuracy Operating and finance lease revenue (Forming part of sale of goods) Revenue arising from the inception of new finance leases is included within the sale of goods revenue stream and is not captured through a specific identifier. As a result, identifying transactions that contain lease arrangements requires manual assessment for every underlying subsidiary. Recognition of revenue in these arrangements requires judgment to identify the lease and non-lease components of the contract and to determine whether the lease should be classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. This classification can materially affect the timing and presentation of revenue recognition, the measurement of lease receivables, and the related financial statement disclosures. Our approach to testing lease revenue to mitigate the identified risks includes the following procedures: • Obtained the population of leases entered into by the entities and reviewed Management's assessment on their classification between operating and finance leases. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition of the finance lease within the Sale of Goods revenue stream, based on the lease amortisation schedule prepared by the management. • On a sample basis, obtained and inspected the related customer contracts / signed agreements to review Management's

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 3 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Lease classification is based on the terms set out in customer agreements and purchase orders. Accordingly, significant judgment is required to assess whether the contractual terms are consistent with the underlying transaction and whether the classification has been applied appropriately across the population of relevant sales arrangements. As it involves manual review and interpretation of contract documentation, there is an increased risk of error and inconsistent application. The key assumptions and judgments applied by management include: • assessment of whether the arrangement is an operating lease or a finance lease; • determination of the discount rate used in lease classification and measurement; and • identification of the standalone selling price of goods where contracts include both leasing and maintenance components. assessment on the classification between finance or operating lease. • For the selected samples, obtained and verified the inputs (interest rates, delivery dates, lease & non-lease component) as determined by Management to recalculate the finance lease revenue to be recognised in the accounts at lease inception. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition and subsequent interest income based on our independent recalculation to the amounts recorded by management. Management override of controls Management is in a unique position to perpetrate fraud because of its ability to directly or indirectly manipulate accounting records and prepare fraudulent financial statements by overriding established controls that otherwise appear to be operating effectively. The risk of management override of controls is pervasive. Because of its unpredictable nature, this risk could result in a material misstatement. This significant risk also represents a fraud risk for the audit. • Engaged in periodic fraud discussions with certain members of senior management and utilized our internal fraud specialist to guide and support our fraud-related testing procedures. • Considered the potential for bias in judgments and estimates, including performing retrospective analysis of significant accounting estimates. • Evaluated whether the Company has entered into any significant unusual transactions and, if so, the nature, terms, and business purpose (or lack thereof) of those transactions and whether such transactions involved related parties. • Evaluated the Company’s fraud risk assessment and consider indirect controls

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 4 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter and internal controls over the closing and reporting process. • Using our propriety software tool we extracted and tested journal entries that exhibit characteristics of possible management override of controls. • Tested controls over significant, unusual transactions, particularly those that result in late or unusual journal entries and controls over journal entries and adjustments made in the period-end financial reporting process. • No evidence of management override of controls was identified as a results of our audit procedures. Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process. Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also: • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 5 • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management. • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. • Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business units within the Group as a basis for forming an opinion on the group financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determined those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. Information other than the financial statements Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Annual Report but does not include the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon which is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s report. Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with the audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. When we read the Annual Report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 6 The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditors’ report is Steve Clarke. Other matter – responsibility for our audit work This report is made solely to the shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited as a body, in accordance with Section 147 of the Companies Act of Barbados. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the shareholders for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinion we have formed. Other matter – predecessor auditors The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2024 were audited by another auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those statements on 30 June 2025. 7 June 2026

Page 2 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Non-Current Assets Property, plant and equipment 13 36,106 35,865 Right-of-use assets 14 15,269 12,802 Intangible assets 15 104,757 107,595 Lease receivables 16 4,538 6,869 Pension plan assets 30 3,752 3,674 Long term receivables 17 608 551 Deferred tax assets 18 11,507 14,491 Investments 34 - 243 Contract Asset 33 28 - Investments in Associate 20 4,774 4,056 Total Non-Current Assets 181,339 186,146 Current Assets Due from related parties 19 8,066 7,467 Inventories 21 58,043 48,584 Contract assets 33 - 1,602 Trade and other receivables 22 127,296 105,760 Current portion of lease receivables 16 11,437 2,696 Current portion of long-term receivables 17 161 38 Taxation recoverable 14,476 17,462 Cash and bank 23 21,574 29,961 Total Current Assets 241,053 213,570 Current Liabilities Trade and other payables 24 91,049 85,855 Contract liabilities 33 15,101 15,602 Due to related parties 19 13,739 12,308 Taxation payable 5,219 11,255 Current portion of lease liabilities 25 6,998 6,441 Short term loans 26 19,245 5,941 Current portion of long-term loans 26 14,250 10,633 Total Current Liabilities 165,601 148,035 Net Current Assets 75,452 65,535 Total Non-current Assets and Net Current Assets 256,791 251,681

Page 3 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (Continued) 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Equity Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Share capital 27 123,016 123,016 Other reserves/ (deficit) 28 (17,025) (17,339) Accumulated deficit (30,198) (23,274) Total Shareholders´ Equity 75,793 82,403 Non-controlling Interests 1,337 1,185 Total Equity 77,130 83,588 Non-Current Liabilities Retirement benefit obligations 30 3,111 1,553 Deferred tax liabilities 18 6,570 6,153 Lease liabilities 25 17,988 15,465 Borrowings 26 151,992 144,515 Other long-term liabilities - 407 Total Non-Current Liabilities 179,661 168,093 Total Non-Current Liabilities and Equity 256,791 251,681 Approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 June, 2026 and signed on its behalf by: _____________________________________________ _________________________________ Paul Scott Director Pedro Paris Director The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 4 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Number of Shares ‘000 Share Capital $’000 Other Reserves / (Deficit) $’000 Accumulated Deficit $’000 Non- Controlling Interest $’000 Total $’000 Balance at 31 December 2023 188,213 123,016 (17,139) (29,359) 1,070 77,588 Currency translation differences - - (820) (87) - (907) Actuarial loss - - (96) - - (96) Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - 716 - - 716 Net income - - - 7,461 115 7,576 Total comprehensive income - - (200) 7,374 115 7,289 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (1,289) - (1,289) Balance at 31 December 2024 188,213 123,016 (17,339) (23,274) 1,185 83,588 Currency translation differences - - 260 - - 260 Actuarial gain - - 54 - - 54 Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - - - - - Net income - - - 4,287 152 4,439 Total comprehensive income - - 314 4,287 152 4,753 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (11,211) - (11,211) Balance at 31 December 2025 188,213 123,016 (17,025) (30,198) 1,337 77,130 The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 5 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash Flows from Operating Activities (Note 31) 2,726 32,531 Cash Flows from Financing Activities Interest paid (17,094) (18,801) Dividends paid (11,211) (1,289) Proceeds from borrowing 48,808 147,041 Repayments of borrowings (19,297) (141,672) Repayments of lease liabilities (8,370) (10,699) Net cash used in financing activities (7,164) (25,420) Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired 35 (592) (1,293) Interest received 1,769 1,999 Purchase of property, plant and equipment (5,102) (6,378) Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 42 238 Purchase of Investments in Associates 20 - (3,543) Net cash used in investing activities (3,883) (8,977) Net (Decrease) in Cash (8,321) (1,866) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 29,961 31,991 Effect of foreign exchange in cash (66) (164) Cash and Cash Equivalents at end of the year 23 21,574 29,961 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The principal non-cash transactions include: ● Transfer to property, plant and equipment from inventory during the financial year $9,380,000 (2024 - $9,017,000). ● Transfer from property, plant and equipment to inventory upon expiry of operating lease of $4,018,000 (2024 - $4,799,000). The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page 6 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 1. Identification and Principal Activities Productive Business Solutions Limited (“the Company”) is a company incorporated on 16 December 2010, and domiciled in Barbados, originally under the International Business Corporation (IBC) Act 77 (Barbados). Effective July 1st, 2021, the Company operates under the Companies Act Cap. 308 (Barbados) and holds a Foreign Currency Permit under the Foreign Currency Permits Act, 2018-44 (Barbados). The tax rate for the fiscal year commencing 1 January 2025 is 9.0% of taxable income. The registered office of the Company is at Facey House # 42 Warrens Industrial Park, Warrens, St. Michaels, Barbados. The Company is capitalised by ordinary shares. The Company is a subsidiary of Facey Group Limited, owned by Musson (Jamaica) Limited. Facey Group Limited is a company incorporated in Barbados under the Companies Act, Cap. 308 (Barbados) as an international business company. In combination, Musson (Jamaica) Limited and Facey Group Limited own 66.98% of the ordinary shares of the Company. The Company is listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange and the International Securities Market in Barbados. The Company’s ultimate parent company and controlling party is Elkon Limited (“Elkon”), which is incorporated and domiciled in Jamaica, and Paul B. Scott, respectively. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, (referred to as “Group”) are the distribution of printing equipment, business machines, handsets and related accessories, automated teller machines, security checkpoints, system integration, cloud services, data analytics, communication solutions, e-transactions, development of software and other technology solutions. In May 2025 the Group acquired 100% holding in Regional Business Systems Limited (RBS), incorporated and domiciled in Barbados (Note 35).

Page 7 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, hereinafter referred to as the financial statements, are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. (a) Basis of preparation These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. IFRS Accounting Standards comprise the following authoritative literature:  IFRS Accounting Standards  IAS Standards  Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC Interpretations) or its predecessor body, the Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC Interpretations). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain items of property, plant and equipment. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Although these estimates are based on managements’ best knowledge of current events and action, actual results could differ from those estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 4. Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year Certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards have been published that became effective during the current financial year. The Group has assessed the relevance of all such new standards, interpretations and amendments and has affected the following, which are immediately relevant to its operations: Amendments to IAS 21,‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ , Amendments to IAS 21 were made to add requirements to help entities to determine whether a currency is exchangeable into another currency, and the spot exchange rate to use when it is not. Prior to these amendments, IAS 21 set out the exchange rate to use when exchangeability is temporarily lacking, but not what to do when lack of exchangeability is not temporary. Management’s assessment is that the amendments of this standard have no impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Page 8 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year (continued) The amendments must be applied retrospectively in accordance with the requirements in IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. The amendment did not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. There are no other IFRS Accounting Standards or IFRIC interpretations effective in the current year which are expected to have a significant impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the company.

Page 9 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group The Group has concluded that the following standards which are published but not yet effective, are relevant to its operations and will impact the Group’s accounting policies and financial disclosures as discussed below. These standards and amendments to existing standards are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2026, but the Group has not early adopted them: Amendments to IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 7, ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026). Amendments to IFRS 9 and 7 (a) clarify the date of recognition and derecognition of some financial assets and liabilities, with a new exception for some financial liabilities settled through an electronic cash transfer system; (b) clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether a financial asset meets the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) criterion; (c) add new disclosures for certain instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows (such as some financial instruments with features linked to the achievement of environment, social and governance targets); and (d) update the disclosures for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). The amendments in (b) are most relevant to financial institutions, but the amendments in (a), (c) and (d) are relevant to all entities. It is not anticipated that the amendments will have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 18, ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This is the new standard on presentation and disclosure in financial statements, which replaces IAS 1, with a focus on updates to the statement of profit or loss. The key new concepts introduced in IFRS 18 relate to: • the structure of the statement of profit or loss with defined subtotals; • requirement to determine the most useful structure summary for presenting expenses in the statement of profit or loss • required disclosures in a single note within the financial statements for certain profit or loss performance measures that are reported outside an entity’s financial statements (that is, management-defined performance measures); and • enhanced principles on aggregation and disaggregation which apply to the primary financial statements and notes in general. Management is assessing the impact of this new standard on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 19, 'Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures' , (effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This standard permit eligible subsidiaries to apply reduced IFRS disclosure requirements. IFRS 19 is a voluntary standard for eligible subsidiaries. A subsidiary is eligible if it does not have public accountability and it has an ultimate or intermediate parent that produces consolidated financial statements available for public use that comply with IFRS Accounting Standards. An eligible entity may opt to revoke the application of this standard after implementation. The entity may also elect to apply the standard more than one. The group is currently assessing the impact of this standard.

Page 10 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) There are no other new or amended IFRS Accounting Standards and interpretations that are published but not yet effective that would be expected to have an impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the Group. (b) Consolidation (i) Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations involving third parties by the Group. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred, and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss, in the statement of comprehensive income.

Page 11 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) Subsidiaries Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. The Group’s subsidiaries, countries of incorporation, and the Group’s percentage interest are as follows: Country of incorporation Group’s Percentage Interest 2025 2024 Nicaragua Holdings and its subsidiary St., Lucia & Nicaragua 100 100 Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia & Dominican Republic 100 100 Mobay Holdings N.V. and its subsidiary Curacao & Aruba 100 100 PBS Caribbean Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia, Jamaica, Barbados, Colombia, Suriname 100 100 Cayman Business Machines Limited* Cayman 40 40 PBS Technology Group Limited St. Lucia, Antigua & Barbuda, Jamaica, Trinidad, Guyana, 100 100 Infotrans Group Holding B.V. Curacao, Bonaire, Colombia, Suriname & Aruba 100 100 High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V. El Salvador and Honduras 100 100 PBS Central America and its subsidiaries Panama, Guatemala, Costa Rica, El Salvador 100 100 PBS Honduras Honduras 75 75 PBS Peru Peru 100 100 PBS Ecuador Ecuador 100 100

Page 12 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) In accordance with Cayman laws, entities that are domiciled in the Cayman Islands and are not issued with Local Companies Control Law Licenses, are required to be at least 60% owned by a Caymanian. The operation of Cayman Business Machines Limited is however controlled by Productive Business Solutions Limited and is therefore, in substance, categorised as a subsidiary. (ii) Transactions with non-controlling interests The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For purchases of ownership interest in subsidiaries from non-controlling interests in which the Group retains control of the subsidiary, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests where control is retained by the Group are also recorded in equity. (iii) Disposal of subsidiaries When the Group ceases to have control or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value, with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss. If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate. (iv) Business combination under common control Acquisitions from entities under common control are determined by the substance and specific facts and circumstances surrounding any particular business combination under common control. Business combinations under common control are accounted for using the predecessor method of accounting. Under the predecessor method of accounting, the cost of an acquisition is measured in a manner similar to the purchase method of accounting. Identifiable assets and liabilities are measured at book value at the date of acquisition. Under the predecessor method of accounting, no goodwill is created, as any difference between the cost of acquisition and the book value of the net assets acquired is dealt with as an adjustment to retained earnings. (v) Investment in associates Associates are categorized as entities over which the Group has influence but not control, with shareholding and voting rights between 20% and 50%. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost. The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associate’s post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in profit and loss, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equal or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Page 13 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (c) Foreign currency translation (i) Functional and presentation currency Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States Dollars, which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency. (ii) Transactions and balances Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. At the statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the weighted average closing exchange rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates, of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in statement of comprehensive income. (iii) Group companies The results and financial position of all the group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper- inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated as follows: a) Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at year end rates, b) Items affecting the statement of comprehensive income are translated at average rates, and c) The resultant gains or losses are recognised in other comprehensive income as translation gains or losses. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Page 14 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (d) Revenue recognition Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of applicable value added taxes, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue is recognised as follows: Reprographic products Revenue earned from reprographic products is either through an outright sale or a lease of equipment and from related service contracts. Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from finance leases, are recognised at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require installation, revenue is recognised when the equipment has been delivered and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer-installable products are recognised upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer's shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the finance lease method and are recognised as earned over the lease term. A substantial portion of the Group's reprographic products is sold with full- service maintenance agreements. Service revenues are derived primarily from these maintenance contracts on equipment sold to customers and are recognised over the term of the contracts in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, by reference to completion of the specific transaction assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided. Revenue is recognised only after there are specific indicators of transfer of control to the customer. To evidence transfer of control on contracts where revenue is recognised at a point in time, management has defined that revenue can only be recognised after the equipment or part is installed or the supplies are delivered. Bill and hold agreements are scrutinised to ensure the transfer of control to the customer is effective. For contracts where revenue is recognised over time, management measures the fulfilment of the performance obligations based on the value that the delivered goods or services represent to the customer. Telecommunications products Revenue from telecommunications products comprises revenue from the sales of cellular phones. These products are sold under contractual agreements with the telecommunications providers. Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised on a gross basis as management has determined that the Group acts as a principal in relation to these transactions, due to the fact that the Group bears the majority of risk, principally credit and inventory risk, in relation to such transactions, and the Group also acts as primary obligor. Control is the key consideration when assessing the nature of the promise to the customer. When the entity does not control the good or service (or inventory) before it is transferred to the customer it is likely that the promise in the contract is to arrange for goods or services to be delivered (rather than these to be provided by the entity). In such cases, the Company recognises revenue for an amount equal to the net income (revenue minus cost). Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised when a Group entity has delivered products to the customer; the customer has accepted the products and collectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured. Interest income is recognised on the accrual basis on the effective interest basis, except when collectability is considered doubtful. In such cases, income is recorded when economic benefits are received.

Page 15 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (e) Property, plant and equipment Freehold land and buildings are shown at fair value, based on valuations by external independent valuers, less subsequent depreciation for buildings. Valuations are performed every three years to ensure that the fair value of a revalued asset does not differ materially from it’s carrying amount. Any accumulated depreciation at the date of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset, and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of freehold, land and buildings are credited to other comprehensive income and shown as other reserves in shareholder’s equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are recorded in other comprehensive income and debited against other reserves directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the profit or loss. All other property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Land is not depreciated as it is deemed to have an indefinite life. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation is calculated at annual rates on the straight-line basis to write-off the cost of the assets to their residual values over their estimated useful lives at annual rates as follows: Freehold buildings 2 - 2 ½% Leasehold buildings and improvements 10 - 20% Furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment 10 - 33⅓% Motor vehicles 20 - 25% Gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount and are included in operating profit. Repairs and maintenance expenditure is charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which it is incurred. The cost of major renovations is included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of the existing asset will flow to the Group. When revalued assets are sold, the amounts included in other reserves are transferred to retained earnings.

Page 16 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (f) Intangible assets (i) Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates and joint ventures is included in investment in associates and investment in joint venture, respectively. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or Groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. (ii) Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences. Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. All, excepting licenses are deemed to have finite useful lives and amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the intangible assets over their estimated useful lives between 5 and 20 years. Licenses have an indefinite useful life. (iii) Proprietary Software The Group is the owner of a software internally developed to address diverse customer needs. This asset is carried at cost and amortised according to its defined useful life. (g) Impairment of non-financial assets Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Page 17 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset in one entity and a financial liability or equity of another entity. Financial assets Classification The Group classifies its financial assets at amortised cost. The classification depends on the business model used for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. Impairment The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss (ECL) associated with its financial assets classified at amortised cost, lease receivables, long term receivables and related party balances. Application of the General Model The Group has applied the ‘general model’ as required under IFRS 9 for financial assets other than trade receivables. Under this model, the Group is required to assess on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its financial assets carried at amortised cost. The ECL will be recognised in profit or loss before a loss event has occurred. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. ECL is calculated by multiplying the Probability of default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD). The impairment model uses a three-stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination: Stage 1 – 12-month ECL applies to all financial assets that have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and are not credit impaired. The ECL will be computed using a 12-month PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months. Stage 2 – When a financial asset experiences a significant increase in credit risk subsequent to origination but is not credit impaired, it is considered to be in Stage 2. This requires the computation of ECL based on lifetime PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the remaining estimated life of the financial asset. Provisions are higher in this stage because of an increase in risk and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered compared to 12 months in Stage 1. Stage 3 – Financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment will be included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses will continue to capture the lifetime ECL. The Group uses judgement when considering the following factors that affect the determination of impairment: Assessment of Significant Increase in Credit Risk The assessment of a significant increase in credit risk is done on a relative basis. To assess whether the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since origination, the Group compares the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial asset at the reporting date to the corresponding risk of default at origination, using key risk indicators that are used in the Group’s existing risk management processes. At each reporting date, the assessment of a change in credit risk will be individually assessed for those considered individually significant and at the segment level. This assessment is symmetrical in nature, allowing credit risk of financial assets to move back to Stage 1 if the increase in credit risk since origination has reduced and is no longer deemed to be significant.

Page 18 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments (continued) Macroeconomic Factors, Forward Looking Information and Multiple Scenarios The Group applies an unbiased and probability weighted estimate of credit losses by evaluating a range of possible outcomes that incorporates forecasts of future economic conditions. Macroeconomic factors and forward-looking information are incorporated into the measurement of ECL as well as the determination of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination. Measurement of ECLs at each reporting period reflect reasonable and supportable information at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The Group uses three scenarios that are probability weighted to determine ECL. Expected Life When measuring ECL, the Group considers the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk. All contractual terms are considered when determining the expected life, including prepayment options and extension and rollover options. Application of the Simplified Approach For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. Financial liabilities The Group’s financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, this is the initial recognition minus the cumulative amortisation of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount. Financial liabilities at amortised costs are classified as current or non-current depending on whether these are due within 12 months after the statement of financial position date or beyond. Financial liabilities are derecognised when either of the following take place: The Group is discharged from its obligation, upon expiration or when they are cancelled or replaced by a new liability. (i) Inventories Inventories are carried at weighted average purchase cost. These items are stated at cost less provision for write down to net realisable value, where necessary and are stated at the lower weighted average cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the costs of completion and selling expenses. (j) Trade receivables Impairment over trade receivables is determined with the aid of a matrix based on the ageing of the account. Twice a year, management assesses whether there has been any indicator of a change in the credit risk. Additionally, periodically a comprehensive evaluation is performed with the objective of identifying individual accounts that may be subject to impairment which are either written off or fully provided for. (k) Cash and bank Cash and bank include cash on hand net of bank overdrafts. In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and bank include cash in hand and at bank and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown in current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

Page 19 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (l) Trade payables These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. (m) Contract assets and contract liabilities The Group recognises a contract asset whenever it has the right for consideration as a result of transferring goods or services to a customer. Contract assets are different from accounts receivables as the former would only require the passage of time for the consideration to be due. Contract assets are subject to impairment assessment. The Group recognises a contract liability when it has received a payment, or a payment is due for goods or services that have not yet been transferred to the customer. (n) Income taxes Taxation expense in the statement of comprehensive income comprises current and deferred tax charges. Current tax charges are based on taxable profits for the year, which differ from the profit before tax reported because it excludes items that are taxable or deductible in other years, and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability f or current tax is calculated at tax rates that have been enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Deferred tax is the tax expected to be paid or recovered on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding tax bases. Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Currently enacted tax rates are used in the determination of deferred income tax. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they arise from the same taxable entity, relate to the same tax authority and when the legal right of offset exists. Deferred tax is charged or credited to profit or loss, except where it relates to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income, in which case, deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income. (o) Provisions Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. (p) Share capital Ordinary shares, and redeemable cumulative preference shares where the declaration of dividends is discretionary, are classified as equity instruments. The preference shares are perpetual and are only redeemable at the sole discretion of the Company but not before the 16 th year after the issue of the shares. Dividends on these shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are declared.

Page 20 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (q) Earnings per share (i) Basic earnings per share Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: ● the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares. ● by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares. (ii) Diluted earnings per share Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account: ● the after-income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and ● the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. (r) Borrowings Borrowings are recognised initially at cost, being their issue proceeds, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequently, borrowings are stated at amortised cost and any difference between net proceeds and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Preference shares issued by the Group are treated as borrowings if they carry a contractual term of redemption either by cash or another financial asset and dividends payments are not discretionary. (s) Leases As Lessee Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments: - fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable - payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option. Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rates, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions. As Lessor Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessee are classified as finance leases. When assets are leased out under a finance leases, the asset is derecognized and treated as revenue in accordance with accounting policy (d) with the present value of the lease payments is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease in a manner which reflects a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.

Page 21 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (s) Leases (continued) Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessor are included in property, plant and equipment in the statement of financial position. They are depreciated over their expected useful lives on a basis consistent with similar owned property, plant and equipment. Rental income is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. In some instances, transfers are made from Inventory to property, plant and equipment to facilitate the leasing of assets. In instances where leased equipment is returned this is transferred from property, plant and equipment to Inventory. When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which termination takes place. (t) Post-employment benefits The Group participates in a defined contribution plan operated by a related party, Musson (Jamaica) Limited, whereby it pays contributions to a separate, trustee-administered fund for its Jamaican operation. Once the contributions have been paid, the Group has no further payment obligations. Contributions to the plan are charged to profit or loss in the period to which they relate. There is an unfunded retirement benefit plan in the Nicaragua and El Salvador operations which is reflected in the statement of financial position as a liability. Changes to benefits are calculated by third party actuaries and are reflected in the Change to statement of comprehensive income. The Parent Company also participates in a defined benefit pension plan relating to PBS Technologies (Barbados) Limited, the assets of which are held in a separate fund administered by a Trustee. The pension plan is funded by payments from the Parent Company, taking into account the recommendations of independent qualified actuaries. Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value. (u) Finance costs Finance costs includes interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest method, interest on finance leases, material bank charges and foreign exchange gains and losses recognised in profit or loss. (v) Offsetting financial instruments Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty. (w) Segment information Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer. (x) Dividend distribution Dividend distribution is recognised as equity in the financial statements in which the dividends are approved by the shareholders. Dividend distributions on preference shares classified as borrowings are included in finance costs when the dividends are approved.

Page 22 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (a) Financial risk factors The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyse these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and up-to-date information systems. Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies and evaluates financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and investment of excess liquidity. (i) Credit risk The Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that its customers, clients or counterparties will cause a financial loss for the Group by failing to discharge their contractual obligations. Credit exposures arise principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and are influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Group has established credit policies under which each customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness prior to the Group offering them a credit facility. Credit limits are assigned to each customer and are reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Group has procedures in place to restrict customer orders if the order will result in customers exceeding their credit limits. Customers who fail to meet the Group’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Group on a prepayment basis. Customer credit risk is monitored according to their credit characteristics such as whether it is an individual or company, geographic location, industry, aging profile, and previous financial difficulties. The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents an estimate of expected credit losses in respect of trade and other receivables. The Group addresses impairment assessment in two areas: individually and collectively assessed allowances. Cash transactions are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. The Group has policies in place to limit the amount of exposure to any one financial institution. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the amount reflected on the statement of financial position.

Page 23 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Credit risk (continued) At year end, the banks where the Group maintains most of its cash, were rated by Fitch Ratings as follows: 202 5 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. B BB+ CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA+ Citibank F1 A+ 202 4 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. F1+ AA- CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA- Citibank F1 A+ Maximum credit risk exposure The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk equals the carrying amounts on the statement of financial position, of the assets which expose the Group to credit risk. There has been no change over the prior year in the manner in which the Group manages and measures credit risk. Analysis of trade receivables The Group’s trade receivables, broken down by customer sector is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Government 42,058 41,804 Private entities 58,254 48,815 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Impairment of financial assets The Group has four types of financial assets that are subject to expected credit losses as follows: (i) Trade receivables (ii) Lease receivable and long-term receivables (iii) Accounts receivable from related parties (iv) Other debt instruments carried at amortised cost

Page 24 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Trade receivables The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measure expected credit losses (ECL) which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. On that basis, the loss allowance at 31 December 2025 and 2024 was determined as follows for trade receivables: 31 December 202 5 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1 - 180 days past due $’000 181 - 360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 2.83% 11.54% 30.39% Gross carrying amount 71,856 19,451 2,878 6,127 100,312 Loss allowance provision 11 550 332 1,862 2,755 31 December 202 4 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1-180 days past due $’000 181-360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 0.67% 7.50% 38.38% Gross carrying amount 45,859 33,441 6,404 4,915 90,619 Loss allowance provision 10 224 480 1,887 2,601 The closing loss allowances for trade receivables as at 31 December 2025 reconcile to the opening loss allowances as follows: 202 5 202 4 $’000 $’000 Opening loss allowance as at 1 January 2,601 2,872 On Acquisition of Subsidiary (Note 34) - 299 Impairment (gains)/losses on receivables during the year 917 (223) Amounts written off (461) (314) Unused amounts reversed (320) - Exchange difference 18 (33) At 31 December 2,755 2,601

Page 25 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables The Group applies the ‘three stage’ model of IFRS 9 in measuring the expected credit losses (ECL) for all lease and long-term receivable. The application makes estimation about likelihood of default occurring, of the associated loss ratios of default correlations between counter parties. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The following tables contains an analysis of the credit exposure for lease and long-term receivables as at 31 December 2025 and 2024 as follows: Long term receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 769 - - 769 Carrying amount 769 - - 769 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 589 - - 589 Carrying amount 589 - - 589 Lease receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 Carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 26 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 Carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 27 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) Loss Allowance – Lease Receivables: No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material. Lease and long-term receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include ceasing enforcement activity, and where the Group’s recovery method is foreclosing on collateral, and the value of the collateral is such that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full. ECL movements without a profit and loss impact relates to amounts transferred from trade receivables to lease/long term receivables which previously existed and for which the ECL would have also been transferred. Expected credit losses are presented net of subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off. Cash and bank and other receivables Other financial assets at amortised cost include cash and bank balances, due from related parties and other receivables . These debt instruments at amortised cost are considered to have low credit risk. The loss allowance recognised during the period on those deemed to have low credit risk was therefore limited to the 12 month expected losses. Management considers these instruments as having low credit risk when there is a low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term. The allowance is assessed by estimating the likelihood of default, associated loss ratio and default correlation between counterparties. No opening loss allowances were recognised on balances for cash and bank, due from related parties and other receivables, and there were no movements during the current year, as the amounts determined were deemed immaterial. (iii) Due from related parties ECL is determined on yearly basis by performing a review of the financial position of the related party debtors for those where the receivable balances are material. If the related party debtor has an ‘intent’ and strong financial capacity to meet its contractual obligation, the probability of default is low and the credit risk is deemed to be immaterial, otherwise it would be classified under stage 2 or 3 and ECL computed accordingly. (iii) Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and other liquid assets and maintaining the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. Liquidity risk management process The Group’s liquidity management process, as carried out within the Group and monitored by the Board of Directors, primarily includes: (i) Monitoring future cash flows and liquidity on an ongoing basis. This incorporates an assessment of expected cash flows and the availability of collateral which could be used to secure funding if required. (ii) Maintaining committed lines of credit; and (iii) Managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities.

Page 28 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3 . Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Liquidity risk (continued) Undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities The maturity profile of financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments is as follows: Within 12 Months 1 to 5 Years Over 5 years Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Trade payables 58,350 - - 58,348 Other payables 32,699 - - 32,701 Due to related parties 13,739 - - 13,739 Lease liabilities 7,975 18,549 1,952 28,476 Borrowings 37,108 184,943 - 222,051 149,871 203,492 1,952 355,315 202 4 Trade payables 48,628 - - 48,628 Other payables 37,220 7 - 37,227 Due to related parties 12,308 - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities - - 407 407 Lease liabilities 9,335 14,453 126 23,914 Borrowings 25,339 141,834 - 167,173 132,830 156,294 533 289,657 (iii) Market risk The Group takes on exposure to market risks, which is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risks mainly arise from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is monitored by the Facey Group Limited’s treasury department which carries out extensive research and monitors the price movement of financial assets on the local and international markets. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Currency risk Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Jamaican (JMD) dollar, Honduran Lempira (HNL), Nicaraguan Córdoba (NIO), Dominican Peso (DOP), Costa Rican Colón (CRC), Trinidadian dollar (TTD) and the Guatemala Quetzal (GTQ). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. The Group manages its foreign exchange risk by ensuring that the net exposure in foreign assets and liabilities is kept to an acceptable level by monitoring currency positions. The Group further manages this risk by invoicing where possible in US dollars and converting foreign currency balances into US dollar denominated accounts.

Page 29 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, the net assets of which are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies. The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December: USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2025 Financial Assets Long term receivables 391 369 - 1 - - - - 8 769 Lease receivables 2,937 - - - - 8,232 - 3,232 1,574 15,975 Due from related parties 4,837 - 69 - - - - - 3,160 8,066 Trade receivables 22,584 20,983 6,670 4,107 3,900 7,052 9,336 8,946 13,979 97,557 Other receivables 3,696 209 848 400 949 9,203 319 2,497 6,311 24,432 Cash and bank 9,085 496 260 568 73 382 183 4,506 6,021 21,574 Total financial assets 43,530 22,057 7,847 5,076 4,922 24,869 9,838 19,181 31,053 168,373 Financial liabilities Trade payables 48,232 920 234 629 47 618 968 557 6,145 58,348 Other payables 6,557 1,562 2,323 1,194 1,520 4,013 3,973 2,172 9,385 32,701 Lease liabilities 16,808 - 2,604 339 1,248 - - 2,045 1,942 24,986 Due to related parties 11,761 - 305 - - - - - 1,673 13,739 Borrowings 183,138 - 1,672 - - - - 489 188 185,487 Total financial liabilities 266,496 2,482 7,138 2,162 2,815 4,631 4,941 5,263 19,333 315,261 Net position (222,966) 19,575 709 2,914 2,107 20,238 4,897 13,918 11,720 (146,888) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation against the US Dollar

Page 30 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (v) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2024 Financial Assets Long term receivables 224 355 - 2 - - - - 8 589 Lease receivables 3,211 - - - - - - 4,337 2,017 9,565 Due from related parties 7,120 - 347 - - - - - - 7,467 Trade receivables 41,110 7,129 6,093 2,106 4,787 1,876 6,644 7,871 10,402 88,018 Other receivables 1,421 259 854 47 (196) 3,788 240 533 6,811 13,757 Cash and cash equivalents 11,560 1,364 240 881 1,181 300 483 3,860 10,092 29,961 Total financial assets 64,646 9,107 7,534 3,036 5,772 5,964 7,367 16,601 29,330 149,357 Financial liabilities Trade payables 42,928 159 749 178 326 1,944 595 204 1,545 48,628 Other payables 11,452 1,698 2,681 901 887 2,770 2,616 4,358 9,864 37,227 Lease liabilities 14,721 - 929 302 1,155 - - 2,339 2,460 21,906 Due to related parties 12,150 - 158 - - - - - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities 407 - - - - - - - - 407 Borrowings 158,321 - 1,772 - - - - 934 62 161,089 Total financial liabilities 239,979 1,857 6,289 1,381 2,368 4,714 3,211 7,835 13,931 281,565 Net position (175,333) 7,250 1,245 1,655 3,404 1,250 4,156 8,766 15,399 (132,208) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation.

Page 31 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) The following tables indicate the currencies to which the Group had significant exposure on their monetary assets and liabilities and forecast cash flows. The change in currency rate below represents management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis represents outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the year-end for a reasonably expected change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity of the profit or loss was primarily as a result of foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of trade receivables and payables, long term receivables and borrowings. % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 5 2025 $’000 2025 $’000 Currency: HNL -1.5 - 109 HNL 1 - (73) JMD -1.5 607 - JMD 1 (152) - NIO -1.5 - 446 NIO 1 - (111) DOP -1.5 - (154) DOP 1 - 38 CRC -1.5 - 270 CRC 1 - (180) TTD -1.5 - 368 TTD 1 - (245) GTQ -1.5 140 - GTQ 1 (93) - % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 4 2024 $’000 2024 $’000 Currency: HNL -4 - 174 HNL 1 - (44) JMD -4 665 - JMD 1 (166) - NIO -4 - 471 NIO 1 - (118) DOP -4 - (119) DOP 1 - 30 CRC -4 - 683 CRC 1 - (171) TTD -4 - 834 TTD 1 - (209) GTQ -4 281 - GTQ 1 (70) -

Page 32 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iv) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk As the Group has no significant variable rate interest-bearing assets, the Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate exposure arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates and revolving short-term borrowings expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The Group analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated for borrowings that represent the major interest-bearing positions, taking into consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions and alternative financing. The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily from borrowings, the sensitivity of the profit or loss is the effect of the assumed changes in interest rates based on floating rate long term and revolving short-term borrowings. There is no direct impact on other components of equity. The table below indicates the sensitivity to a reasonably expected change in interest rates 2025 2024 Change in basis points - 50/25 Change in basis points - 50/25 $’000 $’000 Floating rate borrowings 750/ (375) 619/ (310) (b) Capital management The capital management process is carried out by the parent company. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for the shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. The Board of Directors monitors the return on capital, which the Group defines as net operating income (excluding non-recurring items) divided by total equity (excluding non- redeemable preference shares and non-controlling interests). There was no change to the capital management process during the year. The Group has no specific capital management strategy and is not exposed to externally imposed capital requirements. There are contractual capital requirements as follows:  The syndicated credit agreement with Citibank, N.A. acting as administrative agent and collateral agent and Citibank, N.A., Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A, First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as joint lead arrangers and book runners - The financial covenants include: The Leverage Ratio, The Debt Service Coverage Ratio, The Central American Assets Test and The Specified Central American Assets Test. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at year end.  The revolving credit agreement and loan agreement with First Citizens Bank (FCB) - The financial covenants include: the Current ratio, the Funded Debt to EBITDA ratio and the Debt Service ratio. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at the year end.

Page 33 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated)  3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (c) Fair values of financial instruments Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of the Group’s financial instruments that, subsequent to initial recognition, are not measured at fair value is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each statement of financial position date. The fair values of these financial instruments are determined as follows: (i) The face value, less any estimated credit adjustments, for financial assets and liabilities with a maturity of less than one year are estimated to approximate their fair values. These financial assets and liabilities include cash and bank balances, trade receivables and payables and short-term borrowings. (ii) The carrying values of non-current borrowings to non-related parties approximate their fair values, as these loans are carried at amortised cost reflecting their contractual obligations and the interest rates are reflective of current market rates for similar transactions. The fair value of borrowings is disclosed in note 26. (iii) The fair values of the long-term receivables and loans to and from related parties could not be reliably determined as these instruments were granted under special terms and are not likely to be traded in a fair market exchange.

Page 34 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty Judgements and estimates are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. Estimated impairment of goodwill The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2(f). The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations, which require the use of estimates. In determining the value in use, management has made certain assumptions regarding revenue growth rate, EBITDA to revenue ratios, terminal growth rate and discount rates. See Note 15 for sensitivity of amounts to estimates. Intangible assets Intangible assets arising from the acquisition of subsidiaries have been deemed to be indefinite life intangibles. Other intangible assets have been deemed to be finite lives intangibles. Their estimated useful lives have been determined by management, based on their best estimate of the time period over which the Group will benefit from the assets acquired. Management has estimated that the useful lives of the intangibles will be between 5 and 20 years. Income taxes The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. The Group recognises liabilities for actual and anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. In determining these estimates, management considers the merit of any audit issues raised, based on their interpretation of the taxation laws, and their knowledge of any precedents established by the taxation authorities. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences could materially impact the current tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made (see Notes 11 and 18). Determining the lease term In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). For leases of administrative offices, retail stores, equipment and vehicles, the following factors are normally the most relevant: ● If there are significant penalties to terminate (or not extend), the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● If any leasehold improvements are expected to have a significant remaining value, the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● Otherwise, the Group considers other factors including historical lease durations and the costs and business disruption required to replace the leased asset. Most extension options in office equipment and vehicles leases have not been included in the lease liability, because the Group could replace the assets without significant cost or business disruption.

Page 35 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information The Group’s Chief Executive Officer examines the Group’s performance from a geographic perspective and has identified two reportable segments of business: ● Central America- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Central America Region such as Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Costa Rica, Nicaragua and Panama. ● Caribbean- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Caribbean region such as Dominican Republic, Jamaica, Barbados, Curacao and Aruba, Colombia, Trinidad and Tobago, Suriname, Peru and Ecuador. Management primarily uses a measure of adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) to assess the performance of the operating segments. However, information about the segments’ revenue, assets and liabilities are also submitted for review on a monthly basis.

Page 36 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2025 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 216,487 158,045 - 374,532 Revenue from another operating segment 21,602 342 (21,558) 386 Total Income 238,089 158,387 (21,558) 374,918 Adjusted EBITDA 39,468 22,189 (6,463) 55,194 Finance costs (17,703) Depreciation (20,684) Amortisation (3,174) Unallocated EBITDA - Share of Investee’s profit 718 Profit before taxation 14,351 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (11,766) (8,918) - (20,684) Amortisation (286) (2,888) - (3,174) Income tax (8,252) (1,660) - (9,912) Segment assets- Total segment assets 284,690 257,335 (458,838) 83,187 Unallocated items 339,205 Total assets per statement of financial position 422,392 Capital expenditure 2,986 2,116 - 5,102 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 204,830 244,064 (398,616) 50,278 Unallocated items 294,984 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 345,262

Page 37 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 233,913 158,166 - 392,079 Revenue from another operating segment 15,339 337 (20,366) (4,690) Total Income 249,252 158,503 (20,366) 387,389 Adjusted EBITDA 23,676 27,880 (2,569) 48,987 Finance costs (18,430) Depreciation (17,441) Amortisation (2,884) Unallocated EBITDA 2,386 Profit before taxation 12,618 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (10,386) (7,055) - (17,441) Amortisation (286) (2,598) (2,884) Income tax (3,565) (1,591) 114 (5,042) Segment assets- Total segment assets 239,813 237,830 (380,101) 97,542 Unallocated items 302,174 Total assets per statement of financial position 399,716 Capital expenditure 2,306 4,072 - 6,378 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 175,217 226,053 (323,383) 77,887 Unallocated items 238,241 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 316,128

Page 38 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) Segment assets are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset. Segment liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These liabilities are allocated based on the operations of the segment. The parent entity is domiciled in Barbados. The amount of its revenue from external customers broken down by location of the customers is shown in table below. 202 5 2024 $’000 $’000 Barbados 18,992 20,676 Costa Rica 52,701 37,423 Dominican Republic 15,958 17,836 El Salvador 56,750 99,808 Guatemala 35,148 38,892 Honduras 24,704 20,110 Nicaragua 19,273 15,450 Panama 12,122 11,411 USA 7,841 5,848 Antilles 10,512 11,597 Jamaica 27,960 30,229 Trinidad 23,554 30,125 Guyana 8,518 5,920 Cayman 2,822 2,715 Antigua 731 696 Colombia 4,345 5,071 Suriname 1,233 2,180 Other 51,754 31,402 Total 374,918 387,389 The total of capital expenditure, broken down by location of the assets is shown in the table below. 202 5 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 240 240 Trinidad - 244 244 Costa Rica 1,443 - 1,443 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 908 908 Other 261 724 985 Total 2,986 2,116 5,102

Page 39 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 2,037 2,037 Trinidad - 974 974 Costa Rica 791 - 791 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 311 311 Other 233 750 983 Total 2,306 4,072 6,378 6. Revenue 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Business Solutions Sale of goods 310,839 330,420 Services 41,461 32,302 352,300 362,722 Lease Income 22,618 24,667 374,918 387,389 Revenue from contracts with customers is $352,300,000 (2024: $362,722,000). 2025 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2025 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 207,119 122,957 (21,558) 308,518 Over time 17,257 26,525 - 43,782 224,376 149,482 (21,558) 352,300 2024 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2024 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 212,881 117,599 (20,366) 310,114 Over time 23,913 28,695 - 52,608 236,794 146,294 (20,366) 362,722

Page 40 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 7. Other Income 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest income 1,769 1,999 Gain/ (loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment (179) 103 Negative Goodwill (Note a) - 1,150 Customer Deposits Write-back - 700 Miscellaneous 812 193 2,402 4,145 (a) This relates to the acquisition of Xerox Ecuador. (Note 35)

Page 41 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 8. Expenses by Nature Total direct, selling, administration and other operating expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cost of inventories and cost related to services* 247,544 273,027 Impairment losses/(gains) on financial instruments 917 (223) Staff costs (Note 9) 48,573 43,811 Depreciation (Notes 13 and 14) * 10,630 9,470 Commission 6,905 6,895 Travel 5,180 5,433 Management fees 2,434 2,014 Telephone and communication 1,476 1,369 Transportation 801 803 Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 15) 3,174 2,884 Legal and professional fees 2,441 2,312 Occupancy costs 911 1,043 Bank charges 859 743 Auditor’s remuneration 1,940 1,251 Office supplies, printing and stationery 266 605 Repairs and maintenance 536 950 Advertising 324 450 Motor Vehicle Expenses 1,663 1,315 General Insurance 1,210 1,349 Other expenses 8,200 5,498 97,523 88,195 345,984 360,999 * Depreciation included in Cost of inventories and cost related to services amounts to $10,054,000 (2024: 7,971,000) for a total depreciation of $20,684,000 (2024: $17,441,000). Audit fees for the year ended 31 December 2025 totalled for the Group of $1,940,000 (2024: $1,251,000). Other fees paid to the auditor (and related network firms) for non-assurance services are not material.

Page 42 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 9. Staff Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Staff costs that have been included in Selling general and administrative expenses (Note 8) 48,573 43,811 Staff costs that have been included in Direct expenses 17,101 11,031 65,674 54,842 Staff costs that have been included in direct expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 14,379 8,488 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 2,057 1,165 Redundancy costs 184 501 Other 481 877 17,101 11,031 Staff costs that have been included in selling, general and administrative expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 39,571 34,938 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 4,474 3,840 Pension costs – defined contribution 425 410 Redundancy costs 1,809 2,290 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 1,832 2,072 48,573 43,811 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 53,950 43,426 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 6,453 5,005 Pension costs – defined contribution 503 410 Redundancy costs 1,993 2,791 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 2,313 2,949 65,674 54,842

Page 43 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 10. Finance Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net foreign exchange losses (gains) 609 (371) Interest expense - Loans and lease liabilities 17,094 18,801 17,703 18,430 11. Taxation Taxation is based on profit for the year or, in some jurisdictions, the greater of a percentage of profit before tax or revenue adjusted for taxation purposes, and comprises: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current tax charge 6,384 5,920 Deferred tax charge (credit) (Note 18) 3,528 (878) 9,912 5,042 The tax on the profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the statutory tax rate as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit before tax 14,351 12,618 Tax calculated at domestic tax rate of 9% (2024: 9%) 1,292 1,136 Adjusted for the effects of: Different tax rates in other countries 4,935 5,087 Tax on net assets at 1% 128 137 Income not subject to tax (3,048) (2,324) Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 1,101 550 Other charges and credits 5,504 456 Tax charge 9,912 5,042

Page 44 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 11. Taxation (Continued) 2025 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries 260 - 260 Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE - - - Actuarial gains – termination benefits 54 - 54 Other comprehensive income 314 - 314 Deferred tax (Note 18) - 2024 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries (907) - (907) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE 716 - 716 Actuarial gains – termination benefits (96) - (96) Other comprehensive income (287) - (287) Deferred tax (Note 18) - 12. Earnings per Share 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the company 4,287 7,461 Profit attributable to preference shareholders (1,713) (1,289) Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders 2,574 6,172 Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000) 186,213 186,213 Total basic and diluted earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations. 1.38 3.31

Page 45 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13 . Property, Plant and Equipment The furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment category for the Group includes equipment held for leases. Lease contracts for these items are entered into with third parties, with periodic lease payments being 36 to 60 months. Items which are leased are transferred from inventory on commencement of the lease arrangements and are transferred back to inventory on termination of the lease arrangements. Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Exchange differences - 3 (107) - (21) (4) (129) Additions - 1,103 3,663 - 67 269 5,102 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 502 - 24 - 526 Transfers from inventory - 9,380 - - - 9,380 Disposals - (553) (241) - (24) - (818) Transfers to inventory - - (4,018) - - - (4,018) On revaluation - - - - - - - Transfer from CWIP* - 23 186 - - (374) (165) At 31 December 111 6,974 108,155 776 1,711 1,035 118,762 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Exchange differences - (3) (193) - (18) - (214) Charge for the year** - 819 13,800 - 162 - 14,781 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 171 - 24 - 195 On transfer to inventory - - (4,528) - - - (4,528) Relieved on disposals - (365) (230) - (2) - (597) At 31 December 24 3,771 77,600 - 1,261 - 82,656 Net Book Value - 87 3,203 30,555 776 450 1,035 36,106 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $10,054,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 46 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,739 88,464 60 1,822 514 97,710 Exchange differences - (197) (898) - (294) - (1,389) Additions - 422 4,960 - 121 875 6,378 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 2,217 - 24 - 2,241 Transfers from inventory - - 9,017 - - - 9,017 Disposals - (657) (290) - (70) - (1,017) Transfers to inventory - - (4,789) - - - (4,789) On revaluation - - - 716 - - 716 Transfer from CWIP* - 91 109 - 62 (245) 17 At 31 December 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,292 62,728 - 1,067 - 67,111 Exchange differences - (87) (222) - (214) - (523) Charge for the year** - 678 11,282 - 271 - 12,231 On transfer to inventory - - (4,918) - - - (4,918) Relieved on disposals - (563) (290) - (29) - (882) At 31 December 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Net Book Value - 87 3,078 30,210 776 570 1,144 35,865 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $7,971,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 47 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The amounts of equipment leased to customers and included in property, plant and equipment are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Equipment held for lease at cost 80,979 86,403 Accumulated depreciation (61,596) (66,856) Net book value 19,383 19,547 Equipment is ordinarily moved from inventory to docu-centers, printshops and internal use. Equipment from inventory is also placed under lease contracts. When the equipment is no longer assigned to a specific function, it is moved back to inventory at net book value. The most significant of these movements is for equipment held for lease which is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening net book value 19,547 16,502 Acquisition of subsidiaries (Note 35) - 1,870 Transfers from inventory during lease period 9,380 9,017 Depreciation charges (10,054) (7,971) Disposals – transfers to inventory upon expiry of lease (4,018) (4,789) Depreciation released 4,528 4,918 Closing net book value 19,383 19,547

Page 48 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The pieces of freehold land of the Group were independently revalued as at various dates during 2023 on the basis of open market value or other market comparable approaches by independent qualified valuators. The directors are of the view that there were no material changes in the value over the prior year for Freehold land. Fair value movements on freehold are recognised in OCI under other revaluation reserves, see Note 28. The following table analyses the non-financial assets carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:  Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, or directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2), and  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

Page 49 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) There were no transfers between levels during the year. Level 3 fair values of land and buildings have been derived using the sales comparison approach. Sales prices of comparable land and buildings in close proximity are adjusted for differences in key attributes such as property size. The most significant input into this valuation approach is price per square foot. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair values of land and buildings are disclosed in the tables below. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87 Fair value measurements at 31 December 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87

Page 50 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases : Right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 12,599 10,376 Equipment 2,596 2,308 Motor vehicles 74 118 15,269 12,802 Movement analysis is as follows: 2025 2024 $’000 $’000 At Cost/Valuation - At 1 January 32,312 28,876 Exchange differences (40) 266 Acquisition on subsidiaries (Note 35) - 109 Additions 10,207 5,804 Lease Expiry (4,737) (2,743) At 31 December 37,742 32,312 Amortisation - At 1 January 19,510 16,203 Exchange differences (9) 348 Relieved on lease expiry (2,931) (2,251) Charge for the year 5,903 5,210 At 31 December 22,473 19,510 Net book value At 31 December 15,269 12,802

Page 51 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (Continued) (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: Amortisation charge of right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 4,709 4,488 Equipment 1,105 623 Motor vehicles 89 99 5,903 5,210 Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: - the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability - any lease payments made at the commencement date less any lease incentives received Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.

Page 52 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement, Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Year ended 31 December 2025 Opening net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 337 - - - 337 Exchange Difference - 1 - (2) (1) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (734) (184) (3,174) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 5 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Cost 86,952 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,684 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (12,827) (15,386) (6,993) (35,927) Closing net book value 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 Year ended 31 December 2024 Opening net book value 81,218 20,880 - 824 102,922 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 5,964 - 2,881 - 8,845 Adjustment (1,288) - - - (1,288) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (444) (184) (2,884) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 4 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Cost 86,615 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,347 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (10,572) (14,652) (6,807) (32,752) Closing net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595

Page 53 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15 . Intangible Assets (Continued) Amortisation charges have been included in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income. Impairment tests for goodwill The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis or when events or changes in the circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill is allocated. The recoverable amount is usually determined by reference to the value in use. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the CGU and also to choose an appropriate discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those future cash flows. The allocation of goodwill to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) as categorised by subsidiary is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 403 403 PBS Central America, S.A. 7,539 7,539 Mobay Holdings N. V. 4,256 4,256 Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 523 523 High Tech Corporation S.A. de C.V 2,957 2,957 PBS Technology Group Limited 62,655 62,655 Infotrans 1,438 1,438 PBS Peru 5,964 5,964 Regional Business Systems 337 - Other 159 159 86,231 85,894 The recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use pre- tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a 5-year period. Cash flows beyond the 5 th year are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2025 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2025 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 73.2% 2.0% 14.4% 20.56% PBS Central America S.A. 0.7% 3.4% 13.3% 20.96% Mobay Holdings N. V. 20.7% 1.7% 12.6% 20.70% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 24.6% 4.9% 16.7% 19.41% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.3% 15.2% 25.19% PBS Technology Group Limited 42.3% 3.1% 27.3% 22.25% Infotrans Group Holdings B.V. 39.1% 1.8% 14.9% 19.04% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.5% 12.1% 20.27% Regional Business Systems 174.7% 2.0% 16.6% 20.56%

Page 54 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2024 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2024 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 11.4% 22.0% PBS Central America S.A. -10.0% 3.0% 9.2% 22.4% Mobay Holdings N. V. 13.7% 1.7% 16.0% 17.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5% 11.5% 24.9% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 14.3% 26.6% PBS Technology Group Limited 25.0% 3.0% 25.7% 24.1% Infotrans 50.0% 1.9% 11.8% 24.5% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 11.5% 21.4% The table below shows the change in key assumptions for value in use calculations that would result in the recoverable amount being equal to the carrying amount. This represents only the cash generating units for which the excess of the recoverable amounts over the carrying amounts of the CGUs was low. 202 5 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Mobay Holdings N.V. 20.7% -1.4% 11.9% 23.6% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.5% 15.2% 25.0% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.9% 12.2% 20.0% Regional Business Systems 174.7% -19.2% 9.7% 35.7%

Page 55 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) 202 4 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 8.1% 22.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5.0% 10.4% 26.7% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 12.7% 27.0% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 12.7% 16.4%

Page 56 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 16. Lease Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Gross investment in finance leases Not later than one year 12,292 4,538 Later than one year and not later than five years 6,130 8,966 18,422 13,504 Less: Unearned income (2,447) (3,939) 15,975 9,565 Net investment in finance leases may be classified as follows: Not later than one year 11,437 2,696 Later than one year and not later than five years 4,538 6,869 15,975 9,565 No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . 17. Long Term Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Print Spot S de R.L. (Note a) 22 91 Guarantee deposits for building rents (Note b) 87 111 Other (Note c) 660 387 769 589 The current portion of long-term receivables is $161,000 (2024: $38,000) and is recorded in Current Assets. No loss allowance was recorded for long-term receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . a) Print Spot S de R.L. The balance earns interest of 14% and matures in August 2027. b) Guarantee deposits for building rents These balances do not earn interest and they are guarantee deposits for the rent of buildings in Guatemala, Cayman, Panama and Nicaragua. They mature between February 2027 (renewables) and July 2029. c) Other The balance relates to amounts that are individually insignificant. These balances relate to equipment sales with terms between 13 months and up to 37 months. These are secured with promissory notes and earn interest between 10% and 21% and are guaranteed with a pledge on the financed equipment.

Page 57 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 18. Deferred Income Taxes (a) Deferred income taxes are calculated in full on all temporary differences under the liability method and comprise: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Deferred Tax Asset 11,507 14,491 Deferred Tax Liability (6,570) (6,153) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (b) The movement on the deferred income tax assets balance for the year is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net asset at beginning of the year 8,338 7,971 Acquisition of subsidiaries - 89 (Charge) credit to profit and loss (Note 11) (3,528) 878 Exchange difference 127 (600) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment (843) (1,081) Provisions 2,117 7,034 Foreign exchange (losses)/gains (3) (29) Tax losses 3,621 2,600 Other 45 (186) 4,937 8,338 (d) The movement on the net deferred tax asset is attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment 125 (1,178) Provisions 66 (915) Tax losses (3,934) 1,144 Other 342 1,316 (3,401) 367 (e) Deferred income tax liabilities have not been established for withholding tax that would be payable on unremitted profits of subsidiaries as the amounts are permanently reinvested.

Page 58 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances The following transactions were carried out with related parties: (a) Sale of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Sale of goods Other related parties 26 428 Goods are sold based on the price lists in force and terms that would be available to third parties. (b) Purchase of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Purchases of goods Other related parties 10 204 Transactions with other related parties. (c) Key management compensation Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive). The compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services is shown below: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 4,837 4,905 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 373 372 Pension benefits 33 33 Other 106 9 5,349 5,319 Directors’ fees 118 104 (d) Other transactions 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Parent Management fee expense 1,429 970 Other related parties Management fee expense 1,005 1,044 Interest Income (6) (2) Interest paid 50 3 Rental Expense 634 - 3,112 2,015

Page 59 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances (Continued) (e) Year end balances with related parties Balances with the parent company and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand and earn no interest. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Receivable from related parties: Parent 5,346 5,247 Fellow subsidiaries and shareholder 2,720 2,220 8,066 7,467 Payable to related parties: Parent 9,487 9,421 Fellow subsidiaries 4,252 2,887 13,739 12,308 20. Investment in Associates In January 18, 2024, Trinidad Systems Group Limited (“TSGL”), a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), completed the acquisition of 100% of the operations of Trinidad Systems Limited (“TSL”) for a total purchase price of TT$107,208,000.00 (US$15,765,882.35). The acquisition was financed through a combination of 50% cash and 50% debt. PBS participated in the ownership consortium of TSGL, securing a 45% equity stake. As a result, PBS contributed 45% of the cash portion of the purchase price, amounting to TT$24,121,800 (US$3,543,000). The debt portion, representing the remaining 50% of the purchase price, is solely the responsibility of TSGL. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 As at January 4,056 3,543 Share of net profit 718 513 At 31 December 4,774 4,056

Page 60 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 20. Investment in Associates (Continued) The associate’s year-end is 31 December. The summarized unaudited consolidated information for the associate and its subsidiary is presented below. The information disclosed reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of Trinidad Systems Group Limited and not the Group’s share of those amounts. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Statement of financial position: Total Assets 26,790 24,316 Total Liabilities (13,592) (11,254) Net Assets 13,198 13,062 Statement of comprehensive income: Revenues 22,501 22,243 Expenses (21,177) (21,127) Net Profit for the Year 1,324 1,116 21. Inventories 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Finished goods 57,311 47,625 Goods in transit 13,198 12,801 70,509 60,426 Less: Provision for obsolete stock (12,466) (11,842) 58,043 48,584 Cost of inventory recognised as an expense aggregating to $203,222,000 (2024: $232,404,000), were recognised in profit and loss. 22. Trade and Other Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade receivables 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (Note 3) (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Prepaid expenses 5,307 3,985 Current portion of Long-Term Receivable 77 273 Other (Note a) 24,355 13,484 127,296 105,760 a) Includes advances to vendors of $3,359,442 (2024: $852,000) and Sundry Debtors of $3,808,003 (2024: $5,992,202)

Page 61 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 23. Cash and Bank 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The cash and bank balances disclosed for 2025 include restricted cash of $6,644,000 (2024: $6,131,000) The weighted average interest rate at the reporting date for short term bank deposits was 0.70% (2024: 0.70%) per annum. 24. Trade and Other Payables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade payables 58,348 48,628 Interest Payables 378 1,001 Accrued liabilities 15,792 20,860 Other 16,531 15,366 91,049 85,855 The carrying amounts of trade and other payables is a reasonable approximation to their fair values, due to their short-term nature. 25. Lease Liabilities The Group currently has long term lease agreements related to buildings, equipment, and motor vehicles. (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Lease liabilities Current 6,998 6,441 Non-current 17,988 15,465 24,986 21,906 (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest expense (included in finance cost) 1,353 1,580 Expenses relating to short term leases or low value underlying assets (included in selling, general and administrative expenses) 1,178 1,835 2,531 3,415 The total cash outflow for leases in 2025 was $ 9,723,000 (2024: $10,699,000).

Page 62 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 25. Lease Liabilities (Continued) (iii) Incremental borrowing rate For the incremental borrowing rate, the Group: - Where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by bankers as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received, and - Makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security. - The weighted average incremental borrowing rate for the Group in 2024 and 2025 was determined to be 7%. (iv) Lease payments Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. (v) Extension and termination options Extension and termination options are included in a number of leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. As at 31 December 2025, potential future cash outflows of $18,867,000 (2024: $14,702,000) (undiscounted) have not been included in the lease liability because it is not reasonably certain that the leases will be extended (or not terminated). The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee. During the current financial year, the financial effect of revising lease terms to reflect the effect of exercising extension and termination options was nil.

Page 63 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Short term loans – (a) Citibank 12,000 - (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. 2,860 2,274 (c) First Citizens 1,700 1,500 (d) Quedex 1,129 - (e) Davivienda 762 1,088 (f) Banco Popular Dominicano 540 400 (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú 254 - (h) Lafise - 679 19,245 5,941 Current portion of non-current borrowings 14,250 10,633 Total Current Borrowings 33,495 16,574 Non-Current Borrowings – (i) Citibank 135,469 120,926 (j) JCSD Preference Shares 16,701 16,582 (k) Xerox 6,875 9,375 (l) Davivienda 3,060 3,006 (m) National Commercial Bank 1,672 2,190 (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies 1,320 1,232 (o) First Citizens 489 934 (p) BICSA 324 341 (q) Banco de Bogotá 134 62 (r) Banistmo 99 428 (s) ASEPBS 99 - (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies - 72 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 Current portion of non-current borrowings (14,250) (10,633) Total Non-Current Borrowings 151,992 144,515 Total Borrowings 185,487 161,089

Page 64 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) The exposure of the group’s borrowings to interest rate changes and the contractual re-pricing dates at the end of the reporting period are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 0-12 months 33,495 16,574 1-5 years 151,992 144,515 185,487 161,089 The carrying amounts and fair value of the non-current borrowings are as follows: Carrying amount Fair value 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Loans 135,468 123,858 138,367 137,374 Redeemable preference shares 16,701 17,000 17,000 17,000 Other 14,073 14,290 14,073 17,674 166,242 155,148 169,440 172,048 The Group’s undrawn borrowing facilities as of December 2025 is $12,837,000 (2024: $15,000,000).

Page 65 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Short term loans (a) Citibank N.A. This represents three unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of SOFR plus a margin of 3.9% per annum with due dates between March 18 and June 18, 2026. (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. This represents four unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of between 10.20% and 10.99% per annum with due dates between January 20 and March 11, 2026. (c) First Citizens This represents loans which attracts interest of 8% per annum and mature in June 2026. (d) Quedex This represents a loan which attracts interest of 12% per annum and mature in March 2026. (e) Davivienda This represents an unsecured loan to finance working capital bearing interest of 9.30% per annum and maturing March 2026. (f) Banco Popular Dominicano This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on June 30, 2026. (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú This represents a short-term loan which attracts interest of 6.57% per annum and matures on June 19, 2026. (h) Lafise This represented three fiduciary loans to finance working capital, bearing interest between 9.5% and 10% per annum and which matured between January 25 and June 29, 2025. Non-Current Borrowings (i) Citibank This facility was granted in June 2024. The credit agreement was signed by Citibank as Administrative and Collateral Agent, and with Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A., First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners. The facility also grants the group access to incremental loans on which the same terms and conditions as the initial disbursement apply. The group accessed the first tranche of $12,500,000 on December 8, 2025 and the second of $8,000,000 on December 26, 2025. It matures in June 2030 and attracts an interest base rate of 3.4% plus a Term SOFR CME – 6 month rate, which results in an All-in rate of 7% at December 2025. Payments of principal and interests are to be paid in variable installments payments, in a semi-annual basis. Such semi annual amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth. The deferred financing charges offset against the loan amount is $2,588,432.

Page 66 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Guarantor companies are PBS Technology Group Limited, Productive Business Solutions (Central America), S.A., Productive Business Solutions Caribbean Limited, Dorada Management Inc., Productive Business Solutions (Guatemala), S.A., Productive Business Solutions El Salvador, S.A. de C.V., High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions Honduras, S.A. de C.V., Hight Tech Consulting, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions (Nicaragua), S.A., Productive Business Solutions (Costa Rica), S.A., and Productive Business Solutions (Panamá), S.A.. (j) JCSD Preference Shares This represents 17,000,000 Redeemable Cumulative Preference Shares in United States dollars (US$) entitled to a fixed preferential cumulative cash dividend of 8.25% US$ per annum. These preference shares issued in June 2024, mature in June 2028 and are mandatorily redeemable by the Company on this date. The deferred finance charges offset against the loan amounts to $298,790 The Preference Shares may not be redeemed by the Company until after the second anniversary of issue thereof. Thereafter the Voluntary Redemption Payment shall be the aggregate of (i) repayment in US$ of the Redemption Price; (ii) any arrears or accruals of the cumulative preferential dividend on the Preference Shares, whether declared or earned, or not, calculated down to the date of such repayment. (k) Xerox PBS Group acquired Xerox companies in Peru and Ecuador and signed a 4-year unsecured promissory note on July 1, 2024 issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 26, 2024. Principal and interest of 7% per annum are to be paid on a quarterly basis, total of 16 quarterly instalments that ends in June 2028. (l) Davivienda This represents two loans to finance working capital at 9.75% and 15.24% interest rate per annum and are due on May 24, 2027 and December 12, 2028, respectively. (m) NCB - National Commercial Bank This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 11.75% annual, due on October 19, 2028. All of this loan is disclosed as current portion of non-current borrowing given a breach in the corresponding financial covenants of the affiliate that holds the debt. (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies This represents the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of Infotrans subsidiaries in Aruba, Bonaire, Colombia and Curacao, maturing in May 2027. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non-current borrowings. The balance purchase price was set in four equal instalments of six hundred thousand united state dollars, each payable on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of completion of the sale which took place on June 12, 2023. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non- current borrowings. (o) FCIT - First Citizens This represents an unsecured loan facility granted in TT Dollars which attracts interest of 7.5% per annum, maturing on January 11, 2027. (p) BICSA – Banco Internacional de Costa Rica, S.A. This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 9% annual, due on September 15, 2028. (q) Banco de Bogotá This represents two loans which attracts interest of 12.72% and 12.03% per annum and maturing on January 17, 2027, and December 04, 2027.

Page 67 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) (r) Banistmo – Banco del Istmo This represents an unsecured loan which attracts interest of 7.9% per annum and due date is on March 28, 2027. (s) ASEPBS – Asociación Solidarista de Empleados de PBS This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on November 01, 2027. (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies This represented the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of High-Tech subsidiaries in El Salvador and Honduras which matured in July 2025. 27. Share Capital 202 5 202 4

000
000 Authorised - 186,213,000, (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000, (2024 –2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 Issued and fully paid - 186,213,000 (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000 (2024 – 2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 The preference shares are redeemable cumulative preference shares (1,500,000 9.25% perpetual cumulative redeemable USD and 500,000 10.50% perpetual cumulative redeemable Jamaican Dollars Preference Shares) where the declaration of dividends is discretionary. There is no contractual redemption date for these shares and may only be called for the first time at the sole discretion of the issuer, on the last Business Day of the financial year which falls immediately before the 15th anniversary of the issue date of the Preference Shares 28. Other Reserves (deficits) Other reserves primarily represent the currency translation differences resulting from the unrealized gains and losses on the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries that have a different functional currency from that of the Company. Other reserves also include revaluation reserve for the revaluation of assets and actuarial gains. Revaluation Surplus $’000 Actuarial Gains $’000 Currency Translation Differences $’000 Total $’000 Balance as at 1 January 2024 70 2,902 (20,111) (17,139) Actuarial gains - (96) - (96) Movement during 2024 716 - (820) (104) Balance as at 31 December 2024 786 2,806 (20,931) (17,339) Actuarial gains - 54 - 54 Movement during 2025 - - 260 260 Balance as at 31 December 2025 786 2,860 (20,671) (17,025)

Page 68 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 29. Litigation and Contingent Liabilities The Group is subject to various claims, disputes and legal proceedings in the normal course of business. Provision is made for such matters when, in the opinion of management and its professional advisors, it is probable that a payment will be made by the Group, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Claims asserted against the Group, according to the principles outlined above, have not been provided for. Management is of the opinion that the claims are either without merit, can be successfully defended or will result in exposure to the Group which is immaterial to both financial position and results of operations. 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset The movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligation during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 1,553 1,389 Reallocation of pension plan liability 1,045 - Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 Actuarial gains on termination benefits 124 (24) Benefits paid (73) (73) At end of year 3,111 1,553 The movement of the pension plan asset during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 3,674 3,596 Actuarial gains / (losses) 110 (96) Current service cost 122 122 Interest Cost 493 546 Benefits paid (653) (726) Other 6 232 At end of year 3,752 3,674 The amounts recognised in arriving at profit or loss were as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 At end of year 462 261 The distribution of the obligation by country was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Nicaragua 120 115 Panama 338 280 El Salvador 968 810 Honduras 393 348 Ecuador 1,292 - 3,111 1,553

Page 69 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset (Continued) The value of the plan asset was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Barbados 3,034 3,034 Panama 575 557 Honduras 143 83 3,752 3,674 The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is: 202 5 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (500) 485 Inflation rate 1% 52 (47) 202 4 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (432) 465 Inflation rate 1% 31 (27) The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position.

Page 70 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation (Continued) Termination benefits in El Salvador and Nicaragua are established by law and entitle the employee to receive a payment upon termination of employment, regardless of cause. In El Salvador the benefit is founded in the law 592, that is the regulatory law for the economic benefit for voluntary resignation. Employees with more than two years of uninterrupted service for the company shall receive a payment of, at least, the equivalent of 15 days of minimum wage for each year of service. In Nicaragua, the law 185, Labour Code, entitles the employee to the right to receive a payment equivalent to one monthly salary for each year of service, up to the third year, and 20 days of salary for each additional year. Neither of these plans require the employer to establish a fund. The principal actuarial assumptions used in valuing post-employment benefits are as follows: PBS Nicaragua 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 11% 11% Future salary increases 5% 5% Retirement age 60 years 60 years PBS El Salvador 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5% 5% Future salary increases 3.4% 3.4% Retirement age 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively PBS Panama 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5.5% 5.5% Future salary increases 6% 6% Retirement age 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively The principal assumptions used in valuing the pension plan asset for Barbados as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 7.75% 7.75% Future salary increases 3% 3% Retirement age 65 65

Page 71 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Operating Activities Reconciliation of the Group’s net profit to cash generated from operating activities: Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net profit 4,439 7,576 Items not affecting cash: Depreciation 13&14 20,684 17,441 Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 15 3,174 2,884 Share of profit of associate (718) (513) Taxation expense 11 9,912 5,042 Foreign exchange Losses/(Gains) 609 734 Loss / (Gains) on disposal of Property plant and equipment 179 (103) Interest income 7 (1,769) (1,999) Interest expense 10 17,094 18,801 53,604 49,863 Change in non-cash working capital, net of effects from acquisition of subsidiaries: Inventories (14,646) (6,961) Contract assets 1,574 429 Trade and other receivables (21,595) 29 Due from related parties (599) (499) Long term liabilities (407) (906) Long term receivable (180) 218 Lease receivable (6,410) (15) Accounts payable (7,288) 2,183 Contract liabilities (505) (4,243) Retirement benefit obligation 1,480 86 Due to related parties 1,431 1,249 6,459 41,433 Taxation paid (3,733) (8,902) Net cash provided by operating activities 2,726 32,531 Net Debt Reconciliation This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for the year ended 31 December. 2025

000 2024
000 Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Borrowings - repayable within one year (including overdraft) (33,495) (16,915) Borrowings - repayable after one year (151,992) (144,174) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034) Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Gross debt - fixed interest rates (185,487) (161,089) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034)

Page 72 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Financing Activities (Continued) Cash and Bank Lease liability Borrowing due within 1 year Borrowing due after 1 year Total 000 $’000 000 000 000 Net debt as at 31 December 2023 31,991 (19,197) (50,306) (96,936) (134,448) Addition 8,735 (13,552) (4,041) (143,000) (151,858) Repayments (10,760) 10,699 46,254 95,418 141,611 Foreign exchange adjustments (5) 144 9 830 978 Other non-cash movements - - (8,490) (827) (9,317) Net debt as at 31 December 2024, 29,961 (21,906) (16,574) (144,515) (153,034) Addition - (4,676) (17,271) (24,523) (46,470) Repayments (8,366) 7,630 12,646 473 12,383 Foreign exchange adjustments (21) 21 18 170 188 Other non-cash movements - (6,055) (12,314) 16,403 (1,966) Net debt as at 31 December 2025 21,574 (24,986) (33,495) (151,992) (188,899) .

Page 73 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 32. Pledged as Security The net assets of some subsidiaries of the group have been pledged as security for borrowings. The value of these pledged assets at the year end totalled $177,643,000 (2024: $159,054,000). 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities The Group classifies rights and obligations in its relationship with customers whenever either party performs any of its contractual obligations. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress for which the Group has provided the services. The contract assets become a receivable when the entity’s right to consideration is unconditional, and the revenue has been billed. The contract assets are classified as current assets as the associated contract is expected to be completed in less than 12 months. The contract assets relate to equipment contracts. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract assets 28 1,602 The contract liabilities refer to advances received from customers under the promise to deliver equipment. Total contract liabilities at the end of the year are reflected in the table below. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract liabilities on equipment contracts 10,717 8,139 on service contracts 4,384 7,463 Total contract liabilities 15,101 15,602

Page 74 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities (Continued) (i) Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to carried- forward contract liabilities and how much relates to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period on equipment contracts 3,391 4,781 on service contracts 2,534 1,252 5,925 6,033 (ii) Unsatisfied contracts at the end of the period The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations resulting from fixed-price contracts: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 84,215 63,651 84,215 63,651

Page 75 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 34 . Investments In October 2022 the Group acquired 17% of the shares of Arel Limited, which resulted in an investment of $242,000 (equivalent to $246,000 at prior year’s rate). Arel Limited is a private company established in 1967 and domiciled in 2 Piccadilly Road, Kingston 5, St. Andrew, Jamaica. The company is focused on providing engineering services and equipment such as air conditioning, medical and elevators. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair value of the unquoted equity investment are disclosed in the table below. The Group divested its entire holding in this investment during 2025. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 and 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Total 2025 $’000 Total 2024 $’000 Unquoted equity - 243

Page 76 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries Acquisition of Regional Business Systems Limited On 1 May 2025, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Regional Business Systems Limited. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. (i) Identifiable assets acquired – Regional Business Systems Limited 2025 $’000 Property and equipment 331 Tax Recoverable 12 Inventories 175 Trade and other payables (231) Other Current Liabilities (32) Bank Overdraft (197) Net identifiable assets acquired 58 Consideration 395 Less net identifiable assets acquired (58) Goodwill 337 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2025 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 395 Less: Cash balance (overdraft) acquired (197) Net outflow of cash 592

Page 77 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued)z Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Peru. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired - Peru 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 1,638 Trade and other receivables 1,722 Cash and cash equivalents 1,254 Deferred tax asset 594 Inventories 1,353 Intangible assets 2,200 Other Assets 277 Trade and other payables (2,214) Other Current Liabilities (59) Deferred Tax Liabilities (763) Net identifiable assets acquired 6,002 Consideration 11,966 Less net identifiable assets acquired (6,002) Goodwill 5,964 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 4,231 Less: Cash balance acquired 1,254 Net outflow of cash 2,977

Page 78 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador (iii) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 4,231 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 7,735 Total purchase consideration 11,966 (iv) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1. Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2. Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Ecuador. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired: 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 603 Right of Use Asset 109 Trade and other receivables 1,646 Cash and cash equivalents 2,909 Deferred tax asset 471 Inventories 527 Intangible assets 681 Taxation Recoverable 812 Trade and other payables (2,826) Tax Payable (5) Short term loans (112) Deferred Tax Liabilities (175) Net identifiable assets acquired 4,640 Consideration 3,490 Less net identifiable assets acquired (4,640) Negative Goodwill (1,150)

Page 79 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 1,225 Less: Cash balance acquired 2,909 Net inflow of cash (1,684) (iii) Acquisition-related costs In 2024 the Group incurred a combined (Peru and Ecuador) acquisition-related costs of $98,000 which were fully expensed. These costs have been included in professional fees expenses for the current period. (iv) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 1,225 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 2,265 Total purchase consideration 3,490 (v) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1.Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2.Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. 36. Distributions 2025 During 2025 the Group made the following distribution to ordinary shareholders On February 10, 2025, the group paid a cash dividend of $6,499,000 (3.49 cents per share) On December 31, 2025, the group paid a cash divided of $2,999,000 (1.61 cents per share) During 2025 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On January 22, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On April 15, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On June 30, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD428,000 (21.38 cents per share) On September 20, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD427,000 (21.38 cents per share)

Page 80 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 36. Distributions (Continued) 2024 During 2024 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On April 02, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On July 04, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On September 30, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) 37. Pillar II The Group is a part of a Multinational Entity (MNE) with revenues above €750 million. As such, it is within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules. Pillar Two legislation has not been enacted in Jamaica, the jurisdiction in which the MNE is incorporated. The Group has subsidiaries in the following countries with tax rate below 15%: Barbados, British Vergin Islands (BVI), Cayman Islands and St. Lucia. Under the legislation, the Group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) effective tax rate for each jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. The Group’s effective tax rates exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which it operates, with a few exceptions. For these exceptions, although the average effective tax rate may be below 15%, the Group’s exposure to paying Pillar Two income taxes might not be for the full difference in tax rates in relation to these entities. Additionally, not all entities jurisdictions have legislative frameworks to accommodate the Pillar Two top up tax. The Group is in the process of assessing its exposure to the Pillar Two legislation and will implement once adopted by the MNE in the jurisdiction of incorporation. 38. Subsequent Events 1. On January 14, 2026, the Boad of Directors declared a dividend payment of 1.88 cents per ordinary share. The record date is January 28, 2026, and payable February 25, 2026. 2. On February 27, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of March 16, 2026, and payable on April 1, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share. 3. On May 22, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of May 28, 2026, and payable on July 2, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share.

PROXY FORM

Productive Business Solutions Limited Company No. 34076 ("the Company") The undersigned shareholder of the Company hereby appoints of or failing him of Dated this day of , 2026 Name in Print: as the nominee of the undersigned to attend and act for the undersigned and on behalf of the undersigned at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on the September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am Jamaica time and at any adjournment or adjournments thereof in the same manner, to the same extent and with the same powers as if the undersigned was present at the said meeting or such adjournment or adjournments there of. Pursuant to Amended and Restated By-Law No. 2 of the Company

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Syndicated from Jamaica Stock Exchange · originally published .

Other coverage

Around Kingston

· powered by OFMOP
000 $’000
Skip to main content
Abeng Radio·Live news
0 listening
Jamaica Stock Exchange

Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

Kingston
Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS is a solutions-oriented, customer-focused technology group that combines a wide range of services, top-tier professionals, and cutting-edge products to offer customized systems and tools for organizations in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. Under the concept of “Engineering & Technology,” PBS operates through a model in which they work together to transform ideas into functional, scalable, and strategic solutions. Engineering acts as the core capability for designing, integrating, and executing complex systems with a long-term vision, while technology serves as the enabler that accelerates results and turns innovation into real impact. This approach reinforces PBS as a reliable partner in solutions integration, focused on helping clients improve the efficiency of their business processes while delivering measurable and sustainable results. “No Limits” defines how PBS thinks and operates: without technical, geographical, or industry boundaries. It reflects a commitment to flexibility, continuous innovation, and the ability to anticipate and solve challenges through tailored solutions that drive efficiency and growth across diverse markets and industries. 03

We are committed to our customers. We work with exceptional people. PBS Costa Rica Building, Plaza Roble, Los Balcones, 3rd Floor 05

We represent world leaders in the technology industry to provide the best solutions and services in our market. 06

Table of Contents Notice of an Annual General Meeting 08 Director’s Report 09 Corporate Information 10 Our Values 11 Acquisitions and Incorporations 13 Our Coverage 14 PBS Business Lines 15 Shareholders Profile 17 Shareholding of Directors 23 Chairman Message 24 CEO Letter 26 Group Board of Directors 32 Board Committees 37 Senior Regional Leadership Team 44 Regional Leadership Team 45 Senior in Country Leadership 47 Consolidated Financial Statements 49 PROXY FORM 51 Corporate Governance Policy 141 07

Notice of an Annual General Meeting NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the NINTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of PRODUCTIVE BUSINESS SOLUTIONS LIMITED will be held at their offices at General Accident Insurance Company Jamaica Limited, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, St. Andrew, Jamaica as well as virtually, on September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am to consider and if thought fit pass the following ordinary resolutions: A member of the Company entitled to attend and vote, is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote in his or her stead. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. Proxy forms must be submitted to the Company's Registrar and Transfer Agent, Jamaica Central Securities Depository, 40 Harbour Street, Kingston, Jamaica not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting. Proxy forms must be stamped with a J$100.00 postage stamp. Shareholders will be able to attend the meeting in person; however they will also be able to attend and vote on resolutions raised at the AGM electronically once they are registered by contacting [email protected]. Non-Shareholders can also register using the same email address. Upon registration, a confirmation will be sent and the meeting link and password will be shared closer to the meeting. The deadline for registration is September 2, 2026. P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board a. “THAT Deloitte & Touche having indicated their willingness to continue in office be re-appointed as Auditors for the ensuing year.” b. “THAT the Directors are hereby authorized to agree on a remuneration for the Auditors.” 6. RATTIFICATION OF DIVIDEND PAYMENTS “THAT the following dividend payments made during the year be ratified and that no other dividend payments were approved for the period under review”: “THAT dividend payments made to the: 9.25% and 10.50% preference shareholders on April 15, 2025, June 30, 2025, and September 30, 2025 of US$0.23125 per share and J$25.890411 per share respectively Common shareholders on February 10, 2025 and December 31, 2025 of US$0.0349 and US$0.0161 per share respectively TO TRANSACT ANY OTHER BUSINESS THAT MAY BE PROPERLY TRANSACTED AT AN ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING Dated this 4th day of August, 2026 BY ORDER OF THE BOARD 1. AUDITED ACCOUNTS “THAT the audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025, and the reports of the Directors’ and Auditors’ be and are hereby adopted.” 2. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS Pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 the Directors retiring from office by rotation are Jose Misrahi, Ricardo Hutchinson and Thomas Agnew, who being eligible offered themselves for re-election. The proposed resolutions are as follows: a. “THAT Jose Misrahi be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” b. “THAT Ricardo Hutchinson be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” c. “THAT Thomas Agnew be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” 3. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTOR Pursuant to Section 4.3.2 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 Mr. Eduardo Rodriguez who was appointed by the Board of Directors on June 8, 2026 resigned and being eligible offered himself for re-election. “THAT Eduardo Rodriguez be re-elected as a Director of the Company” 4. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION “THAT the amount shown for the Directors’ remuneration in the Audited Accounts dated December 31, 2025 be and is hereby approved.” 5. APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS AND FIX THEIR REMUNERAION 08

Submitted on behalf of the Board of Directors, P. B. Scott Chai rman of the Board The Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited submit herewith their Annual Report and Audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025 The Board of Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited exercises its responsibilities for the Financial Statements included in this Report through its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee consists of non-executive Board members: Brian Wynter Chairperson, Melanie Subratie, Ricardo Hutchinson, Thomas Agnew, and Executive Board member: Jose Misrahi. The independent auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee. The Group ended the year with a profit after tax of US$4,439,000 and a net profit attributable to shareholders of US$4,287,000. Details of these results, along with a comparison with the previous year’s performance and the state of affairs of the Company, are set out in the Management Discussion and Analysis and the Financial Statements which are included as part of the Report. The Directors wish to express their appreciation to the employees for their loyal services throughout the year. The Directors will meet to consider the appointment of Auditors in accordance with applicable regulations. Finan ci al R e sults A u di t or s Legal Representatives Emp l oyee s Director’s Report 09

Full Corporate Name Productive Business Solutions Limited R egis t ered Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust r ial Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Incorpor at ed December 1 6, 2010 Fiscal Year End December 31 , 2023 Administr ati ve Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust ri al Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Law under which incorpor at ed Barbados Compan y Sec reta ry Liza Ha rr id y al & Associates Tel.: 246-417-5600 Fax.: 246-421-8001 Legal Representatives DUNNCOX 48 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLINTON & HART & CO 58 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLARKE, GITTENS, FARMER Parker House, Wildey Business Park Wildey Road, St. Michael, Barbados M. HAMEL-SMITH & CO. Eleven Albion, Cor. Dere & Albion Streets P.O. Box 219, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad & Tobago W.I. Corporate Information PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS SRL The Financial Services Centre Bishop's Court's Hill P.O. Box 111, St. Michael BB 14004, Barbados Auditors Deloitte & Touche 3rd Floor The Goddard Building Hoggatt Hall St. Michae BB11059 Barbados, W.I. 10

Corporate Governance Policy 11

Corporate Governance Policy OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHARTER WAS ESTABLISHED IN 2010 AND REVISED IN 2025. THE CHARTER CAN BE SEEN IN MORE DETAIL ON THE COMPANY'S WEBSITE WWW.PBS.GROUP 12

Our Values We collaborate in everything we do. We maintain excellent communication with our customers to always understand their needs. The primary factor that enables us to make things happen. We demonstrate these qualities daily to enhance our working environment. We guarantee justice and fairness to all stakeholders, both internal and external. We uphold our business integrity as an ethical framework that guides our professional conduct, acting with integrity to earn the trust of our customers and employees. INTEGRITY TEAMWORK COMMUNICATION DISCIPLINE HUMILITY & SPIRIT OF SERVICE RESPECT FOR INDIVIDUALS 13

Acquisitions and Incorporations 200320******2009 201020******2002 200420******2010 201720******2024 14

191151******2034 151412******2223 Our Coverage Our regional group is made up of: 1. PBS Antigua, 2. PBS Aruba, 3. PBS Barbados, 4. PBS Belize, 5. PBS Cayman Business Machines, 6. PBS Colombia, 7. PBS Costa Rica, 8. PBS Curaçao, 9. PBS Dominican Republic, 10. PBS El Salvador, 11. Global Product Alliance Inc., 12. PBS Guatemala, 13. PBS Guyana, 14. PBS Honduras, 15. PBS San Pedro Sula, 16. PBS Jamaica, 17. PBS Nicaragua, 18. PBS Panama, 19. PBS Suriname, 20. PBS Trinidad & Tobago, 21. PBS Bonaire, 22. PBS Ecuador, 23. PBS Peru, and 24. PBS Dominica. 15

5 6 7 4 3 2 1 PBS Cayman Business Machines PBS Colombia PBS Costa Rica PBS Belize PBS Barbados PBS Aruba Pbs Dorada Technologies Antigua The Cayman Center Suite 1&2 Dorcy Drive, George Town Tel: 1-345-949-8642 [email protected] Centro empresarial El Dorado Plaza Calle 26 No. 85D Local - Modulo 7 Bogotá, Colombia Tel: 57 601 743 3281 [email protected] Plaza Roble, Edificio Balcones, piso 3. San Rafael de Escazú, San José Costa Rica. Tel: 506 4404 8000 Tel: 506 4404 8132 [email protected] 13 Douglas Jones Street Belize City, Belize C.A. Tel: 501 227-0823 / 0824 Facey House 42 Warrens Industrial Park Warrens, St Michael, Barbados Tel: 246 417 5600 Fax: 246 4218001 [email protected] Caya G.F. Betico Croes 170 Oranjestad, Aruba Tel: 297 582 5492 [email protected] Mandolin Place, Friars Hill Road, St. John's, Antigua Tel: (268) 481 1101 Fax: (268) 481 1144 8 PBS Curaçao Schottegatweg Oost 2 Willemstad, Curaçao Tel: +599 97241300 [email protected] 9 PBS Dominican Republic Av. Winston Churchill, Edificio Empresarial Blue Mall, Piso 22 Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic Tel: +809 567 8231 Fax: +809 472 0915 [email protected] 13 14 12 11 10 PBS Guyana PBS Honduras PBS Guatemala Global Product Alliance Inc. GPA PBS El Salvador Lot 2 Goedverwagting, Rupert Craig Highway, East Coast Demerara Tel: (592) 226 1066 [email protected] Tegucigalpa, Boulevard Morazán, edificio Agalta, piso 21 Tel: +504 2244 9870 al 79 [email protected] 23 Avenida 31-13, Zona 5 Ciudad de Guatemala, Guatemala Tel: 502 2420 9500 Whatsapp +502 5456 6479 [email protected] GPA 11411 NW 107th Street, Suite 24, Miami FL 33178 USA. Tel. 1(305) 477 2426 [email protected] Oficinas administrativas: Av. De La Revolución, San Salvador, Torre Plaza Presidente, piso #16. Tel: +503 2239 3000 cel.: +503 7039-9308 [email protected] 15 16 PBS San Pedro Sula PBS Jamaica San Pedro Sula, Barrio Los Andes, 16 Ave. 6 y 7 calle N.O. Edificio Metropark, Piso # 8, Local 804 Tel: +504 2512 2500 al 09 [email protected] Unit 1, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, Jamaica Tel: 876 926 5630-2 Fax: 876 929 5372 SD: 876-968-6197-9 [email protected] 18 17 PBS Panama PBS Nicaragua Calle 50 y 58 Este Obarrio, P.H. Office One, Piso 16 Panamá City, Panamá Tel: + 507 204 9900 Fax: +507 204 9902 [email protected] Rotonda el Güegüense. 400 mts al Sur, 100 mts al Oeste. Managua, Nicaragua Tel: 505 2255 9020 Fax: 505 2255 9030 [email protected] 20 19 21 PBS Trinidad and Tobago PBS Suriname PBS Bonaire Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 / (868) 609 7278 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 [email protected] Van Roosmalenstraat 11 Tel: (597) 551262 [email protected] Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 22 PBS Ecuador Av. Amazonas N35-17 y Juan Pablo Sanz Edificio Xerox Piso 7 Tel: (593) 993337829 [email protected] 23 24 PBS Perú N2N Distributors - Dominica Av las Begonias 441 torre C piso 10, San Isidro - Lima) Tel: (51) 1 616 6666 [email protected] N2N Distributors 33Kennedy Avenue Roseau, Dominica. Tel: (767) 448-2679 25 26 PBS St. Kitts BVI (British Virgin Islands) Unit 9, The Sands, P.O. Box 397 Bay Road, Basseterre St. Kitts. Tel: (869) 466-2018 Jayla Place, Road Town Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Tel: (284) 494-5030 Corporate Information 16

PBS 7 Business Lines IMAGING NETWORKING COMMUNICATIONS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ADVANCED SERVICES INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY SYSTEMS PAYMENT METHODS 17

Vertical Markets GRAPHIC ARTS FINANCE GOVERNMENT & EDUCATION MANUFACTURING, RETAIL & DISTRIBUTION OIL, ENERGY & MINING TELCOS BPO TRANSPORTATION & HOSPITALITY 18

AVAILABLE AT PBS Xerox ® Proficio ® PX300 NEW! A winning formula from the ground up. 19 New generation of production print. Xerox® Proficio® PX300 Printer

Our Partners & Certifications We are transforming as a company to assist in enabling information technologies to empower our clients to gain a competitive edge and accomplish their business objectives. 20

Mimaki's latest integrated printer / cutter offers new levels of creativity and versatility with vibrant ink types, including the new Silver, Orange and Light Black. The CJV300 Series achieves the highest print speeds in its class, with innovative technologies ensuring unparalleled production quality for signboard artists, graphic professionals and printers. Integrated printing and cutting, high speed CJV300-160 21

Oracle Exadata The High-Performance Data Engine Delivering ultra-fast performance, scalability, and reliability for mission-critical enterprise workloads 22

10 Largest Shareholders by Number of Shares 100908******0302 01 612,721 General Accident Insurance Co 663,473 Courtney Sylvester 1,087,308 Jose Misrahi 1,632,140 Portland Fund II Co-invest Partnership 3,230,166 NCB Capital Markets (Cayman) Ltd 5,485,214 Pedro M. Paris 6,330,663 Portland Caribbean Fund II Barbados L.P. 34,264,960 Portland Caribbean Fund II L.P. 45,164,017 Musson (Jamaica) Limited 84,181,818 Facey Group Limited Shareholders Profile 23

Shareholding of Executives P. B. Scott - 129,958,556 Blondell Walker - 45,164,017 Douglas Hewson - 42,227,763 Edward Ince - - Jose Misrahi 1,087,308 - Melanie M. Subratie - 129,958,556 Patrick A.W. Scott - 45,164,017 Pedro M. París 5,485,214 - Ricardo Hutchinson - 42,227,763 Tomas Agnew - - Brian Wynter - - Nicholas Scott - 45,164,017 PERSONAL CONNECTED Marco Antonio Almendárez Cisneros 363,600 Leonardo Jesus Velasquez Foucault 163,171 Elvin Howard Nash 142,700 Sergio Roberto Molina Barrios 127,200 Mario Estuardo Pons Espana 90,900 Francisco Lupiac Rodríguez 87,639 Lucia Vielman Ruíz 49,972 Shareholding of Directors 24

P. B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board 25

Dear Fellow Shareholders, 2025 has been a year that has tested our resolve and, in doing so, has demonstrated the depth of the organization we have built. Against a backdrop of macroeconomic headwinds, tightening capital markets, and an accelerating pace of technological change, PBS has continued to advance. While our financial results reflect the complexity of the environment in which we operate, they also reflect a business that is maturing, adapting, and positioning itself with intention for the years ahead. Revenue for 2025 came in at US$374.9 million against a budget of US$425 million. We do not normally discuss publicly our budgets but in this case I believe it is important to contextualize our own expectation. This shortfall, while meaningful, must be understood in its proper context. Several large government technology projects across our region experienced procurement delays beyond our control, and currency volatility in certain markets impacted reported figures. Despite this, we achieved EBITDA of US$55.2 million an increase on the $50.9m of 2024 but below our budget of US$59m. Our gross margin improved to 34%, up from budget, demonstrating that the discipline we have applied to our cost of sales is taking hold. Our net profit for the year was US$4.3 million. This is not satisfactory and materially different from our own expectations of US$13.6m. The biggest driver of this differential being our tax charge of US$9.9m an effective tax rate of 69%! This is an area management is actively addressing through improved tax planning across our 24-country footprint and we hope to implement structural improvements in 2026. There are four elements that are the key ingredients to PBS’s success today: our people, our capital structure, our systems, our partners - the same foundational pillars I have returned to in prior years, because they remain the determinants of our long-term success. People PBS is, at its core, a people business. Every solution we deliver, every client relationship we maintain, every market we penetrate — all of it flows from the capability of our 3,000-plus professionals across the region. In 2024 we spoke of the urgent need to develop a methodology that makes us a magnet for talent. In 2025 we made meaningful progress. The PBS University platform is still a work in progress. We have to get this right. We have to focus on it to get it right. It has expanded its Chairman message 26

curriculum, and we have introduced structured certification pathways aligned to our key technology partnerships. This is not simply a human resources initiative. It is a strategic imperative. As we grow, the complexity of what we are asked to execute grows with it. We must ensure that our organization scales in quality, not merely in headcount. We expect the organization will revolve over time and we are actively taking steps to plan for the future. Retention remains a challenge in certain markets where the demand for skilled IT professionals continues to outpace supply. We are combating this through a combination of compensation benchmarking, career development investment, and a deliberate effort to build a culture of belonging. Our ability to attract people who share our values — integrity, execution, and client focus — will define the next chapter of PBS as surely as any product or partnership we could announce. Capital When we speak of capital at PBS, we are speaking about something far more nuanced than a balance sheet line. Ours is a business in which the cash cycle for a given solution can range from immediate payment to a five-year financing arrangement. The timing of projects often need to be aligned with availability of capital. In addition the funding of projects often leads to funded debt being incurred before cashflows are delivered thus covenants need to be managed. We operate across multiple currencies, with varying regulatory environments governing the movement of funds across borders. Managing this complexity is one of the most demanding aspects of what we do. Ensuring the ongoing funding of our business is like the provision of oxygen to the pilots of a plane in the air, it is an essential ingredient in getting to the destination. In 2024, I was pleased to report the refinancing of our capital market obligations with a new six-year facility. In 2025, the discipline instilled through that process has served us well. Our balance sheet remains fundamentally sound, and our committed growth capital provides the runway we need to pursue the opportunities that are emerging across the region. The integration of the Xerox operations in Peru and Ecuador, undertaken in 2024, has progressed as planned and is contributing to our expanded footprint. Our strategic investment in TSL continues to develop, and we are monitoring additional acquisition opportunities with the same rigour we apply to our organic growth. Systems 27

I would be remiss not to address again the importance of our internal systems and governance. In 2023, we experienced material misstatements in our Costa Rica subsidiary that delayed our audit. I reported then that we had implemented significant changes to personnel and governance. I am pleased to report that the integrity of our financial reporting across the group has been maintained in 2025 and that the controls we put in place are functioning as intended. We will strive to continue to improve our systems to ensure accuracy as well as expediency in reporting. However expediency must never compromise accuracy. We continue to invest in the technology infrastructure that supports our operations. Shared service functions in accounting and administration are becoming more sophisticated. The balance between local responsiveness and central efficiency is a tension that every multi-jurisdictional business must manage continuously, and we are no different. What I can say with confidence is that our systems today are materially stronger than they were three years ago, and our commitment to making them stronger still remains absolute. Partners Without people, capital and systems, PBS would not be able to do anything. However without partnerships with the leading IT companies in the world we would not be able to add the value we do to our customers. PBS works with almost every global leader in IT. We take this privilege very seriously. Every day we work with our partners to execute projects in our markets that are essential to the economic development of our countries. It is our job to facilitate the seamless execution of such projects in Imaging, Information technology, networking communications, professional services, security systems and payment methods servicing the backbone to our economies. Throughout this annual report you will see reference to our partners who over the last 24 years we have built up credibility and trust. We exist to provide seamless execution for them in order to deliver customer satisfaction through productive solutions to our customers. I would like to thank all of our partners for their support in 2025 and we look forward to working together in 2026. Looking Forward As we look to 2026 and beyond, the opportunity before PBS has never been greater. The markets we serve — across the Caribbean, Central America, and now into South America — are at an inflection point in their technology adoption curves. Governments are investing in digital public infrastructure. Enterprises are accelerating their 28

managed services requirements. Artificial Intelligence (AI) is going to transform everything. Every business will need to assess how AI will work for them in their business. The demand for the kind of deep, locally-grounded IT expertise that PBS has spent 24 years building is real, and it is growing. Our task is to ensure that we are the organization capable of capturing it. We will continue to scale responsibly, to deepen our client partnerships, and to invest with discipline in the capabilities that matter. We are not simply a distribution business that sells technology. We are a solutions organization that transforms how our clients operate. That distinction is the foundation of everything we have built, and it is the source of our confidence in what lies ahead. On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Doug Hewson who resigned from the board in 2025. He has been on the board since we went public and has been an important contributor to the board. We wish him the best and are grateful for his contributions to PBS. I extend our sincere appreciation to every member of the PBS team. The results of 2025 - both the achievements and the shortfalls - are yours. So too is the opportunity that 2026 represents. I thank our shareholders for their continued confidence in the strategy and the leadership of this organization. We are building something of genuine and lasting significance, and we remain committed to doing so with the integrity and intensity that has always defined PBS. Warm regards, P.B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board Productive Business Solutions Limited 29

The Xerox VersaLink B405 is a reliable monochrome multifunction printer designed for small and medium-sized workgroups. It delivers print, copy, scan, fax, and email capabilities in a compact and efficient device. With print speeds of up to 45 pages per minute, support for A4 paper size, and a recommended monthly volume of up to 15,000 pages, the VersaLink B405 helps businesses improve productivity while maintaining professional-quality output and secure document management. Multifunctional Xerox ® VersaLink ® B405 30

31 PEDRO M. PARÍS Group CEO

CEO Letter Dear Fellow Shareholders, Our Chairman has spoken to the financial results of 2025 with characteristic candor. What I want to address here is what those results represent strategically and what we are building toward. We are at a rare inflection point: artificial intelligence, cloud infrastructure, and the obsolescence of legacy systems are reshaping every market we serve. Disruption creates pressure, but it also creates demand and PBS is well positioned to capture it. We Do Not Sell Technology. We Engineer Outcomes. This moment also marks a meaningful evolution in how we define ourselves. We have embraced a new identity: Engineering & Technology No Limits. It is not a marketing exercise. It is a declaration of intent the standard we set for ourselves in the complexity of the problems we take on, the quality of the solutions we deliver, and the boundaries we refuse to accept. What differentiates PBS is not the products we represent it is how we think. We are a systems integrator that excels at building backwards from the client's desired outcome, assembling the precise combination of capabilities each engagement demands. Our active role in project finance further sets us apart, enabling us to structure and deliver solutions that go well beyond the scope of a traditional technology provider. We renew our most enduring client relationships not through inertia, but by consistently delighting them transforming contracts into long-term franchises. And we are now applying that same ingenuity inward: automation and AI agents are actively reducing our own operational costs, improving margins as we scale. Most Important Partners of the PBS Ecosystem Our partner ecosystem is one of our most powerful assets. PBS works alongside Oracle, Cisco, NCR Atleos, NCR Voyix, Xerox, Leidos, and others as their trusted regional execution partner relationships built over decades that are not easily replicated. In 2026 we are going deeper: a unified PBS Consulting under a dedicated regional director sharpens our Oracle go-to-market; Cisco anchors our networking and security practice; NCR Atleos and NCR Voyix lead our financial self-service presence; and Leidos strengthens our positioning in mission-critical solutions. Xerox remains one of our most enduring partnerships. Our CMPS penetration rate of 32

79.3% across PBS Group is a tangible proof point of that trust. As Xerox expands into digital services and IT solutions and as we work to incorporate the strategic developments following the Lexmark acquisition we see clear opportunity ahead. These are not simply vendor relationships. They are proof points of our standing in the global technology community. Artificial Intelligence: From Pilot to Practice PBS has entered the world of agentic AI not as a concept we are studying, but as a capability we are deploying. In late 2025, we led a proof of concept with a major regional bank that combined advanced data warehouse migration engineering from Microsoft SQL Server to Oracle with artificial intelligence. The engagement demonstrated PBS's unique ability to bridge deep infrastructure expertise with emerging AI capabilities: an outcome neither a pure vendor nor a traditional integrator could achieve alone. This is where PBS is building its next frontier. Governments modernizing public infrastructure, financial institutions transforming core systems, enterprises navigating digital change all face environments of growing complexity. AI-powered solutions that address mission-critical use cases, reduce operational risk, and close gaps left by legacy obsolescence represent a genuine and growing opportunity. We are building those competencies today. THE ORGANIZATION WE ARE BUILDING In 2026, PBS has strengthened its senior leadership with targeted additions designed to deepen expertise and expand regional capacity. Our culture of collaboration sharing talent, resources, and best practices across 24 markets compounds as a competitive advantage. Central to this model is a pool of high-caliber specialists: forward deployed engineers, solution architects, and domain experts deployed with precision across geographies. A solution proven in Honduras can be deployed in Jamaica. A capability built in Peru can serve Colombia. This is something our local competitors cannot match in scale, and our global competitors cannot match in regional depth. Turnaround and the Opportunity Ahead Our 24-market footprint is both a risk management discipline and a growth engine. We are entering new markets to consolidate our regional position and reduce concentration risk. Simultaneously, we are focused on unlocking value within our 33

current footprint: our operations in Panama, Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru markets where our presence was built on imaging and where we are now accelerating into higher-value technology services represent meaningful turnaround opportunities. The adjustments now underway will, we believe, generate contributions that meaningfully enhance shareholder value. We view them as investments in progress, and we are confident in the path forward. What Lies Ahead The demand for what PBS does deep, locally grounded, end-to-end technology execution has never been greater. We have been building toward this moment for more than two decades. Our partnerships, our people, and our culture have been assembled with exactly this horizon in mind. The work ahead is significant. The opportunity is larger still. To our shareholders: we remain committed to rewarding your confidence with discipline, integrity, and the intensity that has always defined this organization. Warm regards, PEDRO M. PARÍS C. Group CEO Productive Business Solutions Limited 34

P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board Pedro M. París Director, Group CEO P.B. Scott is the CEO, Chairman and Principal Shareholder of the Musson Group. Over the last two decades, P.B. Scott has conceptualised and led the expansion of the Musson Group from a Jamaican consumer wholesale distribution business to a diversified group operating in 30 countries. The Group is a leader across the Caribbean in food, pharmaceuticals, information technology, and insurance. The Musson Group includes leading businesses such as The PBS Group, Seprod Limited, General Accident Insurance, and A.S. Brydens & Sons. He has served as CEO of Musson since 2004. Today the Musson Group has a turnover in excess of US$1.6 billion annually and over 7,000 employees. In addition to his private sector contributions, P.B. Scott has committed a significant amount of time to public service. He is the chairman of the Development Bank of Jamaica and has led multiple enterprise teams to divest government assets. In 2023, he was awarded 'the Order of Jamaica for his exceptional contribution to the Business Industry, Investment, and Philanthropy in Jamaica and the Caribbean. Mr. Pedro M. París has been with PBS since 2003, He has held several management positions, in 2006 he was named COO for Central America. Mr. París was appointed Group CEO at the end of 2009. He is responsible for the vision, strategy and execution of the day-to-day operations. He is also a member of the Management Governance and Executive Committees. Mr. París worked 18 years for IBM-GBM (an IBM alliance), where he held several senior management positions across the business. Mr. París studied Business Administration at the Universidad Autónoma Centro America, Costa Rica. Group Board of Directors 37

Mr. Hutchinson currently works with Portland Private Equity (“PPE”) as Vice President – Investments, with responsibility for leading investment transactions throughout the region. He has more than 13 years of experience in the regional finance industry working with several top financial institutions. Prior to joining PPE, Ricardo held the role of Associate Director – Investment Banking with a leading regional commercial bank. He holds a Master of Science degree in Economics from the University of the West Indies and is a CFA Charter holder. *Ricardo Hutchinson Non-Executive Director Group Board of Directors *Independent Director Mr. Agnew is an entrepreneur specializing in building content marketing, marketing technology and information services businesses. He founded Brafton Inc. and a group of subsidiary companies that are North America and Australia’s leading content marketing entities. Brafton Inc. has been listed among the 5,000 fastest growing private companies four years in row. He co-founded DeHavilland Information Services and Axonn Ltd in the UK. Originally from the UK, he moved to the U.S.A. in 2008. Mr. Agnew holds a degree in Politics from the University of Newcastle, UK. *Thomas Agnew Non-Executive Director 38

Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Group Board of Directors José Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director *Independent Director Mrs. Blondell Walker has been part of the Musson Group of Companies for over 20 years and is currently the ICT Director, a position she has held since 2000. She is also on the Board for T. Geddes Grant (Distributors) Limited and Musson Jamaica Limited. She was instrumental in the implementation of the Enterprise Resource Program (ERP  application across the Musson Group of Companies. Mrs. Walker studied Accounting and Systems Analysis at the University of the West Indies, Institute of Management and the Heriot Watt University of Edinburgh, Scotland. She is the Chairman for the Western United Basic School. Blondell Walker Non-Executive Director 39

Mr Ince is a Senior Partner/Co-Founder of Frontlight Ventures, a regional investment and consulting firm. He was Co-Founder and Managing Director of Prism Services, a regional payments and operations outsourcing company. He is a Non-Executive Republic Bank Ltd, Cave Shepherd, Foster & Ince Cruise Services and the Barbados Sugar Industry Ltd. He is a graduate of York University, Canada and is a National Barbados Aubrey Collymore Scholarship recipient for sciences. Group Board of Directors *Edward Ince Non-Executive Director *Independent Director Mrs. Melanie Subratie is Chairman and CEO of Stanley Motta Ltd., Vice-Chairman of Musson (Ja) Ltd. and Director of all its subsidiaries, Vice-Chairman of General Accident Insurance Company Ltd., Eppley Ltd, and T Geddes Grant Ltd. Chairman of E-Pins Ltd. and sits on the executive of Seprod group of Companies and all its subsidiary boards. Chairman of Seprod Foundation, Musson Foundation, Chairperson of Jamaica Girls Coding and Chairman of Jamaica RISE Life Management and other CSR organizations. She is also Fourth Vice-President of the Jamaica Chamber of Commerce, and is the current Chair of the Legislation, Regulation and Improvement Committee. She is a honors graduate of London School of Economics. Melanie Subratie Non-Executive Director 40

Group Board of Directors Patrick A. W. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Patrick A. W. Scott is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Facey Commodity Company Limited and the Executive Deputy Chairman of the Facey Group. Prior to these appointments, he served 16 years as Managing Director. A seasoned executive, Mr. Scott has worked for a combined total of 40 years in various roles and was key figure in the global development of Facey’s Telecom business. He currently serves the board of directos of several companies including, P.A. Benjamin, Serge Island Diaries, International Biscuits and Serge Island Farms. Attended Seneca College and Ryerson University in Toronto, Canada. Mr Brian Wynter has been incorporated to the PBS Group Limited Board of Directors. Mr. Wynter has an extensive career in the financial sector, serving as Governor of the Bank of Jamaica until August 2019. The motion was presented to the Board of Directors, which was accepted, and in this way, Brian Wynter was duly appointed to the board of directors of PBS Group Limited. An honors graduate from the London School of Economics in 1981, and specialized in International Economy form Columbia University in 1985. *Brian Wynter Non-Executive Director 41

Group Board of Directors Nicholas A. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Nicholas Scott is the Vice Chairman of Eppley Limited and a director of Eppley Fund Managers Limited. Mr. Scott is also the Chief Investment Officer of the Musson Group and a Director of Musson and most of its major subsidiaries and affiliates. Mr. Scott is the Chairman of the Student Loan Bureau and a former Vice-President of the Private Sector Organization of Jamaica. He holds a B.Sc. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and an M.P.A. from the Harvard Kennedy School of Government. 42

4 Paul Scott 5 Melanie Subratie 5 Pedro M. Paris 5 Jose Misrahi 5 Patrick Scott 5 Blondell Walker 4 Nicholas Scott 5 Ricardo Hutchinson 5 Thomas Agnew 5 Edward Ince 5 Brian Wynter 7 Jose Misrahi 7 Ricardo Hutchinson 7 Thomas Agnew 6 Brian Wynter 4 Melanie Subratie Board Meetings Audit Meetings 43

Board of Committees Executive Committee Audit Committee Compensation Committee *Independent Director P.B. Scott Chairperson Nicholas A. Scott José Misrahi Pedro M. París P.B. Scott Chairperson Patrick Scott *Ricardo Hutchinson Melanie Subratie *Thomas Agnew José Misrahi *Ricardo Hutchinson *Brian Wynter Chairperson 44

Sergio Molina Planning Operations Director Sergio Molina started at PBS 20 years ago. He has hold several positions in the company. PBS Guatemala General Manager (7 Years), PBS Dominican Republic General Manager (1 Year), PBS Group Post-Sale Manager (1Year), PBS Group Sales Process Management, PBS Group Planning Manager (Current). Mr Molina obtained a Degree in Business Administration from Universidad de San Carlos de Guatemala. Mario Pons Professional Services Operations Mario Pons has been a key player for the Inkjet strategy the group has developed in Central America and has helped various PBS organizations in the development of high impact projects such as the printing of Electoral Ballots. He has also been key in the relationship with global partners, Entrust Datacard and Gemalto, for National ID projects in Guatemala, Jamaica and Costa Rica. He started working in Xerox Guatemala in 1994 and has developed his career within Xerox and PBS holding several positions in Sales, Service and Professional Services. He has a BSC in Computer Science from Louisiana State University, and a Diploma in Business Administration from Tayasal Business School. Leonardo Velásquez Infrastructure & Technology Networking Director Leonardo Velazquez has been working with PBS since 2015. He oversees the sales relationship with vendors and distributors, such as: Cisco, Fortinet, HP, Dell, Tripplite, TechData, Intcomex, IngramMicro. Before PBS, he worked as a Regional Partner Account Manager at Cisco Systems for 6 years and has amassed a total of 25 years in the IT sector. He graduated from Universidad de Simon Bolivar. He has an MBA in Enterprise Administration and is an Electronic Engineer. Alex Chiriboga Service Delivery & Logistics Director Alex recently joined PBS Group in May 2024 as Director of Delivery Service & Logistics. His main objective is to transform the service we provide to our customers, aiming to achieve the highest levels of satisfaction and experience. This transformation will focus on improving processes through a connectivity strategy, optimizing resources and technology, and maintaining inventory levels and quality aligned with the requirements of our broad portfolio of products and services. Mr. Chiriboga brings over 32 years of experience from Xerox, where he held leadership roles in Service Delivery, Technical Services, Logistics, Sales, and the Paper Business across Ecuador and the Latin America Region. He holds an MBA with specializations in Finance, Marketing, and Human Resources, a degree in Process Administration Engineering, a Bachelor’s in Electronics & Telecommunications, and is certified as a Lean Six Sigma Green Belt. Senior Regional Leadership Team 45

Jose Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Lucia Vielman Coporate Treasure Mrs. Vielman Ruiz was a Private Banking Manager at Mercom Bank and later appointedas General Manager. In 2009 Mrs. Vielman Ruiz Joined PBS as Compliant officer for the first sindicate loan and in 2010 she became the Corporate Treasurer, responsible for banking operations at country level and member of the Management Governance Committee. She Graduated in Business Administration from Universidad Francisco Marroquin, Guatemala in 1998. Sharon McDonald Chief Assurance Officer Dr. Sharon Smith-McDonald supports PBS Group Limited. She is responsible for overseeing the Group’s internal controls and risk management. She plays a critical role in ensuring compliance with regulations by the development of effective assurance strategies across all business operations. Dr. Smith-McDonald has accumulated over three decades of experience in fi nance, accounting, and business operations. Her distinguished career includes key leadership roles within multinational organizations, most recently serving as Group Financial Controller at Musson Jamaica Limited. Dr. Smith-McDonald holds a Doctor of Business Administration in Finance & Internal Controls from Walden University, a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Northern Caribbean University, and a Bachelor of Science in Management and Accounting from The University of the West Indies. Ryan Kirlew Corporate Global Controller Ryan oversees the fi nancial operations of the entire PBS Group. Ryan brings a wealth of experience in strategic fi nancial management and reporting. He has consistently demonstrated outstanding leadership, expertise, and a deep understanding of fi nancial operations. His commitment to excellence has been evident throughout his career, and we are con fi dent that he will excel in this new role. Since joining the Group in 2017, Ryan has made signi fi cant contributions while working with Musson International Dairies Limited, Seprod, T. Geddes Grant, and Musson Jamaica—gaining valuable experience and playing a key role in the success of these business units. As Global Controller, Ryan is responsible for the overall fi nancial reporting of the PBS Group. He leads the development and maintenance of the organization’s accounting policies, practices, procedures, initiatives, and systems. Senior Regional Leadership Team 46

Daniel Martínez Advanced Services Regional Manager Daniel brings over 20 years of experience in business development across the technology and consulting sectors, leading transformational initiatives for government and financial institutions throughout Central America and the Caribbean. In the past seven years alone, he has consistently achieved double-digit growth in revenue and margins in Honduras by designing and implementing tailored professional services that accelerate technology adoption. As an Oracle Champion for nearly a decade, Daniel seamlessly combines technical expertise with commercial strategy to drive client success. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing & International Business and a Master of Science in Finance from Universidad Tecnológica Centroamericana (UNITEC), Honduras. Additionally, he earned a Professional Certificate in Digital Transformation from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Cambridge, MA, USA. Vennis Williamson Regional Manager Jamaica & Cayman Vennis Williamson. Her career in the information and communications technology (ICT) sector spans over a decade. Vennis has played a crucial role in navigating PBS Jamaica through the digital era, achieving significant technological milestones along the way. Her strategic guidance has integrated major technology entities, propelling the organization to unprecedented levels of innovation and market leadership. Over the past three years, under Vennis's leadership, PBS Jamaica has exceeded financial and operational growth objectives while prioritizing staff engagement as a core part of its strategy. Estefania Menéndez Personnel Regional Director Estefanía Menéndez is the Regional Personnel Director at PBS Group Limited, where she leads the human capital strategy and drives organizational transformation across the group. With over 14 years of experience in the Technology, Electrical, Outsourcing, and Business Services sectors, Estefanía has held leadership positions at renowned companies such as Schneider Electric, Xerox, and Capgemini. She holds a Business degree and a Master’s in Finance from Franklin University, and is certified in both Project Management and Six Sigma. Estefanía is widely recognized for implementing transformative initiatives that enhance productivity, increase operational efficiency, and boost employee engagement. Javier Mogollón Chief Information Officer Javier Mogollón is a systems engineer with a postgraduate degree in telecommunications from the Santiago Mariño University in Venezuela, he arrived in Guatemala 20 years ago after completing a ten-year cycle at Xerox of Venezuela, throughout this time in which he has worked for the group, Javier has held several positions accepting both local and regional challenges and responsibilities. He served as service manager, and sales support manager was the creator and developer of the Docushare Project (accounting code) in Shared Service that is currently used by all PBS Groups and the following company incorporations, he was in charge of the System One infrastructure installed in the Guatemala data center for 2 years, 4 years has held the position of IT manager in PBS Guatemala. Javier is currently the CIO of PBS Group. Regional Leadership Team 47

Lesder Ramírez Chief Operating Officer Central America Mr. Lesder Ramirez studied Business Administration at the Universidad San Carlos De Guatemala, Guatemala and in 2009, joined PBS as the Financial Manager for the Guatemala operations. From 2009 to 2015, Lesder was entrusted to play different roles in finance such as Finance Manager for the operations of Costa Rica, Honduras Jamaica and Belize, Shared Service Center - Finance Manager and Xerox Relationship Management. During his tenure managing the Xerox relationship, Lesder oversaw planning operations, working closely with Mr. Pedro M. Paris C., CEO of PBS Group, where he developed additional business acumen. In 2019, based on his achievements, Lesder was promoted to oversee the operations of Dutch Caribbean as Senior General Manager. More recently in 2022, due to his knowledge of the PBS business as well as his solid financial and operations background Lesder, was named COO in charge of the operations of Trinidad & Tobago, Guyana, and Dutch Caribbean (Aruba, Curacao, Bonaire, Saint Maarten and Suriname). Stuart Franco Chief Operating Officer Eastern Caribbean Cluster Stuart Franco is the Chief Operating Officer of the Eastern Caribbean Cluster, bringing over two decades of leadership, commercial expertise, and deep regional knowledge to the role. A graduate of the University of Western Ontario with a B.A. in Statistics & Economics, Stuart joined TSL in 2003 and steadily rose through the ranks — from Sales Representative to Sales Manager, Executive Vice President of Sales, and Chief Executive Officer — before assuming his current role in 2026. Throughout his tenure, he has been a driving force behind the company's growth trajectory, building lasting client relationships and strengthening TSL's market position across the Caribbean. Stuart served as President of the American Chamber of Commerce in Trinidad and Tobago (AmCham T&T) from 2023 to 2025 and has been a board member since 2018. He is also an active board member of the TSL Foundation, where he has championed community initiatives that uplift the regions TSL serves. Outside the office, Stuart is a devoted husband and father of four, an avid football fan, and a firm believer in the importance of family — a value he actively fosters within his team. Ezequiel Bardas Chief Operating Officer Latin America Ezequiel Bardas serves as Chief Operating Officer for Latin America at PBS Group, bringing more than two decades of senior executive leadership to the role. Known for his ability to scale operations, drive digital transformation, and deliver sustainable profitability in complex environments, Ezequiel leads the strategic direction for PBS Group's affiliates across the Andean Region — overseeing operational synergy, key alliance development, and an ambitious expansion plan throughout Latin America. Before joining PBS Group, Ezequiel held distinguished leadership positions at Xerox, serving as President and General Manager across major markets including the United States and Latin America. His track record of navigating high-stakes business environments and building high-performing regional organizations speaks to a career defined by results and resilience. Ezequiel holds an Executive MBA from IAE Business School, complemented by multiple leadership certifications. His leadership philosophy blends sharp market insight with an unwavering commitment to innovation and excellence — qualities that position him as a driving force behind PBS Group's next chapter in the region. Regional Leadership Team 48

GENERAL MANAGER Melani Angeles DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Marco Almendárez NICARAGUA SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Francisco Lupiac GENERAL MANAGER HONDURAS COUNTRY MANAGER Nyron Thomas TRINIDAD & TOBAGO SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Elvin Nash BARBADOS & OECS Jason Alidikromo COUNTRY MANAGER SURINAME Senior in Country Leadership SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Mirian Alas EL SALVADOR Laura Johnston COUNTRY MANAGER CAYMAN 49

Nella Aguilar PERU COUNTRY MANAGER Candace Bartholomew COUNTRY MANAGER GUYANA Jose Maduro COUNTRY MANAGER BONAIRE & ARUBA Charlesson Ramdjas COUNTRY MANAGER CURAÇAO Vynnie Mila GENERAL MANAGER GPA GPA USA Luis Castillo GUATEMALA COUNTRY MANAGER COUNTRY MANAGER Ana Karina Vallejo ECUADOR Senior in Country Leadership Esteban Corrales PANAMA & COLOMBIA COUNTRY MANAGER 50

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 51

Deloitte & Touche 3 rd Floor The Goddard Building Haggatt Hall St. Michael, BB11059 Barbados, W.I. Tel: +246 620 6400 Fax: +246 430 6451 www.deloitte.com Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (“DTTL”), its global network of member firms, and their related entities (collectively, the “Deloitte organization”). DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) and each of its member firms and related entities are legally separate and independent entities, which cannot obligate or bind each other in respect of third parties. DTTL and each DTTL member firm and related entity is liable only for its own acts and omissions, and not those of each other. DTTL does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about to learn more. Deloitte & Touche is an affiliate of DCB Holding Ltd., a member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Opinion We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries (“the Group”), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2025, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including material accounting policy information. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at December 31, 2025, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS Accounting Standards”). Basis for Opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) (“IESBA Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Key Audit Matters Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill As at 31 December 2025, Goodwill accounted for US$86.2 million, which represents 20.5% of total assets of the Group. On an annual basis, management tests whether goodwill is subject to impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units (CGU) have been determined using value in use calculations based on the higher of the recoverable amount compared to fair value less costs to sell. Our approach to testing management’s impairment assessment, with the assistance of our valuation specialist involved the following procedures, amongst others: • Obtained management’s discounted cash flow model (DCF) including qualitative and quantitative analyses and updated our understanding of the process used by management to determine the value in use of each CGU and evaluated for any changes.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 2 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill (Cont’d) We focused on this area because the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill involves significant judgement and estimation, is sensitive to changes in key assumptions and determining economic recovery is challenging. The key assumptions were assessed by management as being: • Revenue growth rate; • Terminal growth rate; • Average Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) to revenue; and Pre-tax Discount rate. • Agreed the 31 December 2025 base year financial information to current year results and compared previous forecasts to actual results to assess the performance of the business and the accuracy of management’s forecasting. • Compared the revenue growth rates to historical revenue growth and externally derived data as well as our own assessments in relation to key inputs such as projected economic growth, inflation and pre-tax discount rates. • Developed a range of parameters using available market inputs and historical information and performed sensitivity analyses using these parameters, which was compared to management’s terminal growth and pre-tax discount rates. • Compared EBITDA margins to historical results, and verified reconciling variances to underlying supporting data and current period results. Tested management’s impairment model calculations for mathematical accuracy Operating and finance lease revenue (Forming part of sale of goods) Revenue arising from the inception of new finance leases is included within the sale of goods revenue stream and is not captured through a specific identifier. As a result, identifying transactions that contain lease arrangements requires manual assessment for every underlying subsidiary. Recognition of revenue in these arrangements requires judgment to identify the lease and non-lease components of the contract and to determine whether the lease should be classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. This classification can materially affect the timing and presentation of revenue recognition, the measurement of lease receivables, and the related financial statement disclosures. Our approach to testing lease revenue to mitigate the identified risks includes the following procedures: • Obtained the population of leases entered into by the entities and reviewed Management's assessment on their classification between operating and finance leases. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition of the finance lease within the Sale of Goods revenue stream, based on the lease amortisation schedule prepared by the management. • On a sample basis, obtained and inspected the related customer contracts / signed agreements to review Management's

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 3 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Lease classification is based on the terms set out in customer agreements and purchase orders. Accordingly, significant judgment is required to assess whether the contractual terms are consistent with the underlying transaction and whether the classification has been applied appropriately across the population of relevant sales arrangements. As it involves manual review and interpretation of contract documentation, there is an increased risk of error and inconsistent application. The key assumptions and judgments applied by management include: • assessment of whether the arrangement is an operating lease or a finance lease; • determination of the discount rate used in lease classification and measurement; and • identification of the standalone selling price of goods where contracts include both leasing and maintenance components. assessment on the classification between finance or operating lease. • For the selected samples, obtained and verified the inputs (interest rates, delivery dates, lease & non-lease component) as determined by Management to recalculate the finance lease revenue to be recognised in the accounts at lease inception. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition and subsequent interest income based on our independent recalculation to the amounts recorded by management. Management override of controls Management is in a unique position to perpetrate fraud because of its ability to directly or indirectly manipulate accounting records and prepare fraudulent financial statements by overriding established controls that otherwise appear to be operating effectively. The risk of management override of controls is pervasive. Because of its unpredictable nature, this risk could result in a material misstatement. This significant risk also represents a fraud risk for the audit. • Engaged in periodic fraud discussions with certain members of senior management and utilized our internal fraud specialist to guide and support our fraud-related testing procedures. • Considered the potential for bias in judgments and estimates, including performing retrospective analysis of significant accounting estimates. • Evaluated whether the Company has entered into any significant unusual transactions and, if so, the nature, terms, and business purpose (or lack thereof) of those transactions and whether such transactions involved related parties. • Evaluated the Company’s fraud risk assessment and consider indirect controls

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 4 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter and internal controls over the closing and reporting process. • Using our propriety software tool we extracted and tested journal entries that exhibit characteristics of possible management override of controls. • Tested controls over significant, unusual transactions, particularly those that result in late or unusual journal entries and controls over journal entries and adjustments made in the period-end financial reporting process. • No evidence of management override of controls was identified as a results of our audit procedures. Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process. Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also: • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 5 • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management. • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. • Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business units within the Group as a basis for forming an opinion on the group financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determined those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. Information other than the financial statements Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Annual Report but does not include the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon which is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s report. Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with the audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. When we read the Annual Report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 6 The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditors’ report is Steve Clarke. Other matter – responsibility for our audit work This report is made solely to the shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited as a body, in accordance with Section 147 of the Companies Act of Barbados. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the shareholders for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinion we have formed. Other matter – predecessor auditors The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2024 were audited by another auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those statements on 30 June 2025. 7 June 2026

Page 2 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Non-Current Assets Property, plant and equipment 13 36,106 35,865 Right-of-use assets 14 15,269 12,802 Intangible assets 15 104,757 107,595 Lease receivables 16 4,538 6,869 Pension plan assets 30 3,752 3,674 Long term receivables 17 608 551 Deferred tax assets 18 11,507 14,491 Investments 34 - 243 Contract Asset 33 28 - Investments in Associate 20 4,774 4,056 Total Non-Current Assets 181,339 186,146 Current Assets Due from related parties 19 8,066 7,467 Inventories 21 58,043 48,584 Contract assets 33 - 1,602 Trade and other receivables 22 127,296 105,760 Current portion of lease receivables 16 11,437 2,696 Current portion of long-term receivables 17 161 38 Taxation recoverable 14,476 17,462 Cash and bank 23 21,574 29,961 Total Current Assets 241,053 213,570 Current Liabilities Trade and other payables 24 91,049 85,855 Contract liabilities 33 15,101 15,602 Due to related parties 19 13,739 12,308 Taxation payable 5,219 11,255 Current portion of lease liabilities 25 6,998 6,441 Short term loans 26 19,245 5,941 Current portion of long-term loans 26 14,250 10,633 Total Current Liabilities 165,601 148,035 Net Current Assets 75,452 65,535 Total Non-current Assets and Net Current Assets 256,791 251,681

Page 3 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (Continued) 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Equity Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Share capital 27 123,016 123,016 Other reserves/ (deficit) 28 (17,025) (17,339) Accumulated deficit (30,198) (23,274) Total Shareholders´ Equity 75,793 82,403 Non-controlling Interests 1,337 1,185 Total Equity 77,130 83,588 Non-Current Liabilities Retirement benefit obligations 30 3,111 1,553 Deferred tax liabilities 18 6,570 6,153 Lease liabilities 25 17,988 15,465 Borrowings 26 151,992 144,515 Other long-term liabilities - 407 Total Non-Current Liabilities 179,661 168,093 Total Non-Current Liabilities and Equity 256,791 251,681 Approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 June, 2026 and signed on its behalf by: _____________________________________________ _________________________________ Paul Scott Director Pedro Paris Director The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 4 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Number of Shares ‘000 Share Capital $’000 Other Reserves / (Deficit) $’000 Accumulated Deficit $’000 Non- Controlling Interest $’000 Total $’000 Balance at 31 December 2023 188,213 123,016 (17,139) (29,359) 1,070 77,588 Currency translation differences - - (820) (87) - (907) Actuarial loss - - (96) - - (96) Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - 716 - - 716 Net income - - - 7,461 115 7,576 Total comprehensive income - - (200) 7,374 115 7,289 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (1,289) - (1,289) Balance at 31 December 2024 188,213 123,016 (17,339) (23,274) 1,185 83,588 Currency translation differences - - 260 - - 260 Actuarial gain - - 54 - - 54 Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - - - - - Net income - - - 4,287 152 4,439 Total comprehensive income - - 314 4,287 152 4,753 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (11,211) - (11,211) Balance at 31 December 2025 188,213 123,016 (17,025) (30,198) 1,337 77,130 The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 5 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash Flows from Operating Activities (Note 31) 2,726 32,531 Cash Flows from Financing Activities Interest paid (17,094) (18,801) Dividends paid (11,211) (1,289) Proceeds from borrowing 48,808 147,041 Repayments of borrowings (19,297) (141,672) Repayments of lease liabilities (8,370) (10,699) Net cash used in financing activities (7,164) (25,420) Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired 35 (592) (1,293) Interest received 1,769 1,999 Purchase of property, plant and equipment (5,102) (6,378) Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 42 238 Purchase of Investments in Associates 20 - (3,543) Net cash used in investing activities (3,883) (8,977) Net (Decrease) in Cash (8,321) (1,866) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 29,961 31,991 Effect of foreign exchange in cash (66) (164) Cash and Cash Equivalents at end of the year 23 21,574 29,961 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The principal non-cash transactions include: ● Transfer to property, plant and equipment from inventory during the financial year $9,380,000 (2024 - $9,017,000). ● Transfer from property, plant and equipment to inventory upon expiry of operating lease of $4,018,000 (2024 - $4,799,000). The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page 6 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 1. Identification and Principal Activities Productive Business Solutions Limited (“the Company”) is a company incorporated on 16 December 2010, and domiciled in Barbados, originally under the International Business Corporation (IBC) Act 77 (Barbados). Effective July 1st, 2021, the Company operates under the Companies Act Cap. 308 (Barbados) and holds a Foreign Currency Permit under the Foreign Currency Permits Act, 2018-44 (Barbados). The tax rate for the fiscal year commencing 1 January 2025 is 9.0% of taxable income. The registered office of the Company is at Facey House # 42 Warrens Industrial Park, Warrens, St. Michaels, Barbados. The Company is capitalised by ordinary shares. The Company is a subsidiary of Facey Group Limited, owned by Musson (Jamaica) Limited. Facey Group Limited is a company incorporated in Barbados under the Companies Act, Cap. 308 (Barbados) as an international business company. In combination, Musson (Jamaica) Limited and Facey Group Limited own 66.98% of the ordinary shares of the Company. The Company is listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange and the International Securities Market in Barbados. The Company’s ultimate parent company and controlling party is Elkon Limited (“Elkon”), which is incorporated and domiciled in Jamaica, and Paul B. Scott, respectively. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, (referred to as “Group”) are the distribution of printing equipment, business machines, handsets and related accessories, automated teller machines, security checkpoints, system integration, cloud services, data analytics, communication solutions, e-transactions, development of software and other technology solutions. In May 2025 the Group acquired 100% holding in Regional Business Systems Limited (RBS), incorporated and domiciled in Barbados (Note 35).

Page 7 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, hereinafter referred to as the financial statements, are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. (a) Basis of preparation These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. IFRS Accounting Standards comprise the following authoritative literature:  IFRS Accounting Standards  IAS Standards  Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC Interpretations) or its predecessor body, the Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC Interpretations). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain items of property, plant and equipment. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Although these estimates are based on managements’ best knowledge of current events and action, actual results could differ from those estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 4. Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year Certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards have been published that became effective during the current financial year. The Group has assessed the relevance of all such new standards, interpretations and amendments and has affected the following, which are immediately relevant to its operations: Amendments to IAS 21,‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ , Amendments to IAS 21 were made to add requirements to help entities to determine whether a currency is exchangeable into another currency, and the spot exchange rate to use when it is not. Prior to these amendments, IAS 21 set out the exchange rate to use when exchangeability is temporarily lacking, but not what to do when lack of exchangeability is not temporary. Management’s assessment is that the amendments of this standard have no impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Page 8 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year (continued) The amendments must be applied retrospectively in accordance with the requirements in IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. The amendment did not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. There are no other IFRS Accounting Standards or IFRIC interpretations effective in the current year which are expected to have a significant impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the company.

Page 9 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group The Group has concluded that the following standards which are published but not yet effective, are relevant to its operations and will impact the Group’s accounting policies and financial disclosures as discussed below. These standards and amendments to existing standards are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2026, but the Group has not early adopted them: Amendments to IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 7, ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026). Amendments to IFRS 9 and 7 (a) clarify the date of recognition and derecognition of some financial assets and liabilities, with a new exception for some financial liabilities settled through an electronic cash transfer system; (b) clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether a financial asset meets the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) criterion; (c) add new disclosures for certain instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows (such as some financial instruments with features linked to the achievement of environment, social and governance targets); and (d) update the disclosures for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). The amendments in (b) are most relevant to financial institutions, but the amendments in (a), (c) and (d) are relevant to all entities. It is not anticipated that the amendments will have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 18, ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This is the new standard on presentation and disclosure in financial statements, which replaces IAS 1, with a focus on updates to the statement of profit or loss. The key new concepts introduced in IFRS 18 relate to: • the structure of the statement of profit or loss with defined subtotals; • requirement to determine the most useful structure summary for presenting expenses in the statement of profit or loss • required disclosures in a single note within the financial statements for certain profit or loss performance measures that are reported outside an entity’s financial statements (that is, management-defined performance measures); and • enhanced principles on aggregation and disaggregation which apply to the primary financial statements and notes in general. Management is assessing the impact of this new standard on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 19, 'Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures' , (effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This standard permit eligible subsidiaries to apply reduced IFRS disclosure requirements. IFRS 19 is a voluntary standard for eligible subsidiaries. A subsidiary is eligible if it does not have public accountability and it has an ultimate or intermediate parent that produces consolidated financial statements available for public use that comply with IFRS Accounting Standards. An eligible entity may opt to revoke the application of this standard after implementation. The entity may also elect to apply the standard more than one. The group is currently assessing the impact of this standard.

Page 10 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) There are no other new or amended IFRS Accounting Standards and interpretations that are published but not yet effective that would be expected to have an impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the Group. (b) Consolidation (i) Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations involving third parties by the Group. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred, and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss, in the statement of comprehensive income.

Page 11 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) Subsidiaries Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. The Group’s subsidiaries, countries of incorporation, and the Group’s percentage interest are as follows: Country of incorporation Group’s Percentage Interest 2025 2024 Nicaragua Holdings and its subsidiary St., Lucia & Nicaragua 100 100 Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia & Dominican Republic 100 100 Mobay Holdings N.V. and its subsidiary Curacao & Aruba 100 100 PBS Caribbean Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia, Jamaica, Barbados, Colombia, Suriname 100 100 Cayman Business Machines Limited* Cayman 40 40 PBS Technology Group Limited St. Lucia, Antigua & Barbuda, Jamaica, Trinidad, Guyana, 100 100 Infotrans Group Holding B.V. Curacao, Bonaire, Colombia, Suriname & Aruba 100 100 High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V. El Salvador and Honduras 100 100 PBS Central America and its subsidiaries Panama, Guatemala, Costa Rica, El Salvador 100 100 PBS Honduras Honduras 75 75 PBS Peru Peru 100 100 PBS Ecuador Ecuador 100 100

Page 12 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) In accordance with Cayman laws, entities that are domiciled in the Cayman Islands and are not issued with Local Companies Control Law Licenses, are required to be at least 60% owned by a Caymanian. The operation of Cayman Business Machines Limited is however controlled by Productive Business Solutions Limited and is therefore, in substance, categorised as a subsidiary. (ii) Transactions with non-controlling interests The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For purchases of ownership interest in subsidiaries from non-controlling interests in which the Group retains control of the subsidiary, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests where control is retained by the Group are also recorded in equity. (iii) Disposal of subsidiaries When the Group ceases to have control or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value, with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss. If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate. (iv) Business combination under common control Acquisitions from entities under common control are determined by the substance and specific facts and circumstances surrounding any particular business combination under common control. Business combinations under common control are accounted for using the predecessor method of accounting. Under the predecessor method of accounting, the cost of an acquisition is measured in a manner similar to the purchase method of accounting. Identifiable assets and liabilities are measured at book value at the date of acquisition. Under the predecessor method of accounting, no goodwill is created, as any difference between the cost of acquisition and the book value of the net assets acquired is dealt with as an adjustment to retained earnings. (v) Investment in associates Associates are categorized as entities over which the Group has influence but not control, with shareholding and voting rights between 20% and 50%. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost. The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associate’s post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in profit and loss, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equal or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Page 13 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (c) Foreign currency translation (i) Functional and presentation currency Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States Dollars, which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency. (ii) Transactions and balances Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. At the statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the weighted average closing exchange rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates, of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in statement of comprehensive income. (iii) Group companies The results and financial position of all the group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper- inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated as follows: a) Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at year end rates, b) Items affecting the statement of comprehensive income are translated at average rates, and c) The resultant gains or losses are recognised in other comprehensive income as translation gains or losses. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Page 14 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (d) Revenue recognition Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of applicable value added taxes, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue is recognised as follows: Reprographic products Revenue earned from reprographic products is either through an outright sale or a lease of equipment and from related service contracts. Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from finance leases, are recognised at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require installation, revenue is recognised when the equipment has been delivered and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer-installable products are recognised upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer's shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the finance lease method and are recognised as earned over the lease term. A substantial portion of the Group's reprographic products is sold with full- service maintenance agreements. Service revenues are derived primarily from these maintenance contracts on equipment sold to customers and are recognised over the term of the contracts in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, by reference to completion of the specific transaction assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided. Revenue is recognised only after there are specific indicators of transfer of control to the customer. To evidence transfer of control on contracts where revenue is recognised at a point in time, management has defined that revenue can only be recognised after the equipment or part is installed or the supplies are delivered. Bill and hold agreements are scrutinised to ensure the transfer of control to the customer is effective. For contracts where revenue is recognised over time, management measures the fulfilment of the performance obligations based on the value that the delivered goods or services represent to the customer. Telecommunications products Revenue from telecommunications products comprises revenue from the sales of cellular phones. These products are sold under contractual agreements with the telecommunications providers. Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised on a gross basis as management has determined that the Group acts as a principal in relation to these transactions, due to the fact that the Group bears the majority of risk, principally credit and inventory risk, in relation to such transactions, and the Group also acts as primary obligor. Control is the key consideration when assessing the nature of the promise to the customer. When the entity does not control the good or service (or inventory) before it is transferred to the customer it is likely that the promise in the contract is to arrange for goods or services to be delivered (rather than these to be provided by the entity). In such cases, the Company recognises revenue for an amount equal to the net income (revenue minus cost). Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised when a Group entity has delivered products to the customer; the customer has accepted the products and collectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured. Interest income is recognised on the accrual basis on the effective interest basis, except when collectability is considered doubtful. In such cases, income is recorded when economic benefits are received.

Page 15 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (e) Property, plant and equipment Freehold land and buildings are shown at fair value, based on valuations by external independent valuers, less subsequent depreciation for buildings. Valuations are performed every three years to ensure that the fair value of a revalued asset does not differ materially from it’s carrying amount. Any accumulated depreciation at the date of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset, and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of freehold, land and buildings are credited to other comprehensive income and shown as other reserves in shareholder’s equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are recorded in other comprehensive income and debited against other reserves directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the profit or loss. All other property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Land is not depreciated as it is deemed to have an indefinite life. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation is calculated at annual rates on the straight-line basis to write-off the cost of the assets to their residual values over their estimated useful lives at annual rates as follows: Freehold buildings 2 - 2 ½% Leasehold buildings and improvements 10 - 20% Furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment 10 - 33⅓% Motor vehicles 20 - 25% Gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount and are included in operating profit. Repairs and maintenance expenditure is charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which it is incurred. The cost of major renovations is included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of the existing asset will flow to the Group. When revalued assets are sold, the amounts included in other reserves are transferred to retained earnings.

Page 16 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (f) Intangible assets (i) Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates and joint ventures is included in investment in associates and investment in joint venture, respectively. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or Groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. (ii) Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences. Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. All, excepting licenses are deemed to have finite useful lives and amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the intangible assets over their estimated useful lives between 5 and 20 years. Licenses have an indefinite useful life. (iii) Proprietary Software The Group is the owner of a software internally developed to address diverse customer needs. This asset is carried at cost and amortised according to its defined useful life. (g) Impairment of non-financial assets Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Page 17 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset in one entity and a financial liability or equity of another entity. Financial assets Classification The Group classifies its financial assets at amortised cost. The classification depends on the business model used for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. Impairment The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss (ECL) associated with its financial assets classified at amortised cost, lease receivables, long term receivables and related party balances. Application of the General Model The Group has applied the ‘general model’ as required under IFRS 9 for financial assets other than trade receivables. Under this model, the Group is required to assess on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its financial assets carried at amortised cost. The ECL will be recognised in profit or loss before a loss event has occurred. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. ECL is calculated by multiplying the Probability of default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD). The impairment model uses a three-stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination: Stage 1 – 12-month ECL applies to all financial assets that have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and are not credit impaired. The ECL will be computed using a 12-month PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months. Stage 2 – When a financial asset experiences a significant increase in credit risk subsequent to origination but is not credit impaired, it is considered to be in Stage 2. This requires the computation of ECL based on lifetime PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the remaining estimated life of the financial asset. Provisions are higher in this stage because of an increase in risk and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered compared to 12 months in Stage 1. Stage 3 – Financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment will be included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses will continue to capture the lifetime ECL. The Group uses judgement when considering the following factors that affect the determination of impairment: Assessment of Significant Increase in Credit Risk The assessment of a significant increase in credit risk is done on a relative basis. To assess whether the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since origination, the Group compares the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial asset at the reporting date to the corresponding risk of default at origination, using key risk indicators that are used in the Group’s existing risk management processes. At each reporting date, the assessment of a change in credit risk will be individually assessed for those considered individually significant and at the segment level. This assessment is symmetrical in nature, allowing credit risk of financial assets to move back to Stage 1 if the increase in credit risk since origination has reduced and is no longer deemed to be significant.

Page 18 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments (continued) Macroeconomic Factors, Forward Looking Information and Multiple Scenarios The Group applies an unbiased and probability weighted estimate of credit losses by evaluating a range of possible outcomes that incorporates forecasts of future economic conditions. Macroeconomic factors and forward-looking information are incorporated into the measurement of ECL as well as the determination of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination. Measurement of ECLs at each reporting period reflect reasonable and supportable information at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The Group uses three scenarios that are probability weighted to determine ECL. Expected Life When measuring ECL, the Group considers the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk. All contractual terms are considered when determining the expected life, including prepayment options and extension and rollover options. Application of the Simplified Approach For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. Financial liabilities The Group’s financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, this is the initial recognition minus the cumulative amortisation of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount. Financial liabilities at amortised costs are classified as current or non-current depending on whether these are due within 12 months after the statement of financial position date or beyond. Financial liabilities are derecognised when either of the following take place: The Group is discharged from its obligation, upon expiration or when they are cancelled or replaced by a new liability. (i) Inventories Inventories are carried at weighted average purchase cost. These items are stated at cost less provision for write down to net realisable value, where necessary and are stated at the lower weighted average cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the costs of completion and selling expenses. (j) Trade receivables Impairment over trade receivables is determined with the aid of a matrix based on the ageing of the account. Twice a year, management assesses whether there has been any indicator of a change in the credit risk. Additionally, periodically a comprehensive evaluation is performed with the objective of identifying individual accounts that may be subject to impairment which are either written off or fully provided for. (k) Cash and bank Cash and bank include cash on hand net of bank overdrafts. In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and bank include cash in hand and at bank and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown in current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

Page 19 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (l) Trade payables These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. (m) Contract assets and contract liabilities The Group recognises a contract asset whenever it has the right for consideration as a result of transferring goods or services to a customer. Contract assets are different from accounts receivables as the former would only require the passage of time for the consideration to be due. Contract assets are subject to impairment assessment. The Group recognises a contract liability when it has received a payment, or a payment is due for goods or services that have not yet been transferred to the customer. (n) Income taxes Taxation expense in the statement of comprehensive income comprises current and deferred tax charges. Current tax charges are based on taxable profits for the year, which differ from the profit before tax reported because it excludes items that are taxable or deductible in other years, and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability f or current tax is calculated at tax rates that have been enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Deferred tax is the tax expected to be paid or recovered on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding tax bases. Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Currently enacted tax rates are used in the determination of deferred income tax. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they arise from the same taxable entity, relate to the same tax authority and when the legal right of offset exists. Deferred tax is charged or credited to profit or loss, except where it relates to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income, in which case, deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income. (o) Provisions Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. (p) Share capital Ordinary shares, and redeemable cumulative preference shares where the declaration of dividends is discretionary, are classified as equity instruments. The preference shares are perpetual and are only redeemable at the sole discretion of the Company but not before the 16 th year after the issue of the shares. Dividends on these shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are declared.

Page 20 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (q) Earnings per share (i) Basic earnings per share Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: ● the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares. ● by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares. (ii) Diluted earnings per share Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account: ● the after-income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and ● the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. (r) Borrowings Borrowings are recognised initially at cost, being their issue proceeds, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequently, borrowings are stated at amortised cost and any difference between net proceeds and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Preference shares issued by the Group are treated as borrowings if they carry a contractual term of redemption either by cash or another financial asset and dividends payments are not discretionary. (s) Leases As Lessee Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments: - fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable - payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option. Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rates, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions. As Lessor Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessee are classified as finance leases. When assets are leased out under a finance leases, the asset is derecognized and treated as revenue in accordance with accounting policy (d) with the present value of the lease payments is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease in a manner which reflects a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.

Page 21 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (s) Leases (continued) Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessor are included in property, plant and equipment in the statement of financial position. They are depreciated over their expected useful lives on a basis consistent with similar owned property, plant and equipment. Rental income is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. In some instances, transfers are made from Inventory to property, plant and equipment to facilitate the leasing of assets. In instances where leased equipment is returned this is transferred from property, plant and equipment to Inventory. When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which termination takes place. (t) Post-employment benefits The Group participates in a defined contribution plan operated by a related party, Musson (Jamaica) Limited, whereby it pays contributions to a separate, trustee-administered fund for its Jamaican operation. Once the contributions have been paid, the Group has no further payment obligations. Contributions to the plan are charged to profit or loss in the period to which they relate. There is an unfunded retirement benefit plan in the Nicaragua and El Salvador operations which is reflected in the statement of financial position as a liability. Changes to benefits are calculated by third party actuaries and are reflected in the Change to statement of comprehensive income. The Parent Company also participates in a defined benefit pension plan relating to PBS Technologies (Barbados) Limited, the assets of which are held in a separate fund administered by a Trustee. The pension plan is funded by payments from the Parent Company, taking into account the recommendations of independent qualified actuaries. Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value. (u) Finance costs Finance costs includes interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest method, interest on finance leases, material bank charges and foreign exchange gains and losses recognised in profit or loss. (v) Offsetting financial instruments Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty. (w) Segment information Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer. (x) Dividend distribution Dividend distribution is recognised as equity in the financial statements in which the dividends are approved by the shareholders. Dividend distributions on preference shares classified as borrowings are included in finance costs when the dividends are approved.

Page 22 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (a) Financial risk factors The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyse these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and up-to-date information systems. Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies and evaluates financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and investment of excess liquidity. (i) Credit risk The Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that its customers, clients or counterparties will cause a financial loss for the Group by failing to discharge their contractual obligations. Credit exposures arise principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and are influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Group has established credit policies under which each customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness prior to the Group offering them a credit facility. Credit limits are assigned to each customer and are reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Group has procedures in place to restrict customer orders if the order will result in customers exceeding their credit limits. Customers who fail to meet the Group’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Group on a prepayment basis. Customer credit risk is monitored according to their credit characteristics such as whether it is an individual or company, geographic location, industry, aging profile, and previous financial difficulties. The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents an estimate of expected credit losses in respect of trade and other receivables. The Group addresses impairment assessment in two areas: individually and collectively assessed allowances. Cash transactions are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. The Group has policies in place to limit the amount of exposure to any one financial institution. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the amount reflected on the statement of financial position.

Page 23 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Credit risk (continued) At year end, the banks where the Group maintains most of its cash, were rated by Fitch Ratings as follows: 202 5 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. B BB+ CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA+ Citibank F1 A+ 202 4 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. F1+ AA- CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA- Citibank F1 A+ Maximum credit risk exposure The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk equals the carrying amounts on the statement of financial position, of the assets which expose the Group to credit risk. There has been no change over the prior year in the manner in which the Group manages and measures credit risk. Analysis of trade receivables The Group’s trade receivables, broken down by customer sector is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Government 42,058 41,804 Private entities 58,254 48,815 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Impairment of financial assets The Group has four types of financial assets that are subject to expected credit losses as follows: (i) Trade receivables (ii) Lease receivable and long-term receivables (iii) Accounts receivable from related parties (iv) Other debt instruments carried at amortised cost

Page 24 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Trade receivables The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measure expected credit losses (ECL) which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. On that basis, the loss allowance at 31 December 2025 and 2024 was determined as follows for trade receivables: 31 December 202 5 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1 - 180 days past due $’000 181 - 360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 2.83% 11.54% 30.39% Gross carrying amount 71,856 19,451 2,878 6,127 100,312 Loss allowance provision 11 550 332 1,862 2,755 31 December 202 4 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1-180 days past due $’000 181-360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 0.67% 7.50% 38.38% Gross carrying amount 45,859 33,441 6,404 4,915 90,619 Loss allowance provision 10 224 480 1,887 2,601 The closing loss allowances for trade receivables as at 31 December 2025 reconcile to the opening loss allowances as follows: 202 5 202 4 $’000 $’000 Opening loss allowance as at 1 January 2,601 2,872 On Acquisition of Subsidiary (Note 34) - 299 Impairment (gains)/losses on receivables during the year 917 (223) Amounts written off (461) (314) Unused amounts reversed (320) - Exchange difference 18 (33) At 31 December 2,755 2,601

Page 25 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables The Group applies the ‘three stage’ model of IFRS 9 in measuring the expected credit losses (ECL) for all lease and long-term receivable. The application makes estimation about likelihood of default occurring, of the associated loss ratios of default correlations between counter parties. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The following tables contains an analysis of the credit exposure for lease and long-term receivables as at 31 December 2025 and 2024 as follows: Long term receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 769 - - 769 Carrying amount 769 - - 769 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 589 - - 589 Carrying amount 589 - - 589 Lease receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 Carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 26 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 Carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 27 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) Loss Allowance – Lease Receivables: No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material. Lease and long-term receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include ceasing enforcement activity, and where the Group’s recovery method is foreclosing on collateral, and the value of the collateral is such that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full. ECL movements without a profit and loss impact relates to amounts transferred from trade receivables to lease/long term receivables which previously existed and for which the ECL would have also been transferred. Expected credit losses are presented net of subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off. Cash and bank and other receivables Other financial assets at amortised cost include cash and bank balances, due from related parties and other receivables . These debt instruments at amortised cost are considered to have low credit risk. The loss allowance recognised during the period on those deemed to have low credit risk was therefore limited to the 12 month expected losses. Management considers these instruments as having low credit risk when there is a low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term. The allowance is assessed by estimating the likelihood of default, associated loss ratio and default correlation between counterparties. No opening loss allowances were recognised on balances for cash and bank, due from related parties and other receivables, and there were no movements during the current year, as the amounts determined were deemed immaterial. (iii) Due from related parties ECL is determined on yearly basis by performing a review of the financial position of the related party debtors for those where the receivable balances are material. If the related party debtor has an ‘intent’ and strong financial capacity to meet its contractual obligation, the probability of default is low and the credit risk is deemed to be immaterial, otherwise it would be classified under stage 2 or 3 and ECL computed accordingly. (iii) Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and other liquid assets and maintaining the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. Liquidity risk management process The Group’s liquidity management process, as carried out within the Group and monitored by the Board of Directors, primarily includes: (i) Monitoring future cash flows and liquidity on an ongoing basis. This incorporates an assessment of expected cash flows and the availability of collateral which could be used to secure funding if required. (ii) Maintaining committed lines of credit; and (iii) Managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities.

Page 28 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3 . Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Liquidity risk (continued) Undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities The maturity profile of financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments is as follows: Within 12 Months 1 to 5 Years Over 5 years Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Trade payables 58,350 - - 58,348 Other payables 32,699 - - 32,701 Due to related parties 13,739 - - 13,739 Lease liabilities 7,975 18,549 1,952 28,476 Borrowings 37,108 184,943 - 222,051 149,871 203,492 1,952 355,315 202 4 Trade payables 48,628 - - 48,628 Other payables 37,220 7 - 37,227 Due to related parties 12,308 - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities - - 407 407 Lease liabilities 9,335 14,453 126 23,914 Borrowings 25,339 141,834 - 167,173 132,830 156,294 533 289,657 (iii) Market risk The Group takes on exposure to market risks, which is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risks mainly arise from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is monitored by the Facey Group Limited’s treasury department which carries out extensive research and monitors the price movement of financial assets on the local and international markets. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Currency risk Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Jamaican (JMD) dollar, Honduran Lempira (HNL), Nicaraguan Córdoba (NIO), Dominican Peso (DOP), Costa Rican Colón (CRC), Trinidadian dollar (TTD) and the Guatemala Quetzal (GTQ). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. The Group manages its foreign exchange risk by ensuring that the net exposure in foreign assets and liabilities is kept to an acceptable level by monitoring currency positions. The Group further manages this risk by invoicing where possible in US dollars and converting foreign currency balances into US dollar denominated accounts.

Page 29 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, the net assets of which are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies. The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December: USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2025 Financial Assets Long term receivables 391 369 - 1 - - - - 8 769 Lease receivables 2,937 - - - - 8,232 - 3,232 1,574 15,975 Due from related parties 4,837 - 69 - - - - - 3,160 8,066 Trade receivables 22,584 20,983 6,670 4,107 3,900 7,052 9,336 8,946 13,979 97,557 Other receivables 3,696 209 848 400 949 9,203 319 2,497 6,311 24,432 Cash and bank 9,085 496 260 568 73 382 183 4,506 6,021 21,574 Total financial assets 43,530 22,057 7,847 5,076 4,922 24,869 9,838 19,181 31,053 168,373 Financial liabilities Trade payables 48,232 920 234 629 47 618 968 557 6,145 58,348 Other payables 6,557 1,562 2,323 1,194 1,520 4,013 3,973 2,172 9,385 32,701 Lease liabilities 16,808 - 2,604 339 1,248 - - 2,045 1,942 24,986 Due to related parties 11,761 - 305 - - - - - 1,673 13,739 Borrowings 183,138 - 1,672 - - - - 489 188 185,487 Total financial liabilities 266,496 2,482 7,138 2,162 2,815 4,631 4,941 5,263 19,333 315,261 Net position (222,966) 19,575 709 2,914 2,107 20,238 4,897 13,918 11,720 (146,888) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation against the US Dollar

Page 30 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (v) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2024 Financial Assets Long term receivables 224 355 - 2 - - - - 8 589 Lease receivables 3,211 - - - - - - 4,337 2,017 9,565 Due from related parties 7,120 - 347 - - - - - - 7,467 Trade receivables 41,110 7,129 6,093 2,106 4,787 1,876 6,644 7,871 10,402 88,018 Other receivables 1,421 259 854 47 (196) 3,788 240 533 6,811 13,757 Cash and cash equivalents 11,560 1,364 240 881 1,181 300 483 3,860 10,092 29,961 Total financial assets 64,646 9,107 7,534 3,036 5,772 5,964 7,367 16,601 29,330 149,357 Financial liabilities Trade payables 42,928 159 749 178 326 1,944 595 204 1,545 48,628 Other payables 11,452 1,698 2,681 901 887 2,770 2,616 4,358 9,864 37,227 Lease liabilities 14,721 - 929 302 1,155 - - 2,339 2,460 21,906 Due to related parties 12,150 - 158 - - - - - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities 407 - - - - - - - - 407 Borrowings 158,321 - 1,772 - - - - 934 62 161,089 Total financial liabilities 239,979 1,857 6,289 1,381 2,368 4,714 3,211 7,835 13,931 281,565 Net position (175,333) 7,250 1,245 1,655 3,404 1,250 4,156 8,766 15,399 (132,208) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation.

Page 31 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) The following tables indicate the currencies to which the Group had significant exposure on their monetary assets and liabilities and forecast cash flows. The change in currency rate below represents management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis represents outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the year-end for a reasonably expected change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity of the profit or loss was primarily as a result of foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of trade receivables and payables, long term receivables and borrowings. % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 5 2025 $’000 2025 $’000 Currency: HNL -1.5 - 109 HNL 1 - (73) JMD -1.5 607 - JMD 1 (152) - NIO -1.5 - 446 NIO 1 - (111) DOP -1.5 - (154) DOP 1 - 38 CRC -1.5 - 270 CRC 1 - (180) TTD -1.5 - 368 TTD 1 - (245) GTQ -1.5 140 - GTQ 1 (93) - % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 4 2024 $’000 2024 $’000 Currency: HNL -4 - 174 HNL 1 - (44) JMD -4 665 - JMD 1 (166) - NIO -4 - 471 NIO 1 - (118) DOP -4 - (119) DOP 1 - 30 CRC -4 - 683 CRC 1 - (171) TTD -4 - 834 TTD 1 - (209) GTQ -4 281 - GTQ 1 (70) -

Page 32 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iv) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk As the Group has no significant variable rate interest-bearing assets, the Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate exposure arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates and revolving short-term borrowings expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The Group analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated for borrowings that represent the major interest-bearing positions, taking into consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions and alternative financing. The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily from borrowings, the sensitivity of the profit or loss is the effect of the assumed changes in interest rates based on floating rate long term and revolving short-term borrowings. There is no direct impact on other components of equity. The table below indicates the sensitivity to a reasonably expected change in interest rates 2025 2024 Change in basis points - 50/25 Change in basis points - 50/25 $’000 $’000 Floating rate borrowings 750/ (375) 619/ (310) (b) Capital management The capital management process is carried out by the parent company. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for the shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. The Board of Directors monitors the return on capital, which the Group defines as net operating income (excluding non-recurring items) divided by total equity (excluding non- redeemable preference shares and non-controlling interests). There was no change to the capital management process during the year. The Group has no specific capital management strategy and is not exposed to externally imposed capital requirements. There are contractual capital requirements as follows:  The syndicated credit agreement with Citibank, N.A. acting as administrative agent and collateral agent and Citibank, N.A., Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A, First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as joint lead arrangers and book runners - The financial covenants include: The Leverage Ratio, The Debt Service Coverage Ratio, The Central American Assets Test and The Specified Central American Assets Test. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at year end.  The revolving credit agreement and loan agreement with First Citizens Bank (FCB) - The financial covenants include: the Current ratio, the Funded Debt to EBITDA ratio and the Debt Service ratio. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at the year end.

Page 33 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated)  3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (c) Fair values of financial instruments Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of the Group’s financial instruments that, subsequent to initial recognition, are not measured at fair value is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each statement of financial position date. The fair values of these financial instruments are determined as follows: (i) The face value, less any estimated credit adjustments, for financial assets and liabilities with a maturity of less than one year are estimated to approximate their fair values. These financial assets and liabilities include cash and bank balances, trade receivables and payables and short-term borrowings. (ii) The carrying values of non-current borrowings to non-related parties approximate their fair values, as these loans are carried at amortised cost reflecting their contractual obligations and the interest rates are reflective of current market rates for similar transactions. The fair value of borrowings is disclosed in note 26. (iii) The fair values of the long-term receivables and loans to and from related parties could not be reliably determined as these instruments were granted under special terms and are not likely to be traded in a fair market exchange.

Page 34 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty Judgements and estimates are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. Estimated impairment of goodwill The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2(f). The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations, which require the use of estimates. In determining the value in use, management has made certain assumptions regarding revenue growth rate, EBITDA to revenue ratios, terminal growth rate and discount rates. See Note 15 for sensitivity of amounts to estimates. Intangible assets Intangible assets arising from the acquisition of subsidiaries have been deemed to be indefinite life intangibles. Other intangible assets have been deemed to be finite lives intangibles. Their estimated useful lives have been determined by management, based on their best estimate of the time period over which the Group will benefit from the assets acquired. Management has estimated that the useful lives of the intangibles will be between 5 and 20 years. Income taxes The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. The Group recognises liabilities for actual and anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. In determining these estimates, management considers the merit of any audit issues raised, based on their interpretation of the taxation laws, and their knowledge of any precedents established by the taxation authorities. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences could materially impact the current tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made (see Notes 11 and 18). Determining the lease term In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). For leases of administrative offices, retail stores, equipment and vehicles, the following factors are normally the most relevant: ● If there are significant penalties to terminate (or not extend), the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● If any leasehold improvements are expected to have a significant remaining value, the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● Otherwise, the Group considers other factors including historical lease durations and the costs and business disruption required to replace the leased asset. Most extension options in office equipment and vehicles leases have not been included in the lease liability, because the Group could replace the assets without significant cost or business disruption.

Page 35 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information The Group’s Chief Executive Officer examines the Group’s performance from a geographic perspective and has identified two reportable segments of business: ● Central America- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Central America Region such as Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Costa Rica, Nicaragua and Panama. ● Caribbean- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Caribbean region such as Dominican Republic, Jamaica, Barbados, Curacao and Aruba, Colombia, Trinidad and Tobago, Suriname, Peru and Ecuador. Management primarily uses a measure of adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) to assess the performance of the operating segments. However, information about the segments’ revenue, assets and liabilities are also submitted for review on a monthly basis.

Page 36 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2025 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 216,487 158,045 - 374,532 Revenue from another operating segment 21,602 342 (21,558) 386 Total Income 238,089 158,387 (21,558) 374,918 Adjusted EBITDA 39,468 22,189 (6,463) 55,194 Finance costs (17,703) Depreciation (20,684) Amortisation (3,174) Unallocated EBITDA - Share of Investee’s profit 718 Profit before taxation 14,351 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (11,766) (8,918) - (20,684) Amortisation (286) (2,888) - (3,174) Income tax (8,252) (1,660) - (9,912) Segment assets- Total segment assets 284,690 257,335 (458,838) 83,187 Unallocated items 339,205 Total assets per statement of financial position 422,392 Capital expenditure 2,986 2,116 - 5,102 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 204,830 244,064 (398,616) 50,278 Unallocated items 294,984 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 345,262

Page 37 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 233,913 158,166 - 392,079 Revenue from another operating segment 15,339 337 (20,366) (4,690) Total Income 249,252 158,503 (20,366) 387,389 Adjusted EBITDA 23,676 27,880 (2,569) 48,987 Finance costs (18,430) Depreciation (17,441) Amortisation (2,884) Unallocated EBITDA 2,386 Profit before taxation 12,618 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (10,386) (7,055) - (17,441) Amortisation (286) (2,598) (2,884) Income tax (3,565) (1,591) 114 (5,042) Segment assets- Total segment assets 239,813 237,830 (380,101) 97,542 Unallocated items 302,174 Total assets per statement of financial position 399,716 Capital expenditure 2,306 4,072 - 6,378 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 175,217 226,053 (323,383) 77,887 Unallocated items 238,241 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 316,128

Page 38 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) Segment assets are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset. Segment liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These liabilities are allocated based on the operations of the segment. The parent entity is domiciled in Barbados. The amount of its revenue from external customers broken down by location of the customers is shown in table below. 202 5 2024 $’000 $’000 Barbados 18,992 20,676 Costa Rica 52,701 37,423 Dominican Republic 15,958 17,836 El Salvador 56,750 99,808 Guatemala 35,148 38,892 Honduras 24,704 20,110 Nicaragua 19,273 15,450 Panama 12,122 11,411 USA 7,841 5,848 Antilles 10,512 11,597 Jamaica 27,960 30,229 Trinidad 23,554 30,125 Guyana 8,518 5,920 Cayman 2,822 2,715 Antigua 731 696 Colombia 4,345 5,071 Suriname 1,233 2,180 Other 51,754 31,402 Total 374,918 387,389 The total of capital expenditure, broken down by location of the assets is shown in the table below. 202 5 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 240 240 Trinidad - 244 244 Costa Rica 1,443 - 1,443 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 908 908 Other 261 724 985 Total 2,986 2,116 5,102

Page 39 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 2,037 2,037 Trinidad - 974 974 Costa Rica 791 - 791 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 311 311 Other 233 750 983 Total 2,306 4,072 6,378 6. Revenue 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Business Solutions Sale of goods 310,839 330,420 Services 41,461 32,302 352,300 362,722 Lease Income 22,618 24,667 374,918 387,389 Revenue from contracts with customers is $352,300,000 (2024: $362,722,000). 2025 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2025 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 207,119 122,957 (21,558) 308,518 Over time 17,257 26,525 - 43,782 224,376 149,482 (21,558) 352,300 2024 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2024 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 212,881 117,599 (20,366) 310,114 Over time 23,913 28,695 - 52,608 236,794 146,294 (20,366) 362,722

Page 40 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 7. Other Income 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest income 1,769 1,999 Gain/ (loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment (179) 103 Negative Goodwill (Note a) - 1,150 Customer Deposits Write-back - 700 Miscellaneous 812 193 2,402 4,145 (a) This relates to the acquisition of Xerox Ecuador. (Note 35)

Page 41 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 8. Expenses by Nature Total direct, selling, administration and other operating expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cost of inventories and cost related to services* 247,544 273,027 Impairment losses/(gains) on financial instruments 917 (223) Staff costs (Note 9) 48,573 43,811 Depreciation (Notes 13 and 14) * 10,630 9,470 Commission 6,905 6,895 Travel 5,180 5,433 Management fees 2,434 2,014 Telephone and communication 1,476 1,369 Transportation 801 803 Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 15) 3,174 2,884 Legal and professional fees 2,441 2,312 Occupancy costs 911 1,043 Bank charges 859 743 Auditor’s remuneration 1,940 1,251 Office supplies, printing and stationery 266 605 Repairs and maintenance 536 950 Advertising 324 450 Motor Vehicle Expenses 1,663 1,315 General Insurance 1,210 1,349 Other expenses 8,200 5,498 97,523 88,195 345,984 360,999 * Depreciation included in Cost of inventories and cost related to services amounts to $10,054,000 (2024: 7,971,000) for a total depreciation of $20,684,000 (2024: $17,441,000). Audit fees for the year ended 31 December 2025 totalled for the Group of $1,940,000 (2024: $1,251,000). Other fees paid to the auditor (and related network firms) for non-assurance services are not material.

Page 42 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 9. Staff Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Staff costs that have been included in Selling general and administrative expenses (Note 8) 48,573 43,811 Staff costs that have been included in Direct expenses 17,101 11,031 65,674 54,842 Staff costs that have been included in direct expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 14,379 8,488 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 2,057 1,165 Redundancy costs 184 501 Other 481 877 17,101 11,031 Staff costs that have been included in selling, general and administrative expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 39,571 34,938 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 4,474 3,840 Pension costs – defined contribution 425 410 Redundancy costs 1,809 2,290 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 1,832 2,072 48,573 43,811 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 53,950 43,426 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 6,453 5,005 Pension costs – defined contribution 503 410 Redundancy costs 1,993 2,791 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 2,313 2,949 65,674 54,842

Page 43 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 10. Finance Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net foreign exchange losses (gains) 609 (371) Interest expense - Loans and lease liabilities 17,094 18,801 17,703 18,430 11. Taxation Taxation is based on profit for the year or, in some jurisdictions, the greater of a percentage of profit before tax or revenue adjusted for taxation purposes, and comprises: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current tax charge 6,384 5,920 Deferred tax charge (credit) (Note 18) 3,528 (878) 9,912 5,042 The tax on the profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the statutory tax rate as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit before tax 14,351 12,618 Tax calculated at domestic tax rate of 9% (2024: 9%) 1,292 1,136 Adjusted for the effects of: Different tax rates in other countries 4,935 5,087 Tax on net assets at 1% 128 137 Income not subject to tax (3,048) (2,324) Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 1,101 550 Other charges and credits 5,504 456 Tax charge 9,912 5,042

Page 44 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 11. Taxation (Continued) 2025 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries 260 - 260 Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE - - - Actuarial gains – termination benefits 54 - 54 Other comprehensive income 314 - 314 Deferred tax (Note 18) - 2024 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries (907) - (907) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE 716 - 716 Actuarial gains – termination benefits (96) - (96) Other comprehensive income (287) - (287) Deferred tax (Note 18) - 12. Earnings per Share 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the company 4,287 7,461 Profit attributable to preference shareholders (1,713) (1,289) Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders 2,574 6,172 Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000) 186,213 186,213 Total basic and diluted earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations. 1.38 3.31

Page 45 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13 . Property, Plant and Equipment The furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment category for the Group includes equipment held for leases. Lease contracts for these items are entered into with third parties, with periodic lease payments being 36 to 60 months. Items which are leased are transferred from inventory on commencement of the lease arrangements and are transferred back to inventory on termination of the lease arrangements. Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Exchange differences - 3 (107) - (21) (4) (129) Additions - 1,103 3,663 - 67 269 5,102 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 502 - 24 - 526 Transfers from inventory - 9,380 - - - 9,380 Disposals - (553) (241) - (24) - (818) Transfers to inventory - - (4,018) - - - (4,018) On revaluation - - - - - - - Transfer from CWIP* - 23 186 - - (374) (165) At 31 December 111 6,974 108,155 776 1,711 1,035 118,762 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Exchange differences - (3) (193) - (18) - (214) Charge for the year** - 819 13,800 - 162 - 14,781 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 171 - 24 - 195 On transfer to inventory - - (4,528) - - - (4,528) Relieved on disposals - (365) (230) - (2) - (597) At 31 December 24 3,771 77,600 - 1,261 - 82,656 Net Book Value - 87 3,203 30,555 776 450 1,035 36,106 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $10,054,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 46 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,739 88,464 60 1,822 514 97,710 Exchange differences - (197) (898) - (294) - (1,389) Additions - 422 4,960 - 121 875 6,378 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 2,217 - 24 - 2,241 Transfers from inventory - - 9,017 - - - 9,017 Disposals - (657) (290) - (70) - (1,017) Transfers to inventory - - (4,789) - - - (4,789) On revaluation - - - 716 - - 716 Transfer from CWIP* - 91 109 - 62 (245) 17 At 31 December 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,292 62,728 - 1,067 - 67,111 Exchange differences - (87) (222) - (214) - (523) Charge for the year** - 678 11,282 - 271 - 12,231 On transfer to inventory - - (4,918) - - - (4,918) Relieved on disposals - (563) (290) - (29) - (882) At 31 December 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Net Book Value - 87 3,078 30,210 776 570 1,144 35,865 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $7,971,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 47 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The amounts of equipment leased to customers and included in property, plant and equipment are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Equipment held for lease at cost 80,979 86,403 Accumulated depreciation (61,596) (66,856) Net book value 19,383 19,547 Equipment is ordinarily moved from inventory to docu-centers, printshops and internal use. Equipment from inventory is also placed under lease contracts. When the equipment is no longer assigned to a specific function, it is moved back to inventory at net book value. The most significant of these movements is for equipment held for lease which is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening net book value 19,547 16,502 Acquisition of subsidiaries (Note 35) - 1,870 Transfers from inventory during lease period 9,380 9,017 Depreciation charges (10,054) (7,971) Disposals – transfers to inventory upon expiry of lease (4,018) (4,789) Depreciation released 4,528 4,918 Closing net book value 19,383 19,547

Page 48 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The pieces of freehold land of the Group were independently revalued as at various dates during 2023 on the basis of open market value or other market comparable approaches by independent qualified valuators. The directors are of the view that there were no material changes in the value over the prior year for Freehold land. Fair value movements on freehold are recognised in OCI under other revaluation reserves, see Note 28. The following table analyses the non-financial assets carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:  Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, or directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2), and  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

Page 49 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) There were no transfers between levels during the year. Level 3 fair values of land and buildings have been derived using the sales comparison approach. Sales prices of comparable land and buildings in close proximity are adjusted for differences in key attributes such as property size. The most significant input into this valuation approach is price per square foot. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair values of land and buildings are disclosed in the tables below. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87 Fair value measurements at 31 December 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87

Page 50 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases : Right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 12,599 10,376 Equipment 2,596 2,308 Motor vehicles 74 118 15,269 12,802 Movement analysis is as follows: 2025 2024 $’000 $’000 At Cost/Valuation - At 1 January 32,312 28,876 Exchange differences (40) 266 Acquisition on subsidiaries (Note 35) - 109 Additions 10,207 5,804 Lease Expiry (4,737) (2,743) At 31 December 37,742 32,312 Amortisation - At 1 January 19,510 16,203 Exchange differences (9) 348 Relieved on lease expiry (2,931) (2,251) Charge for the year 5,903 5,210 At 31 December 22,473 19,510 Net book value At 31 December 15,269 12,802

Page 51 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (Continued) (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: Amortisation charge of right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 4,709 4,488 Equipment 1,105 623 Motor vehicles 89 99 5,903 5,210 Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: - the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability - any lease payments made at the commencement date less any lease incentives received Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.

Page 52 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement, Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Year ended 31 December 2025 Opening net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 337 - - - 337 Exchange Difference - 1 - (2) (1) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (734) (184) (3,174) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 5 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Cost 86,952 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,684 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (12,827) (15,386) (6,993) (35,927) Closing net book value 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 Year ended 31 December 2024 Opening net book value 81,218 20,880 - 824 102,922 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 5,964 - 2,881 - 8,845 Adjustment (1,288) - - - (1,288) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (444) (184) (2,884) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 4 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Cost 86,615 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,347 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (10,572) (14,652) (6,807) (32,752) Closing net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595

Page 53 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15 . Intangible Assets (Continued) Amortisation charges have been included in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income. Impairment tests for goodwill The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis or when events or changes in the circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill is allocated. The recoverable amount is usually determined by reference to the value in use. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the CGU and also to choose an appropriate discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those future cash flows. The allocation of goodwill to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) as categorised by subsidiary is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 403 403 PBS Central America, S.A. 7,539 7,539 Mobay Holdings N. V. 4,256 4,256 Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 523 523 High Tech Corporation S.A. de C.V 2,957 2,957 PBS Technology Group Limited 62,655 62,655 Infotrans 1,438 1,438 PBS Peru 5,964 5,964 Regional Business Systems 337 - Other 159 159 86,231 85,894 The recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use pre- tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a 5-year period. Cash flows beyond the 5 th year are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2025 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2025 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 73.2% 2.0% 14.4% 20.56% PBS Central America S.A. 0.7% 3.4% 13.3% 20.96% Mobay Holdings N. V. 20.7% 1.7% 12.6% 20.70% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 24.6% 4.9% 16.7% 19.41% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.3% 15.2% 25.19% PBS Technology Group Limited 42.3% 3.1% 27.3% 22.25% Infotrans Group Holdings B.V. 39.1% 1.8% 14.9% 19.04% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.5% 12.1% 20.27% Regional Business Systems 174.7% 2.0% 16.6% 20.56%

Page 54 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2024 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2024 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 11.4% 22.0% PBS Central America S.A. -10.0% 3.0% 9.2% 22.4% Mobay Holdings N. V. 13.7% 1.7% 16.0% 17.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5% 11.5% 24.9% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 14.3% 26.6% PBS Technology Group Limited 25.0% 3.0% 25.7% 24.1% Infotrans 50.0% 1.9% 11.8% 24.5% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 11.5% 21.4% The table below shows the change in key assumptions for value in use calculations that would result in the recoverable amount being equal to the carrying amount. This represents only the cash generating units for which the excess of the recoverable amounts over the carrying amounts of the CGUs was low. 202 5 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Mobay Holdings N.V. 20.7% -1.4% 11.9% 23.6% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.5% 15.2% 25.0% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.9% 12.2% 20.0% Regional Business Systems 174.7% -19.2% 9.7% 35.7%

Page 55 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) 202 4 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 8.1% 22.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5.0% 10.4% 26.7% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 12.7% 27.0% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 12.7% 16.4%

Page 56 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 16. Lease Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Gross investment in finance leases Not later than one year 12,292 4,538 Later than one year and not later than five years 6,130 8,966 18,422 13,504 Less: Unearned income (2,447) (3,939) 15,975 9,565 Net investment in finance leases may be classified as follows: Not later than one year 11,437 2,696 Later than one year and not later than five years 4,538 6,869 15,975 9,565 No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . 17. Long Term Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Print Spot S de R.L. (Note a) 22 91 Guarantee deposits for building rents (Note b) 87 111 Other (Note c) 660 387 769 589 The current portion of long-term receivables is $161,000 (2024: $38,000) and is recorded in Current Assets. No loss allowance was recorded for long-term receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . a) Print Spot S de R.L. The balance earns interest of 14% and matures in August 2027. b) Guarantee deposits for building rents These balances do not earn interest and they are guarantee deposits for the rent of buildings in Guatemala, Cayman, Panama and Nicaragua. They mature between February 2027 (renewables) and July 2029. c) Other The balance relates to amounts that are individually insignificant. These balances relate to equipment sales with terms between 13 months and up to 37 months. These are secured with promissory notes and earn interest between 10% and 21% and are guaranteed with a pledge on the financed equipment.

Page 57 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 18. Deferred Income Taxes (a) Deferred income taxes are calculated in full on all temporary differences under the liability method and comprise: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Deferred Tax Asset 11,507 14,491 Deferred Tax Liability (6,570) (6,153) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (b) The movement on the deferred income tax assets balance for the year is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net asset at beginning of the year 8,338 7,971 Acquisition of subsidiaries - 89 (Charge) credit to profit and loss (Note 11) (3,528) 878 Exchange difference 127 (600) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment (843) (1,081) Provisions 2,117 7,034 Foreign exchange (losses)/gains (3) (29) Tax losses 3,621 2,600 Other 45 (186) 4,937 8,338 (d) The movement on the net deferred tax asset is attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment 125 (1,178) Provisions 66 (915) Tax losses (3,934) 1,144 Other 342 1,316 (3,401) 367 (e) Deferred income tax liabilities have not been established for withholding tax that would be payable on unremitted profits of subsidiaries as the amounts are permanently reinvested.

Page 58 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances The following transactions were carried out with related parties: (a) Sale of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Sale of goods Other related parties 26 428 Goods are sold based on the price lists in force and terms that would be available to third parties. (b) Purchase of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Purchases of goods Other related parties 10 204 Transactions with other related parties. (c) Key management compensation Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive). The compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services is shown below: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 4,837 4,905 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 373 372 Pension benefits 33 33 Other 106 9 5,349 5,319 Directors’ fees 118 104 (d) Other transactions 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Parent Management fee expense 1,429 970 Other related parties Management fee expense 1,005 1,044 Interest Income (6) (2) Interest paid 50 3 Rental Expense 634 - 3,112 2,015

Page 59 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances (Continued) (e) Year end balances with related parties Balances with the parent company and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand and earn no interest. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Receivable from related parties: Parent 5,346 5,247 Fellow subsidiaries and shareholder 2,720 2,220 8,066 7,467 Payable to related parties: Parent 9,487 9,421 Fellow subsidiaries 4,252 2,887 13,739 12,308 20. Investment in Associates In January 18, 2024, Trinidad Systems Group Limited (“TSGL”), a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), completed the acquisition of 100% of the operations of Trinidad Systems Limited (“TSL”) for a total purchase price of TT$107,208,000.00 (US$15,765,882.35). The acquisition was financed through a combination of 50% cash and 50% debt. PBS participated in the ownership consortium of TSGL, securing a 45% equity stake. As a result, PBS contributed 45% of the cash portion of the purchase price, amounting to TT$24,121,800 (US$3,543,000). The debt portion, representing the remaining 50% of the purchase price, is solely the responsibility of TSGL. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 As at January 4,056 3,543 Share of net profit 718 513 At 31 December 4,774 4,056

Page 60 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 20. Investment in Associates (Continued) The associate’s year-end is 31 December. The summarized unaudited consolidated information for the associate and its subsidiary is presented below. The information disclosed reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of Trinidad Systems Group Limited and not the Group’s share of those amounts. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Statement of financial position: Total Assets 26,790 24,316 Total Liabilities (13,592) (11,254) Net Assets 13,198 13,062 Statement of comprehensive income: Revenues 22,501 22,243 Expenses (21,177) (21,127) Net Profit for the Year 1,324 1,116 21. Inventories 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Finished goods 57,311 47,625 Goods in transit 13,198 12,801 70,509 60,426 Less: Provision for obsolete stock (12,466) (11,842) 58,043 48,584 Cost of inventory recognised as an expense aggregating to $203,222,000 (2024: $232,404,000), were recognised in profit and loss. 22. Trade and Other Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade receivables 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (Note 3) (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Prepaid expenses 5,307 3,985 Current portion of Long-Term Receivable 77 273 Other (Note a) 24,355 13,484 127,296 105,760 a) Includes advances to vendors of $3,359,442 (2024: $852,000) and Sundry Debtors of $3,808,003 (2024: $5,992,202)

Page 61 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 23. Cash and Bank 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The cash and bank balances disclosed for 2025 include restricted cash of $6,644,000 (2024: $6,131,000) The weighted average interest rate at the reporting date for short term bank deposits was 0.70% (2024: 0.70%) per annum. 24. Trade and Other Payables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade payables 58,348 48,628 Interest Payables 378 1,001 Accrued liabilities 15,792 20,860 Other 16,531 15,366 91,049 85,855 The carrying amounts of trade and other payables is a reasonable approximation to their fair values, due to their short-term nature. 25. Lease Liabilities The Group currently has long term lease agreements related to buildings, equipment, and motor vehicles. (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Lease liabilities Current 6,998 6,441 Non-current 17,988 15,465 24,986 21,906 (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest expense (included in finance cost) 1,353 1,580 Expenses relating to short term leases or low value underlying assets (included in selling, general and administrative expenses) 1,178 1,835 2,531 3,415 The total cash outflow for leases in 2025 was $ 9,723,000 (2024: $10,699,000).

Page 62 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 25. Lease Liabilities (Continued) (iii) Incremental borrowing rate For the incremental borrowing rate, the Group: - Where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by bankers as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received, and - Makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security. - The weighted average incremental borrowing rate for the Group in 2024 and 2025 was determined to be 7%. (iv) Lease payments Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. (v) Extension and termination options Extension and termination options are included in a number of leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. As at 31 December 2025, potential future cash outflows of $18,867,000 (2024: $14,702,000) (undiscounted) have not been included in the lease liability because it is not reasonably certain that the leases will be extended (or not terminated). The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee. During the current financial year, the financial effect of revising lease terms to reflect the effect of exercising extension and termination options was nil.

Page 63 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Short term loans – (a) Citibank 12,000 - (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. 2,860 2,274 (c) First Citizens 1,700 1,500 (d) Quedex 1,129 - (e) Davivienda 762 1,088 (f) Banco Popular Dominicano 540 400 (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú 254 - (h) Lafise - 679 19,245 5,941 Current portion of non-current borrowings 14,250 10,633 Total Current Borrowings 33,495 16,574 Non-Current Borrowings – (i) Citibank 135,469 120,926 (j) JCSD Preference Shares 16,701 16,582 (k) Xerox 6,875 9,375 (l) Davivienda 3,060 3,006 (m) National Commercial Bank 1,672 2,190 (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies 1,320 1,232 (o) First Citizens 489 934 (p) BICSA 324 341 (q) Banco de Bogotá 134 62 (r) Banistmo 99 428 (s) ASEPBS 99 - (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies - 72 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 Current portion of non-current borrowings (14,250) (10,633) Total Non-Current Borrowings 151,992 144,515 Total Borrowings 185,487 161,089

Page 64 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) The exposure of the group’s borrowings to interest rate changes and the contractual re-pricing dates at the end of the reporting period are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 0-12 months 33,495 16,574 1-5 years 151,992 144,515 185,487 161,089 The carrying amounts and fair value of the non-current borrowings are as follows: Carrying amount Fair value 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Loans 135,468 123,858 138,367 137,374 Redeemable preference shares 16,701 17,000 17,000 17,000 Other 14,073 14,290 14,073 17,674 166,242 155,148 169,440 172,048 The Group’s undrawn borrowing facilities as of December 2025 is $12,837,000 (2024: $15,000,000).

Page 65 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Short term loans (a) Citibank N.A. This represents three unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of SOFR plus a margin of 3.9% per annum with due dates between March 18 and June 18, 2026. (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. This represents four unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of between 10.20% and 10.99% per annum with due dates between January 20 and March 11, 2026. (c) First Citizens This represents loans which attracts interest of 8% per annum and mature in June 2026. (d) Quedex This represents a loan which attracts interest of 12% per annum and mature in March 2026. (e) Davivienda This represents an unsecured loan to finance working capital bearing interest of 9.30% per annum and maturing March 2026. (f) Banco Popular Dominicano This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on June 30, 2026. (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú This represents a short-term loan which attracts interest of 6.57% per annum and matures on June 19, 2026. (h) Lafise This represented three fiduciary loans to finance working capital, bearing interest between 9.5% and 10% per annum and which matured between January 25 and June 29, 2025. Non-Current Borrowings (i) Citibank This facility was granted in June 2024. The credit agreement was signed by Citibank as Administrative and Collateral Agent, and with Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A., First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners. The facility also grants the group access to incremental loans on which the same terms and conditions as the initial disbursement apply. The group accessed the first tranche of $12,500,000 on December 8, 2025 and the second of $8,000,000 on December 26, 2025. It matures in June 2030 and attracts an interest base rate of 3.4% plus a Term SOFR CME – 6 month rate, which results in an All-in rate of 7% at December 2025. Payments of principal and interests are to be paid in variable installments payments, in a semi-annual basis. Such semi annual amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth. The deferred financing charges offset against the loan amount is $2,588,432.

Page 66 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Guarantor companies are PBS Technology Group Limited, Productive Business Solutions (Central America), S.A., Productive Business Solutions Caribbean Limited, Dorada Management Inc., Productive Business Solutions (Guatemala), S.A., Productive Business Solutions El Salvador, S.A. de C.V., High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions Honduras, S.A. de C.V., Hight Tech Consulting, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions (Nicaragua), S.A., Productive Business Solutions (Costa Rica), S.A., and Productive Business Solutions (Panamá), S.A.. (j) JCSD Preference Shares This represents 17,000,000 Redeemable Cumulative Preference Shares in United States dollars (US$) entitled to a fixed preferential cumulative cash dividend of 8.25% US$ per annum. These preference shares issued in June 2024, mature in June 2028 and are mandatorily redeemable by the Company on this date. The deferred finance charges offset against the loan amounts to $298,790 The Preference Shares may not be redeemed by the Company until after the second anniversary of issue thereof. Thereafter the Voluntary Redemption Payment shall be the aggregate of (i) repayment in US$ of the Redemption Price; (ii) any arrears or accruals of the cumulative preferential dividend on the Preference Shares, whether declared or earned, or not, calculated down to the date of such repayment. (k) Xerox PBS Group acquired Xerox companies in Peru and Ecuador and signed a 4-year unsecured promissory note on July 1, 2024 issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 26, 2024. Principal and interest of 7% per annum are to be paid on a quarterly basis, total of 16 quarterly instalments that ends in June 2028. (l) Davivienda This represents two loans to finance working capital at 9.75% and 15.24% interest rate per annum and are due on May 24, 2027 and December 12, 2028, respectively. (m) NCB - National Commercial Bank This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 11.75% annual, due on October 19, 2028. All of this loan is disclosed as current portion of non-current borrowing given a breach in the corresponding financial covenants of the affiliate that holds the debt. (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies This represents the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of Infotrans subsidiaries in Aruba, Bonaire, Colombia and Curacao, maturing in May 2027. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non-current borrowings. The balance purchase price was set in four equal instalments of six hundred thousand united state dollars, each payable on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of completion of the sale which took place on June 12, 2023. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non- current borrowings. (o) FCIT - First Citizens This represents an unsecured loan facility granted in TT Dollars which attracts interest of 7.5% per annum, maturing on January 11, 2027. (p) BICSA – Banco Internacional de Costa Rica, S.A. This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 9% annual, due on September 15, 2028. (q) Banco de Bogotá This represents two loans which attracts interest of 12.72% and 12.03% per annum and maturing on January 17, 2027, and December 04, 2027.

Page 67 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) (r) Banistmo – Banco del Istmo This represents an unsecured loan which attracts interest of 7.9% per annum and due date is on March 28, 2027. (s) ASEPBS – Asociación Solidarista de Empleados de PBS This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on November 01, 2027. (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies This represented the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of High-Tech subsidiaries in El Salvador and Honduras which matured in July 2025. 27. Share Capital 202 5 202 4

000
000 Authorised - 186,213,000, (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000, (2024 –2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 Issued and fully paid - 186,213,000 (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000 (2024 – 2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 The preference shares are redeemable cumulative preference shares (1,500,000 9.25% perpetual cumulative redeemable USD and 500,000 10.50% perpetual cumulative redeemable Jamaican Dollars Preference Shares) where the declaration of dividends is discretionary. There is no contractual redemption date for these shares and may only be called for the first time at the sole discretion of the issuer, on the last Business Day of the financial year which falls immediately before the 15th anniversary of the issue date of the Preference Shares 28. Other Reserves (deficits) Other reserves primarily represent the currency translation differences resulting from the unrealized gains and losses on the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries that have a different functional currency from that of the Company. Other reserves also include revaluation reserve for the revaluation of assets and actuarial gains. Revaluation Surplus $’000 Actuarial Gains $’000 Currency Translation Differences $’000 Total $’000 Balance as at 1 January 2024 70 2,902 (20,111) (17,139) Actuarial gains - (96) - (96) Movement during 2024 716 - (820) (104) Balance as at 31 December 2024 786 2,806 (20,931) (17,339) Actuarial gains - 54 - 54 Movement during 2025 - - 260 260 Balance as at 31 December 2025 786 2,860 (20,671) (17,025)

Page 68 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 29. Litigation and Contingent Liabilities The Group is subject to various claims, disputes and legal proceedings in the normal course of business. Provision is made for such matters when, in the opinion of management and its professional advisors, it is probable that a payment will be made by the Group, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Claims asserted against the Group, according to the principles outlined above, have not been provided for. Management is of the opinion that the claims are either without merit, can be successfully defended or will result in exposure to the Group which is immaterial to both financial position and results of operations. 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset The movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligation during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 1,553 1,389 Reallocation of pension plan liability 1,045 - Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 Actuarial gains on termination benefits 124 (24) Benefits paid (73) (73) At end of year 3,111 1,553 The movement of the pension plan asset during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 3,674 3,596 Actuarial gains / (losses) 110 (96) Current service cost 122 122 Interest Cost 493 546 Benefits paid (653) (726) Other 6 232 At end of year 3,752 3,674 The amounts recognised in arriving at profit or loss were as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 At end of year 462 261 The distribution of the obligation by country was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Nicaragua 120 115 Panama 338 280 El Salvador 968 810 Honduras 393 348 Ecuador 1,292 - 3,111 1,553

Page 69 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset (Continued) The value of the plan asset was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Barbados 3,034 3,034 Panama 575 557 Honduras 143 83 3,752 3,674 The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is: 202 5 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (500) 485 Inflation rate 1% 52 (47) 202 4 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (432) 465 Inflation rate 1% 31 (27) The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position.

Page 70 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation (Continued) Termination benefits in El Salvador and Nicaragua are established by law and entitle the employee to receive a payment upon termination of employment, regardless of cause. In El Salvador the benefit is founded in the law 592, that is the regulatory law for the economic benefit for voluntary resignation. Employees with more than two years of uninterrupted service for the company shall receive a payment of, at least, the equivalent of 15 days of minimum wage for each year of service. In Nicaragua, the law 185, Labour Code, entitles the employee to the right to receive a payment equivalent to one monthly salary for each year of service, up to the third year, and 20 days of salary for each additional year. Neither of these plans require the employer to establish a fund. The principal actuarial assumptions used in valuing post-employment benefits are as follows: PBS Nicaragua 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 11% 11% Future salary increases 5% 5% Retirement age 60 years 60 years PBS El Salvador 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5% 5% Future salary increases 3.4% 3.4% Retirement age 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively PBS Panama 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5.5% 5.5% Future salary increases 6% 6% Retirement age 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively The principal assumptions used in valuing the pension plan asset for Barbados as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 7.75% 7.75% Future salary increases 3% 3% Retirement age 65 65

Page 71 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Operating Activities Reconciliation of the Group’s net profit to cash generated from operating activities: Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net profit 4,439 7,576 Items not affecting cash: Depreciation 13&14 20,684 17,441 Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 15 3,174 2,884 Share of profit of associate (718) (513) Taxation expense 11 9,912 5,042 Foreign exchange Losses/(Gains) 609 734 Loss / (Gains) on disposal of Property plant and equipment 179 (103) Interest income 7 (1,769) (1,999) Interest expense 10 17,094 18,801 53,604 49,863 Change in non-cash working capital, net of effects from acquisition of subsidiaries: Inventories (14,646) (6,961) Contract assets 1,574 429 Trade and other receivables (21,595) 29 Due from related parties (599) (499) Long term liabilities (407) (906) Long term receivable (180) 218 Lease receivable (6,410) (15) Accounts payable (7,288) 2,183 Contract liabilities (505) (4,243) Retirement benefit obligation 1,480 86 Due to related parties 1,431 1,249 6,459 41,433 Taxation paid (3,733) (8,902) Net cash provided by operating activities 2,726 32,531 Net Debt Reconciliation This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for the year ended 31 December. 2025

000 2024
000 Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Borrowings - repayable within one year (including overdraft) (33,495) (16,915) Borrowings - repayable after one year (151,992) (144,174) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034) Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Gross debt - fixed interest rates (185,487) (161,089) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034)

Page 72 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Financing Activities (Continued) Cash and Bank Lease liability Borrowing due within 1 year Borrowing due after 1 year Total 000 $’000 000 000 000 Net debt as at 31 December 2023 31,991 (19,197) (50,306) (96,936) (134,448) Addition 8,735 (13,552) (4,041) (143,000) (151,858) Repayments (10,760) 10,699 46,254 95,418 141,611 Foreign exchange adjustments (5) 144 9 830 978 Other non-cash movements - - (8,490) (827) (9,317) Net debt as at 31 December 2024, 29,961 (21,906) (16,574) (144,515) (153,034) Addition - (4,676) (17,271) (24,523) (46,470) Repayments (8,366) 7,630 12,646 473 12,383 Foreign exchange adjustments (21) 21 18 170 188 Other non-cash movements - (6,055) (12,314) 16,403 (1,966) Net debt as at 31 December 2025 21,574 (24,986) (33,495) (151,992) (188,899) .

Page 73 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 32. Pledged as Security The net assets of some subsidiaries of the group have been pledged as security for borrowings. The value of these pledged assets at the year end totalled $177,643,000 (2024: $159,054,000). 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities The Group classifies rights and obligations in its relationship with customers whenever either party performs any of its contractual obligations. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress for which the Group has provided the services. The contract assets become a receivable when the entity’s right to consideration is unconditional, and the revenue has been billed. The contract assets are classified as current assets as the associated contract is expected to be completed in less than 12 months. The contract assets relate to equipment contracts. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract assets 28 1,602 The contract liabilities refer to advances received from customers under the promise to deliver equipment. Total contract liabilities at the end of the year are reflected in the table below. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract liabilities on equipment contracts 10,717 8,139 on service contracts 4,384 7,463 Total contract liabilities 15,101 15,602

Page 74 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities (Continued) (i) Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to carried- forward contract liabilities and how much relates to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period on equipment contracts 3,391 4,781 on service contracts 2,534 1,252 5,925 6,033 (ii) Unsatisfied contracts at the end of the period The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations resulting from fixed-price contracts: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 84,215 63,651 84,215 63,651

Page 75 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 34 . Investments In October 2022 the Group acquired 17% of the shares of Arel Limited, which resulted in an investment of $242,000 (equivalent to $246,000 at prior year’s rate). Arel Limited is a private company established in 1967 and domiciled in 2 Piccadilly Road, Kingston 5, St. Andrew, Jamaica. The company is focused on providing engineering services and equipment such as air conditioning, medical and elevators. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair value of the unquoted equity investment are disclosed in the table below. The Group divested its entire holding in this investment during 2025. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 and 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Total 2025 $’000 Total 2024 $’000 Unquoted equity - 243

Page 76 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries Acquisition of Regional Business Systems Limited On 1 May 2025, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Regional Business Systems Limited. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. (i) Identifiable assets acquired – Regional Business Systems Limited 2025 $’000 Property and equipment 331 Tax Recoverable 12 Inventories 175 Trade and other payables (231) Other Current Liabilities (32) Bank Overdraft (197) Net identifiable assets acquired 58 Consideration 395 Less net identifiable assets acquired (58) Goodwill 337 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2025 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 395 Less: Cash balance (overdraft) acquired (197) Net outflow of cash 592

Page 77 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued)z Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Peru. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired - Peru 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 1,638 Trade and other receivables 1,722 Cash and cash equivalents 1,254 Deferred tax asset 594 Inventories 1,353 Intangible assets 2,200 Other Assets 277 Trade and other payables (2,214) Other Current Liabilities (59) Deferred Tax Liabilities (763) Net identifiable assets acquired 6,002 Consideration 11,966 Less net identifiable assets acquired (6,002) Goodwill 5,964 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 4,231 Less: Cash balance acquired 1,254 Net outflow of cash 2,977

Page 78 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador (iii) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 4,231 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 7,735 Total purchase consideration 11,966 (iv) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1. Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2. Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Ecuador. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired: 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 603 Right of Use Asset 109 Trade and other receivables 1,646 Cash and cash equivalents 2,909 Deferred tax asset 471 Inventories 527 Intangible assets 681 Taxation Recoverable 812 Trade and other payables (2,826) Tax Payable (5) Short term loans (112) Deferred Tax Liabilities (175) Net identifiable assets acquired 4,640 Consideration 3,490 Less net identifiable assets acquired (4,640) Negative Goodwill (1,150)

Page 79 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 1,225 Less: Cash balance acquired 2,909 Net inflow of cash (1,684) (iii) Acquisition-related costs In 2024 the Group incurred a combined (Peru and Ecuador) acquisition-related costs of $98,000 which were fully expensed. These costs have been included in professional fees expenses for the current period. (iv) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 1,225 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 2,265 Total purchase consideration 3,490 (v) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1.Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2.Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. 36. Distributions 2025 During 2025 the Group made the following distribution to ordinary shareholders On February 10, 2025, the group paid a cash dividend of $6,499,000 (3.49 cents per share) On December 31, 2025, the group paid a cash divided of $2,999,000 (1.61 cents per share) During 2025 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On January 22, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On April 15, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On June 30, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD428,000 (21.38 cents per share) On September 20, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD427,000 (21.38 cents per share)

Page 80 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 36. Distributions (Continued) 2024 During 2024 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On April 02, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On July 04, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On September 30, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) 37. Pillar II The Group is a part of a Multinational Entity (MNE) with revenues above €750 million. As such, it is within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules. Pillar Two legislation has not been enacted in Jamaica, the jurisdiction in which the MNE is incorporated. The Group has subsidiaries in the following countries with tax rate below 15%: Barbados, British Vergin Islands (BVI), Cayman Islands and St. Lucia. Under the legislation, the Group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) effective tax rate for each jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. The Group’s effective tax rates exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which it operates, with a few exceptions. For these exceptions, although the average effective tax rate may be below 15%, the Group’s exposure to paying Pillar Two income taxes might not be for the full difference in tax rates in relation to these entities. Additionally, not all entities jurisdictions have legislative frameworks to accommodate the Pillar Two top up tax. The Group is in the process of assessing its exposure to the Pillar Two legislation and will implement once adopted by the MNE in the jurisdiction of incorporation. 38. Subsequent Events 1. On January 14, 2026, the Boad of Directors declared a dividend payment of 1.88 cents per ordinary share. The record date is January 28, 2026, and payable February 25, 2026. 2. On February 27, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of March 16, 2026, and payable on April 1, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share. 3. On May 22, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of May 28, 2026, and payable on July 2, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share.

PROXY FORM

Productive Business Solutions Limited Company No. 34076 ("the Company") The undersigned shareholder of the Company hereby appoints of or failing him of Dated this day of , 2026 Name in Print: as the nominee of the undersigned to attend and act for the undersigned and on behalf of the undersigned at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on the September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am Jamaica time and at any adjournment or adjournments thereof in the same manner, to the same extent and with the same powers as if the undersigned was present at the said meeting or such adjournment or adjournments there of. Pursuant to Amended and Restated By-Law No. 2 of the Company

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Syndicated from Jamaica Stock Exchange · originally published .

Other coverage

Around Kingston

· powered by OFMOP
000
Skip to main content
Abeng Radio·Live news
0 listening
Jamaica Stock Exchange

Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

Kingston
Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS is a solutions-oriented, customer-focused technology group that combines a wide range of services, top-tier professionals, and cutting-edge products to offer customized systems and tools for organizations in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. Under the concept of “Engineering & Technology,” PBS operates through a model in which they work together to transform ideas into functional, scalable, and strategic solutions. Engineering acts as the core capability for designing, integrating, and executing complex systems with a long-term vision, while technology serves as the enabler that accelerates results and turns innovation into real impact. This approach reinforces PBS as a reliable partner in solutions integration, focused on helping clients improve the efficiency of their business processes while delivering measurable and sustainable results. “No Limits” defines how PBS thinks and operates: without technical, geographical, or industry boundaries. It reflects a commitment to flexibility, continuous innovation, and the ability to anticipate and solve challenges through tailored solutions that drive efficiency and growth across diverse markets and industries. 03

We are committed to our customers. We work with exceptional people. PBS Costa Rica Building, Plaza Roble, Los Balcones, 3rd Floor 05

We represent world leaders in the technology industry to provide the best solutions and services in our market. 06

Table of Contents Notice of an Annual General Meeting 08 Director’s Report 09 Corporate Information 10 Our Values 11 Acquisitions and Incorporations 13 Our Coverage 14 PBS Business Lines 15 Shareholders Profile 17 Shareholding of Directors 23 Chairman Message 24 CEO Letter 26 Group Board of Directors 32 Board Committees 37 Senior Regional Leadership Team 44 Regional Leadership Team 45 Senior in Country Leadership 47 Consolidated Financial Statements 49 PROXY FORM 51 Corporate Governance Policy 141 07

Notice of an Annual General Meeting NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the NINTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of PRODUCTIVE BUSINESS SOLUTIONS LIMITED will be held at their offices at General Accident Insurance Company Jamaica Limited, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, St. Andrew, Jamaica as well as virtually, on September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am to consider and if thought fit pass the following ordinary resolutions: A member of the Company entitled to attend and vote, is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote in his or her stead. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. Proxy forms must be submitted to the Company's Registrar and Transfer Agent, Jamaica Central Securities Depository, 40 Harbour Street, Kingston, Jamaica not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting. Proxy forms must be stamped with a J$100.00 postage stamp. Shareholders will be able to attend the meeting in person; however they will also be able to attend and vote on resolutions raised at the AGM electronically once they are registered by contacting [email protected]. Non-Shareholders can also register using the same email address. Upon registration, a confirmation will be sent and the meeting link and password will be shared closer to the meeting. The deadline for registration is September 2, 2026. P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board a. “THAT Deloitte & Touche having indicated their willingness to continue in office be re-appointed as Auditors for the ensuing year.” b. “THAT the Directors are hereby authorized to agree on a remuneration for the Auditors.” 6. RATTIFICATION OF DIVIDEND PAYMENTS “THAT the following dividend payments made during the year be ratified and that no other dividend payments were approved for the period under review”: “THAT dividend payments made to the: 9.25% and 10.50% preference shareholders on April 15, 2025, June 30, 2025, and September 30, 2025 of US$0.23125 per share and J$25.890411 per share respectively Common shareholders on February 10, 2025 and December 31, 2025 of US$0.0349 and US$0.0161 per share respectively TO TRANSACT ANY OTHER BUSINESS THAT MAY BE PROPERLY TRANSACTED AT AN ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING Dated this 4th day of August, 2026 BY ORDER OF THE BOARD 1. AUDITED ACCOUNTS “THAT the audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025, and the reports of the Directors’ and Auditors’ be and are hereby adopted.” 2. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS Pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 the Directors retiring from office by rotation are Jose Misrahi, Ricardo Hutchinson and Thomas Agnew, who being eligible offered themselves for re-election. The proposed resolutions are as follows: a. “THAT Jose Misrahi be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” b. “THAT Ricardo Hutchinson be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” c. “THAT Thomas Agnew be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” 3. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTOR Pursuant to Section 4.3.2 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 Mr. Eduardo Rodriguez who was appointed by the Board of Directors on June 8, 2026 resigned and being eligible offered himself for re-election. “THAT Eduardo Rodriguez be re-elected as a Director of the Company” 4. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION “THAT the amount shown for the Directors’ remuneration in the Audited Accounts dated December 31, 2025 be and is hereby approved.” 5. APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS AND FIX THEIR REMUNERAION 08

Submitted on behalf of the Board of Directors, P. B. Scott Chai rman of the Board The Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited submit herewith their Annual Report and Audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025 The Board of Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited exercises its responsibilities for the Financial Statements included in this Report through its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee consists of non-executive Board members: Brian Wynter Chairperson, Melanie Subratie, Ricardo Hutchinson, Thomas Agnew, and Executive Board member: Jose Misrahi. The independent auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee. The Group ended the year with a profit after tax of US$4,439,000 and a net profit attributable to shareholders of US$4,287,000. Details of these results, along with a comparison with the previous year’s performance and the state of affairs of the Company, are set out in the Management Discussion and Analysis and the Financial Statements which are included as part of the Report. The Directors wish to express their appreciation to the employees for their loyal services throughout the year. The Directors will meet to consider the appointment of Auditors in accordance with applicable regulations. Finan ci al R e sults A u di t or s Legal Representatives Emp l oyee s Director’s Report 09

Full Corporate Name Productive Business Solutions Limited R egis t ered Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust r ial Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Incorpor at ed December 1 6, 2010 Fiscal Year End December 31 , 2023 Administr ati ve Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust ri al Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Law under which incorpor at ed Barbados Compan y Sec reta ry Liza Ha rr id y al & Associates Tel.: 246-417-5600 Fax.: 246-421-8001 Legal Representatives DUNNCOX 48 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLINTON & HART & CO 58 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLARKE, GITTENS, FARMER Parker House, Wildey Business Park Wildey Road, St. Michael, Barbados M. HAMEL-SMITH & CO. Eleven Albion, Cor. Dere & Albion Streets P.O. Box 219, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad & Tobago W.I. Corporate Information PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS SRL The Financial Services Centre Bishop's Court's Hill P.O. Box 111, St. Michael BB 14004, Barbados Auditors Deloitte & Touche 3rd Floor The Goddard Building Hoggatt Hall St. Michae BB11059 Barbados, W.I. 10

Corporate Governance Policy 11

Corporate Governance Policy OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHARTER WAS ESTABLISHED IN 2010 AND REVISED IN 2025. THE CHARTER CAN BE SEEN IN MORE DETAIL ON THE COMPANY'S WEBSITE WWW.PBS.GROUP 12

Our Values We collaborate in everything we do. We maintain excellent communication with our customers to always understand their needs. The primary factor that enables us to make things happen. We demonstrate these qualities daily to enhance our working environment. We guarantee justice and fairness to all stakeholders, both internal and external. We uphold our business integrity as an ethical framework that guides our professional conduct, acting with integrity to earn the trust of our customers and employees. INTEGRITY TEAMWORK COMMUNICATION DISCIPLINE HUMILITY & SPIRIT OF SERVICE RESPECT FOR INDIVIDUALS 13

Acquisitions and Incorporations 200320******2009 201020******2002 200420******2010 201720******2024 14

191151******2034 151412******2223 Our Coverage Our regional group is made up of: 1. PBS Antigua, 2. PBS Aruba, 3. PBS Barbados, 4. PBS Belize, 5. PBS Cayman Business Machines, 6. PBS Colombia, 7. PBS Costa Rica, 8. PBS Curaçao, 9. PBS Dominican Republic, 10. PBS El Salvador, 11. Global Product Alliance Inc., 12. PBS Guatemala, 13. PBS Guyana, 14. PBS Honduras, 15. PBS San Pedro Sula, 16. PBS Jamaica, 17. PBS Nicaragua, 18. PBS Panama, 19. PBS Suriname, 20. PBS Trinidad & Tobago, 21. PBS Bonaire, 22. PBS Ecuador, 23. PBS Peru, and 24. PBS Dominica. 15

5 6 7 4 3 2 1 PBS Cayman Business Machines PBS Colombia PBS Costa Rica PBS Belize PBS Barbados PBS Aruba Pbs Dorada Technologies Antigua The Cayman Center Suite 1&2 Dorcy Drive, George Town Tel: 1-345-949-8642 [email protected] Centro empresarial El Dorado Plaza Calle 26 No. 85D Local - Modulo 7 Bogotá, Colombia Tel: 57 601 743 3281 [email protected] Plaza Roble, Edificio Balcones, piso 3. San Rafael de Escazú, San José Costa Rica. Tel: 506 4404 8000 Tel: 506 4404 8132 [email protected] 13 Douglas Jones Street Belize City, Belize C.A. Tel: 501 227-0823 / 0824 Facey House 42 Warrens Industrial Park Warrens, St Michael, Barbados Tel: 246 417 5600 Fax: 246 4218001 [email protected] Caya G.F. Betico Croes 170 Oranjestad, Aruba Tel: 297 582 5492 [email protected] Mandolin Place, Friars Hill Road, St. John's, Antigua Tel: (268) 481 1101 Fax: (268) 481 1144 8 PBS Curaçao Schottegatweg Oost 2 Willemstad, Curaçao Tel: +599 97241300 [email protected] 9 PBS Dominican Republic Av. Winston Churchill, Edificio Empresarial Blue Mall, Piso 22 Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic Tel: +809 567 8231 Fax: +809 472 0915 [email protected] 13 14 12 11 10 PBS Guyana PBS Honduras PBS Guatemala Global Product Alliance Inc. GPA PBS El Salvador Lot 2 Goedverwagting, Rupert Craig Highway, East Coast Demerara Tel: (592) 226 1066 [email protected] Tegucigalpa, Boulevard Morazán, edificio Agalta, piso 21 Tel: +504 2244 9870 al 79 [email protected] 23 Avenida 31-13, Zona 5 Ciudad de Guatemala, Guatemala Tel: 502 2420 9500 Whatsapp +502 5456 6479 [email protected] GPA 11411 NW 107th Street, Suite 24, Miami FL 33178 USA. Tel. 1(305) 477 2426 [email protected] Oficinas administrativas: Av. De La Revolución, San Salvador, Torre Plaza Presidente, piso #16. Tel: +503 2239 3000 cel.: +503 7039-9308 [email protected] 15 16 PBS San Pedro Sula PBS Jamaica San Pedro Sula, Barrio Los Andes, 16 Ave. 6 y 7 calle N.O. Edificio Metropark, Piso # 8, Local 804 Tel: +504 2512 2500 al 09 [email protected] Unit 1, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, Jamaica Tel: 876 926 5630-2 Fax: 876 929 5372 SD: 876-968-6197-9 [email protected] 18 17 PBS Panama PBS Nicaragua Calle 50 y 58 Este Obarrio, P.H. Office One, Piso 16 Panamá City, Panamá Tel: + 507 204 9900 Fax: +507 204 9902 [email protected] Rotonda el Güegüense. 400 mts al Sur, 100 mts al Oeste. Managua, Nicaragua Tel: 505 2255 9020 Fax: 505 2255 9030 [email protected] 20 19 21 PBS Trinidad and Tobago PBS Suriname PBS Bonaire Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 / (868) 609 7278 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 [email protected] Van Roosmalenstraat 11 Tel: (597) 551262 [email protected] Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 22 PBS Ecuador Av. Amazonas N35-17 y Juan Pablo Sanz Edificio Xerox Piso 7 Tel: (593) 993337829 [email protected] 23 24 PBS Perú N2N Distributors - Dominica Av las Begonias 441 torre C piso 10, San Isidro - Lima) Tel: (51) 1 616 6666 [email protected] N2N Distributors 33Kennedy Avenue Roseau, Dominica. Tel: (767) 448-2679 25 26 PBS St. Kitts BVI (British Virgin Islands) Unit 9, The Sands, P.O. Box 397 Bay Road, Basseterre St. Kitts. Tel: (869) 466-2018 Jayla Place, Road Town Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Tel: (284) 494-5030 Corporate Information 16

PBS 7 Business Lines IMAGING NETWORKING COMMUNICATIONS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ADVANCED SERVICES INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY SYSTEMS PAYMENT METHODS 17

Vertical Markets GRAPHIC ARTS FINANCE GOVERNMENT & EDUCATION MANUFACTURING, RETAIL & DISTRIBUTION OIL, ENERGY & MINING TELCOS BPO TRANSPORTATION & HOSPITALITY 18

AVAILABLE AT PBS Xerox ® Proficio ® PX300 NEW! A winning formula from the ground up. 19 New generation of production print. Xerox® Proficio® PX300 Printer

Our Partners & Certifications We are transforming as a company to assist in enabling information technologies to empower our clients to gain a competitive edge and accomplish their business objectives. 20

Mimaki's latest integrated printer / cutter offers new levels of creativity and versatility with vibrant ink types, including the new Silver, Orange and Light Black. The CJV300 Series achieves the highest print speeds in its class, with innovative technologies ensuring unparalleled production quality for signboard artists, graphic professionals and printers. Integrated printing and cutting, high speed CJV300-160 21

Oracle Exadata The High-Performance Data Engine Delivering ultra-fast performance, scalability, and reliability for mission-critical enterprise workloads 22

10 Largest Shareholders by Number of Shares 100908******0302 01 612,721 General Accident Insurance Co 663,473 Courtney Sylvester 1,087,308 Jose Misrahi 1,632,140 Portland Fund II Co-invest Partnership 3,230,166 NCB Capital Markets (Cayman) Ltd 5,485,214 Pedro M. Paris 6,330,663 Portland Caribbean Fund II Barbados L.P. 34,264,960 Portland Caribbean Fund II L.P. 45,164,017 Musson (Jamaica) Limited 84,181,818 Facey Group Limited Shareholders Profile 23

Shareholding of Executives P. B. Scott - 129,958,556 Blondell Walker - 45,164,017 Douglas Hewson - 42,227,763 Edward Ince - - Jose Misrahi 1,087,308 - Melanie M. Subratie - 129,958,556 Patrick A.W. Scott - 45,164,017 Pedro M. París 5,485,214 - Ricardo Hutchinson - 42,227,763 Tomas Agnew - - Brian Wynter - - Nicholas Scott - 45,164,017 PERSONAL CONNECTED Marco Antonio Almendárez Cisneros 363,600 Leonardo Jesus Velasquez Foucault 163,171 Elvin Howard Nash 142,700 Sergio Roberto Molina Barrios 127,200 Mario Estuardo Pons Espana 90,900 Francisco Lupiac Rodríguez 87,639 Lucia Vielman Ruíz 49,972 Shareholding of Directors 24

P. B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board 25

Dear Fellow Shareholders, 2025 has been a year that has tested our resolve and, in doing so, has demonstrated the depth of the organization we have built. Against a backdrop of macroeconomic headwinds, tightening capital markets, and an accelerating pace of technological change, PBS has continued to advance. While our financial results reflect the complexity of the environment in which we operate, they also reflect a business that is maturing, adapting, and positioning itself with intention for the years ahead. Revenue for 2025 came in at US$374.9 million against a budget of US$425 million. We do not normally discuss publicly our budgets but in this case I believe it is important to contextualize our own expectation. This shortfall, while meaningful, must be understood in its proper context. Several large government technology projects across our region experienced procurement delays beyond our control, and currency volatility in certain markets impacted reported figures. Despite this, we achieved EBITDA of US$55.2 million an increase on the $50.9m of 2024 but below our budget of US$59m. Our gross margin improved to 34%, up from budget, demonstrating that the discipline we have applied to our cost of sales is taking hold. Our net profit for the year was US$4.3 million. This is not satisfactory and materially different from our own expectations of US$13.6m. The biggest driver of this differential being our tax charge of US$9.9m an effective tax rate of 69%! This is an area management is actively addressing through improved tax planning across our 24-country footprint and we hope to implement structural improvements in 2026. There are four elements that are the key ingredients to PBS’s success today: our people, our capital structure, our systems, our partners - the same foundational pillars I have returned to in prior years, because they remain the determinants of our long-term success. People PBS is, at its core, a people business. Every solution we deliver, every client relationship we maintain, every market we penetrate — all of it flows from the capability of our 3,000-plus professionals across the region. In 2024 we spoke of the urgent need to develop a methodology that makes us a magnet for talent. In 2025 we made meaningful progress. The PBS University platform is still a work in progress. We have to get this right. We have to focus on it to get it right. It has expanded its Chairman message 26

curriculum, and we have introduced structured certification pathways aligned to our key technology partnerships. This is not simply a human resources initiative. It is a strategic imperative. As we grow, the complexity of what we are asked to execute grows with it. We must ensure that our organization scales in quality, not merely in headcount. We expect the organization will revolve over time and we are actively taking steps to plan for the future. Retention remains a challenge in certain markets where the demand for skilled IT professionals continues to outpace supply. We are combating this through a combination of compensation benchmarking, career development investment, and a deliberate effort to build a culture of belonging. Our ability to attract people who share our values — integrity, execution, and client focus — will define the next chapter of PBS as surely as any product or partnership we could announce. Capital When we speak of capital at PBS, we are speaking about something far more nuanced than a balance sheet line. Ours is a business in which the cash cycle for a given solution can range from immediate payment to a five-year financing arrangement. The timing of projects often need to be aligned with availability of capital. In addition the funding of projects often leads to funded debt being incurred before cashflows are delivered thus covenants need to be managed. We operate across multiple currencies, with varying regulatory environments governing the movement of funds across borders. Managing this complexity is one of the most demanding aspects of what we do. Ensuring the ongoing funding of our business is like the provision of oxygen to the pilots of a plane in the air, it is an essential ingredient in getting to the destination. In 2024, I was pleased to report the refinancing of our capital market obligations with a new six-year facility. In 2025, the discipline instilled through that process has served us well. Our balance sheet remains fundamentally sound, and our committed growth capital provides the runway we need to pursue the opportunities that are emerging across the region. The integration of the Xerox operations in Peru and Ecuador, undertaken in 2024, has progressed as planned and is contributing to our expanded footprint. Our strategic investment in TSL continues to develop, and we are monitoring additional acquisition opportunities with the same rigour we apply to our organic growth. Systems 27

I would be remiss not to address again the importance of our internal systems and governance. In 2023, we experienced material misstatements in our Costa Rica subsidiary that delayed our audit. I reported then that we had implemented significant changes to personnel and governance. I am pleased to report that the integrity of our financial reporting across the group has been maintained in 2025 and that the controls we put in place are functioning as intended. We will strive to continue to improve our systems to ensure accuracy as well as expediency in reporting. However expediency must never compromise accuracy. We continue to invest in the technology infrastructure that supports our operations. Shared service functions in accounting and administration are becoming more sophisticated. The balance between local responsiveness and central efficiency is a tension that every multi-jurisdictional business must manage continuously, and we are no different. What I can say with confidence is that our systems today are materially stronger than they were three years ago, and our commitment to making them stronger still remains absolute. Partners Without people, capital and systems, PBS would not be able to do anything. However without partnerships with the leading IT companies in the world we would not be able to add the value we do to our customers. PBS works with almost every global leader in IT. We take this privilege very seriously. Every day we work with our partners to execute projects in our markets that are essential to the economic development of our countries. It is our job to facilitate the seamless execution of such projects in Imaging, Information technology, networking communications, professional services, security systems and payment methods servicing the backbone to our economies. Throughout this annual report you will see reference to our partners who over the last 24 years we have built up credibility and trust. We exist to provide seamless execution for them in order to deliver customer satisfaction through productive solutions to our customers. I would like to thank all of our partners for their support in 2025 and we look forward to working together in 2026. Looking Forward As we look to 2026 and beyond, the opportunity before PBS has never been greater. The markets we serve — across the Caribbean, Central America, and now into South America — are at an inflection point in their technology adoption curves. Governments are investing in digital public infrastructure. Enterprises are accelerating their 28

managed services requirements. Artificial Intelligence (AI) is going to transform everything. Every business will need to assess how AI will work for them in their business. The demand for the kind of deep, locally-grounded IT expertise that PBS has spent 24 years building is real, and it is growing. Our task is to ensure that we are the organization capable of capturing it. We will continue to scale responsibly, to deepen our client partnerships, and to invest with discipline in the capabilities that matter. We are not simply a distribution business that sells technology. We are a solutions organization that transforms how our clients operate. That distinction is the foundation of everything we have built, and it is the source of our confidence in what lies ahead. On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Doug Hewson who resigned from the board in 2025. He has been on the board since we went public and has been an important contributor to the board. We wish him the best and are grateful for his contributions to PBS. I extend our sincere appreciation to every member of the PBS team. The results of 2025 - both the achievements and the shortfalls - are yours. So too is the opportunity that 2026 represents. I thank our shareholders for their continued confidence in the strategy and the leadership of this organization. We are building something of genuine and lasting significance, and we remain committed to doing so with the integrity and intensity that has always defined PBS. Warm regards, P.B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board Productive Business Solutions Limited 29

The Xerox VersaLink B405 is a reliable monochrome multifunction printer designed for small and medium-sized workgroups. It delivers print, copy, scan, fax, and email capabilities in a compact and efficient device. With print speeds of up to 45 pages per minute, support for A4 paper size, and a recommended monthly volume of up to 15,000 pages, the VersaLink B405 helps businesses improve productivity while maintaining professional-quality output and secure document management. Multifunctional Xerox ® VersaLink ® B405 30

31 PEDRO M. PARÍS Group CEO

CEO Letter Dear Fellow Shareholders, Our Chairman has spoken to the financial results of 2025 with characteristic candor. What I want to address here is what those results represent strategically and what we are building toward. We are at a rare inflection point: artificial intelligence, cloud infrastructure, and the obsolescence of legacy systems are reshaping every market we serve. Disruption creates pressure, but it also creates demand and PBS is well positioned to capture it. We Do Not Sell Technology. We Engineer Outcomes. This moment also marks a meaningful evolution in how we define ourselves. We have embraced a new identity: Engineering & Technology No Limits. It is not a marketing exercise. It is a declaration of intent the standard we set for ourselves in the complexity of the problems we take on, the quality of the solutions we deliver, and the boundaries we refuse to accept. What differentiates PBS is not the products we represent it is how we think. We are a systems integrator that excels at building backwards from the client's desired outcome, assembling the precise combination of capabilities each engagement demands. Our active role in project finance further sets us apart, enabling us to structure and deliver solutions that go well beyond the scope of a traditional technology provider. We renew our most enduring client relationships not through inertia, but by consistently delighting them transforming contracts into long-term franchises. And we are now applying that same ingenuity inward: automation and AI agents are actively reducing our own operational costs, improving margins as we scale. Most Important Partners of the PBS Ecosystem Our partner ecosystem is one of our most powerful assets. PBS works alongside Oracle, Cisco, NCR Atleos, NCR Voyix, Xerox, Leidos, and others as their trusted regional execution partner relationships built over decades that are not easily replicated. In 2026 we are going deeper: a unified PBS Consulting under a dedicated regional director sharpens our Oracle go-to-market; Cisco anchors our networking and security practice; NCR Atleos and NCR Voyix lead our financial self-service presence; and Leidos strengthens our positioning in mission-critical solutions. Xerox remains one of our most enduring partnerships. Our CMPS penetration rate of 32

79.3% across PBS Group is a tangible proof point of that trust. As Xerox expands into digital services and IT solutions and as we work to incorporate the strategic developments following the Lexmark acquisition we see clear opportunity ahead. These are not simply vendor relationships. They are proof points of our standing in the global technology community. Artificial Intelligence: From Pilot to Practice PBS has entered the world of agentic AI not as a concept we are studying, but as a capability we are deploying. In late 2025, we led a proof of concept with a major regional bank that combined advanced data warehouse migration engineering from Microsoft SQL Server to Oracle with artificial intelligence. The engagement demonstrated PBS's unique ability to bridge deep infrastructure expertise with emerging AI capabilities: an outcome neither a pure vendor nor a traditional integrator could achieve alone. This is where PBS is building its next frontier. Governments modernizing public infrastructure, financial institutions transforming core systems, enterprises navigating digital change all face environments of growing complexity. AI-powered solutions that address mission-critical use cases, reduce operational risk, and close gaps left by legacy obsolescence represent a genuine and growing opportunity. We are building those competencies today. THE ORGANIZATION WE ARE BUILDING In 2026, PBS has strengthened its senior leadership with targeted additions designed to deepen expertise and expand regional capacity. Our culture of collaboration sharing talent, resources, and best practices across 24 markets compounds as a competitive advantage. Central to this model is a pool of high-caliber specialists: forward deployed engineers, solution architects, and domain experts deployed with precision across geographies. A solution proven in Honduras can be deployed in Jamaica. A capability built in Peru can serve Colombia. This is something our local competitors cannot match in scale, and our global competitors cannot match in regional depth. Turnaround and the Opportunity Ahead Our 24-market footprint is both a risk management discipline and a growth engine. We are entering new markets to consolidate our regional position and reduce concentration risk. Simultaneously, we are focused on unlocking value within our 33

current footprint: our operations in Panama, Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru markets where our presence was built on imaging and where we are now accelerating into higher-value technology services represent meaningful turnaround opportunities. The adjustments now underway will, we believe, generate contributions that meaningfully enhance shareholder value. We view them as investments in progress, and we are confident in the path forward. What Lies Ahead The demand for what PBS does deep, locally grounded, end-to-end technology execution has never been greater. We have been building toward this moment for more than two decades. Our partnerships, our people, and our culture have been assembled with exactly this horizon in mind. The work ahead is significant. The opportunity is larger still. To our shareholders: we remain committed to rewarding your confidence with discipline, integrity, and the intensity that has always defined this organization. Warm regards, PEDRO M. PARÍS C. Group CEO Productive Business Solutions Limited 34

P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board Pedro M. París Director, Group CEO P.B. Scott is the CEO, Chairman and Principal Shareholder of the Musson Group. Over the last two decades, P.B. Scott has conceptualised and led the expansion of the Musson Group from a Jamaican consumer wholesale distribution business to a diversified group operating in 30 countries. The Group is a leader across the Caribbean in food, pharmaceuticals, information technology, and insurance. The Musson Group includes leading businesses such as The PBS Group, Seprod Limited, General Accident Insurance, and A.S. Brydens & Sons. He has served as CEO of Musson since 2004. Today the Musson Group has a turnover in excess of US$1.6 billion annually and over 7,000 employees. In addition to his private sector contributions, P.B. Scott has committed a significant amount of time to public service. He is the chairman of the Development Bank of Jamaica and has led multiple enterprise teams to divest government assets. In 2023, he was awarded 'the Order of Jamaica for his exceptional contribution to the Business Industry, Investment, and Philanthropy in Jamaica and the Caribbean. Mr. Pedro M. París has been with PBS since 2003, He has held several management positions, in 2006 he was named COO for Central America. Mr. París was appointed Group CEO at the end of 2009. He is responsible for the vision, strategy and execution of the day-to-day operations. He is also a member of the Management Governance and Executive Committees. Mr. París worked 18 years for IBM-GBM (an IBM alliance), where he held several senior management positions across the business. Mr. París studied Business Administration at the Universidad Autónoma Centro America, Costa Rica. Group Board of Directors 37

Mr. Hutchinson currently works with Portland Private Equity (“PPE”) as Vice President – Investments, with responsibility for leading investment transactions throughout the region. He has more than 13 years of experience in the regional finance industry working with several top financial institutions. Prior to joining PPE, Ricardo held the role of Associate Director – Investment Banking with a leading regional commercial bank. He holds a Master of Science degree in Economics from the University of the West Indies and is a CFA Charter holder. *Ricardo Hutchinson Non-Executive Director Group Board of Directors *Independent Director Mr. Agnew is an entrepreneur specializing in building content marketing, marketing technology and information services businesses. He founded Brafton Inc. and a group of subsidiary companies that are North America and Australia’s leading content marketing entities. Brafton Inc. has been listed among the 5,000 fastest growing private companies four years in row. He co-founded DeHavilland Information Services and Axonn Ltd in the UK. Originally from the UK, he moved to the U.S.A. in 2008. Mr. Agnew holds a degree in Politics from the University of Newcastle, UK. *Thomas Agnew Non-Executive Director 38

Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Group Board of Directors José Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director *Independent Director Mrs. Blondell Walker has been part of the Musson Group of Companies for over 20 years and is currently the ICT Director, a position she has held since 2000. She is also on the Board for T. Geddes Grant (Distributors) Limited and Musson Jamaica Limited. She was instrumental in the implementation of the Enterprise Resource Program (ERP  application across the Musson Group of Companies. Mrs. Walker studied Accounting and Systems Analysis at the University of the West Indies, Institute of Management and the Heriot Watt University of Edinburgh, Scotland. She is the Chairman for the Western United Basic School. Blondell Walker Non-Executive Director 39

Mr Ince is a Senior Partner/Co-Founder of Frontlight Ventures, a regional investment and consulting firm. He was Co-Founder and Managing Director of Prism Services, a regional payments and operations outsourcing company. He is a Non-Executive Republic Bank Ltd, Cave Shepherd, Foster & Ince Cruise Services and the Barbados Sugar Industry Ltd. He is a graduate of York University, Canada and is a National Barbados Aubrey Collymore Scholarship recipient for sciences. Group Board of Directors *Edward Ince Non-Executive Director *Independent Director Mrs. Melanie Subratie is Chairman and CEO of Stanley Motta Ltd., Vice-Chairman of Musson (Ja) Ltd. and Director of all its subsidiaries, Vice-Chairman of General Accident Insurance Company Ltd., Eppley Ltd, and T Geddes Grant Ltd. Chairman of E-Pins Ltd. and sits on the executive of Seprod group of Companies and all its subsidiary boards. Chairman of Seprod Foundation, Musson Foundation, Chairperson of Jamaica Girls Coding and Chairman of Jamaica RISE Life Management and other CSR organizations. She is also Fourth Vice-President of the Jamaica Chamber of Commerce, and is the current Chair of the Legislation, Regulation and Improvement Committee. She is a honors graduate of London School of Economics. Melanie Subratie Non-Executive Director 40

Group Board of Directors Patrick A. W. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Patrick A. W. Scott is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Facey Commodity Company Limited and the Executive Deputy Chairman of the Facey Group. Prior to these appointments, he served 16 years as Managing Director. A seasoned executive, Mr. Scott has worked for a combined total of 40 years in various roles and was key figure in the global development of Facey’s Telecom business. He currently serves the board of directos of several companies including, P.A. Benjamin, Serge Island Diaries, International Biscuits and Serge Island Farms. Attended Seneca College and Ryerson University in Toronto, Canada. Mr Brian Wynter has been incorporated to the PBS Group Limited Board of Directors. Mr. Wynter has an extensive career in the financial sector, serving as Governor of the Bank of Jamaica until August 2019. The motion was presented to the Board of Directors, which was accepted, and in this way, Brian Wynter was duly appointed to the board of directors of PBS Group Limited. An honors graduate from the London School of Economics in 1981, and specialized in International Economy form Columbia University in 1985. *Brian Wynter Non-Executive Director 41

Group Board of Directors Nicholas A. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Nicholas Scott is the Vice Chairman of Eppley Limited and a director of Eppley Fund Managers Limited. Mr. Scott is also the Chief Investment Officer of the Musson Group and a Director of Musson and most of its major subsidiaries and affiliates. Mr. Scott is the Chairman of the Student Loan Bureau and a former Vice-President of the Private Sector Organization of Jamaica. He holds a B.Sc. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and an M.P.A. from the Harvard Kennedy School of Government. 42

4 Paul Scott 5 Melanie Subratie 5 Pedro M. Paris 5 Jose Misrahi 5 Patrick Scott 5 Blondell Walker 4 Nicholas Scott 5 Ricardo Hutchinson 5 Thomas Agnew 5 Edward Ince 5 Brian Wynter 7 Jose Misrahi 7 Ricardo Hutchinson 7 Thomas Agnew 6 Brian Wynter 4 Melanie Subratie Board Meetings Audit Meetings 43

Board of Committees Executive Committee Audit Committee Compensation Committee *Independent Director P.B. Scott Chairperson Nicholas A. Scott José Misrahi Pedro M. París P.B. Scott Chairperson Patrick Scott *Ricardo Hutchinson Melanie Subratie *Thomas Agnew José Misrahi *Ricardo Hutchinson *Brian Wynter Chairperson 44

Sergio Molina Planning Operations Director Sergio Molina started at PBS 20 years ago. He has hold several positions in the company. PBS Guatemala General Manager (7 Years), PBS Dominican Republic General Manager (1 Year), PBS Group Post-Sale Manager (1Year), PBS Group Sales Process Management, PBS Group Planning Manager (Current). Mr Molina obtained a Degree in Business Administration from Universidad de San Carlos de Guatemala. Mario Pons Professional Services Operations Mario Pons has been a key player for the Inkjet strategy the group has developed in Central America and has helped various PBS organizations in the development of high impact projects such as the printing of Electoral Ballots. He has also been key in the relationship with global partners, Entrust Datacard and Gemalto, for National ID projects in Guatemala, Jamaica and Costa Rica. He started working in Xerox Guatemala in 1994 and has developed his career within Xerox and PBS holding several positions in Sales, Service and Professional Services. He has a BSC in Computer Science from Louisiana State University, and a Diploma in Business Administration from Tayasal Business School. Leonardo Velásquez Infrastructure & Technology Networking Director Leonardo Velazquez has been working with PBS since 2015. He oversees the sales relationship with vendors and distributors, such as: Cisco, Fortinet, HP, Dell, Tripplite, TechData, Intcomex, IngramMicro. Before PBS, he worked as a Regional Partner Account Manager at Cisco Systems for 6 years and has amassed a total of 25 years in the IT sector. He graduated from Universidad de Simon Bolivar. He has an MBA in Enterprise Administration and is an Electronic Engineer. Alex Chiriboga Service Delivery & Logistics Director Alex recently joined PBS Group in May 2024 as Director of Delivery Service & Logistics. His main objective is to transform the service we provide to our customers, aiming to achieve the highest levels of satisfaction and experience. This transformation will focus on improving processes through a connectivity strategy, optimizing resources and technology, and maintaining inventory levels and quality aligned with the requirements of our broad portfolio of products and services. Mr. Chiriboga brings over 32 years of experience from Xerox, where he held leadership roles in Service Delivery, Technical Services, Logistics, Sales, and the Paper Business across Ecuador and the Latin America Region. He holds an MBA with specializations in Finance, Marketing, and Human Resources, a degree in Process Administration Engineering, a Bachelor’s in Electronics & Telecommunications, and is certified as a Lean Six Sigma Green Belt. Senior Regional Leadership Team 45

Jose Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Lucia Vielman Coporate Treasure Mrs. Vielman Ruiz was a Private Banking Manager at Mercom Bank and later appointedas General Manager. In 2009 Mrs. Vielman Ruiz Joined PBS as Compliant officer for the first sindicate loan and in 2010 she became the Corporate Treasurer, responsible for banking operations at country level and member of the Management Governance Committee. She Graduated in Business Administration from Universidad Francisco Marroquin, Guatemala in 1998. Sharon McDonald Chief Assurance Officer Dr. Sharon Smith-McDonald supports PBS Group Limited. She is responsible for overseeing the Group’s internal controls and risk management. She plays a critical role in ensuring compliance with regulations by the development of effective assurance strategies across all business operations. Dr. Smith-McDonald has accumulated over three decades of experience in fi nance, accounting, and business operations. Her distinguished career includes key leadership roles within multinational organizations, most recently serving as Group Financial Controller at Musson Jamaica Limited. Dr. Smith-McDonald holds a Doctor of Business Administration in Finance & Internal Controls from Walden University, a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Northern Caribbean University, and a Bachelor of Science in Management and Accounting from The University of the West Indies. Ryan Kirlew Corporate Global Controller Ryan oversees the fi nancial operations of the entire PBS Group. Ryan brings a wealth of experience in strategic fi nancial management and reporting. He has consistently demonstrated outstanding leadership, expertise, and a deep understanding of fi nancial operations. His commitment to excellence has been evident throughout his career, and we are con fi dent that he will excel in this new role. Since joining the Group in 2017, Ryan has made signi fi cant contributions while working with Musson International Dairies Limited, Seprod, T. Geddes Grant, and Musson Jamaica—gaining valuable experience and playing a key role in the success of these business units. As Global Controller, Ryan is responsible for the overall fi nancial reporting of the PBS Group. He leads the development and maintenance of the organization’s accounting policies, practices, procedures, initiatives, and systems. Senior Regional Leadership Team 46

Daniel Martínez Advanced Services Regional Manager Daniel brings over 20 years of experience in business development across the technology and consulting sectors, leading transformational initiatives for government and financial institutions throughout Central America and the Caribbean. In the past seven years alone, he has consistently achieved double-digit growth in revenue and margins in Honduras by designing and implementing tailored professional services that accelerate technology adoption. As an Oracle Champion for nearly a decade, Daniel seamlessly combines technical expertise with commercial strategy to drive client success. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing & International Business and a Master of Science in Finance from Universidad Tecnológica Centroamericana (UNITEC), Honduras. Additionally, he earned a Professional Certificate in Digital Transformation from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Cambridge, MA, USA. Vennis Williamson Regional Manager Jamaica & Cayman Vennis Williamson. Her career in the information and communications technology (ICT) sector spans over a decade. Vennis has played a crucial role in navigating PBS Jamaica through the digital era, achieving significant technological milestones along the way. Her strategic guidance has integrated major technology entities, propelling the organization to unprecedented levels of innovation and market leadership. Over the past three years, under Vennis's leadership, PBS Jamaica has exceeded financial and operational growth objectives while prioritizing staff engagement as a core part of its strategy. Estefania Menéndez Personnel Regional Director Estefanía Menéndez is the Regional Personnel Director at PBS Group Limited, where she leads the human capital strategy and drives organizational transformation across the group. With over 14 years of experience in the Technology, Electrical, Outsourcing, and Business Services sectors, Estefanía has held leadership positions at renowned companies such as Schneider Electric, Xerox, and Capgemini. She holds a Business degree and a Master’s in Finance from Franklin University, and is certified in both Project Management and Six Sigma. Estefanía is widely recognized for implementing transformative initiatives that enhance productivity, increase operational efficiency, and boost employee engagement. Javier Mogollón Chief Information Officer Javier Mogollón is a systems engineer with a postgraduate degree in telecommunications from the Santiago Mariño University in Venezuela, he arrived in Guatemala 20 years ago after completing a ten-year cycle at Xerox of Venezuela, throughout this time in which he has worked for the group, Javier has held several positions accepting both local and regional challenges and responsibilities. He served as service manager, and sales support manager was the creator and developer of the Docushare Project (accounting code) in Shared Service that is currently used by all PBS Groups and the following company incorporations, he was in charge of the System One infrastructure installed in the Guatemala data center for 2 years, 4 years has held the position of IT manager in PBS Guatemala. Javier is currently the CIO of PBS Group. Regional Leadership Team 47

Lesder Ramírez Chief Operating Officer Central America Mr. Lesder Ramirez studied Business Administration at the Universidad San Carlos De Guatemala, Guatemala and in 2009, joined PBS as the Financial Manager for the Guatemala operations. From 2009 to 2015, Lesder was entrusted to play different roles in finance such as Finance Manager for the operations of Costa Rica, Honduras Jamaica and Belize, Shared Service Center - Finance Manager and Xerox Relationship Management. During his tenure managing the Xerox relationship, Lesder oversaw planning operations, working closely with Mr. Pedro M. Paris C., CEO of PBS Group, where he developed additional business acumen. In 2019, based on his achievements, Lesder was promoted to oversee the operations of Dutch Caribbean as Senior General Manager. More recently in 2022, due to his knowledge of the PBS business as well as his solid financial and operations background Lesder, was named COO in charge of the operations of Trinidad & Tobago, Guyana, and Dutch Caribbean (Aruba, Curacao, Bonaire, Saint Maarten and Suriname). Stuart Franco Chief Operating Officer Eastern Caribbean Cluster Stuart Franco is the Chief Operating Officer of the Eastern Caribbean Cluster, bringing over two decades of leadership, commercial expertise, and deep regional knowledge to the role. A graduate of the University of Western Ontario with a B.A. in Statistics & Economics, Stuart joined TSL in 2003 and steadily rose through the ranks — from Sales Representative to Sales Manager, Executive Vice President of Sales, and Chief Executive Officer — before assuming his current role in 2026. Throughout his tenure, he has been a driving force behind the company's growth trajectory, building lasting client relationships and strengthening TSL's market position across the Caribbean. Stuart served as President of the American Chamber of Commerce in Trinidad and Tobago (AmCham T&T) from 2023 to 2025 and has been a board member since 2018. He is also an active board member of the TSL Foundation, where he has championed community initiatives that uplift the regions TSL serves. Outside the office, Stuart is a devoted husband and father of four, an avid football fan, and a firm believer in the importance of family — a value he actively fosters within his team. Ezequiel Bardas Chief Operating Officer Latin America Ezequiel Bardas serves as Chief Operating Officer for Latin America at PBS Group, bringing more than two decades of senior executive leadership to the role. Known for his ability to scale operations, drive digital transformation, and deliver sustainable profitability in complex environments, Ezequiel leads the strategic direction for PBS Group's affiliates across the Andean Region — overseeing operational synergy, key alliance development, and an ambitious expansion plan throughout Latin America. Before joining PBS Group, Ezequiel held distinguished leadership positions at Xerox, serving as President and General Manager across major markets including the United States and Latin America. His track record of navigating high-stakes business environments and building high-performing regional organizations speaks to a career defined by results and resilience. Ezequiel holds an Executive MBA from IAE Business School, complemented by multiple leadership certifications. His leadership philosophy blends sharp market insight with an unwavering commitment to innovation and excellence — qualities that position him as a driving force behind PBS Group's next chapter in the region. Regional Leadership Team 48

GENERAL MANAGER Melani Angeles DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Marco Almendárez NICARAGUA SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Francisco Lupiac GENERAL MANAGER HONDURAS COUNTRY MANAGER Nyron Thomas TRINIDAD & TOBAGO SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Elvin Nash BARBADOS & OECS Jason Alidikromo COUNTRY MANAGER SURINAME Senior in Country Leadership SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Mirian Alas EL SALVADOR Laura Johnston COUNTRY MANAGER CAYMAN 49

Nella Aguilar PERU COUNTRY MANAGER Candace Bartholomew COUNTRY MANAGER GUYANA Jose Maduro COUNTRY MANAGER BONAIRE & ARUBA Charlesson Ramdjas COUNTRY MANAGER CURAÇAO Vynnie Mila GENERAL MANAGER GPA GPA USA Luis Castillo GUATEMALA COUNTRY MANAGER COUNTRY MANAGER Ana Karina Vallejo ECUADOR Senior in Country Leadership Esteban Corrales PANAMA & COLOMBIA COUNTRY MANAGER 50

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 51

Deloitte & Touche 3 rd Floor The Goddard Building Haggatt Hall St. Michael, BB11059 Barbados, W.I. Tel: +246 620 6400 Fax: +246 430 6451 www.deloitte.com Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (“DTTL”), its global network of member firms, and their related entities (collectively, the “Deloitte organization”). DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) and each of its member firms and related entities are legally separate and independent entities, which cannot obligate or bind each other in respect of third parties. DTTL and each DTTL member firm and related entity is liable only for its own acts and omissions, and not those of each other. DTTL does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about to learn more. Deloitte & Touche is an affiliate of DCB Holding Ltd., a member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Opinion We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries (“the Group”), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2025, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including material accounting policy information. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at December 31, 2025, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS Accounting Standards”). Basis for Opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) (“IESBA Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Key Audit Matters Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill As at 31 December 2025, Goodwill accounted for US$86.2 million, which represents 20.5% of total assets of the Group. On an annual basis, management tests whether goodwill is subject to impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units (CGU) have been determined using value in use calculations based on the higher of the recoverable amount compared to fair value less costs to sell. Our approach to testing management’s impairment assessment, with the assistance of our valuation specialist involved the following procedures, amongst others: • Obtained management’s discounted cash flow model (DCF) including qualitative and quantitative analyses and updated our understanding of the process used by management to determine the value in use of each CGU and evaluated for any changes.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 2 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill (Cont’d) We focused on this area because the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill involves significant judgement and estimation, is sensitive to changes in key assumptions and determining economic recovery is challenging. The key assumptions were assessed by management as being: • Revenue growth rate; • Terminal growth rate; • Average Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) to revenue; and Pre-tax Discount rate. • Agreed the 31 December 2025 base year financial information to current year results and compared previous forecasts to actual results to assess the performance of the business and the accuracy of management’s forecasting. • Compared the revenue growth rates to historical revenue growth and externally derived data as well as our own assessments in relation to key inputs such as projected economic growth, inflation and pre-tax discount rates. • Developed a range of parameters using available market inputs and historical information and performed sensitivity analyses using these parameters, which was compared to management’s terminal growth and pre-tax discount rates. • Compared EBITDA margins to historical results, and verified reconciling variances to underlying supporting data and current period results. Tested management’s impairment model calculations for mathematical accuracy Operating and finance lease revenue (Forming part of sale of goods) Revenue arising from the inception of new finance leases is included within the sale of goods revenue stream and is not captured through a specific identifier. As a result, identifying transactions that contain lease arrangements requires manual assessment for every underlying subsidiary. Recognition of revenue in these arrangements requires judgment to identify the lease and non-lease components of the contract and to determine whether the lease should be classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. This classification can materially affect the timing and presentation of revenue recognition, the measurement of lease receivables, and the related financial statement disclosures. Our approach to testing lease revenue to mitigate the identified risks includes the following procedures: • Obtained the population of leases entered into by the entities and reviewed Management's assessment on their classification between operating and finance leases. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition of the finance lease within the Sale of Goods revenue stream, based on the lease amortisation schedule prepared by the management. • On a sample basis, obtained and inspected the related customer contracts / signed agreements to review Management's

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 3 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Lease classification is based on the terms set out in customer agreements and purchase orders. Accordingly, significant judgment is required to assess whether the contractual terms are consistent with the underlying transaction and whether the classification has been applied appropriately across the population of relevant sales arrangements. As it involves manual review and interpretation of contract documentation, there is an increased risk of error and inconsistent application. The key assumptions and judgments applied by management include: • assessment of whether the arrangement is an operating lease or a finance lease; • determination of the discount rate used in lease classification and measurement; and • identification of the standalone selling price of goods where contracts include both leasing and maintenance components. assessment on the classification between finance or operating lease. • For the selected samples, obtained and verified the inputs (interest rates, delivery dates, lease & non-lease component) as determined by Management to recalculate the finance lease revenue to be recognised in the accounts at lease inception. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition and subsequent interest income based on our independent recalculation to the amounts recorded by management. Management override of controls Management is in a unique position to perpetrate fraud because of its ability to directly or indirectly manipulate accounting records and prepare fraudulent financial statements by overriding established controls that otherwise appear to be operating effectively. The risk of management override of controls is pervasive. Because of its unpredictable nature, this risk could result in a material misstatement. This significant risk also represents a fraud risk for the audit. • Engaged in periodic fraud discussions with certain members of senior management and utilized our internal fraud specialist to guide and support our fraud-related testing procedures. • Considered the potential for bias in judgments and estimates, including performing retrospective analysis of significant accounting estimates. • Evaluated whether the Company has entered into any significant unusual transactions and, if so, the nature, terms, and business purpose (or lack thereof) of those transactions and whether such transactions involved related parties. • Evaluated the Company’s fraud risk assessment and consider indirect controls

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 4 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter and internal controls over the closing and reporting process. • Using our propriety software tool we extracted and tested journal entries that exhibit characteristics of possible management override of controls. • Tested controls over significant, unusual transactions, particularly those that result in late or unusual journal entries and controls over journal entries and adjustments made in the period-end financial reporting process. • No evidence of management override of controls was identified as a results of our audit procedures. Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process. Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also: • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 5 • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management. • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. • Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business units within the Group as a basis for forming an opinion on the group financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determined those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. Information other than the financial statements Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Annual Report but does not include the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon which is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s report. Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with the audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. When we read the Annual Report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 6 The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditors’ report is Steve Clarke. Other matter – responsibility for our audit work This report is made solely to the shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited as a body, in accordance with Section 147 of the Companies Act of Barbados. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the shareholders for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinion we have formed. Other matter – predecessor auditors The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2024 were audited by another auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those statements on 30 June 2025. 7 June 2026

Page 2 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Non-Current Assets Property, plant and equipment 13 36,106 35,865 Right-of-use assets 14 15,269 12,802 Intangible assets 15 104,757 107,595 Lease receivables 16 4,538 6,869 Pension plan assets 30 3,752 3,674 Long term receivables 17 608 551 Deferred tax assets 18 11,507 14,491 Investments 34 - 243 Contract Asset 33 28 - Investments in Associate 20 4,774 4,056 Total Non-Current Assets 181,339 186,146 Current Assets Due from related parties 19 8,066 7,467 Inventories 21 58,043 48,584 Contract assets 33 - 1,602 Trade and other receivables 22 127,296 105,760 Current portion of lease receivables 16 11,437 2,696 Current portion of long-term receivables 17 161 38 Taxation recoverable 14,476 17,462 Cash and bank 23 21,574 29,961 Total Current Assets 241,053 213,570 Current Liabilities Trade and other payables 24 91,049 85,855 Contract liabilities 33 15,101 15,602 Due to related parties 19 13,739 12,308 Taxation payable 5,219 11,255 Current portion of lease liabilities 25 6,998 6,441 Short term loans 26 19,245 5,941 Current portion of long-term loans 26 14,250 10,633 Total Current Liabilities 165,601 148,035 Net Current Assets 75,452 65,535 Total Non-current Assets and Net Current Assets 256,791 251,681

Page 3 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (Continued) 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Equity Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Share capital 27 123,016 123,016 Other reserves/ (deficit) 28 (17,025) (17,339) Accumulated deficit (30,198) (23,274) Total Shareholders´ Equity 75,793 82,403 Non-controlling Interests 1,337 1,185 Total Equity 77,130 83,588 Non-Current Liabilities Retirement benefit obligations 30 3,111 1,553 Deferred tax liabilities 18 6,570 6,153 Lease liabilities 25 17,988 15,465 Borrowings 26 151,992 144,515 Other long-term liabilities - 407 Total Non-Current Liabilities 179,661 168,093 Total Non-Current Liabilities and Equity 256,791 251,681 Approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 June, 2026 and signed on its behalf by: _____________________________________________ _________________________________ Paul Scott Director Pedro Paris Director The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 4 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Number of Shares ‘000 Share Capital $’000 Other Reserves / (Deficit) $’000 Accumulated Deficit $’000 Non- Controlling Interest $’000 Total $’000 Balance at 31 December 2023 188,213 123,016 (17,139) (29,359) 1,070 77,588 Currency translation differences - - (820) (87) - (907) Actuarial loss - - (96) - - (96) Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - 716 - - 716 Net income - - - 7,461 115 7,576 Total comprehensive income - - (200) 7,374 115 7,289 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (1,289) - (1,289) Balance at 31 December 2024 188,213 123,016 (17,339) (23,274) 1,185 83,588 Currency translation differences - - 260 - - 260 Actuarial gain - - 54 - - 54 Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - - - - - Net income - - - 4,287 152 4,439 Total comprehensive income - - 314 4,287 152 4,753 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (11,211) - (11,211) Balance at 31 December 2025 188,213 123,016 (17,025) (30,198) 1,337 77,130 The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 5 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash Flows from Operating Activities (Note 31) 2,726 32,531 Cash Flows from Financing Activities Interest paid (17,094) (18,801) Dividends paid (11,211) (1,289) Proceeds from borrowing 48,808 147,041 Repayments of borrowings (19,297) (141,672) Repayments of lease liabilities (8,370) (10,699) Net cash used in financing activities (7,164) (25,420) Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired 35 (592) (1,293) Interest received 1,769 1,999 Purchase of property, plant and equipment (5,102) (6,378) Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 42 238 Purchase of Investments in Associates 20 - (3,543) Net cash used in investing activities (3,883) (8,977) Net (Decrease) in Cash (8,321) (1,866) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 29,961 31,991 Effect of foreign exchange in cash (66) (164) Cash and Cash Equivalents at end of the year 23 21,574 29,961 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The principal non-cash transactions include: ● Transfer to property, plant and equipment from inventory during the financial year $9,380,000 (2024 - $9,017,000). ● Transfer from property, plant and equipment to inventory upon expiry of operating lease of $4,018,000 (2024 - $4,799,000). The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page 6 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 1. Identification and Principal Activities Productive Business Solutions Limited (“the Company”) is a company incorporated on 16 December 2010, and domiciled in Barbados, originally under the International Business Corporation (IBC) Act 77 (Barbados). Effective July 1st, 2021, the Company operates under the Companies Act Cap. 308 (Barbados) and holds a Foreign Currency Permit under the Foreign Currency Permits Act, 2018-44 (Barbados). The tax rate for the fiscal year commencing 1 January 2025 is 9.0% of taxable income. The registered office of the Company is at Facey House # 42 Warrens Industrial Park, Warrens, St. Michaels, Barbados. The Company is capitalised by ordinary shares. The Company is a subsidiary of Facey Group Limited, owned by Musson (Jamaica) Limited. Facey Group Limited is a company incorporated in Barbados under the Companies Act, Cap. 308 (Barbados) as an international business company. In combination, Musson (Jamaica) Limited and Facey Group Limited own 66.98% of the ordinary shares of the Company. The Company is listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange and the International Securities Market in Barbados. The Company’s ultimate parent company and controlling party is Elkon Limited (“Elkon”), which is incorporated and domiciled in Jamaica, and Paul B. Scott, respectively. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, (referred to as “Group”) are the distribution of printing equipment, business machines, handsets and related accessories, automated teller machines, security checkpoints, system integration, cloud services, data analytics, communication solutions, e-transactions, development of software and other technology solutions. In May 2025 the Group acquired 100% holding in Regional Business Systems Limited (RBS), incorporated and domiciled in Barbados (Note 35).

Page 7 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, hereinafter referred to as the financial statements, are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. (a) Basis of preparation These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. IFRS Accounting Standards comprise the following authoritative literature:  IFRS Accounting Standards  IAS Standards  Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC Interpretations) or its predecessor body, the Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC Interpretations). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain items of property, plant and equipment. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Although these estimates are based on managements’ best knowledge of current events and action, actual results could differ from those estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 4. Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year Certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards have been published that became effective during the current financial year. The Group has assessed the relevance of all such new standards, interpretations and amendments and has affected the following, which are immediately relevant to its operations: Amendments to IAS 21,‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ , Amendments to IAS 21 were made to add requirements to help entities to determine whether a currency is exchangeable into another currency, and the spot exchange rate to use when it is not. Prior to these amendments, IAS 21 set out the exchange rate to use when exchangeability is temporarily lacking, but not what to do when lack of exchangeability is not temporary. Management’s assessment is that the amendments of this standard have no impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Page 8 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year (continued) The amendments must be applied retrospectively in accordance with the requirements in IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. The amendment did not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. There are no other IFRS Accounting Standards or IFRIC interpretations effective in the current year which are expected to have a significant impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the company.

Page 9 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group The Group has concluded that the following standards which are published but not yet effective, are relevant to its operations and will impact the Group’s accounting policies and financial disclosures as discussed below. These standards and amendments to existing standards are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2026, but the Group has not early adopted them: Amendments to IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 7, ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026). Amendments to IFRS 9 and 7 (a) clarify the date of recognition and derecognition of some financial assets and liabilities, with a new exception for some financial liabilities settled through an electronic cash transfer system; (b) clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether a financial asset meets the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) criterion; (c) add new disclosures for certain instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows (such as some financial instruments with features linked to the achievement of environment, social and governance targets); and (d) update the disclosures for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). The amendments in (b) are most relevant to financial institutions, but the amendments in (a), (c) and (d) are relevant to all entities. It is not anticipated that the amendments will have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 18, ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This is the new standard on presentation and disclosure in financial statements, which replaces IAS 1, with a focus on updates to the statement of profit or loss. The key new concepts introduced in IFRS 18 relate to: • the structure of the statement of profit or loss with defined subtotals; • requirement to determine the most useful structure summary for presenting expenses in the statement of profit or loss • required disclosures in a single note within the financial statements for certain profit or loss performance measures that are reported outside an entity’s financial statements (that is, management-defined performance measures); and • enhanced principles on aggregation and disaggregation which apply to the primary financial statements and notes in general. Management is assessing the impact of this new standard on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 19, 'Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures' , (effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This standard permit eligible subsidiaries to apply reduced IFRS disclosure requirements. IFRS 19 is a voluntary standard for eligible subsidiaries. A subsidiary is eligible if it does not have public accountability and it has an ultimate or intermediate parent that produces consolidated financial statements available for public use that comply with IFRS Accounting Standards. An eligible entity may opt to revoke the application of this standard after implementation. The entity may also elect to apply the standard more than one. The group is currently assessing the impact of this standard.

Page 10 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) There are no other new or amended IFRS Accounting Standards and interpretations that are published but not yet effective that would be expected to have an impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the Group. (b) Consolidation (i) Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations involving third parties by the Group. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred, and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss, in the statement of comprehensive income.

Page 11 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) Subsidiaries Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. The Group’s subsidiaries, countries of incorporation, and the Group’s percentage interest are as follows: Country of incorporation Group’s Percentage Interest 2025 2024 Nicaragua Holdings and its subsidiary St., Lucia & Nicaragua 100 100 Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia & Dominican Republic 100 100 Mobay Holdings N.V. and its subsidiary Curacao & Aruba 100 100 PBS Caribbean Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia, Jamaica, Barbados, Colombia, Suriname 100 100 Cayman Business Machines Limited* Cayman 40 40 PBS Technology Group Limited St. Lucia, Antigua & Barbuda, Jamaica, Trinidad, Guyana, 100 100 Infotrans Group Holding B.V. Curacao, Bonaire, Colombia, Suriname & Aruba 100 100 High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V. El Salvador and Honduras 100 100 PBS Central America and its subsidiaries Panama, Guatemala, Costa Rica, El Salvador 100 100 PBS Honduras Honduras 75 75 PBS Peru Peru 100 100 PBS Ecuador Ecuador 100 100

Page 12 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) In accordance with Cayman laws, entities that are domiciled in the Cayman Islands and are not issued with Local Companies Control Law Licenses, are required to be at least 60% owned by a Caymanian. The operation of Cayman Business Machines Limited is however controlled by Productive Business Solutions Limited and is therefore, in substance, categorised as a subsidiary. (ii) Transactions with non-controlling interests The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For purchases of ownership interest in subsidiaries from non-controlling interests in which the Group retains control of the subsidiary, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests where control is retained by the Group are also recorded in equity. (iii) Disposal of subsidiaries When the Group ceases to have control or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value, with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss. If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate. (iv) Business combination under common control Acquisitions from entities under common control are determined by the substance and specific facts and circumstances surrounding any particular business combination under common control. Business combinations under common control are accounted for using the predecessor method of accounting. Under the predecessor method of accounting, the cost of an acquisition is measured in a manner similar to the purchase method of accounting. Identifiable assets and liabilities are measured at book value at the date of acquisition. Under the predecessor method of accounting, no goodwill is created, as any difference between the cost of acquisition and the book value of the net assets acquired is dealt with as an adjustment to retained earnings. (v) Investment in associates Associates are categorized as entities over which the Group has influence but not control, with shareholding and voting rights between 20% and 50%. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost. The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associate’s post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in profit and loss, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equal or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Page 13 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (c) Foreign currency translation (i) Functional and presentation currency Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States Dollars, which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency. (ii) Transactions and balances Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. At the statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the weighted average closing exchange rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates, of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in statement of comprehensive income. (iii) Group companies The results and financial position of all the group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper- inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated as follows: a) Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at year end rates, b) Items affecting the statement of comprehensive income are translated at average rates, and c) The resultant gains or losses are recognised in other comprehensive income as translation gains or losses. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Page 14 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (d) Revenue recognition Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of applicable value added taxes, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue is recognised as follows: Reprographic products Revenue earned from reprographic products is either through an outright sale or a lease of equipment and from related service contracts. Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from finance leases, are recognised at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require installation, revenue is recognised when the equipment has been delivered and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer-installable products are recognised upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer's shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the finance lease method and are recognised as earned over the lease term. A substantial portion of the Group's reprographic products is sold with full- service maintenance agreements. Service revenues are derived primarily from these maintenance contracts on equipment sold to customers and are recognised over the term of the contracts in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, by reference to completion of the specific transaction assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided. Revenue is recognised only after there are specific indicators of transfer of control to the customer. To evidence transfer of control on contracts where revenue is recognised at a point in time, management has defined that revenue can only be recognised after the equipment or part is installed or the supplies are delivered. Bill and hold agreements are scrutinised to ensure the transfer of control to the customer is effective. For contracts where revenue is recognised over time, management measures the fulfilment of the performance obligations based on the value that the delivered goods or services represent to the customer. Telecommunications products Revenue from telecommunications products comprises revenue from the sales of cellular phones. These products are sold under contractual agreements with the telecommunications providers. Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised on a gross basis as management has determined that the Group acts as a principal in relation to these transactions, due to the fact that the Group bears the majority of risk, principally credit and inventory risk, in relation to such transactions, and the Group also acts as primary obligor. Control is the key consideration when assessing the nature of the promise to the customer. When the entity does not control the good or service (or inventory) before it is transferred to the customer it is likely that the promise in the contract is to arrange for goods or services to be delivered (rather than these to be provided by the entity). In such cases, the Company recognises revenue for an amount equal to the net income (revenue minus cost). Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised when a Group entity has delivered products to the customer; the customer has accepted the products and collectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured. Interest income is recognised on the accrual basis on the effective interest basis, except when collectability is considered doubtful. In such cases, income is recorded when economic benefits are received.

Page 15 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (e) Property, plant and equipment Freehold land and buildings are shown at fair value, based on valuations by external independent valuers, less subsequent depreciation for buildings. Valuations are performed every three years to ensure that the fair value of a revalued asset does not differ materially from it’s carrying amount. Any accumulated depreciation at the date of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset, and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of freehold, land and buildings are credited to other comprehensive income and shown as other reserves in shareholder’s equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are recorded in other comprehensive income and debited against other reserves directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the profit or loss. All other property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Land is not depreciated as it is deemed to have an indefinite life. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation is calculated at annual rates on the straight-line basis to write-off the cost of the assets to their residual values over their estimated useful lives at annual rates as follows: Freehold buildings 2 - 2 ½% Leasehold buildings and improvements 10 - 20% Furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment 10 - 33⅓% Motor vehicles 20 - 25% Gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount and are included in operating profit. Repairs and maintenance expenditure is charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which it is incurred. The cost of major renovations is included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of the existing asset will flow to the Group. When revalued assets are sold, the amounts included in other reserves are transferred to retained earnings.

Page 16 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (f) Intangible assets (i) Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates and joint ventures is included in investment in associates and investment in joint venture, respectively. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or Groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. (ii) Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences. Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. All, excepting licenses are deemed to have finite useful lives and amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the intangible assets over their estimated useful lives between 5 and 20 years. Licenses have an indefinite useful life. (iii) Proprietary Software The Group is the owner of a software internally developed to address diverse customer needs. This asset is carried at cost and amortised according to its defined useful life. (g) Impairment of non-financial assets Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Page 17 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset in one entity and a financial liability or equity of another entity. Financial assets Classification The Group classifies its financial assets at amortised cost. The classification depends on the business model used for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. Impairment The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss (ECL) associated with its financial assets classified at amortised cost, lease receivables, long term receivables and related party balances. Application of the General Model The Group has applied the ‘general model’ as required under IFRS 9 for financial assets other than trade receivables. Under this model, the Group is required to assess on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its financial assets carried at amortised cost. The ECL will be recognised in profit or loss before a loss event has occurred. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. ECL is calculated by multiplying the Probability of default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD). The impairment model uses a three-stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination: Stage 1 – 12-month ECL applies to all financial assets that have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and are not credit impaired. The ECL will be computed using a 12-month PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months. Stage 2 – When a financial asset experiences a significant increase in credit risk subsequent to origination but is not credit impaired, it is considered to be in Stage 2. This requires the computation of ECL based on lifetime PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the remaining estimated life of the financial asset. Provisions are higher in this stage because of an increase in risk and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered compared to 12 months in Stage 1. Stage 3 – Financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment will be included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses will continue to capture the lifetime ECL. The Group uses judgement when considering the following factors that affect the determination of impairment: Assessment of Significant Increase in Credit Risk The assessment of a significant increase in credit risk is done on a relative basis. To assess whether the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since origination, the Group compares the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial asset at the reporting date to the corresponding risk of default at origination, using key risk indicators that are used in the Group’s existing risk management processes. At each reporting date, the assessment of a change in credit risk will be individually assessed for those considered individually significant and at the segment level. This assessment is symmetrical in nature, allowing credit risk of financial assets to move back to Stage 1 if the increase in credit risk since origination has reduced and is no longer deemed to be significant.

Page 18 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments (continued) Macroeconomic Factors, Forward Looking Information and Multiple Scenarios The Group applies an unbiased and probability weighted estimate of credit losses by evaluating a range of possible outcomes that incorporates forecasts of future economic conditions. Macroeconomic factors and forward-looking information are incorporated into the measurement of ECL as well as the determination of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination. Measurement of ECLs at each reporting period reflect reasonable and supportable information at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The Group uses three scenarios that are probability weighted to determine ECL. Expected Life When measuring ECL, the Group considers the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk. All contractual terms are considered when determining the expected life, including prepayment options and extension and rollover options. Application of the Simplified Approach For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. Financial liabilities The Group’s financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, this is the initial recognition minus the cumulative amortisation of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount. Financial liabilities at amortised costs are classified as current or non-current depending on whether these are due within 12 months after the statement of financial position date or beyond. Financial liabilities are derecognised when either of the following take place: The Group is discharged from its obligation, upon expiration or when they are cancelled or replaced by a new liability. (i) Inventories Inventories are carried at weighted average purchase cost. These items are stated at cost less provision for write down to net realisable value, where necessary and are stated at the lower weighted average cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the costs of completion and selling expenses. (j) Trade receivables Impairment over trade receivables is determined with the aid of a matrix based on the ageing of the account. Twice a year, management assesses whether there has been any indicator of a change in the credit risk. Additionally, periodically a comprehensive evaluation is performed with the objective of identifying individual accounts that may be subject to impairment which are either written off or fully provided for. (k) Cash and bank Cash and bank include cash on hand net of bank overdrafts. In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and bank include cash in hand and at bank and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown in current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

Page 19 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (l) Trade payables These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. (m) Contract assets and contract liabilities The Group recognises a contract asset whenever it has the right for consideration as a result of transferring goods or services to a customer. Contract assets are different from accounts receivables as the former would only require the passage of time for the consideration to be due. Contract assets are subject to impairment assessment. The Group recognises a contract liability when it has received a payment, or a payment is due for goods or services that have not yet been transferred to the customer. (n) Income taxes Taxation expense in the statement of comprehensive income comprises current and deferred tax charges. Current tax charges are based on taxable profits for the year, which differ from the profit before tax reported because it excludes items that are taxable or deductible in other years, and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability f or current tax is calculated at tax rates that have been enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Deferred tax is the tax expected to be paid or recovered on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding tax bases. Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Currently enacted tax rates are used in the determination of deferred income tax. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they arise from the same taxable entity, relate to the same tax authority and when the legal right of offset exists. Deferred tax is charged or credited to profit or loss, except where it relates to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income, in which case, deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income. (o) Provisions Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. (p) Share capital Ordinary shares, and redeemable cumulative preference shares where the declaration of dividends is discretionary, are classified as equity instruments. The preference shares are perpetual and are only redeemable at the sole discretion of the Company but not before the 16 th year after the issue of the shares. Dividends on these shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are declared.

Page 20 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (q) Earnings per share (i) Basic earnings per share Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: ● the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares. ● by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares. (ii) Diluted earnings per share Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account: ● the after-income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and ● the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. (r) Borrowings Borrowings are recognised initially at cost, being their issue proceeds, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequently, borrowings are stated at amortised cost and any difference between net proceeds and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Preference shares issued by the Group are treated as borrowings if they carry a contractual term of redemption either by cash or another financial asset and dividends payments are not discretionary. (s) Leases As Lessee Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments: - fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable - payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option. Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rates, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions. As Lessor Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessee are classified as finance leases. When assets are leased out under a finance leases, the asset is derecognized and treated as revenue in accordance with accounting policy (d) with the present value of the lease payments is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease in a manner which reflects a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.

Page 21 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (s) Leases (continued) Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessor are included in property, plant and equipment in the statement of financial position. They are depreciated over their expected useful lives on a basis consistent with similar owned property, plant and equipment. Rental income is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. In some instances, transfers are made from Inventory to property, plant and equipment to facilitate the leasing of assets. In instances where leased equipment is returned this is transferred from property, plant and equipment to Inventory. When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which termination takes place. (t) Post-employment benefits The Group participates in a defined contribution plan operated by a related party, Musson (Jamaica) Limited, whereby it pays contributions to a separate, trustee-administered fund for its Jamaican operation. Once the contributions have been paid, the Group has no further payment obligations. Contributions to the plan are charged to profit or loss in the period to which they relate. There is an unfunded retirement benefit plan in the Nicaragua and El Salvador operations which is reflected in the statement of financial position as a liability. Changes to benefits are calculated by third party actuaries and are reflected in the Change to statement of comprehensive income. The Parent Company also participates in a defined benefit pension plan relating to PBS Technologies (Barbados) Limited, the assets of which are held in a separate fund administered by a Trustee. The pension plan is funded by payments from the Parent Company, taking into account the recommendations of independent qualified actuaries. Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value. (u) Finance costs Finance costs includes interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest method, interest on finance leases, material bank charges and foreign exchange gains and losses recognised in profit or loss. (v) Offsetting financial instruments Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty. (w) Segment information Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer. (x) Dividend distribution Dividend distribution is recognised as equity in the financial statements in which the dividends are approved by the shareholders. Dividend distributions on preference shares classified as borrowings are included in finance costs when the dividends are approved.

Page 22 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (a) Financial risk factors The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyse these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and up-to-date information systems. Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies and evaluates financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and investment of excess liquidity. (i) Credit risk The Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that its customers, clients or counterparties will cause a financial loss for the Group by failing to discharge their contractual obligations. Credit exposures arise principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and are influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Group has established credit policies under which each customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness prior to the Group offering them a credit facility. Credit limits are assigned to each customer and are reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Group has procedures in place to restrict customer orders if the order will result in customers exceeding their credit limits. Customers who fail to meet the Group’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Group on a prepayment basis. Customer credit risk is monitored according to their credit characteristics such as whether it is an individual or company, geographic location, industry, aging profile, and previous financial difficulties. The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents an estimate of expected credit losses in respect of trade and other receivables. The Group addresses impairment assessment in two areas: individually and collectively assessed allowances. Cash transactions are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. The Group has policies in place to limit the amount of exposure to any one financial institution. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the amount reflected on the statement of financial position.

Page 23 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Credit risk (continued) At year end, the banks where the Group maintains most of its cash, were rated by Fitch Ratings as follows: 202 5 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. B BB+ CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA+ Citibank F1 A+ 202 4 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. F1+ AA- CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA- Citibank F1 A+ Maximum credit risk exposure The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk equals the carrying amounts on the statement of financial position, of the assets which expose the Group to credit risk. There has been no change over the prior year in the manner in which the Group manages and measures credit risk. Analysis of trade receivables The Group’s trade receivables, broken down by customer sector is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Government 42,058 41,804 Private entities 58,254 48,815 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Impairment of financial assets The Group has four types of financial assets that are subject to expected credit losses as follows: (i) Trade receivables (ii) Lease receivable and long-term receivables (iii) Accounts receivable from related parties (iv) Other debt instruments carried at amortised cost

Page 24 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Trade receivables The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measure expected credit losses (ECL) which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. On that basis, the loss allowance at 31 December 2025 and 2024 was determined as follows for trade receivables: 31 December 202 5 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1 - 180 days past due $’000 181 - 360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 2.83% 11.54% 30.39% Gross carrying amount 71,856 19,451 2,878 6,127 100,312 Loss allowance provision 11 550 332 1,862 2,755 31 December 202 4 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1-180 days past due $’000 181-360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 0.67% 7.50% 38.38% Gross carrying amount 45,859 33,441 6,404 4,915 90,619 Loss allowance provision 10 224 480 1,887 2,601 The closing loss allowances for trade receivables as at 31 December 2025 reconcile to the opening loss allowances as follows: 202 5 202 4 $’000 $’000 Opening loss allowance as at 1 January 2,601 2,872 On Acquisition of Subsidiary (Note 34) - 299 Impairment (gains)/losses on receivables during the year 917 (223) Amounts written off (461) (314) Unused amounts reversed (320) - Exchange difference 18 (33) At 31 December 2,755 2,601

Page 25 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables The Group applies the ‘three stage’ model of IFRS 9 in measuring the expected credit losses (ECL) for all lease and long-term receivable. The application makes estimation about likelihood of default occurring, of the associated loss ratios of default correlations between counter parties. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The following tables contains an analysis of the credit exposure for lease and long-term receivables as at 31 December 2025 and 2024 as follows: Long term receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 769 - - 769 Carrying amount 769 - - 769 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 589 - - 589 Carrying amount 589 - - 589 Lease receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 Carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 26 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 Carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 27 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) Loss Allowance – Lease Receivables: No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material. Lease and long-term receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include ceasing enforcement activity, and where the Group’s recovery method is foreclosing on collateral, and the value of the collateral is such that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full. ECL movements without a profit and loss impact relates to amounts transferred from trade receivables to lease/long term receivables which previously existed and for which the ECL would have also been transferred. Expected credit losses are presented net of subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off. Cash and bank and other receivables Other financial assets at amortised cost include cash and bank balances, due from related parties and other receivables . These debt instruments at amortised cost are considered to have low credit risk. The loss allowance recognised during the period on those deemed to have low credit risk was therefore limited to the 12 month expected losses. Management considers these instruments as having low credit risk when there is a low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term. The allowance is assessed by estimating the likelihood of default, associated loss ratio and default correlation between counterparties. No opening loss allowances were recognised on balances for cash and bank, due from related parties and other receivables, and there were no movements during the current year, as the amounts determined were deemed immaterial. (iii) Due from related parties ECL is determined on yearly basis by performing a review of the financial position of the related party debtors for those where the receivable balances are material. If the related party debtor has an ‘intent’ and strong financial capacity to meet its contractual obligation, the probability of default is low and the credit risk is deemed to be immaterial, otherwise it would be classified under stage 2 or 3 and ECL computed accordingly. (iii) Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and other liquid assets and maintaining the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. Liquidity risk management process The Group’s liquidity management process, as carried out within the Group and monitored by the Board of Directors, primarily includes: (i) Monitoring future cash flows and liquidity on an ongoing basis. This incorporates an assessment of expected cash flows and the availability of collateral which could be used to secure funding if required. (ii) Maintaining committed lines of credit; and (iii) Managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities.

Page 28 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3 . Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Liquidity risk (continued) Undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities The maturity profile of financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments is as follows: Within 12 Months 1 to 5 Years Over 5 years Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Trade payables 58,350 - - 58,348 Other payables 32,699 - - 32,701 Due to related parties 13,739 - - 13,739 Lease liabilities 7,975 18,549 1,952 28,476 Borrowings 37,108 184,943 - 222,051 149,871 203,492 1,952 355,315 202 4 Trade payables 48,628 - - 48,628 Other payables 37,220 7 - 37,227 Due to related parties 12,308 - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities - - 407 407 Lease liabilities 9,335 14,453 126 23,914 Borrowings 25,339 141,834 - 167,173 132,830 156,294 533 289,657 (iii) Market risk The Group takes on exposure to market risks, which is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risks mainly arise from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is monitored by the Facey Group Limited’s treasury department which carries out extensive research and monitors the price movement of financial assets on the local and international markets. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Currency risk Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Jamaican (JMD) dollar, Honduran Lempira (HNL), Nicaraguan Córdoba (NIO), Dominican Peso (DOP), Costa Rican Colón (CRC), Trinidadian dollar (TTD) and the Guatemala Quetzal (GTQ). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. The Group manages its foreign exchange risk by ensuring that the net exposure in foreign assets and liabilities is kept to an acceptable level by monitoring currency positions. The Group further manages this risk by invoicing where possible in US dollars and converting foreign currency balances into US dollar denominated accounts.

Page 29 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, the net assets of which are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies. The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December: USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2025 Financial Assets Long term receivables 391 369 - 1 - - - - 8 769 Lease receivables 2,937 - - - - 8,232 - 3,232 1,574 15,975 Due from related parties 4,837 - 69 - - - - - 3,160 8,066 Trade receivables 22,584 20,983 6,670 4,107 3,900 7,052 9,336 8,946 13,979 97,557 Other receivables 3,696 209 848 400 949 9,203 319 2,497 6,311 24,432 Cash and bank 9,085 496 260 568 73 382 183 4,506 6,021 21,574 Total financial assets 43,530 22,057 7,847 5,076 4,922 24,869 9,838 19,181 31,053 168,373 Financial liabilities Trade payables 48,232 920 234 629 47 618 968 557 6,145 58,348 Other payables 6,557 1,562 2,323 1,194 1,520 4,013 3,973 2,172 9,385 32,701 Lease liabilities 16,808 - 2,604 339 1,248 - - 2,045 1,942 24,986 Due to related parties 11,761 - 305 - - - - - 1,673 13,739 Borrowings 183,138 - 1,672 - - - - 489 188 185,487 Total financial liabilities 266,496 2,482 7,138 2,162 2,815 4,631 4,941 5,263 19,333 315,261 Net position (222,966) 19,575 709 2,914 2,107 20,238 4,897 13,918 11,720 (146,888) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation against the US Dollar

Page 30 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (v) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2024 Financial Assets Long term receivables 224 355 - 2 - - - - 8 589 Lease receivables 3,211 - - - - - - 4,337 2,017 9,565 Due from related parties 7,120 - 347 - - - - - - 7,467 Trade receivables 41,110 7,129 6,093 2,106 4,787 1,876 6,644 7,871 10,402 88,018 Other receivables 1,421 259 854 47 (196) 3,788 240 533 6,811 13,757 Cash and cash equivalents 11,560 1,364 240 881 1,181 300 483 3,860 10,092 29,961 Total financial assets 64,646 9,107 7,534 3,036 5,772 5,964 7,367 16,601 29,330 149,357 Financial liabilities Trade payables 42,928 159 749 178 326 1,944 595 204 1,545 48,628 Other payables 11,452 1,698 2,681 901 887 2,770 2,616 4,358 9,864 37,227 Lease liabilities 14,721 - 929 302 1,155 - - 2,339 2,460 21,906 Due to related parties 12,150 - 158 - - - - - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities 407 - - - - - - - - 407 Borrowings 158,321 - 1,772 - - - - 934 62 161,089 Total financial liabilities 239,979 1,857 6,289 1,381 2,368 4,714 3,211 7,835 13,931 281,565 Net position (175,333) 7,250 1,245 1,655 3,404 1,250 4,156 8,766 15,399 (132,208) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation.

Page 31 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) The following tables indicate the currencies to which the Group had significant exposure on their monetary assets and liabilities and forecast cash flows. The change in currency rate below represents management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis represents outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the year-end for a reasonably expected change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity of the profit or loss was primarily as a result of foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of trade receivables and payables, long term receivables and borrowings. % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 5 2025 $’000 2025 $’000 Currency: HNL -1.5 - 109 HNL 1 - (73) JMD -1.5 607 - JMD 1 (152) - NIO -1.5 - 446 NIO 1 - (111) DOP -1.5 - (154) DOP 1 - 38 CRC -1.5 - 270 CRC 1 - (180) TTD -1.5 - 368 TTD 1 - (245) GTQ -1.5 140 - GTQ 1 (93) - % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 4 2024 $’000 2024 $’000 Currency: HNL -4 - 174 HNL 1 - (44) JMD -4 665 - JMD 1 (166) - NIO -4 - 471 NIO 1 - (118) DOP -4 - (119) DOP 1 - 30 CRC -4 - 683 CRC 1 - (171) TTD -4 - 834 TTD 1 - (209) GTQ -4 281 - GTQ 1 (70) -

Page 32 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iv) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk As the Group has no significant variable rate interest-bearing assets, the Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate exposure arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates and revolving short-term borrowings expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The Group analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated for borrowings that represent the major interest-bearing positions, taking into consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions and alternative financing. The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily from borrowings, the sensitivity of the profit or loss is the effect of the assumed changes in interest rates based on floating rate long term and revolving short-term borrowings. There is no direct impact on other components of equity. The table below indicates the sensitivity to a reasonably expected change in interest rates 2025 2024 Change in basis points - 50/25 Change in basis points - 50/25 $’000 $’000 Floating rate borrowings 750/ (375) 619/ (310) (b) Capital management The capital management process is carried out by the parent company. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for the shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. The Board of Directors monitors the return on capital, which the Group defines as net operating income (excluding non-recurring items) divided by total equity (excluding non- redeemable preference shares and non-controlling interests). There was no change to the capital management process during the year. The Group has no specific capital management strategy and is not exposed to externally imposed capital requirements. There are contractual capital requirements as follows:  The syndicated credit agreement with Citibank, N.A. acting as administrative agent and collateral agent and Citibank, N.A., Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A, First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as joint lead arrangers and book runners - The financial covenants include: The Leverage Ratio, The Debt Service Coverage Ratio, The Central American Assets Test and The Specified Central American Assets Test. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at year end.  The revolving credit agreement and loan agreement with First Citizens Bank (FCB) - The financial covenants include: the Current ratio, the Funded Debt to EBITDA ratio and the Debt Service ratio. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at the year end.

Page 33 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated)  3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (c) Fair values of financial instruments Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of the Group’s financial instruments that, subsequent to initial recognition, are not measured at fair value is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each statement of financial position date. The fair values of these financial instruments are determined as follows: (i) The face value, less any estimated credit adjustments, for financial assets and liabilities with a maturity of less than one year are estimated to approximate their fair values. These financial assets and liabilities include cash and bank balances, trade receivables and payables and short-term borrowings. (ii) The carrying values of non-current borrowings to non-related parties approximate their fair values, as these loans are carried at amortised cost reflecting their contractual obligations and the interest rates are reflective of current market rates for similar transactions. The fair value of borrowings is disclosed in note 26. (iii) The fair values of the long-term receivables and loans to and from related parties could not be reliably determined as these instruments were granted under special terms and are not likely to be traded in a fair market exchange.

Page 34 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty Judgements and estimates are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. Estimated impairment of goodwill The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2(f). The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations, which require the use of estimates. In determining the value in use, management has made certain assumptions regarding revenue growth rate, EBITDA to revenue ratios, terminal growth rate and discount rates. See Note 15 for sensitivity of amounts to estimates. Intangible assets Intangible assets arising from the acquisition of subsidiaries have been deemed to be indefinite life intangibles. Other intangible assets have been deemed to be finite lives intangibles. Their estimated useful lives have been determined by management, based on their best estimate of the time period over which the Group will benefit from the assets acquired. Management has estimated that the useful lives of the intangibles will be between 5 and 20 years. Income taxes The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. The Group recognises liabilities for actual and anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. In determining these estimates, management considers the merit of any audit issues raised, based on their interpretation of the taxation laws, and their knowledge of any precedents established by the taxation authorities. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences could materially impact the current tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made (see Notes 11 and 18). Determining the lease term In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). For leases of administrative offices, retail stores, equipment and vehicles, the following factors are normally the most relevant: ● If there are significant penalties to terminate (or not extend), the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● If any leasehold improvements are expected to have a significant remaining value, the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● Otherwise, the Group considers other factors including historical lease durations and the costs and business disruption required to replace the leased asset. Most extension options in office equipment and vehicles leases have not been included in the lease liability, because the Group could replace the assets without significant cost or business disruption.

Page 35 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information The Group’s Chief Executive Officer examines the Group’s performance from a geographic perspective and has identified two reportable segments of business: ● Central America- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Central America Region such as Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Costa Rica, Nicaragua and Panama. ● Caribbean- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Caribbean region such as Dominican Republic, Jamaica, Barbados, Curacao and Aruba, Colombia, Trinidad and Tobago, Suriname, Peru and Ecuador. Management primarily uses a measure of adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) to assess the performance of the operating segments. However, information about the segments’ revenue, assets and liabilities are also submitted for review on a monthly basis.

Page 36 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2025 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 216,487 158,045 - 374,532 Revenue from another operating segment 21,602 342 (21,558) 386 Total Income 238,089 158,387 (21,558) 374,918 Adjusted EBITDA 39,468 22,189 (6,463) 55,194 Finance costs (17,703) Depreciation (20,684) Amortisation (3,174) Unallocated EBITDA - Share of Investee’s profit 718 Profit before taxation 14,351 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (11,766) (8,918) - (20,684) Amortisation (286) (2,888) - (3,174) Income tax (8,252) (1,660) - (9,912) Segment assets- Total segment assets 284,690 257,335 (458,838) 83,187 Unallocated items 339,205 Total assets per statement of financial position 422,392 Capital expenditure 2,986 2,116 - 5,102 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 204,830 244,064 (398,616) 50,278 Unallocated items 294,984 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 345,262

Page 37 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 233,913 158,166 - 392,079 Revenue from another operating segment 15,339 337 (20,366) (4,690) Total Income 249,252 158,503 (20,366) 387,389 Adjusted EBITDA 23,676 27,880 (2,569) 48,987 Finance costs (18,430) Depreciation (17,441) Amortisation (2,884) Unallocated EBITDA 2,386 Profit before taxation 12,618 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (10,386) (7,055) - (17,441) Amortisation (286) (2,598) (2,884) Income tax (3,565) (1,591) 114 (5,042) Segment assets- Total segment assets 239,813 237,830 (380,101) 97,542 Unallocated items 302,174 Total assets per statement of financial position 399,716 Capital expenditure 2,306 4,072 - 6,378 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 175,217 226,053 (323,383) 77,887 Unallocated items 238,241 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 316,128

Page 38 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) Segment assets are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset. Segment liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These liabilities are allocated based on the operations of the segment. The parent entity is domiciled in Barbados. The amount of its revenue from external customers broken down by location of the customers is shown in table below. 202 5 2024 $’000 $’000 Barbados 18,992 20,676 Costa Rica 52,701 37,423 Dominican Republic 15,958 17,836 El Salvador 56,750 99,808 Guatemala 35,148 38,892 Honduras 24,704 20,110 Nicaragua 19,273 15,450 Panama 12,122 11,411 USA 7,841 5,848 Antilles 10,512 11,597 Jamaica 27,960 30,229 Trinidad 23,554 30,125 Guyana 8,518 5,920 Cayman 2,822 2,715 Antigua 731 696 Colombia 4,345 5,071 Suriname 1,233 2,180 Other 51,754 31,402 Total 374,918 387,389 The total of capital expenditure, broken down by location of the assets is shown in the table below. 202 5 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 240 240 Trinidad - 244 244 Costa Rica 1,443 - 1,443 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 908 908 Other 261 724 985 Total 2,986 2,116 5,102

Page 39 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 2,037 2,037 Trinidad - 974 974 Costa Rica 791 - 791 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 311 311 Other 233 750 983 Total 2,306 4,072 6,378 6. Revenue 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Business Solutions Sale of goods 310,839 330,420 Services 41,461 32,302 352,300 362,722 Lease Income 22,618 24,667 374,918 387,389 Revenue from contracts with customers is $352,300,000 (2024: $362,722,000). 2025 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2025 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 207,119 122,957 (21,558) 308,518 Over time 17,257 26,525 - 43,782 224,376 149,482 (21,558) 352,300 2024 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2024 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 212,881 117,599 (20,366) 310,114 Over time 23,913 28,695 - 52,608 236,794 146,294 (20,366) 362,722

Page 40 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 7. Other Income 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest income 1,769 1,999 Gain/ (loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment (179) 103 Negative Goodwill (Note a) - 1,150 Customer Deposits Write-back - 700 Miscellaneous 812 193 2,402 4,145 (a) This relates to the acquisition of Xerox Ecuador. (Note 35)

Page 41 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 8. Expenses by Nature Total direct, selling, administration and other operating expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cost of inventories and cost related to services* 247,544 273,027 Impairment losses/(gains) on financial instruments 917 (223) Staff costs (Note 9) 48,573 43,811 Depreciation (Notes 13 and 14) * 10,630 9,470 Commission 6,905 6,895 Travel 5,180 5,433 Management fees 2,434 2,014 Telephone and communication 1,476 1,369 Transportation 801 803 Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 15) 3,174 2,884 Legal and professional fees 2,441 2,312 Occupancy costs 911 1,043 Bank charges 859 743 Auditor’s remuneration 1,940 1,251 Office supplies, printing and stationery 266 605 Repairs and maintenance 536 950 Advertising 324 450 Motor Vehicle Expenses 1,663 1,315 General Insurance 1,210 1,349 Other expenses 8,200 5,498 97,523 88,195 345,984 360,999 * Depreciation included in Cost of inventories and cost related to services amounts to $10,054,000 (2024: 7,971,000) for a total depreciation of $20,684,000 (2024: $17,441,000). Audit fees for the year ended 31 December 2025 totalled for the Group of $1,940,000 (2024: $1,251,000). Other fees paid to the auditor (and related network firms) for non-assurance services are not material.

Page 42 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 9. Staff Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Staff costs that have been included in Selling general and administrative expenses (Note 8) 48,573 43,811 Staff costs that have been included in Direct expenses 17,101 11,031 65,674 54,842 Staff costs that have been included in direct expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 14,379 8,488 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 2,057 1,165 Redundancy costs 184 501 Other 481 877 17,101 11,031 Staff costs that have been included in selling, general and administrative expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 39,571 34,938 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 4,474 3,840 Pension costs – defined contribution 425 410 Redundancy costs 1,809 2,290 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 1,832 2,072 48,573 43,811 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 53,950 43,426 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 6,453 5,005 Pension costs – defined contribution 503 410 Redundancy costs 1,993 2,791 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 2,313 2,949 65,674 54,842

Page 43 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 10. Finance Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net foreign exchange losses (gains) 609 (371) Interest expense - Loans and lease liabilities 17,094 18,801 17,703 18,430 11. Taxation Taxation is based on profit for the year or, in some jurisdictions, the greater of a percentage of profit before tax or revenue adjusted for taxation purposes, and comprises: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current tax charge 6,384 5,920 Deferred tax charge (credit) (Note 18) 3,528 (878) 9,912 5,042 The tax on the profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the statutory tax rate as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit before tax 14,351 12,618 Tax calculated at domestic tax rate of 9% (2024: 9%) 1,292 1,136 Adjusted for the effects of: Different tax rates in other countries 4,935 5,087 Tax on net assets at 1% 128 137 Income not subject to tax (3,048) (2,324) Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 1,101 550 Other charges and credits 5,504 456 Tax charge 9,912 5,042

Page 44 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 11. Taxation (Continued) 2025 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries 260 - 260 Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE - - - Actuarial gains – termination benefits 54 - 54 Other comprehensive income 314 - 314 Deferred tax (Note 18) - 2024 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries (907) - (907) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE 716 - 716 Actuarial gains – termination benefits (96) - (96) Other comprehensive income (287) - (287) Deferred tax (Note 18) - 12. Earnings per Share 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the company 4,287 7,461 Profit attributable to preference shareholders (1,713) (1,289) Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders 2,574 6,172 Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000) 186,213 186,213 Total basic and diluted earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations. 1.38 3.31

Page 45 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13 . Property, Plant and Equipment The furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment category for the Group includes equipment held for leases. Lease contracts for these items are entered into with third parties, with periodic lease payments being 36 to 60 months. Items which are leased are transferred from inventory on commencement of the lease arrangements and are transferred back to inventory on termination of the lease arrangements. Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Exchange differences - 3 (107) - (21) (4) (129) Additions - 1,103 3,663 - 67 269 5,102 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 502 - 24 - 526 Transfers from inventory - 9,380 - - - 9,380 Disposals - (553) (241) - (24) - (818) Transfers to inventory - - (4,018) - - - (4,018) On revaluation - - - - - - - Transfer from CWIP* - 23 186 - - (374) (165) At 31 December 111 6,974 108,155 776 1,711 1,035 118,762 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Exchange differences - (3) (193) - (18) - (214) Charge for the year** - 819 13,800 - 162 - 14,781 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 171 - 24 - 195 On transfer to inventory - - (4,528) - - - (4,528) Relieved on disposals - (365) (230) - (2) - (597) At 31 December 24 3,771 77,600 - 1,261 - 82,656 Net Book Value - 87 3,203 30,555 776 450 1,035 36,106 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $10,054,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 46 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,739 88,464 60 1,822 514 97,710 Exchange differences - (197) (898) - (294) - (1,389) Additions - 422 4,960 - 121 875 6,378 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 2,217 - 24 - 2,241 Transfers from inventory - - 9,017 - - - 9,017 Disposals - (657) (290) - (70) - (1,017) Transfers to inventory - - (4,789) - - - (4,789) On revaluation - - - 716 - - 716 Transfer from CWIP* - 91 109 - 62 (245) 17 At 31 December 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,292 62,728 - 1,067 - 67,111 Exchange differences - (87) (222) - (214) - (523) Charge for the year** - 678 11,282 - 271 - 12,231 On transfer to inventory - - (4,918) - - - (4,918) Relieved on disposals - (563) (290) - (29) - (882) At 31 December 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Net Book Value - 87 3,078 30,210 776 570 1,144 35,865 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $7,971,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 47 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The amounts of equipment leased to customers and included in property, plant and equipment are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Equipment held for lease at cost 80,979 86,403 Accumulated depreciation (61,596) (66,856) Net book value 19,383 19,547 Equipment is ordinarily moved from inventory to docu-centers, printshops and internal use. Equipment from inventory is also placed under lease contracts. When the equipment is no longer assigned to a specific function, it is moved back to inventory at net book value. The most significant of these movements is for equipment held for lease which is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening net book value 19,547 16,502 Acquisition of subsidiaries (Note 35) - 1,870 Transfers from inventory during lease period 9,380 9,017 Depreciation charges (10,054) (7,971) Disposals – transfers to inventory upon expiry of lease (4,018) (4,789) Depreciation released 4,528 4,918 Closing net book value 19,383 19,547

Page 48 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The pieces of freehold land of the Group were independently revalued as at various dates during 2023 on the basis of open market value or other market comparable approaches by independent qualified valuators. The directors are of the view that there were no material changes in the value over the prior year for Freehold land. Fair value movements on freehold are recognised in OCI under other revaluation reserves, see Note 28. The following table analyses the non-financial assets carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:  Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, or directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2), and  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

Page 49 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) There were no transfers between levels during the year. Level 3 fair values of land and buildings have been derived using the sales comparison approach. Sales prices of comparable land and buildings in close proximity are adjusted for differences in key attributes such as property size. The most significant input into this valuation approach is price per square foot. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair values of land and buildings are disclosed in the tables below. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87 Fair value measurements at 31 December 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87

Page 50 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases : Right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 12,599 10,376 Equipment 2,596 2,308 Motor vehicles 74 118 15,269 12,802 Movement analysis is as follows: 2025 2024 $’000 $’000 At Cost/Valuation - At 1 January 32,312 28,876 Exchange differences (40) 266 Acquisition on subsidiaries (Note 35) - 109 Additions 10,207 5,804 Lease Expiry (4,737) (2,743) At 31 December 37,742 32,312 Amortisation - At 1 January 19,510 16,203 Exchange differences (9) 348 Relieved on lease expiry (2,931) (2,251) Charge for the year 5,903 5,210 At 31 December 22,473 19,510 Net book value At 31 December 15,269 12,802

Page 51 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (Continued) (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: Amortisation charge of right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 4,709 4,488 Equipment 1,105 623 Motor vehicles 89 99 5,903 5,210 Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: - the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability - any lease payments made at the commencement date less any lease incentives received Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.

Page 52 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement, Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Year ended 31 December 2025 Opening net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 337 - - - 337 Exchange Difference - 1 - (2) (1) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (734) (184) (3,174) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 5 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Cost 86,952 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,684 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (12,827) (15,386) (6,993) (35,927) Closing net book value 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 Year ended 31 December 2024 Opening net book value 81,218 20,880 - 824 102,922 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 5,964 - 2,881 - 8,845 Adjustment (1,288) - - - (1,288) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (444) (184) (2,884) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 4 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Cost 86,615 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,347 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (10,572) (14,652) (6,807) (32,752) Closing net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595

Page 53 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15 . Intangible Assets (Continued) Amortisation charges have been included in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income. Impairment tests for goodwill The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis or when events or changes in the circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill is allocated. The recoverable amount is usually determined by reference to the value in use. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the CGU and also to choose an appropriate discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those future cash flows. The allocation of goodwill to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) as categorised by subsidiary is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 403 403 PBS Central America, S.A. 7,539 7,539 Mobay Holdings N. V. 4,256 4,256 Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 523 523 High Tech Corporation S.A. de C.V 2,957 2,957 PBS Technology Group Limited 62,655 62,655 Infotrans 1,438 1,438 PBS Peru 5,964 5,964 Regional Business Systems 337 - Other 159 159 86,231 85,894 The recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use pre- tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a 5-year period. Cash flows beyond the 5 th year are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2025 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2025 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 73.2% 2.0% 14.4% 20.56% PBS Central America S.A. 0.7% 3.4% 13.3% 20.96% Mobay Holdings N. V. 20.7% 1.7% 12.6% 20.70% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 24.6% 4.9% 16.7% 19.41% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.3% 15.2% 25.19% PBS Technology Group Limited 42.3% 3.1% 27.3% 22.25% Infotrans Group Holdings B.V. 39.1% 1.8% 14.9% 19.04% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.5% 12.1% 20.27% Regional Business Systems 174.7% 2.0% 16.6% 20.56%

Page 54 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2024 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2024 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 11.4% 22.0% PBS Central America S.A. -10.0% 3.0% 9.2% 22.4% Mobay Holdings N. V. 13.7% 1.7% 16.0% 17.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5% 11.5% 24.9% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 14.3% 26.6% PBS Technology Group Limited 25.0% 3.0% 25.7% 24.1% Infotrans 50.0% 1.9% 11.8% 24.5% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 11.5% 21.4% The table below shows the change in key assumptions for value in use calculations that would result in the recoverable amount being equal to the carrying amount. This represents only the cash generating units for which the excess of the recoverable amounts over the carrying amounts of the CGUs was low. 202 5 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Mobay Holdings N.V. 20.7% -1.4% 11.9% 23.6% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.5% 15.2% 25.0% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.9% 12.2% 20.0% Regional Business Systems 174.7% -19.2% 9.7% 35.7%

Page 55 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) 202 4 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 8.1% 22.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5.0% 10.4% 26.7% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 12.7% 27.0% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 12.7% 16.4%

Page 56 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 16. Lease Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Gross investment in finance leases Not later than one year 12,292 4,538 Later than one year and not later than five years 6,130 8,966 18,422 13,504 Less: Unearned income (2,447) (3,939) 15,975 9,565 Net investment in finance leases may be classified as follows: Not later than one year 11,437 2,696 Later than one year and not later than five years 4,538 6,869 15,975 9,565 No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . 17. Long Term Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Print Spot S de R.L. (Note a) 22 91 Guarantee deposits for building rents (Note b) 87 111 Other (Note c) 660 387 769 589 The current portion of long-term receivables is $161,000 (2024: $38,000) and is recorded in Current Assets. No loss allowance was recorded for long-term receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . a) Print Spot S de R.L. The balance earns interest of 14% and matures in August 2027. b) Guarantee deposits for building rents These balances do not earn interest and they are guarantee deposits for the rent of buildings in Guatemala, Cayman, Panama and Nicaragua. They mature between February 2027 (renewables) and July 2029. c) Other The balance relates to amounts that are individually insignificant. These balances relate to equipment sales with terms between 13 months and up to 37 months. These are secured with promissory notes and earn interest between 10% and 21% and are guaranteed with a pledge on the financed equipment.

Page 57 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 18. Deferred Income Taxes (a) Deferred income taxes are calculated in full on all temporary differences under the liability method and comprise: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Deferred Tax Asset 11,507 14,491 Deferred Tax Liability (6,570) (6,153) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (b) The movement on the deferred income tax assets balance for the year is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net asset at beginning of the year 8,338 7,971 Acquisition of subsidiaries - 89 (Charge) credit to profit and loss (Note 11) (3,528) 878 Exchange difference 127 (600) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment (843) (1,081) Provisions 2,117 7,034 Foreign exchange (losses)/gains (3) (29) Tax losses 3,621 2,600 Other 45 (186) 4,937 8,338 (d) The movement on the net deferred tax asset is attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment 125 (1,178) Provisions 66 (915) Tax losses (3,934) 1,144 Other 342 1,316 (3,401) 367 (e) Deferred income tax liabilities have not been established for withholding tax that would be payable on unremitted profits of subsidiaries as the amounts are permanently reinvested.

Page 58 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances The following transactions were carried out with related parties: (a) Sale of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Sale of goods Other related parties 26 428 Goods are sold based on the price lists in force and terms that would be available to third parties. (b) Purchase of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Purchases of goods Other related parties 10 204 Transactions with other related parties. (c) Key management compensation Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive). The compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services is shown below: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 4,837 4,905 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 373 372 Pension benefits 33 33 Other 106 9 5,349 5,319 Directors’ fees 118 104 (d) Other transactions 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Parent Management fee expense 1,429 970 Other related parties Management fee expense 1,005 1,044 Interest Income (6) (2) Interest paid 50 3 Rental Expense 634 - 3,112 2,015

Page 59 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances (Continued) (e) Year end balances with related parties Balances with the parent company and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand and earn no interest. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Receivable from related parties: Parent 5,346 5,247 Fellow subsidiaries and shareholder 2,720 2,220 8,066 7,467 Payable to related parties: Parent 9,487 9,421 Fellow subsidiaries 4,252 2,887 13,739 12,308 20. Investment in Associates In January 18, 2024, Trinidad Systems Group Limited (“TSGL”), a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), completed the acquisition of 100% of the operations of Trinidad Systems Limited (“TSL”) for a total purchase price of TT$107,208,000.00 (US$15,765,882.35). The acquisition was financed through a combination of 50% cash and 50% debt. PBS participated in the ownership consortium of TSGL, securing a 45% equity stake. As a result, PBS contributed 45% of the cash portion of the purchase price, amounting to TT$24,121,800 (US$3,543,000). The debt portion, representing the remaining 50% of the purchase price, is solely the responsibility of TSGL. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 As at January 4,056 3,543 Share of net profit 718 513 At 31 December 4,774 4,056

Page 60 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 20. Investment in Associates (Continued) The associate’s year-end is 31 December. The summarized unaudited consolidated information for the associate and its subsidiary is presented below. The information disclosed reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of Trinidad Systems Group Limited and not the Group’s share of those amounts. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Statement of financial position: Total Assets 26,790 24,316 Total Liabilities (13,592) (11,254) Net Assets 13,198 13,062 Statement of comprehensive income: Revenues 22,501 22,243 Expenses (21,177) (21,127) Net Profit for the Year 1,324 1,116 21. Inventories 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Finished goods 57,311 47,625 Goods in transit 13,198 12,801 70,509 60,426 Less: Provision for obsolete stock (12,466) (11,842) 58,043 48,584 Cost of inventory recognised as an expense aggregating to $203,222,000 (2024: $232,404,000), were recognised in profit and loss. 22. Trade and Other Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade receivables 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (Note 3) (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Prepaid expenses 5,307 3,985 Current portion of Long-Term Receivable 77 273 Other (Note a) 24,355 13,484 127,296 105,760 a) Includes advances to vendors of $3,359,442 (2024: $852,000) and Sundry Debtors of $3,808,003 (2024: $5,992,202)

Page 61 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 23. Cash and Bank 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The cash and bank balances disclosed for 2025 include restricted cash of $6,644,000 (2024: $6,131,000) The weighted average interest rate at the reporting date for short term bank deposits was 0.70% (2024: 0.70%) per annum. 24. Trade and Other Payables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade payables 58,348 48,628 Interest Payables 378 1,001 Accrued liabilities 15,792 20,860 Other 16,531 15,366 91,049 85,855 The carrying amounts of trade and other payables is a reasonable approximation to their fair values, due to their short-term nature. 25. Lease Liabilities The Group currently has long term lease agreements related to buildings, equipment, and motor vehicles. (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Lease liabilities Current 6,998 6,441 Non-current 17,988 15,465 24,986 21,906 (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest expense (included in finance cost) 1,353 1,580 Expenses relating to short term leases or low value underlying assets (included in selling, general and administrative expenses) 1,178 1,835 2,531 3,415 The total cash outflow for leases in 2025 was $ 9,723,000 (2024: $10,699,000).

Page 62 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 25. Lease Liabilities (Continued) (iii) Incremental borrowing rate For the incremental borrowing rate, the Group: - Where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by bankers as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received, and - Makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security. - The weighted average incremental borrowing rate for the Group in 2024 and 2025 was determined to be 7%. (iv) Lease payments Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. (v) Extension and termination options Extension and termination options are included in a number of leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. As at 31 December 2025, potential future cash outflows of $18,867,000 (2024: $14,702,000) (undiscounted) have not been included in the lease liability because it is not reasonably certain that the leases will be extended (or not terminated). The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee. During the current financial year, the financial effect of revising lease terms to reflect the effect of exercising extension and termination options was nil.

Page 63 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Short term loans – (a) Citibank 12,000 - (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. 2,860 2,274 (c) First Citizens 1,700 1,500 (d) Quedex 1,129 - (e) Davivienda 762 1,088 (f) Banco Popular Dominicano 540 400 (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú 254 - (h) Lafise - 679 19,245 5,941 Current portion of non-current borrowings 14,250 10,633 Total Current Borrowings 33,495 16,574 Non-Current Borrowings – (i) Citibank 135,469 120,926 (j) JCSD Preference Shares 16,701 16,582 (k) Xerox 6,875 9,375 (l) Davivienda 3,060 3,006 (m) National Commercial Bank 1,672 2,190 (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies 1,320 1,232 (o) First Citizens 489 934 (p) BICSA 324 341 (q) Banco de Bogotá 134 62 (r) Banistmo 99 428 (s) ASEPBS 99 - (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies - 72 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 Current portion of non-current borrowings (14,250) (10,633) Total Non-Current Borrowings 151,992 144,515 Total Borrowings 185,487 161,089

Page 64 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) The exposure of the group’s borrowings to interest rate changes and the contractual re-pricing dates at the end of the reporting period are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 0-12 months 33,495 16,574 1-5 years 151,992 144,515 185,487 161,089 The carrying amounts and fair value of the non-current borrowings are as follows: Carrying amount Fair value 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Loans 135,468 123,858 138,367 137,374 Redeemable preference shares 16,701 17,000 17,000 17,000 Other 14,073 14,290 14,073 17,674 166,242 155,148 169,440 172,048 The Group’s undrawn borrowing facilities as of December 2025 is $12,837,000 (2024: $15,000,000).

Page 65 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Short term loans (a) Citibank N.A. This represents three unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of SOFR plus a margin of 3.9% per annum with due dates between March 18 and June 18, 2026. (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. This represents four unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of between 10.20% and 10.99% per annum with due dates between January 20 and March 11, 2026. (c) First Citizens This represents loans which attracts interest of 8% per annum and mature in June 2026. (d) Quedex This represents a loan which attracts interest of 12% per annum and mature in March 2026. (e) Davivienda This represents an unsecured loan to finance working capital bearing interest of 9.30% per annum and maturing March 2026. (f) Banco Popular Dominicano This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on June 30, 2026. (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú This represents a short-term loan which attracts interest of 6.57% per annum and matures on June 19, 2026. (h) Lafise This represented three fiduciary loans to finance working capital, bearing interest between 9.5% and 10% per annum and which matured between January 25 and June 29, 2025. Non-Current Borrowings (i) Citibank This facility was granted in June 2024. The credit agreement was signed by Citibank as Administrative and Collateral Agent, and with Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A., First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners. The facility also grants the group access to incremental loans on which the same terms and conditions as the initial disbursement apply. The group accessed the first tranche of $12,500,000 on December 8, 2025 and the second of $8,000,000 on December 26, 2025. It matures in June 2030 and attracts an interest base rate of 3.4% plus a Term SOFR CME – 6 month rate, which results in an All-in rate of 7% at December 2025. Payments of principal and interests are to be paid in variable installments payments, in a semi-annual basis. Such semi annual amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth. The deferred financing charges offset against the loan amount is $2,588,432.

Page 66 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Guarantor companies are PBS Technology Group Limited, Productive Business Solutions (Central America), S.A., Productive Business Solutions Caribbean Limited, Dorada Management Inc., Productive Business Solutions (Guatemala), S.A., Productive Business Solutions El Salvador, S.A. de C.V., High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions Honduras, S.A. de C.V., Hight Tech Consulting, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions (Nicaragua), S.A., Productive Business Solutions (Costa Rica), S.A., and Productive Business Solutions (Panamá), S.A.. (j) JCSD Preference Shares This represents 17,000,000 Redeemable Cumulative Preference Shares in United States dollars (US$) entitled to a fixed preferential cumulative cash dividend of 8.25% US$ per annum. These preference shares issued in June 2024, mature in June 2028 and are mandatorily redeemable by the Company on this date. The deferred finance charges offset against the loan amounts to $298,790 The Preference Shares may not be redeemed by the Company until after the second anniversary of issue thereof. Thereafter the Voluntary Redemption Payment shall be the aggregate of (i) repayment in US$ of the Redemption Price; (ii) any arrears or accruals of the cumulative preferential dividend on the Preference Shares, whether declared or earned, or not, calculated down to the date of such repayment. (k) Xerox PBS Group acquired Xerox companies in Peru and Ecuador and signed a 4-year unsecured promissory note on July 1, 2024 issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 26, 2024. Principal and interest of 7% per annum are to be paid on a quarterly basis, total of 16 quarterly instalments that ends in June 2028. (l) Davivienda This represents two loans to finance working capital at 9.75% and 15.24% interest rate per annum and are due on May 24, 2027 and December 12, 2028, respectively. (m) NCB - National Commercial Bank This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 11.75% annual, due on October 19, 2028. All of this loan is disclosed as current portion of non-current borrowing given a breach in the corresponding financial covenants of the affiliate that holds the debt. (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies This represents the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of Infotrans subsidiaries in Aruba, Bonaire, Colombia and Curacao, maturing in May 2027. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non-current borrowings. The balance purchase price was set in four equal instalments of six hundred thousand united state dollars, each payable on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of completion of the sale which took place on June 12, 2023. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non- current borrowings. (o) FCIT - First Citizens This represents an unsecured loan facility granted in TT Dollars which attracts interest of 7.5% per annum, maturing on January 11, 2027. (p) BICSA – Banco Internacional de Costa Rica, S.A. This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 9% annual, due on September 15, 2028. (q) Banco de Bogotá This represents two loans which attracts interest of 12.72% and 12.03% per annum and maturing on January 17, 2027, and December 04, 2027.

Page 67 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) (r) Banistmo – Banco del Istmo This represents an unsecured loan which attracts interest of 7.9% per annum and due date is on March 28, 2027. (s) ASEPBS – Asociación Solidarista de Empleados de PBS This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on November 01, 2027. (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies This represented the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of High-Tech subsidiaries in El Salvador and Honduras which matured in July 2025. 27. Share Capital 202 5 202 4

000
000 Authorised - 186,213,000, (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000, (2024 –2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 Issued and fully paid - 186,213,000 (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000 (2024 – 2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 The preference shares are redeemable cumulative preference shares (1,500,000 9.25% perpetual cumulative redeemable USD and 500,000 10.50% perpetual cumulative redeemable Jamaican Dollars Preference Shares) where the declaration of dividends is discretionary. There is no contractual redemption date for these shares and may only be called for the first time at the sole discretion of the issuer, on the last Business Day of the financial year which falls immediately before the 15th anniversary of the issue date of the Preference Shares 28. Other Reserves (deficits) Other reserves primarily represent the currency translation differences resulting from the unrealized gains and losses on the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries that have a different functional currency from that of the Company. Other reserves also include revaluation reserve for the revaluation of assets and actuarial gains. Revaluation Surplus $’000 Actuarial Gains $’000 Currency Translation Differences $’000 Total $’000 Balance as at 1 January 2024 70 2,902 (20,111) (17,139) Actuarial gains - (96) - (96) Movement during 2024 716 - (820) (104) Balance as at 31 December 2024 786 2,806 (20,931) (17,339) Actuarial gains - 54 - 54 Movement during 2025 - - 260 260 Balance as at 31 December 2025 786 2,860 (20,671) (17,025)

Page 68 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 29. Litigation and Contingent Liabilities The Group is subject to various claims, disputes and legal proceedings in the normal course of business. Provision is made for such matters when, in the opinion of management and its professional advisors, it is probable that a payment will be made by the Group, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Claims asserted against the Group, according to the principles outlined above, have not been provided for. Management is of the opinion that the claims are either without merit, can be successfully defended or will result in exposure to the Group which is immaterial to both financial position and results of operations. 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset The movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligation during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 1,553 1,389 Reallocation of pension plan liability 1,045 - Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 Actuarial gains on termination benefits 124 (24) Benefits paid (73) (73) At end of year 3,111 1,553 The movement of the pension plan asset during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 3,674 3,596 Actuarial gains / (losses) 110 (96) Current service cost 122 122 Interest Cost 493 546 Benefits paid (653) (726) Other 6 232 At end of year 3,752 3,674 The amounts recognised in arriving at profit or loss were as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 At end of year 462 261 The distribution of the obligation by country was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Nicaragua 120 115 Panama 338 280 El Salvador 968 810 Honduras 393 348 Ecuador 1,292 - 3,111 1,553

Page 69 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset (Continued) The value of the plan asset was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Barbados 3,034 3,034 Panama 575 557 Honduras 143 83 3,752 3,674 The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is: 202 5 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (500) 485 Inflation rate 1% 52 (47) 202 4 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (432) 465 Inflation rate 1% 31 (27) The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position.

Page 70 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation (Continued) Termination benefits in El Salvador and Nicaragua are established by law and entitle the employee to receive a payment upon termination of employment, regardless of cause. In El Salvador the benefit is founded in the law 592, that is the regulatory law for the economic benefit for voluntary resignation. Employees with more than two years of uninterrupted service for the company shall receive a payment of, at least, the equivalent of 15 days of minimum wage for each year of service. In Nicaragua, the law 185, Labour Code, entitles the employee to the right to receive a payment equivalent to one monthly salary for each year of service, up to the third year, and 20 days of salary for each additional year. Neither of these plans require the employer to establish a fund. The principal actuarial assumptions used in valuing post-employment benefits are as follows: PBS Nicaragua 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 11% 11% Future salary increases 5% 5% Retirement age 60 years 60 years PBS El Salvador 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5% 5% Future salary increases 3.4% 3.4% Retirement age 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively PBS Panama 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5.5% 5.5% Future salary increases 6% 6% Retirement age 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively The principal assumptions used in valuing the pension plan asset for Barbados as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 7.75% 7.75% Future salary increases 3% 3% Retirement age 65 65

Page 71 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Operating Activities Reconciliation of the Group’s net profit to cash generated from operating activities: Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net profit 4,439 7,576 Items not affecting cash: Depreciation 13&14 20,684 17,441 Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 15 3,174 2,884 Share of profit of associate (718) (513) Taxation expense 11 9,912 5,042 Foreign exchange Losses/(Gains) 609 734 Loss / (Gains) on disposal of Property plant and equipment 179 (103) Interest income 7 (1,769) (1,999) Interest expense 10 17,094 18,801 53,604 49,863 Change in non-cash working capital, net of effects from acquisition of subsidiaries: Inventories (14,646) (6,961) Contract assets 1,574 429 Trade and other receivables (21,595) 29 Due from related parties (599) (499) Long term liabilities (407) (906) Long term receivable (180) 218 Lease receivable (6,410) (15) Accounts payable (7,288) 2,183 Contract liabilities (505) (4,243) Retirement benefit obligation 1,480 86 Due to related parties 1,431 1,249 6,459 41,433 Taxation paid (3,733) (8,902) Net cash provided by operating activities 2,726 32,531 Net Debt Reconciliation This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for the year ended 31 December. 2025

000 2024
000 Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Borrowings - repayable within one year (including overdraft) (33,495) (16,915) Borrowings - repayable after one year (151,992) (144,174) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034) Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Gross debt - fixed interest rates (185,487) (161,089) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034)

Page 72 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Financing Activities (Continued) Cash and Bank Lease liability Borrowing due within 1 year Borrowing due after 1 year Total 000 $’000 000 000 000 Net debt as at 31 December 2023 31,991 (19,197) (50,306) (96,936) (134,448) Addition 8,735 (13,552) (4,041) (143,000) (151,858) Repayments (10,760) 10,699 46,254 95,418 141,611 Foreign exchange adjustments (5) 144 9 830 978 Other non-cash movements - - (8,490) (827) (9,317) Net debt as at 31 December 2024, 29,961 (21,906) (16,574) (144,515) (153,034) Addition - (4,676) (17,271) (24,523) (46,470) Repayments (8,366) 7,630 12,646 473 12,383 Foreign exchange adjustments (21) 21 18 170 188 Other non-cash movements - (6,055) (12,314) 16,403 (1,966) Net debt as at 31 December 2025 21,574 (24,986) (33,495) (151,992) (188,899) .

Page 73 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 32. Pledged as Security The net assets of some subsidiaries of the group have been pledged as security for borrowings. The value of these pledged assets at the year end totalled $177,643,000 (2024: $159,054,000). 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities The Group classifies rights and obligations in its relationship with customers whenever either party performs any of its contractual obligations. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress for which the Group has provided the services. The contract assets become a receivable when the entity’s right to consideration is unconditional, and the revenue has been billed. The contract assets are classified as current assets as the associated contract is expected to be completed in less than 12 months. The contract assets relate to equipment contracts. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract assets 28 1,602 The contract liabilities refer to advances received from customers under the promise to deliver equipment. Total contract liabilities at the end of the year are reflected in the table below. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract liabilities on equipment contracts 10,717 8,139 on service contracts 4,384 7,463 Total contract liabilities 15,101 15,602

Page 74 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities (Continued) (i) Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to carried- forward contract liabilities and how much relates to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period on equipment contracts 3,391 4,781 on service contracts 2,534 1,252 5,925 6,033 (ii) Unsatisfied contracts at the end of the period The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations resulting from fixed-price contracts: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 84,215 63,651 84,215 63,651

Page 75 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 34 . Investments In October 2022 the Group acquired 17% of the shares of Arel Limited, which resulted in an investment of $242,000 (equivalent to $246,000 at prior year’s rate). Arel Limited is a private company established in 1967 and domiciled in 2 Piccadilly Road, Kingston 5, St. Andrew, Jamaica. The company is focused on providing engineering services and equipment such as air conditioning, medical and elevators. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair value of the unquoted equity investment are disclosed in the table below. The Group divested its entire holding in this investment during 2025. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 and 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Total 2025 $’000 Total 2024 $’000 Unquoted equity - 243

Page 76 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries Acquisition of Regional Business Systems Limited On 1 May 2025, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Regional Business Systems Limited. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. (i) Identifiable assets acquired – Regional Business Systems Limited 2025 $’000 Property and equipment 331 Tax Recoverable 12 Inventories 175 Trade and other payables (231) Other Current Liabilities (32) Bank Overdraft (197) Net identifiable assets acquired 58 Consideration 395 Less net identifiable assets acquired (58) Goodwill 337 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2025 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 395 Less: Cash balance (overdraft) acquired (197) Net outflow of cash 592

Page 77 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued)z Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Peru. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired - Peru 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 1,638 Trade and other receivables 1,722 Cash and cash equivalents 1,254 Deferred tax asset 594 Inventories 1,353 Intangible assets 2,200 Other Assets 277 Trade and other payables (2,214) Other Current Liabilities (59) Deferred Tax Liabilities (763) Net identifiable assets acquired 6,002 Consideration 11,966 Less net identifiable assets acquired (6,002) Goodwill 5,964 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 4,231 Less: Cash balance acquired 1,254 Net outflow of cash 2,977

Page 78 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador (iii) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 4,231 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 7,735 Total purchase consideration 11,966 (iv) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1. Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2. Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Ecuador. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired: 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 603 Right of Use Asset 109 Trade and other receivables 1,646 Cash and cash equivalents 2,909 Deferred tax asset 471 Inventories 527 Intangible assets 681 Taxation Recoverable 812 Trade and other payables (2,826) Tax Payable (5) Short term loans (112) Deferred Tax Liabilities (175) Net identifiable assets acquired 4,640 Consideration 3,490 Less net identifiable assets acquired (4,640) Negative Goodwill (1,150)

Page 79 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 1,225 Less: Cash balance acquired 2,909 Net inflow of cash (1,684) (iii) Acquisition-related costs In 2024 the Group incurred a combined (Peru and Ecuador) acquisition-related costs of $98,000 which were fully expensed. These costs have been included in professional fees expenses for the current period. (iv) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 1,225 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 2,265 Total purchase consideration 3,490 (v) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1.Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2.Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. 36. Distributions 2025 During 2025 the Group made the following distribution to ordinary shareholders On February 10, 2025, the group paid a cash dividend of $6,499,000 (3.49 cents per share) On December 31, 2025, the group paid a cash divided of $2,999,000 (1.61 cents per share) During 2025 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On January 22, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On April 15, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On June 30, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD428,000 (21.38 cents per share) On September 20, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD427,000 (21.38 cents per share)

Page 80 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 36. Distributions (Continued) 2024 During 2024 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On April 02, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On July 04, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On September 30, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) 37. Pillar II The Group is a part of a Multinational Entity (MNE) with revenues above €750 million. As such, it is within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules. Pillar Two legislation has not been enacted in Jamaica, the jurisdiction in which the MNE is incorporated. The Group has subsidiaries in the following countries with tax rate below 15%: Barbados, British Vergin Islands (BVI), Cayman Islands and St. Lucia. Under the legislation, the Group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) effective tax rate for each jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. The Group’s effective tax rates exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which it operates, with a few exceptions. For these exceptions, although the average effective tax rate may be below 15%, the Group’s exposure to paying Pillar Two income taxes might not be for the full difference in tax rates in relation to these entities. Additionally, not all entities jurisdictions have legislative frameworks to accommodate the Pillar Two top up tax. The Group is in the process of assessing its exposure to the Pillar Two legislation and will implement once adopted by the MNE in the jurisdiction of incorporation. 38. Subsequent Events 1. On January 14, 2026, the Boad of Directors declared a dividend payment of 1.88 cents per ordinary share. The record date is January 28, 2026, and payable February 25, 2026. 2. On February 27, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of March 16, 2026, and payable on April 1, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share. 3. On May 22, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of May 28, 2026, and payable on July 2, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share.

PROXY FORM

Productive Business Solutions Limited Company No. 34076 ("the Company") The undersigned shareholder of the Company hereby appoints of or failing him of Dated this day of , 2026 Name in Print: as the nominee of the undersigned to attend and act for the undersigned and on behalf of the undersigned at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on the September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am Jamaica time and at any adjournment or adjournments thereof in the same manner, to the same extent and with the same powers as if the undersigned was present at the said meeting or such adjournment or adjournments there of. Pursuant to Amended and Restated By-Law No. 2 of the Company

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Syndicated from Jamaica Stock Exchange · originally published .

Other coverage

Around Kingston

· powered by OFMOP
000
Skip to main content
Abeng Radio·Live news
0 listening
Jamaica Stock Exchange

Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

Kingston
Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS is a solutions-oriented, customer-focused technology group that combines a wide range of services, top-tier professionals, and cutting-edge products to offer customized systems and tools for organizations in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. Under the concept of “Engineering & Technology,” PBS operates through a model in which they work together to transform ideas into functional, scalable, and strategic solutions. Engineering acts as the core capability for designing, integrating, and executing complex systems with a long-term vision, while technology serves as the enabler that accelerates results and turns innovation into real impact. This approach reinforces PBS as a reliable partner in solutions integration, focused on helping clients improve the efficiency of their business processes while delivering measurable and sustainable results. “No Limits” defines how PBS thinks and operates: without technical, geographical, or industry boundaries. It reflects a commitment to flexibility, continuous innovation, and the ability to anticipate and solve challenges through tailored solutions that drive efficiency and growth across diverse markets and industries. 03

We are committed to our customers. We work with exceptional people. PBS Costa Rica Building, Plaza Roble, Los Balcones, 3rd Floor 05

We represent world leaders in the technology industry to provide the best solutions and services in our market. 06

Table of Contents Notice of an Annual General Meeting 08 Director’s Report 09 Corporate Information 10 Our Values 11 Acquisitions and Incorporations 13 Our Coverage 14 PBS Business Lines 15 Shareholders Profile 17 Shareholding of Directors 23 Chairman Message 24 CEO Letter 26 Group Board of Directors 32 Board Committees 37 Senior Regional Leadership Team 44 Regional Leadership Team 45 Senior in Country Leadership 47 Consolidated Financial Statements 49 PROXY FORM 51 Corporate Governance Policy 141 07

Notice of an Annual General Meeting NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the NINTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of PRODUCTIVE BUSINESS SOLUTIONS LIMITED will be held at their offices at General Accident Insurance Company Jamaica Limited, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, St. Andrew, Jamaica as well as virtually, on September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am to consider and if thought fit pass the following ordinary resolutions: A member of the Company entitled to attend and vote, is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote in his or her stead. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. Proxy forms must be submitted to the Company's Registrar and Transfer Agent, Jamaica Central Securities Depository, 40 Harbour Street, Kingston, Jamaica not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting. Proxy forms must be stamped with a J$100.00 postage stamp. Shareholders will be able to attend the meeting in person; however they will also be able to attend and vote on resolutions raised at the AGM electronically once they are registered by contacting [email protected]. Non-Shareholders can also register using the same email address. Upon registration, a confirmation will be sent and the meeting link and password will be shared closer to the meeting. The deadline for registration is September 2, 2026. P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board a. “THAT Deloitte & Touche having indicated their willingness to continue in office be re-appointed as Auditors for the ensuing year.” b. “THAT the Directors are hereby authorized to agree on a remuneration for the Auditors.” 6. RATTIFICATION OF DIVIDEND PAYMENTS “THAT the following dividend payments made during the year be ratified and that no other dividend payments were approved for the period under review”: “THAT dividend payments made to the: 9.25% and 10.50% preference shareholders on April 15, 2025, June 30, 2025, and September 30, 2025 of US$0.23125 per share and J$25.890411 per share respectively Common shareholders on February 10, 2025 and December 31, 2025 of US$0.0349 and US$0.0161 per share respectively TO TRANSACT ANY OTHER BUSINESS THAT MAY BE PROPERLY TRANSACTED AT AN ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING Dated this 4th day of August, 2026 BY ORDER OF THE BOARD 1. AUDITED ACCOUNTS “THAT the audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025, and the reports of the Directors’ and Auditors’ be and are hereby adopted.” 2. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS Pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 the Directors retiring from office by rotation are Jose Misrahi, Ricardo Hutchinson and Thomas Agnew, who being eligible offered themselves for re-election. The proposed resolutions are as follows: a. “THAT Jose Misrahi be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” b. “THAT Ricardo Hutchinson be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” c. “THAT Thomas Agnew be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” 3. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTOR Pursuant to Section 4.3.2 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 Mr. Eduardo Rodriguez who was appointed by the Board of Directors on June 8, 2026 resigned and being eligible offered himself for re-election. “THAT Eduardo Rodriguez be re-elected as a Director of the Company” 4. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION “THAT the amount shown for the Directors’ remuneration in the Audited Accounts dated December 31, 2025 be and is hereby approved.” 5. APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS AND FIX THEIR REMUNERAION 08

Submitted on behalf of the Board of Directors, P. B. Scott Chai rman of the Board The Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited submit herewith their Annual Report and Audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025 The Board of Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited exercises its responsibilities for the Financial Statements included in this Report through its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee consists of non-executive Board members: Brian Wynter Chairperson, Melanie Subratie, Ricardo Hutchinson, Thomas Agnew, and Executive Board member: Jose Misrahi. The independent auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee. The Group ended the year with a profit after tax of US$4,439,000 and a net profit attributable to shareholders of US$4,287,000. Details of these results, along with a comparison with the previous year’s performance and the state of affairs of the Company, are set out in the Management Discussion and Analysis and the Financial Statements which are included as part of the Report. The Directors wish to express their appreciation to the employees for their loyal services throughout the year. The Directors will meet to consider the appointment of Auditors in accordance with applicable regulations. Finan ci al R e sults A u di t or s Legal Representatives Emp l oyee s Director’s Report 09

Full Corporate Name Productive Business Solutions Limited R egis t ered Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust r ial Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Incorpor at ed December 1 6, 2010 Fiscal Year End December 31 , 2023 Administr ati ve Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust ri al Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Law under which incorpor at ed Barbados Compan y Sec reta ry Liza Ha rr id y al & Associates Tel.: 246-417-5600 Fax.: 246-421-8001 Legal Representatives DUNNCOX 48 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLINTON & HART & CO 58 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLARKE, GITTENS, FARMER Parker House, Wildey Business Park Wildey Road, St. Michael, Barbados M. HAMEL-SMITH & CO. Eleven Albion, Cor. Dere & Albion Streets P.O. Box 219, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad & Tobago W.I. Corporate Information PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS SRL The Financial Services Centre Bishop's Court's Hill P.O. Box 111, St. Michael BB 14004, Barbados Auditors Deloitte & Touche 3rd Floor The Goddard Building Hoggatt Hall St. Michae BB11059 Barbados, W.I. 10

Corporate Governance Policy 11

Corporate Governance Policy OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHARTER WAS ESTABLISHED IN 2010 AND REVISED IN 2025. THE CHARTER CAN BE SEEN IN MORE DETAIL ON THE COMPANY'S WEBSITE WWW.PBS.GROUP 12

Our Values We collaborate in everything we do. We maintain excellent communication with our customers to always understand their needs. The primary factor that enables us to make things happen. We demonstrate these qualities daily to enhance our working environment. We guarantee justice and fairness to all stakeholders, both internal and external. We uphold our business integrity as an ethical framework that guides our professional conduct, acting with integrity to earn the trust of our customers and employees. INTEGRITY TEAMWORK COMMUNICATION DISCIPLINE HUMILITY & SPIRIT OF SERVICE RESPECT FOR INDIVIDUALS 13

Acquisitions and Incorporations 200320******2009 201020******2002 200420******2010 201720******2024 14

191151******2034 151412******2223 Our Coverage Our regional group is made up of: 1. PBS Antigua, 2. PBS Aruba, 3. PBS Barbados, 4. PBS Belize, 5. PBS Cayman Business Machines, 6. PBS Colombia, 7. PBS Costa Rica, 8. PBS Curaçao, 9. PBS Dominican Republic, 10. PBS El Salvador, 11. Global Product Alliance Inc., 12. PBS Guatemala, 13. PBS Guyana, 14. PBS Honduras, 15. PBS San Pedro Sula, 16. PBS Jamaica, 17. PBS Nicaragua, 18. PBS Panama, 19. PBS Suriname, 20. PBS Trinidad & Tobago, 21. PBS Bonaire, 22. PBS Ecuador, 23. PBS Peru, and 24. PBS Dominica. 15

5 6 7 4 3 2 1 PBS Cayman Business Machines PBS Colombia PBS Costa Rica PBS Belize PBS Barbados PBS Aruba Pbs Dorada Technologies Antigua The Cayman Center Suite 1&2 Dorcy Drive, George Town Tel: 1-345-949-8642 [email protected] Centro empresarial El Dorado Plaza Calle 26 No. 85D Local - Modulo 7 Bogotá, Colombia Tel: 57 601 743 3281 [email protected] Plaza Roble, Edificio Balcones, piso 3. San Rafael de Escazú, San José Costa Rica. Tel: 506 4404 8000 Tel: 506 4404 8132 [email protected] 13 Douglas Jones Street Belize City, Belize C.A. Tel: 501 227-0823 / 0824 Facey House 42 Warrens Industrial Park Warrens, St Michael, Barbados Tel: 246 417 5600 Fax: 246 4218001 [email protected] Caya G.F. Betico Croes 170 Oranjestad, Aruba Tel: 297 582 5492 [email protected] Mandolin Place, Friars Hill Road, St. John's, Antigua Tel: (268) 481 1101 Fax: (268) 481 1144 8 PBS Curaçao Schottegatweg Oost 2 Willemstad, Curaçao Tel: +599 97241300 [email protected] 9 PBS Dominican Republic Av. Winston Churchill, Edificio Empresarial Blue Mall, Piso 22 Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic Tel: +809 567 8231 Fax: +809 472 0915 [email protected] 13 14 12 11 10 PBS Guyana PBS Honduras PBS Guatemala Global Product Alliance Inc. GPA PBS El Salvador Lot 2 Goedverwagting, Rupert Craig Highway, East Coast Demerara Tel: (592) 226 1066 [email protected] Tegucigalpa, Boulevard Morazán, edificio Agalta, piso 21 Tel: +504 2244 9870 al 79 [email protected] 23 Avenida 31-13, Zona 5 Ciudad de Guatemala, Guatemala Tel: 502 2420 9500 Whatsapp +502 5456 6479 [email protected] GPA 11411 NW 107th Street, Suite 24, Miami FL 33178 USA. Tel. 1(305) 477 2426 [email protected] Oficinas administrativas: Av. De La Revolución, San Salvador, Torre Plaza Presidente, piso #16. Tel: +503 2239 3000 cel.: +503 7039-9308 [email protected] 15 16 PBS San Pedro Sula PBS Jamaica San Pedro Sula, Barrio Los Andes, 16 Ave. 6 y 7 calle N.O. Edificio Metropark, Piso # 8, Local 804 Tel: +504 2512 2500 al 09 [email protected] Unit 1, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, Jamaica Tel: 876 926 5630-2 Fax: 876 929 5372 SD: 876-968-6197-9 [email protected] 18 17 PBS Panama PBS Nicaragua Calle 50 y 58 Este Obarrio, P.H. Office One, Piso 16 Panamá City, Panamá Tel: + 507 204 9900 Fax: +507 204 9902 [email protected] Rotonda el Güegüense. 400 mts al Sur, 100 mts al Oeste. Managua, Nicaragua Tel: 505 2255 9020 Fax: 505 2255 9030 [email protected] 20 19 21 PBS Trinidad and Tobago PBS Suriname PBS Bonaire Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 / (868) 609 7278 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 [email protected] Van Roosmalenstraat 11 Tel: (597) 551262 [email protected] Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 22 PBS Ecuador Av. Amazonas N35-17 y Juan Pablo Sanz Edificio Xerox Piso 7 Tel: (593) 993337829 [email protected] 23 24 PBS Perú N2N Distributors - Dominica Av las Begonias 441 torre C piso 10, San Isidro - Lima) Tel: (51) 1 616 6666 [email protected] N2N Distributors 33Kennedy Avenue Roseau, Dominica. Tel: (767) 448-2679 25 26 PBS St. Kitts BVI (British Virgin Islands) Unit 9, The Sands, P.O. Box 397 Bay Road, Basseterre St. Kitts. Tel: (869) 466-2018 Jayla Place, Road Town Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Tel: (284) 494-5030 Corporate Information 16

PBS 7 Business Lines IMAGING NETWORKING COMMUNICATIONS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ADVANCED SERVICES INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY SYSTEMS PAYMENT METHODS 17

Vertical Markets GRAPHIC ARTS FINANCE GOVERNMENT & EDUCATION MANUFACTURING, RETAIL & DISTRIBUTION OIL, ENERGY & MINING TELCOS BPO TRANSPORTATION & HOSPITALITY 18

AVAILABLE AT PBS Xerox ® Proficio ® PX300 NEW! A winning formula from the ground up. 19 New generation of production print. Xerox® Proficio® PX300 Printer

Our Partners & Certifications We are transforming as a company to assist in enabling information technologies to empower our clients to gain a competitive edge and accomplish their business objectives. 20

Mimaki's latest integrated printer / cutter offers new levels of creativity and versatility with vibrant ink types, including the new Silver, Orange and Light Black. The CJV300 Series achieves the highest print speeds in its class, with innovative technologies ensuring unparalleled production quality for signboard artists, graphic professionals and printers. Integrated printing and cutting, high speed CJV300-160 21

Oracle Exadata The High-Performance Data Engine Delivering ultra-fast performance, scalability, and reliability for mission-critical enterprise workloads 22

10 Largest Shareholders by Number of Shares 100908******0302 01 612,721 General Accident Insurance Co 663,473 Courtney Sylvester 1,087,308 Jose Misrahi 1,632,140 Portland Fund II Co-invest Partnership 3,230,166 NCB Capital Markets (Cayman) Ltd 5,485,214 Pedro M. Paris 6,330,663 Portland Caribbean Fund II Barbados L.P. 34,264,960 Portland Caribbean Fund II L.P. 45,164,017 Musson (Jamaica) Limited 84,181,818 Facey Group Limited Shareholders Profile 23

Shareholding of Executives P. B. Scott - 129,958,556 Blondell Walker - 45,164,017 Douglas Hewson - 42,227,763 Edward Ince - - Jose Misrahi 1,087,308 - Melanie M. Subratie - 129,958,556 Patrick A.W. Scott - 45,164,017 Pedro M. París 5,485,214 - Ricardo Hutchinson - 42,227,763 Tomas Agnew - - Brian Wynter - - Nicholas Scott - 45,164,017 PERSONAL CONNECTED Marco Antonio Almendárez Cisneros 363,600 Leonardo Jesus Velasquez Foucault 163,171 Elvin Howard Nash 142,700 Sergio Roberto Molina Barrios 127,200 Mario Estuardo Pons Espana 90,900 Francisco Lupiac Rodríguez 87,639 Lucia Vielman Ruíz 49,972 Shareholding of Directors 24

P. B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board 25

Dear Fellow Shareholders, 2025 has been a year that has tested our resolve and, in doing so, has demonstrated the depth of the organization we have built. Against a backdrop of macroeconomic headwinds, tightening capital markets, and an accelerating pace of technological change, PBS has continued to advance. While our financial results reflect the complexity of the environment in which we operate, they also reflect a business that is maturing, adapting, and positioning itself with intention for the years ahead. Revenue for 2025 came in at US$374.9 million against a budget of US$425 million. We do not normally discuss publicly our budgets but in this case I believe it is important to contextualize our own expectation. This shortfall, while meaningful, must be understood in its proper context. Several large government technology projects across our region experienced procurement delays beyond our control, and currency volatility in certain markets impacted reported figures. Despite this, we achieved EBITDA of US$55.2 million an increase on the $50.9m of 2024 but below our budget of US$59m. Our gross margin improved to 34%, up from budget, demonstrating that the discipline we have applied to our cost of sales is taking hold. Our net profit for the year was US$4.3 million. This is not satisfactory and materially different from our own expectations of US$13.6m. The biggest driver of this differential being our tax charge of US$9.9m an effective tax rate of 69%! This is an area management is actively addressing through improved tax planning across our 24-country footprint and we hope to implement structural improvements in 2026. There are four elements that are the key ingredients to PBS’s success today: our people, our capital structure, our systems, our partners - the same foundational pillars I have returned to in prior years, because they remain the determinants of our long-term success. People PBS is, at its core, a people business. Every solution we deliver, every client relationship we maintain, every market we penetrate — all of it flows from the capability of our 3,000-plus professionals across the region. In 2024 we spoke of the urgent need to develop a methodology that makes us a magnet for talent. In 2025 we made meaningful progress. The PBS University platform is still a work in progress. We have to get this right. We have to focus on it to get it right. It has expanded its Chairman message 26

curriculum, and we have introduced structured certification pathways aligned to our key technology partnerships. This is not simply a human resources initiative. It is a strategic imperative. As we grow, the complexity of what we are asked to execute grows with it. We must ensure that our organization scales in quality, not merely in headcount. We expect the organization will revolve over time and we are actively taking steps to plan for the future. Retention remains a challenge in certain markets where the demand for skilled IT professionals continues to outpace supply. We are combating this through a combination of compensation benchmarking, career development investment, and a deliberate effort to build a culture of belonging. Our ability to attract people who share our values — integrity, execution, and client focus — will define the next chapter of PBS as surely as any product or partnership we could announce. Capital When we speak of capital at PBS, we are speaking about something far more nuanced than a balance sheet line. Ours is a business in which the cash cycle for a given solution can range from immediate payment to a five-year financing arrangement. The timing of projects often need to be aligned with availability of capital. In addition the funding of projects often leads to funded debt being incurred before cashflows are delivered thus covenants need to be managed. We operate across multiple currencies, with varying regulatory environments governing the movement of funds across borders. Managing this complexity is one of the most demanding aspects of what we do. Ensuring the ongoing funding of our business is like the provision of oxygen to the pilots of a plane in the air, it is an essential ingredient in getting to the destination. In 2024, I was pleased to report the refinancing of our capital market obligations with a new six-year facility. In 2025, the discipline instilled through that process has served us well. Our balance sheet remains fundamentally sound, and our committed growth capital provides the runway we need to pursue the opportunities that are emerging across the region. The integration of the Xerox operations in Peru and Ecuador, undertaken in 2024, has progressed as planned and is contributing to our expanded footprint. Our strategic investment in TSL continues to develop, and we are monitoring additional acquisition opportunities with the same rigour we apply to our organic growth. Systems 27

I would be remiss not to address again the importance of our internal systems and governance. In 2023, we experienced material misstatements in our Costa Rica subsidiary that delayed our audit. I reported then that we had implemented significant changes to personnel and governance. I am pleased to report that the integrity of our financial reporting across the group has been maintained in 2025 and that the controls we put in place are functioning as intended. We will strive to continue to improve our systems to ensure accuracy as well as expediency in reporting. However expediency must never compromise accuracy. We continue to invest in the technology infrastructure that supports our operations. Shared service functions in accounting and administration are becoming more sophisticated. The balance between local responsiveness and central efficiency is a tension that every multi-jurisdictional business must manage continuously, and we are no different. What I can say with confidence is that our systems today are materially stronger than they were three years ago, and our commitment to making them stronger still remains absolute. Partners Without people, capital and systems, PBS would not be able to do anything. However without partnerships with the leading IT companies in the world we would not be able to add the value we do to our customers. PBS works with almost every global leader in IT. We take this privilege very seriously. Every day we work with our partners to execute projects in our markets that are essential to the economic development of our countries. It is our job to facilitate the seamless execution of such projects in Imaging, Information technology, networking communications, professional services, security systems and payment methods servicing the backbone to our economies. Throughout this annual report you will see reference to our partners who over the last 24 years we have built up credibility and trust. We exist to provide seamless execution for them in order to deliver customer satisfaction through productive solutions to our customers. I would like to thank all of our partners for their support in 2025 and we look forward to working together in 2026. Looking Forward As we look to 2026 and beyond, the opportunity before PBS has never been greater. The markets we serve — across the Caribbean, Central America, and now into South America — are at an inflection point in their technology adoption curves. Governments are investing in digital public infrastructure. Enterprises are accelerating their 28

managed services requirements. Artificial Intelligence (AI) is going to transform everything. Every business will need to assess how AI will work for them in their business. The demand for the kind of deep, locally-grounded IT expertise that PBS has spent 24 years building is real, and it is growing. Our task is to ensure that we are the organization capable of capturing it. We will continue to scale responsibly, to deepen our client partnerships, and to invest with discipline in the capabilities that matter. We are not simply a distribution business that sells technology. We are a solutions organization that transforms how our clients operate. That distinction is the foundation of everything we have built, and it is the source of our confidence in what lies ahead. On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Doug Hewson who resigned from the board in 2025. He has been on the board since we went public and has been an important contributor to the board. We wish him the best and are grateful for his contributions to PBS. I extend our sincere appreciation to every member of the PBS team. The results of 2025 - both the achievements and the shortfalls - are yours. So too is the opportunity that 2026 represents. I thank our shareholders for their continued confidence in the strategy and the leadership of this organization. We are building something of genuine and lasting significance, and we remain committed to doing so with the integrity and intensity that has always defined PBS. Warm regards, P.B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board Productive Business Solutions Limited 29

The Xerox VersaLink B405 is a reliable monochrome multifunction printer designed for small and medium-sized workgroups. It delivers print, copy, scan, fax, and email capabilities in a compact and efficient device. With print speeds of up to 45 pages per minute, support for A4 paper size, and a recommended monthly volume of up to 15,000 pages, the VersaLink B405 helps businesses improve productivity while maintaining professional-quality output and secure document management. Multifunctional Xerox ® VersaLink ® B405 30

31 PEDRO M. PARÍS Group CEO

CEO Letter Dear Fellow Shareholders, Our Chairman has spoken to the financial results of 2025 with characteristic candor. What I want to address here is what those results represent strategically and what we are building toward. We are at a rare inflection point: artificial intelligence, cloud infrastructure, and the obsolescence of legacy systems are reshaping every market we serve. Disruption creates pressure, but it also creates demand and PBS is well positioned to capture it. We Do Not Sell Technology. We Engineer Outcomes. This moment also marks a meaningful evolution in how we define ourselves. We have embraced a new identity: Engineering & Technology No Limits. It is not a marketing exercise. It is a declaration of intent the standard we set for ourselves in the complexity of the problems we take on, the quality of the solutions we deliver, and the boundaries we refuse to accept. What differentiates PBS is not the products we represent it is how we think. We are a systems integrator that excels at building backwards from the client's desired outcome, assembling the precise combination of capabilities each engagement demands. Our active role in project finance further sets us apart, enabling us to structure and deliver solutions that go well beyond the scope of a traditional technology provider. We renew our most enduring client relationships not through inertia, but by consistently delighting them transforming contracts into long-term franchises. And we are now applying that same ingenuity inward: automation and AI agents are actively reducing our own operational costs, improving margins as we scale. Most Important Partners of the PBS Ecosystem Our partner ecosystem is one of our most powerful assets. PBS works alongside Oracle, Cisco, NCR Atleos, NCR Voyix, Xerox, Leidos, and others as their trusted regional execution partner relationships built over decades that are not easily replicated. In 2026 we are going deeper: a unified PBS Consulting under a dedicated regional director sharpens our Oracle go-to-market; Cisco anchors our networking and security practice; NCR Atleos and NCR Voyix lead our financial self-service presence; and Leidos strengthens our positioning in mission-critical solutions. Xerox remains one of our most enduring partnerships. Our CMPS penetration rate of 32

79.3% across PBS Group is a tangible proof point of that trust. As Xerox expands into digital services and IT solutions and as we work to incorporate the strategic developments following the Lexmark acquisition we see clear opportunity ahead. These are not simply vendor relationships. They are proof points of our standing in the global technology community. Artificial Intelligence: From Pilot to Practice PBS has entered the world of agentic AI not as a concept we are studying, but as a capability we are deploying. In late 2025, we led a proof of concept with a major regional bank that combined advanced data warehouse migration engineering from Microsoft SQL Server to Oracle with artificial intelligence. The engagement demonstrated PBS's unique ability to bridge deep infrastructure expertise with emerging AI capabilities: an outcome neither a pure vendor nor a traditional integrator could achieve alone. This is where PBS is building its next frontier. Governments modernizing public infrastructure, financial institutions transforming core systems, enterprises navigating digital change all face environments of growing complexity. AI-powered solutions that address mission-critical use cases, reduce operational risk, and close gaps left by legacy obsolescence represent a genuine and growing opportunity. We are building those competencies today. THE ORGANIZATION WE ARE BUILDING In 2026, PBS has strengthened its senior leadership with targeted additions designed to deepen expertise and expand regional capacity. Our culture of collaboration sharing talent, resources, and best practices across 24 markets compounds as a competitive advantage. Central to this model is a pool of high-caliber specialists: forward deployed engineers, solution architects, and domain experts deployed with precision across geographies. A solution proven in Honduras can be deployed in Jamaica. A capability built in Peru can serve Colombia. This is something our local competitors cannot match in scale, and our global competitors cannot match in regional depth. Turnaround and the Opportunity Ahead Our 24-market footprint is both a risk management discipline and a growth engine. We are entering new markets to consolidate our regional position and reduce concentration risk. Simultaneously, we are focused on unlocking value within our 33

current footprint: our operations in Panama, Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru markets where our presence was built on imaging and where we are now accelerating into higher-value technology services represent meaningful turnaround opportunities. The adjustments now underway will, we believe, generate contributions that meaningfully enhance shareholder value. We view them as investments in progress, and we are confident in the path forward. What Lies Ahead The demand for what PBS does deep, locally grounded, end-to-end technology execution has never been greater. We have been building toward this moment for more than two decades. Our partnerships, our people, and our culture have been assembled with exactly this horizon in mind. The work ahead is significant. The opportunity is larger still. To our shareholders: we remain committed to rewarding your confidence with discipline, integrity, and the intensity that has always defined this organization. Warm regards, PEDRO M. PARÍS C. Group CEO Productive Business Solutions Limited 34

P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board Pedro M. París Director, Group CEO P.B. Scott is the CEO, Chairman and Principal Shareholder of the Musson Group. Over the last two decades, P.B. Scott has conceptualised and led the expansion of the Musson Group from a Jamaican consumer wholesale distribution business to a diversified group operating in 30 countries. The Group is a leader across the Caribbean in food, pharmaceuticals, information technology, and insurance. The Musson Group includes leading businesses such as The PBS Group, Seprod Limited, General Accident Insurance, and A.S. Brydens & Sons. He has served as CEO of Musson since 2004. Today the Musson Group has a turnover in excess of US$1.6 billion annually and over 7,000 employees. In addition to his private sector contributions, P.B. Scott has committed a significant amount of time to public service. He is the chairman of the Development Bank of Jamaica and has led multiple enterprise teams to divest government assets. In 2023, he was awarded 'the Order of Jamaica for his exceptional contribution to the Business Industry, Investment, and Philanthropy in Jamaica and the Caribbean. Mr. Pedro M. París has been with PBS since 2003, He has held several management positions, in 2006 he was named COO for Central America. Mr. París was appointed Group CEO at the end of 2009. He is responsible for the vision, strategy and execution of the day-to-day operations. He is also a member of the Management Governance and Executive Committees. Mr. París worked 18 years for IBM-GBM (an IBM alliance), where he held several senior management positions across the business. Mr. París studied Business Administration at the Universidad Autónoma Centro America, Costa Rica. Group Board of Directors 37

Mr. Hutchinson currently works with Portland Private Equity (“PPE”) as Vice President – Investments, with responsibility for leading investment transactions throughout the region. He has more than 13 years of experience in the regional finance industry working with several top financial institutions. Prior to joining PPE, Ricardo held the role of Associate Director – Investment Banking with a leading regional commercial bank. He holds a Master of Science degree in Economics from the University of the West Indies and is a CFA Charter holder. *Ricardo Hutchinson Non-Executive Director Group Board of Directors *Independent Director Mr. Agnew is an entrepreneur specializing in building content marketing, marketing technology and information services businesses. He founded Brafton Inc. and a group of subsidiary companies that are North America and Australia’s leading content marketing entities. Brafton Inc. has been listed among the 5,000 fastest growing private companies four years in row. He co-founded DeHavilland Information Services and Axonn Ltd in the UK. Originally from the UK, he moved to the U.S.A. in 2008. Mr. Agnew holds a degree in Politics from the University of Newcastle, UK. *Thomas Agnew Non-Executive Director 38

Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Group Board of Directors José Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director *Independent Director Mrs. Blondell Walker has been part of the Musson Group of Companies for over 20 years and is currently the ICT Director, a position she has held since 2000. She is also on the Board for T. Geddes Grant (Distributors) Limited and Musson Jamaica Limited. She was instrumental in the implementation of the Enterprise Resource Program (ERP  application across the Musson Group of Companies. Mrs. Walker studied Accounting and Systems Analysis at the University of the West Indies, Institute of Management and the Heriot Watt University of Edinburgh, Scotland. She is the Chairman for the Western United Basic School. Blondell Walker Non-Executive Director 39

Mr Ince is a Senior Partner/Co-Founder of Frontlight Ventures, a regional investment and consulting firm. He was Co-Founder and Managing Director of Prism Services, a regional payments and operations outsourcing company. He is a Non-Executive Republic Bank Ltd, Cave Shepherd, Foster & Ince Cruise Services and the Barbados Sugar Industry Ltd. He is a graduate of York University, Canada and is a National Barbados Aubrey Collymore Scholarship recipient for sciences. Group Board of Directors *Edward Ince Non-Executive Director *Independent Director Mrs. Melanie Subratie is Chairman and CEO of Stanley Motta Ltd., Vice-Chairman of Musson (Ja) Ltd. and Director of all its subsidiaries, Vice-Chairman of General Accident Insurance Company Ltd., Eppley Ltd, and T Geddes Grant Ltd. Chairman of E-Pins Ltd. and sits on the executive of Seprod group of Companies and all its subsidiary boards. Chairman of Seprod Foundation, Musson Foundation, Chairperson of Jamaica Girls Coding and Chairman of Jamaica RISE Life Management and other CSR organizations. She is also Fourth Vice-President of the Jamaica Chamber of Commerce, and is the current Chair of the Legislation, Regulation and Improvement Committee. She is a honors graduate of London School of Economics. Melanie Subratie Non-Executive Director 40

Group Board of Directors Patrick A. W. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Patrick A. W. Scott is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Facey Commodity Company Limited and the Executive Deputy Chairman of the Facey Group. Prior to these appointments, he served 16 years as Managing Director. A seasoned executive, Mr. Scott has worked for a combined total of 40 years in various roles and was key figure in the global development of Facey’s Telecom business. He currently serves the board of directos of several companies including, P.A. Benjamin, Serge Island Diaries, International Biscuits and Serge Island Farms. Attended Seneca College and Ryerson University in Toronto, Canada. Mr Brian Wynter has been incorporated to the PBS Group Limited Board of Directors. Mr. Wynter has an extensive career in the financial sector, serving as Governor of the Bank of Jamaica until August 2019. The motion was presented to the Board of Directors, which was accepted, and in this way, Brian Wynter was duly appointed to the board of directors of PBS Group Limited. An honors graduate from the London School of Economics in 1981, and specialized in International Economy form Columbia University in 1985. *Brian Wynter Non-Executive Director 41

Group Board of Directors Nicholas A. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Nicholas Scott is the Vice Chairman of Eppley Limited and a director of Eppley Fund Managers Limited. Mr. Scott is also the Chief Investment Officer of the Musson Group and a Director of Musson and most of its major subsidiaries and affiliates. Mr. Scott is the Chairman of the Student Loan Bureau and a former Vice-President of the Private Sector Organization of Jamaica. He holds a B.Sc. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and an M.P.A. from the Harvard Kennedy School of Government. 42

4 Paul Scott 5 Melanie Subratie 5 Pedro M. Paris 5 Jose Misrahi 5 Patrick Scott 5 Blondell Walker 4 Nicholas Scott 5 Ricardo Hutchinson 5 Thomas Agnew 5 Edward Ince 5 Brian Wynter 7 Jose Misrahi 7 Ricardo Hutchinson 7 Thomas Agnew 6 Brian Wynter 4 Melanie Subratie Board Meetings Audit Meetings 43

Board of Committees Executive Committee Audit Committee Compensation Committee *Independent Director P.B. Scott Chairperson Nicholas A. Scott José Misrahi Pedro M. París P.B. Scott Chairperson Patrick Scott *Ricardo Hutchinson Melanie Subratie *Thomas Agnew José Misrahi *Ricardo Hutchinson *Brian Wynter Chairperson 44

Sergio Molina Planning Operations Director Sergio Molina started at PBS 20 years ago. He has hold several positions in the company. PBS Guatemala General Manager (7 Years), PBS Dominican Republic General Manager (1 Year), PBS Group Post-Sale Manager (1Year), PBS Group Sales Process Management, PBS Group Planning Manager (Current). Mr Molina obtained a Degree in Business Administration from Universidad de San Carlos de Guatemala. Mario Pons Professional Services Operations Mario Pons has been a key player for the Inkjet strategy the group has developed in Central America and has helped various PBS organizations in the development of high impact projects such as the printing of Electoral Ballots. He has also been key in the relationship with global partners, Entrust Datacard and Gemalto, for National ID projects in Guatemala, Jamaica and Costa Rica. He started working in Xerox Guatemala in 1994 and has developed his career within Xerox and PBS holding several positions in Sales, Service and Professional Services. He has a BSC in Computer Science from Louisiana State University, and a Diploma in Business Administration from Tayasal Business School. Leonardo Velásquez Infrastructure & Technology Networking Director Leonardo Velazquez has been working with PBS since 2015. He oversees the sales relationship with vendors and distributors, such as: Cisco, Fortinet, HP, Dell, Tripplite, TechData, Intcomex, IngramMicro. Before PBS, he worked as a Regional Partner Account Manager at Cisco Systems for 6 years and has amassed a total of 25 years in the IT sector. He graduated from Universidad de Simon Bolivar. He has an MBA in Enterprise Administration and is an Electronic Engineer. Alex Chiriboga Service Delivery & Logistics Director Alex recently joined PBS Group in May 2024 as Director of Delivery Service & Logistics. His main objective is to transform the service we provide to our customers, aiming to achieve the highest levels of satisfaction and experience. This transformation will focus on improving processes through a connectivity strategy, optimizing resources and technology, and maintaining inventory levels and quality aligned with the requirements of our broad portfolio of products and services. Mr. Chiriboga brings over 32 years of experience from Xerox, where he held leadership roles in Service Delivery, Technical Services, Logistics, Sales, and the Paper Business across Ecuador and the Latin America Region. He holds an MBA with specializations in Finance, Marketing, and Human Resources, a degree in Process Administration Engineering, a Bachelor’s in Electronics & Telecommunications, and is certified as a Lean Six Sigma Green Belt. Senior Regional Leadership Team 45

Jose Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Lucia Vielman Coporate Treasure Mrs. Vielman Ruiz was a Private Banking Manager at Mercom Bank and later appointedas General Manager. In 2009 Mrs. Vielman Ruiz Joined PBS as Compliant officer for the first sindicate loan and in 2010 she became the Corporate Treasurer, responsible for banking operations at country level and member of the Management Governance Committee. She Graduated in Business Administration from Universidad Francisco Marroquin, Guatemala in 1998. Sharon McDonald Chief Assurance Officer Dr. Sharon Smith-McDonald supports PBS Group Limited. She is responsible for overseeing the Group’s internal controls and risk management. She plays a critical role in ensuring compliance with regulations by the development of effective assurance strategies across all business operations. Dr. Smith-McDonald has accumulated over three decades of experience in fi nance, accounting, and business operations. Her distinguished career includes key leadership roles within multinational organizations, most recently serving as Group Financial Controller at Musson Jamaica Limited. Dr. Smith-McDonald holds a Doctor of Business Administration in Finance & Internal Controls from Walden University, a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Northern Caribbean University, and a Bachelor of Science in Management and Accounting from The University of the West Indies. Ryan Kirlew Corporate Global Controller Ryan oversees the fi nancial operations of the entire PBS Group. Ryan brings a wealth of experience in strategic fi nancial management and reporting. He has consistently demonstrated outstanding leadership, expertise, and a deep understanding of fi nancial operations. His commitment to excellence has been evident throughout his career, and we are con fi dent that he will excel in this new role. Since joining the Group in 2017, Ryan has made signi fi cant contributions while working with Musson International Dairies Limited, Seprod, T. Geddes Grant, and Musson Jamaica—gaining valuable experience and playing a key role in the success of these business units. As Global Controller, Ryan is responsible for the overall fi nancial reporting of the PBS Group. He leads the development and maintenance of the organization’s accounting policies, practices, procedures, initiatives, and systems. Senior Regional Leadership Team 46

Daniel Martínez Advanced Services Regional Manager Daniel brings over 20 years of experience in business development across the technology and consulting sectors, leading transformational initiatives for government and financial institutions throughout Central America and the Caribbean. In the past seven years alone, he has consistently achieved double-digit growth in revenue and margins in Honduras by designing and implementing tailored professional services that accelerate technology adoption. As an Oracle Champion for nearly a decade, Daniel seamlessly combines technical expertise with commercial strategy to drive client success. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing & International Business and a Master of Science in Finance from Universidad Tecnológica Centroamericana (UNITEC), Honduras. Additionally, he earned a Professional Certificate in Digital Transformation from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Cambridge, MA, USA. Vennis Williamson Regional Manager Jamaica & Cayman Vennis Williamson. Her career in the information and communications technology (ICT) sector spans over a decade. Vennis has played a crucial role in navigating PBS Jamaica through the digital era, achieving significant technological milestones along the way. Her strategic guidance has integrated major technology entities, propelling the organization to unprecedented levels of innovation and market leadership. Over the past three years, under Vennis's leadership, PBS Jamaica has exceeded financial and operational growth objectives while prioritizing staff engagement as a core part of its strategy. Estefania Menéndez Personnel Regional Director Estefanía Menéndez is the Regional Personnel Director at PBS Group Limited, where she leads the human capital strategy and drives organizational transformation across the group. With over 14 years of experience in the Technology, Electrical, Outsourcing, and Business Services sectors, Estefanía has held leadership positions at renowned companies such as Schneider Electric, Xerox, and Capgemini. She holds a Business degree and a Master’s in Finance from Franklin University, and is certified in both Project Management and Six Sigma. Estefanía is widely recognized for implementing transformative initiatives that enhance productivity, increase operational efficiency, and boost employee engagement. Javier Mogollón Chief Information Officer Javier Mogollón is a systems engineer with a postgraduate degree in telecommunications from the Santiago Mariño University in Venezuela, he arrived in Guatemala 20 years ago after completing a ten-year cycle at Xerox of Venezuela, throughout this time in which he has worked for the group, Javier has held several positions accepting both local and regional challenges and responsibilities. He served as service manager, and sales support manager was the creator and developer of the Docushare Project (accounting code) in Shared Service that is currently used by all PBS Groups and the following company incorporations, he was in charge of the System One infrastructure installed in the Guatemala data center for 2 years, 4 years has held the position of IT manager in PBS Guatemala. Javier is currently the CIO of PBS Group. Regional Leadership Team 47

Lesder Ramírez Chief Operating Officer Central America Mr. Lesder Ramirez studied Business Administration at the Universidad San Carlos De Guatemala, Guatemala and in 2009, joined PBS as the Financial Manager for the Guatemala operations. From 2009 to 2015, Lesder was entrusted to play different roles in finance such as Finance Manager for the operations of Costa Rica, Honduras Jamaica and Belize, Shared Service Center - Finance Manager and Xerox Relationship Management. During his tenure managing the Xerox relationship, Lesder oversaw planning operations, working closely with Mr. Pedro M. Paris C., CEO of PBS Group, where he developed additional business acumen. In 2019, based on his achievements, Lesder was promoted to oversee the operations of Dutch Caribbean as Senior General Manager. More recently in 2022, due to his knowledge of the PBS business as well as his solid financial and operations background Lesder, was named COO in charge of the operations of Trinidad & Tobago, Guyana, and Dutch Caribbean (Aruba, Curacao, Bonaire, Saint Maarten and Suriname). Stuart Franco Chief Operating Officer Eastern Caribbean Cluster Stuart Franco is the Chief Operating Officer of the Eastern Caribbean Cluster, bringing over two decades of leadership, commercial expertise, and deep regional knowledge to the role. A graduate of the University of Western Ontario with a B.A. in Statistics & Economics, Stuart joined TSL in 2003 and steadily rose through the ranks — from Sales Representative to Sales Manager, Executive Vice President of Sales, and Chief Executive Officer — before assuming his current role in 2026. Throughout his tenure, he has been a driving force behind the company's growth trajectory, building lasting client relationships and strengthening TSL's market position across the Caribbean. Stuart served as President of the American Chamber of Commerce in Trinidad and Tobago (AmCham T&T) from 2023 to 2025 and has been a board member since 2018. He is also an active board member of the TSL Foundation, where he has championed community initiatives that uplift the regions TSL serves. Outside the office, Stuart is a devoted husband and father of four, an avid football fan, and a firm believer in the importance of family — a value he actively fosters within his team. Ezequiel Bardas Chief Operating Officer Latin America Ezequiel Bardas serves as Chief Operating Officer for Latin America at PBS Group, bringing more than two decades of senior executive leadership to the role. Known for his ability to scale operations, drive digital transformation, and deliver sustainable profitability in complex environments, Ezequiel leads the strategic direction for PBS Group's affiliates across the Andean Region — overseeing operational synergy, key alliance development, and an ambitious expansion plan throughout Latin America. Before joining PBS Group, Ezequiel held distinguished leadership positions at Xerox, serving as President and General Manager across major markets including the United States and Latin America. His track record of navigating high-stakes business environments and building high-performing regional organizations speaks to a career defined by results and resilience. Ezequiel holds an Executive MBA from IAE Business School, complemented by multiple leadership certifications. His leadership philosophy blends sharp market insight with an unwavering commitment to innovation and excellence — qualities that position him as a driving force behind PBS Group's next chapter in the region. Regional Leadership Team 48

GENERAL MANAGER Melani Angeles DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Marco Almendárez NICARAGUA SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Francisco Lupiac GENERAL MANAGER HONDURAS COUNTRY MANAGER Nyron Thomas TRINIDAD & TOBAGO SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Elvin Nash BARBADOS & OECS Jason Alidikromo COUNTRY MANAGER SURINAME Senior in Country Leadership SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Mirian Alas EL SALVADOR Laura Johnston COUNTRY MANAGER CAYMAN 49

Nella Aguilar PERU COUNTRY MANAGER Candace Bartholomew COUNTRY MANAGER GUYANA Jose Maduro COUNTRY MANAGER BONAIRE & ARUBA Charlesson Ramdjas COUNTRY MANAGER CURAÇAO Vynnie Mila GENERAL MANAGER GPA GPA USA Luis Castillo GUATEMALA COUNTRY MANAGER COUNTRY MANAGER Ana Karina Vallejo ECUADOR Senior in Country Leadership Esteban Corrales PANAMA & COLOMBIA COUNTRY MANAGER 50

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 51

Deloitte & Touche 3 rd Floor The Goddard Building Haggatt Hall St. Michael, BB11059 Barbados, W.I. Tel: +246 620 6400 Fax: +246 430 6451 www.deloitte.com Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (“DTTL”), its global network of member firms, and their related entities (collectively, the “Deloitte organization”). DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) and each of its member firms and related entities are legally separate and independent entities, which cannot obligate or bind each other in respect of third parties. DTTL and each DTTL member firm and related entity is liable only for its own acts and omissions, and not those of each other. DTTL does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about to learn more. Deloitte & Touche is an affiliate of DCB Holding Ltd., a member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Opinion We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries (“the Group”), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2025, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including material accounting policy information. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at December 31, 2025, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS Accounting Standards”). Basis for Opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) (“IESBA Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Key Audit Matters Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill As at 31 December 2025, Goodwill accounted for US$86.2 million, which represents 20.5% of total assets of the Group. On an annual basis, management tests whether goodwill is subject to impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units (CGU) have been determined using value in use calculations based on the higher of the recoverable amount compared to fair value less costs to sell. Our approach to testing management’s impairment assessment, with the assistance of our valuation specialist involved the following procedures, amongst others: • Obtained management’s discounted cash flow model (DCF) including qualitative and quantitative analyses and updated our understanding of the process used by management to determine the value in use of each CGU and evaluated for any changes.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 2 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill (Cont’d) We focused on this area because the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill involves significant judgement and estimation, is sensitive to changes in key assumptions and determining economic recovery is challenging. The key assumptions were assessed by management as being: • Revenue growth rate; • Terminal growth rate; • Average Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) to revenue; and Pre-tax Discount rate. • Agreed the 31 December 2025 base year financial information to current year results and compared previous forecasts to actual results to assess the performance of the business and the accuracy of management’s forecasting. • Compared the revenue growth rates to historical revenue growth and externally derived data as well as our own assessments in relation to key inputs such as projected economic growth, inflation and pre-tax discount rates. • Developed a range of parameters using available market inputs and historical information and performed sensitivity analyses using these parameters, which was compared to management’s terminal growth and pre-tax discount rates. • Compared EBITDA margins to historical results, and verified reconciling variances to underlying supporting data and current period results. Tested management’s impairment model calculations for mathematical accuracy Operating and finance lease revenue (Forming part of sale of goods) Revenue arising from the inception of new finance leases is included within the sale of goods revenue stream and is not captured through a specific identifier. As a result, identifying transactions that contain lease arrangements requires manual assessment for every underlying subsidiary. Recognition of revenue in these arrangements requires judgment to identify the lease and non-lease components of the contract and to determine whether the lease should be classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. This classification can materially affect the timing and presentation of revenue recognition, the measurement of lease receivables, and the related financial statement disclosures. Our approach to testing lease revenue to mitigate the identified risks includes the following procedures: • Obtained the population of leases entered into by the entities and reviewed Management's assessment on their classification between operating and finance leases. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition of the finance lease within the Sale of Goods revenue stream, based on the lease amortisation schedule prepared by the management. • On a sample basis, obtained and inspected the related customer contracts / signed agreements to review Management's

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 3 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Lease classification is based on the terms set out in customer agreements and purchase orders. Accordingly, significant judgment is required to assess whether the contractual terms are consistent with the underlying transaction and whether the classification has been applied appropriately across the population of relevant sales arrangements. As it involves manual review and interpretation of contract documentation, there is an increased risk of error and inconsistent application. The key assumptions and judgments applied by management include: • assessment of whether the arrangement is an operating lease or a finance lease; • determination of the discount rate used in lease classification and measurement; and • identification of the standalone selling price of goods where contracts include both leasing and maintenance components. assessment on the classification between finance or operating lease. • For the selected samples, obtained and verified the inputs (interest rates, delivery dates, lease & non-lease component) as determined by Management to recalculate the finance lease revenue to be recognised in the accounts at lease inception. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition and subsequent interest income based on our independent recalculation to the amounts recorded by management. Management override of controls Management is in a unique position to perpetrate fraud because of its ability to directly or indirectly manipulate accounting records and prepare fraudulent financial statements by overriding established controls that otherwise appear to be operating effectively. The risk of management override of controls is pervasive. Because of its unpredictable nature, this risk could result in a material misstatement. This significant risk also represents a fraud risk for the audit. • Engaged in periodic fraud discussions with certain members of senior management and utilized our internal fraud specialist to guide and support our fraud-related testing procedures. • Considered the potential for bias in judgments and estimates, including performing retrospective analysis of significant accounting estimates. • Evaluated whether the Company has entered into any significant unusual transactions and, if so, the nature, terms, and business purpose (or lack thereof) of those transactions and whether such transactions involved related parties. • Evaluated the Company’s fraud risk assessment and consider indirect controls

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 4 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter and internal controls over the closing and reporting process. • Using our propriety software tool we extracted and tested journal entries that exhibit characteristics of possible management override of controls. • Tested controls over significant, unusual transactions, particularly those that result in late or unusual journal entries and controls over journal entries and adjustments made in the period-end financial reporting process. • No evidence of management override of controls was identified as a results of our audit procedures. Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process. Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also: • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 5 • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management. • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. • Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business units within the Group as a basis for forming an opinion on the group financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determined those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. Information other than the financial statements Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Annual Report but does not include the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon which is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s report. Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with the audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. When we read the Annual Report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 6 The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditors’ report is Steve Clarke. Other matter – responsibility for our audit work This report is made solely to the shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited as a body, in accordance with Section 147 of the Companies Act of Barbados. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the shareholders for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinion we have formed. Other matter – predecessor auditors The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2024 were audited by another auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those statements on 30 June 2025. 7 June 2026

Page 2 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Non-Current Assets Property, plant and equipment 13 36,106 35,865 Right-of-use assets 14 15,269 12,802 Intangible assets 15 104,757 107,595 Lease receivables 16 4,538 6,869 Pension plan assets 30 3,752 3,674 Long term receivables 17 608 551 Deferred tax assets 18 11,507 14,491 Investments 34 - 243 Contract Asset 33 28 - Investments in Associate 20 4,774 4,056 Total Non-Current Assets 181,339 186,146 Current Assets Due from related parties 19 8,066 7,467 Inventories 21 58,043 48,584 Contract assets 33 - 1,602 Trade and other receivables 22 127,296 105,760 Current portion of lease receivables 16 11,437 2,696 Current portion of long-term receivables 17 161 38 Taxation recoverable 14,476 17,462 Cash and bank 23 21,574 29,961 Total Current Assets 241,053 213,570 Current Liabilities Trade and other payables 24 91,049 85,855 Contract liabilities 33 15,101 15,602 Due to related parties 19 13,739 12,308 Taxation payable 5,219 11,255 Current portion of lease liabilities 25 6,998 6,441 Short term loans 26 19,245 5,941 Current portion of long-term loans 26 14,250 10,633 Total Current Liabilities 165,601 148,035 Net Current Assets 75,452 65,535 Total Non-current Assets and Net Current Assets 256,791 251,681

Page 3 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (Continued) 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Equity Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Share capital 27 123,016 123,016 Other reserves/ (deficit) 28 (17,025) (17,339) Accumulated deficit (30,198) (23,274) Total Shareholders´ Equity 75,793 82,403 Non-controlling Interests 1,337 1,185 Total Equity 77,130 83,588 Non-Current Liabilities Retirement benefit obligations 30 3,111 1,553 Deferred tax liabilities 18 6,570 6,153 Lease liabilities 25 17,988 15,465 Borrowings 26 151,992 144,515 Other long-term liabilities - 407 Total Non-Current Liabilities 179,661 168,093 Total Non-Current Liabilities and Equity 256,791 251,681 Approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 June, 2026 and signed on its behalf by: _____________________________________________ _________________________________ Paul Scott Director Pedro Paris Director The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 4 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Number of Shares ‘000 Share Capital $’000 Other Reserves / (Deficit) $’000 Accumulated Deficit $’000 Non- Controlling Interest $’000 Total $’000 Balance at 31 December 2023 188,213 123,016 (17,139) (29,359) 1,070 77,588 Currency translation differences - - (820) (87) - (907) Actuarial loss - - (96) - - (96) Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - 716 - - 716 Net income - - - 7,461 115 7,576 Total comprehensive income - - (200) 7,374 115 7,289 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (1,289) - (1,289) Balance at 31 December 2024 188,213 123,016 (17,339) (23,274) 1,185 83,588 Currency translation differences - - 260 - - 260 Actuarial gain - - 54 - - 54 Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - - - - - Net income - - - 4,287 152 4,439 Total comprehensive income - - 314 4,287 152 4,753 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (11,211) - (11,211) Balance at 31 December 2025 188,213 123,016 (17,025) (30,198) 1,337 77,130 The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 5 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash Flows from Operating Activities (Note 31) 2,726 32,531 Cash Flows from Financing Activities Interest paid (17,094) (18,801) Dividends paid (11,211) (1,289) Proceeds from borrowing 48,808 147,041 Repayments of borrowings (19,297) (141,672) Repayments of lease liabilities (8,370) (10,699) Net cash used in financing activities (7,164) (25,420) Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired 35 (592) (1,293) Interest received 1,769 1,999 Purchase of property, plant and equipment (5,102) (6,378) Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 42 238 Purchase of Investments in Associates 20 - (3,543) Net cash used in investing activities (3,883) (8,977) Net (Decrease) in Cash (8,321) (1,866) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 29,961 31,991 Effect of foreign exchange in cash (66) (164) Cash and Cash Equivalents at end of the year 23 21,574 29,961 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The principal non-cash transactions include: ● Transfer to property, plant and equipment from inventory during the financial year $9,380,000 (2024 - $9,017,000). ● Transfer from property, plant and equipment to inventory upon expiry of operating lease of $4,018,000 (2024 - $4,799,000). The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page 6 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 1. Identification and Principal Activities Productive Business Solutions Limited (“the Company”) is a company incorporated on 16 December 2010, and domiciled in Barbados, originally under the International Business Corporation (IBC) Act 77 (Barbados). Effective July 1st, 2021, the Company operates under the Companies Act Cap. 308 (Barbados) and holds a Foreign Currency Permit under the Foreign Currency Permits Act, 2018-44 (Barbados). The tax rate for the fiscal year commencing 1 January 2025 is 9.0% of taxable income. The registered office of the Company is at Facey House # 42 Warrens Industrial Park, Warrens, St. Michaels, Barbados. The Company is capitalised by ordinary shares. The Company is a subsidiary of Facey Group Limited, owned by Musson (Jamaica) Limited. Facey Group Limited is a company incorporated in Barbados under the Companies Act, Cap. 308 (Barbados) as an international business company. In combination, Musson (Jamaica) Limited and Facey Group Limited own 66.98% of the ordinary shares of the Company. The Company is listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange and the International Securities Market in Barbados. The Company’s ultimate parent company and controlling party is Elkon Limited (“Elkon”), which is incorporated and domiciled in Jamaica, and Paul B. Scott, respectively. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, (referred to as “Group”) are the distribution of printing equipment, business machines, handsets and related accessories, automated teller machines, security checkpoints, system integration, cloud services, data analytics, communication solutions, e-transactions, development of software and other technology solutions. In May 2025 the Group acquired 100% holding in Regional Business Systems Limited (RBS), incorporated and domiciled in Barbados (Note 35).

Page 7 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, hereinafter referred to as the financial statements, are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. (a) Basis of preparation These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. IFRS Accounting Standards comprise the following authoritative literature:  IFRS Accounting Standards  IAS Standards  Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC Interpretations) or its predecessor body, the Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC Interpretations). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain items of property, plant and equipment. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Although these estimates are based on managements’ best knowledge of current events and action, actual results could differ from those estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 4. Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year Certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards have been published that became effective during the current financial year. The Group has assessed the relevance of all such new standards, interpretations and amendments and has affected the following, which are immediately relevant to its operations: Amendments to IAS 21,‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ , Amendments to IAS 21 were made to add requirements to help entities to determine whether a currency is exchangeable into another currency, and the spot exchange rate to use when it is not. Prior to these amendments, IAS 21 set out the exchange rate to use when exchangeability is temporarily lacking, but not what to do when lack of exchangeability is not temporary. Management’s assessment is that the amendments of this standard have no impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Page 8 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year (continued) The amendments must be applied retrospectively in accordance with the requirements in IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. The amendment did not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. There are no other IFRS Accounting Standards or IFRIC interpretations effective in the current year which are expected to have a significant impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the company.

Page 9 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group The Group has concluded that the following standards which are published but not yet effective, are relevant to its operations and will impact the Group’s accounting policies and financial disclosures as discussed below. These standards and amendments to existing standards are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2026, but the Group has not early adopted them: Amendments to IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 7, ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026). Amendments to IFRS 9 and 7 (a) clarify the date of recognition and derecognition of some financial assets and liabilities, with a new exception for some financial liabilities settled through an electronic cash transfer system; (b) clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether a financial asset meets the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) criterion; (c) add new disclosures for certain instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows (such as some financial instruments with features linked to the achievement of environment, social and governance targets); and (d) update the disclosures for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). The amendments in (b) are most relevant to financial institutions, but the amendments in (a), (c) and (d) are relevant to all entities. It is not anticipated that the amendments will have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 18, ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This is the new standard on presentation and disclosure in financial statements, which replaces IAS 1, with a focus on updates to the statement of profit or loss. The key new concepts introduced in IFRS 18 relate to: • the structure of the statement of profit or loss with defined subtotals; • requirement to determine the most useful structure summary for presenting expenses in the statement of profit or loss • required disclosures in a single note within the financial statements for certain profit or loss performance measures that are reported outside an entity’s financial statements (that is, management-defined performance measures); and • enhanced principles on aggregation and disaggregation which apply to the primary financial statements and notes in general. Management is assessing the impact of this new standard on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 19, 'Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures' , (effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This standard permit eligible subsidiaries to apply reduced IFRS disclosure requirements. IFRS 19 is a voluntary standard for eligible subsidiaries. A subsidiary is eligible if it does not have public accountability and it has an ultimate or intermediate parent that produces consolidated financial statements available for public use that comply with IFRS Accounting Standards. An eligible entity may opt to revoke the application of this standard after implementation. The entity may also elect to apply the standard more than one. The group is currently assessing the impact of this standard.

Page 10 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) There are no other new or amended IFRS Accounting Standards and interpretations that are published but not yet effective that would be expected to have an impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the Group. (b) Consolidation (i) Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations involving third parties by the Group. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred, and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss, in the statement of comprehensive income.

Page 11 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) Subsidiaries Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. The Group’s subsidiaries, countries of incorporation, and the Group’s percentage interest are as follows: Country of incorporation Group’s Percentage Interest 2025 2024 Nicaragua Holdings and its subsidiary St., Lucia & Nicaragua 100 100 Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia & Dominican Republic 100 100 Mobay Holdings N.V. and its subsidiary Curacao & Aruba 100 100 PBS Caribbean Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia, Jamaica, Barbados, Colombia, Suriname 100 100 Cayman Business Machines Limited* Cayman 40 40 PBS Technology Group Limited St. Lucia, Antigua & Barbuda, Jamaica, Trinidad, Guyana, 100 100 Infotrans Group Holding B.V. Curacao, Bonaire, Colombia, Suriname & Aruba 100 100 High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V. El Salvador and Honduras 100 100 PBS Central America and its subsidiaries Panama, Guatemala, Costa Rica, El Salvador 100 100 PBS Honduras Honduras 75 75 PBS Peru Peru 100 100 PBS Ecuador Ecuador 100 100

Page 12 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) In accordance with Cayman laws, entities that are domiciled in the Cayman Islands and are not issued with Local Companies Control Law Licenses, are required to be at least 60% owned by a Caymanian. The operation of Cayman Business Machines Limited is however controlled by Productive Business Solutions Limited and is therefore, in substance, categorised as a subsidiary. (ii) Transactions with non-controlling interests The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For purchases of ownership interest in subsidiaries from non-controlling interests in which the Group retains control of the subsidiary, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests where control is retained by the Group are also recorded in equity. (iii) Disposal of subsidiaries When the Group ceases to have control or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value, with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss. If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate. (iv) Business combination under common control Acquisitions from entities under common control are determined by the substance and specific facts and circumstances surrounding any particular business combination under common control. Business combinations under common control are accounted for using the predecessor method of accounting. Under the predecessor method of accounting, the cost of an acquisition is measured in a manner similar to the purchase method of accounting. Identifiable assets and liabilities are measured at book value at the date of acquisition. Under the predecessor method of accounting, no goodwill is created, as any difference between the cost of acquisition and the book value of the net assets acquired is dealt with as an adjustment to retained earnings. (v) Investment in associates Associates are categorized as entities over which the Group has influence but not control, with shareholding and voting rights between 20% and 50%. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost. The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associate’s post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in profit and loss, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equal or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Page 13 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (c) Foreign currency translation (i) Functional and presentation currency Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States Dollars, which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency. (ii) Transactions and balances Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. At the statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the weighted average closing exchange rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates, of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in statement of comprehensive income. (iii) Group companies The results and financial position of all the group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper- inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated as follows: a) Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at year end rates, b) Items affecting the statement of comprehensive income are translated at average rates, and c) The resultant gains or losses are recognised in other comprehensive income as translation gains or losses. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Page 14 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (d) Revenue recognition Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of applicable value added taxes, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue is recognised as follows: Reprographic products Revenue earned from reprographic products is either through an outright sale or a lease of equipment and from related service contracts. Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from finance leases, are recognised at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require installation, revenue is recognised when the equipment has been delivered and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer-installable products are recognised upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer's shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the finance lease method and are recognised as earned over the lease term. A substantial portion of the Group's reprographic products is sold with full- service maintenance agreements. Service revenues are derived primarily from these maintenance contracts on equipment sold to customers and are recognised over the term of the contracts in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, by reference to completion of the specific transaction assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided. Revenue is recognised only after there are specific indicators of transfer of control to the customer. To evidence transfer of control on contracts where revenue is recognised at a point in time, management has defined that revenue can only be recognised after the equipment or part is installed or the supplies are delivered. Bill and hold agreements are scrutinised to ensure the transfer of control to the customer is effective. For contracts where revenue is recognised over time, management measures the fulfilment of the performance obligations based on the value that the delivered goods or services represent to the customer. Telecommunications products Revenue from telecommunications products comprises revenue from the sales of cellular phones. These products are sold under contractual agreements with the telecommunications providers. Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised on a gross basis as management has determined that the Group acts as a principal in relation to these transactions, due to the fact that the Group bears the majority of risk, principally credit and inventory risk, in relation to such transactions, and the Group also acts as primary obligor. Control is the key consideration when assessing the nature of the promise to the customer. When the entity does not control the good or service (or inventory) before it is transferred to the customer it is likely that the promise in the contract is to arrange for goods or services to be delivered (rather than these to be provided by the entity). In such cases, the Company recognises revenue for an amount equal to the net income (revenue minus cost). Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised when a Group entity has delivered products to the customer; the customer has accepted the products and collectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured. Interest income is recognised on the accrual basis on the effective interest basis, except when collectability is considered doubtful. In such cases, income is recorded when economic benefits are received.

Page 15 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (e) Property, plant and equipment Freehold land and buildings are shown at fair value, based on valuations by external independent valuers, less subsequent depreciation for buildings. Valuations are performed every three years to ensure that the fair value of a revalued asset does not differ materially from it’s carrying amount. Any accumulated depreciation at the date of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset, and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of freehold, land and buildings are credited to other comprehensive income and shown as other reserves in shareholder’s equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are recorded in other comprehensive income and debited against other reserves directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the profit or loss. All other property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Land is not depreciated as it is deemed to have an indefinite life. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation is calculated at annual rates on the straight-line basis to write-off the cost of the assets to their residual values over their estimated useful lives at annual rates as follows: Freehold buildings 2 - 2 ½% Leasehold buildings and improvements 10 - 20% Furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment 10 - 33⅓% Motor vehicles 20 - 25% Gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount and are included in operating profit. Repairs and maintenance expenditure is charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which it is incurred. The cost of major renovations is included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of the existing asset will flow to the Group. When revalued assets are sold, the amounts included in other reserves are transferred to retained earnings.

Page 16 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (f) Intangible assets (i) Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates and joint ventures is included in investment in associates and investment in joint venture, respectively. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or Groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. (ii) Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences. Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. All, excepting licenses are deemed to have finite useful lives and amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the intangible assets over their estimated useful lives between 5 and 20 years. Licenses have an indefinite useful life. (iii) Proprietary Software The Group is the owner of a software internally developed to address diverse customer needs. This asset is carried at cost and amortised according to its defined useful life. (g) Impairment of non-financial assets Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Page 17 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset in one entity and a financial liability or equity of another entity. Financial assets Classification The Group classifies its financial assets at amortised cost. The classification depends on the business model used for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. Impairment The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss (ECL) associated with its financial assets classified at amortised cost, lease receivables, long term receivables and related party balances. Application of the General Model The Group has applied the ‘general model’ as required under IFRS 9 for financial assets other than trade receivables. Under this model, the Group is required to assess on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its financial assets carried at amortised cost. The ECL will be recognised in profit or loss before a loss event has occurred. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. ECL is calculated by multiplying the Probability of default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD). The impairment model uses a three-stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination: Stage 1 – 12-month ECL applies to all financial assets that have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and are not credit impaired. The ECL will be computed using a 12-month PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months. Stage 2 – When a financial asset experiences a significant increase in credit risk subsequent to origination but is not credit impaired, it is considered to be in Stage 2. This requires the computation of ECL based on lifetime PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the remaining estimated life of the financial asset. Provisions are higher in this stage because of an increase in risk and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered compared to 12 months in Stage 1. Stage 3 – Financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment will be included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses will continue to capture the lifetime ECL. The Group uses judgement when considering the following factors that affect the determination of impairment: Assessment of Significant Increase in Credit Risk The assessment of a significant increase in credit risk is done on a relative basis. To assess whether the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since origination, the Group compares the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial asset at the reporting date to the corresponding risk of default at origination, using key risk indicators that are used in the Group’s existing risk management processes. At each reporting date, the assessment of a change in credit risk will be individually assessed for those considered individually significant and at the segment level. This assessment is symmetrical in nature, allowing credit risk of financial assets to move back to Stage 1 if the increase in credit risk since origination has reduced and is no longer deemed to be significant.

Page 18 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments (continued) Macroeconomic Factors, Forward Looking Information and Multiple Scenarios The Group applies an unbiased and probability weighted estimate of credit losses by evaluating a range of possible outcomes that incorporates forecasts of future economic conditions. Macroeconomic factors and forward-looking information are incorporated into the measurement of ECL as well as the determination of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination. Measurement of ECLs at each reporting period reflect reasonable and supportable information at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The Group uses three scenarios that are probability weighted to determine ECL. Expected Life When measuring ECL, the Group considers the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk. All contractual terms are considered when determining the expected life, including prepayment options and extension and rollover options. Application of the Simplified Approach For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. Financial liabilities The Group’s financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, this is the initial recognition minus the cumulative amortisation of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount. Financial liabilities at amortised costs are classified as current or non-current depending on whether these are due within 12 months after the statement of financial position date or beyond. Financial liabilities are derecognised when either of the following take place: The Group is discharged from its obligation, upon expiration or when they are cancelled or replaced by a new liability. (i) Inventories Inventories are carried at weighted average purchase cost. These items are stated at cost less provision for write down to net realisable value, where necessary and are stated at the lower weighted average cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the costs of completion and selling expenses. (j) Trade receivables Impairment over trade receivables is determined with the aid of a matrix based on the ageing of the account. Twice a year, management assesses whether there has been any indicator of a change in the credit risk. Additionally, periodically a comprehensive evaluation is performed with the objective of identifying individual accounts that may be subject to impairment which are either written off or fully provided for. (k) Cash and bank Cash and bank include cash on hand net of bank overdrafts. In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and bank include cash in hand and at bank and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown in current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

Page 19 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (l) Trade payables These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. (m) Contract assets and contract liabilities The Group recognises a contract asset whenever it has the right for consideration as a result of transferring goods or services to a customer. Contract assets are different from accounts receivables as the former would only require the passage of time for the consideration to be due. Contract assets are subject to impairment assessment. The Group recognises a contract liability when it has received a payment, or a payment is due for goods or services that have not yet been transferred to the customer. (n) Income taxes Taxation expense in the statement of comprehensive income comprises current and deferred tax charges. Current tax charges are based on taxable profits for the year, which differ from the profit before tax reported because it excludes items that are taxable or deductible in other years, and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability f or current tax is calculated at tax rates that have been enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Deferred tax is the tax expected to be paid or recovered on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding tax bases. Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Currently enacted tax rates are used in the determination of deferred income tax. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they arise from the same taxable entity, relate to the same tax authority and when the legal right of offset exists. Deferred tax is charged or credited to profit or loss, except where it relates to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income, in which case, deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income. (o) Provisions Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. (p) Share capital Ordinary shares, and redeemable cumulative preference shares where the declaration of dividends is discretionary, are classified as equity instruments. The preference shares are perpetual and are only redeemable at the sole discretion of the Company but not before the 16 th year after the issue of the shares. Dividends on these shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are declared.

Page 20 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (q) Earnings per share (i) Basic earnings per share Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: ● the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares. ● by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares. (ii) Diluted earnings per share Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account: ● the after-income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and ● the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. (r) Borrowings Borrowings are recognised initially at cost, being their issue proceeds, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequently, borrowings are stated at amortised cost and any difference between net proceeds and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Preference shares issued by the Group are treated as borrowings if they carry a contractual term of redemption either by cash or another financial asset and dividends payments are not discretionary. (s) Leases As Lessee Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments: - fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable - payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option. Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rates, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions. As Lessor Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessee are classified as finance leases. When assets are leased out under a finance leases, the asset is derecognized and treated as revenue in accordance with accounting policy (d) with the present value of the lease payments is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease in a manner which reflects a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.

Page 21 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (s) Leases (continued) Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessor are included in property, plant and equipment in the statement of financial position. They are depreciated over their expected useful lives on a basis consistent with similar owned property, plant and equipment. Rental income is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. In some instances, transfers are made from Inventory to property, plant and equipment to facilitate the leasing of assets. In instances where leased equipment is returned this is transferred from property, plant and equipment to Inventory. When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which termination takes place. (t) Post-employment benefits The Group participates in a defined contribution plan operated by a related party, Musson (Jamaica) Limited, whereby it pays contributions to a separate, trustee-administered fund for its Jamaican operation. Once the contributions have been paid, the Group has no further payment obligations. Contributions to the plan are charged to profit or loss in the period to which they relate. There is an unfunded retirement benefit plan in the Nicaragua and El Salvador operations which is reflected in the statement of financial position as a liability. Changes to benefits are calculated by third party actuaries and are reflected in the Change to statement of comprehensive income. The Parent Company also participates in a defined benefit pension plan relating to PBS Technologies (Barbados) Limited, the assets of which are held in a separate fund administered by a Trustee. The pension plan is funded by payments from the Parent Company, taking into account the recommendations of independent qualified actuaries. Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value. (u) Finance costs Finance costs includes interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest method, interest on finance leases, material bank charges and foreign exchange gains and losses recognised in profit or loss. (v) Offsetting financial instruments Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty. (w) Segment information Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer. (x) Dividend distribution Dividend distribution is recognised as equity in the financial statements in which the dividends are approved by the shareholders. Dividend distributions on preference shares classified as borrowings are included in finance costs when the dividends are approved.

Page 22 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (a) Financial risk factors The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyse these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and up-to-date information systems. Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies and evaluates financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and investment of excess liquidity. (i) Credit risk The Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that its customers, clients or counterparties will cause a financial loss for the Group by failing to discharge their contractual obligations. Credit exposures arise principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and are influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Group has established credit policies under which each customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness prior to the Group offering them a credit facility. Credit limits are assigned to each customer and are reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Group has procedures in place to restrict customer orders if the order will result in customers exceeding their credit limits. Customers who fail to meet the Group’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Group on a prepayment basis. Customer credit risk is monitored according to their credit characteristics such as whether it is an individual or company, geographic location, industry, aging profile, and previous financial difficulties. The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents an estimate of expected credit losses in respect of trade and other receivables. The Group addresses impairment assessment in two areas: individually and collectively assessed allowances. Cash transactions are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. The Group has policies in place to limit the amount of exposure to any one financial institution. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the amount reflected on the statement of financial position.

Page 23 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Credit risk (continued) At year end, the banks where the Group maintains most of its cash, were rated by Fitch Ratings as follows: 202 5 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. B BB+ CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA+ Citibank F1 A+ 202 4 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. F1+ AA- CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA- Citibank F1 A+ Maximum credit risk exposure The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk equals the carrying amounts on the statement of financial position, of the assets which expose the Group to credit risk. There has been no change over the prior year in the manner in which the Group manages and measures credit risk. Analysis of trade receivables The Group’s trade receivables, broken down by customer sector is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Government 42,058 41,804 Private entities 58,254 48,815 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Impairment of financial assets The Group has four types of financial assets that are subject to expected credit losses as follows: (i) Trade receivables (ii) Lease receivable and long-term receivables (iii) Accounts receivable from related parties (iv) Other debt instruments carried at amortised cost

Page 24 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Trade receivables The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measure expected credit losses (ECL) which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. On that basis, the loss allowance at 31 December 2025 and 2024 was determined as follows for trade receivables: 31 December 202 5 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1 - 180 days past due $’000 181 - 360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 2.83% 11.54% 30.39% Gross carrying amount 71,856 19,451 2,878 6,127 100,312 Loss allowance provision 11 550 332 1,862 2,755 31 December 202 4 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1-180 days past due $’000 181-360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 0.67% 7.50% 38.38% Gross carrying amount 45,859 33,441 6,404 4,915 90,619 Loss allowance provision 10 224 480 1,887 2,601 The closing loss allowances for trade receivables as at 31 December 2025 reconcile to the opening loss allowances as follows: 202 5 202 4 $’000 $’000 Opening loss allowance as at 1 January 2,601 2,872 On Acquisition of Subsidiary (Note 34) - 299 Impairment (gains)/losses on receivables during the year 917 (223) Amounts written off (461) (314) Unused amounts reversed (320) - Exchange difference 18 (33) At 31 December 2,755 2,601

Page 25 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables The Group applies the ‘three stage’ model of IFRS 9 in measuring the expected credit losses (ECL) for all lease and long-term receivable. The application makes estimation about likelihood of default occurring, of the associated loss ratios of default correlations between counter parties. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The following tables contains an analysis of the credit exposure for lease and long-term receivables as at 31 December 2025 and 2024 as follows: Long term receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 769 - - 769 Carrying amount 769 - - 769 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 589 - - 589 Carrying amount 589 - - 589 Lease receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 Carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 26 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 Carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 27 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) Loss Allowance – Lease Receivables: No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material. Lease and long-term receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include ceasing enforcement activity, and where the Group’s recovery method is foreclosing on collateral, and the value of the collateral is such that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full. ECL movements without a profit and loss impact relates to amounts transferred from trade receivables to lease/long term receivables which previously existed and for which the ECL would have also been transferred. Expected credit losses are presented net of subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off. Cash and bank and other receivables Other financial assets at amortised cost include cash and bank balances, due from related parties and other receivables . These debt instruments at amortised cost are considered to have low credit risk. The loss allowance recognised during the period on those deemed to have low credit risk was therefore limited to the 12 month expected losses. Management considers these instruments as having low credit risk when there is a low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term. The allowance is assessed by estimating the likelihood of default, associated loss ratio and default correlation between counterparties. No opening loss allowances were recognised on balances for cash and bank, due from related parties and other receivables, and there were no movements during the current year, as the amounts determined were deemed immaterial. (iii) Due from related parties ECL is determined on yearly basis by performing a review of the financial position of the related party debtors for those where the receivable balances are material. If the related party debtor has an ‘intent’ and strong financial capacity to meet its contractual obligation, the probability of default is low and the credit risk is deemed to be immaterial, otherwise it would be classified under stage 2 or 3 and ECL computed accordingly. (iii) Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and other liquid assets and maintaining the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. Liquidity risk management process The Group’s liquidity management process, as carried out within the Group and monitored by the Board of Directors, primarily includes: (i) Monitoring future cash flows and liquidity on an ongoing basis. This incorporates an assessment of expected cash flows and the availability of collateral which could be used to secure funding if required. (ii) Maintaining committed lines of credit; and (iii) Managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities.

Page 28 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3 . Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Liquidity risk (continued) Undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities The maturity profile of financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments is as follows: Within 12 Months 1 to 5 Years Over 5 years Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Trade payables 58,350 - - 58,348 Other payables 32,699 - - 32,701 Due to related parties 13,739 - - 13,739 Lease liabilities 7,975 18,549 1,952 28,476 Borrowings 37,108 184,943 - 222,051 149,871 203,492 1,952 355,315 202 4 Trade payables 48,628 - - 48,628 Other payables 37,220 7 - 37,227 Due to related parties 12,308 - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities - - 407 407 Lease liabilities 9,335 14,453 126 23,914 Borrowings 25,339 141,834 - 167,173 132,830 156,294 533 289,657 (iii) Market risk The Group takes on exposure to market risks, which is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risks mainly arise from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is monitored by the Facey Group Limited’s treasury department which carries out extensive research and monitors the price movement of financial assets on the local and international markets. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Currency risk Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Jamaican (JMD) dollar, Honduran Lempira (HNL), Nicaraguan Córdoba (NIO), Dominican Peso (DOP), Costa Rican Colón (CRC), Trinidadian dollar (TTD) and the Guatemala Quetzal (GTQ). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. The Group manages its foreign exchange risk by ensuring that the net exposure in foreign assets and liabilities is kept to an acceptable level by monitoring currency positions. The Group further manages this risk by invoicing where possible in US dollars and converting foreign currency balances into US dollar denominated accounts.

Page 29 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, the net assets of which are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies. The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December: USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2025 Financial Assets Long term receivables 391 369 - 1 - - - - 8 769 Lease receivables 2,937 - - - - 8,232 - 3,232 1,574 15,975 Due from related parties 4,837 - 69 - - - - - 3,160 8,066 Trade receivables 22,584 20,983 6,670 4,107 3,900 7,052 9,336 8,946 13,979 97,557 Other receivables 3,696 209 848 400 949 9,203 319 2,497 6,311 24,432 Cash and bank 9,085 496 260 568 73 382 183 4,506 6,021 21,574 Total financial assets 43,530 22,057 7,847 5,076 4,922 24,869 9,838 19,181 31,053 168,373 Financial liabilities Trade payables 48,232 920 234 629 47 618 968 557 6,145 58,348 Other payables 6,557 1,562 2,323 1,194 1,520 4,013 3,973 2,172 9,385 32,701 Lease liabilities 16,808 - 2,604 339 1,248 - - 2,045 1,942 24,986 Due to related parties 11,761 - 305 - - - - - 1,673 13,739 Borrowings 183,138 - 1,672 - - - - 489 188 185,487 Total financial liabilities 266,496 2,482 7,138 2,162 2,815 4,631 4,941 5,263 19,333 315,261 Net position (222,966) 19,575 709 2,914 2,107 20,238 4,897 13,918 11,720 (146,888) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation against the US Dollar

Page 30 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (v) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2024 Financial Assets Long term receivables 224 355 - 2 - - - - 8 589 Lease receivables 3,211 - - - - - - 4,337 2,017 9,565 Due from related parties 7,120 - 347 - - - - - - 7,467 Trade receivables 41,110 7,129 6,093 2,106 4,787 1,876 6,644 7,871 10,402 88,018 Other receivables 1,421 259 854 47 (196) 3,788 240 533 6,811 13,757 Cash and cash equivalents 11,560 1,364 240 881 1,181 300 483 3,860 10,092 29,961 Total financial assets 64,646 9,107 7,534 3,036 5,772 5,964 7,367 16,601 29,330 149,357 Financial liabilities Trade payables 42,928 159 749 178 326 1,944 595 204 1,545 48,628 Other payables 11,452 1,698 2,681 901 887 2,770 2,616 4,358 9,864 37,227 Lease liabilities 14,721 - 929 302 1,155 - - 2,339 2,460 21,906 Due to related parties 12,150 - 158 - - - - - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities 407 - - - - - - - - 407 Borrowings 158,321 - 1,772 - - - - 934 62 161,089 Total financial liabilities 239,979 1,857 6,289 1,381 2,368 4,714 3,211 7,835 13,931 281,565 Net position (175,333) 7,250 1,245 1,655 3,404 1,250 4,156 8,766 15,399 (132,208) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation.

Page 31 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) The following tables indicate the currencies to which the Group had significant exposure on their monetary assets and liabilities and forecast cash flows. The change in currency rate below represents management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis represents outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the year-end for a reasonably expected change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity of the profit or loss was primarily as a result of foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of trade receivables and payables, long term receivables and borrowings. % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 5 2025 $’000 2025 $’000 Currency: HNL -1.5 - 109 HNL 1 - (73) JMD -1.5 607 - JMD 1 (152) - NIO -1.5 - 446 NIO 1 - (111) DOP -1.5 - (154) DOP 1 - 38 CRC -1.5 - 270 CRC 1 - (180) TTD -1.5 - 368 TTD 1 - (245) GTQ -1.5 140 - GTQ 1 (93) - % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 4 2024 $’000 2024 $’000 Currency: HNL -4 - 174 HNL 1 - (44) JMD -4 665 - JMD 1 (166) - NIO -4 - 471 NIO 1 - (118) DOP -4 - (119) DOP 1 - 30 CRC -4 - 683 CRC 1 - (171) TTD -4 - 834 TTD 1 - (209) GTQ -4 281 - GTQ 1 (70) -

Page 32 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iv) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk As the Group has no significant variable rate interest-bearing assets, the Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate exposure arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates and revolving short-term borrowings expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The Group analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated for borrowings that represent the major interest-bearing positions, taking into consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions and alternative financing. The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily from borrowings, the sensitivity of the profit or loss is the effect of the assumed changes in interest rates based on floating rate long term and revolving short-term borrowings. There is no direct impact on other components of equity. The table below indicates the sensitivity to a reasonably expected change in interest rates 2025 2024 Change in basis points - 50/25 Change in basis points - 50/25 $’000 $’000 Floating rate borrowings 750/ (375) 619/ (310) (b) Capital management The capital management process is carried out by the parent company. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for the shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. The Board of Directors monitors the return on capital, which the Group defines as net operating income (excluding non-recurring items) divided by total equity (excluding non- redeemable preference shares and non-controlling interests). There was no change to the capital management process during the year. The Group has no specific capital management strategy and is not exposed to externally imposed capital requirements. There are contractual capital requirements as follows:  The syndicated credit agreement with Citibank, N.A. acting as administrative agent and collateral agent and Citibank, N.A., Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A, First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as joint lead arrangers and book runners - The financial covenants include: The Leverage Ratio, The Debt Service Coverage Ratio, The Central American Assets Test and The Specified Central American Assets Test. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at year end.  The revolving credit agreement and loan agreement with First Citizens Bank (FCB) - The financial covenants include: the Current ratio, the Funded Debt to EBITDA ratio and the Debt Service ratio. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at the year end.

Page 33 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated)  3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (c) Fair values of financial instruments Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of the Group’s financial instruments that, subsequent to initial recognition, are not measured at fair value is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each statement of financial position date. The fair values of these financial instruments are determined as follows: (i) The face value, less any estimated credit adjustments, for financial assets and liabilities with a maturity of less than one year are estimated to approximate their fair values. These financial assets and liabilities include cash and bank balances, trade receivables and payables and short-term borrowings. (ii) The carrying values of non-current borrowings to non-related parties approximate their fair values, as these loans are carried at amortised cost reflecting their contractual obligations and the interest rates are reflective of current market rates for similar transactions. The fair value of borrowings is disclosed in note 26. (iii) The fair values of the long-term receivables and loans to and from related parties could not be reliably determined as these instruments were granted under special terms and are not likely to be traded in a fair market exchange.

Page 34 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty Judgements and estimates are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. Estimated impairment of goodwill The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2(f). The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations, which require the use of estimates. In determining the value in use, management has made certain assumptions regarding revenue growth rate, EBITDA to revenue ratios, terminal growth rate and discount rates. See Note 15 for sensitivity of amounts to estimates. Intangible assets Intangible assets arising from the acquisition of subsidiaries have been deemed to be indefinite life intangibles. Other intangible assets have been deemed to be finite lives intangibles. Their estimated useful lives have been determined by management, based on their best estimate of the time period over which the Group will benefit from the assets acquired. Management has estimated that the useful lives of the intangibles will be between 5 and 20 years. Income taxes The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. The Group recognises liabilities for actual and anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. In determining these estimates, management considers the merit of any audit issues raised, based on their interpretation of the taxation laws, and their knowledge of any precedents established by the taxation authorities. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences could materially impact the current tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made (see Notes 11 and 18). Determining the lease term In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). For leases of administrative offices, retail stores, equipment and vehicles, the following factors are normally the most relevant: ● If there are significant penalties to terminate (or not extend), the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● If any leasehold improvements are expected to have a significant remaining value, the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● Otherwise, the Group considers other factors including historical lease durations and the costs and business disruption required to replace the leased asset. Most extension options in office equipment and vehicles leases have not been included in the lease liability, because the Group could replace the assets without significant cost or business disruption.

Page 35 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information The Group’s Chief Executive Officer examines the Group’s performance from a geographic perspective and has identified two reportable segments of business: ● Central America- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Central America Region such as Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Costa Rica, Nicaragua and Panama. ● Caribbean- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Caribbean region such as Dominican Republic, Jamaica, Barbados, Curacao and Aruba, Colombia, Trinidad and Tobago, Suriname, Peru and Ecuador. Management primarily uses a measure of adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) to assess the performance of the operating segments. However, information about the segments’ revenue, assets and liabilities are also submitted for review on a monthly basis.

Page 36 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2025 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 216,487 158,045 - 374,532 Revenue from another operating segment 21,602 342 (21,558) 386 Total Income 238,089 158,387 (21,558) 374,918 Adjusted EBITDA 39,468 22,189 (6,463) 55,194 Finance costs (17,703) Depreciation (20,684) Amortisation (3,174) Unallocated EBITDA - Share of Investee’s profit 718 Profit before taxation 14,351 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (11,766) (8,918) - (20,684) Amortisation (286) (2,888) - (3,174) Income tax (8,252) (1,660) - (9,912) Segment assets- Total segment assets 284,690 257,335 (458,838) 83,187 Unallocated items 339,205 Total assets per statement of financial position 422,392 Capital expenditure 2,986 2,116 - 5,102 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 204,830 244,064 (398,616) 50,278 Unallocated items 294,984 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 345,262

Page 37 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 233,913 158,166 - 392,079 Revenue from another operating segment 15,339 337 (20,366) (4,690) Total Income 249,252 158,503 (20,366) 387,389 Adjusted EBITDA 23,676 27,880 (2,569) 48,987 Finance costs (18,430) Depreciation (17,441) Amortisation (2,884) Unallocated EBITDA 2,386 Profit before taxation 12,618 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (10,386) (7,055) - (17,441) Amortisation (286) (2,598) (2,884) Income tax (3,565) (1,591) 114 (5,042) Segment assets- Total segment assets 239,813 237,830 (380,101) 97,542 Unallocated items 302,174 Total assets per statement of financial position 399,716 Capital expenditure 2,306 4,072 - 6,378 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 175,217 226,053 (323,383) 77,887 Unallocated items 238,241 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 316,128

Page 38 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) Segment assets are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset. Segment liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These liabilities are allocated based on the operations of the segment. The parent entity is domiciled in Barbados. The amount of its revenue from external customers broken down by location of the customers is shown in table below. 202 5 2024 $’000 $’000 Barbados 18,992 20,676 Costa Rica 52,701 37,423 Dominican Republic 15,958 17,836 El Salvador 56,750 99,808 Guatemala 35,148 38,892 Honduras 24,704 20,110 Nicaragua 19,273 15,450 Panama 12,122 11,411 USA 7,841 5,848 Antilles 10,512 11,597 Jamaica 27,960 30,229 Trinidad 23,554 30,125 Guyana 8,518 5,920 Cayman 2,822 2,715 Antigua 731 696 Colombia 4,345 5,071 Suriname 1,233 2,180 Other 51,754 31,402 Total 374,918 387,389 The total of capital expenditure, broken down by location of the assets is shown in the table below. 202 5 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 240 240 Trinidad - 244 244 Costa Rica 1,443 - 1,443 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 908 908 Other 261 724 985 Total 2,986 2,116 5,102

Page 39 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 2,037 2,037 Trinidad - 974 974 Costa Rica 791 - 791 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 311 311 Other 233 750 983 Total 2,306 4,072 6,378 6. Revenue 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Business Solutions Sale of goods 310,839 330,420 Services 41,461 32,302 352,300 362,722 Lease Income 22,618 24,667 374,918 387,389 Revenue from contracts with customers is $352,300,000 (2024: $362,722,000). 2025 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2025 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 207,119 122,957 (21,558) 308,518 Over time 17,257 26,525 - 43,782 224,376 149,482 (21,558) 352,300 2024 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2024 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 212,881 117,599 (20,366) 310,114 Over time 23,913 28,695 - 52,608 236,794 146,294 (20,366) 362,722

Page 40 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 7. Other Income 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest income 1,769 1,999 Gain/ (loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment (179) 103 Negative Goodwill (Note a) - 1,150 Customer Deposits Write-back - 700 Miscellaneous 812 193 2,402 4,145 (a) This relates to the acquisition of Xerox Ecuador. (Note 35)

Page 41 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 8. Expenses by Nature Total direct, selling, administration and other operating expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cost of inventories and cost related to services* 247,544 273,027 Impairment losses/(gains) on financial instruments 917 (223) Staff costs (Note 9) 48,573 43,811 Depreciation (Notes 13 and 14) * 10,630 9,470 Commission 6,905 6,895 Travel 5,180 5,433 Management fees 2,434 2,014 Telephone and communication 1,476 1,369 Transportation 801 803 Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 15) 3,174 2,884 Legal and professional fees 2,441 2,312 Occupancy costs 911 1,043 Bank charges 859 743 Auditor’s remuneration 1,940 1,251 Office supplies, printing and stationery 266 605 Repairs and maintenance 536 950 Advertising 324 450 Motor Vehicle Expenses 1,663 1,315 General Insurance 1,210 1,349 Other expenses 8,200 5,498 97,523 88,195 345,984 360,999 * Depreciation included in Cost of inventories and cost related to services amounts to $10,054,000 (2024: 7,971,000) for a total depreciation of $20,684,000 (2024: $17,441,000). Audit fees for the year ended 31 December 2025 totalled for the Group of $1,940,000 (2024: $1,251,000). Other fees paid to the auditor (and related network firms) for non-assurance services are not material.

Page 42 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 9. Staff Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Staff costs that have been included in Selling general and administrative expenses (Note 8) 48,573 43,811 Staff costs that have been included in Direct expenses 17,101 11,031 65,674 54,842 Staff costs that have been included in direct expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 14,379 8,488 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 2,057 1,165 Redundancy costs 184 501 Other 481 877 17,101 11,031 Staff costs that have been included in selling, general and administrative expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 39,571 34,938 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 4,474 3,840 Pension costs – defined contribution 425 410 Redundancy costs 1,809 2,290 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 1,832 2,072 48,573 43,811 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 53,950 43,426 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 6,453 5,005 Pension costs – defined contribution 503 410 Redundancy costs 1,993 2,791 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 2,313 2,949 65,674 54,842

Page 43 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 10. Finance Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net foreign exchange losses (gains) 609 (371) Interest expense - Loans and lease liabilities 17,094 18,801 17,703 18,430 11. Taxation Taxation is based on profit for the year or, in some jurisdictions, the greater of a percentage of profit before tax or revenue adjusted for taxation purposes, and comprises: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current tax charge 6,384 5,920 Deferred tax charge (credit) (Note 18) 3,528 (878) 9,912 5,042 The tax on the profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the statutory tax rate as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit before tax 14,351 12,618 Tax calculated at domestic tax rate of 9% (2024: 9%) 1,292 1,136 Adjusted for the effects of: Different tax rates in other countries 4,935 5,087 Tax on net assets at 1% 128 137 Income not subject to tax (3,048) (2,324) Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 1,101 550 Other charges and credits 5,504 456 Tax charge 9,912 5,042

Page 44 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 11. Taxation (Continued) 2025 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries 260 - 260 Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE - - - Actuarial gains – termination benefits 54 - 54 Other comprehensive income 314 - 314 Deferred tax (Note 18) - 2024 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries (907) - (907) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE 716 - 716 Actuarial gains – termination benefits (96) - (96) Other comprehensive income (287) - (287) Deferred tax (Note 18) - 12. Earnings per Share 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the company 4,287 7,461 Profit attributable to preference shareholders (1,713) (1,289) Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders 2,574 6,172 Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000) 186,213 186,213 Total basic and diluted earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations. 1.38 3.31

Page 45 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13 . Property, Plant and Equipment The furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment category for the Group includes equipment held for leases. Lease contracts for these items are entered into with third parties, with periodic lease payments being 36 to 60 months. Items which are leased are transferred from inventory on commencement of the lease arrangements and are transferred back to inventory on termination of the lease arrangements. Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Exchange differences - 3 (107) - (21) (4) (129) Additions - 1,103 3,663 - 67 269 5,102 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 502 - 24 - 526 Transfers from inventory - 9,380 - - - 9,380 Disposals - (553) (241) - (24) - (818) Transfers to inventory - - (4,018) - - - (4,018) On revaluation - - - - - - - Transfer from CWIP* - 23 186 - - (374) (165) At 31 December 111 6,974 108,155 776 1,711 1,035 118,762 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Exchange differences - (3) (193) - (18) - (214) Charge for the year** - 819 13,800 - 162 - 14,781 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 171 - 24 - 195 On transfer to inventory - - (4,528) - - - (4,528) Relieved on disposals - (365) (230) - (2) - (597) At 31 December 24 3,771 77,600 - 1,261 - 82,656 Net Book Value - 87 3,203 30,555 776 450 1,035 36,106 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $10,054,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 46 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,739 88,464 60 1,822 514 97,710 Exchange differences - (197) (898) - (294) - (1,389) Additions - 422 4,960 - 121 875 6,378 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 2,217 - 24 - 2,241 Transfers from inventory - - 9,017 - - - 9,017 Disposals - (657) (290) - (70) - (1,017) Transfers to inventory - - (4,789) - - - (4,789) On revaluation - - - 716 - - 716 Transfer from CWIP* - 91 109 - 62 (245) 17 At 31 December 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,292 62,728 - 1,067 - 67,111 Exchange differences - (87) (222) - (214) - (523) Charge for the year** - 678 11,282 - 271 - 12,231 On transfer to inventory - - (4,918) - - - (4,918) Relieved on disposals - (563) (290) - (29) - (882) At 31 December 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Net Book Value - 87 3,078 30,210 776 570 1,144 35,865 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $7,971,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 47 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The amounts of equipment leased to customers and included in property, plant and equipment are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Equipment held for lease at cost 80,979 86,403 Accumulated depreciation (61,596) (66,856) Net book value 19,383 19,547 Equipment is ordinarily moved from inventory to docu-centers, printshops and internal use. Equipment from inventory is also placed under lease contracts. When the equipment is no longer assigned to a specific function, it is moved back to inventory at net book value. The most significant of these movements is for equipment held for lease which is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening net book value 19,547 16,502 Acquisition of subsidiaries (Note 35) - 1,870 Transfers from inventory during lease period 9,380 9,017 Depreciation charges (10,054) (7,971) Disposals – transfers to inventory upon expiry of lease (4,018) (4,789) Depreciation released 4,528 4,918 Closing net book value 19,383 19,547

Page 48 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The pieces of freehold land of the Group were independently revalued as at various dates during 2023 on the basis of open market value or other market comparable approaches by independent qualified valuators. The directors are of the view that there were no material changes in the value over the prior year for Freehold land. Fair value movements on freehold are recognised in OCI under other revaluation reserves, see Note 28. The following table analyses the non-financial assets carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:  Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, or directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2), and  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

Page 49 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) There were no transfers between levels during the year. Level 3 fair values of land and buildings have been derived using the sales comparison approach. Sales prices of comparable land and buildings in close proximity are adjusted for differences in key attributes such as property size. The most significant input into this valuation approach is price per square foot. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair values of land and buildings are disclosed in the tables below. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87 Fair value measurements at 31 December 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87

Page 50 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases : Right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 12,599 10,376 Equipment 2,596 2,308 Motor vehicles 74 118 15,269 12,802 Movement analysis is as follows: 2025 2024 $’000 $’000 At Cost/Valuation - At 1 January 32,312 28,876 Exchange differences (40) 266 Acquisition on subsidiaries (Note 35) - 109 Additions 10,207 5,804 Lease Expiry (4,737) (2,743) At 31 December 37,742 32,312 Amortisation - At 1 January 19,510 16,203 Exchange differences (9) 348 Relieved on lease expiry (2,931) (2,251) Charge for the year 5,903 5,210 At 31 December 22,473 19,510 Net book value At 31 December 15,269 12,802

Page 51 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (Continued) (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: Amortisation charge of right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 4,709 4,488 Equipment 1,105 623 Motor vehicles 89 99 5,903 5,210 Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: - the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability - any lease payments made at the commencement date less any lease incentives received Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.

Page 52 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement, Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Year ended 31 December 2025 Opening net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 337 - - - 337 Exchange Difference - 1 - (2) (1) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (734) (184) (3,174) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 5 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Cost 86,952 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,684 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (12,827) (15,386) (6,993) (35,927) Closing net book value 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 Year ended 31 December 2024 Opening net book value 81,218 20,880 - 824 102,922 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 5,964 - 2,881 - 8,845 Adjustment (1,288) - - - (1,288) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (444) (184) (2,884) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 4 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Cost 86,615 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,347 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (10,572) (14,652) (6,807) (32,752) Closing net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595

Page 53 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15 . Intangible Assets (Continued) Amortisation charges have been included in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income. Impairment tests for goodwill The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis or when events or changes in the circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill is allocated. The recoverable amount is usually determined by reference to the value in use. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the CGU and also to choose an appropriate discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those future cash flows. The allocation of goodwill to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) as categorised by subsidiary is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 403 403 PBS Central America, S.A. 7,539 7,539 Mobay Holdings N. V. 4,256 4,256 Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 523 523 High Tech Corporation S.A. de C.V 2,957 2,957 PBS Technology Group Limited 62,655 62,655 Infotrans 1,438 1,438 PBS Peru 5,964 5,964 Regional Business Systems 337 - Other 159 159 86,231 85,894 The recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use pre- tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a 5-year period. Cash flows beyond the 5 th year are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2025 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2025 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 73.2% 2.0% 14.4% 20.56% PBS Central America S.A. 0.7% 3.4% 13.3% 20.96% Mobay Holdings N. V. 20.7% 1.7% 12.6% 20.70% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 24.6% 4.9% 16.7% 19.41% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.3% 15.2% 25.19% PBS Technology Group Limited 42.3% 3.1% 27.3% 22.25% Infotrans Group Holdings B.V. 39.1% 1.8% 14.9% 19.04% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.5% 12.1% 20.27% Regional Business Systems 174.7% 2.0% 16.6% 20.56%

Page 54 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2024 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2024 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 11.4% 22.0% PBS Central America S.A. -10.0% 3.0% 9.2% 22.4% Mobay Holdings N. V. 13.7% 1.7% 16.0% 17.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5% 11.5% 24.9% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 14.3% 26.6% PBS Technology Group Limited 25.0% 3.0% 25.7% 24.1% Infotrans 50.0% 1.9% 11.8% 24.5% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 11.5% 21.4% The table below shows the change in key assumptions for value in use calculations that would result in the recoverable amount being equal to the carrying amount. This represents only the cash generating units for which the excess of the recoverable amounts over the carrying amounts of the CGUs was low. 202 5 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Mobay Holdings N.V. 20.7% -1.4% 11.9% 23.6% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.5% 15.2% 25.0% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.9% 12.2% 20.0% Regional Business Systems 174.7% -19.2% 9.7% 35.7%

Page 55 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) 202 4 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 8.1% 22.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5.0% 10.4% 26.7% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 12.7% 27.0% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 12.7% 16.4%

Page 56 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 16. Lease Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Gross investment in finance leases Not later than one year 12,292 4,538 Later than one year and not later than five years 6,130 8,966 18,422 13,504 Less: Unearned income (2,447) (3,939) 15,975 9,565 Net investment in finance leases may be classified as follows: Not later than one year 11,437 2,696 Later than one year and not later than five years 4,538 6,869 15,975 9,565 No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . 17. Long Term Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Print Spot S de R.L. (Note a) 22 91 Guarantee deposits for building rents (Note b) 87 111 Other (Note c) 660 387 769 589 The current portion of long-term receivables is $161,000 (2024: $38,000) and is recorded in Current Assets. No loss allowance was recorded for long-term receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . a) Print Spot S de R.L. The balance earns interest of 14% and matures in August 2027. b) Guarantee deposits for building rents These balances do not earn interest and they are guarantee deposits for the rent of buildings in Guatemala, Cayman, Panama and Nicaragua. They mature between February 2027 (renewables) and July 2029. c) Other The balance relates to amounts that are individually insignificant. These balances relate to equipment sales with terms between 13 months and up to 37 months. These are secured with promissory notes and earn interest between 10% and 21% and are guaranteed with a pledge on the financed equipment.

Page 57 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 18. Deferred Income Taxes (a) Deferred income taxes are calculated in full on all temporary differences under the liability method and comprise: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Deferred Tax Asset 11,507 14,491 Deferred Tax Liability (6,570) (6,153) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (b) The movement on the deferred income tax assets balance for the year is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net asset at beginning of the year 8,338 7,971 Acquisition of subsidiaries - 89 (Charge) credit to profit and loss (Note 11) (3,528) 878 Exchange difference 127 (600) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment (843) (1,081) Provisions 2,117 7,034 Foreign exchange (losses)/gains (3) (29) Tax losses 3,621 2,600 Other 45 (186) 4,937 8,338 (d) The movement on the net deferred tax asset is attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment 125 (1,178) Provisions 66 (915) Tax losses (3,934) 1,144 Other 342 1,316 (3,401) 367 (e) Deferred income tax liabilities have not been established for withholding tax that would be payable on unremitted profits of subsidiaries as the amounts are permanently reinvested.

Page 58 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances The following transactions were carried out with related parties: (a) Sale of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Sale of goods Other related parties 26 428 Goods are sold based on the price lists in force and terms that would be available to third parties. (b) Purchase of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Purchases of goods Other related parties 10 204 Transactions with other related parties. (c) Key management compensation Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive). The compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services is shown below: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 4,837 4,905 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 373 372 Pension benefits 33 33 Other 106 9 5,349 5,319 Directors’ fees 118 104 (d) Other transactions 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Parent Management fee expense 1,429 970 Other related parties Management fee expense 1,005 1,044 Interest Income (6) (2) Interest paid 50 3 Rental Expense 634 - 3,112 2,015

Page 59 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances (Continued) (e) Year end balances with related parties Balances with the parent company and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand and earn no interest. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Receivable from related parties: Parent 5,346 5,247 Fellow subsidiaries and shareholder 2,720 2,220 8,066 7,467 Payable to related parties: Parent 9,487 9,421 Fellow subsidiaries 4,252 2,887 13,739 12,308 20. Investment in Associates In January 18, 2024, Trinidad Systems Group Limited (“TSGL”), a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), completed the acquisition of 100% of the operations of Trinidad Systems Limited (“TSL”) for a total purchase price of TT$107,208,000.00 (US$15,765,882.35). The acquisition was financed through a combination of 50% cash and 50% debt. PBS participated in the ownership consortium of TSGL, securing a 45% equity stake. As a result, PBS contributed 45% of the cash portion of the purchase price, amounting to TT$24,121,800 (US$3,543,000). The debt portion, representing the remaining 50% of the purchase price, is solely the responsibility of TSGL. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 As at January 4,056 3,543 Share of net profit 718 513 At 31 December 4,774 4,056

Page 60 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 20. Investment in Associates (Continued) The associate’s year-end is 31 December. The summarized unaudited consolidated information for the associate and its subsidiary is presented below. The information disclosed reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of Trinidad Systems Group Limited and not the Group’s share of those amounts. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Statement of financial position: Total Assets 26,790 24,316 Total Liabilities (13,592) (11,254) Net Assets 13,198 13,062 Statement of comprehensive income: Revenues 22,501 22,243 Expenses (21,177) (21,127) Net Profit for the Year 1,324 1,116 21. Inventories 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Finished goods 57,311 47,625 Goods in transit 13,198 12,801 70,509 60,426 Less: Provision for obsolete stock (12,466) (11,842) 58,043 48,584 Cost of inventory recognised as an expense aggregating to $203,222,000 (2024: $232,404,000), were recognised in profit and loss. 22. Trade and Other Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade receivables 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (Note 3) (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Prepaid expenses 5,307 3,985 Current portion of Long-Term Receivable 77 273 Other (Note a) 24,355 13,484 127,296 105,760 a) Includes advances to vendors of $3,359,442 (2024: $852,000) and Sundry Debtors of $3,808,003 (2024: $5,992,202)

Page 61 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 23. Cash and Bank 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The cash and bank balances disclosed for 2025 include restricted cash of $6,644,000 (2024: $6,131,000) The weighted average interest rate at the reporting date for short term bank deposits was 0.70% (2024: 0.70%) per annum. 24. Trade and Other Payables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade payables 58,348 48,628 Interest Payables 378 1,001 Accrued liabilities 15,792 20,860 Other 16,531 15,366 91,049 85,855 The carrying amounts of trade and other payables is a reasonable approximation to their fair values, due to their short-term nature. 25. Lease Liabilities The Group currently has long term lease agreements related to buildings, equipment, and motor vehicles. (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Lease liabilities Current 6,998 6,441 Non-current 17,988 15,465 24,986 21,906 (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest expense (included in finance cost) 1,353 1,580 Expenses relating to short term leases or low value underlying assets (included in selling, general and administrative expenses) 1,178 1,835 2,531 3,415 The total cash outflow for leases in 2025 was $ 9,723,000 (2024: $10,699,000).

Page 62 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 25. Lease Liabilities (Continued) (iii) Incremental borrowing rate For the incremental borrowing rate, the Group: - Where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by bankers as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received, and - Makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security. - The weighted average incremental borrowing rate for the Group in 2024 and 2025 was determined to be 7%. (iv) Lease payments Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. (v) Extension and termination options Extension and termination options are included in a number of leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. As at 31 December 2025, potential future cash outflows of $18,867,000 (2024: $14,702,000) (undiscounted) have not been included in the lease liability because it is not reasonably certain that the leases will be extended (or not terminated). The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee. During the current financial year, the financial effect of revising lease terms to reflect the effect of exercising extension and termination options was nil.

Page 63 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Short term loans – (a) Citibank 12,000 - (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. 2,860 2,274 (c) First Citizens 1,700 1,500 (d) Quedex 1,129 - (e) Davivienda 762 1,088 (f) Banco Popular Dominicano 540 400 (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú 254 - (h) Lafise - 679 19,245 5,941 Current portion of non-current borrowings 14,250 10,633 Total Current Borrowings 33,495 16,574 Non-Current Borrowings – (i) Citibank 135,469 120,926 (j) JCSD Preference Shares 16,701 16,582 (k) Xerox 6,875 9,375 (l) Davivienda 3,060 3,006 (m) National Commercial Bank 1,672 2,190 (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies 1,320 1,232 (o) First Citizens 489 934 (p) BICSA 324 341 (q) Banco de Bogotá 134 62 (r) Banistmo 99 428 (s) ASEPBS 99 - (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies - 72 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 Current portion of non-current borrowings (14,250) (10,633) Total Non-Current Borrowings 151,992 144,515 Total Borrowings 185,487 161,089

Page 64 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) The exposure of the group’s borrowings to interest rate changes and the contractual re-pricing dates at the end of the reporting period are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 0-12 months 33,495 16,574 1-5 years 151,992 144,515 185,487 161,089 The carrying amounts and fair value of the non-current borrowings are as follows: Carrying amount Fair value 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Loans 135,468 123,858 138,367 137,374 Redeemable preference shares 16,701 17,000 17,000 17,000 Other 14,073 14,290 14,073 17,674 166,242 155,148 169,440 172,048 The Group’s undrawn borrowing facilities as of December 2025 is $12,837,000 (2024: $15,000,000).

Page 65 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Short term loans (a) Citibank N.A. This represents three unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of SOFR plus a margin of 3.9% per annum with due dates between March 18 and June 18, 2026. (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. This represents four unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of between 10.20% and 10.99% per annum with due dates between January 20 and March 11, 2026. (c) First Citizens This represents loans which attracts interest of 8% per annum and mature in June 2026. (d) Quedex This represents a loan which attracts interest of 12% per annum and mature in March 2026. (e) Davivienda This represents an unsecured loan to finance working capital bearing interest of 9.30% per annum and maturing March 2026. (f) Banco Popular Dominicano This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on June 30, 2026. (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú This represents a short-term loan which attracts interest of 6.57% per annum and matures on June 19, 2026. (h) Lafise This represented three fiduciary loans to finance working capital, bearing interest between 9.5% and 10% per annum and which matured between January 25 and June 29, 2025. Non-Current Borrowings (i) Citibank This facility was granted in June 2024. The credit agreement was signed by Citibank as Administrative and Collateral Agent, and with Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A., First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners. The facility also grants the group access to incremental loans on which the same terms and conditions as the initial disbursement apply. The group accessed the first tranche of $12,500,000 on December 8, 2025 and the second of $8,000,000 on December 26, 2025. It matures in June 2030 and attracts an interest base rate of 3.4% plus a Term SOFR CME – 6 month rate, which results in an All-in rate of 7% at December 2025. Payments of principal and interests are to be paid in variable installments payments, in a semi-annual basis. Such semi annual amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth. The deferred financing charges offset against the loan amount is $2,588,432.

Page 66 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Guarantor companies are PBS Technology Group Limited, Productive Business Solutions (Central America), S.A., Productive Business Solutions Caribbean Limited, Dorada Management Inc., Productive Business Solutions (Guatemala), S.A., Productive Business Solutions El Salvador, S.A. de C.V., High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions Honduras, S.A. de C.V., Hight Tech Consulting, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions (Nicaragua), S.A., Productive Business Solutions (Costa Rica), S.A., and Productive Business Solutions (Panamá), S.A.. (j) JCSD Preference Shares This represents 17,000,000 Redeemable Cumulative Preference Shares in United States dollars (US$) entitled to a fixed preferential cumulative cash dividend of 8.25% US$ per annum. These preference shares issued in June 2024, mature in June 2028 and are mandatorily redeemable by the Company on this date. The deferred finance charges offset against the loan amounts to $298,790 The Preference Shares may not be redeemed by the Company until after the second anniversary of issue thereof. Thereafter the Voluntary Redemption Payment shall be the aggregate of (i) repayment in US$ of the Redemption Price; (ii) any arrears or accruals of the cumulative preferential dividend on the Preference Shares, whether declared or earned, or not, calculated down to the date of such repayment. (k) Xerox PBS Group acquired Xerox companies in Peru and Ecuador and signed a 4-year unsecured promissory note on July 1, 2024 issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 26, 2024. Principal and interest of 7% per annum are to be paid on a quarterly basis, total of 16 quarterly instalments that ends in June 2028. (l) Davivienda This represents two loans to finance working capital at 9.75% and 15.24% interest rate per annum and are due on May 24, 2027 and December 12, 2028, respectively. (m) NCB - National Commercial Bank This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 11.75% annual, due on October 19, 2028. All of this loan is disclosed as current portion of non-current borrowing given a breach in the corresponding financial covenants of the affiliate that holds the debt. (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies This represents the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of Infotrans subsidiaries in Aruba, Bonaire, Colombia and Curacao, maturing in May 2027. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non-current borrowings. The balance purchase price was set in four equal instalments of six hundred thousand united state dollars, each payable on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of completion of the sale which took place on June 12, 2023. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non- current borrowings. (o) FCIT - First Citizens This represents an unsecured loan facility granted in TT Dollars which attracts interest of 7.5% per annum, maturing on January 11, 2027. (p) BICSA – Banco Internacional de Costa Rica, S.A. This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 9% annual, due on September 15, 2028. (q) Banco de Bogotá This represents two loans which attracts interest of 12.72% and 12.03% per annum and maturing on January 17, 2027, and December 04, 2027.

Page 67 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) (r) Banistmo – Banco del Istmo This represents an unsecured loan which attracts interest of 7.9% per annum and due date is on March 28, 2027. (s) ASEPBS – Asociación Solidarista de Empleados de PBS This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on November 01, 2027. (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies This represented the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of High-Tech subsidiaries in El Salvador and Honduras which matured in July 2025. 27. Share Capital 202 5 202 4

000
000 Authorised - 186,213,000, (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000, (2024 –2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 Issued and fully paid - 186,213,000 (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000 (2024 – 2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 The preference shares are redeemable cumulative preference shares (1,500,000 9.25% perpetual cumulative redeemable USD and 500,000 10.50% perpetual cumulative redeemable Jamaican Dollars Preference Shares) where the declaration of dividends is discretionary. There is no contractual redemption date for these shares and may only be called for the first time at the sole discretion of the issuer, on the last Business Day of the financial year which falls immediately before the 15th anniversary of the issue date of the Preference Shares 28. Other Reserves (deficits) Other reserves primarily represent the currency translation differences resulting from the unrealized gains and losses on the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries that have a different functional currency from that of the Company. Other reserves also include revaluation reserve for the revaluation of assets and actuarial gains. Revaluation Surplus $’000 Actuarial Gains $’000 Currency Translation Differences $’000 Total $’000 Balance as at 1 January 2024 70 2,902 (20,111) (17,139) Actuarial gains - (96) - (96) Movement during 2024 716 - (820) (104) Balance as at 31 December 2024 786 2,806 (20,931) (17,339) Actuarial gains - 54 - 54 Movement during 2025 - - 260 260 Balance as at 31 December 2025 786 2,860 (20,671) (17,025)

Page 68 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 29. Litigation and Contingent Liabilities The Group is subject to various claims, disputes and legal proceedings in the normal course of business. Provision is made for such matters when, in the opinion of management and its professional advisors, it is probable that a payment will be made by the Group, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Claims asserted against the Group, according to the principles outlined above, have not been provided for. Management is of the opinion that the claims are either without merit, can be successfully defended or will result in exposure to the Group which is immaterial to both financial position and results of operations. 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset The movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligation during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 1,553 1,389 Reallocation of pension plan liability 1,045 - Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 Actuarial gains on termination benefits 124 (24) Benefits paid (73) (73) At end of year 3,111 1,553 The movement of the pension plan asset during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 3,674 3,596 Actuarial gains / (losses) 110 (96) Current service cost 122 122 Interest Cost 493 546 Benefits paid (653) (726) Other 6 232 At end of year 3,752 3,674 The amounts recognised in arriving at profit or loss were as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 At end of year 462 261 The distribution of the obligation by country was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Nicaragua 120 115 Panama 338 280 El Salvador 968 810 Honduras 393 348 Ecuador 1,292 - 3,111 1,553

Page 69 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset (Continued) The value of the plan asset was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Barbados 3,034 3,034 Panama 575 557 Honduras 143 83 3,752 3,674 The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is: 202 5 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (500) 485 Inflation rate 1% 52 (47) 202 4 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (432) 465 Inflation rate 1% 31 (27) The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position.

Page 70 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation (Continued) Termination benefits in El Salvador and Nicaragua are established by law and entitle the employee to receive a payment upon termination of employment, regardless of cause. In El Salvador the benefit is founded in the law 592, that is the regulatory law for the economic benefit for voluntary resignation. Employees with more than two years of uninterrupted service for the company shall receive a payment of, at least, the equivalent of 15 days of minimum wage for each year of service. In Nicaragua, the law 185, Labour Code, entitles the employee to the right to receive a payment equivalent to one monthly salary for each year of service, up to the third year, and 20 days of salary for each additional year. Neither of these plans require the employer to establish a fund. The principal actuarial assumptions used in valuing post-employment benefits are as follows: PBS Nicaragua 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 11% 11% Future salary increases 5% 5% Retirement age 60 years 60 years PBS El Salvador 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5% 5% Future salary increases 3.4% 3.4% Retirement age 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively PBS Panama 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5.5% 5.5% Future salary increases 6% 6% Retirement age 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively The principal assumptions used in valuing the pension plan asset for Barbados as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 7.75% 7.75% Future salary increases 3% 3% Retirement age 65 65

Page 71 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Operating Activities Reconciliation of the Group’s net profit to cash generated from operating activities: Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net profit 4,439 7,576 Items not affecting cash: Depreciation 13&14 20,684 17,441 Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 15 3,174 2,884 Share of profit of associate (718) (513) Taxation expense 11 9,912 5,042 Foreign exchange Losses/(Gains) 609 734 Loss / (Gains) on disposal of Property plant and equipment 179 (103) Interest income 7 (1,769) (1,999) Interest expense 10 17,094 18,801 53,604 49,863 Change in non-cash working capital, net of effects from acquisition of subsidiaries: Inventories (14,646) (6,961) Contract assets 1,574 429 Trade and other receivables (21,595) 29 Due from related parties (599) (499) Long term liabilities (407) (906) Long term receivable (180) 218 Lease receivable (6,410) (15) Accounts payable (7,288) 2,183 Contract liabilities (505) (4,243) Retirement benefit obligation 1,480 86 Due to related parties 1,431 1,249 6,459 41,433 Taxation paid (3,733) (8,902) Net cash provided by operating activities 2,726 32,531 Net Debt Reconciliation This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for the year ended 31 December. 2025

000 2024
000 Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Borrowings - repayable within one year (including overdraft) (33,495) (16,915) Borrowings - repayable after one year (151,992) (144,174) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034) Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Gross debt - fixed interest rates (185,487) (161,089) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034)

Page 72 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Financing Activities (Continued) Cash and Bank Lease liability Borrowing due within 1 year Borrowing due after 1 year Total 000 $’000 000 000 000 Net debt as at 31 December 2023 31,991 (19,197) (50,306) (96,936) (134,448) Addition 8,735 (13,552) (4,041) (143,000) (151,858) Repayments (10,760) 10,699 46,254 95,418 141,611 Foreign exchange adjustments (5) 144 9 830 978 Other non-cash movements - - (8,490) (827) (9,317) Net debt as at 31 December 2024, 29,961 (21,906) (16,574) (144,515) (153,034) Addition - (4,676) (17,271) (24,523) (46,470) Repayments (8,366) 7,630 12,646 473 12,383 Foreign exchange adjustments (21) 21 18 170 188 Other non-cash movements - (6,055) (12,314) 16,403 (1,966) Net debt as at 31 December 2025 21,574 (24,986) (33,495) (151,992) (188,899) .

Page 73 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 32. Pledged as Security The net assets of some subsidiaries of the group have been pledged as security for borrowings. The value of these pledged assets at the year end totalled $177,643,000 (2024: $159,054,000). 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities The Group classifies rights and obligations in its relationship with customers whenever either party performs any of its contractual obligations. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress for which the Group has provided the services. The contract assets become a receivable when the entity’s right to consideration is unconditional, and the revenue has been billed. The contract assets are classified as current assets as the associated contract is expected to be completed in less than 12 months. The contract assets relate to equipment contracts. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract assets 28 1,602 The contract liabilities refer to advances received from customers under the promise to deliver equipment. Total contract liabilities at the end of the year are reflected in the table below. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract liabilities on equipment contracts 10,717 8,139 on service contracts 4,384 7,463 Total contract liabilities 15,101 15,602

Page 74 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities (Continued) (i) Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to carried- forward contract liabilities and how much relates to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period on equipment contracts 3,391 4,781 on service contracts 2,534 1,252 5,925 6,033 (ii) Unsatisfied contracts at the end of the period The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations resulting from fixed-price contracts: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 84,215 63,651 84,215 63,651

Page 75 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 34 . Investments In October 2022 the Group acquired 17% of the shares of Arel Limited, which resulted in an investment of $242,000 (equivalent to $246,000 at prior year’s rate). Arel Limited is a private company established in 1967 and domiciled in 2 Piccadilly Road, Kingston 5, St. Andrew, Jamaica. The company is focused on providing engineering services and equipment such as air conditioning, medical and elevators. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair value of the unquoted equity investment are disclosed in the table below. The Group divested its entire holding in this investment during 2025. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 and 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Total 2025 $’000 Total 2024 $’000 Unquoted equity - 243

Page 76 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries Acquisition of Regional Business Systems Limited On 1 May 2025, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Regional Business Systems Limited. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. (i) Identifiable assets acquired – Regional Business Systems Limited 2025 $’000 Property and equipment 331 Tax Recoverable 12 Inventories 175 Trade and other payables (231) Other Current Liabilities (32) Bank Overdraft (197) Net identifiable assets acquired 58 Consideration 395 Less net identifiable assets acquired (58) Goodwill 337 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2025 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 395 Less: Cash balance (overdraft) acquired (197) Net outflow of cash 592

Page 77 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued)z Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Peru. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired - Peru 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 1,638 Trade and other receivables 1,722 Cash and cash equivalents 1,254 Deferred tax asset 594 Inventories 1,353 Intangible assets 2,200 Other Assets 277 Trade and other payables (2,214) Other Current Liabilities (59) Deferred Tax Liabilities (763) Net identifiable assets acquired 6,002 Consideration 11,966 Less net identifiable assets acquired (6,002) Goodwill 5,964 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 4,231 Less: Cash balance acquired 1,254 Net outflow of cash 2,977

Page 78 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador (iii) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 4,231 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 7,735 Total purchase consideration 11,966 (iv) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1. Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2. Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Ecuador. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired: 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 603 Right of Use Asset 109 Trade and other receivables 1,646 Cash and cash equivalents 2,909 Deferred tax asset 471 Inventories 527 Intangible assets 681 Taxation Recoverable 812 Trade and other payables (2,826) Tax Payable (5) Short term loans (112) Deferred Tax Liabilities (175) Net identifiable assets acquired 4,640 Consideration 3,490 Less net identifiable assets acquired (4,640) Negative Goodwill (1,150)

Page 79 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 1,225 Less: Cash balance acquired 2,909 Net inflow of cash (1,684) (iii) Acquisition-related costs In 2024 the Group incurred a combined (Peru and Ecuador) acquisition-related costs of $98,000 which were fully expensed. These costs have been included in professional fees expenses for the current period. (iv) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 1,225 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 2,265 Total purchase consideration 3,490 (v) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1.Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2.Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. 36. Distributions 2025 During 2025 the Group made the following distribution to ordinary shareholders On February 10, 2025, the group paid a cash dividend of $6,499,000 (3.49 cents per share) On December 31, 2025, the group paid a cash divided of $2,999,000 (1.61 cents per share) During 2025 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On January 22, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On April 15, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On June 30, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD428,000 (21.38 cents per share) On September 20, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD427,000 (21.38 cents per share)

Page 80 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 36. Distributions (Continued) 2024 During 2024 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On April 02, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On July 04, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On September 30, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) 37. Pillar II The Group is a part of a Multinational Entity (MNE) with revenues above €750 million. As such, it is within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules. Pillar Two legislation has not been enacted in Jamaica, the jurisdiction in which the MNE is incorporated. The Group has subsidiaries in the following countries with tax rate below 15%: Barbados, British Vergin Islands (BVI), Cayman Islands and St. Lucia. Under the legislation, the Group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) effective tax rate for each jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. The Group’s effective tax rates exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which it operates, with a few exceptions. For these exceptions, although the average effective tax rate may be below 15%, the Group’s exposure to paying Pillar Two income taxes might not be for the full difference in tax rates in relation to these entities. Additionally, not all entities jurisdictions have legislative frameworks to accommodate the Pillar Two top up tax. The Group is in the process of assessing its exposure to the Pillar Two legislation and will implement once adopted by the MNE in the jurisdiction of incorporation. 38. Subsequent Events 1. On January 14, 2026, the Boad of Directors declared a dividend payment of 1.88 cents per ordinary share. The record date is January 28, 2026, and payable February 25, 2026. 2. On February 27, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of March 16, 2026, and payable on April 1, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share. 3. On May 22, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of May 28, 2026, and payable on July 2, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share.

PROXY FORM

Productive Business Solutions Limited Company No. 34076 ("the Company") The undersigned shareholder of the Company hereby appoints of or failing him of Dated this day of , 2026 Name in Print: as the nominee of the undersigned to attend and act for the undersigned and on behalf of the undersigned at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on the September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am Jamaica time and at any adjournment or adjournments thereof in the same manner, to the same extent and with the same powers as if the undersigned was present at the said meeting or such adjournment or adjournments there of. Pursuant to Amended and Restated By-Law No. 2 of the Company

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Syndicated from Jamaica Stock Exchange · originally published .

Other coverage

Around Kingston

· powered by OFMOP
000 Net debt as at 31 December 2023 31,991 (19,197) (50,306) (96,936) (134,448) Addition 8,735 (13,552) (4,041) (143,000) (151,858) Repayments (10,760) 10,699 46,254 95,418 141,611 Foreign exchange adjustments (5) 144 9 830 978 Other non-cash movements - - (8,490) (827) (9,317) Net debt as at 31 December 2024, 29,961 (21,906) (16,574) (144,515) (153,034) Addition - (4,676) (17,271) (24,523) (46,470) Repayments (8,366) 7,630 12,646 473 12,383 Foreign exchange adjustments (21) 21 18 170 188 Other non-cash movements - (6,055) (12,314) 16,403 (1,966) Net debt as at 31 December 2025 21,574 (24,986) (33,495) (151,992) (188,899) . Page 73 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 32. Pledged as Security The net assets of some subsidiaries of the group have been pledged as security for borrowings. The value of these pledged assets at the year end totalled $177,643,000 (2024: $159,054,000). 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities The Group classifies rights and obligations in its relationship with customers whenever either party performs any of its contractual obligations. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress for which the Group has provided the services. The contract assets become a receivable when the entity’s right to consideration is unconditional, and the revenue has been billed. The contract assets are classified as current assets as the associated contract is expected to be completed in less than 12 months. The contract assets relate to equipment contracts. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract assets 28 1,602 The contract liabilities refer to advances received from customers under the promise to deliver equipment. Total contract liabilities at the end of the year are reflected in the table below. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract liabilities on equipment contracts 10,717 8,139 on service contracts 4,384 7,463 Total contract liabilities 15,101 15,602 Page 74 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities (Continued) (i) Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to carried- forward contract liabilities and how much relates to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period on equipment contracts 3,391 4,781 on service contracts 2,534 1,252 5,925 6,033 (ii) Unsatisfied contracts at the end of the period The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations resulting from fixed-price contracts: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 84,215 63,651 84,215 63,651 Page 75 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 34 . Investments In October 2022 the Group acquired 17% of the shares of Arel Limited, which resulted in an investment of $242,000 (equivalent to $246,000 at prior year’s rate). Arel Limited is a private company established in 1967 and domiciled in 2 Piccadilly Road, Kingston 5, St. Andrew, Jamaica. The company is focused on providing engineering services and equipment such as air conditioning, medical and elevators. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair value of the unquoted equity investment are disclosed in the table below. The Group divested its entire holding in this investment during 2025. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 and 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Total 2025 $’000 Total 2024 $’000 Unquoted equity - 243 Page 76 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries Acquisition of Regional Business Systems Limited On 1 May 2025, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Regional Business Systems Limited. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. (i) Identifiable assets acquired – Regional Business Systems Limited 2025 $’000 Property and equipment 331 Tax Recoverable 12 Inventories 175 Trade and other payables (231) Other Current Liabilities (32) Bank Overdraft (197) Net identifiable assets acquired 58 Consideration 395 Less net identifiable assets acquired (58) Goodwill 337 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2025 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 395 Less: Cash balance (overdraft) acquired (197) Net outflow of cash 592 Page 77 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued)z Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Peru. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired - Peru 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 1,638 Trade and other receivables 1,722 Cash and cash equivalents 1,254 Deferred tax asset 594 Inventories 1,353 Intangible assets 2,200 Other Assets 277 Trade and other payables (2,214) Other Current Liabilities (59) Deferred Tax Liabilities (763) Net identifiable assets acquired 6,002 Consideration 11,966 Less net identifiable assets acquired (6,002) Goodwill 5,964 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 4,231 Less: Cash balance acquired 1,254 Net outflow of cash 2,977 Page 78 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador (iii) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 4,231 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 7,735 Total purchase consideration 11,966 (iv) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1. Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2. Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Ecuador. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired: 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 603 Right of Use Asset 109 Trade and other receivables 1,646 Cash and cash equivalents 2,909 Deferred tax asset 471 Inventories 527 Intangible assets 681 Taxation Recoverable 812 Trade and other payables (2,826) Tax Payable (5) Short term loans (112) Deferred Tax Liabilities (175) Net identifiable assets acquired 4,640 Consideration 3,490 Less net identifiable assets acquired (4,640) Negative Goodwill (1,150) Page 79 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 1,225 Less: Cash balance acquired 2,909 Net inflow of cash (1,684) (iii) Acquisition-related costs In 2024 the Group incurred a combined (Peru and Ecuador) acquisition-related costs of $98,000 which were fully expensed. These costs have been included in professional fees expenses for the current period. (iv) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 1,225 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 2,265 Total purchase consideration 3,490 (v) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1.Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2.Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. 36. Distributions 2025 During 2025 the Group made the following distribution to ordinary shareholders On February 10, 2025, the group paid a cash dividend of $6,499,000 (3.49 cents per share) On December 31, 2025, the group paid a cash divided of $2,999,000 (1.61 cents per share) During 2025 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On January 22, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On April 15, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On June 30, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD428,000 (21.38 cents per share) On September 20, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD427,000 (21.38 cents per share) Page 80 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 36. Distributions (Continued) 2024 During 2024 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On April 02, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On July 04, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On September 30, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) 37. Pillar II The Group is a part of a Multinational Entity (MNE) with revenues above €750 million. As such, it is within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules. Pillar Two legislation has not been enacted in Jamaica, the jurisdiction in which the MNE is incorporated. The Group has subsidiaries in the following countries with tax rate below 15%: Barbados, British Vergin Islands (BVI), Cayman Islands and St. Lucia. Under the legislation, the Group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) effective tax rate for each jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. The Group’s effective tax rates exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which it operates, with a few exceptions. For these exceptions, although the average effective tax rate may be below 15%, the Group’s exposure to paying Pillar Two income taxes might not be for the full difference in tax rates in relation to these entities. Additionally, not all entities jurisdictions have legislative frameworks to accommodate the Pillar Two top up tax. The Group is in the process of assessing its exposure to the Pillar Two legislation and will implement once adopted by the MNE in the jurisdiction of incorporation. 38. Subsequent Events 1. On January 14, 2026, the Boad of Directors declared a dividend payment of 1.88 cents per ordinary share. The record date is January 28, 2026, and payable February 25, 2026. 2. On February 27, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of March 16, 2026, and payable on April 1, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share. 3. On May 22, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of May 28, 2026, and payable on July 2, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share. PROXY FORM Productive Business Solutions Limited Company No. 34076 (\"the Company\") The undersigned shareholder of the Company hereby appoints of or failing him of Dated this day of , 2026 Name in Print: as the nominee of the undersigned to attend and act for the undersigned and on behalf of the undersigned at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on the September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am Jamaica time and at any adjournment or adjournments thereof in the same manner, to the same extent and with the same powers as if the undersigned was present at the said meeting or such adjournment or adjournments there of. Pursuant to Amended and Restated By-Law No. 2 of the Company NGINEERING \u0026 ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT PBS GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2025","subtitle":null,"available_languages":["ar","de","en","es","fr","ht","it","ja","ko","pt","ru","zh"],"primary_image":"https://abeng.org/og/default.png","images":["https://abeng.org/og/default.png"],"canonical_url":"https://www.jamstockex.com/productive-business-solutions-limited-pbs-annual-report-2025","updated_at":"2026-06-10T00:04:30.359Z","scraped_at":"2026-06-10T00:03:03.361Z","related_to":[{"id":"1eb346437c3c19db","source":"pbc-yt","title":"The Business Report - June 9, 2026","jaccard":0,"cosine":0.40788856923521116,"computed_at":"2026-06-10T02:08:00.465Z","published_at":"2026-06-09T21:53:50.000Z","media_type":"video","video":{"provider":"youtube","video_id":"CWSNhpdSK-o","channel_id":"UC8X0kkF7HNdWUxTMjAagJxw","duration_s":512,"thumbnail_url":"https://i.ytimg.com/vi/CWSNhpdSK-o/maxresdefault.jpg"}},{"id":"d160b73b5d099778","source":"our-today","title":"JMMB Group reports $1.87B profit","jaccard":0,"cosine":0.40304237062701315,"computed_at":"2026-06-10T00:04:29.332Z","published_at":"2026-06-05T16:17:39.000Z","media_type":null,"video":null},{"id":"3e949e94c0233477","source":"our-today","title":"Jamaica Producers Group reports $2.3B in net profit for 2025","jaccard":0,"cosine":0.3886130678786732,"computed_at":"2026-06-10T00:04:29.334Z","published_at":"2026-06-05T15:57:50.000Z","media_type":null,"video":null},{"id":"97ee0024875d3ea5","source":"our-today","title":"Pan Jamaica Group reports record J$6.3 billion in shareholder profits for 2025","jaccard":0,"cosine":0.3784075255124662,"computed_at":"2026-06-10T00:04:28.603Z","published_at":"2026-06-07T19:22:27.000Z","media_type":null,"video":null},{"id":"430857caa9791248","source":"gleaner","title":"First Rock plans APO to fund property acquisitions","jaccard":0,"cosine":0.33450659997475857,"computed_at":"2026-06-10T00:04:30.043Z","published_at":"2026-06-03T05:00:00.000Z","media_type":null,"video":null}]},"available":["ar","de","en","es","fr","ht","it","ja","ko","pt","ru","zh"],"related":[{"id":"1eb346437c3c19db","source":"pbc-yt","title":"The Business Report - June 9, 2026","primary_image":"https://i.ytimg.com/vi/CWSNhpdSK-o/maxresdefault.jpg","published_at":"2026-06-09T21:53:50.000Z","media_type":"video","video":{"provider":"youtube","video_id":"CWSNhpdSK-o","channel_id":"UC8X0kkF7HNdWUxTMjAagJxw","duration_s":512,"thumbnail_url":"https://i.ytimg.com/vi/CWSNhpdSK-o/maxresdefault.jpg"}},{"id":"d160b73b5d099778","source":"our-today","title":"JMMB Group reports $1.87B profit","primary_image":"https://our.today/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/JMMB-Logo.jpg","published_at":"2026-06-05T16:17:39.000Z"},{"id":"3e949e94c0233477","source":"our-today","title":"Jamaica Producers Group reports $2.3B in net profit for 2025","primary_image":"https://our.today/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/JPG-AGM-3.jpg","published_at":"2026-06-05T15:57:50.000Z"},{"id":"97ee0024875d3ea5","source":"our-today","title":"Pan Jamaica Group reports record J$6.3 billion in shareholder profits for 2025","primary_image":"https://our.today/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/PJG-AGM-1-1.jpg","published_at":"2026-06-07T19:22:27.000Z"},{"id":"430857caa9791248","source":"gleaner","title":"First Rock plans APO to fund property acquisitions","primary_image":"https://abeng.org/og/default.png","published_at":"2026-06-03T05:00:00.000Z"}],"podcast":null}
Skip to main content
Abeng Radio·Live news
0 listening
Jamaica Stock Exchange

Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

Kingston
Productive Business Solutions Limited (PBS) Annual Report 2025

PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES PAYMENT METHODS IMAGING PROFESSIONAL SERVICES NETWORKING & COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SERVICES

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS is a solutions-oriented, customer-focused technology group that combines a wide range of services, top-tier professionals, and cutting-edge products to offer customized systems and tools for organizations in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. Under the concept of “Engineering & Technology,” PBS operates through a model in which they work together to transform ideas into functional, scalable, and strategic solutions. Engineering acts as the core capability for designing, integrating, and executing complex systems with a long-term vision, while technology serves as the enabler that accelerates results and turns innovation into real impact. This approach reinforces PBS as a reliable partner in solutions integration, focused on helping clients improve the efficiency of their business processes while delivering measurable and sustainable results. “No Limits” defines how PBS thinks and operates: without technical, geographical, or industry boundaries. It reflects a commitment to flexibility, continuous innovation, and the ability to anticipate and solve challenges through tailored solutions that drive efficiency and growth across diverse markets and industries. 03

We are committed to our customers. We work with exceptional people. PBS Costa Rica Building, Plaza Roble, Los Balcones, 3rd Floor 05

We represent world leaders in the technology industry to provide the best solutions and services in our market. 06

Table of Contents Notice of an Annual General Meeting 08 Director’s Report 09 Corporate Information 10 Our Values 11 Acquisitions and Incorporations 13 Our Coverage 14 PBS Business Lines 15 Shareholders Profile 17 Shareholding of Directors 23 Chairman Message 24 CEO Letter 26 Group Board of Directors 32 Board Committees 37 Senior Regional Leadership Team 44 Regional Leadership Team 45 Senior in Country Leadership 47 Consolidated Financial Statements 49 PROXY FORM 51 Corporate Governance Policy 141 07

Notice of an Annual General Meeting NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the NINTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING of PRODUCTIVE BUSINESS SOLUTIONS LIMITED will be held at their offices at General Accident Insurance Company Jamaica Limited, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, St. Andrew, Jamaica as well as virtually, on September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am to consider and if thought fit pass the following ordinary resolutions: A member of the Company entitled to attend and vote, is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote in his or her stead. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. Proxy forms must be submitted to the Company's Registrar and Transfer Agent, Jamaica Central Securities Depository, 40 Harbour Street, Kingston, Jamaica not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting. Proxy forms must be stamped with a J$100.00 postage stamp. Shareholders will be able to attend the meeting in person; however they will also be able to attend and vote on resolutions raised at the AGM electronically once they are registered by contacting [email protected]. Non-Shareholders can also register using the same email address. Upon registration, a confirmation will be sent and the meeting link and password will be shared closer to the meeting. The deadline for registration is September 2, 2026. P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board a. “THAT Deloitte & Touche having indicated their willingness to continue in office be re-appointed as Auditors for the ensuing year.” b. “THAT the Directors are hereby authorized to agree on a remuneration for the Auditors.” 6. RATTIFICATION OF DIVIDEND PAYMENTS “THAT the following dividend payments made during the year be ratified and that no other dividend payments were approved for the period under review”: “THAT dividend payments made to the: 9.25% and 10.50% preference shareholders on April 15, 2025, June 30, 2025, and September 30, 2025 of US$0.23125 per share and J$25.890411 per share respectively Common shareholders on February 10, 2025 and December 31, 2025 of US$0.0349 and US$0.0161 per share respectively TO TRANSACT ANY OTHER BUSINESS THAT MAY BE PROPERLY TRANSACTED AT AN ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING Dated this 4th day of August, 2026 BY ORDER OF THE BOARD 1. AUDITED ACCOUNTS “THAT the audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025, and the reports of the Directors’ and Auditors’ be and are hereby adopted.” 2. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS Pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 the Directors retiring from office by rotation are Jose Misrahi, Ricardo Hutchinson and Thomas Agnew, who being eligible offered themselves for re-election. The proposed resolutions are as follows: a. “THAT Jose Misrahi be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” b. “THAT Ricardo Hutchinson be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” c. “THAT Thomas Agnew be re-elected as a Director of the Company.” 3. RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTOR Pursuant to Section 4.3.2 of the Company’s By-Law No. 2 Mr. Eduardo Rodriguez who was appointed by the Board of Directors on June 8, 2026 resigned and being eligible offered himself for re-election. “THAT Eduardo Rodriguez be re-elected as a Director of the Company” 4. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION “THAT the amount shown for the Directors’ remuneration in the Audited Accounts dated December 31, 2025 be and is hereby approved.” 5. APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS AND FIX THEIR REMUNERAION 08

Submitted on behalf of the Board of Directors, P. B. Scott Chai rman of the Board The Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited submit herewith their Annual Report and Audited Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2025 The Board of Directors of Productive Business Solutions Limited exercises its responsibilities for the Financial Statements included in this Report through its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee consists of non-executive Board members: Brian Wynter Chairperson, Melanie Subratie, Ricardo Hutchinson, Thomas Agnew, and Executive Board member: Jose Misrahi. The independent auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee. The Group ended the year with a profit after tax of US$4,439,000 and a net profit attributable to shareholders of US$4,287,000. Details of these results, along with a comparison with the previous year’s performance and the state of affairs of the Company, are set out in the Management Discussion and Analysis and the Financial Statements which are included as part of the Report. The Directors wish to express their appreciation to the employees for their loyal services throughout the year. The Directors will meet to consider the appointment of Auditors in accordance with applicable regulations. Finan ci al R e sults A u di t or s Legal Representatives Emp l oyee s Director’s Report 09

Full Corporate Name Productive Business Solutions Limited R egis t ered Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust r ial Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Incorpor at ed December 1 6, 2010 Fiscal Year End December 31 , 2023 Administr ati ve Office # 42 Wa r rens Indust ri al Park, St. Mi chael, Barbados Law under which incorpor at ed Barbados Compan y Sec reta ry Liza Ha rr id y al & Associates Tel.: 246-417-5600 Fax.: 246-421-8001 Legal Representatives DUNNCOX 48 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLINTON & HART & CO 58 Duke Street Kingston, Jamaica CLARKE, GITTENS, FARMER Parker House, Wildey Business Park Wildey Road, St. Michael, Barbados M. HAMEL-SMITH & CO. Eleven Albion, Cor. Dere & Albion Streets P.O. Box 219, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad & Tobago W.I. Corporate Information PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS SRL The Financial Services Centre Bishop's Court's Hill P.O. Box 111, St. Michael BB 14004, Barbados Auditors Deloitte & Touche 3rd Floor The Goddard Building Hoggatt Hall St. Michae BB11059 Barbados, W.I. 10

Corporate Governance Policy 11

Corporate Governance Policy OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHARTER WAS ESTABLISHED IN 2010 AND REVISED IN 2025. THE CHARTER CAN BE SEEN IN MORE DETAIL ON THE COMPANY'S WEBSITE WWW.PBS.GROUP 12

Our Values We collaborate in everything we do. We maintain excellent communication with our customers to always understand their needs. The primary factor that enables us to make things happen. We demonstrate these qualities daily to enhance our working environment. We guarantee justice and fairness to all stakeholders, both internal and external. We uphold our business integrity as an ethical framework that guides our professional conduct, acting with integrity to earn the trust of our customers and employees. INTEGRITY TEAMWORK COMMUNICATION DISCIPLINE HUMILITY & SPIRIT OF SERVICE RESPECT FOR INDIVIDUALS 13

Acquisitions and Incorporations 200320******2009 201020******2002 200420******2010 201720******2024 14

191151******2034 151412******2223 Our Coverage Our regional group is made up of: 1. PBS Antigua, 2. PBS Aruba, 3. PBS Barbados, 4. PBS Belize, 5. PBS Cayman Business Machines, 6. PBS Colombia, 7. PBS Costa Rica, 8. PBS Curaçao, 9. PBS Dominican Republic, 10. PBS El Salvador, 11. Global Product Alliance Inc., 12. PBS Guatemala, 13. PBS Guyana, 14. PBS Honduras, 15. PBS San Pedro Sula, 16. PBS Jamaica, 17. PBS Nicaragua, 18. PBS Panama, 19. PBS Suriname, 20. PBS Trinidad & Tobago, 21. PBS Bonaire, 22. PBS Ecuador, 23. PBS Peru, and 24. PBS Dominica. 15

5 6 7 4 3 2 1 PBS Cayman Business Machines PBS Colombia PBS Costa Rica PBS Belize PBS Barbados PBS Aruba Pbs Dorada Technologies Antigua The Cayman Center Suite 1&2 Dorcy Drive, George Town Tel: 1-345-949-8642 [email protected] Centro empresarial El Dorado Plaza Calle 26 No. 85D Local - Modulo 7 Bogotá, Colombia Tel: 57 601 743 3281 [email protected] Plaza Roble, Edificio Balcones, piso 3. San Rafael de Escazú, San José Costa Rica. Tel: 506 4404 8000 Tel: 506 4404 8132 [email protected] 13 Douglas Jones Street Belize City, Belize C.A. Tel: 501 227-0823 / 0824 Facey House 42 Warrens Industrial Park Warrens, St Michael, Barbados Tel: 246 417 5600 Fax: 246 4218001 [email protected] Caya G.F. Betico Croes 170 Oranjestad, Aruba Tel: 297 582 5492 [email protected] Mandolin Place, Friars Hill Road, St. John's, Antigua Tel: (268) 481 1101 Fax: (268) 481 1144 8 PBS Curaçao Schottegatweg Oost 2 Willemstad, Curaçao Tel: +599 97241300 [email protected] 9 PBS Dominican Republic Av. Winston Churchill, Edificio Empresarial Blue Mall, Piso 22 Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic Tel: +809 567 8231 Fax: +809 472 0915 [email protected] 13 14 12 11 10 PBS Guyana PBS Honduras PBS Guatemala Global Product Alliance Inc. GPA PBS El Salvador Lot 2 Goedverwagting, Rupert Craig Highway, East Coast Demerara Tel: (592) 226 1066 [email protected] Tegucigalpa, Boulevard Morazán, edificio Agalta, piso 21 Tel: +504 2244 9870 al 79 [email protected] 23 Avenida 31-13, Zona 5 Ciudad de Guatemala, Guatemala Tel: 502 2420 9500 Whatsapp +502 5456 6479 [email protected] GPA 11411 NW 107th Street, Suite 24, Miami FL 33178 USA. Tel. 1(305) 477 2426 [email protected] Oficinas administrativas: Av. De La Revolución, San Salvador, Torre Plaza Presidente, piso #16. Tel: +503 2239 3000 cel.: +503 7039-9308 [email protected] 15 16 PBS San Pedro Sula PBS Jamaica San Pedro Sula, Barrio Los Andes, 16 Ave. 6 y 7 calle N.O. Edificio Metropark, Piso # 8, Local 804 Tel: +504 2512 2500 al 09 [email protected] Unit 1, 58 Half Way Tree Road, Kingston 10, Jamaica Tel: 876 926 5630-2 Fax: 876 929 5372 SD: 876-968-6197-9 [email protected] 18 17 PBS Panama PBS Nicaragua Calle 50 y 58 Este Obarrio, P.H. Office One, Piso 16 Panamá City, Panamá Tel: + 507 204 9900 Fax: +507 204 9902 [email protected] Rotonda el Güegüense. 400 mts al Sur, 100 mts al Oeste. Managua, Nicaragua Tel: 505 2255 9020 Fax: 505 2255 9030 [email protected] 20 19 21 PBS Trinidad and Tobago PBS Suriname PBS Bonaire Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 / (868) 609 7278 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 [email protected] Van Roosmalenstraat 11 Tel: (597) 551262 [email protected] Port of Spain 155-157 Tragarete Road, Woodbrook, Port of Spain Tel: (868) 628 4010 Fax: (868) 628 4010 Ext 2181 22 PBS Ecuador Av. Amazonas N35-17 y Juan Pablo Sanz Edificio Xerox Piso 7 Tel: (593) 993337829 [email protected] 23 24 PBS Perú N2N Distributors - Dominica Av las Begonias 441 torre C piso 10, San Isidro - Lima) Tel: (51) 1 616 6666 [email protected] N2N Distributors 33Kennedy Avenue Roseau, Dominica. Tel: (767) 448-2679 25 26 PBS St. Kitts BVI (British Virgin Islands) Unit 9, The Sands, P.O. Box 397 Bay Road, Basseterre St. Kitts. Tel: (869) 466-2018 Jayla Place, Road Town Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Tel: (284) 494-5030 Corporate Information 16

PBS 7 Business Lines IMAGING NETWORKING COMMUNICATIONS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ADVANCED SERVICES INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY SYSTEMS PAYMENT METHODS 17

Vertical Markets GRAPHIC ARTS FINANCE GOVERNMENT & EDUCATION MANUFACTURING, RETAIL & DISTRIBUTION OIL, ENERGY & MINING TELCOS BPO TRANSPORTATION & HOSPITALITY 18

AVAILABLE AT PBS Xerox ® Proficio ® PX300 NEW! A winning formula from the ground up. 19 New generation of production print. Xerox® Proficio® PX300 Printer

Our Partners & Certifications We are transforming as a company to assist in enabling information technologies to empower our clients to gain a competitive edge and accomplish their business objectives. 20

Mimaki's latest integrated printer / cutter offers new levels of creativity and versatility with vibrant ink types, including the new Silver, Orange and Light Black. The CJV300 Series achieves the highest print speeds in its class, with innovative technologies ensuring unparalleled production quality for signboard artists, graphic professionals and printers. Integrated printing and cutting, high speed CJV300-160 21

Oracle Exadata The High-Performance Data Engine Delivering ultra-fast performance, scalability, and reliability for mission-critical enterprise workloads 22

10 Largest Shareholders by Number of Shares 100908******0302 01 612,721 General Accident Insurance Co 663,473 Courtney Sylvester 1,087,308 Jose Misrahi 1,632,140 Portland Fund II Co-invest Partnership 3,230,166 NCB Capital Markets (Cayman) Ltd 5,485,214 Pedro M. Paris 6,330,663 Portland Caribbean Fund II Barbados L.P. 34,264,960 Portland Caribbean Fund II L.P. 45,164,017 Musson (Jamaica) Limited 84,181,818 Facey Group Limited Shareholders Profile 23

Shareholding of Executives P. B. Scott - 129,958,556 Blondell Walker - 45,164,017 Douglas Hewson - 42,227,763 Edward Ince - - Jose Misrahi 1,087,308 - Melanie M. Subratie - 129,958,556 Patrick A.W. Scott - 45,164,017 Pedro M. París 5,485,214 - Ricardo Hutchinson - 42,227,763 Tomas Agnew - - Brian Wynter - - Nicholas Scott - 45,164,017 PERSONAL CONNECTED Marco Antonio Almendárez Cisneros 363,600 Leonardo Jesus Velasquez Foucault 163,171 Elvin Howard Nash 142,700 Sergio Roberto Molina Barrios 127,200 Mario Estuardo Pons Espana 90,900 Francisco Lupiac Rodríguez 87,639 Lucia Vielman Ruíz 49,972 Shareholding of Directors 24

P. B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board 25

Dear Fellow Shareholders, 2025 has been a year that has tested our resolve and, in doing so, has demonstrated the depth of the organization we have built. Against a backdrop of macroeconomic headwinds, tightening capital markets, and an accelerating pace of technological change, PBS has continued to advance. While our financial results reflect the complexity of the environment in which we operate, they also reflect a business that is maturing, adapting, and positioning itself with intention for the years ahead. Revenue for 2025 came in at US$374.9 million against a budget of US$425 million. We do not normally discuss publicly our budgets but in this case I believe it is important to contextualize our own expectation. This shortfall, while meaningful, must be understood in its proper context. Several large government technology projects across our region experienced procurement delays beyond our control, and currency volatility in certain markets impacted reported figures. Despite this, we achieved EBITDA of US$55.2 million an increase on the $50.9m of 2024 but below our budget of US$59m. Our gross margin improved to 34%, up from budget, demonstrating that the discipline we have applied to our cost of sales is taking hold. Our net profit for the year was US$4.3 million. This is not satisfactory and materially different from our own expectations of US$13.6m. The biggest driver of this differential being our tax charge of US$9.9m an effective tax rate of 69%! This is an area management is actively addressing through improved tax planning across our 24-country footprint and we hope to implement structural improvements in 2026. There are four elements that are the key ingredients to PBS’s success today: our people, our capital structure, our systems, our partners - the same foundational pillars I have returned to in prior years, because they remain the determinants of our long-term success. People PBS is, at its core, a people business. Every solution we deliver, every client relationship we maintain, every market we penetrate — all of it flows from the capability of our 3,000-plus professionals across the region. In 2024 we spoke of the urgent need to develop a methodology that makes us a magnet for talent. In 2025 we made meaningful progress. The PBS University platform is still a work in progress. We have to get this right. We have to focus on it to get it right. It has expanded its Chairman message 26

curriculum, and we have introduced structured certification pathways aligned to our key technology partnerships. This is not simply a human resources initiative. It is a strategic imperative. As we grow, the complexity of what we are asked to execute grows with it. We must ensure that our organization scales in quality, not merely in headcount. We expect the organization will revolve over time and we are actively taking steps to plan for the future. Retention remains a challenge in certain markets where the demand for skilled IT professionals continues to outpace supply. We are combating this through a combination of compensation benchmarking, career development investment, and a deliberate effort to build a culture of belonging. Our ability to attract people who share our values — integrity, execution, and client focus — will define the next chapter of PBS as surely as any product or partnership we could announce. Capital When we speak of capital at PBS, we are speaking about something far more nuanced than a balance sheet line. Ours is a business in which the cash cycle for a given solution can range from immediate payment to a five-year financing arrangement. The timing of projects often need to be aligned with availability of capital. In addition the funding of projects often leads to funded debt being incurred before cashflows are delivered thus covenants need to be managed. We operate across multiple currencies, with varying regulatory environments governing the movement of funds across borders. Managing this complexity is one of the most demanding aspects of what we do. Ensuring the ongoing funding of our business is like the provision of oxygen to the pilots of a plane in the air, it is an essential ingredient in getting to the destination. In 2024, I was pleased to report the refinancing of our capital market obligations with a new six-year facility. In 2025, the discipline instilled through that process has served us well. Our balance sheet remains fundamentally sound, and our committed growth capital provides the runway we need to pursue the opportunities that are emerging across the region. The integration of the Xerox operations in Peru and Ecuador, undertaken in 2024, has progressed as planned and is contributing to our expanded footprint. Our strategic investment in TSL continues to develop, and we are monitoring additional acquisition opportunities with the same rigour we apply to our organic growth. Systems 27

I would be remiss not to address again the importance of our internal systems and governance. In 2023, we experienced material misstatements in our Costa Rica subsidiary that delayed our audit. I reported then that we had implemented significant changes to personnel and governance. I am pleased to report that the integrity of our financial reporting across the group has been maintained in 2025 and that the controls we put in place are functioning as intended. We will strive to continue to improve our systems to ensure accuracy as well as expediency in reporting. However expediency must never compromise accuracy. We continue to invest in the technology infrastructure that supports our operations. Shared service functions in accounting and administration are becoming more sophisticated. The balance between local responsiveness and central efficiency is a tension that every multi-jurisdictional business must manage continuously, and we are no different. What I can say with confidence is that our systems today are materially stronger than they were three years ago, and our commitment to making them stronger still remains absolute. Partners Without people, capital and systems, PBS would not be able to do anything. However without partnerships with the leading IT companies in the world we would not be able to add the value we do to our customers. PBS works with almost every global leader in IT. We take this privilege very seriously. Every day we work with our partners to execute projects in our markets that are essential to the economic development of our countries. It is our job to facilitate the seamless execution of such projects in Imaging, Information technology, networking communications, professional services, security systems and payment methods servicing the backbone to our economies. Throughout this annual report you will see reference to our partners who over the last 24 years we have built up credibility and trust. We exist to provide seamless execution for them in order to deliver customer satisfaction through productive solutions to our customers. I would like to thank all of our partners for their support in 2025 and we look forward to working together in 2026. Looking Forward As we look to 2026 and beyond, the opportunity before PBS has never been greater. The markets we serve — across the Caribbean, Central America, and now into South America — are at an inflection point in their technology adoption curves. Governments are investing in digital public infrastructure. Enterprises are accelerating their 28

managed services requirements. Artificial Intelligence (AI) is going to transform everything. Every business will need to assess how AI will work for them in their business. The demand for the kind of deep, locally-grounded IT expertise that PBS has spent 24 years building is real, and it is growing. Our task is to ensure that we are the organization capable of capturing it. We will continue to scale responsibly, to deepen our client partnerships, and to invest with discipline in the capabilities that matter. We are not simply a distribution business that sells technology. We are a solutions organization that transforms how our clients operate. That distinction is the foundation of everything we have built, and it is the source of our confidence in what lies ahead. On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Doug Hewson who resigned from the board in 2025. He has been on the board since we went public and has been an important contributor to the board. We wish him the best and are grateful for his contributions to PBS. I extend our sincere appreciation to every member of the PBS team. The results of 2025 - both the achievements and the shortfalls - are yours. So too is the opportunity that 2026 represents. I thank our shareholders for their continued confidence in the strategy and the leadership of this organization. We are building something of genuine and lasting significance, and we remain committed to doing so with the integrity and intensity that has always defined PBS. Warm regards, P.B. SCOTT Chairman of the Board Productive Business Solutions Limited 29

The Xerox VersaLink B405 is a reliable monochrome multifunction printer designed for small and medium-sized workgroups. It delivers print, copy, scan, fax, and email capabilities in a compact and efficient device. With print speeds of up to 45 pages per minute, support for A4 paper size, and a recommended monthly volume of up to 15,000 pages, the VersaLink B405 helps businesses improve productivity while maintaining professional-quality output and secure document management. Multifunctional Xerox ® VersaLink ® B405 30

31 PEDRO M. PARÍS Group CEO

CEO Letter Dear Fellow Shareholders, Our Chairman has spoken to the financial results of 2025 with characteristic candor. What I want to address here is what those results represent strategically and what we are building toward. We are at a rare inflection point: artificial intelligence, cloud infrastructure, and the obsolescence of legacy systems are reshaping every market we serve. Disruption creates pressure, but it also creates demand and PBS is well positioned to capture it. We Do Not Sell Technology. We Engineer Outcomes. This moment also marks a meaningful evolution in how we define ourselves. We have embraced a new identity: Engineering & Technology No Limits. It is not a marketing exercise. It is a declaration of intent the standard we set for ourselves in the complexity of the problems we take on, the quality of the solutions we deliver, and the boundaries we refuse to accept. What differentiates PBS is not the products we represent it is how we think. We are a systems integrator that excels at building backwards from the client's desired outcome, assembling the precise combination of capabilities each engagement demands. Our active role in project finance further sets us apart, enabling us to structure and deliver solutions that go well beyond the scope of a traditional technology provider. We renew our most enduring client relationships not through inertia, but by consistently delighting them transforming contracts into long-term franchises. And we are now applying that same ingenuity inward: automation and AI agents are actively reducing our own operational costs, improving margins as we scale. Most Important Partners of the PBS Ecosystem Our partner ecosystem is one of our most powerful assets. PBS works alongside Oracle, Cisco, NCR Atleos, NCR Voyix, Xerox, Leidos, and others as their trusted regional execution partner relationships built over decades that are not easily replicated. In 2026 we are going deeper: a unified PBS Consulting under a dedicated regional director sharpens our Oracle go-to-market; Cisco anchors our networking and security practice; NCR Atleos and NCR Voyix lead our financial self-service presence; and Leidos strengthens our positioning in mission-critical solutions. Xerox remains one of our most enduring partnerships. Our CMPS penetration rate of 32

79.3% across PBS Group is a tangible proof point of that trust. As Xerox expands into digital services and IT solutions and as we work to incorporate the strategic developments following the Lexmark acquisition we see clear opportunity ahead. These are not simply vendor relationships. They are proof points of our standing in the global technology community. Artificial Intelligence: From Pilot to Practice PBS has entered the world of agentic AI not as a concept we are studying, but as a capability we are deploying. In late 2025, we led a proof of concept with a major regional bank that combined advanced data warehouse migration engineering from Microsoft SQL Server to Oracle with artificial intelligence. The engagement demonstrated PBS's unique ability to bridge deep infrastructure expertise with emerging AI capabilities: an outcome neither a pure vendor nor a traditional integrator could achieve alone. This is where PBS is building its next frontier. Governments modernizing public infrastructure, financial institutions transforming core systems, enterprises navigating digital change all face environments of growing complexity. AI-powered solutions that address mission-critical use cases, reduce operational risk, and close gaps left by legacy obsolescence represent a genuine and growing opportunity. We are building those competencies today. THE ORGANIZATION WE ARE BUILDING In 2026, PBS has strengthened its senior leadership with targeted additions designed to deepen expertise and expand regional capacity. Our culture of collaboration sharing talent, resources, and best practices across 24 markets compounds as a competitive advantage. Central to this model is a pool of high-caliber specialists: forward deployed engineers, solution architects, and domain experts deployed with precision across geographies. A solution proven in Honduras can be deployed in Jamaica. A capability built in Peru can serve Colombia. This is something our local competitors cannot match in scale, and our global competitors cannot match in regional depth. Turnaround and the Opportunity Ahead Our 24-market footprint is both a risk management discipline and a growth engine. We are entering new markets to consolidate our regional position and reduce concentration risk. Simultaneously, we are focused on unlocking value within our 33

current footprint: our operations in Panama, Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru markets where our presence was built on imaging and where we are now accelerating into higher-value technology services represent meaningful turnaround opportunities. The adjustments now underway will, we believe, generate contributions that meaningfully enhance shareholder value. We view them as investments in progress, and we are confident in the path forward. What Lies Ahead The demand for what PBS does deep, locally grounded, end-to-end technology execution has never been greater. We have been building toward this moment for more than two decades. Our partnerships, our people, and our culture have been assembled with exactly this horizon in mind. The work ahead is significant. The opportunity is larger still. To our shareholders: we remain committed to rewarding your confidence with discipline, integrity, and the intensity that has always defined this organization. Warm regards, PEDRO M. PARÍS C. Group CEO Productive Business Solutions Limited 34

P. B. Scott Chairman of the Board Pedro M. París Director, Group CEO P.B. Scott is the CEO, Chairman and Principal Shareholder of the Musson Group. Over the last two decades, P.B. Scott has conceptualised and led the expansion of the Musson Group from a Jamaican consumer wholesale distribution business to a diversified group operating in 30 countries. The Group is a leader across the Caribbean in food, pharmaceuticals, information technology, and insurance. The Musson Group includes leading businesses such as The PBS Group, Seprod Limited, General Accident Insurance, and A.S. Brydens & Sons. He has served as CEO of Musson since 2004. Today the Musson Group has a turnover in excess of US$1.6 billion annually and over 7,000 employees. In addition to his private sector contributions, P.B. Scott has committed a significant amount of time to public service. He is the chairman of the Development Bank of Jamaica and has led multiple enterprise teams to divest government assets. In 2023, he was awarded 'the Order of Jamaica for his exceptional contribution to the Business Industry, Investment, and Philanthropy in Jamaica and the Caribbean. Mr. Pedro M. París has been with PBS since 2003, He has held several management positions, in 2006 he was named COO for Central America. Mr. París was appointed Group CEO at the end of 2009. He is responsible for the vision, strategy and execution of the day-to-day operations. He is also a member of the Management Governance and Executive Committees. Mr. París worked 18 years for IBM-GBM (an IBM alliance), where he held several senior management positions across the business. Mr. París studied Business Administration at the Universidad Autónoma Centro America, Costa Rica. Group Board of Directors 37

Mr. Hutchinson currently works with Portland Private Equity (“PPE”) as Vice President – Investments, with responsibility for leading investment transactions throughout the region. He has more than 13 years of experience in the regional finance industry working with several top financial institutions. Prior to joining PPE, Ricardo held the role of Associate Director – Investment Banking with a leading regional commercial bank. He holds a Master of Science degree in Economics from the University of the West Indies and is a CFA Charter holder. *Ricardo Hutchinson Non-Executive Director Group Board of Directors *Independent Director Mr. Agnew is an entrepreneur specializing in building content marketing, marketing technology and information services businesses. He founded Brafton Inc. and a group of subsidiary companies that are North America and Australia’s leading content marketing entities. Brafton Inc. has been listed among the 5,000 fastest growing private companies four years in row. He co-founded DeHavilland Information Services and Axonn Ltd in the UK. Originally from the UK, he moved to the U.S.A. in 2008. Mr. Agnew holds a degree in Politics from the University of Newcastle, UK. *Thomas Agnew Non-Executive Director 38

Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Group Board of Directors José Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director *Independent Director Mrs. Blondell Walker has been part of the Musson Group of Companies for over 20 years and is currently the ICT Director, a position she has held since 2000. She is also on the Board for T. Geddes Grant (Distributors) Limited and Musson Jamaica Limited. She was instrumental in the implementation of the Enterprise Resource Program (ERP  application across the Musson Group of Companies. Mrs. Walker studied Accounting and Systems Analysis at the University of the West Indies, Institute of Management and the Heriot Watt University of Edinburgh, Scotland. She is the Chairman for the Western United Basic School. Blondell Walker Non-Executive Director 39

Mr Ince is a Senior Partner/Co-Founder of Frontlight Ventures, a regional investment and consulting firm. He was Co-Founder and Managing Director of Prism Services, a regional payments and operations outsourcing company. He is a Non-Executive Republic Bank Ltd, Cave Shepherd, Foster & Ince Cruise Services and the Barbados Sugar Industry Ltd. He is a graduate of York University, Canada and is a National Barbados Aubrey Collymore Scholarship recipient for sciences. Group Board of Directors *Edward Ince Non-Executive Director *Independent Director Mrs. Melanie Subratie is Chairman and CEO of Stanley Motta Ltd., Vice-Chairman of Musson (Ja) Ltd. and Director of all its subsidiaries, Vice-Chairman of General Accident Insurance Company Ltd., Eppley Ltd, and T Geddes Grant Ltd. Chairman of E-Pins Ltd. and sits on the executive of Seprod group of Companies and all its subsidiary boards. Chairman of Seprod Foundation, Musson Foundation, Chairperson of Jamaica Girls Coding and Chairman of Jamaica RISE Life Management and other CSR organizations. She is also Fourth Vice-President of the Jamaica Chamber of Commerce, and is the current Chair of the Legislation, Regulation and Improvement Committee. She is a honors graduate of London School of Economics. Melanie Subratie Non-Executive Director 40

Group Board of Directors Patrick A. W. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Patrick A. W. Scott is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Facey Commodity Company Limited and the Executive Deputy Chairman of the Facey Group. Prior to these appointments, he served 16 years as Managing Director. A seasoned executive, Mr. Scott has worked for a combined total of 40 years in various roles and was key figure in the global development of Facey’s Telecom business. He currently serves the board of directos of several companies including, P.A. Benjamin, Serge Island Diaries, International Biscuits and Serge Island Farms. Attended Seneca College and Ryerson University in Toronto, Canada. Mr Brian Wynter has been incorporated to the PBS Group Limited Board of Directors. Mr. Wynter has an extensive career in the financial sector, serving as Governor of the Bank of Jamaica until August 2019. The motion was presented to the Board of Directors, which was accepted, and in this way, Brian Wynter was duly appointed to the board of directors of PBS Group Limited. An honors graduate from the London School of Economics in 1981, and specialized in International Economy form Columbia University in 1985. *Brian Wynter Non-Executive Director 41

Group Board of Directors Nicholas A. Scott Non-Executive Director Mr. Nicholas Scott is the Vice Chairman of Eppley Limited and a director of Eppley Fund Managers Limited. Mr. Scott is also the Chief Investment Officer of the Musson Group and a Director of Musson and most of its major subsidiaries and affiliates. Mr. Scott is the Chairman of the Student Loan Bureau and a former Vice-President of the Private Sector Organization of Jamaica. He holds a B.Sc. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and an M.P.A. from the Harvard Kennedy School of Government. 42

4 Paul Scott 5 Melanie Subratie 5 Pedro M. Paris 5 Jose Misrahi 5 Patrick Scott 5 Blondell Walker 4 Nicholas Scott 5 Ricardo Hutchinson 5 Thomas Agnew 5 Edward Ince 5 Brian Wynter 7 Jose Misrahi 7 Ricardo Hutchinson 7 Thomas Agnew 6 Brian Wynter 4 Melanie Subratie Board Meetings Audit Meetings 43

Board of Committees Executive Committee Audit Committee Compensation Committee *Independent Director P.B. Scott Chairperson Nicholas A. Scott José Misrahi Pedro M. París P.B. Scott Chairperson Patrick Scott *Ricardo Hutchinson Melanie Subratie *Thomas Agnew José Misrahi *Ricardo Hutchinson *Brian Wynter Chairperson 44

Sergio Molina Planning Operations Director Sergio Molina started at PBS 20 years ago. He has hold several positions in the company. PBS Guatemala General Manager (7 Years), PBS Dominican Republic General Manager (1 Year), PBS Group Post-Sale Manager (1Year), PBS Group Sales Process Management, PBS Group Planning Manager (Current). Mr Molina obtained a Degree in Business Administration from Universidad de San Carlos de Guatemala. Mario Pons Professional Services Operations Mario Pons has been a key player for the Inkjet strategy the group has developed in Central America and has helped various PBS organizations in the development of high impact projects such as the printing of Electoral Ballots. He has also been key in the relationship with global partners, Entrust Datacard and Gemalto, for National ID projects in Guatemala, Jamaica and Costa Rica. He started working in Xerox Guatemala in 1994 and has developed his career within Xerox and PBS holding several positions in Sales, Service and Professional Services. He has a BSC in Computer Science from Louisiana State University, and a Diploma in Business Administration from Tayasal Business School. Leonardo Velásquez Infrastructure & Technology Networking Director Leonardo Velazquez has been working with PBS since 2015. He oversees the sales relationship with vendors and distributors, such as: Cisco, Fortinet, HP, Dell, Tripplite, TechData, Intcomex, IngramMicro. Before PBS, he worked as a Regional Partner Account Manager at Cisco Systems for 6 years and has amassed a total of 25 years in the IT sector. He graduated from Universidad de Simon Bolivar. He has an MBA in Enterprise Administration and is an Electronic Engineer. Alex Chiriboga Service Delivery & Logistics Director Alex recently joined PBS Group in May 2024 as Director of Delivery Service & Logistics. His main objective is to transform the service we provide to our customers, aiming to achieve the highest levels of satisfaction and experience. This transformation will focus on improving processes through a connectivity strategy, optimizing resources and technology, and maintaining inventory levels and quality aligned with the requirements of our broad portfolio of products and services. Mr. Chiriboga brings over 32 years of experience from Xerox, where he held leadership roles in Service Delivery, Technical Services, Logistics, Sales, and the Paper Business across Ecuador and the Latin America Region. He holds an MBA with specializations in Finance, Marketing, and Human Resources, a degree in Process Administration Engineering, a Bachelor’s in Electronics & Telecommunications, and is certified as a Lean Six Sigma Green Belt. Senior Regional Leadership Team 45

Jose Misrahi CFO Facey-PBS, Director Mr. Misrahi is a director of several companies within the Facey Group. Prior to joining Facey in 2006, he was Managing Director of a boutique Investment Bank from 2003 to 2006. He served as Vice President, Finance for the Cisneros group of companies from 1992 to 2002, a multinational with concentration in Media holdings. He has also held other board positions outside of Facey. He is member of the Executive, Audit, and the Governance Management Committees. Mr. Misrahi is a CPA and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from the University of Miami. Lucia Vielman Coporate Treasure Mrs. Vielman Ruiz was a Private Banking Manager at Mercom Bank and later appointedas General Manager. In 2009 Mrs. Vielman Ruiz Joined PBS as Compliant officer for the first sindicate loan and in 2010 she became the Corporate Treasurer, responsible for banking operations at country level and member of the Management Governance Committee. She Graduated in Business Administration from Universidad Francisco Marroquin, Guatemala in 1998. Sharon McDonald Chief Assurance Officer Dr. Sharon Smith-McDonald supports PBS Group Limited. She is responsible for overseeing the Group’s internal controls and risk management. She plays a critical role in ensuring compliance with regulations by the development of effective assurance strategies across all business operations. Dr. Smith-McDonald has accumulated over three decades of experience in fi nance, accounting, and business operations. Her distinguished career includes key leadership roles within multinational organizations, most recently serving as Group Financial Controller at Musson Jamaica Limited. Dr. Smith-McDonald holds a Doctor of Business Administration in Finance & Internal Controls from Walden University, a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Northern Caribbean University, and a Bachelor of Science in Management and Accounting from The University of the West Indies. Ryan Kirlew Corporate Global Controller Ryan oversees the fi nancial operations of the entire PBS Group. Ryan brings a wealth of experience in strategic fi nancial management and reporting. He has consistently demonstrated outstanding leadership, expertise, and a deep understanding of fi nancial operations. His commitment to excellence has been evident throughout his career, and we are con fi dent that he will excel in this new role. Since joining the Group in 2017, Ryan has made signi fi cant contributions while working with Musson International Dairies Limited, Seprod, T. Geddes Grant, and Musson Jamaica—gaining valuable experience and playing a key role in the success of these business units. As Global Controller, Ryan is responsible for the overall fi nancial reporting of the PBS Group. He leads the development and maintenance of the organization’s accounting policies, practices, procedures, initiatives, and systems. Senior Regional Leadership Team 46

Daniel Martínez Advanced Services Regional Manager Daniel brings over 20 years of experience in business development across the technology and consulting sectors, leading transformational initiatives for government and financial institutions throughout Central America and the Caribbean. In the past seven years alone, he has consistently achieved double-digit growth in revenue and margins in Honduras by designing and implementing tailored professional services that accelerate technology adoption. As an Oracle Champion for nearly a decade, Daniel seamlessly combines technical expertise with commercial strategy to drive client success. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing & International Business and a Master of Science in Finance from Universidad Tecnológica Centroamericana (UNITEC), Honduras. Additionally, he earned a Professional Certificate in Digital Transformation from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Cambridge, MA, USA. Vennis Williamson Regional Manager Jamaica & Cayman Vennis Williamson. Her career in the information and communications technology (ICT) sector spans over a decade. Vennis has played a crucial role in navigating PBS Jamaica through the digital era, achieving significant technological milestones along the way. Her strategic guidance has integrated major technology entities, propelling the organization to unprecedented levels of innovation and market leadership. Over the past three years, under Vennis's leadership, PBS Jamaica has exceeded financial and operational growth objectives while prioritizing staff engagement as a core part of its strategy. Estefania Menéndez Personnel Regional Director Estefanía Menéndez is the Regional Personnel Director at PBS Group Limited, where she leads the human capital strategy and drives organizational transformation across the group. With over 14 years of experience in the Technology, Electrical, Outsourcing, and Business Services sectors, Estefanía has held leadership positions at renowned companies such as Schneider Electric, Xerox, and Capgemini. She holds a Business degree and a Master’s in Finance from Franklin University, and is certified in both Project Management and Six Sigma. Estefanía is widely recognized for implementing transformative initiatives that enhance productivity, increase operational efficiency, and boost employee engagement. Javier Mogollón Chief Information Officer Javier Mogollón is a systems engineer with a postgraduate degree in telecommunications from the Santiago Mariño University in Venezuela, he arrived in Guatemala 20 years ago after completing a ten-year cycle at Xerox of Venezuela, throughout this time in which he has worked for the group, Javier has held several positions accepting both local and regional challenges and responsibilities. He served as service manager, and sales support manager was the creator and developer of the Docushare Project (accounting code) in Shared Service that is currently used by all PBS Groups and the following company incorporations, he was in charge of the System One infrastructure installed in the Guatemala data center for 2 years, 4 years has held the position of IT manager in PBS Guatemala. Javier is currently the CIO of PBS Group. Regional Leadership Team 47

Lesder Ramírez Chief Operating Officer Central America Mr. Lesder Ramirez studied Business Administration at the Universidad San Carlos De Guatemala, Guatemala and in 2009, joined PBS as the Financial Manager for the Guatemala operations. From 2009 to 2015, Lesder was entrusted to play different roles in finance such as Finance Manager for the operations of Costa Rica, Honduras Jamaica and Belize, Shared Service Center - Finance Manager and Xerox Relationship Management. During his tenure managing the Xerox relationship, Lesder oversaw planning operations, working closely with Mr. Pedro M. Paris C., CEO of PBS Group, where he developed additional business acumen. In 2019, based on his achievements, Lesder was promoted to oversee the operations of Dutch Caribbean as Senior General Manager. More recently in 2022, due to his knowledge of the PBS business as well as his solid financial and operations background Lesder, was named COO in charge of the operations of Trinidad & Tobago, Guyana, and Dutch Caribbean (Aruba, Curacao, Bonaire, Saint Maarten and Suriname). Stuart Franco Chief Operating Officer Eastern Caribbean Cluster Stuart Franco is the Chief Operating Officer of the Eastern Caribbean Cluster, bringing over two decades of leadership, commercial expertise, and deep regional knowledge to the role. A graduate of the University of Western Ontario with a B.A. in Statistics & Economics, Stuart joined TSL in 2003 and steadily rose through the ranks — from Sales Representative to Sales Manager, Executive Vice President of Sales, and Chief Executive Officer — before assuming his current role in 2026. Throughout his tenure, he has been a driving force behind the company's growth trajectory, building lasting client relationships and strengthening TSL's market position across the Caribbean. Stuart served as President of the American Chamber of Commerce in Trinidad and Tobago (AmCham T&T) from 2023 to 2025 and has been a board member since 2018. He is also an active board member of the TSL Foundation, where he has championed community initiatives that uplift the regions TSL serves. Outside the office, Stuart is a devoted husband and father of four, an avid football fan, and a firm believer in the importance of family — a value he actively fosters within his team. Ezequiel Bardas Chief Operating Officer Latin America Ezequiel Bardas serves as Chief Operating Officer for Latin America at PBS Group, bringing more than two decades of senior executive leadership to the role. Known for his ability to scale operations, drive digital transformation, and deliver sustainable profitability in complex environments, Ezequiel leads the strategic direction for PBS Group's affiliates across the Andean Region — overseeing operational synergy, key alliance development, and an ambitious expansion plan throughout Latin America. Before joining PBS Group, Ezequiel held distinguished leadership positions at Xerox, serving as President and General Manager across major markets including the United States and Latin America. His track record of navigating high-stakes business environments and building high-performing regional organizations speaks to a career defined by results and resilience. Ezequiel holds an Executive MBA from IAE Business School, complemented by multiple leadership certifications. His leadership philosophy blends sharp market insight with an unwavering commitment to innovation and excellence — qualities that position him as a driving force behind PBS Group's next chapter in the region. Regional Leadership Team 48

GENERAL MANAGER Melani Angeles DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Marco Almendárez NICARAGUA SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Francisco Lupiac GENERAL MANAGER HONDURAS COUNTRY MANAGER Nyron Thomas TRINIDAD & TOBAGO SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Elvin Nash BARBADOS & OECS Jason Alidikromo COUNTRY MANAGER SURINAME Senior in Country Leadership SENIOR GENERAL MANAGER Mirian Alas EL SALVADOR Laura Johnston COUNTRY MANAGER CAYMAN 49

Nella Aguilar PERU COUNTRY MANAGER Candace Bartholomew COUNTRY MANAGER GUYANA Jose Maduro COUNTRY MANAGER BONAIRE & ARUBA Charlesson Ramdjas COUNTRY MANAGER CURAÇAO Vynnie Mila GENERAL MANAGER GPA GPA USA Luis Castillo GUATEMALA COUNTRY MANAGER COUNTRY MANAGER Ana Karina Vallejo ECUADOR Senior in Country Leadership Esteban Corrales PANAMA & COLOMBIA COUNTRY MANAGER 50

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 51

Deloitte & Touche 3 rd Floor The Goddard Building Haggatt Hall St. Michael, BB11059 Barbados, W.I. Tel: +246 620 6400 Fax: +246 430 6451 www.deloitte.com Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (“DTTL”), its global network of member firms, and their related entities (collectively, the “Deloitte organization”). DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) and each of its member firms and related entities are legally separate and independent entities, which cannot obligate or bind each other in respect of third parties. DTTL and each DTTL member firm and related entity is liable only for its own acts and omissions, and not those of each other. DTTL does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about to learn more. Deloitte & Touche is an affiliate of DCB Holding Ltd., a member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Opinion We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries (“the Group”), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2025, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including material accounting policy information. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at December 31, 2025, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS Accounting Standards”). Basis for Opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) (“IESBA Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Key Audit Matters Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill As at 31 December 2025, Goodwill accounted for US$86.2 million, which represents 20.5% of total assets of the Group. On an annual basis, management tests whether goodwill is subject to impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units (CGU) have been determined using value in use calculations based on the higher of the recoverable amount compared to fair value less costs to sell. Our approach to testing management’s impairment assessment, with the assistance of our valuation specialist involved the following procedures, amongst others: • Obtained management’s discounted cash flow model (DCF) including qualitative and quantitative analyses and updated our understanding of the process used by management to determine the value in use of each CGU and evaluated for any changes.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 2 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Impairment assessment of goodwill (Cont’d) We focused on this area because the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill involves significant judgement and estimation, is sensitive to changes in key assumptions and determining economic recovery is challenging. The key assumptions were assessed by management as being: • Revenue growth rate; • Terminal growth rate; • Average Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) to revenue; and Pre-tax Discount rate. • Agreed the 31 December 2025 base year financial information to current year results and compared previous forecasts to actual results to assess the performance of the business and the accuracy of management’s forecasting. • Compared the revenue growth rates to historical revenue growth and externally derived data as well as our own assessments in relation to key inputs such as projected economic growth, inflation and pre-tax discount rates. • Developed a range of parameters using available market inputs and historical information and performed sensitivity analyses using these parameters, which was compared to management’s terminal growth and pre-tax discount rates. • Compared EBITDA margins to historical results, and verified reconciling variances to underlying supporting data and current period results. Tested management’s impairment model calculations for mathematical accuracy Operating and finance lease revenue (Forming part of sale of goods) Revenue arising from the inception of new finance leases is included within the sale of goods revenue stream and is not captured through a specific identifier. As a result, identifying transactions that contain lease arrangements requires manual assessment for every underlying subsidiary. Recognition of revenue in these arrangements requires judgment to identify the lease and non-lease components of the contract and to determine whether the lease should be classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. This classification can materially affect the timing and presentation of revenue recognition, the measurement of lease receivables, and the related financial statement disclosures. Our approach to testing lease revenue to mitigate the identified risks includes the following procedures: • Obtained the population of leases entered into by the entities and reviewed Management's assessment on their classification between operating and finance leases. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition of the finance lease within the Sale of Goods revenue stream, based on the lease amortisation schedule prepared by the management. • On a sample basis, obtained and inspected the related customer contracts / signed agreements to review Management's

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 3 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter Lease classification is based on the terms set out in customer agreements and purchase orders. Accordingly, significant judgment is required to assess whether the contractual terms are consistent with the underlying transaction and whether the classification has been applied appropriately across the population of relevant sales arrangements. As it involves manual review and interpretation of contract documentation, there is an increased risk of error and inconsistent application. The key assumptions and judgments applied by management include: • assessment of whether the arrangement is an operating lease or a finance lease; • determination of the discount rate used in lease classification and measurement; and • identification of the standalone selling price of goods where contracts include both leasing and maintenance components. assessment on the classification between finance or operating lease. • For the selected samples, obtained and verified the inputs (interest rates, delivery dates, lease & non-lease component) as determined by Management to recalculate the finance lease revenue to be recognised in the accounts at lease inception. • Compared the revenue recognised on initial recognition and subsequent interest income based on our independent recalculation to the amounts recorded by management. Management override of controls Management is in a unique position to perpetrate fraud because of its ability to directly or indirectly manipulate accounting records and prepare fraudulent financial statements by overriding established controls that otherwise appear to be operating effectively. The risk of management override of controls is pervasive. Because of its unpredictable nature, this risk could result in a material misstatement. This significant risk also represents a fraud risk for the audit. • Engaged in periodic fraud discussions with certain members of senior management and utilized our internal fraud specialist to guide and support our fraud-related testing procedures. • Considered the potential for bias in judgments and estimates, including performing retrospective analysis of significant accounting estimates. • Evaluated whether the Company has entered into any significant unusual transactions and, if so, the nature, terms, and business purpose (or lack thereof) of those transactions and whether such transactions involved related parties. • Evaluated the Company’s fraud risk assessment and consider indirect controls

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 4 Key Area Significant Risks How our audit addressed the key audit matter and internal controls over the closing and reporting process. • Using our propriety software tool we extracted and tested journal entries that exhibit characteristics of possible management override of controls. • Tested controls over significant, unusual transactions, particularly those that result in late or unusual journal entries and controls over journal entries and adjustments made in the period-end financial reporting process. • No evidence of management override of controls was identified as a results of our audit procedures. Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process. Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also: • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 5 • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management. • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. • Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business units within the Group as a basis for forming an opinion on the group financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determined those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. Information other than the financial statements Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Annual Report but does not include the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon which is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s report. Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with the audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. When we read the Annual Report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) To the Shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited 6 The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditors’ report is Steve Clarke. Other matter – responsibility for our audit work This report is made solely to the shareholders of Productive Business Solutions Limited as a body, in accordance with Section 147 of the Companies Act of Barbados. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the shareholders for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinion we have formed. Other matter – predecessor auditors The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2024 were audited by another auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those statements on 30 June 2025. 7 June 2026

Page 2 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Non-Current Assets Property, plant and equipment 13 36,106 35,865 Right-of-use assets 14 15,269 12,802 Intangible assets 15 104,757 107,595 Lease receivables 16 4,538 6,869 Pension plan assets 30 3,752 3,674 Long term receivables 17 608 551 Deferred tax assets 18 11,507 14,491 Investments 34 - 243 Contract Asset 33 28 - Investments in Associate 20 4,774 4,056 Total Non-Current Assets 181,339 186,146 Current Assets Due from related parties 19 8,066 7,467 Inventories 21 58,043 48,584 Contract assets 33 - 1,602 Trade and other receivables 22 127,296 105,760 Current portion of lease receivables 16 11,437 2,696 Current portion of long-term receivables 17 161 38 Taxation recoverable 14,476 17,462 Cash and bank 23 21,574 29,961 Total Current Assets 241,053 213,570 Current Liabilities Trade and other payables 24 91,049 85,855 Contract liabilities 33 15,101 15,602 Due to related parties 19 13,739 12,308 Taxation payable 5,219 11,255 Current portion of lease liabilities 25 6,998 6,441 Short term loans 26 19,245 5,941 Current portion of long-term loans 26 14,250 10,633 Total Current Liabilities 165,601 148,035 Net Current Assets 75,452 65,535 Total Non-current Assets and Net Current Assets 256,791 251,681

Page 3 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (Continued) 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 2024 Equity Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Share capital 27 123,016 123,016 Other reserves/ (deficit) 28 (17,025) (17,339) Accumulated deficit (30,198) (23,274) Total Shareholders´ Equity 75,793 82,403 Non-controlling Interests 1,337 1,185 Total Equity 77,130 83,588 Non-Current Liabilities Retirement benefit obligations 30 3,111 1,553 Deferred tax liabilities 18 6,570 6,153 Lease liabilities 25 17,988 15,465 Borrowings 26 151,992 144,515 Other long-term liabilities - 407 Total Non-Current Liabilities 179,661 168,093 Total Non-Current Liabilities and Equity 256,791 251,681 Approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 June, 2026 and signed on its behalf by: _____________________________________________ _________________________________ Paul Scott Director Pedro Paris Director The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 4 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Attributable to Shareholders of the Company Number of Shares ‘000 Share Capital $’000 Other Reserves / (Deficit) $’000 Accumulated Deficit $’000 Non- Controlling Interest $’000 Total $’000 Balance at 31 December 2023 188,213 123,016 (17,139) (29,359) 1,070 77,588 Currency translation differences - - (820) (87) - (907) Actuarial loss - - (96) - - (96) Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - 716 - - 716 Net income - - - 7,461 115 7,576 Total comprehensive income - - (200) 7,374 115 7,289 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (1,289) - (1,289) Balance at 31 December 2024 188,213 123,016 (17,339) (23,274) 1,185 83,588 Currency translation differences - - 260 - - 260 Actuarial gain - - 54 - - 54 Revaluation of Property, plant & equipment - - - - - - Net income - - - 4,287 152 4,439 Total comprehensive income - - 314 4,287 152 4,753 Dividends paid (note 36) - - - (11,211) - (11,211) Balance at 31 December 2025 188,213 123,016 (17,025) (30,198) 1,337 77,130 The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements .

Page 5 Productive Business Solutions Limited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Year ended 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash Flows from Operating Activities (Note 31) 2,726 32,531 Cash Flows from Financing Activities Interest paid (17,094) (18,801) Dividends paid (11,211) (1,289) Proceeds from borrowing 48,808 147,041 Repayments of borrowings (19,297) (141,672) Repayments of lease liabilities (8,370) (10,699) Net cash used in financing activities (7,164) (25,420) Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired 35 (592) (1,293) Interest received 1,769 1,999 Purchase of property, plant and equipment (5,102) (6,378) Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 42 238 Purchase of Investments in Associates 20 - (3,543) Net cash used in investing activities (3,883) (8,977) Net (Decrease) in Cash (8,321) (1,866) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 29,961 31,991 Effect of foreign exchange in cash (66) (164) Cash and Cash Equivalents at end of the year 23 21,574 29,961 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The principal non-cash transactions include: ● Transfer to property, plant and equipment from inventory during the financial year $9,380,000 (2024 - $9,017,000). ● Transfer from property, plant and equipment to inventory upon expiry of operating lease of $4,018,000 (2024 - $4,799,000). The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page 6 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 1. Identification and Principal Activities Productive Business Solutions Limited (“the Company”) is a company incorporated on 16 December 2010, and domiciled in Barbados, originally under the International Business Corporation (IBC) Act 77 (Barbados). Effective July 1st, 2021, the Company operates under the Companies Act Cap. 308 (Barbados) and holds a Foreign Currency Permit under the Foreign Currency Permits Act, 2018-44 (Barbados). The tax rate for the fiscal year commencing 1 January 2025 is 9.0% of taxable income. The registered office of the Company is at Facey House # 42 Warrens Industrial Park, Warrens, St. Michaels, Barbados. The Company is capitalised by ordinary shares. The Company is a subsidiary of Facey Group Limited, owned by Musson (Jamaica) Limited. Facey Group Limited is a company incorporated in Barbados under the Companies Act, Cap. 308 (Barbados) as an international business company. In combination, Musson (Jamaica) Limited and Facey Group Limited own 66.98% of the ordinary shares of the Company. The Company is listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange and the International Securities Market in Barbados. The Company’s ultimate parent company and controlling party is Elkon Limited (“Elkon”), which is incorporated and domiciled in Jamaica, and Paul B. Scott, respectively. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, (referred to as “Group”) are the distribution of printing equipment, business machines, handsets and related accessories, automated teller machines, security checkpoints, system integration, cloud services, data analytics, communication solutions, e-transactions, development of software and other technology solutions. In May 2025 the Group acquired 100% holding in Regional Business Systems Limited (RBS), incorporated and domiciled in Barbados (Note 35).

Page 7 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, hereinafter referred to as the financial statements, are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. (a) Basis of preparation These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. IFRS Accounting Standards comprise the following authoritative literature:  IFRS Accounting Standards  IAS Standards  Interpretations developed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC Interpretations) or its predecessor body, the Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC Interpretations). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain items of property, plant and equipment. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Although these estimates are based on managements’ best knowledge of current events and action, actual results could differ from those estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 4. Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year Certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards have been published that became effective during the current financial year. The Group has assessed the relevance of all such new standards, interpretations and amendments and has affected the following, which are immediately relevant to its operations: Amendments to IAS 21,‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ , Amendments to IAS 21 were made to add requirements to help entities to determine whether a currency is exchangeable into another currency, and the spot exchange rate to use when it is not. Prior to these amendments, IAS 21 set out the exchange rate to use when exchangeability is temporarily lacking, but not what to do when lack of exchangeability is not temporary. Management’s assessment is that the amendments of this standard have no impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Page 8 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards effective in current year (continued) The amendments must be applied retrospectively in accordance with the requirements in IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. The amendment did not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. There are no other IFRS Accounting Standards or IFRIC interpretations effective in the current year which are expected to have a significant impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the company.

Page 9 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) Standards, interpretations and amendments to published standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group The Group has concluded that the following standards which are published but not yet effective, are relevant to its operations and will impact the Group’s accounting policies and financial disclosures as discussed below. These standards and amendments to existing standards are mandatory for the Group’s accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2026, but the Group has not early adopted them: Amendments to IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 7, ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026). Amendments to IFRS 9 and 7 (a) clarify the date of recognition and derecognition of some financial assets and liabilities, with a new exception for some financial liabilities settled through an electronic cash transfer system; (b) clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether a financial asset meets the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) criterion; (c) add new disclosures for certain instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows (such as some financial instruments with features linked to the achievement of environment, social and governance targets); and (d) update the disclosures for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). The amendments in (b) are most relevant to financial institutions, but the amendments in (a), (c) and (d) are relevant to all entities. It is not anticipated that the amendments will have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 18, ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’, (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This is the new standard on presentation and disclosure in financial statements, which replaces IAS 1, with a focus on updates to the statement of profit or loss. The key new concepts introduced in IFRS 18 relate to: • the structure of the statement of profit or loss with defined subtotals; • requirement to determine the most useful structure summary for presenting expenses in the statement of profit or loss • required disclosures in a single note within the financial statements for certain profit or loss performance measures that are reported outside an entity’s financial statements (that is, management-defined performance measures); and • enhanced principles on aggregation and disaggregation which apply to the primary financial statements and notes in general. Management is assessing the impact of this new standard on the Group’s financial statements. IFRS 19, 'Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures' , (effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027). This standard permit eligible subsidiaries to apply reduced IFRS disclosure requirements. IFRS 19 is a voluntary standard for eligible subsidiaries. A subsidiary is eligible if it does not have public accountability and it has an ultimate or intermediate parent that produces consolidated financial statements available for public use that comply with IFRS Accounting Standards. An eligible entity may opt to revoke the application of this standard after implementation. The entity may also elect to apply the standard more than one. The group is currently assessing the impact of this standard.

Page 10 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2 . Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (a) Basis of preparation (continued) There are no other new or amended IFRS Accounting Standards and interpretations that are published but not yet effective that would be expected to have an impact on the accounting policies or financial disclosures of the Group. (b) Consolidation (i) Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations involving third parties by the Group. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred, and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss, in the statement of comprehensive income.

Page 11 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) Subsidiaries Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. The Group’s subsidiaries, countries of incorporation, and the Group’s percentage interest are as follows: Country of incorporation Group’s Percentage Interest 2025 2024 Nicaragua Holdings and its subsidiary St., Lucia & Nicaragua 100 100 Productive Business Solutions Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia & Dominican Republic 100 100 Mobay Holdings N.V. and its subsidiary Curacao & Aruba 100 100 PBS Caribbean Limited and its subsidiaries St. Lucia, Jamaica, Barbados, Colombia, Suriname 100 100 Cayman Business Machines Limited* Cayman 40 40 PBS Technology Group Limited St. Lucia, Antigua & Barbuda, Jamaica, Trinidad, Guyana, 100 100 Infotrans Group Holding B.V. Curacao, Bonaire, Colombia, Suriname & Aruba 100 100 High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V. El Salvador and Honduras 100 100 PBS Central America and its subsidiaries Panama, Guatemala, Costa Rica, El Salvador 100 100 PBS Honduras Honduras 75 75 PBS Peru Peru 100 100 PBS Ecuador Ecuador 100 100

Page 12 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (b) Consolidation (Continued) (i) In accordance with Cayman laws, entities that are domiciled in the Cayman Islands and are not issued with Local Companies Control Law Licenses, are required to be at least 60% owned by a Caymanian. The operation of Cayman Business Machines Limited is however controlled by Productive Business Solutions Limited and is therefore, in substance, categorised as a subsidiary. (ii) Transactions with non-controlling interests The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For purchases of ownership interest in subsidiaries from non-controlling interests in which the Group retains control of the subsidiary, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests where control is retained by the Group are also recorded in equity. (iii) Disposal of subsidiaries When the Group ceases to have control or significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value, with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss. If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate. (iv) Business combination under common control Acquisitions from entities under common control are determined by the substance and specific facts and circumstances surrounding any particular business combination under common control. Business combinations under common control are accounted for using the predecessor method of accounting. Under the predecessor method of accounting, the cost of an acquisition is measured in a manner similar to the purchase method of accounting. Identifiable assets and liabilities are measured at book value at the date of acquisition. Under the predecessor method of accounting, no goodwill is created, as any difference between the cost of acquisition and the book value of the net assets acquired is dealt with as an adjustment to retained earnings. (v) Investment in associates Associates are categorized as entities over which the Group has influence but not control, with shareholding and voting rights between 20% and 50%. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost. The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associate’s post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in profit and loss, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equal or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Page 13 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (c) Foreign currency translation (i) Functional and presentation currency Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States Dollars, which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency. (ii) Transactions and balances Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. At the statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the weighted average closing exchange rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates, of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in statement of comprehensive income. (iii) Group companies The results and financial position of all the group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper- inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated as follows: a) Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at year end rates, b) Items affecting the statement of comprehensive income are translated at average rates, and c) The resultant gains or losses are recognised in other comprehensive income as translation gains or losses. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Page 14 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (d) Revenue recognition Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of applicable value added taxes, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue is recognised as follows: Reprographic products Revenue earned from reprographic products is either through an outright sale or a lease of equipment and from related service contracts. Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from finance leases, are recognised at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require installation, revenue is recognised when the equipment has been delivered and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer-installable products are recognised upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer's shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the finance lease method and are recognised as earned over the lease term. A substantial portion of the Group's reprographic products is sold with full- service maintenance agreements. Service revenues are derived primarily from these maintenance contracts on equipment sold to customers and are recognised over the term of the contracts in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, by reference to completion of the specific transaction assessed on the basis of the actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided. Revenue is recognised only after there are specific indicators of transfer of control to the customer. To evidence transfer of control on contracts where revenue is recognised at a point in time, management has defined that revenue can only be recognised after the equipment or part is installed or the supplies are delivered. Bill and hold agreements are scrutinised to ensure the transfer of control to the customer is effective. For contracts where revenue is recognised over time, management measures the fulfilment of the performance obligations based on the value that the delivered goods or services represent to the customer. Telecommunications products Revenue from telecommunications products comprises revenue from the sales of cellular phones. These products are sold under contractual agreements with the telecommunications providers. Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised on a gross basis as management has determined that the Group acts as a principal in relation to these transactions, due to the fact that the Group bears the majority of risk, principally credit and inventory risk, in relation to such transactions, and the Group also acts as primary obligor. Control is the key consideration when assessing the nature of the promise to the customer. When the entity does not control the good or service (or inventory) before it is transferred to the customer it is likely that the promise in the contract is to arrange for goods or services to be delivered (rather than these to be provided by the entity). In such cases, the Company recognises revenue for an amount equal to the net income (revenue minus cost). Revenue from the sale of telecommunications products is recognised when a Group entity has delivered products to the customer; the customer has accepted the products and collectability of the related receivables is reasonably assured. Interest income is recognised on the accrual basis on the effective interest basis, except when collectability is considered doubtful. In such cases, income is recorded when economic benefits are received.

Page 15 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (e) Property, plant and equipment Freehold land and buildings are shown at fair value, based on valuations by external independent valuers, less subsequent depreciation for buildings. Valuations are performed every three years to ensure that the fair value of a revalued asset does not differ materially from it’s carrying amount. Any accumulated depreciation at the date of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset, and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of freehold, land and buildings are credited to other comprehensive income and shown as other reserves in shareholder’s equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are recorded in other comprehensive income and debited against other reserves directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the profit or loss. All other property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Land is not depreciated as it is deemed to have an indefinite life. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation is calculated at annual rates on the straight-line basis to write-off the cost of the assets to their residual values over their estimated useful lives at annual rates as follows: Freehold buildings 2 - 2 ½% Leasehold buildings and improvements 10 - 20% Furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment 10 - 33⅓% Motor vehicles 20 - 25% Gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount and are included in operating profit. Repairs and maintenance expenditure is charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which it is incurred. The cost of major renovations is included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of the existing asset will flow to the Group. When revalued assets are sold, the amounts included in other reserves are transferred to retained earnings.

Page 16 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (f) Intangible assets (i) Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates and joint ventures is included in investment in associates and investment in joint venture, respectively. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or Groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. (ii) Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences. Customer Relationships, Brands, contracts, software, franchise agreements and licences are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. All, excepting licenses are deemed to have finite useful lives and amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the intangible assets over their estimated useful lives between 5 and 20 years. Licenses have an indefinite useful life. (iii) Proprietary Software The Group is the owner of a software internally developed to address diverse customer needs. This asset is carried at cost and amortised according to its defined useful life. (g) Impairment of non-financial assets Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Page 17 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset in one entity and a financial liability or equity of another entity. Financial assets Classification The Group classifies its financial assets at amortised cost. The classification depends on the business model used for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. Impairment The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss (ECL) associated with its financial assets classified at amortised cost, lease receivables, long term receivables and related party balances. Application of the General Model The Group has applied the ‘general model’ as required under IFRS 9 for financial assets other than trade receivables. Under this model, the Group is required to assess on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its financial assets carried at amortised cost. The ECL will be recognised in profit or loss before a loss event has occurred. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. ECL is calculated by multiplying the Probability of default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD). The impairment model uses a three-stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination: Stage 1 – 12-month ECL applies to all financial assets that have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and are not credit impaired. The ECL will be computed using a 12-month PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months. Stage 2 – When a financial asset experiences a significant increase in credit risk subsequent to origination but is not credit impaired, it is considered to be in Stage 2. This requires the computation of ECL based on lifetime PD that represents the probability of default occurring over the remaining estimated life of the financial asset. Provisions are higher in this stage because of an increase in risk and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered compared to 12 months in Stage 1. Stage 3 – Financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment will be included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses will continue to capture the lifetime ECL. The Group uses judgement when considering the following factors that affect the determination of impairment: Assessment of Significant Increase in Credit Risk The assessment of a significant increase in credit risk is done on a relative basis. To assess whether the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since origination, the Group compares the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial asset at the reporting date to the corresponding risk of default at origination, using key risk indicators that are used in the Group’s existing risk management processes. At each reporting date, the assessment of a change in credit risk will be individually assessed for those considered individually significant and at the segment level. This assessment is symmetrical in nature, allowing credit risk of financial assets to move back to Stage 1 if the increase in credit risk since origination has reduced and is no longer deemed to be significant.

Page 18 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (h) Financial instruments (continued) Macroeconomic Factors, Forward Looking Information and Multiple Scenarios The Group applies an unbiased and probability weighted estimate of credit losses by evaluating a range of possible outcomes that incorporates forecasts of future economic conditions. Macroeconomic factors and forward-looking information are incorporated into the measurement of ECL as well as the determination of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination. Measurement of ECLs at each reporting period reflect reasonable and supportable information at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The Group uses three scenarios that are probability weighted to determine ECL. Expected Life When measuring ECL, the Group considers the maximum contractual period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk. All contractual terms are considered when determining the expected life, including prepayment options and extension and rollover options. Application of the Simplified Approach For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. Financial liabilities The Group’s financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, this is the initial recognition minus the cumulative amortisation of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount. Financial liabilities at amortised costs are classified as current or non-current depending on whether these are due within 12 months after the statement of financial position date or beyond. Financial liabilities are derecognised when either of the following take place: The Group is discharged from its obligation, upon expiration or when they are cancelled or replaced by a new liability. (i) Inventories Inventories are carried at weighted average purchase cost. These items are stated at cost less provision for write down to net realisable value, where necessary and are stated at the lower weighted average cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the costs of completion and selling expenses. (j) Trade receivables Impairment over trade receivables is determined with the aid of a matrix based on the ageing of the account. Twice a year, management assesses whether there has been any indicator of a change in the credit risk. Additionally, periodically a comprehensive evaluation is performed with the objective of identifying individual accounts that may be subject to impairment which are either written off or fully provided for. (k) Cash and bank Cash and bank include cash on hand net of bank overdrafts. In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and bank include cash in hand and at bank and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown in current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

Page 19 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (l) Trade payables These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. (m) Contract assets and contract liabilities The Group recognises a contract asset whenever it has the right for consideration as a result of transferring goods or services to a customer. Contract assets are different from accounts receivables as the former would only require the passage of time for the consideration to be due. Contract assets are subject to impairment assessment. The Group recognises a contract liability when it has received a payment, or a payment is due for goods or services that have not yet been transferred to the customer. (n) Income taxes Taxation expense in the statement of comprehensive income comprises current and deferred tax charges. Current tax charges are based on taxable profits for the year, which differ from the profit before tax reported because it excludes items that are taxable or deductible in other years, and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability f or current tax is calculated at tax rates that have been enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Deferred tax is the tax expected to be paid or recovered on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding tax bases. Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Currently enacted tax rates are used in the determination of deferred income tax. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they arise from the same taxable entity, relate to the same tax authority and when the legal right of offset exists. Deferred tax is charged or credited to profit or loss, except where it relates to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income, in which case, deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income. (o) Provisions Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. (p) Share capital Ordinary shares, and redeemable cumulative preference shares where the declaration of dividends is discretionary, are classified as equity instruments. The preference shares are perpetual and are only redeemable at the sole discretion of the Company but not before the 16 th year after the issue of the shares. Dividends on these shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are declared.

Page 20 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (q) Earnings per share (i) Basic earnings per share Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: ● the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares. ● by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares. (ii) Diluted earnings per share Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account: ● the after-income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and ● the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. (r) Borrowings Borrowings are recognised initially at cost, being their issue proceeds, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequently, borrowings are stated at amortised cost and any difference between net proceeds and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Preference shares issued by the Group are treated as borrowings if they carry a contractual term of redemption either by cash or another financial asset and dividends payments are not discretionary. (s) Leases As Lessee Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments: - fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable - payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option. Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rates, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions. As Lessor Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessee are classified as finance leases. When assets are leased out under a finance leases, the asset is derecognized and treated as revenue in accordance with accounting policy (d) with the present value of the lease payments is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease in a manner which reflects a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.

Page 21 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 202 5 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) DRAFT 2. Material Accounting Policies (Continued) (s) Leases (continued) Leases of assets under which all the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by the lessor are included in property, plant and equipment in the statement of financial position. They are depreciated over their expected useful lives on a basis consistent with similar owned property, plant and equipment. Rental income is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. In some instances, transfers are made from Inventory to property, plant and equipment to facilitate the leasing of assets. In instances where leased equipment is returned this is transferred from property, plant and equipment to Inventory. When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which termination takes place. (t) Post-employment benefits The Group participates in a defined contribution plan operated by a related party, Musson (Jamaica) Limited, whereby it pays contributions to a separate, trustee-administered fund for its Jamaican operation. Once the contributions have been paid, the Group has no further payment obligations. Contributions to the plan are charged to profit or loss in the period to which they relate. There is an unfunded retirement benefit plan in the Nicaragua and El Salvador operations which is reflected in the statement of financial position as a liability. Changes to benefits are calculated by third party actuaries and are reflected in the Change to statement of comprehensive income. The Parent Company also participates in a defined benefit pension plan relating to PBS Technologies (Barbados) Limited, the assets of which are held in a separate fund administered by a Trustee. The pension plan is funded by payments from the Parent Company, taking into account the recommendations of independent qualified actuaries. Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value. (u) Finance costs Finance costs includes interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest method, interest on finance leases, material bank charges and foreign exchange gains and losses recognised in profit or loss. (v) Offsetting financial instruments Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty. (w) Segment information Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer. (x) Dividend distribution Dividend distribution is recognised as equity in the financial statements in which the dividends are approved by the shareholders. Dividend distributions on preference shares classified as borrowings are included in finance costs when the dividends are approved.

Page 22 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (a) Financial risk factors The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyse these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and up-to-date information systems. Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies and evaluates financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and investment of excess liquidity. (i) Credit risk The Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that its customers, clients or counterparties will cause a financial loss for the Group by failing to discharge their contractual obligations. Credit exposures arise principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and are influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Group has established credit policies under which each customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness prior to the Group offering them a credit facility. Credit limits are assigned to each customer and are reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Group has procedures in place to restrict customer orders if the order will result in customers exceeding their credit limits. Customers who fail to meet the Group’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Group on a prepayment basis. Customer credit risk is monitored according to their credit characteristics such as whether it is an individual or company, geographic location, industry, aging profile, and previous financial difficulties. The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents an estimate of expected credit losses in respect of trade and other receivables. The Group addresses impairment assessment in two areas: individually and collectively assessed allowances. Cash transactions are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. The Group has policies in place to limit the amount of exposure to any one financial institution. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the amount reflected on the statement of financial position.

Page 23 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Credit risk (continued) At year end, the banks where the Group maintains most of its cash, were rated by Fitch Ratings as follows: 202 5 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. B BB+ CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA+ Citibank F1 A+ 202 4 Short Term Long Term BAC Bank, Int. F1+ AA- CIBC First Caribbean International Bank F1+ AA- Citibank F1 A+ Maximum credit risk exposure The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk equals the carrying amounts on the statement of financial position, of the assets which expose the Group to credit risk. There has been no change over the prior year in the manner in which the Group manages and measures credit risk. Analysis of trade receivables The Group’s trade receivables, broken down by customer sector is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Government 42,058 41,804 Private entities 58,254 48,815 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Impairment of financial assets The Group has four types of financial assets that are subject to expected credit losses as follows: (i) Trade receivables (ii) Lease receivable and long-term receivables (iii) Accounts receivable from related parties (iv) Other debt instruments carried at amortised cost

Page 24 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (a) Financial risk factors (continued) (i) Trade receivables The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measure expected credit losses (ECL) which requires that the impairment provision is measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivables using a lifetime ECL. As a practical expedient, a provision matrix is utilised in determining the lifetime ECLs for trade receivables. The lifetime ECLs are determined by taking into consideration historical rates of default for each segment of aged receivables as well as the estimated impact of forward-looking information. On that basis, the loss allowance at 31 December 2025 and 2024 was determined as follows for trade receivables: 31 December 202 5 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1 - 180 days past due $’000 181 - 360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 2.83% 11.54% 30.39% Gross carrying amount 71,856 19,451 2,878 6,127 100,312 Loss allowance provision 11 550 332 1,862 2,755 31 December 202 4 Current (0 - 30) days $’000 1-180 days past due $’000 181-360 days past due $’000 Over 360 days past due $’000 Total $’000 Expected loss rate 0.02% 0.67% 7.50% 38.38% Gross carrying amount 45,859 33,441 6,404 4,915 90,619 Loss allowance provision 10 224 480 1,887 2,601 The closing loss allowances for trade receivables as at 31 December 2025 reconcile to the opening loss allowances as follows: 202 5 202 4 $’000 $’000 Opening loss allowance as at 1 January 2,601 2,872 On Acquisition of Subsidiary (Note 34) - 299 Impairment (gains)/losses on receivables during the year 917 (223) Amounts written off (461) (314) Unused amounts reversed (320) - Exchange difference 18 (33) At 31 December 2,755 2,601

Page 25 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables The Group applies the ‘three stage’ model of IFRS 9 in measuring the expected credit losses (ECL) for all lease and long-term receivable. The application makes estimation about likelihood of default occurring, of the associated loss ratios of default correlations between counter parties. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The probability-weighted outcome considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. Under current guidance, impairment amount represents the single best outcome; the time value of money; and reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. The following tables contains an analysis of the credit exposure for lease and long-term receivables as at 31 December 2025 and 2024 as follows: Long term receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 769 - - 769 Carrying amount 769 - - 769 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 589 - - 589 Carrying amount 589 - - 589 Lease receivables 202 5 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 Carrying amount 15,975 - - 15,975 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 26 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) 2024 Stage 1 12-month ECL $’000 Stage 2 Lifetime ECL $’000 Stage 3 Lifetime ECL $’000 Total $’000 Gross carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 Carrying amount 9,565 - - 9,565 The lease receivable net investment is lower than the fair value of the equipment, therefore no loss is recognised.

Page 27 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) Impairment of financial assets (continued) (ii) Lease receivables and long-term receivables (continued) Loss Allowance – Lease Receivables: No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material. Lease and long-term receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include ceasing enforcement activity, and where the Group’s recovery method is foreclosing on collateral, and the value of the collateral is such that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full. ECL movements without a profit and loss impact relates to amounts transferred from trade receivables to lease/long term receivables which previously existed and for which the ECL would have also been transferred. Expected credit losses are presented net of subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off. Cash and bank and other receivables Other financial assets at amortised cost include cash and bank balances, due from related parties and other receivables . These debt instruments at amortised cost are considered to have low credit risk. The loss allowance recognised during the period on those deemed to have low credit risk was therefore limited to the 12 month expected losses. Management considers these instruments as having low credit risk when there is a low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term. The allowance is assessed by estimating the likelihood of default, associated loss ratio and default correlation between counterparties. No opening loss allowances were recognised on balances for cash and bank, due from related parties and other receivables, and there were no movements during the current year, as the amounts determined were deemed immaterial. (iii) Due from related parties ECL is determined on yearly basis by performing a review of the financial position of the related party debtors for those where the receivable balances are material. If the related party debtor has an ‘intent’ and strong financial capacity to meet its contractual obligation, the probability of default is low and the credit risk is deemed to be immaterial, otherwise it would be classified under stage 2 or 3 and ECL computed accordingly. (iii) Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and other liquid assets and maintaining the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. Liquidity risk management process The Group’s liquidity management process, as carried out within the Group and monitored by the Board of Directors, primarily includes: (i) Monitoring future cash flows and liquidity on an ongoing basis. This incorporates an assessment of expected cash flows and the availability of collateral which could be used to secure funding if required. (ii) Maintaining committed lines of credit; and (iii) Managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities.

Page 28 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3 . Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Liquidity risk (continued) Undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities The maturity profile of financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments is as follows: Within 12 Months 1 to 5 Years Over 5 years Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Trade payables 58,350 - - 58,348 Other payables 32,699 - - 32,701 Due to related parties 13,739 - - 13,739 Lease liabilities 7,975 18,549 1,952 28,476 Borrowings 37,108 184,943 - 222,051 149,871 203,492 1,952 355,315 202 4 Trade payables 48,628 - - 48,628 Other payables 37,220 7 - 37,227 Due to related parties 12,308 - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities - - 407 407 Lease liabilities 9,335 14,453 126 23,914 Borrowings 25,339 141,834 - 167,173 132,830 156,294 533 289,657 (iii) Market risk The Group takes on exposure to market risks, which is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risks mainly arise from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is monitored by the Facey Group Limited’s treasury department which carries out extensive research and monitors the price movement of financial assets on the local and international markets. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Currency risk Currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Jamaican (JMD) dollar, Honduran Lempira (HNL), Nicaraguan Córdoba (NIO), Dominican Peso (DOP), Costa Rican Colón (CRC), Trinidadian dollar (TTD) and the Guatemala Quetzal (GTQ). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. The Group manages its foreign exchange risk by ensuring that the net exposure in foreign assets and liabilities is kept to an acceptable level by monitoring currency positions. The Group further manages this risk by invoicing where possible in US dollars and converting foreign currency balances into US dollar denominated accounts.

Page 29 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, the net assets of which are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies. The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December: USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2025 Financial Assets Long term receivables 391 369 - 1 - - - - 8 769 Lease receivables 2,937 - - - - 8,232 - 3,232 1,574 15,975 Due from related parties 4,837 - 69 - - - - - 3,160 8,066 Trade receivables 22,584 20,983 6,670 4,107 3,900 7,052 9,336 8,946 13,979 97,557 Other receivables 3,696 209 848 400 949 9,203 319 2,497 6,311 24,432 Cash and bank 9,085 496 260 568 73 382 183 4,506 6,021 21,574 Total financial assets 43,530 22,057 7,847 5,076 4,922 24,869 9,838 19,181 31,053 168,373 Financial liabilities Trade payables 48,232 920 234 629 47 618 968 557 6,145 58,348 Other payables 6,557 1,562 2,323 1,194 1,520 4,013 3,973 2,172 9,385 32,701 Lease liabilities 16,808 - 2,604 339 1,248 - - 2,045 1,942 24,986 Due to related parties 11,761 - 305 - - - - - 1,673 13,739 Borrowings 183,138 - 1,672 - - - - 489 188 185,487 Total financial liabilities 266,496 2,482 7,138 2,162 2,815 4,631 4,941 5,263 19,333 315,261 Net position (222,966) 19,575 709 2,914 2,107 20,238 4,897 13,918 11,720 (146,888) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation against the US Dollar

Page 30 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (v) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) USD HNL JMD NIO DOP CRC GTQ TTD Other* Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2024 Financial Assets Long term receivables 224 355 - 2 - - - - 8 589 Lease receivables 3,211 - - - - - - 4,337 2,017 9,565 Due from related parties 7,120 - 347 - - - - - - 7,467 Trade receivables 41,110 7,129 6,093 2,106 4,787 1,876 6,644 7,871 10,402 88,018 Other receivables 1,421 259 854 47 (196) 3,788 240 533 6,811 13,757 Cash and cash equivalents 11,560 1,364 240 881 1,181 300 483 3,860 10,092 29,961 Total financial assets 64,646 9,107 7,534 3,036 5,772 5,964 7,367 16,601 29,330 149,357 Financial liabilities Trade payables 42,928 159 749 178 326 1,944 595 204 1,545 48,628 Other payables 11,452 1,698 2,681 901 887 2,770 2,616 4,358 9,864 37,227 Lease liabilities 14,721 - 929 302 1,155 - - 2,339 2,460 21,906 Due to related parties 12,150 - 158 - - - - - - 12,308 Other long-term liabilities 407 - - - - - - - - 407 Borrowings 158,321 - 1,772 - - - - 934 62 161,089 Total financial liabilities 239,979 1,857 6,289 1,381 2,368 4,714 3,211 7,835 13,931 281,565 Net position (175,333) 7,250 1,245 1,655 3,404 1,250 4,156 8,766 15,399 (132,208) * Includes currencies traded at fixed exchange rate or with minimum fluctuation.

Page 31 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iii) Market risk (continued) Currency risk (continued) The following tables indicate the currencies to which the Group had significant exposure on their monetary assets and liabilities and forecast cash flows. The change in currency rate below represents management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis represents outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the year-end for a reasonably expected change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity of the profit or loss was primarily as a result of foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of trade receivables and payables, long term receivables and borrowings. % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 5 2025 $’000 2025 $’000 Currency: HNL -1.5 - 109 HNL 1 - (73) JMD -1.5 607 - JMD 1 (152) - NIO -1.5 - 446 NIO 1 - (111) DOP -1.5 - (154) DOP 1 - 38 CRC -1.5 - 270 CRC 1 - (180) TTD -1.5 - 368 TTD 1 - (245) GTQ -1.5 140 - GTQ 1 (93) - % Change in Currency Rate Effect on Profit before Tax Effect on Equity 202 4 2024 $’000 2024 $’000 Currency: HNL -4 - 174 HNL 1 - (44) JMD -4 665 - JMD 1 (166) - NIO -4 - 471 NIO 1 - (118) DOP -4 - (119) DOP 1 - 30 CRC -4 - 683 CRC 1 - (171) TTD -4 - 834 TTD 1 - (209) GTQ -4 281 - GTQ 1 (70) -

Page 32 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (iv) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk As the Group has no significant variable rate interest-bearing assets, the Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate exposure arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates and revolving short-term borrowings expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The Group analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated for borrowings that represent the major interest-bearing positions, taking into consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions and alternative financing. The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily from borrowings, the sensitivity of the profit or loss is the effect of the assumed changes in interest rates based on floating rate long term and revolving short-term borrowings. There is no direct impact on other components of equity. The table below indicates the sensitivity to a reasonably expected change in interest rates 2025 2024 Change in basis points - 50/25 Change in basis points - 50/25 $’000 $’000 Floating rate borrowings 750/ (375) 619/ (310) (b) Capital management The capital management process is carried out by the parent company. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for the shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. The Board of Directors monitors the return on capital, which the Group defines as net operating income (excluding non-recurring items) divided by total equity (excluding non- redeemable preference shares and non-controlling interests). There was no change to the capital management process during the year. The Group has no specific capital management strategy and is not exposed to externally imposed capital requirements. There are contractual capital requirements as follows:  The syndicated credit agreement with Citibank, N.A. acting as administrative agent and collateral agent and Citibank, N.A., Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A, First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as joint lead arrangers and book runners - The financial covenants include: The Leverage Ratio, The Debt Service Coverage Ratio, The Central American Assets Test and The Specified Central American Assets Test. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at year end.  The revolving credit agreement and loan agreement with First Citizens Bank (FCB) - The financial covenants include: the Current ratio, the Funded Debt to EBITDA ratio and the Debt Service ratio. The Group was in compliance with the financial covenants as at the year end.

Page 33 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated)  3. Financial Risk Management (Continued) (c) Fair values of financial instruments Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of the Group’s financial instruments that, subsequent to initial recognition, are not measured at fair value is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each statement of financial position date. The fair values of these financial instruments are determined as follows: (i) The face value, less any estimated credit adjustments, for financial assets and liabilities with a maturity of less than one year are estimated to approximate their fair values. These financial assets and liabilities include cash and bank balances, trade receivables and payables and short-term borrowings. (ii) The carrying values of non-current borrowings to non-related parties approximate their fair values, as these loans are carried at amortised cost reflecting their contractual obligations and the interest rates are reflective of current market rates for similar transactions. The fair value of borrowings is disclosed in note 26. (iii) The fair values of the long-term receivables and loans to and from related parties could not be reliably determined as these instruments were granted under special terms and are not likely to be traded in a fair market exchange.

Page 34 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty Judgements and estimates are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. Estimated impairment of goodwill The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2(f). The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations, which require the use of estimates. In determining the value in use, management has made certain assumptions regarding revenue growth rate, EBITDA to revenue ratios, terminal growth rate and discount rates. See Note 15 for sensitivity of amounts to estimates. Intangible assets Intangible assets arising from the acquisition of subsidiaries have been deemed to be indefinite life intangibles. Other intangible assets have been deemed to be finite lives intangibles. Their estimated useful lives have been determined by management, based on their best estimate of the time period over which the Group will benefit from the assets acquired. Management has estimated that the useful lives of the intangibles will be between 5 and 20 years. Income taxes The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. The Group recognises liabilities for actual and anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. In determining these estimates, management considers the merit of any audit issues raised, based on their interpretation of the taxation laws, and their knowledge of any precedents established by the taxation authorities. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences could materially impact the current tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made (see Notes 11 and 18). Determining the lease term In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). For leases of administrative offices, retail stores, equipment and vehicles, the following factors are normally the most relevant: ● If there are significant penalties to terminate (or not extend), the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● If any leasehold improvements are expected to have a significant remaining value, the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate). ● Otherwise, the Group considers other factors including historical lease durations and the costs and business disruption required to replace the leased asset. Most extension options in office equipment and vehicles leases have not been included in the lease liability, because the Group could replace the assets without significant cost or business disruption.

Page 35 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information The Group’s Chief Executive Officer examines the Group’s performance from a geographic perspective and has identified two reportable segments of business: ● Central America- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Central America Region such as Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Costa Rica, Nicaragua and Panama. ● Caribbean- The principal activities of this part of the business are the sale and leasing of reprographic products including printing equipment, business machines and related accessories to customers in the Caribbean region such as Dominican Republic, Jamaica, Barbados, Curacao and Aruba, Colombia, Trinidad and Tobago, Suriname, Peru and Ecuador. Management primarily uses a measure of adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) to assess the performance of the operating segments. However, information about the segments’ revenue, assets and liabilities are also submitted for review on a monthly basis.

Page 36 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2025 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 216,487 158,045 - 374,532 Revenue from another operating segment 21,602 342 (21,558) 386 Total Income 238,089 158,387 (21,558) 374,918 Adjusted EBITDA 39,468 22,189 (6,463) 55,194 Finance costs (17,703) Depreciation (20,684) Amortisation (3,174) Unallocated EBITDA - Share of Investee’s profit 718 Profit before taxation 14,351 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (11,766) (8,918) - (20,684) Amortisation (286) (2,888) - (3,174) Income tax (8,252) (1,660) - (9,912) Segment assets- Total segment assets 284,690 257,335 (458,838) 83,187 Unallocated items 339,205 Total assets per statement of financial position 422,392 Capital expenditure 2,986 2,116 - 5,102 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 204,830 244,064 (398,616) 50,278 Unallocated items 294,984 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 345,262

Page 37 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5. Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Central America Caribbean Intersegment elimination Total Revenue from external customers 233,913 158,166 - 392,079 Revenue from another operating segment 15,339 337 (20,366) (4,690) Total Income 249,252 158,503 (20,366) 387,389 Adjusted EBITDA 23,676 27,880 (2,569) 48,987 Finance costs (18,430) Depreciation (17,441) Amortisation (2,884) Unallocated EBITDA 2,386 Profit before taxation 12,618 Other profit and loss disclosures Depreciation (10,386) (7,055) - (17,441) Amortisation (286) (2,598) (2,884) Income tax (3,565) (1,591) 114 (5,042) Segment assets- Total segment assets 239,813 237,830 (380,101) 97,542 Unallocated items 302,174 Total assets per statement of financial position 399,716 Capital expenditure 2,306 4,072 - 6,378 Segment liabilities- Total segment liabilities 175,217 226,053 (323,383) 77,887 Unallocated items 238,241 Total liabilities per statement of financial position 316,128

Page 38 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) Segment assets are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset. Segment liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. These liabilities are allocated based on the operations of the segment. The parent entity is domiciled in Barbados. The amount of its revenue from external customers broken down by location of the customers is shown in table below. 202 5 2024 $’000 $’000 Barbados 18,992 20,676 Costa Rica 52,701 37,423 Dominican Republic 15,958 17,836 El Salvador 56,750 99,808 Guatemala 35,148 38,892 Honduras 24,704 20,110 Nicaragua 19,273 15,450 Panama 12,122 11,411 USA 7,841 5,848 Antilles 10,512 11,597 Jamaica 27,960 30,229 Trinidad 23,554 30,125 Guyana 8,518 5,920 Cayman 2,822 2,715 Antigua 731 696 Colombia 4,345 5,071 Suriname 1,233 2,180 Other 51,754 31,402 Total 374,918 387,389 The total of capital expenditure, broken down by location of the assets is shown in the table below. 202 5 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 240 240 Trinidad - 244 244 Costa Rica 1,443 - 1,443 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 908 908 Other 261 724 985 Total 2,986 2,116 5,102

Page 39 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 5 . Segment Financial Information (Continued) 2024 Country Central America Caribbean Total $’000 $’000 $’000 Colombia - 2,037 2,037 Trinidad - 974 974 Costa Rica 791 - 791 El Salvador 552 - 552 Panama 406 - 406 Guatemala 324 - 324 Jamaica - 311 311 Other 233 750 983 Total 2,306 4,072 6,378 6. Revenue 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Business Solutions Sale of goods 310,839 330,420 Services 41,461 32,302 352,300 362,722 Lease Income 22,618 24,667 374,918 387,389 Revenue from contracts with customers is $352,300,000 (2024: $362,722,000). 2025 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2025 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 207,119 122,957 (21,558) 308,518 Over time 17,257 26,525 - 43,782 224,376 149,482 (21,558) 352,300 2024 Central America $’000 Caribbean $’000 Intersegment elimination $’000 2024 $’000 Timing of Revenue Recognition At a point in time 212,881 117,599 (20,366) 310,114 Over time 23,913 28,695 - 52,608 236,794 146,294 (20,366) 362,722

Page 40 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 7. Other Income 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest income 1,769 1,999 Gain/ (loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment (179) 103 Negative Goodwill (Note a) - 1,150 Customer Deposits Write-back - 700 Miscellaneous 812 193 2,402 4,145 (a) This relates to the acquisition of Xerox Ecuador. (Note 35)

Page 41 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 8. Expenses by Nature Total direct, selling, administration and other operating expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cost of inventories and cost related to services* 247,544 273,027 Impairment losses/(gains) on financial instruments 917 (223) Staff costs (Note 9) 48,573 43,811 Depreciation (Notes 13 and 14) * 10,630 9,470 Commission 6,905 6,895 Travel 5,180 5,433 Management fees 2,434 2,014 Telephone and communication 1,476 1,369 Transportation 801 803 Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 15) 3,174 2,884 Legal and professional fees 2,441 2,312 Occupancy costs 911 1,043 Bank charges 859 743 Auditor’s remuneration 1,940 1,251 Office supplies, printing and stationery 266 605 Repairs and maintenance 536 950 Advertising 324 450 Motor Vehicle Expenses 1,663 1,315 General Insurance 1,210 1,349 Other expenses 8,200 5,498 97,523 88,195 345,984 360,999 * Depreciation included in Cost of inventories and cost related to services amounts to $10,054,000 (2024: 7,971,000) for a total depreciation of $20,684,000 (2024: $17,441,000). Audit fees for the year ended 31 December 2025 totalled for the Group of $1,940,000 (2024: $1,251,000). Other fees paid to the auditor (and related network firms) for non-assurance services are not material.

Page 42 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 9. Staff Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Staff costs that have been included in Selling general and administrative expenses (Note 8) 48,573 43,811 Staff costs that have been included in Direct expenses 17,101 11,031 65,674 54,842 Staff costs that have been included in direct expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 14,379 8,488 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 2,057 1,165 Redundancy costs 184 501 Other 481 877 17,101 11,031 Staff costs that have been included in selling, general and administrative expenses: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 39,571 34,938 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 4,474 3,840 Pension costs – defined contribution 425 410 Redundancy costs 1,809 2,290 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 1,832 2,072 48,573 43,811 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and wages 53,950 43,426 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 6,453 5,005 Pension costs – defined contribution 503 410 Redundancy costs 1,993 2,791 Retirement benefit obligation (Note 30) 462 261 Other 2,313 2,949 65,674 54,842

Page 43 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 10. Finance Costs 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net foreign exchange losses (gains) 609 (371) Interest expense - Loans and lease liabilities 17,094 18,801 17,703 18,430 11. Taxation Taxation is based on profit for the year or, in some jurisdictions, the greater of a percentage of profit before tax or revenue adjusted for taxation purposes, and comprises: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current tax charge 6,384 5,920 Deferred tax charge (credit) (Note 18) 3,528 (878) 9,912 5,042 The tax on the profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the statutory tax rate as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit before tax 14,351 12,618 Tax calculated at domestic tax rate of 9% (2024: 9%) 1,292 1,136 Adjusted for the effects of: Different tax rates in other countries 4,935 5,087 Tax on net assets at 1% 128 137 Income not subject to tax (3,048) (2,324) Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 1,101 550 Other charges and credits 5,504 456 Tax charge 9,912 5,042

Page 44 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 11. Taxation (Continued) 2025 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries 260 - 260 Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE - - - Actuarial gains – termination benefits 54 - 54 Other comprehensive income 314 - 314 Deferred tax (Note 18) - 2024 Before tax $’000 Tax charge $’000 After tax $’000 Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss Currency translation differences on the net assets of foreign subsidiaries (907) - (907) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: Revaluation of PPE 716 - 716 Actuarial gains – termination benefits (96) - (96) Other comprehensive income (287) - (287) Deferred tax (Note 18) - 12. Earnings per Share 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the company 4,287 7,461 Profit attributable to preference shareholders (1,713) (1,289) Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders 2,574 6,172 Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000) 186,213 186,213 Total basic and diluted earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations. 1.38 3.31

Page 45 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13 . Property, Plant and Equipment The furniture, fixtures, plant and equipment category for the Group includes equipment held for leases. Lease contracts for these items are entered into with third parties, with periodic lease payments being 36 to 60 months. Items which are leased are transferred from inventory on commencement of the lease arrangements and are transferred back to inventory on termination of the lease arrangements. Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Exchange differences - 3 (107) - (21) (4) (129) Additions - 1,103 3,663 - 67 269 5,102 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 502 - 24 - 526 Transfers from inventory - 9,380 - - - 9,380 Disposals - (553) (241) - (24) - (818) Transfers to inventory - - (4,018) - - - (4,018) On revaluation - - - - - - - Transfer from CWIP* - 23 186 - - (374) (165) At 31 December 111 6,974 108,155 776 1,711 1,035 118,762 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Exchange differences - (3) (193) - (18) - (214) Charge for the year** - 819 13,800 - 162 - 14,781 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 171 - 24 - 195 On transfer to inventory - - (4,528) - - - (4,528) Relieved on disposals - (365) (230) - (2) - (597) At 31 December 24 3,771 77,600 - 1,261 - 82,656 Net Book Value - 87 3,203 30,555 776 450 1,035 36,106 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $10,054,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 46 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) Freehold Land and Building s Leasehold Buildings and Improvements Furniture, Fixtures, Plant and Equipment Artwork Motor Vehicles Capital Work in Progress (CWIP) Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 At Cost/ Valuation - At 1 January 111 6,739 88,464 60 1,822 514 97,710 Exchange differences - (197) (898) - (294) - (1,389) Additions - 422 4,960 - 121 875 6,378 Acquisition of business (Note 35) - - 2,217 - 24 - 2,241 Transfers from inventory - - 9,017 - - - 9,017 Disposals - (657) (290) - (70) - (1,017) Transfers to inventory - - (4,789) - - - (4,789) On revaluation - - - 716 - - 716 Transfer from CWIP* - 91 109 - 62 (245) 17 At 31 December 111 6,398 98,790 776 1,665 1,144 108,884 Depreciation - At 1 January 24 3,292 62,728 - 1,067 - 67,111 Exchange differences - (87) (222) - (214) - (523) Charge for the year** - 678 11,282 - 271 - 12,231 On transfer to inventory - - (4,918) - - - (4,918) Relieved on disposals - (563) (290) - (29) - (882) At 31 December 24 3,320 68,580 - 1,095 - 73,019 Net Book Value - 87 3,078 30,210 776 570 1,144 35,865 * Capital work in progress **Depreciation of $7,971,000 relating to equipment leased to customers has been included in direct expenses.

Page 47 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The amounts of equipment leased to customers and included in property, plant and equipment are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Equipment held for lease at cost 80,979 86,403 Accumulated depreciation (61,596) (66,856) Net book value 19,383 19,547 Equipment is ordinarily moved from inventory to docu-centers, printshops and internal use. Equipment from inventory is also placed under lease contracts. When the equipment is no longer assigned to a specific function, it is moved back to inventory at net book value. The most significant of these movements is for equipment held for lease which is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening net book value 19,547 16,502 Acquisition of subsidiaries (Note 35) - 1,870 Transfers from inventory during lease period 9,380 9,017 Depreciation charges (10,054) (7,971) Disposals – transfers to inventory upon expiry of lease (4,018) (4,789) Depreciation released 4,528 4,918 Closing net book value 19,383 19,547

Page 48 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) The pieces of freehold land of the Group were independently revalued as at various dates during 2023 on the basis of open market value or other market comparable approaches by independent qualified valuators. The directors are of the view that there were no material changes in the value over the prior year for Freehold land. Fair value movements on freehold are recognised in OCI under other revaluation reserves, see Note 28. The following table analyses the non-financial assets carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:  Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, or directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2), and  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

Page 49 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 13. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued) There were no transfers between levels during the year. Level 3 fair values of land and buildings have been derived using the sales comparison approach. Sales prices of comparable land and buildings in close proximity are adjusted for differences in key attributes such as property size. The most significant input into this valuation approach is price per square foot. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair values of land and buildings are disclosed in the tables below. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87 Fair value measurements at 31 December 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Land – Surges St Thomas, Barbados $’000 Total $’000 Opening balance and closing balance 87 87

Page 50 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases : Right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 12,599 10,376 Equipment 2,596 2,308 Motor vehicles 74 118 15,269 12,802 Movement analysis is as follows: 2025 2024 $’000 $’000 At Cost/Valuation - At 1 January 32,312 28,876 Exchange differences (40) 266 Acquisition on subsidiaries (Note 35) - 109 Additions 10,207 5,804 Lease Expiry (4,737) (2,743) At 31 December 37,742 32,312 Amortisation - At 1 January 19,510 16,203 Exchange differences (9) 348 Relieved on lease expiry (2,931) (2,251) Charge for the year 5,903 5,210 At 31 December 22,473 19,510 Net book value At 31 December 15,269 12,802

Page 51 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 14. Right-of-Use Assets (Continued) (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: Amortisation charge of right - of - use assets 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Buildings 4,709 4,488 Equipment 1,105 623 Motor vehicles 89 99 5,903 5,210 Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: - the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability - any lease payments made at the commencement date less any lease incentives received Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.

Page 52 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement, Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 5 Year ended 31 December 2025 Opening net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 337 - - - 337 Exchange Difference - 1 - (2) (1) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (734) (184) (3,174) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 5 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Cost 86,952 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,684 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (12,827) (15,386) (6,993) (35,927) Closing net book value 86,231 16,369 1,703 454 104,757 Goodwill Customer Relationships and Brands Contracts Franchise Agreement Licenses & Proprietary Software Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 202 4 Year ended 31 December 2024 Opening net book value 81,218 20,880 - 824 102,922 Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 35) 5,964 - 2,881 - 8,845 Adjustment (1,288) - - - (1,288) Amortisation (Note 8) - (2,256) (444) (184) (2,884) Closing net book amount at 31 December 202 4 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595 Cost 86,615 29,196 17,089 7,447 140,347 Accumulated amortisation and impairment (721) (10,572) (14,652) (6,807) (32,752) Closing net book value 85,894 18,624 2,437 640 107,595

Page 53 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15 . Intangible Assets (Continued) Amortisation charges have been included in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income. Impairment tests for goodwill The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis or when events or changes in the circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill is allocated. The recoverable amount is usually determined by reference to the value in use. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the CGU and also to choose an appropriate discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those future cash flows. The allocation of goodwill to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) as categorised by subsidiary is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 403 403 PBS Central America, S.A. 7,539 7,539 Mobay Holdings N. V. 4,256 4,256 Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 523 523 High Tech Corporation S.A. de C.V 2,957 2,957 PBS Technology Group Limited 62,655 62,655 Infotrans 1,438 1,438 PBS Peru 5,964 5,964 Regional Business Systems 337 - Other 159 159 86,231 85,894 The recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use pre- tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a 5-year period. Cash flows beyond the 5 th year are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2025 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2025 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 73.2% 2.0% 14.4% 20.56% PBS Central America S.A. 0.7% 3.4% 13.3% 20.96% Mobay Holdings N. V. 20.7% 1.7% 12.6% 20.70% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 24.6% 4.9% 16.7% 19.41% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.3% 15.2% 25.19% PBS Technology Group Limited 42.3% 3.1% 27.3% 22.25% Infotrans Group Holdings B.V. 39.1% 1.8% 14.9% 19.04% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.5% 12.1% 20.27% Regional Business Systems 174.7% 2.0% 16.6% 20.56%

Page 54 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) Key assumptions for value in use calculations for 2024 were as follows: Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal Growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate 2024 Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 11.4% 22.0% PBS Central America S.A. -10.0% 3.0% 9.2% 22.4% Mobay Holdings N. V. 13.7% 1.7% 16.0% 17.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5% 11.5% 24.9% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 14.3% 26.6% PBS Technology Group Limited 25.0% 3.0% 25.7% 24.1% Infotrans 50.0% 1.9% 11.8% 24.5% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 11.5% 21.4% The table below shows the change in key assumptions for value in use calculations that would result in the recoverable amount being equal to the carrying amount. This represents only the cash generating units for which the excess of the recoverable amounts over the carrying amounts of the CGUs was low. 202 5 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Mobay Holdings N.V. 20.7% -1.4% 11.9% 23.6% High Tech Corporation 31.7% 3.5% 15.2% 25.0% PBS Peru 29.2% 2.9% 12.2% 20.0% Regional Business Systems 174.7% -19.2% 9.7% 35.7%

Page 55 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 15. Intangible Assets (Continued) 202 4 Revenue growth rate year 1 Terminal growth rate Average EBITDA to revenue Pre-tax Discount rate Productive Business Solutions (Barbados) Limited 19.7% 2.3% 8.1% 22.4% Productive Business Solutions Limited (Dominican Republic) 4.4% 5.0% 10.4% 26.7% High Tech Corporation 52.6% 3.2% 12.7% 27.0% PBS Peru 10.0% 2.5% 12.7% 16.4%

Page 56 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 16. Lease Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Gross investment in finance leases Not later than one year 12,292 4,538 Later than one year and not later than five years 6,130 8,966 18,422 13,504 Less: Unearned income (2,447) (3,939) 15,975 9,565 Net investment in finance leases may be classified as follows: Not later than one year 11,437 2,696 Later than one year and not later than five years 4,538 6,869 15,975 9,565 No loss allowance was recorded for lease receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . 17. Long Term Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Print Spot S de R.L. (Note a) 22 91 Guarantee deposits for building rents (Note b) 87 111 Other (Note c) 660 387 769 589 The current portion of long-term receivables is $161,000 (2024: $38,000) and is recorded in Current Assets. No loss allowance was recorded for long-term receivables in 2025 (2024: nil) as the potential loss was considered not material . a) Print Spot S de R.L. The balance earns interest of 14% and matures in August 2027. b) Guarantee deposits for building rents These balances do not earn interest and they are guarantee deposits for the rent of buildings in Guatemala, Cayman, Panama and Nicaragua. They mature between February 2027 (renewables) and July 2029. c) Other The balance relates to amounts that are individually insignificant. These balances relate to equipment sales with terms between 13 months and up to 37 months. These are secured with promissory notes and earn interest between 10% and 21% and are guaranteed with a pledge on the financed equipment.

Page 57 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 18. Deferred Income Taxes (a) Deferred income taxes are calculated in full on all temporary differences under the liability method and comprise: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Deferred Tax Asset 11,507 14,491 Deferred Tax Liability (6,570) (6,153) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (b) The movement on the deferred income tax assets balance for the year is as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net asset at beginning of the year 8,338 7,971 Acquisition of subsidiaries - 89 (Charge) credit to profit and loss (Note 11) (3,528) 878 Exchange difference 127 (600) Net assets at end of the year 4,937 8,338 (c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment (843) (1,081) Provisions 2,117 7,034 Foreign exchange (losses)/gains (3) (29) Tax losses 3,621 2,600 Other 45 (186) 4,937 8,338 (d) The movement on the net deferred tax asset is attributable to: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Property, plant and equipment 125 (1,178) Provisions 66 (915) Tax losses (3,934) 1,144 Other 342 1,316 (3,401) 367 (e) Deferred income tax liabilities have not been established for withholding tax that would be payable on unremitted profits of subsidiaries as the amounts are permanently reinvested.

Page 58 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances The following transactions were carried out with related parties: (a) Sale of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Sale of goods Other related parties 26 428 Goods are sold based on the price lists in force and terms that would be available to third parties. (b) Purchase of goods and services 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Purchases of goods Other related parties 10 204 Transactions with other related parties. (c) Key management compensation Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive). The compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services is shown below: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 4,837 4,905 Payroll taxes – employer’s portion 373 372 Pension benefits 33 33 Other 106 9 5,349 5,319 Directors’ fees 118 104 (d) Other transactions 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Parent Management fee expense 1,429 970 Other related parties Management fee expense 1,005 1,044 Interest Income (6) (2) Interest paid 50 3 Rental Expense 634 - 3,112 2,015

Page 59 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 19. Related Party Transactions and Balances (Continued) (e) Year end balances with related parties Balances with the parent company and fellow subsidiaries are repayable on demand and earn no interest. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Receivable from related parties: Parent 5,346 5,247 Fellow subsidiaries and shareholder 2,720 2,220 8,066 7,467 Payable to related parties: Parent 9,487 9,421 Fellow subsidiaries 4,252 2,887 13,739 12,308 20. Investment in Associates In January 18, 2024, Trinidad Systems Group Limited (“TSGL”), a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), completed the acquisition of 100% of the operations of Trinidad Systems Limited (“TSL”) for a total purchase price of TT$107,208,000.00 (US$15,765,882.35). The acquisition was financed through a combination of 50% cash and 50% debt. PBS participated in the ownership consortium of TSGL, securing a 45% equity stake. As a result, PBS contributed 45% of the cash portion of the purchase price, amounting to TT$24,121,800 (US$3,543,000). The debt portion, representing the remaining 50% of the purchase price, is solely the responsibility of TSGL. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 As at January 4,056 3,543 Share of net profit 718 513 At 31 December 4,774 4,056

Page 60 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 20. Investment in Associates (Continued) The associate’s year-end is 31 December. The summarized unaudited consolidated information for the associate and its subsidiary is presented below. The information disclosed reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of Trinidad Systems Group Limited and not the Group’s share of those amounts. 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Statement of financial position: Total Assets 26,790 24,316 Total Liabilities (13,592) (11,254) Net Assets 13,198 13,062 Statement of comprehensive income: Revenues 22,501 22,243 Expenses (21,177) (21,127) Net Profit for the Year 1,324 1,116 21. Inventories 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Finished goods 57,311 47,625 Goods in transit 13,198 12,801 70,509 60,426 Less: Provision for obsolete stock (12,466) (11,842) 58,043 48,584 Cost of inventory recognised as an expense aggregating to $203,222,000 (2024: $232,404,000), were recognised in profit and loss. 22. Trade and Other Receivables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade receivables 100,312 90,619 Less: Provision for credit losses (Note 3) (2,755) (2,601) 97,557 88,018 Prepaid expenses 5,307 3,985 Current portion of Long-Term Receivable 77 273 Other (Note a) 24,355 13,484 127,296 105,760 a) Includes advances to vendors of $3,359,442 (2024: $852,000) and Sundry Debtors of $3,808,003 (2024: $5,992,202)

Page 61 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 23. Cash and Bank 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Cash at bank and in hand 21,574 29,961 The cash and bank balances disclosed for 2025 include restricted cash of $6,644,000 (2024: $6,131,000) The weighted average interest rate at the reporting date for short term bank deposits was 0.70% (2024: 0.70%) per annum. 24. Trade and Other Payables 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Trade payables 58,348 48,628 Interest Payables 378 1,001 Accrued liabilities 15,792 20,860 Other 16,531 15,366 91,049 85,855 The carrying amounts of trade and other payables is a reasonable approximation to their fair values, due to their short-term nature. 25. Lease Liabilities The Group currently has long term lease agreements related to buildings, equipment, and motor vehicles. (i) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Lease liabilities Current 6,998 6,441 Non-current 17,988 15,465 24,986 21,906 (ii) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Interest expense (included in finance cost) 1,353 1,580 Expenses relating to short term leases or low value underlying assets (included in selling, general and administrative expenses) 1,178 1,835 2,531 3,415 The total cash outflow for leases in 2025 was $ 9,723,000 (2024: $10,699,000).

Page 62 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 25. Lease Liabilities (Continued) (iii) Incremental borrowing rate For the incremental borrowing rate, the Group: - Where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by bankers as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received, and - Makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security. - The weighted average incremental borrowing rate for the Group in 2024 and 2025 was determined to be 7%. (iv) Lease payments Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. (v) Extension and termination options Extension and termination options are included in a number of leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. As at 31 December 2025, potential future cash outflows of $18,867,000 (2024: $14,702,000) (undiscounted) have not been included in the lease liability because it is not reasonably certain that the leases will be extended (or not terminated). The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee. During the current financial year, the financial effect of revising lease terms to reflect the effect of exercising extension and termination options was nil.

Page 63 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Short term loans – (a) Citibank 12,000 - (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. 2,860 2,274 (c) First Citizens 1,700 1,500 (d) Quedex 1,129 - (e) Davivienda 762 1,088 (f) Banco Popular Dominicano 540 400 (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú 254 - (h) Lafise - 679 19,245 5,941 Current portion of non-current borrowings 14,250 10,633 Total Current Borrowings 33,495 16,574 Non-Current Borrowings – (i) Citibank 135,469 120,926 (j) JCSD Preference Shares 16,701 16,582 (k) Xerox 6,875 9,375 (l) Davivienda 3,060 3,006 (m) National Commercial Bank 1,672 2,190 (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies 1,320 1,232 (o) First Citizens 489 934 (p) BICSA 324 341 (q) Banco de Bogotá 134 62 (r) Banistmo 99 428 (s) ASEPBS 99 - (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies - 72 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Non-current borrowings 166,242 155,148 Current portion of non-current borrowings (14,250) (10,633) Total Non-Current Borrowings 151,992 144,515 Total Borrowings 185,487 161,089

Page 64 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) The exposure of the group’s borrowings to interest rate changes and the contractual re-pricing dates at the end of the reporting period are as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 0-12 months 33,495 16,574 1-5 years 151,992 144,515 185,487 161,089 The carrying amounts and fair value of the non-current borrowings are as follows: Carrying amount Fair value 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Loans 135,468 123,858 138,367 137,374 Redeemable preference shares 16,701 17,000 17,000 17,000 Other 14,073 14,290 14,073 17,674 166,242 155,148 169,440 172,048 The Group’s undrawn borrowing facilities as of December 2025 is $12,837,000 (2024: $15,000,000).

Page 65 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Short term loans (a) Citibank N.A. This represents three unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of SOFR plus a margin of 3.9% per annum with due dates between March 18 and June 18, 2026. (b) Operaciones de Consumo, S.A. This represents four unsecured US dollar loans earning interest rates of between 10.20% and 10.99% per annum with due dates between January 20 and March 11, 2026. (c) First Citizens This represents loans which attracts interest of 8% per annum and mature in June 2026. (d) Quedex This represents a loan which attracts interest of 12% per annum and mature in March 2026. (e) Davivienda This represents an unsecured loan to finance working capital bearing interest of 9.30% per annum and maturing March 2026. (f) Banco Popular Dominicano This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on June 30, 2026. (g) Banco de Crédito del Perú This represents a short-term loan which attracts interest of 6.57% per annum and matures on June 19, 2026. (h) Lafise This represented three fiduciary loans to finance working capital, bearing interest between 9.5% and 10% per annum and which matured between January 25 and June 29, 2025. Non-Current Borrowings (i) Citibank This facility was granted in June 2024. The credit agreement was signed by Citibank as Administrative and Collateral Agent, and with Banco Continental S.A.E.C.A., First Citizens Bank (Limited) and Banco G&T Continental, S.A. as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners. The facility also grants the group access to incremental loans on which the same terms and conditions as the initial disbursement apply. The group accessed the first tranche of $12,500,000 on December 8, 2025 and the second of $8,000,000 on December 26, 2025. It matures in June 2030 and attracts an interest base rate of 3.4% plus a Term SOFR CME – 6 month rate, which results in an All-in rate of 7% at December 2025. Payments of principal and interests are to be paid in variable installments payments, in a semi-annual basis. Such semi annual amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth. The deferred financing charges offset against the loan amount is $2,588,432.

Page 66 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) Guarantor companies are PBS Technology Group Limited, Productive Business Solutions (Central America), S.A., Productive Business Solutions Caribbean Limited, Dorada Management Inc., Productive Business Solutions (Guatemala), S.A., Productive Business Solutions El Salvador, S.A. de C.V., High Tech Corporation, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions Honduras, S.A. de C.V., Hight Tech Consulting, S.A. de C.V., Productive Business Solutions (Nicaragua), S.A., Productive Business Solutions (Costa Rica), S.A., and Productive Business Solutions (Panamá), S.A.. (j) JCSD Preference Shares This represents 17,000,000 Redeemable Cumulative Preference Shares in United States dollars (US$) entitled to a fixed preferential cumulative cash dividend of 8.25% US$ per annum. These preference shares issued in June 2024, mature in June 2028 and are mandatorily redeemable by the Company on this date. The deferred finance charges offset against the loan amounts to $298,790 The Preference Shares may not be redeemed by the Company until after the second anniversary of issue thereof. Thereafter the Voluntary Redemption Payment shall be the aggregate of (i) repayment in US$ of the Redemption Price; (ii) any arrears or accruals of the cumulative preferential dividend on the Preference Shares, whether declared or earned, or not, calculated down to the date of such repayment. (k) Xerox PBS Group acquired Xerox companies in Peru and Ecuador and signed a 4-year unsecured promissory note on July 1, 2024 issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 26, 2024. Principal and interest of 7% per annum are to be paid on a quarterly basis, total of 16 quarterly instalments that ends in June 2028. (l) Davivienda This represents two loans to finance working capital at 9.75% and 15.24% interest rate per annum and are due on May 24, 2027 and December 12, 2028, respectively. (m) NCB - National Commercial Bank This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 11.75% annual, due on October 19, 2028. All of this loan is disclosed as current portion of non-current borrowing given a breach in the corresponding financial covenants of the affiliate that holds the debt. (n) Former owners of Infotrans companies This represents the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of Infotrans subsidiaries in Aruba, Bonaire, Colombia and Curacao, maturing in May 2027. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non-current borrowings. The balance purchase price was set in four equal instalments of six hundred thousand united state dollars, each payable on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of completion of the sale which took place on June 12, 2023. The short-term portion has been classified as a current portion of non- current borrowings. (o) FCIT - First Citizens This represents an unsecured loan facility granted in TT Dollars which attracts interest of 7.5% per annum, maturing on January 11, 2027. (p) BICSA – Banco Internacional de Costa Rica, S.A. This represents an unsecured loan attracting interest of 9% annual, due on September 15, 2028. (q) Banco de Bogotá This represents two loans which attracts interest of 12.72% and 12.03% per annum and maturing on January 17, 2027, and December 04, 2027.

Page 67 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 26. Borrowings (Continued) (r) Banistmo – Banco del Istmo This represents an unsecured loan which attracts interest of 7.9% per annum and due date is on March 28, 2027. (s) ASEPBS – Asociación Solidarista de Empleados de PBS This represents a loan which attracts interest of 9% per annum and matures on November 01, 2027. (t) Former owners of High-Tech companies This represented the unsecured deferred purchase price on acquisition of High-Tech subsidiaries in El Salvador and Honduras which matured in July 2025. 27. Share Capital 202 5 202 4

000
000 Authorised - 186,213,000, (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000, (2024 –2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 Issued and fully paid - 186,213,000 (2024 – 186,213,000) Ordinary shares 105,782 105,782 2,000,000 (2024 – 2,000,000) Preference shares 17,234 17,234 123,016 123,016 The preference shares are redeemable cumulative preference shares (1,500,000 9.25% perpetual cumulative redeemable USD and 500,000 10.50% perpetual cumulative redeemable Jamaican Dollars Preference Shares) where the declaration of dividends is discretionary. There is no contractual redemption date for these shares and may only be called for the first time at the sole discretion of the issuer, on the last Business Day of the financial year which falls immediately before the 15th anniversary of the issue date of the Preference Shares 28. Other Reserves (deficits) Other reserves primarily represent the currency translation differences resulting from the unrealized gains and losses on the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries that have a different functional currency from that of the Company. Other reserves also include revaluation reserve for the revaluation of assets and actuarial gains. Revaluation Surplus $’000 Actuarial Gains $’000 Currency Translation Differences $’000 Total $’000 Balance as at 1 January 2024 70 2,902 (20,111) (17,139) Actuarial gains - (96) - (96) Movement during 2024 716 - (820) (104) Balance as at 31 December 2024 786 2,806 (20,931) (17,339) Actuarial gains - 54 - 54 Movement during 2025 - - 260 260 Balance as at 31 December 2025 786 2,860 (20,671) (17,025)

Page 68 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 29. Litigation and Contingent Liabilities The Group is subject to various claims, disputes and legal proceedings in the normal course of business. Provision is made for such matters when, in the opinion of management and its professional advisors, it is probable that a payment will be made by the Group, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Claims asserted against the Group, according to the principles outlined above, have not been provided for. Management is of the opinion that the claims are either without merit, can be successfully defended or will result in exposure to the Group which is immaterial to both financial position and results of operations. 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset The movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligation during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 1,553 1,389 Reallocation of pension plan liability 1,045 - Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 Actuarial gains on termination benefits 124 (24) Benefits paid (73) (73) At end of year 3,111 1,553 The movement of the pension plan asset during the year was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Opening balance 3,674 3,596 Actuarial gains / (losses) 110 (96) Current service cost 122 122 Interest Cost 493 546 Benefits paid (653) (726) Other 6 232 At end of year 3,752 3,674 The amounts recognised in arriving at profit or loss were as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Current service cost 350 190 Interest cost 112 71 At end of year 462 261 The distribution of the obligation by country was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Nicaragua 120 115 Panama 338 280 El Salvador 968 810 Honduras 393 348 Ecuador 1,292 - 3,111 1,553

Page 69 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation and pension plan asset (Continued) The value of the plan asset was as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Barbados 3,034 3,034 Panama 575 557 Honduras 143 83 3,752 3,674 The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is: 202 5 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (500) 485 Inflation rate 1% 52 (47) 202 4 Impact on Retirement benefit obligation Change in Assumption Increase in Assumption Decrease in Assumption Discount rate 1% (432) 465 Inflation rate 1% 31 (27) The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position.

Page 70 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 30. Retirement Benefit Obligation (Continued) Termination benefits in El Salvador and Nicaragua are established by law and entitle the employee to receive a payment upon termination of employment, regardless of cause. In El Salvador the benefit is founded in the law 592, that is the regulatory law for the economic benefit for voluntary resignation. Employees with more than two years of uninterrupted service for the company shall receive a payment of, at least, the equivalent of 15 days of minimum wage for each year of service. In Nicaragua, the law 185, Labour Code, entitles the employee to the right to receive a payment equivalent to one monthly salary for each year of service, up to the third year, and 20 days of salary for each additional year. Neither of these plans require the employer to establish a fund. The principal actuarial assumptions used in valuing post-employment benefits are as follows: PBS Nicaragua 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 11% 11% Future salary increases 5% 5% Retirement age 60 years 60 years PBS El Salvador 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5% 5% Future salary increases 3.4% 3.4% Retirement age 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively 55 and 60 years for Women and men respectively PBS Panama 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 5.5% 5.5% Future salary increases 6% 6% Retirement age 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively 57 and 62 years for Women and men respectively The principal assumptions used in valuing the pension plan asset for Barbados as follows: 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Discount rate 7.75% 7.75% Future salary increases 3% 3% Retirement age 65 65

Page 71 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Operating Activities Reconciliation of the Group’s net profit to cash generated from operating activities: Note 2025 $’000 2024 $’000 Net profit 4,439 7,576 Items not affecting cash: Depreciation 13&14 20,684 17,441 Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 15 3,174 2,884 Share of profit of associate (718) (513) Taxation expense 11 9,912 5,042 Foreign exchange Losses/(Gains) 609 734 Loss / (Gains) on disposal of Property plant and equipment 179 (103) Interest income 7 (1,769) (1,999) Interest expense 10 17,094 18,801 53,604 49,863 Change in non-cash working capital, net of effects from acquisition of subsidiaries: Inventories (14,646) (6,961) Contract assets 1,574 429 Trade and other receivables (21,595) 29 Due from related parties (599) (499) Long term liabilities (407) (906) Long term receivable (180) 218 Lease receivable (6,410) (15) Accounts payable (7,288) 2,183 Contract liabilities (505) (4,243) Retirement benefit obligation 1,480 86 Due to related parties 1,431 1,249 6,459 41,433 Taxation paid (3,733) (8,902) Net cash provided by operating activities 2,726 32,531 Net Debt Reconciliation This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for the year ended 31 December. 2025

000 2024
000 Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Borrowings - repayable within one year (including overdraft) (33,495) (16,915) Borrowings - repayable after one year (151,992) (144,174) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034) Cash and Bank 21,574 29,961 Gross debt - fixed interest rates (185,487) (161,089) Lease liability (24,986) (21,906) Net debt (188,899) (153,034)

Page 72 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 31. Cash Flows from Financing Activities (Continued) Cash and Bank Lease liability Borrowing due within 1 year Borrowing due after 1 year Total 000 $’000 000 000 000 Net debt as at 31 December 2023 31,991 (19,197) (50,306) (96,936) (134,448) Addition 8,735 (13,552) (4,041) (143,000) (151,858) Repayments (10,760) 10,699 46,254 95,418 141,611 Foreign exchange adjustments (5) 144 9 830 978 Other non-cash movements - - (8,490) (827) (9,317) Net debt as at 31 December 2024, 29,961 (21,906) (16,574) (144,515) (153,034) Addition - (4,676) (17,271) (24,523) (46,470) Repayments (8,366) 7,630 12,646 473 12,383 Foreign exchange adjustments (21) 21 18 170 188 Other non-cash movements - (6,055) (12,314) 16,403 (1,966) Net debt as at 31 December 2025 21,574 (24,986) (33,495) (151,992) (188,899) .

Page 73 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 32. Pledged as Security The net assets of some subsidiaries of the group have been pledged as security for borrowings. The value of these pledged assets at the year end totalled $177,643,000 (2024: $159,054,000). 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities The Group classifies rights and obligations in its relationship with customers whenever either party performs any of its contractual obligations. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress for which the Group has provided the services. The contract assets become a receivable when the entity’s right to consideration is unconditional, and the revenue has been billed. The contract assets are classified as current assets as the associated contract is expected to be completed in less than 12 months. The contract assets relate to equipment contracts. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract assets 28 1,602 The contract liabilities refer to advances received from customers under the promise to deliver equipment. Total contract liabilities at the end of the year are reflected in the table below. 202 5 202 4 $‘000 $‘000 Contract liabilities on equipment contracts 10,717 8,139 on service contracts 4,384 7,463 Total contract liabilities 15,101 15,602

Page 74 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 33. Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities (Continued) (i) Revenue recognised in relation to contract liabilities The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to carried- forward contract liabilities and how much relates to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period on equipment contracts 3,391 4,781 on service contracts 2,534 1,252 5,925 6,033 (ii) Unsatisfied contracts at the end of the period The following table shows unsatisfied performance obligations resulting from fixed-price contracts: 2025 2024 $‘000 $‘000 Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied as at 31 December 84,215 63,651 84,215 63,651

Page 75 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 34 . Investments In October 2022 the Group acquired 17% of the shares of Arel Limited, which resulted in an investment of $242,000 (equivalent to $246,000 at prior year’s rate). Arel Limited is a private company established in 1967 and domiciled in 2 Piccadilly Road, Kingston 5, St. Andrew, Jamaica. The company is focused on providing engineering services and equipment such as air conditioning, medical and elevators. The valuation techniques for Level 3 fair value of the unquoted equity investment are disclosed in the table below. The Group divested its entire holding in this investment during 2025. Fair value measurements at 31 December 2025 and 2024 using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) Total 2025 $’000 Total 2024 $’000 Unquoted equity - 243

Page 76 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries Acquisition of Regional Business Systems Limited On 1 May 2025, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Regional Business Systems Limited. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. (i) Identifiable assets acquired – Regional Business Systems Limited 2025 $’000 Property and equipment 331 Tax Recoverable 12 Inventories 175 Trade and other payables (231) Other Current Liabilities (32) Bank Overdraft (197) Net identifiable assets acquired 58 Consideration 395 Less net identifiable assets acquired (58) Goodwill 337 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2025 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 395 Less: Cash balance (overdraft) acquired (197) Net outflow of cash 592

Page 77 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued)z Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Peru. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired - Peru 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 1,638 Trade and other receivables 1,722 Cash and cash equivalents 1,254 Deferred tax asset 594 Inventories 1,353 Intangible assets 2,200 Other Assets 277 Trade and other payables (2,214) Other Current Liabilities (59) Deferred Tax Liabilities (763) Net identifiable assets acquired 6,002 Consideration 11,966 Less net identifiable assets acquired (6,002) Goodwill 5,964 (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 4,231 Less: Cash balance acquired 1,254 Net outflow of cash 2,977

Page 78 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Peru and Ecuador (iii) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 4,231 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 7,735 Total purchase consideration 11,966 (iv) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1. Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2. Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador On 1 July 2024, the Group acquired a 100% stake in Xerox Ecuador. The principal activity of the company is to provide information technology solutions and services to clients. The following summarizes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the Group at the date of acquisition: (i) Identifiable assets acquired: 2024 $’000 Property and equipment 603 Right of Use Asset 109 Trade and other receivables 1,646 Cash and cash equivalents 2,909 Deferred tax asset 471 Inventories 527 Intangible assets 681 Taxation Recoverable 812 Trade and other payables (2,826) Tax Payable (5) Short term loans (112) Deferred Tax Liabilities (175) Net identifiable assets acquired 4,640 Consideration 3,490 Less net identifiable assets acquired (4,640) Negative Goodwill (1,150)

Page 79 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (Continued) Acquisition of Xerox Ecuador (ii) Cash flow on acquisition 2024 $’000 Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired Cash consideration 1,225 Less: Cash balance acquired 2,909 Net inflow of cash (1,684) (iii) Acquisition-related costs In 2024 the Group incurred a combined (Peru and Ecuador) acquisition-related costs of $98,000 which were fully expensed. These costs have been included in professional fees expenses for the current period. (iv) Purchase consideration 2024 $’000 Cash paid 1,225 Loan used for acquisition (note 26) 2,265 Total purchase consideration 3,490 (v) The fair value of certain material asset categories was established as follows: 1.Property and equipment: The value of property and equipment were assessed as net book values as at the date of acquisition. 2.Intangible assets: The value of goodwill, customer relationships, software and licenses were assessed through market benchmarking information provided by independent data specialists through the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods, performed by a qualified independent valuator using the incremental cash flow method. 36. Distributions 2025 During 2025 the Group made the following distribution to ordinary shareholders On February 10, 2025, the group paid a cash dividend of $6,499,000 (3.49 cents per share) On December 31, 2025, the group paid a cash divided of $2,999,000 (1.61 cents per share) During 2025 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On January 22, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On April 15, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) On June 30, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD428,000 (21.38 cents per share) On September 20, 2025, the group paid a dividend of USD427,000 (21.38 cents per share)

Page 80 Productive Business Solutions Limited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 31 December 2025 (Expressed in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated) 36. Distributions (Continued) 2024 During 2024 the following distributions were made to the perpetual cumulative preference shareholders On April 02, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On July 04, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD430,000 (21.50 cents per share) On September 30, 2024, the group paid a dividend of USD429,000 (21.45 cents per share) 37. Pillar II The Group is a part of a Multinational Entity (MNE) with revenues above €750 million. As such, it is within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules. Pillar Two legislation has not been enacted in Jamaica, the jurisdiction in which the MNE is incorporated. The Group has subsidiaries in the following countries with tax rate below 15%: Barbados, British Vergin Islands (BVI), Cayman Islands and St. Lucia. Under the legislation, the Group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) effective tax rate for each jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. The Group’s effective tax rates exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which it operates, with a few exceptions. For these exceptions, although the average effective tax rate may be below 15%, the Group’s exposure to paying Pillar Two income taxes might not be for the full difference in tax rates in relation to these entities. Additionally, not all entities jurisdictions have legislative frameworks to accommodate the Pillar Two top up tax. The Group is in the process of assessing its exposure to the Pillar Two legislation and will implement once adopted by the MNE in the jurisdiction of incorporation. 38. Subsequent Events 1. On January 14, 2026, the Boad of Directors declared a dividend payment of 1.88 cents per ordinary share. The record date is January 28, 2026, and payable February 25, 2026. 2. On February 27, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of March 16, 2026, and payable on April 1, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share. 3. On May 22, 2026, the Board of Directors declared dividends to the Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders on record as of May 28, 2026, and payable on July 2, 2026: a. To the 9.25% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of US$0.23 per share. b. To the 10.50% Perpetual Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shareholders a dividend of JM$25.89 (US$0.16) per share.

PROXY FORM

Productive Business Solutions Limited Company No. 34076 ("the Company") The undersigned shareholder of the Company hereby appoints of or failing him of Dated this day of , 2026 Name in Print: as the nominee of the undersigned to attend and act for the undersigned and on behalf of the undersigned at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on the September 23, 2026 at 10:00 am Jamaica time and at any adjournment or adjournments thereof in the same manner, to the same extent and with the same powers as if the undersigned was present at the said meeting or such adjournment or adjournments there of. Pursuant to Amended and Restated By-Law No. 2 of the Company

NGINEERING & ECHNOLOGY O LIMIT

PBS GROUP ANNUAL REPORT 2025

Syndicated from Jamaica Stock Exchange · originally published .

Other coverage

Around Kingston

· powered by OFMOP